openSUSE Translation Commits

Download

translation-commit@lists.opensuse.org

September 2016

12 participants
475 discussions

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96926 - branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 15 Sep '16

15 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-15 16:55:13 +0200 (Thu, 15 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96926 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on-creator.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,445 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "Creador de productos complementarios" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "Crear y generar un nuevo producto adicional." -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "Crear y generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en uno existente." -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "Firmar producto complementario no firmado" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "Lista de configuraciones de productos adicionales disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "Generar un producto adicional usando la configuración seleccionada." -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "Suprimir la configuración de producto adicional seleccionada." -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "Vía al directorio de paquetes" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "Vía al archivo de contenido" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "Vía al directorio del producto complementario existente" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "Generar nuevas descripciones de paquetes (no copiar)" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "Vía al directorio de descripciones de paquetes" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "Vía al directorio de descripciones de patrones" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "Crear la imagen ISO" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Nombre de la imagen ISO de salida" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida para la imagen ISO" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "No firmar el producto" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "ID de la clave GPG usada para firmar un producto" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "Contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "Vía al archivo con la contraseña codificada para la clave GPG" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "Volver a firmar todos los paquetes con la clave seleccionada." -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "Vía al archivo de definición del flujo de trabajo (installation.xml)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" -msgstr "" -"Vía al archivo de cuadros de diálogo del flujo de trabajo (y2update.tgz)" +msgstr "Vía al archivo de cuadros de diálogo del flujo de trabajo (y2update.tgz)" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "Vía al directorio de paquetes YaST para formar el flujo de trabajo" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" -msgstr "" -"Vía al archivo con los textos de licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" +msgstr "Vía al archivo con los textos de licencia (license.zip o license.tar.gz)" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "Vía al directorio del texto de información (media.1/info.txt)" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "Vía al archivo de dependencias adicionales (EXTRA_PROV)" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "Vía al directorio del producto complementario" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "No generar el producto, solo guardar la configuración." -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." -msgstr "" -"Número de productos adicionales seleccionados (use el comando list para " -"conocer los números de los productos)." +msgstr "Número de productos adicionales seleccionados (use el comando list para conocer los números de los productos)." -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "Generar archivo de registro de cambios." -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "No generar el paquete de distribución." -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "Vía al archivo con la descripción del producto (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "El directorio %1 no existe." -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "Contraseña codificada para la clave %1:" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de salida." -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip no existe" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de paquetes." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al archivo de contenido." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de complementos existente." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio con complementos." -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) Nombre del producto: %2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\tVersión: %1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\tDirectorio de entrada: %1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\tDirectorio de salida: %1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\tPatrones: %1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una " -"nueva usando los comandos create o clone." +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración presente para productos adicionales. Cree una nueva usando los comandos create o clone." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "Indique el producto adicional que desea generar." -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración para productos adicionales." -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "Indique la configuración de producto adicional que desea suprimir." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de productos adicionales" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1 " msgstr "Directorio de entrada: %1 " -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1 " msgstr "Directorio de salida: %1 " -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "Patrones: %1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración de producto adicional con " -"Agregar." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +msgstr "Iniciar la creación de una nueva configuración de producto adicional con Agregar." -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." -msgstr "" -"Utilice Editar para modificar la configuración de producto " -"adicional seleccionada." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +msgstr "Utilice Editar para modificar la configuración de producto adicional seleccionada." -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." msgstr "Suprima la configuración seleccionada con Suprimir." -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." -msgstr "" -"Para generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en la configuración " -"seleccionada, use la opción Generar." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." +msgstr "Para generar un nuevo producto adicional basado en la configuración seleccionada, use la opción Generar." -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "Nombre del producto" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "&Generar" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar la configuración %1?" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "Creador de productos complementarios" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "Crear complemento &desde el principio" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "Crear complemento a partir de uno &existente" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "&Vía al directorio del producto complementario existente" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "&Generar descripciones de paquetes" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "Etiqueta del producto &adicional" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "Producto requerido" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "openSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "openSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Otro" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "Vía al directorio con &paquetes adicionales" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "Vía al directorio con paquetes de productos re&queridos" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "No se puede acceder al directorio %1." -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -460,126 +442,126 @@ "El valor de NAME sólo puede incluir\n" "letras, números y los caracteres \".~_-\"." -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "Código de idio&ma" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "Definición del producto" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "Archivo de contenido" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "&Importar" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "M&ostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "Generar el paquete de versión" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "Archivo del producto" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "I&mportar" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "Elegir el archivo content existente" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "Elegir el archivo de producto existente" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -587,121 +569,121 @@ "Especifique los valores de estos elementos:\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "Valor de \"%1\"" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "Indicador" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "Es igual a" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "Mayor que" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "Menor que" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "Lanzamiento" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "Versión" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "Nivel de parche" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "&Paquetes" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "Seleccion&ar o deseleccionar todo" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "Seleccionar el archivo con el texto para importar." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "Descripciones de paquetes" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "&Código de idioma del archivo de descripciones" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "Añadir i&dioma" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paquete" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "Ubicación del archivo con &dependencias adicionales" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo de descripciones de paquetes" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -709,13 +691,13 @@ "El nombre del archivo de descripciones de paquetes no es correcto.\n" "Elija otro." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "Elegir la vía al archivo EXTRA_PROV" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -723,76 +705,74 @@ "El archivo %1 no existe.\n" "Elija otro." -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "Tipo de clave" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "&DSA" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "&RSA" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "&Tamaño de clave" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "Fecha de ex&piración" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "Comen&tario" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "&Dirección de correo electrónico" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "Nueva clave GPG" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" msgstr "" -"Los valores de nombre, comentario y dirección de correo electrónico están " -"vacíos.\n" -"Debe introducir al menos uno para proporcionar la identificación de " -"usuarios.\n" +"Los valores de nombre, comentario y dirección de correo electrónico están vacíos.\n" +"Debe introducir al menos uno para proporcionar la identificación de usuarios.\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "Generando par de claves primarias" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -800,103 +780,103 @@ "Si tarda demasiado, realice alguna otra tarea para\n" "aumentar la entropía del sistema operativo.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "Firmando el producto complementario" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "ID de &clave GPG" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "&Crear..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "Verificación de &contraseña codificada" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "&Volver a firmar todos los paquetes con la clave seleccionada." -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "Valores de salida" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "Ví&a al directorio de salida" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "Crear imagen &ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "Nombre del archivo de imagen" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "&Generar registro de cambios" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "&Configurar flujo de trabajo..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "Archivos o&pcionales..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "Especifique la vía al directorio del complemento." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumen" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patrones" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "Directorio de entrada" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Directorio de salida" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "Creando imagen ISO en el directorio de salida" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -904,154 +884,154 @@ "Ya existe un archivo con este nombre.\n" "Elija otro." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "Archivo &info.txt" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "Archivos de &licencia" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "Archivos README" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo archivo README" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "Elegir nombre del nuevo archivo README" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "&Idioma del nuevo archivo de licencia" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo de licencia" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "Configuración avanzada, parte 2" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "&COPYING Files" msgstr "Archivos &COPYING" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "Archivos COPY&RIGHT" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "&Idioma del nuevo archivo COPYRIGHT" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo COPYRIGHT" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "&Idioma para el nuevo archivo COPYING" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "Elegir el nuevo archivo COPYING" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "Configuración avanzada, parte 3" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "productos" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "parches" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importar" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "media" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de flujo de trabajo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "&Ubicación del archivo de descripción de flujo de trabajo" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "Si&n módulos de YaST adicionales" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "&Vía a y2update.tgz" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "&Importar los paquetes" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "Paquete de módulos de YaST" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "Elegir el archivo installation.xml" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "Elegir la vía al archivo y2update.tgz" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "Elegir el paquete de módulos de YaST" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1059,8 +1039,8 @@ "<big>Creando el complemento</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Writing the add-on configurations \n" "\n" @@ -1068,394 +1048,227 @@ "Escribiendo las configuraciones del producto adicional \n" "\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "Este módulo ofrece ayuda para crear un producto complementario." -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto complementario. " -"Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente." +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "Seleccione el modo en que desea crear el nuevo producto complementario. Puede crearlo desde el principio o a partir de un producto existente." -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque " -"Generar descripciones de paquetes para generar nuevas descripciones " -"de los paquetes del producto existente." +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "Cuando parta de un producto existente para crear el nuevo, marque Generar descripciones de paquetes para generar nuevas descripciones de los paquetes del producto existente." -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "Name and Version" msgstr "Nombre y versión" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "Enter the name and version of add-on product." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre y la versión del producto adicional. " -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "Producto requerido" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto " -"complementario. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de REQUIRES del " -"archivo <tt>content</tt>." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Seleccione el producto al que se puede aplicar el nuevo producto complementario. Lo que seleccione aquí será el valor de REQUIRES del archivo <tt>content</tt>." -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "Add-On Packages" msgstr "Paquetes adicionales" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Elija la vía al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben " -"conformar el producto complementario." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." +msgstr "Elija la vía al directorio que contenga los paquetes RPM que deben conformar el producto complementario." -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "Required Product Packages" msgstr "Paquetes de productos requeridos" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"Si lo desea, elija la vía al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del " -"producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se " -"incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para " -"crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "Si lo desea, elija la vía al directorio que contiene los paquetes RPM del producto en el que se debe basar el producto adicional. Estos paquetes no se incluirán en el producto adicional, pero se podrán usar posteriormente para crear los patrones en el flujo de trabajo." -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "Edite aquí los valores del archivo <tt>content</tt>." -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto " -"complementario. Anule la selección de Mostrar sólo palabras clave " -"requeridas para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>." +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "Especifique la información necesaria para identificar el producto complementario. Anule la selección de Mostrar sólo palabras clave requeridas para ver todos los atributos del archivo <tt>content</tt>." -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"Use Importar para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Use Importar para importar un archivo <tt>content</tt> existente." -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." -msgstr "" -"Editar las descripciones específicas de idioma de los paquetes (archivos " -"<tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí." +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." +msgstr "Editar las descripciones específicas de idioma de los paquetes (archivos <tt>packages.lang</tt>) aquí." -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir idioma para añadir un archivo de descripción para un " -"idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor " -"LINGUAS del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de " -"descripciones de paquetes existente con Importar. Suprimir " -"permite eliminar o suprimir el archivo de descripciones." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "Use Añadir idioma para añadir un archivo de descripción para un idioma nuevo. La lista de idiomas disponibles se lee desde el valor LINGUAS del archivo <tt>content</tt>. Puede importar un archivo de descripciones de paquetes existente con Importar. Suprimir permite eliminar o suprimir el archivo de descripciones." -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar las " -"entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." +msgstr "Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar las entradas de descripción del paquete seleccionado." -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." -msgstr "" -"Opcionalmente, elija la vía del archivo que proporciona las " -"dependencias de paquetes adicionales (EXTRA_PROV)." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +msgstr "Opcionalmente, elija la vía del archivo que proporciona las dependencias de paquetes adicionales (EXTRA_PROV)." -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here." -msgstr "" -"Crear y editar los patrones para el producto complementario aquí." +msgstr "Crear y editar los patrones para el producto complementario aquí." -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." -msgstr "" -"Use Nuevo para crear un patrón nuevo o Importar para " -"importar uno existente." +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." +msgstr "Use Nuevo para crear un patrón nuevo o Importar para importar uno existente." -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." -msgstr "" -"Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar los " -"atributos del patrón." +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." +msgstr "Use Añadir y Editar en la segunda tabla para modificar los atributos del patrón." -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Patrones requeridos para marcar como necesarios los " -"patrones\n" -"seleccionados para el producto adicional. Estos patrones se seleccionarán " -"automáticamente cuando se inicie la instalación del producto adicional." +"Seleccione Patrones requeridos para marcar como necesarios los patrones\n" +"seleccionados para el producto adicional. Estos patrones se seleccionarán automáticamente cuando se inicie la instalación del producto adicional." -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la vía al directorio donde se deba crear el producto " -"complementario. Seleccione Crear imagen ISO para crear la imagen ISO " -"del producto en el directorio de salida." +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "Especifique la vía al directorio donde se deba crear el producto complementario. Seleccione Crear imagen ISO para crear la imagen ISO del producto en el directorio de salida." -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"Utilice Generar registro de cambios para crear un archivo de " -"registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional " -"realizados en los últimos dos años." +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "Utilice Generar registro de cambios para crear un archivo de registro con todos los cambios de los paquetes en el producto adicional realizados en los últimos dos años." -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario mediante " -"Configurar flujo de trabajo. Use Archivos opcionales para " -"configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros " -"valores opcionales." +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "Adapte el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario mediante Configurar flujo de trabajo. Use Archivos opcionales para configurar el texto de los archivos <tt>README</tt>, las licencias y otros valores opcionales." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo " -"de trabajo del producto complementario." +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." +msgstr "Aquí puede especificar los archivos necesarios para personalizar el flujo de trabajo del producto complementario." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. " -"Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda " -"como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto " -"complementario." +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "Especifique la ubicación del archivo de descripción del flujo de trabajo. Se trata de una alternativa para el archivo <tt>control.xml</tt> y se guarda como <tt>installation.xml</tt> en el directorio base del producto complementario." -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar módulos YaST personalizados durante la instalación del " -"producto complementario, escriba la vía al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> " -"donde están almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update." -"tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en Importar los paquetes." -"" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "Para utilizar módulos YaST personalizados durante la instalación del producto complementario, escriba la vía al archivo <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> donde están almacenados los módulos o configure el contenido de <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> especificando los paquetes RPM de YaST en Importar los paquetes." -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del " -"complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para " -"aceptar." +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "El archivo <tt>info.txt</tt> opcional proporciona información acerca del complemento que se debe mostrar como una ventana emergente con un botón para aceptar." -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para " -"aceptarlo o rechazarlo antes de que comience la instalación. " -"Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se " -"comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el " -"directorio <tt>media.1</tt>." +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "El texto de la licencia se muestra en una ventana con botones para aceptarlo o rechazarlo antes de que comience la instalación. Los archivos que incluyen el texto de licencia en distintos idiomas se comprimen en el archivo <tt>license.zip</tt>, que se almacena en el directorio <tt>media.1</tt>." -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas " -"versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto " -"complementario." +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "Los archivos <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> y <tt>COPYING</tt> pueden tener distintas versiones por idioma y se almacenan en el directorio raíz del producto complementario." -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"Configure aquí la firma del producto complementario. Elija una clave " -"secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante " -"Crear." +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "Configure aquí la firma del producto complementario. Elija una clave secreta de la lista de claves disponibles o cree una nueva mediante Crear." -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." -msgstr "" -"Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave " -"secreta." +msgstr "Especifique la contraseña codificada necesaria para desbloquear la clave secreta." -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione si desea firmar todos los paquetes del producto " -"adicional con la clave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes " -"anteriores se eliminarán." +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "Seleccione si desea firmar todos los paquetes del producto adicional con la clave seleccionada. Todas las firmas de los paquetes anteriores se eliminarán." -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." -msgstr "" -"Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves " -"primarias." +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +msgstr "Especifique los valores necesarios para generar el nuevo par de claves primarias." -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de " -"las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits." +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "El tamaño por defecto de las claves DSA es de 1024 bits. La longitud de las claves RSA puede estar comprendida entre 1024 y 4096 bits." -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"Como Fecha de expiración, especifique el número de días después de " -"los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</" -"tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. " -"Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira." +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "Como Fecha de expiración, especifique el número de días después de los cuales expirará la clave. Si el número va seguido de <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt> o <tt>y</tt>, indica el número de semanas, meses o años respectivamente. Deje la entrada vacía si la clave no expira." -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"Use Nombre, Comentario y Dirección de correo " -"electrónico para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la " -"nueva clave." +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "Use Nombre, Comentario y Dirección de correo electrónico para identificar al usuario con el que se deba asociar la nueva clave." -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." -msgstr "" -"Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto " -"complementario." +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +msgstr "Revise aquí la descripción general de los datos para generar el producto complementario." -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" -msgstr "" -"Pulse Finalizar para crear el producto complementario en el " -"directorio de salida." +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." +msgstr "Pulse Finalizar para crear el producto complementario en el directorio de salida." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo patrón" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arquitectura" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "Ve&rsión" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1463,25 +1276,25 @@ "Ya existe un patrón con este nombre.\n" "Seleccione un nombre o una arquitectura distintos.\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descripción" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "&Resumen" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "Ca&tegoría" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "&Código de idioma" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1489,33 +1302,33 @@ "Ya existe una clave con este nombre.\n" "Elija otro." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "Editor de patrones" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "Nombre del patrón" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nombre completo" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "Patrón &requerido" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "Patrón existente" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1523,380 +1336,315 @@ "Ya existe un patrón con ese nombre.\n" "Seleccione una arquitectura distinta.\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "Importando producto..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "Estilo del archivo de contenido" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "Debe ser la primera etiqueta del archivo de contenido." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "Nombre del producto" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." -msgstr "" -"Para uso interno. Se aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres " -"de los paquetes." +msgstr "Para uso interno. Se aplican las mismas restricciones que para los nombres de los paquetes." -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "Arquitecturas admitidas" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de productos. Coincide con las " -"arquitecturas de los paquetes de versiones de productos disponibles. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " +msgstr "Lista separada por espacios de arquitecturas de productos. Coincide con las arquitecturas de los paquetes de versiones de productos disponibles. " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "Versión y lanzamiento del producto" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Versión y lanzamiento del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal." -"secundaria-lanzamiento</tt>." +msgstr "Versión y lanzamiento del producto como aparece en el RPM <tt>principal.secundaria-lanzamiento</tt>." -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "Número de versión" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "Nombre de distribución" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"Alguna cadena que indique la distribución. Lo más probable es que la cadena " -"se use en los .rpm para indicar la distribución. Normalmente se compone del " -"nombre, la versión y la arquitectura." +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "Alguna cadena que indique la distribución. Lo más probable es que la cadena se use en los .rpm para indicar la distribución. Normalmente se compone del nombre, la versión y la arquitectura." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." -msgstr "" -"Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del " -"producto)." +msgstr "Directorio de descripciones de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "Directorio de datos de paquetes" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "Directorio de datos de paquetes (relativo al directorio del producto)." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por defecto si se omite " -"LINGUAS o si no se puede determinar el idioma por defecto." +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "Etiqueta con codificación UTF-8. Etiqueta por defecto si se omite LINGUAS o si no se puede determinar el idioma por defecto." -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "Código de idioma ISO o código de idioma_código de país." -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "Idioma por defecto" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "Código de idioma por defecto." -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "Patrones preseleccionados" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "Lista de patrones preseleccionados por el producto." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "Nombre del fabricante" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "Nombre del fabricante (formato libre)." -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "URL de notas de la versión" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "URL donde se pueden obtener las notas de la versión." -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "URL de actualización" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "URL del origen de actualización." -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "Etiqueta específica de cada idioma" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"Valor de LABEL con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma " -"sintaxis que los valores de LINGUAS. Para cada idioma de LINGUAS</" -"b>, se espera un valor de LABEL.lang correspondiente." +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "Valor de LABEL con codificación UTF-8. <tt>lang</tt> tiene la misma sintaxis que los valores de LINGUAS. Para cada idioma de LINGUAS, se espera un valor de LABEL.lang correspondiente." -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "Etiqueta de una línea en el idioma por defecto" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "Etiqueta de una línea específica de cada idioma." -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "Descripción de varias líneas en el idioma por defecto" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "Descripción de varias líneas, específica de idioma." -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "Categoría" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." -msgstr "" -"Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar " -"patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar " -"libremente." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +msgstr "Categoría de una línea en el idioma por defecto que se utiliza para agrupar patrones. Las categorías están destinadas al usuario y se pueden especificar libremente." -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "Versión de la categoría específica de cada idioma." -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "Visibilidad" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "Define si el patrón debe estar visible en la interfaz del usuario." -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "Lista de paquetes para instalar." -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "Paquetes recomendados" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." -msgstr "" -"Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin " -"problemas." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +msgstr "Estos paquetes se instalan por defecto, pero se pueden eliminar sin problemas." -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "Paquetes sugeridos" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." -msgstr "" -"Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante " -"la resolución de dependencias." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." +msgstr "Se trata sólo de sugerencias para una aplicación que no se gestionan durante la resolución de dependencias." -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo de icono" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "Si no se especifica, se usa el nombre del patrón \n" -" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con caracteres de subrayado). Si el " -"nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no " -"se especifica ninguna vía, se buscan los iconos en la vía de iconos de temas " -"(primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /" -"usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten vías absolutas " -"y relativas (a la vía de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." +" (los espacios del nombre se sustituyen con caracteres de subrayado). Si el nombre de archivo no incluye una extensión .png o .jpg, se añade .png. Si no se especifica ninguna vía, se buscan los iconos en la vía de iconos de temas (primero en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/, después en /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Se admiten vías absolutas y relativas (a la vía de temas /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/)." -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "Orden del patrón" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." -msgstr "" -"Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se " -"muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." +msgstr "Este valor entero de tres cifras define el orden del patrón cuando se muestran varios patrones en la interfaz del usuario." -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "Patrones requeridos" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "Patrones que se deben instalar con este patrón." -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "Patrones proporcionados" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la " -"correspondencia con REQUIRES desde otros elementos. Cada resolución " -"proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por " -"ejemplo, el paquete bar-1.42-1 proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = " -"1.42-1</tt>." +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este patrón. Se pueden usar para establecer la correspondencia con REQUIRES desde otros elementos. Cada resolución proporciona una capacidad por defecto, con su nombre y edición propios. Por ejemplo, el paquete bar-1.42-1 proporciona la capacidad <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "Patrones en conflicto" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que " -"proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Este patrón no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "Patrones obsoletos" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1904,337 +1652,274 @@ "Cuando se instala este patrón, se desinstala cualquier \n" "otro que esté marcado como obsoleto." -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "Patrones recomendados" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." -msgstr "" -"Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden " -"instalar, no se muestra ningún error." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." +msgstr "Versión débil de REQUIRES. Si los patrones recomendados no se pueden instalar, no se muestra ningún error." -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "Patrones suplementarios" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"Inverso de Rec. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada " -"la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de " -"dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del " -"usuario." +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "Inverso de Rec. Este patrón se instala si la capacidad especificada la proporciona alguna resolución instalada. El sistema de resolución de dependencias lo instala. La desinstalación se acepta sin intervención del usuario." -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "Patrones sugeridos" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." -msgstr "" -"El patrón actual sólo se considera para su instalación si el patrón " -"especificado aquí está instalado." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." +msgstr "El patrón actual sólo se considera para su instalación si el patrón especificado aquí está instalado." -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "Extiende" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "Incluye" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "Patrones mejorados" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "Paquetes en conflicto" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "Paquetes obsoletos" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "Paquetes reactualizados" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "Paquetes suplementarios" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "Paquetes mejorados" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "Descripción del paquete en varias líneas." -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "Resumen del paquete (etiqueta) como descripción de una sola línea." -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "Notificación de instalación" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." -msgstr "" -"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como " -"una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." +msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si se selecciona el paquete, como una advertencia de versión de prueba o una licencia comercial." -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "Notificación de eliminación" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para " -"su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar " -"sin el paquete." +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "Mensaje informal que se muestra al usuario si el paquete se selecciona para su eliminación, como una advertencia de que el sistema no se puede utilizar sin el paquete." -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"El texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final. Este texto se muestra " -"antes de la instalación del paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el " -"paquete no se instala." +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "El texto del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final. Este texto se muestra antes de la instalación del paquete. Si el usuario no acepta el acuerdo, el paquete no se instala." -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "Productos que se deben instalar" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." -msgstr "" -"Las resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir " -"los requisitos de este producto." +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." +msgstr "Las resoluciones que deben estar instaladas en el sistema para cumplir los requisitos de este producto." -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "Productos proporcionados" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." -msgstr "" -"Capacidades que proporciona este producto. Se pueden utilizar para " -"establecer la correspondencia con el valor requires de otros " -"productos." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." +msgstr "Capacidades que proporciona este producto. Se pueden utilizar para establecer la correspondencia con el valor requires de otros productos." -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "Productos en conflicto" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra " -"que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "Esta resolución no se puede instalar si la resolución especificada u otra que proporciona la capacidad están instaladas." -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "Productos que quedan obsoletos" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre " -"coincida con esta palabra clave." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." +msgstr "Cuando se instala esta resolución, se desinstala cualquier otra cuyo nombre coincida con esta palabra clave." -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "Productos recomendados" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"Versión débil de requires. Se intenta cumplir con RECOMMENDS, " -"pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer " -"ninguna coincidencia." +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "Versión débil de requires. Se intenta cumplir con RECOMMENDS, pero se ignoran sin intervención del usuario si no se puede establecer ninguna coincidencia." -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "Productos sugeridos" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "La URL del RPM de las notas de la versión" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "Descripción del producto" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "Resumen del producto" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "Línea del producto" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de " -"servicio." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." +msgstr "Un nombre corto para el producto que no cambie entre versiones y paquetes de servicio." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "Clave del repositorio de actualización" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "Tipo de medio" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." -msgstr "" -"Tipo de medio que se utilizará para el producto de destino. Los valores " -"posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5 y dvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +msgstr "Tipo de medio que se utilizará para el producto de destino. Los valores posibles son: cd, ftp, dvd5 y dvd9." -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "Variante del producto" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" -msgstr "" -"Descripción del estilo o variante de un producto, como DVD, FTP o Live, por " -"ejemplo." +msgstr "Descripción del estilo o variante de un producto, como DVD, FTP o Live, por ejemplo." -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "Generando datos del producto" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "Buscar directorios de paquetes" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "Buscando directorios de paquetes..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "Comprobar arquitectura de paquetes" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "Generar archivo de contenido por defecto" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "Comprobando arquitecturas de paquetes..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "Generando archivo de contenido por defecto..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "Generar descripciones de paquetes" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" -msgstr "" -"Espere mientras se generan los datos para el producto adicional...</" -"b> \n" +msgstr "Espere mientras se generan los datos para el producto adicional... \n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2242,8 +1927,8 @@ "Error al instalar el paquete obs-productconverter.\n" "El paquete de versión no se generará." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -2251,18 +1936,18 @@ "Error al construir el paquete de versión:\n" "'%1'" -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "Error al firmar el producto." -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "Vuelva a intentarlo con una contraseña codificada distinta" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2270,102 +1955,102 @@ "Contraseña codificada para la clave GPG %1\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "Creación del complemento" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "Escribir el archivo de contenido" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "Crear la estructura del complemento" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "Escribir los patrones" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "Copiar los paquetes" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "Generar el paquete de la versión" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "Crear sumas MD5" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "Firmar producto resultante" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "Escribiendo el archivo de contenido..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "Creando la estructura del complemento..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "Escribiendo los patrones..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "Copiando los paquetes..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "Generando el paquete de la versión..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "Creando sumas MD5..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "Firmando producto resultante..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "Crear imagen ISO" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "Creando imagen ISO..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "No se puede escribir el archivo de contenido." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "No se puede crear la estructura del directorio de salida." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/add-on.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -37,8 +37,7 @@ "Ayuda del módulo de productos adicionales\n" "------------------\n" "\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo producto adicional mediante la línea de comandos, use " -"esta sintaxis:\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo producto adicional mediante la línea de comandos, use esta sintaxis:\n" " /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n" "URL es la vía a la fuente del producto adicional.\n" "\n" @@ -50,109 +49,102 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción xmlfile). Utilice la opción " -"de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción xmlfile). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Productos adicionales" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "Inicializando productos adicionales..." -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>Medio: %1, vía: %2, producto: %3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "Hacer el complemento %1 disponible mediante %2." -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "Error al añadir el producto adicional." -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún producto adicional para su instalación" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "&Productos adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "La instalación de la extensión de idioma ha finalizado." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Instalación de productos adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "&Seleccionar las extensiones de idiomas que se deben instalar" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desee instalar y haga clic en " -"Aceptar." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +msgstr "Seleccione las extensiones de idiomas que desee instalar y haga clic en Aceptar." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación del producto adicional?" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -160,32 +152,32 @@ "No ha seleccionado ningún idioma para su instalación.\n" "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación?" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "Idioma %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "CD de controladores del proveedor" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "Introduzca el CD-ROM del proveedor" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -193,8 +185,8 @@ "No se han encontrado los datos del controlador en el CD-ROM.\n" "Se va a abortar." -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -202,13 +194,13 @@ "Los datos del CD-ROM no son apropiados para el sistema Linux en ejecución.\n" "Se va a abortar.\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "Instalando controlador..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -216,13 +208,13 @@ "La instalación ha fallado.\n" "Por favor, contacte con la dirección que aparece en el CD-ROM.\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "Instalados %1 controladores del CD" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -230,51 +222,51 @@ "No se han encontrado datos de controladores en el CD-ROM.\n" "Se va a abortar." -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto en el repositorio." -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en el medio." -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Inicializando el nuevo origen..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, directorio: %2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Selección de repositorio de software" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -284,46 +276,45 @@ "Se han detectado varios repositorios en el medio seleccionado.\n" "Seleccione el que desee utilizar.\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Repositorios &encontrados" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea abortar la instalación del producto adicional?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea abortar la instalación del producto adicional?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Seleccione un repositorio." -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias del producto adicional." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Selección de producto" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Productos disponibles" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -333,15 +324,13 @@ "Se han detectado varios productos en el repositorio. Seleccione los\n" "productos que desee instalar.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver las dependencias de los productos adicionales " -"seleccionados." +msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias de los productos adicionales seleccionados." -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -349,138 +338,130 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Instalación de producto adicional</big>\n" -"Aquí se muestran todos los productos adicionales seleccionados para su " -"instalación.\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo producto, haga clic en Añadir. Para eliminar uno " -"ya añadido,\n" +"Aquí se muestran todos los productos adicionales seleccionados para su instalación.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo producto, haga clic en Añadir. Para eliminar uno ya añadido,\n" "selecciónelo y haga clic en Suprimir." -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, directorio: %2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medios" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Seleccione el producto que desee suprimir." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Eliminando producto adicional seleccionado..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Productos adicionales instalados" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Producto adicional" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Ejecutar gestor de &software..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." -msgstr "" -"Se muestran todos los productos adicionales instalados en el sistema." +msgstr "Se muestran todos los productos adicionales instalados en el sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Añadir para añadir un nuevo producto adicional o en " -"Suprimir para eliminar uno en uso." +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "Haga clic en Añadir para añadir un nuevo producto adicional o en Suprimir para eliminar uno en uso." -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "Proveedor: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Proveedor desconocido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "Versión: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Versión desconocida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "URL del repositorio: %1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "URL del repositorio desconocida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "Alias del repositorio: %1 " -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "URL desconocida" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" "\n" "Are sure you want to delete it?" msgstr "" -"Suprimir el producto adicional %1 puede hacer que se eliminen todos los " -"paquetes\n" +"Suprimir el producto adicional %1 puede hacer que se eliminen todos los paquetes\n" "instalados desde este producto adicional\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que quiere suprimirlo?" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Eliminando las dependencias del producto..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "Advertencia: no hay memoria suficiente" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/audit-laf.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,172 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Configuración del marco de trabajo de auditoría de Linux (LAF)" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "Mostrar información de la configuración de auditoría" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "Definir la opción especificada" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "Mostrar la configuración del archivo de registro" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "Mostrar la configuración de espacio en disco" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "Mostrar la configuración del expedidor" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "Nombre del archivo de registro (vía completa)" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "Formato de registro" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "Cómo se deben escribir los datos en el disco" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "Cuántos registros se deben escribir antes de hacer un volcado a disco" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "Tamaño máximo (en megabytes) del archivo de registro" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "Acción si se alcanza max_log_file" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "Número de archivos de registro que se deben conservar" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "Formato del nombre del equipo" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "Nombre del equipo (usado si el formato es USER)" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" -msgstr "" -"Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar " -"que empieza a quedar poco espacio en el sistema" +msgstr "Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar que empieza a quedar poco espacio en el sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "Acción si se alcanza space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si se alcanza space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" -msgstr "" -"Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar " -"que queda poco espacio en el sistema" +msgstr "Espacio restante en la partición del registro (en megabytes) para considerar que queda poco espacio en el sistema" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "Acción si se alcanza admin_space_left" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" -msgstr "" -"Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si se alcanza admin_space_left" +msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si se alcanza admin_space_left" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" -msgstr "" -"El correo se envía a esta cuenta (si space_left_action se define como EMAIL)" +msgstr "El correo se envía a esta cuenta (si space_left_action se define como EMAIL)" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "Acción que se debe realizar si el disco está lleno" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si el disco está lleno" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "Acción que se debe realizar si hay un error de disco" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "Guion que se debe ejecutar (vía completa) si hay un error de disco" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "Cómo se comunicarán el expedidor y el daemon de auditoría" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "Programa expedidor (vía completa)" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "&AuditLaf" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de registro" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -189,35 +183,35 @@ "el Formato de nombre de equipo está establecido como USUARIO.\n" "Configurando el formato como NINGUNO (valor por defecto)." -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "Seleccionar programa expedidor" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "El valor de %1 sigue sin cambiar." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 no existe.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "%1 no es un archivo normal.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 no pertenece al Root.\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "Los permisos de archivo de %1 NO están definidos como -rwxr-x---.\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -226,23 +220,21 @@ msgstr "" "Las reglas ya están bloqueadas, por lo que no se pueden reajustar.\n" "\n" -"Si desea desbloquearlas, defina el indicador de habilitación en " -"consecuencia\n" -"y finalice el proceso de configuración. Deberá rearrancar el sistema a " -"continuación." +"Si desea desbloquearlas, defina el indicador de habilitación en consecuencia\n" +"y finalice el proceso de configuración. Deberá rearrancar el sistema a continuación." -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "Las reglas se han restaurado correctamente" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar las reglas. Compruebe /etc/audit/audit.rules." -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -254,7 +246,7 @@ "No es posible realizar una prueba porque se\n" "producirá un error al enviar las reglas nuevas.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -266,25 +258,25 @@ "No tiene sentido continuar, porque las reglas continuarán\n" "bloqueadas hasta el siguiente reinicio.\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "Correcto" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "No es posible crear el archivo temporal para las reglas." -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "Seleccione un ejemplo" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "Bloqueo definido" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -294,229 +286,224 @@ msgstr "" "La configuración de auditoría está bloqueada (opción -e 2).\n" "Esto significa que las reglas están bloqueadas hasta el próximo reinicio.\n" -"Si es realmente lo que desea, asegúrese de que \"-e 2\" es la última " -"entrada\n" +"Si es realmente lo que desea, asegúrese de que \"-e 2\" es la última entrada\n" "del archivo de reglas. Si no es así, habilite o inhabilite la auditoría.\n" "Para comprobar o cambiar las reglas, vuelva al editor de reglas.\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "Archivo de &registro" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Seleccionar ar&chivo" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formato" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "&Vaciar" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "Fre&cuencia (número de registros)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "Tamaño y acción" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "Tamaño má&ximo de archivo (MB)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "Acción de tamaño má&ximo de archivo" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "&Número de archivos de registro" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "Nombres de equipo" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "Formato de nombre de &equipo" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "Nombre definido por el usuario" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del expedidor" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "Programa expedidor" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "C&omunicación" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "Valor y acción si se empieza a agotar el espacio" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "E&spacio restante en el disco (MB)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "&Acción" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "Vía al guión" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "Valor y acción si se está agotando el espacio" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "Espacio de &administración restante en el disco (MB) " -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "Acc&ión" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "Cuenta de correo de acción" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "Acción cuando se dé un error o se llene el disco" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "Acción cuando se llene el &disco" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "Acción cuando se dé un &error del disco" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "&Definir indicador de habilitación" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "Auditoría habilitada" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "Auditoría inhabilitada" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "Las reglas están bloqueadas (hasta el siguiente arranque)" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "Editar las reglas para el subsistema de auditoría aquí:" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "&Comprobar sintaxis" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "&Restaurar audit.rules" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "R&estaurar y reajustar" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "&Cargar" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicio de la configuración del marco de auditoría de Linux</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Inicio de la configuración del marco de auditoría de Linux</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abortar inicialización:</big> \n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"Abortar.\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Abortar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Almacenamiento de la configuración y las reglas de auditd</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Almacenamiento de la configuración y las reglas de auditd</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -528,347 +515,260 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del archivo de registro de auditd</big> \n" -"El daemon audit es el componente de Linux Auditing System que se encarga de " -"registrar todos los eventos de auditoría relevantes en el archivo de " -"registro por defecto /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" -"Los eventos pueden venir del módulo del núcleo apparmor, de las " -"aplicaciones que usan libaudit (por ejemplo, PAM) o de incidentes " -"causados por reglas (por ejemplo, de servicios de vigilancia de archivos).</" -"p>" +"El daemon audit es el componente de Linux Auditing System que se encarga de registrar todos los eventos de auditoría relevantes en el archivo de registro por defecto /var/log/audit/audit.log.\n" +"Los eventos pueden venir del módulo del núcleo apparmor, de las aplicaciones que usan libaudit (por ejemplo, PAM) o de incidentes causados por reglas (por ejemplo, de servicios de vigilancia de archivos)." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" -"El diálogo Reglas para auditctl ofrece más información acerca de " -"las reglas y la posibilidad de añadir reglas.\n" -"Puede obtener información detallada acerca de los valores de configuración " -"del archivo de registro en la página man ('man auditd.conf')." +"El diálogo Reglas para auditctl ofrece más información acerca de las reglas y la posibilidad de añadir reglas.\n" +"Puede obtener información detallada acerca de los valores de configuración del archivo de registro en la página man ('man auditd.conf')." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" msgstr "" -"Archivo de registro: introduzca la vía completa al archivo de " -"registro\n" +"Archivo de registro: introduzca la vía completa al archivo de registro\n" "(o use Seleccionar archivo)." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" -"Formato: defina el valor RAW para registrar todos los datos " -"(almacenar exactamente con el mismo formato que usa el núcleo\n" -"para enviarlos) o NOLOG para descartar toda la información de " -"auditoría en lugar de escribirla en disco (no afecta\n" +"Formato: defina el valor RAW para registrar todos los datos (almacenar exactamente con el mismo formato que usa el núcleo\n" +"para enviarlos) o NOLOG para descartar toda la información de auditoría en lugar de escribirla en disco (no afecta\n" "a los datos que se envían al expedidor). " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"Vaciar describe como se escriben los datos en el disco. Si se " -"define INCREMENTAL,\n" -"el parámetro Frecuencia indica cuántos registros se deben escribir " -"antes de realizar un vaciado explícito en el disco\n" -".NONE indica que no se realiza ningún intento de vaciar los " -"datos; DATA mantiene la porción de datos sincronizada;\n" -"SYNC mantiene los datos y los metadatos completamente sincronizados.</" -"p>" +"Vaciar describe como se escriben los datos en el disco. Si se define INCREMENTAL,\n" +"el parámetro Frecuencia indica cuántos registros se deben escribir antes de realizar un vaciado explícito en el disco\n" +".NONE indica que no se realiza ningún intento de vaciar los datos; DATA mantiene la porción de datos sincronizada;\n" +"SYNC mantiene los datos y los metadatos completamente sincronizados." -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" -"Configure el tamaño máximo del archivo de registro (en megabytes) y la " -"acción que se debe\n" +"Configure el tamaño máximo del archivo de registro (en megabytes) y la acción que se debe\n" " realizar cuando se alcance este valor en Tamaño y acción.\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" -" Si la acción se define como ROTATE, el campo Número de " -"archivos de registro\n" +" Si la acción se define como ROTATE, el campo Número de archivos de registro\n" "especifica el número de archivos que se deben conservar. Si se define como\n" -"SYSLOG, el daemon de auditoría escribirá una advertencia en /var/log/" -"messages.\n" +"SYSLOG, el daemon de auditoría escribirá una advertencia en /var/log/messages.\n" "Con SUSPEND, el daemon detiene la escritura de registros en el disco\n" -". IGNORE significa que no se hará nada. KEEP_LOGS es similar a " -"ROTATE, pero los archivos de registro no se sobrescriben.\n" +". IGNORE significa que no se hará nada. KEEP_LOGS es similar a ROTATE, pero los archivos de registro no se sobrescriben.\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" -"Formato de nombre de equipo describe cómo escribir el nombre del " -"equipo\n" +"Formato de nombre de equipo describe cómo escribir el nombre del equipo\n" "en el archivo de registro. Si se define USER, se usa el nombre\n" -"definido por el usuario. NONE significa que no se inserta el " -"nombre del equipo.\n" +"definido por el usuario. NONE significa que no se inserta el nombre del equipo.\n" "HOSTNAME usa el nombre devuelto por la llamada syscall gethostname.\n" "FQD usa el nombre completo del dominio.\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del expedidor de auditd</big> \n" -"Puede obtener información detallada sobre los valores de configuración del " -"expedidor en la página man\n" +"Puede obtener información detallada sobre los valores de configuración del expedidor en la página man\n" "('man auditd.conf')." -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "Expedidor: el programa expedidor lo arranca el daemon audit y\n" "recibe todos los eventos de auditoría en stdin." -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" -"Comunicación: controla la comunicación entre el daemon y el " -"programa\n" -" expedidor. Una comunicación con pérdidas significa que los eventos " -"enviados al expedidor\n" -"son descartados cuando la cola (buffer de 128 kB) se llena. Elija sin " -"pérdidas si desea una\n" +"Comunicación: controla la comunicación entre el daemon y el programa\n" +" expedidor. Una comunicación con pérdidas significa que los eventos enviados al expedidor\n" +"son descartados cuando la cola (buffer de 128 kB) se llena. Elija sin pérdidas si desea una\n" "comunicación de bloqueo/sin pérdidas." -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "El expedidor 'audispd' es un multiplexor de eventos audit.\n" -"Para obtener más información, consulte la la página man ('man audispd' y " -"'man audispd.conf')." +"Para obtener más información, consulte la la página man ('man audispd' y 'man audispd.conf')." -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: el programa expedidor debe ser propiedad del usuario Root, " -"debe\n" +"Nota: el programa expedidor debe ser propiedad del usuario Root, debe\n" "tener permisos de archivo 0750 y hay que introducir la vía completa.\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" "For detailed information, refer to the manual page ('man auditd.conf').\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del espacio de disco de auditd</big> \n" -"Esta configuración hace referencia al espacio en disco de la partición de " -"registro.\n" -"Para obtener información detallada, consulte la página man (man auditd.conf)." -"\n" +"Esta configuración hace referencia al espacio en disco de la partición de registro.\n" +"Para obtener información detallada, consulte la página man (man auditd.conf).\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" -"El valor Espacio restante (en megabytes) indica al daemon audit " -"cuándo debe realizar una acción porque\n" +"El valor Espacio restante (en megabytes) indica al daemon audit cuándo debe realizar una acción porque\n" "el sistema empieza a quedarse escaso de espacio." -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"El valor de Espacio de administración restante en el disco debería " -"ser inferior al anterior. El sistema se queda sin\n" -"espacio en el disco si se alcanza ese valor; entonces se realizará la " -"acción especificada." +"El valor de Espacio de administración restante en el disco debería ser inferior al anterior. El sistema se queda sin\n" +"espacio en el disco si se alcanza ese valor; entonces se realizará la acción especificada." -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" "system.\n" msgstr "" "Si una acción se define como EMAIL, se enviará un correo de aviso\n" -"a la cuenta especificada en Cuenta de correo de acción. " -"SYSLOG\n" -"significa que la advertencia de espacio en disco se escribirá en /var/log/" -"messages.\n" +"a la cuenta especificada en Cuenta de correo de acción. SYSLOG\n" +"significa que la advertencia de espacio en disco se escribirá en /var/log/messages.\n" "IGNORE significa que no se hará nada.\n" "EXEC ejecuta el guión especificado en Vía al guion.\n" "SUSPEND\n" -"detiene la escritura de registros en el disco. SINGLE cambia el " -"equipo al modo de usuario único. HALT apaga el sistema.\n" +"detiene la escritura de registros en el disco. SINGLE cambia el equipo al modo de usuario único. HALT apaga el sistema.\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" -"También se puede especificar una Acción cuando se llene el disco " -"(ya no queda espacio en el disco) y\n" -"una Acción cuando se dé un error del disco (que se debe realizar " -"siempre que se detecte un error al escribir en el disco).\n" +"También se puede especificar una Acción cuando se llene el disco (ya no queda espacio en el disco) y\n" +"una Acción cuando se dé un error del disco (que se debe realizar siempre que se detecte un error al escribir en el disco).\n" "Las acciones disponibles son las mismas de arriba, excepto EMAIL." -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" msgstr "" "Nota: todos los guiones especificados para EXEC deben\n" -"ser propiedad del usuario Root, deben tener permisos de archivo 0750 y hay " -"que introducir la vía completa.\n" +"ser propiedad del usuario Root, deben tener permisos de archivo 0750 y hay que introducir la vía completa.\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>Reglas para auditctl</big> \n" "Este recuadro de diálogo ofrece la posibilidad de habilitar o inhabilitar\n" -"la auditoría de syscall, así como de bloquear la configuración de " -"auditoría.\n" -"El indicador seleccionado en Definir indicador de habilitación se " -"añadirá a las reglas." +"la auditoría de syscall, así como de bloquear la configuración de auditoría.\n" +"El indicador seleccionado en Definir indicador de habilitación se añadirá a las reglas." -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." -msgstr "" -"Nota: bloquear las reglas significa que no se pueden cambiar " -"hasta el siguiente reinicio." +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." +msgstr "Nota: bloquear las reglas significa que no se pueden cambiar hasta el siguiente reinicio." -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " msgstr "" "Habilitar la auditoría sin reglas adicionales causará que\n" -"las aplicaciones que usan libaudit (por ejemplo, PAM) realicen el " -"registro en /var/log/audit/audit.log (valor por defecto). " +"las aplicaciones que usan libaudit (por ejemplo, PAM) realicen el registro en /var/log/audit/audit.log (valor por defecto). " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" -"También puede editar las reglas manualmente, lo que solo se recomienda " -"para usuarios avanzados. \n" -"Para obtener más información sobre todas las demás opciones, consulte man " -"auditctl.\n" +"También puede editar las reglas manualmente, lo que solo se recomienda para usuarios avanzados. \n" +"Para obtener más información sobre todas las demás opciones, consulte man auditctl.\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"Comprobar sintaxis envía las reglas a través de auditctl al " -"subsistema de auditoría y comprueba la sintaxis. Restaurar " -"restaura los ajustes de /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "Comprobar sintaxis envía las reglas a través de auditctl al subsistema de auditoría y comprueba la sintaxis. Restaurar restaura los ajustes de /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \n" @@ -876,53 +776,47 @@ "an example rules file.\n" msgstr "" "Haga clic en Restaurar y reiniciar para restaurar las reglas\n" -"y reiniciar los cambios (desde la comprobación de sintaxis anterior) " -"llamando a auditctl. \n" +"y reiniciar los cambios (desde la comprobación de sintaxis anterior) llamando a auditctl. \n" "Haga clic en Cargar para abrir un recuadro\n" -"de diálogo de selección de archivos en el que puede cargar un archivo de " -"reglas de ejemplo.\n" +"de diálogo de selección de archivos en el que puede cargar un archivo de reglas de ejemplo.\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "&Expedidor" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "E&spacio de disco " -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "&Reglas para auditctl" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "Las reglas para auditctl están bloqueadas." -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para continuar la configuración de la auditoría de Linux, el paquete " -"%1 debe estar instalado." +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." +msgstr "Para continuar la configuración de la auditoría de Linux, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -934,63 +828,63 @@ "Puede usar el módulo Registro del sistema del grupo\n" "Misceláneas del Centro de control de YaST." -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de auditoría" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar si hay paquetes instalados" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "Leer la configuración de auditd" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "Leer el archivo de reglas" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "Comprobar el estado de auditd" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "Comprobando si hay paquetes..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de reglas..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "Comprobando estado..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "No se puede leer auditd.conf." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "No se puede leer audit.rules." -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -998,12 +892,12 @@ "¿Desea iniciarlo y habilitar el inicio durante el arranque,\n" "o solo iniciar el daemon ahora?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "El daemon auditd no se ejecuta.\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -1013,29 +907,29 @@ "El núcleo usa un daemon de auditoría en ejecución para\n" "registrar los eventos en /var/log/audit/audit.log (por defecto).\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "Inicio de daemon de auditoría" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "Iniciar y &habilitar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "&No iniciar" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el daemon de auditoría." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -1047,68 +941,67 @@ "el indicador de habilitación; pero para activar el cambio,\n" "es necesario reiniciar después.\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de auditoría" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Escribir las reglas" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Escribiendo las reglas..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Las reglas ya están bloqueadas." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "Reboot the system afterwards for the change to take effect.\n" msgstr "" "¿Desea cambiar el indicador de habilitación?\n" -"En caso afirmativo, las nuevas reglas se escribirán en /etc/audit/audit." -"rules.\n" +"En caso afirmativo, las nuevas reglas se escribirán en /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" "A continuación, reinicie el sistema para que los cambios se apliquen.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de auditoría." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "No se pueden escribir los valores de configuración en auditd.conf." -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Inicie yast2-audit-laf de nuevo y compruebe las reglas." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "No se puede escribir los valores de configuración en auditd.rules." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Archivo de registro" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,213 +14,179 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Asignar nombre al dominio (realm) (ejemplo.com -> EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -msgstr "" -"Asignar nombre con comodines al dominio (realm) (*.ejemplo.com -> EJEMPLO." -"COM)" +msgstr "Asignar nombre con comodines al dominio (realm) (*.ejemplo.com -> EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "Nombre de host del servidor de administración (opcional)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" -msgstr "" -"Nombre de host del servidor de distribución de claves maestras (opcional)" +msgstr "Nombre de host del servidor de distribución de claves maestras (opcional)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" -msgstr "" -"Centros de distribución de claves (opcional si está habilitado el " -"autodescubrimiento a través de DNS)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgstr "Centros de distribución de claves (opcional si está habilitado el autodescubrimiento a través de DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "" -"Asignaciones personalizadas de nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" +msgstr "Asignaciones personalizadas de nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "Nombre principal" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" -msgstr "" -"Reglas personalizadas para asignar nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" +msgstr "Reglas personalizadas para asignar nombres principales a nombres de usuarios" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "Escriba el nombre de host del centro de distribución de claves:" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "Escriba la regla auth_to_local:" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" -msgstr "" -"Escriba el nombre principal y el nombre de usuario en formato \"nombre_princ " -"= nombre_usuario\":" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" +msgstr "Escriba el nombre principal y el nombre de usuario en formato \"nombre_princ = nombre_usuario\":" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "Introduzca un nuevo nombre de dominio." -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Ubicación por defecto del archivo de claves (keytab)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado para TGS (separados por espacios)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado para ticket (separados por espacios)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "Tipos de cifrado para sesiones (separados por espacios)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "Direcciones adicionales para ticket (separadas por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "Restaurar" -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" msgstr "En caso de que no haya conexión:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" msgstr "Volver a intentar la operación indefinidamente" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" msgstr "No volver a intentar y considerar la operación fallida" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Tiempo límite para operaciones de asociación en segundos" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "Tiempo límite para operaciones de búsqueda en segundos" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "Usar un directorio como proveedor de identidades (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "Autenticación mediante Kerberos" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo utiliza actualmente SSSD para autenticar a los usuarios.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la autenticación LDAP heredada (pam_ldap), inhabilite " -"SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la autenticación LDAP heredada (pam_ldap), inhabilite SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor " -"de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite " -"la base de datos de usuarios SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de " -"usuarios\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de usuarios SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de " -"identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite " -"la base de datos de grupos SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -"\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de grupos SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor " -"de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite " -"la base de datos de sudo de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -"\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de sudo de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde un " -"proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de automontaje LDAP (nss_ldap), " -"inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de " -"sesión de usuarios\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde un proveedor de identidades SSSD.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de automontaje LDAP (nss_ldap), inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje de SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "Introduzca el URI del servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "Introduzca el DN de la base de búsqueda." -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "Contacto correcto con el servidor LDAP en el URI %s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -230,12 +196,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "Contacto correcto con el servidor LDAP en el host %s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -245,635 +211,577 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" -"El caché del servicio de nombres solo debe usarse con el proveedor de " -"identidades LDAP heredado,\n" -"pero actualmente el sistema tiene el dominio de autenticación habilitado, lo " -"que no es compatible con el caché.\n" +"El caché del servicio de nombres solo debe usarse con el proveedor de identidades LDAP heredado,\n" +"pero actualmente el sistema tiene el dominio de autenticación habilitado, lo que no es compatible con el caché.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que quiere habilitar el caché?" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "Este equipo utiliza actualmente SSSD para autenticar a los usuarios.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la autenticación Kerberos (pam_krb5), inhabilite SSSD en " -"\"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." +"Para poder utilizar la autenticación Kerberos (pam_krb5), inhabilite SSSD en \"Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios\"." -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "(sin especificar)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el dominio %s?" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "Permitir autenticación de usuarios LDAP (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "Almacenar entradas LDAP en caché para respuesta más rápida (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "Crear automáticamente directorio personal" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "Leer los siguientes elementos desde el origen de datos LDAP:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "Grupos" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "Comandos de superusuario (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "Ubicaciones de disco de red (automontaje)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca las ubicaciones de servidores LDAP (separadas por espacios) en " -"cualquiera de ambos formatos:" +msgstr "Introduzca las ubicaciones de servidores LDAP (separadas por espacios) en cualquiera de ambos formatos:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- Nombre de host o IP y número de puerto (ip:port)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI (ldap://servidor:puerto, ldaps://servidor:puerto)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "DN de base de búsqueda (p. ej., dc=ejemplo,dc=com)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "DN de usuario asociado (dejar vacío para asociación anónima)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "Contraseña de usuario asociado (dejar vacío para asociación anónima)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "Identificar a miembros de grupo por sus DN (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "Dejar conexiones LDAP abiertas para solicitudes consecutivas" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "Comunicación LDAP segura" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "No usar seguridad" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "Comunicación segura mediante TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "Comunicación segura mediante StartTLS" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "Probar conexión" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "Opciones extendidas" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "Permitir autenticarse a los usuarios de Kerberos (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "Dominio por defecto para inicio de sesión de usuarios:" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "Todos los dominios de autenticación" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "Añadir dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "Editar dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "Suprimir dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "Usar registro DNS TXT para descubrir dominios" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "Usar registro DNS SVC para descubrir servidores KDC" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "Permitir cifrado no seguro (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "Permitir que KDC de otras redes emitan tickets de autenticación" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" -msgstr "" -"Permitir que los servicios compatibles con Kerberos adopten la identidad de " -"un usuario" +msgstr "Permitir que los servicios compatibles con Kerberos adopten la identidad de un usuario" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" -msgstr "" -"Emitir tickets sin direcciones para equipos que se encuentren detrás de NAT" +msgstr "Emitir tickets sin direcciones para equipos que se encuentren detrás de NAT" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAP y cliente Kerberos" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "Gestión de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "Cambiar configuración" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de inicio de sesión de usuarios" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de LDAP/Kerberos" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "Nombre de equipo" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "Nombre completo de equipo" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "(El nombre no se puede resolver)" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "Dominio de red" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones IP" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "Dominios de identidades" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "Opciones extendidas" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "Filtro de nombres:" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "Ninguno." -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros obligatorios" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros opcionales" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "Proporcione todos los parámetros obligatorios siguientes:\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opciones globales" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "Cambio de nombre" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "Automontaje" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "Claves públicas SSH" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "Certificado de cuenta con privilegios (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "Gestionar inicio de sesión de usuarios de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "Estado de daemon: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "En ejecución" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "Detenido" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "Permitir inicio de sesión de usuarios de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "Crear directorio personal" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "Habilitar origen de datos de dominio:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "Asignar unidades de red (automontaje)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "Unirse a dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "Abandonar dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "Borrar caché de dominios" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "Opciones del servicio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "Opciones de dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione las opciones globales, un servicio o un dominio que personalizar." +msgstr "Seleccione las opciones globales, un servicio o un dominio que personalizar." -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "Usar este dominio" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "Inscribir en Active Directory" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "Opciones: %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "Seleccione un dominio en la lista." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea borrar la configuración del dominio %s?" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo utiliza actualmente LDAP heredado o Kerberos para autenticar a " -"los usuarios.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la autenticación SSD, inhabilite la autenticación LDAP y " -"Kerberos desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo utiliza actualmente LDAP heredado o Kerberos para autenticar a los usuarios.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la autenticación SSD, inhabilite la autenticación LDAP y Kerberos desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor " -"de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de usuarios LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de usuarios desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de usuarios SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de usuarios LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de " -"identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de grupos LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de grupos desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de grupos SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de grupos LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor " -"de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de sudoers LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo lee actualmente la base de datos de sudoers desde un proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Para poder utilizar la base de datos de sudoers SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de sudoers LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "El origen de datos de sudo está habilitado globalmente.\n" -"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"sudo_provider\" en las Opciones " -"extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de sudo." +"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"sudo_provider\" en las Opciones extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de sudo." -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" -"Este equipo está leyendo actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde " -"el proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" -"Antes de usar la base de datos de automontaje SSSD, inhabilite la base de " -"datos de automontaje LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." +"Este equipo está leyendo actualmente la base de datos de automontaje desde el proveedor de identidades LDAP.\n" +"Antes de usar la base de datos de automontaje SSSD, inhabilite la base de datos de automontaje LDAP desde \"LDAP y cliente Kerberos\"." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "El origen de datos de automontaje está habilitado globalmente.\n" -"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"autofs_provider\" en las " -"Opciones extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de " -"automontaje." +"Recuerde personalizar también el parámetro \"autofs_provider\" en las Opciones extendidas de cada dominio individual que proporcione datos de automontaje." -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "El origen de datos MS-PAC está habilitado globalmente.\n" -"Esta función opcional depende de la capacidad de su dominio de Microsoft " -"Active Directory.\n" -"SSSD podría no iniciarse si el dominio de Active Directory no es compatible, " -"en cuyo caso deberá desactivar esta función." +"Esta función opcional depende de la capacidad de su dominio de Microsoft Active Directory.\n" +"SSSD podría no iniciarse si el dominio de Active Directory no es compatible, en cuyo caso deberá desactivar esta función." -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "Este parámetro es obligatorio y no es posible suprimirlo." -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "Confirmar eliminación de parámetro: " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" -"El parámetro es importante. Si se elimina, podría producirse un error de " -"configuración.\n" +"El parámetro es importante. Si se elimina, podría producirse un error de configuración.\n" "Consulte la página de manual de SSSD antes de continuar.\n" "¿Desea eliminar el parámetro?" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "Ningún dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" -"No ha configurado ningún dominio de autenticación, pero ha decidido " -"habilitar la autenticación de dominio.\n" +"No ha configurado ningún dominio de autenticación, pero ha decidido habilitar la autenticación de dominio.\n" "SSSD no se iniciará y solo estará disponible la autenticación local.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "Se han borrado todos los datos de caché." -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" -msgstr "" -"Introduzca las credenciales de usuario de AD (p. ej., Administrador) para " -"inscribir o volver a inscribir este ordenador:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" +msgstr "Introduzca las credenciales de usuario de AD (p. ej., Administrador) para inscribir o volver a inscribir este ordenador:" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "Unidad organizativa opcional, como \"Central/RRHH/EdificioA\"" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "Sobrescribir la configuración de Samba para trabajar con este AD" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "(No aplicable en el editor de AutoYast)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " (Descubierto automáticamente mediante DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "(Error de DNS)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" -"El servicio de resolución de nombres de este equipo no satisface los " -"requisitos de inscripción de AD.\n" +"El servicio de resolución de nombres de este equipo no satisface los requisitos de inscripción de AD.\n" "Configure el entorno de red para usar el servidor AD para resolver nombres." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "Ya inscrito" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "Aún no inscrito" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Inscripción en Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "Estado actual" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "Recopilando estados..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña." -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"Los detalles de inscripción de AD se han guardado para AutoYast. Tenga en " -"cuenta que la contraseña de usuario de AD se guarda en texto no cifrado." +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "Los detalles de inscripción de AD se han guardado para AutoYast. Tenga en cuenta que la contraseña de usuario de AD se guarda en texto no cifrado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -883,8 +791,8 @@ "\n" "Salida del comando:\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -894,1566 +802,959 @@ "\n" "Salida del comando:\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "Delegar en biblioteca de software de terceros (proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "Base de datos de archivo SSSD local" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "Servicio de directorio genérico (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "Servicio Kerberos genérico" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "El dominio no proporciona un servicio de autenticación" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "Nombre de dominio (como ejemplo.com)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" -msgstr "" -"¿Qué servicio proporciona datos de identidad, como nombres de usuarios y " -"pertenencia a grupos?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" +msgstr "¿Qué servicio proporciona datos de identidad, como nombres de usuarios y pertenencia a grupos?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "¿Qué servicio se ocupa de la autenticación de usuarios?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "Habilitar el dominio" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "Introduzca el nuevo nombre de dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." -msgstr "" -"EL nombre de dominio coincide con una palabra clave reservada. Seleccione un " -"nombre diferente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." +msgstr "EL nombre de dominio coincide con una palabra clave reservada. Seleccione un nombre diferente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "El nombre de dominio ya está en uso." -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "Versión de sintaxis de archivo de configuración (1 o 2)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" -msgstr "" -"Número de veces que los servicios intentarán reconectarse en caso de fallo " -"del proveedor de datos o si se reinician antes de abandonar" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" +msgstr "Número de veces que los servicios intentarán reconectarse en caso de fallo del proveedor de datos o si se reinician antes de abandonar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" -msgstr "" -"La expresión regular analiza el nombre de usuario y el nombre de dominio en " -"componentes" +msgstr "La expresión regular analiza el nombre de usuario y el nombre de dominio en componentes" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"El formato compatible con printf(3) por defecto que describe cómo se debe " -"traducir una tupla de nombre y dominio en un nombre completo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "El formato compatible con printf(3) por defecto que describe cómo se debe traducir una tupla de nombre y dominio en un nombre completo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" -msgstr "" -"Si se debe usar o no el mecanismo inotify para monitorizar resolv.conf para " -"actualizar el resolver DNS interno" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" +msgstr "Si se debe usar o no el mecanismo inotify para monitorizar resolv.conf para actualizar el resolver DNS interno" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" -msgstr "" -"Directorio del sistema de archivos en el que SSSD debe almacenar los " -"archivos del caché de reproducción de Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" +msgstr "Directorio del sistema de archivos en el que SSSD debe almacenar los archivos del caché de reproducción de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" -msgstr "" -"Nombre de dominio por defecto para todos los nombres que no tengan un " -"componente de nombre de dominio." +msgstr "Nombre de dominio por defecto para todos los nombres que no tengan un componente de nombre de dominio." -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"Nivel de detalle para el registro. Puede ser numérico (0-9) o una máscara " -"extensa como 0x0010 (nivel más bajo) o 0xFFF (nivel más alto)" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "Nivel de detalle para el registro. Puede ser numérico (0-9) o una máscara extensa como 0x0010 (nivel más bajo) o 0xFFF (nivel más alto)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "Añadir una marca horaria a los mensajes de depuración" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "Añade microsegundos a la marca horaria de los mensajes de depuración" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "Tiempo límite en segundos entre pulsaciones de este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de descriptores de archivo que puede tener abiertos " -"simultáneamente este proceso de SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" +msgstr "Número máximo de descriptores de archivo que puede tener abiertos simultáneamente este proceso de SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" -msgstr "" -"Número de segundos que un cliente de un proceso SSSD puede retener un " -"descriptor de archivo sin ninguna comunicación." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" +msgstr "Número de segundos que un cliente de un proceso SSSD puede retener un descriptor de archivo sin ninguna comunicación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" -msgstr "" -"El servicio recibirá SIGTERM después de este número de segundos de " -"comprobaciones fallidas de ping" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" +msgstr "El servicio recibirá SIGTERM después de este número de segundos de comprobaciones fallidas de ping" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" -msgstr "" -"¿Cuántos segundos debe nss_sss almacenar en caché las enumeraciones " -"(peticiones de información sobre todos los usuarios)?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" +msgstr "¿Cuántos segundos debe nss_sss almacenar en caché las enumeraciones (peticiones de información sobre todos los usuarios)?" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"Es posible establecer que el caché de entrada actualice automáticamente las " -"entradas en segundo plano si la petición supera un porcentaje del valor de " -"entry_cache_timeout para el dominio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "Es posible establecer que el caché de entrada actualice automáticamente las entradas en segundo plano si la petición supera un porcentaje del valor de entry_cache_timeout para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe almacenar en caché los " -"impactos negativos en el caché (es decir, consulta si hay entradas no " -"válidas de la base de datos, como entradas que no existen) antes de volver a " -"pedirlos al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe almacenar en caché los impactos negativos en el caché (es decir, consulta si hay entradas no válidas de la base de datos, como entradas que no existen) antes de volver a pedirlos al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" -msgstr "" -"Excluir a ciertos usuarios para que no los recupere el sistema secundario de " -"SSS" +msgstr "Excluir a ciertos usuarios para que no los recupere el sistema secundario de SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" -msgstr "" -"Excluir a ciertos grupos para que no los recupere el sistema secundario SSS" +msgstr "Excluir a ciertos grupos para que no los recupere el sistema secundario SSS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." -msgstr "" -"Si desea que el usuario filtrado siga siendo miembro del grupo, defina esta " -"opción como falsa." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgstr "Si desea que el usuario filtrado siga siendo miembro del grupo, defina esta opción como falsa." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." -msgstr "" -"Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario. Puede proporcionar un valor " -"absoluto o una plantilla." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." +msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario. Puede proporcionar un valor absoluto o una plantilla." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"Define una plantilla por defecto para un directorio personal del usuario si " -"el proveedor de datos del dominio no ha especificado explícitamente una." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "Define una plantilla por defecto para un directorio personal del usuario si el proveedor de datos del dominio no ha especificado explícitamente una." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "Sustituye la shell de entrada para todos los usuarios." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "Restringe la shell de usuario a uno de los valores mostrados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "Sustituye cualquier instancia de estos shell por shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." -msgstr "" -"La shell por defecto que se debe usar si no hay instalada una shell " -"permitida en el equipo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si no hay instalada una shell permitida en el equipo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." -msgstr "" -"La shell por defecto que se debe usar si el proveedor no devuelve una " -"durante la búsqueda." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgstr "La shell por defecto que se debe usar si el proveedor no devuelve una durante la búsqueda." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo en segundos en el que la lista de subdominios se " -"considerará válida." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo en segundos en el que la lista de subdominios se considerará válida." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo en segundos que serán válidos los registros de la caché " -"de la memoria." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo en segundos que serán válidos los registros de la caché de la memoria." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"Si el proveedor de autenticación está desconectado, indica el tiempo que se " -"deben permitir las entradas en caché (en días desde la última entrada en " -"línea correcta)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "Si el proveedor de autenticación está desconectado, indica el tiempo que se deben permitir las entradas en caché (en días desde la última entrada en línea correcta)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo en minutos que debe transcurrir después de que se haya alcanzado " -"el valor de offline_failed_login_attempts antes de que sea posible realizar " -"un nuevo intento de entrada." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "El tiempo en minutos que debe transcurrir después de que se haya alcanzado el valor de offline_failed_login_attempts antes de que sea posible realizar un nuevo intento de entrada." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." -msgstr "" -"Controla el tipo de mensajes que se muestra al usuario durante la " -"autenticación." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgstr "Controla el tipo de mensajes que se muestra al usuario durante la autenticación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"Para cada petición de PAM mientras el SSSD está en línea, el SSSD intentará " -"actualizar de inmediato la información de identidad en caché para el usuario " -"a fin de garantizar que la autenticación se realiza con la información más " -"reciente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "Para cada petición de PAM mientras el SSSD está en línea, el SSSD intentará actualizar de inmediato la información de identidad en caché para el usuario a fin de garantizar que la autenticación se realiza con la información más reciente." -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Muestra una advertencia N días antes de que caduque la contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se deben evaluar los atributos sudoNotBefore y sudoNotAfter que " -"implementan entradas de sudoers dependientes del tiempo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "Indica si se deben evaluar los atributos sudoNotBefore y sudoNotAfter que implementan entradas de sudoers dependientes del tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica los segundos que el contestador de autofs puede almacenar en " -"caché coincidencias negativas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." +msgstr "Especifica los segundos que el contestador de autofs puede almacenar en caché coincidencias negativas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe aplicar el algoritmo hash a los nombres de host y las " -"contraseñas del archivo known_hosts gestionado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." +msgstr "Indica si se debe aplicar el algoritmo hash a los nombres de host y las contraseñas del archivo known_hosts gestionado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." -msgstr "" -"El número de segundos que se debe mantener un host en el archivo known_hosts " -"gestionado después de que se hayan pedido sus claves de host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." +msgstr "El número de segundos que se debe mantener un host en el archivo known_hosts gestionado después de que se hayan pedido sus claves de host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." -msgstr "" -"Los límites de UID y GID del dominio. Si un dominio contiene una entrada que " -"queda fuera de estos límites, se ignora." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." +msgstr "Los límites de UID y GID del dominio. Si un dominio contiene una entrada que queda fuera de estos límites, se ignora." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" -msgstr "" -"Leer todas las entidades de la base de datos del sistema secundario " -"(aumentar la carga del servidor)" +msgstr "Leer todas las entidades de la base de datos del sistema secundario (aumentar la carga del servidor)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio no termina después de los segundos indicados en " -"“force_timeout”, el monitor forzará el apagado enviando una señal SIGKILL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "Si el servicio no termina después de los segundos indicados en “force_timeout”, el monitor forzará el apagado enviando una señal SIGKILL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas " -"válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"usuario válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de usuario válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"grupo válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de grupo válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"grupo de red válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de grupo de red válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de " -"servicio válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que nss_sss debe considerar las entradas de servicio válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que sudo debe considerar las reglas válidas " -"antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que sudo debe considerar las reglas válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que autofs debe considerar las asignaciones " -"de Automounter válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que autofs debe considerar las asignaciones de Automounter válidas antes de volver a preguntar al servidor." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "Almacenar credenciales en caché para uso sin conexión" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"Número de días que las entradas se dejan en caché después de la última " -"entrada correcta antes de eliminarse durante una limpieza del caché." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "Número de días que las entradas se dejan en caché después de la última entrada correcta antes de eliminarse durante una limpieza del caché." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de identificación usado para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"Usa el nombre completo y el dominio (con el formato indicado en " -"full_name_format del dominio) como nombre de entrada del usuario del que se " -"ha informado a NSS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "Usa el nombre completo y el dominio (con el formato indicado en full_name_format del dominio) como nombre de entrada del usuario del que se ha informado a NSS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "El proveedor de autenticación usado para el dominio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de control de acceso usado para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor que debe gestionar las operaciones de cambio de contraseña para " -"el dominio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar las operaciones de cambio de contraseña para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de SUDO usado por el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar la carga de los ajustes de SELinux" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "El proveedor que debe gestionar la recogida de subdominios." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "El proveedor de autofs usado para el dominio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "El proveedor usado para recuperar información de identidad del host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." -msgstr "" -"Expresión regular para este dominio que describe cómo se analiza la cadena " -"que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." +msgstr "Expresión regular para este dominio que describe cómo se analiza la cadena que contiene el nombre de usuario y el dominio en estos componentes." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"Un formato compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo traducir una tupla " -"(nombre, dominio) para este dominio en un nombre completo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "Un formato compatible con printf(3) que describe cómo traducir una tupla (nombre, dominio) para este dominio en un nombre completo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona la capacidad para seleccionar una familia de direcciones " -"preferidas para usar al realizar búsquedas DNS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." +msgstr "Proporciona la capacidad para seleccionar una familia de direcciones preferidas para usar al realizar búsquedas DNS." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"Define la cantidad de tiempo (en segundos) que se debe esperar una respuesta " -"del Resolver de DNS antes de entender que no se puede acceder a él." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "Define la cantidad de tiempo (en segundos) que se debe esperar una respuesta del Resolver de DNS antes de entender que no se puede acceder a él." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa el descubrimiento de servicios en el servidor, especifica la parte " -"del dominio de la consulta DNS de descubrimiento de servicios." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." +msgstr "Si se usa el descubrimiento de servicios en el servidor, especifica la parte del dominio de la consulta DNS de descubrimiento de servicios." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "Sustituye el valor del GID primario por el especificado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." -msgstr "" -"Hace que en los nombres de usuario y de grupos se distinga entre mayúsculas " -"y minúsculas." +msgstr "Hace que en los nombres de usuario y de grupos se distinga entre mayúsculas y minúsculas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se busca un usuario o un grupo por su nombre en el proveedor de " -"proxy, se realiza una segunda búsqueda por ID para canonizar el nombre en " -"caso de que el nombre pedido fuera un alias." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "Cuando se busca un usuario o un grupo por su nombre en el proveedor de proxy, se realiza una segunda búsqueda por ID para canonizar el nombre en caso de que el nombre pedido fuera un alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." -msgstr "" -"Usa este directorio personal como valor por defecto para todos los " -"subdominios de este dominio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgstr "Usa este directorio personal como valor por defecto para todos los subdominios de este dominio." -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de usuarios a los que se permite entrar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se les permite entrar. Esto " -"solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se les permite entrar. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se deniega explícitamente el " -"acceso. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de grupos a los que se deniega explícitamente el acceso. Esto solo se aplica a los grupos de este dominio SSSD." -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Las herramientas añaden el nombre de entrada al final de base_directory y " -"usan el resultado como directorio personal." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." +msgstr "Las herramientas añaden el nombre de entrada al final de base_directory y usan el resultado como directorio personal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe crear por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios " -"nuevos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgstr "Indica si se debe crear por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios nuevos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." -msgstr "" -"Indica si se debe eliminar por defecto un directorio personal para los " -"usuarios suprimidos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgstr "Indica si se debe eliminar por defecto un directorio personal para los usuarios suprimidos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." -msgstr "" -"Lo usa sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos por defecto en un " -"directorio personal recién creado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." +msgstr "Lo usa sss_useradd(8) para especificar los permisos por defecto en un directorio personal recién creado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"El directorio esqueleto que contiene los archivos y directorios que se deben " -"copiar en el directorio personal del usuario cuando sss_useradd(8) crea este " -"directorio" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "El directorio esqueleto que contiene los archivos y directorios que se deben copiar en el directorio personal del usuario cuando sss_useradd(8) crea este directorio" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "El directorio de la cola de correo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "El comando que se ejecuta después de que se elimine un usuario." -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" -msgstr "" -"(Específico de Active Directory) Usar atributo de grupos de testigos si está " -"disponible" +msgstr "(Específico de Active Directory) Usar atributo de grupos de testigos si está disponible" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI (ldap://) de servidores LDAP (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional para restringir las búsquedas de sudo-rule " -"LDAP. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional para restringir las búsquedas de sudo-rule LDAP. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los " -"que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los " -"que se conectará el SSSD para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario, en orden " -"de preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de los URI de servidores LDAP a los que se conectará el SSSD para cambiar la contraseña de un usuario, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "DN base para búsqueda LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "Tipo de esquema LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." -msgstr "" -"El nombre completo de enlace por defecto que se debe usar para realizar " -"operaciones de LDAP." +msgstr "El nombre completo de enlace por defecto que se debe usar para realizar operaciones de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." -msgstr "" -"El tipo de testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por " -"defecto." +msgstr "El tipo de testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "El testigo de autenticación del nombre completo de enlace por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de usuario en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre de entrada del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo primario del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al campo gecos del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." -msgstr "" -" El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio personal del usuario." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre del directorio personal del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene la vía de la shell por defecto del usuario." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la vía de la shell por defecto del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de usuario " -"de LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de usuario de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del " -"objeto padre." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha del último " -"cambio de contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha del último cambio de contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración mínima de " -"la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración mínima de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración máxima de " -"la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (duración máxima de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de " -"advertencia de la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de advertencia de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un " -"atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de " -"inactividad de la contraseña)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (período de inactividad de la contraseña)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este " -"parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su " -"equivalente shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=shadow o ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP correspondiente a su equivalente shadow(5) (fecha de caducidad de la cuenta)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de " -"un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora del último cambio de " -"contraseña en Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora del último cambio de contraseña en Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de " -"un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora a la que caduca la " -"contraseña actual." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la fecha y la hora a la que caduca la contraseña actual." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre " -"de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la hora de caducidad de la cuenta." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena la hora de caducidad de la cuenta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre " -"de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena el campo de bit de control de la " -"cuenta de usuario." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, este parámetro contiene el nombre de un atributo LDAP donde se almacena el campo de bit de control de la cuenta de usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un ajuste equivalente, este " -"parámetro determina si se permite el acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds o un ajuste equivalente, este parámetro determina si se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina si se " -"permite el acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina si se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha " -"hasta la que se permite el acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina la fecha hasta la que se permite el acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas " -"de un día de la semana en las que el acceso está permitido." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "Si se usa ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, este atributo determina las horas de un día de la semana en las que el acceso está permitido." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre principal de usuario (UPN) de " -"Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre principal de usuario (UPN) de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las claves públicas SSH del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"Algunos servidores de directorio, como Active Directory, pueden proporcionar " -"la parte del dominio del UPN en minúsculas, lo que podría producir un error " -"de autenticación." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "Algunos servidores de directorio, como Active Directory, pueden proporcionar la parte del dominio del UPN en minúsculas, lo que podría producir un error de autenticación." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." -msgstr "" -"Defina esta opción como verdadera si desea usar un dominio en mayúsculas." +msgstr "Defina esta opción como verdadera si desea usar un dominio en mayúsculas." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de segundos que el SSSD tendrá que esperar para " -"actualizar su caché de registros enumerados." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." +msgstr "Especifica el número de segundos que el SSSD tendrá que esperar para actualizar su caché de registros enumerados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"Determina la frecuencia con la que se debe comprobar si hay entradas " -"inactivas en caché (como grupos sin miembros o usuarios que nunca han " -"entrado) y eliminarlas para ahorrar espacio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "Determina la frecuencia con la que se debe comprobar si hay entradas inactivas en caché (como grupos sin miembros o usuarios que nunca han entrado) y eliminarlas para ahorrar espacio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre completo del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que muestra los miembros del grupo del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usará " -"la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario " -"para determinar los privilegios de acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo authorizedService en la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usará la presencia " -"del atributo host de la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los " -"privilegios de acceso." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "Si access_provider=ldap y ldap_access_order=host, SSSD usará la presencia del atributo host de la entrada LDAP del usuario para determinar los privilegios de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de grupo en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al ID de grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de grupo de " -"LDAP." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el elemento objectSID de un objeto de grupo de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." -msgstr "" -" El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación " -"del objeto padre." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." +msgstr " El atributo LDAP que contiene la marca horaria de la última modificación del objeto padre." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"Si ldap_schema se define con un formato de esquema que admita grupos " -"anidados (por ejemplo, RFC2307bis), esta opción controla el número de " -"niveles de anidado que tendrá el SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "Si ldap_schema se define con un formato de esquema que admita grupos anidados (por ejemplo, RFC2307bis), esta opción controla el número de niveles de anidado que tendrá el SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active " -"Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupo en " -"distribuciones con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de búsqueda de grupo en distribuciones con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active " -"Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de grupos de inicio " -"(principalmente a la hora de trabajar con grupos complejos o profundamente " -"anidados)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "Esta opción indica al SSSD que aproveche una función específica de Active Directory que puede acelerar las operaciones de grupos de inicio (principalmente a la hora de trabajar con grupos complejos o profundamente anidados)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " La clase de objeto de una entrada de grupo de red en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "El atributo LDAP correspondiente al nombre del grupo de red." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo de red." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los nombres de los miembros del grupo de red." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene las triplas del grupo de red (host, usuario, " -"dominio)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene las triplas del grupo de red (host, usuario, dominio)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de red de " -"LDAP." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el UUID/GUID de un objeto de grupo de red de LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "La clave de objeto de una entrada de servicio en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de los atributos del servicio y sus " -"alias." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el nombre de los atributos del servicio y sus alias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene el puerto gestionado por este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." -msgstr "" -"El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos que entiende este servicio." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgstr "El atributo LDAP que contiene los protocolos que entiende este servicio." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de servicios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. " -"El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de servicios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten " -"las búsquedas LDAP antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se " -"devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las " -"búsquedas LDAP de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que se " -"cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo " -"sin conexión)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) permitido para que se ejecuten las búsquedas LDAP de enumeraciones de usuarios y grupos antes de que se cancelen y los resultados en el caché se devuelvan (y se entre en el modo sin conexión)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se devuelva el valor poll" -"(2)/select(2) seguido de connect(2) en caso de que no haya actividad." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se devuelva el valor poll(2)/select(2) seguido de connect(2) en caso de que no haya actividad." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se aborten las llamadas a " -"las API LDAP sincrónicas si no se recibe respuesta." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) para que se aborten las llamadas a las API LDAP sincrónicas si no se recibe respuesta." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) que se mantendrá una conexión a un " -"servidor LDAP." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." +msgstr "Especifica el tiempo límite (en segundos) que se mantendrá una conexión a un servidor LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de registros que se deben recuperar de LDAP en una " -"única petición. Algunos servidores LDAP aplican un límite máximo por " -"petición." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "Especifica el número de registros que se deben recuperar de LDAP en una única petición. Algunos servidores LDAP aplican un límite máximo por petición." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Inhabilita el control de paginación LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se comunique con un servidor LDAP mediante SASL, especifique el nivel " -"de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "Cuando se comunique con un servidor LDAP mediante SASL, especifique el nivel de seguridad mínimo necesario para establecer la conexión." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de miembros del grupo que deben faltar del caché " -"interno para que se active una búsqueda de anulación de referencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +msgstr "Especifica el número de miembros del grupo que deben faltar del caché interno para que se active una búsqueda de anulación de referencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Validar certificación del servidor en sesión LDAP TLS" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados de todas las autoridades " -"de certificación que reconoce el SSSD." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." +msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene los certificados de todas las autoridades de certificación que reconoce el SSSD." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la vía a un directorio que contiene los certificados de la " -"autoridad certificadora en archivos individuales separados." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." +msgstr "Especifica la vía a un directorio que contiene los certificados de la autoridad certificadora en archivos individuales separados." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." +msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene el certificado de la clave del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Especifica el archivo que contiene la clave del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Especifica los conjuntos de cifrado aceptables." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar TLS para proteger " -"el canal." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." +msgstr "Especifica que la conexión id_provider también debe usar TLS para proteger el canal." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que el SSSD debe intentar asignar los ID de usuario y grupo desde " -"los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid, en lugar de " -"confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "Especifica que el SSSD debe intentar asignar los ID de usuario y grupo desde los atributos ldap_user_objectsid y ldap_group_objectsid, en lugar de confiar en ldap_user_uid_number y ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Especifica el mecanismo de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Especifica el ID de autorización de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Especifica el dominio de SASL que se debe usar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"Si se define como verdadero, la biblioteca LDAP realizará una búsqueda " -"inversa para canonizar el nombre de host durante un enlace SASL." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "Si se define como verdadero, la biblioteca LDAP realizará una búsqueda inversa para canonizar el nombre de host durante un enlace SASL." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Especifica el archivo keytab que se debe usar al emplear SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica que el parámetro id_provider debe iniciar credenciales de " -"Kerberos (TGT)." +msgstr "Especifica que el parámetro id_provider debe iniciar credenciales de Kerberos (TGT)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Especifica la duración en segundos del TGT si se usa GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." -msgstr "" -"Selecciona la directiva para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en el " -"cliente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgstr "Selecciona la directiva para evaluar la caducidad de la contraseña en el cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "Especifica si se debe habilitar la búsqueda automática de referencias." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar si el descubrimiento de " -"servicios está habilitado." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar para buscar un servidor " -"LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña si el descubrimiento de servicios " -"está habilitado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." +msgstr "Especifica el nombre de servicio que se debe usar para buscar un servidor LDAP que permita cambios de contraseña si el descubrimiento de servicios está habilitado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"Especifica si se debe actualizar el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change " -"con los días transcurridos desde la época posterior a la operación de cambio " -"de contraseña." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "Especifica si se debe actualizar el atributo ldap_user_shadow_last_change con los días transcurridos desde la época posterior a la operación de cambio de contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (valores por " -"defecto), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtro de " -"búsqueda LDAP que se debe cumplir para que al usuario se le otorgue acceso " -"en este host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "Si se usa access_provider = ldap y ldap_access_order = filter (valores por defecto), esta opción es obligatoria. Especifica un criterio de filtro de búsqueda LDAP que se debe cumplir para que al usuario se le otorgue acceso en este host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." -msgstr "" -" Con esta opción es posible habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de " -"control de acceso del cliente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." +msgstr " Con esta opción es posible habilitar una evaluación de los atributos de control de acceso del cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Lista separada por comas de opciones de control de acceso." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." -msgstr "" -"Especifica cómo se anulará la referencia de alias al realizar una búsqueda." +msgstr "Especifica cómo se anulará la referencia de alias al realizar una búsqueda." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." -msgstr "" -"Permite conservar los usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP para " -"los servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." +msgstr "Permite conservar los usuarios locales como miembros de un grupo LDAP para los servidores que usen el esquema RFC2307." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de autofs LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El " -"valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de autofs LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de grupos LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El " -"valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de grupos LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de grupos de red LDAP para este tipo de " -"atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de grupos de red LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP " -"para restringir las búsquedas de usuarios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. " -"El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "Un nombre completo base opcional, el ámbito de búsqueda y el filtro LDAP para restringir las búsquedas de usuarios LDAP para este tipo de atributo. El valor por defecto es ldap_search_base." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." -msgstr "" -"La clase de objeto de una entrada de asignación de montaje automático en " -"LDAP." +msgstr "La clase de objeto de una entrada de asignación de montaje automático en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "El nombre de una entrada de asignación de montaje automático en LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." -msgstr "" -"La clave de una entrada de montaje automático en LDAP. La entrada suele " -"corresponder a un punto de montaje." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." +msgstr "La clave de una entrada de montaje automático en LDAP. La entrada suele corresponder a un punto de montaje." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP o nombres de host de servidores de Kerberos (separados por " -"comas)" +msgstr "Dirección IP o nombres de host de servidores de Kerberos (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host " -"de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar el SSSD, en orden de " -"preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "Especifica la lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores Kerberos a los que se debe conectar el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Dominio Kerberos (p. ej., EJEMPLO.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." -msgstr "" -"Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no se está ejecutando en el KDC, es " -"posible definir servidores alternativos aquí." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." +msgstr "Si el servicio de cambio de contraseña no se está ejecutando en el KDC, es posible definir servidores alternativos aquí." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Directorio para almacenar cachés de credenciales." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Ubicación del caché de credenciales del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." -msgstr "" -" Tiempo límite en segundos para cancelar una petición de autenticación en " -"línea o una petición de cambio de contraseña." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." +msgstr " Tiempo límite en segundos para cancelar una petición de autenticación en línea o una petición de cambio de contraseña." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." -msgstr "" -"Verifica con ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no se ha suplantado." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." +msgstr "Verifica con ayuda de krb5_keytab que el TGT obtenido no se ha suplantado." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." -msgstr "" -"La ubicación del archivo keytab que se debe usar al validar las credenciales " -"obtenidas de los KDC." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." +msgstr "La ubicación del archivo keytab que se debe usar al validar las credenciales obtenidas de los KDC." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"Almacena la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y se " -"usa para pedir un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelve a conectarse." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "Almacena la contraseña del usuario si el proveedor está desconectado y se usa para pedir un TGT cuando el proveedor vuelve a conectarse." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Solicita un ticket renovable con una duración total, indicado como un número " -"entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Solicita un ticket renovable con una duración total, indicado como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"Pide el ticket con una duración, indicada como un número entero seguido de " -"inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "Pide el ticket con una duración, indicada como un número entero seguido de inmediato por una unidad de tiempo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." -msgstr "" -"El tiempo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si el TGT se debe renovar." +msgstr "El tiempo en segundos entre dos comprobaciones si el TGT se debe renovar." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." -msgstr "" -"Permite el proceso de túnel seguro de autenticación flexible (FAST) para la " -"preautenticación de Kerberos." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." +msgstr "Permite el proceso de túnel seguro de autenticación flexible (FAST) para la preautenticación de Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Especifica el servidor principal que se debe usar para FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." -msgstr "" -"Especifica si el host y el principal de usuario deben estar canonizados." +msgstr "Especifica si el host y el principal de usuario deben estar canonizados." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" -msgstr "" -"Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores AD (separados por comas)" +msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores AD (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." -msgstr "" -"Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los " -"servidores de Active Directory a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de " -"preferencia." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +msgstr "Lista separada por comas de direcciones IP o nombres de host de los servidores de Active Directory a los que se conectará el SSSD, en orden de preferencia." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de host AD (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el " -"nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "Nombre de host AD (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Sustituye el directorio personal del usuario." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -" Especifica el límite inferior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar " -"para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr " Especifica el límite inferior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el límite superior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar " -"para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." +msgstr "Especifica el límite superior del intervalo de ID de POSIX que se debe usar para asignar los SID de usuarios y grupos de Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Especifica el número de ID disponibles para cada sección." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica el SID de dominio del dominio por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio por defecto." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." -msgstr "" -"Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asignación de ID para que sea " -"similar al algoritmo idmap_autorid de Winbind." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +msgstr "Cambia el comportamiento del algoritmo de asignación de ID para que sea similar al algoritmo idmap_autorid de Winbind." -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Especifica el nombre del dominio IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" -msgstr "" -"Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA (separados por comas)" +msgstr "Direcciones IP o nombres de host de servidores IPA (separados por comas)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de host IPA (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el " -"nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "Nombre de host IPA (opcional): puede definirse si hostname(5) no refleja el nombre completo empleado por AD para identificar al host." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "La ubicación de automounter que utilizará este cliente IPA." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"Esta opción indica a SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS " -"creado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "Esta opción indica a SSSD que actualice automáticamente el servidor DNS creado en FreeIPA v2 con la dirección IP de este cliente." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." -msgstr "" -"El TTL que se debe aplicar al registro DNS del cliente al actualizarlo." +msgstr "El TTL que se debe aplicar al registro DNS del cliente al actualizarlo." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." -msgstr "" -"Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP se debe usar para las actualizaciones " -"dinámicas de DNS." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgstr "Elija la interfaz cuya dirección IP se debe usar para las actualizaciones dinámicas de DNS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/auth-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -492,6 +492,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host del proveedor" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Puerto" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "Usar StartTLS" @@ -2813,10 +2818,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Nombre del proveedor" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Puerto" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Tipo de réplica" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/autoinst.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -610,55 +610,55 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Mensajes" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Mos&trar mensajes" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Re&gistrar mensajes" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Tiempo de espera (en segundos)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Advertencias" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Mo&strar advertencias" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Registrar adverten&cias" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Tiempo de espera (en s&egundos)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errores" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Mostrar errore&s" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "&Registrar errores" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Tiempo de es&pera (en segundos)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ "Dependiendo de la experiencia que tenga, puede saltarse los mensajes de instalación,\n" "registrarlos o mostrarlos (con tiempo de espera). \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ "Se recomienda mostrar todos los mensajes con tiempo de espera.\n" "Las advertencias pueden saltarse en ocasiones pero no deben ignorarse.\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Mensajes y registro" @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -989,11 +989,11 @@ "archivos de control basados en reglas o en nombres de máquina, debe reiniciar\n" "el proceso de instalación y asegurarse de que es posible acceder a los archivos de control.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Ubicación del perfiles del sistema" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "Ubicación del &perfil:" @@ -1001,11 +1001,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Elija un disco duro" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado discos." @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1027,13 +1027,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Selección del disco duro" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Seleccione una de las opciones para continuar." @@ -2257,45 +2257,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Elegir perfil" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "El perfil de AutoYaST resultante se encuentra en %s." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "Se está usando el perfil de AutoYaST %1" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control del disquete" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor TFTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor NFS: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor HTTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Obteniendo el archivo de control (%1) del servidor FTP: %2." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del archivo %1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control del dispositivo /dev/%1." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Copiando el archivo de control de la ubicación por defecto" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Origen desconocido." @@ -2305,7 +2321,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2315,7 +2331,7 @@ "Casi todos los recursos del archivo de control\n" "pueden configurarse por medio del sistema de gestión de la configuración.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2329,7 +2345,7 @@ "de control que puede emplearse para instalar otro sistema usando AutoYaST.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2459,7 +2475,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "El grupo de volumen %1 debe tener al menos un volumen físico. Proporcione uno." @@ -2469,67 +2485,67 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Discos" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s unidad en total" msgstr[1] "%s unidades en total" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Aún no se ha clonado." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Guiones previos a la instalación" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Guiones posteriores a la instalación" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Guiones chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Guiones init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Guiones de postparticionado" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Postparticionado" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/base.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,136 +27,130 @@ "anular los cambios que realice más tarde.\n" "¿Desea continuar la configuración con YaST?" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "Imprimir la ayuda para este módulo" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "Imprimir versión extensa de la ayuda para este módulo" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "Imprimir versión extensa de la ayuda de este módulo en formato XML" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "Iniciar shell interactiva para controlar el módulo" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "Salir del modo interactivo y guardar los cambios" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "Salir del modo interactivo sin guardar los cambios" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "Imprimir la ayuda para este comando" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "Mostrar información de progreso" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "Dónde almacenar la salida XML" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "Este módulo de YaST2 no soporta la interfaz de línea de comandos." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 help' para obtener una lista completa de los comandos disponibles." -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "Comando desconocido: '%1'" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "Falta un valor en la opción %1." -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "Opción desconocida para el comando '%1': %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "Valor no válido para la opción: %1: %2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "Valor no válido para la opción '%1' -- esperado '%2', recibido %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "La opción %1 no puede tener ningún valor. Valor especificado: %2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." +msgstr "Use '%1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' para obtener una lista completa de las opciones disponibles." -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "Módulo de configuración %1 de YaST\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "No hay ayuda disponible" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "Comando '%1'" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -164,18 +158,17 @@ "\n" " Opciones:" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Las opciones de tipo [cadena] se deben escribir con el formato " -"opción=valor." +" Las opciones de tipo [cadena] se deben escribir con el formato opción=valor." -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -183,194 +176,184 @@ "\n" " Ejemplo:" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "Esto es un módulo de YaST." -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "Sintaxis básica:" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> [verbose] [opciones]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <comando> help" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <comando> [opciones]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <comando> help" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "Comandos:" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "No hay ayuda disponible." -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<Error: ayuda no válida>" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones " -"disponibles." +msgstr "Ejecute 'yast2 %1 <comando> help' para obtener una lista de las opciones disponibles." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "Falta el nombre del archivo de destino (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la " -"opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "El nombre del archivo de destino está vacío (opción \"xmlfile\"). Utilice la opción de línea de comandos xmlfile=<archivo_XML_destino>." -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconocido" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "o '%1'" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "Especifique el comando '%1'." -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique uno de los comandos: %1." -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "Especifique sólo uno de los comandos: %1." -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de usuario disponible para este módulo." -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Listo" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "Inicializando" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "Terminando" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "Hecho" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "Saliendo (sin cambios)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "¿Sí o no?" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "sí" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "no" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "Guardar y2logs en..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "Guardando los registros de YaST en %1..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -378,17 +361,17 @@ "No es posible guardar los registros de YaST en %1\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "Encontrará más información casi al final del archivo %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -398,86 +381,86 @@ "Adjunte todos los registros de YaST almacenados en el directorio %2.\n" "Consulte %3 para obtener más información acerca de los registros de YaST." -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "Guardar registros de Ya&ST..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Error de instalación" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "Cargando en la memoria el paquete %s" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "Eliminando de la memoria el paquete %s" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún proceso para este modo de instalación." -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar o abortar la instalación?" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "&Continuar la instalación" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "C&ancelar la instalación" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "¿Desea añadir el nuevo producto de todas formas?" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -490,8 +473,7 @@ "%2" msgstr "" "El perfil no permite ejecutar los productos en este sistema.\n" -"Si continúa ejecutando esta instalación el sistema quedará en un estado no " -"admitido,\n" +"Si continúa ejecutando esta instalación el sistema quedará en un estado no admitido,\n" "lo que podría afectar a sus requisitos de conformidad.\n" " \n" "Los siguientes requisitos no se cumplen en este sistema:\n" @@ -500,28 +482,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "Error interno al integrar el flujo de trabajo adicional." -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "El valor de %1 no es válido." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "No disponible" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -531,13 +513,13 @@ "Para iniciar el servicio siempre que se arranque el equipo indique \n" "%1. Si desea lo contrario, indique %2." -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -546,59 +528,58 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Inicio del servicio</big> \n" "Para iniciar el servicio siempre que se arranque el equipo, defina \n" -"%1. Para iniciar el servicio mediante el daemon xinetd, defina %3</" -"b>.\n" +"%1. Para iniciar el servicio mediante el daemon xinetd, defina %3.\n" "En cualquier otro caso, defina %2." -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "Mediante xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "Mediante &xinetd" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "El servicio se está ejecutando." -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "El servicio no se está ejecutando." -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -608,11 +589,11 @@ "Utilice %1 o %2 respectivamente\n" "para iniciar o detener el servicio inmediatamente." -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -620,49 +601,49 @@ "Utilice %3 para guardar todos los cambios\n" "y reiniciar el servicio inmediatamente.\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "Iniciar el servicio ahora" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "Detener el servicio ahora" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Guardar los cambios y reiniciar el servicio inmediatamente" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "&Iniciar el servicio ahora" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "D&etener el servicio ahora" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "Gu&ardar los cambios y reiniciar el servicio ahora" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Encender y apagar" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Estado actual:" -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -672,39 +653,39 @@ "Seleccione %1 para almacenar la configuración en LDAP\n" "en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos." -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte LDAP activo" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "Tab" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Arriba" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Abajo" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -714,38 +695,38 @@ "porque está siendo utilizada.\n" "Para suprimirla, deje antes de usarla en la configuración." -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "No es posible suprimir la clave TSIG." -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo con la clave de autenticación" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo para la clave de autenticación" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "El nombre de archivo especificado es un directorio existente." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "El archivo especificado ya existe. ¿Desea sobreescribirlo?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "El ID de la clave TSIG no ha sido especificado." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -753,8 +734,8 @@ "La clave con el ID especificado existe y se utiliza.\n" "¿Desea eliminarla?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -762,28 +743,28 @@ "Se ha encontrado en el disco una clave con el ID\n" "especificado. ¿Desea eliminarla?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "La clave se creará ahora. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear la clave TSIG." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "El archivo especificado no existe." -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "El archivo especificado no contiene ninguna clave TSIG." -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -793,8 +774,8 @@ "identificador que alguna de las claves ya presentes.\n" "Las claves antiguas serán eliminadas. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -802,20 +783,19 @@ "<big>Gestión de claves TSIG</big> \n" "Este diálogo le permite administrar las claves TSIG.\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adición de una clave TSIG existente</big> \n" -"Para añadir una clave TSIG ya creada, seleccione el Nombre de archivo " -"del archivo\n" +"Para añadir una clave TSIG ya creada, seleccione el Nombre de archivo del archivo\n" "que contiene la clave y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -823,14 +803,12 @@ "Generate.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Creación de una clave TSIG nueva</big> \n" -"Para crear una clave TSIG nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo del " -"archivo en el que desea\n" -"crear la clave y el ID de clave para identificarla y, a continuación, " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para crear una clave TSIG nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo del archivo en el que desea\n" +"crear la clave y el ID de clave para identificarla y, a continuación, haga clic en \n" "Generar.\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -840,103 +818,100 @@ "in the configuration first.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Eliminar una clave TSIG</big> \n" -"Para eliminar una clave TSIG configurada, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir</" -"b>.\n" +"Para eliminar una clave TSIG configurada, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir.\n" "Recuerde que también se suprimirán todas las claves del mismo archivo.\n" "Si una clave TSIG está siendo utilizada en la configuración del servidor,\n" -"no será posible suprimirla. Para ello, el servidor ha de dejar antes de " -"utilizarla\n" +"no será posible suprimirla. Para ello, el servidor ha de dejar antes de utilizarla\n" "en la configuración.\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "Añadir una clave TSIG existente" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "Crear una nueva clave TSIG" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "ID de &clave" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "&Generar" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "Claves TSIG actuales" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "ID de clave" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "Opción &seleccionada" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "Opción actual:" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "La opción seleccionada ya existe." -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "Ch." -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opción" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" "entry of the table then click Edit." msgstr "" "<big>Editar la configuración</big> \n" -"Para editar las opciones de configuración, seleccione la entrada deseada en " -"la\n" +"Para editar las opciones de configuración, seleccione la entrada deseada en la\n" "tabla y pulse Editar." -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." @@ -944,8 +919,8 @@ "Para añadir una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar\n" "una opción, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -953,8 +928,8 @@ "La columna Ch. de la tabla indica\n" "si la opción se ha cambiado." -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -964,39 +939,39 @@ "y utilice los botones Arriba y Abajo para subirla o bajarla \n" "en la lista." -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Otro" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "El dispositivo no está configurado" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "Haga clic en Editar para configurar" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "Cargando módulos, por favor espere ..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Centro de control de YaST" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "Ejecutar" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -1004,13 +979,13 @@ "El Centro de control de YaST no se está ejecutando como Root.\n" "Sólo verá los módulos que no requieren permisos de Root." -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "Controlando YaST ncurses mediante el teclado" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1020,28 +995,17 @@ msgstr "" "1) General \n" "Para navegar por los elementos del diálogo, utilice\n" -"[TAB] para pasar al elemento siguiente y [MAY] (o [ALT]) +[TAB] para " -"retroceder.\n" +"[TAB] para pasar al elemento siguiente y [MAY] (o [ALT]) +[TAB] para retroceder.\n" "Seleccione o active elementos con [ESPACIO] o [ENTER].\n" -"Algunos elementos utilizan las teclas de flechas (ej. para navegar en " -"listas)." +"Algunos elementos utilizan las teclas de flechas (ej. para navegar en listas)." -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"La exploración del árbol también se realiza mediante las teclas de " -"flecha. Para abrir o cerrar una rama, use [ESPACIO]. En los módulos que " -"muestren un árbol (puede parecer una lista) de elementos de configuración en " -"el lado izquierdo, use [INTRO] para abrir el recuadro de diálogo " -"correspondiente a la derecha." +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "La exploración del árbol también se realiza mediante las teclas de flecha. Para abrir o cerrar una rama, use [ESPACIO]. En los módulos que muestren un árbol (puede parecer una lista) de elementos de configuración en el lado izquierdo, use [INTRO] para abrir el recuadro de diálogo correspondiente a la derecha." -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1049,8 +1013,8 @@ "Los botones disponen de atajos de teclado (la letra coloreada).\n" "Para activar el botón, pulse [ALT] y la letra correspondiente." -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1058,8 +1022,8 @@ "Pulse [ESC] para cerrar los menús de selección emergentes (por ej. de\n" "los botones de menú) sin haber elegido nada.\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1073,8 +1037,8 @@ "Si [TAB] y [MAY]+[TAB] o [TAB] y [ALT]+[TAB] no funcionan,\n" "utilice [CTRL]+[F] para avanzar y [CTRL]+[B] para retroceder. " -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1084,25 +1048,22 @@ "utilice [ESC]+[letra]. Ejemplo: [ESC]+[H] en lugar de [ALT]+[H].\n" "[ESC]+[TAB] puede reemplazar también a [ALT]+[TAB]." -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Teclas de función \n" -"Las teclas F proporcionan un acceso rápido a las funciones principales. Las " -"correspondencias de las teclas de función con el recuadro de diálogo actual " -"se muestran en la línea de abajo." +"Las teclas F proporcionan un acceso rápido a las funciones principales. Las correspondencias de las teclas de función con el recuadro de diálogo actual se muestran en la línea de abajo." -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "Las teclas F suelen estar conectadas a una acción determinada:" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1126,8 +1087,8 @@ "F9 = cancelar \n" "F10 = aceptar, siguiente o terminar " -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1135,93 +1096,81 @@ "En algunos entornos, todas o algunas de las \n" "teclas de función están deshabilitadas." -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "Reiniciar después de guardar los valores" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "Iniciar durante arranque del sistema" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "Estado del servicio" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Estado actual</big> \n" -"Muestra el estado actual del servicio. El estado permanecerá sin cambios " -"después de guardar los valores de configuración, independientemente del " -"valor de \"iniciar servicio durante el arranque\".\n" +"Muestra el estado actual del servicio. El estado permanecerá sin cambios después de guardar los valores de configuración, independientemente del valor de \"iniciar servicio durante el arranque\".\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Solo es aplicable si el servicio está en ejecución actualmente. Garantiza " -"que el servicio en ejecución vuelva a cargar la nueva configuración después " -"de guardarla (cerrando el diálogo o al pulsar el botón para aplicar).\n" +"Solo es aplicable si el servicio está en ejecución actualmente. Garantiza que el servicio en ejecución vuelva a cargar la nueva configuración después de guardarla (cerrando el diálogo o al pulsar el botón para aplicar).\n" "<big>Iniciar durante arranque del sistema</big> \n" -"Active este campo para habilitar el servicio al arrancar el sistema. " -"Desactívelo para inhabilitar el servicio. Esto no afecta al estado actual " -"del servicio en el sistema ya en ejecución.\n" +"Active este campo para habilitar el servicio al arrancar el sistema. Desactívelo para inhabilitar el servicio. Esto no afecta al estado actual del servicio en el sistema ya en ejecución.\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Estado actual:" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "Volver a cargar después de guardar valores" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "en ejecución" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "Detener ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "detenido" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "Iniciar ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1229,9 +1178,9 @@ "Aunque la vía %1 existe, no es un directorio.\n" "¿Desea continuar o cancelar la operación?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1239,9 +1188,9 @@ "La vía %1 no existe.\n" "¿Desea crearla?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1249,225 +1198,225 @@ "Error al crear el directorio %1.\n" "¿Desea continuar o cancelar la operación actual?\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "&Sí" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "&No" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "&Finalizar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&itar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "Aborta&r" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "Aborta&r la instalación" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "&Ignorar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "S&iguiente" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "Nue&vo" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Su&primir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "&Atrás" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "&No aceptar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "&Salir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Reintent&ar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "&Sustituir" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "Aba&jo" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "Selecci&onar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "Elimin&ar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "&Refrescar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Ayuda" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instalar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "&No instalar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "&Descargar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "&Guardar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "&Parar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "&Cerrar" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "Cre&ar" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Omitir" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Por favor espere..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "Nombre de &archivo" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "C&onfirmar contraseña" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Opciones" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1475,34 +1424,34 @@ "YaST no puede continuar con la configuración\n" "sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración a '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1512,19 +1461,19 @@ "\n" "Motivo: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "Error al escribir el archivo '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1534,19 +1483,19 @@ "\n" "Motivo: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "No es posible abrir el archivo '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1556,18 +1505,18 @@ "\n" "Motivo: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1577,16 +1526,16 @@ "\n" "Descripción: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "Este elemento debe completarse." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1594,8 +1543,8 @@ "El directorio %1 no existe.\n" "¿Desea crearlo?" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1603,85 +1552,85 @@ "El dominio ha cambiado.\n" "Debe reiniciar para que los cambios surtan efecto." -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "No &volver a mostrar este mensaje." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "No es posible ajustar el servicio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "No es posible crear el directorio '%1'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración actual." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "El script de SuSEconfig ha fallado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando configuración del sistema..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco." -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "No se encuentra el archivo de versión %{file}" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "¿Cancelar realmente la instalación?" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "¿Desea cancelar la reparación del sistema con YaST?" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "Cancelar reparación del sistema" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "&Continuar con la reparación del sistema" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1691,10 +1640,10 @@ "Linux no será instalado.\n" "Su disco duro permanecerá intacto." -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1707,9 +1656,9 @@ "Podría tener que reinstalar todo el \n" "sistema de nuevo.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1719,221 +1668,221 @@ "Linux no será utilizable.\n" "Necesitará reinstalar el sistema de nuevo.." -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea cancelar?" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "¡Se perderán todos los cambios!" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Mensajes" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Mostrar mensajes: %1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "sí" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "no" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Mensajes de tiempo de espera: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Registrar mensajes: %1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Advertencias" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Mostrar advertencias: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Avisos de tiempo de espera: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Registrar advertencias: %1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Errores" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Mostrar errores: %1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Errores de tiempo de espera: %1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Registrar errores: %1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Advertencia:" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Error:" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Mensaje:" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "Aún no configurado." -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "No detectado." -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. UI elements ids:<table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. UI elements ids:<table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "&Variable" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "Falta Xterm: instale el paquete de Xterm." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "Claves GPG privadas" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1941,14 +1890,14 @@ "<big>Claves GPG privadas</big> \n" "La tabla incluye una lista con las claves GPG privadas." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "Claves públicas GPG" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1956,33 +1905,31 @@ "<big>Claves públicas GPG</big> \n" "La tabla incluye una lista con las claves públicas GPG." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "&Crear nueva clave GPG..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Crear nueva clave GPG</big> \n" -"Se inicia <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>; consulte el paginador manual <tt>gpg</tt> " -"para obtener más información.\n" +"Se inicia <tt>gpg --gen-key</tt>; consulte el paginador manual <tt>gpg</tt> para obtener más información.\n" " Pulse Ctrl+C para cancelar.\n" " " -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "Contraseña codificada &para la clave GPG %1" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1990,38 +1937,36 @@ "<big>Contraseña codificada</big> \n" "Escriba la contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG." -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña codificada" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña codificada para desbloquear la clave GPG %1:" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca un mensaje de registro que describa los cambios que ha hecho." +msgstr "Introduzca un mensaje de registro que describa los cambios que ha hecho." -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Displayed Log</big> \n" "Use Log to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" "the field below.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registro mostrado</big> \n" -"Utilice la opción Registro para seleccionar el registro que desea " -"visualizar. Este se mostrará\n" +"Utilice la opción Registro para seleccionar el registro que desea visualizar. Este se mostrará\n" "en la ventana inferior.\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>The Log</big> \n" "This screen displays the log." @@ -2029,20 +1974,19 @@ "<big>Registro</big> \n" "Esta pantalla muestra el registro." -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click %1\n" "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas o guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse " -"%1\n" +"Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas o guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse %1\n" "y seleccione la acción que debe ejecutarse." -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "\n" "To process advanced actions, click %1\n" @@ -2052,70 +1996,69 @@ "Para ejecutar acciones avanzadas, pulse %1\n" "y seleccione la acción que debe ejecutarse." -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "\n" "To save the log into a file, click Save Log and select the file\n" "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse Guardar registro y " -"seleccione el\n" +"Para guardar el registro en un archivo, pulse Guardar registro y seleccione el\n" "archivo donde quiere almacenarlo.\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Avan&zado" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "Registro" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "&Registro" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "&Guardar registro" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "Guardar registro como..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al leer el registro." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "Zona desconocida" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2123,46 +2066,46 @@ "La interfaz '%1' no está asignada a ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Ejecute YaST2 y asígnela manualmente.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "Zona externa" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "Zona interna" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "Zona desmilitarizada" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2176,222 +2119,219 @@ "Se recomienda abandonar la configuración y repararla manualmente en\n" "el archivo '/etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall'." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "Comprobar dispositivos de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "Comprobar servicios posiblemente en conflicto" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "Comprobando dispositivos de red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración actual..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "Comprobando servicios posiblemente en conflicto..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio del cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "Error al escribir la configuración" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "Protocolo desconocido (%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "El servicio denominado %{service_name} no existe" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "Servicio: %{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "Zona de bloqueo" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "Zona de destino" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "Zona de domicilio" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "Zona pública" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "Zona de confianza" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "Zona de trabajo" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "El servicio %{service_name}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "Servicio desconocido '%1'" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos no puede ajustarse durante la primera etapa de la instalación." +msgstr "El cortafuegos no puede ajustarse durante la primera etapa de la instalación." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "El paquete del cortafuegos no está instalado." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "El cortafuegos está desactivado." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "El puerto del cortafuegos está abierto en todas las interfaces." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" -msgstr "" -"El puerto del cortafuegos está abierto en las interfaces seleccionadas." +msgstr "El puerto del cortafuegos está abierto en las interfaces seleccionadas." -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "No hay ninguna interfaz de red configurada" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "La interfaz no está asignada a ninguna zona." -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Interfaces de &red con puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Estas interfaces de red asignadas a la red interna no pueden " -"deseleccionarse:\n" +"Estas interfaces de red asignadas a la red interna no pueden deseleccionarse:\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2403,8 +2343,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2418,10 +2358,10 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2435,23 +2375,23 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "&Interfaces de red con puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Seleccionar &todo " -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Seleccionar &ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2459,8 +2399,8 @@ "Error al comprobar el estado del servicio:\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2468,23 +2408,22 @@ "Error al configurar el estado del servicio:\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" "set %1. " msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big> \n" -"Active %1 para abrir el cortafuegos de forma que permita el acceso " -"al\n" +"Active %1 para abrir el cortafuegos de forma que permita el acceso al\n" "servicio desde equipos o sistemas remotos. " -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2492,8 +2431,8 @@ "Pulse %2 para seleccionar las interfaces en las\n" "que desea abrir el puerto. " -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2501,467 +2440,467 @@ "Esta opción está disponible sólo si el cortafuegos\n" "está activado." -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "Detalles del cortafuegos" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "Puerto abierto en el &cortafuegos" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "&Detalles del cortafuegos..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "Configuración de cortafuegos para %{firewall}" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "El cortafuegos está abierto" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Módem" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RDSI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "ADSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "desconocido" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Dirección adicional" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red ARCnet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Modo de transferencia asíncrona (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Conexión Bluetooth" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Asociado" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Red asociada" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Acceso de enlace común para estaciones de trabajo (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "Tarjeta RDSI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Interfaz de canal a canal (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "Conexión ADSL" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Falso" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red falso" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Conector de sistema empresarial (ESCON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Ethernet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red FDDI" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Conector de sistemas de canales de fibra (FICON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "Interfaz paralela de alto rendimiento (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Interfaz Hipersockets (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "Conexión RDSI" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red infrarrojo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Dispositivo infrarrojo" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Vehículo de comunicación entre usuarios (IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red OSA LCS" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Circuito cerrado" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de circuito cerrado" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Myrinet" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Línea paralela" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Conexión de línea paralela" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "Dispositivo OSA-Express o QDIO (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6 en IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de encapsulación IPv6 en IPv4" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Línea serie" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Conexión de línea serie" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red Token Ring" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red USB" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de red VMWare" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Inalámbrica" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red inalámbrica" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "Red XP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "LAN virtual" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Puente" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Puente de red" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "Túnel de red" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "TAP de red" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "Dispositivo InfiniBand " -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "No hay ninguna dirección IP asignada" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectado" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "Equipos remo&tos" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Directorios &exportados" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2969,15 +2908,14 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Las interfaces de red están controladas por NetworkManager,\n" -"pero es posible que el servicio de configuración no funcione correctamente " -"con esta aplicación.\n" +"pero es posible que el servicio de configuración no funcione correctamente con esta aplicación.\n" " \n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea continuar?" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2987,7 +2925,7 @@ "Reinicie la instalación y configure la red en Linuxrc\n" "o continúe sin una red." -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2999,349 +2937,297 @@ "de NetworkManager y vuelva a\n" "iniciar este módulo o continúe sin una red." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Un nombre de puerto puede contener los caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', y '*+." -"_-'.\n" +"Un nombre de puerto puede contener los caracteres 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', y '*+._-'.\n" "Un número de puerto puede ser un número del 0 a 65535.\n" "Los espacios no están permitidos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz " -"interna del cortafuegos." +msgstr "El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz interna del cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "" -"El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz " -"externa del cortafuegos." +msgstr "El nuevo dispositivo de red '%1' ha sido encontrado y añadido como interfaz externa del cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "" -"El paquete SuSefirewall2 no está instalado. Se inhabilitará el cortafuegos." +msgstr "El paquete SuSefirewall2 no está instalado. Se inhabilitará el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos está habilitado (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_firewall_in_proposal\">inhabilitar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está habilitado (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">inhabilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El cortafuegos está inhabilitado (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_firewall_in_proposal\">habilitar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "El cortafuegos está inhabilitado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">habilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está abierto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">cerrar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "El puerto SSH está abierto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está cerrado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">abrir</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "El puerto SSH está cerrado (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"El puerto SSH está abierto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" -"\">cerrar</a>),\n" +"El puerto SSH está abierto (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>),\n" "pero no hay interfaces de red configuradas" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema sobre SSH, pero no ha abierto el puerto SSH en el " -"cortafuegos." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema sobre SSH, pero no ha abierto el puerto SSH en el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están abiertos (<a href=" -"\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están abiertos (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">cerrar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están cerrados (<a href=" -"\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "Los puertos de administración remota (VNC) están cerrados (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">abrir</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema mediante administración remota (VNC), pero no ha " -"abierto los puertos VNC en el cortafuegos." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema mediante administración remota (VNC), pero no ha abierto los puertos VNC en el cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "Los puertos de destino iSCSI están abiertos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "Los puertos de destino iSCSI están bloqueados" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "" -"Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto " -"los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "Está instalando un sistema utilizando un destino iSCSI, pero no ha abierto los puertos necesarios en el cortafuegos." -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Estos paquetes tienen que estar instalados:" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "Estos paquetes tienen que ser eliminados:" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "&Desinstalar" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "Comprobando conflictos de archivos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." msgstr "Detección de conflictos de archivos en curso." -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Conflictos de archivos detectados, se sobrescribirán los siguientes archivos " -"en conflicto:\n" +"Conflictos de archivos detectados, se sobrescribirán los siguientes archivos en conflicto:\n" "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" "the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." msgstr "" "Los conflictos de archivos se producen cuando dos paquetes intentan\n" -"instalar archivos del mismo nombre pero con contenido distinto. Si " -"continúa,\n" -"los archivos en conflicto se sustituirán, por lo que se perderá contenido " -"anterior." +"instalar archivos del mismo nombre pero con contenido distinto. Si continúa,\n" +"los archivos en conflicto se sustituirán, por lo que se perderá contenido anterior." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "Se ha detectado un conflicto de archivos" msgstr[1] "Conflictos de archivos detectados" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "Este mensaje estará disponible en %s" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descargando el paquete %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Descargando el paquete" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "El paquete %1 está dañado, ha fallado la verificación de integridad." -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentar la instalación del paquete?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "¿Desea abortar la instalación?" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Error: %1:" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Ignorar un fallo de descarga puede conducir a que el sistema sea " -"inoperable.\n" +"Ignorar un fallo de descarga puede conducir a que el sistema sea inoperable.\n" "Verifique el sistema más tarde ejecutando el modulo de gestión de software.\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Desinstalando el paquete %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Instalando el paquete %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Desinstalando el paquete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Instalando el paquete" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Error al eliminar el paquete %1." -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "La instalación del paquete %1 ha fallado." -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "Si se ignora un fallo de un paquete, puede ser que el sistema esté dañado.\n" -"Se debe verificar el sistema después ejecutando el modulo de gestión de " -"software." +"Se debe verificar el sistema después ejecutando el modulo de gestión de software." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "El repositorio de la URL indicada ofrece ahora un ID de medio distinto.\n" -"Si la URL es correcta, esto indica que el contenido del repositorio ha " -"cambiado. Para\n" -"continuar utilizando este repositorio, inicie Repositorios de " -"instalación\n" +"Si la URL es correcta, esto indica que el contenido del repositorio ha cambiado. Para\n" +"continuar utilizando este repositorio, inicie Repositorios de instalación\n" "desde el Centro de control de YaST y actualice el repositorio.\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "Cara A" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "Cara B" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (disco %2)" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (medio %2)" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3349,8 +3235,8 @@ "Introducir\n" "'%1'" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3362,8 +3248,8 @@ "%2.\n" "Compruebe que se pueda acceder al directorio." -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3375,178 +3261,178 @@ "%2.\n" "Compruebe que pueda accederse al servidor." -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Omitir actualización automática" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Expulsar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Expulsar a&utomáticamente el medio en CD o DVD" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentar la instalación?" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "¿Desea omitir el medio?" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorando el medio incorrecto..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Creando repositorio %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Error al crear el repositorio." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "No se ha podido recuperar la descripción del repositorio remoto." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Error al recuperar los nuevos metadatos." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "El repositorio no es válido." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Los metadatos del repositorio no son válidos." -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Verificando el repositorio %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Error en la verificación del repositorio." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detalles de la verificación del repositorio." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Los metadatos del repositorio no son válidos." -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Repositorio %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Descargando paquete RPM delta %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Descargando paquete RPM delta" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Aplicando paquete RPM delta %1..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Aplicando paquete RPM delta" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Paquete:" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Iniciando guión %1 (parche %2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Ejecutando guión" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Parche: " -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Guión: " -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Resultado del guión" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3554,8 +3440,8 @@ "Parche: %1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3569,39 +3455,37 @@ "Nota: si se interrumpe, puede que falten algunos paquetes\n" "o que estén obsoletos. " -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Omitir actualización" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Descargando" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Descargando: %1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Comprobando la base de datos de paquetes" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún " -"tiempo." +msgstr "Reconstruyendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún tiempo." -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3609,19 +3493,17 @@ "No se ha podido reconstruir la base de datos de paquetes:\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "" -"Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún " -"tiempo." +msgstr "Convirtiendo la base de datos de paquetes. Este proceso puede llevar algún tiempo." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3629,44 +3511,44 @@ "No se ha podido convertir la base de datos de paquetes:\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos RPM..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Leyendo paquetes instalados" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Explorando la base de datos de RPM..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Error al inicializar el destino." -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "Base de datos de RPM leída" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3676,26 +3558,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Tamaño:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tiempo restante para volver a intentar automáticamente: %1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3703,7 +3585,7 @@ "PackageKit sigue en ejecución (probablemente está ocupado).\n" "¿Desea solicitar nuevamente que se cierre PackageKit?" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3717,17 +3599,17 @@ "\n" "¿Desea solicitar que se cierre PackageKit?" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "Error al acceder al gestor de software" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3735,8 +3617,8 @@ "¿Desea continuar sin tener acceso al gestor\n" "de software o prefiere volver a intentar el acceso?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" @@ -3746,20 +3628,20 @@ "continuar sin disponer de acceso al gestor o cancelar la\n" "operación?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "¿Desea abortar o volver a intentarlo?\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "¿Acepta este acuerdo de licencia?" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3767,13 +3649,13 @@ "Hay dependencias no resueltas que necesitan\n" "resolverse manualmente en el gestor de software." -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3783,13 +3665,13 @@ "continuar sin instalar los paquetes requeridos, puede que\n" "YaST no funcione correctamente.\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "No es posible continuar sin instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3797,29 +3679,28 @@ "Si decide continuar sin instalar los paquetes requeridos,\n" "es posible que YaST no funcione correctamente.\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "Confirmar licencia del paquete: %1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "&Acepto" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "No a&cepto" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3832,27 +3713,22 @@ "Para aceptar la licencia del paquete, pulse Acepto.\n" "Para rechazarla, pulse No acepto." -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t Este diálogo permite definir las tareas de este sistema y qué software " -"se debe instalar.\n" -"\t\t Las tareas y el software disponibles para este sistema se muestran por " -"categoría en la\n" -"\t\t columna de la izquierda. Para ver la descripción de un elemento, " -"selecciónelo en la lista.\n" +"\t\t Este diálogo permite definir las tareas de este sistema y qué software se debe instalar.\n" +"\t\t Las tareas y el software disponibles para este sistema se muestran por categoría en la\n" +"\t\t columna de la izquierda. Para ver la descripción de un elemento, selecciónelo en la lista.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3862,13 +3738,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Cambie el estado de un elemento haciendo clic en su icono de estado\n" -"\t\t o haciendo clic con el botón derecho en cualquier icono para que se " -"muestre un menú contextual.\n" -"\t\t Con el menú contextual, también es posible cambiar el estado de todos " -"los elementos.\n" +"\t\t o haciendo clic con el botón derecho en cualquier icono para que se muestre un menú contextual.\n" +"\t\t Con el menú contextual, también es posible cambiar el estado de todos los elementos.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3877,15 +3751,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\t\t Detalles abre la selección detallada de paquetes de software\n" -"\t\t en la que se pueden ver y seleccionar paquetes de software " -"individuales.\n" +"\t\t en la que se pueden ver y seleccionar paquetes de software individuales.\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3893,140 +3765,133 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t La pantalla de uso del disco de la esquina inferior derecha muestra el " -"espacio restante del disco\n" +"\t\t La pantalla de uso del disco de la esquina inferior derecha muestra el espacio restante del disco\n" "\t\t después de que se hayan realizado todos los cambios solicitados.\n" -"\t\t Las particiones de disco duro que estén llenas o casi llenas pueden " -"reducir\n" -"\t\t el rendimiento del sistema e incluso causar problemas serios en algunos " -"casos.\n" +"\t\t Las particiones de disco duro que estén llenas o casi llenas pueden reducir\n" +"\t\t el rendimiento del sistema e incluso causar problemas serios en algunos casos.\n" "\t\t El sistema necesita espacio libre para ejecutarse correctamente.\n" "\t\t " -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "Selección de software y tareas del sistema" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "(más)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "Instalación finalizada correctamente" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "Mensaje de error: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes erróneos: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes instalados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes actualizados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes eliminados: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "Paquetes no instalados: %1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "Tiempo transcurrido: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total instalado: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño descargado total: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "Estadísticas" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "Registro de instalación" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "Después de instalar paquetes" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "Mostrar este informe" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "Continuar en el gestor de software" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." -msgstr "" -"<BIG>Informe de instalación</BIG> Aquí tiene un resumen de los " -"paquetes instalados o eliminados." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." +msgstr "<BIG>Informe de instalación</BIG> Aquí tiene un resumen de los paquetes instalados o eliminados." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "Informe de instalación" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes instalados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "Paquetes actualizados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "Paquetes eliminados" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "Paquetes restantes" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -4034,17 +3899,16 @@ "\n" "value in the YaST sysconfig editor." msgstr "" -"Si desea volver a mostrar este recuadro de diálogo de informe, edite el " -"valor \n" +"Si desea volver a mostrar este recuadro de diálogo de informe, edite el valor \n" "\n" "Sistema > Yast2 > GUI > PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT\n" "\n" "en el editor sysconfig de YaST." -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4057,16 +3921,15 @@ "El paquete %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" " no está firmado digitalmente. Esto significa que el origen\n" -"y la integridad del paquete no se pueden verificar. Instalar el paquete " -"puede\n" +"y la integridad del paquete no se pueden verificar. Instalar el paquete puede\n" "poner en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4079,23 +3942,22 @@ "El archivo %1del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" "no está firmado digitalmente. No se puede verificar ni el origen\n" -"ni la integridad del archivo. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la " -"integridad\n" +"ni la integridad del archivo. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad\n" "del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "Paquete sin firmar" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "Archivo sin firmar" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4104,91 +3966,87 @@ "\n" "Install it anyway?\n" msgstr "" -"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el paquete %1 en el " -"repositorio.\n" +"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el paquete %1 en el repositorio.\n" "Aunque el paquete forma parte de un repositorio firmado, no está\n" "en la lista de sumas comprobación de este repositorio. Instalar el paquete\n" "puede poner en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" -"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el archivo %1 en el " -"repositorio.\n" +"No se encuentra la suma de comprobación para el archivo %1 en el repositorio.\n" "Esto significa que aunque el paquete forma parte del\n" -"repositorio firmado, no aparece en la lista de sumas de comprobación de este " -"repositorio.\n" +"repositorio firmado, no aparece en la lista de sumas de comprobación de este repositorio.\n" " Utilizar este archivo puede poner en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado ninguna suma de comprobación" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "Huella: %1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Creado: %1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Caduca: %1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nombre:" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Creado: " -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Caduca: " -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4202,8 +4060,7 @@ msgstr "" "El paquete %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" -"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de " -"integridad ha fallado: %4\n" +"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de integridad ha fallado: %4\n" "\n" "El paquete ha cambiado, por accidente o por un ataque,\n" "desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran\n" @@ -4211,8 +4068,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4226,23 +4083,21 @@ msgstr "" "El archivo %1 del repositorio %2\n" "%3\n" -"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de " -"integridad ha fallado: %4\n" +"está firmado con la siguiente clave GnuPG, pero la comprobación de integridad ha fallado: %4\n" "\n" "El archivo se ha cambiado, por accidente o por un ataque,\n" -"desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran " -"riesgo\n" +"desde que el creador del repositorio lo firmara. Usarlo supone un gran riesgo\n" "para la integridad y la seguridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "Error en la comprobación de validación" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4262,8 +4117,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea instalarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4283,13 +4138,13 @@ "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "Clave GnuPG desconocida" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4311,8 +4166,8 @@ "en riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "Es más seguro omitirlo.\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4334,18 +4189,18 @@ "riesgo la integridad del sistema.\n" "Es más seguro omitirlo.\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "Firmado con clave pública que no es de confianza" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "&Marcar la clave como de confianza e importarla" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4355,27 +4210,23 @@ msgstr "" "El propietario de la clave puede distribuir actualizaciones,\n" "paquetes y repositorios de paquetes en los que el sistema confiará\n" -"y ofrecerá para su instalación y actualización sin mostrar ninguna " -"advertencia.\n" +"y ofrecerá para su instalación y actualización sin mostrar ninguna advertencia.\n" "De esta forma, al importar la clave al anillo de claves\n" -"de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave tener cierto control " -"sobre el software del sistema." +"de confianza, se permite al propietario de la clave tener cierto control sobre el software del sistema." -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "Se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo de advertencia por\n" "cada paquete que no esté firmado con una clave de confianza (importada).\n" -"Si no confía en la clave, los paquetes o repositorios creados por el " -"propietario de la clave no se utilizarán." +"Si no confía en la clave, los paquetes o repositorios creados por el propietario de la clave no se utilizarán." -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4385,8 +4236,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2):" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4398,24 +4249,24 @@ "Debe estar seguro de que puede confiar en el propietario\n" "y de que la clave realmente pertenece a ese propietario antes de importarla." -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: la clave ha caducado." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importar clave GnuPG que no es de confianza" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Confiar" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4437,21 +4288,20 @@ "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Resumen incorrecto" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4460,99 +4310,90 @@ "pero no se conoce la suma de comprobación esperada.\n" "\n" "Esto significa que el origen y la integridad del archivo\n" -"no se pueden verificar. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad del " -"sistema.\n" +"no se pueden verificar. Utilizarlo puede poner en peligro la integridad del sistema.\n" "\n" "¿Desea usarlo de todos modos?\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Resumen desconocido" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Instalando..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medios" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Restante" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "Duración" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Acciones realizadas:" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "Los paquetes se están instalando." -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Cancelando la instalación Puede cancelar l instalación del paquete " -"con el botón Abortar. Sin embargo, el sistema podría pasar a un " -"estado incoherente o no utilizable o podría no arrancar si el componente " -"básico del sistema no está instalado." +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "Cancelando la instalación Puede cancelar l instalación del paquete con el botón Abortar. Sin embargo, el sistema podría pasar a un estado incoherente o no utilizable o podría no arrancar si el componente básico del sistema no está instalado." -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Notas versión: %s" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Pr&esentación de diapositivas" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "Realizando la actualización" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Realizando la instalación" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Instalación de paquetes" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4560,606 +4401,606 @@ "¿Desea realmente salir de\n" "la instalación?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Archivo no encontrado." -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Registro del sistema (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "Dispositivo no clasificado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "Dispositivo no clasificado compatible con VGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "Controlador de almacenamiento masivo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "Controlador de almacenamiento SCSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "Interfaz IDE" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "Controlador de disquete" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "Controlador de bus IPI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "Controlador de bus RAID" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "Controlador de almacenamiento masivo desconocido" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "Controlador Ethernet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red FDDI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "Controlador de red ATM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "Controlador RDSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Controlador Myrinet" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "Controlador de pantalla" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "Controlador compatible con VGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "Controlador compatible con XGA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "Controlador 3D" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "Controlador multimedia" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "Controlador de vídeo multimedia" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "Controlador de audio multimedia " -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "Dispositivo de telefonía informática" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "Controlador de memoria" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "Memoria RAM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "Memoria FLASH" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "Puente de host" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "Puente ISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "Puente EISA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "Puente MicroChannel" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "Puente PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "Puente PCMCIA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "Puente NuBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "Puente CardBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "Puente RACEway" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "Puente semitransparente PCI a PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "Puente de host InfiniBand a PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "Controlador de puerto serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "Controlador de puerto paralelo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "Controlador multipuerto en serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "Periférico de sistema genérico" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "Controlador de DMA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "Temporizador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "Controlador HotPlug de PCI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "Periférico del sistema" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "Controlador de dispositivos de entrada" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "Controlador de teclado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "Lápiz digitalizador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "Controlador del ratón" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "Controlador de escáner" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "Controlador de puerto de juegos" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "Estación de anclaje" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "Estación de anclaje genérica" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Procesador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "Coprocesador" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "Controlador de bus serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "Bus ACCESS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "Controlador USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "Canal de fibra" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "Controlador inalámbrico" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "Controlador IRDA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "Controlador IR de consumo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "Controlador RF" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "Controlador inteligente" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I20" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "Controlador de televisión vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones de audio vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones de voz vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "Controlador de comunicaciones de datos vía satélite" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "Controlador de cifrado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "Dispositivo de cifrado informático y de redes" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "Dispositivo de cifrado para ocio" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "Controlador de procesamiento de señal" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "Módulo DPIO" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "Contadores de rendimiento" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "Sincronizador de comunicaciones" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "Monitor CRT" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "Monitor LCD" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "Clase de uso interno" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "Interfaz ISA PnP" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "Memoria principal" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "Módem para Windows" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "Adaptador RDSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "Controlador PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ratón" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "Ratón PS/2" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "Ratón en serie" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "Ratón de bus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "Ratón USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Cinta" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "Disquete" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "Token Ring" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "Consola" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impresora" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "Nodo central" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "Nodo central USB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "Pantalla en Braille" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escáner" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Joystick" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "Gamepad" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "Lector de chip" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Cámara" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "Cámara Web" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "Cámara digital" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer VESA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB-C" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB-S" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB-T" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "Tarjeta de TV" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partición" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "Tarjeta ADSL" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "Dispositivo Bluetooth" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5169,8 +5010,8 @@ "Código de salida: %{exitcode}\n" "Salida de error: %{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5178,8 +5019,8 @@ "El archivo %1 se ha modificado manualmente.\n" "Puede que se pierdan algunos de los cambios en YaST." -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5187,13 +5028,13 @@ "El archivo %1 se ha modificado manualmente.\n" "YaST puede perder algunos cambios.\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "No volver a mostrar este mensaje." -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5207,13 +5048,13 @@ "Los archivos %s se han creado manualmente.\n" "YaST podría perderlos." -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la creación de initrd" -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5221,25 +5062,25 @@ "Reiniciar el sistema \n" "para activar el nuevo kernel.\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "Confirmar activación del controlador" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST ha detectado los siguientes dispositivos" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "&Cargar Módulo/Controlador" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5247,8 +5088,8 @@ "Una dirección MAC válida consta de seis pares de dígitos\n" "hexadecimales separados por dos puntos." -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5256,12 +5097,11 @@ msgstr "" "Un nombre válido de dominio está formado por partes separadas por puntos.\n" "Cada parte puede contener letras, números y guiones.\n" -"Los guiones no pueden estar al principio o al final de ninguna de estas " -"partes\n" +"Los guiones no pueden estar al principio o al final de ninguna de estas partes\n" "y la última parte no puede empezar por un número." -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5269,8 +5109,8 @@ "Un nombre de máquina válido contiene letras, números y guiones.\n" "El nombre de máquina no puede empezar ni terminar por un guión.\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." @@ -5278,8 +5118,8 @@ "Las direcciones IPv4 válidas están formadas por\n" "cuatro números enteros del 0 al 255 separados por puntos." -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5289,8 +5129,8 @@ "hexadecimales en el rango de 0 a FFFF separados por coma.\n" "Puede tener un doble signo de dos puntos (::)." -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5306,76 +5146,75 @@ "Ejemplos:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 o 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/máscara de red: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 o 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/máscara de red de bits: 192.168.0.0/24 o 192.168.0.1/32 o 2001:db8:0::1/" -"ffff::0\n" +"IP/máscara de red de bits: 192.168.0.0/24 o 192.168.0.1/32 o 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1 (media: %2)" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "Confirmar la detección de hardware" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST detectará los siguientes componentes de hardware:" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5387,36 +5226,36 @@ "Por ejemplo, algunas opciones de configuración pueden leerse de\n" "forma incorrecta y es improbable que se pueda escribir la configuración.\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "Requiere permisos de root." -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "¿Suprimir la entrada seleccionada?" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir '%1?" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "A&plicar" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5424,631 +5263,631 @@ "YaST\n" "Inicializando...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "Módulo" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "Emiratos Árabes Unidos" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albania" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Austria" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "Bosnia-Herzegovina" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bélgica" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgaria" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "Bahréin" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "Bangladesh" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "Bolivia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "Brasil" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "Botsuana" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Bielorrusia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canadá" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "Chile" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "República Popular China" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "República Checa" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemania" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dinamarca" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "República Dominicana" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "Argelia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "Ecuador" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estonia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "Egipto" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "Cataluña" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finlandia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Islas Feroe" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "Gran Bretaña" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "Georgia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "Groenlandia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Grecia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "Honduras" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Croacia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Hungría" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "Indonesia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Irlanda" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israel" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "India" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "Iraq" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Islandia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "Jordania" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japón" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Kuwait" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "Líbano" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituania" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "Luxemburgo" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Letonia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "Yamahiriya Árabe Libia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "Marruecos" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Macedonia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "Malasia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "Nicaragua" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Países Bajos" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Noruega" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Nueva Zelanda" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "Omán" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panamá" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "Perú" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "Filipinas" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "Pakistán" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polonia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "Paraguay" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Qatar" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Rumanía" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Rusia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "Arabia Saudí" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "Sudán" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suecia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapur" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Eslovenia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Eslovaquia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "República Árabe Siria" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "Tailandia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "Tayikistán" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "Túnez" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Turquía" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "Ucrania" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "EE.UU." -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "Uzbekistán" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "Venezuela" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "Yemen" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "Yugoslavia" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "Sudáfrica" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "Zimbabue" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "Taiwán" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 no es una dirección IPv4 válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de la zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "La zona DNS %1 no existe." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "La zona DNS %1 no es de tipo maestro." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el tipo de zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "No se admite el tipo de zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de ACL." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "No existe ninguna ACL llamada %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de host." -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "El nombre de host debe tener un formato de nombre de dominio completo." -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "El nombre de host completo debe terminar en punto." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "El nombre de host no es válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "Se debe definir la prioridad del intercambio de correo." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -6056,9 +5895,9 @@ "La prioridad del intercambio de correo no es válida.\n" "Debe ser un número del 0 al 65535.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -6072,28 +5911,25 @@ "con el nombre de la zona seguido de un punto; por ejemplo,\n" "\"dhcp1\" o \"dhcp1.ejemplo.org.\" para la zona \"ejemplo.org\".\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "La dirección IPv4 inversa %1 no es válida.\n" "\n" "Las direcciones IPv4 inversas válidas constan de cuatro números enteros\n" -"entre 0 y 255 separados por puntos y seguidos por la cadena \".in-addr.arpa." -"\".\n" -"Por ejemplo, 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. para la dirección IPv4 " -"192.168.32.1.\n" +"entre 0 y 255 separados por puntos y seguidos por la cadena \".in-addr.arpa.\".\n" +"Por ejemplo, 1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa. para la dirección IPv4 192.168.32.1.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -6103,8 +5939,8 @@ "Utilice un nombre de host completo terminado en punto,\n" "como \"host.ejemplo.org.\".\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -6112,10 +5948,10 @@ "Registro MX no válido.\n" "Utilice el formato prioridad nombre_servidor.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -6123,10 +5959,10 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe estar comprendido entre %2 y %3 segundos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -6137,13 +5973,12 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe ser una hora de tipo BIND.\n" "Una hora de tipo BIND consta de números y los sufijos (sin\n" -"distinguir mayúsculas de minúsculas) W, D, H, M y S. Se admite la hora en " -"segundos sin el sufijo.\n" +"distinguir mayúsculas de minúsculas) W, D, H, M y S. Se admite la hora en segundos sin el sufijo.\n" "Escriba valores como 12H15m, 86400 o 1W30M.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -6151,13 +5986,13 @@ "Registro SOA no válido.\n" "%1 debe ser un número entre %2 y %3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "Se debe definir el nombre de archivo al registrar en un archivo." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6171,18 +6006,18 @@ "\n" "Los sufijos posibles son k, K, m, M, g y G.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "El cómputo de las versiones de archivos ha de ser un número." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6190,25 +6025,25 @@ "Sólo las zonas esclavas tienen definido un servidor maestro.\n" "La zona %1 es de tipo %2.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "El nombre de zona %1 ya existe." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "Se necesita la opción masterserver en las zonas esclavas." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "La dirección IP del host no puede estar vacía." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/bootloader.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,59 +14,55 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS. El cargador de arranque no se " -"puede instalar." +msgstr "La partición de arranque es del tipo NFS. El cargador de arranque no se puede instalar." -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "Ajustes del cargador de arranque" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "La asignación de dispositivo debe contener al menos un dispositivo" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Configuración del orden de discos" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "Dis&cos" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." -msgstr "" -"La partición del cargador de arranque seleccionado (%s) ya no está " -"disponible." +msgstr "La partición del cargador de arranque seleccionado (%s) ya no está disponible." -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -78,38 +74,38 @@ "Para obtener más detalles, lea el capítulo \n" "al respecto en la documentación. \n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "El sistema va a reiniciarse..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "&Cargador de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 para EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "No gestionado" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -123,259 +119,205 @@ " \n" " ¿Desea continuar?\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" "use Boot Loader." msgstr "" "Tipo de cargador de arranque \n" -"Para seleccionar si se debe instalar un cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos " -"instalar,\n" +"Para seleccionar si se debe instalar un cargador de arranque y cuál de ellos instalar,\n" "utilice Cargador de arranque." -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de cargador de arranque: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "Habilitar arranque de confianza: %1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" msgstr "sí" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" msgstr "no" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Ubicación del estado: %1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "Orden de los discos duros: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (extendido)" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalar código de arranque en MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">no " -"instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">no instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instalar código de arranque en MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalar</" -"a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">instalar</a>)" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot" -"\">no instalar</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">no instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar código de arranque en partición /boot (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root" -"\">no instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "Instalar código de arranque en partición \"/\" (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">no instalar</a>)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" -msgstr "" -"No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (<a href=" -"\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" +msgstr "No instalar el código de arranque en la partición \"/\" (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">instalar</a>)" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque " -"stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior." +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha seleccionado la ubicación del cargador de arranque stage1. A no ser que sepa lo que hace, seleccione la ubicación anterior." -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "Cambiar ubicación: %s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tiempo límite en segundos" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Tiempo límite en segundos \n" -"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté " -"cargado el núcleo por defecto.\n" +"Especifica el tiempo que el cargador de arranque debe esperar hasta que esté cargado el núcleo por defecto.\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" -msgstr "" -"Est&ablecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque" +msgstr "Est&ablecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" -"Establecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de " -"arranque\n" -"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código " -"MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" -"la partición activa. Los BIOS más antiguos requieren que haya una partición " -"activa, aunque\n" +"Establecer indicador activo en tabla de partición para partición de arranque\n" +"Para activar la partición que contiene el cargador de arranque. El código MBR genérico arrancará entonces\n" +"la partición activa. Los BIOS más antiguos requieren que haya una partición activa, aunque\n" "el cargador de arranque esté instalado en el MBR." -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Escribir código de arranque &genérico en el MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR sustituye el MBR " -"del disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema\n" +"Escribir código de arranque genérico en el MBR sustituye el MBR del disco con código genérico (código independiente del sistema\n" "operativo que arranca la partición activa)." -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "&Ocultar menú en el arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Al seleccionar Ocultar menú al arrancar se ocultará el menú de " -"arranque." +msgstr "Al seleccionar Ocultar menú al arrancar se ocultará el menú de arranque." -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "&Sondear sistema operativo foráneo" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"Sondear sistema operativo foráneo sondea otros sistemas operativos " -"mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones " +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "Sondear sistema operativo foráneo sondea otros sistemas operativos mediante os-prober para el multiarranque con otras distribuciones " -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Parámetro de línea de comandos del núcleo opcional" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Parámetro opcional de línea de comandos del núcleo permite definir " -"parámetros adicionales que se deseen enviar al núcleo." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "Parámetro opcional de línea de comandos del núcleo permite definir parámetros adicionales que se deseen enviar al núcleo." -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "&Indicador de MBR de protección" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"Indicador de MBR de protección es un ajuste para expertos que solo " -"se necesita en hardware muy específico. Para obtener más información, " -"consulte la sección sobre MBR de protección en los discos GPT. No cambie " -"este ajuste si no está seguro de lo que hace." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "Indicador de MBR de protección es un ajuste para expertos que solo se necesita en hardware muy específico. Para obtener más información, consulte la sección sobre MBR de protección en los discos GPT. No cambie este ajuste si no está seguro de lo que hace." -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "establecer" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "eliminar" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "no cambiar" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque &seguro" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Marque esta opción para habilitar el arranque seguro de UEFI\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Habilitar asistencia de arranque de &confianza" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.\n" @@ -391,13 +333,12 @@ "con ayuda del hardware (un chip TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" "módulo de plataforma de confianza).\n" "Primero debe asegurarse de que Arranque de confianza está habilitado\n" -"en la configuración del BIOS (el ajuste puede llamarse Chip de seguridad, " -"por ejemplo).\n" +"en la configuración del BIOS (el ajuste puede llamarse Chip de seguridad, por ejemplo).\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -407,31 +348,31 @@ "Asegúrese de que se ha habilitado en el BIOS.\n" "El sistema no arrancará si no es así." -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "&Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "P&roteger solo modificación de entradas" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Contraseña para el usuario Root de GRUB2" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Repe&tir contraseña" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "La contraseña no debe estar vacía," -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -439,64 +380,50 @@ "Los valores introducidos en 'Contraseña' y 'Repetir Contraseña'\n" "no coinciden. Vuelva a introducir la contraseña" -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " -"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " -"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "Proteger el cargador de arranque mediante contraseña \n" -"Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar " -"desde cualquier entrada se requerirá la contraseña. Si la opción Proteger " -"solo modificación de entradas está activada, no hará falta la contraseña " -"para arrancar desde cualquier entrada, pero sí para modificarla (el " -"comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1). YaST solo aceptará la contraseña " -"si la repite en Repetir contraseña. La contraseña se aplica al " -"usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no " -"admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de " -"GRUB2 distinto." +"Durante el arranque, para realizar una modificación o incluso para arrancar desde cualquier entrada se requerirá la contraseña. Si la opción Proteger solo modificación de entradas está activada, no hará falta la contraseña para arrancar desde cualquier entrada, pero sí para modificarla (el comportamiento que presentaba GRUB 1). YaST solo aceptará la contraseña si la repite en Repetir contraseña. La contraseña se aplica al usuario Root de GRUB2, que es distinto al usuario Root de Linux. YaST no admite actualmente otros usuarios de GRUB2. Si los necesita, use un guion de GRUB2 distinto." -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Elegir nuevo archivo de tema gráfico" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Usar la consola &gráfica" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolución de &consola" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Tema de la &consola" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Autodetectar mediante grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Usar la consola en &serie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "Argumentos de la &consola" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Sección de arranque por &defecto" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -507,50 +434,46 @@ msgstr "" " Pulsando Definir como opción por defecto se marca la sección\n" "seleccionada como sección por defecto. Al arrancar, el cargador de arranque\n" -" proporcionará un menú de arranque y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un " -"núcleo u otro sistema operativo para \n" +" proporcionará un menú de arranque y esperará a que el usuario seleccione un núcleo u otro sistema operativo para \n" "arrancar. Si no se pulsa ninguna tecla\n" " antes del tiempo límite, se cargará el núcleo o el sistema operativo\n" -" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del " -"cargador de arranque utilizando los botones Arriba y Abajo.</" -"p>\n" +" por defecto. Es posible cambiar el orden de las secciones en el menú del cargador de arranque utilizando los botones Arriba y Abajo.\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Ubicación del cargador de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" -msgstr "" -"Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado" +msgstr "Si se marca, se debe especificar un dispositivo de arranque personalizado" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Iniciar desde la par&tición de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "&Arrancar desde partición raíz" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Iniciar desde el &MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Iniciar d&esde la partición extendida" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Partición de arranq&ue personalizada" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "&Editar orden de arranque de discos" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -564,203 +487,165 @@ "Para agregar un disco, haga clic en Añadir.\n" "Para eliminar un disco, haga clic en Eliminar." -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Parámetros del núcleo" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "&Opciones del código de arranque" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Op&ciones del cargador de arranque" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Habilitar arranque seguro: %1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "" -"Debido a la creación de particiones, no es posible instalar el cargador de " -"arranque correctamente." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "Debido a la creación de particiones, no es posible instalar el cargador de arranque correctamente." -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "No instalar ningún cargador de arranque" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Arranque" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Arranque" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." -msgstr "" -"No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para la instalación. Su " -"sistema podría no ser capaz de arrancar." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." +msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún cargador de arranque para la instalación. Su sistema podría no ser capaz de arrancar." -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "" -"No es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque debido a la " -"partición." +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "No es posible instalar correctamente el cargador de arranque debido a la partición." -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "" -"<BIG>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</" -"BIG> \n" +"<BIG>Herramienta de configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG> \n" "Leyendo la configuración actual..." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " msgstr "" -"<BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG></" -"B> \n" +"<BIG>Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque</BIG> \n" "Espere... " -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" -msgstr "" -"Combinación no admitida de la plataforma de hardware %1 y el cargador de " -"arranque %2" +msgstr "Combinación no admitida de la plataforma de hardware %1 y el cargador de arranque %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"El arranque desde MBR no funciona junto con el sistema de archivos btrfs y " -"la etiqueta de disco GPT sin una partición bios_grub. Para solucionar este " -"problema, cree la partición bios_grub, use cualquier sistema de archivos ext " -"para la partición de arranque o no instale stage1 en MBR." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "El arranque desde MBR no funciona junto con el sistema de archivos btrfs y la etiqueta de disco GPT sin una partición bios_grub. Para solucionar este problema, cree la partición bios_grub, use cualquier sistema de archivos ext para la partición de arranque o no instale stage1 en MBR." -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo de arranque es un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." +msgstr "El dispositivo de arranque es un raid tipo: %1. El sistema no puede arrancar." -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo de arranque está en el RAID1 del software. Seleccione otra " -"ubicación para el cargador de arranque como, por ejemplo, MBR (Registro de " -"arranque principal)." +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" +msgstr "El dispositivo de arranque está en el RAID1 del software. Seleccione otra ubicación para el cargador de arranque como, por ejemplo, MBR (Registro de arranque principal)." -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "" -"Falta la partición ext para el arranque. No es posible instalar el código de " -"arranque." +msgstr "Falta la partición ext para el arranque. No es posible instalar el código de arranque." -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." -msgstr "" -"El instalador no establece el indicador de activación. Si no se ha " -"establecido, algunos BIOS podrían no arrancar." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." +msgstr "El instalador no establece el indicador de activación. Si no se ha establecido, algunos BIOS podrían no arrancar." -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"El instalador no modificará el MBR del disco, a no ser que ya incluya el " -"código de arranque, el BIOS no podrá arrancar desde el disco." +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "El instalador no modificará el MBR del disco, a no ser que ya incluya el código de arranque, el BIOS no podrá arrancar desde el disco." -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Comprobar el cargador de arranque" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Leer particiones" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Cargar la configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Comprobando el cargador de arranque..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Leyendo particiones..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Cargando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Crear initrd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "Guardar configuración del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Creando initrd ..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cargador de arranque" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ca-management.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,739 +14,674 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "Gestión de CA y certificados" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "Crear CA raíz" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "Crear certificado de CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "Crear CRL de CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "Exportar CA a un archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "Exportar un certificado a un archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "Exportar CRL a un archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "Departamento" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Empresa" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Localidad" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "País" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "Días de validez" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "Longitud de la clave" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "Contraseña (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña de CA (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" +msgstr "Contraseña de CA (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" -msgstr "" -"Contraseña P12 (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +msgstr "Contraseña P12 (Seguridad: debe proporcionarla una variable de entorno)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "Vía del elemento exportado (CA, certificado o CRL)" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST genera un certificado y una CA por defecto de forma automática. El " -"certificado y la CA\n" +"YaST genera un certificado y una CA por defecto de forma automática. El certificado y la CA\n" " se utilizan para la comunicación con el servidor Apache.\n" -" Cambie los ajustes de la CA y el certificado o importe una CA y un " -"certificado desde un archivo.\n" +" Cambie los ajustes de la CA y el certificado o importe una CA y un certificado desde un archivo.\n" " \n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Importar CA común y certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "&Vía del certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "Con&traseña:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Co&nfirmar contraseña" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "Generar CA común y certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "Nombre de &CA:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "Nombre &común:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "Correo electrónico" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "P&aís:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "Em&presa:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "De&partamento:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "Loca&lidad:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "&Estado:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "Obtener nombre del servidor local" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "Nombre del &servidor:" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "Las nuevas contraseñas no coinciden." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "La longitud de la contraseña debe ser superior a tres caracteres." -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "Se requiere nombre de CA." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "Se requiere nombre común." -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "Formato de correo electrónico no válido." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "El nombre de servidor es obligatorio." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "No es posible leer el certificado." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "Importar certificado desde archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[nombre del servidor local]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "Nombre de la CA" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Nombre común" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[no establecer]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "Correo electrónico" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Departamento" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[establecer]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Generación de certificado de servidor común" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "Leer información del servidor" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "Crear el certificado de servidor y la CA por defecto" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "Creando el certificado de servidor y la CA por defecto" -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "No es posible crear certificados." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." -msgstr "" -"No es posible evaluar el nombre del equipo local. Modificar los valores de " -"nombre de servidor y correo electrónico." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." +msgstr "No es posible evaluar el nombre del equipo local. Modificar los valores de nombre de servidor y correo electrónico." -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "Gestión de autoridades de certificación (CAs)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "La configuración ya ha sido escrita." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir los antiguos ajustes?" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." -msgstr "" -"No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una " -"contraseña de CA para continuar." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +msgstr "No es posible recuperar la contraseña raíz del sistema. Defina una contraseña de CA para continuar." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "La contraseña es demasiado corta para usarla en los certificados. \n" -"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la " -"creación de certificados.\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la creación de certificados.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "Certificado y autoridad certificadora actuales por defecto" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "Creando CA por defecto y certificado." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." -msgstr "" -"Con requisitos de seguridad más exigentes debería cambiar la contraseña." +msgstr "Con requisitos de seguridad más exigentes debería cambiar la contraseña." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[definida manualmente]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[contraseña de root]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "Nombre de CA: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Nombre común: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "Nombre del servidor:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "País: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "Contraseña: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "Correo electrónico: " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "Nombres alternativos:" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" -"La contraseña de usuario Root es demasiado corta para usarla como contraseña " -"en los certificados.\n" -"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la " -"creación de certificados.\n" +"La contraseña de usuario Root es demasiado corta para usarla como contraseña en los certificados.\n" +"Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados o inhabilite la creación de certificados.\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "No crear CA o certificado." -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "Importando CA y certificado desde archivo" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que el nombre de host linux es exclusivo? El " -"certificado sólo es válido si el nombre de host es correcto." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que el nombre de host linux es exclusivo? El certificado sólo es válido si el nombre de host es correcto." -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "Gestión de &CAs" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "Gestionando CAs y certificados" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "Selección" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "Crear CA &por defecto y certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "Editar &configuración por defecto" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "&No crear CA o certificado" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "Importar CA y certificado del &disco" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquí puede seleccionar el método de instalación deseado para las CAs " -"y los certificados\n" +"Aquí puede seleccionar el método de instalación deseado para las CAs y los certificados\n" "mientras completa la instalación.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"También tiene la posibilidad de crear la CA y el certificado por defecto en " -"el sistema instalado \n" +"También tiene la posibilidad de crear la CA y el certificado por defecto en el sistema instalado \n" " si no desea crearlos o importarlos ahora.\n" " \n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "&Nombre:" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "crítico" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún elemento." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir esta entrada?" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST genera automáticamente una CA por defecto y un certificado. La " -"CA y el certificado\n" +"YaST genera automáticamente una CA por defecto y un certificado. La CA y el certificado\n" "se utilizan para comunicarse con el servidor Apache.\n" "Aquí puede modificar la configuración por defecto.\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "&Editar nombres alternativos" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "Editar configuración por defecto" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Certificado de servidor común" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." -msgstr "" -"Los servicios que suministran conexiones de red cifradas con SSL/TLS usan " -"el certificado de servidor." +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." +msgstr "Los servicios que suministran conexiones de red cifradas con SSL/TLS usan el certificado de servidor." -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"La utilidad del certificado de servidor común es la de " -"proporcionar un certificado para varios servicios que se ejecutan en este " -"host. " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "La utilidad del certificado de servidor común es la de proporcionar un certificado para varios servicios que se ejecutan en este host. " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." -msgstr "" -"Algunos módulos de YaST ofrecen la posibilidad de usar este certificado en " -"la configuración de algunos servicios." +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." +msgstr "Algunos módulos de YaST ofrecen la posibilidad de usar este certificado en la configuración de algunos servicios." -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"Con el botón Importar o sustituir puede añadir un nuevo " -"certificado de servidor o sustituir el actual." +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "Con el botón Importar o sustituir puede añadir un nuevo certificado de servidor o sustituir el actual." -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"Puede eliminar los certificados haciendo clic en Eliminar. Pero " -"asegúrese de que ningún otro servicio lo sigue usando." +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "Puede eliminar los certificados haciendo clic en Eliminar. Pero asegúrese de que ningún otro servicio lo sigue usando." -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"Los certificados pueden escribirse en un archivo mediante la opción " -"Exportar a archivo, que se encuentra en la sección Certificado " -"del módulo Gestión de la CA." +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "Los certificados pueden escribirse en un archivo mediante la opción Exportar a archivo, que se encuentra en la sección Certificado del módulo Gestión de la CA." -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." -msgstr "" -"Los certificados que se importen de un disco deben estar escritos en " -"formato PKCS12 con cadena CA." +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." +msgstr "Los certificados que se importen de un disco deben estar escritos en formato PKCS12 con cadena CA." -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "Para obtener más información, consulte el manual." -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -754,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>No se encuentra el certificado de servidor común.\n" "Puede importar un certificado del disco</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "Elimina&r" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Importar o sustituir" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "El certificado no ha caducado aún.\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -789,33 +724,29 @@ "Asegúrese de que ningún servicio sigue usando este certificado.\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar el certificado?" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CA." msgstr "Aquí puede ver los valores más importantes de la CA." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones Certificados, CRL y Avanzado " -"proporcionan información especial sobre la CA actual." +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "Las opciones Certificados, CRL y Avanzado proporcionan información especial sobre la CA actual." -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid " Description for %1 " msgstr " Descripción de %1 " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -823,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "CA no encontrada." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "Emitido para:" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -837,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "Nombre común: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -847,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "Organización: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -857,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "Ubicación: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -867,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "Estado: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -877,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "País: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -887,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "Correo electrónico: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "Emitido por:" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -899,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "Válido desde: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -907,286 +838,245 @@ "\n" "Válido hasta: " -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Avanzado..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Ver" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "&Cambiar contraseña de CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "C&rear SubCA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Exportar a &archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Exportar a &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "&Editar valor por defecto" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." -msgstr "" -"A la hora de crear una nueva subCA o certificado, el sistema sugerirá " -"algunos valores por defecto." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "A la hora de crear una nueva subCA o certificado, el sistema sugerirá algunos valores por defecto." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." -msgstr "" -"Por medio de este proceso puede modificar la configuración por defecto.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Por medio de este proceso puede modificar la configuración por defecto." -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Sin embargo, las opciones de configuración modificadas sólo pueden " -"utilizarse para nuevas entradas." +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." +msgstr "Sin embargo, las opciones de configuración modificadas sólo pueden utilizarse para nuevas entradas." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"Puede editar la configuración por defecto de subCAs, " -"certificados de clientes y certificados de servidor." +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "Puede editar la configuración por defecto de subCAs, certificados de clientes y certificados de servidor." -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "Configuración por defecto de:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "CA &subordinada" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "&Certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "C&ertificado de servidor" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." -msgstr "" -"Esta ventana le ofrece una vista de las opciones de configuración por " -"defecto antes de guardarlas." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." +msgstr "Esta ventana le ofrece una vista de las opciones de configuración por defecto antes de guardarlas." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "Click Save to finish the input." msgstr "Pulse Guardar para finalizar la entrada de datos." -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (crítico)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "Longitud de ruta:" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(crítico)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Copiar Subject Alt Name de la CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(crítico)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Copiar dirección de correo estándar" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "Guardar configuración (paso 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "Se han guardado los valores por defecto." -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar puede observar una lista con los certificados disponibles " -"de esta CA. Las columnas son el DN de los certificados incluyendo la " -"dirección de correo y el estado del certificado (por ejemplo válido o " -"revocado)." +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "En primer lugar puede observar una lista con los certificados disponibles de esta CA. Las columnas son el DN de los certificados incluyendo la dirección de correo y el estado del certificado (por ejemplo válido o revocado)." -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "Select one of the certificates and execute some actions." msgstr "Seleccione uno de los certificados y ejecute algunas acciones." -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"La opción Ver abre una ventana con una representación en texto del " -"certificado completo." +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." +msgstr "La opción Ver abre una ventana con una representación en texto del certificado completo." -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Asimismo, puede Revocar, Suprimir o Exportar un " -"certificado." +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." +msgstr "Asimismo, puede Revocar, Suprimir o Exportar un certificado." -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." -msgstr "" -"Con Añadir puede generar un nuevo certificado de cliente o " -"servidor." +msgstr "Con Añadir puede generar un nuevo certificado de cliente o servidor." -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"En la zona inferior puede ver los valores más importantes del certificado " -"seleccionado." +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." +msgstr "En la zona inferior puede ver los valores más importantes del certificado seleccionado." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "Revocar certificado" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." -msgstr "" -"Sólo está revocando el certificado. No se creará ninguna nueva lista de " -"certificados revocados (CRL)." +msgstr "Sólo está revocando el certificado. No se creará ninguna nueva lista de certificados revocados (CRL)." -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "Razones" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1194,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "Certificado no encontrado." -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1205,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "Nombre común: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1216,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "Organización: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1227,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "Ubicación: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1238,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "Estado: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1249,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "País: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1260,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "Correo electrónico: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1271,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "Es una CA: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1282,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "Tamaño de clave: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1291,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "N.º serie: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1302,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "Versión: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1311,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "Válido desde: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1320,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "Válido hasta: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1331,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "algoritmo de clave pública: " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1342,130 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "algoritmo de firma: " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Válido" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Revocado" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Expirado" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Añadir certificado de servidor" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Añadir certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "&Cambiar contraseña" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "&Revocar" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Exportar" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Exportar a archivo" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Exportar a LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exportar como certificado de servidor común" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "¿Suprimir el certificado actual?" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "Tipo de certificado incorrecto." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CRL." msgstr "Aquí puede ver los valores más importantes de la CRL." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "With Generate CRL, a new CRL will be generated." msgstr "Con la opción Generar CRL se generará una nueva CRL." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "View shows a complete description." msgstr "La opción Ver muestra una descripción completa." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." msgstr "Puede Exportar la CRL a un archivo o directorio LDAP." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "Generar nueva CRL" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "&Válido hasta (días):" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "Certificate Revocation List (CRL):" msgstr "Lista de revocación de certificados (CRL):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1475,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "Última actualización: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1483,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "Próxima actualización: " -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1493,665 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "Certificados revocados: " -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "&Generar CRL" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Por defecto" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." -msgstr "" -"Al crear una nueva lista CRL, el sistema sugiere algunos valores por " -"defecto." +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +msgstr "Al crear una nueva lista CRL, el sistema sugiere algunos valores por defecto." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "With this frame, change these default settings." msgstr "Utilice este marco para modificar los ajustes por defecto." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "Periodo de &validez (en días):" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "&Crítico" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "C&rítico" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "C&opiar nombre alternativo de asunto desde la CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de la CRL por defecto" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "Información de seguridad" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia. Si se activa la creación automática y la exportación de una " -"CRL, se escribirá la contraseña de la CA en un archivo de configuración del " -"disco. La contraseña se almacenará como texto sin formato, ya que se " -"requiere para crear la CRL. El archivo sólo lo podrá leer el usuario Root." +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "Advertencia. Si se activa la creación automática y la exportación de una CRL, se escribirá la contraseña de la CA en un archivo de configuración del disco. La contraseña se almacenará como texto sin formato, ya que se requiere para crear la CRL. El archivo sólo lo podrá leer el usuario Root." -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "Exportar CRL" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." -msgstr "" -"Exportar la CRL de esta CA una vez seleccionando Exportar una vez.</" -"b>" +msgstr "Exportar la CRL de esta CA una vez seleccionando Exportar una vez." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar una creación repetida del CRL, seleccione Recreación " -"repetida y exportación. En este caso, establezca el intervalo para la " -"recreación en Intervalo periódico. Si establece el intervalo en 24 " -"horas, también puede seleccionar la hora de la exportación. Asegúrese de " -"leer y comprender la sección Información de seguridad." +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "Para configurar una creación repetida del CRL, seleccione Recreación repetida y exportación. En este caso, establezca el intervalo para la recreación en Intervalo periódico. Si establece el intervalo en 24 horas, también puede seleccionar la hora de la exportación. Asegúrese de leer y comprender la sección Información de seguridad." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Puede activar una exportación de la CRL a un archivo local o a un " -"servidor LDAP o ambos. Defina los parámetros correspondientes en Exportar " -"a archivo y Exportar a LDAP." +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "Puede activar una exportación de la CRL a un archivo local o a un servidor LDAP o ambos. Defina los parámetros correspondientes en Exportar a archivo y Exportar a LDAP." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "Exportar una vez" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "Recreación repetida y exportación" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "&Equipo host:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Puerto:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "&DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "&Bind DN:" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "Co&ntraseña" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "Guardar &como" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "Exportar formato" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "Formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "Formato DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "Intervalo periódico" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "cada" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "&hora(s)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "en" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "&en punto" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "Información de &seguridad" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "Exportar a archivo" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Guardar como" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "Error al exportar a un archivo." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "Se ha guardado en un archivo correctamente." -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "Guardado en LDAP." -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "Error al exportar a LDAP." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "Error de software - pestaña desconocida" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "Autoridad certificadora (CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descripción" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "C&ertificados" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "&Solicitudes" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." msgstr "Para generar una nueva CA son necesarias algunas entradas." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Para generar un nuevo certificado son necesarias algunas entradas." +msgstr "Para generar un nuevo certificado son necesarias algunas entradas." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." -msgstr "" -"Para generar una nueva solicitud, algunas entradas son obligatorias." +msgstr "Para generar una nueva solicitud, algunas entradas son obligatorias." -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." msgstr "Depende de la política definida en el archivo de configuración." -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "Only US ASCII characters are allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permiten caracteres ASCII US." -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"El Nombre de CA es el nombre de un certificado de CA. Utilice sólo " -"caracteres ASCII: \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" y \"_\"." +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "El Nombre de CA es el nombre de un certificado de CA. Utilice sólo caracteres ASCII: \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" y \"_\"." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "Nombre común es el nombre de la CA." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Nombre común es el nombre del usuario para el que se crea el " -"certificado." +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." +msgstr "Nombre común es el nombre del usuario para el que se crea el certificado." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." -msgstr "" -"Nombre común es el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado del " -"servidor." +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +msgstr "Nombre común es el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado del servidor." -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"Direcciones de correo son direcciones de correo válidas del " -"usuario o administrador del servidor." +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." +msgstr "Direcciones de correo son direcciones de correo válidas del usuario o administrador del servidor." -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"Empresa, Departamento, Localidad y Región " -"suelen ser opcionales." +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "Empresa, Departamento, Localidad y Región suelen ser opcionales." -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "D&efecto" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "por defecto" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "Crear nuevo" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr " (paso 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"La clave privada de la CA requiere una Contraseña con una longitud " -"mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente " -"campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clave privada de la CA requiere una Contraseña con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Cada CA tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas aplicaciones " -"que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales." +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Cada CA tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"La CA sólo es válida durante un período de tiempo específico (Período " -"de validez). Introduzca el intervalo de tiempo en días." +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "La CA sólo es válida durante un período de tiempo específico (Período de validez). Introduzca el intervalo de tiempo en días." -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"En Opciones avanzadas se incluyen opciones muy especiales. Si " -"modifica estas opciones, SUSE no puede garantizar que el certificado " -"generado funcione correctamente." +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "En Opciones avanzadas se incluyen opciones muy especiales. Si modifica estas opciones, SUSE no puede garantizar que el certificado generado funcione correctamente." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"La clave privada del certificado necesita una Contraseña con una " -"longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Vuelva a introducirla en el siguiente " -"apartado a efectos de verificación." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clave privada del certificado necesita una Contraseña con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Vuelva a introducirla en el siguiente apartado a efectos de verificación." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Cada certificado tiene su propia Longitud de clave. Algunas de las " -"aplicaciones que utilizan certificados necesitan claves de longitudes " -"específicas." +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Cada certificado tiene su propia Longitud de clave. Algunas de las aplicaciones que utilizan certificados necesitan claves de longitudes específicas." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"El certificado sólo es válido para un periodo específico (Periodo de " -"validez). Introduzca la duración en días." +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "El certificado sólo es válido para un periodo específico (Periodo de validez). Introduzca la duración en días." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"La clave privada de la solicitud requiere una Contraseña con una " -"longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el " -"siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "La clave privada de la solicitud requiere una Contraseña con una longitud mínima de cinco caracteres. Deberá volver a introducirla en el siguiente campo para que sea posible realizar la verificación." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"Cada solicitud tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas " -"aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves " -"especiales." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "Cada solicitud tiene su propia Longitud de la clave. Algunas aplicaciones que emplean certificados requieren longitudes de claves especiales." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "&Usar contraseña de CA como contraseña de certificado" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "V&erificar contraseña:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "Longitud de &clave (en bits):" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "Opciones &avanzadas" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr " (paso 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "Las contraseñas son diferentes." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "Se requiere contraseña." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"CA que va a crear." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." +msgstr "Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la CA que va a crear." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "Click Create to generate the CA." msgstr "Haga clic en Crear para generar la CA." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." -msgstr "" -"Esta ventana le ofrece un resumen de todas las opciones de configuración " -"para el certificado que será creado." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." +msgstr "Esta ventana le ofrece un resumen de todas las opciones de configuración para el certificado que será creado." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." msgstr "Pulse en Crear para generar el certificado." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." -msgstr "" -"Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"solicitud que va a crear." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." +msgstr "Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la solicitud que va a crear." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "Click Create to generate the request." msgstr "Haga clic en Crear para generar la solicitud." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "Nombre de CA: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "Nombre común: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "Empresa: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "Departamento:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico:" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "Localidad: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "Región: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "País: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "Longitud de clave: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "Periodo de validez: " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr " días\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Longitud de ruta" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr " (paso 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Selección actual:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Este marco muestra más atributos y extensiones de OpenSSL X509v3 que " -"pueden definirse. Si no está familiarizado con estas extensiones, consulte " -"el archivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-" -"doc)." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "Este marco muestra más atributos y extensiones de OpenSSL X509v3 que pueden definirse. Si no está familiarizado con estas extensiones, consulte el archivo /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." msgstr "Las entradas incorrectas pueden inutilizar el certificado." -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "Creando certificado..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2159,126 +1932,106 @@ "También es posible crear el cerfitificado por defecto\n" "en el módulo de gestión de CA.\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "¿Desea guardar la configuración?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Salir" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "¿Desea salir sin guardar los cambios?" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, observe la vista de lista con todas las solicitudes " -"disponibles de la CA. Las columnas indican el DN de la solicitud, incluida " -"la dirección de correo electrónico." +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "En primer lugar, observe la vista de lista con todas las solicitudes disponibles de la CA. Las columnas indican el DN de la solicitud, incluida la dirección de correo electrónico." -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "Select one of the requests and execute some actions." msgstr "Seleccione una de las solicitudes y ejecute algunas acciones." -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Ver abre una ventana con una representación de texto de la " -"solicitud completa." +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." +msgstr "Ver abre una ventana con una representación de texto de la solicitud completa." -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." -msgstr "" -"También puede Firmar, Suprimir o Exportar una " -"solicitud." +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +msgstr "También puede Firmar, Suprimir o Exportar una solicitud." -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." -msgstr "" -"Importar permite leer una nueva solicitud. Añadir genera " -"una nueva solicitud." +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." +msgstr "Importar permite leer una nueva solicitud. Añadir genera una nueva solicitud." -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" -msgstr "" -"En el área siguiente podrá consultar los valores más importantes de la " -"solicitud seleccionada." +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." +msgstr "En el área siguiente podrá consultar los valores más importantes de la solicitud seleccionada." -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "Hora de generación" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "&Importar" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "Añadir solicitud de CA secundaria" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "Añadir solicitud de servidor" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "Añadir solicitud de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "&Petición" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Firmar" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "Como certificado de cliente" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "Como certificado de servidor" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "Como certificado de CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la solicitud actual?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2286,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "Solicitud no encontrada.\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2295,188 +2048,168 @@ "\n" "Hora de generación: " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Extensión %1 no encontrada." -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" -msgstr "" -"Esta solicitud es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de %1?" +msgstr "Esta solicitud es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" -msgstr "" -"Esta solicitud no es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de CA?" +msgstr "Esta solicitud no es de CA. ¿Está seguro de que desea firmarla como de CA?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "Este marco muestra la solicitud que va a firmar." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." -msgstr "" -"La solicitud tiene extensiones de solicitud especiales, que puede aceptar." -"" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +msgstr "La solicitud tiene extensiones de solicitud especiales, que puede aceptar." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." -msgstr "" -"Si rechaza las extensiones, se utilizarán los valores por defecto en su " -"lugar." +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +msgstr "Si rechaza las extensiones, se utilizarán los valores por defecto en su lugar." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Extensiones solicitadas" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Firmar solicitud como %1 (paso 1/2)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." -msgstr "" -"Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la " -"solicitud que va a firmar." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." +msgstr "Este marco proporciona una descripción general de todos los ajustes de la solicitud que va a firmar." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "Haga clic en Firmar solicitud para continuar." -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " días" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr " (crítico)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "&Editar solicitud" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Firmar solicitud como %1 (paso 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Firmar solicitud" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "La solicitud está firmada." -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir la CA %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "Forzar supresión" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "La CA aún está en uso. ¿Desea suprimirla?" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "Select one CA and press Enter CA." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una autoridad de certificación y pulse Introducir CA.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Seleccione una autoridad de certificación y pulse Introducir CA." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." -msgstr "" -"Crear CA raíz genera una nueva autoridad certificadora raíz." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +msgstr "Crear CA raíz genera una nueva autoridad certificadora raíz." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre la gestión de CA, consulte el manual.</" -"p>" +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre la gestión de CA, consulte el manual." -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "&Introducir CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "&Suprimir la CA" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "&Crear CA raíz" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "&Importar la CA" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "Árbol de CA" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "Selección de CAs" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "Cambiar contraseña de certificado" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "Cambiar contraseña de CA" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "Contraseña &anterior" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "&Nueva contraseña:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "&Verificar contraseña:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2484,45 +2217,44 @@ "La nueva contraseña es demasiado corta para usarla en los certificados.\n" "Introduzca una contraseña valida para los certificados.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "La contraseña de CA ha cambiado." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "La contraseña de certificado ha cambiado." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "Introducir contraseña de CA" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "C&ontraseña de LDAP:" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "&Contraseña de certificado:" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verificar contraseña" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "Inicio de LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2530,137 +2262,125 @@ "Para la gestión de CAs es necesario iniciar LDAP.\n" "Introduzca la contraseña de LDAP.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "Contr&aseña:" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "Exportar CA a archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "Só&lo el certificado en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Solo la clave sin ci&frar en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Solo la cla&ve cifrada en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "Ce&rtificado y clave sin codificar en formato PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "C&ertificado y clave codificada en formato PEM" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "&Certificado en formato DER" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "Cer&tificado y clave en formato PKCS12" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "&Como PKCS12 e incluir cadena CA" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "&Nueva contraseña" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "Nombre de &archivo:" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "Se requiere el nombre de archivo." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "CA guardada a archivo." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "Exportar CRL a archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "Formato &PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "Formato &DER" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "CRL guardada a archivo." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "Exportar certificado a archivo" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "&Sólo el certificado en formato PEM" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "Certificado guardado a archivo." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Importando certificado de servidor común (formato PKCS12 + cadena " -"CA)\n" -"de disco:</big> Seleccione un nombre de archivo y pulse Siguiente " -"para continuar.\n" +"<big>Importando certificado de servidor común (formato PKCS12 + cadena CA)\n" +"de disco:</big> Seleccione un nombre de archivo y pulse Siguiente para continuar.\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importe un certificado de servidor con su correspondiente CA y cópielo a un " -"lugar donde otros módulos de YaST busquen los certificados comunes." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "Importe un certificado de servidor con su correspondiente CA y cópielo a un lugar donde otros módulos de YaST busquen los certificados comunes." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "Password: \n" "Certificate password\n" @@ -2668,25 +2388,25 @@ "Contraseña: \n" "Contraseña del certificado\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "Importando certificado común de disco" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "Importando certificado..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "El certificado ha sido importado." -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "Este certificado no es de servidor. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2696,754 +2416,678 @@ "del servidor (%2).\n" "Este certificado podría no ser útil como certificado de servidor común.\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." msgstr "" -"El nombre de host de este servidor (comando: hostname --long) debe " -"coincidir\n" -"con el nombre común del certificado (CN) o con uno de los valores en los " -"nombres alternativos." +"El nombre de host de este servidor (comando: hostname --long) debe coincidir\n" +"con el nombre común del certificado (CN) o con uno de los valores en los nombres alternativos." -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Exportando como certificado de servidor común" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "Exportando certificado..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "El certificado ha sido escrito como certificado de servidor común." -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "Importar solicitud desde disco" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "Formato de archivo incorrecto. Utilice archivos PEM o DER." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "Importando la solicitud..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "Solicitud importada." -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "Importar CA desde disco" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "&Vía del certificado de CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "&Vía de la clave" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "&Contraseña de clave" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "La vía del archivo de certificado es obligatoria." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "La vía de la clave privada es obligatoria." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "Se requiere una contraseña de clave. \n" -"Debe ser la contraseña de la clave cifrada o una nueva en caso de que no sea " -"una clave cifrada." +"Debe ser la contraseña de la clave cifrada o una nueva en caso de que no sea una clave cifrada." -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "Se ha importado la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "No es posible leer la lista de CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "No es posible leer el árbol de CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "El valor 'caName' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "El valor 'keyPasswd' falta o la contraseña es demasiado corta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "El valor 'commonName' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "Según 'basicConstraints', esta no es una CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "Error al modificar RequestGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "Error al modificar CertificateIssueData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "Error al crear la CA raíz." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "El parámetro 'certType' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "Error al obtener valores por defecto." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "El valor 'certType' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "Error al iniciar la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "Error al escribir los valores por defecto." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'caName'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "Error al procesar la CA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "El valor 'keyPasswd' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "Error al crear la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "El valor 'request' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "El valor 'caPasswd' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "Error al firmar el certificado" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "El parámetro 'caName' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro \"caPasswd\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "Error al obtener la lista de certificados." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'caPasswd'." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "Contraseña no válida." -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "Error de UpdateDB." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'certificate'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al procesar el certificado." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "El valor 'certificate' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al revocar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "El valor 'days' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "Error al modificar CRLGenerationData." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "Error al crear la CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "No hay ninguna lista CRL disponible." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "Error al procesar la CRL." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "No se puede analizar el archivo de destino %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "La carpeta no existe." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'exportFormat'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "Error al exportar." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "El parámetro 'P12Password' falta." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"request\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "Petición no resuelta en" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "Error en la petición de copia" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'keyPasswd'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"purpose\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "Error de verificación." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "El valor 'newCaName' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "Error al crear SubCA." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'ldapHostname'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'ldapPort'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'destinationDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'BindDN'." -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "Valor no válido para el parámetro 'ldapPasswd'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "El certificado CA no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "No es posible leer la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "No se puede analizar el certificado CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "Error al iniciar LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "Error al asociar LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "El contenedor %s no está disponible en el directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "Error al buscar en LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede añadir el certificado CA al directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar el certificado CA del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "La CRL no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "No es posible leer la CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "No se puede analizar la CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede añadir la CRL al directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar la CRL del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "Error al comprobar el punto de distribución de la nueva lista CRL." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "El parámetro 'commonName' falta." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "No hay servidor LDAP configurado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "Error al buscar en LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "No hay ninguna configuración disponible en LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "Se requiere la contraseña de LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "No se puede añadir la entrada de configuración básica." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "No se puede añadir la entrada de configuración de CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "El certificado no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "No es posible analizar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "%s no está disponible en el directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar userCertificate del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al exportar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "No se puede modificar userPKCS12 del directorio LDAP." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el certificado." -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "Se requiere la ruta al archivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "Certificado no encontrado en" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "Se requiere contraseña." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "Error al importar el certificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'inFile'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "Archivo no encontrado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "Valor '%s' no válido en 'type'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconocido en 'datatype'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "Falta el parámetro 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconocido en 'inForm'." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "Error al procesar." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "Error al procesar la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "Error al obtener la lista de solicitudes." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "Solicitud no encontrada en %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "No se puede leer la petición." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "No se han encontrado datos de petición." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "Error al importar la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir la solicitud." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"caCertificate\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "Valor incorrecto para el parámetro \"caKey\"." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "Clave de CA no disponible en %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "Error al importar la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir la CA." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de clave no existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "Error al cambiar la contraseña." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "Tipo no válido para StringExtension '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "Falta asignación de 'data'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "Valor '%s' no válido para el parámetro '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "La contraseña (%s) es demasiado sencilla." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "Uso incorrecto de 'critical' en '%s'." -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "Valor '%s' desconocido en '%s'." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cio.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Canales de entrada/salida disponibles" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "Usado" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "No" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "Filtrar canales" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Seleccionar todos" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "&Borrar selección" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "&Incluir canales seleccionados en la lista negra" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "A&utorizar canales" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Salir" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" -msgstr "" -"El rango especificado no es válido. El valor erróneo está dentro del snippet " -"%s" +msgstr "El rango especificado no es válido. El valor erróneo está dentro del snippet %s" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "Autorizar canales de entrada/salida" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "Lista de rangos de canales que se van a autorizar separados con comas.\n" -"El rango puede ser un canal, parte de un canal que se rellenará con ceros o " -"un rango especificado con un guion.\n" +"El rango puede ser un canal, parte de un canal que se rellenará con ceros o un rango especificado con un guion.\n" "Valores de ejemplo: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "Rangos que se van a autorizar." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/cluster.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,325 +14,309 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "Configuración de clúster" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "Clúster" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "&Clúster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "Canales de comunicación" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "Configurar Csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "Configurar conntrackd" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "ID de nodo" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "El ID de nodo debe completarse con un entero positivo." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "El ID de nodo debe ser único." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "La dirección de red de enlace es obligatoria." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "El nombre de clúster es obligatorio." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "La dirección de miembro es obligatoria." -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" -msgstr "" -"El campo de votos esperados es obligatorio si se configura el transporte " -"multidifusión." +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +msgstr "El campo de votos esperados es obligatorio si se configura el transporte multidifusión." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "La dirección de multidifusión es obligatoria." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "El puerto de multidifusión debe ser un entero positivo." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." -msgstr "" -"Solo es posible elegir pasivo o activo si se utilizan varias interfaces. " -"Definido como pasivo." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." +msgstr "Solo es posible elegir pasivo o activo si se utilizan varias interfaces. Definido como pasivo." -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "Transporte:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "Canal" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "Dirección de red de enlace:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "Dirección multidifusión:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "Puerto multidifusión:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "Canal redundante" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "Nombre del clúster:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "Votos esperados:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "modo RRP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "Generar automáticamente ID de nodo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "Dirección de miembro:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "IP redundante" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." msgstr "" " AVISO: se ha detectado una configuración antigua de corosync.\n" -" Reconfigure la lista de miembros y confirme el resto de valores de " -"configuración." +" Reconfigure la lista de miembros y confirme el resto de valores de configuración." -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilitar autenticación de seguridad" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." -msgstr "" -"Para un clúster recién creado, haga clic en el botón siguiente para generar " -"la clave /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +msgstr "Para un clúster recién creado, haga clic en el botón siguiente para generar la clave /etc/corosync/authkey." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Para unirse a un clúster existente, copie manualmente el archivo /etc/" -"corosync/authkey de otros nodos." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Para unirse a un clúster existente, copie manualmente el archivo /etc/corosync/authkey de otros nodos." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "Error al crear /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "Creación de /etc/corosync/authkey correcta" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "En ejecución" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "No está en ejecución" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Arrancando" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "On -- Iniciar Pacemaker al arrancar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "Off -- Iniciar Pacemaker manualmente" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "Encender y apagar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "Estado actual: " -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "Iniciar marcapasos ahora" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "Detener marcapasos ahora" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "Sincronizar host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "Sincronizar archivo" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "Añadir archivos sugeridos" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "Generar claves precompartidas (PSK)" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Estado de Csync2 desconocido" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "Activar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "Desactivar csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "Introducir nombre de host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "Editar el nombre de host" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "Introduzca un nombre de archivo para sincronizar" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "Editar el nombre de archivo" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -340,268 +324,128 @@ "El archivo de claves %1 ya existe.\n" "¿Desea sobrescribirlo?" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el archivo de clave %1." -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" "Archivo de clave %1 generado.\n" -"Haga clic en Añadir archivos sugeridos para añadirlos a la lista de " -"sincronización." +"Haga clic en Añadir archivos sugeridos para añadirlos a la lista de sincronización." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "Error al generar la clave." -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -"Conntrackd es un daemon que ayuda a duplicar el estado del cortafuegos entre " -"nodos del clúster.\n" +"Conntrackd es un daemon que ayuda a duplicar el estado del cortafuegos entre nodos del clúster.\n" "YaST puede ayudar a configurar algunos aspectos básicos de conntrackd.\n" "Debe iniciarlo mediante ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "Interfaz dedicada:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "Número de grupo:" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "Generar /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "El número de grupo debe ser un entero positivo." -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -" \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Dirección de red de enlace</big> Especifica la dirección " -"con la que debe enlazarse la directiva openais. Esta dirección siempre debe " -"terminar en cero. Si el tráfico de totem debe redirigirse a través de " -"192.168.5.92, defina bindnetaddr como 192.168.5.0. También puede ser una " -"dirección IPV6, en cuyo caso se utilizará la red IPV6. En ese caso, es " -"necesario especificar la dirección completa y no habrá selección automática " -"de la interfaz de red dentro de una subred específica, como con IPv4. Si se " -"utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario especificar el campo nodeid. \n" -"<big>Dirección multidifusión</big> Es la dirección de " -"multidifusión empleada por la directiva openais. El valor por defecto " -"debería funcionar en la mayoría de las redes, pero es recomendable consultar " -"al administrador de la red la dirección de multidifusión que se debe " -"utilizar. Evite 224.x.x.x, ya que es una dirección de multidifusión \"config" -"\". También puede ser una dirección de multidifusión IPV6, en cuyo caso " -"se utilizará una red IPV6. Si se utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario " -"especificar el campo nodeid.\n" -"<big>Puerto</big> Permite especificar el número de puerto UDP. " -"Es posible utilizar la misma dirección de multidifusión en una red con los " -"servicios openais configurados para diferentes puertos UDP. \n" -"<big>Dirección de miembro</big> Esta lista especifica todos los " -"nodos del clúster por direcciones IP. Puede ser configurable si se utiliza " -"udpu (monodifusión). \n" -"<big>ID de nodo</big> Esta opción de configuración es opcional " -"si se utiliza IPv4 y obligatoria si se utiliza IPv6. Es un valor de 32 bits " -"que especifica el identificador de nodo enviado al servicio de pertenencia a " -"clúster. Si no se especifica con IPv4, el ID de nodo se determinará a partir " -"de la dirección IP de 32 bits con la que esté enlazado el sistema con un " -"identificador de llamada de 0. El valor de identificador de nodo de cero " -"está reservado y no debe utilizarse. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> Especifica el modo de llamada redundante, " -"que puede ser ninguno, activo o pasivo. La replicación activa ofrece una " -"latencia ligeramente inferior de la transmisión a la entrega en entornos de " -"red defectuosos, pero con menor rendimiento. La replicación pasiva puede " -"casi duplicar la velocidad del protocolo totem si no se enlaza a la CPU. La " -"última opción es ninguno, en cuyo caso solo se utilizará una interfaz de red " -"para operar el protocolo totem. Si solo se especifica una directiva de " -"interfaz, no se elige ninguna automáticamente. Si se especifican varias " -"directivas de interfaz, solo podrán elegirse las activas o las pasivas. </" -"p>\n" -"<big>Votos esperados</big> Número de votos esperados para el " -"quórum de votación. Se calculará automáticamente si la sección nodelist {} " -"se encuentra presente en corosync.conf (la lista se generará al usar el " -"transporte de monodifusión) o puede especificarse en la sección quórum {} " -"(los votos esperados deben usar el número total de nodos del clúster). Si " -"hay un valor de votos esperados presente en el transporte de monodifusión, " -"el valor anulará el que se ha calculado automáticamente. \n" -"<big>Generar automáticamente ID de nodo</big> El valor nodeid " -"es obligatorio si se utiliza IPv6. Si esta opción está habilitada, el valor " -"nodeid se generará automáticamente. \n" +"<big>Dirección de red de enlace</big> Especifica la dirección con la que debe enlazarse la directiva openais. Esta dirección siempre debe terminar en cero. Si el tráfico de totem debe redirigirse a través de 192.168.5.92, defina bindnetaddr como 192.168.5.0. También puede ser una dirección IPV6, en cuyo caso se utilizará la red IPV6. En ese caso, es necesario especificar la dirección completa y no habrá selección automática de la interfaz de red dentro de una subred específica, como con IPv4. Si se utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario especificar el campo nodeid. \n" +"<big>Dirección multidifusión</big> Es la dirección de multidifusión empleada por la directiva openais. El valor por defecto debería funcionar en la mayoría de las redes, pero es recomendable consultar al administrador de la red la dirección de multidifusión que se debe utilizar. Evite 224.x.x.x, ya que es una dirección de multidifusión \"config\". También puede ser una dirección de multidifusión IPV6, en cuyo caso se utilizará una red IPV6. Si se utiliza una red IPv6, es necesario especificar el campo nodeid.\n" +"<big>Puerto</big> Permite especificar el número de puerto UDP. Es posible utilizar la misma dirección de multidifusión en una red con los servicios openais configurados para diferentes puertos UDP. \n" +"<big>Dirección de miembro</big> Esta lista especifica todos los nodos del clúster por direcciones IP. Puede ser configurable si se utiliza udpu (monodifusión). \n" +"<big>ID de nodo</big> Esta opción de configuración es opcional si se utiliza IPv4 y obligatoria si se utiliza IPv6. Es un valor de 32 bits que especifica el identificador de nodo enviado al servicio de pertenencia a clúster. Si no se especifica con IPv4, el ID de nodo se determinará a partir de la dirección IP de 32 bits con la que esté enlazado el sistema con un identificador de llamada de 0. El valor de identificador de nodo de cero está reservado y no debe utilizarse. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> Especifica el modo de llamada redundante, que puede ser ninguno, activo o pasivo. La replicación activa ofrece una latencia ligeramente inferior de la transmisión a la entrega en entornos de red defectuosos, pero con menor rendimiento. La replicación pasiva puede casi duplicar la velocidad del protocolo totem si no se enlaza a la CPU. La última opción es ninguno, en cuyo caso solo se utilizará una interfaz de red para operar el protocolo totem. Si solo se especifica una directiva de interfaz, no se elige ninguna automáticamente. Si se especifican varias directivas de interfaz, solo podrán elegirse las activas o las pasivas. \n" +"<big>Votos esperados</big> Número de votos esperados para el quórum de votación. Se calculará automáticamente si la sección nodelist {} se encuentra presente en corosync.conf (la lista se generará al usar el transporte de monodifusión) o puede especificarse en la sección quórum {} (los votos esperados deben usar el número total de nodos del clúster). Si hay un valor de votos esperados presente en el transporte de monodifusión, el valor anulará el que se ha calculado automáticamente. \n" +"<big>Generar automáticamente ID de nodo</big> El valor nodeid es obligatorio si se utiliza IPv6. Si esta opción está habilitada, el valor nodeid se generará automáticamente. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Habilitar autenticación de seguridad</big> Especifica que " -"se debe utilizar la autenticación HMAC/SHA1 para autenticar todos los " -"mensajes. También que todos los datos deben cifrarse con el algoritmo de " -"cifrado sober128 para proteger los datos de accesos no autorizados. Al " -"habilitar esta opción se añade un encabezado de 36 bytes a todos los " -"mensajes enviados por totem, lo que reduce el rendimiento global. El cifrado " -"y la autenticación consumen un 75% de los ciclos de CPU de aisexec en " -"comparación con gprof si está habilitado. En redes de 100 Mb con " -"transmisiones de 1500 MTU: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 9 Mb/s con " -"un 100% de uso de CPU si esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. Es " -"posible obtener un rendimiento de 10 Mb/s con un uso de CPU del 20% si esta " -"opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. En redes GigE con grandes " -"velocidades de transmisión: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 20 Mb/s si " -"esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. Es posible obtener un " -"rendimiento de 60 Mb/s si esta opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. La " -"opción está activada por defecto. \n" +"<big>Habilitar autenticación de seguridad</big> Especifica que se debe utilizar la autenticación HMAC/SHA1 para autenticar todos los mensajes. También que todos los datos deben cifrarse con el algoritmo de cifrado sober128 para proteger los datos de accesos no autorizados. Al habilitar esta opción se añade un encabezado de 36 bytes a todos los mensajes enviados por totem, lo que reduce el rendimiento global. El cifrado y la autenticación consumen un 75% de los ciclos de CPU de aisexec en comparación con gprof si está habilitado. En redes de 100 Mb con transmisiones de 1500 MTU: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 9 Mb/s con un 100% de uso de CPU si esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. Es posible obtener un rendimiento de 10 Mb/s con un uso de CPU del 20% si esta opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. En redes GigE con grandes velocidades de transmisión: es posible obtener un rendimiento de 20 Mb/s si esta opción está habilitada en CPU de 3 GH z. Es posible obtener un rendimiento de 60 Mb/s si esta opción está inhabilitada en CPU de 3 GHz. La opción está activada por defecto. \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Arranque</big> Indica si se debe iniciar el servicio " -"corosync durante el arranque.\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big> Habilita el " -"puerto si el cortafuegos está habilitado.\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Arranque</big> Indica si se debe iniciar el servicio corosync durante el arranque.\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Configuración del cortafuegos</big> Habilita el puerto si el cortafuegos está habilitado.\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Equipo de sincronización</big> Los nombres de host " -"usados deben ser los nombres de los hosts locales de los nodos del clúster. " -"Eso significa que debe usar exactamente la misma cadena mostrada por el " -"comando hostname.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sincronizar archivo</big> El nombre completo del " -"archivo que se va a sincronizar.\n" -"\t\t<big>Claves precompartidas</big> La autenticación se " -"realiza mediante direcciones IP y claves precompartidas en Csync2. El " -"archivo de clave se genera mediante csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. El " -"archivo key_hagroup debe copiarse manualmente a todos los miembros del " -"clúster después de crearse.\n" +"\t\t<big>Equipo de sincronización</big> Los nombres de host usados deben ser los nombres de los hosts locales de los nodos del clúster. Eso significa que debe usar exactamente la misma cadena mostrada por el comando hostname.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sincronizar archivo</big> El nombre completo del archivo que se va a sincronizar.\n" +"\t\t<big>Claves precompartidas</big> La autenticación se realiza mediante direcciones IP y claves precompartidas en Csync2. El archivo de clave se genera mediante csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. El archivo key_hagroup debe copiarse manualmente a todos los miembros del clúster después de crearse.\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Interfaz dedicada</big> Una interfaz de red dedicada " -"para la sincronización. Para poder usarse, la interfaz debe ser UP y debe " -"admitir la multidifusión. Puede que tenga que preconfigurarla. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> La dirección IPv4 asignada a la interfaz de " -"red dedicada. Se detecta automáticamente.\n" -"\t\t<big>Dirección multidifusión</big> La dirección " -"multidifusión que se debe usar para sincronizar.\n" -"\t\t<big>Número de grupo</big> Un ID numérico indica el grupo " -"que se debe sincronizar.\n" +"\t\t<big>Interfaz dedicada</big> Una interfaz de red dedicada para la sincronización. Para poder usarse, la interfaz debe ser UP y debe admitir la multidifusión. Puede que tenga que preconfigurarla. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> La dirección IPv4 asignada a la interfaz de red dedicada. Se detecta automáticamente.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dirección multidifusión</big> La dirección multidifusión que se debe usar para sincronizar.\n" +"\t\t<big>Número de grupo</big> Un ID numérico indica el grupo que se debe sincronizar.\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -609,18 +453,17 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración de clúster</big> \n" "Espere un momento... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abortando inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para abortar de forma segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar</" -"b>.\n" +"Para abortar de forma segura la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -628,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración de clúster</big> \n" "Espere un momento... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -641,107 +484,107 @@ "Un diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de clúster" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración de clúster" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración anterior..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de SuSEFirewall..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "No es posible instalar los paquetes requeridos" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "No es posible cargar la configuración existente" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 1." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de clúster" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "Guardar cambios en SuSEFirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "Guardando cambios en SuSEFirewall..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control-center.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Listo" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "Iniciando el módulo de configuración %1..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "Centro de control de YaST" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "No está ejecutando el Centro de control de YaST como usuario Root.\n" "Solo verá aquellos módulos que no requieran privilegios de usuario Root." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "Los archivos de registro se han escrito correctamente." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "No se ha podido guardar y2logs." -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "Escribiendo archivos de registro..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 ya existe. ¿Desea realmente sobrescribir?" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 ya existe y está protegido contra escritura.\n" "¿Desea realmente sobrescribir?" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "Confirmar" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "C&ontinuar" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/control.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -38,417 +38,417 @@ "\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "Servidor CIM" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Configuración de la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Resumen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Experto" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de la instalación en vivo" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de red" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del hardware" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Preparación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Configuración automática de red" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "Actualización del instalador" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Bienvenido" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Activación de la red" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activación de disco" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Análisis del sistema" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Productos complementarios" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del usuario" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Realizar la instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Limpieza del instalador" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Instalación" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Sistema que actualizar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualización" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la actualización" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Instalación base" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del sistema" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ "\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "Función del sistema" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -486,28 +486,25 @@ "Las funciones de sistema son casos de uso predefinidos que personalizan\n" "el sistema para el escenario seleccionado." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." msgstr "" -"Los ajustes de funciones de sistema varían entre la selección de paquetes " -"y\n" +"Los ajustes de funciones de sistema varían entre la selección de paquetes y\n" "la partición del disco. Al elegir una función de sistema, el sistema \n" -"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la " -"función. \n" -"La configuración definida por una función se puede sustituir en los pasos " -"siguientes, si fuera necesario." +"se configura en consecuencia para coincidir con el caso de uso de la función. \n" +"La configuración definida por una función se puede sustituir en los pasos siguientes, si fuera necesario." -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "Sistema por defecto" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -515,12 +512,12 @@ "• Entorno GNOME, con partición raíz (/) Btrfs\n" "• Partición /home (XFS) separada para discos de más de 20 GB" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "Host de virtualización de KVM" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -528,12 +525,12 @@ "• Hipervisor y herramientas basados en núcleo\n" "• Sin partición /home separada" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Host de virtualización de Xen" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -541,21 +538,21 @@ "• Hipervisor y herramientas desde cero\n" "• Sin partición /home separada" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de servicios de red" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "Cargar configuración de red de Linuxrc" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "Congratulations!\n" @@ -573,7 +570,7 @@ "¡Que se divierta! El equipo de desarrollo de openSUSE\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -596,43 +593,42 @@ "son GNOME y KDE Plasma, y ambos son igual de compatibles\n" "con openSUSE. Ambos entornos son fáciles de utilizar,\n" "están totalmente integrados y tienen un aspecto atractivo. Cada entorno\n" -"de escritorio tiene un estilo característico, así que los gustos personales " -"son los que determinan\n" +"de escritorio tiene un estilo característico, así que los gustos personales son los que determinan\n" "cuál es el más adecuado para usted." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio GNOME" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio KDE Plasma" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "Servidor (modo de texto)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio Xfce" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio LXDE" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "Sistema X Window mínimo" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Escritorio Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios en línea" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selección de escritorio" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/country.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,61 +14,58 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "Configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del teclado" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración del teclado." -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todas las distribuciones del teclado disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "Nueva distribución del teclado" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "Distribución actual del teclado: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' " -"para ver los valores posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "La distribución del teclado '%1' no es válida. Utilice el comando 'list' para ver los valores posibles." -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del teclado" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -82,81 +79,76 @@ " Si no está seguro, emplee los valores seleccionados por defecto.\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. " -"Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta." -"\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "Los ajustes realizados aquí solo se aplican al teclado de la consola. Configure el teclado de la interfaz gráfica de usuario con otra herramienta.\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "Ajustes avanzados de teclado" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "&Velocidad de repetición" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "Retra&so antes de que empiece la repetición" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "Estados de inicio" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "&Bloq Num activado" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "Configuración del BIOS" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<Sin cambios>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "&Inhabilitar bloqueo de mayúsculas" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -164,27 +156,25 @@ "\n" "<big>Configuración del teclado</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Elija la Distribución del teclado que desee usar\n" "para la instalación y en el sistema instalado. \n" " Pruebe la distribución mediante Probar.\n" -" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición " -"o el retraso, haga clic en Ajustes avanzados.\n" +" Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, haga clic en Ajustes avanzados.\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -194,34 +184,30 @@ "Si no está seguro, use los valores por defecto ya seleccionados.\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Seleccione la Distribución del teclado que desee usar en el sistema.\n" -"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o " -"el retraso, seleccione Configuración avanzada.\n" -"Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución " -"de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.\n" +"Si desea acceder a las opciones avanzadas, como la velocidad de repetición o el retraso, seleccione Configuración avanzada.\n" +"Encontrará más opciones y más diseños en la herramienta de distribución de teclado de su entorno de escritorio.\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de teclado del sistema" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -231,184 +217,179 @@ " distinta de la del sistema que se va a actualizar.\n" " Seleccione la distribución que desee utilizar durante la actualización:" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "Error al definir el teclado de X11 como %s" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Distribución del teclado<%2>: %3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>Idioma<%2>: %3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Configuración regional" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "Configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "Mostrar una lista de todos los idiomas disponibles." -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "Nuevo valor para el idioma" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de idiomas secundarios (separados por comas)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "No instalar los paquetes específicos de idioma" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "Almacenamiento de configuración de idioma" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "Guardar ajustes de idioma y consola" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "Instalar y desinstalar paquetes afectados" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "Actualizar traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "Guardando ajustes de idioma y consola..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "Instalando y desinstalando paquetes afectados..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "Actualizando traducciones del menú del cargador de arranque..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "Guardando configuración Espere..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "Idioma actual: %1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Idiomas adicionales: %1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores " -"posibles." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 no es un idioma válido. Utilice el comando de lista para ver los valores posibles." -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "Idioma" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "Idiomas" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "Bienvenido a la reparación del sistema" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "Idiomas &secundarios" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "&Idioma principal" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "Configuración del idioma principal" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y " -"secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" +"Se instalarán los paquetes adicionales que soporten los idiomas principal y secundarios seleccionados. No será necesario eliminar ningún paquete.\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -420,20 +401,19 @@ "el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Haga clic en Siguiente para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en Siguiente para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -445,8 +425,8 @@ "los valores de configuración en el último recuadro de diálogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -458,9 +438,9 @@ "interrumpir el proceso de instalación.\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -470,8 +450,8 @@ "Elija el nuevo Idioma para el sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -481,28 +461,21 @@ "Elija el nuevo Idioma principal para el sistema.\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Marque la opción Adaptar la disposición del teclado para adaptar la " -"disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" -"Marque Adaptar la zona horaria para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en " -"función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona " -"horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente " -"estará inhabilitada.\n" +"Marque la opción Adaptar la disposición del teclado para adaptar la disposición del teclado al idioma principal.\n" +"Marque Adaptar la zona horaria para cambiar la zona horaria en uso en función del idioma principal. Si la disposición del teclado o la zona horaria ya están adaptadas al idioma por defecto, la opción correspondiente estará inhabilitada.\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -511,17 +484,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Idiomas secundarios: \n" -"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera " -"usar en el sistema.\n" +"En el cuadro de selección puede especificar idiomas adicionales que quiera usar en el sistema.\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "Hay dependencias de paquete sin resolver." -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -529,8 +501,8 @@ "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales.\n" "Elimine algún idioma de la selección." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -541,12 +513,11 @@ "\n" "Aquí se pueden realizar ajustes precisos para la gestión de idiomas.\n" "Estos ajustes se copian en el archivo <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" -"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto " -"seleccionados.\n" +"Si no tiene claro cómo proceder, utilice los valores por defecto seleccionados.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -554,83 +525,71 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Configuración regional para el usuario root\n" -"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el " -"usuario Root." +"permite determinar cómo se definen la configuración regional (LC_*) para el usuario Root." -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Sólo ctype: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario " -"normal. No se definen\n" +"Sólo ctype: el usuario Root tiene el mismo LC_TYPE que un usuario normal. No se definen\n" "otros valores. \n" -"Sí: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los " -"usuarios normales. \n" -"No: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin " -"definir.\n" +"Sí: el usuario Root tiene la misma configuración regional que los usuarios normales. \n" +"No: el usuario Root tiene toda la configuración regional sin definir.\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"Utilice la opción Configuración regional detallada para definir " -"una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro " -"de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región " -"seleccionada." +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "Utilice la opción Configuración regional detallada para definir una región para el idioma principal que no aparezca en la lista del cuadro de diálogo principal. Puede que no haya traducción disponible para la región seleccionada." -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "Detalles del idioma" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "Configuración regional para el usuario &Root" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "Sólo ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "Utilizar codificación &UTF-8" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "Configur&ación regional detallada" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "&Adaptar la disposición del teclado a %1" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "Adaptar la &zona horaria a %1" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Descargando extensión de idioma del sistema de instalación..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -642,21 +601,21 @@ "\n" "Se usará el idioma de último recurso %{fallback}." -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Idioma principal: %1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -664,93 +623,87 @@ "La traducción del idioma principal no está completa.\n" "Puede que algunos textos aparezcan en inglés.\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Este medio sólo incluye compatibilidad mínima con el idioma seleccionado.\n" -"Añada el CD adicional de idioma como repositorio extra para obtener " -"la compatibilidad adecuada\n" +"Añada el CD adicional de idioma como repositorio extra para obtener la compatibilidad adecuada\n" "con este idioma.\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la " -"instalación\n" -"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma " -"seleccionado." +"El idioma seleccionado no se puede utilizar en el modo de texto. Durante la instalación\n" +"se utiliza el inglés, pero en el nuevo sistema se empleará el idioma seleccionado." -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "Definir nuevos valores para la configuración de la zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "Mostrar lista de todas las zonas horarias disponibles" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "Nueva zona horaria" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." -msgstr "" -"Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC" -"\"." +msgstr "Nuevo valor para el reloj de hardware. Puede ser \"local\", \"utc\" o \"UTC\"." -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual:\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para:\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "Hora y fecha actuales:\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -758,48 +711,42 @@ "La hora %1 ya ha pasado.\n" "Defina una hora correcta antes de iniciar la instalación." -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Zona horaria" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Zona &horaria" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en " -"Reloj de hardware definido para.\n" -"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado " -"(como Microsoft\n" +"Especifique si el equipo está configurado con la hora local o con UTC en Reloj de hardware definido para.\n" +"La mayoría de los PC que tienen también otro sistema operativo instalado (como Microsoft\n" "Windows) emplean la hora local.\n" "Los equipos que sólo tienen instalado Linux normalmente se\n" "configuran con la hora coordinada universal (UTC).\n" -"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora " -"estándar\n" +"Si el reloj de hardware está definido para UTC, el sistema cambia de la hora estándar\n" "al horario de verano y viceversa automáticamente.\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -812,22 +759,18 @@ "Nota: el reloj interno del sistema utilizado por el núcleo de Linux debe\n" "estar siempre establecido en UTC, ya que es la referencia para obtener\n" "la hora local correcta en el espacio del usuario. Si utiliza\n" -"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver " -"posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" +"la hora local para el reloj CMOS, consulte la información para resolver posibles efectos secundarios en el manual del usuario.\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -835,78 +778,69 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es " -"Linux.\n" +"Ha seleccionado la hora local, pero parece que el único sistema instalado es Linux.\n" "En este caso, recomendamos utilizar UTC y hacer clic en Cancelar.\n" "\n" -"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al " -"año,\n" -"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si " -"olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" -"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar " -"mensajes, etc.\n" +"Si desea mantener la hora local, deberá ajustar el reloj CMOS dos veces al año,\n" +"debido a los cambios en el horario de verano (donde sea necesario). Si olvida ajustar el reloj,\n" +"las copias de seguridad podrían fallar, el sistema de correo podría eliminar mensajes, etc.\n" "\n" "Si utiliza UTC, Linux ajustará la hora automáticamente.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar con la selección (hora local)?" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para " -"corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP).</" -"p>" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "Se muestran la fecha y la hora actual del sistema. Cámbielas para corregir los valores manualmente o use el protocolo de tiempo de red (NTP)." -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "Haga clic en Aceptar para guardar los cambios." -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "Fecha actual en formato DD-MM-AAAA" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "Hora actual en formato HH:MM:SS" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "Fecha actual" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "Hora actual" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "Cambiar la hora ahora" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "Sincronizar con el servidor NTP" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "Cambiar fecha y hora" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -914,8 +848,8 @@ "Hora no válida (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Escriba la hora correcta.\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -923,49 +857,49 @@ "Fecha no válida (DD-MM-AAAA) %1.\n" "Escriba la fecha correcta.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Otro&s ajustes..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "Fecha y hora (NTP está configurado)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "Fecha y hora" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "Reloj de &hardware en UTC" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "&Región" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "&Zona horaria" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Fecha y hora:" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -973,25 +907,23 @@ "\n" "<big>Ajustes de zona horaria y reloj</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe " -"seleccionar la Región.\n" +"Para seleccionar la zona horaria que se usará en el sistema, primero debe seleccionar la Región.\n" "En Zona horaria seleccione a continuación la zona, el país o\n" "la región oportunos entre las opciones disponibles.\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -1001,279 +933,279 @@ "Si la hora actual no es correcta, utilice Cambiar para ajustarla.\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "Reloj y zona horaria" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "Seleccione una zona horaria válida." -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "Hora local" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "Reloj de hardware definido para" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP configurado" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "Zona horaria actual: %1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglés (US)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglés (UK)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "Alemán (con teclas muertas)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "Alemán (Suiza)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "Francés (Suizo)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "Francés (Canadá)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "Canadiense (multilingüe)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "Español (Latinoamérica)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "Español (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "Español (asturiano)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño - acentos americanos)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "Checo (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "Eslovaco (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "Esloveno" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "Belga" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "Islandés" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "EE. UU. (internacional)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dhcp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,688 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "Imprimir el estado del servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "Activar el servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "Desactivar el servidor DHCP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "Administrar la configuración de equipos individuales" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "Seleccionar la interfaz de red para la escucha" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "Administrar las opciones DHCP globales" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "Administrar las opciones de la subred DHCP" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "Mostrar lista de todos los equipos definidos con una dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "Añadir nuevo equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Editar equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "Suprimir equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "El nombre del equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "La dirección de hardware del equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "El tipo de hardware del equipo con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "La dirección IP (o el nombre de host) del host con dirección fija" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "Seleccionar la interfaz de red que va a emplearse" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir la interfaz usada actualmente y mostrar lista con otras interfaces " -"disponibles" +msgstr "Imprimir la interfaz usada actualmente y mostrar lista con otras interfaces disponibles" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "Imprimir opciones actuales" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "Definir una opción global" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "Clave de opción (por ejemplo, servidores-ntp)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "Valor de opción (por ejemplo, dirección IP)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP más baja del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" +msgstr "Dirección IP más baja del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" -msgstr "" -"Dirección IP más alta del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" +msgstr "Dirección IP más alta del rango de direcciones IP dinámico que se asigna" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "Tiempo de asignación por defecto en segundos" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "Tiempo máximo de asignación en segundos" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "El servidor DHCP está habilitado" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor DHCP está inhabilitado" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "Equipo: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "Hardware: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "Dirección IP: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "No se ha indicado el nombre de host." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "El equipo especificado no existe." -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Interfaces seleccionadas: %1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "Otras interfaces: %1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "La interfaz especificada no existe." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "La operación con la interfaz no se ha especificado." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "Se ha de definir una clave de opción." -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "Se ha de definir un valor." -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "Rango de direcciones: %1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Tiempo de asignación por defecto: %1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "Tiempo máx. de asignación: %1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "Opciones globales" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de subred" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "Host con dirección fija" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "Red compartida" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "Depósito de direcciones" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "Opciones específicas para grupos" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "&Subred" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "&Equipo" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "&Red compartida" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupo" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "&Depósito de direcciones" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Clase" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "Tipos de declaración" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "Tipo de declaración" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de interfaz" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "Gestión de claves TSIG" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: inicio" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: selección de tarjetas" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "Selección de tarjetas" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: ajustes globales" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Ajustes globales" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: DHCP dinámico" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP dinámico" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: administración de equipos" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "Administración de equipos" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: ajustes avanzados" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "Argumentos de inicio del servidor DHCP" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "Tarjetas de red para el servidor DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Seleccionada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "Nombre de la interfaz" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre de dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Seleccionar" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "&Deseleccionar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "Dirección DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Se debe seleccionar al menos una interfaz de red." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" -"Una o varias de las interfaces de red seleccionadas no están configuradas " -"(no tienen una dirección IP \n" +"Una o varias de las interfaces de red seleccionadas no están configuradas (no tienen una dirección IP \n" "ni una máscara de red asignadas)." -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "Compatibilidad para &LDAP" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor DHCP (opcional)" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor de nombres &primario" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor de nombres &secundario" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "&Gateway por defecto (Router)" -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "Servidor horario N&TP" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "Servidor de &impresión" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "Servidor &WINS" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Tiempo de &asignación por defecto" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Unidades" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "El valor indicado no es una dirección IP o un nombre de host válidos." -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Información de subred" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "&Red actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Bi&s de máscara de red" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "Cantidad mín&ima de direcciones IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "Cantidad má&xima de direcciones IP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "Rango de direcciones IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "&Primera dirección IP" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "Última dirección I&P" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Permitir &BOOTP dinámico" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Tiempo de asignación" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Por defecto" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "U&nidades" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Crear nueva zona DNS desde cero" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Editar zona DNS actual" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Obtener información de la zona actual" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Sincronizar servidor DNS..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -703,150 +696,148 @@ "La zona DNS %1 no es una zona maestra.\n" "Por tanto no es posible modificarla aquí.\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Escriba los valores de ambos extremos del rango de direcciones IP." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" -"El rango de direcciones DHCP dinámico debe hallarse en la misma red que el " -"servidor DHCP.\n" +"El rango de direcciones DHCP dinámico debe hallarse en la misma red que el servidor DHCP.\n" "La IP %1 no coincide con la red %2/%3." -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Máquina registrada" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Dirección de hardware" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Configuración de la lista" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "Dirección de &hardware" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Token-Ring " -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "C&ambiar en la lista" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Bor&rar de la lista" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token-Ring " -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "La dirección de hardware no es válida.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "La dirección de hardware debe ser única." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre de host no puede estar vacío." -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "Ya existe un host llamado %1." -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Escriba una IP de host." -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "La dirección de hardware debe ser definida." -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Seleccione primero un equipo." -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "El valor de entrada debe ser definido." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -866,54 +857,48 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "-%1 no es una opción de línea de comandos válida para el servidor DHCP" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" -msgstr "" -"La opción de línea de comandos del servidor DHCP -%1 requiere un argumento" +msgstr "La opción de línea de comandos del servidor DHCP -%1 requiere un argumento" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha especificado un archivo de configuración alternativo para el servidor " -"DHCP.\n" +"Ha especificado un archivo de configuración alternativo para el servidor DHCP.\n" "\n" -"YaST no lo permite, dado que el módulo del servidor DHCP solo puede leer y " -"escribir el archivo\n" -"/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nueva configuración de %1 no se importará y todos los " -"cambios\n" +"YaST no lo permite, dado que el módulo del servidor DHCP solo puede leer y escribir el archivo\n" +"/etc/dhcpd.conf. La nueva configuración de %1 no se importará y todos los cambios\n" "se guardarán en el archivo de configuración por defecto.\n" " \n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Asistente del servidor DHCP (%1 de 4)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -924,19 +909,16 @@ "<big>Adición de un nuevo rango de registros DNS</big> \n" "Primera dirección IP define\n" "la dirección de inicio del rango y Última dirección IP define la\n" -"última. Nombre de host base es una cadena que determina el modo en " -"que\n" -"deben crearse los nombres de hosts (como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> o <tt>e25-%i-a</" -"tt>).\n" +"última. Nombre de host base es una cadena que determina el modo en que\n" +"deben crearse los nombres de hosts (como <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> o <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> se sustituye por el número del host dentro del rango.\n" "Si <tt>%i</tt> no se define, el número se añade al final de la\n" -"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> solo se puede utilizar una vez en Nombre de host base." -"\n" +"cadena. <tt>%i</tt> solo se puede utilizar una vez en Nombre de host base.\n" "Inicio define el primer número que se utiliza para el primer\n" "nombre de host. Los nombres de hosts se crean de forma incremental.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<big>DNS Wizard</big> \n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -947,27 +929,22 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Asistente DNS</big> \n" "Este asistente le ayudará a crear una nueva zona DNS\n" -"directamente desde la configuración del servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS es " -"importante\n" -"si desea identificar los clientes DHCP según sus nombres de host. La zona " -"DNS\n" +"directamente desde la configuración del servidor DHCP. Esta zona DNS es importante\n" +"si desea identificar los clientes DHCP según sus nombres de host. La zona DNS\n" "traduce los nombres a las direcciones IP asignadas. También puede\n" "crear una zona inversa que traduzca las direcciones IP a nombres.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" -"No puede modificar Nombre de zona nueva ni Nombre de zona " -"inversa\n" -"porque se han generado a partir de los valores actuales de red y servidor " -"DHCP.\n" +"No puede modificar Nombre de zona nueva ni Nombre de zona inversa\n" +"porque se han generado a partir de los valores actuales de red y servidor DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" @@ -975,20 +952,19 @@ "Seleccione Crear también zona inversa para crear una zona \n" "que contenga entradas inversas de la zona DNS principal.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Name Servers</big> \n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" "They administer all the DNS zone records.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servidores de nombres</big> \n" -"Los servidores de nombres son necesarios para asegurar el funcionamiento " -"correcto del servidor DNS.\n" +"Los servidores de nombres son necesarios para asegurar el funcionamiento correcto del servidor DNS.\n" "Se encargan de administrar todos los registros de la zona DNS.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>DNS Queries</big> \n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -1003,35 +979,28 @@ "Cualquier consulta DNS (por ejemplo, buscar la dirección IP de un \n" "nombre de host en una zona DNS) primero pregunta a la zona padre\n" "(<tt>com</tt> en <tt>ejemplo.com</tt>) por los servidores de nombres\n" -"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos " -"servidores de\n" -"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada. \n" -"Este es el motivo por el que siempre debe incluir el nombre de host del " -"servidor DNS actual como\n" +"de la zona actual. A continuación, envía una consulta DNS a dichos servidores de\n" +"nombres para obtener una respuesta que contenga la dirección IP deseada. \n" +"Este es el motivo por el que siempre debe incluir el nombre de host del servidor DNS actual como\n" "uno de los servidores de nombres de la zona.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un Servidor de nombres nuevo, haga clic en Añadir,</" -"b> complete el formulario\n" -"y haga clic en Aceptar. Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres " -"está incluido en la zona \n" -"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a " -"que se utiliza\n" +"Para añadir un Servidor de nombres nuevo, haga clic en Añadir, complete el formulario\n" +"y haga clic en Aceptar. Si el nombre del nuevo servidor de nombres está incluido en la zona \n" +"DNS actual, introduzca también su dirección IP. Esto es obligatorio debido a que se utiliza\n" "durante la creación de la zona.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "Edit or Delete.\n" @@ -1039,28 +1008,23 @@ "Para editar o suprimir una entrada, selecciónela y haga clic en\n" "Editar o en Suprimir.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros DNS</big> \n" -"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es " -"necesario definir\n" -"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias " -"reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n" -"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de " -"direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n" -"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un " -"rango determinado.\n" +"Defina aquí los nombres de hosts DNS para todos los clientes DHCP. No es necesario definir\n" +"todos los nombres de hosts uno por uno. Basta con definir una o varias reglas sencillas acerca del modo\n" +"en que deben crearse los nombres de host. Estas reglas definen el rango de direcciones IP que se debe utilizar\n" +"y la cadena que se debe utilizar para generar los nombres de hosts de un rango determinado.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1072,8 +1036,8 @@ "a <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> con direcciones IP de <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "a <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" @@ -1081,8 +1045,8 @@ "Para añadir un nuevo rango de registros DNS, haga clic en Añadir,\n" "complete el formulario y después haga clic en Aceptar.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.\n" @@ -1090,8 +1054,8 @@ "Esto es un resumen de todos los datos\n" "introducidos en el asistente de configuración hasta ahora.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Click Accept to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1103,8 +1067,8 @@ "Los valores no se guardarán de forma permanente hasta que finalice la \n" "configuración del servidor DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>DNS Synchronization</big> \n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1112,94 +1076,83 @@ "IP addresses--are maintained here.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Sincronización DNS</big> \n" -"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de " -"modo que coincidan con los\n" -"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros A (registros DNS que " -"convierten nombres de hosts en\n" +"Es una herramienta avanzada para editar los valores del servidor DNS, de modo que coincidan con los\n" +"valores de DHCP. Aquí sólo se mantienen los registros A (registros DNS que convierten nombres de hosts en\n" "direcciones IP).\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Current Subnet and Netmask show the current network settings.\n" "Domain is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" "First IP Address and Second IP Address match the current\n" "Dynamic DHCP range.\n" msgstr "" -"Subred actual y Máscara de red muestran los valores de red " -"actuales.\n" +"Subred actual y Máscara de red muestran los valores de red actuales.\n" "Dominio se toma de la configuración DHCP actual.\n" -"Primera dirección IP y Dirección IP secundaria coinciden con " -"el\n" +"Primera dirección IP y Dirección IP secundaria coinciden con el\n" "rango DHCP dinámico actual.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use Run Wizard\n" "from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice Ejecutar asistente</" -"b>\n" +"Para crear una zona DNS partiendo de cero, utilice Ejecutar asistente\n" "en Tareas especiales.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" " Para crear o eliminar un único registro DNS,\n" "haga clic en Añadir o Suprimir.\n" -"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona " -"inversa\n" +"Para sincronizar las entradas DNS con sus formas inversas en la zona inversa\n" "correspondiente, seleccione Sincronizar con zona inversa.\n" "Utilice Eliminar rango de registros DNS coincidentes \n" -"en Tareas especiales para suprimir cualquier información relacionada " -"con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango " -"de registros DNS, seleccione\n" +"en Tareas especiales para suprimir cualquier información relacionada con este rango de direcciones IP del servidor DNS. Para crear un nuevo rango de registros DNS, seleccione\n" "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS en Tareas especiales.\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "Editar rango de registros DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "Base de nombre de &host" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1207,11 +1160,11 @@ "Error interno.\n" "No se puede crear el rango de direcciones IP de %1 a %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1219,19 +1172,19 @@ "La dirección IP %1 no coincide con\n" "la red actual %2/%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "La última dirección IP debe ser mayor que la primera." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1241,38 +1194,37 @@ "fuera del rango\n" "DHCP dinámico actual %2-%3.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." -msgstr "" -"Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host." +msgstr "Sólo puede haber un elemento '%i' en la cadena de base de nombre de host." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "Nombre de host no válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Dirección IP no válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1280,45 +1232,45 @@ "La dirección IP %1 no se encuentra en el rango de\n" "direcciones IP permitidas (%2 - %3) definido en el servidor DHCP.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "Regenerando entradas de zona DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "Añadiendo un nuevo registro DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "Añadiendo rango DHCP %1 - %2 al servidor DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "Eliminando registros DNS que coinciden con el rango" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "Eliminando registros del rango %1 - %2 del servidor DNS..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1326,8 +1278,8 @@ "La zona %1 no es del tipo maestro.\n" "El servidor DNS no puede escribir ningún registro en ella.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1335,95 +1287,94 @@ "La zona %1 aún no existe en la configuración actual del servidor DNS.\n" "¿Desea crearla?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "No se puede crear la zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "Sincronizando registros DNS inversos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor " -"DNS.\n" +"Si decide cancelar, se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el servidor DNS.\n" "¿Seguro que desea cancelar la operación?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Dominio" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Red" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "Registros de zona DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "IP asignada" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "&Tareas especiales" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "Añadir rango nuevo de registros DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Ejecutar asistente para volver a escribir la zona DNS desde cero" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "Sincronizar con zona inversa %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Sincronización del servidor DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "Cancelando el asistente" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1431,44 +1382,41 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios realizados en el asistente.\n" "¿Seguro que desea cancelar?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "Añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "Editar servidor de nombres" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "&IP de servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" -"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP para el servidor de nombres en " -"la zona DNS actual.\n" -"Puede que no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y " -"la dirección IP en cada zona.\n" +"No se ha proporcionado ninguna dirección IP para el servidor de nombres en la zona DNS actual.\n" +"Puede que no funcione, dado que es necesario definir el nombre de servidor y la dirección IP en cada zona.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar los valores actuales?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "El servidor de nombres %1 ya existe en la configuración." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1478,204 +1426,204 @@ "rango (%1 - %2).\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar el nuevo?\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos un servidor de nombres." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: nueva zona DNS (paso 1 de 3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de &zona nueva" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "&Red actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "Crear &también zona inversa" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: servidores de nombres de la zona (paso 2 de 3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "Servidores de nombres actuales" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP (Opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "Aña&dir..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: registros DNS (paso 3 de 3)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "Registros DNS para clientes DHCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "Base de nombre de host" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "Número de inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "Desde IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "Hasta IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "Servidor DHCP: Registros DNS - Resumen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona in&versa" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "Zone Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre de zona: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "(Sustituyendo la zona actual por la nueva)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "Reverse Zone Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre de zona inversa: %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de nombres de la zona:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "Nombre de host: %1, IP: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "Sin definir" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "Rangos de hosts DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2 Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "Rango: %1 - %2 Base de nombre de host: %3, Iniciar con: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un registro DNS." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "No es posible eliminar la zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "No es posible añadir servidores de nombres a la zona %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "No se pueden añadir registros DNS de zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "No se puede crear la zona inversa %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "Creando zona DNS..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "Restaurando configuración DNS anterior..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1687,13 +1635,13 @@ "%1\n" "¿Desea volver al asistente?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "La zona DNS se ha creado correctamente." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1701,8 +1649,8 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor DHCP</big> \n" "Espere..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1710,8 +1658,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor DHCP</big> \n" "Espere..." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1721,8 +1669,8 @@ "Seleccione de Interfaces disponibles las interfaces de red a las que\n" "el servidor DHCP debe escuchar." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1733,14 +1681,13 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Ajustes del cortafuegos</big> \n" "Para abrir el cortafuegos y autorizar el acceso al\n" -"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, " -"seleccione\n" +"servicio desde equipos remotos a través de la interfaz seleccionada, seleccione\n" "Abrir cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible\n" "si el cortafuegos está habilitado." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1749,12 +1696,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para ejecutar el servidor DHCP en chroot jail, seleccione\n" -"Ejecutar servidor DHCP en chroot jail. Iniciar un daemon en chroot " -"jail\n" +"Ejecutar servidor DHCP en chroot jail. Iniciar un daemon en chroot jail\n" "es más seguro y se recomienda encarecidamente." -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1764,8 +1710,8 @@ "Para almacenar la configuración DHCP en LDAP,\n" "habilite la Compatibilidad para LDAP." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1773,17 +1719,14 @@ "the new declaration and click Add.\n" "To delete a declaration, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Declaraciones configuradas muestra las opciones de configuración " -"en uso.\n" -"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y haga clic en " -"Editar.\n" +"Declaraciones configuradas muestra las opciones de configuración en uso.\n" +"Para modificar una declaración existente, selecciónela y haga clic en Editar.\n" "Para añadir una nueva, seleccione la declaración que deba incluir\n" "a la nueva y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y haga clic en Suprimir.</" -"p>" +"Para suprimir una declaración, selecciónela y haga clic en Suprimir." -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1797,18 +1740,17 @@ "o gestionar las claves TSIG que se pueden utilizar para la autenticación\n" "de las actualizaciones DNS dinámicas." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de subred</big> \n" -"Defina la Dirección de red y la Máscara de red de la subred.</" -"p>" +"Defina la Dirección de red y la Máscara de red de la subred." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1818,8 +1760,8 @@ "Defina el nombre del host para el que desea establecer la dirección fija\n" "u otras opciones especiales en Nombre de host." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1831,8 +1773,8 @@ "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1840,13 +1782,12 @@ "The name does not affect behavior of the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Depósito de direcciones</big> \n" -"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en Nombre del depósito</" -"b>. \n" +"Defina el nombre del depósito de direcciones en Nombre del depósito. \n" "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1858,8 +1799,8 @@ "Esta opción sirve meramente como identificación.\n" "El nombre no afecta al comportamiento del servidor DHCP." -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1867,8 +1808,8 @@ "<big>Clase</big> \n" "Defina el nombre de la clase de hosts en Nombre de clase." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1882,18 +1823,17 @@ "Para añadir una opción nueva, seleccione Añadir. Para eliminar\n" "una opción, selecciónela y haga clic en Suprimir." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la " -"opción DNS dinámico." +"Para ajustar el DNS dinámico para los hosts de esta subred, utilice la opción DNS dinámico." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1903,8 +1843,8 @@ "Habilite la opción Activar DNS dinámico para esta subred\n" "para activar las actualizaciones de DNS dinámico para esta subred." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1913,16 +1853,13 @@ "and reverse zone." msgstr "" "<big>Clave TSIG</big> \n" -"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de " -"DNS dinámico. Use\n" -"Clave TSIG para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta " -"clave debe ser la misma\n" -"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa " -"(forward)\n" +"Es necesario definir la clave de autenticación para hacer actualizaciones de DNS dinámico. Use\n" +"Clave TSIG para seleccionar la clave para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma\n" +"para los servidores DHCP y DNS. Especifique la clave para las zonas directa (forward)\n" "e inversa (reverse)." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1930,69 +1867,56 @@ "Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración global del servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que " -"el DNS\n" -"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, " -"seleccione\n" +"Es necesario actualizar la configuración global del servidor DHCP para que el DNS\n" +"dinámico funcione correctamente. Para realizar este proceso automáticamente, seleccione\n" "Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>Zonas que deben actualizarse</big> \n" -"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique " -"también \n" -"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se " -"ejecuta en la misma máquina\n" +"Indique las zonas inversa y directa que es necesario actualizar. Especifique también \n" +"el servidor de nombres primario de ambas. Si el servidor de nombres se ejecuta en la misma máquina\n" "que el servidor DHCP, puede dejar estas casillas vacías." -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>Argumentos de inicio del servidor DHCP</big> \n" -"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el " -"servidor DHCP \n" -"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por " -"defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n" -"consulte la página de manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán " -"los valores por defecto." +"Aquí puede especificar los parámetros de inicio que desee que utilice el servidor DHCP \n" +"(por ejemplo, -p 1234 para escuchar en un puerto distinto del empleado por defecto). Para conocer todas las opciones posibles,\n" +"consulte la página de manual de dhcpd. Si se dejan en blanco, se utilizarán los valores por defecto." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selección de tarjeta de red</big> \n" -"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para " -"utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.\n" +"Seleccione una o varias tarjetas de red de las que se muestran para utilizarlas con el servidor DHCP.\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Si lo desea, puede especificar también el Nombre del servidor DHCP\n" -"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del " -"nombre de host.\n" +"(el nombre del objeto LDAP dhcpServer), en caso de que sea distinto del nombre de host.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -2000,9 +1924,9 @@ "<big>Configuración global:</big> \n" "Aquí puede definir varias opciones de configuración de DHCP." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -2010,30 +1934,28 @@ "En Nombre de dominio se define el dominio para el que el\n" "servidor DHCP asigna IPs a los clientes." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" "These values must be IP addresses." msgstr "" -"IP del servidor de nombres primario e IP del servidor de " -"nombres secundario \n" +"IP del servidor de nombres primario e IP del servidor de nombres secundario \n" "Proporcione estos servidores de nombres a los clientes DHCP.\n" "Estos valores deben ser direcciones IP." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." msgstr "" "Gateway por defecto permite insertar\n" -"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los " -"clientes." +"este valor como ruta por defecto en la tabla de encaminamiento de los clientes." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -2041,16 +1963,13 @@ "El Servidor horario solicita a los clientes que usen este\n" "servidor para la sincronización de hora." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." -msgstr "" -"Servidor de impresión define a este servidor como el servidor de " -"impresión por defecto." +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +msgstr "Servidor de impresión define a este servidor como el servidor de impresión por defecto." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -2058,20 +1977,17 @@ "Servidor WINS ofrece este servidor como servidor WINS\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de asignación por defecto define el periodo de tiempo " -"transcurrido el cual\n" -"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección " -"IP." +"Tiempo de asignación por defecto define el periodo de tiempo transcurrido el cual\n" +"la dirección asignada expira y el cliente debe solicitar una nueva dirección IP." -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2080,54 +1996,48 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Información de subred</big>\n" "Aquí encontrará información de la subred actual, como de su dirección,\n" -"la máscara de red y los valores de dirección IP mínima y máxima disponibles " -"para los clientes.\n" +"la máscara de red y los valores de dirección IP mínima y máxima disponibles para los clientes.\n" "\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Rango de direcciones IP</big> \n" "Defina aquí la Primera dirección IP y la Última dirección IP\n" -"que se deben asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma " -"máscara de red.\n" +"que se deben asignar a los clientes. Las direcciones deben tener la misma máscara de red.\n" "Por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> y <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Marque\n" "Permitir BOOTP dinámico si el rango especificado debe ser asignado\n" "dinámicamente tanto a clientes BOOTP y como a clientes DHCP.\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" "which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients. " msgstr "" "<big>Tiempo de asignación</big> \n" -"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación por defecto para el rango de " -"direcciones IP en uso,\n" -"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización de IP óptimo de los " -"clientes. " +"Defina aquí el tiempo de asignación por defecto para el rango de direcciones IP en uso,\n" +"que sirve para establecer el tiempo de actualización de IP óptimo de los clientes. " -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." msgstr "" "Máximo (valor opcional) define el periodo de tiempo máximo\n" -"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP." -"" +"durante el cuál estará bloqueada esta IP para el cliente en el servidor DHCP." -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2137,18 +2047,17 @@ "Para indicar la configuración completa del servidor DHCP, haga clic en \n" "Configuración experta del servidor DHCP." -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." msgstr "" "<big>Administración de equipos</big> \n" -"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de " -"direcciones IP." +"Utilice este diálogo para editar máquinas con asignación estática de direcciones IP." -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2162,20 +2071,18 @@ "Para modificar un equipo ya configurado, selecciónelo en la tabla,\n" "cambie los valores y pulse Cambiar en la lista." -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." -msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un equipo o sistema, selecciónelo y pulse Suprimir de la " -"lista." +msgstr "Para eliminar un equipo o sistema, selecciónelo y pulse Suprimir de la lista." -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de declaración que añadir" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2183,8 +2090,8 @@ "Seleccione Subred para añadir una\n" "declaración de red." -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2192,8 +2099,8 @@ "Para añadir un host que necesite parámetros especiales\n" "(una dirección fija normalmente), seleccione Equipo." -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2201,158 +2108,154 @@ "Seleccione Red compartida para añadir una red \n" "compartida (red física con múltiples redes lógicas)." -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." msgstr "" "Seleccione Grupo para añadir un grupo de declaraciones\n" -"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de " -"configuración)." +"adicionales (que deban compartir normalmente algunas opciones de configuración)." -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" "subnet, select Pool of Addresses." msgstr "" -"Seleccione Depósito de direcciones para añadir un depósito de " -"direcciones\n" -"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a " -"pesar de estar\n" +"Seleccione Depósito de direcciones para añadir un depósito de direcciones\n" +"que deba tratarse de forma diferente a otros depósitos de direcciones a pesar de estar\n" "en la misma subred." -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" "select Class." msgstr "" "Para crear una clase de condición que se pueda utilizar \n" -"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que " -"pertenezcan,\n" +"para manejar clientes de forma diferenciada según la clase a la que pertenezcan,\n" "seleccione Clase." -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "Direcc&iones" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "La dirección indicada no es válida." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos una dirección." -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "&Valores" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "Las direcciones indicadas no son válidas." -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "Se ha de especificar al menos un par de direcciones." -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "Encendido" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagado" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "Se debe indicar un valor." -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "&Nueva dirección" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "&Nuevo valor" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "Si especifica más de una dirección, sepárelas con espacios." -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "&Añadir par de direcciones" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "La dirección más baja ha de estar por debajo de la dirección más alta." -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "Si modifica esto, debe actualizar también la configuración del syslog." -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "Tipo de &hardware" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección &MAC" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP más &baja" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP más &alta" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2360,8 +2263,8 @@ "Si deja sin guardar la configuración del servidor DHCP, se\n" "perderán todos los cambios. ¿Está seguro de que desea salir?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2371,20 +2274,19 @@ "no podrá servir a la red.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone." msgstr "" -"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona " -"del cortafuegos.\n" +"Las interfaces de red de la siguiente lista no se mencionan en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "%1\n" "Ejecute la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarlas a una zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2392,10 +2294,10 @@ "La interfaz de red %1 no se menciona en ninguna zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Utilice la configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para asignarla a una zona." -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2403,188 +2305,188 @@ "Esta función no está disponible durante la\n" "preparación para la instalación automática." -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "Declaraciones &configuradas" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "DNS &dinámico" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG para zona directa" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG para zona inversa" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo con clave de autenticación" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Aplicar cambios" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "&Ejecutar servidor DHPC en chroot jail" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "Avan&zado" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "Mostrar &registro" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de &interfaz" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "Dirección de &red" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de grupo" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del depósito" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de red compartida" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de clase" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces disponibles" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "Abrir &cortafuegos para las interfaces seleccionadas" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "&Activar DNS dinámico para esta subred" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "&Actualizar configuración global de DNS dinámico" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zona" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS &primario" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "Zona in&versa" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS pri&mario" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DHCP..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "Leer configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del servidor DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del servidor DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2600,8 +2502,8 @@ " \n" " Cancelando el proceso ahora." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2609,8 +2511,8 @@ "No se puede determinar el nombre de host. La configuración\n" "del servidor DHCP basada en LDAP no está disponible." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" @@ -2618,111 +2520,111 @@ "El servidor DHCP no parece haber sido configurado\n" "todavía. ¿Desea crear una nueva configuración?" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "Reiniciar el servidor DHCP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servidor DHCP..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor DNS..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon DHCP." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "El servidor DHCP se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "El servidor DHCP no se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "Escuchar en: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "Rango de direcciones dinámicas: %1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "El soporte para múltiples dhcpServiceDN no está implementado." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "El DN del servicio DHCP no se ha definido." -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1." -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al escribir /etc/dhcpd.conf." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/dns-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,692 +14,671 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor DNS" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "Listas de control de acceso (ACL)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "Reglas del transporte de zonas" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "Servidores de nombres de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "Servidores de correo de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "Inicio de autoridad (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "Registros del recurso de zona tales como A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "Procesa al mismo tiempo A y el registro PTR correspondiente" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Mostrar configuración actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS durante el arranque" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "Iniciar servidor DNS manualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Añadir nuevo registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Eliminar un registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv4 " -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "Destino del registro (syslog|file)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "Definir opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "Nombre de archivo para el registro (vía completa)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "Tamaño máximo del registro [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación" +msgstr "Número máximo de versiones para la rotación, '0' significa sin rotación" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "Tipo de zona, maestra o esclava" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "Servidor DNS maestro de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Habilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inhabilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un " -"punto o un nombre relativo)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de nombres (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" -msgstr "" -"Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un " -"punto o un nombre relativo)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +msgstr "Servidor de correo (en formato totalmente cualificado finalizado con un punto o un nombre relativo)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "Prioridad del servidor de correo (número entre 0 y 65535)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "Número de serie de la actualización de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "Tiempo de vida general de los registros en la zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "Intervalo antes del cual deben actualizarse los registros de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "Intervalo entre reintentos de actualizaciones fallidas" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" -msgstr "" -"Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de estar " -"autorizados" +msgstr "Intervalo transcurrido el cual los registros de zona dejan de estar autorizados" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" msgstr "TTL mínimo que debe exportarse con los registros de esta zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" -msgstr "" -"Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR" +msgstr "Tipo de registro del recurso DNS como por ejemplo A, CNAME, NS, MX o PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "Consulta DNS, como ejemplo.org para el registro A" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" -msgstr "" -"Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de " -"ejemplo.org" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +msgstr "Valor de registro del recurso DNS, como 192.0.34.166 para el registro A de ejemplo.org" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "Nombre de host para el registro DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "Registrar consultas DNS %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "Registrar actualizaciones de zona %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "Registrar transferencias de zona %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "Lista de redireccionadores de zona separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "Se necesita el parámetro %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "Valor desconocido para el parámetro %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de inicio:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "Activando el servidor DNS durante el arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "Eliminando el servidor DNS del proceso de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "El servidor DNS se habilita durante el arranque." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "El servidor DNS debe iniciarse manualmente." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "Remisión:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "IP del redireccionador" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro de acción." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "Destino del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "Registro del sistema" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "Archivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "Nombre de archivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "Tamaño máximo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "Número máximo de versiones" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "Registrar solicitudes al servidor DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "Registrar actualizaciones de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "Registrar transferencias de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de registro:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "Configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "Regla de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "Zonas DNS:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "Servidor maestro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "Predefinida" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizada" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "Listas ACL:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "Transporte de zona:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "ACL activada" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de nombres:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "Servidor de nombres" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "Servidores de correo:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "Inicio de autoridad (SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "Consulta de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "Tipo de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "Valor del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "Registro de nombre de host:" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de host" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "Instalación del servidor DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "Configuración del redireccionador" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "Finalizar asistente" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Redireccionadores: %1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>Dominios: %1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "Soporte &LDAP activo" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "Comportamiento durante el inicio" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "&Activar: iniciar ahora y durante el arranque" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "&Desactivar: solo iniciar manualmente" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración &experta del servidor DNS..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "Servidor DNS" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "&Directiva de resolución de DNS local" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está inhabilitada" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "Fusión automática" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "La fusión de redireccionadores está habilitada" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "Configuración personalizada" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "Directiva personalizada" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "&Redireccionador de resolución de DNS local" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "Usando servidores de nombres del sistema" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "Este servidor de nombres (enlazar)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "Servidor dnsmasq local" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "Añadir dirección IP" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "&Dirección IPv4 o IPv6" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "&Lista de redireccionadores" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "No es posible definir el redireccionador local como %{forwarder}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "No se encuentra una equivalencia local para la IP %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -709,12 +688,12 @@ "La dirección IP %1 se usa ahora en este servidor, por lo que\n" "se ha cambiado a su equivalente local %2." -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "Dirección IPv4 o IPv6 no válida" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." @@ -722,47 +701,47 @@ "Una dirección IPv6 está formada por letras a-f, números\n" "y el carácter dos puntos." -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "El remitente especificado ya está presente." -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "Añadir o cambiar opción" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "O&pción" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "&Valor" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "C&ambiar" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "Opciones actuales" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "Opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -770,8 +749,8 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea definir\n" "esta opción sin ningún valor?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -779,8 +758,8 @@ "La opción %1 sólo puede tener definidos los valores sí y no.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -788,8 +767,8 @@ "La opción %1 sólo puede ser un número.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %2?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -797,8 +776,8 @@ "En esta opción no se usan correctamente las comillas.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -806,8 +785,8 @@ "En esta opción no se usan correctamente los paréntesis.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea definirla como %1?\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -815,78 +794,78 @@ "La opción %1 sólo se debe definir una vez.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea añadir otra?\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "Tipo de registro" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "&Registro del sistema" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "&Tamaño máximo (MB)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "Número máximo de &versiones" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "Registro adicional" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "Registrar todas las &consultas DNS" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "Registrar &actualizaciones de zona" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "Registrar &transferencias de zona" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo para el registro" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "Configuración de opciones" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Nombre" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "Lista ACL actual" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -894,157 +873,155 @@ "Esta ACL es utilizada por %1 zonas.\n" "¿Seguro que desea eliminarla?\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "La entrada de ACL indicada ya existe." -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "Añadir zona nueva" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "Maestro" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "Esclavo" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Directa" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "Zonas DNS configuradas" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "Ya se ha configurado una zona con el nombre especificado." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar la configuración. ¿Desea cambiar la configuración?" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" msgstr "" "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" -"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin " -"guardar?" +"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la configuración del servidor DNS sin guardar?" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "Aplicar cambios" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "Opciones básicas" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Registro" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "Listas ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "Claves TSIG" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "P&ermitir actualizaciones dinámicas" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "&Clave TSIG" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "Activar transferencia de &zona" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "Generar a&utomáticamente los registros desde" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "Zo&na" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "Zonas inversas conectadas" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1052,152 +1029,152 @@ "Esta función no está disponible durante la\n" "preparación de la autoinstalación.\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna clave TSIG." -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "Servidor de &nombres que desea añadir" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "Lista de servidores de no&mbres" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "El servidor de nombres especificado ya existe." -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "Servidor de correo que desea añadir" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "Lista de nodos de reenvío de correo" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "El valor indicado no es una dirección IP ni un nombre de host válido." -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "El servidor de correo especificado ya existe." -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "Minutos" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "Horas" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "Semanas" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "Seri&e" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TT&L" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Unidad" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Re&frescar" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "Un&idad" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "Reintent&ar" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "Ca&ducidad" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "U&nidad" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "Uni&dad" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "Se debe indicar el número de serie de la zona." -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "El número de serie no debe tener más de %1 dígitos de longitud." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1209,107 +1186,107 @@ "a la zona todo el tiempo desde los servidores de nombres esclavos.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "Clave de &registro" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "T&ipo" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "Val&or" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "&Carga" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv4" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA: traducción del nombre de dominio IPv6" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS: servidor de nombres" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX: transmisión de correo" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR: traducción inversa" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV: registro de servicios" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT: registro de texto" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF: marco de directiva de remitente" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "Registros de recursos configurados" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "Clave de registro" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1318,32 +1295,29 @@ msgstr "" "IPv6 inversa no válida.\n" "\n" -"Los registros IPv6 inversos se admiten si se especifican con el formato " -"completo (%1)\n" +"Los registros IPv6 inversos se admiten si se especifican con el formato completo (%1)\n" "o en el formato relativo a la zona actual." -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "Dirección IPv6 no válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." msgstr "" -"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe estar formada por caracteres " -"imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII,\n" +"Clave de registro %{type} no válida. Debe estar formada por caracteres imprimibles en la codificación US-ASCII,\n" "excluido el signo \"=\", y debe tener al menos un carácter." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1351,135 +1325,130 @@ "La longitud máxima de un registro %{type} es de %{max} caracteres.\n" "Este mensaje tiene %{current} caracteres." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME no puede apuntar a sí mismo." -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "Error interno." -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "Editor de zonas" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "&Fundamentos" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "Registr&os NS" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "&SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "R&egistros" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "Registros M&X" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "Ajustes para la zona" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un servidor NS." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" -"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona " -"%1.\n" -"Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar " -"automáticamente los registros desde." +"Los registros de la zona actual se generan automáticamente desde la zona %1.\n" +"Para cambiar los registros de forma manual, inhabilite la función Generar automáticamente los registros desde." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "IP del servidor DNS &maestro" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "Falta el servidor maestro" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" "If you continue, the current zone will be removed." msgstr "" "Todas las zonas esclavas deben tener definida su IP de servidor maestro.\n" -"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un " -"error.\n" +"Si se configura un servidor DNS sin un servidor maestro se producirá un error.\n" "Si continúa, la zona actual se eliminará." -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ningún servidor DNS maestro." -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." -msgstr "" -"El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." +msgstr "El servidor de nombres maestro especificado no es una dirección IP válida." -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP del &redireccionador nuevo" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "Redireccionadores de la &zona actual" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "Editor de zona directa" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1489,8 +1458,8 @@ "que todas las consultas DNS de la zona se denegarán.\n" "¿Seguro que desea denegar las consultas?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1498,13 +1467,13 @@ "Se perderán todos los cambios.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea salir?" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "Con esta herramienta no se pueden editar zonas de este tipo." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -1512,18 +1481,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS</big> \n" "Espere, por favor... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar." +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -1531,22 +1499,20 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS</big> \n" "Por favor, espere... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big> \n" -"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Cancelar</" -"b>.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no." +"Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Cancelar.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no." -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Start DNS Server</big> \n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" @@ -1556,8 +1522,8 @@ "Active Iniciar servidor DNS para ejecutar el servidor DNS\n" "cada vez que inicia el equipo." -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1566,12 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Active Ejecutar servidor DNS en chroot jail\n" -"para que el servidor DNS se ejecute en chroot jail. Se recomienda iniciar " -"cualquier\n" +"para que el servidor DNS se ejecute en chroot jail. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier\n" "daemon en chroot jail por ser más seguro." -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<big>Editing DNS Zones</big> \n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1580,14 +1545,13 @@ "a configured DNS zone, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Editar zonas DNS</big> \n" -"Para editar la configuración de una zona DNS, seleccione la entrada " -"apropiada\n" +"Para editar la configuración de una zona DNS, seleccione la entrada apropiada\n" "de la tabla y pulse Editar.\n" "Para añadir una nueva zona DNS pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una\n" "zona DNS configurada, selecciónela y pulse Surpimir." -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "To edit global options,\n" @@ -1602,19 +1566,18 @@ "administrar las claves TSIG para la actualización dinámica de las zonas\n" "o ver el archivo de registro del servidor DNS." -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Zone Name</big> \n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in Zone Name." msgstr "" "<big>Nombre de zona</big> \n" -"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado Nombre de zona</" -"b>." +"Introduzca el nombre de la zona (dominio) en el apartado Nombre de zona." -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big> \n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1624,18 +1587,14 @@ "both DHCP and DNS servers." msgstr "" "<big>Actualizaciones de zona de DNS dinámico</big> \n" -"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación " -"dinámica\n" -"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones " -"DDNS,\n" -"configure Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas y la Clave TSIG " -"que\n" -"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los " -"servidores\n" +"La zona puede ser actualizada automáticamente debido a la asignación dinámica\n" +"de direcciones IP por parte del servidor DHCP. Para permitir actualizaciones DDNS,\n" +"configure Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas y la Clave TSIG que\n" +"debe usarse para la autenticación. Esta clave debe ser la misma para los servidores\n" "DHCP y DNS." -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Editing a DNS Zone</big> \n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1645,18 +1604,17 @@ "Para editar la configuración de una zona, seleccione la\n" "entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse Editar." -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse Añadir. Para " -"eliminarlo,\n" +"Para añadir un registro nuevo a la zona pulse Añadir. Para eliminarlo,\n" "selección el registro y pulse Suprimir." -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<big>SOA Record</big> \n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1666,48 +1624,39 @@ "Para editar el registro SOA (Start of Authority) de la zona pulse en\n" "Editar SOA." -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>Servidores maestros</big> \n" -"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta " -"zona. La opción Añadir\n" -"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya " -"existente, selecciónelo y\n" +"Defina las direcciones IP de los servidores de nombres maestros para esta zona. La opción Añadir\n" +"permite añadir nuevos servidores de nombres maestros. Para eliminar uno ya existente, selecciónelo y\n" "haga clic en Suprimir." -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de zona</big> \n" -"Seleccione Maestro para que este servidor de nombres sea el origen " -"primario\n" -"de los datos de la zona y Esclavo o Stub para que sea el " -"servidor de nombres\n" -"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el " -"servidor\n" +"Seleccione Maestro para que este servidor de nombres sea el origen primario\n" +"de los datos de la zona y Esclavo o Stub para que sea el servidor de nombres\n" +"secundario. De esta forma, los datos de la zona serán replicados desde el servidor\n" "maestro." -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" @@ -1715,13 +1664,12 @@ "<big>Dirección de la zona</big> \n" "DNS se usa para resolver nombres de dominio en direcciones IP y viceversa.\n" "Determine si esta zona debe emplearse para resolver nombres de dominio en\n" -"direcciones IP (seleccione Directa) o direcciones IP en nombres de " -"dominio\n" +"direcciones IP (seleccione Directa) o direcciones IP en nombres de dominio\n" "(seleccione Inversa).\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1729,11 +1677,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Clases de interfaz</big> \n" "Seleccione las clases de interfaz que tendrán acceso al servidor DNS.\n" -"Las clases de interfaz se definen en el componente de configuración del " -"cortafuegos.\n" +"Las clases de interfaz se definen en el componente de configuración del cortafuegos.\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1742,14 +1689,13 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adaptación de la configuración del cortafuegos</big>\n" "Marque Adaptar configuración del cortafuegos para adaptar\n" -"su configuración de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través " -"de todas las\n" +"su configuración de forma que sea posible acceder al servidor DNS a través de todas las\n" "interfaces de red a las que escucha.\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" "<big>SOA Record Configuration</big> \n" "Set the entries of the SOA record." @@ -1757,8 +1703,8 @@ "<big>Configuración del registro SOA</big> \n" "Defina las entradas del registro SOA." -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "$TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL." @@ -1766,112 +1712,96 @@ "$TTL determina el tiempo de vida (time to live) de todos los\n" "registros de la zona cuyo TTL no se indique explícitamente." -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." msgstr "" -"Origen primario ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente " -"cualificado\n" +"Origen primario ha de incluir el nombre de dominio totalmente cualificado\n" "del servidor de nombres primario." -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" msgstr "" -"Dirección del administrador debe incluir la dirección de correo " -"electrónico\n" +"Dirección del administrador debe incluir la dirección de correo electrónico\n" "del administrador responsable de la zona.\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" -"Número de serie que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha " -"cambiado\n" -"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen " -"que sincronizar\n" +"Número de serie que se utiliza para determinar si la zona ha cambiado\n" +"en los servidores maestros (de esta forma los servidores esclavos no tienen que sincronizar\n" "siempre toda la zona).\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." msgstr "" -"Refrescar define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser " -"sincronizada\n" -"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres " -"esclavos." +"Refrescar define la frecuencia con la que la zona debe ser sincronizada\n" +"desde el servidor de nombres primario a los los servidores de nombres esclavos." -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." msgstr "" -"Reintentar define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos " -"intentarán\n" +"Reintentar define la frecuencia con la que los servidores esclavos intentarán\n" "sincronizar la zona del servidor maestro si la sincronización falla." -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "Expiry means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Expiración define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca " -"en los\n" -"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se " -"sincroniza de nuevo.\n" +"Expiración define el periodo transcurrido el cual la zona caduca en los\n" +"servidores esclavos y estos dejan de contestar peticiones hasta que se sincroniza de nuevo.\n" "" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 msgid "" "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." msgstr "" -"Mínimo define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores " -"esclavos deben\n" +"Mínimo define el periodo de tiempo durante el cual los servidores esclavos deben\n" "guardar en la caché las respuestas negativas (name resolution failed)." -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Gestión de claves TSIG</big> \n" -"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de " -"zona.\n" +"Defina las claves TSIG utilizadas para las actualizaciones dinámicas de zona.\n" "Para añadir una nueva clave TSIG, utilice la casilla de texto\n" -"Nombre de archivo o el botón Examinar y pulse a continuación " -"Añadir.\n" -"Parar suprimir una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse " -"Suprimir.\n" +"Nombre de archivo o el botón Examinar y pulse a continuación Añadir.\n" +"Parar suprimir una clave TSIG existente, selecciónela de la lista y pulse Suprimir.\n" "" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<big>Booting</big> \n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1881,8 +1811,8 @@ "Active Encendido para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que arranque\n" "el equipo. En caso contrario seleccione Apagado." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1892,8 +1822,8 @@ "Seleccione Soporte LDAP activo para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP\n" "en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1905,37 +1835,34 @@ "Detener servidor DNS ahora\n" "para iniciar o detener el servidor DNS inmediatamente.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Forwarders</big> \n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" "it cannot answer.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Redireccionadores</big> \n" -"Los redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que el servidor DNS enviará " -"las\n" +"Los redireccionadores son servidores DNS a los que el servidor DNS enviará las\n" "preguntas que no pueda contestar.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set Forward First. To ask forwarders only, set -#. Forwarders Only. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes. -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set Forward First. To ask forwarders only, set +#. Forwarders Only. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes. +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su Dirección IP y " -"pulse Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse " -"Suprimir." +"Para añadir un redireccionador nuevo, defina su Dirección IP y pulse Añadir.\n" +"Para eliminar un redireccionador configurado, selecciónelo y pulse Suprimir." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Edit DNS Server Options</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." @@ -1943,8 +1870,8 @@ "<big>Editar opciones del servidor DNS</big> \n" "Aquí puede editar las opciones del servidor DNS." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "" "To add new options, select the Option,\n" "enter its Value, and click Add.\n" @@ -1956,48 +1883,41 @@ "Para modificar una opción configurada, selecciónela en la tabla,\n" "cambie su Valor y pulse Cambiar.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Logging</big> \n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." msgstr "" "<big>Registro</big> \n" -"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS." -"" +"En este diálogo puede definir diversas opciones de registro del servidor DNS." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione Registrar al registro del sistema para guardar los " -"mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n" +"Seleccione Registrar al registro del sistema para guardar los mensajes de registro del servidor DNS en el registro del sistema. \n" "Para guardarlos en un archivo distinto, seleccione Registrar a\n" -"archivo y defina el Nombre de archivo en el que se guardará el " -"registro y\n" +"archivo y defina el Nombre de archivo en el que se guardará el registro y\n" "el Tamaño máximo del archivo de registro.\n" -"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice " -"la opción Número máximo de versiones\n" +"El servidor DNS hace rotar automáticamente los archivos de registro. Utilice la opción Número máximo de versiones\n" "para especificar cuántos archivos de registro se deben guardar.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "In Additional Logging,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -2008,43 +1928,37 @@ "name server.\n" msgstr "" "En Registro adicional,\n" -"defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se " -"registran siempre.\n" -" Registrar todas las consultas DNS registra todas las consultas del " -"cliente al servidor DNS.\n" -" Registrar actualizaciones de zona registra si se han actualizado los " -"DNS.\n" -" Registrar transferencias de zona registra cuando la zona se " -"transfiere \n" +"defina las acciones que se deben registrar. Las acciones comunes se registran siempre.\n" +" Registrar todas las consultas DNS registra todas las consultas del cliente al servidor DNS.\n" +" Registrar actualizaciones de zona registra si se han actualizado los DNS.\n" +" Registrar transferencias de zona registra cuando la zona se transfiere \n" " completamente al servidor de nombres\n" " secundario.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<big>ACLs</big> \n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" "access to zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>ACLs</big> \n" -"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para " -"controlar\n" +"En este diálogo puede definir las listas de control de acceso para controlar\n" "el acceso a las zonas.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" "Para añadir una nueva entrada de ACL, basta con introducir el\n" -"nombre y el valor de la opción y hacer clic en Añadir. " -"Para eliminar una entrada\n" +"nombre y el valor de la opción y hacer clic en Añadir. Para eliminar una entrada\n" "de ACL ya definida, selecciónela y haga clic en Suprimir.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Keys</big> \n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -2052,31 +1966,25 @@ "for the dynamic updates of DNS zones (DDNS).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Claves TSIG</big> \n" -"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la " -"configuración del\n" -"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las " -"actualizaciones\n" +"Las claves TSIG se utilizan con fines de autenticación cuando la configuración del\n" +"servidor DNS se modifica de forma remota. Esto es necesario para las actualizaciones\n" "dinámicas de las zonas DNS (DDNS).\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "Para añadir una clave ya creada, defina el Nombre de archivo\n" -"(o use el botón Examinar para seleccionarla) y haga clic en " -"Añadir.\n" -" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo y el " -"ID de clave\n" -" y haga clic en Generar. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.</" -"p>\n" +"(o use el botón Examinar para seleccionarla) y haga clic en Añadir.\n" +" Para generar una clave nueva, indique el Nombre de archivo y el ID de clave\n" +" y haga clic en Generar. La clave nueva se generará y se añadirá.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click Delete." @@ -2084,8 +1992,8 @@ "Para eliminar una clave existente, selecciónela y\n" "pulse Surprimir." -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<big>DNS Zones</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" @@ -2093,83 +2001,70 @@ "<big>Zonas DNS</big> \n" "Este diálogo le permite administrar las zonas DNS.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca un valor en Nombre de zona,</" -"b>\n" +"Para añadir una nueva zona, introduzca un valor en Nombre de zona,\n" "seleccione el Tipo de zona y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección " -"IPv4 inversa\n" -"seguida de <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como Nombre de zona (por ejemplo, " -"nombre de zona\n" +"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv4, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv4 inversa\n" +"seguida de <tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> como Nombre de zona (por ejemplo, nombre de zona\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> para la red <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>),\n" " seleccione el Tipo de zona y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).\n" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección " -"IPv6 inversa\n" +"Para añadir una nueva zona inversa IPv6, introduzca parte de la dirección IPv6 inversa\n" "seguida de <tt>%1</tt> como Nombre de zona. Se admiten varios\n" "formatos para el nombre de zona: formato estándar, <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "formato de redireccionamiento, <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "formato de redireccionamiento sin bits de máscara de red, <tt>%4</tt>\n" "(se usan <tt>64</tt> bits de máscara de red por defecto).\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" "To remove a configured zone, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y " -"los servidores de nombres\n" +"Para modificar los valores de una zona, como el transporte de la zona y los servidores de nombres\n" "y de correo, selecciónela y haga clic en Editar zona.\n" -"Para eliminar una zona configurada, selecciónela y haga clic en Borrar " -"zona.\n" +"Para eliminar una zona configurada, selecciónela y haga clic en Borrar zona.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS y transferencia de zona</big> \n" -"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona " -"y controlar\n" +"En este diálogo puede modificar la configuración del DNS dinámico de la zona y controlar\n" "el acceso a la zona.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set Allow Dynamic Updates\n" @@ -2177,13 +2072,12 @@ "before the zone can be updated dynamically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina Permitir " -"actualizaciones dinámicas\n" +"Para permitir las actualizaciones dinámicas de la zona, defina Permitir actualizaciones dinámicas\n" "y seleccione la Clave TSIG. Se debe definir al menos una clave TSIG\n" "antes de que la zona se pueda actualizar dinámicamente.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" @@ -2192,15 +2086,13 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de " -"zona\n" +"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de zona\n" "y seleccione las ACLs que se deberán comprobar\n" -"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al " -"menos una ACL\n" +"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n" "para que se permitan los transportes de zona." -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2209,12 +2101,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Los registros inversos de zona se pueden generar desde otra zona maestra.\n" -"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione Generar registros automáticamente desde</" -"b>\n" +"Si desea hacerlo así, seleccione Generar registros automáticamente desde\n" "y escoja la zona maestra desde la que se generaran los registros.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 msgid "" "\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" @@ -2224,24 +2115,21 @@ "Si no es una zona inversa, puede ver las zonas que se hayan\n" "generado a partir de ésta en el campo Zonas inversas conectadas." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros NS</big> \n" -"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor " -"de nombres y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para añadir un servidor de nombres nuevo, indique la dirección del servidor de nombres y haga clic en Añadir.\n" +"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de nombres de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "Suprimir.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<big>MX Records</big> \n" "To add a new mail server, enter the Address and Priority\n" @@ -2250,20 +2138,17 @@ "Delete.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Registros MX</big> \n" -"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la Dirección y la " -"Prioridad\n" +"Para añadir un servidor de correo nuevo, indique la Dirección y la Prioridad\n" " y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para eliminar uno de los servidores de correo de la lista, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "Suprimir.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "Serie es el número usado para determinar si la zona ha \n" @@ -2271,8 +2156,8 @@ "(de forma que los servidores esclavos no tengan que sincronizar siempre\n" "toda la zona).\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 msgid "" "TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL." @@ -2280,20 +2165,19 @@ "TTL determina el tiempo de vida (time to live) de todos los\n" "registros de la zona cuyo TTL no se indique explícitamente." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "Expiration means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Caducidad indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los " -"servidores\n" +"Caducidad indica el periodo tras el cuál la zona caduca en los servidores\n" "esclavos y éstos dejan de responder hasta que se sincronizan.\n" "" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "" "<big>Records</big> \n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2301,27 +2185,23 @@ "click Add." msgstr "" "<big>Registros</big> \n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para " -"añadir nuevos\n" -"registros de recursos, defina la Clave de registro, el Tipo y " -"el Valor y\n" +"En este cuadro de diálogo, edite los registros de recursos de la zona. Para añadir nuevos\n" +"registros de recursos, defina la Clave de registro, el Tipo y el Valor y\n" "haga clic en Añadir." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 msgid "" "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas " -"que desee\n" -"y haga clic en Cambiar. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y " -"haga clic en \n" +"Para cambiar un registro existente, selecciónelo, modifique las entradas que desee\n" +"y haga clic en Cambiar. Para suprimir un registro, selecciónelo y haga clic en \n" "Suprimir." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 msgid "" "\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" @@ -2329,8 +2209,8 @@ "\n" "Cada tipo de registro tiene su propia sintaxis definida en RFC.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 msgid "" "A: Domain Name Translation:\n" "Record Key is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2342,8 +2222,8 @@ "nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n" " Valor es una dirección IP." -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "" "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name:\n" "Record Key is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2353,34 +2233,30 @@ "an A record.\n" msgstr "" "CNAME: alias para el nombre de dominio:\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o " -"un\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n" "Valor es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" "de host completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por\n" "un registro A.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "NS: servidor de nombres:\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o " -"un\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona relativo a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de dominio absoluto seguido de un punto.\n" "Valor es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" -"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</" -"p>\n" +"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "MX: Mail Relay:\n" "Record Key is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2389,59 +2265,52 @@ "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" msgstr "" "MX: transmisión de correo:\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos " -"a la zona actual o un\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de host o un nombre de zona relativos a la zona actual o un\n" "nombre de host o un nombre de zona absolutos seguidos de un punto.\n" "Valor es un nombre de host relativo a la zona actual o un nombre\n" -"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.</" -"p>\n" +"completo seguido de un punto. Debe estar representado por un registro A.\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 msgid "" "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Value is a fully qualified hostname followed by a dot.\n" msgstr "" "PTR: traducción inversa:\n" -"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de " -"la dirección IP)\n" +"Clave de registro es un nombre de zona inversa completo (derivado de la dirección IP)\n" "seguido de un punto\n" -"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP " -"<tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" +"(como <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " o una parte de un nombre de zona inversa relativo a la zona actual\n" "(como <tt>1</tt> para la dirección IP <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> de la zona\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" "Valor es un nombre de host completo seguido de un punto.\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<big>Finishing the Configuration</big>\n" "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Finalización de la configuración</big>\n" -"Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración.</" -"p> \n" +"Compruebe los ajustes introducidos antes de finalizar la configuración. \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "" "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." msgstr "" "Seleccione Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos para configurar\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS." -"" +"SuSEfirewall2 de tal forma que permita todas las conexiones al servidor DNS." -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 msgid "" "\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2449,48 +2318,43 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Para iniciar el servidor DNS cada vez que se arranque el equipo, defina el \n" -"comportamiento de inicio en Activado. Si desea lo contrario, defina " -"Desactivado.\n" +"comportamiento de inicio en Activado. Si desea lo contrario, defina Desactivado.\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" "set LDAP Support Active." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de " -"configuración nativos,\n" +"Para almacenar las zonas DNS en LDAP en lugar de en archivos de configuración nativos,\n" "seleccione Soporte LDAP activo." -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 msgid "" "\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" "DNS Server Expert Configuration." msgstr "" "\n" -"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga " -"clic en \n" +"Para acceder al modo avanzado de la configuración del servidor DNS, haga clic en \n" "Configuración experta del servidor DNS." -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "" "<big>Slave DNS Zone</big> \n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" "Master DNS Server IP to define the master name server." msgstr "" "<big>Zona DNS esclava</big> \n" -"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. " -"Utilice\n" -"IP del servidor DNS maestro para definir el servidor de nombres " -"maestro." +"Debe haber un servidor de nombres maestro definido para cada zona esclava. Utilice\n" +"IP del servidor DNS maestro para definir el servidor de nombres maestro." -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 msgid "" "<big>Zone Transport</big> \n" "To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" @@ -2499,15 +2363,13 @@ "to allow zone transports." msgstr "" "<big>Transporte de zona</big> \n" -"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de " -"zona</big> \n" +"Para permitir los transportes de la zona, defina Activar transferencia de zona</big> \n" "y seleccione las ACLs que se deberán comprobar\n" -"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al " -"menos una ACL\n" +"cuando un host remoto intente transferir la zona. Se debe haber definido al menos una ACL\n" "para que se permitan los transportes de zona." -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 msgid "" "<big>Forward DNS Zone</big> \n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2517,8 +2379,8 @@ "Este tipo de zona DNS sólo envía consultas DNS a los redireccionadores\n" "definidos en ella." -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "" "If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2528,152 +2390,152 @@ "de la zona correspondiente se deniegan porque no hay ningún\n" "servidor DNS al que enviarlas." -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "TIpo de registro desconocido: %1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "Equipo host %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- traducción de nombre de dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones &IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "Alias de %1" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- alias para nombre de dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "Equipo host &base" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "Indicador a %1" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- traducción inversa" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "Servidor de nombres %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS - servidor de nombres" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "Servidor de &nombres" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "Reenvío de correo %1, prioridad %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- reenvío de correo" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "Reenvío de &correo" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar el entorno" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "Vaciar caché del daemon DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando el entorno..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Vaciando cachés del daemon DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2681,73 +2543,73 @@ "Error al llamar a netconfig.\n" "Error: " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "Guardar archivos de configuración" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "Actualizar archivos de zona" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio DNS" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "Llamar a netconfig" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "Guardando archivos de configuración..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de zona..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio DNS..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "Llamando a netconfig..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2755,44 +2617,44 @@ "Error al iniciar el servicio nombrado.\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "Aislada" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "Sugerida" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "El servidor DNS se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "El servidor DNS no se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "Zonas configuradas: %s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "La configuración LDAP no es válida. No es posible usar LDAP." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "¿Activar el soporte LDAP?" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2800,28 +2662,27 @@ "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes requeridos.\n" "El soporte LDAP no estará activado." -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "Se ha producido un error desconocido al inicializar LDAP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1." -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." +msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP no será utilizado." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al actualizar %1." -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear %1. LDAP no será utilizado." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/docker.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,271 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "Cambios en contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "Vía" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "&Salir" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "Contenedor de asignación" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "Autor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "Mensaje" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "&Aceptar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "&Cancelar" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "Shell de inyección" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "Shell de destino" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "Error al ejecutar el terminal. Error: %{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"El servicio docker no está en ejecución. ¿Debe iniciarlo YaST? De lo " -"contrario, YaST se cerrará." +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "El servicio docker no está en ejecución. ¿Debe iniciarlo YaST? De lo contrario, YaST se cerrará." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"El servicio docker no está en ejecución. Ejecute este módulo como usuario " -"root o inicie el servicio docker manualmente." +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "El servicio docker no está en ejecución. Ejecute este módulo como usuario root o inicie el servicio docker manualmente." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "Comunicación con docker fallida, error: %s. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea detener el contenedor en ejecución?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el contenedor?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "¿Desea finalizar el contenedor en ejecución?" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "&Imágenes" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "&Contenedores" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Imágenes de docker" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "Ejecutando contenedores de docker" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "ID de imagen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "Creado" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "Tamaño virtual" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "ID de contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imagen" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "Comando" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "Puertos" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "Act&ualizar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "Ejec&utar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "M&ostrar cambios" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "Inyectar &terminal" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "&Detener contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "&Finalizar contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "&Asignar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar la imagen %s?" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "Ejecutar contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "Contenedor" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "Seleccione el directorio para compartir" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "Seleccione el directorio de destino" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "Seleccione el puerto externo" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "Seleccione el puerto interno" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/drbd.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuración de LVM</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +#| "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +#| "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -473,40 +487,36 @@ "Pulse Siguiente para continuar.\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Configuración de filtro LVM de DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "Modificar filtro de dispositivos LVM automáticamente" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Filtro de dispositivos" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "Escribiendo caché LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "Habilitar caché LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "¡Advertencia! Se debe inhabilitar el caché LVM para usar drbd." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "Usar lvmetad para LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "Usar LVM metad" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "¡Advertencia! No se debe usar lvmetad para el clúster." @@ -536,61 +546,61 @@ msgstr "Guardar" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "El nombre del nodo no puede estar vacío." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "La dirección IPv6 debe indicarse entre corchetes." #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/puerto debe usar la combinación \"dir:puerto\"." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Introduzca un dirección IP válida." #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Introduzca un número de puerto válido." #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "Los nombres de nodos no deben incluir \".\" , se empleará el hombre de host local." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Cumplimente todos los campos." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configure al menos dos nodos." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del nodo:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Los nombres de los nodos deben ser diferentes." @@ -697,70 +707,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Error al fusionar los archivos conf separados de DRBD\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Error al escribir drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Leer valores de configuración globales" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Leer recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "Leer configuraciones de LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Leer estado del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración globales..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Leyendo los recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "Leyendo configuraciones de LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado del daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Error al realizar la copia de seguridad de drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Error al limpiar drbd.conf para la prueba drbdadm" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -768,12 +778,12 @@ "Configuración no válida del recurso %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Error al recuperar drbd.conf" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de DRBD" @@ -781,46 +791,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Escribir valores de configuración globales" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Escribir recursos" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "Escribir configuraciones de LVM" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Definir estado del daemon" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración globales..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Escribiendo recursos..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuraciones de LVM..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Definiendo estado del daemon..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Error al crear el directorio /etc/drbd.d" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "Modificar filtro de dispositivos LVM automáticamente" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/fcoe-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "Configuración de fcoe-client" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración de fcoe..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FcoeClient" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "Cliente &FCoE" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "No" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "No es posible eliminar la interfaz FCoE.\n" "Error en el comando %1." -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "no disponible" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "sin configurar" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "verdadero" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "falso" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "sin definir" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Configuración de la interfaz VLAN %1 en %2" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ "porque FCoE ya está configurado en\n" "la interfaz de red %2." -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -105,13 +105,13 @@ "porque FCoE ya está configurado en\n" "las interfaces VLAN %2." -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "Creando e iniciando FCoE en el dispositivo VLAN detectado" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -121,17 +121,17 @@ "para la interfaz VLAN %1 detectada\n" "en %2 y lanzar el iniciador FCoE?" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "No es posible crear ni iniciar FCoE en %1." -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "El comando %1 sobre %2 ha fallado." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ "Error al crear la interfaz FCoE.\n" "Continúe para la carga del modo de prueba" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea eliminar la interfaz FCoE %1?" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "Asegúrese de que la interfaz no es esencial para un dispositivo usado.\n" "Quitarla puede causar que el sistema no se pueda utilizar." -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -164,17 +164,17 @@ "No elimine la interfaz si está relacionada\n" "con un dispositivo de múltiples rutas ya activo." -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Error al eliminar la interfaz %1." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al eliminar la interfaz %1." -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ "El DCB requerido está establecido en \"sí\" pero\n" "la interfaz no admite DCB." -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -191,148 +191,146 @@ "El servicio fcoe necesita que el servicio lldpad esté habilitado.\n" "Se habilitará el inicio del servicio lldpad durante el arranque." -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "Habilitar &FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "&DCB necesario" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "&AUTO_VLAN" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio FCoE" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Inicio del servicio Lldpad" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección mac" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "Interfaz VLAN FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "Habilitar FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "DCB necesario" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "VLAN AUTOMÁTICA" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "Compatible con DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Controlador" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "Marcar FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "Marcar iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "Solo almacenamiento" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "Reintentar &detección" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "Cambiar &configuración" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "Crear interfaz &FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "&Eliminar interfaz" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "&Depuración" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "&Usar syslog" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -340,18 +338,17 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración de fcoe-client</big> \n" " Espere, por favor... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abortando inicialización:</big> \n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"Abortar ahora.\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Abortar ahora.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -359,8 +356,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración de fcoe-client</big>\n" " Espere, por favor... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -372,8 +369,8 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>FcoeClient Configuration</big> \n" "Configure fcoe-client here. \n" @@ -381,8 +378,8 @@ "<big>Configuración de FcoeClient</big> \n" "Configure aquí fcoe-client. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big> \n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -391,12 +388,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adición de un fcoe-client:</big> \n" "Seleccione un cliente en la lista de fcoe-client detectados.\n" -"Si no se detecta su fcoe-client, utilice la opción Otro (no detectado)</" -"b>.\n" +"Si no se detecta su fcoe-client, utilice la opción Otro (no detectado).\n" "A continuación, haga clic en Configurar.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -406,237 +402,157 @@ "Si pulsa Editar, se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." -msgstr "" -"<big>Inicio de servicios</big> Habilita o inhabilita el " -"inicio de los servicios fcoe y lldpad durante el arranque." +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgstr "<big>Inicio de servicios</big> Habilita o inhabilita el inicio de los servicios fcoe y lldpad durante el arranque." -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -"Iniciar el servicio fcoe significa iniciar el daemon fcoemon</" -"i> del servicio Fibre Channel over Ethernet, que controla las " -"interfaces FCoE y establece una conexión con el daemon lldpad." +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "Iniciar el servicio fcoe significa iniciar el daemon fcoemon del servicio Fibre Channel over Ethernet, que controla las interfaces FCoE y establece una conexión con el daemon lldpad." -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"El servicio lldpad proporciona el daemon del agente para el " -"protocolo de descubrimiento de la capa de enlace (lldpad), que " -"informa a fcoemon acerca de las características de DCB (puente del " -"centro de datos) y la configuración de las interfaces." +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "El servicio lldpad proporciona el daemon del agente para el protocolo de descubrimiento de la capa de enlace (lldpad), que informa a fcoemon acerca de las características de DCB (puente del centro de datos) y la configuración de las interfaces." -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<big>Network interface overview</big>" msgstr "<big>Resumen de interfaz de red</big>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"El recuadro de diálogo de interfaces muestra todas las tarjetas de red " -"detectadas e incluye el estado de VLAN y la configuración de FCoE. FCoE " -"es posible si se configura una interfaz VLAN para FCoE en el switch. Por " -"cada tarjeta de red (interfaz de red), se muestra en la columna Interfaz " -"VLAN de FCoE." +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "El recuadro de diálogo de interfaces muestra todas las tarjetas de red detectadas e incluye el estado de VLAN y la configuración de FCoE. FCoE es posible si se configura una interfaz VLAN para FCoE en el switch. Por cada tarjeta de red (interfaz de red), se muestra en la columna Interfaz VLAN de FCoE." -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"Es posible volver a intentar la comprobación de los servicios de FCoE " -"mediante la opción Reintentar detección (puede ser necesario para " -"interfaces que necesiten tiempo para arrancar)." +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "Es posible volver a intentar la comprobación de los servicios de FCoE mediante la opción Reintentar detección (puede ser necesario para interfaces que necesiten tiempo para arrancar)." -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"Los valores de Interfaz VLAN de FCoE en detalle: No " -"disponible: Fibre Channel over Ethernet no es posible (debe habilitarse " -"primero en el switch). No configurado: FCoE es posible, pero aún " -"no se ha activado. Haga clic en Crear interfaz VLAN de FCoE para " -"activarlo. Si la interfaz VLAN de FCoE se ha creado ya, el nombre se " -"muestra en la columna, por ejemplo, eth3.200." +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "Los valores de Interfaz VLAN de FCoE en detalle: No disponible: Fibre Channel over Ethernet no es posible (debe habilitarse primero en el switch). No configurado: FCoE es posible, pero aún no se ha activado. Haga clic en Crear interfaz VLAN de FCoE para activarlo. Si la interfaz VLAN de FCoE se ha creado ya, el nombre se muestra en la columna, por ejemplo, eth3.200." -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la configuración de una interfaz VLAN de FCoE, haga clic en " -"Cambiar configuración." +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." +msgstr "Para cambiar la configuración de una interfaz VLAN de FCoE, haga clic en Cambiar configuración." -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<big>General Configuration of FCoE</big>" msgstr "<big>Configuración general de FCoE</big>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede configurar las opciones generales del servicio del sistema " -"FCoE. Los ajustes se escriben en /etc/fcoe/config." +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +msgstr "Aquí puede configurar las opciones generales del servicio del sistema FCoE. Los ajustes se escriben en /etc/fcoe/config." -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "Los valores son: \n" -"Depurar: sí o no Se usa para habilitar o inhabilitar " -"los mensajes de depuración del guion del servicio de FCoE y de fcoemon</" -"i>. Usar syslog: sí o no Los mensajes se envían " -"al registro del sistema si está seleccionada la opción sí (los datos " -"se registran en /var/log/messages)." +"Depurar: sí o no Se usa para habilitar o inhabilitar los mensajes de depuración del guion del servicio de FCoE y de fcoemon. Usar syslog: sí o no Los mensajes se envían al registro del sistema si está seleccionada la opción sí (los datos se registran en /var/log/messages)." -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx" msgstr "Edite los ajustes en /etc/fcoe/ethx" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"El daemon fcoemon lee estos archivos de configuración durante el " -"inicio. Hay un archivo por cada interfaz. Los valores indican si hay que " -"crear instancias de FCoE y si se necesita DCB." +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "El daemon fcoemon lee estos archivos de configuración durante el inicio. Hay un archivo por cada interfaz. Los valores indican si hay que crear instancias de FCoE y si se necesita DCB." -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." -msgstr "" -"Los valores son: Habilitar FCoE: sí o no</" -"i> Habilita o inhabilita la creación de instancias de FCoE. DCB " -"necesario: sí o no El valor por defecto es sí, " -"ya que DCB suele ser necesario. VLAN AUTOMÁTICA: sí o " -"no Si se define el valor sí, fcoemon creará las interfaces " -"VLAN automáticamente." +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +msgstr "Los valores son: Habilitar FCoE: sí o no Habilita o inhabilita la creación de instancias de FCoE. DCB necesario: sí o no El valor por defecto es sí, ya que DCB suele ser necesario. VLAN AUTOMÁTICA: sí o no Si se define el valor sí, fcoemon creará las interfaces VLAN automáticamente." -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "&Interfaces" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "&Configuración" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "&Servicios" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de canal de fibra sobre Ethernet" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "Cambiar valores de configuración de FCoE" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de FcoeClient" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para continuar con la configuración FCoE, el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para continuar con la configuración FCoE, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio fcoe" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el zócalo systemd de lldpad" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio lldpad." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el zócalo systemd de fcoemon." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio fcoe." -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -646,113 +562,113 @@ "Puede editar la configuración y volver a crear la interfaz FCoE\n" "VLAN para obtener una configuración válida." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de fcoe-client" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Comprobar servicios" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detectar tarjetas de red" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Leer /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Comprobando servicios..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detectando tarjetas de red..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Leyendo /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al iniciar los servicios." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "No es posible leer /etc/fcoe/config." -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de fcoe-client" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Reiniciar servicio FCoE" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Ajustar inicio de servicios" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio FCoE..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Ajustando el inicio de los servicios..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración en /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -760,43 +676,43 @@ "No es posible escribir la configuración para las interfaces FCoE.\n" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte /var/log/YaST2/y2log." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al reiniciar el servicio fcoe." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "No es posible escribir /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "Configuración general de FCoE" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "Tarjeta de red:" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "Inicio de servicios" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitado" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall-services.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,263 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "DNS de multidifusión Zeroconf/Bonjour" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" -msgstr "" -"Puertos DNS de multidifusión (mDNS) Zeroconf/Bonjour para el servicio de " -"descubrimiento (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +msgstr "Puertos DNS de multidifusión (mDNS) Zeroconf/Bonjour para el servicio de descubrimiento (DNS-SD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "Servidor cyrus-imapd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor cyrus-imapd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "Servidor DHCPv4" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor ISC DHCPv4 4.x." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor dnsmasq DNS/DHCP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "Compatibilidad de mDNS/Bonjour para HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" -msgstr "" -"Archivo de configuración de cortafuegos para la compatibilidad de mDNS/" -"Bonjour para HPLIP" +msgstr "Archivo de configuración de cortafuegos para la compatibilidad de mDNS/Bonjour para HPLIP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "Daemon icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "Abre el zócalo para el daemon de compilación icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "planificador icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "Abre los puertos para el planificador icecream" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "Daemon iSNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el daemon iSNS con difusión permitida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Servidor de NetBIOS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba Netbios con difusión permitida." +msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba Netbios con difusión permitida." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "Cliente NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." -msgstr "" -"Configuración del cortafuegos para el cliente NFS. Abre puertos para que el " -"cliente NFS pueda conectarse con un servidor NFS." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos para el cliente NFS. Abre puertos para que el cliente NFS pueda conectarse con un servidor NFS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "Servicio de servidor NFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." -msgstr "" -"Configuración del cortafuegos para el servidor NFS del núcleo. Abre puertos " -"de NFS para permitir que otros hosts se conecten con este." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." +msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos para el servidor NFS del núcleo. Abre puertos de NFS para permitir que otros hosts se conecten con este." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "Servidor xntp" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "Abre los puertos para xntp." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "Servidor OpenLDAP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor OpenLDAP (slapd)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "Servidor OpenSLP (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "Permite al servidor OpenSLP anunciar servicios." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Servidor Rsync" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos para el servidor rsync a fin de permitir la sincronización " -"remota" +msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor rsync a fin de permitir la sincronización remota" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Cliente Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "Permite la exploración de recursos SMB." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Servidor Samba" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Samba." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "SMTP con sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "Archivo de configuración del cortafuegos para sendmail" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Servidor Secure Shell " -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el servidor Secure Shell." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "Abre los puertos para svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "Servidor mini-HTTP de VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "Abre los puertos HTTP de VNC para que los navegadores puedan conectar." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." -msgstr "" -"Abre los puertos del servidor VNC para que los visores puedan conectar." +msgstr "Abre los puertos del servidor VNC para que los visores puedan conectar." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "Servidor vsftpd" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "Abre los puertos para el Servidor vsftpd." -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "Cliente NIS " -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "El daemon ypbind enlaza los clientes NIS a un dominio NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firewall.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "La pantalla no admite la interfaz de usuario de firewall-config.\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "Utilice la línea de comandos de Yast2 o la utilidad firewall-cmd." -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ "No se puede cambiar la configuración del cortafuegos.\n" "El paquete SuSEfirewall2 no está instalado." -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Cortafuegos" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "&Cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "Otro cortafuegos activo" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ "configurar SuSEfirewall2.\n" "¿Desea continuar con la configuración?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Cancelando la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -77,137 +77,137 @@ "Todos los cambios se perderán.\n" "¿Desea realmente cancelar la configuración?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&Habilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "&Inhabilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Habilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "Inhabilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "El cortafuegos está ejecutándose" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "El cortafuegos no está ejecutándose" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "&Iniciar el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "&Detener el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Guar&dar configuración y reiniciar cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "Detener el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "Guardar la configuración y reiniciar cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "Servicios autorizados" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "Nivel de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "Reglas personalizadas" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "Resumen" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." @@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ "<big>Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos</big>\n" "Por favor, espere..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." @@ -224,8 +224,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos</big>\n" " Por favor, espere..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Interfaces</big>\n" " Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -240,33 +240,28 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Interfaces</big>\n" " Asigne aquí los dispositivos de la red a las zonas del cortafuegos\n" -"seleccionando el dispositivo en la tabla y haciendo clic en Cambiar.</" -"p>\n" +"seleccionando el dispositivo en la tabla y haciendo clic en Cambiar.\n" "\n" -"Indique las cadenas especiales , por ejemplo <tt>any</tt>, con la " -"opción \n" -"Personalizar. También es posible indicar aquí interfaces que aún no " -"se han configurado.\n" +"Indique las cadenas especiales , por ejemplo <tt>any</tt>, con la opción \n" +"Personalizar. También es posible indicar aquí interfaces que aún no se han configurado.\n" "Si necesita enmascaramiento, no se permitirá la cadena <tt>any</tt>.\n" "\n" -"Todos los dispositivos de la red deben estar asignados a una zona del " -"cortafuegos.\n" -"El tráfico de red a través de cualquier interfaz no asignada se bloqueará.</" -"p>\n" +"Todos los dispositivos de la red deben estar asignados a una zona del cortafuegos.\n" +"El tráfico de red a través de cualquier interfaz no asignada se bloqueará.\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. Custom. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. "), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. Custom. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. "), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" " Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -274,280 +269,202 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Servicios autorizados</big>\n" -" Indique los servicios y puertos a los que se debe tener acceso desde la " -"red.\n" +" Indique los servicios y puertos a los que se debe tener acceso desde la red.\n" "Las redes se dividen en zonas del cortafuegos.\n" "\n" "Para permitir un servicio, seleccione la Zona y el \n" "Servicio que se va a autorizar y haga clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para eliminar un servicio autorizado, seleccione la Zona y el " -"Servicio autorizado y haga clic en Suprimir.\n" +"Para eliminar un servicio autorizado, seleccione la Zona y el Servicio autorizado y haga clic en Suprimir.\n" "\n" -"Si se deselecciona Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna, se " -"eliminará\n" -"la protección de la zona. Todos los servicios y puertos de la red interna " -"quedarán\n" +"Si se deselecciona Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna, se eliminará\n" +"la protección de la zona. Todos los servicios y puertos de la red interna quedarán\n" "desprotegidos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Puede configurar ajustes adicionales mediante la opción Avanzados.</" -"b>\n" -"Las entradas deben estar separadas por un espacio. Podrá permitir puertos " -"TCP, UDP y RPC, así como \n" +"Puede configurar ajustes adicionales mediante la opción Avanzados.\n" +"Las entradas deben estar separadas por un espacio. Podrá permitir puertos TCP, UDP y RPC, así como \n" " protocolos IP.\n" -" Los puertos TCP y UDP pueden introducirse como nombres de puertos " -"(<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" -" números de puertos (<tt>3128</tt>) o intervalos de puertos (<tt>8000:8520</" -"tt>).\n" -" Los puertos RPC deben introducirse como nombres de servicios (<tt>portmap</" -"tt> o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +" Los puertos TCP y UDP pueden introducirse como nombres de puertos (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" +" números de puertos (<tt>3128</tt>) o intervalos de puertos (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" +" Los puertos RPC deben introducirse como nombres de servicios (<tt>portmap</tt> o <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" " Introduzca los protocolos IP como el nombre del protocolo (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Enmascaramiento</big>\n" -" El enmascaramiento es una función que esconde la red interna detrás del " -"cortafuegos y permite el\n" -"acceso de la red interna a la red externa (ej. Internet) de forma " -"transparente. Las solicitudes de\n" +" El enmascaramiento es una función que esconde la red interna detrás del cortafuegos y permite el\n" +"acceso de la red interna a la red externa (ej. Internet) de forma transparente. Las solicitudes de\n" "la red externa a la interna se bloquean.\n" -"Seleccione Enmascarar redes para enmascarar la red interna de cara a " -"la\n" +"Seleccione Enmascarar redes para enmascarar la red interna de cara a la\n" "red externa.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si bien las peticiones de la red externa no pueden llegar a la red interna, " -"es posible redirigir de forma\n" -"transparente todos los puertos solicitados al cortafuegos a cualquier IP " -"interna.\n" -"Para añadir una regla de redirección nueva, pulse Añadir y " -"cumplimente el formulario.\n" +"Si bien las peticiones de la red externa no pueden llegar a la red interna, es posible redirigir de forma\n" +"transparente todos los puertos solicitados al cortafuegos a cualquier IP interna.\n" +"Para añadir una regla de redirección nueva, pulse Añadir y cumplimente el formulario.\n" "\n" -"Para eliminar una regla de redirección, selecciónela en la tabla y pulse " -"Suprimir.\n" +"Para eliminar una regla de redirección, selecciónela en la tabla y pulse Suprimir.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de difusión</big>\n" -" Los paquetes broadcasts son paquetes UDP especiales enviados por toda la " -"red para localizar\n" -"equipos o sistemas adyacentes o enviar información a todas las máquinas de " -"la red.\n" -"Por ejemplo, los servidores CUPS informan acerca de sus colas de impresión " -"por medio de paquetes broadcast.\n" +" Los paquetes broadcasts son paquetes UDP especiales enviados por toda la red para localizar\n" +"equipos o sistemas adyacentes o enviar información a todas las máquinas de la red.\n" +"Por ejemplo, los servidores CUPS informan acerca de sus colas de impresión por medio de paquetes broadcast.\n" "\n" -"Los servicios de SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados en interfaces autorizadas " -"añaden automáticamente\n" -" los puertos broadcast necesarios aquí. Para eliminar o añadir puertos, " -"edite la lista de puertos\n" +"Los servicios de SuSEfirewall2 seleccionados en interfaces autorizadas añaden automáticamente\n" +" los puertos broadcast necesarios aquí. Para eliminar o añadir puertos, edite la lista de puertos\n" " separados por espacios correspondiente a la zona en cuestión.\n" "\n" -"Se lleva un registro de otros paquetes broadcast desechados, los cuales " -"podrían llegar a ser muy\n" -" numerosos en redes grandes. Para suprimir el registro de estos paquetes, " -"desactive la opción\n" -" Registrar paquetes broadcasts no aceptados para las zonas deseadas.</" -"p>\n" +"Se lleva un registro de otros paquetes broadcast desechados, los cuales podrían llegar a ser muy\n" +" numerosos en redes grandes. Para suprimir el registro de estos paquetes, desactive la opción\n" +" Registrar paquetes broadcasts no aceptados para las zonas deseadas.\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Respuesta de difusión</big> \n" -"El cortafuegos suele eliminar paquetes enviados por otros sistemas como " -"respuesta\n" -"a paquetes de difusión enviados por el sistema; por ejemplo, la exploración " -"de Samba o de SLP.\n" +"El cortafuegos suele eliminar paquetes enviados por otros sistemas como respuesta\n" +"a paquetes de difusión enviados por el sistema; por ejemplo, la exploración de Samba o de SLP.\n" "\n" -"Aquí puede configurar los paquetes que tienen permiso para atravesar el " -"cortafuegos. Utilice el botón\n" -"Añadir para añadir una nueva regla. Deberá seleccionar la zona del " -"cortafuegos y también\n" -"escoger alguno de los servicios ya definidos o crear una regla manualmente.</" -"p>\n" +"Aquí puede configurar los paquetes que tienen permiso para atravesar el cortafuegos. Utilice el botón\n" +"Añadir para añadir una nueva regla. Deberá seleccionar la zona del cortafuegos y también\n" +"escoger alguno de los servicios ya definidos o crear una regla manualmente.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Soporte IPsec</big>\n" -" IPsec es una comunicación cifrada entre hosts o redes de confianza a " -"través de redes no confiables como\n" -"Internet. Mediante este cuadro de diálogo se puede abrir IPsec a una zona " -"externa marcando la opción \n" +" IPsec es una comunicación cifrada entre hosts o redes de confianza a través de redes no confiables como\n" +"Internet. Mediante este cuadro de diálogo se puede abrir IPsec a una zona externa marcando la opción \n" "Activado.\n" "\n" "En Detalles se puede configurar cómo se gestionarán los paquetes\n" -"IPsec descifrados correctamente. Por ejemplo, se pueden gestionar como si " -"pertenecieran a la zona interna.\n" +"IPsec descifrados correctamente. Por ejemplo, se pueden gestionar como si pertenecieran a la zona interna.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nivel de registro</big>\n" -" Este cuadro de diálogo sirve para realizar los ajustes de configuración " -"básicos para el registro de los paquetes IP. Aquí puede configurar el " -"registro de los paquetes de conexión entrantes. Los salientes no se " -"registran en absoluto.\n" +" Este cuadro de diálogo sirve para realizar los ajustes de configuración básicos para el registro de los paquetes IP. Aquí puede configurar el registro de los paquetes de conexión entrantes. Los salientes no se registran en absoluto.\n" " \n" -" Hay dos grupos de paquetes IP registrados: los Aceptados y los " -"No aceptados.\n" -" Puede seleccionar tres niveles de registro para cada grupo: Registrar " -"todos para registrar\n" -"todos los paquetes; Registrar sólo críticos, para registrar sólo los " -"de interés y No registrar ninguno\n" -"para no llevar a cabo ningún registro. Debería registrar al menos los " -"paquetes aceptados críticos.\n" +" Hay dos grupos de paquetes IP registrados: los Aceptados y los No aceptados.\n" +" Puede seleccionar tres niveles de registro para cada grupo: Registrar todos para registrar\n" +"todos los paquetes; Registrar sólo críticos, para registrar sólo los de interés y No registrar ninguno\n" +"para no llevar a cabo ningún registro. Debería registrar al menos los paquetes aceptados críticos.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resumen</big>\n" " Aquí se muestra un resumen de la configuración. El resumen engloba la\n" -"configuración general y la configuración parcial para cada zona del " -"cortafuegos.\n" +"configuración general y la configuración parcial para cada zona del cortafuegos.\n" "Todas las zonas existentes aparecen en el resumen.\n" "\n" -"Inicio del cortafuegos indica si el cortafuegos se inicia durante " -"el\n" +"Inicio del cortafuegos indica si el cortafuegos se inicia durante el\n" "arranque o bien manualmente.\n" "\n" -"Para que los siguientes elementos aparezcan en el resumen, se ha de haber " -"asignado una interfaz de red a las zonas del cortafuegos:\n" +"Para que los siguientes elementos aparezcan en el resumen, se ha de haber asignado una interfaz de red a las zonas del cortafuegos:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: se muestra una lista de las interfaces con su nombre " -"de configuración y de dispositivo.\n" +"Interfaces: se muestra una lista de las interfaces con su nombre de configuración y de dispositivo.\n" "\n" -"Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos: aquí aparecen todos los " -"servicios de red\n" -" autorizados así como los puertos TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP " -"(User Datagram Protocol) y\n" -" RPC (Remote Procedure Call) y los protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) " -"adicionales.\n" +"Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos: aquí aparecen todos los servicios de red\n" +" autorizados así como los puertos TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol) y\n" +" RPC (Remote Procedure Call) y los protocolos IP (Internet Protocol) adicionales.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." @@ -555,35 +472,31 @@ "Introduzca aquí los puertos o protocolos\n" "adicionales que desee habilitar en la zona de cortafuegos." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "TCP Ports and UDP Ports can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" "such as <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt>, or <tt>137:139</tt>." msgstr "" -"Los Puertos TCP y los Puertos UDP se pueden introducir " -"como\n" -"una lista de números de puertos, nombres de puertos o rangos de puertos " -"separados por espacios,\n" +"Los Puertos TCP y los Puertos UDP se pueden introducir como\n" +"una lista de números de puertos, nombres de puertos o rangos de puertos separados por espacios,\n" "como <tt>22</tt>, <tt>http</tt> o <tt>137:139</tt>." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "Puertos RPC es una lista de los servicios RPC, como \n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por " -"espacios." +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt> o <tt>portmap</tt>, separados por espacios." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "IP Protocols is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -595,62 +508,54 @@ "Encontrará la lista actual de protocolos en \n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." msgstr "" -"Rango de puertos consta de dos números separados por dos puntos " -"que representan\n" -"todos los números que integran el rango, incluidos los propios números de " -"inicio y fin.\n" +"Rango de puertos consta de dos números separados por dos puntos que representan\n" +"todos los números que integran el rango, incluidos los propios números de inicio y fin.\n" "El primer número de puerto debe ser inferior al segundo\n" "(por ejemplo, <tt>200:215</tt>)." -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "The Port Name is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" "the assignment currently in use in the <tt>/etc/services</tt> file." msgstr "" -"El Nombre de puerto es un nombre asignado a un número de puerto " -"por la organización\n" -"IANA. Cada número de puerto puede tener varios nombres asignados. Para " -"averiguar las asignaciones\n" +"El Nombre de puerto es un nombre asignado a un número de puerto por la organización\n" +"IANA. Cada número de puerto puede tener varios nombres asignados. Para averiguar las asignaciones\n" "utilizadas en cada momento, consulte el archivo <tt>/etc/services</tt>." -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cortafuegos</big> \n" -"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de " -"ataques procedentes de la red.\n" +"El cortafuegos es un mecanismo de defensa para proteger su sistema de ataques procedentes de la red.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" "matching these rules.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Reglas personalizadas</big> \n" -"Configure aquí reglas especiales del cortafuegos para permitir nuevas " -"conexiones\n" +"Configure aquí reglas especiales del cortafuegos para permitir nuevas conexiones\n" "que se ajusten a estas reglas.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "Source Network \n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -662,9 +567,9 @@ "por ejemplo, <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>, <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>,\n" "<tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> o <tt>0/0</tt> (que significa <tt>todo</tt>).\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "Protocol \n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" @@ -674,9 +579,9 @@ "Protocolo que ha utilizado el paquete. Los servicios RPC\n" " utilizan el protocolo especial <tt>RPC</tt>." -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "Destination Port \n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -690,9 +595,9 @@ "Si se trata del protocolo <tt>RPC</tt>, utilice el nombre del servicio RPC.\n" "Esta entrada es opcional." -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Source Port \n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -702,653 +607,646 @@ "Nombre de puerto, número o rango de puertos desde donde\n" "se origina el paquete. Esta entrada es opcional." -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME: la ayuda para %1 no está disponible." -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "Interfaz o cadena de caracteres" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "Configurada en" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Cambiar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "&Personalizar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "Zona para interfaz de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "Zona de &interfaz" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "Configuración adicional de interfaz para zonas" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "&Enmascarar redes" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Servicios au&torizados para la zona seleccionada" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "&Servicio que se va a autorizar" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "Servicio autorizado" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "&Proteger cortafuegos de la zona interna" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "Opciones a&vanzadas..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "Servicios de reglas avanzadas para la zona seleccionada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "Red origen" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "Puerto de destino" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "Puerto de origen" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "Puertos autorizados adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "Configuración para la zona: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos &TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "Puertos &UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "Puertos &RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "Protocolos &IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "IP req." -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "Puerto req." -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "Redir. a IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "Redir. a puerto" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "Añadir regla de redirección enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "Regla de redirección a cumplir:" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "Red &origen" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "&IP pedida (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "Puerto re&querido" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "Redirección:" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "Re&dirigir a IP enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "&Redirigir a puerto (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "Registrar todos" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "Registrar sólo críticos" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "No registrar ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "&Registro de paquetes aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "Re&gistro de paquetes no aceptados" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de difusión" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "Aceptando la respuesta de difusión" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "Zona" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "Aceptado desde la red" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "Soporte IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Activado" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "Misma zona que la red origen original" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "Zona IPsec" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "&Confiar en IPsec como" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "Reglas personalizadas permitidas" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "&Zona del cortafuegos" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "Añadir nueva regla permisiva" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "&Red de origen" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "Puerto de &destino (opcional)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "Puerto de &origen (opcional)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "&Opciones adicionales (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "Creando resumen..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "&Mostrar detalles" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "Puertos UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "Servicios RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "Protocolos IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "Puertos de difusión" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "Cualquier interfaz sin asignar será asignada a esta zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "Soportada actualmente sólo en la zona externa." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "Interfaz de red desconocida." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "No hay interfaces asignadas a esta zona." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "Servicios, puertos y protocolos abiertos" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "La zona interna no está protegida. Todos los puertos están abiertos." -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "No hay puertos abiertos en la zona." -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "Hay %1 reglas personalizadas definidas" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"Red: %1, Protocolo: %2, Puerto de destino: %3, Puerto " -"de origen: %4, Opciones: %5" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "Red: %1, Protocolo: %2, Puerto de destino: %3, Puerto de origen: %4, Opciones: %5" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "Todo" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "Inicio del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "Enable firewall automatic starting" msgstr "Habilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "Disable firewall automatic starting" msgstr "Inhabilitar inicio automático del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos se inicia después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos se inicia después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos se detendrá después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "El cortafuegos no se iniciará después de escribir la configuración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "Interfaces no asignadas" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "No se permite el tráfico de red a través de estas interfaces." -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "Iniciando el cortafuegos..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "Deteniendo el cortafuegos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "Ninguna zona asignada" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "Cadena de caracteres personalizada" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "Ninguna zona asignada" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "El número de puerto %1 no es válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "El número de puerto %1 de la definición %2 no es válido." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "Definición de puerto no válida" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." -msgstr "" -"El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos " -"incluidos)." +msgstr "El número de puerto debe estar incluido en el intervalo de 1 a %1 (ambos incluidos)." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "Definición de intervalo de puertos no válida" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1358,13 +1256,13 @@ "Debe definirse como número_puerto_inicio:número_puerto_fin, y\n" " número_puerto_fin debe ser superior a número_puerto_inicio." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "Nombre de puerto desconocido" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1374,13 +1272,13 @@ "Probablemente no funcionará.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea utilizar este puerto?\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "Definición de servicio adicional incorrecta" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1390,34 +1288,31 @@ msgstr "" "Parece que los valores del servicio adicional\n" "%1\n" -"son incorrectos. Las entradas deben estar separadas por espacios, no por " -"comas,\n" +"son incorrectos. Las entradas deben estar separadas por espacios, no por comas,\n" "que no están permitidas.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar los valores actuales?" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." -msgstr "" -"El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +msgstr "El enmascaramiento requiere al menos una interfaz externa y otra interfaz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "Se ha de completar esta entrada." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "Definición de puerto incorrecta." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1427,18 +1322,18 @@ "No se ha encontrado ningún número de puerto para este nombre de puerto.\n" "Utilice el número de puerto en lugar del nombre de puerto.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "Definición de IP no válida." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "&Registrar paquetes difusión no aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1450,656 +1345,655 @@ "\n" "¿Quiere detener el cortafuegos después de guardar la nueva configuración?\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "Definición de red no válida %1" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "Rango de puertos no válido %1" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "Nombre o numero de puerto no válido %1" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "Todos los servicios que usan UDP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "Todos los servicios que usan TCP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Exploración de SAMBA" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "Exploración SLP" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "Todas las redes" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "Subred: %1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "&Zona" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "&Red" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "Servicio definido por el usuario" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "Pue&rto" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "Seleccione el elemento que se debe eliminar." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "Zonas conocidas del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "Configuración de interfaces de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "Servicios, puertos y protocolos autorizados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "Ajustes de los paquetes de difusión" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "Configuración de enmascaramiento" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "Activa el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "Desactiva el cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "Mostrar configuración actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos durante el arranque" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "Iniciar el cortafuegos manualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Mostrar lista de entradas configuradas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "Nombre de zona abreviado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "Añadir un nuevo registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "Eliminar un registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "Nombre de configuración de la interfaz de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes aceptados (all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes no aceptados (all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "Registro de paquetes broadcast (yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "Definir valor" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" -msgstr "" -"Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos, varios servicios separados por comas" +msgstr "Servicios conocidos del cortafuegos, varios servicios separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto TCP, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto UDP, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto RPC, varios puertos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "Nombre de protocolo IP, varios protocolos separados por comas" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "Definir protección de zona (yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "Información detallada" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Activar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Desactivar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "Red origen como 0/0 ó 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "Protocolo (tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "IP externa requerida (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "Nombre o número de puerto requerido" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "Redirigir a IP interna" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "Redirigir a puerto en IP interna (opcional)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "Número de registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "Utilizar nombres de puerto en lugar de números de puerto" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "Zona desconocida %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir el parámetro %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Lista de zonas conocidas del cortafuegos:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "Atajo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "Resumen:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "Sólo se permite un parámetro." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "Inicio:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "Activando el cortafuegos durante el arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "Eliminando el cortafuegos del proceso de arranque..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "El cortafuegos está activado durante el arranque" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "El cortafuegos debe iniciarse manualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "Interfaces de red en zonas del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "Cadena especial del cortafuegos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre de dispositivo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Añadiendo la cadena especial %1 a la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "Añadiendo la interfaz %1 a la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Eliminando la cadena especial %1 de la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "Eliminando la interfaz %1 de la zona %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "Registrar todos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "Registrar sólo críticos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "No registrar ninguno" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes globales de registro:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "Tipo de regla" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "Aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "No aceptados" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "Paquetes de difusión de registro:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "Registro habilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "Registro inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "Abreviado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "Estado del registro" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "No se permite el valor %1 para la opción %2." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "Puertos de difusión autorizados:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "Aquí sólo se permite un comando de acción." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "Servicios definidos del cortafuegos:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "Nombre del servicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "Puerto TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "Puerto UDP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "Puerto RPC" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "Protocolo IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "Servicios autorizados en zonas:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "Todos los servicios" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "Toda la zona no protegida" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "ID del servicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "Puertos autorizados adicionales:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "Todos los puertos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "Protocolos IP adicionales autorizados en las zonas:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "Todos los protocolos IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "Servicio desconocido %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "Sólo pueden protegerse las zonas internas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos uno de %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un comando de acción de %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "Redirigir peticiones a IP enmascarada:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "Nombre de puerto desconocido %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "Ajustes de enmascaramiento:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "en todos lados" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "en la zona %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "El enmascaramiento es %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desactivado" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/firstboot.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,120 +14,114 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Marque la opción Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque\n" -"aquí para iniciar la utilidad de primer arranque de YaST después de la " -"configuración.\n" +"aquí para iniciar la utilidad de primer arranque de YaST después de la configuración.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"Marque Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque para iniciar la " -"utilidad correspondiente de YaST la primera vez que se arranque después de " -"la configuración\n" -"Revise la documentación del modulo yast2-firstboot para obtener más " -"información.\n" +"Marque Habilitar secuencia de primer arranque para iniciar la utilidad correspondiente de YaST la primera vez que se arranque después de la configuración\n" +"Revise la documentación del modulo yast2-firstboot para obtener más información.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "Vacío" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activado" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Desactivado" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Arriba" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "A&bajo" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "Activ&ar o desactivar" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "Paso" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "Nombre del módulo" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" @@ -135,8 +129,8 @@ "Seleccione en la lista inferior el entorno de escritorio\n" "que desea utilizar.\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -146,31 +140,31 @@ "Este sistema tiene más de un entorno de escritorio instalado. Seleccione\n" " el escritorio que desee habilitar por defecto." -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "Seleccione el escritorio por defecto" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "&Iniciar Centro de Control de YaST" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "Configuración finalizada" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "¡Enhorabuena!" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" @@ -178,25 +172,25 @@ "Se ha completado la instalación de &product; en el equipo.\n" "Podrá entrar en el sistema tras pulsar Finalizar.\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "Visit us at www.suse.com." msgstr "Visítenos en www.suse.de/es/" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SuSE Development Team" msgstr "Have a lot of fun! Su equipo de desarrollo de SUSE" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "El sistema está listo para usar." -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.\n" @@ -204,8 +198,8 @@ "Con Finalizar se cerrará la instalación con YaST y pasará\n" "a la pantalla de registro.\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -215,26 +209,21 @@ "adaptar alguna de las opciones de KDE al hardware. Fíjese\n" "también en el diálogo de bienvenida de SUSE.\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" -"Si lo desean, los usuarios expertos pueden utilizar en este momento todos " -"los módulos de\n" -"configuración de SUSE. Para ello active la casilla Iniciar Centro de " -"Control de YaST y este\n" -"se iniciará tras pulsar Finalizar. Nota: el Centro de Control no " -"dispone de ningún botón de\n" +"Si lo desean, los usuarios expertos pueden utilizar en este momento todos los módulos de\n" +"configuración de SUSE. Para ello active la casilla Iniciar Centro de Control de YaST y este\n" +"se iniciará tras pulsar Finalizar. Nota: el Centro de Control no dispone de ningún botón de\n" "retroceso para volver a esta secuencia de instalación.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -244,29 +233,28 @@ "La configuración de idioma ha cambiado.\n" "\n" "Si es necesario, puede adaptar la configuración del teclado al nuevo\n" -"idioma. Use la herramienta de configuración del teclado después de entrar a " -"la sesión." +"idioma. Use la herramienta de configuración del teclado después de entrar a la sesión." -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Idioma y disposición del teclado" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Disposición del &teclado" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -274,25 +262,23 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se " -"usará durante\n" +"Seleccione el idioma y la distribución del teclado que se usará durante\n" "la configuración y en el sistema instalado.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Haga clic en Siguiente para acceder al siguiente recuadro de " -"diálogo.\n" +"Haga clic en Siguiente para acceder al siguiente recuadro de diálogo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -304,34 +290,33 @@ "para cancelar el proceso de instalación.\n" "\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar todos los paquetes adicionales." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "Preparar el sistema para el primer login" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "Preparando el sistema para el primer login..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -341,49 +326,49 @@ "Espere mientras se configura el sistema.\n" "" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "Completando la configuración del sistema" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "Ningún texto disponible" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque inhabilitada" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "Configuración del primer arranque habilitada" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ftp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/geo-cluster.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,483 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "Configuración de geo-cluster" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "&GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de GeoCluster" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de GeoCluster" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "archivo de configuración" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "transporte" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "puerto" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "mediador" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "sitio" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "ticket" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "Ca&ncelar" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "Habilitar autenticación de seguridad" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "Archivo de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "El archivo se escribirá en /etc/booth." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." -msgstr "" -"Para escribirlo en un directorio diferente, introduzca una vía absoluta." +msgstr "Para escribirlo en un directorio diferente, introduzca una vía absoluta." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." -msgstr "" -"Para un GeoCluster recién creado, pulse el botón a continuación para " -"generar /etc/booth/<key>." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." +msgstr "Para un GeoCluster recién creado, pulse el botón a continuación para generar /etc/booth/<key>." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." -msgstr "" -"Para unirse a un GeoCluster existente, copie /etc/booth/<clave> de otro nodo " -"manualmente." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." +msgstr "Para unirse a un GeoCluster existente, copie /etc/booth/<clave> de otro nodo manualmente." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "Generar archivo de clave de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "Básico" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "Introduzca un dirección IP válida" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "Introduzca el ticket y el tiempo límite" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "tiempo límite" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "reintentos" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "cargas" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "caducidad" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "adquirir después de" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "gestor antes de adquirir" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "Valor timeout no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "Valor expire no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "Valor acquireafter no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "Valor retries no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "no se admiten valores de reintentos inferiores a 3" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "Valor weights no válido" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "El valor ticket no puede estar vacío." -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP del mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "Edite la dirección IP del mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "Introduzca una dirección IP del sitio" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "Editar dirección IP del sitio" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "El nombre del ticket ya existe." -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "El nombre de la configuración no puede estar duplicado." -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "el puerto no es válido." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el transporte." -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "Es obligatorio rellenar el mediador." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el sitio." -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "hay que completar el ticket." -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "Error al crear el archivo de autenticación " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "Archivo de autenticación" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " se ha creado correctamente." -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "Selección de configuración de GeoCluster" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de configuración:" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de autenticación" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración global." -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración global" -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración de ticket global." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración de GeoCluster" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de SuSEFirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de GeoCluster" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de SuSEfirewall" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos1." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de geo-cluster" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/http-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,123 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "Configuración del servidor HTTP (Apache2)" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "Configura opciones de la máquina" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "Configurar los módulos del servidor de Apache 2" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." -msgstr "" -"Definir los puertos y direcciones de red donde el servidor debe escuchar." +msgstr "Definir los puertos y direcciones de red donde el servidor debe escuchar." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "Configurar hosts virtuales" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "Habilitar o inhabilitar el modo de asistente." -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "Nombre del servidor, por ejemplo www.ejemplo.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "Dirección de correo del administrador del servidor" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "Directorio donde se guardan los documentos del servidor" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "Nombre del host que configurar." -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Añadir nueva entrada de escucha ([dirección:]puerto)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "Suprimir una entrada de escucha existente ([dirección:]puerto)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "Mostrar lista de entradas configuradas." -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "Lista separada por comas de módulos que se van a activar" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "Lista separada por comas de módulos que se van a desactivar" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "Crear nuevo host virtual" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "Suprimir host virtual existente" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "Definir el host virtual seleccionado como host por defecto" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "Definir el modo de asistente \"on\" o \"off\"." -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "Máquina configurada no especificada" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" -msgstr "" -"Sólo es posible especificar el host existente como host para configurar" +msgstr "Sólo es posible especificar el host existente como host para configurar" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "Nombre de servidor no válido." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "Administrador de servidor no válido." -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "Validar error" -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -138,190 +136,183 @@ "Estado \tmódulo\n" "============" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "activado" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "desactivado" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconocido" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "Declaraciones de escucha:" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "Todas las interfaces" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "Sólo se pueden usar las interfaces existentes." -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "La declaración de escucha %1 ya está configurada." -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "Sólo se pueden eliminar los elementos de escucha existentes" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "Lista de hosts:" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "Faltan algunos parámetros" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "El único argumento válido es el host existente" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "Este ya es el sistema por defecto." -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "No es posible suprimir el sistema por defecto." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "Escuchar puertos y direcciones" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "Módulos del servidor" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "Host principal" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Hosts" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor HTTP" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la máquina '%1'" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "Equipos host configurados" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "Información del nuevo equipo host" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "Detalles de host virtual" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "Configuración SSL para '%1'" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "Sistema por defecto" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "Certificados" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "&Importar certificado de servidor..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "&Usar certificado de servidor común" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "Configuración de directorio para %1" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big>\n" " \n" @@ -330,18 +321,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor HTTP</big> \n" "Por favor, espere... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -349,8 +339,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor HHTP</big> \n" "Por favor, espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -358,88 +348,65 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación haciendo clic en Cancelar.\n" -" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo." -"\n" +" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo.\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." -msgstr "" -"El valor Puerto determina el puerto en el que escucha Apache2. El " -"valor por defecto es 80." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." +msgstr "El valor Puerto determina el puerto en el que escucha Apache2. El valor por defecto es 80." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"Escuchar en interfaces contiene la lista de todas las direcciones " -"IP configuradas para este host. Las direcciones IP marcadas son aquellas en " -"las que escucha Apache2. Si no está seguro, márquelas todas." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "Escuchar en interfaces contiene la lista de todas las direcciones IP configuradas para este host. Las direcciones IP marcadas son aquellas en las que escucha Apache2. Si no está seguro, márquelas todas." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede activar los lenguajes de scripts que el servidor Apache2 debe " -"soportar." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +msgstr "Aquí puede activar los lenguajes de scripts que el servidor Apache2 debe soportar." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." -msgstr "" -"El resumen muestra las opciones que se escribirán en la configuración de " -"Apache2 cuando pulse Finalizar." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." +msgstr "El resumen muestra las opciones que se escribirán en la configuración de Apache2 cuando pulse Finalizar." -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "Haga clic en Configuración experta del servidor HTTP\n" "\t\t para crear una configuración más detallada antes de su escritura." -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big> \n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>Editando los módulos del servidor HTTP</big> \n" "La tabla contiene una lista de todos los módulos disponibles para Apache2.\n" "La primera columna contiene el nombre del módulo. \n" "La segunda columna indica si el módulo ha de ser cargado por\n" -"el servidor. Los módulos activados serán cargados. La última columna muestra " -"una breve\n" +"el servidor. Los módulos activados serán cargados. La última columna muestra una breve\n" "descripción del módulo." -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "Para cambiar el estado de un módulo, \n" -"seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse Cambiar estado.</" -"p>\n" +"seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse Cambiar estado.\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use Add Module.\n" @@ -447,21 +414,19 @@ "Utilice el botón Añadir módulo para añadir un módulo\n" "que no aparezca en la tabla.\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del servidor HTTP</big> \n" -"Para activar el servidor HTTP, seleccione Habilitado. Para " -"desactivarlo, seleccione\n" +"Para activar el servidor HTTP, seleccione Habilitado. Para desactivarlo, seleccione\n" "Inhabilitado.\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "By enabling Open Firewall on Selected Ports, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -473,8 +438,8 @@ " Las interfaces del cortafuegos no se añaden ni suprimen. \n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está habilitado.\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. Listen On\n" @@ -495,120 +460,91 @@ "Módulos permite configurar los módulos cargados por el\n" " servidor.\n" " Host por defecto es el nombre de servidor de un host utilizado como\n" -" host por defecto (como respaldo). Si no se especifica el nombre de servidor " -"del host\n" +" host por defecto (como respaldo). Si no se especifica el nombre de servidor del host\n" " por defecto, se muestra una vía a la raíz de documentos del\n" " host por defecto.\n" -" Hosts contiene una lista de los hosts configurados para el servidor." -"\n" +" Hosts contiene una lista de los hosts configurados para el servidor.\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione una entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse en Editar " -"para cambiar la configuración." +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." +msgstr "Seleccione una entrada apropiada de la tabla y pulse en Editar para cambiar la configuración." -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." -msgstr "" -"Archivos de registro muestra los archivos de registro del servidor." -"" +msgstr "Archivos de registro muestra los archivos de registro del servidor." -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Equipos host configurados</big> \n" "Esta es una lista de equipos ya configurados. Uno de los equipos host está\n" -"marcado como sistema por defecto (con un asterisco junto al nombre de " -"servidor). Este se usa en caso de que ningún equipo\n" -"coincida con una solicitud entrante. Para seleccionar una máquina por " -"defecto\n" +"marcado como sistema por defecto (con un asterisco junto al nombre de servidor). Este se usa en caso de que ningún equipo\n" +"coincida con una solicitud entrante. Para seleccionar una máquina por defecto\n" "pulse el botón Definir como por defecto.\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para " -"cambiar el equipo.\n" -"Para añadir un nuevo equipo pulse Añadir. Para eliminar un sistema, " -"selecciónelo y pulse Suprimir." +"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para cambiar el equipo.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo equipo pulse Añadir. Para eliminar un sistema, selecciónelo y pulse Suprimir." -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración del equipo</big> \n" -"Para editar la configuración del equipo, seleccione la entrada apropiada " -"de la lista y pulse Editar.\n" -"Para añadir una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, " -"selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." +"Para editar la configuración del equipo, seleccione la entrada apropiada de la lista y pulse Editar.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" "La opción Resolución de servidor permite la resolución cuando se\n" -"\tusan hosts virtuales. Sin embargo, si selecciona Resolución mediante " -"encabezados HTTP,\n" +"\tusan hosts virtuales. Sin embargo, si selecciona Resolución mediante encabezados HTTP,\n" "\tel servidor por defecto nunca sirve peticiones de las direcciones IP de\n" -"\tun host virtual basado en nombre. Si tiene previsto configurar un vhost " -"basado en SSL, use Resolución mediante dirección IP." +"\tun host virtual basado en nombre. Si tiene previsto configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use Resolución mediante dirección IP." -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Modo de escucha de un servidor</big> \n" -"La directiva Escuchar permite seleccionar los puertos e interfaces de " -"red donde\n" +"La directiva Escuchar permite seleccionar los puertos e interfaces de red donde\n" "el servidor HTTP ha de esperar o escuchar las solicitudes que lleguen.\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para " -"modificarla.\n" -"Para añadir una nueva entrada, pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una " -"entrada, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." +"Seleccione una entrada adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para modificarla.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva entrada, pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una entrada, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>SSL Configuration</big> \n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -616,43 +552,34 @@ "encrypting communication.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración SSL</big> \n" -"Esta es una lista de opciones relacionadas con la configuración SSL (Secure " -"Socket Layer)\n" -"del equipo host. SSL permite comunicarse de forma segura con el equipo " -"codificando\n" +"Esta es una lista de opciones relacionadas con la configuración SSL (Secure Socket Layer)\n" +"del equipo host. SSL permite comunicarse de forma segura con el equipo codificando\n" "la comunicación.\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "La opción SSL determina el comportamiento general. El host puede no\n" -" admitir SSL en absoluto (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL " -"como no SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" -" o bien aceptar sólo las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requerido</" -"tt>).\n" +" admitir SSL en absoluto (<tt>Ningún SSL</tt>), permitir acceso tanto SSL como no SSL (<tt>Permitido</tt>),\n" +" o bien aceptar sólo las conexiones cifradas mediante SSL (<tt>Requerido</tt>).\n" " \n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Seleccione una opción adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para " -"modificarla.\n" -"Para agregar una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, " -"selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." +"Seleccione una opción adecuada de la lista y pulse Editar para modificarla.\n" +"Para agregar una nueva opción pulse Añadir. Para eliminar una opción, selecciónela y pulse Suprimir." -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "The Certificates menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. Import Server Certificate \n" @@ -666,131 +593,102 @@ "La opción Usar certificado común configura el uso del certificado\n" "común emitido para este equipo host.\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: si habilita el uso de SSL para un host, el módulo " -"<tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" +"Nota: si habilita el uso de SSL para un host, el módulo <tt>mod_ssl</tt>\n" "deberá estar cargado en el servidor.\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Nuevo equipo host</big> \n" -"Este diálogo le permite introducir información básica sobre una nueva " -"máquina virtual." +"Este diálogo le permite introducir información básica sobre una nueva máquina virtual." -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" "address for feedback about this host.\n" msgstr "" "Identificación del servidor especifica el contenido y la\n" -" presentación del nuevo host virtual. Nombre del servidor es el " -"nombre DNS devuelto como parte de los\n" -" encabezados HTTP en las respuestas del servidor. Raíz de contenidos del " -"servidor\n" -" es una vía completa a un directorio que contiene todos los documentos " -"proporcionados por\n" -" el host virtual. Dirección de correo del administrador permite " -"configurar una dirección de\n" +" presentación del nuevo host virtual. Nombre del servidor es el nombre DNS devuelto como parte de los\n" +" encabezados HTTP en las respuestas del servidor. Raíz de contenidos del servidor\n" +" es una vía completa a un directorio que contiene todos los documentos proporcionados por\n" +" el host virtual. Dirección de correo del administrador permite configurar una dirección de\n" " correo electrónico para los comentarios sobre el host.\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Resolution</big> \n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resolución del servidor</big> \n" "Apache2 debe ser capaz de determinar la configuración\n" -"del host virtual que debe emplear para crear una respuesta a una petición " -"HTTP. \n" +"del host virtual que debe emplear para crear una respuesta a una petición HTTP. \n" "Existen dos enfoques básicos. Si se utilizan encabezados HTTP\n" -"en la petición de entrada, el servidor busca el nombre de host especificado " -"en\n" -"los encabezados de las peticiones HTTP. La otra posibilidad es determinar el " -"host virtual\n" -"mediante la dirección IP que utiliza el cliente para conectarse al " -"servidor.\n" -"Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use Resolución mediante " -"direcciones IP.\n" +"en la petición de entrada, el servidor busca el nombre de host especificado en\n" +"los encabezados de las peticiones HTTP. La otra posibilidad es determinar el host virtual\n" +"mediante la dirección IP que utiliza el cliente para conectarse al servidor.\n" +"Si planea configurar un vhost basado en SSL, use Resolución mediante direcciones IP.\n" "Consulte el manual de Apache2 para obtener más detalles.\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>Detalles del nuevo host</big> \n" -"Este cuadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un " -"nuevo host virtual." +"Este cuadro de diálogo permite especificar información adicional sobre un nuevo host virtual." -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "Seleccione Habilitar compatibilidad con CGI\n" -"para ejecutar guiones CGI en la vía de Vía del directorio CGI " -"empleando el alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"para ejecutar guiones CGI en la vía de Vía del directorio CGI empleando el alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n" "\n" "Then enter the path for the certificate file in Certificate File\n" "Path.This option is only available for IP-based vhosts.\n" msgstr "" -"Para habilitar el acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione " -"Habilitar soporte SSL.\n" +"Para habilitar el acceso HTTPS a este host virtual, seleccione Habilitar soporte SSL.\n" "\n" " A continuación, introduzca la vía del archivo de certificado en\n" -"Ruta al archivo de certificado. Esta opción solo está disponible en " -"vhosts basados en IP.\n" +"Ruta al archivo de certificado. Esta opción solo está disponible en vhosts basados en IP.\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"En Índice de directorio, introduzca una lista de nombres de " -"archivos, separados por espacios, en los que Apache deba buscar y que debe " -"proporcionar cuando se solicite la URL de un directorio (uno que acabe en " -"<tt>/</tt>). Se proporcionará el primer archivo encontrado que coincida con " -"la búsqueda." +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "En Índice de directorio, introduzca una lista de nombres de archivos, separados por espacios, en los que Apache deba buscar y que debe proporcionar cuando se solicite la URL de un directorio (uno que acabe en <tt>/</tt>). Se proporcionará el primer archivo encontrado que coincida con la búsqueda." -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "Public HTML\n" "\n" @@ -798,140 +696,132 @@ msgstr "" "HTML público\n" "\n" -" permite acceder a los directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos los " -"usuarios." +" permite acceder a los directorios <tt>.public_html</tt> de todos los usuarios." -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "Todas las direcciones" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (1/5)--selección de dispositivos de red" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "Selección de dispositivo de red" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (2/5) -- módulos" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (3/5)--sistema por defecto" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (4/5)--máquinas virtuales" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "Asistente del servidor HTTP (5/5)--resumen" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "Comprobar entorno" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración de Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración de red" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "Comprobando entorno..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de red..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el servidor HTTP, los paquetes %1 deben estar " -"instalados." +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el servidor HTTP, los paquetes %1 deben estar instalados." -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -945,54 +835,54 @@ " \n" " sin instalar el paquete." -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "El archivo de configuración %1 no existe." -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "No hay ningún servidor DNS ejecutándose en este equipo." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor HTTP" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de Apache2" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "Activar el servicio Apache2 " -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "Desactivar el servicio Apache2 " -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Activando el servicio Apache2..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "Desactivando el servicio Apache2..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -1004,20 +894,18 @@ "%1\n" "¿Desea instalarlos ahora?\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." -msgstr "" -"No se ha especificado ningún nombre para la descripción del módulo, " -"ignorando." +msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún nombre para la descripción del módulo, ignorando." -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "Cambio desconocido de un módulo para la instalación automática: %1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -1025,251 +913,251 @@ "El valor por defecto del módulo %1 no concuerda.\n" "Esto puede ocasionar una falta de coherencia en la configuración del módulo." -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "Se ha encontrado una declaración de escucha sin puerto." -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Escuchar en</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Host por defecto</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " en " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "activado" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "desactivado" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Hosts virtuales</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "Archivos de &registro" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "Mostrar registro de &acceso" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "Mostrar registro de &errores" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "Documento raíz" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "Dirección de correo del administrador del servidor" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "Resolución del servidor" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "Determinar servidor de solicitudes por &cabeceras HTTP" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "Determinar servidor de solicitudes por &dirección IP del servidor" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "&Servicio HTTP" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "Escuchar en los puertos:" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "Dirección de red" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Cambiar estado" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "&Añadir módulo" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "Directorio" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "&Puerto:" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "&Escuchar en interfaces" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor Apache2 durante el arranque" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor Apache2 manualmente" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración experta del servidor &HTTP..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "Identificación del servidor" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor:" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "Documento raíz de &contenidos del servidor:" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "Dirección de correo del &administrador:" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "Host virtual" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "Cambiar ID de host virtual" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "Opciones de CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "Habilitar &CGI para este host virtual" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "Vía del &directorio CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "Compatibilidad con SSL" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "Habilitar la compatibilidad con &SSL para este host virtual" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "Vía al archivo de &certificado" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de &certificado" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "Opciones de directorio" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "Índice de &directorio" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "HTML público" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "Habilitar HTML &público" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1277,63 +1165,59 @@ "La dirección IP no está configurada\n" "en esta máquina." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "Dirección IP no válida." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "El host por defecto no se puede configurar con compatibilidad con SSL." -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "Si no se define un nombre de servidor, se utilizará el nombre de host." -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del servidor no puede estar vacío." -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." -msgstr "" -"El servidor de nombres introducido ya está configurado en otra máquina " -"virtual." +msgstr "El servidor de nombres introducido ya está configurado en otra máquina virtual." -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "La dirección IP ya está configurada en otro host virtual" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "La dirección de correo del administrador no es válida." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "&Recargar servidor HTTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "Guardar configuración y re&iniciar servidor HTTP" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1356,49 +1240,49 @@ "sistema por defecto. En caso contrario, pulse Cancelar para no cambiar\n" "el sistema por defecto.\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "Dirección &IP del servidor:" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "¿Suprimir la máquina seleccionada?" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "Definir como por de&fecto" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "Seleccionar documento raíz" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "La dirección de correo del administrador no puede estar vacía." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "Todas las direcciones (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones IP" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del ID del host virtual no puede estar vacío." -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1410,63 +1294,61 @@ "que aceptará peticiones para los hosts.\n" "También se puede especificar * para todas las direcciones y *:puerto." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "Zona maestra %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "El registro %1 ya existe en la zona %2." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de DNS" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "Añadir a zona" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "Nombre de zona" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "Crear nueva zona" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "Directorio CGI" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo de certificado" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de certificado." -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "Elegir archivo de clave de certificado" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de clave." -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "Seleccionar certificado" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1474,63 +1356,62 @@ "No es posible importar el certificado\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "&Dirección de red:" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "Número de puerto no válido." -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "Resolución mediante encabezados HTTP" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "Resolución mediante la dirección IP empleada" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "Problema de dependencia de módulos" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "requiere" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "Habilite el módulo requerido o inhabilite primero uno." -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo módulo:" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "Debe introducir un nombre para el módulo que va a añadir." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "Este módulo ya está en la lista." -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "La entrada %1 ya existe." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1538,385 +1419,321 @@ "La lista de los puertos donde el servidor debe escuchar\n" "no puede estar vacía." -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "Se ha de seleccionar al menos una interfaz." -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar lenguaje de guiones &PHP5" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar lenguaje de guiones P&erl" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "Habilitar lenguaje de guiones P&ython" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "Clave ilegal en equipo virtual %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "Error interno: los datos deben ser un array ref y no %s." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "ID de host ilegal." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "El ID de host ya existe." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "No es posible suprimir el sistema por defecto." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "ID de host no encontrado" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "Puerto ilegal" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "No ha sido posible escribir las reglas del cortafuegos" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado el valor de escucha para suprimir" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún host con el ID especificado." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "Los datos PEM están dañados." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hay ningún archivo de clave de certificado configurado para este ID de " -"host." +msgstr "No hay ningún archivo de clave de certificado configurado para este ID de host." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible analizar sintácticamente el archivo de clave." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." -msgstr "" -"No hay ningún archivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." +msgstr "No hay ningún archivo de certificado CA configurado para este ID de host." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." -msgstr "" -"Proporciona control de acceso basado en el nombre de host del cliente, la " -"dirección IP, etc." +msgstr "Proporciona control de acceso basado en el nombre de host del cliente, la dirección IP, etc." -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta los scripts CGI a partir del tipo de medio o del método requerido" +msgstr "Ejecuta los scripts CGI a partir del tipo de medio o del método requerido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" -msgstr "" -"Asigna distintas partes del sistema de archivos del host en el árbol de " -"documentos y para la redirección de URL" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" +msgstr "Asigna distintas partes del sistema de archivos del host en el árbol de documentos y para la redirección de URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "Autenticación básica" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "Autenticación de usuario con archivos de texto" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "Autorización de usuario" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "Autorización de grupo con archivos de texto sin formato" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "Autenticación de usuario con archivos DBM" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" -msgstr "" -"Genera automáticamente índices de directorio, de forma parecida al comando " -"ls de Unix" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +msgstr "Genera automáticamente índices de directorio, de forma parecida al comando ls de Unix" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "Ejecución de scripts CGI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona redirecciones mediante barra final y sirve archivos de índice de " -"directorio" +msgstr "Proporciona redirecciones mediante barra final y sirve archivos de índice de directorio" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" -msgstr "" -"Modifica el entorno que se transfiere a los scripts CGI y las páginas SSI" +msgstr "Modifica el entorno que se transfiere a los scripts CGI y las páginas SSI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" -msgstr "" -"Genera la caducidad de cabeceras HTTP conforme a los criterios definidos por " -"el usuario" +msgstr "Genera la caducidad de cabeceras HTTP conforme a los criterios definidos por el usuario" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" -msgstr "" -"Documentos HTML analizados por el servidor (Server Side Includes, " -"inclusiones del servidor)" +msgstr "Documentos HTML analizados por el servidor (Server Side Includes, inclusiones del servidor)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "Registro de las peticiones realizadas al servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" -msgstr "" -"Asocia la extensión del archivo solicitado con el comportamiento y el " -"contenido del archivo" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" +msgstr "Asocia la extensión del archivo solicitado con el comportamiento y el contenido del archivo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "Se ocupa de la negociación del contenido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" -msgstr "" -"Permite definir variables de entorno basadas en las características de la " -"petición" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" +msgstr "Permite definir variables de entorno basadas en las características de la petición" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona información sobre la actividad y el rendimiento del servidor" +msgstr "Proporciona información sobre la actividad y el rendimiento del servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" -msgstr "" -"Permite que los scripts CGI se ejecuten como un usuario y un grupo " -"especificados" +msgstr "Permite que los scripts CGI se ejecuten como un usuario y un grupo especificados" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "Directorios específicos del usuario" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "Envía archivos que contienen sus propias cabeceras HTTP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "Permite a usuarios anónimos acceder a las zonas autenticadas" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de usuarios con MD5 Digest Authentication" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" -msgstr "" -"Permite que se use un directorio LPDA para almacenar la base de datos para " -"la autenticación HTTP Basic" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" +msgstr "Permite que se use un directorio LPDA para almacenar la base de datos para la autenticación HTTP Basic" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "Contenido de la caché pasado a los URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "Especificar conversión del conjunto de caracteres o recodificación" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" -msgstr "" -"Funcionalidad WebDAV (Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning, " -"versión y autoría distribuidas basadas en Web)" +msgstr "Funcionalidad WebDAV (Web-based Distributed Authoring and Versioning, versión y autoría distribuidas basadas en Web)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "Proveedor del sistema de archivos para mod_dav" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "Comprimir contenido antes de entregarlo al cliente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "Gestor del almacenamiento del contenido de la caché pasado a los URI" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "Un sencillo servidor echo para ilustrar los módulos de protocolo" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" -msgstr "" -"Pasa el cuerpo de respuesta a través de un programa externo antes de " -"entregarlo al cliente" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" +msgstr "Pasa el cuerpo de respuesta a través de un programa externo antes de entregarlo al cliente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "Guarda en la memoria una lista estática de los archivos de la memoria" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "Personalización de cabeceras HTTP de petición y respuesta" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "Procesamiento del mapa de imágenes del servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "Proporciona una amplia descripción de la configuración del servidor" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" -msgstr "" -"Servicios de agrupación de conexiones LDAP y almacenamiento de resultados en " -"caché que pueden utilizar otros módulos LDAP" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" +msgstr "Servicios de agrupación de conexiones LDAP y almacenamiento de resultados en caché que pueden utilizar otros módulos LDAP" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "Registra los bytes de entrada y salida por petición" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" -msgstr "" -"Determina el tipo MIME de un archivo examinando algunos bytes de su contenido" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +msgstr "Determina el tipo MIME de un archivo examinando algunos bytes de su contenido" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "Servidor proxy/gateway HTTP/1.1" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de asistencia AJP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "Extensión mod_proxy para procesar peticiones CONNECT" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de soporte FTP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "Módulo de soporte HTTP para mod_proxy" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona un motor de reescritura basada en reglas para rescribir las URL " -"solicitadas de forma dinámica" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +msgstr "Proporciona un motor de reescritura basada en reglas para rescribir las URL solicitadas de forma dinámica" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "Intenta corregir las URL incorrectas introducidas por los usuarios" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" -msgstr "" -"Potente criptografía que utiliza los protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer, " -"nivel de zócalo de seguridad ) y TLS (Transport Layer Security, seguridad de " -"nivel de transporte)" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" +msgstr "Potente criptografía que utiliza los protocolos SSL (Secure Sockets Layer, nivel de zócalo de seguridad ) y TLS (Transport Layer Security, seguridad de nivel de transporte)" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona una variable de entorno con un identificador exclusivo para cada " -"petición" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +msgstr "Proporciona una variable de entorno con un identificador exclusivo para cada petición" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" -msgstr "" -"Registro de las secuencias de pulsaciones del ratón (clickstream) de la " -"actividad de los usuarios de un sitio" +msgstr "Registro de las secuencias de pulsaciones del ratón (clickstream) de la actividad de los usuarios de un sitio" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona compatibilidad para la configuración masiva y dinámica de hosts " -"virtuales" +msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para la configuración masiva y dinámica de hosts virtuales" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para páginas PHP5 generadas dinámicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para páginas Perl generadas dinámicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para páginas Python generadas dinámicamente" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" -msgstr "" -"Proporciona compatibilidad para el confinamiento de subprocesos de AppArmor " -"dentro de apache" +msgstr "Proporciona compatibilidad para el confinamiento de subprocesos de AppArmor dentro de apache" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "Compatible con Subversion" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "host no encontrado" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "Parámetro %s ilegal" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "No es posible unir ssl y \"virtual por nombre\"" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/inetd.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,274 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuración de servicios de red (xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "Mostrar el estado de los servicios actuales del sistema" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "Identificador único" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "Nombre del servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "Desactivar el servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "Versión RPC del servicio RPC" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "Tipo de socket" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "Protocolos de Internet (IP)" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "Atributo de espera" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "Determina el UID del proceso de servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "Determina el GID del proceso de servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "Ruta del programa que se va a ejecutar" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "Parámetros del servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "Comentario del usuario" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "Debe especificar un ID de servicio." -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "Especifique el servicio utilizando una opción 'service'." -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "No es posible combinar la opción 'id' con otras opciones." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "Prot." -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "Esperar" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "Activo" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagado" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "&Xinetd" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "El paquete %1 será instalado durante el proceso de escritura" -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "El paquete %1 no fue instalado. El servicio no puede ser editado." -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "El paquete %1 se ha instalado correctamente." -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "&Activar todos los servicios" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "&Desactivar todos los servicios" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "D&esactivar" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "Activ&ar" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "Servicios disponibles actualmente" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "Mod." -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "Servidor / Argumentos" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "&Cambiar estado (activo o inactivo)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "Estado de todos los &servicios" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "Configuración de los servicios red (xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "Añadir una entrada de servicio" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "No es posible suprimir el servicio. No está instalado." -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para suprimir un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal." +msgstr "Para activar o desactivar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal." -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "Editar una entrada de servicio" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "Para editar un servicio, selecciónelo en el cuadro principal" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -289,76 +288,76 @@ "Todos los servicios están marcados como desactivados (bloqueados).\n" "El superservidor de Internet será desactivado." -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "&Servicio" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "Versió&n RPC" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "El servicio está &activo" -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "Ti&po de socket" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "&Esperar" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "&Grupo" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "S&ervidor" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "Argument&os del servidor" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "Co&mentario" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -366,30 +365,28 @@ "El argumento de servicio está vacío.\n" "Introduzca valores adecuados.\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "El nombre del servicio contiene el carácter no permitido \"/\"." -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." -msgstr "" -"El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor " -"interno." +msgstr "El usuario %1 está reservado exclusivamente para procesos del servidor interno." -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "No hay paquetes seleccionados. Configuración cancelada." -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "Los paquetes seleccionados van a ser instalados." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -397,18 +394,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración de xinetd</big> \n" " Espere, por favor... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar el proceso de inicio:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar la herramienta de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -416,8 +412,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración de xinetd</big>\n" " Espere, por favor... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -429,56 +425,48 @@ "Un diálogo adicional le informará sobre si esta acción es segura.\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Network Service Configuration</big> \n" "Click Enable to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de los servicios de red</big> \n" -"Pulse Activar para activar los servicios de red administrados por " -"una \n" -"configuración de superservidor. Para detener el superservidor, pulse " -"Desactivar.\n" +"Pulse Activar para activar los servicios de red administrados por una \n" +"configuración de superservidor. Para detener el superservidor, pulse Desactivar.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Service Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with X in column Ch were edited\n" "and will be changed in the system configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Estado de la configuración de los servicios:</big> \n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con una X en la columna Mod. han " -"sido\n" +"Todos los servicios marcados con una X en la columna Mod. han sido\n" "editados y serán modificados en la configuración del sistema.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>Estado de los servicios:</big> \n" "Todos los servicios marcados con --- están inactivos (bloqueados).\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con Activo están activos " -"(desbloqueados).\n" -"Todos los servicios marcados con NI no están instalados y no pueden " -"ser configurados." +"Todos los servicios marcados con Activo están activos (desbloqueados).\n" +"Todos los servicios marcados con NI no están instalados y no pueden ser configurados." -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cambiar el estado del servicio:</big> \n" -"Seleccione el servicio que desea activar o desactivar y pulse Cambiar " -"estado (activo o inactivo).\n" +"Seleccione el servicio que desea activar o desactivar y pulse Cambiar estado (activo o inactivo).\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Editing Services:</big> \n" "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" @@ -486,7 +474,7 @@ "<big>Editar servicios:</big> \n" "Seleccione el servicio que desea editar y pulse Editar.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Deleting Services:</big> \n" "Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" @@ -494,7 +482,7 @@ "<big>Suprimir servicios:</big> \n" "Seleccione el servicio que desea eliminar y pulse Suprimir.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Adding a New Entry:</big>\n" "Click Create and complete the form.\n" @@ -502,21 +490,19 @@ "<big>Añadir una nueva entrada</BIG> \n" "Pulse Añadir y rellene el formulario.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar configuración:</big>\n" "Para cancelar la configuración, pulse el botón Cancelar.\n" -"Al hacerlo, todos los cambios se perderán y se mantendrá la configuración " -"original.\n" +"Al hacerlo, todos los cambios se perderán y se mantendrá la configuración original.\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -526,7 +512,7 @@ "Para crear una entrada válida (servicio) para el superservidor,\n" "introduzca\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -551,15 +537,11 @@ "<li>argumentos del programa servidor\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Esta es una descripción breve, para obtener más información vea info " -"xinetd.conf.\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" +msgstr "Esta es una descripción breve, para obtener más información vea info xinetd.conf.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Enter a valid service name into the service field.\n" "\n" @@ -567,7 +549,7 @@ "Introduzca un nombre de servicio válido en el apartado servicio.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "The socket type should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -576,23 +558,19 @@ msgstr "" "El tipo de socket debe ser stream, dgram, raw, rdm\n" "o seqpacket, dependiendo de si el socket está basado en flujos, datagramas,\n" -"requiere acceso directo a IP o bien una transmisión fiable de datagramas " -"secuenciados.\n" +"requiere acceso directo a IP o bien una transmisión fiable de datagramas secuenciados.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"El protocolo debe ser un protocolo válido tal y como se especifica " -"en /etc/protocols. \n" -"Algunos ejemplos serían tcp,udp,rpc/tcp o rpc/udp</" -"i>.\n" +"El protocolo debe ser un protocolo válido tal y como se especifica en /etc/protocols. \n" +"Algunos ejemplos serían tcp,udp,rpc/tcp o rpc/udp.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "The wait/nowait entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -608,24 +586,18 @@ "normally expect the value to be no.\n" msgstr "" "La entrada Esperar (wait/nowait) determina si el servicio soporta\n" -"múltiples hilos o uno sólo y si es xinetd o bien el programa de servidor el " -"que acepta\n" -"la conexión. Si el valor asignado es sí, el servicio sólo soporta un " -"hilo\n" -"(single-threaded). Esto significa que xinetd inicia el servidor y deja de " -"procesar\n" -"solicitudes para el servicio hasta que el el servidor muere, y que el " -"software de\n" -"servidor acepta la conexión. Si el valor asignado es no, el servicio " -"soporta\n" -"múltiples hilos (multithreaded) y xinetd continúa procesando las nuevas " -"solicitudes\n" +"múltiples hilos o uno sólo y si es xinetd o bien el programa de servidor el que acepta\n" +"la conexión. Si el valor asignado es sí, el servicio sólo soporta un hilo\n" +"(single-threaded). Esto significa que xinetd inicia el servidor y deja de procesar\n" +"solicitudes para el servicio hasta que el el servidor muere, y que el software de\n" +"servidor acepta la conexión. Si el valor asignado es no, el servicio soporta\n" +"múltiples hilos (multithreaded) y xinetd continúa procesando las nuevas solicitudes\n" "del servicio e xinetd acepta la conexión. Los servicios udp/dgram\n" "esperan normalmente un valor sí porque udp no está orientado\n" "a las conexiones.Los servidores tcp/stream esperan normalmente\n" "que el valor sea no.\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "User. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -633,11 +605,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "El servidor se ejecutará con los permisos del usuario seleccionado en\n" -"Usuario. Esto sirve para ejecutar servicios con permisos por debajo " -"de root.\n" +"Usuario. Esto sirve para ejecutar servicios con permisos por debajo de root.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "In Server, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -646,89 +617,86 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "En la entrada Servidor introduzca la ruta de acceso del \n" -"programa que será ejecutado por el superservidor cuando se reciba una " -"petición en ese socket.\n" -"Puede especificar los parámetros para este programa en Argumentos del " -"servidor.\n" +"programa que será ejecutado por el superservidor cuando se reciba una petición en ese socket.\n" +"Puede especificar los parámetros para este programa en Argumentos del servidor.\n" "\n" "\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de xinetd" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando ..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración ..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de inetd" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</ul>" +msgstr "<ul>Todos los servicios están marcados como detenidos.</ul>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "Servicios de red" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "Los servicios de red se administran vía %1" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "Estos servicios serán activados" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/installation.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ msgstr "Actualizaciones para %1 %2" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" @@ -513,14 +513,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Notas de la &versión..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -584,49 +584,49 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "Debe aceptar la licencia para instalar este producto" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "Ubicación del acuerdo de licencia del usuario final en el sistema instalado: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Prueba de t&eclado" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Licencia y traducciones..." @@ -807,33 +807,33 @@ msgstr "Disco duro para distribución de imagen" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Detectando las controladoras disponibles" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Activación de disco" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Configurar interfaces &FCoE" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &iSCSI" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." @@ -864,17 +864,17 @@ msgstr "Inicializando la instalación..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "Se han encontrado actualizaciones de paquetes en los siguientes repositorios adicionales:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "¿Desea iniciar el gestor de software para comprobar si hay actualizaciones e instalarlas?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Mostrar actualizaciones de &paquetes" @@ -1195,88 +1195,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Analizando el equipo" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "Probar los dispositivos USB" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "Probando los dispositivos USB..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "Probar los dispositivos FireWire" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "Probando dispositivos FireWire..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Probar dispositivos de disquetera" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Probando dispositivos de disquetera..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Probar controladores de disco duro" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Probando controladores de disco duro..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Cargar módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Cargando módulos del núcleo para los controladores de disco duro..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Probar discos duros" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Probando discos duros..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Buscar archivos de sistema" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Buscando archivos de sistema..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Inicializar el gestor de software" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Inicializando el gestor de software..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Probando el sistema" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST está sondeando el hardware del equipo y los sistemas instalados." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ "Consulte drivers.suse.com si necesita controladores de hardware particulares para la instalación." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ "Compruebe el hardware.\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ "(especialmente en sistemas s390 o iSCSI).\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1319,7 +1319,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1327,8 +1327,38 @@ "Se ha producido un error al inicializar los repositorios de software.\n" "Abortando la instalación." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +#| "or the default SUSE registration server." +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un servidor de registro detectado en la lista\n" +"o el servidor de registro por defecto de SUSE." + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1339,7 +1369,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1354,9 +1384,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1369,7 +1400,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1391,6 +1422,57 @@ "Si necesita un servidor proxy para actualizar el repositorio,\n" "use el parámetro de arranque proxy.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Repositorio de actualización" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "Conservar paquetes descargados" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "Copiar los paquetes" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "Reiniciar" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "Seleccionar un perfil de AutoYast" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Actualizando el volumen del sonido..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "Error al leer el archivo de control." + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1444,8 +1526,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Cambiar..." @@ -1740,8 +1822,11 @@ msgstr "No tiene sentido escribir estos ajustes en el sistema." #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "Importar claves de host SSH y configuración" @@ -1818,26 +1903,26 @@ msgstr "Copiando los archivos de registro en el sistema instalado..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Quiero importar las claves SSH de una instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "Cada servidor SSH se identifica con una o varias claves de host públicas. Seleccione una instalación de Linux existente para reutilizar las claves de host y, por lo tanto, la identidad de su servidor SSH. Los archivos de clave que se encuentran en /etc/ssh (un par de archivos por clave de host) se copiarán al nuevo sistema que se va a instalar.Marque Importar configuración de SSH para copiar también los archivos de /etc/ssh, además de las claves." #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} en %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "Importar configuración de SSH" @@ -1862,7 +1947,7 @@ msgstr "Omitiendo configuración a petición del usuario." #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1871,25 +1956,25 @@ "ser resuelto antes de continuar.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Adaptando la propuesta a la configuración actual..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analizando el sistema..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "ERROR: no hay ninguna propuesta" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1902,36 +1987,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Omitir configuración" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Usar la siguiente configuración" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Haga clic en un encabezado para hacer cambios o utilice el menú Cambiar más abajo." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Haga clic en un titular para hacer cambios." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Restablecer valores por defecto" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Actualizar" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Instalar" @@ -1966,7 +2051,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1979,7 +2064,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1991,7 +2076,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2003,7 +2088,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2015,7 +2100,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2026,12 +2111,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta de instalación UML" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2042,7 +2127,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2060,7 +2145,7 @@ msgstr "Habilitando administración remota..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "Al cambiar la función del sistema podrían deshacerse los ajustes que haya hecho." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/instserver.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iplb.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Configuración de IPLB" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "&IPLB" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de servidores virtuales" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de IPLB" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de IPLB" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Primera parte de la configuración de IPLB" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "Segunda parte de la configuración de IPLB" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "Confi&guración global" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor &virtual" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "Intervalo de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "Tiempo límite de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "Número de errores" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "Tiempo límite de negociación" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "Vuelta atrás" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "Devolución de llamada" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "Experto" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "Alerta de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "Estado de alerta de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "Recargar automáticamente" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "Inactivos" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "Horquilla" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "Supervisados" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "Archivo de registro" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" @@ -174,151 +174,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,256 +265,130 @@ "Por defecto: 10 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>Tiempo límite de comprobación</big> = n\n" -"Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, " -"externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara " -"inactivo.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El " -"tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede " -"sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de " -"negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara inactivo.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "Por defecto: 5 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>Número de errores</big> = n\n" -"El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar " -"sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. " -"Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer " -"error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se " -"restablece en 0.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se restablece en 0.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: 1\n" "\n" "<big>Tiempo límite de negociación</big> = n\n" "El tiempo límite en segundos de las comprobaciones de negociación.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El " -"tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir " -"con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de " -"conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "Por defecto: 30 segundos\n" "\n" -"<big>Vuelta atrás</big> = dirección_IP|nombre_host[:" -"númeropuerto|nombreservicio] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los " -"servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de " -"emergencia.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"<big>Vuelta atrás</big> = dirección_IP|nombre_host[:númeropuerto|nombreservicio] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" -"<big>Archivo de registro</big> = \"/vía/archivo/registro</" -"i>\"|recurso_syslog\n" -"Con esta directiva se debería especificar un archivo de registro " -"alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no empieza por el signo de barra " -"inclinada (/), se presupone que es un nombre de recurso <a href=\"/man/3/" -"syslog\">syslog</a>(3).\n" -"Por defecto: se registra directamente en el archivo /var/log/" -"ldirectord.log.\n" +"<big>Archivo de registro</big> = \"/vía/archivo/registro\"|recurso_syslog\n" +"Con esta directiva se debería especificar un archivo de registro alternativo. Si el archivo de registro no empieza por el signo de barra inclinada (/), se presupone que es un nombre de recurso <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3).\n" +"Por defecto: se registra directamente en el archivo /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" -"<big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"</" -"b>dirección_de_correo_electrónico\"\n" -"Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre " -"un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el " -"servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" -"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente " -"correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::" -"Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los " -"métodos.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"<big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"dirección_de_correo_electrónico\"\n" +"Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" +"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" -"<big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> = n</" -"i>\n" -"Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico " -"mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. " -"Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" -"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos " -"electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la " -"opción\n" +"<big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> = n\n" +"Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" +"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la opción\n" "de configuración del intervalo de comprobación.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos|" -"ninguno|iniciando|en ejecución|deteniendo|" -"recargando,...\n" -"Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se " -"enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. todos es una forma " -"abreviada\n" -"de indicar \"iniciando, en ejecución, deteniendo, " -"recargando\". Si se especifica ninguno, no se podrá " -"especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" +"<big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos|ninguno|iniciando|en ejecución|deteniendo|recargando,...\n" +"Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. todos es una forma abreviada\n" +"de indicar \"iniciando, en ejecución, deteniendo, recargando\". Si se especifica ninguno, no se podrá especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" "las opciones se comprueban y si alguna coincide se enviará una alerta.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: todos\n" "\n" -"<big>Devolución de llamada</big> = \"/vía/devolución/" -"llamada\"\n" -"Si se define esta directiva, ldirectord llama automáticamente " -"al ejecutable /vía/devolución/llamada después de cambiar el archivo " -"de\n" -"configuración en el disco. Resulta útil para actualizar el archivo de " -"configuración mediante scp en el otro host pulsado. El primer " -"argumento de la devolución\n" +"<big>Devolución de llamada</big> = \"/vía/devolución/llamada\"\n" +"Si se define esta directiva, ldirectord llama automáticamente al ejecutable /vía/devolución/llamada después de cambiar el archivo de\n" +"configuración en el disco. Resulta útil para actualizar el archivo de configuración mediante scp en el otro host pulsado. El primer argumento de la devolución\n" "de llamada es el nombre de la configuración.\n" -"Esta directiva también se puede usar para reiniciar ldirectord " -"automáticamente después de cambiar el archivo de configuración en el disco. " -"Sin embargo, si Recargar automáticamente\n" +"Esta directiva también se puede usar para reiniciar ldirectord automáticamente después de cambiar el archivo de configuración en el disco. Sin embargo, si Recargar automáticamente\n" "se define con el valor sí, la configuración se recarga de todas formas.\n" "\n" "<big>Experto</big> = \"configuración\"\n" -"Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la " -"configuración nombrada.\n" +"Use esta directiva para iniciar una instancia de ldirectord para la configuración nombrada.\n" "\n" "<big>Recargar automáticamente</big> = sí|no\n" -"Define si <ldirectord> debe comprobar de forma continua si hay " -"modificaciones en el archivo de configuración. Si se establece el valor sí y " -"el archivo de configuración\n" -"ha cambiado en el disco y su hora de modificación (mtime) es más reciente " -"que en la versión anterior, la configuración se vuelve a cargar " -"automáticamente.\n" +"Define si <ldirectord> debe comprobar de forma continua si hay modificaciones en el archivo de configuración. Si se establece el valor sí y el archivo de configuración\n" +"ha cambiado en el disco y su hora de modificación (mtime) es más reciente que en la versión anterior, la configuración se vuelve a cargar automáticamente.\n" "Por defecto: no\n" "\n" "<big>Inactivos</big> = sí|no\n" -"Si el valor es sí, cuando se determina que el servidor real o " -"de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla LVS</" -"small> del núcleo.\n" -"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se " -"aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" -"Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con " -"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes " -"seguirán\n" -"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de " -"persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las " -"conexiones persistentes.\n" -"Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente " -"comando:\n" +"Si el valor es sí, cuando se determina que el servidor real o de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla LVS del núcleo.\n" +"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" +"Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes seguirán\n" +"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las conexiones persistentes.\n" +"Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente comando:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el " -"núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con LVS</" -"small> no está cargada\n" -"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se " -"ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar LVS en el " -"núcleo, si es posible.\n" -"Si se define el valor no, los servidores real o de vuelta " -"atrás se eliminarán de la tabla LVS del núcleo. El valor por " -"defecto es sí.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con LVS no está cargada\n" +"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar LVS en el núcleo, si es posible.\n" +"Si se define el valor no, los servidores real o de vuelta atrás se eliminarán de la tabla LVS del núcleo. El valor por defecto es sí.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: sí\n" "\n" "<big>Horquilla</big> = sí|no\n" -"Si se define el valor sí, ldirectord generará un proceso hijo " -"para cada servidor virtual y ejecutará comprobaciones con los servidores " -"reales para esos procesos. Aumentarán\n" -"así los tiempos de respuestas a los cambios de estado del servidor real en " -"las configuraciones con varios servidores virtuales. También se usará menos " -"memoria que al ejecutar varias instancias\n" -"distintas de ldirectord. Los procesos hijos se reinician automáticamente si " -"se detienen.\n" +"Si se define el valor sí, ldirectord generará un proceso hijo para cada servidor virtual y ejecutará comprobaciones con los servidores reales para esos procesos. Aumentarán\n" +"así los tiempos de respuestas a los cambios de estado del servidor real en las configuraciones con varios servidores virtuales. También se usará menos memoria que al ejecutar varias instancias\n" +"distintas de ldirectord. Los procesos hijos se reinician automáticamente si se detienen.\n" "Por defecto: no\n" "\n" "<big>Supervisados</big> = sí|no\n" -"Si se define el valor sí, ldirectord no pasa al modo en " -"segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout, en " -"lugar de a un archivo de registro. Resulta\n" -"útil para ejecutar ldirectord de forma supervisada desde daemontools. " -"Consulte <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools." -"html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n" +"Si se define el valor sí, ldirectord no pasa al modo en segundo plano. Todos los mensajes de registro se redirigen a stdout, en lugar de a un archivo de registro. Resulta\n" +"útil para ejecutar ldirectord de forma supervisada desde daemontools. Consulte <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> o <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> para obtener más detalles.\n" "Por defecto: no\n" "\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -600,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -613,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -725,211 +497,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Servidor virtual</big> = (dirección_IP|nombrehost:" -"númeropuerto|nombreservicio)|marca de cortafuegos\n" -"Define un servicio virtual por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) " -"y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio) o la marca de cortafuegos. Una marca " -"de cortafuegos es un número entero mayor que cero. La\n" -"configuración de los paquetes de marcas se controla mediante la opción <tt>" -"\"-m\"</tt> de ipchains(8). Todos los servicios reales y los " -"indicadores de\n" -"un servicio virtual deben seguir inmediatamente a esta línea y estar " -"sangrados.\n" +"<big>Servidor virtual</big> = (dirección_IP|nombrehost:númeropuerto|nombreservicio)|marca de cortafuegos\n" +"Define un servicio virtual por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio) o la marca de cortafuegos. Una marca de cortafuegos es un número entero mayor que cero. La\n" +"configuración de los paquetes de marcas se controla mediante la opción <tt>\"-m\"</tt> de ipchains(8). Todos los servicios reales y los indicadores de\n" +"un servicio virtual deben seguir inmediatamente a esta línea y estar sangrados.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>Servidores reales</big> = dirección_IP|nombrehost[->" -"dirección_IP|nombrehost][:númeropuerto|nombreservicio]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Define un servicio real por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y " -"el puerto (o el nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, se usará el " -"valor 0; principalmente para los servicios\n" -"fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto para los servidores reales. " -"Opcionalmente se puede indicar un intervalo de direcciones IP " -"(o dos nombres de host),\n" -"en cuyo caso, cada dirección IP en el intervalo se tratará " -"como un servidor real con el puerto indicado. El segundo argumento define el " -"método de reenvío,\n" -"que debe ser gate, ipip o masq. El tercer argumento es " -"opcional y define el peso de ese servidor real. Si se omite, se usará un " -"peso con el valor\n" -"1. Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par request-" -"receive que se usará para comprobar si un servidor está activo. Sustituyen " -"al par\n" -"request-receive de la sección del servidor virtual. Estas dos cadenas deben " -"entrecomillarse. Si la cadena request empieza por http://... la dirección IP " -"y\n" -"el puerto del servidor real se sustituyen. Si no es así, se usan los del " -"servidor real.\n" -"Para los servicios virtuales TCP y UDP " -"(distintos a fwmark), a no ser que el método de reenvío sea masq y la " -"dirección IP\n" -"de un servidor real no sea local (no esté presente en una interfaz del host " -"que ejecuta ldirectord), el puerto del servidor real será el mismo\n" -"que el de su servicio virtual. Es decir, la asignación de puertos solo está " -"disponible si el servidor real es otro equipo y el método de reenvío es " -"masq. Esto se debe a\n" -"la forma en la que funciona el código de LVS subyacente del " -"núcleo.\n" -"Dentro de una sección virtual puede haber más de una de estas " -"entradas. Las opciones de tiempo límite de comprobación y negociación, el " -"número de errores, la alerta de correo electrónico, la frecuencia de alertas " -"de correo electrónico y\n" -"la opción de inactivos indicadas anteriormente también pueden aparecer " -"dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso, el ajuste global se sustituye.\n" +"<big>Servidores reales</big> = dirección_IP|nombrehost[->dirección_IP|nombrehost][:númeropuerto|nombreservicio]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Define un servicio real por la dirección IP (o el nombre de host) y el puerto (o el nombre de servicio). Si se omite el puerto, se usará el valor 0; principalmente para los servicios\n" +"fwmark en los que se ignora el puerto para los servidores reales. Opcionalmente se puede indicar un intervalo de direcciones IP (o dos nombres de host),\n" +"en cuyo caso, cada dirección IP en el intervalo se tratará como un servidor real con el puerto indicado. El segundo argumento define el método de reenvío,\n" +"que debe ser gate, ipip o masq. El tercer argumento es opcional y define el peso de ese servidor real. Si se omite, se usará un peso con el valor\n" +"1. Los dos últimos argumentos también son opcionales. Definen un par request-receive que se usará para comprobar si un servidor está activo. Sustituyen al par\n" +"request-receive de la sección del servidor virtual. Estas dos cadenas deben entrecomillarse. Si la cadena request empieza por http://... la dirección IP y\n" +"el puerto del servidor real se sustituyen. Si no es así, se usan los del servidor real.\n" +"Para los servicios virtuales TCP y UDP (distintos a fwmark), a no ser que el método de reenvío sea masq y la dirección IP\n" +"de un servidor real no sea local (no esté presente en una interfaz del host que ejecuta ldirectord), el puerto del servidor real será el mismo\n" +"que el de su servicio virtual. Es decir, la asignación de puertos solo está disponible si el servidor real es otro equipo y el método de reenvío es masq. Esto se debe a\n" +"la forma en la que funciona el código de LVS subyacente del núcleo.\n" +"Dentro de una sección virtual puede haber más de una de estas entradas. Las opciones de tiempo límite de comprobación y negociación, el número de errores, la alerta de correo electrónico, la frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico y\n" +"la opción de inactivos indicadas anteriormente también pueden aparecer dentro de una sección virtual, en cuyo caso, el ajuste global se sustituye.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>Tipo de comprobación</big> = conectar|externa|" -"negociar|inactiva|activa|ping|tiempo límite " -"de comprobaciónN\n" -"El tipo de comprobación que se debe realizar. Negociar envía una " -"petición y se relaciona con una cadena receive. Conectar solo intenta " -"realizar una conexión TCP/IP:\n" -"las cadenas request y receive se pueden omitir. Si el tipo de comprobación " -"es un número, las opciones negociar y conectar se combinan, por lo que en " -"cada intento de conexión N\n" -"se realiza un intento de negociación. Esto resulta útil para comprobar a " -"menudo si un servicio responde y comprobar a intervalos mucho mayores la " -"negociación. Ping significa\n" -"que se usará un ping ICMP para probar la disponibilidad de " -"los servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión de " -"los servicios UDP. Inactiva\n" -"significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y no se activará ningún " -"servidor real ni de vuelta atrás. Activa significa que no se realizarán " -"comprobaciones y que los servidores reales\n" +"<big>Tipo de comprobación</big> = conectar|externa|negociar|inactiva|activa|ping|tiempo límite de comprobaciónN\n" +"El tipo de comprobación que se debe realizar. Negociar envía una petición y se relaciona con una cadena receive. Conectar solo intenta realizar una conexión TCP/IP:\n" +"las cadenas request y receive se pueden omitir. Si el tipo de comprobación es un número, las opciones negociar y conectar se combinan, por lo que en cada intento de conexión N\n" +"se realiza un intento de negociación. Esto resulta útil para comprobar a menudo si un servicio responde y comprobar a intervalos mucho mayores la negociación. Ping significa\n" +"que se usará un ping ICMP para probar la disponibilidad de los servidores reales. Ping también se usa como comprobación de conexión de los servicios UDP. Inactiva\n" +"significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y no se activará ningún servidor real ni de vuelta atrás. Activa significa que no se realizarán comprobaciones y que los servidores reales\n" "estarán siempre activados. La opción por defecto es negociar.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>servicio</big> = DNS|FTP|HTTP|HTTPS|" -"IMAP|IMAPS|LDAP|MySQL|NNTP|Ninguno|" -"Oracle|PGSQL|POP|POPS|Radius|TCP " -"simple|SIP|SMTP\n" -"El tipo de servicio que se debe supervisar al usar la opción negociar " -"en Tipo de comprobación. Ninguno indica que el servicio no se supervisará.\n" -"TCP simple envía la cadena request al servidor y la prueba con " -"la cadena RegExp de receive. Los demás tipos se conectan al servidor\n" -"con el protocolo especificado. Consulte las secciones request y " -"receive para obtener información específica sobre el protocolo.\n" +"<big>servicio</big> = DNS|FTP|HTTP|HTTPS|IMAP|IMAPS|LDAP|MySQL|NNTP|Ninguno|Oracle|PGSQL|POP|POPS|Radius|TCP simple|SIP|SMTP\n" +"El tipo de servicio que se debe supervisar al usar la opción negociar en Tipo de comprobación. Ninguno indica que el servicio no se supervisará.\n" +"TCP simple envía la cadena request al servidor y la prueba con la cadena RegExp de receive. Los demás tipos se conectan al servidor\n" +"con el protocolo especificado. Consulte las secciones request y receive para obtener información específica sobre el protocolo.\n" "Por defecto:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* El puerto del servidor virtual es el 21: FTP\n" @@ -951,11 +627,8 @@ "</dt><dt>* Otros: ninguno\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>Comando de comprobación</big> = \"vía al guion" -"\"\n" -"Este ajuste se usa si el tipo de comprobación es externo y es el comando " -"que se ejecutará para comprobar el estado de un servidor real. Si todo está " -"correcto, el estado debe\n" +"</dt><dt><big>Comando de comprobación</big> = \"vía al guion\"\n" +"Este ajuste se usa si el tipo de comprobación es externo y es el comando que se ejecutará para comprobar el estado de un servidor real. Si todo está correcto, el estado debe\n" "ser cero, y si no lo está, será otro valor.\n" "Al guion se le pasan cuatro parámetros:\n" "</dt><dt>* IP o marca de cortafuegos del servidor virtual\n" @@ -966,112 +639,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>Puerto de comprobación</big> = n\n" -"Número del puerto que se va a supervisar. A veces, el puerto de " -"comprobación es distinto al puerto del servicio.\n" +"Número del puerto que se va a supervisar. A veces, el puerto de comprobación es distinto al puerto del servicio.\n" "Por defecto: puerto especificado para cada servidor real\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Petición</big> = \"URI al objeto pedido\"\n" -"Este objeto se pedirá cada intervalo de comprobación en cada servidor " -"real. La cadena debe entrecomillarse. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede " -"verse\n" +"Este objeto se pedirá cada intervalo de comprobación en cada servidor real. La cadena debe entrecomillarse. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n" "sustituida por una cadena request opcional basada en el servidor real.\n" -"En las comprobaciones de DNS, debe ser el nombre de un " -"registro A, o bien la dirección de un registro PTR en el que " -"buscar.\n" -"En las comprobaciones MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debe ser una " -"consulta SQL. Solo se comprueba si la respuesta tiene una o " -"más filas, no los datos\n" +"En las comprobaciones de DNS, debe ser el nombre de un registro A, o bien la dirección de un registro PTR en el que buscar.\n" +"En las comprobaciones MySQL, Oracle o PostgeSQL, debe ser una consulta SQL. Solo se comprueba si la respuesta tiene una o más filas, no los datos\n" "devueltos. Este ajuste es obligatorio.\n" -"En las comprobaciones de TCP simple, la cadena se envía literalmente, " -"excepto \n" +"En las comprobaciones de TCP simple, la cadena se envía literalmente, excepto \n" " algunas apariciones que se sustituyen con un carácter de línea nueva.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Recepción</big> = \"RegExp para comparar\"\n" -"Si el resultado pedido contiene esta cadena RegExp para comparar,</" -"i>, el servidor real se declara activo. La cadena RegExp debe estar " -"entrecomilladas. Recuerde que\n" -"las cadenas RegExp no son de texto normal y que deben indicar caracteres de " -"escape para los caracteres especiales si estos deben interpretarse " -"literalmente. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n" -"sustituida por una cadena RegExp receive opcional basada en el servidor " -"real.\n" -"En las comprobaciones de DNS, debe ser una de las " -"direcciones del registro A o uno de los nombres del registro PTR</" -"small>.\n" +"Si el resultado pedido contiene esta cadena RegExp para comparar,, el servidor real se declara activo. La cadena RegExp debe estar entrecomilladas. Recuerde que\n" +"las cadenas RegExp no son de texto normal y que deben indicar caracteres de escape para los caracteres especiales si estos deben interpretarse literalmente. Tenga en cuenta que esta cadena puede verse\n" +"sustituida por una cadena RegExp receive opcional basada en el servidor real.\n" +"En las comprobaciones de DNS, debe ser una de las direcciones del registro A o uno de los nombres del registro PTR.\n" "En las comprobaciones MySQL, la cadena receive no se usa.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>Método HTTP</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Establece el método HTTP que se debe usar para recoger " -"el URI especificado en la cadena request. GET " -"es\n" -"el método usado por defecto si el parámetro no se define. Si se usa " -"HEAD, la cadena receive no debe establecerse.\n" +"<big>Método HTTP</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Establece el método HTTP que se debe usar para recoger el URI especificado en la cadena request. GET es\n" +"el método usado por defecto si el parámetro no se define. Si se usa HEAD, la cadena receive no debe establecerse.\n" "Por defecto: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Host virtual</big> = \"nombrehost\"\n" -"Se usa para utilizar una comprobación de negociación con HTTP</" -"small> o HTTPS. Establece el encabezado del host empleado en " -"la petición HTTP. En el\n" -"caso de HTTPS, normalmente debe coincidir con el nombre común " -"del certificado SSL. Si no se define, el encabezado del host\n" -"derivará de la URL de petición del servidor real, si está presente. Como " -"último recurso, se usará la dirección IP del servidor real.\n" +"Se usa para utilizar una comprobación de negociación con HTTP o HTTPS. Establece el encabezado del host empleado en la petición HTTP. En el\n" +"caso de HTTPS, normalmente debe coincidir con el nombre común del certificado SSL. Si no se define, el encabezado del host\n" +"derivará de la URL de petición del servidor real, si está presente. Como último recurso, se usará la dirección IP del servidor real.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Iniciar sesión</big> = \"nombreusuario\"\n" -"Para FTP, IMAP, LDAP, " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP y PostgreSQL, el nombre de usuario usado " -"para iniciar sesión.\n" -"Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de nombre de " -"usuario.\n" -"Para SIP, el nombre de usuario se usa tanto como " -"dirección de destino como de origen para las consultas de tipo " -"OPTIONS.\n" +"Para FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP y PostgreSQL, el nombre de usuario usado para iniciar sesión.\n" +"Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de nombre de usuario.\n" +"Para SIP, el nombre de usuario se usa tanto como dirección de destino como de origen para las consultas de tipo OPTIONS.\n" "Por defecto:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anónimo\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la " -"configuración\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<nombrehost>, el nombre de " -"host se deriva del mismo modo en la opción Contraseña descrita más abajo.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía, lo que indica que no se intentará una " -"autenticación.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL: se debe especificar en la configuración\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<nombrehost>, el nombre de host se deriva del mismo modo en la opción Contraseña descrita más abajo.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía, lo que indica que no se intentará una autenticación.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>Contraseña</big> = \"contraseña\"\n" -"La contraseña que se usa para iniciar sesión en los servidores " -"FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, " -"POP</small, PostgreSQL y\n" +"La contraseña que se usa para iniciar sesión en los servidores FTP, IMAP, LDAP, MySQL, Oracle, POP</small, PostgreSQL y\n" "SIP.\n" -"Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de contraseña de " -"usuario.\n" +"Para Radius se usa la contraseña para el atributo de contraseña de usuario.\n" "Por defecto:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<nombrehost>, donde el " -"nombre del host es la variable de entorno HOSTNAME evaluada " -"en el tiempo de ejecución o proveniente\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<nombrehost>, donde el nombre del host es la variable de entorno HOSTNAME evaluada en el tiempo de ejecución o proveniente\n" "de uname si no se define.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía. En el caso de LDAP, MySQL, " -"Oracle y PostgreSQL esto significa que la autenticación no se efectuará.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otros: cadena vacía. En el caso de LDAP, MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL esto significa que la autenticación no se efectuará.\n" "\n" "\n" -"</dt><dt><big>Nombre de base de datos</big> = \"nombrebasedatos</" -"i>\"\n" -"La base de datos que se usará para los servidores MySQL, Oracle y " -"PostgreSQL. Es la base de datos a la que se realizará la consulta (definida " -"por el ajuste Recepción anterior). Este\n" +"</dt><dt><big>Nombre de base de datos</big> = \"nombrebasedatos\"\n" +"La base de datos que se usará para los servidores MySQL, Oracle y PostgreSQL. Es la base de datos a la que se realizará la consulta (definida por el ajuste Recepción anterior). Este\n" "ajuste es obligatorio.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>Secreto de Radius</big> = \"secretoRadius\"</" -"b>\n" -"Secreto que se usará para los servidores Radius. Se trata del secreto " -"usado para realizar una petición de acceso con el nombre de usuario " -"(establecido en el ajuste Iniciar sesión anterior) y la contraseña " -"(establecida en\n" +"<big>Secreto de Radius</big> = \"secretoRadius\"\n" +"Secreto que se usará para los servidores Radius. Se trata del secreto usado para realizar una petición de acceso con el nombre de usuario (establecido en el ajuste Iniciar sesión anterior) y la contraseña (establecida en\n" "el ajuste Contraseña anterior).\n" "Por defecto: cadena vacía.\n" "\n" @@ -1081,256 +710,195 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>Máscara de red</big> = w.x.y.z\n" -"La máscara de red que se usará para la granularidad de las conexiones " -"de cliente persistentes.\n" +"La máscara de red que se usará para la granularidad de las conexiones de cliente persistentes.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Programador</big> = nombre_del_programador\n" -"El programador que usará LVS para el equilibrio de " -"carga. Para obtener información sobre los programadores disponibles, " -"consulte la página man <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" +"El programador que usará LVS para el equilibrio de carga. Para obtener información sobre los programadores disponibles, consulte la página man <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8).\n" "Por defecto: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Protocolo</big> = TCP|UDP|FWM\n" -"El protocolo que se usará. Si el servidor virtual se especifica como " -"una dirección IP y un puerto, se debe usar TCP o UDP. Si se " -"indica una marca de cortafuegos,\n" +"El protocolo que se usará. Si el servidor virtual se especifica como una dirección IP y un puerto, se debe usar TCP o UDP. Si se indica una marca de cortafuegos,\n" "el protocolo debe ser FWM.\n" "Por defecto:\n" -"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección IP y un " -"puerto y el puerto no es el 53: TCP\n" -"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección IP y un " -"puerto y el puerto es el 53: UDP\n" +"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección IP y un puerto y el puerto no es el 53: TCP\n" +"</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una dirección IP y un puerto y el puerto es el 53: UDP\n" "</dt><dt>* El servidor virtual es una marca de cortafuegos: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>Tiempo límite de comprobación</big> = n\n" -"Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, " -"externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara " -"inactivo.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El " -"tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede " -"sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de " -"negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"Tiempo límite en segundos para las comprobaciones de conexión, externas y de ping. Si se supera el tiempo límite, el servidor se declara inactivo.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de negociación. El tiempo límite de negociación también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de comprobación ni el de negociación, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "Por defecto: 5 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>Tiempo límite de negociación</big> = n\n" "El tiempo límite en segundos de las comprobaciones de negociación.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" -"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El " -"tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir " -"con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" -"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de " -"conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" +"Si no se define, se usa el valor del tiempo límite de conexión. El tiempo límite de conexión también es un valor global que se puede sustituir con un ajuste de tipo per-virtual.\n" +"Si no se ha definido ni el tiempo límite de negociación ni el de conexión, se usa el valor por defecto.\n" "Por defecto: 30 segundos\n" "\n" "<big>Número de errores</big> = n\n" -"El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar " -"sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. " -"Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer " -"error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos " -"se restablece en 0.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"El número de veces consecutivas que una comprobación debe informar sobre un error antes de que se considere que el servidor real ha fallado. Con el valor 1 se considerará que el servidor real ha fallado al primer error. Cuando se produce una comprobación correcta, el contador de fallos se restablece en 0.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: 1\n" "\n" -"<big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"</" -"b>dirección_de_correo_electrónico\"\n" -"Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre " -"un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el " -"servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" -"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente " -"correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::" -"Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los " -"métodos.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"<big>Alerta de correo electrónico</big> = \"dirección_de_correo_electrónico\"\n" +"Una dirección de correo electrónico válida para enviar alertas sobre un estado de conexión cambiado a cualquier servidor real definido en el servicio virtual. Esta opción requiere que\n" +"esté instalado el módulo MailTools de Perl. Intenta enviar automáticamente correo electrónico mediante uno de los métodos incorporados. Consulte Mail::Mailer en la documentación de Perl para obtener más información sobre los métodos.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" -"<big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> = n</" -"i>\n" -"Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico " -"mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. " -"Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" -"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos " -"electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la " -"opción\n" +"<big>Frecuencia de alertas de correo electrónico</big> = n\n" +"Retraso en segundos para repetir las alertas de correo electrónico mientras se puede acceder a cualquier servidor real en el servicio virtual. Si se establecen cero segundos,\n" +"no se repetirán las alertas. La precisión del tiempo de los correos electrónicos de este ajuste depende del número de segundos definido en la opción\n" "de configuración del intervalo de comprobación.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos|" -"ninguno|iniciando|en ejecución|deteniendo|" -"recargando,...\n" -"Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se " -"enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. todos es una forma " -"abreviada\n" -"de indicar \"iniciando, en ejecución, deteniendo, " -"recargando\". Si se especifica ninguno, no se podrá " -"especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" +"<big>Estado de alerta de correo electrónico</big> = todos|ninguno|iniciando|en ejecución|deteniendo|recargando,...\n" +"Lista delimitada por comas de estados del servidor en los que se enviarán las alertas de correo electrónico. todos es una forma abreviada\n" +"de indicar \"iniciando, en ejecución, deteniendo, recargando\". Si se especifica ninguno, no se podrá especificar ninguna otra opción. En caso contrario,\n" "las opciones se comprueban y si alguna coincide se enviará una alerta.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: todos\n" "\n" -"<big>Vuelta atrás</big> = dirección_IP|nombre_host[:" -"númeropuerto|nombreservicio] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los " -"servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de " -"emergencia.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"<big>Vuelta atrás</big> = dirección_IP|nombre_host[:númeropuerto|nombreservicio] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"El servidor al que se redirige el servicio Web si todos los servidores reales están apagados. Suele ser 127.0.0.1 con una página de emergencia.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "\n" "<big>Inactivos</big> = sí|no\n" -"Si el valor es sí, cuando se determina que el servidor real o " -"de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla LVS</" -"small> del núcleo.\n" -"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se " -"aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" -"Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con " -"conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes " -"seguirán\n" -"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de " -"persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las " -"conexiones persistentes.\n" -"Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente " -"comando:\n" +"Si el valor es sí, cuando se determina que el servidor real o de vuelta atrás están apagados, no se eliminan de la tabla LVS del núcleo.\n" +"En su lugar, su peso se establece en cero, lo que significa que no se aceptarán conexiones nuevas.\n" +"Esto tiene como efecto secundario que si el servidor real cuenta con conexiones persistentes, las conexiones nuevas de los clientes existentes seguirán\n" +"enrutándose al servidor real hasta que caduque el tiempo límite de persistencia. Consulte ipvsadm para obtener más información sobre las conexiones persistentes.\n" +"Este efecto secundario se puede evitar ejecutando el siguiente comando:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el " -"núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con LVS</" -"small> no está cargada\n" -"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se " -"ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar LVS en el " -"núcleo, si es posible.\n" -"Si se define el valor no, los servidores real o de vuelta " -"atrás se eliminarán de la tabla LVS del núcleo. El valor por " -"defecto es sí.\n" -"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se " -"sustituye.\n" +"Si el archivo proc no está presente, probablemente indica que el núcleo no es compatible con LVS, que la compatibilidad con LVS no está cargada\n" +"o que el núcleo es demasiado antiguo para disponer del archivo proc. Si se ejecuta ipvsadm como usuario Root, se debe cargar LVS en el núcleo, si es posible.\n" +"Si se define el valor no, los servidores real o de vuelta atrás se eliminarán de la tabla LVS del núcleo. El valor por defecto es sí.\n" +"Si se define en una sección de servidor virtual, el valor global se sustituye.\n" "Por defecto: sí\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "Tipo de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "Puerto de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "Comando de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "Método HTTP" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "Petición" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "Recibir" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "Host virtual" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "Iniciar sesión" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "Nombre de base de datos" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Secreto de Radius" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "Persistente" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "Programador" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "Servidores virtuales" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "Servidor virtual" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "Servidores reales" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "Tipo de comprobación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "Tipo de autenticación" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "Otros" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1338,98 +906,98 @@ "Si se usa IPv6, el formato debe ser como este:\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor real" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "Método de reenvío" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "anchura" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "La dirección IP no es válida" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "Agregar un servidor real nuevo:" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "Editar el servidor real:" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de IPLB" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración global" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del host virtual" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración global..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del host virtual..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de IPLB" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,226 +14,225 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "Configuración de un iniciador iSCSI" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador &iSCSI" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "Dirección iSNS" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "Puerto iSNS" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Nombre del &iniciador" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "&Descargar tarjeta" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Dirección del portal" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Nombre de destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "Desconectar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Conectado" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Descubrir" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Conectar" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de entrada" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de salida" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "Inicio" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "manual" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "en el arranque" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "automático" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Destinos conectados" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Destinos descubiertos" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Descripción de iniciador iSCSI" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Iniciador iSCSI</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "Descubrimiento de iniciador iSCSI" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -241,18 +240,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI </big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -260,8 +258,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI </big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -270,12 +268,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación</big> \n" "Cancele el procedimiento de grabación haciendo clic en Cancelar.\n" -" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro " -"hacerlo.\n" +" Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará acerca de si es seguro hacerlo.\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here. \n" @@ -283,8 +280,8 @@ "<big>Configuración del iniciador iSCSI</big> \n" "Configure un iniciador iSCSI. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -293,24 +290,22 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adición de un iniciador iSCSI</big> \n" "Seleccione un iniciador iSCSI en la lista de iniciadores detectados.\n" -" Si el iniciador iSCSI no se ha detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).</" -"b>\n" +" Si el iniciador iSCSI no se ha detectado, utilice Otro (no detectado).\n" " A continuación, haga clic en Configurar.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edición o supresión</big> \n" -"Si hace clic en Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que " -"le permitirá modificar\n" +"Si hace clic en Editar, se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" " la configuración.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -320,8 +315,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los iniciadores iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" " tiene la posibilidad de editar su configuración. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" @@ -329,8 +324,8 @@ "<big>Adición de un iniciador iSCSI</big> \n" "Haga clic en Añadir para configurar un iniciador iSCSI.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -340,217 +335,138 @@ "Seleccione el iniciador iSCSI que desee modificar o eliminar.\n" " A continuación, haga clic en Editar o en Suprimir.\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use " -"Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "" -"Lista de sesiones actuales.Utilice el botón Añadir para " -"obtener destinos adicionales. Se iniciará un nuevo descubrimiento para " -"detectar nuevos destinos y el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados " -"se mantendrá sin cambios. Utilice Desconectar para cancelar la " -"conexión y eliminar el destino de la lista. Para cambiar el estado del " -"inicio, seleccione Editar." +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." +msgstr "Lista de sesiones actuales.Utilice el botón Añadir para obtener destinos adicionales. Se iniciará un nuevo descubrimiento para detectar nuevos destinos y el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados se mantendrá sin cambios. Utilice Desconectar para cancelar la conexión y eliminar el destino de la lista. Para cambiar el estado del inicio, seleccione Editar." -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de lectura y escritura, " -"asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo " -"potencial de corrupción de datos.\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "Al acceder a un dispositivo iSCSI de lectura y escritura, asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo. De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" -"Nombre de iniciador es un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>. \n" -"En caso de que tenga iBFT, este valor se añadirá desde ahí y solo podrá " -"modificarlo en la configuración del BIOS." +"Nombre de iniciador es un valor de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"En caso de que tenga iBFT, este valor se añadirá desde ahí y solo podrá modificarlo en la configuración del BIOS." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"Si desea utilizar iSNS (Servicio de almacenamiento de nombres de " -"Internet) para descubrir destinos en lugar del método por defecto " -"(SendTargets),\n" -"especifique la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto por " -"defecto debería ser 3205.\n" +"Si desea utilizar iSNS (Servicio de almacenamiento de nombres de Internet) para descubrir destinos en lugar del método por defecto (SendTargets),\n" +"especifique la dirección IP del servidor iSNS y el puerto. El puerto por defecto debería ser 3205.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "Introduzca la dirección IP del servidor iSCSI de destino.\n" -"Modifique el valor de Puerto solo si es necesario. Para la " -"autenticación, utilice Nombre de usuario y Contraseña. Si no " -"necesita efectuar la autenticación,\n" +"Modifique el valor de Puerto solo si es necesario. Para la autenticación, utilice Nombre de usuario y Contraseña. Si no necesita efectuar la autenticación,\n" "seleccione Sin autenticación.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " -msgstr "" -"Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y haga " -"clic en Conectar." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " +msgstr "Lista de nodos ofrecidos por el destino iSCSI. Seleccione un elemento y haga clic en Conectar." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Inicio</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "manual es para los destinos iSCSI con los que no se conectará\n" "por defecto y el usuario debe conectar manualmente.\n" -"en el arranque es para los destinos ISCSI con los que se conectará " -"durante el arranque; por ejemplo, cuando\n" +"en el arranque es para los destinos ISCSI con los que se conectará durante el arranque; por ejemplo, cuando\n" "la raíz esté en iSCSI. Se evaluará de esta forma en initrd.\n" -"automático es para los destinos iSCSI con los que se conectará " -"cuando se inicie\n" +"automático es para los destinos iSCSI con los que se conectará cuando se inicie\n" "el servicio iSCSI.\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Autenticación</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " -"Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " -"Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming " -"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " -"server side and the other way round." -msgstr "" -"El valor por defecto es Sin autenticación. Desactive la casilla si " -"la autenticación es necesaria por motivos de seguridad. Introduzca los " -"valores de Nombre de usuario y Contraseña para \"Autenticación " -"de entrada\", \"Autenticación de salida\" o ambas.Tenga en cuenta " -"lo siguiente: \"Autenticación de entrada\" aquí se corresponde con " -"\"Autenticación de salida\" en el servidor iSCSI de destino y viceversa." +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "El valor por defecto es Sin autenticación. Desactive la casilla si la autenticación es necesaria por motivos de seguridad. Introduzca los valores de Nombre de usuario y Contraseña para \"Autenticación de entrada\", \"Autenticación de salida\" o ambas.Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente: \"Autenticación de entrada\" aquí se corresponde con \"Autenticación de salida\" en el servidor iSCSI de destino y viceversa." -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " -"Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen." -" To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note:</" -"b> Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the " -"Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode." -msgstr "" -"Esta pantalla muestra la lista de destinos descubiertos.Utilice el " -"botón Descubrir para obtener los destinos iSCSI disponibles de un " -"servidor especificado mediante su dirección IP. Use la opción " -"Conectar con un destino para establecer la conexión. Si la entrada se " -"ha realizado correctamente, la columna Conectado mostrará el estado " -"\"Verdadero\" y el destino se mostrará en la pantalla Destinos " -"conectados. Para eliminar un destino, utilice el botón Suprimir</" -"b>. Sugerencia: solo es posible eliminar los destinos no " -"conectados. Si es necesario, desconecte los Destinos conectados</" -"i> primero.Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente: volver a iniciar el " -"descubrimiento significa redescubrir los destinos, lo que " -"probablemente cambiará el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados (al " -"valor por defecto, manual). Acceda a la pantalla Destinos conectados " -"y utilice el botón Añadir si desea añadir nuevos destinos sin cambiar " -"el modo de inicio." +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "Esta pantalla muestra la lista de destinos descubiertos.Utilice el botón Descubrir para obtener los destinos iSCSI disponibles de un servidor especificado mediante su dirección IP. Use la opción Conectar con un destino para establecer la conexión. Si la entrada se ha realizado correctamente, la columna Conectado mostrará el estado \"Verdadero\" y el destino se mostrará en la pantalla Destinos conectados. Para eliminar un destino, utilice el botón Suprimir. Sugerencia: solo es posible eliminar los destinos no conectados. Si es necesario, desconecte los Destinos conectados primero.Tenga en cuenta lo siguiente: volver a iniciar el descubrimiento significa redescubrir los destinos, lo que probablemente cambiará el modo de inicio de los destinos ya conectados (al valor por defecto, manual). Acceda a la pantalla Destinos conectados y utilice el botón Añadir si d esea añadir nuevos destinos sin cambiar el modo de inicio." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "El comando ha alcanzado su tiempo límite." -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña." -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "Error al conectar con iscsid" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" -msgstr "" -"¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado?" +msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "Error al salir de la sesión en el destino seleccionado." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún registro." -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "No hay dirección IP válida." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "El campo Puerto no puede estar vacío." -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "Nombre de iniciador incorrecto" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -572,174 +488,162 @@ "\n" "¿Desea usar este nombre?\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP." -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "Compruebe el nombre del host de respuesta de la dirección IP.\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Introduzca el puerto." -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "Verdadero" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "Falso" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"El destino de este valor TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las " -"vías múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan daños en los " -"datos." +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "El destino de este valor TargetName ya está conectado. Compruebe que las vías múltiples estén habilitadas para evitar que se produzcan daños en los datos." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Continuar" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Ya está conectado al destino." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de iniciador iSCSI" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el iniciador iSCSI, el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el iniciador iSCSI, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del iniciador iSCSI" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de AutoYaST" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "Configurar el estado del servicio" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "por defecto (software)" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "todo" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" "backup created. If you want to use a different initiator name, change it \n" "in the BIOS.\n" msgstr "" -"Los valores de InitiatorName de iBFT y de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi</tt>\n" -"son diferentes. El nombre de iniciador antiguo se sustituirá por el valor de " -"iBFT y se \n" -"creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de nombre de " -"iniciador distinto, modifíquelo \n" +"Los valores de InitiatorName de iBFT y de <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" +"son diferentes. El nombre de iniciador antiguo se sustituirá por el valor de iBFT y se \n" +"creará una copia de seguridad. Si desea utilizar un valor de nombre de iniciador distinto, modifíquelo \n" "en el BIOS.\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "Conexión de destino fallida.\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/iscsi-lio-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,244 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "Configuración de un destino iSCSI mediante LIO" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "Destino &iSCSI LIO" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "Destinos" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "Destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identificador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "Grupo de portal" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "Número de puerto" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "Asociar todas las direcciones IP" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "Usar autenticación" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "Vía" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "Asignación de LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "Autorización" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "Editar LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "Editar autorización" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "Copiar" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Sin autenticación" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de entrada" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación de salida" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "Estado de TPG" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "Descripción de destino iSCSI LIO" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Destino iSCSI</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "Añadir destino iSCSI" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "Modificar configuración de iniciador de destino iSCSI" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "Modificar configuración LUN de destino iSCSI" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada del destino iSCSI" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -259,28 +259,26 @@ "<big>Inicio de la configuración del destino iSCSI LIO</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Almacenamiento de la configuración del destino iSCSI</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Almacenamiento de la configuración del destino iSCSI</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -288,12 +286,11 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el almacenamiento:</big> \n" -"Puede cancelar el proceso de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Cancelar.</" -"b>\n" +"Puede cancelar el proceso de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Cancelar.\n" "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "Save button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file." @@ -301,8 +298,8 @@ "El botón Guardar permite exportar datos sobre\n" "los destinos en el archivo seleccionado." -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI target here. \n" @@ -310,8 +307,8 @@ "<big>Configuración del destino iSCSI</big> \n" "Configure un destino iSCSI. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -320,24 +317,22 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adición de un destino iSCSI</big> \n" "Seleccione un destino iSCSI en la lista de destinos iSCSI detectados.\n" -"Si el destino no se ha detectado, utilice la opción Otro (no detectado).</" -"b>\n" +"Si el destino no se ha detectado, utilice la opción Otro (no detectado).\n" " A continuación, haga clic en Configurar.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" "the configuration opens.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Edición o supresión</big> \n" -"Si hace clic en Editar, se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo adicional " -"que le permitirá modificar\n" +"Si hace clic en Editar, se abrirá un recuadro de diálogo adicional que le permitirá modificar\n" " la configuración.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -347,8 +342,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los destinos iSCSI instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" " tiene la posibilidad de editar su configuración. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI target." @@ -356,8 +351,8 @@ "<big>Adición de un destino iSCSI</big> \n" "Haga clic en Añadir para configurar un destino iSCSI." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -367,8 +362,8 @@ "Seleccione el destino iSCSI que desee modificar o eliminar.\n" " A continuación, haga clic en Editar o en Suprimir.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -378,10 +373,10 @@ "Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" " " -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -391,8 +386,8 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " " -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -402,329 +397,271 @@ "Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" " \n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Use Sin autenticación o uno de " -"los valores Entrante o Saliente (o ambos). A continuación, " -"introduzca un valor en Usuario y Contraseña." +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Use Sin autenticación o uno de los valores Entrante o Saliente (o ambos). A continuación, introduzca un valor en Usuario y Contraseña." -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"InitiatorName\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" -"Use la opción Añadir para otorgar a un iniciador (cliente iSCSI) " -"acceso a un LUN importado desde\n" -" el grupo del portal de destino. Especifique el iniciador al que se permite " -"acceder (use InitiatorName\n" -" en /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en un iniciador iSCSI). La opción " -"Suprimir eliminará el acceso del iniciador al LUN." +"Use la opción Añadir para otorgar a un iniciador (cliente iSCSI) acceso a un LUN importado desde\n" +" el grupo del portal de destino. Especifique el iniciador al que se permite acceder (use InitiatorName\n" +" en /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en un iniciador iSCSI). La opción Suprimir eliminará el acceso del iniciador al LUN." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to " -"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</" -"b> is disabled here." +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"Con Editar LUN es posible modificar la asignación del LUN. Tenga " -"en cuenta que el número de destino del LUN debe ser exclusivo. Después de " -"hacer clic en Editar autorización, seleccione el tipo de " -"autenticación. Use las opciones Entrante, Saliente o ambas a " -"la vez. Después, inserte valores en Usuario y Contraseña. " -"Asegúrese de definir contraseñas distintas para la autenticación entrante y " -"la saliente.\n" -" Si Usar autenticación se ha inhabilitado en el recuadro de diálogo " -"anterior, Editar autorización estará inhabilitado aquí." +"Con Editar LUN es posible modificar la asignación del LUN. Tenga en cuenta que el número de destino del LUN debe ser exclusivo. Después de hacer clic en Editar autorización, seleccione el tipo de autenticación. Use las opciones Entrante, Saliente o ambas a la vez. Después, inserte valores en Usuario y Contraseña. Asegúrese de definir contraseñas distintas para la autenticación entrante y la saliente.\n" +" Si Usar autenticación se ha inhabilitado en el recuadro de diálogo anterior, Editar autorización estará inhabilitado aquí." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN." -msgstr "" -"La opción Copiar permite proporcionar un acceso de iniciador " -"adicional al LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." +msgstr "La opción Copiar permite proporcionar un acceso de iniciador adicional al LUN." -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" -"Lista de los destinos y los grupos Portal de destino ofrecidos. Puede crear " -"un destino nuevo haciendo clic en Añadir.\n" -"Para suprimir o modificar un elemento, selecciónelo y haga clic en " -"Editar o en Suprimir." +"Lista de los destinos y los grupos Portal de destino ofrecidos. Puede crear un destino nuevo haciendo clic en Añadir.\n" +"Para suprimir o modificar un elemento, selecciónelo y haga clic en Editar o en Suprimir." -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Configuración de puerto/IP de destino iSCSI y LUN</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Es posible poner dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios disponibles " -"en un LUN.\n" -"Debe proporcionar la vía a los dispositivos de bloques o al " -"archivo. \n" -"Nombre de LUN es un nombre arbitrario para identificar de forma " -"exclusiva el LUN. \n" +"Es posible poner dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios disponibles en un LUN.\n" +"Debe proporcionar la vía a los dispositivos de bloques o al archivo. \n" +"Nombre de LUN es un nombre arbitrario para identificar de forma exclusiva el LUN. \n" "El nombre debe ser exclusivo en el grupo Portal de destino. Si el usuario\n" "no proporciona un nombre para el LUN, el nombre se genera automáticamente." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -"En Dirección IP y Número de puerto debe especificar la " -"dirección\n" -"y el puerto en el que estará disponible el servicio. El número de puerto por " -"defecto es el 3260.\n" -"Solo es posible indicar direcciones IP asignadas a una de las tarjetas de " -"red." +"En Dirección IP y Número de puerto debe especificar la dirección\n" +"y el puerto en el que estará disponible el servicio. El número de puerto por defecto es el 3260.\n" +"Solo es posible indicar direcciones IP asignadas a una de las tarjetas de red." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." -msgstr "" -"Crea un destino nuevo. Sustituye los valores de la plantilla con los valores " -"correctos." +msgstr "Crea un destino nuevo. Sustituye los valores de la plantilla con los valores correctos." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -"Es posible disponer dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios en un " -"LUN.\n" -"Debe proporcionar la vía a un dispositivo de bloques o a un " -"archivo. \n" -"El Nombre de LUN es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma " -"exclusiva el LUN. \n" -"El nombre debe ser exclusivo en el grupo de portal de destino. Si el " -"usuario\n" +"Es posible disponer dispositivos de bloques o archivos arbitrarios en un LUN.\n" +"Debe proporcionar la vía a un dispositivo de bloques o a un archivo. \n" +"El Nombre de LUN es un nombre arbitrario que identifica de forma exclusiva el LUN. \n" +"El nombre debe ser exclusivo en el grupo de portal de destino. Si el usuario\n" "no proporciona un nombre para el LUN, se genera automáticamente." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." -msgstr "" -"Puede añadir, editar o suprimir todas las opciones de " -"configuración adicionales." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." +msgstr "Puede añadir, editar o suprimir todas las opciones de configuración adicionales." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" -"Modifique el número LUN si fuera necesario y defina la opción " -"Tipo (nullio sirve para realizar pruebas).\n" -"Si Tipo=fileio, defina en Vía el dispositivo de disco o el archivo." -"ID de SCSI y Sectores son campos opcionales." +"Modifique el número LUN si fuera necesario y defina la opción Tipo (nullio sirve para realizar pruebas).\n" +"Si Tipo=fileio, defina en Vía el dispositivo de disco o el archivo.ID de SCSI y Sectores son campos opcionales." -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "Problema al cambiar la autenticación" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "Nombre de usuario no válido" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "Contraseña no válida." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "El LUN seleccionado ya está en uso." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "El nombre seleccionado ya se está usando." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" -msgstr "" -"La vía seleccionada debe ser un dispositivo de bloques o un archivo normal." +msgstr "La vía seleccionada debe ser un dispositivo de bloques o un archivo normal." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "La vía seleccionada ya está en uso." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "Vía:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Examinar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo o dispositivo" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "Iniciador LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "LUN de destino" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "Cambiar:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "El LUN de destino %1 se ha usado más de una vez." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "Es necesario habilitar al menos una autenticación." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "Nombre del iniciador:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "Importar LUN de TPG" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "El nombre del iniciador no puede estar vacío." -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "El nombre del iniciador ya existe." -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "Nuevo nombre de iniciador:" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el elemento seleccionado?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "Problema al crear el destino %1 con TPG %2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "Problema al configurar el portal de red en %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el LUN %1" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "Problema al configurar el LUN %1 (nombre:%2) a la vía %3" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "Problema al configurar la autenticación en %1:%2 para %3" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "El destino no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "El grupo del portal de destino no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "El destino ya existe." -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "Entrante" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "Saliente" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -738,98 +675,98 @@ "(consulte /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi en el iniciador).\n" "¿Desea continuar sin acceso al iniciador?" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el LUN %4 para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al añadir el LUN %4:%5 para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al eliminar el iniciador %3 de %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al crear el iniciador %3 para %1:%2" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "Problema al cambiar la autorización para el iniciador %3 en %1:%2" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "No es posible guardar la configuración de lio" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "No es posible guardar la configuración de tcm" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "No es posible continuar sin instalar el paquete lio-utils" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio %1" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración anterior..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -839,37 +776,37 @@ "que hay una configuración válida en /etc/ietd.conf. ¿Debe el módulo \n" "intentar la importación de la configuración de /etc/ietd.conf en LIO?" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "Errores durante la importación. Compruebe el estado de LIO." -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del destino iSCSI LIO" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de lio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de lio..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/isns.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "Configuración de un servicio isns" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración iSCSI..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador iSCSI" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "Iniciador &iSCSI" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "Nodos iSCSI" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "Dominios de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "Nombre de nodo iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "Tipo de nodo" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre del dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "Crear dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "Miembros del dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "Añadir un nodo iSCSI existente" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "Crear miembro de nodo iSCSI" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "Servicio iSNS" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Servicio isns</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -124,18 +124,17 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración del daemon iSNS</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -143,8 +142,8 @@ "<big>Guardando configuración de iSNS</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -153,12 +152,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSNS server. \n" @@ -166,155 +164,96 @@ "<big>Configuración de iSNS</big> \n" "Configure un servidor iSNS. \n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"Se muestra la lista de todos los nodos iSCSI disponibles registrados con " -"el servicio iSNS. Los nodos son registrados por iniciadores iSCSI y " -"destinos iSCSI. Sólo es posible suprimirlos. Al suprimir un " -"nodo, se elimina completamente de la base de datos iSNS." +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "Se muestra la lista de todos los nodos iSCSI disponibles registrados con el servicio iSNS. Los nodos son registrados por iniciadores iSCSI y destinos iSCSI. Sólo es posible suprimirlos. Al suprimir un nodo, se elimina completamente de la base de datos iSNS." -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de todos los dominios de descubrimiento. Es posible " -"crear un dominio de descubrimiento o suprimir uno. Al " -"suprimir un dominio, se eliminan los miembros del dominio, pero no se borran " -"los miembros del nodo iSCSI." +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de todos los dominios de descubrimiento. Es posible crear un dominio de descubrimiento o suprimir uno. Al suprimir un dominio, se eliminan los miembros del dominio, pero no se borran los miembros del nodo iSCSI." -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"Se muestra una lista de todos los nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimiento. " -"Al seleccionar otro dominio de descubrimiento, se actualiza la lista con los " -"miembros de ese dominio de descubrimiento. Es posible añadir un nodo " -"iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimiento o suprimir el nodo. Al " -"suprimir un nodo, se elimina del dominio, pero no se suprime el nodo iSCSI.</" -"p> Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo que todavía no se ha " -"registrado se añada como miembro del dominio de descubrimiento. Si el " -"iniciador o el destino registran este nodo, pasará a formar parte de este " -"dominio Si un iniciador iSCSI hace una petición de descubrimiento, el " -"servicio iSNS devuelve todos los nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son miembros " -"del mismo dominio de descubrimiento. " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "Se muestra una lista de todos los nodos iSCSI por dominio de descubrimiento. Al seleccionar otro dominio de descubrimiento, se actualiza la lista con los miembros de ese dominio de descubrimiento. Es posible añadir un nodo iSCSI a un dominio de descubrimiento o suprimir el nodo. Al suprimir un nodo, se elimina del dominio, pero no se suprime el nodo iSCSI. Crear un nodo iSCSI permite que un nodo que todavía no se ha registrado se añada como miembro del dominio de descubrimiento. Si el iniciador o el destino registran este nodo, pasará a formar parte de este dominio Si un iniciador iSCSI hace una petición de descubrimiento, el servicio iSNS devuelve todos los nodos iSCSI destinatarios que son miembros del mismo dominio de descubrimiento. " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"En la parte superior se muestra una lista de todos los conjuntos de dominios " -"de descubrimiento. Los dominios de descubrimiento pertenecen a conjuntos de " -"dominios de descubrimiento. Un dominio de descubrimiento debe ser miembro " -"de un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento para poder estar activo. </" -"p>En una base de datos iSNS, un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento " -"contiene dominios de descubrimiento y los dominios de descubrimiento " -"contienen miembros de nodos iSCSI." +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "En la parte superior se muestra una lista de todos los conjuntos de dominios de descubrimiento. Los dominios de descubrimiento pertenecen a conjuntos de dominios de descubrimiento. Un dominio de descubrimiento debe ser miembro de un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento para poder estar activo. En una base de datos iSNS, un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento contiene dominios de descubrimiento y los dominios de descubrimiento contienen miembros de nodos iSCSI." -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." -msgstr "" -"La lista de miembros del conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento se " -"actualiza siempre que se selecciona un conjunto de dominios de " -"descubrimiento distinto." +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." +msgstr "La lista de miembros del conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento se actualiza siempre que se selecciona un conjunto de dominios de descubrimiento distinto." -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "Crear nuevo dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "Añadir nodo iSCSI al dominio de descubrimiento" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "Nodos disponibles para añadir" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "Añadir nodo" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "Hecho" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "Destino o iniciador" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir el elemento seleccionado?" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir este dominio?" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." -msgstr "" -"No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor iSNS. Compruebe si el " -"servidor iSNS se está ejecutando." +msgstr "No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor iSNS. Compruebe si el servidor iSNS se está ejecutando." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del daemon isns" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el servicio isns, el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el servicio isns, el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del daemon de isns" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de isns" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journal.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "Entradas de registro" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "Mostrando entradas con el siguiente texto" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "Cambiar el filtro..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualización" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "Entradas que se deben mostrar" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "Intervalo de tiempo" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "Filtros" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "Sin condiciones adicionales" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "Desde el arranque del sistema" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "Desde el arranque anterior" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "Entre %{since} y %{until}" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "Entre estas fechas" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "Desde el arranque del sistema (%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "Desde el arranque anterior (%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "Unidades" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "Para estas unidades systemd" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "Archivos" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "Para estos archivos (ejecutables o dispositivos)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "Con al menos esta prioridad" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "Duración" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "Origen" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "Mensaje" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/journalctl.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2003-02-12 10:23+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Pablo Iranzo Gómez <Pablo.Iranzo(a)uv.es>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish <i18n(a)suse.de>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/kdump.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,388 +14,344 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "Configuración de kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "Configuración de la pantalla" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "Configuración del inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "Número del nivel de volcado de datos 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -msgstr "" -"Formato del volcado para la imagen de volcado: ninguno/ELF/comprimido/lzo" +msgstr "Formato del volcado para la imagen de volcado: ninguno/ELF/comprimido/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" -msgstr "" -"El destino del volcado de datos incluye la ubicación de destino para guardar " -"las imágenes de volcado de datos." +msgstr "El destino del volcado de datos incluye la ubicación de destino para guardar las imágenes de volcado de datos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_núcleo>[.gz] " -"Introduzca únicamente cadena_núcleo." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_núcleo>[.gz] Introduzca únicamente cadena_núcleo." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"El valor de commandline de kdump corresponde a la línea de comandos que se " -"debe pasar al núcleo de kdump." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." +msgstr "El valor de commandline de kdump corresponde a la línea de comandos que se debe pasar al núcleo de kdump." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." -msgstr "" -"Establezca esta variable si sólo quiere añadir valores al final de la cadena " -"de la línea de comandos por defecto." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." +msgstr "Establezca esta variable si sólo quiere añadir valores al final de la cadena de la línea de comandos por defecto." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." -msgstr "" -"Reiniciar inmediatamente después de guardar el núcleo central en núcleo de " -"kdump." +msgstr "Reiniciar inmediatamente después de guardar el núcleo central en núcleo de kdump." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "Copiar núcleo en el directorio de volcado." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." -msgstr "" -"Especifica el número de volcados antiguos que se conservan. 0 equivale a " -"conservarlos todos." +msgstr "Especifica el número de volcados antiguos que se conservan. 0 equivale a conservarlos todos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "Servidor SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "Nombre de usuario SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." -msgstr "" -"Contraseña SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación. Vía del archivo " -"que incluye la contraseña (archivo de solo texto)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." +msgstr "Contraseña SMTP para enviar los mensajes de notificación. Vía del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de solo texto)." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar los mensajes de notificación" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar los mensajes de notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar copia de los mensajes de " -"notificación" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico para enviar copia de los mensajes de notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "Habilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "Inhabilitar opción" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "Muestra el estado de la opción actual" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "Tamaño de la memoria asignada en MB." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" -msgstr "" -"El número del nivel de volcado de datos incluye las páginas para su " -"almacenamiento" +msgstr "El número del nivel de volcado de datos incluye las páginas para su almacenamiento" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "El formato del volcado puede ser ninguno, ELF, comprimido o lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"El destino del volcado incluye tipos de destinos de: archivo (sistema de " -"archivos local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "El destino del volcado incluye tipos de destinos de: archivo (sistema de archivos local), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "Puerto para la conexión" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Directorio para guardar imágenes de volcado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "Recurso compartido exportado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" -msgstr "" -"Vía del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de texto sin formato)" +msgstr "Vía del archivo que incluye la contraseña (archivo de texto sin formato)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "Valor de udev_id de partición en bruto" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucleo>[.gz] El " -"núcleo corresponde sólo a cadena_núcleo." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "El esquema de denominación es: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_nucleo>[.gz] El núcleo corresponde sólo a cadena_núcleo." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "Incluir opciones de la línea de comandos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" -msgstr "" -"La opción especifica el nivel de ejecución para arrancar el núcleo de kdump. " -"Sólo se permiten los valores 1, 2, 3, 5 y s." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" +msgstr "La opción especifica el nivel de ejecución para arrancar el núcleo de kdump. Sólo se permiten los valores 1, 2, 3, 5 y s." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "Número de volcados de datos. 0 equivale a conservarlos todos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "Gestiona el uso del volcado asistido por firmware" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "Configuración de pantalla:" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" -msgstr "" -"Kdump está habilitado (se ha añadido la opción de arranque crashkernel)" +msgstr "Kdump está habilitado (se ha añadido la opción de arranque crashkernel)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "La memoria (MB) asignada para kdump es: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump está inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "Nivel de volcado de datos: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "Configuración del destino de volcado de datos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "destino: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "directorio de archivo: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "nombre del servidor: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "puerto: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "nombre de usuario: se permite la conexión anónima" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "nombre de usuario: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "recurso compartido: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "VACÍO" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "Núcleo de kdump personalizado: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Línea de comandos de kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Añadir a línea de comandos de kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Reinicios inmediatos de kdump: %1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activado" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" -msgstr "" -"Número de volcados antiguos: se guardan todos los volcados sin suprimir los " -"antiguos" +msgstr "Número de volcados antiguos: se guardan todos los volcados sin suprimir los antiguos" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de volcados antiguos: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Servidor SMTP para Kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Usuario SMTP de kdump: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Contraseña SMTP de kdump: ********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump enviando notificación a:%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump enviando copia de la notificación a: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -403,393 +359,388 @@ "La opción de núcleo crashkernel incluye rangos o valores redundantes.\n" "Se sobrescribirá." -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Para aplicar los cambios, es preciso reiniciar." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "Se han utilizado opciones incorrectas." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "Se ha establecido el nivel de volcado de datos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "Se ha establecido el formato del volcado de datos." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." -msgstr "" -"Las opciones solo pueden ser los valores \"ninguno\", \"ELF\", \"comprimido" -"\" o \"lzo\"." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgstr "Las opciones solo pueden ser los valores \"ninguno\", \"ELF\", \"comprimido\" o \"lzo\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor de dir." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor de server." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "Falta el valor de share." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "Valor no válido para el destino." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "Valor no válido para las opciones no." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción \"servidor\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción \"usuario\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "Valor erróneo de la opción \"correo electrónico\"." -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "Volcado asistido por firmware: %{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "No se ha definido ninguna opción." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump..." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "Habilitar/Inhabilitar kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "Habilitar kd&ump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "&Inhabilitar kdump" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "Incluir en el volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "&Páginas rellenas con cero" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "Páginas en cac&hé" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "Páginas pri&vadas en caché" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "Páginas de datos de &usuario" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "Páginas &libres" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "Formato de &volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "Si&n volcado" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "Formato de &ELF" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "Formato c&omprimido" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "Formato comprimido &LZO" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "&Seleccionar destino" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directorio local" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor &SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "Dirección &Para de la notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "Dirección &CC de la notificación" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "&Núcleo de kdump personalizado" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Línea de &comandos de kdump" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Añadir &línea de comandos de kdump " -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "&Habilitar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "Habilitar la copia del &núcleo en el directorio de volcado" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "Habilitar &supresión de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "Nú&mero de volcados de datos antiguos" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Memoria de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump: Filtrado de volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "Filtrado de volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "Guardando el destino para la imagen de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "Destino del volcado de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "Servidor SMTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "Direcciones de correo electrónico para notificación" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "Notificación por correo electrónico" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Núcleo personalizado para kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "Línea de comandos" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "Configuración de volcado" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Memoria &baja de Kdump [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Memoria de &Kdump [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Memoria total del sistema [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "Memoria útil [MiB]:" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Memoria &alta de Kdump [MiB]" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "Habilitar/Inhabilitar kdump \n" -" Habilita o inhabilita kdump. Se añade o se elimina el parámetro " -"crashkernel como opción de arranque. \n" +" Habilita o inhabilita kdump. Se añade o se elimina el parámetro crashkernel como opción de arranque. \n" " Para aplicar los cambios, es necesario reiniciar. \n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "Kdump Memory \n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. \n" @@ -797,28 +748,18 @@ "Memoria de kdump \n" " Asignación de memoria para el núcleo de kdump. \n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "Volcado asistido por firmware \n" -" Los volcados no se generan antes de que se reinicie la partición, sino " -"cuando la partición se reinicia. Al realizar un volcado asistido por " -"firmware, la memoria del sistema se paraliza y la partición se reinicia, lo " -"que permite que una instancia nueva del sistema operativo vuelque los datos " -"del bloqueo anterior del núcleo. Esta función solo es práctica si el sistema " -"tiene más de 1,5 GB de memoria." +" Los volcados no se generan antes de que se reinicie la partición, sino cuando la partición se reinicia. Al realizar un volcado asistido por firmware, la memoria del sistema se paraliza y la partición se reinicia, lo que permite que una instancia nueva del sistema operativo vuelque los datos del bloqueo anterior del núcleo. Esta función solo es práctica si el sistema tiene más de 1,5 GB de memoria." -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "Dump Level \n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -827,81 +768,67 @@ msgstr "" "Nivel de volcado de datos \n" " Especifica el tipo de página necesaria para el análisis.\n" -" Las páginas del tipo especificado se copian al archivo de volcado de " -"datos. \n" +" Las páginas del tipo especificado se copian al archivo de volcado de datos. \n" " Se incluye el tipo de página marcado en la siguiente tabla. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "Formato de volcado \n" " Sin volcado: solo guarda el registro del núcleo. \n" " Formato de ELF: crea un archivo de volcado en formato ELF. \n" -" Formato comprimido: comprime los datos de volcado en cada página " -"con gzip. \n" -" Formato comprimido LZO: archivos ligeramente más grandes, pero " -"mucho más rápido. \n" +" Formato comprimido: comprime los datos de volcado en cada página con gzip. \n" +" Formato comprimido LZO: archivos ligeramente más grandes, pero mucho más rápido. \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "Guardando el destino para la imagen de kdump \n" -" Destino en el que se guardan las imágenes de kdump. Se debe seleccionar " -"el tipo de destino en el que guardan los volcados. " +" Destino en el que se guardan las imágenes de kdump. Se debe seleccionar el tipo de destino en el que guardan los volcados. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" -"Sistema de archivos local: guarda la imagen de kdump en el sistema " -"de archivos local.\n" -" Directorio para guardar los volcados de datos: vía para guardar " -"las imágenes de kdump.\n" -" Seleccione el directorio para guardar las imágenes de kdump mediante el " -"cuadro de diálogo al que se accede pulsando Examinar.\n" +"Sistema de archivos local: guarda la imagen de kdump en el sistema de archivos local.\n" +" Directorio para guardar los volcados de datos: vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" +" Seleccione el directorio para guardar las imágenes de kdump mediante el cuadro de diálogo al que se accede pulsando Examinar.\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of ftp server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP: guardar imagen de kdump a través de FTP.\n" " Nombre de servidor: nombre del servidor ftp.\n" " Puerto: número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor: vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor: vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" " Habilitar FTP anónimo: habilita la conexión anónima al servidor.\n" -" Nombre de usuario: nombre de usuario para la conexión FTP. " -"Contraseña: contraseña para la conexión FTP. " +" Nombre de usuario: nombre de usuario para la conexión FTP. Contraseña: contraseña para la conexión FTP. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -910,17 +837,15 @@ " User Name for SSH connection. \n" " Password for SSH connection. \n" msgstr "" -"SSH - Guardar imagen de kdump a través de SSH y \"dd\" en equipo " -"de destino.\n" +"SSH - Guardar imagen de kdump a través de SSH y \"dd\" en equipo de destino.\n" " Nombre del servidor - Nombre del servidor.\n" " Puerto - Número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor - La vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor - La vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" " Nombre de usuario para la conexión SSH. \n" " Contraseña para conexión SSH. \n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -932,24 +857,22 @@ "SFTP - Guardar imagen de kdump mediante SFTP.\n" " Nombre del servidor - Nombre del servidor.\n" " Puerto - Número de puerto para la conexión.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor - Vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor - Vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" " Nombre de usuario para la conexión SSH. \n" " Contraseña para la conexión SSH. \n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" "by default." msgstr "" "La elección entre SSH y SFTP depende\n" -"de los detalles de la configuración del servidor. Los servidores de SLE son " -"compatibles con ambas\n" +"de los detalles de la configuración del servidor. Los servidores de SLE son compatibles con ambas\n" "por defecto." -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -957,11 +880,10 @@ msgstr "" "NFS: guardar imagen de kdump en un recurso NFS.\n" " Nombre de servidor: nombre del servidor NFS.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor: vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump." -" " +" Directorio en el servidor: vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump. " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -972,30 +894,24 @@ msgstr "" "CIFS: guardar imagen de kdump a través de CIFS.\n" " Nombre de servidor: nombre del servidor.\n" -" Recurso compartido exportado: nombre del recurso compartido de " -"Windows.\n" -" Directorio en el servidor: vía para guardar las imágenes de " -"kdump.\n" -" Utilizar autenticación: habilita la conexión con autenticación al " -"servidor.\n" -" Nombre de usuario: nombre de usuario para la conexión. " -"Contraseña: contraseña para la conexión. " +" Recurso compartido exportado: nombre del recurso compartido de Windows.\n" +" Directorio en el servidor: vía para guardar las imágenes de kdump.\n" +" Utilizar autenticación: habilita la conexión con autenticación al servidor.\n" +" Nombre de usuario: nombre de usuario para la conexión. Contraseña: contraseña para la conexión. " -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " Please enter only kernel_string. " msgstr "" -"Núcleo de kdump personalizado: el usuario puede introducir el " -"núcleo personalizado.\n" -" El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_núcleo>[.gz]</" -"i>\n" +"Núcleo de kdump personalizado: el usuario puede introducir el núcleo personalizado.\n" +" El esquema de denominación es:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<cadena_núcleo>[.gz]\n" " Sólo se debe introducir el valor de cadena_núcleo. " -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -1003,8 +919,8 @@ "Línea de comandos de kdump\n" " Argumentos adicionales pasados a kexec. " -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -1012,38 +928,32 @@ " is set. \n" msgstr "" "Añadir línea de comandos de kdump\n" -" Establezca esta opción para añadir valores al final de la cadena de " -"línea de comandos por defecto. \n" +" Establezca esta opción para añadir valores al final de la cadena de línea de comandos por defecto. \n" " La cadena se añade también si la línea de comandos de kdump\n" " está definida. \n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " msgstr "" -"Habilitar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central</" -"b> - \n" -" Habilita el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central en " -"kdump. " +"Habilitar el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central - \n" +" Habilita el reinicio inmediato después de guardar el núcleo central en kdump. " -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "Habilitar supresión de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas\n" -" Habilita la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas. Si el " -"número de archivos de volcado de datos en \n" -" Número de volcados de datos antiguos excede este número, se " -"eliminan los volcados de datos antiguos. " +" Habilita la eliminación de imágenes de volcado de datos antiguas. Si el número de archivos de volcado de datos en \n" +" Número de volcados de datos antiguos excede este número, se eliminan los volcados de datos antiguos. " -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1054,78 +964,57 @@ "Habilitar la copia del núcleo en el directorio de volcado - \n" " Si esta opción está seleccionada, el núcleo y la\n" " información de depuración (si está instalada) se copian en el\n" -" directorio de volcado. El valor por defecto es \"desactivado\". " -"Resulta de utilidad tenerlo\n" +" directorio de volcado. El valor por defecto es \"desactivado\". Resulta de utilidad tenerlo\n" " ordenado para la depuración. \n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." -msgstr "" -"Servidor SMTP usado para enviar un correo de notificación tras un " -"volcado." +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +msgstr "Servidor SMTP usado para enviar un correo de notificación tras un volcado." -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Nombre de usuario para la autenticación SMTP si Servidor SMTP</" -"i> se ha establecido.\n" -"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se " -"usará SMTP simple.\n" +"Nombre de usuario para la autenticación SMTP si Servidor SMTP se ha establecido.\n" +"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se usará SMTP simple.\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Contraseña para la autenticación SMTP si Servidor SMTP se " -"ha establecido.\n" -"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se " -"usará SMTP simple.\n" +"Contraseña para la autenticación SMTP si Servidor SMTP se ha establecido.\n" +"Esta opción es opcional. Si no se especifica un usuario y una contraseña, se usará SMTP simple.\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"Dirección Para de la notificación Es la dirección de correo a la " -"que se envía el correo de notificación si se ha guardado un volcado.\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "Dirección Para de la notificación Es la dirección de correo a la que se envía el correo de notificación si se ha guardado un volcado.\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" msgstr "" -"Dirección CC de la notificación Es la lista de direcciones de " -"correo, separadas por espacios,\n" -"a las que se envía el correo de notificación mediante la opción CC si se ha " -"guardado un volcado.\n" +"Dirección CC de la notificación Es la lista de direcciones de correo, separadas por espacios,\n" +"a las que se envía el correo de notificación mediante la opción CC si se ha guardado un volcado.\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" -"Número de volcados de datos antiguos indica cuántos volcados " -"antiguos se conservan. Si el número de archivos de volcados\n" +"Número de volcados de datos antiguos indica cuántos volcados antiguos se conservan. Si el número de archivos de volcados\n" "supera este valor, los volcados antiguos se eliminan." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1133,18 +1022,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración de kdump</big> \n" " Espere unos instantes... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio:</big> \n" -"Puede cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando ahora " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Puede cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando ahora Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1152,8 +1040,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración de kdump</big> \n" "Espere unos instantes... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1162,12 +1050,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele el proceso de grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro o no cancelar " -"el proceso.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro o no cancelar el proceso.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1175,8 +1062,8 @@ "<big>Configuración de kdump</big> \n" "Configure kdump aquí. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1185,12 +1072,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Añadir un kdump:</big> \n" "Elija un kdump de la lista de elementos detectados.\n" -"Si no se ha detectado el que le interesa, seleccione Otro (no detectado)." -"\n" +"Si no se ha detectado el que le interesa, seleccione Otro (no detectado).\n" "A continuación, pulse Configurar.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1200,8 +1086,8 @@ "Al pulsar Editar se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1211,8 +1097,8 @@ "Muestra una descripción de los kdumps instalados. De forma adicional\n" "podrá editar la configuración correspondiente. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1220,8 +1106,8 @@ "<big>Añadir un kdump:</big> \n" "Pulse Añadir para configurar un kdump." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1231,104 +1117,102 @@ "Seleccione un kdump para cambiarlo o eliminarlo.\n" "Luego pulse Editar o Suprimir como desee.\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "Sistema de archivos local" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "&Directorio para guardar volcados de datos" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "Nombr&e del servidor" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "Puert&o" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directorio en el servidor" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "Habilitar &FTP anónimo" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH/SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "&Recurso compartido exportado" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "Utilizar aut&enticación" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el directorio para guardar los volcados." -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el nombre del servidor." -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el directorio del servidor" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el nombre de usuario" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "Debe especificar el recurso compartido exportado" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "Seleccione un directorio para guardar las imágenes de volcado de datos" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" -msgstr "" -"La opción de núcleo incluye varios rangos o valores redundantes. ¿Desea " -"sobrescribirla?" +msgstr "La opción de núcleo incluye varios rangos o valores redundantes. ¿Desea sobrescribirla?" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "Usar volcado asistido por &firmware" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1340,14 +1224,14 @@ "Por ejemplo, algunos valores no se leerán correctamente\n" "y la configuración resultante probablemente resultará inútil.\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "Kdump no es compatible" -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1355,134 +1239,130 @@ "Error al actualizar initrd al llamar a %{cmd}.\n" "Consulte %{log} para obtener más detalles." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Leyendo el archivo de configuración..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Leyendo opciones de arranque del núcleo..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Calculando límites de memoria..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Leyendo las particiones de discos..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Leyendo memoria disponible y calibrando uso..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración /etc/sysconfig/kdump" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "No es posible leer las opciones de arranque del núcleo." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "No es posible leer la memoria disponible." -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de kdump" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Actualizar opciones de arranque" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Actualizando opciones de arranque..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Error al añadir el parámetro crashkernel en el cargador de arranque." -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Estado de kdump: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "HABILITADO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "INHABILITADO" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Valores de la opción crashkernel: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Formato de volcado de datos: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Objetivo de los volcados: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Número de volcados: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará " -"%{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible." +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "¡Advertencia! Quizá no haya suficiente espacio disponible. Necesitará %{required}, pero solo hay %{available} disponible." -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/languages_db.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikaans" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "Asturiano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Búlgaro" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "Bengalí" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "Bosnio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Catalán" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "Galés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "Inglés (UK)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "Inglés (US)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finlandés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "Gallego" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "Gujarati" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreo" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "Hindi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "Croata" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Bahasa" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "Georgiano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "Jemer" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "Macedonio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "Marathi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "Noruego" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Holandés" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "Nynorsk (nuevo noruego)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "Punjabi" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "Portugués (brasileño)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "Sinhala" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Esloveno" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "Serbio" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "Tamil" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "Tayiko" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Tai" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamita " -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "Valón" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "Xhosa" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "Zulú" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ldap.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,34 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "Asegúrese de que el servidor LDAP esté en ejecución y sea accesible." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "Se ha producido un error al establecer el cifrado TLS.\n" -"Asegúrese de que esté instalado el certificado CA correcto y de que el " -"certificado del servidor sea válido." +"Asegúrese de que esté instalado el certificado CA correcto y de que el certificado del servidor sea válido." -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." msgstr "" "Se ha producido un error al establecer el cifrado TLS.\n" -"Asegúrese de que la compatibilidad con StartTLS esté habilitada en el " -"servidor." +"Asegúrese de que la compatibilidad con StartTLS esté habilitada en el servidor." -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -49,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "Es posible que el servidor esté apagado o que no se pueda acceder a él.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -58,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "Falta el valor de DN o no es válido.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -67,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "No se ha encontrado el tipo de atributo.\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -76,69 +73,69 @@ "\n" "No se ha encontrado la clase de objeto.\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "No es posible establecer la conexión con el servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "Problema al conectar con el servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al leer datos del servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "Problema al escribir los usuarios LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "Problema al escribir los grupos LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "Problema al escribir datos en el servidor LDAP." -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "Se ha producido un problema al leer el esquema del servidor LDAP." -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "Se ha producido un error LDAP desconocido." -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "&Mostrar detalles" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "Error desconocido. Es posible que 'yast2-ldap' no esté disponible." -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea guardar la configuración?" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -150,31 +147,31 @@ "\n" "¿Desea reintentar la conexión desactivando TLS/SSL?\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "Nombre completo de enlace" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "Contraseña del servidor &LDAP" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "Servidor: %1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "Acceso &anónimo" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -184,8 +181,8 @@ "para el DN '%1. No es posible crear el objeto\n" "con el DN seleccionado.\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -193,8 +190,8 @@ "Existe un objeto con el DN seleccionado, pero no es un objeto de plantilla.\n" "Seleccione otro.\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -202,19 +199,19 @@ "No existe ninguna entrada con el DN '%1'\n" "en el servidor LDAP. ¿Desea crearla ahora?\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." msgstr "Definir valor nuevo para el atributo actual." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -224,51 +221,50 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Si el atributo puede tener más valores, añada nuevas entradas\n" -"mediante Añadir valor. En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de " -"valores\n" +"mediante Añadir valor. En ocasiones el botón incluye la lista de valores\n" " posibles para usarlos con el atributo actual.\n" " Si el valor del atributo editado debe ser un nombre completo (DN),\n" " dicho nombre se puede elegir en el árbol LDAP usando Examinar.\n" " \n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" -#. or: -#. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" +#. or: +#. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " msgstr "La descripción del atributo \"%1\" (en inglés): " -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Valor del atributo \"%1\"" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "&Valores del atributo \"%1\"" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "&Añadir valor" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "Entrada &vacía" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -276,28 +272,28 @@ "El valor '%1' ya existe.\n" "Por favor, seleccione otro." -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "Configuración de las herramientas de administración de usuarios" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "Configuración de las herramientas de administración de grupos" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "Clase de objeto del nuevo módulo" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "&Nombre del nuevo módulo (\"cn\" Valor)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -305,74 +301,62 @@ "El valor introducido ya existe.\n" "Seleccione otro valor.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre del módulo." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "Introduzca aquí los valores de los atributos pertenecientes a un\n" -"objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como " -"valores por defecto\n" +"objeto por medio de la plantilla actual. Estos valores se usarán como valores por defecto\n" "para crear el nuevo objeto.\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template. -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template. +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a " -"partir de\n" -"valores ya existentes. La expresión %attr_name será sustituida por el " -"valor\n" +"Puede utilizar una sintaxis especial para crear valores de atributos a partir de\n" +"valores ya existentes. La expresión %attr_name será sustituida por el valor\n" "del atributo \"attr_name\" (por ejemplo, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "como valor de \"homeDirectory\").\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de atributo" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "&Valor de atributo" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." -msgstr "" -"Examine el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del recuadro de diálogo." +msgstr "Examine el árbol LDAP en la parte izquierda del recuadro de diálogo." -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra los " -"datos del objeto. Utilice Editar para modificar el valor del atributo " -"seleccionado. Utilice Guardar para guardar los cambios en LDAP." +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "Una vez seleccionado el objeto LDAP en el árbol, la tabla le muestra los datos del objeto. Utilice Editar para modificar el valor del atributo seleccionado. Utilice Guardar para guardar los cambios en LDAP." -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -380,49 +364,49 @@ "Hay cambios no guardados en la entrada actual.\n" "¿Desea desechar los cambios?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "Navegador LDAP" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "Valores actuales de configuración del cliente LDAP" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "Conexiones LDAP" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "Servidor LDAP" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "DN de administrador" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "L&DAP TLS" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "Acceso a&nónimo" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "Introducir el nombre de la nueva conexión LDAP" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -430,17 +414,17 @@ "El atributo \"%1\" es obligatorio.\n" "Introduzca un valor." -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "&Volver a cargar" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "Atributo" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/linux-user-mgmt.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/mail.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "Configuración del correo" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del correo" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<BIG>Initializing mail</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "Por favor espere...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\n" @@ -45,13 +45,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar inicio:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración pulse " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para cancelar de forma segura la herramienta de configuración pulse Cancelar.\n" "\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -61,8 +60,8 @@ "Por favor espere...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -74,9 +73,9 @@ "Un diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro.\n" "\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." @@ -84,8 +83,8 @@ "Seleccione el sistema de correo (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "que se va a instalar." -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,69 +96,59 @@ "el correo no será enviado inmediatamente sino sólo tras ejecutar\n" "sendmail -q.\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "Al escoger Sin conexión, el servidor de correo se iniciará \n" -"pero sólo será posible el transporte de correo local. El MTA realiza las " -"escuchas en el host local.\n" +"pero sólo será posible el transporte de correo local. El MTA realiza las escuchas en el host local.\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Indique aquí si se debe reescribir la dirección del remite para cada " -"usuario.\n" +"Indique aquí si se debe reescribir la dirección del remite para cada usuario.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Algunos servidores requieren un proceso de autenticación para enviar " -"mensajes.\n" -"Aquí puede introducir información para esta opción. Si no quiere " -"autenticación,\n" +"Algunos servidores requieren un proceso de autenticación para enviar mensajes.\n" +"Aquí puede introducir información para esta opción. Si no quiere autenticación,\n" "deje estos apartados en blanco.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El servidor de correo saliente está indicado generalmente para conexiones " -"telefónicas.\n" +"El servidor de correo saliente está indicado generalmente para conexiones telefónicas.\n" "Introduzca el servidor SMTP de su proveedor de Internet, ej.:\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"En la casilla Nombre de usuario introduzca el nombre de usuario " -"facilitado por su proveedor.\n" +"En la casilla Nombre de usuario introduzca el nombre de usuario facilitado por su proveedor.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Enter your password in the Password field.\n" @@ -167,8 +156,8 @@ "\n" "Introduzca la contraseña en el apartado Contraseña.\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -176,13 +165,12 @@ "They will not be lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nota: Aunque por razones de simplicidad aparezca en este diálogo sólo un " -"servidor,\n" +"Nota: Aunque por razones de simplicidad aparezca en este diálogo sólo un servidor,\n" "puede haber más en su archivo de configuración.\n" "Estos servidores no se perderán.\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -192,14 +180,13 @@ "Éstos son los parámetros para descargar correo de\n" "un servidor POP o IMAP usando fetchmail.\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Esta tabla redirige el correo entregado localmente.\n" @@ -208,8 +195,8 @@ "de direcciones.\n" "\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -219,8 +206,8 @@ "Consulte la página del manual sobre los alias(5)\n" "para obtener una descripción de sus características avanzadas.\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -228,12 +215,11 @@ "part of the address.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Esta tabla redirige el correo entrante. A diferencia de la tabla de " -"alias,\n" +"Esta tabla redirige el correo entrante. A diferencia de la tabla de alias,\n" "también considera el dominio como parte de la dirección.\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -243,9 +229,9 @@ "Permite múltiples servidores \"dominios virtuales\"\n" "en una única máquina.\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -257,14 +243,14 @@ "configuración directamente. Si continua, se\n" "activará y Config Postfix sobrescribirá los cambios realizados manualmente.\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -272,130 +258,129 @@ "YaST sólo puede configurar Postfix y Sendmail,\n" "pero ninguno de los dos está instalado." -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "Se va a guardar la configuración.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "Agente de transferencia de mensajes (MTA)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración generales" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "Tipo de conexión" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "&Permanente" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "&Telefónica" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "Sin &conexión" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "No iniciar Postfix como daemon" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "Correo saliente" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "No crear búsqueda MX para el servidor de correo saliente." -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "Encriptación TLS" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "Usar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "Forzar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "&Enmascaramiento" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "&Autenticación" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "Correo entrante" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "Iniciar &fetchmail" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "manual" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "daemon" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "&Descarga" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "&Alias..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "&Dominios virtuales..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -405,11 +390,11 @@ "el valor de %1 en %2 ha de ser\n" "\"%3\"." -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -421,213 +406,213 @@ "por una letra o por \"_\".\n" "Por favor, inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "Reescribir dirección del remitente" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "Usuario &local" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "&Mostrar como" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "La dirección para este usuario ya está definida." -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato de la dirección de correo es incorrecto." -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "Enmascaramiento" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "Enmascarar dominios &locales" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "Enma&scarar otros dominios" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "Do&minios a enmascarar" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "Usuario local" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "Mostrar como" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Su&primir" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "El nombre de dominio es incorrecto" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación del servidor de correo saliente" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "&Servidor de correo saliente" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "Descarga correo" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "Redirección del correo entrante" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "&Alias" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "&Destinos" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato de alias es incorrecto." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "Los destinos para este alias ya están definidos" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "Alias" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "Destinos" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "Dominios virtuales" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "Configuración de correo" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "Servidor de correo &saliente" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -635,18 +620,17 @@ "smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El servidor de correo saliente realiza generalmente conexiones " -"telefónicas.\n" +"El servidor de correo saliente realiza generalmente conexiones telefónicas.\n" "Introduzca el servidor SMTP de su proveedor de Internet, ej.:\n" "smtp.provider.com.\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "&Dominio para el encabezado 'DE'" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -658,13 +642,13 @@ "empresa.com en vez de en pc-042.empresa.com,\n" "utilice la ventana de texto o un diálogo más detallado.\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "&Dominios para el correo entregado localmente" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -676,13 +660,13 @@ "será entregado localmente. Si no introduce ninguno,\n" "se asumirá el nombre del servidor local.\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "Aceptar conexiones &SMTP remotas" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -694,26 +678,24 @@ "o bien descargarse de\n" "un servidor POP o IMAP usando fetchmail." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "&Activar el escáner de virus (AMaVIS)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Al habilitar el proceso de detección antivirus (AMaViS) los " -"mensajes entrantes y salientes serán comprobados\n" +"Al habilitar el proceso de detección antivirus (AMaViS) los mensajes entrantes y salientes serán comprobados\n" "por medio de AMaViS.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: \n" "Spamassassin SPAM scanner\n" @@ -722,12 +704,11 @@ msgstr "" "Al habilitar AMaViS también se habilitarán los siguientes módulos: \n" "Spamassassin es un explorador de SPAM.\n" -"DKIM comprueba los mensajes de correo entrantes firmados con una " -"clave de dominio.\n" +"DKIM comprueba los mensajes de correo entrantes firmados con una clave de dominio.\n" "Clamav es un motor de exploración de virus de código abierto." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -737,13 +718,13 @@ "Si AMaViS no está instalado y desea utilizarlo, se instalará\n" "automáticamente.\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "H&abilitar firmas DKIM para los mensajes salientes." -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" @@ -751,90 +732,78 @@ "\n" "Habilitando las firmas DKIM para los mensajes salientes.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La habilitación de DKIM para el correo saliente requiere acciones " -"adicionales.\n" +"La habilitación de DKIM para el correo saliente requiere acciones adicionales.\n" "Se generará una clave SSL para el valor \"mydomain\" definido en Postfix.\n" "Se configurará un nuevo servicio \"submission\" en Postfix. Después\n" -"de configurarlo, puede enviar correo con el servicio de \"submission\" " -"desde\n" +"de configurarlo, puede enviar correo con el servicio de \"submission\" desde\n" " \"mynetworks\" con la autenticación SASL habilitada. Solo se firmarán\n" -"con clave de dominio los correos enviados a través de este nuevo servicio.</" -"p>\n" +"con clave de dominio los correos enviados a través de este nuevo servicio.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Un servicio de nombres de dominio debe ofrecer la clave pública de la " -"clave\n" +"Un servicio de nombres de dominio debe ofrecer la clave pública de la clave\n" "de dominio. La clave pública se guardará como un registro DNS TXT\n" "en /var/db/dkim/[midominio].public.txt y será necesario distribuirla\n" "en un servicio de nombres de dominio correspondiente.\n" -"Si hay un servicio de nombres ejecutándose en este servidor, que es el " -"servidor\n" +"Si hay un servicio de nombres ejecutándose en este servidor, que es el servidor\n" "autorizado para ese dominio, se añadirá la clave pública como un\n" "registro TXT a esa zona de dominio automáticamente.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Si habilita la asistencia DKIM, también se habilitará el escáner de virus " -"(AMaViS)." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Si habilita la asistencia DKIM, también se habilitará el escáner de virus (AMaViS)." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Servidor" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario &remoto" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "Contr&aseña" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "&Reenviar el correo de root a" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." @@ -842,86 +811,82 @@ "Se recomienda tener una cuenta de usuario normal para el\n" "administrador del sistema y dirigir el correo de root a dicha cuenta." -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "Modo de &entrega" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"El modo de entrega suele ser Directamente, a no ser que no " -"reenvíe el correo de root o quiera acceder al correo a través de IMAP." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "El modo de entrega suele ser Directamente, a no ser que no reenvíe el correo de root o quiera acceder al correo a través de IMAP." -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de &usuarios" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "Usuarios LDAP" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "Usuarios NIS" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "El nombre de la máquina es incorrecto" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "El formato del nombre de usuario es incorrecto." -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "No es posible usar procmail cuando no se reenvía el correo de root." -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "Directamente" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "Mediante procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "Al servidor IMAP" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "AMaVIS, un escáner de virus, será instalado.\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -931,58 +896,57 @@ "para realizar la exploración, pero no se encuentra ClamAV.\n" "Configure un el escáner manualmente." -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Fetchmail, una utilidad de descarga de correo, será instalada.\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Se instalará el servidor IMAP Dovecot.\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración de correo" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" -msgstr "" -"Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" +msgstr "Determinando Mail Transport Agent (MTA) (agente de transferencia de mensajes)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración general" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de enmascaramiento" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de descarga" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "Leyendo la tabla de alias" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de la autenticación..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -992,161 +956,161 @@ "un formato fijo para que YaST lo pueda leer. Consulte\n" "%2 para obtener más detalles." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "Error al configurar fetchmail." -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "Error al escribir el archivo: %1" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "Error al ejecutar config.postfix" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "Error al iniciar el servicio %1" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración general" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de enmascaramiento" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "Escribiendo la tabla de alias" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de descarga" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de la autenticación..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "Finalizando la escritura de los archivos de configuración ." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "Ejecutando Config Postfix" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "Reiniciando servicios" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de correo" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otros" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "Permanente" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "Acceso telefónico" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "Tipo de conexión" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "Servidor de correo saliente" -#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "Cabecera DE:" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "Dominios locales" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "Enmascarar otros dominios" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "Enmascarar usuarios" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "Aceptar conexiones SMTP remotas" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "Usar AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "Usar DKIM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "Usuarios virtuales" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/migration.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,34 +14,30 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Migration Finished" msgstr "Migración finalizada" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup messsage +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system will be restarted now to activate the changes." msgstr "El sistema se reiniciará para activar los cambios." -#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart -#. the system immediately -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push button label, pressing the button will restart +#. the system immediately +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:70 msgid "&Restart Now" msgstr "&Reiniciar ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system " -"as soon as possible." -msgstr "" -"Finalizar cerrará la migración y deberá reiniciar el sistema lo " -"antes posible." +#. TRANSLATORS: a short help text (the details are directly in the dialog) +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Finish will close the migration and you should restart the system as soon as possible." +msgstr "Finalizar cerrará la migración y deberá reiniciar el sistema lo antes posible." -#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, -#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page -#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 +#. TRANSLATORS: The final congratulation displayed at the end of migration, +#. in RichText format, %s = URL link to the SUSE home page +#: src/lib/migration/finish_dialog.rb:101 msgid "" "<h2>Congratulations!</h2> \n" "You have just successfully finished the on-line migration. \n" @@ -63,8 +59,8 @@ "      \n" "El equipo de desarrollo de SUSE" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, confirm installing the available updates now +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:169 msgid "" "There are some online updates available to installation,\n" "it is recommended to install all updates before proceeding.\n" @@ -76,10 +72,10 @@ "\n" "¿Desea instalar las actualizaciones ahora?" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed -#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored -#. from a snapshot or backup -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message, the migration to a new service pack failed +#. or was aborted, the system is in partly migrated state and should be restored +#. from a snapshot or backup +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:216 msgid "" "The migration to the new service pack has failed. The system is most\n" "likely in an inconsistent state.\n" @@ -93,54 +89,47 @@ "\n" "Se recomienda encarecidamente revertir a una instantánea creada\n" "antes de empezar la migración (seleccionando la instantánea en el menú\n" -"de arranque en caso de que se use Snapper) o que se restaure el sistema " -"desde una copia de seguridad." +"de arranque en caso de que se use Snapper) o que se restaure el sistema desde una copia de seguridad." -#. create a filesystem snapshot -#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) -#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users -#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed -#. only for "post" type snapshots) -#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) -#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 +#. create a filesystem snapshot +#. @param [Symbol, String] type the type of the snapshot (:single, :pre or :post) +#. @param [String] desc description of the snapshot for users +#. @param [Fixnum] pre_id id of the respective "pre" snapshot (needed +#. only for "post" type snapshots) +#. @return [Fixnum,nil] id of the created snapshot (nil if failed) +#: src/lib/migration/main_workflow.rb:278 msgid "Failed to create a filesystem snapshot." msgstr "Error al crear una instantánea del sistema de archivos." -#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: a summary heading +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:83 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: a menu entry +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:85 msgid "&Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de &migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal -#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from " -"migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=" -"\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: el repositorio %{name} está obsoleto y debe excluirse de " -"la migración. Lo más recomendable es inhabilitar este repositorio. (<a " -"href=\"%{link}\">Inhabilitar</a>)" +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message displayed in the migration proposal +#. %{name} is a repository name, %{link} is a hidden internal identifier +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:152 +msgid "Warning: Repository %{name} is obsolete and should be excluded from migration. It is highly recommended to disable this repository. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Disable</a>)" +msgstr "Advertencia: el repositorio %{name} está obsoleto y debe excluirse de la migración. Lo más recomendable es inhabilitar este repositorio. (<a href=\"%{link}\">Inhabilitar</a>)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_client.rb:190 msgid "This is an overview of the product migration.\n" msgstr "Una descripción general de la migración del producto.\n" -#. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 +#. @return [String] translated headline +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:45 msgid "Migration proposal" msgstr "Propuesta de migración" -#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with -#. list of modules -#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 +#. returns single list of modules presentation order or list of tabs with +#. list of modules +#: src/lib/migration/proposal_store.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "To start online migration, press Next.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/multipath.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,191 +14,181 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "Configuración de multipath" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 msgid "Do &not use Multipath" msgstr "&No usar Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "&Usar Multipath" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "Lista negra" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Item" msgstr "Elemento" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Excepciones a la lista negra" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "Valores por defecto" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "vendor" msgstr "fabricante" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "product" msgstr "producto" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "Multipaths" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 msgid "alias" msgstr "alias" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "Configurar valores por defecto" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "Configurar dispositivos" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "Configurar la lista negra" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "Configurar las excepciones a la lista negra" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configurar" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "Parámetros ilegales:\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "Configuración duplicada." -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "Mostrar detalles" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "Parámetro ilegal:" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "Parámetros ilegales:" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "Elemento" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "Configuración duplicada" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "No se puede encontrar /sbin/multipath." -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "Error al usar multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* No es posible habilitar multipathd." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* No es posible iniciar multipathd." -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "Error al no usar multipath:" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* No es posible detener multipath." -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* No es posible inhabilitar multipath." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -206,8 +196,8 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración de multipath </big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -215,354 +205,271 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración de multipath</big> \n" "\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Multipath Status</big> \n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Estado de Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tArrancar o detener multipathd, probar la información de multipath." -" \n" +"\t\t\tArrancar o detener multipathd, probar la información de multipath. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Detener/Iniciar Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPulse \"Usar Multipath\"para iniciar multipathd. Pulse \"No " -"usar Multipath\" para detener multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tLa información del estado de Multipath también puede verse cuando " -"multipathd está detenido. \n" +"\t\t\tPulse \"Usar Multipath\"para iniciar multipathd. Pulse \"No usar Multipath\" para detener multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tLa información del estado de Multipath también puede verse cuando multipathd está detenido. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configurar multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en la pestaña Configurar para crear las " -"configuraciones de multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en la pestaña Configurar para crear las configuraciones de multipath. \n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración</big> \n" -"\t\t\tSe puede configurar todo el contenido de /etc/multipath.conf aquí. Hay " -"cuatro secciones en el archivo de configuración:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exceptions y devices. \n" +"\t\t\tSe puede configurar todo el contenido de /etc/multipath.conf aquí. Hay cuatro secciones en el archivo de configuración:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exceptions y devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: muestra los ajustes detallados de multipath. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: configuración por defecto de multipath-tools. \n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar valores por defecto para configurar los " -"ajustes por defecto. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: muestra los nombres de dispositivos que se deben " -"descartar como no candidatos a multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar la lista negra para configurar los " -"ajustes de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist_exceptions: muestra los nombres de los dispositivos " -"que se deben excluir de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar las excepciones a la lista negra para " -"configurar las excepciones de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: muestra los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. " -"Sustituye a la configuración por defecto y a su vez se sustituye por los " -"ajustes de multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar dispositivos para configurar los " -"ajustes de los dispositivos. \n" -"\t\t\tHaga clic en Finalizar para guardar y actualizar las " -"configuraciones. \n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar valores por defecto para configurar los ajustes por defecto. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: muestra los nombres de dispositivos que se deben descartar como no candidatos a multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar la lista negra para configurar los ajustes de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist_exceptions: muestra los nombres de los dispositivos que se deben excluir de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar las excepciones a la lista negra para configurar las excepciones de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: muestra los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. Sustituye a la configuración por defecto y a su vez se sustituye por los ajustes de multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en Configurar dispositivos para configurar los ajustes de los dispositivos. \n" +"\t\t\tHaga clic en Finalizar para guardar y actualizar las configuraciones. \n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración por defecto</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAquí puede configurar y borrar los valores de configuración globales " -"por defecto. \n" -"\t\t\tCualquier valor de configuración por defecto se aplica en todas las " -"configuraciones de multipath, a menos que el valor de configuración local " -"correspondiente lo sobrescriba. \n" -"\t\t\tSi un valor por defecto se borra, multipath usará su propio valor como " -"valor de configuración por defecto. \n" +"\t\t\tAquí puede configurar y borrar los valores de configuración globales por defecto. \n" +"\t\t\tCualquier valor de configuración por defecto se aplica en todas las configuraciones de multipath, a menos que el valor de configuración local correspondiente lo sobrescriba. \n" +"\t\t\tSi un valor por defecto se borra, multipath usará su propio valor como valor de configuración por defecto. \n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de la lista negra</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo se pueden descartar y no son candidatos a " -"multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid</" -"b>, devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: el World Wide ID que identifica el dispositivo en la " -"lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: se pueden usar expresiones regulares para identificar " -"los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto en el directorio /dev). " -"Son nombres comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, " -"raw y loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: usado para identificar un controlador específico de " -"almacenamiento en la lista negra. Un dispositivo se puede especificar por " -"fabricante y modelo. \n" +"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo se pueden descartar y no son candidatos a multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: el World Wide ID que identifica el dispositivo en la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: se pueden usar expresiones regulares para identificar los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto en el directorio /dev). Son nombres comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw y loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: usado para identificar un controlador específico de almacenamiento en la lista negra. Un dispositivo se puede especificar por fabricante y modelo. \n" "" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de las excepciones a la lista negra</big> \n" -"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo listados aquí se excluyen de la lista negra." -" \n" -"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid</" -"b>, devnode y device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: el identificador World Wide ID que identifica el " -"dispositivo excluido de la lista negra. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: expresión regular para identificar los nombres de " -"dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto, en el directorio /dev). Son nombres " -"comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw y loop." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdispositivo: usado para identificar un controlador de " -"almacenamiento específico exceptuado de la lista negra. Un dispositivo puede " -"especificarse por los nombres del fabricante y del producto. \n" +"\t\t\tLos nombres de dispositivo listados aquí se excluyen de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tHay tres métodos para identificar un nombre de dispositivo: wwid, devnode y device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: el identificador World Wide ID que identifica el dispositivo excluido de la lista negra. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: expresión regular para identificar los nombres de dispositivo en udev_dir (por defecto, en el directorio /dev). Son nombres comunes de dispositivo: cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw y loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdispositivo: usado para identificar un controlador de almacenamiento específico exceptuado de la lista negra. Un dispositivo puede especificarse por los nombres del fabricante y del producto. \n" "" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de dispositivos</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAquí se muestran los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. " -"Sustituyen a los ajustes por defecto y a su vez se sustituyen por los " -"ajustes de multipath. \n" -"\t\t\tCada dispositivo se identifica por los nombres de fabricante y " -"producto. \n" +"\t\t\tAquí se muestran los ajustes por controlador de almacenamiento. Sustituyen a los ajustes por defecto y a su vez se sustituyen por los ajustes de multipath. \n" +"\t\t\tCada dispositivo se identifica por los nombres de fabricante y producto. \n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "debe ser un entero decimal" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "valor ilegal" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "debe ser mayor que 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "entero decimal no válido" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "no debe estar vacío" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección multipaths en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección multipaths en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección defaults en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección defaults en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección blacklist en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección blacklist en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección blacklist_exceptions en la configuración de " -"multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección blacklist_exceptions en la configuración de multipath." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer la sección devices en la configuración de multipath." +msgstr "No es posible leer la sección devices en la configuración de multipath." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración de multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "Leer las configuraciones" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "Leer el estado del servicio." -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "Leyendo las configuraciones..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado del servicio..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "No es posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "No es posible detectar los dispositivos." -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de multipath" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "Reiniciar multipathd" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "Reiniciando multipathd..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "No se pueden escribir los valores de configuración." -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "Error al reiniciar multipathd." -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "¿Desea ignorar las modificaciones?" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/network.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" @@ -741,13 +741,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Advertencia: no se ha usado cifrado." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "Cambiar." @@ -1118,14 +1118,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tipo de &dispositivo" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nombre de la &configuración" @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ msgstr "Grupo del túnel" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos con puente" @@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Dirección &IP" @@ -1306,62 +1306,61 @@ "Se ha detectado una dirección IP duplicada.\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&General" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Activación del dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zona de cortafuegos" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Unidad de transmisión máxima (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "Aquí puede definir la configuración detallada de la tarjeta de red." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configurar su dirección IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "Esclavos &asociados" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Inalámbrica" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prioridad de Ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1376,12 +1375,12 @@ "una prioridad a cada interfaz. \n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuración de tarjeta de red" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1771,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "Modificar ruta por defecto mediante DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1781,7 +1780,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." @@ -1789,7 +1788,7 @@ "Tipos de dispositivo. Hay disponibles varios tipos de dispositivos. Seleccione\n" "uno de acuerdo a sus necesidades." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1799,7 +1798,7 @@ "que asocian la dirección Mac o el ID de bus del dispositivo de red con su nombre (por ejemplo,\n" "eth1 o wlan0) y los hace persistentes entre reinicios.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1810,7 +1809,7 @@ "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1821,7 +1820,7 @@ "Si es necesario, elija un controlador en la lista, aunque en la mayoría de los casos, es suficiente con los valores por defecto.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" @@ -1831,12 +1830,12 @@ "formato:opción=valor. Cada entrada debe estar separada por espacios; por ejemplo, io=0x300 irq=5. Nota: Si se configuran dos\n" " tarjetas con el mismo nombre de módulo, las opciones se fusionaran al guardarse.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "Si especifica opciones en Opciones de Ethtool, ifup llamará a ethtool con esas opciones.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1846,7 +1845,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1855,7 +1854,7 @@ "escribirán en /etc/modprobe.conf o /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1864,62 +1863,62 @@ "en el manual IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Módulo del &kernel" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Nombre del &módulo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Reglas de udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Cambiar" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Mostrar identificación de puerto visible" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segundos" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Parpadear" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Opciones de Ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Selección manual de la tarjeta de red" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1929,27 +1928,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de &red" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "El nombre de configuración %1 ya existe.\n" "Escoja otro." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"El nombre de configuración %1 ya existe.\n" +"Escoja otro." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la tarjeta de red S/390" @@ -1957,131 +1972,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dispositivo S/390 " #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Nombre de puerto " -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Activar transferencia IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Habilitar soporte para &Layer2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección &MAC de Layer2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Canal de lectura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Canal de escritura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de control" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "Introduzca el Nombre de puerto para esta interfaz (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "Introduzca las opciones adicionales para esta interfaz (separadas por espacios)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "Seleccione Activar transferencia IPA si desea activar la transferencia de direcciones IP para esta interfaz." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Seleccione Habilitar soporte para Layer2 si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "Introduzca la Dirección MAC de Layer2 si la tarjeta está configurada con el soporte para Layer2." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "Número de &puerto" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&Tiempo límite de LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Elija el Número de puerto para esta interfaz." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Especifique el Tiempo límite de LANCMD para esta interfaz." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Modo extendido" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basado en CTC (conexiones de Linux a Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Modo de compatibilidad con OS/390 y z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocolo" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Elija el Protocolo para esta interfaz." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Nombre del conector (peer)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2089,7 +2104,7 @@ "Introduzca el nombre del conector IUCV;\n" "por ejemplo, el nombre de usuario z/VM con el que desea conectar (distinguiendo entre mayúsculas y minúsculas).\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2099,7 +2114,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo del hardware" @@ -2753,29 +2768,29 @@ "'wireless' en el mismo directorio." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Etiquet&a de dirección IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "La etiqueta es demasiada larga." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "La dirección IP es no es válida." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "La máscara de subred no es válida." @@ -3412,7 +3427,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3421,26 +3436,26 @@ "esta está inhabilitada. YaST no puede configurar algunas opciones." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas de red" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Módems" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "Tarjetas RDSI" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos ADSL" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Todos los dispositivos de red" @@ -4379,79 +4394,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente durante el arranque" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Iniciado automáticamente al conectar el cable" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gestionado por NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "No se iniciará en absoluto" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Iniciado manualmente" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "Dirección IP asignada usando" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Dirección IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Dirección IP: %s, máscara de subred %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Sin configurar" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Vínculos asociados" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "esclavo en %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Principal en el vinculo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Sin conexión" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "No hay información del hardware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "No es posible configurar la tarjeta de red porque el dispositivo de núcleo (eth0, wlan0) no está presente. Probablemente se deba a que falta el firmware (en dispositivos WLAN). Consulte el resultado de dmesg para obtener más detalles." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4459,11 +4474,11 @@ "El dispositivo no está configurado. Haga clic en Editar\n" "para configurarlo.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Necesita firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,108 +14,107 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "Lista de puntos de montaje NFS configurados" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "Añadir un punto de montaje NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "Editar un punto de montaje NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "Suprimir un punto de montaje NFS" -#. host:path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "Sistema de archivos remoto (en la forma 'host:ruta')" -#. path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "Punto de montaje local" -#. a list? -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#. nfs or nfs4 -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." -msgstr "" -"ID del sistema de archivos; admite nfs y nfs4. El valor por defecto es nfs." +msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos; admite nfs y nfs4. El valor por defecto es nfs." -#. CLI action handler. -#. Print summary in command line -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos remoto" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "Valor desconocido para la opción type." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "Montaje NFS no especificado" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún montaje NFS que cumpla los criterios." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "Existen múltiples montajes NFS que cumplen los criterios." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -131,8 +130,8 @@ "IPv6 válida: %2\n" "Dominio válido: %3" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -140,8 +139,8 @@ "fstab ya contiene una entrada con\n" "el punto de montaje %1." -#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -151,139 +150,126 @@ "Debe tener menos de 70 caracteres\n" "y debe empezar con una barra inclinada (/)." -#. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." msgstr "" "Esta tabla contiene todos los directorios\n" -"exportados desde servidores remotos y montados localmente mediante NFS " -"(recursos compartidos NFS)." +"exportados desde servidores remotos y montados localmente mediante NFS (recursos compartidos NFS)." -#. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "Cada recurso compartido NFS se identifica mediante la dirección del \n" "servidor NFS remoto y el directorio exportado, directorio local donde \n" -"se monta el directorio remoto, tipo NFS (nfs o nfsv4) y las opciones de " -"montaje.\n" -"Para obtener más información sobre el montaje NFS y las opciones de montaje, " -"consulte <tt>man nfs</tt>." +"se monta el directorio remoto, tipo NFS (nfs o nfsv4) y las opciones de montaje.\n" +"Para obtener más información sobre el montaje NFS y las opciones de montaje, consulte <tt>man nfs</tt>." -#. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"Para montar un nuevo recurso compartido NFS, haga clic en Añadir. " -"Para cambiar\n" -"la configuración de un recurso compartido montado actualmente, haga clic en " -"Editar.\n" -"Elimine y desmonte un recurso compartido seleccionado con la opción " -"Suprimir.\n" +"Para montar un nuevo recurso compartido NFS, haga clic en Añadir. Para cambiar\n" +"la configuración de un recurso compartido montado actualmente, haga clic en Editar.\n" +"Elimine y desmonte un recurso compartido seleccionado con la opción Suprimir.\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" -"Si necesita acceder a recursos compartidos NFSv4 (NFSv4 es una versión " -"más reciente del\n" -" protocolo NFS), seleccione la opción Habilitar NFSv4. En este caso, " -"deberá suministrar\n" -"un valor en Nombre de dominio NFSv4, necesario para configurar " -"correctamente los permisos\n" +"Si necesita acceder a recursos compartidos NFSv4 (NFSv4 es una versión más reciente del\n" +" protocolo NFS), seleccione la opción Habilitar NFSv4. En este caso, deberá suministrar\n" +"un valor en Nombre de dominio NFSv4, necesario para configurar correctamente los permisos\n" "de acceso al archivo o directorio.\n" -#. selection box label -#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows -#. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "Servidores &NFS" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "Directorios &exportados" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "&Nombre de host del servidor NFS" -#. pushbutton label -#. choose a host from a list -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "E&scoger" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "&Directorio remoto" -#. pushbutton label, -#. select from a list of remote filesystems -#. make it short -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "&Seleccionar" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "Recurso compartido NFS&v4" -#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS (v4.1)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "Punto de &montaje (local)" -#. button label -#. browse directories to select a mount point -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" -#. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." -#. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NFS en la red." -#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -293,19 +279,19 @@ "Es posible que la causa sea una instancia de SuSEfirewall2 en ejecución\n" " que probablemente esté bloqueando la exploración de la red." -#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "Obteniendo lista de directorios para \"%1\"..." -#. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "Seleccione el punto de montaje" -#. help text 1/4 -#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" "Choose, browse through a list of\n" @@ -315,9 +301,9 @@ "clic en Escoger para examinar una lista de\n" "servidores NFS de la red local.\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -329,23 +315,21 @@ " Seleccionar para elegir uno de los exportados por el servidor.\n" " " -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" "\t\t\n" -"En Punto de montaje, indique la vía del sistema de archivos local " -"donde se debe montar el directorio. Haga clic en\n" +"En Punto de montaje, indique la vía del sistema de archivos local donde se debe montar el directorio. Haga clic en\n" " Examinar para seleccionar el punto de\n" "montaje de forma interactiva." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." @@ -353,58 +337,58 @@ "Para obtener una lista de las Opciones,\n" "lea la página man mount(8)." -#. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "Directorio remoto" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "Tipo NFS" -#. #211570 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Habilitar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Habilitar seguridad &GSS" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "&NFS compartidos" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "Valore&s de configuración de NFS" -#. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir %1?" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NFS" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "No ha sido posible crear el directorio '%1'." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -414,77 +398,77 @@ "No se efectuará ningún cambio\n" "a la configuración del cliente NFS.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NFS" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Detener servicios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar servicios" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deteniendo servicios..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando servicios..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes del cliente NFS. Espere..." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "No ha sido posible montar las entradas NFS de /etc/fstab." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "Entradas NFS" -#. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "%1 entradas configuradas" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "No se admiten cadenas de opciones vacías." -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor inesperado %{value} para la opción %{key}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Opción desconocida: %{key}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Opción no válida: %{opt}" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Valor vacío para la opción: %{key}" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nfs_server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,87 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 msgid "Configuration of NFS server" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NFS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 msgid "NFS server configuration summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración del servidor NFS" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 msgid "Start NFS server" msgstr "Iniciar el servidor NFS" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 msgid "Stop NFS server" msgstr "Detener el servidor NFS" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 msgid "Add a directory to export" msgstr "Añadir un directorio a la exportación" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 msgid "Delete a directory from export" msgstr "Suprimir un directorio de la exportación" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." msgstr "Configure los parámetros para domain, security y enablev4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 msgid "Directory to export" msgstr "Directorio que se va a exportar" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" msgstr "Comodín de host para definir el acceso al directorio" -#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" msgstr "Opciones de exportación (ver 'man exports')" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." -msgstr "" -"La especificación de dominio para la asignación de ID de NFSv4, como " -"localdomain o abc.com, etc." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "La especificación de dominio para la asignación de ID de NFSv4, como localdomain o abc.com, etc." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." msgstr "Opción Sí/No para habilitar o inhabilitar la compatibilidad con NFSv4." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." msgstr "Opción Sí/No para habilitar o inhabilitar NFS seguro." -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "El servidor NFS está activado" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor NFS está inhabilitado." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Los paquetes requeridos (%1) no están instalados." -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "No se ha especificado ningún punto de montaje." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -102,27 +98,20 @@ "La tabla exportada ya contiene\n" "este directorio." -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"No es posible establecer el dominio sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando " -"\"set enablev4\"." +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "No es posible establecer el dominio sin habilitar NFSv4. Utilice el comando \"set enablev4\"." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"El comando \"set \" debe usarse con el formato \"set opción=valor\". Utilice " -"\"set help\" para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "El comando \"set \" debe usarse con el formato \"set opción=valor\". Utilice \"set help\" para obtener más información de las opciones disponibles." -#. Then no need to check for conflict. -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 msgid "" "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" @@ -130,13 +119,13 @@ "%3 y %4 se han exportado con la opción fsid=0\n" "para el mismo cliente %1 (incluido en %2)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 msgid "Dire&ctories" msgstr "Dire&ctorios" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 msgid "" "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" @@ -146,8 +135,8 @@ "Debe tener menos de 70 caracteres y no puede\n" "contener espacios en blanco.\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 msgid "" "Invalid option.\n" "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." @@ -155,18 +144,18 @@ "Opción no válida.\n" "Solo se admiten letras, dígitos y los caracteres =/.:,_-." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" msgstr "Opción desconocida: '%1'" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" msgstr "Opción no válida: %1" -#. %1 is a list of exported paths -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 msgid "" "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" "for %1.\n" @@ -174,53 +163,51 @@ msgstr "" "Existen paréntesis sin equilibrar en las opciones de\n" "exportación de %1.\n" -"De igual forma, puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de " -"configuración.\n" +"De igual forma, puede haber un espacio en blanco indebido en el archivo de configuración.\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Directorio para exportar" -#. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca una vía de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." +msgstr "Introduzca una vía de exportación que no esté vacía. Por ejemplo: /exports." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "La tabla de exportaciones ya contiene este directorio." -#. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "El directorio no existe. ¿Desea crearlo?" -#. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio para exportar" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del &servidor" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" -#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue -#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). -#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -228,8 +215,8 @@ "\"fsid=0\" no es una opción válida a\n" "menos que NFSv4 esté habilitado (página anterior).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -237,18 +224,14 @@ "Ya se han definido las opciones\n" "para este comodín." -#. Opening NFS server dialog -#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto " -"localdomain." +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo /etc/idmapd.conf. El dominio usará por defecto localdomain." -#. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -256,82 +239,73 @@ "Aquí puede elegir si desea iniciar un servidor NFS en el equipo\n" "y exportar algunos de los directorios a otros." -#. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." msgstr "" -"Si selecciona Iniciar el servidor NFS, al hacer clic en " -"Siguiente\n" -"se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los " -"directorios que desea exportar." +"Si selecciona Iniciar el servidor NFS, al hacer clic en Siguiente\n" +"se abrirá un cuadro de diálogo de configuración en el que podrá indicar los directorios que desea exportar." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" -"Si el servidor necesita gestionar clientes NFSv4, marque la opción " -"Habilitar\n" -"NFSv4 y especifique el nombre de dominio NFSv4 que desea que use el " -"daemon\n" -"de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como localdomain o consulte la página " -"man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf si tiene alguna duda.\n" +"Si el servidor necesita gestionar clientes NFSv4, marque la opción Habilitar\n" +"NFSv4 y especifique el nombre de dominio NFSv4 que desea que use el daemon\n" +"de asignación de ID. Deje este valor como localdomain o consulte la página man correspondiente a idmapd e idmapd.conf si tiene alguna duda.\n" -#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" "Si el servidor y el cliente deben autenticarse usando la biblioteca GSS,\n" -"marque Habilitar seguridad GSS. Para usar la API GSS, necesita " -"disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) en su sistema.\n" +"marque Habilitar seguridad GSS. Para usar la API GSS, necesita disponer de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) en su sistema.\n" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "&No iniciar" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Habilitar NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Habilitar NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Especifique el nombre de do&minio de NFSv4:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Habilitar seguridad &GSS" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NFS" -#. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -341,81 +315,74 @@ "Si se selecciona un directorio, en el cuadro inferior aparecerán los hosts\n" "que tienen permiso para montar este directorio.\n" -#. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" -"Comodín del host permite definir qué hosts pueden acceder al " -"directorio seleccionado.\n" +"Comodín del host permite definir qué hosts pueden acceder al directorio seleccionado.\n" "Puede indicarse un solo host, grupos, comodines o\n" "redes IP.\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en lugar de un nombre para " -"especificar todos los hosts." +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +msgstr "Introduzca un asterisco (<tt>*</tt>) en lugar de un nombre para especificar todos los hosts." -#. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" -msgstr "" -"Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.</" -"P>\n" +msgstr "Consulte la página <tt>man exports</tt> para obtener más información.\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "Añadir &directorio" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "Sup&rimir" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Comodín del host" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Añadir &host" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Ed&itar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Directorios para exportar" -#. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -423,8 +390,8 @@ "No ha sido posible crear un directorio desaparecido:\n" "%1" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -434,65 +401,61 @@ "No se realizará ningún cambio en los directorios\n" "exportados.\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del servidor NFS" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Guardar /etc/exports" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Reiniciar servicios" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Guardando /etc/exports..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Reiniciando servicios..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes del servidor NFS. Espere..." -#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "No es posible escribir en idmapd.conf." -#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." -msgstr "" -"No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos " -"y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "No es posible iniciar svcgssd. Asegúrese de que la configuración de kerberos y gssapi (nfs-utils) sea correcta." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el servicio svcgssd." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "svcgssd se está ejecutando. No es posible detenerlo." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -500,12 +463,12 @@ "No ha sido posible reiniciar el servidor NFS.\n" "Los cambios se activarán tras reiniciar el sistema.\n" -#. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "Directorios exportados por NFS" -#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "El dominio NFSv4 para idmapping (mapeo de id) es %1." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "Activar el equipo como cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "Desactivar el cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración global del cliente NIS" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "Mostrar los servidores NIS disponibles para el dominio dado." -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "Nombre o dirección del servidor NIS" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "Iniciar o detener Automounter" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "Activar o desactivar la búsqueda por broadcast." -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "Automounter activado" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "The Broadcast option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "red local si los servidores especificados en un principio\n" "no responden. Implica un riesgo de seguridad.\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "Expert gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.\n" @@ -106,48 +106,46 @@ "La opción Experto conduce a algunas opciones\n" "de configuración usadas con menor frecuencia.\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "Seleccionar &todos" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "Seleccionar &ninguno" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando servidores NIS en el dominio %1 de esta LAN..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "Servidores &NIS en el dominio %1" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Configuración del cortafuegos \n" "Active Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos para abrir el cortafuegos y\n" "permitir el acceso al servicio 'ypbind' desde equipos remotos.\n" -"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse " -"Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" +"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está activado.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" @@ -155,44 +153,33 @@ "Introduzca el dominio NIS (ej. ejemplo.com)\n" "y la dirección del servidor NIS (ej. nis.ejemplo.com o bien 10.20.1.1).\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccione el modo en que la configuración de NIS se modificará. " -"Habitualmente, se\n" +"Seleccione el modo en que la configuración de NIS se modificará. Habitualmente, se\n" "realiza mediante el guion netconfig, que combina los datos definidos aquí\n" -"estáticamente con los obtenidos de forma dinámica (por ejemplo, de DHCP, " -"NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). Esta es la directiva por defecto y es suficiente para la mayoría de " -"las configuraciones. \n" +"estáticamente con los obtenidos de forma dinámica (por ejemplo, de DHCP, NetworkManager,\n" +"etc.). Esta es la directiva por defecto y es suficiente para la mayoría de las configuraciones. \n" "Si selecciona Solo cambios manuales, netconfig no permitirá modificar\n" -"la configuración. Sin embargo, podrá editar este archivo manualmente. Si " -"selecciona\n" -"Directiva personalizada, podrá especificar una cadena de directiva " -"personalizada, que consiste de una\n" -"lista separada por espacios de nombres de interfaces, incluidos caracteres " -"comodín, con\n" -"los valores predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK. Para obtener más " -"información, consulte \n" +"la configuración. Sin embargo, podrá editar este archivo manualmente. Si selecciona\n" +"Directiva personalizada, podrá especificar una cadena de directiva personalizada, que consiste de una\n" +"lista separada por espacios de nombres de interfaces, incluidos caracteres comodín, con\n" +"los valores predefinidos STATIC y STATIC_FALLBACK. Para obtener más información, consulte \n" "la página man de netconfig.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.\n" @@ -200,8 +187,8 @@ "Puede especificar múltiples servidores\n" "separando sus direcciones con espacios.\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -213,133 +200,126 @@ "Se presupone que sus archivos de configuración (auto.*) ya existen,\n" "ya sea localmente o mediante NIS." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Las configuraciones de NFS que afectan cómo opera el Automounter se " -"pueden configurar en el cliente NFS, que puede configurarse con el botón " -"Configuración de NFS." +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "Las configuraciones de NFS que afectan cómo opera el Automounter se pueden configurar en el cliente NFS, que puede configurarse con el botón Configuración de NFS." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "&Configuración automática (vía NetworkManager y DHCP)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "Configuración a&utomática (vía DHCP)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "Cliente NIS " -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "&Directiva de netconfig NIS" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "Sólo cambios manuales" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "Directiva por defecto" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "Directiva personalizada" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "&Directiva personalizada" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "Dominio N&IS" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "&Direcciones de los servidores NIS" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "&Difusión" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "B&uscar" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "Dominios NIS adicionales" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do &not use NIS" msgstr "&No usar NIS" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "&Usar NIS" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "E&xperto.." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración de NFS..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "Iniciar Auto&mounter" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NIS " -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." -msgstr "" -"La búsqueda de servidores sólo es posible cuando el dominio es conocido." +msgstr "La búsqueda de servidores sólo es posible cuando el dominio es conocido." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -349,91 +329,77 @@ "no podrá obtener los datos de usuario de LDAP.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, cualquier máquina puede preguntar qué servidor está usando " -"un cliente. Puede desactivar la opción Responder a máquinas remotas " -"para limitar esta opción sólo al equipo local." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "Normalmente, cualquier máquina puede preguntar qué servidor está usando un cliente. Puede desactivar la opción Responder a máquinas remotas para limitar esta opción sólo al equipo local." -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"Activar Servidor roto si quiere aceptar respuestas de servidores " -"que funcionen en puertos no privilegiados. Constituye un riesgo de seguridad " -"y es conveniente reemplazar un servidor de este tipo." +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "Activar Servidor roto si quiere aceptar respuestas de servidores que funcionen en puertos no privilegiados. Constituye un riesgo de seguridad y es conveniente reemplazar un servidor de este tipo." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener información sobre otras opciones consulte man ypbind." -"" +msgstr "Para obtener información sobre otras opciones consulte man ypbind." -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "Configuración experta" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "Res&ponder a máquinas remotas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "Servidor ro&to" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "Opciones &ypbind adicionales" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "&Servidores (separados por espacios o comas)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "&SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "Configuración del dominio" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "Este dominio ya ha sido definido." -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "El formato de la dirección de servidor '%1' es incorrecto." -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -441,66 +407,62 @@ "No tiene sentido activar las opciones de Difusión y SLP\n" "simultáneamente. Seleccione una sola opción." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "Defina los servidores para los dominios adicionales." -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizar el protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) para " -"buscar el servidor NIS." +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." +msgstr "Puede utilizar el protocolo de ubicación de servicios (SLP) para buscar el servidor NIS." -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "Dominios adicionales" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "Dominio" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "Servidores" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "Aña&dir" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir este dominio?" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "NIS está ahora activado." -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -510,8 +472,8 @@ "no puede ser \"(none)\"\n" "y debe tener al menos 64 caracteres.\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -521,100 +483,100 @@ "porque los nombres del equipo host se resuelven usando NIS.\n" "\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "Se va a instalar el paquete automounter.\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "Usar DHCP" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "Cliente NIS activado" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "Servidores NIS" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "Otros dominios" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "Responder sólo a la máquina local" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "Servidor roto" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "opciones ypbind" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "Cliente activado" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NIS..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "Detener servicios" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "Iniciar servicios" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "Deteniendo servicios..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "Iniciando servicios..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cliente NIS" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "Se ha producido un error mientras se ejecutaba ypclient" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/nis_server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor NIS" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del cliente NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "Detener el servidor NIS" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "Configurar el servidor NIS maestro" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "Configurar el servidor NIS esclavo" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor NIS maestro" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "Iniciar o detener el servicio yppasswd" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "Directorio origen YP" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "Mapas distribuidos por el servidor" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "Equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor ('máscara_red:red')" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "No hay ningún servidor NIS configurado." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "Un servidor NIS maestro está configurado." -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "Un servidor NIS esclavo está configurado." -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "Dominio NIS " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "Directorio origen YP:" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "Mapas disponibles: " -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "Servidor NIS maestro:" -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "Equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor (máscara_red:red):\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Los paquetes requeridos (%1) no están instalados." -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "Máscara de red no válida: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "Red no válida: %1.\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "Estos mapas no están soportados:\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "La dirección IP del servidor NIS maestro no se ha especificado." -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "'/etc')." @@ -157,92 +157,86 @@ "Puede cambiar el directorio origen del servidor NIS (normalmente\n" "'/etc')." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" -"Indique si el archivo passwd ha de fusionarse con el archivo " -"shadow\n" +"Indique si el archivo passwd ha de fusionarse con el archivo shadow\n" "(lo cual sólo es posible si el archivo shadow existe).\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "You can also adjust the minimum user and group id." msgstr "Puede ajustar también el ID mínimo de usuario y de grupo." -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "&UID mínimo" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "&GID mínimo" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "Directorio origen &YP" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "Fusionar contra&señas" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "Configuración avanzada del servidor maestro NIS" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." msgstr "Seleccionar con este diálogo qué mapas estarán disponibles." -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "&Mapas" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "Configuración de mapas del servidor NIS" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduzca un dominio NIS. Si este equipo es también un cliente " -"NIS que usa\n" +"Introduzca un dominio NIS. Si este equipo es también un cliente NIS que usa\n" "la máquina como servidor, marque la opción correspondiente.\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "Active Slave NIS server exists. If you check\n" "Fast Map distribution, it will speed up the transfer of maps to the\n" "slaves.\n" msgstr "" -"Si desea que los servidores esclavos cooperen con este maestro, active el " -"botón\n" +"Si desea que los servidores esclavos cooperen con este maestro, active el botón\n" "Existe un servidor NIS esclavo activo. Si activa el botón\n" -"Distribución rápida de mapas acelerará la transferencia de los mapas " -"a los esclavos.\n" +"Distribución rápida de mapas acelerará la transferencia de los mapas a los esclavos.\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "Allow changes to passwords lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" @@ -251,145 +245,137 @@ msgstr "" "Permitir cambiar contraseñas permite a los usuarios cambiar sus\n" "contraseñas en el marco de NIS. Se pueden utilizar botones para configurar\n" -"opciones más específicas como permitir los cambios de la SHELL del login o " -"GECOS\n" +"opciones más específicas como permitir los cambios de la SHELL del login o GECOS\n" "(nombre completo e información relacionada).\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "Permitir cambiar el campo &GECOS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "Permitir cambiar la &shell del login" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "Permitir cambiar &contraseñas" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Este equipo es también un &cliente NIS" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &dominio NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "&Existe un servidor NIS esclavo activo" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "Distribución &rápida de mapas (rpc.ypxfrd)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "Cambio de contraseñas" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "&Otros parámetros globales ..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "Configuración del servidor maestro" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" "settings and consider not running a DHCP client on a NIS server.\n" msgstr "" -"La máquina ha sido configurada para cambiar el nombre de dominio NIS a " -"través\n" -"de DHCP, por lo que es posible sustituir el nombre de dominio que acaba de " -"introducir.\n" -"Compruebe la configuración y considere la posibilidad de no ejecutar un " -"cliente DHCP\n" +"La máquina ha sido configurada para cambiar el nombre de dominio NIS a través\n" +"de DHCP, por lo que es posible sustituir el nombre de dominio que acaba de introducir.\n" +"Compruebe la configuración y considere la posibilidad de no ejecutar un cliente DHCP\n" "en un servidor NIS.\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "Configuración del cortafuegos \n" "Active Puerto abierto en el cortafuegos para abrir el cortafuegos y\n" "permitir el acceso al servidor NIS desde equipos remotos.\n" -"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse " -"Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" +"Para seleccionar las interfaces en las que desea abrir el puerto, pulse Detalles del cortafuegos.\n" "Esta opción sólo está disponible si el cortafuegos está activado.\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "Editar red y máscara de red" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Máscara de red" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "&Red" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "Máscara de red incorrecta\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "Red incorrecta\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." msgstr "Introduzca aquí los equipos pueden consultar al servidor NIS." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "A host address will be allowed if network is equal\n" "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." msgstr "" " Se acepta una dirección de máquina si el valor de red es igual\n" -"al bitwise AND de la dirección de la máquina y la máscara de red</" -"b>." +"al bitwise AND de la dirección de la máquina y la máscara de red." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" msgstr "" "La entrada con la máscara de red <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> y red\n" -"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexiones desde el equipo " -"local.\n" +"<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> debe existir para permitir conexiones desde el equipo local.\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "Entering netmask <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "network <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." @@ -397,124 +383,109 @@ "Introduciendo la máscara de red <tt>0.0.0.0</tt>\n" "y la red<tt>0.0.0.0</tt> se obtiene acceso a todos los equipos." -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "Red" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "Equipos que consultan al servidor NIS" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el dominio NIS y la dirección IP, o bien el " -"nombre de host del servidor NIS principal." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." +msgstr "Introduzca el dominio NIS y la dirección IP, o bien el nombre de host del servidor NIS principal." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"Si este equipo es también un cliente NIS que usa la máquina como " -"servidor, active la opción correspondiente." +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "Si este equipo es también un cliente NIS que usa la máquina como servidor, active la opción correspondiente." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "Nombre de dominio N&IS:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "Servidor NIS &maestro:" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Configuración del servidor esclavo" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "Equipos &remotos" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor e&sclavo" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "Editar esclavo" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "Buscando equipos en esta LAN..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede introducir los nombres de los equipos que serán configurados " -"como servidores esclavos NIS. Use Añadir para añadir uno nuevo, " -"Editar para cambiar una entrada existente y Suprimir para " -"eliminar o borrar una entrada." +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "Aquí puede introducir los nombres de los equipos que serán configurados como servidores esclavos NIS. Use Añadir para añadir uno nuevo, Editar para cambiar una entrada existente y Suprimir para eliminar o borrar una entrada." -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "&Esclavos" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "Configuración de esclavos del servidor NIS maestro" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "Finalizar" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "¿Desea guardar la configuración?" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "Salir" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "¿Desea salir sin guardar los cambios?" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "Detalles del error" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -522,13 +493,13 @@ "Error durante la configuración:\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" @@ -536,8 +507,8 @@ "Escoja si desea configurar el servidor NIS para que sea maestro,\n" "esclavo o no configurar un servidor NIS.\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." @@ -545,211 +516,210 @@ "Primero se instalará el paquete de servidor NIS en caso de que\n" "desee configurarlo." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "No hay software NIS instalado." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Instalar y configurar un servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Instalar y configurar un servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "No hacer na&da y salir de la configuración" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "El software NIS está instalado." -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "maestro" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "esclavo" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "Un servidor NIS %1 está configurado." -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Reconfigurar el servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Cambiar al servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Reconfigurar el servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Cambiar al servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "&Desactivar cualquier configuración del servidor NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "Crear un servidor &maestro NIS" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "Crear un servidor &esclavo NIS" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "Estado actual:" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "Escoja qué desea hacer" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NIS" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NIS" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "Please wait while reading the configuration." msgstr "Espere mientras se lee la configuración." -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor NIS" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "Cargar archivo '%1'" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "Determinar servicios en ejecución" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "Determinar tipo de servidor" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer configuración del cortafuegos" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "Cargando '%1'..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "Determinando servicios en ejecución..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "Determinando tipo de servidor..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "Completado." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "Please wait until the configuration is saved." msgstr "Espere hasta que se haya guardado la configuración." -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor NIS" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Guardar la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "Error al eliminar %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "El directorio %1 no puede ser creado.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "No se puede obtener una lista de mapas.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" -msgstr "" -"Se ha producido un error durante la recuperación del mapa %1 del maestro.\n" +msgstr "Se ha producido un error durante la recuperación del mapa %1 del maestro.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "No es posible obtener la lista de esclavos.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -757,165 +727,165 @@ "El nombre de este host(%1)\n" "no aparece en la lista del equipo principal.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo: %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "Error al configurar el nombre del dominio\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "Error al configurar la variable %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Error al detener el daemon %1\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon %1\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "Error al crear una base de datos de usuario vacía.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "Error al crear el mapa ypservers.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos.\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "Error al configurar el cliente.\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "Eliminar /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "Eliminando /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "Detener daemons en ejecución." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "Deteniendo daemons en ejecución." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "Obtener mapas del maestro." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "Obteniendo mapas del maestro." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Guardar equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "Guardando equipos autorizados a consultar al servidor." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "Definir variables de configuración." -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "Definiendo variables de configuración." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "Iniciar daemon." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "Iniciando daemon." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "Guardar esclavos." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "Guardando esclavos." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "Iniciar daemons." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "Iniciando daemons." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "Crear base de datos inicial." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "Creando base de datos." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "Iniciar el cliente NIS " -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "Iniciando el cliente NIS." -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "Detener el cliente NIS" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Deteniendo el cliente NIS." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/ntp-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,86 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración NTP..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"Pulse Sincronizar ahora para que la hora del sistema se defina " -"correctamente mediante el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar NTP de " -"forma permanente, habilite la opción Guardar configuración NTP." +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "Pulse Sincronizar ahora para que la hora del sistema se defina correctamente mediante el servidor NTP seleccionado. Si desea usar NTP de forma permanente, habilite la opción Guardar configuración NTP." -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"Si habilita la opción Ejecutar NTP como daemon, el servicio NTP se " -"iniciará como un daemon. De lo contrario, la hora del sistema se " -"sincronizará de forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de 15 minutos. " -"Puede cambiarlo después de la instalación con el módulo yast2 ntp-client</" -"b>." +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "Si habilita la opción Ejecutar NTP como daemon, el servicio NTP se iniciará como un daemon. De lo contrario, la hora del sistema se sincronizará de forma periódica. El intervalo por defecto es de 15 minutos. Puede cambiarlo después de la instalación con el módulo yast2 ntp-client." -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Use el botón Configurar para abrir la configuración avanzada de " -"NTP." +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." +msgstr "Use el botón Configurar para abrir la configuración avanzada de NTP." -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." -msgstr "" -"La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo se puede realizar cuando hay " -"una red configurada." +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." +msgstr "La sincronización con el servidor NTP sólo se puede realizar cuando hay una red configurada." -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "Nombre de host de servidor NTP no válido: %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "Dirección del servidor &NTP" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "&Ejecutar NTP como daemon" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Guardar configuración de NTP" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "Sincronizar &ahora" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "&Configurar..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -101,19 +78,19 @@ "La sincronización con el servidor NTP no es posible\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado." -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Sincronizando con el servidor NTP..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "Conexión con el servidor NTP fallida." -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -123,469 +100,467 @@ "Si el servidor aún no está accesible o la red no está configurada,\n" "haga clic en No para omitirlo. ¿Revisar la configuración del servidor NTP?" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Trak 8820 GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Receptor PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Receptores Spectracom WWVB y GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "Receptores TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG Audio Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "Controlador de referencia genérico" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Magnavox MX4200 GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Receptores Austron 2200A/2201A GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Arbiter 1088A/B GPS " -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "Interfaz IRIG KSI/Odetics TPRO/S" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "Receptor EES M201 MSF" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "Receptores genéricos TrueTime" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Bancomm GPS/IRIG" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datum Precision Time System" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Heath WWV/WWVH" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Generic NMEA GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "Interfaz TrueTime GPS-VME" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS Clock Discipline" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO Modem Time Service" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Receptor Arcron MSF" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "Controlador de memoria compartida" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Receptor Chrono-log K-series WWVB" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "Dumb Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Receptores Ultralink WWVB" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "Receptores JJY" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "Módulo de configuración del cliente NTP" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "Imprimir el estado del daemon NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "Imprimir todas las relaciones de sincronización configuradas." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Activar el daemon NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "Desactivar el daemon NTP." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "Añadir nueva relación de sincronización." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "Editar relación de sincronización existente." -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "Suprimir relación de sincronización." -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "Dirección del servidor" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "Dirección del conector" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "Dirección a la que emitir broadcasts" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "Dirección desde la que aceptar broadcasts" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "Opciones de la relación" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "Opciones para la calibración del controlador de reloj" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "Usar el servidor para la sincronización inicial" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "No usar el servidor para la sincronización inicial" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "El conector de sincronización no ha sido especificado." -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado el conector de sincronización especificado." -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "El daemon NTP está activado." -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "El daemon NTP está desactivado." -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "Servidor" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "Conector" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "Aceptando broadcasts" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "Número de unidad: %1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "Reloj de radio local" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible leer la configuración." -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración NTP" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "Valores generales de configuración" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración NTP avanzada" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "Nueva sincronización" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP local" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP público" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "Par NTP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "Reloj de referencia local" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión saliente" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión entrante" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "ID de &referencia" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "&Estrato" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "Calibración Offset 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "Calibración Offset 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "Bandera &1" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "Bandera &2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "Bandera &3" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "Bandera &4" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibración del controlador de reloj" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -593,8 +568,8 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del cliente NTP</big> \n" " Espere, por favor... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -602,8 +577,8 @@ "<BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG> \n" "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -611,8 +586,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del cliente NTP</big> \n" " Por favor, espere... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -620,29 +595,25 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no." +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no." -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" "<big>Iniciar daemon NTP</big> \n" -"Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora y cada vez que se arranque " -"el sistema. \n" +"Seleccione si desea iniciar el daemon NTP ahora y cada vez que se arranque el sistema. \n" "Si selecciona Sincronizar sin daemon, el daemon NTP no se activará\n" -"y la hora del sistema se establecerá de forma periódica con un guion " -"cron. \n" +"y la hora del sistema se establecerá de forma periódica con un guion cron. \n" "El intervalo se puede configurar. Por defecto es de %d minutos." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -651,32 +622,23 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "Para ejecutar el daemon NTP en chroot jail, active\n" -"Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier " -"daemon\n" +"Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot Jail. Se recomienda iniciar cualquier daemon\n" "en chroot jail por ser más seguro." -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de NTP segura</big> \n" -"Si selecciona la opción Restringir el servicio NTP solo a los servidores " -"configurados, los servidores remotos no podrán ver ni modificar la " -"configuración de NTP en el\n" -"equipo. El servicio NTP está restringido solo a los servidores del archivo " -"<tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> y a localhost. \n" -"Los indicadores de control de acceso se pueden ajustar con más detalle en la " -"tabla de resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si NTP se " -"configura mediante DHCP.\n" +"Si selecciona la opción Restringir el servicio NTP solo a los servidores configurados, los servidores remotos no podrán ver ni modificar la configuración de NTP en el\n" +"equipo. El servicio NTP está restringido solo a los servidores del archivo <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> y a localhost. \n" +"Los indicadores de control de acceso se pueden ajustar con más detalle en la tabla de resumen de servidores. Esta opción no está disponible si NTP se configura mediante DHCP.\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -686,55 +648,47 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Configuración a través de DHCP</big> \n" "Active Configurar el daemon NTP a través de DHCP para obtener del\n" -"servidor de red la información relativa a los servidores NTP a través del " -"protocolo DHCP\n" -"en lugar de configurarlos manualmente. Pregunte al administrador de la red " -"si el servidor\n" +"servidor de red la información relativa a los servidores NTP a través del protocolo DHCP\n" +"en lugar de configurarlos manualmente. Pregunte al administrador de la red si el servidor\n" "DHCP proporciona la información sobre los servidores NTP." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Servidores configurados</big> \n" -"Para ajustar los servidores NTP, conectores, relojes de radio locales y " -"broadcasting NTP,\n" -"seleccione la línea adecuada y pulse Editar. Para añadir un nuevo " -"conector de sincronización,\n" -"pulse Añadir y para eliminar un conector de sincronización existente, " -"selecciónelo\n" +"Para ajustar los servidores NTP, conectores, relojes de radio locales y broadcasting NTP,\n" +"seleccione la línea adecuada y pulse Editar. Para añadir un nuevo conector de sincronización,\n" +"pulse Añadir y para eliminar un conector de sincronización existente, selecciónelo\n" " y pulse Suprimir." -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Mostrar registro</big> \n" -"Para ver los registros del daemon NTP, pulse Mostrar registro.</" -"p>\n" +"Para ver los registros del daemon NTP, pulse Mostrar registro.\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración avanzada</big> \n" "Para configurar este host para que se sincronice con varios hosts remotos o\n" "con un reloj conectado localmente, utilice Configuración avanzada." -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -742,8 +696,8 @@ "<big>Tipo de reloj</big> \n" "Seleccione aquí el controlador para el reloj que desea configurar." -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -753,12 +707,11 @@ "Si dispone de varios relojes del mismo tipo, debe definir el\n" "Número de unidad." -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -766,27 +719,24 @@ "it must be created manually." msgstr "" "<big>Dispositivo</big> \n" -"Para que el reloj funcione puede que sea necesario crear un enlace " -"simbólico\n" +"Para que el reloj funcione puede que sea necesario crear un enlace simbólico\n" "especial al dispositivo al que está conectado. Para ello, marque\n" -"Crear enlace simbólico y defina el Dispositivo. Para buscar el " -"dispositivo,\n" +"Crear enlace simbólico y defina el Dispositivo. Para buscar el dispositivo,\n" " haga clic en Examinar.\n" " Para algunos tipos de relojes no es necesario crear un enlace simbólico, \n" " o bien es necesario crearlo manualmente." -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>Calibración del controlador</big> \n" -"Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse Calibración del " -"controlador." +"Para calibrar el controlador del reloj, pulse Calibración del controlador." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -794,14 +744,12 @@ "provider." msgstr "" "<big>Dirección del servidor NTP</big> \n" -"Para definir la dirección del servidor NTP, utilice la entrada Dirección</" -"b>.\n" -"Para buscar un servidor NTP, pregunte al administrador de la red o al " -"proveedor\n" +"Para definir la dirección del servidor NTP, utilice la entrada Dirección.\n" +"Para buscar un servidor NTP, pregunte al administrador de la red o al proveedor\n" "de servicios de Internet." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -810,12 +758,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Selección de un servidor</big> \n" "Para seleccionar uno de los servidores NTP de la red local\n" -"o de la lista de servidores NTP conocidos, haga clic en Seleccionar " -"y\n" +"o de la lista de servidores NTP conocidos, haga clic en Seleccionar y\n" "elija entre Servidor NTP local y Servidor NTP público." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -825,8 +772,8 @@ "Pulse Probar para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado\n" "está activo y responde correctamente." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -836,68 +783,60 @@ "Utilice Dirección para definir la dirección de la máquina con\n" "la que va a sincronizarse mutuamente." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" "text field." msgstr "" "<big>Dirección</big> \n" -"En la casilla Dirección, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir un " -"broadcast." +"En la casilla Dirección, defina la dirección a la que desea emitir un broadcast." -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" "Address." msgstr "" "<big>Dirección</big> \n" -"Utilice Dirección para definir la dirección de la que va a aceptar " -"paquetes broadcast." +"Utilice Dirección para definir la dirección de la que va a aceptar paquetes broadcast." -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciones</big> \n" -"Para ajustar en detalle el origen de sincronización, defina las opciones " -"oportunas en\n" +"Para ajustar en detalle el origen de sincronización, defina las opciones oportunas en\n" "el campo Opciones. Para obtener más información\n" "consulte /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" "Security Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de control de acceso</big> \n" -"Aquí puede definir los indicadores de control de acceso (<tt>restringir</" -"tt> directiva en\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) para este servidor, indicando qué tipos de acciones " -"pueden ejecutar en su daemon NTP los\n" +"Aquí puede definir los indicadores de control de acceso (<tt>restringir</tt> directiva en\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) para este servidor, indicando qué tipos de acciones pueden ejecutar en su daemon NTP los\n" "hosts remotos. Por defecto, está configurado como notrap\n" -"nomodify noquery. Esta opción sólo está disponible si ha escogido la " -"opción\n" +"nomodify noquery. Esta opción sólo está disponible si ha escogido la opción\n" "Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configurados en\n" "Valores de configuración de seguridad.\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -905,8 +844,8 @@ "<big>Tipo de conector de sincronización</big> \n" "Seleccione aquí el tipo de conector de sincronización que quiere añadir." -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -914,8 +853,8 @@ "Seleccione Servidor para añadir un servidor NTP \n" "para efectos de sincronización." -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -923,8 +862,8 @@ "Seleccione Conector para añadir un conector NTP\n" "para efectos de sincronización recíproca." -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -932,8 +871,8 @@ "Seleccione Reloj de radio para configurar un reloj de radio local\n" "conectado directamente a su equipo." -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -941,18 +880,17 @@ "Para difundir información de hora por la red, seleccione\n" "Difusión saliente." -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" "Para aceptar paquetes NTP difundidos por otros hosts en la red\n" -"y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione Difusión entrante." -"" +"y usarlos para establecer la hora local, seleccione Difusión entrante." -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -962,8 +900,8 @@ "Aquí puede definir si desea encontrar el servidor NTP en la red local o\n" "seleccionarlo de una lista de servidores NTP conocidos." -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -975,25 +913,21 @@ "local</big> \n" "Para buscar servidores NTP en la red local por medio del protocolo\n" "SLP (Service Location Protocol), pulse en Consulta \n" -"y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores hallados.</" -"p>" +"y seleccione a continuación un servidor de la lista de servidores hallados." -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Seleccionar un servidor NTP público</big> \n" -"Seleccione de la lista de Servidores NTP públicos el servidor NTP que " -"quiere usar. Si desea\n" -"que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en " -"País." +"Seleccione de la lista de Servidores NTP públicos el servidor NTP que quiere usar. Si desea\n" +"que se muestren sólo servidores NTP de un país determinado, selecciónelo en País." -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -1005,79 +939,63 @@ "to find an NTP server near you." msgstr "" "<big>Nota</big> \n" -"Puede que los servidores NTP de la lista no estén disponibles desde todos " -"los países\n" +"Puede que los servidores NTP de la lista no estén disponibles desde todos los países\n" "sino sólo para un país o región determinados.\n" -"Antes de utilizar cualquier servidor NTP de la lista, pregunte al " -"administrador de sistemas\n" -"o a su proveedor de Internet si existe un servidor NTP más cercano y, en " -"caso afirmativo,\n" -"dé preferencia a este servidor frente a cualquiera de la lista. También " -"puede\n" +"Antes de utilizar cualquier servidor NTP de la lista, pregunte al administrador de sistemas\n" +"o a su proveedor de Internet si existe un servidor NTP más cercano y, en caso afirmativo,\n" +"dé preferencia a este servidor frente a cualquiera de la lista. También puede\n" "consultar http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "para encontrar el servidor NTP más cercano." -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Probar la accesibilidad del servidor</big> \n" -"Pulse Probar para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado responde " -"correctamente." +"Pulse Probar para comprobar si el servidor seleccionado responde correctamente." -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Utilizar servidores aleatorios</big> \n" "Este servicio lo ofrece pool.ntp.org. Si marca esta opción,\n" -" se añadirán tres servidores distintos a la configuración. Los nombres de " -"los servidores son\n" -" permanentes, pero cambian su registro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Eso significa " -"que su\n" +" se añadirán tres servidores distintos a la configuración. Los nombres de los servidores son\n" +" permanentes, pero cambian su registro de DNS (IP) cada hora. Eso significa que su\n" " cliente NTP estará sincronizado con servidores diferentes cada hora.\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>Calibración del controlador del reloj</big> \n" -"Puede que sea necesario calibrar el controlador del reloj Este diálogo le " -"permite configurar\n" -"diversas opciones de calibración. El significado de ciertas opciones depende " -"de controladores\n" +"Puede que sea necesario calibrar el controlador del reloj Este diálogo le permite configurar\n" +"diversas opciones de calibración. El significado de ciertas opciones depende de controladores\n" "determinados. Algunos controladores no utilizan todas las opciones." -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre las opciones disponibles, instale el " -"paquete\n" -"ntp-doc y consulte /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock." -"htm.\n" +"Para obtener más información sobre las opciones disponibles, instale el paquete\n" +"ntp-doc y consulte /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1085,18 +1003,18 @@ "¿Desea salir?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "Guardar configuración y reiniciar daemon NTP" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1109,8 +1027,8 @@ "Si no dispone de una conexión permanente a Internet, el daemon NTP\n" "puede tardar mucho en iniciarse y podría no funcionar correctamente." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1118,8 +1036,8 @@ "El servidor NTP %1 no es un nombre de host válido,\n" "un nombre de host completo, una dirección IPv4 ni una dirección IPv6." -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1131,45 +1049,45 @@ " \n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea sustituir el servidor NTP actual?" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "Seleccionar dispositivo" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "&Servidores NTP públicos" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "Seleccionar un servidor NTP." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "Todos los países" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "&País" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "Buscando servidores NTP en la red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1179,304 +1097,304 @@ "Esto puede deberse a que haya un SuSEfirewall2\n" " en ejecución, que probablemente esté bloqueando la búsqueda en red." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún servidor NTP en la red." -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "Dirección" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún de servidor." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "D&irección" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "Configuración a&vanzada" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "Calibración del &controlador" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "&Intervalo de sincronización en minutos" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "Iniciar daemon NTP" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "Sólo &manualmente" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "&Sincronizar sin daemon" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "Ahora y &durante el inicio" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "Ejecutar daemon NTP en Chroot &Jail" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "&Restringir el servicio NTP sólo a los servidores configurados " -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "Manual" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "Auto" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "Personalizar" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "Directiva de configuración en &tiempo de ejecución" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "Directiva &personalizada" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "&Utilizar servidores aleatorios de pool.ntp.org" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Dirección" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "&Seleccionar..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "Tipo de sincronización" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "&Mostrar registro..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "&Tipo de reloj" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "&Número de unidad" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "Crear enlace &simbólico" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "Opciones de control de acceso" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "&Servidor" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "&Conector" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "Reloj de &radio" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión &saliente" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "Difusión &entrante" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "Red loc&al" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "Servidor NTP &público" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "Ubicación del servidor NTP" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "&Consulta" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cliente NTP" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "El daemon NTP se inicia al arrancar el sistema." -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "El daemon NTP no se inicia automáticamente." -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servidores: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Relojes de radio: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Conectores: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Anunciar (broadcast) información del tiempo a: %1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Aceptada la información del tiempo anunciada (broadcast) por: %1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Combinar configuración estática y DHCP." -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Sólo configuración estática." -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Directiva de configuración personalizada." -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Probando el servidor NTP..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "El servidor está disponible y responde correctamente." -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "El servidor no está disponible o no responde correctamente." -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1484,65 +1402,65 @@ "No es posible buscar servidores NTP en la red local\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cliente NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración de red" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración de NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de red..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración de NTP..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de NTP" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon NTP" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Reiniciando el daemon NTP..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "No es posible actualizar la directiva de configuración dinámica." -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "No es posible reiniciar el daemon NTP." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update-configuration.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,112 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "Ayuda del módulo de configuración de actualización en línea" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "El módulo de registro no se encuentra disponible." -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "Instale yast2-registration e inténtelo de nuevo." -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de actualización en línea" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por omisión)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "(ninguno)" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "Repositorio de actualización" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "Actualización en línea automática" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "Definir por defecto" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Avanzado" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "Filtrar por categoría" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "Categorías de parches" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "habilitado" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "inhabilitado" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "Editar repositorios de software" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" -msgstr "" -"Registrarse para obtener asistencia y acceder al repositorio de " -"actualizaciones" +msgstr "Registrarse para obtener asistencia y acceder al repositorio de actualizaciones" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "Enviar información del hardware al proyecto smolt" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "Intervalo" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "Omitir los parches interactivos" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "Aceptar licencias" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "Incluir paquetes recomendados" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "Usar rpm delta" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "Repositorio actual de actualizaciones." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -127,94 +125,77 @@ "Para añadir el repositorio de actualización por defecto\n" "debe registrar este producto." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "¿Desea realizar el registro ahora?" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "In %1 the current update repository is shown." msgstr "El repositorio actual de actualizaciones se muestra en %1./p" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." -msgstr "" -"Pulse %1 para usar el repositorio por defecto de actualizaciones.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Pulse %1 para usar el repositorio por defecto de actualizaciones." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." msgstr "Busque las acciones relacionadas en el menú %1." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update." msgstr "En %1, configurar la actualización automática en línea." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione un intervalo de actualización e indique si los parches " -"interactivos se ignorarán y si las licencias se aceptarán automáticamente.</" -"p>" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "Seleccione un intervalo de actualización e indique si los parches interactivos se ignorarán y si las licencias se aceptarán automáticamente." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." -msgstr "" -"Todos los paquetes recomendados por un paquete actualizado se instalarán " -"cuando se encuentre habilitado %1." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." +msgstr "Todos los paquetes recomendados por un paquete actualizado se instalarán cuando se encuentre habilitado %1." -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"Los filtros de categoría para los parches pueden configurarse en la " -"sección %1. Solo se instalarán los parches de las categorías que " -"aparezcan. El resto se omitirá." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "Los filtros de categoría para los parches pueden configurarse en la sección %1. Solo se instalarán los parches de las categorías que aparezcan. El resto se omitirá." -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "diaria" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "semanal" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "mensual" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "Gestor de paquetes y YaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "Recommended" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "Opcional" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "Documento" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "Otro" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/online-update.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "¿Acepta este acuerdo de licencia?" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,89 +33,83 @@ "Se ha actualizado una aplicación que requiere un reinicio del sistema.\n" "El sistema se reiniciará ahora y se continuará con la instalación.\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "Módulo de actualización en línea" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "Iniciar actualización con CD de parches" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "Usar selector de paquetes simple" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "URL del CD de parches (el valor por defecto es %1)" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "Directorio de datos en el CD de parches (el valor por defecto es %1)" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"El sistema está inicializando la instalación y actualizando los " -"repositorios. Los repositorios de software pueden modificarse mediante el " -"módulo Fuentes de instalación." +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "El sistema está inicializando la instalación y actualizando los repositorios. Los repositorios de software pueden modificarse mediante el módulo Fuentes de instalación." -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "Iniciar sistema de destino" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "Actualizar repositorios de software" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "Buscar actualizaciones disponibles" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "Iniciando el sistema de destino..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "Actualizando repositorios de software..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "Buscando las actualizaciones disponibles..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "Inicializando actualización por CD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Iniciando actualización en línea" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -123,30 +117,30 @@ "Aún no se ha configurado un repositorio\n" "de actualización. ¿Ejecutar ahora el flujo de trabajo de configuración?" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "Aún no se ha configuración el repositorio de actualización." -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "Protocolo del progreso" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "Progreso de paquetes" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "Progreso total" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -154,68 +148,63 @@ msgstr "" "Después de conectar con el servidor de actualización,\n" "YaST descargará todos los parches seleccionados.\n" -"Esta operación puede tardar algún tiempo. Los detalles de la descarga se " -"muestran en la ventana de registro." +"Esta operación puede tardar algún tiempo. Los detalles de la descarga se muestran en la ventana de registro." -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"Si hubiera algún mensaje especial asociado a los parches, se mostraría en " -"un diálogo extra mientras que el parche se instala.\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "Si hubiera algún mensaje especial asociado a los parches, se mostraría en un diálogo extra mientras que el parche se instala.\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "Descarga e instalación de parches" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "Instalación finalizada.\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "Instalación del parche finalizada." -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "No ha sido posible procesar los parches." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "Iniciando la actualización a través del CD..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -223,9 +212,9 @@ "La iniciación ha fallado. Compruebe\n" "que ha introducido el CD adecuado.\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -233,18 +222,17 @@ "No es posible configurar el repositorio de\n" "actualización en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" msgstr "" -"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas requiere que se reinicie la " -"sesión.\n" +"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas requiere que se reinicie la sesión.\n" "Salga y vuelva a entrar tan pronto como sea posible.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -252,18 +240,17 @@ "Se han actualizado los paquetes de gestión de paquetes.\n" "Finalizando y reiniciando YaST." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se rearranque " -"el\n" +"Al menos una de las actualizaciones instaladas necesita que se rearranque el\n" "sistema para funcionar correctamente. Rearranque el sistema lo antes posible." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -271,105 +258,101 @@ "\n" "Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Estas actualizaciones necesitan que se rearranque el sistema para funcionar " -"correctamente:\n" +"Estas actualizaciones necesitan que se rearranque el sistema para funcionar correctamente:\n" "\n" "%1.\n" "\n" "Rearranque el sistema lo antes posible." -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Hay parches disponibles para la gestión de paquetes que requieren que se " -"reinicie YaST.\n" -"Estos se instalarán en primer lugar y los parches restantes lo harán después " -"del reinicio.\n" +"Hay parches disponibles para la gestión de paquetes que requieren que se reinicie YaST.\n" +"Estos se instalarán en primer lugar y los parches restantes lo harán después del reinicio.\n" "\n" "Ha seleccionado otros parches para instalar ahora.\n" "\n" "¿Desea continuar instalando lo que ha seleccionado?" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "Se está recuperando %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "Progreso de descarga de paquetes" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "Eliminando" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "Instalando" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "Progreso de instalación de paquetes" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "Aceptar" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "Descargando RPM delta %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "Progreso de descarga de RPM delta" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al descargar RPM delta: %1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "Progreso de aplicación de RPM delta" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al aplicar RPM delta: %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "Progreso de ejecución del guión" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Iniciando el guión %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -377,73 +360,72 @@ "Parche %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "Error al inicializar el repositorio." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Detalles no disponibles" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detalles <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detalles >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "Error" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "Volver a intentarlo" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "Ignorar parche" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "Ignorar todo" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "Cancelar actualización" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -451,8 +433,8 @@ "Si cancela la instalación ahora, no se instalará ningún parche.\n" "La instalación permanecerá intacta.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -462,8 +444,8 @@ "Si cancela la instalación ahora, la actualización quedará incompleta.\n" "Repita la actualización, incluyendo la bajada, si lo desea.\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -473,64 +455,62 @@ "al menos un parche no habrá sido instalado correctamente.\n" "Necesitará actualizar de nuevo." -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "¿Desea cancelar YaST Online Update?" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "C&ancelar actualización" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "&Continuar actualización" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "Patch: %1 " msgstr "Parche: %1 " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "Summary: %1 " msgstr "Resumen: %1 " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "Packages:" msgstr "Paquetes: " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "&Detalles del parche <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "&Detalles del parche >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "Instalar parche" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "Es necesario reiniciar estos parches después de la instalación" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "&Omitir todo" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"La actualización en línea no puede deseleccionar algunos parches que " -"necesitan reiniciar." +msgstr "La actualización en línea no puede deseleccionar algunos parches que necesitan reiniciar." -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/packager.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "Comprobar la integridad de los medios CD/DVD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "Editor para 'no volver a mostrar'" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" @@ -35,32 +35,32 @@ "Suprimir. Las entradas se eliminarán inmediatamente de\n" "la configuración actual.\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "Ident. emergente" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "Información adicional" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "No ha sido posible leer la información del paquete." -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 msgid "" "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ "que emplea Evolution como programa de correo,\n" "Firefox como navegador y Nautilus como gestor de archivos.\n" -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ "de correo, Dolphin como gestor de archivos y\n" "ofrece Firefox y Konqueror como navegadores Web.\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 msgid "" "Both KDE and GNOME are powerful and intuitive\n" "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ " y unas interfaces gráficas muy atractivas con sus\n" " propios conjuntos de aplicaciones, integradas a la perfección." -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 msgid "" "Choosing the default GNOME or KDE desktop\n" "environment installs a broad set of the\n" @@ -109,8 +109,8 @@ " aplicaciones de escritorio más \n" " importantes." -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 msgid "" "Choose Other then select from\n" "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" @@ -120,29 +120,29 @@ "como sistema de sólo texto o un sistema gráfico\n" "mínimo con un gestor de ventanas básico." -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 msgid "&KDE" msgstr "&KDE" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 msgid "&GNOME" msgstr "&GNOME" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" msgstr "&Otro" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Selección de escritorio" -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 msgid "" "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" "desktop to install." @@ -150,33 +150,32 @@ "No se ha seleccionado ningún escritorio. Seleccione el escritorio\n" " que desee instalar." -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" msgstr "Sistema gráfico &mínimo" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Modo de texto" -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." -msgstr "" -"Error en la copia de seguridad de %1. Consulte %2 para obtener más detalles." +msgstr "Error en la copia de seguridad de %1. Consulte %2 para obtener más detalles." -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "Copiar medios de instalación" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -186,102 +185,101 @@ "crear un repositorio que pueda utilizarse para instalar\n" "otros sistemas.\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios registrados" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "Copiando el contenido del CD en un directorio local..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Por favor espere..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "Abortando la configuración de repositorio en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la configuración?" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "La red no esta configurada." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Los orígenes en línea definidos por el producto requieren conexión a " -"Internet.\n" +"Los orígenes en línea definidos por el producto requieren conexión a Internet.\n" "\n" "¿Desea configurarla?" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "Verificar configuración de red" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "Descargar la lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "Verificando configuración de red..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "Descargando la lista de repositorios en línea..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "Inicializar el gestor de repositorios" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "Inicializando el gestor de repositorios..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -289,8 +287,8 @@ "Se está inicializando el empaquetador y\n" "se está descargando la lista de servidores desde Internet.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -298,8 +296,8 @@ "No es posible descargar la lista de repositorios;\n" "la red no se encuentra configurada." -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" @@ -307,8 +305,8 @@ "No hay definida ninguna URL de producto para\n" "descargar la lista de repositorios.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -316,26 +314,26 @@ "No es posible descargar la lista de repositorios\n" "o no hay repositorios definidos." -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "Recomendado: %1 " -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -353,30 +351,29 @@ "%5\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "&Lista de repositorios" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "Descripción del repositorio" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -384,89 +381,79 @@ "Lista de los repositorios en línea por defecto.\n" "Haga clic en un repositorio para ver más detalles.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en " -"Siguiente.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" +msgstr "Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en Siguiente.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en " -"Finalizar.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" +msgstr "Seleccione los repositorios en línea que quiera usar y haga clic en Finalizar.\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "Para eliminar un repositorio usado, basta con deseleccionarlo." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "Escribiendo la lista de repositorios en línea" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "" -"El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio..." -"" +msgstr "El gestor de repositorios está descargando información del repositorio..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "Error al añadir el repositorio %1." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "Suprimir repositorios en línea deseleccionados" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "Suprimiendo repositorios en línea deseleccionados..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "Añadir todos los repositorios en línea seleccionados" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "Añadiendo todos los repositorios en línea seleccionados..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "Añadir repositorio: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio: %1..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -490,39 +477,35 @@ "En este caso, se recomienda usar los repositorios\n" "en línea más tarde en el sistema instalado." -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "Error al inicializar el directorio de destino." -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "Error al seleccionar %1 paquetes para la instalación." -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "No es posible definir los patrones: %1." -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Error en la ejecución de la resolución de paquetes. Compruebe la sección de " -"software en el perfil de AutoYaST." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Error en la ejecución de la resolución de paquetes. Compruebe la sección de software en el perfil de AutoYaST." -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -538,223 +521,219 @@ "\n" "Se cancelará la instalación del paquete.\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "Leyendo información del paquete..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "Medios de instalación no válidos" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "Medios de instalación" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "&Medios" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "Conservar paquetes descargados" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Repositorios de instalación: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Repositorios de instalación: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "Nombre desconocido" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "URL sin procesar: %s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre del repositorio desconocido" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "Categoría: %1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "Servicio: %1" -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "Todos los repositorios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "Todos los servicios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "Servicio %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "Solo los repositorios no proporcionados por un servicio" -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "Ver" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "Prioridad" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "Autoactualizar" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "Servicio" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "&Sustituir..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "Act&ualizar seleccionados" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "Estad&o activo o inactivo" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "Activar o de&sactivar actualizaciones" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "Establecer &nombre..." -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "Propiedades" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "&Habilitado" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "Actualiza&r automáticamente" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "Claves &GPG..." -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "Actualiza&r todo lo actualizado automáticamente" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "Actualizar todo lo &habilitado" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios de software configurados" -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -762,38 +741,26 @@ "\n" "Gestionar los servicios y repositorios de software configurados.\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Un servicio o RIS (Servicio de indexación de repositorios) " -"es un protocolo diseñado para gestionar los repositorios de paquetes. Un " -"servicio puede ofrecer uno o varios repositorios de software que el " -"administrador del servicio puede cambiar de forma dinámica." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "Un servicio o RIS (Servicio de indexación de repositorios) es un protocolo diseñado para gestionar los repositorios de paquetes. Un servicio puede ofrecer uno o varios repositorios de software que el administrador del servicio puede cambiar de forma dinámica." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Añadir un nuevo repositorio o servicio \n" -"Para añadir un nuevo repositorio, utilice Añadir y especifique el " -"repositorio de software o servicio.\n" -"YaSt detectará automáticamente si es un servicio o repositorio lo que se " -"encuentra disponible en esa ubicación.\n" +"Para añadir un nuevo repositorio, utilice Añadir y especifique el repositorio de software o servicio.\n" +"YaSt detectará automáticamente si es un servicio o repositorio lo que se encuentra disponible en esa ubicación.\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -805,8 +772,8 @@ "tenga a mano los CD o el DVD.\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -826,77 +793,52 @@ "copiados en un mismo directorio.\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Modificar el estado de un repositorio o servicio \n" -"Para cambiar la ubicación de un repositorio, utilice Editar. Para " -"eliminar un repositorio, utilice\n" -"Suprimir. Para habilitar o inhabilitar el repositorio o para cambiar " -"la actualización al inicio, seleccione el repositorio en la tabla y use las " -"casillas de verificación ubicadas debajo.\n" +"Para cambiar la ubicación de un repositorio, utilice Editar. Para eliminar un repositorio, utilice\n" +"Suprimir. Para habilitar o inhabilitar el repositorio o para cambiar la actualización al inicio, seleccione el repositorio en la tabla y use las casillas de verificación ubicadas debajo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridad de un repositorio \n" -"Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más " -"baja). Por defecto, este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible " -"en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta." -"\n" +"Un valor entero entre 0 (la prioridad más alta) y 200 (la prioridad más baja). Por defecto, este valor es 99. Si un paquete se encuentra disponible en más de un repositorio, se usará el repositorio con la prioridad más alta.\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para " -"navegar por los repositorios y servicios." +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." +msgstr "Seleccione la opción adecuada en la parte superior de la ventana para navegar por los repositorios y servicios." -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" -"Conservar paquetes descargados Marque esta opción para " -"conservar\n" -"los paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan reutilizarse " -"posteriormente\n" -"cuando se reinstalen los paquetes. Si no se marca, los paquetes descargados " -"se suprimirán después de la instalación." +"Conservar paquetes descargados Marque esta opción para conservar\n" +"los paquetes descargados en un caché local de manera que puedan reutilizarse posteriormente\n" +"cuando se reinstalen los paquetes. Si no se marca, los paquetes descargados se suprimirán después de la instalación." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"El caché local por defecto se encuentra en el directorio /var/cache/" -"zypp/packages. Puede cambiar la ubicación en el archivo /etc/zypp/" -"zypp.conf." +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "El caché local por defecto se encuentra en el directorio /var/cache/zypp/packages. Puede cambiar la ubicación en el archivo /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -904,28 +846,28 @@ "No es posible guardar los cambios en la configuración\n" "del repositorio." -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalles:" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "Abortar la configuración del repositorio" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -933,8 +875,8 @@ "¿Seguro que desea abortar la configuración del repositorio?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -942,41 +884,41 @@ "No existe un servicio en la URL:\n" "%1" -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "Actualizando repositorios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "Actualizando servicios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "Actualizar repositorios" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "Actualizar servicios" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "Actualizando repositorio %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "Actualizando servicio %1..." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir el repositorio seleccionado en la lista?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -984,8 +926,8 @@ "¿Desea suprimir el servicio %1\n" "y sus repositorios?" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." @@ -993,8 +935,8 @@ "No es posible establecer la actualización \n" "para el repositorio seleccionado." -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -1006,69 +948,60 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea volver a añadir el repositorio?" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "Errores al restaurar la configuración del repositorio.\n" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "La propuesta de software es restaurar a los valores por defecto." -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "" -"No es posible resolver las dependencias automáticamente. Se requiere " -"intervención manual." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "No es posible resolver las dependencias automáticamente. Se requiere intervención manual." -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Software" msgstr "Software" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 msgid "&Software" msgstr "&Software" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Instalación de software: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Instalación de software: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos. Utilice %1 en su lugar." -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "Error: no es posible copiar el paquete %1 al repositorio temporal." -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Error: no es posible añadir un directorio temporal. Los paquetes no se " -"instalarán." +msgstr "Error: no es posible añadir un directorio temporal. Los paquetes no se instalarán." -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "Error: no es posible consultar el archivo de paquetes %1." -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -1080,17 +1013,17 @@ "Detalles:\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "El paquete %1 no ha sido hallado en el medio." -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "Error durante la inicialización del repositorio." -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -1098,27 +1031,27 @@ "No hay repositorios definidos.\n" "Sólo se muestran los paquetes instalados." -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Inicializar sistema de destino" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "Cargar los repositorios configurados" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "Restaurar el sistema destino a %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "Iniciando el gestor de software" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -1128,8 +1061,8 @@ "varios paquetes no se instalaron correctamente.\n" "¿Desea instalarlos ahora?\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1137,7 +1070,7 @@ "No es posible configurar el repositorio de\n" "actualización en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1145,8 +1078,8 @@ "No es posible buscar paquetes en los repositorios\n" "en línea si el paquete %1 no está instalado" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1154,110 +1087,97 @@ "No se han encontrado los siguientes paquetes en el medio:\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG>%1</BIG>" msgstr "<BIG>%1</BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Medio: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Tamaño: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>Resultado: %1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "" -"La unidad no contiene ningún medio o el sistema de archivos ISO es " -"defectuoso." +msgstr "La unidad no contiene ningún medio o el sistema de archivos ISO es defectuoso." -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "OK -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "Correcto: el medio se verificó con éxito." -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "" -"Error: la suma MD5 no coincide. No debería utilizar este medio." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "Error: la suma MD5 no coincide. No debería utilizar este medio." -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "Desconocido: la suma MD5 correcta del medio se desconoce." -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "Introduzca el primer medio de instalación. " -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "Comprobación de medios" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "Comprobación de medios" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Si surge un problema con\n" -"la instalación y utiliza un medio de instalación CD o DVD, debería comprobar " -"si el medio\n" +"la instalación y utiliza un medio de instalación CD o DVD, debería comprobar si el medio\n" "está defectuoso.\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Seleccione una unidad, introduzca en ella un medio y pulse Iniciar " -"comprobación\n" +"Seleccione una unidad, introduzca en ella un medio y pulse Iniciar comprobación\n" "o Comprobar archivo ISO y seleccione un archivo ISO.\n" "Esta operación puede llevar varios minutos dependiendo de la\n" -"velocidad de la unidad y el tamaño del medio. Esta prueba verifica la suma " -"de comprobación MD5. " +"velocidad de la unidad y el tamaño del medio. Esta prueba verifica la suma de comprobación MD5. " -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" -"Si falla la comprobación del medio, no debería proseguir con la " -"instalación.\n" -"Puede fallar o provocar una pérdida de datos. Es mejor sustituir el medio " -"defectuoso.\n" +"Si falla la comprobación del medio, no debería proseguir con la instalación.\n" +"Puede fallar o provocar una pérdida de datos. Es mejor sustituir el medio defectuoso.\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -1265,86 +1185,75 @@ "Después de la comprobación, introduzca otro medio y repita el proceso. \n" "El orden de los medios carece de importancia.\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." msgstr "Nota: no puede cambiar un medio mientras esté en uso." -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." -msgstr "" -"Para comprobar el medio antes de la instalación, utilice la opción " -"comprobación de medios en el menú de arranque." +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." +msgstr "Para comprobar el medio antes de la instalación, utilice la opción comprobación de medios en el menú de arranque." -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" msgstr "" -"Si ha grabado el medio usted mismo, utilice la opción pad en el " -"software\n" -"de grabación. Esta opción evita los errores de lectura al final del medio " -"durante la comprobación.\n" +"Si ha grabado el medio usted mismo, utilice la opción pad en el software\n" +"de grabación. Esta opción evita los errores de lectura al final del medio durante la comprobación.\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" msgstr "" "Se recomienda comprobar todos los medios de instalación\n" -"para evitar problemas en la instalación. Para omitir este paso, haga clic en " -"Siguiente" +"para evitar problemas en la instalación. Para omitir este paso, haga clic en Siguiente" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "Lector de &CD o DVD" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Iniciar comprobación" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Expulsar" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "Comprobar archivo ISO..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "Información de estado" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "Seleccione el archivo ISO que va a comprobar." -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "No es posible leer el medio en la unidad %1." -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -1356,83 +1265,83 @@ "\n" "Sólo se verificará su legibilidad.\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "Cancelado" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "Nombre: %1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "Huella: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "Creado: %1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1 (The key is expired.)" msgstr "Caducidad: %1 (La clave ha caducado.)" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "La clave nunca caduca." -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "Caduca: %1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "Clave: %1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "Seleccione una clave GPG." -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "Propiedades de la clave GPG" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "ID de clave: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "Nombre: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "Huella: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "Creado: " -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "Caduca: " -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "Adición de una clave GPG pública" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.\n" @@ -1440,7 +1349,7 @@ "\n" "Gestionar claves GPG públicas conocidas.\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1452,22 +1361,22 @@ "Para añadir una nueva clave GPG, especifique la vía al archivo de clave.\n" "\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "Seleccione una clave GPG para importarla." -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "Introduzca un nombre de archivo." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "Gestión de claves GPG públicas" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1476,12 +1385,11 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Adición de una nueva clave GPG \n" -"Para añadir una nueva clave GPG, utilice Añadir e indique la vía al " -"archivo de clave.\n" +"Para añadir una nueva clave GPG, utilice Añadir e indique la vía al archivo de clave.\n" "" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying a GPG Key Status\n" @@ -1491,18 +1399,17 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Modificación del estado de una clave GPG\n" -"Para modificar la marca de confianza, utilice Editar. Para eliminar " -"una clave, utilice\n" +"Para modificar la marca de confianza, utilice Editar. Para eliminar una clave, utilice\n" "Suprimir.\n" "\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "ID de clave" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -1510,44 +1417,44 @@ "¿Desea suprimir la clave \"%1\"\n" "\"%2\"?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "Añadiendo un repositorio nuevo" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "Comprobar tipo de repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "Añadir repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "Leer licencia del repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "Comprobando tipo de repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "Leyendo licencia del repositorio" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Repositorio" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1555,17 +1462,16 @@ "To make rpm packages located at the specified location available\n" "in the packages selection, continue.\n" msgstr "" -"No hay información disponible sobre el producto en la ubicación " -"especificada.\n" +"No hay información disponible sobre el producto en la ubicación especificada.\n" "Si esperaba acceder a un producto, retroceda y vuelva a\n" "introducir la ubicación correcta.\n" "Si desea incluir en la selección de paquetes los paquetes rpm situados en\n" "la ubicación especificada, puede continuar.\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1573,8 +1479,8 @@ "No es posible crear el repositorio\n" "desde la URL \"%1\"." -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1582,13 +1488,13 @@ "No es posible utilizar una imagen ISO sobre un protocolo http o ftp.\n" "Cambie el protocolo o descomprima la imagen ISO en el servidor." -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "¿Desea cambiar la URL y volver a intentarlo?" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1596,31 +1502,31 @@ "No es posible buscar repositorios SLP\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del gestor de software..." -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al preparar el sistema de instalación." -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "No se ha encontrado el archivo de control %1 en el medio." -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1628,75 +1534,74 @@ "El paquete %s no está instalado.\n" "No es posible registrar el complemento." -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "Notas de la &versión..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "No es posible utilizar productos adicionales." -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Vía: %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Productos adicionales" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "El repositorio de instalación también contiene los repositorios adicionales\n" "mostrados. Seleccione los que desee utilizar.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Productos adicionales para seleccionarlos" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Añadir &productos seleccionados" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Introduzca el medio del producto adicional %1" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Introduzca el medio %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "No es posible añadir el producto %s." -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1704,8 +1609,8 @@ "El archivo %1\n" "no contiene una clave GPG válida.\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1715,348 +1620,299 @@ "\"%2\"\n" "ya existe y no se puede añadir nuevamente." -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "No es posible copiar la clave en el directorio temporal." -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "&Mostrar lista de paquetes que han fallado" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "&Mostrar registro completo" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "Error al instalar algunos paquetes" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "Instalación cancelada por el usuario." -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medio: %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "Hecho." -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Siguiente: %1: -- %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Siguiente: %1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Descargando %1 (tamaño de descarga %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Restante: %1%2 paquetes)" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Descargando paquetes..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (%1 de %2 paquetes descargados)" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Eliminando %1" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Instalando %1 (tamaño instalado %2)" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Aplicando RPM delta: %1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Su equipo es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una " -"distribución de 32 bits." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Su equipo es un sistema x86-64 de 64 bits, pero está intentando instalar una distribución de 32 bits." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." -msgstr "" -"La lista de patrones muestra qué función estará disponible después de " -"instalar el sistema." +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." +msgstr "La lista de patrones muestra qué función estará disponible después de instalar el sistema." -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que se instalarán en " -"el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos " -"(temporales y de trabajo), por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente " -"mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un " -"25 % (o 300 MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación." +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "La propuesta muestra el tamaño total de los archivos que se instalarán en el sistema. Sin embargo, el sistema albergará también otros archivos (temporales y de trabajo), por lo que el espacio usado puede ser ligeramente mayor al mostrado. Es, por lo tanto, una buena idea contar con al menos un 25 % (o 300 MB) de espacio libre antes de comenzar la instalación." -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "El tamaño total de descarga es el tamaño de los paquetes que se\n" -"descargarán desde repositorios remotos (red). Este valor es importante si la " -"conexión es lenta o existe un límite de descargas.\n" +"descargarán desde repositorios remotos (red). Este valor es importante si la conexión es lenta o existe un límite de descargas.\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta de software" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Producto: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de sistema: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patrones: " -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de los paquetes que se van a instalar: %1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Descargando desde repositorios remotos: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "" -"Estos productos adicionales se han marcado para eliminarse automáticamente: " -"%1" +msgstr "Estos productos adicionales se han marcado para eliminarse automáticamente: %1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póngase en contacto con los proveedores de estos productos adicionales para " -"conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Póngase en contacto con los proveedores de estos productos adicionales para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación." -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del producto adicional para conseguir " -"un nuevo medio de instalación." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del producto adicional para conseguir un nuevo medio de instalación." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Error : no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 " -"(dispositivo %2). No se puede empezar la instalación." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Error : no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio básico %1 (dispositivo %2). No se puede empezar la instalación." -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 " -"(dispositivo %2)." +msgstr "Advertencia: no es posible comprobar el espacio libre en el directorio %1 (dispositivo %2)." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco." -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la " -"selección individual." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente en el disco. Elimine algunos paquetes en la selección individual." -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "El espacio disponible es sólo de %1 (%2%%) en la partición %3. " -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "El nuevo producto %s se instalará" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "El producto %s se actualizará" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "" -"El producto %{old_product} se actualizará a %{new_product}" +msgstr "El producto %{old_product} se actualizará a %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "El producto %s seguirá instalado" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Advertencia: el producto %s se eliminará." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "Error: el producto %s se eliminará automáticamente." -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Hay algunos productos marcados para su eliminación automática.</" -"b></li>\n" -"<ul><li>Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del complemento eliminado para " -"que le proporcione\n" -"un medio de instalación nuevo.</li><li>O bien, seleccione la extensión o el " -"módulo en línea oportunos\n" -"en el paso de registro.</li><li>O bien, para continuar con la actualización " -"del producto\n" -"diríjase a la selección del software y marque el producto (el paquete -" -"release) para eliminar.\n" +"<ul><li>Hay algunos productos marcados para su eliminación automática.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Póngase en contacto con el proveedor del complemento eliminado para que le proporcione\n" +"un medio de instalación nuevo.</li><li>O bien, seleccione la extensión o el módulo en línea oportunos\n" +"en el paso de registro.</li><li>O bien, para continuar con la actualización del producto\n" +"diríjase a la selección del software y marque el producto (el paquete -release) para eliminar.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún repositorio en \"%1\"." -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" "Las notas de la versión inicial son parte del medio de instalación.\n" -"Si dispone de una conexión a Internet durante la configuración, podrá " -"descargar\n" -"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.</" -"b>\n" +"Si dispone de una conexión a Internet durante la configuración, podrá descargar\n" +"las notas de la versión actualizadas desde el servidor Web de SUSE Linux.\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrando medios arrancados..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Error al integrar el repositorio del Service Pack." -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Inicializando repositorios..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Introduzca el CD 1 de %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "No se ha encontrado el CD 1 de %1" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -2064,8 +1920,8 @@ "Se ha producido un error al iniciar las descripciones de paquetes.\n" "Consulte el archivo de registro %1 para obtener más información." -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -2073,13 +1929,13 @@ "La selección de software ha cambiado externamente.\n" "Se invocará nuevamente la propuesta de software." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evaluando selección de paquetes..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -2087,34 +1943,30 @@ "Error al seleccionar el patrón de producto por defecto %{pattern_name}.\n" "No se encuentra el patrón." -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de licencia %1." -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo " -"license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo al construir la imagen." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "Para mostrar adecuadamente la licencia del producto, coloque el archivo license.tar.gz en la raíz del medio activo al construir la imagen." -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Idioma" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Sí, &acepto el acuerdo de licencia." -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2122,9 +1974,9 @@ "Este acuerdo de licencia del usuario final se encuentra en el directorio\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2132,8 +1984,8 @@ "Si desea imprimir esta licencia de usuario final,\n" "busque el archivo %s en el primer medio." -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2143,23 +1995,23 @@ "opciones disponibles. En caso de no aceptar el acuerdo de licencia, se\n" "abortará la configuración.\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea abortar la instalación de este producto adicional?" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2167,29 +2019,28 @@ "Al rechazar el acuerdo de licencia se cancela la instalación\n" "del producto adicional. ¿Desea realmente rechazar este acuerdo?" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Se está apagando el sistema..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia de %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" msgstr "" -"Si desea imprimir este Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final, puede " -"descargarlo de\n" +"Si desea imprimir este Acuerdo de licencia del usuario final, puede descargarlo de\n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2197,18 +2048,18 @@ "¿Desea realmente salir de\n" "la instalación?" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "Iniciando el guión %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2216,8 +2067,8 @@ "Parche %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2225,8 +2076,8 @@ "El espacio de disco en la partición %1 está casi agotado.\n" "¿Desea continuar con la instalación?" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2234,104 +2085,104 @@ "El espacio de disco está casi agotado.\n" "¿Desea continuar con la instalación?" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Descargando RPM delta %1 (tamaño de descarga %2)" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al descargar RPM delta: %1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Fallo al aplicar RPM delta: %1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "&Explorar mediante SLP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios de la comun&idad" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "&Extensiones y módulos del servidor de registro..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Especificar &URL..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "H&TTP..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "S&MB/CIFS" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NF&S..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&CD..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&DVD..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Disco duro..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo &USB (Pen drive, disco)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "Directorio &local..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "Imagen ISO &local..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&Descargar archivos de descripción del repositorio" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2339,8 +2190,8 @@ "Si la ubicación es un archivo que alberga una imagen ISO\n" "de los medios, defina Imagen ISO." -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2348,152 +2199,146 @@ "Si el repositorio comprende varios medios,\n" "defina la ubicación del primer medio del conjunto.\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "&Vía a directorio o imagen ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen &ISO" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo N&FS v4" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por defecto)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL del repositorio" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotocolo" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL del repositorio" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL del repositorio" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "Servidor NFS" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Medios en CD o DVD" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "Pen drive o disco USB" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Directorio local" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen ISO local" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Servidor y directorio" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del repositorio no puede estar vacío." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Nombre de &repositorio" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nombre de repositorio</big> \n" -"Especifique aquí el nombre del repositorio. Si se deja vacío, YaST " -"utilizará el nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL como " -"nombre.\n" +"Especifique aquí el nombre del repositorio. Si se deja vacío, YaST utilizará el nombre del producto (en caso de estar disponible) o la URL como nombre.\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Nombre del &servicio" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Nombre del servicio</big> \n" -"Especifique el nombre del servicio aquí . Si se deja vacío, YaST " -"utilizará parte de la URL del servicio como nombre.\n" +"Especifique el nombre del servicio aquí . Si se deja vacío, YaST utilizará parte de la URL del servicio como nombre.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "La URL no puede estar vacía." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2501,20 +2346,20 @@ "<big>URL del repositorio</big> \n" "Utilice URL para especificar la URL del repositorio." -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Editar partes de la URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Editar URL completa" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2522,35 +2367,31 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Servidor NFS</big> \n" "Utilice Nombre del servidor y Vía a directorio o imagen ISO\n" -"para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía en el servidor." -"" +"para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía en el servidor." -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de montaje</big> \n" -"Es posible especificar opciones adicionales para montar el volumen NFS " -"volume.\n" -"Se trata de una opción avanzada y se recomienda conservar los valores por " -"defecto. Consulte man 5 nfs\n" +"Es posible especificar opciones adicionales para montar el volumen NFS volume.\n" +"Se trata de una opción avanzada y se recomienda conservar los valores por defecto. Consulte man 5 nfs\n" "para obtener más información y la lista de opciones admitidas." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&CD-ROM" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2558,13 +2399,13 @@ "<big>Medios en CD o DVD</big> \n" "Defina CD-ROM o DVD-ROM para especificar el tipo de medio." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "Archivo de imagen ISO" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2572,8 +2413,8 @@ "La vía indicada no es un directorio\n" "o el directorio no existe.\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2581,8 +2422,8 @@ "La vía indicada no es un archivo\n" "o el archivo no existe.\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2592,18 +2433,18 @@ "no parece ser una imagen ISO.\n" "¿Desea utilizarlo de todas maneras?\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "&Vía al directorio" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Directorio &RPM simple" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2617,21 +2458,21 @@ "metadatos (es decir, si no hay información del producto), marque la opción\n" "Directorio RPM simple.\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de almacenamiento masivo &USB" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "Dire&ctorio" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2643,16 +2484,15 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Memoria o disco USB</big> \n" "Seleccione el dispositivo USB donde se encuentre el repositorio.\n" -"Utilice Vía al directorio para especificar el directorio del " -"repositorio.\n" +"Utilice Vía al directorio para especificar el directorio del repositorio.\n" "Si se omite la vía, el sistema utilizará el directorio raíz del disco.\n" "Si el directorio contiene solo paquetes RPM sin metadatos\n" "(es decir, no hay información del producto) marque la opción\n" "Directorio RPM simple.\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2660,15 +2500,14 @@ msgstr "" "El sistema de archivos utilizado en el dispositivo se detectará\n" "automáticamente si selecciona el sistema de archivos automático. Si\n" -"la detección falla o desea utilizar un sistema de archivos específico, " -"selecciónelo en la lista.\n" +"la detección falla o desea utilizar un sistema de archivos específico, selecciónelo en la lista.\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo de disco" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2686,13 +2525,13 @@ "(es decir, no hay información del producto) marque la opción\n" "Directorio RPM simple.\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "&Vía a la imagen ISO" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2702,72 +2541,72 @@ "Utilice Vía a la imagen ISO para indicar la vía\n" "a la imagen ISO." -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Recursos compartidos" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "&Imagen ISO" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Directorio en el servidor" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "Au&tentificación" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anónimo" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "&Grupo de trabajo o dominio" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2775,8 +2614,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2784,40 +2622,36 @@ "<big>Servidor y directorio</big> \n" "Utilice Nombre del servidor y Vía a directorio o imagen ISO\n" "para especificar el nombre de host del servidor NFS y la vía.\n" -"Para habilitar la autenticación, quite la marca de Anónimo y " -"especifique el\n" +"Para habilitar la autenticación, quite la marca de Anónimo y especifique el\n" "Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña.\n" "\n" -"Para un origen SMB/CIFS, especifique el nombre de Compartir y la " -"Vía al directorio\n" +"Para un origen SMB/CIFS, especifique el nombre de Compartir y la Vía al directorio\n" "o imagen ISO. \n" "Si la ubicación es un archivo que alberga una imagen ISO\n" "del medio, defina Imagen ISO.\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Es posible indicar el número de Puerto para un repositorio HTTP/" -"HTTPS.\n" +"Es posible indicar el número de Puerto para un repositorio HTTP/HTTPS.\n" "Déjelo en blanco para usar el puerto por defecto.\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "&Deseo instalar otro producto complementario adicional" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2827,8 +2661,8 @@ "El repositorio de software puede estar ubicado en un CD, un servidor de red\n" "o en el disco duro." -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2838,8 +2672,8 @@ "Para añadir CD o DVD,\n" "tenga disponible el conjunto de CD o el DVD del producto." -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2851,11 +2685,10 @@ "Los CD del producto pueden copiarse en el disco duro.\n" "Introduzca la vía en la que se encuentra el primer CD; por ejemplo,\n" "/data1/CD1.\n" -"Solo es necesario introducir la vía base si se copian todos los CD en el " -"mismo directorio.\n" +"Solo es necesario introducir la vía base si se copian todos los CD en el mismo directorio.\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2867,210 +2700,206 @@ "Especifique el directorio en el que se encuentren los paquetes del\n" "primer CD; por ejemplo /data1/CD1.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de medios" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Introduzca el CD del producto complementario" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Introduzca el DVD del producto complementario" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún disco USB." -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Descarga de archivos \n" "Cada repositorio contiene archivos que describen el contenido del\n" -"repositorio. Marque la opción Descargar archivos de descripción del " -"repositorio\n" -"para descargar estos archivos al cerrar este módulo de YaST. Si la opción " -"no\n" -"se encuentra seleccionada, YaST descargará los archivos automáticamente " -"cuando los necesite más tarde.\n" +"repositorio. Marque la opción Descargar archivos de descripción del repositorio\n" +"para descargar estos archivos al cerrar este módulo de YaST. Si la opción no\n" +"se encuentra seleccionada, YaST descargará los archivos automáticamente cuando los necesite más tarde.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Tipo de medios" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "Producto adicional" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "El esquema de URL %s no es válido." -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "Inicializando repositorios disponibles" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "Leer los repositorios configurados" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "Detectar los repositorios disponibles utilizando SLP" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "Leyendo los repositorios configurados..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "Detectando los repositorios disponibles..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "No es posible leer los repositorios." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "No es posible detectar los repositorios disponibles." -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "No es posible guardar los cambios del repositorio.\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración del repositorio" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración del repositorio" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "Añadiendo repositorio..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "Activado" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "Desactivado" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Repositorios configurados" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "Uni&dad que se expulsará" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "Búsqueda SLP" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "Buscando servicios de instalación en la red..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "Formulario de filtro" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "Seleccione el repositorio SLP." -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "&Productos de instalación disponibles" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "No hay detalles disponibles." -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "Detalles del repositorio" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "Valor" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -3078,8 +2907,8 @@ "Seleccione una de las opciones que se ofrecen.\n" "Hay más repositorios disponibles para este producto.\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -3087,13 +2916,13 @@ "Se ha producido un error interno.\n" "El repositorio seleccionado no tiene URL." -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Recopilando información de %1 servicios encontrados..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3103,18 +2932,18 @@ "Puede que se deba a que se está ejecutando SuSEfirewall2,\n" "que probablemente bloquea la búsqueda en la red." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "No se han encontrado repositorios SLP en la red." -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "La partición \"%1\" necesita %2 más de espacio en disco." -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3122,7 +2951,7 @@ "Deseleccione paquetes o suprima algunos archivos de\n" "datos o temporales antes de actualizar el sistema.\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deseleccione algunos paquetes." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pam.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/pkg-bindings.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/printer.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,85 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "Configuración de impresora" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error: error al escribir en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Error: error al escribir en /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "Advertencia: no es posible leer %1 (puede que el archivo no exista)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "Error: error al leer %1 (posiblemente sea un archivo vacío)." -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2save" +msgstr "Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2save" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" -msgstr "" -"Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2orig" +msgstr "Advertencia: error al realizar la copia de seguridad %1 como %1.yast2orig" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No se puede configurar la impresión (no está instalado el paquete necesario " -"cups-client)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +msgstr "No se puede configurar la impresión (no está instalado el paquete necesario cups-client)." -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." -msgstr "" -"No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no está instalado el paquete " -"necesario cups)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +msgstr "No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no está instalado el paquete necesario cups)." -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." -msgstr "" -"No hay ninguna impresora local accesible (se va a usar el servidor CUPS %1 " -"para imprimir)." +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +msgstr "No hay ninguna impresora local accesible (se va a usar el servidor CUPS %1 para imprimir)." -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -100,17 +89,17 @@ "Se ha iniciado el daemon de CUPS.\n" "Espere medio minuto a que esté preparado para funcionar...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -118,642 +107,600 @@ "Aún no se puede acceder al daemon de CUPS.\n" "Espere un minuto a que esté preparado para funcionar..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." -msgstr "" -"No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no se puede acceder a ningún " -"cupsd local)." +msgstr "No se pueden configurar impresoras locales (no se puede acceder a ningún cupsd local)." -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ninguna impresora local." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "Creando nueva configuración de impresora" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuración nueva de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el sistema" +msgstr "La configuración nueva de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el sistema" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "Esto puede producir configuraciones de impresoras dañadas." -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "Buscar configuración existente" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "Configuración creada" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "No hay ninguna impresora local configurada." -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impresora" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "Im&presora" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "Configurar ahora automáticamente las impresoras locales conecta&das" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" -msgstr "" -"Indique si se debe configurar automáticamente la impresora USB al conectarla" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +msgstr "Indique si se debe configurar automáticamente la impresora USB al conectarla" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" -msgstr "" -"&Usar el paquete udev-configure-printer para la configuración automática de " -"impresoras USB" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" +msgstr "&Usar el paquete udev-configure-printer para la configuración automática de impresoras USB" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "Inhabilitar servidor CUPS remoto: %1" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." -msgstr "" -"La configuración de un servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la " -"configuración automática de impresoras en el sistema local." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." +msgstr "La configuración de un servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la configuración automática de impresoras en el sistema local." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "Error al eliminar la entrada a \"ServerName\" de /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Error al instalar udev-configure-printer." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "Error al eliminar udev-configure-printer." -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "La configuración automática de impresora fue en vano." -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "Resultados de la configuración automática de impresora" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "cualquier modo" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "Añadir nueva configuración de impresora" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "Introduzca el modelo de su impresora aquí." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "Especificar la conexión" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "&Detectar más" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "Asistente de cone&xión" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "Conexión" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "Buscar y asignar un controlador" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "Bu&scar" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "&Buscar más" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "&Paquetes de controladores" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "Seleccione un controlador." -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" -msgstr "" -"Tamaño de papel por defecto (si la impresora y el controlador lo permiten)" +msgstr "Tamaño de papel por defecto (si la impresora y el controlador lo permiten)" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "Establecer un &nombre arbitrario" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "&Usar por defecto" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "Configuración alternativa para impresoras HP:" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "Ejecutar &hp-setup" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "hp-setup se ejecuta en inglés" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Ninguna selección" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "Seleccione una conexión y después asigne un controlador." -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ninguna conexión." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "Seleccionar una conexión" -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún controlador." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "No hay nombre de cola." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "Introducir un nombre de cola." -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "Nombre de cola no válido" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." -msgstr "" -"Solo se permiten letras (A-Z y a-z), números (0-9) y el signo de subrayado " -"(_) en el nombre de la cola." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." +msgstr "Solo se permiten letras (A-Z y a-z), números (0-9) y el signo de subrayado (_) en el nombre de la cola." -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "Confirmar un nombre validado de cola" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "%1 es no es válido o ya existe. ¿Desea usar %2 en su lugar?" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra la nueva configuración de la " -"impresora, espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra la nueva configuración de la impresora, espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Error al ejecutar hp-setup." -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "Modificar %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "Todas las &opciones del controlador actual" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "Tamaño de papel por defecto del controlador actual" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "Conexión actual" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" -msgstr "" -"No se usa controlador (es una cola sin procesar o se usa un guión de " -"interfaz estilo sistema V)." +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" +msgstr "No se usa controlador (es una cola sin procesar o se usa un guión de interfaz estilo sistema V)." -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "Controlador actual" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "Ajuste las opciones del controlador actual o asigne uno diferente." -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "&Texto de la descripción" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "&Ubicación" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "Aceptar traba&jos de impresión" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "&Habilitar impresión" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "Error al modificar %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "Modificando la configuración de la impresora" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" -msgstr "" -"La configuración modificada de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el " -"sistema" +msgstr "La configuración modificada de la impresora aún no se ha almacenado en el sistema" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra las modificaciones esperadas, " -"espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "Si el siguiente recuadro de diálogo no muestra las modificaciones esperadas, espere un momento y use el botón Actualizar Lista." -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "No hay opciones del controlador disponibles." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." -msgstr "" -"Posibles razones: no hay nada seleccionado o es una configuración remota." +msgstr "Posibles razones: no hay nada seleccionado o es una configuración remota." -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "Mantener el modelo de impresora o seleccionar otro fabrica&nte" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" -msgstr "" -"&Mantener el modelo o seleccionar un fabricante si no se debe configurar una " -"cola sin procesar." +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +msgstr "&Mantener el modelo o seleccionar un fabricante si no se debe configurar una cola sin procesar." -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "Seleccionar el fabricante de la i&mpresora" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." -msgstr "" -"Si no se debe configurar una cola sin procesar, seleccione un fabricante de " -"i&mpresoras." +msgstr "Si no se debe configurar una cola sin procesar, seleccione un fabricante de i&mpresoras." -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "Dirección &IP o nombre de host" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Dirección &IP o nombre de host [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "Buscar" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "Buscar todos los hosts" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\" (usualmente vacío) [codificación-" -"porcentual]" +msgstr "Parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\" (usualmente vacío) [codificación-porcentual]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Probar conexión" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -761,417 +708,401 @@ "Para acceder a un dispositivo HP mediante el servidor hp,\n" "el paquete RPM hplip debe estar instalado." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM hplip no está instalado." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "Dispositivo &serie" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "Velocidad en &baudios" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "Bits de &datos" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "Comprobación de &paridad" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "Control de &flujo" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "Bi&ts de parada" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a una impresora Bluetooth, el paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar " -"instalado." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a una impresora Bluetooth, el paquete RPM bluez-cups debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM bluez-cups no está instalado." -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Enter the ID without colons like '1A2B3C4D5E6F'." msgstr "" "No parece haber ID de dispositivos Bluetooth.\n" -"Ejecute hcitools scan para obtener la lista de ID de dispositivos " -"Bluetooth.\n" +"Ejecute hcitools scan para obtener la lista de ID de dispositivos Bluetooth.\n" "Introduzca el ID sin dos puntos, por ejemplo, 1A2B3C4D5E6F." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "Recuperando ID de dispositivos Bluetooth..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "Error al obtener una lista de ID de dispositivos Bluetooth." -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo &Bluetooth" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "ID de dispositivos Bluetooth disponibles actualmente" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "Buscar servidores de zócalo directos" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto TCP" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "Buscar servidores LPD" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "Nombre de cola (consulte el manual de la impresora)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (consulte el manual de la impresora) [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-" -"client debe estar instalado." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." +msgstr "Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-client debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM samba-client no está instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "&Servidor (nombre de host NetBIOS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "Im&presora (nombre compartido)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "&Grupo de trabajo (nombre de dominio)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "Autenticación (si es necesario)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "Utilice un nombre de usuario y contraseña fijos" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "&Usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "Co&ntraseña" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Compatibilidad con &Active Directory (R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "Nombre de cola" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "Buscar servidores IPP" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "Buscar difusiones IPP" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para acceder a una cola de impresión IPX, el paquete RPM ncpfs debe estar " -"instalado." +msgstr "Para acceder a una cola de impresión IPX, el paquete RPM ncpfs debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM ncpfs no está instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "Dirección IP o nombre de host" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "Autenticar como" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "Usuario" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI (identificador uniforme de recursos) [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para imprimir mediante el comando pipe, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe " -"estar instalado." +msgstr "Para imprimir mediante el comando pipe, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado." -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "El paquete RPM cups.backends no esta instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "Programa (/vía/al/comando?opción=valor) [codificación-porcentual]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "Para usar beh, debe estar instalado el paquete RPM cups-backends." -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" -msgstr "" -"URI del dispositivo (al que se debe aplicar beh) [codificación-porcentual]" +msgstr "URI del dispositivo (al que se debe aplicar beh) [codificación-porcentual]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "Nunca inhabilitar la cola" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "Número de reintentos (use 0 para no limitar los reintentos)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "Retraso en segundos entre dos reintentos" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "Seleccionar un tipo de conexión específico." -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "Tipo de &conexión" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "Dispositivo conectado directamente" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "Puerto USB" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "Dispositivos HP (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" -msgstr "" -"Acceder a la impresora de red o al buzón del servidor de impresión mediante" +msgstr "Acceder a la impresora de red o al buzón del servidor de impresión mediante" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "Puerto TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo del daemon de impresora de línea (LPD)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "Protocolo de impresión de Internet (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "Imprimir mediante el equipo del servidor de impresión" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) o Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "Servidor UNIX tradicional (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "Servidor CUPS (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "Especial" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "Especificar el URI de un dispositivo arbitrario" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "Enviar los datos de impresión a otro programa (pipe)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "Gestor de errores del sistema secundario (beh) en cadena margarita" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración de la conexión" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "Asistente de conexión" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." -msgstr "" -"En la versión 1.5 de CUPS, se ha abandonado la compatibilidad con impresoras " -"SCSI." +msgstr "En la versión 1.5 de CUPS, se ha abandonado la compatibilidad con impresoras SCSI." -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1181,16 +1112,16 @@ "definir el valor \"FileDevice Yes\" en cupsd.conf\n" "y usar una URI de dispositivo como \"file:/dev/sg...\"" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "Seleccione una conexión." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1200,13 +1131,13 @@ "acceder al dispositivo mediante este tipo de conexión.\n" "¿Ha estado la impresora conectada y enchufada todo el rato?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "Seleccione una conexión valida" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1216,96 +1147,91 @@ "ningún otro trabajo puede acceder al dispositivo mediante esta conexión.\n" "¿Está la impresora conectada y encendida?" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "El dispositivo serie y la velocidad en baudios no pueden estar vacíos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "La comprobación de paridad space solo se admite con 7 bits de datos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." -msgstr "" -"La comprobación de paridad mark solo se admite con 7 bits de datos y un bit " -"de parada." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +msgstr "La comprobación de paridad mark solo se admite con 7 bits de datos y un bit de parada." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "El ID de dispositivo Bluetooth no puede estar vacío." -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "El URI no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "Los nombres del servidor y de la impresora no pueden estar vacíos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "Se deben especificar el usuario y la contraseña." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "El nombre del servidor no puede estar vacío." -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "Los nombres de servidor y de la cola no pueden estar vacíos." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." -msgstr "" -"El URI del dispositivo, el número de reintentos y el retraso no pueden estar " -"vacíos." +msgstr "El URI del dispositivo, el número de reintentos y el retraso no pueden estar vacíos." -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "No puede estar vacío." -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "Seleccione un fabricante o una cola sin procesar." -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "Buscar todos los hosts en la red local" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1313,41 +1239,36 @@ "Espere...\n" "Esta acción puede tardar más de un minuto." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" -msgstr "" -"Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto TCP %1" +msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto TCP %1" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante Samba (SMB)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" -msgstr "" -"Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 515 (LPD/" -"LPR)" +msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 515 (LPD/LPR)" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -msgstr "" -"Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 631 (CUPS/" -"IPP)" +msgstr "Explorar los hosts a los que se puede acceder mediante el puerto 631 (CUPS/IPP)" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1355,26 +1276,26 @@ "No se ha encontrado ningún host al explorar la red.\n" "(¿Problemas de red o cortafuegos activo?)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Fallo en la prueba de acceso al puerto %1 del host %2." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Fallo en la prueba de acceso a la cola %1 del host %2." -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1383,262 +1304,246 @@ msgstr "" "Esto solo es una prueba genérica que puede informar erróneamente de errores\n" "si se necesita autenticación mediante Active Directory (R)\n" -"En tal caso, un usuario que tenga permitido imprimir mediante Active " -"Directory (R)\n" +"En tal caso, un usuario que tenga permitido imprimir mediante Active Directory (R)\n" "debe iniciar sesión y probar si puede imprimir desde Gnome o KDE." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." -msgstr "" -"La prueba genérica informa sobre errores para compartir %1 en el host %2." +msgstr "La prueba genérica informa sobre errores para compartir %1 en el host %2." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "Fallo en la prueba de acceso al recurso compartido %1 del host %2." -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "Prueba correcta" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"Para la compatibilidad con Active Directory (R), el paquete RPM samba-krb-" -"printing debe estar instalado." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." +msgstr "Para la compatibilidad con Active Directory (R), el paquete RPM samba-krb-printing debe estar instalado." -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." -msgstr "" -"La compatibilidad con Active Directory (R) estará inhabilitada para todas " -"las colas de impresión SMB." +msgstr "La compatibilidad con Active Directory (R) estará inhabilitada para todas las colas de impresión SMB." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de impresoras" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "Imprimir mediante la red" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "Compartir impresoras" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "Directivas" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "Configuración automática" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de impresoras de AutoYaST" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "Configuración de impresión de AutoYaST mediante la red" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "Impresoras detectadas" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "Configuración de AutoYaST para impresión con CUPS mediante la red" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "Paquetes de controladores" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "Instalar o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Archivos de descripción de impresoras para controladores Ghostscript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "Archivos de descripción de impresoras para algunas impresoras PCL" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "Archivos de descripción de impresoras para impresoras PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Controlador Gutenprint/Gimp-Print" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "Controlador para impresoras HP y dispositivos HP multifunción" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "Archivos del fabricante de descripción de impresora PostScript" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "Controlador SpliX para impresoras SPL sin JBIG" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Controlador para impresora de inyección de tinta Epson ESC/P-R" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "Hacer que un archivo de descripción de impresora esté disponible" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" -msgstr "" -"Nombre del archivo de descri&pción de la impresora con la vía completa a su " -"ubicación" +msgstr "Nombre del archivo de descri&pción de la impresora con la vía completa a su ubicación" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de descripción de impresora" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "No es posible acceder a %1" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." -msgstr "" -"El archivo de descripción de impresora no cumple con la especificación." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +msgstr "El archivo de descripción de impresora no cumple con la especificación." -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea usar este archivo de descripción de impresora a pesar de los errores?" +msgstr "¿Desea usar este archivo de descripción de impresora a pesar de los errores?" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." -msgstr "" -"El uso de un archivo de descripción de impresora incorrecto puede provocar " -"fallos aleatorios." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +msgstr "El uso de un archivo de descripción de impresora incorrecto puede provocar fallos aleatorios." -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "Error al disponer el archivo de descripción de la impresora" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "Opciones del controlador para %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Error al configurar las opciones para la cola %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1648,8 +1553,8 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración de la impresora</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1659,41 +1564,35 @@ "<big>Finalizando la configuración de la impresora</big> \n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Resumen de la cola de impresión</big> \n" -"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una " -"cola de impresión. \n" +"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión. \n" "Si varias aplicaciones envían trabajos de impresión simultáneamente,\n" "estos se colocan en la cola y se envían uno tras otro al dispositivo de\n" "impresión. \n" -"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo " -"dispositivo\n" +"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo dispositivo\n" "de impresión.\n" -"Por ejemplo, una segunda cola con el controlador en blanco y negro para una " -"impresora\n" -"en color o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una " -"impresora PostScript+PCL.\n" +"Por ejemplo, una segunda cola con el controlador en blanco y negro para una impresora\n" +"en color o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora PostScript+PCL.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \n" @@ -1715,8 +1614,8 @@ "que ya está disponible mediante una cola remota. \n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Configure a printer:</big> \n" @@ -1728,8 +1627,8 @@ "Pulse Añadir para crear una nueva cola para una impresora.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Change the settings for a queue:</big> \n" @@ -1741,8 +1640,8 @@ "Seleccione una cola local y pulse Editar.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Remove a queue:</big> \n" @@ -1754,8 +1653,8 @@ "Seleccione la cola que desee eliminar y pulse Eliminar.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print a test page:</big> \n" @@ -1767,8 +1666,8 @@ "Seleccione la cola y pulse Imprimir página de prueba.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \n" @@ -1790,8 +1689,8 @@ "lista actualizada de las colas remotas disponibles.\n" "\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big> \n" @@ -1801,55 +1700,43 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Resumen de la cola de impresión de AutoYaST</big> \n" -"AutoYaST solo admite la configuración de impresión con CUPS mediante red." -" \n" +"AutoYaST solo admite la configuración de impresión con CUPS mediante red. \n" "No es posible configurar colas de impresión locales con AutoYaST.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configurar una nueva cola de impresión para un dispositivo de " -"impresión</big> \n" -"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una " -"cola de impresión. \n" +"<big>Configurar una nueva cola de impresión para un dispositivo de impresión</big> \n" +"Los dispositivos de impresión no se usan directamente, sino mediante una cola de impresión. \n" "Si varias aplicaciones envían trabajos de impresión simultáneamente,\n" -"estos se colocan en la cola y se envían uno tras otro al dispositivo de " -"impresión. \n" -"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo " -"dispositivo de impresión.\n" +"estos se colocan en la cola y se envían uno tras otro al dispositivo de impresión. \n" +"Es posible tener varias colas de impresión diferentes para el mismo dispositivo de impresión.\n" "Normalmente, se necesitan varias colas de impresión si se usan varios\n" "controladores para un mismo dispositivo de impresión.\n" "Por ejemplo, una segunda cola con el controlador en blanco y negro para\n" "forzar la impresión solo en negro en un dispositivo en color\n" -"o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora " -"PostScript+PC,\n" -"ya que imprimir mediante el controlador PCL suele ser más rápido (aunque con " -"menos calidad).\n" +"o una cola PostScript y una cola con un controlador PCL para una impresora PostScript+PC,\n" +"ya que imprimir mediante el controlador PCL suele ser más rápido (aunque con menos calidad).\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "To set up a new queue: \n" @@ -1865,12 +1752,11 @@ "configure un nombre único para la cola.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1878,41 +1764,33 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La conexión determina de qué forma se envían los datos al dispositivo " -"de impresión. \n" -"Si se selecciona una conexión equivocada, no se podrán enviar datos al " -"dispositivo\n" +"La conexión determina de qué forma se envían los datos al dispositivo de impresión. \n" +"Si se selecciona una conexión equivocada, no se podrán enviar datos al dispositivo\n" "y, por lo tanto, no habrá ninguna impresión. \n" "Si se puede acceder a una impresora mediante más de un tipo de conexión,\n" "esto se muestra para cada tipo de conexión. \n" -"En particular, a menudo es posible acceder a los dispositivos HP mediante " -"\"usb:/...\"\n" +"En particular, a menudo es posible acceder a los dispositivos HP mediante \"usb:/...\"\n" "y con la conexión \"hp:/...\".\n" "Esta ultima se incluye en el paquete de controladores HP hplip.\n" "Si solo se desea imprimir, funcionan ambos tipos de conexión, pero\n" -"para obtener más prestaciones (ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del " -"dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox o la digitalización\n" -"con un dispositivo HP multifunción) se debe utilizar la conexión \"hp/..." -"\".\n" +"para obtener más prestaciones (ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox o la digitalización\n" +"con un dispositivo HP multifunción) se debe utilizar la conexión \"hp/...\".\n" "\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1937,8 +1815,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1958,21 +1835,16 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"El controlador es el responsable de que se generen los datos " -"adecuados\n" +"El controlador es el responsable de que se generen los datos adecuados\n" "para cada modelo especifico de impresora. \n" -"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos incorrectos a la " -"impresora,\n" -"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se " -"imprimirá nada. \n" +"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos incorrectos a la impresora,\n" +"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se imprimirá nada. \n" "Al principio, el campo de búsqueda del controlador se autocompleta\n" -"con el nombre del modelo detectado automáticamente para la conexión " -"seleccionada\n" +"con el nombre del modelo detectado automáticamente para la conexión seleccionada\n" "y se muestran por defecto los controladores cuya descripción\n" "coincide con el modelo de impresora. \n" "Si las descripciones de los controladores coinciden con el modelo detectado\n" -"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo " -"modelo,\n" +"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo modelo,\n" "las descripciones se ordenan de forma que el controlador más razonable\n" "esté situado arriba y sea preseleccionado automáticamente.\n" "Si no se preselecciona ningún controlador automáticamente, debe\n" @@ -1990,40 +1862,28 @@ "Por lo tanto, compruebe si los valores preseleccionados tienen\n" "sentido y cámbielos libremente hasta encontrar\n" "los que se adapten mejor a su impresora. \n" -"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado,\n" +"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo autodetectado,\n" "no significa que no exista ningún controlador disponible para su impresora.\n" -"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del " -"controlador\n" +"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del controlador\n" "es distinto del nombre del modelo autodetectado.\n" -"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles. \n" -"Habitualmente, las opciones de configuración por defecto del controlador son " -"adecuadas,\n" -"de forma que el controlador funcionará para su modelo de impresora en " -"concreto.\n" -"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su " -"impresora en particular.\n" -"En concreto, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del " -"controlador\n" +"Habitualmente, las opciones de configuración por defecto del controlador son adecuadas,\n" +"de forma que el controlador funcionará para su modelo de impresora en concreto.\n" +"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su impresora en particular.\n" +"En concreto, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del controlador\n" "debe coincidir con el papel efectivamente cargado en la impresora.\n" -"Puede seleccionar explícitamente A4 o Carta como tamaño de papel por " -"defecto\n" -"o no seleccionar nada para usar el tamaño de papel por defecto del " -"controlador,\n" -"que es también el de reserva en caso de que el controlador no admita ni A4 " -"ni Carta\n" -"(por ejemplo, un controlador de una impresora de fotografía de pequeño " -"formato).\n" +"Puede seleccionar explícitamente A4 o Carta como tamaño de papel por defecto\n" +"o no seleccionar nada para usar el tamaño de papel por defecto del controlador,\n" +"que es también el de reserva en caso de que el controlador no admita ni A4 ni Carta\n" +"(por ejemplo, un controlador de una impresora de fotografía de pequeño formato).\n" "Si desea ajustar otras opciones del controlador además de A4 o Carta,\n" "debe primero configurar la cola y después, en un segundo paso,\n" -"ajustar todas las opciones del controlador en el recuadro de diálogo Editar " -"o Modificar.\n" +"ajustar todas las opciones del controlador en el recuadro de diálogo Editar o Modificar.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -2039,8 +1899,8 @@ "para el nombre de la cola, que debe empezar con una letra.\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be used by default. \n" @@ -2057,8 +1917,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Una de las colas de impresión puede configurarse para que se use por " -"defecto. \n" +"Una de las colas de impresión puede configurarse para que se use por defecto. \n" "Las aplicaciones usarán esta cola por defecto si el usuario no\n" "indica otra.\n" "Pero no existe una única cola por defecto.\n" @@ -2066,14 +1925,13 @@ "su propia configuración, incluso cualquier aplicación\n" "puede implementar su modo particular de cola por defecto\n" "(ejemplo, puede usar la última cola que se utilizó). \n" -"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre parámetros de " -"impresión con CUPS\n" +"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre parámetros de impresión con CUPS\n" "en la base de datos de asistencia de openSUSE (en inglés) \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to run hp-setup. \n" @@ -2092,24 +1950,21 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Otra forma de configurar dispositivos HP es ejecutando hp-setup. \n" -"La herramienta hp-setup de HP proporciona asistencia de configuración, en " -"particular\n" +"La herramienta hp-setup de HP proporciona asistencia de configuración, en particular\n" "para impresoras y dispositivos multifunción HP que requieren\n" "que se descargue e instale\n" -"un complemento de controlador registrado de HP de forma correcta en un " -"sistema de usuario final concreto.\n" +"un complemento de controlador registrado de HP de forma correcta en un sistema de usuario final concreto.\n" "Asimismo, hp-setup aporta una mejor asistencia para la configuración\n" "de impresoras y dispositivos multifunción en red HP,\n" "ya que su propia herramienta puede implementar ajustes concretos\n" "para dispositivos de red HP especiales. \n" -"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre la configuración de " -"impresoras HP en\n" +"Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo sobre la configuración de impresoras HP en\n" "la base de datos de asistencia de openSUSE (en inglés) \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set-up_a_HP_printer\n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Modify a Print Queue</big> \n" @@ -2121,12 +1976,11 @@ "Para modificar una cola, seleccione sólo la que desee cambiar. \n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2134,10 +1988,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2167,32 +2019,24 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"La conexión determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de " -"impresión. \n" -"Si se selecciona una conexión incorrecta, no se podrán enviar datos al " -"dispositivo,\n" +"La conexión determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de impresión. \n" +"Si se selecciona una conexión incorrecta, no se podrán enviar datos al dispositivo,\n" "de forma que no se imprimirá nada. \n" -"Si se puede acceder a un dispositivo de impresión por medio de más de un " -"tipo de conexión,\n" +"Si se puede acceder a un dispositivo de impresión por medio de más de un tipo de conexión,\n" "se mostrará el dispositivo para cada tipo de conexión. \n" -"En concreto, los dispositivos de HP están disponibles tanto por medio de una " -"conexión \"usb:/...\"\n" +"En concreto, los dispositivos de HP están disponibles tanto por medio de una conexión \"usb:/...\"\n" "como por una \"hp:/...\".\n" "El paquete del controlador de HP, hplip, proporciona esta última.\n" -"Si solo se desea imprimir, ambos tipos de conexión deberán funcionar, pero " -"para cualquier otra prestación\n" -"(por ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox " -"o la digitalización mediante un dispositivo de HP multifunción)\n" +"Si solo se desea imprimir, ambos tipos de conexión deberán funcionar, pero para cualquier otra prestación\n" +"(por ejemplo, la comprobación del estado del dispositivo mediante hp-toolbox o la digitalización mediante un dispositivo de HP multifunción)\n" "se debe usar la conexión \"hp:/...\". \n" "Cuando se intercambia la conexión usada actualmente por otra,\n" -"el campo de entrada de la cadena de búsqueda del controlador se " -"autocompleta\n" +"el campo de entrada de la cadena de búsqueda del controlador se autocompleta\n" "con el nombre del modelo autodetectado de la conexión nueva seleccionada.\n" "Se muestran por defecto los controladores cuya descripción\n" "coincide con el nombre del modelo. \n" "Si las descripciones de los controladores coinciden con el modelo detectado\n" -"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo " -"modelo,\n" +"automáticamente y si todas la descripciones parecen pertenecer al mismo modelo,\n" "las descripciones se ordenan de forma que el controlador más razonable\n" "esté situado arriba y sea preseleccionado automáticamente.\n" "Por otra parte, esto no implica que este sea\n" @@ -2200,36 +2044,29 @@ "El primer controlador de la lista puede no funcionar para su modelo \n" "concreto de impresora. La selección automatizada del controlador\n" "compara cadenas (el nombre del modelo autodetectado y las descripciones \n" -"del controlador), de forma que el resultado solo puede ser la propuesta más " -"razonable\n" +"del controlador), de forma que el resultado solo puede ser la propuesta más razonable\n" "de configuración de su modelo concreto de impresora. \n" "Por lo tanto, compruebe si los valores preseleccionados tienen\n" "sentido y cámbielos libremente hasta encontrar\n" "los que se adapten mejor a su impresora. \n" -"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo " -"autodetectado,\n" +"Si ninguna descripción del controlador coincide con el nombre del modelo autodetectado,\n" "no significa que no exista ningún controlador disponible para su impresora.\n" -"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del " -"controlador\n" +"Muchas veces, solo el nombre del modelo en las descripciones del controlador\n" "es distinto del nombre del modelo autodetectado.\n" -"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles. \n" "\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "\n" "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2238,8 +2075,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2247,8 +2083,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2258,24 +2093,16 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"El controlador es el responsable de que se generen los datos " -"adecuados\n" +"El controlador es el responsable de que se generen los datos adecuados\n" "para cada modelo especifico de impresora. \n" -"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos erróneos a la " -"impresora,\n" -"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se " -"imprimirá nada. \n" -"Puede seleccionar otro controlador y modificar más tarde las opciones de " -"configuración\n" -"o conservar el controlador actual y modificar ahora sus opciones de " -"configuración. \n" -"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su " -"impresora concreta.\n" -"Por ejemplo, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del " -"controlador\n" +"Si se asigna un controlador incorrecto, se enviarán datos erróneos a la impresora,\n" +"con lo que se obtendrá una impresión con mal aspecto o caótica, o no se imprimirá nada. \n" +"Puede seleccionar otro controlador y modificar más tarde las opciones de configuración\n" +"o conservar el controlador actual y modificar ahora sus opciones de configuración. \n" +"Algunas opciones de configuración del controlador deben ajustarse para su impresora concreta.\n" +"Por ejemplo, la configuración del tamaño del papel por defecto del controlador\n" "debe coincidir con el papel cargado en la impresora.\n" -"Para otras opciones de configuración del controlador, puede escoger lo que " -"prefiera.\n" +"Para otras opciones de configuración del controlador, puede escoger lo que prefiera.\n" "Por ejemplo, cualquier resolución de impresión\n" "debe funcionar para un controlador concreto.\n" "Sin embargo, puede ocurrir que su impresora no pueda imprimir con\n" @@ -2292,22 +2119,18 @@ "De esta forma, habitualmente, un único controlador coincidirá,\n" "a menos que introduzca una descripción menos específica para obtener otros\n" "controladores o use el botón Más controladores.\n" -"Si ningún controlador coincide, no significa que no haya ningún controlador " -"disponible.\n" -"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del " -"controlador\n" +"Si ningún controlador coincide, no significa que no haya ningún controlador disponible.\n" +"Por lo tanto, puede introducir lo que quiera como cadena de búsqueda del controlador\n" "y buscar en todas las descripciones de controlador disponibles. \n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2320,27 +2143,22 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"A diferencia de lo que ocurre con la conexión y el controlador, que deben " -"seleccionarse\n" -"adecuadamente, puede introducir la cadena que desee para la descripción</" -"b> y la ubicación.\n" -"Las aplicaciones suelen mostrar la descripción y la ubicación en el recuadro " -"de diálogo de impresión.\n" -"Para asegurarse de que estas cadenas se muestran correctamente en cualquier " -"idioma\n" +"A diferencia de lo que ocurre con la conexión y el controlador, que deben seleccionarse\n" +"adecuadamente, puede introducir la cadena que desee para la descripción y la ubicación.\n" +"Las aplicaciones suelen mostrar la descripción y la ubicación en el recuadro de diálogo de impresión.\n" +"Para asegurarse de que estas cadenas se muestran correctamente en cualquier idioma\n" "que los usuarios o las aplicaciones puedan usar,\n" "es recomendable utilizar solo texto ASCII sin\n" "caracteres especiales; por ejemplo, solo letras ASCII (a-z y A-Z),\n" "números ASCII (0-9) y el carácter de espacio ASCII (20 hex).\n" -"En la descripción se suele describir el modelo y, opcionalmente, el " -"controlador\n" +"En la descripción se suele describir el modelo y, opcionalmente, el controlador\n" "(por ejemplo, \"ACME FunPrinter 1000 con controlador genérico PCL\")\n" "y la ubicación describe donde se encuentra la impresora\n" "(ejemplo, \"Sala 123\" o \"Entrada principal\").\n" "" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Driver Options</big> \n" @@ -2357,17 +2175,15 @@ "<big>Configurar las opciones del controlador</big> \n" "Normalmente, es mejor dejar las opciones por defecto del controlador,\n" "ya que son las adecuadas casi siempre. \n" -"Además, los recuadros de diálogo de impresión de la mayoría de las " -"aplicaciones\n" -"muestran también las opciones del controlador, de forma que cada usuario " -"pueda especificar\n" +"Además, los recuadros de diálogo de impresión de la mayoría de las aplicaciones\n" +"muestran también las opciones del controlador, de forma que cada usuario pueda especificar\n" "las opciones que desee para cada impresión. \n" "El único ajuste que debe comprobarse siempre es el tamaño de papel,\n" "que debe definirse según la opción por defecto de la impresora.\n" "\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2382,15 +2198,13 @@ "Las configuraciones distintas a la usada por defecto podrían no funcionar\n" "siempre o tener consecuencias inesperadas. \n" "Por ejemplo, una resolución alta podría no funcionar en una impresora láser\n" -"si la memoria interna de la impresora no es suficiente para procesar paginas " -"de\n" +"si la memoria interna de la impresora no es suficiente para procesar paginas de\n" "alta resolución. \n" -"O bien, una opción de alta calidad podría ser excesivamente lenta en una " -"impresora de inyección de tinta.\n" +"O bien, una opción de alta calidad podría ser excesivamente lenta en una impresora de inyección de tinta.\n" "\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2404,19 +2218,16 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "En ciertos casos, es preciso ajustar la configuración\n" -"del controlador de la impresora específica para lograr su completa " -"funcionalidad. \n" +"del controlador de la impresora específica para lograr su completa funcionalidad. \n" "En concreto, si la impresora tiene unidades opcionales instaladas, como\n" -"una unidad dúplex o alimentadores opcionales de papel, las configuraciones " -"respectivas del controlador\n" +"una unidad dúplex o alimentadores opcionales de papel, las configuraciones respectivas del controlador\n" "deben comprobarse y ajustarse. \n" -"Por ejemplo, la opción de unidad dúplex debe marcarse como instalada o " -"verdadera\n" +"Por ejemplo, la opción de unidad dúplex debe marcarse como instalada o verdadera\n" "o el controlador ignorará dicha opción.\n" "\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big> \n" @@ -2429,20 +2240,17 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Añadir o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big></" -"b> \n" -"Si un paquete de controladores de impresoras no está marcado, no está " -"instalado.\n" +"<big>Añadir o eliminar paquetes de controladores de impresoras</big> \n" +"Si un paquete de controladores de impresoras no está marcado, no está instalado.\n" "Seleccione el paquete si desea instalarlo. \n" "Si un paquete de controladores de impresoras está marcado, está instalado.\n" "Anule la selección del paquete si desea eliminarlo.\n" -"En este ultimo caso, debe asegurarse de que no hay ninguna configuración de " -"impresora \n" +"En este ultimo caso, debe asegurarse de que no hay ninguna configuración de impresora \n" "que necesite ese controlador. \n" "\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Add a Printer Description File</big> \n" @@ -2481,23 +2289,18 @@ "Por lo tanto, puede especificar la vía completa de un archivo PPD\n" "localizado en cualquier directorio del sistema para instalarlo\n" "en el directorio /usr/share/cups/model/. \n" -"Tenga presente que un archivo de descripción de impresora no es un " -"controlador. \n" +"Tenga presente que un archivo de descripción de impresora no es un controlador. \n" "En las impresoras no PostScript, el archivo PPD solo no es\n" "suficiente para configurar una impresora a fin de que sea operativa.\n" "En concreto, en las impresoras no PostScript no basta\n" "con descargar un archivo PPD desde Internet y efectuar la configuración\n" "de la impresora con este archivo PPD.\n" -"La configuración simple de la impresora podría funcionar, pero la impresión " -"real\n" +"La configuración simple de la impresora podría funcionar, pero la impresión real\n" "no funcionaría, ya que faltaría el controlador.\n" "Para impresoras no PostScript, se necesita un controlador de impresora\n" -"y un archivo PPD que se corresponda exactamente con el controlador " -"concreto.\n" -"Los archivos PPD coincidentes se instalan automáticamente en el sitio " -"correcto\n" -"al instalar los paquetes de controladores de impresora mencionados arriba." -" \n" +"y un archivo PPD que se corresponda exactamente con el controlador concreto.\n" +"Los archivos PPD coincidentes se instalan automáticamente en el sitio correcto\n" +"al instalar los paquetes de controladores de impresora mencionados arriba. \n" "Solo en el caso de las impresoras PostScript, solo un archivo PPD suele ser\n" "suficiente para ajustar la configuración y hacer la impresora operativa.\n" "En concreto, es suficiente si el archivo no contiene una entrada\n" @@ -2505,49 +2308,42 @@ "de impresora. \n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Especificar la conexión</big> \n" -"La conexión determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de " -"impresión. \n" +"La conexión determina cómo se envían los datos al dispositivo de impresión. \n" "Si se usa una conexión errónea, no se pueden enviar datos al dispositivo,\n" "por lo que no se imprimirá nada.\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2563,45 +2359,35 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>URI de dispositivo de impresora</big> \n" -"Una conexión se especifica como el denominado URI de dispositivo." -" \n" -"La primera palabra (el denominado esquema de URI) especifica la clase de " -"transferencia de datos,\n" +"Una conexión se especifica como el denominado URI de dispositivo. \n" +"La primera palabra (el denominado esquema de URI) especifica la clase de transferencia de datos,\n" "por ejemplo, usb, socket, lpd o ipp. \n" "Después del esquema hay más o menos componentes adicionales\n" "que especifican los detalles de esta clase de transferencia de datos. \n" "Los caracteres de espacio no están permitidos en los URI.\n" "Por lo tanto, un carácter de espacio en un valor de un componente de URI\n" -"se codifica como %20 (20 es el valor hexadecimal del carácter de espacio)." -" \n" -"Los componentes de un URI se separan mediante caracteres especiales " -"reservados, como\n" -"punto y coma (;), barra inclinada (/), signo de interrogación (?), signo et " -"(&) o el signo igual (=). \n" -"Por último, puede haber parámetros opcionales (separados por un signo de " -"interrogación [?])\n" -"con el formato opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3, de modo " -"que un\n" +"se codifica como %20 (20 es el valor hexadecimal del carácter de espacio). \n" +"Los componentes de un URI se separan mediante caracteres especiales reservados, como\n" +"punto y coma (;), barra inclinada (/), signo de interrogación (?), signo et (&) o el signo igual (=). \n" +"Por último, puede haber parámetros opcionales (separados por un signo de interrogación [?])\n" +"con el formato opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3, de modo que un\n" "URI completo de dispositivo puede ser, por ejemplo: \n" -"ipp://servidor.dominio:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://servidor.dominio:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Algunos ejemplos: \n" "Una impresora USB modelo \"Fun Printer 1000+\", fabricada por \"ACME\",\n" -"con el número de serie \"A1B2C3\", podría tener este URI de dispositivo:" -" \n" +"con el número de serie \"A1B2C3\", podría tener este URI de dispositivo: \n" "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B?serial=A1B2C3. \n" "Una impresora de red con la IP 192.168.100.1, accesible a través del\n" "puerto 9100, podría tener el URI: \n" "socket://192.168.100.1:9100. \n" -"Una impresora de red con la IP 192.168.100.2, accesible a través del " -"protocolo\n" +"Una impresora de red con la IP 192.168.100.2, accesible a través del protocolo\n" "LPD con un nombre de cola LPD remota \"LPT1\",\n" "puede tener el URI: \n" "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1.\n" "" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Percent Encoding</big> \n" @@ -2685,46 +2471,34 @@ "(por ejemplo, no podrá evitarlos si debe especificar tales caracteres\n" "en valores para un URI de acceso a una cola de impresión remota,\n" "pues la cola de impresión remota no se encuentra bajo su control).\n" -"Siempre que sea posible, use solo los denominados \"caracteres no reservados" -"\".\n" +"Siempre que sea posible, use solo los denominados \"caracteres no reservados\".\n" "Los caracteres no reservados son las letras minúsculas y mayúsculas,\n" -"los dígitos del cero al nueve, el guion, el punto, el guion bajo y la " -"tilde.\n" +"los dígitos del cero al nueve, el guion, el punto, el guion bajo y la tilde.\n" "Incluso el guion, el punto, la tilde y el uso de mayúsculas y minúsculas\n" -"puede causar problemas especiales en algunos casos (por ejemplo, solo las " -"letras,\n" -"los dígitos y el guion bajo funcionan en el nombre de una cola de impresión " -"de\n" -"CUPS, mientras que el uso de mayúsculas no parece significativo en este " -"caso).\n" +"puede causar problemas especiales en algunos casos (por ejemplo, solo las letras,\n" +"los dígitos y el guion bajo funcionan en el nombre de una cola de impresión de\n" +"CUPS, mientras que el uso de mayúsculas no parece significativo en este caso).\n" "Por lo tanto, es mejor usar solo letras minúsculas, dígitos\n" "y el guion bajo para todos los valores en todos los URI, si es posible.\n" "Los caracteres reservados y de espacio en el valor de un componente\n" -"deben ser codificados porcentualmente (también conocido como codificación " -"URL). \n" -"Cuando un campo de entrada en un recuadro de diálogo se utiliza para " -"introducir\n" +"deben ser codificados porcentualmente (también conocido como codificación URL). \n" +"Cuando un campo de entrada en un recuadro de diálogo se utiliza para introducir\n" "solo un único valor de un único componente de un URI (por ejemplo,\n" "campos de entrada separados para el usuario y la contraseña), debe\n" "introducir los espacios y caracteres reservados en su forma literal,\n" "(es decir, sin codificación porcentual).\n" "En estos campos de entrada la codificación porcentual de espacios y\n" "caracteres reservados se efectúa automáticamente.\n" -"Por ejemplo si la contraseña es \"Foo%20Bar\" (sin codificación porcentual), " -"debe\n" -"introducirse literalmente en el campo de entrada de la contraseña del " -"recuadro de diálogo.\n" +"Por ejemplo si la contraseña es \"Foo%20Bar\" (sin codificación porcentual), debe\n" +"introducirse literalmente en el campo de entrada de la contraseña del recuadro de diálogo.\n" "Se codificara automáticamente a \"Foo%2520Bar\", que es como el valor\n" "de la contraseña del componente se almacena realmente en el URI. \n" "Por el contrario, cuando en un campo de entrada de un recuadro de diálogo\n" -"hay que introducir más de un valor sencillo para un único componente del " -"URI\n" -"(por ejemplo, un único campo de entrada para todos los parámetros " -"opcionales\n" +"hay que introducir más de un valor sencillo para un único componente del URI\n" +"(por ejemplo, un único campo de entrada para todos los parámetros opcionales\n" "como \"opción1=valor1&opción2=valor2&opción3=valor3\"\n" "o un único campo de entrada para introducir todo el URI),\n" -"deben introducirse los espacios y caracteres reservados codificados " -"porcentualmente,\n" +"deben introducirse los espacios y caracteres reservados codificados porcentualmente,\n" "ya que no es posible codificarlos automáticamente.\n" "Suponga que en un parámetro opcional \"opción=valor\"\n" "el valor fuera \"this&that\", entonces todo\n" @@ -2735,8 +2509,7 @@ "un primer parámetro \"opción=this\" y\n" "un segundo parámetro opcional que solo contiene \"that\".\n" "Por lo tanto, un único parámetro opcional \"opción=this&that\"\n" -"debe introducirse codificado porcentualmente como \"opción=this%26that\"." -" \n" +"debe introducirse codificado porcentualmente como \"opción=this%26that\". \n" "Los campos de entrada que requieren codificación porcentual de entrada\n" "se indican con una marca [codificación porcentual]. \n" "Lista de caracteres y su codificación porcentual: \n" @@ -2764,8 +2537,8 @@ "(URI): Generic Syntax\" en: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" @@ -2774,18 +2547,16 @@ "For example: \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados directamente</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>URI de dispositivo para dispositivos conectados directamente</big> \n" "Los dispositivos conectados mediante USB\n" "se detectan automáticamente y se autogenera el URI de dispositivo oportuno.\n" "Por ejemplo: \n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2822,15 +2593,12 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un servidor de impresión " -"compacto</big> \n" -"Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión " -"de red\n" +"<big>URI para acceder a una impresora de red o a un servidor de impresión compacto</big> \n" +"Un servidor de impresión compacto es un dispositivo pequeño con una conexión de red\n" "y un puerto USB o paralelo para conectar la impresora en sí.\n" "Las impresoras de red tienen uno de estos dispositivos incorporado.\n" "El acceso se efectúa mediante tres protocolos de red distintos.\n" -"Consulte el manual de la impresora de red o del servidor de impresión " -"compacto\n" +"Consulte el manual de la impresora de red o del servidor de impresión compacto\n" "para averiguar cuál admite su dispositivo en particular: \n" "Puerto TCP (AppSocket/JetDirect) \n" "Se necesita la dirección IP y un número de puerto para el acceso.\n" @@ -2841,8 +2609,7 @@ "Protocolo del daemon de impresora de línea (LPD) \n" "LPD se ejecuta en el dispositivo y proporciona una o más colas LPD.\n" "Para el acceso se necesita la dirección IP y el nombre de una cola LPD.\n" -"Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo " -"admiten.\n" +"Casi todas las impresoras de red y servidores de impresión compactos lo admiten.\n" "Con frecuencia, funciona un nombre de cola arbitrario o LPT1.\n" "Pero el uso de una cola LPD correcta que no cambie\n" "ningún dato ni añada saltos de pagina ni portadas\n" @@ -2857,14 +2624,13 @@ "La URI utilizada es: \n" "ipp://dirección-ip:número-puerto/recurso .\n" "Donde \"número-puerto\" y \"recurso\" dependen exactamente\n" -"del modelo concreto de impresora de red o servidor de impresión compacto " -"utilizados. \n" +"del modelo concreto de impresora de red o servidor de impresión compacto utilizados. \n" "Para obtener más información, visite \n" "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2874,8 +2640,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2918,8 +2683,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2940,37 +2704,26 @@ "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>URI de dispositivo para imprimir mediante un equipo como servidor de " -"impresión</big> \n" -"En contraste con un buzón de servidor de impresión, un equipo servidor de " -"impresión\n" -"hace referencia a un equipo informático real que ofrece un servicio de " -"impresión. \n" +"<big>URI de dispositivo para imprimir mediante un equipo como servidor de impresión</big> \n" +"En contraste con un buzón de servidor de impresión, un equipo servidor de impresión\n" +"hace referencia a un equipo informático real que ofrece un servicio de impresión. \n" "El acceso se produce a través de varios protocolos de red distintos.\n" "Consulte al administrador de la red qué servidor de impresión\n" "está activo en su red específica: \n" "Windows (R) o Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-" -"client debe estar instalado.\n" +"Para acceder a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB, el paquete RPM samba-client debe estar instalado.\n" "El paquete ofrece el sistema secundario de CUPS smb, que es un enlace al\n" -"programa <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que es el que en realidad envía los " -"datos\n" +"programa <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt>, que es el que en realidad envía los datos\n" "a un recurso compartido de impresora SMB. \n" -"Para acceder a él, es necesario disponer de un nombre servidor, un nombre de " -"impresora compartida y, opcionalmente, un nombre\n" +"Para acceder a él, es necesario disponer de un nombre servidor, un nombre de impresora compartida y, opcionalmente, un nombre\n" "de grupo de trabajo.\n" -"Además, puede que sea necesario disponer de un nombre de usuario y una " -"contraseña para acceder.\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que los espacios y los caracteres especiales de estos " -"valores\n" -"deben estar codificados con el símbolo de tanto por ciento (ver información " -"anterior). \n" -"Por defecto, CUPS ejecuta los sistemas secundarios (aquí smbspool) como el " -"usuario lp.\n" +"Además, puede que sea necesario disponer de un nombre de usuario y una contraseña para acceder.\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que los espacios y los caracteres especiales de estos valores\n" +"deben estar codificados con el símbolo de tanto por ciento (ver información anterior). \n" +"Por defecto, CUPS ejecuta los sistemas secundarios (aquí smbspool) como el usuario lp.\n" "Al imprimir en un entorno de Active Directory (R) (AD),\n" "el usuario lp no tiene permiso para imprimir,\n" -"de modo que la forma tradicional de imprimir a través de smbspool como el " -"usuario lp\n" +"de modo que la forma tradicional de imprimir a través de smbspool como el usuario lp\n" "no funcionaría. \n" "Para imprimir en un entorno AD, además el paquete RPM\n" " samba-krb-printing debe estar instalado.\n" @@ -2980,62 +2733,49 @@ "que envió una tarea de impresión en concreto.\n" "Cuando se usa el protocolo Kerberos para la autenticación\n" "en un entorno AD, un usuario recibe un ticket para conceder tickets (TGT)\n" -"mediante el gestor de pantalla, al entrar a la sesión en el escritorio Gnome " -"o KDE.\n" +"mediante el gestor de pantalla, al entrar a la sesión en el escritorio Gnome o KDE.\n" "Cuando smbspool se ejecuta como el usuario original que envió\n" "una tarea de impresión en concreto, puede acceder al TGT de este usuario\n" -"y emplearlo para enviar los datos de impresión a la impresora compartida " -"SMB,\n" +"y emplearlo para enviar los datos de impresión a la impresora compartida SMB,\n" "incluso en un entorno AD con autenticación Kerberos.\n" -"En este caso, no es necesario especificar ni un nombre de usuario fijo ni " -"una contraseña fija\n" +"En este caso, no es necesario especificar ni un nombre de usuario fijo ni una contraseña fija\n" "para la autenticación.\n" "Un requisito previo es que get_printing_ticket se ejecute en el mismo host\n" -"en el que el usuario que ha enviado la tarea de impresión en concreto haya " -"entrado a la sesión.\n" +"en el que el usuario que ha enviado la tarea de impresión en concreto haya entrado a la sesión.\n" "Esto significa que debe configurarse en la estación de trabajo\n" "para el usuario específico que enviará dichas tareas de impresión\n" "y la estación de trabajo del usuario debe enviar sus datos de impresión\n" "directamente a la impresora compartida SMB en el entorno AD.\n" "En particular, no funciona en un servidor CUPS independiente,\n" -"donde los usuarios que envíen tareas de impresión no hayan entrado a la " -"sesión. \n" +"donde los usuarios que envíen tareas de impresión no hayan entrado a la sesión. \n" "Para el método tradicional, un URI de dispositivo completo puede ser: \n" "smb://usuario:contraseña@grupodetrabajo/servidor/impresora \n" -"Por ejemplo, Juan Mesa, con la contraseña \"@casa!\", podría usar un URI de " -"dispositivo\n" -"similar al siguiente para acceder a la impresora compartida Fun Printer " -"1000+: \n" -"smb://Juan%20Mesa:%40casa%21@MIGRUPO/servidorhogar/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B." -" \n" +"Por ejemplo, Juan Mesa, con la contraseña \"@casa!\", podría usar un URI de dispositivo\n" +"similar al siguiente para acceder a la impresora compartida Fun Printer 1000+: \n" +"smb://Juan%20Mesa:%40casa%21@MIGRUPO/servidorhogar/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B. \n" "Para obtener más información, consulte <tt>man smbspool</tt> y \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share " -"(en inglés). \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share (en inglés). \n" "Windows y Active Directory son marcas comerciales registradas\n" "de Microsoft Corporation en Estados Unidos y otros países. \n" "Servidor UNIX tradicional (LPR) \n" -"Un daemon de impresora de línea (LPD) se ejecuta en un servidor UNIX " -"tradicional\n" +"Un daemon de impresora de línea (LPD) se ejecuta en un servidor UNIX tradicional\n" "y proporciona una o varias colas LPD.\n" -"Es necesario disponer de la dirección IP y un nombre de cola LPD para " -"acceder a él.\n" +"Es necesario disponer de la dirección IP y un nombre de cola LPD para acceder a él.\n" "El URI del dispositivo es: \n" "lpd://dirección-IP/queue. \n" "Servidor CUPS \n" "Normalmente no debería configurar una cola de impresión local para acceder\n" -"a una cola remota en un servidor CUPS. En lugar de ello, realice la " -"configuración\n" +"a una cola remota en un servidor CUPS. En lugar de ello, realice la configuración\n" "en el diálogo Imprimir mediante la red.\n" -"Lleve a cabo este procedimiento solo si está seguro de que tiene que " -"configurar una cola de impresión local\n" +"Lleve a cabo este procedimiento solo si está seguro de que tiene que configurar una cola de impresión local\n" "para acceder a una cola remota en un servidor CUPS. \n" "IPP es el protocolo nativo para CUPS y se ejecuta en un servidor.\n" "El puerto IANA oficial para IPP es el 631.\n" "El URI de dispositivo es: \n" "ipp://dirección-IP:631/printers/queue. \n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -3068,12 +2808,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -3081,54 +2819,46 @@ "<big>URI de dispositivos especiales</big> \n" "Especifique un URI de dispositivo arbitrario\n" "si sabe el URI de dispositivo exacto para su caso particular\n" -"o para modificar un URI de dispositivo existente de alguna forma especial." -" \n" +"o para modificar un URI de dispositivo existente de alguna forma especial. \n" "Enviar los datos de impresión a otro programa (pipe) \n" "Para ello, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado.\n" "El paquete proporciona el sistema secundario CUPS pipe, que ejecuta\n" "el programa que ha especificado aquí.\n" "El URI de dispositivo es: \n" "pipe:/vía/a/comandodestino \n" -"Gestor de errores del sistema secundario (beh) en cadena margarita</" -"b> \n" +"Gestor de errores del sistema secundario (beh) en cadena margarita \n" "Para ello, el paquete RPM cups-backends debe estar instalado.\n" "El paquete proporciona el sistema secundario CUPS beh. \n" "El sistema secundario beh es un empaquetador para el habitual,\n" "que es invocado por beh.\n" "De esta forma, beh puede, dependiendo de su configuración,\n" -"repetir la llamada del sistema secundario o simplemente ocultar el estado de " -"error\n" +"repetir la llamada del sistema secundario o simplemente ocultar el estado de error\n" "de este, para que no lo vea el daemon CUPS.\n" "El URI de dispositivo es: \n" "beh:/noinhabilitar/intentos/retraso/URIDispositivoOriginal .\n" "Si el valor de noinhabilitar es 1, beh siempre se cerrará correctamente\n" "para que la cola nunca se inhabilite, pero por otro lado,\n" "las tareas de impresión se perderán si se produce un error. \n" -"Intentos hace referencia al número de intentos de recuperar el sistema " -"secundario\n" +"Intentos hace referencia al número de intentos de recuperar el sistema secundario\n" "en caso de error. 0 significa infinitos reintentos. \n" "Retraso es el número de segundos entre dos intentos sucesivos\n" "de invocar el sistema secundario. \n" "El último parámetro es el URI original que la cola tenía antes. \n" "Por ejemplo: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://dirección-IP:puerto. \n" -"El sistema secundario beh intenta acceder a una impresora de red 3 veces, " -"con un retraso de 5 segundos\n" +"El sistema secundario beh intenta acceder a una impresora de red 3 veces, con un retraso de 5 segundos\n" "entre reintentos. Si sigue sin poder acceder, la cola no se inhabilita\n" "y la tarea de impresión se pierde. \n" -"Para obtener más información, consulte <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> y \n" -"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/" -"BackendErrorHandler.\n" +"Para obtener más información, consulte <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> y \n" +"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -3163,10 +2893,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Impresión mediante la red</big> \n" -"Normalmente se usa CUPS (sistema de impresión común de Unix) para imprimir " -"en red. \n" -"Por defecto, CUPS usa lo que se llama un modo de \"exloración\" para hacer " -"disponibles las impresoras mediante la red. \n" +"Normalmente se usa CUPS (sistema de impresión común de Unix) para imprimir en red. \n" +"Por defecto, CUPS usa lo que se llama un modo de \"exloración\" para hacer disponibles las impresoras mediante la red. \n" "En este caso, los servidores remotos de CUPS deben publicar sus impresoras\n" "en la red y, por lo tanto, en el host debe ejecutarse el daemon de CUPS\n" "(cupsd), que es el que escucha la información entrante sobre las impresoras\n" @@ -3179,10 +2907,8 @@ "a través de una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona interna\",\n" "porque dicha zona es de confianza por defecto. \n" "No tiene sentido imprimir en una red de confianza interna\n" -"con un interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de " -"ella\n" -"(esta última es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red " -"sean seguras).\n" +"con un interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de ella\n" +"(esta última es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red sean seguras).\n" "No inhabilite la protección de CUPS en el cortafuegos\n" "(es decir, para IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP 631)\n" "para la \"zona externa\" que no es de confianza. \n" @@ -3191,19 +2917,17 @@ "de cualquier red externa (en concreto de Internet),\n" "asigne la interfaz de red que pertenece a la red interna\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Use el módulo de configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para realizar este " -"ajuste\n" +"Use el módulo de configuración del cortafuegos de YaST para realizar este ajuste\n" "fundamental para lograr seguridad y utilidad en su red\n" "y usar impresoras remotas en una red interna de confianza\n" "sin realizar configuraciones adicionales del cortafuegos. \n" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo de la base de datos de\n" -"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE " -"en \n" +"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE en \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3220,13 +2944,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si puede acceder a servidores CUPS remotos para imprimir\n" -"pero esos servidores no publican la información de sus impresoras en la " -"red,\n" +"pero esos servidores no publican la información de sus impresoras en la red,\n" "o si no puede aceptar la información entrante sobre impresoras publicadas\n" -"(por ejemplo, porque debe tener protección del cortafuegos para la zona de " -"la red\n" -"en la que las impresoras se publican), puede pedir información de la " -"impresora\n" +"(por ejemplo, porque debe tener protección del cortafuegos para la zona de la red\n" +"en la que las impresoras se publican), puede pedir información de la impresora\n" "a los servidores CUPS (si los servidores CUPS permiten su acceso). \n" "Para cada servidor CUPS al que se pregunta, se lanza un proceso\n" "cups-polld mediante el proceso del daemon CUPS (cupsd) en su host.\n" @@ -3234,15 +2955,13 @@ "un servidor CUPS remoto en busca de la información de impresoras.\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3253,23 +2972,18 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Si solo imprime a través de la red y utiliza solo un servidor CUPS,\n" -"no hay necesidad de utilizar la exploración de CUPS ni de ejecutar el daemon " -"CUPS en el host.\n" -"En su lugar, es más sencillo especificar directamente el servidor CUPS y " -"acceder a él. \n" -"Un posible inconveniente, es que algunas aplicaciones podrían sufrir un " -"retraso\n" +"no hay necesidad de utilizar la exploración de CUPS ni de ejecutar el daemon CUPS en el host.\n" +"En su lugar, es más sencillo especificar directamente el servidor CUPS y acceder a él. \n" +"Un posible inconveniente, es que algunas aplicaciones podrían sufrir un retraso\n" "durante un tiempo (hasta que transcurre el tiempo límite) cuando intenten\n" "acceder al servidor CUPS y este no se encuentre disponible\n" -"(por ejemplo, desde un equipo portátil). Generalmente, la demora se debe al " -"tiempo\n" +"(por ejemplo, desde un equipo portátil). Generalmente, la demora se debe al tiempo\n" "límite de la resolución del nombre del host (DNS), por lo que puede ayudar\n" -"disponer de una entrada del servidor CUPS directamente en el archivo /etc/" -"hosts.\n" +"disponer de una entrada del servidor CUPS directamente en el archivo /etc/hosts.\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3293,72 +3007,58 @@ "Corporation en Estados Unidos y otros países.\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Compartir colas de impresión y publicarlas mediante la red</big></" -"b> \n" -"Normalmente, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System, sistema de impresión Unix " -"común) debe configurarse para usar\n" -"el denominado modo de exploración, que hace que las impresoras estén " -"disponibles en la red. \n" -"En este caso, los servidores CUPS publican sus colas de impresión locales en " -"la red\n" -"y, por consiguiente, en los sistemas cliente CUPS el proceso del daemon CUPS " -"(cupsd) debe ejecutarse,\n" +"<big>Compartir colas de impresión y publicarlas mediante la red</big> \n" +"Normalmente, CUPS (Common Unix Printing System, sistema de impresión Unix común) debe configurarse para usar\n" +"el denominado modo de exploración, que hace que las impresoras estén disponibles en la red. \n" +"En este caso, los servidores CUPS publican sus colas de impresión locales en la red\n" +"y, por consiguiente, en los sistemas cliente CUPS el proceso del daemon CUPS (cupsd) debe ejecutarse,\n" "ya que escucha la información entrante sobre las impresoras publicadas. \n" -"La información de exploración de CUPS se recibe a través del puerto UDP " -"631.\n" +"La información de exploración de CUPS se recibe a través del puerto UDP 631.\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"En primer lugar, todos los sistemas cliente de CUPS deben tener acceso al " -"servidor CUPS.\n" -"Debe especificarse si las impresoras se deben publicar para los clientes." -" \n" +"En primer lugar, todos los sistemas cliente de CUPS deben tener acceso al servidor CUPS.\n" +"Debe especificarse si las impresoras se deben publicar para los clientes. \n" "En una red local, la forma usual de configurar la exploración de CUPS es\n" "permitir el acceso remoto a todos los host de la red local\n" "y publicar las impresoras para todos estos hosts. \n" "En todo caso, no es obligatorio publicar las impresoras. \n" -"Si solo tiene un servidor CUPS, no es necesario usar la exploración de " -"CUPS.\n" +"Si solo tiene un servidor CUPS, no es necesario usar la exploración de CUPS.\n" "Es mucho más fácil especificar el servidor CUPS en los sistemas clientes\n" -"(con la opción para imprimir mediante la red) para que los clientes puedan " -"accedan al servidor directamente.\n" +"(con la opción para imprimir mediante la red) para que los clientes puedan accedan al servidor directamente.\n" " " -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3381,8 +3081,7 @@ "remotos pueden acceder al servidor CUPS. \n" " Al permitir el acceso remoto a los equipos de la red local,\n" "se permite que accedan todos los hosts de la red local.\n" -"Un host remoto está en la red local cuando tiene una dirección IP " -"perteneciente\n" +"Un host remoto está en la red local cuando tiene una dirección IP perteneciente\n" "a la misma red que el servidor CUPS\n" "y cuando la conexión de red del host usa\n" "una interfaz distinta a la PPP en el servidor CUPS\n" @@ -3393,8 +3092,8 @@ "direcciones IP o redes con acceso permitido.\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3441,33 +3140,27 @@ "a través de una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona interna\",\n" "ya que esta zona es fiable por defecto. \n" "No tiene sentido imprimir en una red interna de confianza\n" -"con una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de " -"ella\n" -"(esta es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red sean " -"seguras).\n" +"con una interfaz de red que pertenezca a la \"zona externa\" que carece de ella\n" +"(esta es la configuración por defecto para que las interfaces de red sean seguras).\n" "No inhabilite la protección del cortafuegos para CUPS\n" -"(es decir, para el protocolo IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP " -"631)\n" +"(es decir, para el protocolo IPP que usa el puerto TCP 631 y el puerto UDP 631)\n" "en la \"zona externa\" no fiable. \n" -"Para hacer que se pueda acceder a las impresoras en una red interna de " -"confianza\n" +"Para hacer que se pueda acceder a las impresoras en una red interna de confianza\n" "y que estén protegidas por el cortafuegos contra accesos no deseados\n" "de cualquier red externa (en particular de Internet),\n" "asigne la interfaz de red que pertenezca a la red interna\n" "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" -"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este " -"ajuste fundamental\n" +"Use el módulo de YaST de configuración del cortafuegos para realizar este ajuste fundamental\n" "para lograr seguridad y utilidad en su red y\n" "compartir impresoras en una red interna de confianza\n" "sin realizar configuraciones adicionales del cortafuegos. \n" "Para obtener más detalles, consulte el artículo de la base de datos de\n" -"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE " -"en \n" +"asistencia de openSUSE sobre la configuración del Firewall para CUPS y SANE en \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3480,14 +3173,13 @@ "\n" "<big>Directiva de uso de CUPS</big> \n" "Las directivas de uso son reglas utilizadas en cada trabajo de CUPS.\n" -"Algunas operaciones son, por ejemplo: \"imprimir algo\", \"cancelar impresión" -"\",\n" +"Algunas operaciones son, por ejemplo: \"imprimir algo\", \"cancelar impresión\",\n" "\"configurar impresora\", \"modificar o eliminar la configuración de \n" "una impresora\" y \"habilitar o inhabilitar la impresión\".\n" "" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" @@ -3507,8 +3199,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3529,14 +3220,13 @@ "de modo que no tiene sentido reintentar la tarea.\n" " \n" "Las directivas de errores son las siguientes: \n" -"Detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior." -" \n" +"Detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior. \n" "Reenviar el trabajo pasado un tiempo (30 segundos por defecto). \n" "Interrumpir y suprimir el trabajo y continuar con el siguiente trabajo.\n" "" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3554,8 +3244,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuración automática de impresoras conectadas localmente</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Configuración automática de impresoras conectadas localmente</big> \n" "Marque la casilla de verificación para ejecutar la configuración automática\n" "de YaST para las impresoras conectadas al host local. \n" "Para cada impresora local autodetectada,\n" @@ -3569,8 +3258,8 @@ "y acepta los valores preseleccionados.\n" "" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3591,8 +3280,7 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>Configuración automática de impresoras USB</big> /nEl paquete " -"RPM \"udev-configure-printer\" efectúa\n" +"<big>Configuración automática de impresoras USB</big> /nEl paquete RPM \"udev-configure-printer\" efectúa\n" "la configuración automática cuando se conectan impresoras USB. \n" "Si la casilla de verificación no está marcada, no está instalado\n" "y puede seleccionarlo para su instalación.\n" @@ -3609,110 +3297,107 @@ "excepto la modificación manual del archivo \"70-printers.rules\".\n" "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "Mostrar" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "&Local" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "&Remota" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicación" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "Por defecto" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "Actuali&zar lista" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "Imprimir página de prue&ba" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" "Es necesario un daemon de CUPS local, pero parece que no se puede acceder.\n" -"Use el comando \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" para comprobar si se puede acceder " -"a un cupsd local.\n" -"Si no se puede acceder a un cupsd, se producirá una secuencia infinita de " -"errores.\n" +"Use el comando \"lpstat -h localhost -r\" para comprobar si se puede acceder a un cupsd local.\n" +"Si no se puede acceder a un cupsd, se producirá una secuencia infinita de errores.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3724,8 +3409,7 @@ "If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n" "the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n" msgstr "" -"Parece que el daemon de CUPS no escucha en el puerto IPP IANA oficial " -"(631).\n" +"Parece que el daemon de CUPS no escucha en el puerto IPP IANA oficial (631).\n" "Compruebe con \"netstat -nap |grep cupsd\" donde escucha.\n" "Esto ocurre si existe un ajuste de tipo \"Listen ...:1234\" o \"Port 1234\"\n" "(donde 1234 es cualquier número de puerto distinto al oficial, 631)\n" @@ -3735,818 +3419,745 @@ "Si necesita usar un puerto no oficial, no puede usar\n" "el modulo de impresora de YaST para configurar las impresoras.\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" msgstr "" -"Se están ejecutando varias pruebas sobre la accesibilidad del servidor " -"CUPS...\n" +"Se están ejecutando varias pruebas sobre la accesibilidad del servidor CUPS...\n" "(puede tardar algún tiempo)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "¿Seguro que no desea seguir usando el servidor CUPS inaccesible %1?" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "Para continuar, debe confirmar que %1 no se volverá a usar." -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." -msgstr "" -"Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de " -"retrasos y errores." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +msgstr "Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de retrasos y errores." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "Servidor CUPS %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "Se está probando si se puede acceder al servidor CUPS..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Seleccione una entrada." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "No se puede suprimir" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Ésta es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden suprimir las " -"configuraciones locales." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +msgstr "Ésta es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden suprimir las configuraciones locales." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "Confirmar borrado" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." -msgstr "" -"La configuración seleccionada se suprimirá de inmediato y no se podrá " -"restaurar." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." +msgstr "La configuración seleccionada se suprimirá de inmediato y no se podrá restaurar." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "Suprimir la configuración %1" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "No suprimirla" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "Confirmar supresión de clase" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "Una clase suprimida no puede volver a crearse con esta herramienta." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "Rechazando trabajos de impresión" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." -msgstr "" -"La página de prueba no puede imprimirse debido a que se están rechazando los " -"trabajos de impresión." +msgstr "La página de prueba no puede imprimirse debido a que se están rechazando los trabajos de impresión." -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "Impresión inhabilitada" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." -msgstr "" -"No se puede imprimir la página de prueba porque la impresión está " -"inhabilitada." +msgstr "No se puede imprimir la página de prueba porque la impresión está inhabilitada." -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." -msgstr "" -"Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se deben suprimir antes de imprimir " -"la página de prueba." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." +msgstr "Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se deben suprimir antes de imprimir la página de prueba." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "Suprimir trabajos de impresión pendientes para %1" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "Suprimir antes de imprimir la pagina de prueba" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "Imprimir pagina de prueba después de los demás trabajos" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "Error al suprimir todos los trabajos pendientes en %1." -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "Probar impresión" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" -msgstr "" -"Imprimir una o dos paginas; por ejemplo, para probar la impresión a doble " -"cara" +msgstr "Imprimir una o dos paginas; por ejemplo, para probar la impresión a doble cara" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "Una página de prueba" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "Dos paginas de prueba" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "Error al imprimir la pagina de prueba en %1." -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "Espere a que termine la impresión de la pagina de prueba" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "Pagina de prueba enviada a %1. La impresión empezará pronto." -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "Impresión de la pagina de prueba realizada correctamente" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "Error al imprimir la pagina de prueba" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "Hay trabajos de impresión pendientes que se suprimirán a continuación." -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "Suprimir todos los trabajos pendientes" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "No suprimirlos" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Para ver el registro completo, consulte el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." +msgstr "Para ver el registro completo, consulte el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" -msgstr "" -"CUPS registra información mientras procesa la pagina de prueba para %1 (solo " -"en inglés)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +msgstr "CUPS registra información mientras procesa la pagina de prueba para %1 (solo en inglés)" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." -msgstr "" -"Para ver la información de registro de CUPS, consulte el archivo /var/log/" -"cups/error_log." +msgstr "Para ver la información de registro de CUPS, consulte el archivo /var/log/cups/error_log." -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Si se produce un error al imprimir mediante un sistema remoto, consulte al " -"administrador del sistema remoto." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." +msgstr "Si se produce un error al imprimir mediante un sistema remoto, consulte al administrador del sistema remoto." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." -msgstr "" -"Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la " -"adición de una configuración." +msgstr "Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con la adición de una configuración." -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "No se puede modificar" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." -msgstr "" -"Es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden modificar las configuraciones " -"locales." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +msgstr "Es una configuración remota. Sólo se pueden modificar las configuraciones locales." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" -msgstr "" -"detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior" +msgstr "detener la impresora y conservar el trabajo para una impresión posterior" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "reenviar el trabajo pasado un tiempo" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "interrumpir y suprimir el trabajo y continuar con el siguiente trabajo" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "Especifique la directiva de &error" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"&Aplicar esta directiva de errores a todas las configuraciones de impresoras " -"locales" +msgstr "&Aplicar esta directiva de errores a todas las configuraciones de impresoras locales" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "Especifique la directiva de funci&onamiento" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" -msgstr "" -"Aplicar esta &directiva de funcionamiento a todas las configuraciones de " -"impresoras locales" +msgstr "Aplicar esta &directiva de funcionamiento a todas las configuraciones de impresoras locales" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." -msgstr "" -"Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con las " -"directivas de valores de configuración del sistema local." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." +msgstr "Un valor de configuración del servidor CUPS remoto está en conflicto con las directivas de valores de configuración del sistema local." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "Error al aplicar la directiva a %1" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error al definir 'Directiva por defecto %1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error al definir 'Directiva de error %1' en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "Error al aplicar los valores de configuración al sistema." -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "no aceptar ningún anuncio de impresora" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "aceptar todos los anuncios desde cualquier origen" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "aceptar desde todos los hosts en la red local" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "aceptar solo desde las direcciones específicas siguientes" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "Usar CUPS para imprimir mediante la red" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "&Aceptar anuncios de impresoras desde los servidores CUPS" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "Configuración &general" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Direccio&nes IP adicionales o red/máscara de red (separados por espacios)" +msgstr "Direccio&nes IP adicionales o red/máscara de red (separados por espacios)" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "Pedi&r información de impresora de los servidores CUPS" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Nombres de servidor CUPS sondeados o direcciones &IP (separados por espacios)" +msgstr "Nombres de servidor CUPS sondeados o direcciones &IP (separados por espacios)" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "Imprimir todo &directamente a través de un único servidor CUPS" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "N&ombre o dirección IP de servidor CUPS" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "Servidor &de prueba" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "Usar otro servidor de impresión o una impresora de red directamente" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" -msgstr "" -"Un cortafuegos puede rechazar los anuncios de las impresoras desde los " -"servidores CUPS" +msgstr "Un cortafuegos puede rechazar los anuncios de las impresoras desde los servidores CUPS" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener la configuración del cortafuegos, consulte la ayuda de este " -"recuadro de diálogo." +msgstr "Para obtener la configuración del cortafuegos, consulte la ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo." -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Se debe definir un nombre de servidor CUPS válido." -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar de que %1 no está accesible?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." -msgstr "" -"Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de " -"errores." +msgstr "Si no se puede acceder a un servidor, se producirá una secuencia infinita de errores." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Se ha intengado establecer ServerName %1 en /etc/cups/client.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"ServerName %1\" en /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." -msgstr "" -"Se ha inhabilitado la casilla de verificación para realizar toda la " -"impresión mediante un servidor CUPS." +msgstr "Se ha inhabilitado la casilla de verificación para realizar toda la impresión mediante un servidor CUPS." -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"Browsing On\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Error al establecer los valores de BrowseAllow %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Error al establecer los valores de BrowseAllow %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"BrowseAllow none\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "Se debe definir al menos un nombre de servidor CUPS valido." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -msgstr "" -"Error al establecer los valores de BrowsePoll %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" +msgstr "Error al establecer los valores de BrowsePoll %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "Error al establecer \"BrowsePoll none\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" -"Si se pasa de \"aceptar anuncios de impresoras\" a \"no aceptar anuncios\" o " -"si se\n" -"inhabilita la opción \"Pedir información de impresora de los servidores CUPS" -"\",\n" -"suelen transcurrir 5 minutos antes de que la información recibida se " -"desvanezca..." +"Si se pasa de \"aceptar anuncios de impresoras\" a \"no aceptar anuncios\" o si se\n" +"inhabilita la opción \"Pedir información de impresora de los servidores CUPS\",\n" +"suelen transcurrir 5 minutos antes de que la información recibida se desvanezca..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "Se puede acceder al servidor %1 mediante el puerto 631 (IPP/CUPS)." -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "&Denegar acceso remoto" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "&Permitir acceso remoto" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "Hay varias formas de especificar qué hosts remotos se permiten:" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "Para equipos en la red &local" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "&Publicar las impresoras en la red local" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "Mediante interfaces de red" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "Publicar las impresoras mediante esta interfaz" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "&Añadir" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "&Editar" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "Para redes o direcciones IP específicas" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" -msgstr "" -"Permitir acceso desde estas direccio&nes IP o red/mascara de red (separados " -"por espacios)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +msgstr "Permitir acceso desde estas direccio&nes IP o red/mascara de red (separados por espacios)" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" -msgstr "" -"Pu&blicar a estas direcciones IP o de red de difusión (separadas por " -"espacios)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" +msgstr "Pu&blicar a estas direcciones IP o de red de difusión (separadas por espacios)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "&Publicar las impresoras por defecto mediante esta interfaz" -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "I&nterfaces de red disponibles:" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "Un cortafuegos puede impedir el acceso remoto" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer solo \"Listen localhost\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al eliminar las entradas Allow de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al eliminar las entradas BrowseAddress de /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer las entradas Allow %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -msgstr "" -"Error al establecer las entradas BrowseAddress %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." +msgstr "Error al establecer las entradas BrowseAddress %1 en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "Error al establecer \"Listen *:631\" en /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." -msgstr "" -"Hay conflicto entre la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto y la " -"configuración de las impresoras locales compartidas." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." +msgstr "Hay conflicto entre la configuración del servidor CUPS remoto y la configuración de las impresoras locales compartidas." -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de impresora" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network. \n" @@ -4558,15 +4169,15 @@ "AutoYaST no es compatible con las colas de impresión locales.\n" "" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "Recuperando información del controlador de impresora..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4574,267 +4185,263 @@ "Obteniendo información del controlador de impresora...\n" "(puede tardar algunos minutos)" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos PPD." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "Error al leer %1." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "Información del controlador de impresora recuperada" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "Detectando impresoras..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "Error al detectar las impresoras automáticamente." -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "Detección de impresoras finalizada" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "Error al detectar las colas de impresión." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "Error al determinar las opciones del controlador para la cola %1." -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de impresora" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "Finalizando la configuración de impresoras" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "Finalizar la configuración de impresoras" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "Finalizando la configuración de impresoras..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." -msgstr "" -"No es posible mostrar las colas de impresión (error al detectar las colas de " -"impresión)." +msgstr "No es posible mostrar las colas de impresión (error al detectar las colas de impresión)." -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "Local" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "Remota" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "Lista" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "Impresión inhabilitada" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "Rechazando trabajos de impresión, impresión inhabilitada" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "Rechazando trabajos de impresión" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "No hay cola de impresión." -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "Error al detectar las impresoras automáticamente." -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "No hay ninguna conexión." -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "Pruebe la opción Detectar más o use el Asistente de conexión." -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "Error al crear la base de datos de controladores de impresora." -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "Seleccione una conexión; se mostrarán los controladores coincidentes." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "Determinando los controladores de impresora que coinciden..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." -msgstr "" -"No se encuentra ningún controlador que coincida. Cambie la cadena de " -"búsqueda o haga clic en Buscar más." +msgstr "No se encuentra ningún controlador que coincida. Cambie la cadena de búsqueda o haga clic en Buscar más." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "Se están procesando muchos controladores. Espere..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "Error al añadir la cola %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "Error al suprimir la configuración %1" -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "Error al determinar las opciones del controlador." -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "nuevo valor" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "valor guardado" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "El servidor '" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4842,17 +4449,15 @@ "or when the YaST process is not allowed to access the graphical display.\n" "In this case you should run hp-setup manually directly as user 'root'.\n" msgstr "" -"No es posible ejecutar hp-setup porque no se puede abrir una pantalla " -"gráfica.\n" +"No es posible ejecutar hp-setup porque no se puede abrir una pantalla gráfica.\n" "En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo solo de texto,\n" -"cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno " -"DISPLAY\n" +"cuando el usuario que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY\n" "o cuando no se permite el acceso a la pantalla gráfica al proceso YaST.\n" "En ese último caso, debe ejecutar hp-setup manualmente como usuario Root.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4862,23 +4467,21 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup no es ejecutable\n" "o no existe.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Se ha lanzado hp-setup.\n" -"Debe finalizar hp-setup antes de poder continuar con la configuración de la " -"impresora.\n" +"Debe finalizar hp-setup antes de poder continuar con la configuración de la impresora.\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4886,108 +4489,99 @@ "Para ejecutar hp-setup, el paquete RPM hplip debe estar instalado.\n" "Use Paquetes de controladores para instalarlo." -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible " -"ningún repositorio de paquetes." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible ningún repositorio de paquetes." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el " -"repositorio." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete requerido %1." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el paquete %1?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "Si se elimina el paquete %1, se romperán las dependencias." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" -msgstr "" -"¿Desea eliminar el paquete %1 a pesar de que se rompan las dependencias?" +msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el paquete %1 a pesar de que se rompan las dependencias?" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." -msgstr "" -"Si se rompen las dependencias, se pueden generar fallos en otros elementos." +msgstr "Si se rompen las dependencias, se pueden generar fallos en otros elementos." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "Error al eliminar el paquete %1." -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Iniciar daemon de CUPS local" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "Es necesario un daemon de CUPS local." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon de CUPS." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "No hay ningún daemon de CUPS local al que se pueda acceder." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "Error al habilitar el daemon de CUPS durante el arranque del sistema." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar el daemon de CUPS local" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Al reiniciar, se interrumpen todos los trabajos de impresión activos." -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de CUPS." -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4995,46 +4589,44 @@ "Se ha reiniciado el daemon CUPS.\n" "Espere medio minuto a que esté preparado para funcionar...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar el inicio automático del daemon de CUPS al arrancar el sistema." +msgstr "Habilitar el inicio automático del daemon de CUPS al arrancar el sistema." -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." -msgstr "" -"Actualmente el daemon de CUPS no se inicia durante el arranque del sistema." +msgstr "Actualmente el daemon de CUPS no se inicia durante el arranque del sistema." -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "Detener daemon de CUPS local" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "Al parar, se interrumpen todos los trabajos de impresión activos." -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "Aún se puede acceder a un daemon de CUPS local." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "No es posible acceder al servidor de CUPS %1." -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de configuración..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "&Omitir espera" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/product-creator.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "Configuración del creador de imágenes" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." @@ -32,208 +32,207 @@ "No ha sido posible instalar los paquetes\n" "requeridos." -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Configuración de Kiwi" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "Configuración del creador de productos" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "Imprimir configuraciones existentes" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "Crear imagen ISO de instalación" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "Crear nueva configuración de producto" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "Suprimir configuración existente" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "Editar configuración existente" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "Mostrar el resumen de la configuración seleccionada" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "Nombre de la configuración" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "Se necesita la contraseña codificada GPG para firmar el origen." -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" -msgstr "" -"Se requiere un archivo con contraseña codificada GPG para firmar el origen" +msgstr "Se requiere un archivo con contraseña codificada GPG para firmar el origen" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "Vía al archivo de configuración (el valor por defecto es %1)" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "La salida debería ser una imagen ISO en vez de un árbol de directorios" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "Nombre de la imagen ISO de salida" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "Para ahorrar espacio, copiar sólo los archivos requeridos." -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "Vía al perfil de AutoYaST" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "Copiar perfil de AutoYaST en imagen de CD" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "Vía al archivo isolinux.cfg" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "ID de la clave GPG usada para firmar un producto" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "Lista de repositorios de paquetes (separados por comas)" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "Falta el nombre de configuración." -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "No hay %1 de configuración." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al directorio de salida." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "La lista de repositorios de paquetes está vacía." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "Falta la vía al perfil de AutoYaST." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "Cargando configuración %1..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "No es posible cargar la configuración %1." -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "No es posible crear la imagen ISO %1." -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "La imagen ISO %1 se ha escrito." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre de configuración no puede estar vacío." -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "Origen de paquetes" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "Se está usando el perfil de AutoYaST %1" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "Creando imagen ISO %1/%2" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "Creando árbol de directorios en %1/%2" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "Firmar digitalmente el medio con la clave GPG %1%2" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "El medio no se firmará digitalmente" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -245,194 +244,192 @@ "\n" "Kiwi no puede crear imágenes para arquitecturas diferentes." -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de productos" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "Imagen" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "Clave GPG" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Imagen de Xen" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "Imagen de disco virtual" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen de Live ISO" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "&Crear producto..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "Imagen ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "Árbol del directorio" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "Cre&ar imagen con KIWI..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Creando la estructura de directorios necesaria para la nueva imagen ISO.</" -"P>\n" +"Creando la estructura de directorios necesaria para la nueva imagen ISO.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." msgstr "Pulse siguiente para empezar a crear el archivo ISO." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "Crear armazón con los archivos comunes." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "Copiar archivos adicionales y personalizados." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "Copiar los paquetes seleccionados." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "Creando armazón con los archivos esenciales" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." -msgstr "" -"Copiando archivos adicionales y personalizados al árbol de directorios..." +msgstr "Copiando archivos adicionales y personalizados al árbol de directorios..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "Copiando los paquetes seleccionados" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "Firmar el origen con una clave GPG" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "Se está firmando el origen con una clave GPG..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "Inhabilitar las comprobaciones de firma en linuxrc" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "Inhabilitando las comprobaciones de firma en linuxrc..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "Creando directorio de la imagen ISO..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al crear el armazón." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "El directorio de la imagen ISO está listo." -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "Creando imagen del CD..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "Esto puede tardar un poco." -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "Resumen ISO" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "Faltan paquetes" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -440,12 +437,12 @@ "Verifique que los datos del recuadro de resumen sean correctos y\n" "haga clic en Finalizar para volver al recuadro de diálogo principal.\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "Personalizar CDs" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "Verifying data and packages...\n" " \n" @@ -455,7 +452,7 @@ " \n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.\n" @@ -465,170 +462,158 @@ "resuelva el problema y vuelva a intentarlo.\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "Configurar origen de paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "Crear lista de paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "Comprobar la disponibilidad de los paquetes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "Comprobar destino" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "Configurando el origen de paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "Creando lista de paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "Comprobando la disponibilidad de los paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "Comprobando destino..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "Verificación de datos para la imagen ISO" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "Habilitando orígenes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "Seleccionando paquetes..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Comprobando paquetes..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "Verificando el directorio de destino..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." -msgstr "" -"Comience creando la configuración de una nueva imagen con Añadir.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Comience creando la configuración de una nueva imagen con Añadir." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." -msgstr "" -"Utilice la opción Editar para cambiar la configuración de imagen " -"seleccionada o crear la imagen." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." +msgstr "Utilice la opción Editar para cambiar la configuración de imagen seleccionada o crear la imagen." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." -msgstr "" -"Suprima el directorio con la configuración seleccionada con la opción " -"Suprimir." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." +msgstr "Suprima el directorio con la configuración seleccionada con la opción Suprimir." -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Todas las configuraciones de imágenes se guardan en el directorio <tt>%1</" -"tt>." +msgstr "Todas las configuraciones de imágenes se guardan en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>." -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "Resumen de configuración del creador de imágenes" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la configuración %1 (%2) ahora?" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "Encendido" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "Apagado" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del creador de productos" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "Ubica&ción del perfil:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "Seleccionar ar&chivo" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "Copiar perfil a la i&magen del CD" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "Administrador de paq&uetes" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "Archivo de control de &AutoYaST" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "Nombre de la &configuración:" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "Introducir el nombre de la configuración." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -636,86 +621,86 @@ "Ya existe una configuración con este nombre.\n" " Seleccione un nombre nuevo.\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "El archivo '%1' no existe. Elija un archivo correcto." -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "Select File" msgstr "Seleccionar archivo" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "Salida:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "&Ruta al árbol de directorios generado:" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "&Seleccionar directorio" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "&Crear archivo de imagen ISO" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "Archivo de imagen &ISO:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "Crear sólo &árbol de directorios" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "Otras opciones" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "Para ahorrar espacio, copiar sólo los archivos requeridos." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "CD Publisher:" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "CD Preparer:" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "Falta la ruta al árbol de directorios generado." -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura objetivo" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -725,56 +710,56 @@ "no admite la arquitectura objetivo actual (%2).\n" "¿Desea cambiar la arquitectura objetivo?\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "Selección de orígenes" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Selected" msgstr "Seleccionada" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "Arquitectura objetivo: %1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "Cr&ear nuevo..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "Arquitectura objetivo: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "Seleccione al menos un origen." -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -788,80 +773,78 @@ "Seleccione otro repositorio o cambie\n" "la arquitectura de destino.\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "Seleccione la nueva arquitectura objetivo." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "Selección de origen base" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "Origen base seleccionado" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "Contenido del archivo: %1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Load File" msgstr "Cargar archivo" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "Leyendo datos de la base de datos de paquetes..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "Espere..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos de paquetes..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones base y pulse en " -"Detallado para\n" +"Seleccione una de las siguientes selecciones base y pulse en Detallado para\n" "añadir más selecciones y paquetes suplementarios.\n" "" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "Selección de software" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -871,136 +854,123 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Firmar &digitalmente el producto en el medio" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>Firmar</big> \n" -"Para que los usuarios puedan verificar su producto, fírmelo con una clave " -"GPG. \n" +"Para que los usuarios puedan verificar su producto, fírmelo con una clave GPG. \n" "Esta clave se comprueba cuando el producto se añade como un repositorio." -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" -"Si el producto no está firmado, YaST añade automáticamente la opción " -"\"Insecure:\n" -"1\" al archivo de configuración linuxrc. De otra manera linuxrc denegaría la " -"carga del sistema de instalación no firmado al inicio. Consulte http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc para obtener más información." +"Si el producto no está firmado, YaST añade automáticamente la opción \"Insecure:\n" +"1\" al archivo de configuración linuxrc. De otra manera linuxrc denegaría la carga del sistema de instalación no firmado al inicio. Consulte http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc para obtener más información." -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "Firmando el producto en el medio" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "%1 paquetes seleccionados" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "Directorio de salida" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2 " msgstr "Creando árbol de directorio en %1/%2 " -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 msgid "Signing" msgstr "Firmando" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "Firmar digitalmente el medio con una clave GPG %1%2" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Verifique que los datos del resumen sean correctos y haga clic en " -"Siguiente para continuar.\n" +"Verifique que los datos del resumen sean correctos y haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" "\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de arranque</big> \n" -"Aquí puede añadir entradas adicionales al menú de arranque con algunas " -"opciones de inicio.\n" +"Aquí puede añadir entradas adicionales al menú de arranque con algunas opciones de inicio.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "Por ejemplo, \n" "configure el CD para instalaciones automáticas y especifique la ubicación\n" -"del origen de instalación. Si no está seguro, no modifique el archivo para " -"que se emplee el archivo original.\n" +"del origen de instalación. Si no está seguro, no modifique el archivo para que se emplee el archivo original.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>Inicializando la configuración</big>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abortar inicialización:</big> \n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"Abortar.\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Abortar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>Guardando la configuración</big>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1012,21 +982,19 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro hacerlo.\n" "\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" "edit those configurations. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Descripción general de la configuración del creador de productos</" -"big> \n" -"Aquí se muestra una descripción general de las configuraciones disponibles " -"y\n" +"<big>Descripción general de la configuración del creador de productos</big> \n" +"Aquí se muestra una descripción general de las configuraciones disponibles y\n" "puede, además, editar dichas configuraciones. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Configuration:</big> \n" "Press Add to create a new configuration." @@ -1034,8 +1002,8 @@ "<big>Añadir una configuración:</BIG> \n" "Pulse Añadir para crear una nueva configuración." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1043,11 +1011,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Edición o supresión:</big> \n" "Seleccione la configuración que desea modificar o eliminar.\n" -"A continuación, haga clic en Editar o en Suprimir, según " -"corresponda.\n" +"A continuación, haga clic en Editar o en Suprimir, según corresponda.\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." @@ -1055,33 +1022,28 @@ "Use Crear producto para crear la imagen ISO o el directorio\n" "del repositorio de instalación con el producto seleccionado." -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Crear imagen con KIWI para obtener opciones de " -"configuración adicionales de varios\n" -"tipos de imágenes, como imágenes de Live Media o de Xen, con el sistema de " -"imágenes KIWI." +"Haga clic en Crear imagen con KIWI para obtener opciones de configuración adicionales de varios\n" +"tipos de imágenes, como imágenes de Live Media o de Xen, con el sistema de imágenes KIWI." -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Name and Packages</big> \n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" "the packages to add to the ISO image. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Nombre de la configuración y paquetes</big> \n" -"Determine el nombre de la configuración y el método con el que desea " -"seleccionar\n" +"Determine el nombre de la configuración y el método con el que desea seleccionar\n" "los paquetes que va a añadir a la imagen ISO. \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "AutoYaST Profile\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1091,8 +1053,8 @@ "Seleccionar un perfil AutoYaST con la configuración de software.\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Software Manager\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1103,15 +1065,13 @@ msgstr "" "Gestor de software\n" "Utilice el gestor de software sin paquetes seleccionados anteriormente.\n" -"Todos los paquetes que se seleccionarían automáticamente durante la " -"instalación deben\n" -"seleccionarse manualmente según el hardware y la arquitectura para la que " -"esté\n" +"Todos los paquetes que se seleccionarían automáticamente durante la instalación deben\n" +"seleccionarse manualmente según el hardware y la arquitectura para la que esté\n" "creando este CD.\n" "\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<big>Select Package Sources</big> \n" "Select at least one package source. \n" @@ -1119,30 +1079,25 @@ "<big>Seleccionar orígenes de paquetes</big> \n" "Seleccione al menos un origen de paquetes. \n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Arquitectura objetivo</big> \n" "Es posible crear un producto para una arquitectura distinta a la del\n" "equipo en el que trabaja.\n" -"Todos los repositorios seleccionados deben admitir la arquitectura objetivo." -" \n" -"Nota: KIWI no admite aún arquitecturas distintas. No cambie la " -"arquitectura si\n" +"Todos los repositorios seleccionados deben admitir la arquitectura objetivo. \n" +"Nota: KIWI no admite aún arquitecturas distintas. No cambie la arquitectura si\n" "pretende crear una imagen KIWI desde su configuración actual.\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<big>ISO Directory and Image</big> \n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1151,15 +1106,13 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<big>Directorio e imagen ISO</big> \n" -"Introduzca la ubicación en la que va a crear el directorio armazón. Todos " -"los archivos\n" -"necesarios se copiarán en este directorio. Seleccione una ubicación con " -"suficiente espacio\n" +"Introduzca la ubicación en la que va a crear el directorio armazón. Todos los archivos\n" +"necesarios se copiarán en este directorio. Seleccione una ubicación con suficiente espacio\n" "en disco.\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1169,97 +1122,86 @@ "crear una imagen ISO posteriormente.\n" "\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Con el fin de ahorrar espacio, active la casilla para copiar en el " -"armazón\n" +"Con el fin de ahorrar espacio, active la casilla para copiar en el armazón\n" "sólo los archivos necesarios. \n" "\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "The Base Product" msgstr "El producto base" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" -"Uno de los repositorios utilizados debe estar marcado como producto " -"base.\n" -"El repositorio del producto base debería poder arrancarse para asegurar que " -"el producto\n" +"Uno de los repositorios utilizados debe estar marcado como producto base.\n" +"El repositorio del producto base debería poder arrancarse para asegurar que el producto\n" "recién creado también se pueda arrancar.\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Los otros repositorios se usarán como elementos adicionales del " -"repositorio base." +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." +msgstr "Los otros repositorios se usarán como elementos adicionales del repositorio base." -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" -"El creador de productos resuelve las dependencias de los productos " -"seleccionados\n" +"El creador de productos resuelve las dependencias de los productos seleccionados\n" "y propone el producto base. Si el valor propuesto es erróneo, seleccione\n" "el repositorio base correcto en la lista.\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "Paquetes para la imagen" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "Bootstrap" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Paquetes específicos de Xen" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "Patrones" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "Software &ignorado" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "Paquetes que se deben incluir en la imagen de arranque" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1269,73 +1211,73 @@ "están también incluidos en la lista de eliminación.\n" "¿Continuar de todas formas?" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "Paquetes para suprimir" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "Probando" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "Imagen, perfil %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "Incluir en la imagen de arranque" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "Añadir usuario nuevo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "&Nombre de entrada" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "Nombre &completo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Directorio personal" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "&UID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "Nomb&re de grupo" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "Editar usuario" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario." -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1343,119 +1285,111 @@ "Las contraseñas no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "Directorio para importar" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "Guión para importar" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio raíz" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de configuración" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "Vía al archivo %1" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "Vía al archivo images.sh" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "Característica no implementada aún." -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "Comprobando la disponibilidad de paquetes..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "Paquetes no encontrados" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Los paquetes de la sección %1 no están disponibles con los repositorios " -"seleccionados:\n" +"Los paquetes de la sección %1 no están disponibles con los repositorios seleccionados:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Puede eliminar los paquetes de esta sección, marcar la selección detallada " -"de paquetes o ignorar esta situación.\n" +"Puede eliminar los paquetes de esta sección, marcar la selección detallada de paquetes o ignorar esta situación.\n" "\n" -"Ir a la selección detallada de paquetes y aceptar la vista sin ningún cambio " -"posterior conduce a que se eliminen los paquetes problemáticos de esta " -"sección.\n" +"Ir a la selección detallada de paquetes y aceptar la vista sin ningún cambio posterior conduce a que se eliminen los paquetes problemáticos de esta sección.\n" "\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "Eliminar Paquetes" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "Comprobar selección de paquetes" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorar" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Cancelar" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen ISO ahora?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen de Xen ahora?" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen de disco virtual ahora?" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1464,8 +1398,8 @@ "Imagen ISO creada correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1474,8 +1408,8 @@ "Archivos de imagen de Xen creados correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1484,15 +1418,15 @@ "Imagen de disco virtual creada correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1" -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "¿Desea crear la imagen ahora?" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1501,584 +1435,483 @@ "Imagen creada correctamente en el directorio\n" "%1" -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo configuración de imagen actual..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de imagen" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "Software instalado" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "Valores regionales de configuración" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "Guiones" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." -msgstr "" -"La edición de los siguientes archivos se ha desactivado para las " -"configuraciones importadas de Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." +msgstr "La edición de los siguientes archivos se ha desactivado para las configuraciones importadas de Studio." -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "Directorios" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "Co&mpresión" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" "Seleccione el valor de Compresión de la imagen. Esto modificará\n" -"los valores de los indicadores del tipo de imagen. Consulte el " -"significado de los valores disponibles en el manual de KIWI." +"los valores de los indicadores del tipo de imagen. Consulte el significado de los valores disponibles en el manual de KIWI." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "Selección de soft&ware" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "Ca&mbiar..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "Adapt the software selection with Change." -msgstr "" -"Adapte la selección de software mediante la opción Cambiar." +msgstr "Adapte la selección de software mediante la opción Cambiar." -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." -msgstr "" -"Para el software ignorado, introduzca cada entrada (como " -"smtp_daemon) en una línea nueva" +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." +msgstr "Para el software ignorado, introduzca cada entrada (como smtp_daemon) en una línea nueva" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "&Paquetes para suprimir" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." -msgstr "" -"Cada entrada de Paquetes para suprimir es un nombre de paquete que " -"se debe desinstalar de la imagen de destino." +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." +msgstr "Cada entrada de Paquetes para suprimir es un nombre de paquete que se debe desinstalar de la imagen de destino." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "Enter the Version of your image configuration." msgstr "Indique la Versión de la configuración de imagen." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "&Tamaño" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "Defina el Tamaño de la imagen en la Unidad especificada.\n" -"Si Aditivo está marcado, el significado de Tamaño es " -"diferente: indica el espacio libre mínimo que se encuentra disponible en la " -"imagen." +"Si Aditivo está marcado, el significado de Tamaño es diferente: indica el espacio libre mínimo que se encuentra disponible en la imagen." -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "&Unidad" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "Aditivo" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "Cifrar imagen con LUKS" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"Para crear un sistema de archivos cifrado, seleccione Cifrar imagen " -"con LUKS e introduzca la contraseña." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "Para crear un sistema de archivos cifrado, seleccione Cifrar imagen con LUKS e introduzca la contraseña." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "Contraseña de LUKS de la imagen cifrada" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgstr "Edite los guiones de configuración usados para crear su imagen." -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." -msgstr "" -"Indique los directorios de configuración para construir la imagen." +msgstr "Indique los directorios de configuración para construir la imagen." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "Directorio con configur&ación del sistema" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Define la vía al Directorio con configuración del sistema (el " -"directorio <tt>raíz</tt>). Todo el directorio se copia en la raíz del árbol " -"de la imagen con <tt>cp -a</tt>." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Define la vía al Directorio con configuración del sistema (el directorio <tt>raíz</tt>). Todo el directorio se copia en la raíz del árbol de la imagen con <tt>cp -a</tt>." -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "Directorio con configuración del sistema" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Configure el Directorio con configuración del sistema (el " -"directorio <tt>raíz</ tt>). El directorio completo se copiará en la raíz del " -"árbol de la imagen mediante el comando <tt>cp -a</tt>." +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "Configure el Directorio con configuración del sistema (el directorio <tt>raíz</ tt>). El directorio completo se copiará en la raíz del árbol de la imagen mediante el comando <tt>cp -a</tt>." -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "Directorio con guiones" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "Vía al archivo" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"Configure el Directorio con guiones (el directorio de " -"<tt>configuración</tt>). Contiene los guiones que se ejecutarán después de " -"la instalación de todos los paquetes de imagen." +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "Configure el Directorio con guiones (el directorio de <tt>configuración</tt>). Contiene los guiones que se ejecutarán después de la instalación de todos los paquetes de imagen." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "Guion de creación personalizada de Studio" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "Guión de configuración de i&magen" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"Edite el Guión de configuración de imagen, denominado <tt>config." -"sh</tt>. Este guión se ejecuta al final de la instalación, pero antes que " -"los guiones de paquetes." +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "Edite el Guión de configuración de imagen, denominado <tt>config.sh</tt>. Este guión se ejecuta al final de la instalación, pero antes que los guiones de paquetes." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "&Vía al directorio con guiones" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"El Directorio con guiones opcional (el directorio de " -"<tt>configuración</tt>) contiene guiones que se ejecutan después de la " -"instalación de todos los paquetes de imágenes." +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "El Directorio con guiones opcional (el directorio de <tt>configuración</tt>) contiene guiones que se ejecutan después de la instalación de todos los paquetes de imágenes." -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "Guión de &limpieza" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"Edite el Guión de limpieza (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este guión se " -"ejecuta al principio del proceso de creación de la imagen." +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "Edite el Guión de limpieza (<tt>images.sh</tt>). Este guión se ejecuta al principio del proceso de creación de la imagen." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "Im&portar..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "&Autor" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." -msgstr "" -"Establezca los valores del Autor de la imagen, de la información " -"de Contacto y de la Especificación de la imagen." +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." +msgstr "Establezca los valores del Autor de la imagen, de la información de Contacto y de la Especificación de la imagen." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "C&ontacto" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "E&specificación" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "&Configuración regional" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "Valores de la configuración regional" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"El valor de Configuración regional (por ejemplo, <tt>en_US</tt>) " -"define el contenido de la variable RC_LANG en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</" -"tt>." +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "El valor de Configuración regional (por ejemplo, <tt>en_US</tt>) define el contenido de la variable RC_LANG en <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "Distribución del &teclado" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"Distribución del teclado define el nombre del mapa de teclado de " -"la consola que se va a utilizar. El valor se corresponde con uno de los " -"archivos de mapas disponibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "Distribución del teclado define el nombre del mapa de teclado de la consola que se va a utilizar. El valor se corresponde con uno de los archivos de mapas disponibles en <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "Zona &horaria" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Es posible establecer una zona horaria específica. Las zonas " -"horarias disponibles se encuentran en el directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</" -"tt>." +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "Es posible establecer una zona horaria específica. Las zonas horarias disponibles se encuentran en el directorio <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt>." -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." -msgstr "" -"Cree los usuarios que deben estar disponibles en el sistema de destino.</" -"p>" +msgstr "Cree los usuarios que deben estar disponibles en el sistema de destino." -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "Nombre de entrada" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "Nombre completo" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "ID de usuario" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "Directorio personal" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "Grupo" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" -"Para cada usuario, especifique Nombre, Contraseña y " -"Directorio personal\n" +"Para cada usuario, especifique Nombre, Contraseña y Directorio personal\n" "y el grupo al que pertenece el usuario.\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Live CD" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de imagen de Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "&Crear ISO" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "&Crear imagen de Xen" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "&Crear imagen de disco virtual" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Indique el nombre de la configuración de imagen. Tome como base de la " -"nueva configuración una plantilla de la lista o el directorio con la " -"configuración existente." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "Indique el nombre de la configuración de imagen. Tome como base de la nueva configuración una plantilla de la lista o el directorio con la configuración existente." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"Colocar plantillas de configuración personalizadas en el directorio <tt>" -"%1</tt>." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +msgstr "Colocar plantillas de configuración personalizadas en el directorio <tt>%1</tt>." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "Choose the Image Type which should be created." msgstr "Seleccione el Tipo de imagen que se debe crear." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione el Directorio de salida para la imagen creada." +msgstr "Seleccione el Directorio de salida para la imagen creada." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"Modifique la lista de repositorios de paquetes que se usarán para " -"crear la imagen. Utilice Añadir desde el sistema para añadir uno de " -"los repositorios actuales del sistema." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "Modifique la lista de repositorios de paquetes que se usarán para crear la imagen. Utilice Añadir desde el sistema para añadir uno de los repositorios actuales del sistema." -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración." +msgstr "Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar con la configuración." -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "Imagen de arranque de red" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "Imagen OEM" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"El directorio seleccionado no contiene una descripción válida de la " -"configuración del sistema." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgstr "El directorio seleccionado no contiene una descripción válida de la configuración del sistema." -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "Importando repositorios..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1, versión %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "Imagen de arquitectura de &32 bits" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "Sólo para i586" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de &Kiwi" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "Crear desde cero" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "Basada en plantilla" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "Basada en configuración existente" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "&Seleccionar..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "Tipo de i&magen" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "Direct&orio de salida" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "Repositorio de paquetes" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "Aña&dir desde el sistema" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "Preparación de imagen" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2086,13 +1919,13 @@ "No es posible buscar repositorios SLP\n" "si el paquete %1 no está instalado.\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "Vía al directorio de salida" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2100,18 +1933,18 @@ "Ya existe una configuración con el nombre %1.\n" "Seleccione otro nombre." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "Indique la vía al directorio de salida." -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "Especifique al menos un repositorio de paquetes." -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2125,22 +1958,22 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar de todas formas?" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "Vía al directorio para almacenar los archivos de registro" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "Nombre de archivo de salida estándar" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "Error en el nombre del archivo de salida" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2148,106 +1981,106 @@ "El archivo %1 ya existe.\n" "¿Desea sobrescribirlo?." -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "Error al eliminar el directorio chroot antiguo" -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "Preparando la creación de la imagen" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "Guardar registros" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "Error al crear la imagen." -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "Creando imagen" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "Imagen creada correctamente." -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "Creación de imagen cancelada." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración del creador de productos" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "Leer la configuración." -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "No es posible leer la configuración." -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración del creador de productos" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "Error al escribir las opciones de configuración." -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "Resumen de la configuración..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 msgid "No Files" msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún archivo." -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2255,14 +2088,14 @@ "No es posible leer el directorio %1\n" "desde el origen %2." -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "Error al leer el archivo de control." -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2270,8 +2103,8 @@ "No es posible añadir la clave GPG %1 a initrd\n" "%2.\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2279,8 +2112,8 @@ "Error: no es posible firmar digitalmente el origen.\n" "¿Desea intentarlo de nuevo?\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2288,18 +2121,18 @@ "No se encuentran estos orígenes:\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el directorio de destino %1?" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "El destino %1 ya existe." -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2307,25 +2140,25 @@ "El directorio destino ya existe o es un archivo.\n" "¿Desea eliminar el directorio %1?" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "Comprobando disponibilidad de paquetes..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 paquete no disponible." -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "Copiando %1" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2333,7 +2166,7 @@ "No es posible descargar el paquete %1\n" "desde el origen %2.\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/proxy.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "Detalles no disponibles" -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "&Detalles <<" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "&Detalles >>" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "Código de error desconocido" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "Error durante la prueba del proxy %1.\n" "El proxy ha devuelto el código: %2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,82 +57,75 @@ "Error desconocido durante la prueba del proxy %1.\n" "El proxy ha devuelto el código: %2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "Probando los ajustes de proxy actuales..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "Error durante la prueba del proxy HTTP." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "Error durante la prueba del proxy HTTPS." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "Error durante la prueba del proxy FTP." -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "Los ajustes del proxy funcionan correctamente." -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del proxy" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "Configure los ajustes del proxy (caché) de Internet aquí.\n" -"Nota: generalmente se recomienda volver a entrar a la sesión para " -"que los ajustes se apliquen, \n" -"aunque, en algunos casos, la aplicación puede aplicar los ajustes nuevos de " -"inmediato. Compruebe\n" +"Nota: generalmente se recomienda volver a entrar a la sesión para que los ajustes se apliquen, \n" +"aunque, en algunos casos, la aplicación puede aplicar los ajustes nuevos de inmediato. Compruebe\n" "la compatibilidad de la aplicación (navegador Web, cliente FTP, etc.). " -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"URL del proxy HTTP es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso " -"a\n" +"URL del proxy HTTP es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso a\n" "la World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" -"URL del proxy HTTPS es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso " -"seguro\n" +"URL del proxy HTTPS es el nombre del servidor proxy para el acceso seguro\n" "a World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" msgstr "Ejemplo: http://proxy.ejemplo.com:3128" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." @@ -140,47 +133,41 @@ "URL del proxy FTP es el nombre de su servidor proxy para acceder\n" "al servicio de transferencia de archivos (FTP)." -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" msgstr "" -"Si marca Utilizar el mismo servidor proxy para todos los protocolos</" -"b>,\n" -"bastará con completar la dirección URL del proxy HTTP. Se utilizará para " -"todos los protocolos\n" +"Si marca Utilizar el mismo servidor proxy para todos los protocolos,\n" +"bastará con completar la dirección URL del proxy HTTP. Se utilizará para todos los protocolos\n" "(HTTP, HTTPS y FTP).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" "for example, %1.\n" msgstr "" "Dominios sin proxy es una lista de dominios para\n" -"los que las solicitudes deben hacerse directamente, sin almacenamiento en " -"caché, \n" +"los que las solicitudes deben hacerse directamente, sin almacenamiento en caché, \n" "por ejemplo, %1.\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "Si utiliza un servidor proxy con autorización, introduzca\n" -"el Nombre de usuario para el proxy y la Contraseña para el proxy</" -"b>. Los nombres de usuario válidos\n" -"solo pueden utilizar caracteres ASCII imprimibles (a excepción de las " -"comillas).\n" +"el Nombre de usuario para el proxy y la Contraseña para el proxy. Los nombres de usuario válidos\n" +"solo pueden utilizar caracteres ASCII imprimibles (a excepción de las comillas).\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" @@ -188,61 +175,61 @@ "Haga clic en Probar ajustes del proxy para probar\n" "la configuración actual de los proxies HTTP, HTTPS y FTP. \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "&Activar proxy" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "Configuración del proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL del proxy &HTTP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "URL del proxy HTTP&S" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "URL del proxy F&TP" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "Utilizar el &mismo proxy para todos los protocolos" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "&Dominios sin proxy" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación en el proxy" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario para el proxy" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "&Contraseña para el proxy" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "Pr&obar ajustes del proxy" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -250,7 +237,7 @@ "El proxy se ha habilitado, pero no se ha especificado una URL de proxy.\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -262,47 +249,43 @@ "en un archivo de solo texto visible por cualquiera.\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." -msgstr "" -"No puede introducir una contraseña y dejar en blanco el nombre de usuario." +msgstr "No puede introducir una contraseña y dejar en blanco el nombre de usuario." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "La URL del HTTP proxy no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy HTTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTPS no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy HTTPS debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy HTTPS debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "La URL del proxy FTP no es válida." -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -msgstr "" -"La URL del proxy FTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." +msgstr "La URL del proxy FTP debe contener una especificación de esquema (http)." -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -312,149 +295,146 @@ "* Domain name prefixed by '.'" msgstr "" "Uno o varios dominios sin proxy no son válidos. \n" -"Compruebe si todos los dominios coinciden con uno de los siguientes " -"elementos:\n" +"Compruebe si todos los dominios coinciden con uno de los siguientes elementos:\n" "*Dirección IP\n" "* Dirección IP/máscara de red\n" "* Nombre completo del host\n" "* Nombre del dominio con el prefijo \".\"" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Estado de la configuración del proxy" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Activado" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "Habilitar ajustes de proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "Inhabilitar ajustes de proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "Cambiar los ajustes de proxy actuales" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "Definir la autenticación para el proxy" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "Mostrar el resumen de los ajustes actuales" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "Definir el proxy HTTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "Definir el proxy HTTPS" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "Definir el proxy FTP" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "Borrar todas las opciones de la lista" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "Definir dominios que no usarán los ajustes de proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "El nombre de usuario que se debe usar para la autenticación de proxy" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "La contraseña que se debe usar para la autenticación de proxy" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "La configuración del proxy ha sido guardada." -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -msgstr "" -"Se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para hacer efectivas las preferencias del " -"proxy nuevo." +msgstr "Se recomienda reiniciar la sesión para hacer efectivas las preferencias del proxy nuevo." -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "Actualizar la configuración del proxy" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del proxy" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración del proxy..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "El proxy está desactivado." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "El proxy está activado." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy HTTP: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy HTTPS: %1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "Proxy FTP: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rear.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/registration.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -15,205 +15,205 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Contactando con el servidor de registro" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "Registro" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "Use %s en lugar de este módulo de YaST." -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "El registro se ha realizado correctamente." -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "Error de descubrimiento SLP. No se encuentra el servidor" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "Descargando el certificado SSL" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "Importando el certificado SSL" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registrando %s..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Registro del producto" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Ejecutar registro durante la instalación automática" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "Omitir registro durante la instalación automática" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "Configuración del registro" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "El código de registro está configurado." -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "Instalar actualizaciones disponibles" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "Servidor de registro" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "URL del servidor: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "Usar descubrimiento SLP" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "URL de certificado de servidor SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "Huella digital de certificado SSL: %s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensiones y módulos" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "Error de conexión segura" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detalles:" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "Detalles del certificado erróneo" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "Emitido para" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "Nombre común (CN): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "Organización (O): " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "Departamento (OU): " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "Emitido por" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "Validez" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "Emitido el: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: el certificado aún no es válido." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "Caduca el: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "ADVERTENCIA: el certificado ha caducado." -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "Número de serie: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella digital SHA1: " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "Huella digital SHA256: " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "Tiempo límite de conexión." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ "Asegúrese de que es posible acceder al servidor de\n" "registro y de que la conexión es fiable." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "Compruebe que el servidor de registro conoce este sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,24 +247,24 @@ "Espere varios minutos después de entrar a la sesíon y\n" "vuelva a intentar la actualización." -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "Error de conexión con el servidor de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Error del cliente de registro." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -272,20 +272,20 @@ "Error del servidor de registro.\n" "Vuelva a intentar la operación más tarde." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "El certificado SSL recibido no coincide con el certificado esperado." -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detalles: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -297,26 +297,25 @@ "pero la conexión del servidor sigue sin ser de confianza.\n" "\n" "Solucione manualmente el problema del certificado, asegúrese\n" -"de que el servidor se puede conectar de forma segura y vuelva a iniciar el " -"módulo YaST." +"de que el servidor se puede conectar de forma segura y vuelva a iniciar el módulo YaST." -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "Importando el certificado de SSL" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Importando certificado %s..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Error de conexión segura: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -328,15 +327,15 @@ ".Asegúrese de que tiene instalado el producto más reciente\n" "compatible con el nuevo protocolo de registro en el servidor." -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL no válida." -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -344,17 +343,17 @@ "La red no está configurada. No se puede acceder al servidor de registro.\n" "¿Desea configurar la red ahora?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Error de red. Compruebe la configuración de la red." -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "Almacenando configuración de registro..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -362,8 +361,8 @@ "No se encuentra el producto base.\n" "Compruebe el sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -371,65 +370,64 @@ "El medio de instalación o el propio instalador tienen daños graves.\n" "Informe sobre errores en %s." -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que hay un producto instalado y de que /etc/products.d/" -"baseproduct\n" +"Asegúrese de que hay un producto instalado y de que /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "sea un enlace simbólico al archivo .prod del producto base." -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "Registrando el sistema..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "Actualizando a %s..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "Sincronizando productos..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "Cargando extensiones y módulos disponibles..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "Cargando productos de migración..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Registrar extensiones y módulos" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "Se están registrando extensiones y módulos." -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -437,8 +435,8 @@ "El servidor de registro ofrece repositorios de actualización.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -446,9 +444,9 @@ "¿Desea habilitar estos repositorios durante la instalación a fin de\n" "recibir las actualizaciones más recientes?" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -456,15 +454,15 @@ "¿Desea habilitar estos repositorios durante la actualización a fin de\n" "recibir las actualizaciones más recientes?" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "Certificado:" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -476,42 +474,42 @@ "\n" "¿Desea omitir el repositorio o abortar?" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Producto desconocido" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Error al guardar la configuración del repositorio." -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al añadir el servicio %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el servicio %s." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "Error al actualizar el servicio %s." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -519,30 +517,30 @@ "No se ha encontrado el producto remoto %s.\n" "No es posible registrar el producto." -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea cancelar?" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "Descargando licencias..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "Descargando acuerdo de licencia..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -551,328 +549,289 @@ "Error al descargar la licencia para\n" "%s." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "Acuerdo de licencia de %s" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "Códigos de registro de extensión y módulo" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" -"Introduzca los códigos de registro de las extensiones o módulos pedidos.</" -"p>\n" -"Los códigos de registro se necesitan para realizar el registro " -"correctamente. Si no puede proporcionar un código de registro, vuelva atrás " -"y deseleccione la extensión o el módulo correspondiente." +"Introduzca los códigos de registro de las extensiones o módulos pedidos.\n" +"Los códigos de registro se necesitan para realizar el registro correctamente. Si no puede proporcionar un código de registro, vuelva atrás y deseleccione la extensión o el módulo correspondiente." -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "" -"La extensión seleccionada necesita un código de registro independiente." -msgstr[1] "" -"Las extensiones seleccionadas necesitan códigos de registro independientes." +msgstr[0] "La extensión seleccionada necesita un código de registro independiente." +msgstr[1] "Las extensiones seleccionadas necesitan códigos de registro independientes." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "Introduzca el código de registro en el campo siguiente." msgstr[1] "Introduzca los códigos de registro en los campos siguientes." -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "&Filtrar versiones Beta" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Detalles" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Seleccione una extensión o un módulo para mostrar aquí sus detalles" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (no disponible)" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST permite seleccionar un máximo de %s extensiones o módulos." -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." -msgstr "" -"Tenga en cuenta que algunas extensiones o módulos podrían necesitar un " -"código de registro específico." +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." +msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que algunas extensiones o módulos podrían necesitar un código de registro específico." -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"Si desea eliminar alguna extensión o módulo, debe entrar en el Centro de " -"servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminarlo allí de forma manual." +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "Si desea eliminar alguna extensión o módulo, debe entrar en el Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminarlo allí de forma manual." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "Selección de extensión y módulo" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede seleccionar extensiones y módulos disponibles para el sistema." -"" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar extensiones y módulos disponibles para el sistema." -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensiones y módulos disponibles" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "Repetición de registro de extensiones y módulos" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"" -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones y los módulos que se volverán a " -"registrar." +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones y los módulos que se volverán a registrar." -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Extensiones y módulos registrados" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones o módulos que se registrarán junto " -"con el producto base." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." +msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar las extensiones o módulos que se registrarán junto con el producto base." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "Registrar extensiones o módulos opcionales" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "Identificador" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "Tipo de versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "Código de registro" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "Descargar extensiones disponibles..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir %s?" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "E&xtensión o identificador del módulo" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "&Versión" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "&Arquitectura" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "&Tipo de versión" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "&Código de registro" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" -"El registro del producto incluye el producto en la base de datos del " -"Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE,\n" +"El registro del producto incluye el producto en la base de datos del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE,\n" "lo que le permite obtener actualizaciones en línea y asistencia técnica.\n" -"Para registrarse durante la instalación automática, seleccione Ejecutar " -"registro del producto." +"Para registrarse durante la instalación automática, seleccione Ejecutar registro del producto." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Si su red distribuye un servidor de registro personalizado, defina la URL " -"correcta del servidor\n" -"y la ubicación del certificado SMT en Configuración del servidor SMT.</" -"b>\n" +"Si su red distribuye un servidor de registro personalizado, defina la URL correcta del servidor\n" +"y la ubicación del certificado SMT en Configuración del servidor SMT.\n" "Consulte el manual de SMT para obtener más información." -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "Registrar el producto" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "Dir&ección de correo electrónico" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "" -"Instalar actualizaciones disponibles de los repositorios de actualización" +msgstr "Instalar actualizaciones disponibles de los repositorios de actualización" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "Buscar servidor de registro con el descubrimiento SLP" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "Usar la URL del servidor específico en lugar de la opción por defecto" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "URL del certificado de servidor SSL opcional" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella digital del certificado de servidor SSL opcional" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "ninguno" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "Huella digital de certificado SSL" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "Registrar extensiones o módulos..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "Registrar sistema mediante servidor SMT local" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "UR&L del servidor de registro local" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "&Omitir registro" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "Volver a &registrar extensiones o módulos" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "El sistema ya está registrado." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "Seleccione el método preferido de registro." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca aquí las credenciales del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE " -"para registrar el sistema a fin de obtener actualizaciones y extensiones." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." +msgstr "Introduzca aquí las credenciales del Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE para registrar el sistema a fin de obtener actualizaciones y extensiones." -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -886,137 +845,107 @@ "Puede registrarse después de la instalación o visitar\n" "el Centro de servicios al cliente para registrarse en línea." -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "&Configuración de red..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "El certificado ha caducado" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Certificado autofirmado" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "Certificado autofirmado en la cadena de certificado" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "Con&fiar e importar" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "" -"Las conexiones seguras (por ejemplo, HTTPS) usan certificados SSL para " -"verificar la autenticidad del servidor y para cifrar los datos que se " -"transfieren." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "Las conexiones seguras (por ejemplo, HTTPS) usan certificados SSL para verificar la autenticidad del servidor y para cifrar los datos que se transfieren." -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " -"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"Puede importar el certificado a la lista de autoridades certificadores " -"(CA) conocidas, lo que significa que confía en el sujeto y en el emisor del " -"certificado desconocido." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "Puede importar el certificado a la lista de autoridades certificadores (CA) conocidas, lo que significa que confía en el sujeto y en el emisor del certificado desconocido." -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " -"certificate." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificado permite usar, por ejemplo, un certificado " -"autofirmado." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." +msgstr "Importar un certificado permite usar, por ejemplo, un certificado autofirmado." -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of " -"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "" -"Importante: siempre debe verificar las huellas digitales de los " -"certificados que importe para asegurarse de que son genuinos." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "Importante: siempre debe verificar las huellas digitales de los certificados que importe para asegurarse de que son genuinos." -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." -msgstr "" -"Importar un certificado desconocido sin verificación supone un gran " -"riesgo de seguridad." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." +msgstr "Importar un certificado desconocido sin verificación supone un gran riesgo de seguridad." -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "Error interno: %s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"El sistema base tiene que estar registrado para que sea posible registrar el " -"complemento %s.\n" +"El sistema base tiene que estar registrado para que sea posible registrar el complemento %s.\n" "¿Omitir el registro del sistema base y el complemento?" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Repositorios usados para la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"En este diálogo puede seleccionar manualmente los repositorios que se " -"utilizarán para la migración en línea. Los paquetes se actualizarán a la " -"versión más reciente encontrada en los repositorios seleccionados." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "En este diálogo puede seleccionar manualmente los repositorios que se utilizarán para la migración en línea. Los paquetes se actualizarán a la versión más reciente encontrada en los repositorios seleccionados." -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "Seleccionar los repositorios usados para la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "Gestionar repositorios..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "Prioridad: %s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -1026,118 +955,103 @@ "Para ejecutar la migración en línea,\n" "debe registrar primero el sistema." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto instalado." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado ningún producto de migración." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "Preparando repositorios de migración..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "Seleccione el destino de la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede seleccionar los productos de destino de la migración. El " -"servidor de registro puede ofrecer varias migraciones posibles a nuevos " -"productos." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "Aquí puede seleccionar los productos de destino de la migración. El servidor de registro puede ofrecer varias migraciones posibles a nuevos productos." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." -msgstr "" -"Solo es posible seleccionar un destino de migración de la lista." +msgstr "Solo es posible seleccionar un destino de migración de la lista." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." -msgstr "" -"Utilice la casilla %s para seleccionar manualmente los " -"repositorios de migración más adelante." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." +msgstr "Utilice la casilla %s para seleccionar manualmente los repositorios de migración más adelante." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "Seleccionar manualmente los repositorios de migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "Seleccione la migración de destino." -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "Ajustar manualmente los repositorios para la migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "Destinos de migración posibles" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de migración" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"ERROR: el producto %{product} no está disponible en el servidor de " -"registro (%{url}). Haga disponible el producto para permitir el uso de esta " -"migración." +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "ERROR: el producto %{product} no está disponible en el servidor de registro (%{url}). Haga disponible el producto para permitir el uso de esta migración." -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s se instalará." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s permanecerá sin cambios." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} se actualizará a %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} se restablecerá a %{new_product}." -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1151,47 +1065,39 @@ "Seleccione un destino de migración distinto o haga disponibles\n" "los productos que faltan en el servidor de registro." -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "El sistema ya está registrado." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"Puede volver a registrarlo o bien registrar extensiones o módulos " -"adicionales para mejorar la funcionalidad del sistema." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "Puede volver a registrarlo o bien registrar extensiones o módulos adicionales para mejorar la funcionalidad del sistema." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"Si desea anular el registro del sistema, debe entrar al Centro de " -"servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminar allí el sistema de forma manual." +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "Si desea anular el registro del sistema, debe entrar al Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE y eliminar allí el sistema de forma manual." -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "Seleccionar extensiones" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registrar de nuevo" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "El registro se está actualizando..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "El registro anterior se está actualizando." -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1199,18 +1105,18 @@ "Error al actualizar el registro automático.\n" "Puede registrar el sistema manualmente partiendo de cero." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. -#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Servidores de registro locales" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -1218,45 +1124,45 @@ "Seleccione un servidor de registro detectado en la lista\n" "o el servidor de registro por defecto de SUSE." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "No registration server selected" msgstr "No hay ningún servidor de registro seleccionado" -#. Default registration server -#. -#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "Centro de servicios al cliente de SUSE (%s)" -#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "Buscando servidores de registro locales..." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "Selección del servicio" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "Seleccione un servicio detectado en la lista." -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún servicio." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/relocation-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "Configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,190 +28,187 @@ "¿Desea salir?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de claves de SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "Seleccionar el archivo de certificado de SSL" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "Añadir nuevo puerto" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "Editar el puerto actual" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Puerto" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "El número de puerto no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "Número de puerto fuera de rango." -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "El número de puerto ya existe." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración globales" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "Dirección de traslado:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "Hosts permitidos:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "Usar SSL por defecto" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "Servidores no SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "Puerto:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "Habilitar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "Servidor SSL" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "Archivo de claves de SSL:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "Archivo de certificado de SSL:" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "Cortafuegos" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "Migración con túneles" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "Asegúrese de que funcione la migración con túneles" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "Migración sin cifrar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "Asegúrese de que funcione la migración sin cifrar" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "Puertos TCP" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "Puerto" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "&Añadir..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "&Editar..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "Incluir rango de puertos por defecto" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Inicializando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abortar inicialización:</big> \n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"Abortar ahora.\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Abortar ahora.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor de traslado</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -223,187 +220,167 @@ "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "Dirección de traslado \n" -"Dirección en la que debe escuchar xend para las conexiones de zócalo de " -"traslado.\n" +"Dirección en la que debe escuchar xend para las conexiones de zócalo de traslado.\n" "Hosts permitidos \n" -"Los hosts que tienen permiso para comunicarse con el puerto de traslado. Si " -"este valor está vacío, significa que se permiten todas las conexiones. De lo " -"contrario, debe tratarse de una secuencia separada por espacios de " -"expresiones regulares. Se aceptará cualquier host con un nombre de dominio " -"completo o una dirección IP que coincida con una de estas expresiones " -"regulares.\n" +"Los hosts que tienen permiso para comunicarse con el puerto de traslado. Si este valor está vacío, significa que se permiten todas las conexiones. De lo contrario, debe tratarse de una secuencia separada por espacios de expresiones regulares. Se aceptará cualquier host con un nombre de dominio completo o una dirección IP que coincida con una de estas expresiones regulares.\n" "Archivo de claves de SSL/Archivo de certificado de SSL \n" -"Certificado y clave de SSL que se deben usar para la interfaz de traslado de " -"SSL." +"Certificado y clave de SSL que se deben usar para la interfaz de traslado de SSL." -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>Migración con túneles</big> \n" -"El host de origen libvirtd abre una conexión directa con el host de destino " -"libvirtd para enviar datos de migración. Esto permite la opción de cifrar el " -"flujo de datos.\n" +"El host de origen libvirtd abre una conexión directa con el host de destino libvirtd para enviar datos de migración. Esto permite la opción de cifrar el flujo de datos.\n" "<big>Migración sin cifrar</big> \n" -"La máquina virtual del host de origen abre una conexión TCP directa sin " -"cifrar con el host de destino para enviar los datos de migración. A menos " -"que se especifique un puerto manualmente, libvirt elegirá un puerto de " -"migración del intervalo por defecto." +"La máquina virtual del host de origen abre una conexión TCP directa sin cifrar con el host de destino para enviar los datos de migración. A menos que se especifique un puerto manualmente, libvirt elegirá un puerto de migración del intervalo por defecto." -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "&Xend" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "&KVM" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "Libxl de &Xen" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando la configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "Leer configuración actual de xend" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "Leer el estado actual de xend" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Leer los valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración actual de xend..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado actual de xend..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "Leer el estado de libvirtd/sshd actual" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado actual de libvirtd/sshd..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado actual de Xend." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "No es posible leer los valores de configuración del cortafuegos." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado actual de libvirtd/sshd." -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor de traslado" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "Escribir nuevos valores de configuración de Xend" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio de Xend" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración de Xend..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "Ajustando el servicio de Xend..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio libvirtd/sshd" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "Ajustar el servicio de libvirtd/sshd" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración de xend." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración del cortafuegos." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/rpm-groups.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/s390.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,172 +14,170 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "Configuración de DASD" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún disco DASD" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "&DASD" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "Creación de dispositivos de volcado S/390" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "Configuración del Terminal Server IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "Configuración de ajustes de terminal IUCV" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "Configuración de OnPanic" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Detectando las controladoras disponibles" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la controladora de disco S/390" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &DASD" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "Configurar discos &ZFCP" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "Configuración de ZFCP" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "No hay ningún dispositivo zFCP configurado" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "&zFCP" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "&Activar" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "&Desactivar" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "A&ctivar DIAG" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "D&esactivar DIAG" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatear" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "Activar formato" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "Desactivar formato" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "Discos formateados en &paralelo" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco." -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo %1 no tiene formato. ¿Desea formatear el dispositivo ahora?" +msgstr "El dispositivo %1 no tiene formato. ¿Desea formatear el dispositivo ahora?" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "Hay %1 dispositivos sin formato. ¿Desea formatearlos ahora?" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "No se encuentra ningún dispositivo para el canal %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "El disco %1 no está activo." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "No existe acceso de escritura para el disco %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" "Really format the following disks? \n" @@ -189,120 +187,120 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea formatear los discos? \n" " %1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "Gestión de discos DASD" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "ID de canal" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formatear" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "Usar DIAG" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "Tipo de acceso" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "Formateado" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "Información de particiones" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "ID de canal mí&nimo" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "ID de canal má&ximo" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "Ejecutar &acción" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "&Seleccionar todos" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "&Deseleccionar todo" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "ID de canal de filtro no válidos." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "Añadir nuevo disco DASD" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "ID de &canal" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "Formatear el disco" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "Usar &DIAG" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -310,23 +308,23 @@ "¿Seguro que desea salir de la configuración del disco DASD sin guardar?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "No es un ID de canal válido." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "El dispositivo ya existe." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -334,19 +332,18 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración del controlador</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG> \n" -"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse " -"Cancelar." +"Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura, pulse Cancelar." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -354,9 +351,9 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del controlador</big>\n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -364,12 +361,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelación del almacenamiento:</big> \n" "Para cancelar el almacenamiento, haga clic en Abortar.\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro hacerlo.</" -"p>\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si es seguro hacerlo.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." @@ -377,9 +373,9 @@ "<big>Discos DASD configurados</big> \n" "Este diálogo le permite administrar los discos DASD de su sistema." -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" @@ -387,13 +383,13 @@ "Para filtrar los discos mostrados, defina el ID de Canal mínimo y\n" "el ID de Canal máximo y haga clic en Filtrar.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." msgstr "Para configurar un nuevo disco DASD, pulse Añadir." -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "Delete." @@ -401,30 +397,26 @@ "Para eliminar un disco DASD configurado, selecciónelo\n" "y pulse Suprimir." -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"Para realizar acciones en varios discos a la vez, marque estos discos. " -"Para seleccionar todos los discos mostrados (posiblemente después de aplicar " -"un filtro), haga clic en \n" +"Para realizar acciones en varios discos a la vez, marque estos discos. Para seleccionar todos los discos mostrados (posiblemente después de aplicar un filtro), haga clic en \n" "Seleccionar todos o en Deseleccionar todo.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" msgstr "" -"Para llevar a cabo una acción en los discos seleccionados, pulse " -"Ejecutar acción.\n" +"Para llevar a cabo una acción en los discos seleccionados, pulse Ejecutar acción.\n" "La acción se realizará inmediatamente." -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" "To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -434,8 +426,8 @@ "Para añadir un disco, introduzca el ID de canal del disco\n" "DASD como identificador." -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use Format the Disk.\n" @@ -443,159 +435,125 @@ "Si se debe aplicar formato al disco,\n" "utilice la opción Formatear el disco.\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" msgstr "Para usar el modo DIAG, seleccione Usar DIAG.\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la controladora" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "Crear dispositivo de volcado" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." -msgstr "" -"Prepare uno o varios volúmenes para utilizarlos como dispositivo de " -"volcado S/390." +msgstr "Prepare uno o varios volúmenes para utilizarlos como dispositivo de volcado S/390." -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos admitidos son discos ECKD, DASD y ZFCP, mientras que los " -"volúmenes múltiples están limitados a DASD. " +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " +msgstr "Los dispositivos admitidos son discos ECKD, DASD y ZFCP, mientras que los volúmenes múltiples están limitados a DASD. " -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." msgstr "" -"Solo se pueden usar discos enteros, no particiones. Si el dispositivo tiene " -"un\n" -"formato o particiones incompatibles, marque la casilla Forzar " -"sobrescritura de disco." +"Solo se pueden usar discos enteros, no particiones. Si el dispositivo tiene un\n" +"formato o particiones incompatibles, marque la casilla Forzar sobrescritura de disco." -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP, actívelos en los recuadros de diálogo " -"DASD o ZFCP respectivos de YaST. " +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "Para usar dispositivos DASD y ZFCP, actívelos en los recuadros de diálogo DASD o ZFCP respectivos de YaST. " -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos en uso o con particiones montadas no se mostrarán." +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +msgstr "Los dispositivos en uso o con particiones montadas no se mostrarán." -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." msgstr "" "dumpdevice después de un disco indica que es un dispositivo\n" -"que se puede usar para el volcado. Los dispositivos de volcado con varios " -"volúmenes se indican por una lista de ID de DASD." +"que se puede usar para el volcado. Los dispositivos de volcado con varios volúmenes se indican por una lista de ID de DASD." -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " msgstr "Columnas ZFCP: Dispositivo, Tamaño, ID, WWPN, LUN, Volcado " -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" msgstr "Columnas DASD: Dispositivo, Tamaño, ID, Volcado" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "&ZFCP" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "&Forzar sobrescritura de disco" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "No ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo." -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" -msgstr "" -"El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. Se perderán todos los " -"datos del dispositivo. ¿Desea continuar?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" +msgstr "El disco %1 se formateará como dispositivo de volcado. Se perderán todos los datos del dispositivo. ¿Desea continuar?" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" -msgstr "" -"Operación realizada correctamente. ¿Desea inicializar otro dispositivo de " -"volcado?" +msgstr "Operación realizada correctamente. ¿Desea inicializar otro dispositivo de volcado?" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" msgstr "<big>ID de z/VM</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" msgstr "" -"Para configurar el Terminal Server IUCV, especifique los ID de z/VM que " -"se vayan a usar.\n" +"Para configurar el Terminal Server IUCV, especifique los ID de z/VM que se vayan a usar.\n" " Aparecen en líneas distintas.\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell permite especificar la autorización para cada usuario y " -"grupo de TS-Shell. Los miembros heredan los derechos del grupo." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-Shell permite especificar la autorización para cada usuario y grupo de TS-Shell. Los miembros heredan los derechos del grupo." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"Cada ID de z/VM permitido se puede seleccionar manualmente en " -"Selección, se puede definir mediante una Regex o cargar desde " -"un archivo que contiene todos los ID de z/VM permitidos en líneas " -"separadas." +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "Cada ID de z/VM permitido se puede seleccionar manualmente en Selección, se puede definir mediante una Regex o cargar desde un archivo que contiene todos los ID de z/VM permitidos en líneas separadas." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." @@ -603,91 +561,71 @@ "Haga clic en Nuevo usuario para crear usuarios de TS-Shell nuevos\n" "o en Eliminar usuario para borrarlos." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" -"Para añadir o eliminar grupos de la tabla de autorización de TS-Shell, o " -"para\n" +"Para añadir o eliminar grupos de la tabla de autorización de TS-Shell, o para\n" "cambiar sus miembros, vaya a Gestionar grupos." -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." -msgstr "" -"Con ID auditadas, especifique los ID de z/VM de donde se deben " -"recoger las transcripciones." +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." +msgstr "Con ID auditadas, especifique los ID de z/VM de donde se deben recoger las transcripciones." -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" msgstr "<big>Nuevo usuario de TS-Shell</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo usuario de TS-Shell, es necesario proporcionar el " -"nombre de usuario, el directorio personal y la contraseña.</" -"b>\n" -"\t También es posible especificar grupos adicionales " -"seleccionándolos en la parte derecha." +"Para crear un nuevo usuario de TS-Shell, es necesario proporcionar el nombre de usuario, el directorio personal y la contraseña.\n" +"\t También es posible especificar grupos adicionales seleccionándolos en la parte derecha." -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." -msgstr "" -"Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la " -"primera entrada, active Forzar cambio de contraseña." +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." +msgstr "Para asegurarse de que el usuario cambia su contraseña después de la primera entrada, active Forzar cambio de contraseña." -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." msgstr "" -"Puede especificar el mismo directorio de inicio para cada usuario de TS-" -"Shell,\n" +"Puede especificar el mismo directorio de inicio para cada usuario de TS-Shell,\n" "puesto que no se usa para guardar datos." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" msgstr "<big>Gestionar grupos para TS-Authorization</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." msgstr "" -"Defina las autorizaciones de TS-Shell por grupo si quiere que cada " -"miembro\n" +"Defina las autorizaciones de TS-Shell por grupo si quiere que cada miembro\n" "TS-Shell de estos grupos herede los mismos derechos." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "Los grupos existentes se pueden añadir o eliminar de la autorización\n" -"TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y haga clic en Seleccionar o " -"deseleccionar. El estado actual se muestra en la columna TS-Auth." -"" +"TS-Shell. Seleccione los grupos en la tabla y haga clic en Seleccionar o deseleccionar. El estado actual se muestra en la columna TS-Auth." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." @@ -695,673 +633,565 @@ "Cambie los miembros de TS-Shell de un grupo seleccionado en la selección\n" "TS-Members." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" -"Para crear nuevos grupos, introduzca el nombre en el campo de entrada " -"Nuevo grupo y confírmelo con Crear.\n" -"\t Para suprimir los grupos creados anteriormente, es necesario utilizar " -"el diálogo Usuarios de YaST." +"Para crear nuevos grupos, introduzca el nombre en el campo de entrada Nuevo grupo y confírmelo con Crear.\n" +"\t Para suprimir los grupos creados anteriormente, es necesario utilizar el diálogo Usuarios de YaST." -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." -msgstr "" -"Para deshacer los cambios en este recuadro de diálogo, haga clic en " -"Atrás." +msgstr "Para deshacer los cambios en este recuadro de diálogo, haga clic en Atrás." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" msgstr "<big>IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión necesita un usuario para cada ID de z/VM. " -"Para crear estos usuarios, hay que proporcionar una contraseña y un " -"directorio personal." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión necesita un usuario para cada ID de z/VM. Para crear estos usuarios, hay que proporcionar una contraseña y un directorio personal." -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente haciendo clic en " -"Sincronizar o simplemente confirmando los cambios con la opción " -"Aceptar estando habilitada la opción IUCVConn al entrar a la " -"sesión. " +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "Es posible sincronizar los usuarios manualmente haciendo clic en Sincronizar o simplemente confirmando los cambios con la opción Aceptar estando habilitada la opción IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión. " -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "usuario" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "grupo" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "ID de z/&VM (ordenados automáticamente)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "H&abilitar TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "Autorización" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "Grupos/miembros" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "&Nuevo usuario" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "&Eliminar usuario" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "&Gestionar grupos" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "ID de z/VM permitidos" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "&Selección" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "&Expresión regular" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Archivo" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "&Examinar" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "ID &auditadas" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "Ha&bilitar IUCVConn al entrar a la sesión" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "Entrar a la sesión" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "Directorio personal" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "Valores para nuevos usuarios" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Contraseña" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "Co&nfirmar contraseña" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "&Directorio personal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "E&xaminar..." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "&Sincronizar" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "&Forzar cambio de contraseña" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "Grup&os adicionales" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS-Auth" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-Members" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "&Seleccionar o deseleccionar " -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "&Crear" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "&Nuevo grupo" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-&Members" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "ID de &z/VM" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "&TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "&IUCVConn" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden o no son válidas." -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "El nombre de usuario no es válido." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "Se debe especificar un directorio personal." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al añadir el usuario." -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "Configurar los valores generales del servidor de terminal IUCV" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "Nuevo usuario de TS-Shell" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "Gestionar grupos para TS-Authorization" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Sólo se permiten letras y " -"números." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Sólo se permiten letras y números." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido usar números " -"al principio." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido usar números al principio." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido utilizar más " -"de ocho caracteres." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. No está permitido utilizar más de ocho caracteres." -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." -msgstr "" -"ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Es obligatorio usar al menos " -"una letra." +msgstr "ID de z/VM incorrecto \"%1\" en la línea %2. Es obligatorio usar al menos una letra." -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." -msgstr "" -"Se necesita una contraseña introducida correctamente para sincronizar los " -"usuarios de IUCVConn." +msgstr "Se necesita una contraseña introducida correctamente para sincronizar los usuarios de IUCVConn." -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "El directorio personal de IUCVConn especificado no es válido." -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "El nombre de grupo no es válido." -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "No es posible configurar Terminal Server sin ID z/VM válidos." -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." -msgstr "" -"Entrada incorrecta, sólo se permiten letras minúsculas, números y comas para " -"separar los valores." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." +msgstr "Entrada incorrecta, sólo se permiten letras minúsculas, números y comas para separar los valores." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "La coma sólo funciona como separador." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "Los ID de z/VM no permiten más de ocho caracteres." -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "ID de IUCV incorrecto. Sólo se permiten letras minúsculas." -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "Los ID de IUCV no pueden tener más de %1 caracteres." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" msgstr "<h2>Configurar valores del sistema de terminal local</h2>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "IUCVtty" msgstr "IUCVtty" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"Pueden ejecutarse varias instancias IUCVtty para proporcionar " -"múltiples dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID " -"de terminal, que es una combinación del prefijo de ID de terminal y " -"el número de la instancia. " +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "Pueden ejecutarse varias instancias IUCVtty para proporcionar múltiples dispositivos de terminal. Las instancias se distinguen por un ID de terminal, que es una combinación del prefijo de ID de terminal y el número de la instancia. " -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si define diez instancias con el prefijo "lxterm</" -"i>", estarán disponibles los ID de terminal del lxterm0 al " -"lxterm9." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "Por ejemplo, si define diez instancias con el prefijo "lxterm", estarán disponibles los ID de terminal del lxterm0 al lxterm9." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"El controlador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del núcleo y usa " -"nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC " -"a fin de comunicarse con los programas getty y de entrada." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "El controlador de dispositivo z/VM IUCV HVC es un módulo del núcleo y usa nodos de dispositivos para permitir hasta ocho dispositivos de terminal HVC a fin de comunicarse con los programas getty y de entrada." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." -msgstr "" -"Con restringir acceso, se permite la conexión solo desde ciertos " -"Terminal Servers." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." +msgstr "Con restringir acceso, se permite la conexión solo desde ciertos Terminal Servers." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" -msgstr "" -"Defina la emulación para todas las instancias a la vez o para cada una " -"por separado." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." +msgstr "Defina la emulación para todas las instancias a la vez o para cada una por separado." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" -"Active recibir mensajes del núcleo en hvc0 para enrutar los " -"mensajes\n" +"Active recibir mensajes del núcleo en hvc0 para enrutar los mensajes\n" "del núcleo al dispositivo hvc0, en lugar de a ttyS0. " -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"Si los mensajes del núcleo todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente " -"console=ttyS0 al parámetro de arranque del núcleo en uso en el " -"módulo de arranque de YaST." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "Si los mensajes del núcleo todavía se mostrasen en ttyS0, añada manualmente console=ttyS0 al parámetro de arranque del núcleo en uso en el módulo de arranque de YaST." -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>Advertencia: los terminales HVC permanecen con una sesión iniciada si no " -"se sale de la sesión manualmente mediante el acceso directo ctrl _ d</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>Advertencia: los terminales HVC permanecen con una sesión iniciada si no se sale de la sesión manualmente mediante el acceso directo ctrl _ d</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "&IUCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "&Prefijo de ID de terminal" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "Instancias de I&UCVtty" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "Instancias de H&VC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "Restringir &acceso a" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "&Servidores de terminal permitidos" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "recibir mensajes del &núcleo en hvc0" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea salir sin guardar?" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "El ID de IUCV no es válido." -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "Los servidores de terminal no son válidos." -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." -msgstr "" -"El sistema debe reiniciarse para que algunos de los cambios surtan efecto." +msgstr "El sistema debe reiniciarse para que algunos de los cambios surtan efecto." -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "Solo se permiten %1 líneas para VMCMD." -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de OnPanic" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" -msgstr "" -"Configurar las acciones que se llevarán a cabo si se produce un error " -"fatal del núcleo (kernel panic)" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +msgstr "Configurar las acciones que se llevarán a cabo si se produce un error fatal del núcleo (kernel panic)" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"El daemon Dumpconf debe estar habilitado para influir en el " -"comportamiento durante los errores fatales del núcleo." +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "El daemon Dumpconf debe estar habilitado para influir en el comportamiento durante los errores fatales del núcleo." -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " -msgstr "" -"Las acciones durante errores fatales posibles son las siguientes:" -" " +msgstr "Las acciones durante errores fatales posibles son las siguientes: " -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " msgstr "stop Detener Linux (por defecto). " -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " msgstr "dump Realizar un volcado de Linux y detener el sistema. " -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " msgstr "reipl Reiniciar Linux. " -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" -"dump_reipl Realiza un volcado de Linux y reinicia el sistema. Esta " -"opción solo está disponible\n" -"en sistemas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores." -" " +"dump_reipl Realiza un volcado de Linux y reinicia el sistema. Esta opción solo está disponible\n" +"en sistemas LPAR con z9(r) y posteriores y en z/VMversion 5.3 y posteriores. " -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." -msgstr "" -"vmcmd Ejecutar los comandos CP especificados y detener el sistema." +msgstr "vmcmd Ejecutar los comandos CP especificados y detener el sistema." -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"El tiempo definido en Minutos de retraso retrasa la activación de " -"la acción de error fatal especificada para un sistema recién iniciado, con " -"el fin de evitar bucles. Si el sistema se bloquea antes de que transcurra el " -"tiempo, se realizará la acción por defecto (stop)." +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "El tiempo definido en Minutos de retraso retrasa la activación de la acción de error fatal especificada para un sistema recién iniciado, con el fin de evitar bucles. Si el sistema se bloquea antes de que transcurra el tiempo, se realizará la acción por defecto (stop)." -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"El dispositivo para volcar la memoria se puede establecer mediante la " -"opción Dispositivo de volcado. Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo, " -"deberá crear uno en el diálogo Dispositivos de volcado de YaST." +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "El dispositivo para volcar la memoria se puede establecer mediante la opción Dispositivo de volcado. Si no se muestra ningún dispositivo, deberá crear uno en el diálogo Dispositivos de volcado de YaST." -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"Con VMCMD, especifique los comandos CP que se ejecutarán antes de " -"que se detenga el sistema Linux. Solo se permiten %1 líneas y un total de %2 " -"caracteres." +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "Con VMCMD, especifique los comandos CP que se ejecutarán antes de que se detenga el sistema Linux. Solo se permiten %1 líneas y un total de %2 caracteres." -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "N&o iniciar Dumpconf" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "&Iniciar Dumpconf" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "Acción en caso de error &fatal" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "&Minutos de retraso" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo de volcado" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "&VMCMD" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." -msgstr "" -"No es posible habilitar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado." +msgstr "No es posible habilitar el proceso de volcado sin un dispositivo de volcado." -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "No es posible utilizar vmcmd sin definir al menos un comando." -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos ZFCP configurados" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1369,61 +1199,57 @@ "¿Desea salir sin guardar la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP?\n" "Se perderán todos los cambios." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "Añadir nuevo dispositivo ZFCP" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "Obtener WWPN" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "&WWPN" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "Obtener LUN" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "&LUN" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." -msgstr "" -"Si no se han definido WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará usar allow_lun_scan." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." +msgstr "Si no se han definido WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará usar allow_lun_scan." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "El WWPN no es válido." -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "El LUN introducido no es válido." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Inicializando la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Inicializando la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1431,8 +1257,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del dispositivo ZFCP</big> \n" "\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" @@ -1440,40 +1266,37 @@ "<big>Dispositivos ZFCP configurados</big> \n" "Permite gestionar los dispositivos ZFCP del sistema.\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar un nuevo dispositivo ZFCP, haga clic en Añadir." +msgstr "Para configurar un nuevo dispositivo ZFCP, haga clic en Añadir." -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un dispositivo ZFCP configurado, selecciónelo y haga clic " -"en\n" +"Para eliminar un dispositivo ZFCP configurado, selecciónelo y haga clic en\n" "Suprimir." -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Advertencia</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" "Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." msgstr "" -"Al acceder a un dispositivo ZFCP de lectura y escritura, " -"asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo.\n" +"Al acceder a un dispositivo ZFCP de lectura y escritura, asegúrese de que el acceso es exclusivo.\n" " De lo contrario, existirá un riesgo potencial de corrupción de datos." -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1485,221 +1308,208 @@ "ID de canal del controladora ZFCP, el número internacional\n" "de puerto (WWPN) y el número de LUN.\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN " -"and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." msgstr "" -"El ID de canal se debe introducir con letras minúsculas en un " -"formato admitido\n" +"El ID de canal se debe introducir con letras minúsculas en un formato admitido\n" "por sysfs 0.0.<n.ºdispositivo>; por ejemplo, <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"El WWPN se debe introducir en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -"dígitos;\n" +"El WWPN se debe introducir en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos;\n" "por ejemplo, <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"El LUN se debe indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 " -"dígitos\n" -"con todos sus ceros al final; por ejemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</" -"p>Si no se han definido valores WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará " -"utilizar allow_lun_scan." +"El LUN se debe indicar en minúsculas como un valor hexadecimal de 16 dígitos\n" +"con todos sus ceros al final; por ejemplo, <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.Si no se han definido valores WWPN ni LUN, el sistema intentará utilizar allow_lun_scan." -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "Ejecutando mkinitrd." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; formato: %2; DIAG: %3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; dispositivo: %2; DIAG: %3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "Leyendo los discos DASD configurados" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: sysfs no está montado." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1: estado no válido para <online>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1: no se ha encontrado ningún dispositivo para <ccwid>." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1: no es posible cambiar el estado del dispositivo." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1: el dispositivo no es DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1: no es posible cargar el módulo." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1: error al activar DASD." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1: DASD no tiene formato." -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1: Error desconocido %2." -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "Formateando %1:" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "Error al formatear los discos. Código de salida: %1." -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "Formateando %1: completados %2 cilindros de %3" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "Comprobando discos" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "Comprobando discos DASD" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "Comprobando discos ZFCP" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "Comprobando discos DASD..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "Comprobando discos ZFCP..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." -msgstr "" -"Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar unos minutos." +msgstr "Creando dispositivo de volcado. Este proceso puede tardar unos minutos." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "El disco no es válido o no se puede usar (error grave)." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "Formato o partición incompatible, corregir con Forzar." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "Faltan programas de asistencia." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "Hay parámetros ausentes o no válidos." -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "Problema de acceso." -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "Código de error del programa de soporte: %1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1707,195 +1517,195 @@ "No es posible crear el dispositivo de volcado %1:\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Cargando la configuración de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "Comprobar entradas IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "Comprobar entradas HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "Leer parámetros del núcleo" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "Comprobando entradas IUCVtty..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "Comprobando entradas HVC..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "Leyendo parámetros del núcleo..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de IUCVtty" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración de HVC" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "Escribir parámetros del núcleo" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de IUCVtty..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de HVC..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "Escribiendo parámetros del núcleo..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<TODO>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Cargando la configuración del servidor de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "Leer archivos de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "Cargar configuración de usuarios/grupos" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "Leyendo archivos de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "Cargando la configuración de usuarios/grupos..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor de terminal IUCV" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "Escribir archivos de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración de usuario" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "Escribiendo archivos de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "Actualizando la configuración de usuarios..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Leyendo configuración de Dumpconf" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "Comprobando los dispositivos de volcado" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "Comprobando los dispositivos de volcado..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de Dumpconf..." -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "Reiniciar el servicio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; WWPN: %2; LUN: %3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "ID de canal: %1; WWPN: %2; LUN: %3; dispositivo: %4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1903,62 +1713,62 @@ "No es posible evaluar los controladores ZFCP (por ejemplo, en LPAR).\n" "Tendrá que configurarlos manualmente." -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "Leyendo los dispositivos ZFCP configurados" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1: WWPN no válido." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1: no se ha podido activar el WWPN para el adaptador %1." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1: no es posible activar el dispositivo ZFCP." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1: el disco SCSI no se ha podido desactivar." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: no es posible anular el registro del LUN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1: no es posible anular el registro del WWPN." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1: el dispositivo <ccwid> no existe." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1: no se ha podido cargar el módulo zfcp." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1: no se ha podido cambiar el estado del adaptador." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1: los puertos WWPN están aún activo." -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1: este adaptador de host admite allow_lun_scan." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-client.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "Módulo de configuración del cliente Samba.\n" "Consulte la documentación de Samba para obtener más información." -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "Activar o desactivar los servicios Winbind (winbindd)" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "Comprobar si esta máquina es miembro de un dominio" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "Unir este equipo a un dominio" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración global de Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "Activar el servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "Desactivar el servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "Nombre del dominio al que unirse" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,190 +67,186 @@ "El usuario utilizado para unirse al dominio. Si no se introduce, YaST\n" "intentará unirse al dominio sin especificar el usuario ni la contraseña.\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "Contraseña empleada por el usuario al incorporarse al dominio" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "La cuenta de máquina" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Nombre de un grupo de trabajo" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de un dominio." -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "No es posible probar la pertenencia al dominio." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "Este equipo es miembro de %1." -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "Este equipo no es miembro de %1." -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Se ha accedido correctamente al dominio %1." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "U&ID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo &primario" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo &secundario" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "&GID" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Nombre del servidor" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "&Vía remota" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "O&pciones" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el intervalo para los ID de grupo y usuario Samba " -"(valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> y <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "Especifique el intervalo para los ID de grupo y usuario Samba (valores <tt>winbind uid</tt> y <tt>winbind gid</tt>)." -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "Intervalo de &UID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "Intervalo de &GID" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Mín&imo" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "&Máximo" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "Grupos permitidos" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "Nombres o SID del grupo" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "Método &Kerberos" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "Servicio de nombres de Internet de Windows" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "Montar directorios de servidor" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "Nombre del servidor" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "Vía remota" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje local" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "User Name" msgstr "Nombre de usuario" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores avanzados de configuración" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -258,116 +254,116 @@ "El valor mínimo del intervalo no puede ser\n" "superior al valor máximo.\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Pertenencia a dominio de Windows" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "Verificando la pertenencia al dominio AD..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "&Salir" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "Actualmente, es miembro de este dominio" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "&Usar la información de SMB para la autenticación de Linux" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "&Crear directorio personal al iniciar sesión" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de acceso" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "OU de cuenta de &máquina" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "Servidor de Active Directory" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "Configuración de N&TP..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "Deshabilitar caché de servicio de nombres" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "Monitorización de modificaciones de archivo de inicio" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 msgid "Membership" msgstr "Pertenencia" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "&Dominio" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "&Dominio o grupo de trabajo" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación &sin conexión" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "&Single Sign-On para SSH" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "Configuración &avanzada..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -375,13 +371,13 @@ "No es posible utilizar el grupo de trabajo\n" "%1 para la autenticación en Linux." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "Introduzca un dominio válido." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -389,24 +385,22 @@ "Introduzca un dominio o inhabilite\n" "el uso de SMB para la autenticación en Linux." -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" -"La configuración de este sistema como cliente para Active Directory " -"restablece los siguientes\n" +"La configuración de este sistema como cliente para Active Directory restablece los siguientes\n" " ajustes de smb.conf a los valores por defecto:\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -414,8 +408,8 @@ "El host debe ser miembro de un dominio\n" "para la autenticación en Linux con SMB." -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -423,13 +417,13 @@ "Acceda a un dominio o inhabilite el uso de SMB\n" "para la autenticación en Linux." -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "Samba ha sido activado." -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -439,20 +433,19 @@ "los cambios de nombre de host con DHCP son problemáticos.\n" "¿Desea inhabilitar los cambios de nombre de host con DHCP?" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" "the machine to enable it for all services.\n" msgstr "" "Este cambio sólo afecta a los procesos recién creados y no a los servicios\n" -"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los " -"servicios\n" +"en ejecución. Para aplicar el cambio a todos los servicios, reinicie los servicios\n" "manualmente o reinicie el equipo.\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -460,18 +453,17 @@ "<big>Inicializando la configuración del cliente Samba</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -479,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del cliente Samba</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -489,68 +481,58 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big> \n" "Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Abortar.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.\n" "\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big>" msgstr "<big>Selección de pertenencia a dominio de Windows</big>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" -"Un cliente Linux puede ser miembro de un grupo de trabajo, un dominio NT " -"o un dominio de Active Directory.\n" +"Un cliente Linux puede ser miembro de un grupo de trabajo, un dominio NT o un dominio de Active Directory.\n" "Especifique aquí el nombre del tipo de pertenencia.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "Usar la información de SMB para la autenticación de Linux permite\n" -"verificar las contraseñas con el servidor NT o Kerberos al unirse a un " -"dominio de AD.\n" +"verificar las contraseñas con el servidor NT o Kerberos al unirse a un dominio de AD.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" -"Marque Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario para añadir su servidor de " -"AD a la lista de servidores de nombres.\n" -"Esta opción solo se encuentra disponible para configuraciones de red " -"estática." +"Marque Cambiar sufijo de DNS primario para añadir su servidor de AD a la lista de servidores de nombres.\n" +"Esta opción solo se encuentra disponible para configuraciones de red estática." -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "Al hacer clic en Aceptar, el sistema verifica la pertenencia y,\n" -"si es un dominio NT o Active Directory, permite al host unirse al dominio.</" -"p>\n" +"si es un dominio NT o Active Directory, permite al host unirse al dominio.\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" msgstr "Indique el nombre de dominio NT o de Active Directory.\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "When you press Next, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.\n" @@ -558,75 +540,42 @@ "Al hacer clic en Siguiente, el sistema comprueba el dominio y\n" "permite al host acceder a él.\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"Marque Crear directorio personal al iniciar la sesión para crear " -"los directorios personales locales en la primera entrada al sistema." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "Marque Crear directorio personal al iniciar la sesión para crear los directorios personales locales en la primera entrada al sistema." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"Autenticación sin conexión permite al usuario iniciar una sesión " -"aunque no haya ninguna conexión con el controlador de dominio. Para que esta " -"opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión en el dominio al menos una vez. Las " -"credenciales del usuario se almacenan cifradas en el equipo y se reutilizan " -"para un inicio de sesión de dominio cuando no se puede establecer una " -"conexión con el controlador de dominio. Esto resulta especialmente útil para " -"los usuarios móviles." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "Autenticación sin conexión permite al usuario iniciar una sesión aunque no haya ninguna conexión con el controlador de dominio. Para que esta opción funcione, deberá iniciar sesión en el dominio al menos una vez. Las credenciales del usuario se almacenan cifradas en el equipo y se reutilizan para un inicio de sesión de dominio cuando no se puede establecer una conexión con el controlador de dominio. Esto resulta especialmente útil para los usuarios móviles." -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en Configuración avanzada para habilitar características " -"avanzadas, como las opciones de WINS o montar directorios personales del " -"servidor desde dominios Active Directory." +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "Haga clic en Configuración avanzada para habilitar características avanzadas, como las opciones de WINS o montar directorios personales del servidor desde dominios Active Directory." -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de acceso" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" -"Establezca el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña que deben " -"emplearse para unirse\n" -"al dominio seleccionado durante la instalación automática. Tenga en cuenta " -"que la contraseña se guardará en el perfil en texto normal (sin cifrar)." +"Establezca el Nombre de usuario y la Contraseña que deben emplearse para unirse\n" +"al dominio seleccionado durante la instalación automática. Tenga en cuenta que la contraseña se guardará en el perfil en texto normal (sin cifrar)." -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"Especifique el Servidor de Active Directory que desee utilizar " -"para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. También se utiliza como valor " -"para KDC en la configuración de Kerberos." +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "Especifique el Servidor de Active Directory que desee utilizar para unirse a un dominio de Active Directory. También se utiliza como valor para KDC en la configuración de Kerberos." -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -634,27 +583,26 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Configure su equipo como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema o " -"equipo con la de un\n" +"Configure su equipo como cliente NTP para sincronizar la hora del sistema o equipo con la de un\n" "servidor NTP. Puede pasar a la configuración con Configuración NTP.\n" "\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(por defecto)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "Cuenta de &máquina OU" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "O&btener lista" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -662,39 +610,36 @@ "Se requiere un nombre de usuario y una contraseña\n" "para mostrar las cuentas de máquina." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "Cuenta de &máquina" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "Verificando la pertenencia al grupo de trabajo..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para salir del dominio %1." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para salir del dominio %1." -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "La configuración se transmitirá a todos los nodos del grupo." -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para unirse al dominio %1." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para unirse al dominio %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" -msgstr "" -"Para unirse al dominio de forma anónima, deje vacíos los campos de texto.\n" +msgstr "Para unirse al dominio de forma anónima, deje vacíos los campos de texto.\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -702,8 +647,8 @@ "No es posible determinar automáticamente si este host\n" "es miembro del dominio %1." -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -711,12 +656,12 @@ "Este host no es miembro\n" "del dominio %1." -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "¿Desea acceder al dominio %1?" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -724,7 +669,7 @@ "No es posible determinar automáticamente si este grupo\n" "es miembro del dominio %1." -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -732,306 +677,251 @@ "Este grupo no es miembro\n" "del dominio %1." -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" -msgstr "" -"Ya existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. ¿Desea conservar o suprimir " -"estos recursos compartidos?" +msgstr "Ya existen recursos compartidos de usuarios. ¿Desea conservar o suprimir estos recursos compartidos?" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "&Conservar" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Suprimir" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" -msgstr "" -"Hay otros servicios de compartición de Windows disponibles. ¿Desea " -"detenerlos también?" +msgstr "Hay otros servicios de compartición de Windows disponibles. ¿Desea detenerlos también?" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "&Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"Si desea utilizar el Servicio de nombres de Internet de Microsoft Windows " -"(WINS) para resolver nombres, marque Utilizar WINS para resolución de " -"nombres de host." +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "Si desea utilizar el Servicio de nombres de Internet de Microsoft Windows (WINS) para resolver nombres, marque Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host." -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "Obtener servidor WINS mediante &DHCP" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"Marque Obtener servidor WINS mediante DHCP para utilizar un " -"servidor WINS proporcionado a través de DHCP." +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "Marque Obtener servidor WINS mediante DHCP para utilizar un servidor WINS proporcionado a través de DHCP." -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "Recursos compartidos por los usuarios" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "Compartiendo" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "&Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "Permitir acceso de in&vitado" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "&Grupo permitido" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "Número &máximo de recursos compartidos" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios permite que los " -"miembros del grupo de Grupos permitidos compartan los directorios que " -"poseen con otros usuarios. Por ejemplo, los <tt>users</tt> con un alcance " -"local o los de <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> para un alcance de dominio. El " -"usuario también debe comprobar que los permisos del sistema de archivos " -"permiten el acceso." +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "Permitir a los usuarios compartir sus directorios permite que los miembros del grupo de Grupos permitidos compartan los directorios que poseen con otros usuarios. Por ejemplo, los <tt>users</tt> con un alcance local o los de <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> para un alcance de dominio. El usuario también debe comprobar que los permisos del sistema de archivos permiten el acceso." -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de recursos compartidos permite limitar la cantidad " -"total de recursos compartidos que pueden crearse." +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." +msgstr "Número máximo de recursos compartidos permite limitar la cantidad total de recursos compartidos que pueden crearse." -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"Para permitir el acceso a los recursos compartidos de los usuarios sin " -"autenticación, active Permitir acceso de invitado." +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "Para permitir el acceso a los recursos compartidos de los usuarios sin autenticación, active Permitir acceso de invitado." -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" -"En la tabla Montar directorios de servidor, puede indicar " -"directorios\n" -"de servidor (como el directorio de inicio) que deban montarse de forma local " -"cuando el \n" -"usuario entre a la sesión. Si el montaje debe ser específico por usuario, " -"indique Nombre de usuario\n" -"para la regla seleccionada. En caso contrario, el directorio se monta para " -"cada usuario. Para obtener más información, consulte la página man de " -"pam_mount.conf." +"En la tabla Montar directorios de servidor, puede indicar directorios\n" +"de servidor (como el directorio de inicio) que deban montarse de forma local cuando el \n" +"usuario entre a la sesión. Si el montaje debe ser específico por usuario, indique Nombre de usuario\n" +"para la regla seleccionada. En caso contrario, el directorio se monta para cada usuario. Para obtener más información, consulte la página man de pam_mount.conf." -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el valor <tt>/home/%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> " -"para Vía remota, el valor <tt>~/</tt> para Punto de montaje local</" -"b> con el fin de montar el directorio personal, junto con un valor <tt>user=" -"%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> como parte de Opciones." +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "Por ejemplo, puede utilizar el valor <tt>/home/%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> para Vía remota, el valor <tt>~/</tt> para Punto de montaje local con el fin de montar el directorio personal, junto con un valor <tt>user=%(USUARIO_DOMINIO)</tt> como parte de Opciones." -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -" El valor del Método Kerberos establece cómo se verifican los " -"tickets de Kerberos. Si se usa Single Sign-On para SSH, YaST define " -"por defecto el método Kerberos <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Consulte la " -"página man de smb.conf para obtener más detalles." +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr " El valor del Método Kerberos establece cómo se verifican los tickets de Kerberos. Si se usa Single Sign-On para SSH, YaST define por defecto el método Kerberos <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. Consulte la página man de smb.conf para obtener más detalles." -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del cliente Samba" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de PAM" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración del cliente Kerberos" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "Escribir los ajustes de OpenSSH" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de PAM..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del cliente Kerberos..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los ajustes de OpenSSH..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "Instalar paquetes requeridos" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes requeridos..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "Login de PAM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "Usar Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "No usar Kerberos" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "Realm por defecto" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "Dominio por defecto" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "Dirección del servidor KDC" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "Sesgo del reloj (clock skew)" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "Servidor KDC:%1 " -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "Dominio por defecto: %1 " -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "Realm por defecto: %1 " -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "Autenticación Kerberos habilitada: %1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "Configuración adquirida mediante DNS" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1039,8 +929,8 @@ "El sesgo del reloj no es válido.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1048,143 +938,143 @@ "El tiempo de vida no es válido.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del cliente Samba" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes globales de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "Leer el estado de winbind " -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes globales de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "Leyendo el estado de winbind..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cliente Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Desactivar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Activar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Desactivando los servicios Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Activando los servicios Samba..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "Escribir configuración de Kerberos" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "Escribiendo configuración de Kerberos..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración a %1." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el servicio winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "No es posible iniciar el daemon winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio winbind." -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "No es posible detener el daemon winbind." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración PAM." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "Crear directorio personal al iniciar sesión" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "Autenticación sin conexión activada" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "Número máximo de recursos compartidos: %1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %1" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "Autenticación con SMB: %1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "No es posible continuar con la unión: estado del clúster incoherente" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,219 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Módulo de configuración del servidor Samba (consulte la documentación de " -"Samba para obtener más información)" +msgstr "Módulo de configuración del servidor Samba (consulte la documentación de Samba para obtener más información)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "Manejar un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "Mostrar la lista de recursos compartidos disponibles" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "Definir función del servidor" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "Definir dorsal para guardar la información de usuario" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "Activar o desactivar los servicios de Samba (smb y nmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "Cambiar la configuración global del servidor Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "Activar el recurso compartido o un servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "Desactivar el recurso compartido o un servicio" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "Eliminar recurso compartido del archivo de configuración" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "Nombre del recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "Añadir un nuevo recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "Cambiar las opciones de un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "Mostrar las opciones de un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "Comentario de un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "Ruta (directorio) a un recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido debe actuar como impresora" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de lectura sobre el " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de lectura sobre el recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de escritura sobre el " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios (separados por comas) con permiso de escritura sobre el recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido debe estar visible al examinar la LAN" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "Señalar si el recurso compartido ha de permitir el acceso de invitados" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"Lista de usuarios separados por comas a los que se les permite el acceso al " -"recurso compartido" +msgstr "Lista de usuarios separados por comas a los que se les permite el acceso al recurso compartido" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "El servidor debe actuar como controlador de dominio primario" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" -msgstr "" -"El servidor debe actuar como controlador de dominio de copia de seguridad" +msgstr "El servidor debe actuar como controlador de dominio de copia de seguridad" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "El servidor debe actuar como miembro de dominio" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"El servidor debe proporcionar recursos compartidos pero no permitir inicios " -"de sesión en dominios" +msgstr "El servidor debe proporcionar recursos compartidos pero no permitir inicios de sesión en dominios" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "Utilice el archivo 'smbpasswd' para guardar la información de usuario." -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" -msgstr "" -"Utilice el archivo 'passdb.tdb' para guardar la información de usuario." +msgstr "Utilice el archivo 'passdb.tdb' para guardar la información de usuario." -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "Utilice el servidor LDAP para guardar la información de usuario." -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "Contraseña para el servidor LDAP" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "Nombre de un grupo de trabajo." -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "Descripción legible para el usuario del servidor Samba" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" -msgstr "" -"Sufijo DN de LDAP para manejar la información de usuario en el servidor LDAP." +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgstr "Sufijo DN de LDAP para manejar la información de usuario en el servidor LDAP." -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"DN de LDAP para modificar el contenido del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, " -"cambiar las contraseñas)." +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "DN de LDAP para modificar el contenido del servidor LDAP (por ejemplo, cambiar las contraseñas)." -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "Especificar el nombre del recurso compartido." -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "El recurso compartido %1 no existe." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "Indique la ruta al directorio que desea compartir." -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "El recurso compartido %1 ya existe." -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -234,135 +216,130 @@ "Estado \tTipo\tNombre\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\tdisco\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\timpresora\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "Dado que hay usuarios conectados actualmente al servidor Samba,\n" -"se ha vuelto a cargar la configuración del servidor en lugar de " -"reiniciarlo.\n" -" Para confirmar que desea aplicar todos los ajustes a pesar de que pueda " -"desconectar a los usuarios,\n" +"se ha vuelto a cargar la configuración del servidor en lugar de reiniciarlo.\n" +" Para confirmar que desea aplicar todos los ajustes a pesar de que pueda desconectar a los usuarios,\n" " ejecute systemctl restart smb y systemctl restart nmb." -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "Archivo smbpasswd" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "Base de datos TDB" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "El valor opcional no puede comenzar con un espacio." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." -msgstr "" -"Los valores opcionales múltiples para el servidor se deben indicar entre " -"comillas." +msgstr "Los valores opcionales múltiples para el servidor se deben indicar entre comillas." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "La URL %1 introducida no es válida." -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "¿Suprimir la entrada seleccionada?" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "Se debe especificar al menos un servidor." -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "¿Suprimir el dorsal seleccionado?" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "Tipo de sistema de apoyo" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "Archivo smbpasswd" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "Base de datos TDB" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -378,117 +355,117 @@ "Consulte la ayuda sobre procedimientos de Samba para\n" "obtener más información.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky(a)suse.cz> -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky(a)suse.cz> +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "Controlador de dominio &primario (PDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "Controlador de dominio de re&serva (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "Sin &controlador de dominio" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Instalación de Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "Paso 1 de 2" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de &grupo de trabajo o dominio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "Paso 2 de 2" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "Nombre de dominio actual:" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Tipo de servidor Samba" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "No disponible, ya que PDC está presente." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "Renombrar recurso compartido" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "Nuevo &nombre del recurso compartido" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "Introduzca un nuevo nombre para el recurso compartido." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -496,8 +473,8 @@ "El recurso compartido %1 ya existe.\n" "Seleccione otro.\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -507,27 +484,27 @@ "se perderán todos sus ajustes.\n" " ¿Está seguro de que desea suprimirlo?" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "&Dominio de confianza" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Contrase&ña" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre de dominio no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "No es posible establecer una relación de confianza con el dominio." -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -535,20 +512,19 @@ "a security threat." msgstr "" "La contraseña para los dominios de confianza\n" -"se almacena en el archivo de control de instalación automática. La " -"contraseña\n" +"se almacena en el archivo de control de instalación automática. La contraseña\n" "se almacena como sólo texto. Esto puede considerarse\n" "una amenaza a la seguridad." -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "Dominios de &confianza" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -556,233 +532,233 @@ "¿Está seguro de que desea abandonar la relación\n" "de confianza con el dominio %1?" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "Recurso compartido %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global de experto" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "Identificación" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "&Nombre del recurso compartido" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "&Descripción del recurso compartido" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "Tipo de recurso compartido" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "Im&presora" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "&Directorio" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "Vía al recurso compartido" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "&Sólo lectura" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "&Heredar ACL" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "Exponer instantáneas" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "Utilizar características de BtrFS" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "Nuevo recurso compartido" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "Ruta del recurso compartido" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "El nombre del recurso compartido no puede estar vacío." -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "La ruta del recurso compartido no puede estar vacía." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "Recursos compartidos disponibles" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "&Filtro" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "M&ostrar todos los recursos compartidos" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "&No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "Sólo lectura" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "Ruta" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Acceso de invitado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "Comentario" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "&Renombrar..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "&Cambiar estado" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "Compatibilidad con servidor WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "Servidor WINS remoto" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "Nom&bre" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "Utilizar WINS para resolución de nombres de host" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "Sin controlador de dominio" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "Primario (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "Reserva (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "Configuración básica" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "&Controlador de dominio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "Valores de configuración avanzados..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "Configuración global de &experto" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "Orígenes de autenticación de &usuario" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Samba" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "I&nicio" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "&Recursos compartidos" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "I&dentidad" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "Configuración &LDAP" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "Nombre de &host de NetBIOS" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "Orígenes de información de usuario" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -792,16 +768,16 @@ "(root) para funcionar correctamente.\n" "Esta cuenta se creará ahora." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "&Contraseña raíz de Samba" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "&Verificar contraseña" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -809,13 +785,13 @@ "La primera y la segunda versión de la contraseña\n" "no coinciden." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "No es posible crear una cuenta para el usuario %1." -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -823,7 +799,7 @@ "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña para\n" "acceder al dominio %1." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -831,23 +807,23 @@ "Para incorporarse al dominio de forma anónima, deje \n" "vacías las casillas de texto." -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "&No incorporarse" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "Se ha accedido correctamente al dominio %1." -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -855,18 +831,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor Samba</big> \n" "Por favor, espere... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en " -"Cancelar.\n" +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, haga clic ahora en Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -874,8 +849,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor Samba</big> \n" "Por favor, espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -884,78 +859,63 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelar el almacenamiento</big> \n" "Detenga el procedimiento de almacenamiento haciendo clic en Abortar.\n" -"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una " -"operación segura o no.\n" +"Aparecerá un cuadro de diálogo adicional indicándole si se trata de una operación segura o no.\n" "\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Selección de dominio o grupo de trabajo</big> \n" -"Seleccione el nombre de un grupo de trabajo o un dominio existentes o " -"escriba un nombre nuevo y haga clic en Siguiente.\n" +"Seleccione el nombre de un grupo de trabajo o un dominio existentes o escriba un nombre nuevo y haga clic en Siguiente.\n" "\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Un controlador de dominio permite a los clientes de Windows entrar en un " -"dominio estilo Windows NT.\n" -"El controlador de copia de seguridad usa otro controlador de dominio para " -"la validación.\n" -"El controlador primario usa su propia información sobre los usuarios y sus " -"contraseñas.\n" -"Las opciones disponibles en los recuadros de diálogo de configuración " -"dependen de los ajustes de esta selección. La función de controlador de " -"dominio estilo Windows NT quedará obsoleta en versiones futuras." +"Un controlador de dominio permite a los clientes de Windows entrar en un dominio estilo Windows NT.\n" +"El controlador de copia de seguridad usa otro controlador de dominio para la validación.\n" +"El controlador primario usa su propia información sobre los usuarios y sus contraseñas.\n" +"Las opciones disponibles en los recuadros de diálogo de configuración dependen de los ajustes de esta selección. La función de controlador de dominio estilo Windows NT quedará obsoleta en versiones futuras." -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" "<big>Tipo de servidor Samba</big>\n" -"Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien " -"sesión en un dominio de Windows.\n" +"Un controlador de dominio permite que los clientes de Windows inicien sesión en un dominio de Windows.\n" " Las opciones disponibles en los cuadros de diálogo de configuración \n" " dependen de los ajustes de esta selección." -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<big>Shares</big>" msgstr "<big>Recursos compartidos</big>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " msgstr "" "Esta es una lista de recursos compartidos ya configurados, tanto\n" -"habilitados como inhabilitados, así como alguna información básica al " -"respecto. " +"habilitados como inhabilitados, así como alguna información básica al respecto. " -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -969,8 +929,8 @@ "Así el recurso compartido podrá leerse de nuevo más tarde.\n" "" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -978,30 +938,25 @@ "by selecting Do Not Show System Shares in the Filter\n" "menu.\n" msgstr "" -"Algunos de los recursos compartidos son especiales. Por ejemplo, el " -"recurso compartido\n" -"Homes es un recurso compartido del sistema especial para acceder a los " -"directorios personales\n" -"de los usuarios. Los recursos compartidos del sistema pueden ocultarse en la " -"tabla\n" -"seleccionando No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema en el " -"menú Filtro.\n" +"Algunos de los recursos compartidos son especiales. Por ejemplo, el recurso compartido\n" +"Homes es un recurso compartido del sistema especial para acceder a los directorios personales\n" +"de los usuarios. Los recursos compartidos del sistema pueden ocultarse en la tabla\n" +"seleccionando No mostrar los recursos compartidos del sistema en el menú Filtro.\n" "\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new share, Edit to modify\n" "already existing share, and Delete to \n" "remove the information about a share.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilice Añadir para añadir un nuevo recurso compartido, Editar</" -"b> para modificar\n" +"Utilice Añadir para añadir un nuevo recurso compartido, Editar para modificar\n" "un recurso existente y Suprimir para \n" "eliminar la información acerca de un recurso compartido.\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Identity</big> \n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -1011,30 +966,25 @@ "Estas opciones le permiten definir la identidad del servidor y su función\n" "primaria en la red.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "Los ajustes básicos permiten configurar el dominio y la\n" -"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC) y " -"Controlador de dominio primario permiten a los clientes Windows " -"iniciar sesión en un dominio de Windows. El controlador de reserva\n" -"utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación. El controlador " -"primario utiliza\n" +"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC) y Controlador de dominio primario permiten a los clientes Windows iniciar sesión en un dominio de Windows. El controlador de reserva\n" +"utiliza otro controlador de dominio para la validación. El controlador primario utiliza\n" "su propia información acerca de los usuarios y sus contraseñas.\n" "Si el servidor no debe participar como controlador de dominio, elija \n" "Sin controlador de dominio.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "The Base Settings set up the domain and the\n" "server role. Primary Domain Controller allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1042,13 +992,12 @@ "as a domain controller, choose Not a DC.\n" msgstr "" "Configuración básica configura el dominio y la\n" -"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio primario permite a los " -"clientes Windows iniciar\n" +"función del servidor. Controlador de dominio primario permite a los clientes Windows iniciar\n" "sesión en un dominio de Windows. Si el servidor no debe participar\n" "como controlador de dominio, elija Sin controlador de dominio.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "WINS is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1064,28 +1013,25 @@ "consultas. En el último caso, elija Servidor WINS remoto\n" "e introduzca la dirección IP del servidor WINS.\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." msgstr "" -"También puede definir un valor para Nombre de servidor NetBIOS. El " -"nombre de\n" +"También puede definir un valor para Nombre de servidor NetBIOS. El nombre de\n" "NetBIOS es el nombre que utiliza el servidor en la red SMB." -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Valores de configuración avanzados proporciona acceso a\n" -"la configuración detallada, como los orígenes de autenticación de usuarios y " -"los valores de configuración globales avanzados.\n" +"la configuración detallada, como los orígenes de autenticación de usuarios y los valores de configuración globales avanzados.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<big>Trusted Domains</big> \n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1099,7 +1045,7 @@ "Aquí puede definir una lista de dominios a los que el servidor\n" "Samba debería proporcionar acceso.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "To add a new domain into the list, press Add.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1110,24 +1056,21 @@ msgstr "" "Para agregar un dominio nuevo a la lista, haga clic en Añadir.\n" "Escriba el nombre del dominio de confianza\n" -"y la contraseña correspondiente en el cuadro de diálogo que se abre. El " -"servidor Samba utiliza la contraseña\n" -"para acceder al dominio de confianza. A continuación, si hace clic en " -"Aceptar\n" +"y la contraseña correspondiente en el cuadro de diálogo que se abre. El servidor Samba utiliza la contraseña\n" +"para acceder al dominio de confianza. A continuación, si hace clic en Aceptar\n" "se confirmará la relación de confianza. Para suprimir un dominio,\n" "selecciónelo en la lista y haga clic en Suprimir.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información acerca de cómo funcionan los dominios de " -"confianza,\n" +"Para obtener más información acerca de cómo funcionan los dominios de confianza,\n" "consulte la ayuda sobre procedimientos de Samba.\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Edit a Share</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.\n" @@ -1135,19 +1078,18 @@ "<big>Editar un recurso compartido</big> \n" "Aquí puede ajustar las opciones de un recurso compartido.\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilice Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, " -"Editar para modificar\n" +"Utilice Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, Editar para modificar\n" "una opción existente y Suprimir para \n" "suprimir una opción.\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" @@ -1155,19 +1097,17 @@ "<big>Configuración global de experto</BIG> \n" "Aquí puede configurar con detalle las opciones globales del servidor.\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" msgstr "" -"Use Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, " -"Editar para\n" -"modificar una opción existente y Suprimir para eliminar una opción.</" -"p>\n" +"Use Añadir para añadir una nueva opción de configuración, Editar para\n" +"modificar una opción existente y Suprimir para eliminar una opción.\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big> \n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1177,62 +1117,50 @@ "Configure aquí los detalles de uso de LDAP por parte del\n" "servidor Samba.\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" msgstr "" "DN de base de búsqueda (DN, nombre completo) es\n" -"la base en la que empezar a buscar la información. DN de administración</" -"b> se utiliza al\n" +"la base en la que empezar a buscar la información. DN de administración se utiliza al\n" "crear usuarios y grupos nuevos. Si el DN de administración necesita\n" -"una contraseña para obtener acceso de escritura, defina la contraseña " -"mediante\n" +"una contraseña para obtener acceso de escritura, defina la contraseña mediante\n" "Definir contraseña de administración LDAP.\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" -msgstr "" -"Nota: los ajustes se guardan antes de definir la contraseña de " -"administración LDAP.\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" +msgstr "Nota: los ajustes se guardan antes de definir la contraseña de administración LDAP.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" "information. Samba does not support multiple backends at once anymore,\n" "only one is allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Servidores de información de autenticación del usuario</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Servidores de información de autenticación del usuario</big> \n" "Seleccione la ubicación donde el servidor Samba debe buscar la información\n" -"para la autenticación. Samba ya no admite varios servidores de " -"autenticación,\n" +"para la autenticación. Samba ya no admite varios servidores de autenticación,\n" "por lo que solo se permite uno.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" -"Si quiere cambiar el origen de autenticación del usuario, elimine primero " -"el actual\n" -"con el botón Suprimir y añada un origen nuevo con el botón Añadir</" -"b>.\n" +"Si quiere cambiar el origen de autenticación del usuario, elimine primero el actual\n" +"con el botón Suprimir y añada un origen nuevo con el botón Añadir.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "smbpasswd file is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1243,8 +1171,8 @@ "versiones anteriores de Samba. Su estructura se asemeja a la del archivo\n" "passwd. Es posible tener múltiples archivos con este formato.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.\n" @@ -1252,75 +1180,69 @@ "LDAP es la URL de un servidor LDAP para obtener la\n" "información.\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" msgstr "" -"Base de datos TDB utiliza un formato de base de datos de Samba " -"binario\n" +"Base de datos TDB utiliza un formato de base de datos de Samba binario\n" "para almacenar y buscar información.\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("MySQL database uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information. -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify -#. an existing option, and Delete to delete an option. -#. Use Up and Down to change the order -#. of the back-ends. -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("The LDAP button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end. -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("MySQL database uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information. +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify +#. an existing option, and Delete to delete an option. +#. Use Up and Down to change the order +#. of the back-ends. +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("The LDAP button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end. +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<big>Add a New Share</big> \n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Añadir un nuevo recurso compartido</big> \n" -"Aquí puede indicar la información básica de un recurso compartido que quiera " -"añadir.\n" +"Aquí puede indicar la información básica de un recurso compartido que quiera añadir.\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Share Name is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. Share Description describes the\n" "purpose of the share." msgstr "" "El Nombre del recurso compartido se utiliza para acceder al\n" -"recurso compartido desde los clientes. La Descripción del recurso " -"compartido indica\n" +"recurso compartido desde los clientes. La Descripción del recurso compartido indica\n" "la función del recurso compartido." -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "There are two types of shares. A Printer share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A Directory share \n" "is presented as a network disk. Share Path must be\n" "entered for a directory share.\n" msgstr "" -"Existen dos tipos de recursos compartidos. Un recurso compartido de " -"impresora\n" -"se presenta como una impresora de cara a los clientes. Un recurso compartido " -"de directorio \n" -"se presenta como un disco de red. Es necesario introducir la Vía al " -"recurso compartido\n" +"Existen dos tipos de recursos compartidos. Un recurso compartido de impresora\n" +"se presenta como una impresora de cara a los clientes. Un recurso compartido de directorio \n" +"se presenta como un disco de red. Es necesario introducir la Vía al recurso compartido\n" "para los recursos compartidos de directorio.\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "If Read-Only is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1330,7 +1252,7 @@ "de un servicio no podrán crear ni modificar archivos dentro del\n" "directorio del servicio.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "Inherit ACLS can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1340,131 +1262,72 @@ "las ACLs por defecto incluidas en los directorios padres sigan\n" "cumpliéndose cuando se crea un subdirectorio.\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." -msgstr "" -"Si Exponer instantáneas está seleccionado, Samba expone las " -"instantáneas creadas por Snapper para que los clientes de CIFS/SMB puedan " -"acceder a ellas y manipularlas. Esta opción solo está disponible si Samba " -"ofrece compatibilidad con Snapper y la vía compartida corresponde a un " -"subvolumen de configuración de Snapper con capacidad para Btrfs. También " -"se deben otorgar los permisos relevantes. Consulte la página man " -"vfs_snapper(8) de Samba para obtener más detalles." +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Si Exponer instantáneas está seleccionado, Samba expone las instantáneas creadas por Snapper para que los clientes de CIFS/SMB puedan acceder a ellas y manipularlas. Esta opción solo está disponible si Samba ofrece compatibilidad con Snapper y la vía compartida corresponde a un subvolumen de configuración de Snapper con capacidad para Btrfs. También se deben otorgar los permisos relevantes. Consulte la página man vfs_snapper(8) de Samba para obtener más detalles." -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"Utilizar características de Btrfs indica a Samba que aproveche las " -"funciones específicas del sistema de archivos Btrfs. Esta opción solo está " -"disponible si Samba ofrece compatibilidad con Btrfs y la vía compartida es " -"un subvolumen Btrfs. Consulte la página man vfs_btrfs(8) de Samba " -"para obtener más información." +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "Utilizar características de Btrfs indica a Samba que aproveche las funciones específicas del sistema de archivos Btrfs. Esta opción solo está disponible si Samba ofrece compatibilidad con Btrfs y la vía compartida es un subvolumen Btrfs. Consulte la página man vfs_btrfs(8) de Samba para obtener más información." -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Settings</big> \n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>Configuración LDAP</big> \n" "Determine aquí el servidor LDAP que se usará para la autenticación.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Si selecciona Usar sistema secundario para contraseña LDAP, podrá " -"guardar la información del usuario en el árbol LDAP especificado por la URL. " -"Con Usar el sistema secundario Idmap de LDAP, las tablas de " -"asignación SID/uid/gid se almacenan en LDAP.\n" +"Si selecciona Usar sistema secundario para contraseña LDAP, podrá guardar la información del usuario en el árbol LDAP especificado por la URL. Con Usar el sistema secundario Idmap de LDAP, las tablas de asignación SID/uid/gid se almacenan en LDAP.\n" "\n" -"En la sección de autentificación, configure las credenciales para el " -"servidor LDAP, incluido el DN del administrador.\n" +"En la sección de autentificación, configure las credenciales para el servidor LDAP, incluido el DN del administrador.\n" "\n" -"DN de base de búsqueda es el sufijo que LDAP adjunta a los objetos " -"LDAP específicos de Samba.\n" +"DN de base de búsqueda es el sufijo que LDAP adjunta a los objetos LDAP específicos de Samba.\n" "\n" -"Para probar la conexión al servidor LDAP, haga clic en Probar conexión.</" -"b> Para establecer la configuración avanzada de LDAP o usar valores por " -"defecto, haga clic en Configuración avanzada." +"Para probar la conexión al servidor LDAP, haga clic en Probar conexión. Para establecer la configuración avanzada de LDAP o usar valores por defecto, haga clic en Configuración avanzada." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"Sufijo de usuario especifica dónde se añaden los usuarios al árbol " -"LDAP. El valor se adjunta al principio del valor de DN de base de " -"búsqueda. De igual forma, Sufijo de grupo especifica el sitio de " -"los grupos; Sufijo de máquina, el de los equipos y Sufijo Idmap</" -"b>, el de las asignaciones idmap." +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "Sufijo de usuario especifica dónde se añaden los usuarios al árbol LDAP. El valor se adjunta al principio del valor de DN de base de búsqueda. De igual forma, Sufijo de grupo especifica el sitio de los grupos; Sufijo de máquina, el de los equipos y Sufijo Idmap, el de las asignaciones idmap." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"Reposo de replicación es la cantidad de milisegundos que Samba " -"esperará después de escribir en el servidor LDAP, de modo que las réplicas " -"LDAP puedan ponerse al día.\n" -"Tiempo de espera especifica el tiempo límite para las operaciones " -"LDAP (en segundos)." +"Reposo de replicación es la cantidad de milisegundos que Samba esperará después de escribir en el servidor LDAP, de modo que las réplicas LDAP puedan ponerse al día.\n" +"Tiempo de espera especifica el tiempo límite para las operaciones LDAP (en segundos)." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" -msgstr "" -"Defina si se debe usar SSL para las conexiones LDAP con Usar SSL o " -"TLS." +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." +msgstr "Defina si se debe usar SSL para las conexiones LDAP con Usar SSL o TLS." -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"Suprimir DN especifica si las operaciones de supresión borran la " -"entrada LDAP completa o solo los atributos específicos de Samba.\n" -"Con Sincronizar contraseñas se puede definir la posible " -"sincronización de la contraseña LDAP con los hashes de NT y LM. consulte la " -"página man <tt>smb.conf</tt> para obtener más detalles." +"Suprimir DN especifica si las operaciones de supresión borran la entrada LDAP completa o solo los atributos específicos de Samba.\n" +"Con Sincronizar contraseñas se puede definir la posible sincronización de la contraseña LDAP con los hashes de NT y LM. consulte la página man <tt>smb.conf</tt> para obtener más detalles." -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1473,12 +1336,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si se cambia el nombre de host de NetBIOS, Samba creará un\n" "identificador del servicio (SID) para su servidor la primera\n" -"vez que se conecte el cliente. Dado que el nuevo identificador será " -"diferente al antiguo, los clientes\n" +"vez que se conecte el cliente. Dado que el nuevo identificador será diferente al antiguo, los clientes\n" "no podrán autenticarse más como miembros del dominio.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1486,13 +1348,12 @@ "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" msgstr "" "Tenga en cuenta que /tmp y /var/tmp son directorios\n" -"de acceso público, y que un trabajo de limpieza previamente programado " -"podría suprimir archivos después de\n" +"de acceso público, y que un trabajo de limpieza previamente programado podría suprimir archivos después de\n" "un período configurado. Consulte MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP y TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR en\n" "/etc/sysconfig/cron.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1500,8 +1361,8 @@ "La exportación de /var puede generar problemas de seguridad. El\n" "directorio incluye muchos secretos del sistema.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1509,242 +1370,236 @@ "La exportación de /etc puede generar problemas de seguridad. El\n" "directorio incluye muchos secretos del sistema.\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" msgstr "" -"La exportación de / puede generar problemas de seguridad, ya que hace que " -"todo el sistema de archivos\n" +"La exportación de / puede generar problemas de seguridad, ya que hace que todo el sistema de archivos\n" "puede examinarse desde los clientes Samba.\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "Valores de configuración avanzados proporciona acceso a\n" -"configuración detallada, como los ajustes LDAP, los orígenes de " -"autenticación de usuarios y\n" +"configuración detallada, como los ajustes LDAP, los orígenes de autenticación de usuarios y\n" "valores de configuración globales avanzados.\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "Sólo" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "Introducir la URL del servidor." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden." -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "Las contraseñas coinciden." -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" -msgstr "" -"Todos los valores actuales relacionados con LDAP se reescribirán.¿Desea " -"continuar?\n" +msgstr "Todos los valores actuales relacionados con LDAP se reescribirán.¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "La conexión se ha realizado con éxito." -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "DN de ba&se de búsqueda" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Autenticación" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "DN de &administración" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "&Contraseña de administración" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "Contraseña de administración (de &nuevo)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Sistema secundario passdb" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "Usar sistema &secundario para contraseña LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "&URL de servidor LDAP" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Sistema secundario Idmap" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Usar el sistema secundario &Idmap de LDAP" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "U&RL de servidor LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "&Probar conexión" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "Valore&s de configuración avanzados..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "Configuración experta de LDAP" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "Valores por defecto" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "Sufijos" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo de &usuario" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo de g&rupo" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo de &máquina" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "Sufijo &Idmap" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "Time-outs" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "&Reposo de replicación" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "&Tiempo límite" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "&Usar SSL o TLS" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "Otros ajustes" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "&Suprimir DN" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "&Sincronizar contraseñas" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor Samba" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "Información adicional:" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "Error desconocido. Es posible que yast2-ldap no esté disponible." -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "Clase desconocida:" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Sólo son compatibles las clases dcObject (dc) y organizationalUnit (ou)." +msgstr "Sólo son compatibles las clases dcObject (dc) y organizationalUnit (ou)." -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1753,205 +1608,204 @@ "Parece que no existe ningún servidor LDAP\n" "funcional en %s.\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "Compartir archivos e impresoras" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "Controlador de dominio de reserva (BDC)" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "Controlador de dominio primario" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "Servidor miembro del dominio" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración global de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "Leer secretos de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "Leer ajustes de servicio de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "Leer cuentas de Samba" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes del sistema de apoyo" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "Leer valores de configuración de la función del servicio de Samba" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración global de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "Leyendo secretos de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "Leyendo ajustes de servicio de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "Leyendo cuentas de Samba..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes del sistema de apoyo..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." -msgstr "" -"Leyendo valores de configuración de la función del servicio de Samba..." +msgstr "Leyendo valores de configuración de la función del servicio de Samba..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración global" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "Desactivar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "Activar los servicios Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "Escribir ajustes de sistema de apoyo" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "Escribir cuentas de Samba" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "Guardar la configuración del cortafuegos" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes globales..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "Desactivando los servicios Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "Activando los servicios Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo ajustes del sistema de apoyo..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "Escribiendo cuentas de Samba..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración en /etc/samba/smb.conf." -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración global:" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "Grupo de trabajo o dominio: %s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "Función: %s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "El servidor Samba está deshabilitado" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "Configuración compartida:" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/samba-users.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,125 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede editar la configuración de la cuenta Samba del usuario." +msgstr "Aquí puede editar la configuración de la cuenta Samba del usuario." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "Si no introduce valores personalizados para " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " -msgstr "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path y Logon Script</" -"b> " +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " +msgstr "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path y Logon Script " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"se utilizarán los valores por defecto definidos en la configuración local de " -"Samba." +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "se utilizarán los valores por defecto definidos en la configuración local de Samba." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "Home Drive" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "Usar valores por defecto" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "Home Path" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "Profile Path" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "Logon Script" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Cuenta Samba desactivada" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "Contraseña sin caducidad" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "Editar atributos Samba" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" -"Este complemento puede utilizarse para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar " -"disponible\n" -"para Samba. Lo único configurable aquí es el atributo Nombre de grupo " -"Samba,\n" -"que es el nombre del grupo tal y como debe aparecer para los clientes de " -"Samba. El resto de\n" -"los ajustes se completan automáticamente. Si deja Nombre de grupo Samba</" -"b>\n" +"Este complemento puede utilizarse para permitir a un grupo LDAP estar disponible\n" +"para Samba. Lo único configurable aquí es el atributo Nombre de grupo Samba,\n" +"que es el nombre del grupo tal y como debe aparecer para los clientes de Samba. El resto de\n" +"los ajustes se completan automáticamente. Si deja Nombre de grupo Samba\n" "vacío, se usará el nombre configurado en los ajustes globales para este\n" "grupo.\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo Samba" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Atributos Samba" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "Administrar los parámetros de la cuenta Samba." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "No ha sido posible actualizar el atributo objectclass." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "No ha sido posible iniciar el SID de Samba. Desactivando el plug-in." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "Cambie la contraseña para crear la cuenta Samba." -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "Administrar el atributo Samba de grupos LDAP" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/scanner.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,220 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del escáner" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Controlador" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escáner" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "&Reiniciar detección" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "&Probar" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "Ejecutar &hp-setup" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "Esca&neando en red..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "Ninguna selección" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "Seleccione una entrada." -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "No es posible editar" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." -msgstr "" -"Sólo es posible suprimir un controlador que no esté vinculado a un escáner." +msgstr "Sólo es posible suprimir un controlador que no esté vinculado a un escáner." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "Sólo es posible añadir un escáner." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "No es posible suprimir" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "Sólo es posible editar un escáner detectado." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "¿Desactivar %1?" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible desactivar %1." -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "No es posible probar" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible probar %1." -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "Error al ejecutar hp-setup." -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "Selección del modelo y controlador del escáner" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "Cadena de búsqu&eda" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Buscar" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "Mostrar la &lista completa" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "&Modelos de escáner" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "Todos los &modelos de escáner" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "Modelo no soportado" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -235,16 +234,16 @@ "Este modelo no está soportado.\n" "Solicite un controlador Linux del fabricante." -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "Este modelo no es compatible con el controlador %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -254,47 +253,41 @@ "seleccione un modelo compatible\n" "o solicite al fabricante un controlador para Linux." -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "Controlador no admitido" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa solo está disponible para arquitecturas compatibles " -"con i386 (i386 de 32 bits y también x86_64 de 64 bits)." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa solo está disponible para arquitecturas compatibles con i386 (i386 de 32 bits y también x86_64 de 64 bits)." -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "Es posible que el controlador cause problemas" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." -msgstr "" -"El controlador epkowa puede causar problemas en arquitecturas x86_64 de 64 " -"bits." +msgstr "El controlador epkowa puede causar problemas en arquitecturas x86_64 de 64 bits." -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "Controlador obsoleto" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -302,70 +295,70 @@ "El controlador hpoj puede funcionar, pero ya no se ofrece mantenimiento.\n" "Intente usar el controlador actualizado hpaio." -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "Configuración de escáner y controlador" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible activar %1." -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "Configuración del escaneo en red" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "&Clientes permitidos para saned" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "&Servidores utilizados para el metacontrolador net" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del servidor" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del cliente" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones por defecto" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del host &local" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "&Deshabilitar escaneo en red" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -377,8 +370,8 @@ "Espere...\n" "" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -390,45 +383,41 @@ "Espere...\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuración del escáner</big> \n" -"Active o cambie la configuración del escáner y muestre los escáneres que " -"estén activos actualmente.\n" +"Active o cambie la configuración del escáner y muestre los escáneres que estén activos actualmente.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Para configurar un nuevo escáner, seleccione el escáner en la lista de\n" " escáneres detectados y haga clic en Editar.\n" -" Si el escáner no ha sido detectado, utilice Añadir para establecer " -"la configuración manualmente.\n" +" Si el escáner no ha sido detectado, utilice Añadir para establecer la configuración manualmente.\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -445,8 +434,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -457,45 +445,39 @@ "pruebe con Otro y Reiniciar detección.\n" "Es posible que se detecten también otros dispositivos USB que no sean\n" "escáneres. No hay manera general de distinguir de forma fiable un escáner\n" -"de otro dispositivo USB, ya que no hay una clase especial de dispositivo USB " -"para escáneres.\n" +"de otro dispositivo USB, ya que no hay una clase especial de dispositivo USB para escáneres.\n" "También puede funcionar si prueba con Añadir.\n" -"Para los dispositivos HP multifunción, puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-" -"setup</tt>\n" +"Para los dispositivos HP multifunción, puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt>\n" "mediante Otro y Ejecutar hp-setup antes de que sea\n" "posible configurar el escáner con esta herramienta.\n" "Si tiene problemas para configurar el escáner,\n" "compruebe si aparece en la salida de <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"Si no aparece, significa que el sistema USB no puede comunicarse con el " -"escáner.\n" +"Si no aparece, significa que el sistema USB no puede comunicarse con el escáner.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "Los escáneres SCSI suelen ser detectados.\n" " Si se produce algún problema al emplear Añadir,\n" " compruebe si el escáner aparece al emplear el comando <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" -" Si no es así, significa que el sistema SCSI no puede comunicarse con el " -"escáner.\n" -" Compruebe si se ha cargado un módulo del núcleo adecuado para el adaptador " -"de host SCSI.\n" +" Si no es así, significa que el sistema SCSI no puede comunicarse con el escáner.\n" +" Compruebe si se ha cargado un módulo del núcleo adecuado para el adaptador de host SCSI.\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -503,8 +485,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -514,20 +495,18 @@ "Este tipo de dispositivos se deben configurar manualmente.\n" "Para configurar el escáner en un dispositivo HP multifunción\n" "conectado al puerto paralelo,\n" -"puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante Otro y " -"Ejecutar hp-setup\n" -"antes de que se pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando " -"Añadir.\n" +"puede ser necesario ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante Otro y Ejecutar hp-setup\n" +"antes de que se pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando Añadir.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -539,10 +518,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -556,58 +533,52 @@ "Para configurar el escáner de un dispositivo HP multifunción\n" "conectado por medio de un interfaz de red interno, puede ser necesario\n" "ejecutar <tt>hp-setup</tt> mediante Otro y Ejecutar hp-setup\n" -"para que pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando Añadir</" -"b>.\n" +"para que pueda configurar el escáner con esta herramienta usando Añadir.\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"La tabla muestra los controladores configurados con los escáneres asociados " -"a ellos.\n" -"Pulse Añadir para seleccionar un modelo y un controlador y " -"habilitarlo.\n" +"La tabla muestra los controladores configurados con los escáneres asociados a ellos.\n" +"Pulse Añadir para seleccionar un modelo y un controlador y habilitarlo.\n" "Pulse Editar para seleccionar y habilitar un controlador.\n" "Pulse Suprimir para inhabilitar un controlador.\n" "Si pulsa Otro, podrá\n" -"reiniciar la detección, probar los escáneres activos, configurar " -"dispositivos multifunción HP, o configurar el escaneo a través de la red.\n" +"reiniciar la detección, probar los escáneres activos, configurar dispositivos multifunción HP, o configurar el escaneo a través de la red.\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -617,100 +588,77 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si el controlador está configurado pero el controlador no reconoce el " -"escáner, es posible que:\n" +"Si el controlador está configurado pero el controlador no reconoce el escáner, es posible que:\n" "El escáner no esté conectado o el interruptor esté apagado,\n" "el controlador no sea el adecuado para este modelo de escáner\n" -"(incluso pequeñas diferencias en el nombre del modelo o diferencias internas " -"en \n" +"(incluso pequeñas diferencias en el nombre del modelo o diferencias internas en \n" "el mismo modelo, pueden hacer necesario el uso de controladores distintos),\n" -"puede haber problemas de comunicación relacionados con el funcionamiento de " -"los componentes del dispositivo (con el núcleo),\n" +"puede haber problemas de comunicación relacionados con el funcionamiento de los componentes del dispositivo (con el núcleo),\n" "por ejemplo, problemas con USB o SCSI).\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Selección del modelo de escáner</big> \n" -"Esta lista incluye todos los modelos de escáneres conocidos, tanto los " -"compatibles como los no compatibles.\n" -"Lea atentamente toda la información antes de seleccionar un modelo y hacer " -"clic en Siguiente.\n" +"Esta lista incluye todos los modelos de escáneres conocidos, tanto los compatibles como los no compatibles.\n" +"Lea atentamente toda la información antes de seleccionar un modelo y hacer clic en Siguiente.\n" "La información está basada en los datos del proyecto SANE en\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Un modelo es compatible si hay al menos un controlador apropiado disponible " -"para el escáner.\n" -"La mayoría de los controladores de escáner son del proyecto SANE y se " -"proporcionan en el paquete sane-backends.\n" -"El nivel de compatibilidad para un modelo particular varía de mínimo a " -"completo. \n" -"Cuando un controlador se muestra como \"sin mantenimiento\", esto no " -"significa que el controlador no funcione.\n" -"Incluso un controlador sin mantenimiento podría funcionar perfectamente " -"bien.\n" -"Pero significa que ya no hay nadie que conozca el funcionamiento interno del " -"controlador,\n" -"de manera que, por lo general, no se proporciona ayuda si hay problemas con " -"un controlador sin mantenimiento.\n" +"Un modelo es compatible si hay al menos un controlador apropiado disponible para el escáner.\n" +"La mayoría de los controladores de escáner son del proyecto SANE y se proporcionan en el paquete sane-backends.\n" +"El nivel de compatibilidad para un modelo particular varía de mínimo a completo. \n" +"Cuando un controlador se muestra como \"sin mantenimiento\", esto no significa que el controlador no funcione.\n" +"Incluso un controlador sin mantenimiento podría funcionar perfectamente bien.\n" +"Pero significa que ya no hay nadie que conozca el funcionamiento interno del controlador,\n" +"de manera que, por lo general, no se proporciona ayuda si hay problemas con un controlador sin mantenimiento.\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Incluso si un modelo no dispone de controlador, el fabricante puede tener " -"uno.\n" -"En consecuencia, si tiene un escáner no compatible, deberá solicitar al " -"fabricante del escáner un controlador.\n" +"Incluso si un modelo no dispone de controlador, el fabricante puede tener uno.\n" +"En consecuencia, si tiene un escáner no compatible, deberá solicitar al fabricante del escáner un controlador.\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -720,67 +668,52 @@ "Si hay disponibles comentarios adicionales, se mostrarán entre corchetes.\n" "Dichos comentarios sólo están disponibles en inglés." -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Use la función Cadena de búsqueda para buscar rápidamente una entrada " -"adecuada.\n" +"Use la función Cadena de búsqueda para buscar rápidamente una entrada adecuada.\n" "Para buscar texto incluido en la tabla, escriba el texto en el campo.\n" -"Si lo desea, también puede efectuar búsquedas más complejas usando " -"expresiones regulares que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.\n" -"Si se ha detectado el escáner y el nombre del fabricante aparece en esta " -"lista,\n" -"la cadena de búsqueda se predefine con el nombre del fabricante como, por " -"ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" -"Para ajustar los resultados de la búsqueda, incluya también información " -"sobre el modelo concreto a la cadena de búsqueda.\n" -"Por ejemplo, incluya una palabra que forme parte del nombre del modelo (como " -"<tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>)\n" -"o incluya algunos dígitos que formen parte del nombre del modelo como, por " -"ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" +"Si lo desea, también puede efectuar búsquedas más complejas usando expresiones regulares que distingan entre mayúsculas y minúsculas.\n" +"Si se ha detectado el escáner y el nombre del fabricante aparece en esta lista,\n" +"la cadena de búsqueda se predefine con el nombre del fabricante como, por ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"Para ajustar los resultados de la búsqueda, incluya también información sobre el modelo concreto a la cadena de búsqueda.\n" +"Por ejemplo, incluya una palabra que forme parte del nombre del modelo (como <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>)\n" +"o incluya algunos dígitos que formen parte del nombre del modelo como, por ejemplo, <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Configuración de escáner y controlador</big> \n" "El controlador se activa y los escáneres asociados se prueban.\n" -"Esto puede llevar algunos segundos, por lo que deberá esperar antes de hacer " -"clic en Siguiente.\n" +"Esto puede llevar algunos segundos, por lo que deberá esperar antes de hacer clic en Siguiente.\n" "Si hace clic en Atrás, el controlador se desactivará.\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Additional Packages</big> \n" @@ -793,12 +726,11 @@ "<big>Paquetes adicionales</big> \n" "Si el paquete que incluye el controlador aún no se ha instalado,\n" "se mostrará un recuadro de diálogo para instalar el paquete.\n" -"Es posible que este tipo de paquetes no esté disponible para todas las " -"arquitecturas.\n" +"Es posible que este tipo de paquetes no esté disponible para todas las arquitecturas.\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Firmware Upload</big> \n" @@ -812,29 +744,25 @@ "Si se da el caso, se mostrará un texto explicativo al respecto.\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "\n" "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -843,27 +771,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Dispositivos HP multifunción</big> \n" -"Los dispositivos multifunción de HP pueden necesitar una configuración " -"especial.\n" +"Los dispositivos multifunción de HP pueden necesitar una configuración especial.\n" "En este caso, se mostrará el recuadro de diálogo apropiado.\n" -"Hay dos paquetes de software que proporcionan compatibilidad para los " -"dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" -"Por una parte, el antiguo software HPOJ (el paquete hp-officeJet ya no está " -"disponible),\n" -"que incluye el sistema PTAL (con el servicio ptal) para acceder a los " -"dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" -"y, por otra, el nuevo software HPLIP (paquete hplip), que incluye el " -"controlador hpaio.\n" +"Hay dos paquetes de software que proporcionan compatibilidad para los dispositivos multifunción HP:\n" +"Por una parte, el antiguo software HPOJ (el paquete hp-officeJet ya no está disponible),\n" +"que incluye el sistema PTAL (con el servicio ptal) para acceder a los dispositivos multifunción de HP\n" +"y, por otra, el nuevo software HPLIP (paquete hplip), que incluye el controlador hpaio.\n" "Ambos paquetes de software pueden estar instalados simultáneamente\n" "pero el servicio ptal y el controlador paio no se pueden ejecutar a la vez.\n" "En consecuencia, puede utilizar el servicio ptal o el controlador hplip\n" "para acceder a los dispositivos multifunción de HP.\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanning via Network</big> \n" @@ -877,21 +800,18 @@ " para configurar el escaneo en red.\n" " " -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -900,27 +820,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Valores de configuración del servidor</big> \n" -"Si ha conectado escáneres de forma local y desea que estén disponibles a " -"través de la red,\n" -"configure el daemon de escaneado en red saned para que el host se convierta " -"en servidor.\n" -"En Clientes permitidos, especifique qué hosts clientes tienen permiso " -"para acceder a saned en el servidor.\n" -"Especifique una lista de valores separados por comas con los hosts clientes " -"(nombres de host o direcciones IP)\n" +"Si ha conectado escáneres de forma local y desea que estén disponibles a través de la red,\n" +"configure el daemon de escaneado en red saned para que el host se convierta en servidor.\n" +"En Clientes permitidos, especifique qué hosts clientes tienen permiso para acceder a saned en el servidor.\n" +"Especifique una lista de valores separados por comas con los hosts clientes (nombres de host o direcciones IP)\n" "o subredes (notación CIDR como, por ejemplo, 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "Si ningún host cliente tiene permiso, saned no se activa.\n" "Si se activa saned, xinetd también se activa y se configura para saned.\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Regarding Firewall</big> \n" @@ -959,12 +875,9 @@ "Para usar escáneres a través de la red, el daemon de red SANE (saned)\n" "es el proceso de servidor que debe ejecutarse para que los clientes remotos\n" "pueden acceder a los escáneres conectados al host local.\n" -"Los hosts clientes contactan con saned a través del puerto sane-port (puerto " -"TCP 6566),\n" -"pero los datos de escaneo se transfieren a través de un puerto aleatorio " -"adicional.\n" -"Por l tanto, el puerto 6566 no es suficiente por sí solo para escanear a " -"través de la red. \n" +"Los hosts clientes contactan con saned a través del puerto sane-port (puerto TCP 6566),\n" +"pero los datos de escaneo se transfieren a través de un puerto aleatorio adicional.\n" +"Por l tanto, el puerto 6566 no es suficiente por sí solo para escanear a través de la red. \n" "No abra el puerto sane-port 6566 ni ningún otro puerto\n" "si desea usar escáneres para la zona externa en el cortafuegos.\n" "Es peligroso, ya que permite el acceso a saned de host foráneos,\n" @@ -979,26 +892,23 @@ "a la zona interna del cortafuegos.\n" "Utilice el módulo de configuración\n" "del cortafuegos de YaST para hacer esta configuración fundamental\n" -"en relación a la seguridad de la red. El cortafuegos y el escáner " -"funcionarán\n" +"en relación a la seguridad de la red. El cortafuegos y el escáner funcionarán\n" "en red sin ninguna configuración adicional en el cortafuegos. \n" "Para más detalles, consulte en la base de datos de asistencia de openSUSE\n" "el artículo sobre CUPS y la configuración del cortafuegos para SANE en \n" "http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -1007,27 +917,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Valores de configuración del cliente</big> \n" -"Si desea acceder a los escáneres conectados a otros hosts (servidores) de la " -"red,\n" -"configure el metacontrolador net para acceder a ellos mediante el daemon que " -"se ejecuta en los servidores.\n" +"Si desea acceder a los escáneres conectados a otros hosts (servidores) de la red,\n" +"configure el metacontrolador net para acceder a ellos mediante el daemon que se ejecuta en los servidores.\n" "El cortafuegos y saned en los servidores deben permitir el acceso.\n" -"En Servidores utilizados, introduzca los servidores que desee " -"utilizar.\n" -"Introduzca una lista de servidores separados por comas (nombres de " -"servidores o direcciones IP).\n" +"En Servidores utilizados, introduzca los servidores que desee utilizar.\n" +"Introduzca una lista de servidores separados por comas (nombres de servidores o direcciones IP).\n" "Si no se introduce ningún servidor, net no se activará.\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Local Host Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1044,21 +950,20 @@ "Mediante el uso de la red de retrobucle, se pueden usar saned y\n" "el metacontrolador net incluso en el host local.\n" "En este caso, el servidor y el cliente son el mismo equipo (localhost).\n" -"Algunos escáneres, como los que se conectan mediante el puerto paralelo, " -"requieren privilegios de root.\n" +"Algunos escáneres, como los que se conectan mediante el puerto paralelo, requieren privilegios de root.\n" "Si especifica el <tt></tt>host local para el servidor y para el cliente,\n" "podrá acceder al escáner incluso como usuario normal en el host local.\n" "" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -1068,23 +973,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "No es posible determinar la versión del paquete %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038) -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038) +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1098,238 +1002,224 @@ "The 'iscan' package for the base software and an additional\n" "model dependant 'iscan-plugin' package with the proprietary module.\n" msgstr "" -"Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/" -"Avasys.\n" -"Image Scan es un producto fabricado y proporcionado por Epson " -"(anteriormente, Avasys)\n" +"Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys.\n" +"Image Scan es un producto fabricado y proporcionado por Epson (anteriormente, Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(anteriormente, Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "Aquí puede descargar los paquetes RPM para arquitecturas de 32 bits (i386)\n" "y 64 bits (x86_64) (si acepta los acuerdos de licencia de Epson/Avasys).\n" "El controlador Image Scan contiene software propietario solo binario.\n" -"Para algunos modelos solo está disponible para la arquitectura de 32 bits " -"(i386),\n" +"Para algunos modelos solo está disponible para la arquitectura de 32 bits (i386),\n" "por lo que no funciona si tiene una instalación del sistema de 64 bits.\n" -"Algunos escáneres son también compatibles con otro controlador (software " -"libre).\n" +"Algunos escáneres son también compatibles con otro controlador (software libre).\n" "Si su modelo de escáner requiere un módulo DFSG no libre (propietario),\n" "debe descargar e instalar los siguientes dos paquetes de Epson/Avasys:\n" "El paquete iscan para el software base y un paquete adicional\n" "iscan-plugin que depende del modelo con el módulo propietario.\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible " -"ningún repositorio de paquetes." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no se encuentra disponible ningún repositorio de paquetes." -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." -msgstr "" -"El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el " -"repositorio." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +msgstr "El paquete requerido %1 no está instalado y no está disponible en el repositorio." -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "No ha sido posible instalar el paquete requerido %1." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "Error al determinar los escáneres activos.\n" "Si se activa el metacontrolador net mientras hay un problema\n" "con la red, el comando scanimage -L podría no responder. Por ejemplo,\n" "si la comunicación con el servidor usado por el metacontrolador net está\n" -"distorsionada debido a que un cortafuegos rechaza parte del tráfico de la " -"red.\n" -"En este caso, inhabilite el metacontrolador net hasta que se solucione el " -"problema en la red.\n" +"distorsionada debido a que un cortafuegos rechaza parte del tráfico de la red.\n" +"En este caso, inhabilite el metacontrolador net hasta que se solucione el problema en la red.\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar los escáneres activos." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "El archivo %1 no existe." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "No es posible leer %1." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar los controladores activos." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "No es posible detectar los escáneres automáticamente." -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del escáner" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Comprobar los paquetes instalados" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "Leer o crear la base de datos de escáneres" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "Determinar escáneres activos" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "Determinar controladores activos" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "Detectar escáneres" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "Comprobando los paquetes instalados..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "Leyendo o creando la base de datos de escáneres..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "Determinando los escáneres activos..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "Determinando los controladores activos..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "Detectando escáneres..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "Creando base de datos de escáneres..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "Cancelando: no ha sido posible crear la base de datos de escáneres." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "Cancelando: no ha sido posible leer %1." -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración del escáner" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "Guardar el entorno actual" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "Guardando el entorno actual..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1345,9 +1235,9 @@ "servicio ptal, cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que\n" "utilice HPLIP y reiniciar posteriormente la configuración del escáner.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1356,32 +1246,27 @@ "configuration, run hp-setup manually, and start the scanner configuration\n" "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" -"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla " -"gráfica. \n" -"En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo de solo texto, " -"cuando el usuario\n" +"No se puede ejecutar hp-setup porque no se ha podido abrir una pantalla gráfica. \n" +"En particular, esto sucede cuando YaST se ejecuta en modo de solo texto, cuando el usuario\n" "que ejecuta YaST no tiene definida la variable de entorno DISPLAY\n" -"o cuando no se permite al proceso YaST el acceso a la pantalla gráfica. En " -"este caso, cancele\n" -"la configuración del escáner, ejecute hp-setup manualmente y reinicie " -"posteriormente la configuración\n" +"o cuando no se permite al proceso YaST el acceso a la pantalla gráfica. En este caso, cancele\n" +"la configuración del escáner, ejecute hp-setup manualmente y reinicie posteriormente la configuración\n" "del escáner.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" msgstr "" -"Parece que hplip, que es necesario para ejecutar hp-setup, no está " -"instalado.\n" +"Parece que hplip, que es necesario para ejecutar hp-setup, no está instalado.\n" "¿Desea instalar el paquete hplip?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1391,216 +1276,192 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup no es ejecutable\n" "o no existe.\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Se ha lanzado hp-setup.\n" -"Deberá finalizar hp-setup para que se pueda proceder con la configuración " -"del escáner.\n" +"Deberá finalizar hp-setup para que se pueda proceder con la configuración del escáner.\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "Sin configurar:" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "Fabricante desconocido" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "Modelo desconocido" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 en %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "Este controlador no ha reconocido ningún escáner" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." -msgstr "" -"No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador " -"activo." +msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún escáner y no existe ningún escáner ni controlador activo." -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "Es necesario cargar el firmware." -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." -msgstr "" -"Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys." +msgstr "Es necesario el software controlador Image Scan de terceros de Epson/Avasys." -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "Paquete %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena " -"funcionalidad." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento puede proporcionar una buena funcionalidad." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar una buena funcionalidad." -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "Este escáner no es compatible." -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "Este escáner no es compatible por el controlador %1." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las " -"funcionalidades." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar todas las funcionalidades." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar todas las funcionalidades." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero no se ha probado." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades " -"básicas." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría proporcionar funcionalidades básicas." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar funcionalidades básicas." -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." -msgstr "" -"El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas." +msgstr "El controlador %1 sin mantenimiento podría ofrecer funcionalidades mínimas." -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "El controlador %1 debería proporcionar funcionalidades mínimas." -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." -msgstr "" -"Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero se desconoce con qué " -"funcionalidad." +msgstr "Es posible que el controlador %1 funcione, pero se desconoce con qué funcionalidad." -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" -"Un archivo de firmware contiene software que debe cargarse en la memoria del " -"escáner.\n" +"Un archivo de firmware contiene software que debe cargarse en la memoria del escáner.\n" "Sin firmware, el escáner no funciona.\n" "\n" -"El firmware tiene licencia del fabricante del escáner, por lo que no podemos " -"distribuirlo.\n" +"El firmware tiene licencia del fabricante del escáner, por lo que no podemos distribuirlo.\n" "Normalmente, el archivo de firmware se incluye en el CD del fabricante.\n" "Otra opción puede ser descargarlo del sitio Web del fabricante.\n" -"Pregunte al fabricante cómo puede obtener el archivo de firmware para su " -"escáner.\n" +"Pregunte al fabricante cómo puede obtener el archivo de firmware para su escáner.\n" "Encontrará información adicional útil en el sitio Web de SANE, en\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" -"Una vez que consiga el archivo de firmware, debe configurar el controlador " -"manualmente.\n" -"La página man del controlador describe cómo configurarlo para cargar el " -"firmware.\n" +"Una vez que consiga el archivo de firmware, debe configurar el controlador manualmente.\n" +"La página man del controlador describe cómo configurarlo para cargar el firmware.\n" "El siguiente comando muestra la página man para su controlador:\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1612,180 +1473,166 @@ "de impresión que usen el servicio ptal dejarán de funcionar.\n" "Si continúa, cambie la configuración de la impresora para que use HPLIP.\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj requiere que el sistema PTAL esté configurado y en " -"ejecución.\n" +"El controlador hpoj requiere que el sistema PTAL esté configurado y en ejecución.\n" "En concreto, el servicio ptal debe estar activo y en ejecución.\n" "\n" "Antes de iniciar el servicio ptal, el sistema PTAL debe haberse iniciado.\n" "Asimismo, el servicio ptal debe estar activado para iniciarse al arrancar.\n" "El sistema PTAL y el servicio hplip se excluyen mutuamente.\n" -"En consecuencia, si el servicio hplip se está ejecutando, se detendrá y se " -"desactivará\n" +"En consecuencia, si el servicio hplip se está ejecutando, se detendrá y se desactivará\n" "antes de que el sistema PTAL se inicie, se active y se ejecute.\n" "El inicio automatizado del sistema PTAL es seguro sólo para USB.\n" -"Si dispone de un dispositivo que no sea USB o si el inicio automatizado de " -"USB falla,\n" +"Si dispone de un dispositivo que no sea USB o si el inicio automatizado de USB falla,\n" "configure manualmente el sistema PTAL.\n" -"Si cuenta con un dispositivo \"todo en uno\" (escáner e impresora), tenga en " -"cuenta que la\n" -"ejecución del servicio ptal monopoliza el archivo del dispositivo USB (por " -"ejemplo, /dev/usb/lp0),\n" -"así que la impresora no podrá gestionarse mediante el archivo del " -"dispositivo USB.\n" +"Si cuenta con un dispositivo \"todo en uno\" (escáner e impresora), tenga en cuenta que la\n" +"ejecución del servicio ptal monopoliza el archivo del dispositivo USB (por ejemplo, /dev/usb/lp0),\n" +"así que la impresora no podrá gestionarse mediante el archivo del dispositivo USB.\n" "\n" "¿Desea iniciar, activar y ejecutar ahora el sistema PTAL para USB?\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" -"Hay como mínimo una configuración de impresora que utiliza el servicio " -"hplip.\n" +"Hay como mínimo una configuración de impresora que utiliza el servicio hplip.\n" "Se puede continuar, pero el servicio hplip se detendrá\n" -"y es posible que todas las colas de impresión que utilicen dicho servicio " -"dejen de funcionar.\n" +"y es posible que todas las colas de impresión que utilicen dicho servicio dejen de funcionar.\n" "Si el escáner es también compatible con el controlador hpaio, no continúe.\n" "Use en su lugar hpaio para configurar el escáner.\n" -"También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que " -"use el servicio ptal.\n" +"También puede continuar y cambiar la configuración de la impresora para que use el servicio ptal.\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "Configurando el controlador %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "Comprobar si se deben instalar paquetes adicionales" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "Comprobar si es necesario cargar el firmware" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "Probar y configurar requisitos especiales para controladores concretos" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "Activar el controlador" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "Comprobando si se deben instalar paquetes adicionales..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "Comprobando si es necesario cargar el firmware..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." -msgstr "" -"Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..." +msgstr "Probando y configurando requisitos especiales para controladores concretos..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "Activando el controlador..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "Paquete requerido no instalado" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "El controlador %1 requiere el paquete %2." -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Abortado" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "Se requiere cargar el firmware" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "Si el servicio ptal no se está ejecutando, el escáner no funcionará." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "Error al configurar el sistema PTAL." -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1793,68 +1640,64 @@ "Los siguientes escáneres utilizan el mismo controlador.\n" "Por lo tanto, todos ellos serán desactivados:" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo " -"está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere." +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "El controlador hpoj está desactivado, pero el servicio asociado ptal no lo está porque el sistema de impresión CUPS lo requiere." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "No es posible detener el servicio ptal." -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "No es posible inhabilitar el servicio ptal." -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "No hay escáner para %1" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "No es posible hacer una prueba sin un escáner activo correspondiente." -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "Probar e&scáner" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "Probando %1" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "Probando con scanimage -d %1 -v..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1866,27 +1709,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(resultados no disponibles)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "%1 probado con éxito" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1898,40 +1741,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "No ha sido posible determinar la configuración para escanear en red." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "No ha sido posible configurar el escaneo en red." -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "Compruebe que el cortafuegos permite el escaneo en red." -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, consulte el texto de " -"ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo." +msgstr "Para obtener más información sobre el cortafuegos, consulte el texto de ayuda de este recuadro de diálogo." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/security.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,299 +14,294 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "Módulo de configuración de seguridad" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "Ver un resumen de la configuración actual" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "Definir el nivel de seguridad" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "Definir el valor de la opción específica" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad de estación de trabajo" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" -msgstr "" -"Nivel de seguridad de dispositivo itinerante (p. ej., portátil o tablet)" +msgstr "Nivel de seguridad de dispositivo itinerante (p. ej., portátil o tablet)" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad para el servidor de red" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "Método de cifrado de la contraseña" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "Comprobar nuevas contraseñas" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "Definir los permisos de archivo en el tipo deseado" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "Establezca el número de contraseñas de usuario que se deben recordar" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." -msgstr "" -"El número de contraseñas que se deben recordar debe estar entre 0 y 400." +msgstr "El número de contraseñas que se deben recordar debe estar entre 0 y 400." -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de seguridad local" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "&Valores personalizados de configuración" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "Ajustes de seguridad" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "Utilizar teclas Magic SysRq" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "Utilizar permisos de archivo seguro" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "Acceso remoto al gestor de pantalla" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "Escribir la hora del sistema en el reloj del hardware" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "Generar siempre mensajes syslog para los guiones cron" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "Ejecutar el daemon DHCP en un chroot" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "Ejecutar el daemon DHCP como usuario dhcp" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "Inicio de sesión remota como Root en el gestor de pantalla" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "Acceso remoto al servidor X" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "Acceso remoto al subsistema de entrega de correo" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "Reiniciar los servicios al actualizar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "Detener los servicios al eliminar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "Habilitar TPC syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv4" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "Reenvío de IPv6" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "Habilitar servicios básicos del sistema" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "Inhabilitar servicios adicionales" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "Configurar" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Inhabilitado" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de seguridad" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "Estado" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "Estado de seguridad" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " o " -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" -msgstr "" -"Estos servicios básicos del sistema no están habilitados: %s" +msgstr "Estos servicios básicos del sistema no están habilitados: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "Todos los servicios básicos se encuentran habilitados." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "Estos servicios adicionales están habilitados: %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." -msgstr "" -"Verifique la lista de servicios e inhabilite aquellos no usados." +msgstr "Verifique la lista de servicios e inhabilite aquellos no usados." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." -msgstr "" -"Sólo los servicios básicos del sistema se encuentran habilitados." +msgstr "Sólo los servicios básicos del sistema se encuentran habilitados." -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de seguridad" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "Cambiar e&stado" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "&Descripción" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "Analizando sistema" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "Configuración de arranque" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "Permisos de arranque" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "Configuración adicional" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "Configuración de contraseña" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "Comprobaciones" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "Antigüedad de la contraseña" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -314,28 +309,27 @@ "El número mínimo de días no puede ser mayor\n" "que el máximo." -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." msgstr "" "La longitud mínima de la contraseña no puede sobrepasar la longitud máxima.\n" -"La longitud máxima de la contraseña para el método de cifrado seleccionado " -"es %1." +"La longitud máxima de la contraseña para el método de cifrado seleccionado es %1." -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "Configuración de entrada a la sesión" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "Entrada a la sesión" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -343,18 +337,17 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración de seguridad</big>\n" " Espere... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando el inicio</big> \n" -"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora " -"Cancelar." +"Para salir con seguridad de la utilidad de configuración, pulse ahora Cancelar." -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -362,8 +355,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración de seguridad</big>\n" " Espere... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -371,27 +364,23 @@ "<big>Abortar el almacenamiento:</big> \n" "Puede abortar el proceso de almacenamiento pulsando Abortar." -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Configuración de la seguridad local</BIG>\n" -"Usando los valores por defecto, cambie los ajustes de seguridad local, " -"entre los que se incluyen\n" -"el arranque, el entrada a la sesión, la contraseña, la creación de usuarios " -"y los permisos para los archivos. Los ajustes por defecto\n" +"Usando los valores por defecto, cambie los ajustes de seguridad local, entre los que se incluyen\n" +"el arranque, el entrada a la sesión, la contraseña, la creación de usuarios y los permisos para los archivos. Los ajustes por defecto\n" "se pueden modificar siempre que sea necesario.\n" "" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." @@ -399,8 +388,8 @@ "Estación de trabajo: para un equipo conectado\n" "a cualquier tipo de red, incluida Internet." -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." @@ -408,8 +397,8 @@ "Dispositivo itinerante: para un portátil, una tablet o similar\n" "que se conecte a diversas redes." -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -417,15 +406,13 @@ "Servidor de red: se utiliza para equipos que proporcionan\n" "servicios." -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." -msgstr "" -"Valores personalizados de configuración: cree su propia " -"configuración." +msgstr "Valores personalizados de configuración: cree su propia configuración." -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -435,59 +422,45 @@ "Estos ajustes de entrada a la sesión\n" "se almacenan fundamentalmente en el archivo /etc/login.defs." -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "Segundos de espera tras un intento fallido de entrada a la sesión\n" -"Se recomienda esperar algún tiempo después de que se produzca un intento de " -"entrada a la sesión fallido para impedir\n" -"los intentos de averiguar la contraseña. Especifique un tiempo lo " -"suficientemente pequeño para que los usuarios no tengan que esperar\n" -"para volver a intentarlo si se equivocan al escribir la contraseña. Un valor " -"que puede ser adecuado es tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>)." +"Se recomienda esperar algún tiempo después de que se produzca un intento de entrada a la sesión fallido para impedir\n" +"los intentos de averiguar la contraseña. Especifique un tiempo lo suficientemente pequeño para que los usuarios no tengan que esperar\n" +"para volver a intentarlo si se equivocan al escribir la contraseña. Un valor que puede ser adecuado es tres segundos (<tt>3</tt>)." -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Registro de intentos de entrada de sesión correctos: registrar los " -"intentos de entrada de sesión\n" -"correctos puede resultar útil. Puede poner de manifiesto si se está " -"intentado acceder al sistema sin\n" -"autorización (por ejemplo, si un usuario inicia sesión desde una ubicación " -"distinta de la habitual).\n" +"Registro de intentos de entrada de sesión correctos: registrar los intentos de entrada de sesión\n" +"correctos puede resultar útil. Puede poner de manifiesto si se está intentado acceder al sistema sin\n" +"autorización (por ejemplo, si un usuario inicia sesión desde una ubicación distinta de la habitual).\n" "\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" -"Permitir entrada a la sesión remota en modo gráfico: la activación " -"de esta opción permite acceder\n" -"a una pantalla de entrada a la sesión gráfico para este equipo desde la red. " -"Acceder de forma remota\n" -"a un equipo usando un gestor de visualización puede constituir un riesgo " -"para la seguridad." +"Permitir entrada a la sesión remota en modo gráfico: la activación de esta opción permite acceder\n" +"a una pantalla de entrada a la sesión gráfico para este equipo desde la red. Acceder de forma remota\n" +"a un equipo usando un gestor de visualización puede constituir un riesgo para la seguridad." -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -495,95 +468,75 @@ "Estos ajustes relacionados con las contraseñas\n" "se almacenan fundamentalmente en el archivo /etc/login.defs." -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" -"Comprobar nuevas contraseñas: se recomienda escoger una palabra " -"que\n" +"Comprobar nuevas contraseñas: se recomienda escoger una palabra que\n" "no aparezca en el diccionario y que no sea un nombre común o propio.\n" -"Activando esta opción, provocará la comprobación de contraseñas en función " -"de estas reglas." +"Activando esta opción, provocará la comprobación de contraseñas en función de estas reglas." -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "Longitud mínima para una contraseña válida:\n" "El tamaño aceptable mínimo para la nueva contraseña reducido por el número\n" -"de diferentes clases de caracteres (otros, mayúsculas, minúsculas y dígitos) " -"usados en la nueva\n" -"contraseña. Consulte la página man pam_cracklib para obtener información más " -"detallada.\n" -"Esta opción solo se puede modificar si la opción Comprobar nuevas " -"contraseñas está habilitada." +"de diferentes clases de caracteres (otros, mayúsculas, minúsculas y dígitos) usados en la nueva\n" +"contraseña. Consulte la página man pam_cracklib para obtener información más detallada.\n" +"Esta opción solo se puede modificar si la opción Comprobar nuevas contraseñas está habilitada." -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "Contraseñas que se deben recordar:\n" -"Introduzca el número de contraseñas de usuario que desee almacenar y evitar " -"que el usuario reutilice.\n" +"Introduzca el número de contraseñas de usuario que desee almacenar y evitar que el usuario reutilice.\n" " Indique 0 si no desea que se almacene ninguna contraseña." -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "Método de cifrado de la contraseña:" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" -"DES, el método por defecto de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de " -"entornos de red,\n" -"pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres. Si necesita " -"compatibilidad\n" +"DES, el método por defecto de Linux, funciona en todo tipo de entornos de red,\n" +"pero limita la longitud máxima de la contraseña a 8 caracteres. Si necesita compatibilidad\n" "con otros sistemas, utilice este método." -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" -"MD5 permite usar contraseñas más largas y es compatible con todas " -"las\n" -"distribuciones actuales de Linux, pero no con otros sistemas o software " -"antiguo." +"MD5 permite usar contraseñas más largas y es compatible con todas las\n" +"distribuciones actuales de Linux, pero no con otros sistemas o software antiguo." -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 es el método hash estándar actual. Recomendamos no " -"utilizar ningún otro algoritmo a menos que sea necesario por motivos de " -"compatibilidad." +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 es el método hash estándar actual. Recomendamos no utilizar ningún otro algoritmo a menos que sea necesario por motivos de compatibilidad." -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -591,32 +544,28 @@ "Antigüedad de la contraseña: determine el número máximo y\n" "mínimo de días que se puede usar una contraseña." -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" -"Aviso del número de días hasta que caduque la contraseña: esta " -"entrada especifica\n" -"los días de antelación con los que se le avisa al usuario antes de que " -"caduque su contraseña. Cuanto mayor sea el\n" +"Aviso del número de días hasta que caduque la contraseña: esta entrada especifica\n" +"los días de antelación con los que se le avisa al usuario antes de que caduque su contraseña. Cuanto mayor sea el\n" "tiempo, menos probable es que alguien adivine la contraseña." -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." msgstr "" "<big>Seguridad del usuario</big>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, puede cambiar varios ajustes utilizados para " -"crear usuarios." +"En este cuadro de diálogo, puede cambiar varios ajustes utilizados para crear usuarios." -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -624,8 +573,8 @@ "Límites de ID de usuario: establece\n" "el ID de usuario mínimo y máximo." -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -633,138 +582,106 @@ "Límites de ID de grupo: establece\n" "el ID mínimo y máximo posible de grupo." -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>Otros ajustes de seguridad</big>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo, cambie los diversos ajustes relacionados con " -"la seguridad local." +"En este cuadro de diálogo, cambie los diversos ajustes relacionados con la seguridad local." -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" "Permisos de archivo: los ajustes para los permisos de\n" -"ciertos archivos de sistema se definen en función de los datos incluidos en /" -"etc/permissions.secure\n" -"o en /etc/permissions.easy. El archivo que se utilice dependerá de esta " -"selección.\n" -"Si se ejecuta SuSEconfig, se definen los permisos en función de /etc/" -"permissions.*.\n" -"Éste arregla los archivos que tengan permisos incorrectos, " -"independientemente de si los errores fueron accidentales\n" +"ciertos archivos de sistema se definen en función de los datos incluidos en /etc/permissions.secure\n" +"o en /etc/permissions.easy. El archivo que se utilice dependerá de esta selección.\n" +"Si se ejecuta SuSEconfig, se definen los permisos en función de /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"Éste arregla los archivos que tengan permisos incorrectos, independientemente de si los errores fueron accidentales\n" "o los provocaron intrusos.\n" -"Con la opción Sencilla (easy), la mayoría de los archivos de sistema " -"que sólo se pueden leer como raíz \n" -"con la opción Segura, se pueden modificar para que otros usuarios puedan " -"leerlos también.\n" -"Con Segura (secure), ciertos archivos de sistema, como /var/log/" -"messages, sólo\n" -"pueden ser vistos por el usuario root. Algunos programas sólo se pueden " -"ejecutar por el usuario root o mediante\n" +"Con la opción Sencilla (easy), la mayoría de los archivos de sistema que sólo se pueden leer como raíz \n" +"con la opción Segura, se pueden modificar para que otros usuarios puedan leerlos también.\n" +"Con Segura (secure), ciertos archivos de sistema, como /var/log/messages, sólo\n" +"pueden ser vistos por el usuario root. Algunos programas sólo se pueden ejecutar por el usuario root o mediante\n" "daemons (los usuarios normales no pueden).\n" "La opción más segura es Paranoica (paranoid). Con ella, debe\n" "decidir qué usuarios pueden ejecutar aplicaciones X y programas setuid.\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "Usuario que ejecuta updatedb: el programa updatedb se ejecuta\n" -"una vez al día. Explora el sistema de archivos entero y crea una base de " -"datos (locatedb)\n" -"que almacena la ubicación de cada uno de los archivos. En la base de datos " -"se pueden hacer búsquedas con el\n" -"programa \"locate\". Aquí debe establecer el usuario que puede ejecutar este " -"comando: nobody\n" +"una vez al día. Explora el sistema de archivos entero y crea una base de datos (locatedb)\n" +"que almacena la ubicación de cada uno de los archivos. En la base de datos se pueden hacer búsquedas con el\n" +"programa \"locate\". Aquí debe establecer el usuario que puede ejecutar este comando: nobody\n" " (pocos archivos) o root (todos los archivos)." -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Directorio actual en la ruta de root: en un sistema DOS,\n" -"el sistema busca archivos ejecutables (programas) en primer lugar en el " -"directorio\n" -"actual y, a continuación, en la variable de la vía actual. Por el contrario, " -"un sistema UNIX\n" +"el sistema busca archivos ejecutables (programas) en primer lugar en el directorio\n" +"actual y, a continuación, en la variable de la vía actual. Por el contrario, un sistema UNIX\n" "los busca exclusivamente mediante la vía de búsqueda (variable PATH)." -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Incluir directorio actual en la ruta de usuarios normales \n" "En un sistema DOS , los archivos ejecutables (programas) se buscan\n" -"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en la variable PATH actual. " -"Por el contrario, \n" -"en un sistema de tipo UNIX se buscan sólo mediante la ruta de búsqueda " -"(variable PATH)." +"primero en el directorio actual y posteriormente en la variable PATH actual. Por el contrario, \n" +"en un sistema de tipo UNIX se buscan sólo mediante la ruta de búsqueda (variable PATH)." -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "Algunos sistemas establecen una solución añadiendo un punto (\".\") a la\n" -"vía de búsqueda, lo que hace posible encontrar y ejecutar los archivos de la " -"vía actual.\n" -"Esto es muy arriesgado, porque se pueden ejecutar accidentalmente programas " -"desconocidos del\n" -"directorio actual en lugar de los archivos habituales distribuidos por todo " -"el sistema. Como resultado,\n" -"la ejecución de troyanos, que se sirven de este agujero de seguridad " -"para infectar su sistema,\n" +"vía de búsqueda, lo que hace posible encontrar y ejecutar los archivos de la vía actual.\n" +"Esto es muy arriesgado, porque se pueden ejecutar accidentalmente programas desconocidos del\n" +"directorio actual en lugar de los archivos habituales distribuidos por todo el sistema. Como resultado,\n" +"la ejecución de troyanos, que se sirven de este agujero de seguridad para infectar su sistema,\n" "es algo muy probable si activa esta opción." -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -772,8 +689,8 @@ "\"Sí\": el punto (\".\") se añadirá al final de la ruta de búsqueda\n" "de root, situándolo en el último lugar en la búsqueda." -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." @@ -781,348 +698,196 @@ "\"No\": El usuario root siempre tendrá que iniciar los programas en el\n" "directorio actual anteponiendo un \"./\". Ejemplo: \"./configure\"." -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "Activar teclas Magic Pet Sis Si activa esta opción, tendrá\n" -"cierto control sobre el sistema, incluso si éste falla (por ejemplo, durante " -"la depuración\n" -"del núcleo). Para obtener más detalles, consulte /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"cierto control sobre el sistema, incluso si éste falla (por ejemplo, durante la depuración\n" +"del núcleo). Para obtener más detalles, consulte /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." -msgstr "" -"Resumen de seguridad Este resumen muestra los ajustes de " -"seguridad más importantes." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." +msgstr "Resumen de seguridad Este resumen muestra los ajustes de seguridad más importantes." -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." -msgstr "" -"Para cambiar el valor actual, haga clic en el enlace asociado a la opción." -"" +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +msgstr "Para cambiar el valor actual, haga clic en el enlace asociado a la opción." -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." -msgstr "" -"La marca en la columna Estado de seguridad indica que el valor " -"actual de la opción es seguro." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." +msgstr "La marca en la columna Estado de seguridad indica que el valor actual de la opción es seguro." -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." -msgstr "" -"No es posible leer el valor actual. Probablemente el servicio no está " -"instalado o falta la opción en el sistema." +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." +msgstr "No es posible leer el valor actual. Probablemente el servicio no está instalado o falta la opción en el sistema." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" -"Un gestor de pantallas proporciona un inicio de sesión gráfico. Se puede " -"acceder\n" -"a él a través de la red por medio de un servidor X en ejecución en otro " -"sistema,\n" -"si está configurado de tal manera.Las ventanas que se muestran " -"transmiten\n" -"la información a través de la red. Si esa red no es totalmente de confianza, " -"el tráfico puede ser\n" -"interceptado por un atacante, que podría acceder no solo al contenido " -"gráfico, sino también a los\n" +"Un gestor de pantallas proporciona un inicio de sesión gráfico. Se puede acceder\n" +"a él a través de la red por medio de un servidor X en ejecución en otro sistema,\n" +"si está configurado de tal manera.Las ventanas que se muestran transmiten\n" +"la información a través de la red. Si esa red no es totalmente de confianza, el tráfico puede ser\n" +"interceptado por un atacante, que podría acceder no solo al contenido gráfico, sino también a los\n" "nombres de usuario y contraseñas que se estén utilizando.\n" "Si no necesita XDMCP para inicios de sesión gráficos remotos,\n" "inhabilite esta opción." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" -"Durante el inicio, la hora del sistema se establece con la hora del reloj " -"del hardware.\n" -"En consecuencia, si es necesario, habrá que establecer el reloj del hardware " -"antes\n" +"Durante el inicio, la hora del sistema se establece con la hora del reloj del hardware.\n" +"En consecuencia, si es necesario, habrá que establecer el reloj del hardware antes\n" "de apagar el sistema.Es fundamental que la hora del sistema sea\n" "coherente para poder crear mensajes de registro correctos." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"Los errores de funcionamiento de un sistema se suelen detectar por " -"anomalías en su comportamiento. Los mensajes de syslog de eventos que " -"ocurren de forma regular son importantes para encontrar la causa de los " -"problemas. La ausencia de un único registro puede dar más información que la " -"ausencia de todos ellos.Teniendo esto en cuenta, los mensajes de " -"syslog de eventos del sistema son útiles solo si están presentes." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "Los errores de funcionamiento de un sistema se suelen detectar por anomalías en su comportamiento. Los mensajes de syslog de eventos que ocurren de forma regular son importantes para encontrar la causa de los problemas. La ausencia de un único registro puede dar más información que la ausencia de todos ellos.Teniendo esto en cuenta, los mensajes de syslog de eventos del sistema son útiles solo si están presentes." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Los entornos de ejecución chroot se utilizan para restringir un proceso " -"de forma que solo pueda acceder a los archivos que necesita. Para ello, " -"coloca los archivos en un subdirectorio separado y ejecuta el proceso " -"cambiando la ruta raíz (chroot) a ese directorio." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Los entornos de ejecución chroot se utilizan para restringir un proceso de forma que solo pueda acceder a los archivos que necesita. Para ello, coloca los archivos en un subdirectorio separado y ejecuta el proceso cambiando la ruta raíz (chroot) a ese directorio." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"El cliente del daemon DHCP debe ejecutarse como el usuario dhcpd " -"para minimizar posibles amenazas si el servicio es vulnerable por alguna " -"debilidad en el código del programa.Tenga en cuenta que dhcpd no debe " -"ejecutarse con privilegios de Root ni con la capacidad " -"CAP_SYS_CHROOT para que el confinamiento en una ejecución chroot " -"sea efectiva." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "El cliente del daemon DHCP debe ejecutarse como el usuario dhcpd para minimizar posibles amenazas si el servicio es vulnerable por alguna debilidad en el código del programa.Tenga en cuenta que dhcpd no debe ejecutarse con privilegios de Root ni con la capacidad CAP_SYS_CHROOT para que el confinamiento en una ejecución chroot sea efectiva." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"Los administradores no pueden entrar nunca a la sesión como usuarios " -"Root en una sesión de X Window para minimizar el uso de privilegios " -"de root.Esta opción no sirve de ayuda frente a los administradores " -"descuidados, pero podría impedir que atacantes entren a la sesión como " -"usuarios Root a través del gestor de pantallas y adivinen o " -"consigan de otra forma la contraseña." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "Los administradores no pueden entrar nunca a la sesión como usuarios Root en una sesión de X Window para minimizar el uso de privilegios de root.Esta opción no sirve de ayuda frente a los administradores descuidados, pero podría impedir que atacantes entren a la sesión como usuarios Root a través del gestor de pantallas y adivinen o consigan de otra forma la contraseña." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." msgstr "" -"Los clientes de X Window, por ejemplo los programas que abren una ventana " -"en\n" -"la pantalla, se conectan al servidor X que se ejecuta en el equipo físico. " -"Los programas\n" +"Los clientes de X Window, por ejemplo los programas que abren una ventana en\n" +"la pantalla, se conectan al servidor X que se ejecuta en el equipo físico. Los programas\n" "también pueden ejecutarse en un sistema diferente y mostrar el contenido\n" -"en el servidor X a través de una conexión de red.Si esta habilitado, " -"el servidor X\n" +"en el servidor X a través de una conexión de red.Si esta habilitado, el servidor X\n" "escucha en el puerto 6000 más el número de pantalla.\n" -"Dado que el tráfico de red se transfiere sin cifrar y es propenso a " -"sniffing, y puesto que otro puerto se mantiene\n" +"Dado que el tráfico de red se transfiere sin cifrar y es propenso a sniffing, y puesto que otro puerto se mantiene\n" "abierto por el programa (en este caso el servidor X), esto amplía\n" -"las opciones de ataques, por lo que lo más seguro es inhabilitarlo.</" -"p>Para mostrar los clientes de X Window a través de una red, se " -"recomienda el uso de una shell segura (ssh</em), la cual permite a los " -"clientes de X Window conectarse al servidor X por medio de una conexión ssh " -"cifrada." +"las opciones de ataques, por lo que lo más seguro es inhabilitarlo.Para mostrar los clientes de X Window a través de una red, se recomienda el uso de una shell segura (ssh</em), la cual permite a los clientes de X Window conectarse al servidor X por medio de una conexión ssh cifrada." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." msgstr "" "El subsistema de entrega de correo electrónico siempre está iniciado.\n" -"Sin embargo, por defecto no está expuesto al exterior del sistema, ya que no " -"escucha en el puerto de red SMTP (25).Si no entrega correo " -"electrónico al sistema por medio del protocolo SMTP, inhabilite esta opción." -"" +"Sin embargo, por defecto no está expuesto al exterior del sistema, ya que no escucha en el puerto de red SMTP (25).Si no entrega correo electrónico al sistema por medio del protocolo SMTP, inhabilite esta opción." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "Si se actualiza un paquete que contiene un servicio actualmente\n" -"en ejecución, el servicio se reinicia después de que los archivos del " -"paquete se\n" -"instalen.Esto tiene sentido en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo " -"seguro,\n" +"en ejecución, el servicio se reinicia después de que los archivos del paquete se\n" +"instalen.Esto tiene sentido en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro,\n" "teniendo en cuenta que muchos servicios necesitan acceso a sus archivos\n" -"binarios o a los archivos de configuración en el sistema de archivos. Si no " -"fuera así,\n" +"binarios o a los archivos de configuración en el sistema de archivos. Si no fuera así,\n" "estos servicios quedarían en ejecución hasta que se detuvieran;\n" "por ejemplo, los daemons en ejecución se eliminan.\n" -"Esta configuración solo se debe cambiar si hay un motivo específico para " -"hacerlo." +"Esta configuración solo se debe cambiar si hay un motivo específico para hacerlo." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" "Si se desinstala un paquete que contiene un servicio actualmente\n" -"en ejecución, el servicio se detiene antes de que los archivos se eliminen.</" -"P>\n" +"en ejecución, el servicio se detiene antes de que los archivos se eliminen.\n" "Esto tiene sentido en la mayoría de los casos, y es algo seguro,\n" "teniendo en cuenta que muchos servicios necesitan acceso a sus archivos\n" -"binarios o a los archivos de configuración en el sistema de archivos. Si no " -"fuera así,\n" +"binarios o a los archivos de configuración en el sistema de archivos. Si no fuera así,\n" "estos servicios quedarían en ejecución hasta que se detuvieran;\n" "por ejemplo, los daemons en ejecución se eliminan.\n" -"Esta configuración solo se debe cambiar si hay un motivo específico para " -"hacerlo." +"Esta configuración solo se debe cambiar si hay un motivo específico para hacerlo." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"Un sistema podría verse inundado por un gran número de intentos de " -"conexión, lo que provocaría que se agote la memoria y se produzca una " -"vulnerabilidad de denegación de servicio (DoS).El uso de syncookies " -"es un método que puede ayudar en esas situaciones. Pero en configuraciones " -"con un gran número de intentos conexión legítimos desde una misma fuente, la " -"configuraciónHabilitado puede provocar problemas al denegar las " -"conexiones TCP si hay mucha carga.Aun así, en la mayoría de las " -"situaciones, las syncookies son la primera línea de defensa ante un ataque " -"de DoS; por lo tanto, la configuración de seguridad es Habilitado.</" -"P>" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "Un sistema podría verse inundado por un gran número de intentos de conexión, lo que provocaría que se agote la memoria y se produzca una vulnerabilidad de denegación de servicio (DoS).El uso de syncookies es un método que puede ayudar en esas situaciones. Pero en configuraciones con un gran número de intentos conexión legítimos desde una misma fuente, la configuraciónHabilitado puede provocar problemas al denegar las conexiones TCP si hay mucha carga.Aun así, en la mayoría de las situaciones, las syncookies son la primera línea de defensa ante un ataque de DoS; por lo tanto, la configuración de seguridad es Habilitado." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"Reenvío de IP significa pasar paquetes de red recibidos, pero que no " -"están destinados a ninguna de las interfaces de red configuradas en el " -"sistema (por ejemplo, direcciones de interfaces de red).Si un sistema " -"reenvía el tráfico de red en la capa 3 ISO/OSI, se denomina \"router\". Si " -"no necesita esta función, inhabilítela." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "Reenvío de IP significa pasar paquetes de red recibidos, pero que no están destinados a ninguna de las interfaces de red configuradas en el sistema (por ejemplo, direcciones de interfaces de red).Si un sistema reenvía el tráfico de red en la capa 3 ISO/OSI, se denomina \"router\". Si no necesita esta función, inhabilítela." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "Estos valores de configuración sólo se aplican a IPv4." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "Estos valores de configuración sólo se aplica a IPv6." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"Las teclas Magic SysRq permiten controlar en cierta medida el sistema si " -"éste se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo) o si el " -"sistema no responde." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "Las teclas Magic SysRq permiten controlar en cierta medida el sistema si éste se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo) o si el sistema no responde." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"Hay archivos con permisos predefinidos en /etc/permissions*. Los permisos " -"más restrictivos están definidos como \"secure\" y \"paranoid\"." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "Hay archivos con permisos predefinidos en /etc/permissions*. Los permisos más restrictivos están definidos como \"secure\" y \"paranoid\"." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." -msgstr "" -"Los servicios básicos del sistema deben estar habilitados para " -"proporcionar coherencia al sistema y para ejecutar los servicios " -"relacionados con la seguridad." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." +msgstr "Los servicios básicos del sistema deben estar habilitados para proporcionar coherencia al sistema y para ejecutar los servicios relacionados con la seguridad." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"Cada servicio en ejecución puede ser objetivo de potenciales ataques de " -"seguridad. Por tal motivo, se recomienda desactivar todos los servicios que " -"no esté usando el sistema." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "Cada servicio en ejecución puede ser objetivo de potenciales ataques de seguridad. Por tal motivo, se recomienda desactivar todos los servicios que no esté usando el sistema." -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<big>Boot Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." msgstr "" "<big>Seguridad en el arranque</big>\n" -"En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar varios ajustes del arranque " -"relacionados con la seguridad." +"En este cuadro de diálogo puede cambiar varios ajustes del arranque relacionados con la seguridad." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1132,8 +897,8 @@ "ignorar este evento, por ejemplo cuando el sistema hace a la vez de\n" "estación de trabajo y de servidor." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1143,9 +908,9 @@ "ignorar este evento, por ejemplo cuando el sistema hace a la vez de\n" "estación de trabajo y de servidor." -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1157,83 +922,78 @@ "cuando alguien pulsa la combinación CTRL + ALT + SUPR\n" "en la consola. %s" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" msgstr "" -"Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la sesión</" -"b>:\n" +"Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la sesión:\n" "Indique quién tiene permiso para apagar el equipo desde %s.\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "Hibernación del sistema:\n" -"Establece las condiciones para que los usuarios puedan hibernar el sistema. " -"Por defecto, el usuario tiene este derecho en la consola activa.\n" -"Otras opciones son permitir la acción a cada usuario o requerir la " -"autenticación en todos los casos.\n" +"Establece las condiciones para que los usuarios puedan hibernar el sistema. Por defecto, el usuario tiene este derecho en la consola activa.\n" +"Otras opciones son permitir la acción a cada usuario o requerir la autenticación en todos los casos.\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "Estación de trabajo" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "Dispositivo itinerante" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "Servidor de red" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "&Estación de trabajo" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo itinerante" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "&Servidor de red" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "Adición de usuario" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "Límites de ID de usuario" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "Límites de ID de Grupo" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "El ID de usuario mínimo no puede ser mayor que el máximo." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1241,311 +1001,310 @@ "El ID de grupo mínimo no puede ser mayor que el\n" "máximo." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "Ignorar" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "Reiniciar" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "Parar" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "Sólo root" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "Todos los usuarios" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "Nadie" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "Cómo &interpretar Ctrl+Alt+Supr" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "Permitir entrada a la sesión remota en modo &gráfico" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "Teclas &mágicas SysRq" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "Inhabilitar" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "Habilitar todas las funciones" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "&Espera tras un intento fallido de entrada a la sesión" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "&Máximo" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "Mín&imo" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "Hibernación del sistema" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "Usuario en la consola activa" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "Cualquiera puede hibernar" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "Siempre se requiere autenticación" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "Método de cifrado de la co&ntraseña" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "&Comprobar nuevas contraseñas" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "&Número de contraseñas que se deben recordar" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "Longitud &mínima para una contraseña válida" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "Aviso del número de &días hasta que caduque la contraseña" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "&Permisos de archivo" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "Sencilla" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "Segura" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "Paranoica" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "&Usuario que ejecuta updatedb" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "Má&ximo" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "&Mínimo" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" -msgstr "" -"Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la &sesión de %s:" +msgstr "Comportamiento de apagado del administrador de entrada a la &sesión de %s:" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Configuraciones de seguridad predefinidas" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de seguridad" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de seguridad" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de seguridad" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de inittab" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "Escribir configuración de PAM" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "Actualizar configuración del sistema" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de seguridad..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de inittab..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración de PAM..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "Actualizando configuración del sistema..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad actual: personalizar configuración" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "Nivel de seguridad actual: %1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/services-manager.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/slp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "Configuración de un servidor SLP" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "Servidor SLP" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "&Servidor SLP" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "Mostrar registro " -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Configuración avanzada" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "Respuesta a" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "Broadcast" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "Multicast" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "Servidor DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "Se convierte en servidor DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "Direcciones &IP de servidores DA" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "&Ámbitos" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "Ajustes del servidor SLP" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "Configuración SLP global" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "Detalles del servidor" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "Archivos de configuración estáticos" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir este archivo?" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "Nombre del nuevo archivo" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "Debe introducir el alcance y la dirección IP." -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "Debe introducir el alcance." -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "Descripción general del servidor SLP" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>Servidor SLP</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "Cuadro de diálogo de configuración avanzada del servidor SLP" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "Configuración del servidor SLP: edición del archivo .reg" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración del servidor SLP</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ "<BIG>Cancelar el inicio:</BIG> \n" "Para cancelar la utilidad de configuración, pulse Cancelar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración del servidor SLP</big> \n" "Espere... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -184,12 +184,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Cancelando la grabación:</big> \n" "Cancele la grabación pulsando Cancelar.\n" -"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o " -"no.\n" +"Un cuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -199,8 +198,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los servidores SLP instalados. Opcionalmente,\n" " tiene la posibilidad de editar su configuración. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Adding an SLP Server</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an SLP server.\n" @@ -208,8 +207,8 @@ "<big>Adición de un servidor SLP</big> \n" "Haga clic en Añadir para configurar un servidor SLP.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -219,8 +218,8 @@ "Seleccione el servidor SLP que desee modificar o eliminar.\n" " A continuación, haga clic en Editar o en Suprimir.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -230,9 +229,9 @@ "Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" " " -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -242,8 +241,8 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " " -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -253,155 +252,132 @@ "Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" " \n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." -msgstr "" -"Para mostrar el archivo de registro slpd, utilice Mostrar registro.</" -"b>" +msgstr "Para mostrar el archivo de registro slpd, utilice Mostrar registro." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" -"Establezca aquí el modo en el que desee ejecutar el daemon SLP. El modo " -"más sencillo es el de Difusión.\n" -"En él, el daemon SLP responde a todas las peticiones enviadas mediante " -"difusión. El siguiente modo es Multidifusión.\n" -"En él, el daemon responde a las peticiones enviadas mediante multidifusión " -"con los alcances (SCOPES) apropiados.\n" -"El modo Servidor DA informa a los servidores de DA en las direcciones " -"IP especificadas acerca de los servicios registrados de forma estática\n" -"y dinámica. La última opción es Se convierte en servidor DA. De ese " -"modo, funciona como servidor de caché para las respuestas de servicios.\n" +"Establezca aquí el modo en el que desee ejecutar el daemon SLP. El modo más sencillo es el de Difusión.\n" +"En él, el daemon SLP responde a todas las peticiones enviadas mediante difusión. El siguiente modo es Multidifusión.\n" +"En él, el daemon responde a las peticiones enviadas mediante multidifusión con los alcances (SCOPES) apropiados.\n" +"El modo Servidor DA informa a los servidores de DA en las direcciones IP especificadas acerca de los servicios registrados de forma estática\n" +"y dinámica. La última opción es Se convierte en servidor DA. De ese modo, funciona como servidor de caché para las respuestas de servicios.\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." -msgstr "" -"Configuración avanzada permite acceder a todas las opciones " -"disponibles en /etc/slp.conf." +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." +msgstr "Configuración avanzada permite acceder a todas las opciones disponibles en /etc/slp.conf." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" -"Archivos de configuración para el registro estático en SLP. Añadir " -"permite crear un nuevo archivo vacío. Modificar\n" -"permite cambiar los valores de cualquier archivo existente. Al hacer clic en " -"Suprimir, podrá suprimir los archivos que no sean propiedad de ningún " -"paquete." +"Archivos de configuración para el registro estático en SLP. Añadir permite crear un nuevo archivo vacío. Modificar\n" +"permite cambiar los valores de cualquier archivo existente. Al hacer clic en Suprimir, podrá suprimir los archivos que no sean propiedad de ningún paquete." -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "Ayuda para regedit" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar el servidor SLP , el paquete %1 debe estar " -"instalado." +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "Para configurar el servidor SLP , el paquete %1 debe estar instalado." -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "¿Desea instalarlo ahora?" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando la configuración del servidor SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Leer la base de datos" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Leer la configuración anterior" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Detectar los dispositivos" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Leyendo la base de datos..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Leyendo la configuración previa..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Detectando los dispositivos..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "No es posible leer la base de datos 2." -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración del servidor SLP" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir la configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo la configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir la configuración." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/snapper.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,297 +14,296 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "Configuración de instantáneas del sistema" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "Información del usuario" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmo de limpieza" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "Modificar instantánea %{num}" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "Modificar instantánea %{pre} y %{post}" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "Pre (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "Post (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Crear instantánea nueva" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Una instantánea" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Previa" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Posterior, comparada con:" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la instantánea %{num}?" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir las instantáneas %{pre} y %{post}?" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Instantáneas" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "Único" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Anterior y posterior" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Leyendo la lista de instantáneas..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Configuración actual" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Fecha de inicio" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Fecha final" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Datos de usuario" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Mostrar cambios" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Modificar" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." msgstr "" -"Esta instantánea previa aún no se ha comparado con ninguna instantánea " -"posterior.\n" +"Esta instantánea previa aún no se ha comparado con ninguna instantánea posterior.\n" "No es posible mostrar las diferencias." -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Descripción general de la instantánea seleccionada" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Calculando archivos modificados..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Calculando modificaciones de archivos..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Se ha creado el nuevo archivo." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "El archivo se ha eliminado." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "No se ha cambiado el contenido del archivo." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "El archivo no existe en ninguna instantánea." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Se ha modificado el contenido del archivo." -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El modo de archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El usuario propietario del archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "El grupo propietario del archivo ha cambiado de %1 a %2." -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "R&estaurar de la Primera" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Restaurar" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Res&taurar de la Segunda" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la instantánea y el sistema actual" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la instantánea actual y la seleccionada:" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la primera y la segunda instantánea" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la primera instantánea y el sistema actual" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Mostrar la diferencia entre la segunda instantánea y el sistema actual" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la instantánea:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la primera instantánea:" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Hora de realización de la segunda instantánea:" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "&Abrir" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Restaurar seleccionados" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -318,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "del sistema actual?" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -334,38 +333,35 @@ "\n" "de la instantánea %2 en el sistema actual?" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo para restablecerlo." -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Restaurando archivos" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "Estos archivos se restaurarán a partir de la instantánea %1:\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Los archivos presentes en la instantánea original se copiarán al sistema " -"actual.\n" -"Los archivos que no existían en la instantánea se suprimirán.¿Seguro " -"que desea continuar?" +"Los archivos presentes en la instantánea original se copiarán al sistema actual.\n" +"Los archivos que no existían en la instantánea se suprimirán.¿Seguro que desea continuar?" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -373,154 +369,125 @@ "<big>Leyendo lista de instantáneas</big> \n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración de instantáneas</big>\n" -"La tabla muestra una lista de instantáneas del sistema de archivos raíz. " -"Existen tres tipos\n" -"de instantáneas: únicas, pre y post. Las instantáneas " -"únicas\n" -"se utilizan para almacenar el estado del sistema de archivos en un " -"determinado momento, mientras que las de tipo Pre y Post definen los cambios " -"realizados mediante operaciones especiales llevadas a cabo entre la captura " -"de ambas instantáneas. Las instantáneas Pre y Post aparecen emparejadas en " -"la tabla.\n" -"Seleccione una instantánea o una pareja de instantáneas y haga clic en " -"Mostrar cambios para ver los\n" +"La tabla muestra una lista de instantáneas del sistema de archivos raíz. Existen tres tipos\n" +"de instantáneas: únicas, pre y post. Las instantáneas únicas\n" +"se utilizan para almacenar el estado del sistema de archivos en un determinado momento, mientras que las de tipo Pre y Post definen los cambios realizados mediante operaciones especiales llevadas a cabo entre la captura de ambas instantáneas. Las instantáneas Pre y Post aparecen emparejadas en la tabla.\n" +"Seleccione una instantánea o una pareja de instantáneas y haga clic en Mostrar cambios para ver los\n" "cambios en el sistema de archivos en la instantánea especificada.\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Descripción general de instantánea</big>\n" "\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se han modificado entre la creación " -"de la primera (\"pre\") y la segunda instantánea (\"post\"). En el lado " -"derecho, verá la descripción generada al crear la primera instantánea y la " -"hora de creación de ambas.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que se han modificado entre la creación de la primera (\"pre\") y la segunda instantánea (\"post\"). En el lado derecho, verá la descripción generada al crear la primera instantánea y la hora de creación de ambas.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Al seleccionar un archivo en un árbol, verá los cambios que ha " -"experimentado. Los cambios entre las instantáneas emparejadas se muestran " -"por defecto, pero es posible comparar el archivo con versiones diferentes.\n" +"Al seleccionar un archivo en un árbol, verá los cambios que ha experimentado. Los cambios entre las instantáneas emparejadas se muestran por defecto, pero es posible comparar el archivo con versiones diferentes.\n" "\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Resumen de instantánea</big>\n" "\n" -"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que tienen diferencias entre la " -"instantánea seleccionada y el sistema actual. En el lado derecho, verá una " -"descripción de la instantánea y la hora de su creación.\n" +"El árbol muestra todos los archivos que tienen diferencias entre la instantánea seleccionada y el sistema actual. En el lado derecho, verá una descripción de la instantánea y la hora de su creación.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrarán las diferencias entre " -"la versión de la instantánea y el sistema actual.\n" +"Cuando seleccione un archivo en el árbol, se mostrarán las diferencias entre la versión de la instantánea y el sistema actual.\n" "\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "No es posible obtener la configuración:\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "No es posible obtener el punto de montaje de la instantánea:\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "Error al crear la nueva instantánea:\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "Error al modificar la instantánea:\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "Error al suprimir la instantánea:\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "Inicializando realización de instantáneas" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "Leer la lista de configuraciones" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "Leer la lista de instantáneas" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de configuraciones" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "Leyendo la lista de instantáneas" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Finalizado" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "Error al consultar las configuraciones del creador de instantáneas" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -528,24 +495,23 @@ msgstr "" "No existe ninguna configuración de Snapper. Debe\n" "crear una o varias configuraciones para usar yast2-snapper. Se\n" -"puede usar la herramienta de línea de comandos de Snapper para crear " -"configuraciones." +"puede usar la herramienta de línea de comandos de Snapper para crear configuraciones." -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "Error al consultar las instantáneas del creador de instantáneas:" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "Restaurando archivos..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "Suprimido %1\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 omitido\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sound.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/squid.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "Configuración de un proxy de caché para Squid" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "Valores incorrectos." -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de dominio no puede estar vacío." -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "Expresión regular" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "No distinguir entre mayúsculas/minúsculas" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "La expresión regular no debe estar vacía." -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "Debe seleccionar al menos un día." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "El tiempo no se ha indicado con el formato correcto." -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "De debe ser menos que A." -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "Valor no válido." -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "El protocolo no debe estar vacío." -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de encabezado y la expresión regular no deben estar vacíos." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "La dirección MAC no debe estar vacía." -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "Formato incorrecto de dirección MAC." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "&Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Manualmente" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "Squid se está ejecutando." -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "Squid no se está ejecutando." -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "&Iniciar squid ahora" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "De&tener Squid ahora" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Guar&dar los valores de configuración y reiniciar Squid ahora." -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "Iniciar Squid ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "Detener Squid ahora" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "Guardar valores de configuración y reiniciar Squid ahora" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "Abrir puertos en el cortafuegos" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Inicio" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de puertos HTTP" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "Puertos HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "Actualizar valores de configuración de patrones" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "Actualizar patrones" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de caché" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de directorio de caché" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "Directorio de caché" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de control de acceso" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "Control de acceso" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "Valores de configuración de registro y de tiempo límite" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "Registro y tiempo límite" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "Otros valores de configuración" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "Otros" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "Host" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "puerto" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "Minutos" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "Porcentaje" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "Máximo" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "Memoria c&aché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "Tamaño má&ximo de los objetos" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "Tamaño m&ínimo de los objetos" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel &bajo (porcentaje)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel &alto (porcentaje)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "Directiva de sustitución de &caché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "Directiva de sustitución de &memoria" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "Nombre de &directorio" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "&Tamaño (en MB)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "Directorios de &nivel 1" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "Directorios de n&ivel 2" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "Grupos ACL" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "Permitir/Denegar" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "Registro" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "Registro de &acceso" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "Registro de &caché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "Regi&stro de almacenamiento en caché" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "Tiempos límite" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "&Tiempo límite de conexión" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "Tiempo de &vida del cliente" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "&Idioma de los mensajes de error" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "&Correo electrónico del administrador" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "&Usar modo pasivo del FTP" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "Registro de acceso" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "Registro de caché" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "Registro de almacenamiento en caché" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Unidades" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "segundos" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "minutos" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "horas" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "Días" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -498,18 +498,17 @@ "<big>Inicializando configuración de Squid</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Abortando la inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar</" -"B> ahora.\n" +"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar ahora.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Saving Squid Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -517,8 +516,8 @@ "<big>Guardando configuración de Squid</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -527,12 +526,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Abortando el almacenamiento:</big> \n" "Aborte el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando Abortar.\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -"o no.\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Squid Configuration</big> \n" "Configure Squid here. \n" @@ -540,8 +538,8 @@ "<big>Configuración de Squid</big> \n" "Configure Squid aquí. \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>Squid Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -551,8 +549,8 @@ "Acceda a un resumen de los Squid instalados y\n" "edite sus configuraciones si es necesario. \n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.\n" @@ -560,7 +558,7 @@ "Aquí puede definir todos los puertos en los que Squid\n" "escuchará las peticiones HTTP de los clientes.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "Host can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.\n" @@ -568,16 +566,12 @@ "Host puede contener el nombre de host o la dirección IP,\n" "o puede dejarse en blanco.\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" -msgstr "" -"Actualizar patrones define cómo trata Squid los objetos en caché.</" -"p>\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" +msgstr "Actualizar patrones define cómo trata Squid los objetos en caché.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" @@ -585,16 +579,15 @@ "Los patrones de actualización se comprueban en el orden mostrado aquí.\n" "Se usará la primera entrada que coincida.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" msgstr "" "Mínimo determina cuánto tiempo (en minutos) deberá un objeto\n" -"considerarse como actualizado si no se indica una hora de caducidad " -"explícita.\n" +"considerarse como actualizado si no se indica una hora de caducidad explícita.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "Percent is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -604,7 +597,7 @@ "(tiempo desde la última modificación). Un objeto sin hora explícita\n" "de caducidad se considerará actualizado.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Max is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.\n" @@ -612,35 +605,28 @@ "Máximo es el margen superior de tiempo que los objetos sin hora\n" "explícita de caducidad se considerarán actualizados.\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." -msgstr "" -"Memoria caché define la cantidad ideal de memoria que debe usarse " -"para los objetos." +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." +msgstr "Memoria caché define la cantidad ideal de memoria que debe usarse para los objetos." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Tamaño máximo de los objetos define el tamaño máximo de los " -"objetos que se\n" -"guardarán en el disco. Los objetos mayores de este tamaño no se guardarán en " -"el disco.\n" +"Tamaño máximo de los objetos define el tamaño máximo de los objetos que se\n" +"guardarán en el disco. Los objetos mayores de este tamaño no se guardarán en el disco.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" msgstr "" -"Tamaño mínimo de los objetos define el tamaño mínimo de los " -"objetos \n" +"Tamaño mínimo de los objetos define el tamaño mínimo de los objetos \n" "por debajo del cual no se guardarán en el disco.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "Swap Low-Water Mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -650,21 +636,17 @@ "is done each time.\n" msgstr "" "Las sustituciones empiezan cuando el uso de intercambio (disco)\n" -"supera el valor de Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel bajo e " -"intenta\n" +"supera el valor de Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel bajo e intenta\n" "mantener el uso cerca de este valor. A medida que el uso del intercambio\n" "se acerca al valor de Intercambiar marcas de agua de nivel alto, el\n" -"desahucio de objetos se vuelve más agresivo. Si el uso se acerca al valor de " -"Intercambiar marcas\n" +"desahucio de objetos se vuelve más agresivo. Si el uso se acerca al valor de Intercambiar marcas\n" "de agua de nivel bajo, se harán menos reemplazos cada vez.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -687,12 +669,10 @@ "</table>\n" "" msgstr "" -"Directiva de sustitución de caché determina qué objetos deben " -"sustituirse\n" +"Directiva de sustitución de caché determina qué objetos deben sustituirse\n" "cuando se necesita espacio en disco.\n" "Directiva de sustitución de memoria especifica la normativa para\n" -"sustituir objetos en memoria cuando no hay espacio en memoria para nuevos " -"objetos.\n" +"sustituir objetos en memoria cuando no hay espacio en memoria para nuevos objetos.\n" "Las directivas pueden ser:\n" "<table>\n" " <tr>\n" @@ -714,248 +694,212 @@ "</table>\n" "" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de directorio define un directorio de primer nivel donde se " -"almacenarán los archivos de intercambio de caché." +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." +msgstr "Nombre de directorio define un directorio de primer nivel donde se almacenarán los archivos de intercambio de caché." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." -msgstr "" -"Tamaño define la cantidad de espacio de disco (en MB) que se puede " -"usar para este directorio." +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." +msgstr "Tamaño define la cantidad de espacio de disco (en MB) que se puede usar para este directorio." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Directorios de nivel 1 define el número de subdirectorios de " -"primer nivel\n" +"Directorios de nivel 1 define el número de subdirectorios de primer nivel\n" "que se crearán en el directorio Nombre de directorio.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "" -"Directorios de nivel 2 define el número de subdirectorios de " -"segundo nivel\n" +"Directorios de nivel 2 define el número de subdirectorios de segundo nivel\n" "que se crearán en cada directorio de primer nivel.\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." -msgstr "" -"El acceso al servidor Squid puede controlarse mediante Grupos ACL." -"" +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +msgstr "El acceso al servidor Squid puede controlarse mediante Grupos ACL." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" -"Grupo ACL cuenta con varios tipos y las descripciones de grupos " -"ACL dependen\n" +"Grupo ACL cuenta con varios tipos y las descripciones de grupos ACL dependen\n" "del tipo particular.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" -"En la tabla Control de acceso, puede denegarse o permitirse el " -"acceso a grupos ACL.\n" +"En la tabla Control de acceso, puede denegarse o permitirse el acceso a grupos ACL.\n" "Si hay más grupos ACL en una línea, esto significa que se permitirá o se\n" -"denegará el acceso a los miembros que pertenezcan a todos los grupos ACL al " -"mismo tiempo.\n" +"denegará el acceso a los miembros que pertenezcan a todos los grupos ACL al mismo tiempo.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" msgstr "" -"La tabla Control de acceso se comprueba en el orden mostrado " -"aquí.\n" +"La tabla Control de acceso se comprueba en el orden mostrado aquí.\n" "Se usará la primera entrada que coincida.\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" -msgstr "" -"Registro de acceso define el archivo en el que se registran las " -"actividades del cliente." +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." +msgstr "Registro de acceso define el archivo en el que se registran las actividades del cliente." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "Registro de caché define el archivo donde se registra información\n" "general sobre el comportamiento de su caché.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" -"El Registro de almacenamiento en caché define la ubicación del " -"registro de transacciones de todos\n" -"los objetos guardados en el almacén de objetos, así como la hora a la que se " -"suprime\n" +"El Registro de almacenamiento en caché define la ubicación del registro de transacciones de todos\n" +"los objetos guardados en el almacén de objetos, así como la hora a la que se suprime\n" "el objeto. Esta opción puede dejarse en blanco.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" msgstr "" "Con Emular registro httpd, se especifica que Squid debe escribir\n" -"registro de acceso en formato de archivo de registro común HTTPD.</" -"p>\n" +"registro de acceso en formato de archivo de registro común HTTPD.\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time." msgstr "" -"Tiempo límite de conexión es una opción para forzar a Squid a " -"cerrar\n" +"Tiempo límite de conexión es una opción para forzar a Squid a cerrar\n" "conexiones después de un tiempo especificado." -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." msgstr "" -"Tiempo de vida del cliente define el tiempo máximo durante el que " -"un cliente\n" +"Tiempo de vida del cliente define el tiempo máximo durante el que un cliente\n" "(navegador) puede permanecer conectado al proceso caché." -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" msgstr "" -"Correo electrónico del administrador es la dirección de que se " -"añadirá\n" -"a cualquier página de error que se muestre a los clientes. Por defecto, " -"pertenece al webmaster.\n" +"Correo electrónico del administrador es la dirección de que se añadirá\n" +"a cualquier página de error que se muestre a los clientes. Por defecto, pertenece al webmaster.\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "Transparente" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "Añadir nuevo puerto HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "Editar el puerto HTTP actual" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "Añadir nuevo patrón de actualización" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "Editar patrón de actualización actual" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "Mínimo (en minutos)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "Máximo (en minutos)" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "Añadir nuevo acceso HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "Editar acceso HTTP" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "Permitir" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "Denegar" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "O&puesto" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "Añadir ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "no" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "Añadir nuevo grupo ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "Editar grupo ACL" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "El número de puerto no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "El host debe contener una dirección IP válida o un nombre de host." -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "La expresión regular no debe estar vacía." -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -963,26 +907,26 @@ "La suma de la memoria caché y el tamaño del\n" "directorio caché debe ser mayor que el tamaño máximo de objeto.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "El directorio caché no debe estar vacío." -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "La tabla ACL no debe estar vacía." -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "El grupo ACL %1 ya existe con diferente tipo.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "El grupo ACL %1 debe tener el tipo %2.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -990,8 +934,8 @@ "Si desea cambiar el tipo de este grupo ACL, antes debe\n" "suprimir otros grupos ACL con el mismo nombre.\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -999,7 +943,7 @@ "No puede cambiar el nombre de este grupo ACL, porque \n" "se usa en la tabla de control de acceso.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." @@ -1007,29 +951,26 @@ "Si desea cambiar el nombre de este grupo ACL, debe suprimir\n" "todas sus apariciones en la tabla de control de acceso." -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" -msgstr "" -"Si cambia el nombre de este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse " -"afectadas: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +msgstr "Si cambia el nombre de este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse afectadas: \n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "Cambiar el nombre de todas formas" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "No cambiar el nombre" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre no debe estar vacío." -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -1037,655 +978,632 @@ "No debe suprimir este grupo ACL, porque \n" "se usa en la tabla de control de acceso.\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "Si suprime este grupo ACL, estas opciones podrían verse afectadas: \n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "Suprimir de todas formas" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "No suprimir" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "El registro de acceso no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "El registro de caché no debe estar vacío." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de acceso." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de caché." -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." -msgstr "" -"Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de almacenamiento en caché." +msgstr "Nombre de vía incorrecto en el campo Registro de almacenamiento en caché." -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." -msgstr "" -"El correo electrónico del administrador no debe contener espacios en blanco." +msgstr "El correo electrónico del administrador no debe contener espacios en blanco." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de Squid" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "Inicializando configuración de Squid" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "Leer puertos HTTP desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "Leer patrones de actualización desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "Leer grupos ACL desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "Leer tabla de control de acceso desde el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "Leer otros valores de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "Leer estado de servicio." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "Leer valores de configuración del cortafuegos." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "Leyendo puertos HTTP..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "Leyendo patrones de actualización..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "Leyendo grupos ACL..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "Leyendo tabla de control de acceso..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "Leyendo otros valores de configuración..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "Leyendo estado de servicio..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "Leyendo valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "No es posible leer el archivo de configuración." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "No es posible leer el estado de servicio." -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de squid" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escribir valores de configuración del cortafuegos" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "Iniciar servicio" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo valores de configuración del cortafuegos..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "Iniciando servicio..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración del cortafuegos." -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Proxy de caché para Squid" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "Iniciar daemon: " -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "Durante el arranque" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "Puertos configurados:" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr " (transparente)" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "Directorio de caché: " -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "src" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "Dirección IP o rango de direcciones IP" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "Máscara de red" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "La dirección IP del cliente solicitante." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "dst" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "Dirección IP de destino." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "myip" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "Dirección IP local" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "La dirección IP local en la cual existe la conexión del cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "srcdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "Nombre de dominio de los clientes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "Este tipo coincide con el nombre de dominio del cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "dstdomain" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "Dominio de destino" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." -msgstr "" -"Esto hace referencia al dominio de destino; o sea, el dominio de origen " -"donde se ubica el servidor de origen." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." +msgstr "Esto hace referencia al dominio de destino; o sea, el dominio de origen donde se ubica el servidor de origen." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "Corresponde al nombre de dominio del cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "Se corresponde con el dominio de destino." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "duración" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "Días" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "Lunes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "Martes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "Miércoles" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "Jueves" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "Viernes" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "Sábado" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "Domingo" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "Desde (H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "Hasta (H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "Coincide usando una expresión regular en la URL completa." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" -msgstr "" -"Corresponde a la vía de la URL menos la información de protocolo, puerto y " -"nombre de host" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +msgstr "Corresponde a la vía de la URL menos la información de protocolo, puerto y nombre de host" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "puerto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "Número de puerto o rango de puertos" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "Corresponde al puerto de destino para la petición." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "myport" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número de puerto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "Se corresponde con el número de puerto TCP local." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "proto" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocolo" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "Corresponde al protocolo de la petición." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "método" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "Método HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." -msgstr "" -"Este tipo coincide con el método HTTP en los encabezados de la petición." +msgstr "Este tipo coincide con el método HTTP en los encabezados de la petición." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." -msgstr "" -"Una expresión regular que corresponde al tipo de navegador del cliente " -"basada en el encabezado del agente de usuario." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." +msgstr "Una expresión regular que corresponde al tipo de navegador del cliente basada en el encabezado del agente de usuario." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "Número máximo de conexiones HTTP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." -msgstr "" -"Coincide cuando la dirección IP del cliente tiene más conexiones HTTP " -"establecidas que el número especificado." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." +msgstr "Coincide cuando la dirección IP del cliente tiene más conexiones HTTP establecidas que el número especificado." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "Corresponde al encabezado del referente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "Nombre de encabezado" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "Expresión(es) regular(es)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." -msgstr "" -"Expresiones regulares que coinciden con cualquiera de los encabezados de " -"petición conocidos." +msgstr "Expresiones regulares que coinciden con cualquiera de los encabezados de petición conocidos." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" -"Expresiones regulares que coinciden con el tipo mime de la respuesta " -"recibida por Squid. Puede\n" -"usarse para detectar la descarga de archivos o algunos tipos de peticiones " -"HTTP de proceso de túnel.\n" +"Expresiones regulares que coinciden con el tipo mime de la respuesta recibida por Squid. Puede\n" +"usarse para detectar la descarga de archivos o algunos tipos de peticiones HTTP de proceso de túnel.\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "Corresponde al tipo mime de la petición generada por el cliente." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "Corresponde al tipo mime de la respuesta recibida por Squid." -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección MAC" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "Coincidencia con la dirección Ethernet (MAC)." -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "Afrikáans" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "Árabe" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "Armenio" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "Azerbaiyano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "Búlgaro" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "Catalán" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "Checo" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "Danés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "Alemán" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "Griego" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "Inglés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "Español" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "Estonio" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "Persa" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "Finés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "Francés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "Hebreo" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "Húngaro" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "Bahasa" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "Italiano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "Japonés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "Coreano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "Letón" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "Lituano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "Malayo" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "Neerlandés" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "Occitano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "Polaco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "Portugués (Brasil)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "Rumano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "Ruso" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "Eslovaco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "Esloveno" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "Serbio (cirílico)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "Serbio (latinizado)" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "Sueco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "Tai" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "Turco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "Ucraniano" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "Uzbeco" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "Vietnamita" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "Chino simplificado" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "Chino tradicional" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/storage.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -26,90 +26,87 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos " -"duros.\n" +"Use solo este programa si está familiarizado con la partición de discos duros.\n" "\n" -"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna " -"manera\n" +"No realice nunca particiones en un disco que pueda estar en uso de alguna manera\n" "(montado, de intercambio, etc.), a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está\n" "haciendo. De lo contrario, la tabla de particiones no se reenviará al\n" "núcleo, lo que, probablemente, provocará una pérdida de datos.\n" "\n" "Para continuar a pesar de esta advertencia, haga clic en Sí.\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "Particionamiento en modo experto" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "Se están detectando volúmenes." -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de almacenamiento" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "Mostrar discos y particiones" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "Mostrar discos" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "Mostrar particiones" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "Propuesta de particionamiento" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Particionador avanzado..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "&Crear configuración de particiones..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." msgstr "" "No es posible elaborar una propuesta automática.\n" -"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del " -"'Particionador'." +"Introduzca manualmente los puntos de montaje en el diálogo del 'Particionador'." -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Editar configuración de propuesta" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -119,9 +116,9 @@ "Se han comprobado los discos duros. La configuración de particiones\n" "que se muestra es la que se propone para el disco duro." -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -135,8 +132,8 @@ "de archivos), seleccione %1 y haga los cambios en el cuadro\n" "de diálogo de particionamiento en modo experto.\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -154,32 +151,27 @@ "Seleccione también esta opción para elegir\n" "opciones avanzadas como RAID y cifrado.\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "No es posible crear la propuesta pedida." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "" -"No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el " -"volumen raíz." +msgstr "No hay sufuciente espacio disponible para proponer instantáneas para el volumen raíz." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." -msgstr "" -"No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home " -"independiente." +msgstr "No hay espacio suficiente disponible para proponer una partición /home independiente." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "" -"No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." +msgstr "No hay nada asignado como sistema de archivos raíz. No es posible continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -187,22 +179,22 @@ "El cálculo de esta propuesta sobrescribirá los cambios manuales\n" " realizados hasta el momento. ¿Desea continuar calculando la propuesta?" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "Preparando discos..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -212,9 +204,9 @@ "ocupado\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -224,9 +216,9 @@ "libre\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -234,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows libre(%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -262,9 +254,9 @@ "Elija un nuevo tamaño para su partición de Windows.\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -280,9 +272,9 @@ "Hasta entonces, la partición de Windows no se modificará.\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -296,23 +288,23 @@ "Atrás.\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "Ahora" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "Después de la instalación" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -324,14 +316,13 @@ "\n" "\n" "El gráfico de barras de la parte superior muestra la situación actual.\n" -"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la " -"instalación (cuando se haya\n" +"El gráfico de barras de la parte inferior muestra la situación después de la instalación (cuando se haya\n" "producido el cambio de tamaño).\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -345,9 +336,9 @@ "en cualquier campo de entrada para ajustar el valor sugerido.\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -361,29 +352,29 @@ "tal y como sea necesario.\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows ocupado" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "libre" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -397,9 +388,9 @@ "teniendo en cuenta este valor.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -408,13 +399,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Usado por Windows es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición " -"por Windows.\n" +"Usado por Windows es el tamaño de la parte ocupada en la partición por Windows.\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -426,13 +416,13 @@ "Linux) de la partición.\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "Cambiando el tamaño de la partición de Windows" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -458,9 +448,9 @@ "de Windows, incluido el espacio de trabajo de Windows y el\n" "espacio para %2.\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -473,12 +463,11 @@ "de Windows.\n" " \n" " Dependiendo del tamaño de la partición de Windows\n" -" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante " -"tiempo.\n" +" y la cantidad de espacio empleado, el proceso puede tardar bastante tiempo.\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -500,14 +489,14 @@ "Si se produce de nuevo el problema, cambie el tamaño de la partición de\n" "Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "El espacio disponible no es suficiente para una instalación." -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -527,17 +516,15 @@ "\t de Windows por otros medios.\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones " -"personalizadas." +msgstr "El sistema sólo se puede configurar con la opción de particiones personalizadas." -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -557,10 +544,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y \n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -576,10 +563,10 @@ "Elija un disco diferente o aborte la instalación y\n" "reduzca la partición de Windows usando otros medios.\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -607,14 +594,14 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea reducir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "Encoger Window&s" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -628,13 +615,13 @@ "\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir la partición de Windows?\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "&Suprimir Windows" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -646,41 +633,38 @@ "Para instalar Linux, seleccione más particiones que \n" " eliminar, o bien un disco más grande." -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "&Discos disponibles" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "Parti&cionamiento personalizado (para expertos)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Disco duro" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está " -"disponible, para la instalación." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "No se han encontrado discos. Pruebe con el CD de actualización, si está disponible, para la instalación." -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -689,24 +673,22 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Todos los discos duros detectados automáticamente en su sistema\n" -"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar " -"&product;.\n" +"son mostrados aquí. Escoja el disco duro en el que desea instalar &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará " -"&product;.\n" +"Posteriormente puede seleccionar en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -717,88 +699,86 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"La opción Particionamiento personalizado para expertos permite tener " -"un control\n" -"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación " -"de \n" +"La opción Particionamiento personalizado para expertos permite tener un control\n" +"completo sobre el proceso de partición de los discos duros y la asignación de \n" "particiones para puntos de montaje cuando se instala &product;.\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "Preparando el disco duro" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Seleccione alguna de las opciones para continuar." -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "El disco %1 está siendo utilizado por %2" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "¿Desea activar multipath?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -806,25 +786,25 @@ "No se formateará la partición /home. Después de la instalación,\n" "verifique que los permisos de los directorios personales sean los adecuados." -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "Particionamiento" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "&Particionando" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "Guardando la configuración del sistema de archivos..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -832,15 +812,15 @@ "La selección actual no es válida:\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1: %2, no asignado" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -848,16 +828,16 @@ "Áreas de disco que deben utilizarse \n" "para instalar %1\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "Usar todo &el disco duro" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -865,8 +845,8 @@ "El disco todavía no contiene particiones.\n" "El disco entero se utilizará para %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -874,18 +854,18 @@ "Este disco parece estar utilizado por Windows.\n" "No hay espacio suficiente para instalar Linux." -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "Suprimir Win&dows por completo" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "&Reducir la partición de Windows" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -895,8 +875,8 @@ "Escoja en qué lugar del disco duro se instalará &product;.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -908,8 +888,8 @@ "particiones o áreas libres que se muestran.\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -923,8 +903,8 @@ "puede afectar incluso a otros sistemas operativos.\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -932,21 +912,20 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos " -"contenidos \n" +"Las zonas marcadas serán suprimidas. Se perderán todos los datos contenidos \n" "en las mismas. No habrá forma de recuperar estos datos.\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "Instalando en:" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -956,13 +935,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El disco duro seleccionado es utilizado probablemente por Windows. No hay \n" -"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o suprimir Windows " -"completamente o\n" +"espacio suficiente para &product;. Puede o suprimir Windows completamente o\n" "bien encoger la partición para obtener espacio libre.\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -972,8 +950,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se " -"perderán \n" +"Si suprime Windows, todos los datos que se encuentran en esta partición se perderán \n" "de forma irreversible durante la instalación. Si desea reducir su\n" "partición Windows, recomendamos encarecidamente que haga una\n" "copia de seguridad de sus datos, ya que los datos sufren una\n" @@ -981,28 +958,28 @@ "casos excepcionales.\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Proponer partición Ho&me independiente" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "Crear propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "Cifrar grupo de volúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "Tipo de propuesta" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1011,14 +988,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No ha asignado ninguna partición raíz para\n" -"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje " -"raíz \"/\" a una\n" +"llevar a cabo la instalación. Esto no funcionará. Asigne el punto de montaje raíz \"/\" a una\n" "partición.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1027,15 +1003,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en uno de los siguientes\n" -"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta " -"configuración\n" -"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, " -"para estos puntos de montaje.\n" +"puntos de montaje: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Es probable que esta configuración\n" +"cause problemas. Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para estos puntos de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1045,13 +1019,12 @@ msgstr "" "Ha intentado montar una partición FAT en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1061,14 +1034,13 @@ msgstr "" "Ha montado una partición Btrfs en el\n" "punto de montaje /boot. Es probable que esta configuración cause problemas.\n" -"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto " -"de montaje.\n" +"Utilice un sistema de archivos de Linux, como ext3 o ext4, para este punto de montaje.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1084,8 +1056,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1105,8 +1077,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1120,8 +1092,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea mantener el tamaño de la partición de arranque?\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1130,16 +1102,15 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: no hay ninguna partición de tipo bios_grub presente.\n" -"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 " -"se\n" +"Se recomienda una partición de este tipo (obligatoria con Btrfs) si Grub2 se\n" "instala en el MBR de un disco GPT. Debe estar sin formatear y\n" "tener aproximadamente 1 MB de tamaño.\n" "¿Desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1157,8 +1128,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar la configuración sin una partición /boot?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1178,7 +1149,7 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1186,13 +1157,12 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Advertencia: algunos subvolúmenes del sistema de archivos raíz están\n" -"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude " -"producir problemas.\n" +"duplicados con puntos de montaje de otro sistema de archivos. Esto pude producir problemas.\n" "%s\n" "¿Seguro que desea usar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1203,15 +1173,13 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: con la configuración actual, es posible\n" "que no se pueda arrancar directamente desde la instalación de %1,\n" -"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo " -"RAID de software.\n" -"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta " -"configuración.\n" +"ya que los archivos por debajo de \"/boot\" se encuentran en un dispositivo RAID de software.\n" +"En ocasiones, la configuración del cargador de arranque falla con esta configuración.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1235,8 +1203,8 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1260,20 +1228,19 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea utilizar esta configuración?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1281,17 +1248,14 @@ "\n" "No ha asignado una partición de intercambio. Se recomienda encarecidamente\n" "crear y asignar una partición de intercambio.\n" -"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana " -"principal con el \n" -"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de " -"montaje en \"swap\".\n" +"Las particiones de intercambio del sistema se muestran en la ventana principal con el \n" +"tipo \"Linux Swap\". Una partición de intercambio asignada tiene el punto de montaje en \"swap\".\n" "Puede asignar más de una partición de intercambio.\n" "\n" -"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de " -"intercambio?\n" +"¿Seguro que desea utilizar la configuración sin una partición de intercambio?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1303,8 +1267,8 @@ "formato. YaST no garantiza que la instalación se realice correctamente, \n" "sobre todo en estos casos:\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1316,33 +1280,30 @@ " sobreescrita\n" "- si esta partición todavía no contiene un sistema de archivos\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "En caso de duda, puede retroceder y marcar esta partición\n" -"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de " -"montaje\n" +"para que se formatee; especialmente si está asignada a uno de los puntos de montaje\n" "estándar, como /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" "Really keep the partition unformatted?\n" msgstr "" -"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en " -"ella se perderán.\n" +"Si decide dar formato a la partición, todos los datos que se encuentran en ella se perderán.\n" "\n" "¿Desea mantener la partición sin formatear?\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1350,8 +1311,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1359,8 +1320,8 @@ "El dispositivo seleccionado pertenece a un grupo de volúmenes (%1).\n" "Elimínelo del grupo de volúmenes antes de editarlo.\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1368,8 +1329,8 @@ "El volumen (%1) utiliza el dispositivo seleccionado.\n" "Elimine el volumen antes de editar el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1377,8 +1338,8 @@ "El dispositivo (%2) pertenece a RAID (%1).\n" "Elimínelo de RAID antes de suprimirlo.\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1386,12 +1347,12 @@ "%1 está utilizando el dispositivo (%2).\n" "Elimine %1 antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "No puede suprimirse mientras está montado." -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1399,24 +1360,21 @@ "No es posible eliminar el dispositivo (%1) porque es una partición lógica y\n" "hay otra partición lógica en uso con un número superior.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "La partición ampliada seleccionada contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la partición ampliada.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la partición ampliada.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente lo que está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1426,12 +1384,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición extendida seleccionada contiene al menos una partición LVM\n" -"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su" -"(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición " -"extendida.\n" +"asignada a un grupo de volúmenes. Elimine primero todas las particiones de su(s) respectivo(s) grupo(s) de volúmenes antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1444,8 +1400,8 @@ "que forma parte de un sistema RAID. Por favor desvincule las particiones \n" "de sus respectivos sistemas RAID antes de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1457,31 +1413,31 @@ "que está en uso. Elimine el volumen usado antes\n" "de suprimir la partición extendida.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "No olvide lo que escriba aquí." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Se permite una contraseña vacía." -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "Contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado en %1" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1489,38 +1445,38 @@ "Introduzca la contraseña de cifrado para el \n" "dispositivo %1, montado en %2.\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el sistema de archivos cifrado" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "Introdu&zca una contraseña para el sistema de archivos:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para &verificarla:" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Ignorar" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1530,10 +1486,10 @@ "de la contraseña no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1541,10 +1497,10 @@ "No ha introducido ninguna contraseña.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1552,17 +1508,17 @@ "La contraseña debe tener al menos %1 caracteres.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "No hay ningún numero de coma flotante." -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "Opciones de sistemas de archivo:" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1570,82 +1526,75 @@ "Ya no se permite el carácter \"/\" en las etiquetas de volúmenes.\n" "Cambie la etiqueta de forma que no contenga este carácter.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Montar en /etc/fstab por:\n" -"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/" -"fstab\n" -"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que " -"se pueda\n" -"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas " -"de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" -"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está " -"desactivada, \n" +"Normalmente, el sistema de archivos que se va a montar se reconoce en /etc/fstab\n" +"por el nombre del dispositivo. Esta identificación puede cambiarse para que se pueda\n" +"buscar el sistema de archivos que va a montarse por un UUID o por etiquetas de volumen. No todos los sistemas de archivos\n" +"pueden montarse por UUID o por etiqueta de volumen. Si una opción está desactivada, \n" "esto resultará imposible.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta de volumen:\n" -"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de " -"volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" +"El nombre que se introduzca en este campo se emplea como etiqueta de volumen. Normalmente sólo tiene sentido\n" "cuando se activa la opción para montar por etiqueta de volumen.\n" "Las etiquetas de volumen no pueden incluir el carácter / ni espacios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "Montar en /etc/fstab por" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del &dispositivo" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "&Etiqueta del volumen" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "&UUID" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "&ID del dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "&Vía del dispositivo" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Opciones de fstab:" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1653,66 +1602,65 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La longitud máxima de la etiqueta de volumen para el sistema \n" -"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este " -"tamaño.\n" +"de archivos seleccionado es %1. La etiqueta de volumen se ha ajustado a este tamaño.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "Introduzca una etiqueta de volumen si quiere montar por etiquetas." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "Esta etiqueta de volumen ya se está usando. Seleccione otra distinta." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "&Sistema de archivos" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "&Opciones..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "&Cifrar dispositivo" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "&ID del sistema de archivos:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "Formato" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "&No formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "&Formatear" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &montaje" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1727,8 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partición seleccionada (%1) está montada actualmente en %2.\n" -"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de " -"archivos),\n" +"Si cambia algún parámetro (como el punto de montaje o el tipo de sistema de archivos),\n" "podría dañar la instalación de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmonte la partición si es posible. Si no está seguro,\n" @@ -1737,8 +1684,8 @@ "\n" "¿Desea continuar?\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1748,8 +1695,8 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos de la partición.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1759,22 +1706,22 @@ "YaST2 no puede reducir el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico.\n" "Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 y reiser permiten reducir un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "Si reduce esta partición puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "Si reduce este volumen lógico puede producirse una pérdida de datos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1782,37 +1729,33 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos de la partición seleccionada.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" "Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system." msgstr "" "\n" -"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico " -"seleccionado.\n" -"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de " -"archivos." +"YaST2 no puede ampliar el sistema de archivos del volumen lógico seleccionado.\n" +"Solo fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs y reiser permiten ampliar un sistema de archivos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "¿Desea proceder con el cambio de tamaño?" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "Ha reducido una partición que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." -msgstr "" -"Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." +msgstr "Ha reducido un volumen lógico que contiene un sistema de archivos reiser." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1826,23 +1769,21 @@ "\n" "¿Desea reducir el sistema de archivos?" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositivo seleccionado contiene particiones ya montadas:\n" "%1\n" -"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar " -"la tabla de particiones.\n" +"Se recomienda encarecidamente desmontar estas particiones antes de eliminar la tabla de particiones.\n" "Seleccione Cancelar a menos que sepa exactamente qué está haciendo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1856,8 +1797,8 @@ "las particiones de los grupos de volúmenes correspondientes\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1871,8 +1812,8 @@ "particiones de los sistemas RAID correspondientes antes\n" "de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1884,77 +1825,73 @@ "utilizada por otro volumen. Suprima el volumen que la utiliza\n" "antes de suprimir el dispositivo.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" -msgstr "" -"Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.\n" +msgstr "Crear y eliminar subvolúmenes de un sistema de archivos BtrFS.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "" -"Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con " -"Snapper." +msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas automáticas para un sistema de archivos BtrFS con Snapper." -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "Subvolúmenes existentes:" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "Nuevo subvolumen" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "Añadir nuevo" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "Eliminar" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Habilitar instantáneas" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Manejo de subvolúmenes" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "No están permitidos los nombres de subvolúmenes vacíos." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con " -"\"%1\".\n" +"Actualmente, solo se permiten nombres de subvolumen que empiecen con \"%1\".\n" "Se añadirá automáticamente \"%1\" al principio del nombre del subvolumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "El nombre de subvolumen %1 ya existe." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Las modificaciones realizadas en el cuadro de dialogo se perderán." -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1964,8 +1901,8 @@ "Crear un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1975,8 +1912,8 @@ "Acceder a un sistema de archivos cifrado.\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1985,65 +1922,55 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando " -"no\n" +"Tenga en cuenta que este sistema de archivos sólo estará protegido cuando no\n" " esté montado. Cuando esté montado, será tan seguro como cualquier otro \n" "sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal " -"como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará " -"una\n" -"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos " -"los \n" +"Este punto de montaje se corresponde con un sistema de archivos temporal como /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Puede dejar vacía la contraseña de cifrado. Si lo hace, el sistema creará una\n" +"contraseña aleatoria al iniciar el sistema. Esto significa que perderá todos los \n" "datos de estos sistemas de archivos cuando el sistema se cierre.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de " -"archivos.\n" -"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una " -"combinación de letras\n" -"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su " -"contraseña, se le volverá\n" +"Si no recuerda su contraseña, no podrá acceder a los datos de su sistema de archivos.\n" +"Elija con cuidado su contraseña. Se recomienda que se trate de una combinación de letras\n" +"y números. Como medida para asegurar que introdujo correctamente su contraseña, se le volverá\n" "a pedir está en un segundo campo.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -2054,8 +1981,8 @@ "(ej. letras acentuadas o diéresis).\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2069,10 +1996,10 @@ " minúsculas (<tt>A-Z, a-z</tt>) y dígitos del <tt>0</tt> al <tt>9</tt>.\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2082,8 +2009,8 @@ "¡No olvide esta contraseña!\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2093,25 +2020,22 @@ "Deberá introducir su contraseña de cifrado.\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, " -"por lo tanto\n" -"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción Omitir." -"\n" +"Si el sistema de archivos cifrado no contiene ningún archivo de sistema y, por lo tanto\n" +"no se necesita para la actualización, puede seleccionar la opción Omitir.\n" "En este caso, no se accede al sistema de archivos durante la actualización.\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2131,7 +2055,7 @@ "Si necesita utilizar este disco para la instalación, debe destruir \n" "la etiqueta del disco mediante la herramienta de particionamiento avanzado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2141,23 +2065,22 @@ msgstr "" "Advertencia: el sistema indica que requiere una configuración\n" "de arranque EFI. Dado que el disco seleccionado no \n" -"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el " -"disco.\n" +"contiene una etiqueta de disco GPT, YaST creará una etiqueta GPT en el disco.\n" "\n" "Debe marcar todas las particiones del disco para eliminarlas.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para LVM.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "No puede usar el punto de montaje \"%1\" para RAID." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2166,17 +2089,15 @@ "\n" "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" -"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de " -"archivos\n" -"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione " -"correctamente.\n" +"Ha seleccionado no montar automáticamente durante el arranque un sistema de archivos\n" +"que puede contener archivos necesarios para que el sistema funcione correctamente.\n" "\n" "Esto podría causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2188,8 +2109,8 @@ " /var\", lo cual no está permitido. Cambie el punto de montaje o use un\n" "sistema de archivos sin retrobucle.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2199,41 +2120,38 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Ha seleccionado la opción para que los usuarios puedan montar un\n" -"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser " -"ejecutables.\n" +"sistema de archivos. El sistema puede contener archivos que necesiten ser ejecutables.\n" "\n" "Esto suele causar problemas.\n" "\n" "¿Seguro que desea continuar?\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "El punto de montaje no debe estar vacío." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Los dispositivos de intercambio deben tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "" -"Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." +msgstr "Sólo los dispositivos de intercambio pueden tener como punto de montaje swap." -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "El punto de montaje ya está en uso. Por favor elija otro diferente." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2241,16 +2159,13 @@ "No es posible usar un sistema de archivos tipo FAT como punto de montaje\n" "para sistema (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home)." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto " -"de montaje." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Carácter no válido en el punto de montaje. No utilice \"`'!%#\" en un punto de montaje." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2260,13 +2175,13 @@ "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "El punto de montaje debe comenzar con \"/\"" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2274,9 +2189,9 @@ "No se permite asignar el intercambio de punto de\n" "montaje a un dispositivo sin un sistema de archivos de intercambio." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2284,8 +2199,8 @@ "La partición es demasiado pequeña para utilizar %1.\n" "El tamaño mínimo para este sistema de archivos es de %2.\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2293,8 +2208,8 @@ "No está permitido asignar un punto de montaje\n" "a un dispositivo que no existe o con un sistema de archivos desconocido." -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2316,14 +2231,14 @@ "\n" "¿Seguro que desea utilizar este sistema de archivos?\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "El sistema de archivos está montado actualmente en %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2331,14 +2246,14 @@ "Puede escoger entre desmontarlo ahora, continuar sin desmontar o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Desmontar" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2346,81 +2261,75 @@ "Puede intentar desmontar ahora o cancelar.\n" "Haga clic en Cancelar si no sabe exactamente lo que está haciendo." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible reducir el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible ampliar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está " -"montado." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño del sistema de archivos mientras está montado." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Volver a explorar dispositivos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Proporcionar &contraseñas de cifrado..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Configurar &iSCSI..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "Configurar &FCoE..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Configurar &multipath..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Configurar &DASD..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Configurar &zFCP..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Configurar &XPRAM..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Configurar..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Almacenamiento disponible en %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2428,8 +2337,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "de almacenamiento disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2439,8 +2348,8 @@ "accederá a una vista con información detallada sobre el\n" "dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2448,8 +2357,8 @@ "Seleccionando una entrada de la tabla,\n" "navegará a una vista con información detallada sobre el dispositivo." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2457,112 +2366,106 @@ "Si vuelve a leer los discos, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración iSCSI, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si llama a la configuración de FCoE, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a la configuración de FCoE?" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" msgstr "" -"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si se llama a la configuración de varias vías, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea llamar a una configuración de varias vías?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración DASD, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios " -"actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración zFCP, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" msgstr "" -"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los " -"cambios actuales.\n" +"Si hace una llamada a la configuración XPRAM, se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales.\n" "¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "Editar Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "Seleccione al menos un dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "Cambiar los dispositivos que se usan para el volumen BTRFS." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos no usados:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos seleccionados:" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "Redimensionar el volumen Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo BTRFS." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2570,178 +2473,174 @@ "El Btrfs %1 se encuentra actualmente en uso.\n" "No puede editarse. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no lo está utilizando." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "Error al eliminar algunos dispositivos físicos." -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Editar" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes BTRFS" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Editar..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "Suprimir..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes BTRFS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2749,8 +2648,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2758,74 +2657,72 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el volumen BTRFS seleccionado.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo Btrfs: %1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Descripción general" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos &usados" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "Seleccione la función del dispositivo." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "Partición de arranque EFI" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "Sistema operativo" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "Datos y aplicaciones ISV" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "Intercambio" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "Volumen sin procesar (sin formato)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "Función" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2833,21 +2730,19 @@ "Primero, elija si la partición debe formatearse\n" " y el tipo de sistema de archivos que desea." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" " Si desea cifrar todos los datos del\n" -"volumen, seleccione Cifrar dispositivo. Si se cambia el cifrado de un " -"volumen existente\n" +"volumen, seleccione Cifrar dispositivo. Si se cambia el cifrado de un volumen existente\n" "se eliminarán todos los datos que contiene.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." @@ -2855,49 +2750,48 @@ "A continuación, seleccione si la partición debería\n" "montarse e introduzca el punto de montaje (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Opciones de formato" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "No dar formato a la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "No montar la partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montar la partición" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Opciones Fs&tab..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Los archivos crypt deben estar cifrados." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2909,18 +2803,18 @@ "\n" "Debe seleccionar además la opción de formato.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Los archivos crypt necesitan un punto de montaje." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs requiere un punto de montaje." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2934,8 +2828,8 @@ "cualquier otro sistema de archivos de Linux.\n" "" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2944,39 +2838,36 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la " -"contraseña\n" -"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para " -"hibernar\n" +"El sistema de archivos de este volumen es de intercambio. Puede dejar la contraseña\n" +"de cifrado vacía, pero no podrá usar el dispositivo de intercambio para hibernar\n" "(suspensión a disco).\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Se perderán todos los datos almacenados en el volumen." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "El dispositivo subyacente no admite el cambio de tamaño." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" "on this partition does not support resizing.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el " -"sistema de archivos\n" +"No es posible cambiar el tamaño de la partición seleccionada porque el sistema de archivos\n" "de esta partición no admite el cambio de tamaño.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2984,8 +2875,8 @@ "No es posible comprobar si un volumen NTFS\n" "puede cambiarse de tamaño mientras está montado." -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2993,81 +2884,79 @@ "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de la partición %1\n" "porque parece que el sistema de archivos no es coherente.\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de partición %1" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Cambiar el tamaño del volumen lógico %1" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño actual: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Usado actualmente: %1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño máximo (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Tamaño mínimo (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Tamaño personalizado" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "Seleccione un nuevo tamaño." -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y " -"\"%2\"." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Introduzca un tamaño entre \"%1\" y \"%2\"." -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3076,32 +2965,31 @@ msgstr "" "Está extendiendo un sistema de archivos montado en %1 gigabyte. \n" "Esta operación puede ser bastante lenta y llevar horas. Puede ser\n" -"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará " -"considerablemente\n" +"conveniente desmontar el sistema de archivos, lo que aumentará considerablemente\n" "la velocidad del proceso." -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Salida de %1" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Releyendo discos..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "Editar DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo DM." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3109,25 +2997,24 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "Mapeador de dispositivos (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" "BIOS RAIDs and LVM logical volumes are not shown here.\n" msgstr "" -"Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de " -"dispositivos, \n" +"Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos de asignación de dispositivos, \n" "excepto los que ya están incluidos en alguna otra vista. No se muestran los\n" "discos de varias vías, los RAID del BIOS ni los volúmenes lógicos LVM.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3135,8 +3022,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre \n" "el dispositivo seleccionado en el Mapeador de dispositivos." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3144,185 +3031,185 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por\n" "el Mapeador de dispositivos seleccionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo DM: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "Añadir RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "Añadir grupo de volúmenes" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de dispositivo" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de dispositivo..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "Esta vista muestra un gráfico de dispositivos." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "Error al guardar el archivo del gráfico." -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "Gráfico de montaje" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "Guardar gráfico de montaje..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "Esta vista muestra un gráfico de puntos de montaje." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "Elija el tipo de partición para la nueva partición." -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "&Partición primaria" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "Partición &extendida" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "Partición &lógica" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "Tipo de la nueva partición" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "Elija el tamaño para la nueva partición." -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "Tamaño de la nueva partición" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "Región personalizada" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "Primer cilindro" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "Último cilindro" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "La región introducida no es válida." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Añadir partición en %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Editar partición %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "No queda espacio para la partición movida %1." -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "¿Mover adelante la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "¿Mover atrás la partición %1?" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "¿Mover la partición %1?" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Adelante" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Atrás" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de todas las particiones" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3330,83 +3217,82 @@ "El disco \"%1\" contiene al menos una partición.\n" "Si continúa, se suprimirán las siguientes particiones:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea suprimir todas las particiones de \"%1\"?" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco duro." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "No es posible crear la tabla de particiones en DASD con formato LDL." -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "El disco está en uso y no se puede modificar." -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "Seleccione un nuevo tipo de tabla de particiones para %1." -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "¿Desea crear una nueva tabla de particiones en %1? Eliminará todos\n" -"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan " -"particiones en %1." +"los datos de %1, así como todos los RAID y grupos de volúmenes que usan particiones en %1." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún disco." -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Desea realmente suprimir el RAID BIOS %1?" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la partición RAID %1?" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "No hay particiones que suprimir en este disco." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "No es posible crear una partición en %1." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ninguna partición." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3414,13 +3300,13 @@ "La partición %1 está en uso. No es posible editarla.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "No se puede editar una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." @@ -3428,13 +3314,13 @@ "La partición %1 ya se ha creado en el disco\n" "y no se puede mover." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "No se puede mover una partición extendida." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3442,13 +3328,13 @@ "El DM %1 está en uso. No es posible cambiar su tamaño.\n" "Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "No se puede cambiar el tamaño de una partición extendida." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3464,7 +3350,7 @@ "más particiones, Después del clonado, se borraran estas\n" "particiones.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3472,11 +3358,11 @@ "Se suprimirán las siguientes particiones\n" "y se perderán todos los datos que contengan:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir estas particiones?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3486,7 +3372,7 @@ "clonables deben tener al menos una partición.\n" "Cree alguna partición antes de clonar el disco.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3494,20 +3380,20 @@ "No se puede clonar este disco. No hay discos\n" "disponibles que puedan tener la misma distribución de particionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "Clonar disposición de la partición de %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "Discos de destino disponibles:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "Seleccione un disco de destino para crear el duplicado" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3515,8 +3401,8 @@ "Si ejecuta dasdfmt, se suprimirán todos los datos del disco.\n" "¿Está seguro de que desea ejecutar dasdfmt en el disco %1?\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3528,58 +3414,58 @@ " Las particiones actuales del disco vuelven a\n" " mostrarse.\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "Añadir partición" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "Mover" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "Mover…" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "Cambiar tamaño..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." @@ -3587,8 +3473,8 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden mover." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." @@ -3596,39 +3482,38 @@ "Los discos duros, RAID de BIOS y dispositivos\n" "de múltiples rutas no se pueden redimensionar." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "Discos duros" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "Añadir partición..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todos los discos duros, incluidos\n" -"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.</" -"p>\n" +"los discos iSCSI, RAID del BIOS y de varias vías, así como sus particiones.\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "Prueba de actividad (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "Propiedades (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3636,84 +3521,82 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el disco duro seleccionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART no está disponible para este disco." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm no está disponible para este disco." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "Crear nueva tabla de particiones" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "Clonar este disco" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "Ejecutar dasd&fmt en el dispositivo DASD" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "Añadir..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "Experto..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" "partitions are shown here.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todas las particiones del disco duro\n" -"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en " -"uno de varias vías,\n" +"seleccionado. Si el disco duro se utiliza por ejemplo en RAID del BIOS o en uno de varias vías,\n" "las particiones no se mostrarán aquí.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos usados por el\n" -"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del " -"BIOS, RAID\n" +"disco duro seleccionado. La vista solo esta disponible para discos RAID del BIOS, RAID\n" "de software con particiones y discos de varias vías.\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "&Particiones" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "Disco duro: %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "Partición: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3721,8 +3604,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra la información detallada de\n" "la partición seleccionada." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3732,8 +3615,8 @@ "Linux con puntos de montaje. En la tabla se muestran\n" "los puntos de montaje antiguos.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3741,71 +3624,69 @@ msgstr "" "Puede elegir si los volúmenes de sistema\n" "existentes, por ejemplo / y /usr, se deben formatear durante la\n" -"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se " -"formatearán." +"instalación. Los volúmenes que no son de sistema, por ejemplo /home, no se formatearán." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "No se ha detectado ningún sistema previo con puntos de montaje." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "Mostrar &anterior" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "Mostrar &siguiente" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "Importar puntos de montaje desde el sistema existente:" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "Dar formato a volúmenes de sistema" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "Importar" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "/etc/fstab encontrado en %1 contiene:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta." -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición utilizada por LVM" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partición seleccionada se usa en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\".\n" -"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente " -"grupo de volúmenes\n" +"Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente, se eliminarán el siguiente grupo de volúmenes\n" "y sus volúmenes lógicos:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión de la partición usada por RAID" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3815,24 +3696,24 @@ "Para mantener el sistema en un estado coherente,\n" "se eliminará el siguiente dispositivo RAID:\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "¿Desea suprimir la partición \"%1\" y el RAID \"%2\"?" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir todas las particiones de %1?" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir %1?" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3840,83 +3721,80 @@ "\n" "¿Debe eliminarse también el archivo loop %1?\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "No particionado" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "No asignado" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "Sin cambios en el particionado." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "Cambios en el particionado:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "Sin cambios en los parámetros de almacenamiento." -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "Parámetros de almacenamiento:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "Paquetes para instalar:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "No es necesario instalar ningún paquete." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "Registro" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 msgid "Contents of %1:" msgstr "Contenido de %1:" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 msgid "Update" msgstr "Actualizar" -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 msgid "This view shows the content of %1." msgstr "Esta vista muestra el contenido de %1." -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle: Debe ser una vía absoluta " -"al archivo\n" -"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe " -"configurar.\n" +"Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle: Debe ser una vía absoluta al archivo\n" +"que contiene los datos para el dispositivo de bucle cifrado que se debe configurar.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3924,26 +3802,23 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crear archivo de bucle: Si esta opción está activada, el " -"archivo se\n" -"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. NOTA: si el " -"archivo \n" +"Crear archivo de bucle: Si esta opción está activada, el archivo se\n" +"creará con el tamaño indicado en la casilla siguiente. NOTA: si el archivo \n" "ya existe, todos los datos que contenga se perderán.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" "created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tamaño: Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de " -"archivos\n" +"Tamaño: Este es el tamaño del archivo de bucle. El sistema de archivos\n" "que se creará en el dispositivo de bucle cifrado tendrá este tamaño.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3952,31 +3827,28 @@ "careful when providing the size and path name.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"NOTA:durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna " -"comprobación\n" -"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no " -"se puede\n" -"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por " -"lo tanto,\n" +"NOTA:durante la instalación, YaST no puede efectuar ninguna comprobación\n" +"de coherencia de los tamaños de archivos ni de los nombres de vía porque no se puede\n" +"acceder al sistema de archivos. Este se crea al final de la instalación. Por lo tanto,\n" "asigne los tamaños y nombres de vía con cuidado.\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "Nombre de vía del archivo de bucle" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "Examinar..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "Crear archivo de bucle" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3984,15 +3856,13 @@ "El nombre de archivo %1 no es válido.\n" "Utilice un nombre de vía absoluto.\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al " -"menos %1." +msgstr "El tamaño introducido no es válido. Tiene que introducir un tamaño de al menos %1." -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -4002,47 +3872,47 @@ "para crearlo está desactivado. Utilice un archivo existente o active\n" "el indicador para crearlo." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "Editar archivo crypt %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún archivo crypt." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4050,30 +3920,30 @@ "El archivo crypt %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" "editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "Archivos crypt" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "Añadir archivo crypt..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los archivos crypt." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "Archivo crypt: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -4081,23 +3951,23 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada del\n" " archivo crypt seleccionado." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para el grupo de volúmenes." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "El nombre de un grupo de volúmenes no puede empezar con \"-\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4105,13 +3975,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volúmenes contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "El grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" ya existe." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -4119,13 +3989,13 @@ "El nombre del grupo de volumen \"%1\" tiene\n" "un conflicto con otra entrada del directorio /dev.\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "Confirmar la supresión del grupo de volúmenes" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4135,35 +4005,32 @@ "Si continúa, se desmontarán los siguientes volúmenes (si están montados)\n" "y se suprimirán:" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los " -"volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\" y todos los volúmenes lógicos relacionados?" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico " -"extendido mayor que %1\n" +"Los datos que ha introducido no son válidos. Debe insertar un tamaño físico extendido mayor que %1\n" "en potencias de 2, por ejemplo, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "Seleccione un nombre para el volumen lógico." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "El nombre del volumen lógico supera los 128 caracteres." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4171,8 +4038,8 @@ "El nombre del volumen lógico contiene caracteres ilegales. Se permiten\n" "los caracteres alfanuméricos, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" y \"+\"." -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4180,62 +4047,56 @@ "Un volumen lógico llamado \"%1\" ya existe\n" "en el grupo de volúmenes \"%2\"." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "" -"Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de " -"volúmenes." +msgstr "Introduzca el nombre y el tamaño físico extendido del nuevo grupo de volúmenes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "" -"Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -"" +msgstr "Seleccione los volúmenes físicos que debe contener el grupo de volúmenes." -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "Nombre de grupo de volúmenes" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "Tamaño &físico extendido" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos disponibles:" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "Volúmenes físicos seleccionados:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "Cambie los dispositivos utilizados para el grupo de volúmenes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduzca el tamaño además del número y el tamaño\n" -"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser " -"mayor\n" +"de segmentos del nuevo volumen lógico. El número de segmentos no puede ser mayor\n" "que el número de volúmenes físicos del grupo de volúmenes." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4245,175 +4106,162 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "También se pueden crear volúmenes flexibles\n" -"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma " -"según se precisa\n" +"con un tamaño arbitrario de volumen. El espacio que se necesita se toma según se precisa\n" "desde el depósito flexible. Se puede crear un volumen flexible mayor\n" -"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos " -"a un volumen\n" -"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las " -"necesidades de espacio.\n" +"que el depósito flexible. Como es lógico, cuando realmente se escriben datos a un volumen\n" +"flexible, el depósito flexible asignado debe poder cumplir con las necesidades de espacio.\n" "Un volumen flexible no puede tener un contador de segmentos." -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "Bandas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "Número" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño del grupo de volúmenes %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para el nuevo volumen lógico." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como volumen normal.\n" -"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran " -"antes de que existiera la función de aprovisionamiento flexible.\n" +"Esto se produce por defecto y crea volúmenes LVM normales, tal y como eran antes de que existiera la función de aprovisionamiento flexible.\n" "Si tiene dudas, esta es probablemente la elección mas adecuada." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como depósito flexible.\n" -"De esta forma, los volúmenes flexibles se asignan el espacio según lo " -"necesitan de este tipo de depósito." +"De esta forma, los volúmenes flexibles se asignan el espacio según lo necesitan de este tipo de depósito." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "Puede declarar el volumen lógico como volumen flexible.\n" -"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de " -"depósito flexible." +"De esta forma, el volumen se asigna el espacio según lo necesitan de depósito flexible." -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "Volúmen lógico" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "Volumen normal" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "Depósito flexible" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "Volumen flexible" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "Depósito usado" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico en %1" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Editar volumen lógico %1 en %2" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de " -"volúmenes.\n" +"No hay dispositivos sin usar con los que se pueda crear un grupo de volúmenes.\n" "\n" -"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o " -"0x83) o un\n" -"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de " -"ello." +"Para usar LVM es necesario al menos una partición sin usar del tipo 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositivo RAID sin usar. Modifique la tabla de particiones en función de ello." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún grupo de volúmenes." -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "¿Realmente desea eliminar el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"?" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "Error al suprimir el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún volumen lógico." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "No hay espacio disponible en el grupo de volúmenes \"%1\"." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4421,8 +4269,8 @@ "El volumen %1 es un depósito flexible.\n" "No puede editarse." -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4430,46 +4278,46 @@ "El volumen %1 se encuentra en uso.\n" "No es posible editarlo. Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "Añadir volumen lógico" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "Gestión de volúmenes" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4477,8 +4325,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los grupos de\n" "volúmenes LVM y sus volúmenes lógicos." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4486,8 +4334,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el grupo de volúmenes seleccionado.</p" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4495,8 +4343,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes\n" "lógicos del grupo de volúmenes seleccionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4504,28 +4352,28 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes físicos\n" "usados por el grupo de volúmenes seleccionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "Grupo de volúmenes: %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes &lógicos" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes &físicos" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "Volumen lógico: %1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4533,56 +4381,56 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen lógico seleccionado.</p" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "Mapeador de dispositivos" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "BTRFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos no usados" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la instalación" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4592,38 +4440,34 @@ "se perderán si sale del particionador con %1.\n" "¿Seguro que desea salir?" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "Aquí puede ver el resumen de las particiones." -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr ": Resumen" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "Vista del sistema" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"La configuración NFS no está disponible. Compruebe la instalación del " -"paquete yast2-nfs-client." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "La configuración NFS no está disponible. Compruebe la instalación del paquete yast2-nfs-client." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "Sistema de archivos en red (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4631,88 +4475,72 @@ "La prueba de montaje del recurso compartido NFS %1 ha fallado.\n" "¿Desea guardarlo de todos modos?" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "Para %1, debe seleccionar al menos %2 dispositivo." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "Seleccione el tipo de RAID para el nuevo RAID." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: este nivel mejora el rendimiento del disco.\n" -"En este modo NO hay redundancia. Si una de las unidades se bloquea, " -"no será posible recuperar los datos.\n" +"En este modo NO hay redundancia. Si una de las unidades se bloquea, no será posible recuperar los datos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1: Este modo tiene la mejor redundancia. Puede\n" -"ser usado con 2 ó más discos. Este modo mantiene una copia exacta de los " -"datos de un disco\n" -"en los otros disco(s). Mientras funcione al menos un disco, no habrá pérdida " -"de datos.\n" +"ser usado con 2 ó más discos. Este modo mantiene una copia exacta de los datos de un disco\n" +"en los otros disco(s). Mientras funcione al menos un disco, no habrá pérdida de datos.\n" "La particiones usadas deberían ser aproximadamente del mismo tamaño.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5: Este modo combina la administración de un gran número " -"de discos y mantiene a pesar de todo algo de redundancia. Este modo puede " -"ser usado en tres o más discos.\n" -"Si uno de los discos falla, todos los datos continúan intactos, si 2 discos " -"fallan simultaneamente, todos los datos son perdidos\n" +"RAID 5: Este modo combina la administración de un gran número de discos y mantiene a pesar de todo algo de redundancia. Este modo puede ser usado en tres o más discos.\n" +"Si uno de los discos falla, todos los datos continúan intactos, si 2 discos fallan simultaneamente, todos los datos son perdidos\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Nombre de RAID ofrece la posibilidad de proporcionar un nombre\n" -"descriptivo para el RAID. Esta opción es opcional. Si se proporciona un " -"nombre,\n" +"descriptivo para el RAID. Esta opción es opcional. Si se proporciona un nombre,\n" "el dispositivo estará disponible como <tt>/dev/md/<nombre></tt>.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "Añada particiones a RAID. En función\n" -"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas " -"particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" -"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña " -"(RAID 5).\n" +"del tipo de RAID, el tamaño de disco utilizable es la suma de estas particiones (RAID 0), el tamaño\n" +"de la partición más pequeña (RAID 1) o bien (N-1)*partición más pequeña (RAID 5).\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4720,86 +4548,80 @@ "Generalmente la particiones deberían estar en diferentes unidades,\n" "para obtener la redundancia y el rendimiento que desea.\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "Tipo de RAID" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID &0 (repartición)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID &1 (duplicación)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &5 (repartición redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID &6 (repartición doble redundante)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID &10 (duplicación y repartición)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "&Nombre de RAID (opcional)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "Dispositivos disponibles." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" -"Tamaño de porción: Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se " -"puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID " -"5 es 128 KB,\n" +"Tamaño de porción: Es la \"unidad\" de datos más pequeña que se puede escribir en los dispositivos. Un tamaño de porción razonable para RAID 5 es 128 KB,\n" "para RAID 0 32 KB es un buen punto de inicio. Para RAID 1,\n" " este tamaño no afecta mucho a la estructura de datos.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "El algoritmo de paridad que se usa con RAID 5/6.\n" -"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo " -"rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" +"Izquierda-simétrica (left-symmetric) es uno de los que ofrece el máximo rendimiento en discos típicos con platos giratorios.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4807,66 +4629,66 @@ "Para obtener más detalles sobre al algoritmo \n" "de paridad, consulte la página man de mdadm (man mdadm).\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "Tamaño de porción" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "&Algoritmo de paridad" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "Opciones RAID" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "Cambie los dispositivos utilizados por el RAID." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Añadir RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Cambiar tamaño de RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Editar RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4875,28 +4697,25 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "No es posible modificar la RAID %1 porque está en un estado inactivo.\n" -"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es " -"demasiado pequeño\n" +"Normalmente, esto significa que el subconjunto de dispositivos RAID es demasiado pequeño\n" "para que se pueda usar la RAID.\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." -msgstr "" -"No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un " -"RAID." +msgstr "No hay dispositivos suficientes sin usar que sean adecuados para crear un RAID." -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún RAID." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4904,38 +4723,36 @@ "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible editarlo.\n" "Para editar %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 ya está creado en el disco. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a " -"crearlo." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, elimínelo y vuelva a crearlo." -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." msgstr "" "El RAID %1 está en uso. No es posible\n" -"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en " -"uso." +"cambiar su tamaño. Para cambiar el tamaño de %1, asegúrese de que no esté en uso." -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "Añadir RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los RAID, excepto los RAID del BIOS." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4943,8 +4760,8 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre el\n" "RAID seleccionado." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4952,130 +4769,123 @@ "Esta vista muestra todos los dispositivos\n" "usados por el RAID seleccionado." -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID: %1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiqueta" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montar por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Usado por" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Información de cilindros" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Información de Fibre Channel" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Cifrado" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de volumen" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "ID de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "Óptima" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "Cilindro" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Montar por defecto por" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Alineado de las nuevas particiones creadas" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -5083,32 +4893,25 @@ "Esta vista muestra los valores de configuración\n" "generales de almacenamiento:" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por defecto por indica el\n" -"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. Nombre de " -"dispositivo utiliza el nombre\n" -"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. ID de dispositivo y " -"Vía del dispositivo\n" -"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este " -"debería ser\n" -"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último UUID " -"y\n" -"Etiqueta del volumen utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de " -"archivos.\n" +"método de montaje para los nuevos sistemas de archivos. Nombre de dispositivo utiliza el nombre\n" +"de dispositivo del núcleo, que no es persistente. ID de dispositivo y Vía del dispositivo\n" +"utilizan nombres generados por udev con información del hardware. Este debería ser\n" +"persistente, pero lamentablemente no siempre es así. Por último UUID y\n" +"Etiqueta del volumen utiliza la etiqueta y el UUID del sistema de archivos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -5116,26 +4919,21 @@ "Sistema de archivos por defecto determina\n" "el tipo de sistema de archivos para los nuevos sistemas de archivos.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineación de nuevas particiones\n" -"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. cilindros es la " -"alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. óptima</" -"b> alinea las \n" -"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del " -"núcleo de Linux \n" +"determina cómo se alinean las nuevas particiones. cilindros es la alineación tradicional en los límites de los cilindros del disco. óptima alinea las \n" +"particiones para obtener un mejor rendimiento en base a propuestas del núcleo de Linux \n" "o intenta ser compatible con Windows Vista y Windows 7.\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -5143,8 +4941,8 @@ "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por controla\n" "el nombre de los discos duros que se muestra en el árbol de navegación." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -5152,23 +4950,23 @@ "Información visible de dispositivos de almacenamiento\n" "permite ocultar información en las tablas y en la descripción general." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "Esta vista muestra el resumen de la instalación." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "Añadir montaje de tmpfs" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "No se ha seleccionado ningún dispositivo tmpfs." -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5176,18 +4974,18 @@ "\n" "Confirmar supresión de tmpfs montado en %1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "Volúmenes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "Esta vista muestra todos los volúmenes tmpfs" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5195,18 +4993,18 @@ "Esta vista muestra información detallada sobre\n" "el volumen tmpfs seleccionado.\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs montado en %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "Releer" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5216,8 +5014,8 @@ "puntos de montaje asignados, discos sin particiones\n" "y grupos de volúmenes que no tienen volúmenes lógicos." -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5225,30 +5023,30 @@ "Si vuelve a explorar los dispositivos no usados,\n" "se cancelarán todos los cambios actuales. ¿Seguro que desea hacerlo?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5256,17 +5054,17 @@ "No se puede crear un volumen lógico \n" "con el tamaño indicado.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "Intente reducir la cantidad de bandas del volumen." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "Solamente puede eliminar volúmenes lógicos." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5274,8 +5072,8 @@ "Hay al menos una instantánea activa para este volumen.\n" "Elimine primero la instantánea." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5283,100 +5081,100 @@ "Hay al menos un volumen flexible que usa este depósito.\n" "Elimine primero el volumen flexible." -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "¿Desea eliminar el volumen lógico %1?" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño total: %1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño resultante: %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "Superior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "Abajo" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "Inferior" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "Clasificar" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "Añadir todo" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "Eliminar todo" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "El archivo %1 no es un archivo normal." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "El archivo %1 es demasiado grande." -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5388,55 +5186,43 @@ "El archivo debe contener lineas con una expresión regular y un nombre de\n" "clase por línea. Por ejemplo:" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "Se han detectado las siguientes líneas de patrones:" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "" -"¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos " -"patrones?" +msgstr "¿Seguro que desea asociar los dispositivos con clases utilizando estos patrones?" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" -"Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID " -"incluidos\n" -"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de " -"los\n" +"Este cuadro de diálogo permite definir clases para los dispositivos RAID incluidos\n" +"en el RAID. Las clases disponibles son A, B, C, D y E, pero en la mayoría de los\n" "casos se necesitarán menos clases (por ejemplo, solo A y B)." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón " -"secundario\n" -"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu " -"contextual. \n" -"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y " -"colocarlos en una misma clase\n" -"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para " -"colocar el dispositivo \n" +"Puede colocar un dispositivo en una clase haciendo clic con el botón secundario\n" +"en el dispositivo y seleccionando la clase apropiada en el menu contextual. \n" +"Con las teclas Ctrl o Mayus, puede seleccionar varios dispositivos y colocarlos en una misma clase\n" +"en un único paso. También puede utilizar los botones \"%1\" a \"%2\" para colocar el dispositivo \n" "seleccionado en esa clase." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5444,8 +5230,8 @@ "Después de seleccionar las clases de los dispositivos, puede \n" "ordenarlos utilizando los botones \"%1\" o \"%2\"." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5453,206 +5239,179 @@ "Ordenado coloca todos los dispositivos de clase A antes\n" "de los de clase B, y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"Con Intercalado se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el " -"primero\n" -"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A " -"continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" +"Con Intercalado se utiliza el primer dispositivo de clase A, luego el primero\n" +"de clase B, y así con todas las clases con dispositivos asignados. A continuación se sigue con el segundo de\n" "clase A, el segundo de clase B y así sucesivamente." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" "Todos los dispositivos sin una clase se ordenan al final de la lista.\n" -"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los " -"dispositivos del \n" +"Cuando se sale del cuadro de diálogo, el orden actual se utiliza para los dispositivos del \n" "RAID que se va a crear." -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Al presionar \"%1\" puede seleccionar un archivo que contenga\n" -"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). " -"Todos los dispositivos \n" -"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta " -"línea. La expresión se compara \n" +"líneas con expresiones regulares y nombres de clase (ej. \"sda.* A\"). Todos los dispositivos \n" +"que coincidan con la expresión regular se colocarán en la clase de esta línea. La expresión se compara \n" "con el nombre del núcleo (ej. /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) y el\n" -"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-" -"part1). \n" -"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo " -"coincida con más de\n" +"el nombre de vía udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) y el\n" +"identificador de udev (ej. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" +"La primera coincidencia determina la clase, en caso de que un dispositivo coincida con más de\n" "una expresión." -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "Archivo de patrones" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tamaño Tmpf&s" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" "Tamaño indicado no válido. Utilice un número seguido por K, M, G o %.\n" -"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +"El valor debe ser mayor que 100 k o estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El valor debe estar comprendido entre el 1% y el 200%. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tamaño de Tmpfs:\n" -"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, " -"Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" -"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un " -"porcentaje de la memoria." +"el tamaño se puede introducir por un número seguido de K, M, G para Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte, o bien\n" +"como un número seguido de un signo de porcentaje, lo que significa un porcentaje de la memoria." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "&Prioridad de intercambio" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "El valor debe estar entre 0 y 32767. Por favor inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioridad de intercambio:\n" -"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor " -"la prioridad.\n" +"Introduzca la prioridad de intercambio. Cuanto más alto sea el número, mayor la prioridad.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Monta&r solo lectura" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Montar solo lectura:\n" -"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es " -"\"false\". Durante la instalación\n" +"No es posible escribir en el sistema de archivos. La opción por defecto es \"false\". Durante la instalación\n" "el sistema de archivos se monta siempre en modo lectura-escritura." -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Sin hora de &acceso" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sin hora de acceso:\n" -"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por " -"defecto es false.\n" +"La hora del acceso no se actualiza cuando se lee un archivo. La opción por defecto es false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "El usuario puede montarla" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Capaz de ser montado por un usuario:\n" -"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción " -"por defecto es 'false'.\n" +"El sistema de archivos puede ser montado por un usuario normal. La opción por defecto es 'false'.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "No montar durante el &inicio del sistema" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No montar durante el inicio del sistema:\n" "El sistema de archivos no se monta automáticamente al iniciarse el sistema.\n" "Se crea una entrada en /etc/fstab y el sistema de archivos se monta\n" -"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <" -"punto_montaje></tt>\n" -"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de " -"archivos). La opción por defecto es false.\n" +"con las opciones apropiadas cuando se introduce el comando <tt>mount <punto_montaje></tt>\n" +"(<punto_montaje> es el directorio en el que se monta el sistema de archivos). La opción por defecto es false.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Habilitar uso de &cuotas de disco" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5662,44 +5421,37 @@ "El sistema de archivos se monta con cuotas de usuario habilitadas.\n" "Por defecto, esta opción está desactivada (false)\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Modo &transaccional de datos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "Modo transaccional de datos:\n" "Especifica el modo transaccional para los datos de archivos.\n" -"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de " -"transacciones antes de\n" -"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el " -"rendimiento. \n" -"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del " -"sistema principal de archivos\n" -"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el " -"rendimiento. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto " -"en el rendimiento.\n" +"<tt>journal</tt> -- Todos los datos se incluyen en el registro de transacciones antes de\n" +"que se escriban en el sistema principal de archivos. Con alto impacto en el rendimiento. \n" +"<tt>ordered</tt> -- Se fuerza la salida directa de todos los datos del sistema principal de archivos\n" +"antes de que los metadatos se escriban en el registro. Medio impacto en el rendimiento. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Las peticiones de datos no se conservan. Sin impacto en el rendimiento.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "Listas de control de &acceso (ACL)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5707,13 +5459,13 @@ "Listas de control de acceso (ACL)\n" "Habilita las listas de control de acceso en el sistema de archivos.\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "Atributos &extendidos de usuario" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5721,184 +5473,153 @@ "Atributos extendidos de usuario:\n" "Permite los atributos extendidos de usuario en el sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "&Valor de opción arbitrario" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice " -"espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Caracteres no válidos en el valor de una opción arbitraria. No utilice espacios ni tabuladores. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor de opción arbitrario:\n" -"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el " -"cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" +"En este campo debe escribir cualquier opción de montaje permitida en el cuarto campo de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si introduce varias opciones, sepárelas mediante comas.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Conjunto de car&acteres para los nombres de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunto de caracteres para los nombres de archivos:\n" -"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de " -"archivos en las particiones Windows.\n" +"Defina el conjunto de caracteres que se usará para mostrar los nombres de archivos en las particiones Windows.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Página de có&digo para nombres FAT cortos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Página de código para nombres FAT cortos:\n" -"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos " -"en sistemas de archivos FAT.\n" +"Esta página de código se usa para convertir a caracteres de nombres cortos en sistemas de archivos FAT.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Número de &FATS" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "Número de FATS:\n" -"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de " -"archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2." +"especifica el número de tablas de localización de archivos en el sistema de archivos. Por defecto toma el valor 2." -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &FAT" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño de FAT:\n" -"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 " -"bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará " -"automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos." -"\n" +"Especifica el tipo de tablas de asignación de archivos usado (12, 16 o 32 bits). Si se especifica la opción automática, YaST seleccionará automáticamente el valor más adecuado para el tamaño del sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Entradas para el &directorio raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "" -"El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. " -"Inténtelo de nuevo." +msgstr "El tamaño mínimo para \"Entradas para el directorio raíz\" es de 112. Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" msgstr "" "Entradas para el directorio raíz:\n" -"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz." -"\n" +"Permite seleccionar el número de entradas disponibles en el directorio raíz.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "&Función Hash" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Función Hash:\n" -"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los " -"nombres de archivos en los directorios.\n" +"Especifica el nombre de la función hash que se utilizará para clasificar los nombres de archivos en los directorios.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "&Revisión del sistema de archivos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisión del sistema de archivos:\n" -"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El " -"valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las " -"series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con " -"versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.\n" +"Esta opción define la revisión de formato reiserfs que se va a utilizar. El valor 3.5 se utiliza solo para aportar compatibilidad con los núcleos de las series 2.2.x. La opción 3.6 es más reciente, pero solo puede utilizarse con versiones del núcleo iguales o superiores a la serie 2.4.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Tamaño del bloque en byte&s" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque:\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, " -"1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el " -"tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos son 512, 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Con la opción automática, se utiliza el tamaño de bloque por defecto: 4096 bytes.\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Tamaño de &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5906,49 +5627,45 @@ "Tamaño de inodo:\n" "Esta opción especifica el tamaño de los inodos del sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Porcentaje de espacio de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Porcentaje de espacio de inodos:\n" -"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar " -"para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.\n" +"Esta opción especifica el porcentaje máximo de espacio que se puede reservar para los inodos en el sistema de archivos.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "&Alineado de inodos" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Alineado de inodos\n" -"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está " -"alineada o no.\n" +"Esta opción se usa para especificar si la adjudicación de inodos está alineada o no.\n" "Por defecto, los inodos se alinearán. El acceso alineado a los inodos\n" "es normalmente más eficiente que el acceso desalineado.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Tamaño del registro en megabytes" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5956,30 +5673,28 @@ "El valor de \"tamaño del registro\" no es correcto.\n" "Introduzca un valor mayor que cero.\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del registro\n" -"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.\n" +"Determina el tamaño del registro (en megabytes). Si se selecciona la opción automática, se utilizará por defecto el 40 % del tamaño agregado.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Invocar &utilidad que lista bloques erróneos" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "&Longitud del segmento en bloques" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5987,8 +5702,8 @@ "El valor de \"Longitud del segmento en bloques\" no es válido.\n" "Seleccione un valor mayor que 1.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5996,32 +5711,25 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del paso en bloques:\n" -"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. " -"Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" -"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques " -"en un listado RAID.\n" +"Determine las opciones relacionadas con raid para el sistema de archivos. Actualmente el único argumento soportado\n" +"es 'paso', en inglés 'stride', que toma como argumento el número de bloques en un listado RAID.\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Tamaño del bloque:\n" -"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque " -"son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción " -"automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de " -"archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.\n" +"Especifica el tamaño de los bloques en bytes. Los tamaños válidos de bloque son 1024, 2048 y 4096 bytes por bloque. Si se selecciona la opción automática, el tamaño del bloque lo determina el tamaño del sistema de archivos y el uso estimado del mismo.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes por &inodo" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -6029,8 +5737,7 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes por inodo:\n" @@ -6040,93 +5747,79 @@ "este valor no debería ser menor que el tamaño de bloque del sistema de\n" "archivos, ya que de lo contrario se creará una gran cantidad de inodos.\n" "Tenga en cuenta que no se puede modificar el número de inodos de un sistema\n" -"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor " -"correcto para este parámetro.\n" +"de archivos una vez que este se ha creado, asegúrese de introducir el valor correcto para este parámetro.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques &reservados para la raíz" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es " -"correcto.\n" +"El valor de \"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz\" no es correcto.\n" "Debe utilizar un numero flotante no mayor que 99 (por ejemplo, 0,5).\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz: Especifica el " -"porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se " -"reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de " -"5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1." +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "Porcentaje de bloques reservados para la raíz: Especifica el porcentaje de bloques reservados para el superusuario. Por defecto se reserva 1 gigabyte. El límite superior para la reserva por defecto es de 5,0, el límite inferior es de 0,1." -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Desactivar comprobaciones regulares" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" msgstr "" "Desactivar las comprobaciones regulares:\n" -"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.</" -"p>\n" +"Desactiva las comprobaciones del sistema de archivos durante el arranque.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "Función de ín&dice de directorio" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índice de directorio:\n" -"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas " -"en directorios de gran tamaño.\n" +"Permite el uso de árboles B con la función hash para acelerar las búsquedas en directorios de gran tamaño.\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Sin respaldo de transacciones" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sin respaldo de transacciones:\n" -"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. " -"Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" +"se suprime el uso del respaldo de transacciones en el sistema de archivos. Actívelo sólo si sabe\n" "realmente lo que está haciendo.\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "Operación no permitida en el disco %{device}.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -6143,12 +5836,11 @@ "(el disco tiene formato LDL).\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -6165,12 +5857,11 @@ "o las particiones no son compatibles con la herramienta.\n" "\n" "Puede utilizar las particiones del disco %{device} en su estado actual o\n" -"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, " -"eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" +"darles formato y asignarles puntos de montaje, pero no podrá añadir, eliminar ni cambiar el tamaño de las\n" "particiones del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6190,8 +5881,8 @@ "o formatearla y asignar un punto de montaje, pero no es posible\n" "cambiar el tamaño de la partición ni eliminar del disco desde aquí.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6202,13 +5893,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "Puede iniciar la tabla de particiones del disco a un estado correcto con \n" -"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva " -"tabla de particiones\",\n" -"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este " -"disco.\n" +"el Particionador en modo experto seleccionando \"Experto\"->\"Crear nueva tabla de particiones\",\n" +"pero esta acción destruirá los datos de todas las particiones de este disco.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6220,26 +5909,26 @@ "Puede ignorar este mensaje si no va a usar este disco\n" "durante la instalación.\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Imposible cambiar de tamaño:" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6251,8 +5940,8 @@ "\n" "Puede que la contraseña de cifrado sea incorrecta.\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6262,38 +5951,37 @@ "no coinciden.\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Try again." msgstr "" "La contraseña solo puede contener los siguientes caracteres:\n" -"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^" -"\\<>\".\n" +"0..9, a..z, A..Z y cualquiera de los siguientes: \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña de cifrado:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Los siguientes volúmenes cifrados ya están disponibles." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Activación del volumen cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6305,12 +5993,12 @@ "Es preciso conocer las contraseñas si los volúmenes son necesarios\n" "durante una actualización o si contienen un volumen físico LVM cifrado." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "¿Desea suministrar las contraseñas de cifrado?" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6320,73 +6008,70 @@ "dispositivo de la lista de dispositivos bloqueados.\n" "La contraseña se probará en todos los dispositivos." -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Introducir la contraseña de cifrado" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "No hay volúmenes cifrados que desbloquear." -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para alguno de los dispositivos siguientes:" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Proporcione la contraseña para el siguiente dispositivo:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Intentando desbloquear los volúmenes cifrados..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "La contraseña no desbloquea ningún volumen." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "Disco IDE" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "Disco SCSI" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "RAID DM" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "RAID MD" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "¿Desea continuar a pesar del error?" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "" -"No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones " -"del disco." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "No es posible crear particiones, ya que se están usando otras particiones del disco." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6396,7 +6081,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene una partición\n" "de intercambio activa que se necesita para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6406,7 +6091,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser modificado porque contiene información\n" "necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6416,7 +6101,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene una\n" "partición de intercambio activa necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6426,7 +6111,7 @@ "El dispositivo %1 no puede ser eliminado porque contiene\n" "información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6434,25 +6119,22 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" -"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada " -"necesaria \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" +"dispositivo %2, que contiene una participación de intercambio activada necesaria \n" "para la instalación.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta " -"el \n" +"El dispositivo %1 no se puede eliminar porque cambiaría de forma indirecta el \n" "dispositivo %2, que contiene información necesaria para la instalación.\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6462,114 +6144,114 @@ "No se puede eliminar la partición %1 porque se están usando\n" "otras particiones del disco %2.\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "No hay nada asignado para el sistema de archivos raíz." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Casi con certeza, la instalación sufrirá un error grave." -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Error al añadir los siguientes elementos de resolución: %1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "Error durante la siguiente acción:" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "El código de error de sistema es el siguiente: %1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "&Introduzca una contraseña para el dispositivo %1:" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "Cif." -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "Tipo FS" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "Inicio" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "Fin" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "Metadatos" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "Tamaño PE" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "Versión de RAID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "Algoritmos de paridad" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Fabricante" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6577,8 +6259,8 @@ "ID del BIOS muestra el ID del BIOS del disco\n" "duro. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6586,8 +6268,8 @@ "Bus muestra cómo se conecta el dispositivo al\n" "sistema. Este campo puede estar vacío, por ejemplo, para discos multipath." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6595,8 +6277,8 @@ "Tamaño de porción muestra el tamaño de porción \n" "de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6604,8 +6286,8 @@ "Tamaño de cilindro muestra el tamaño\n" "de los cilindros del disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." @@ -6613,8 +6295,8 @@ "Tamaño de sector muestra el tamaño de\n" "los sectores en el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6622,8 +6304,8 @@ "Dispositivo muestra en nombre de núcleo\n" "del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6631,8 +6313,8 @@ "Etiqueta del disco muestra el tipo de tabla de\n" "particiones del disco, por ejemplo, <tt>MSDOS</tt> o <tt>GPT</tt>." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6640,8 +6322,8 @@ "Cifrado muestra si el dispositivo está\n" "cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6649,8 +6331,8 @@ "Cilindro final muestra el cilindro final de\n" "la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6658,8 +6340,8 @@ "LUN muestra el número de unidad lógica de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6667,8 +6349,8 @@ "ID de puerto muestra el ID de puerto de\n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6676,8 +6358,8 @@ "WWPN muestra el nombre de puerto mundial de \n" "los discos Fibre Channel." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6685,8 +6367,8 @@ "Vía de archivo muestra la vía de archivo\n" "de un dispositivo de bucle cifrado." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6694,20 +6376,18 @@ "Formato muestra algunos indicadores: <tt>F</tt>\n" "significa que el dispositivo está seleccionado para formatearlo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." -msgstr "" -"ID del sistema de archivos muestra el identificador del sistema de " -"archivos." +msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos muestra el identificador del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "Tipo FS muestra el tipo de sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6715,8 +6395,8 @@ "Etiqueta muestra la etiqueta del\n" "sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6724,43 +6404,37 @@ "Metadatos muestra el tipo de metadatos\n" "LVM de los grupos de volúmenes." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "Modelo muestra el modelo del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "Montar por indica el modo en que se monta el sistema\n" -"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) " -"por\n" -"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y " -"(Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" +"de archivos: (Núcleo) por nombre del núcleo, (Etiqueta) por etiqueta, (UUID) por\n" +"el UUID del sistema de archivos, (ID) por el identificador del dispositivo y (Vía) por la vía del dispositivo.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un signo de interrogación (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien " -"porque se monta\n" -"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las " -"preferencias\n" +"el sistema de archivos no aparece en la lista de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>, bien porque se monta\n" +"de manera manual o por algún sistema de montaje automático. Al cambiar las preferencias\n" "de este volumen, YaST no actualizará <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6768,21 +6442,19 @@ "Punto de montaje muestra dónde se monta\n" "el sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisco (*) tras el punto de montaje indica un sistema \n" "de archivos que no está montado\n" -"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en " -"<tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." +"actualmente (por ejemplo, porque la opción <tt>noauto</tt> está definida en <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6790,8 +6462,8 @@ "Número de cilindros muestra cuántos\n" "cilindros tiene el disco duro." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6799,8 +6471,8 @@ "Algoritmo de paridad muestra el\n" "algoritmo de paridad para los dispositivos RAID tipo 5, 6 o 10." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." @@ -6808,13 +6480,13 @@ "Tamaño de PE muestra el tamaño de la extensión física\n" "de los grupos de volúmenes LVM." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "Versión de RAID muestra la versión de RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6822,13 +6494,13 @@ "Tipo RAID muestra el tipo de RAID, también\n" "llamado \"nivel RAID\", de los dispositivos RAID." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "Tamaño muestra el tamaño del dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6836,18 +6508,17 @@ "Cilindro inicial muestra el primer\n" "cilindro de la partición." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "Segmentos muestra el número de segmento de los volúmenes lógicos\n" -"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del " -"segmento.\n" +"LVM y, si es mayor de uno, se indica entre paréntesis el tamaño del segmento.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6855,8 +6526,8 @@ "Tipo muestra una descripción general sobre el\n" "tipo de dispositivo." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6864,8 +6535,8 @@ "ID del dispositivo muestra el identificador persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo no puede estar vacío.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6873,18 +6544,17 @@ "Vía del dispositivo muestra la vía persistente\n" "del dispositivo. Este campo puede estar vacío." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "Usado por indica si un dispositivo se está\n" -"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta " -"columna estará vacía.\n" +"usando, por ejemplo, por un sistema RAID o LVM. En caso contrario, esta columna estará vacía.\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6892,246 +6562,245 @@ "UUID muestra el identificador exclusivo universal\n" "del sistema de archivos." -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "Proveedor muestra el proveedor del dispositivo." -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "Dispositivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño %1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "DISCO %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo: %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "Formato: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "Cifrado: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "Sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "Punto de montaje: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "Montado por: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "Usado por %1: %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "Vía de dispositivo: %1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "ID de dispositivo: %1 %2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del BIOS: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "Etiqueta del disco: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "Proveedor: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "Modelo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "Bus: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "Metadatos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño PE: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "Bandas: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "Versión de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "Tipo de RAID: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de porción: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "Algoritmo de paridad: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "Número de cilindros: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño del cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Primer cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "Último cilindro: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "Tamaño de sector: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "ID del sistema de archivos: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "Vía del archivo: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN: %1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "ID de puerto: %1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "La tabla contiene:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "Dispositivo:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "Disco duro:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "Fibre Channel:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM:" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID:" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "La descripción general contiene:" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." msgstr "" -"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación " -"desconocida.\n" +"El subsistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por una aplicación desconocida.\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -7139,49 +6808,44 @@ "El sistema de almacenamiento está bloqueado por la aplicación \"%1\" (%2).\n" "Debe cerrar dicha aplicación antes de continuar." -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es " -"coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "No es posible cambiar el tamaño porque el sistema de archivos no es coherente. Compruebe el sistema de archivos desde Windows." -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición raíz" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Sistema de archivos de la partición de inicio" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Aumentar tamaño de archivo de intercambio para &suspensión" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Configuración de propuesta" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" "Seleccione Propuesta basada en particiones si no quiere usar LVM.\n" -"Seleccione Propuesta basada en LVM para LVM normal y Propuesta " -"basada en LVM\n" +"Seleccione Propuesta basada en LVM para LVM normal y Propuesta basada en LVM\n" "cifrado si desea que el sistema esté cifrado." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7193,94 +6857,92 @@ "BtrFS, la propuesta puede habilitar instantáneas automáticas con Snapper.\n" "Esto también aumentará el tamaño de la partición raíz." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La propuesta puede crear una partición de inicio separada. El sistema\n" -"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de " -"selección correspondiente." +"de archivos de la partición de inicio se puede seleccionar con el cuadro de selección correspondiente." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" "El tamaño de la partición de intercambio se puede aumentar lo suficiente\n" -"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la " -"mayoría de los casos." +"como para que se pueda usar a fin de suspender el sistema en disco en la mayoría de los casos." -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Introduzca la contraseña para el cifrado propuesto." -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Contraseña:" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Vuelva a introducir la contraseña para verificarla:" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "&Propuesta basada en particiones" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en &LVM" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Propuesta basada en LVM &cifrado" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Montar por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Sistema de archivos por defecto:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Mostrar dispositivos de almacenamiento por:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Alineado de particiones:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Información visible en dispositivos de almacenamiento:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sudo.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "Configuración de sudo" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,318 +54,308 @@ "(4 números enteros comprendidos entre 128 y 255 separados por puntos) \n" "o un sólo número entero comprendido entre 0 y 32." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "Añadir nuevo host al alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "Nombre de host o red" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "Añadir nuevo usuario al alias" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "Usuarios locales y del sistema (grupos)" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "El archivo, el directorio o el alias de comando %1 no existe." -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "Añadir nuevo comando con parámetros opcionales" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "Comando" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "Examinar" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "Parámetros (opcionales)" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" -msgstr "" -"No ha sido posible guardar el archivo de configuración sudoers. ¿Desea " -"cambiar los valores de configuración?" +msgstr "No ha sido posible guardar el archivo de configuración sudoers. ¿Desea cambiar los valores de configuración?" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de comando" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "Alias de comando existente" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "Nombre del alias (en MAYÚSCULAS)" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "Nombres de comando o directorios en el alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "Parámetros" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de alias no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "Ya existe un alias con el nombre %1." -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "El alias debe tener al menos un miembro." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de host" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "Alias de host existente" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "Nombres de host o redes en el alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "Nombres de host/redes" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "Alias de EjecutarComo existente" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "Alias de miembros" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "Nueva regla de Sudo" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "Regla de Sudo existente " -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "Usuario, grupo o alias de usuario" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "Host o alias de host" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "EjecutarComo o alias de EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "Sin contraseña" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "Comandos para ejecutar" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de usuario no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "El nombre de host no puede estar vacío." -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "La lista de comandos debe tener al menos una entrada." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "Nuevo alias de usuario" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "Alias de usuario existente" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "Usuarios" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "Hosts" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "SINCONTRASEÑA" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "Comandos" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "Arriba" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "Abajo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "Reglas de sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "Reglas de sudo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "Alias" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "Miembros" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "Alias de usuario" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "Alias de EjecutarComo" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "Alias de host" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "Alias de comando" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de host %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de usuario %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de EjecutarComo %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "El alias de comando %1 se está utilizando en una regla de sudo.\n" -"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo " -"incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" +"Si se suprime, puede generar un archivo de configuración de sudo incoherente. ¿Seguro que desea suprimirlo?\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -373,18 +363,17 @@ "<big>Inicializando configuración de sudo</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Abortar inicialización:</big> \n" -"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando " -"Abortar.\n" +"Puede abortar la utilidad de configuración de forma segura pulsando Abortar.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -392,8 +381,8 @@ "<big>Guardando configuración de sudo</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -404,8 +393,8 @@ "Puede abortar el proceso de almacenamiento pulsando Abortar.\n" "Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará de si es seguro hacerlo o no.\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Rules for sudo</big> \n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -418,18 +407,15 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Reglas de sudo</big> \n" "\tLas reglas de sudo determinan los comandos que un usuario puede ejecutar\n" -"\ten los hosts especificados (opcionalmente también como qué usuario). Cada " -"regla de sudo\n" -"\tes una tupla integrada por el usuario, el host y una lista de comandos, " -"con una\n" -"\tespecificación opcional de EjecutarComo y etiquetas adicionales. La " -"siguiente tabla muestra \n" +"\ten los hosts especificados (opcionalmente también como qué usuario). Cada regla de sudo\n" +"\tes una tupla integrada por el usuario, el host y una lista de comandos, con una\n" +"\tespecificación opcional de EjecutarComo y etiquetas adicionales. La siguiente tabla muestra \n" "\tun resumen. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "Users column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\tHosts column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -437,651 +423,518 @@ "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La columna Usuarios indica el usuario local o de sistema o el " -"alias de usuario. \n" +"La columna Usuarios indica el usuario local o de sistema o el alias de usuario. \n" "\tLa columna Hosts determina los hosts o grupos\n" -"\tde hosts a los que se hace referencia mediante alias de host en los que un " -"usuario puede ejecutar los comandos especificados.\n" +"\tde hosts a los que se hace referencia mediante alias de host en los que un usuario puede ejecutar los comandos especificados.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "La columna EjecutarComo es un parámetro\n" -"\topcional que incluye el nombre del usuario (o alias) cuyos privilegios de " -"acceso\n" -"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar los comandos. SINCONTRASEÑA es una " -"etiqueta que determina si\n" +"\topcional que incluye el nombre del usuario (o alias) cuyos privilegios de acceso\n" +"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar los comandos. SINCONTRASEÑA es una etiqueta que determina si\n" "\tlos usuarios se deben autenticar antes de ejecutar los comandos.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin Commands column. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"El conjunto de comandos que el usuario puede ejecutar en los hosts " -"especificados se resume\n" +"El conjunto de comandos que el usuario puede ejecutar en los hosts especificados se resume\n" "\ten la columna Comandos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" " To add a new rule, click on Add button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir una regla, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las " -"entradas\n" -"\tapropiadas. Se deben proporcionar valores para el nombre de usuario, el " -"nombre de host y la lista de comandos.\n" +"Para añadir una regla, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas\n" +"\tapropiadas. Se deben proporcionar valores para el nombre de usuario, el nombre de host y la lista de comandos.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar una regla existente, seleccione una entrada de la tabla y " -"pulse el botón\n" -"\tEditar. Para suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón " -"Suprimir.\n" +"Para editar una regla existente, seleccione una entrada de la tabla y pulse el botón\n" +"\tEditar. Para suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Suprimir.\n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"El nombre de usuario o alias se puede especificar como un nombre " -"de usuario solamente (por ejemplo, foo), como un nombre de grupo con el\n" +"El nombre de usuario o alias se puede especificar como un nombre de usuario solamente (por ejemplo, foo), como un nombre de grupo con el\n" "\tprefijo % (por ejemplo, %bar) o como un nombre de alias de usuario. Si se\n" -"\tutiliza la palabra clave ALL, se hace referencia a cualquier usuario. Se " -"pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos o alias existentes\n" +"\tutiliza la palabra clave ALL, se hace referencia a cualquier usuario. Se pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos o alias existentes\n" "\ten el menú desplegable o escribir valores propios. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La entrada del nombre de host o alias puede consistir en el nombre " -"del host (como www.ejemplo.com) una dirección IP \n" -"\t(por ejemplo, 192.168.0.1) o una dirección IP combinada con una máscara de " -"red o un alias de host. Si se pueden ejecutar comandos\n" -"\ten cualquier host, se debe utilizar la palabra clave ALL. El nombre de " -"host o la dirección IP se hace coincidir con su propio nombre de host\n" -"\to dirección IP, por lo que, si no tiene intención de compartir un archivo /" -"etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" +"La entrada del nombre de host o alias puede consistir en el nombre del host (como www.ejemplo.com) una dirección IP \n" +"\t(por ejemplo, 192.168.0.1) o una dirección IP combinada con una máscara de red o un alias de host. Si se pueden ejecutar comandos\n" +"\ten cualquier host, se debe utilizar la palabra clave ALL. El nombre de host o la dirección IP se hace coincidir con su propio nombre de host\n" +"\to dirección IP, por lo que, si no tiene intención de compartir un archivo /etc/sudoers entre varios equipos, \n" "\tlas entradas ALL o localhost son suficientes en la mayoría de los casos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"El nombre de usuario de EjecutarComo o alias es un parámetro " -"opcional que especifica un usuario\n" +"El nombre de usuario de EjecutarComo o alias es un parámetro opcional que especifica un usuario\n" "\tcuyos privilegios de acceso \n" -"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar un comando concreto. Si se deja en blanco, el " -"usuario por defecto es root.\n" -"\t Puede tratarse de un solo nombre de usuario, de un nombre de grupo con el " -"prefijo % o de un nombre de alias de run_as.\n" -"\tSe pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos y alias existentes en el menú " -"desplegable o escribir valores propios.\n" +"\tse utilizarán para ejecutar un comando concreto. Si se deja en blanco, el usuario por defecto es root.\n" +"\t Puede tratarse de un solo nombre de usuario, de un nombre de grupo con el prefijo % o de un nombre de alias de run_as.\n" +"\tSe pueden seleccionar usuarios, grupos y alias existentes en el menú desplegable o escribir valores propios.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Sin contraseña es una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, los usuarios " -"deben autenticarse\n" -"\t (proporcionar su propia contraseña, no la del usuario Root) antes de " -"ejecutar un comando \n" +"Sin contraseña es una etiqueta opcional. Normalmente, los usuarios deben autenticarse\n" +"\t (proporcionar su propia contraseña, no la del usuario Root) antes de ejecutar un comando \n" "\tconcreto. Defina Sin contraseña como \"Yes\" si quiere\n" "\tdesactivar esta autenticación.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"La tabla Comandos para ejecutar es una lista de comandos (que " -"pueden incluir\n" +"La tabla Comandos para ejecutar es una lista de comandos (que pueden incluir\n" "\tparámetros), directorios y alias de comando que puede ejecutar \n" -"\tcada usuario concreto. Si se utiliza un nombre de directorio, cualquier " -"comando incluido en él se podrá ejecutar. \n" -"\tTambién se puede utilizar aquí la palabra clave ALL para hacer referencia " -"a cualquier comando, por lo que se debe emplear con cuidado.\n" +"\tcada usuario concreto. Si se utiliza un nombre de directorio, cualquier comando incluido en él se podrá ejecutar. \n" +"\tTambién se puede utilizar aquí la palabra clave ALL para hacer referencia a cualquier comando, por lo que se debe emplear con cuidado.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un comando nuevo, pulse el botón Añadir, rellene el " -"nombre del comando con parámetros opcionales\n" -"\ty pulse Aceptar. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione la entrada " -"adecuada de la tabla\n" +"Para añadir un comando nuevo, pulse el botón Añadir, rellene el nombre del comando con parámetros opcionales\n" +"\ty pulse Aceptar. Para eliminar un comando, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla\n" "\ty pulse el botón Suprimir.\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de usuario</big> \n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de usuario. Los alias " -"de usuario son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de usuario. Los alias de usuario son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de usuario, pulse el botón Añadir y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de usuario, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de usuarios no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" -"\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, haga clic en el botón Suprimir</" -"b>. \n" +"Para editar un alias de usuario existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, haga clic en el botón Suprimir. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de host</big> \n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de host. Los alias de " -"host son conjuntos de hosts a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los hosts del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de host. Los alias de host son conjuntos de hosts a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los hosts del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de host, pulse el botón Añadir y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de host, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de hosts no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de host existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Suprimir. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de EjecutarComo</big> \n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de EjecutarComo. Los " -"alias de EjecutarComo son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a " -"todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de EjecutarComo. Los alias de EjecutarComo son conjuntos de usuarios a los que se asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de EjecutarComo, pulse el botón Añadir " -"y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de EjecutarComo, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de usuarios no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de EjecutarComo existente, seleccione una entrada en " -"la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de EjecutarComo existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara eliminar la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Suprimir. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de comando</big> \n" -"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de comandos. Los alias " -"de comando son conjuntos de comandos\n" -"\t(opcionalmente con parámetros) a los que se les asigna un nombre " -"exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia\n" +"\tEn este recuadro de diálogo, puede configurar alias de comandos. Los alias de comando son conjuntos de comandos\n" +"\t(opcionalmente con parámetros) a los que se les asigna un nombre exclusivo. Este nombre se emplea después para hacer referencia\n" "\ta todos los comandos del conjunto en la configuración de sudo. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para añadir un nuevo alias de comando, pulse el botón Añadir y " -"rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" +"Para añadir un nuevo alias de comando, pulse el botón Añadir y rellene las entradas adecuadas. \n" "\tEl nombre de alias y la lista de comandos no pueden estar vacíos. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione una entrada en la " -"tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" +"Para editar un alias de comando existente, seleccione una entrada en la tabla y pulse el botón Editar.\n" "\tPara suprimir la entrada seleccionada, pulse el botón Suprimir. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de usuario</big> \n" -"\tLos alias de usuario consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema " -"(con el prefijo %) u otros \n" -"\talias de usuario. Se les asigna un nombre único (que puede incluir sólo " -"letras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado)\t, que después se " -"utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del alias.\n" +"\tLos alias de usuario consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema (con el prefijo %) u otros \n" +"\talias de usuario. Se les asigna un nombre único (que puede incluir sólo letras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado)\t, que después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios del alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Alias. Para " -"añadir usuarios o grupos al \n" -"\talias, seleccione el nombre correspondiente en el menú desplegable y pulse " -"el botón Añadir.\n" -"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada en la " -"tabla y pulse \n" +"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Alias. Para añadir usuarios o grupos al \n" +"\talias, seleccione el nombre correspondiente en el menú desplegable y pulse el botón Añadir.\n" +"\tPara eliminar un usuario del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada en la tabla y pulse \n" "\tEliminar. Para terminar la configuración, pulse Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Nota: el nombre de alias no puede estar vacío. Cada alias debe contar " -"con al menos un miembro.\n" +"Nota: el nombre de alias no puede estar vacío. Cada alias debe contar con al menos un miembro.\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de host</big> \n" -"\tLos alias de host consisten en uno o varios nombres de host, direcciones " -"IP, direcciones IP\n" -"\tcombinadas con máscaras de red en notación cuádruple con puntos (por " -"ejemplo, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o en notación\n" -"\t CIDR de número de bits (como 192.168.0.0/24) u otros alias de host. Se " -"les asigna\n" -"\tun nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números o " -"caracteres de subrayado), que después\n" +"\tLos alias de host consisten en uno o varios nombres de host, direcciones IP, direcciones IP\n" +"\tcombinadas con máscaras de red en notación cuádruple con puntos (por ejemplo, 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) o en notación\n" +"\t CIDR de número de bits (como 192.168.0.0/24) u otros alias de host. Se les asigna\n" +"\tun nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números o caracteres de subrayado), que después\n" "\tse utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los hosts del alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Alias. Para " -"añadir hosts al \n" -"\talias, pulse el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, " -"donde se debe introducir \n" -"\tun nombre de host o una dirección IP válidos y después pulsar Aceptar</" -"b>.\n" +"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Alias. Para añadir hosts al \n" +"\talias, pulse el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, donde se debe introducir \n" +"\tun nombre de host o una dirección IP válidos y después pulsar Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un host del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla " -"y pulse el botón \n" +"Para eliminar un host del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla y pulse el botón \n" "\tEliminar. Para completar la configuración, pulse Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de EjecutarComo</big> \n" -"\tLos alias de EjecutarComo son muy parecidos a los alias de usuario. " -"Consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" -"\t(con el prefijo %) u otros alias de EjecutarComo. Se les asigna un nombre " -"exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir \n" -"\tletras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado), que después se " -"utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios\n" +"\tLos alias de EjecutarComo son muy parecidos a los alias de usuario. Consisten en uno o varios usuarios, grupos de sistema \n" +"\t(con el prefijo %) u otros alias de EjecutarComo. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir \n" +"\tletras en mayúscula, números y caracteres de subrayado), que después se utiliza para hacer referencia a todos los usuarios\n" "\tincluidos en el alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>Alias de comando</big> \n" -"\tLos alias de comando son listas de uno o varios comandos (con parámetros " -"opcionales), directorios u\n" -"\totros alias de comando. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede " -"incluir letras en mayúscula, números y \n" +"\tLos alias de comando son listas de uno o varios comandos (con parámetros opcionales), directorios u\n" +"\totros alias de comando. Se les asigna un nombre exclusivo (que sólo puede incluir letras en mayúscula, números y \n" "\tcaracteres de subrayado), que se utiliza después\n" -"\tpara hacer referencia a todos los comandos del alias. Cada comando puede " -"tener uno o varios \n" -"\tparámetros especificados. Si es así, los usuarios podrán ejecutar el " -"comando sólo con esos parámetros. Si se\n" -"\tutiliza el nombre de un directorio, se puede ejecutar cualquier comando " -"que esté incluido en él. \n" +"\tpara hacer referencia a todos los comandos del alias. Cada comando puede tener uno o varios \n" +"\tparámetros especificados. Si es así, los usuarios podrán ejecutar el comando sólo con esos parámetros. Si se\n" +"\tutiliza el nombre de un directorio, se puede ejecutar cualquier comando que esté incluido en él. \n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Nombre de alias</" -"b>. Para añadir un nuevo comando al alias,\n" -"\thaga clic en el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, " -"donde puede escribir el nombre del comando\n" -"\t(o puede seleccionarlo con el explorador de archivos mediante el botón " -"Examinar). También puede especificar\n" +"Escriba un nombre exclusivo en la entrada de texto Nombre de alias. Para añadir un nuevo comando al alias,\n" +"\thaga clic en el botón Añadir. Se mostrará una ventana emergente, donde puede escribir el nombre del comando\n" +"\t(o puede seleccionarlo con el explorador de archivos mediante el botón Examinar). También puede especificar\n" "\tparámetros del comando en la entrada de texto Parámetros.\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" -"Para eliminar un comando del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la " -"tabla y pulse el botón\n" +"Para eliminar un comando del alias, seleccione la entrada adecuada de la tabla y pulse el botón\n" "\tEliminar. Para completar la configuración, pulse Aceptar.\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" -msgstr "" -"Ésta es una regla de sistema necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de " -"sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +msgstr "Ésta es una regla de sistema necesaria para el correcto funcionamiento de sudo.\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" msgstr "" -"Después de realizar la supresión, puede que algunas aplicaciones no " -"funcionen.\n" +"Después de realizar la supresión, puede que algunas aplicaciones no funcionen.\n" "¿Seguro que desea proceder?" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -1089,35 +942,32 @@ "Si realiza cambios, puede que algunas aplicaciones no funcionen.\n" "¿Seguro que desea realizar la edición? " -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" -msgstr "" -"Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea salir de la configuración " -"de sudo sin guardar?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +msgstr "Se perderán todos los cambios. ¿Seguro que desea salir de la configuración de sudo sin guardar?" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "Error al leer los usuarios y grupos." -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de sudo" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/support.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,73 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "Configuración de asistencia" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "Asistencia técnica" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "A&sistencia" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo de descripción general de supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "Centro de asistencia de openSUSE" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." -msgstr "" -"Se abrirá una ventana del navegador para conectar con el portal del Centro " -"de asistencia de SUSE." +msgstr "Se abrirá una ventana del navegador para conectar con el portal del Centro de asistencia de SUSE." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "Abrir" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "Recopilar datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." -msgstr "" -"De esta forma, se creará un archivo tar con los archivos de registro " -"recopilados." +msgstr "De esta forma, se creará un archivo tar con los archivos de registro recopilados." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "Crear el archivo tar de inform" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "Cargar datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." -msgstr "" -"De esta forma, se cargarán los registros recopilados en la URL especificada." +msgstr "De esta forma, se cargarán los registros recopilados en la URL especificada." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "Cargar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "No se encuentra ningún navegador instalado." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -88,196 +83,193 @@ "Start Web browser?\n" msgstr "" "YaST ejecutará un navegador Web como superusuario. \n" -"También puede ejecutarlo como un usuario sin privilegios e introducir la " -"URL\n" +"También puede ejecutarlo como un usuario sin privilegios e introducir la URL\n" "%1.\n" "¿Desea iniciar el navegador Web?\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Recuadro de diálogo para subida de supportconfig" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "Guardar como" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "Directorio para guardar" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "Paquete con archivos de registro" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "Cargar archivo tar de archivos de registro en la URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "Cargar objetivo" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "No es posible escribir los valores de configuración." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "Seleccionar directorio donde guardar el archivo tar" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "Elija el archivo tar de los archivos de registro" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de parámetros de supportconfig" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "Crear un listado de archivos completo desde \"/\"" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "Excluir información detallada de discos y escaneos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "Buscando el sistema de archivos raíz por instancias de eDirectory" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "Incluir listas de servicio SLP completas" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "Realiza un rpm -V para cada rpm instalado" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" -msgstr "" -"Incluir todas las líneas del archivo de registro, recopilar registros " -"rotados adicionales" +msgstr "Incluir todas las líneas del archivo de registro, recopilar registros rotados adicionales" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "Usar valores por defecto (ignorar /etc/supportconfig.conf)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "Activa todas las funciones de asistencia" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "Sólo reunir una mínima cantidad de información" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "Utilizar valores personalizados (avanzados)" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "Valores avanzados de configuración" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opciones" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Configuración avanzada de supportconfig" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "Opciones por defecto" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de contacto supportconfig" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "Información de contacto" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "Compañía" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "Número de teléfono" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "ID de almacenamiento" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "ID de terminal" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "UID de GPG" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "Información de carga" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "Número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "El número de SR debe incluir 11 cifras." -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "Recopilando datos" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "Revisión de datos recopilados" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "Nombre del archivo" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "Eliminar desde datos" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Support Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -285,18 +277,17 @@ "<big>Inicio de la configuración de asistencia</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Abortando la inicialización:</big> \n" -"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar</" -"B> ahora.\n" +"Para abortar con seguridad la utilidad de configuración, pulse Abortar ahora.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Support Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -304,8 +295,8 @@ "<big>Almacenamiento de la configuración de asistencia</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -314,12 +305,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Abortando el almacenamiento:</big> \n" "Aborte el procedimiento de almacenamiento pulsando Abortar.\n" -"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro " -"o no.\n" +"Un recuadro de diálogo adicional le informará sobre si hacer esto es seguro o no.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" @@ -327,8 +317,8 @@ "<big>Configuración de asistencia</big> \n" "Configure la asistencia aquí. \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<big>Adding a support:</big> \n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -337,12 +327,11 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Adición de asistencia:</big> \n" "Seleccione un elemento de asistencia de la lista de elementos detectados.\n" -"Si su elemento de asistencia no se detecta, use la opción Otro (no " -"detectado).\n" +"Si su elemento de asistencia no se detecta, use la opción Otro (no detectado).\n" "A continuación, haga clic en Configurar.\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -352,164 +341,133 @@ "Al pulsar Editar se abre un recuadro de diálogo en el que\n" "podrá cambiar la configuración.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>Apertura del Centro de asistencia de SUSE</big> \n" -"Para iniciar un navegador Web que abra el portal del Centro de asistencia de " -"SUSE, utilice la opción Abrir el Centro de asistencia de SUSE.\n" -"Después, puede abrir una petición de servicio de asistencia técnica global. " -"Asegúrese de apuntar el número de la\n" -"petición de servicio para incluirlo al cargar los datos de supportconfig.</" -"p>\n" +"Para iniciar un navegador Web que abra el portal del Centro de asistencia de SUSE, utilice la opción Abrir el Centro de asistencia de SUSE.\n" +"Después, puede abrir una petición de servicio de asistencia técnica global. Asegúrese de apuntar el número de la\n" +"petición de servicio para incluirlo al cargar los datos de supportconfig.\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Collecting Data</big> \n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" msgstr "" "<big>Recopilar datos</big> \n" -"Para ejecutar la herramienta de recopilación de datos de supportconfig, " -"utilice Reunir datos." +"Para ejecutar la herramienta de recopilación de datos de supportconfig, utilice Reunir datos." -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Uploading Collected Data</big> \n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use Upload Data.\n" "The server may or may not be Global Technical Support." msgstr "" "<big>Actualización de los datos recopilados</big> \n" -"Para cargar los datos que ya se han recopilado a un servidor, use la opción " -"Cargar datos.\n" +"Para cargar los datos que ya se han recopilado a un servidor, use la opción Cargar datos.\n" "No es necesario que el servidor sea el de la asistencia técnica global." -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>Opciones de supportconfig</big> \n" -"Seleccione una opción para sustituir los valores por defecto. Puede usar los " -"valores por defecto,\n" -"recopilar el máximo posible de datos o recopilar una cantidad de datos " -"mínima." +"Seleccione una opción para sustituir los valores por defecto. Puede usar los valores por defecto,\n" +"recopilar el máximo posible de datos o recopilar una cantidad de datos mínima." -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<big>Expert Settings</big> \n" "Select Use Custom and click the Expert Settings button\n" "to select specific data sets to collect.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuración avanzada</big> \n" -"Seleccione Utilizar valores personalizados y haga clic en el botón " -"Configuración avanzada\n" +"Seleccione Utilizar valores personalizados y haga clic en el botón Configuración avanzada\n" "para seleccionar conjuntos de datos específicos para recopilar.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Opciones</big> \n" "Puede recopilar información adicional. Normalmente estas opciones\n" -"no son necesarias, pero se pueden incluir si se requiere más información.</" -"p>\n" +"no son necesarias, pero se pueden incluir si se requiere más información.\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>Opciones por defecto</big> \n" -"Seleccione cada uno de los conjuntos de datos que desee incluir en el " -"archivo tar de supportconfig." +"Seleccione cada uno de los conjuntos de datos que desee incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" "<big>Información de contacto</big> \n" -"Rellene cada uno de los campos de información de contacto que desee incluir " -"en\n" -"el archivo tar de supportconfig. Los campos se guardan en el archivo basic-" -"environment.txt." +"Rellene cada uno de los campos de información de contacto que desee incluir en\n" +"el archivo tar de supportconfig. Los campos se guardan en el archivo basic-environment.txt." -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>Información de carga</big> \n" -"El destino de la carga corresponde al URI de destino del archivo tar de " -"supportconfig. Los servicios de carga admitidos incluyen\n" -"ftp, http, https y scp. Si necesita incluir el nombre del archivo tar de " -"supportconfig en el destino de carga,\n" -"utilice la palabra clave tarball. Esta palabra clave se reemplazará " -"con el nombre del archivo tar real.\n" +"El destino de la carga corresponde al URI de destino del archivo tar de supportconfig. Los servicios de carga admitidos incluyen\n" +"ftp, http, https y scp. Si necesita incluir el nombre del archivo tar de supportconfig en el destino de carga,\n" +"utilice la palabra clave tarball. Esta palabra clave se reemplazará con el nombre del archivo tar real.\n" "Consulte man supportconfig(1) para obtener más información." -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>Ejemplos de destino de carga</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" -"Nota: si va a cargar un archivo tar de supportconfig en el " -"servicio de asistencia técnica global,\n" -"asegúrese de incluir el número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos " -"correspondiente a la petición de servicio abierta.\n" +"Nota: si va a cargar un archivo tar de supportconfig en el servicio de asistencia técnica global,\n" +"asegúrese de incluir el número de petición de servicio de 11 dígitos correspondiente a la petición de servicio abierta.\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<big>Collecting Data</big>> \n" "Data is being collected.\n" @@ -517,57 +475,49 @@ "<big>Recopilando datos</big>> \n" "Se están recopilando datos.\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Revisión de datos recopilados</big> \n" -"Revise los datos recopilados por supportconfig. Si no desea compartir parte " -"de los datos recopilados,\n" -"use la opción Eliminar desde datos y se eliminará el archivo " -"seleccionado.\n" +"Revise los datos recopilados por supportconfig. Si no desea compartir parte de los datos recopilados,\n" +"use la opción Eliminar desde datos y se eliminará el archivo seleccionado.\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia " -"técnica global</big> \n" +"<big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia técnica global</big> \n" "Si desea guardar una copia del archivo tar de supportconfig,\n" -"seleccione el directorio de destino y asegúrese de que esta opción está " -"marcada.\n" +"seleccione el directorio de destino y asegúrese de que esta opción está marcada.\n" " \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Cargar URL</big> \n" -"Esta opción incluye la ubicación en la que se cargará el archivo tar de " -"supportconfig\n" +"Esta opción incluye la ubicación en la que se cargará el archivo tar de supportconfig\n" "como valor por defecto.\n" "Cambie este valor solo en casos especiales.\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -577,22 +527,20 @@ "Encontrará la política de privacidad de SUSE en\n" "%1.\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia " -"técnica global</big> \n" +"<big>Cargar archivo tar de supportconfig al servicio de asistencia técnica global</big> \n" "Si ya ha creado el archivo tar de supportconfig, escriba la\n" "vía completa en el campo Paquete con archivos de registro..\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -602,8 +550,8 @@ "Haga clic en Siguiente para continuar.\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -613,447 +561,350 @@ "No es posible. Es necesario codificarlo primero. :-)\n" " " -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "Información sobre AppArmor. security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "Información sobre autofs. fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el arranque y el núcleo. boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "Estados del servicio del sistema actual. chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre la captura de un volcado del núcleo del sistema. crash.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre la captura de un volcado del núcleo del sistema. crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "Información sobre los daemon Cron y At. cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre los discos, la partición y el montaje del sistema de " -"archivos. fs-diskio.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre los discos, la partición y el montaje del sistema de archivos. fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el servicio de nombres de dominio. dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre la comprobación de la actividad de Novell eDirectory. " -"novell-edir.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre la comprobación de la actividad de Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" -msgstr "" -"Información del entorno del sistema, incluido el entorno de sysctl y raíz. " -"env.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" +msgstr "Información del entorno del sistema, incluido el entorno de sysctl y raíz. env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" -msgstr "" -"Obtiene de forma recurrente archivos *.conf, así como otros archivos de " -"configuración en /etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" +msgstr "Obtiene de forma recurrente archivos *.conf, así como otros archivos de configuración en /etc. etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre el sistema de gestión de volúmenes empresariales. evms.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre el sistema de gestión de volúmenes empresariales. evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el clúster de alta disponibilidad/Heartbeat. ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el destino y el iniciador iSCSI. fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "Información sobre LDAP, incluida una búsqueda de un DSE raíz. ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre la gestión de usuarios de Linux de Novell, incluido un DSE " -"raíz, la configuración de UNIX y las búsquedas de objetos de estación de " -"trabajo. novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre la gestión de usuarios de Linux de Novell, incluido un DSE raíz, la configuración de UNIX y las búsquedas de objetos de estación de trabajo. novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Información sobre la gestión de volúmenes de Linux. lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "Información sobre la memoria. memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "Información sobre los módulos del núcleo del sistema. modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre las vías múltiples del asignador de dispositivos original. " -"mpio.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre las vías múltiples del asignador de dispositivos original. mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el protocolo central de Novell. novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Información sobre Novell Cluster Services. novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre redes, incluidas las reglas de cortafuegos. network.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre redes, incluidas las reglas de cortafuegos. network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el sistema de archivos de red. nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Información sobre Novell Storage Services. novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el protocolo de hora de red. ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el sistema de archivos OCFS2. ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "Lista de todos los archivos abiertos que usan lsof. open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "Información sobre OpenWBEM. openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre el módulo de autenticación conectable, incluida la " -"información de la cuenta de usuario. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre el módulo de autenticación conectable, incluida la información de la cuenta de usuario. pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "Información sobre impresión y CUPS. print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "Incluye contenido clave de archivos /proc. proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el daemon de actualización. updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el cliente de actualización. updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" -msgstr "" -"Información sobre los informes de actividad del sistema, incluidas las " -"copias de los archivos de datos SAR. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" +msgstr "Información sobre los informes de actividad del sistema, incluidas las copias de los archivos de datos SAR. sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el núcleo de tiempo real de SLES. slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el protocolo de localización de servicios. slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" -"Información sobre la autosupervisión, el análisis y los informes de los " -"discos duros. ADVERTENCIA: algunos controladores y unidades de discos duros\n" -"no se comportan correctamente. Se sabe que el sondeo de datos SMART cambia " -"los sistemas de archivos a un modo de solo lectura o que incluso bloquean el " -"servidor.\n" -"Asegúrese de que el sondeo de datos SMART funciona en su entorno antes de " -"habilitar esta opción. fs-smartmon.txt\n" +"Información sobre la autosupervisión, el análisis y los informes de los discos duros. ADVERTENCIA: algunos controladores y unidades de discos duros\n" +"no se comportan correctamente. Se sabe que el sondeo de datos SMART cambia los sistemas de archivos a un modo de solo lectura o que incluso bloquean el servidor.\n" +"Asegúrese de que el sondeo de datos SMART funciona en su entorno antes de habilitar esta opción. fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "Información sobre Samba y CIFS. samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el RAID de software. fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el servidor de shell segura. ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "Archivos de configuración encontrados en /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el gestor de dispositivos UDEV. udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "Información sobre el sistema gráfico X. x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "Información sobre la virtualización XEN. xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"Indica a supportconfig que busque en el sistema de archivos todos los " -"archivos de instancias de eDirectory. Si se define, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST " -"también se define automáticamente. -e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "Indica a supportconfig que busque en el sistema de archivos todos los archivos de instancias de eDirectory. Si se define, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST también se define automáticamente. -e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" -msgstr "" -"Lista de archivos completa mediante la opción de búsqueda en la raíz del " -"sistema de archivos. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +msgstr "Lista de archivos completa mediante la opción de búsqueda en la raíz del sistema de archivos. -L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"Incluye todo el archivo de registro, incluidos los comentarios, en lugar de " -"únicamente las líneas VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Se incluyen los registros " -"sustituidos adicionales si estuviesen disponibles. -l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "Incluye todo el archivo de registro, incluidos los comentarios, en lugar de únicamente las líneas VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT. Se incluyen los registros sustituidos adicionales si estuviesen disponibles. -l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" -msgstr "" -"Minimiza la cantidad de información de disco y el análisis detallado. -d" +msgstr "Minimiza la cantidad de información de disco y el análisis detallado. -d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente se incluyen todos los registros de /var/log/YaST2/*. Esta opción " -"minimiza la cantidad que se recupera de cada archivo." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "Normalmente se incluyen todos los registros de /var/log/YaST2/*. Esta opción minimiza la cantidad que se recupera de cada archivo." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"Ejecuta un rpm -V en cada paquete RPM instalado. Este proceso puede llevar " -"cierto tiempo. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "Ejecuta un rpm -V en cada paquete RPM instalado. Este proceso puede llevar cierto tiempo. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"Normalmente sólo se incluyen los tipos de servicio de SLP base. Esta opción " -"permite consultar todos los tipos de servicio descubiertos de forma " -"individual. -s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "Normalmente sólo se incluyen los tipos de servicio de SLP base. Esta opción permite consultar todos los tipos de servicio descubiertos de forma individual. -s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Nombre de empresa que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"Dirección de correo electrónico del contacto que debe incluirse en el " -"entorno básico.txt" +msgstr "Dirección de correo electrónico del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "Nombre del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" -msgstr "" -"Número de teléfono del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" +msgstr "Número de teléfono del contacto que debe incluirse en el entorno básico.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Número de líneas que deben incluirse al obtener un archivo de registro. Cero " -"indica obtener todo el archivo." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Número de líneas que deben incluirse al obtener un archivo de registro. Cero indica obtener todo el archivo." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." -msgstr "" -"Ubicación del archivo tar de supportconfig. Siempre se utiliza la primera " -"ubicación válida de la lista." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." +msgstr "Ubicación del archivo tar de supportconfig. Siempre se utiliza la primera ubicación válida de la lista." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de líneas de /var/log/messages que deben obtenerse. Cero " -"indica obtener todo el archivo." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." +msgstr "Número máximo de líneas de /var/log/messages que deben obtenerse. Cero indica obtener todo el archivo." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de archivos de registro del motor de directivas de " -"subejecución que se deben incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Número máximo de archivos de registro del motor de directivas de subejecución que se deben incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"Número máximo de archivos de datos SAR que se deben incluir en el archivo " -"tar de supportconfig." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "Número máximo de archivos de datos SAR que se deben incluir en el archivo tar de supportconfig." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" -"Si se define el valor 1, supportconfig se ejecuta en modo silencioso. Esta " -"opción\n" -"resulta útil si se va a ejecutar supportconfig habitualmente en un trabajo " -"cron, por ejemplo. Se define con el parámetro -Q." +"Si se define el valor 1, supportconfig se ejecuta en modo silencioso. Esta opción\n" +"resulta útil si se va a ejecutar supportconfig habitualmente en un trabajo cron, por ejemplo. Se define con el parámetro -Q." -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"Se utiliza para especificar la ubicación donde se cargará el archivo tar de " -"supportconfig cuando se utiliza la opción de inicio -u srnum. Se puede " -"especificar cualquier servidor FTP que admita cargas anónimas. El valor por " -"defecto es el servidor FTP público de SUSE." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "Se utiliza para especificar la ubicación donde se cargará el archivo tar de supportconfig cuando se utiliza la opción de inicio -u srnum. Se puede especificar cualquier servidor FTP que admita cargas anónimas. El valor por defecto es el servidor FTP público de SUSE." -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "Configuración de asistencia" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Inicializando..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "Para continuar, escriba la contraseña del usuario Root." -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "Contraseña de Root" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "Iniciando configuración de asistencia" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "Guardando configuración de asistencia" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Escribir los valores de configuración" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Ejecutar SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Escribiendo los valores de configuración..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Ejecutando SuSEconfig..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Resumen de configuración..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/sysconfig.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,87 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "Editor para los archivos /etc/sysconfig" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "Mostrar resumen de configuración" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" -msgstr "" -"Establece el valor de la variable. Requiere las opciones \"variable\" y " -"\"value\"," +msgstr "Establece el valor de la variable. Requiere las opciones \"variable\" y \"value\"," -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "o \"variable=value\" (por ejemplo, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "(o sencillamente DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm)." -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "Definir valor vacío (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "Mostrar detalles sobre la variable seleccionada." -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "Mostrar todas las variables." -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "Variable seleccionada." -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "Si la variable está disponible en varios archivos, use" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," msgstr "la sintaxis <variable>$<file_name>," -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "por ejemplo, CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "NUEVO VALOR" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "Todas las variables:\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "Variables modificadas:\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -102,163 +100,162 @@ "\n" "Configurando la variable '%1' a '%2': %3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "Éxito" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "Fallo " -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "Nuevo valor:" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "Valor: " -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado la variable %1." -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" "(e.g., %1$%2).\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Utilice un nombre completo de variable de formato <VARIABLE_NAME>" -"$<FILE_NAME>\n" +"Utilice un nombre completo de variable de formato <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" "(ej., %1$%2).\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "Se ha producido un error al guardar y activar los cambios." -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "o cualquier valor" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "Valor que coincide con la expresión regular:" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "Cualquier valor entero" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "Valor entero mayor o igual que %1" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "Valor entero menor o igual que %1" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "Cualquier valor entero entre %1 y %2" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "Cualquier valor" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv4 o IPv6" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv4 " -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "Dirección IPv6" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "Archivo:" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "Valores posibles:" -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "empty") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "empty") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "Valor por defecto:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "Valor original:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "Preparar comando:" -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "Guión de configuración:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "Servicio a recargar:" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "Servicio que se reiniciará:" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "Comando de activación:" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "Descripción: " -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(cambiado)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "C&onfiguración de:" -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -266,14 +263,14 @@ "El valor seleccionado actualmente tiene más de una línea.\n" "Las líneas unificadas se muestran en el cuadro de selección.\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "Selección actual:" -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -285,213 +282,188 @@ "\n" "¿Desea realmente definir este valor?\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "Bu&scar" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "Opciones de &configuración" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "Después de guardar los cambios, este editor cambia las variables en el\n" -"archivo sysconfig correspondiente. A continuación inicia los comandos de " -"activación, los cuales modifican los archivos de configuración subyacentes, " -"inician y detienen daemons,\n" -"y ejecutan herramientas de configuración de bajo nivel para que la " -"configuración en sysconfig sea aplicada.\n" +"archivo sysconfig correspondiente. A continuación inicia los comandos de activación, los cuales modifican los archivos de configuración subyacentes, inician y detienen daemons,\n" +"y ejecutan herramientas de configuración de bajo nivel para que la configuración en sysconfig sea aplicada.\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"Importante Usted también puede editar cada archivo de " -"configuración manualmente. El nombre del archivo se muestra en la " -"descripción de la variable." +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "Importante Usted también puede editar cada archivo de configuración manualmente. El nombre del archivo se muestra en la descripción de la variable." -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "Editor para los archivos /etc/sysconfig" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "&Por defecto" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"Editor de configuración del sistemaEl editor de " -"configuración del sistema permite cambiar la configuración del sistema. " -"También puede usar YaST parar configurar el hardware y el sistema." +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "Editor de configuración del sistemaEl editor de configuración del sistema permite cambiar la configuración del sistema. También puede usar YaST parar configurar el hardware y el sistema." -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"Nota: las descripciones no están traducidas porque se leen " -"directamente de los archivos de configuración." +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "Nota: las descripciones no están traducidas porque se leen directamente de los archivos de configuración." -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "&Usar valor actual" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "&Añadir nueva variable..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "Guardar variables modificadas" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "Confirmar cada comando de activación" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "Resultado de la búsqueda" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"Aquí puede ver los resultados de la búsqueda. Si ha encontrado el resultado " -"que buscaba, márquelo y haga clic en Iniciar. En caso contrario haga clic en " -"Cancelar para cerrar este diálogo." +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "Aquí puede ver los resultados de la búsqueda. Si ha encontrado el resultado que buscaba, márquelo y haga clic en Iniciar. En caso contrario haga clic en Cancelar para cerrar este diálogo." -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "&Iniciar" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "No se han hallado entradas" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "Ayuda" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "Buscar variable de configuración" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "&Buscar:" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "Búsqueda con distinción entre &mayúsculas/minúsculas" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "Buscar nombre de &variable " -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "Buscar por &descripción" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "Buscar por &valor" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "NUEVO VALOR" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "Valor antiguo" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "Archivo" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "Nombre de &variable" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "V&alor" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "Nombre del &archivo" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "Falta el nombre de variable." -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "Falta el nombre de archivo." -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "Falta la ruta absoluta en el nombre de archivo." -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -499,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>Iniciando la configuración de sysconfig</big>\n" " Espere, por favor... \n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -510,110 +482,108 @@ " Por favor, espere... \n" "\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "Buscando..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "O&mitir" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración de sysconfig" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "Escribir la nueva configuración" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "Activar los cambios" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "Guardando cambios en los archivos..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "Resumen de la configuración" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "Iniciando el comando: %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "El comando %1 ha fallado" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "Se ejecutará un comando" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "Comando:" -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "Volviendo a cargar el servicio %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "Error al volver a cargar el servicio %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "Se volverá a cargar el servicio %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "Reiniciando el servicio %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "Error al reiniciar el servicio %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "Se reiniciará el servicio %s" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" -msgstr "" -"No es posible determinar el estado del servicio, el servicio systemd no " -"existe:" +msgstr "No es posible determinar el estado del servicio, el servicio systemd no existe:" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "Guardando la variable %1..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "No se ha podido guardar la variable %1 en el archivo %2." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tftp-server.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,132 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "Configurar un servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "Estado del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "Directorio del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "Habilitar el servicio TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "Inhabilitar el servicio TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "Mostrar el estado del servicio TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "Establecer el directorio del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "Mostrar el directorio del servidor TFTP" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "Estado del servicio: %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "Vía del directorio: %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del servidor TFTP" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<big>Configuring a TFTP Server</big>" msgstr "<big>Configuración de un servidor TFTP</big>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"Utilice esta opción para habilitar las funciones de TFTP (protocolo " -"trivial de transferencia de archivos). El servidor se iniciará mediante " -"xinetd." +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "Utilice esta opción para habilitar las funciones de TFTP (protocolo trivial de transferencia de archivos). El servidor se iniciará mediante xinetd." -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same." msgstr "Tenga en cuenta que los protocolos TFTP y FTP son diferentes." -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "Directorio de la imagen de arranque:\n" "Indique el directorio en el que se encuentran los archivos proporcionados.\n" -"El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará si no " -"existe.\n" -"El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s</" -"tt>).\n" +"El valor habitual es <tt>/tftpboot</tt>. El directorio se creará si no existe.\n" +"El servidor lo utilizará como directorio raíz (empleando la opción <tt>-s</tt>).\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "&Desactivar" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "&Activar" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "&Directorio de la imagen de arranque" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "&Examinar..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "&Ver registro" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -147,19 +138,19 @@ "El directorio debe comenzar por /\n" "y no debe contener espacios." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "Iniciando..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -169,24 +160,24 @@ "Sin embargo, otro programa está sirviendo a TFTP: %1.\n" "Saliendo.\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "No es posible volver a cargar el servicio %{name}" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "Servidor TFTP habilitado:" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Directorio de la imagen de arranque:" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/timezone_db.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "Europa" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "Países Bajos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "Andorra" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "Grecia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "Serbia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "Alemania" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "Eslovaquia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "Bélgica" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "Rumanía" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "Hungría" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "Moldavia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "Dinamarca" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "Irlanda" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "Gibraltar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "Guernsey" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "Finlandia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "Isla de Man" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "Turquía" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "Jersey" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "Rusia (Kaliningrado)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "Ucrania (Kiev)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "Portugal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "Eslovenia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "Reino Unido" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "Luxemburgo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "Islas Aland" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "España" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "Malta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "Bielorrusia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "Mónaco" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "Rusia (Moscú)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "Noruega" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "Francia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "Montenegro" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "República Checa" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "Letonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "Italia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "San Marino" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "Rusia (Samara)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "Bosnia-Herzegovina " -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "Ucrania (Simferopol)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "Macedonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "Bulgaria" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "Suecia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "Estonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "Albania" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "Uzhgorod" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "Liechtenstein" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "Vaticano" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "Austria" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "Lituania" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "Rusia (Volgogrado)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "Polonia" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "Croacia" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "Islandia" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "Azores" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "Islas Canarias" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "Suiza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "Ucrania (Zaporozhye)" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "Miquelón" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "EE.UU." -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "Alaska (Anchorage)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "Islas Aleutianas (Adak)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "Boise" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "Arizona (Phoenix)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "Hora del Centro (Chicago)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "Kentucky (Louisville)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "Kentucky (Monticello)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "Indiana del Este (Indianápolis)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "Indiana Starke (Knox)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "Indiana (Vincennes)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "Indiana (Winamac)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "Indiana (Marengo)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "Indiana (Vevay)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "Indiana (Tell City)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "Indiana (Petersburg)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "Juneau" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "Michigan (Detroit)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "Mountain (Denver)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "Hora del Pacífico (Los Ángeles)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "Menominee" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "Hora del este (Nueva York)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "Nome" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "North Dakota (Centro)" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "North Dakota (New Salem)" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "Puerto Rico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "Shiprock" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "Islas Vírgenes (St. Thomas)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "Yakutat" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "Hawaii (Honolulu)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "Samoa (Pago Pago)" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "Canadá" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "Hora del Atlántico (Halifax)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "Hora del centro (Winnipeg)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "Hora del Este (Toronto)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "Mountain (Edmonton)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "Terranova (St. Johns)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "Hora del pacífico (Vancouver)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "Saskatchewan (Regina)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "Yukon (Whitehorse)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "Glace Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "Moncton" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "Goose Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "Blanc-Sablon" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "Montreal" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "Nipigon" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "Thunder Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "Iqaluit" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "Pangnirtung" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "Resolute" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "Atikokan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "Rankin Inlet" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "Rainy River" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "Swift Current" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "Cambridge Bay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "Yellowknife" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "Inuvik" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "Dawson Creek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "Dawson" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "Buenos Aires" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "Catamarca" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "Córdoba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "Jujuy" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "La Rioja" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "Mendoza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "Río Gallegos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "San Juan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "San Luis" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "Tucumán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "Ushuaia" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "Brasil" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "Araguaina" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "Bahía" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "Belém" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "Boa Vista" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "Campo Grande" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "Cuiaba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "Eirunepe" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "Fortaleza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "Maceio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "Manaus" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "Fernando de Noronha" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "Porto Velho" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "Recife" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "Rio Branco" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "Sao Paulo" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "Cancún" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "Chihuahua" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "Hermosillo" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "Mazatlán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "Ciudad de México" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "Mérida" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "Monterrey" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "Tijuana" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "América Central y del Sur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "Antigua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "Anguila" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "Aruba" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "Asunción" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "Barbados" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "Belice" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "Bogotá" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "Caracas" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "Cayena" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "Islas Caimán" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "Costa Rica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "Curacao" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "Dominica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "El Salvador" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "Grand Turk" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "Guayaquil" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "Granada" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "Guadalupe" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "Guatemala" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "Guyana" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "La Habana" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "Jamaica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "La Paz" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "Lima" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "Managua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "Martinica" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "Montserrat" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "Uruguay" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "Nassau" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "Panamá" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "Paramaribo" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "Puerto Príncipe" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "Puerto de España" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "Chile continental" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "Santo Domingo" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "Santa Lucía" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "San Cristóbal y Nieves" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "St. Tomás" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "San Vicente" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "Tegucigalpa" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "Tórtola" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "Stanley" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "Isla de Pascua" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "Galápagos" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "Rusia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "Kaliningrado" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "Moscú" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "Samara" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "Volgogrado" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "Anadyr" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "Irkutsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "Kamchatka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "Krasnoyarsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "Magadán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "Novosibirsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "Omsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "Sajalin" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "Vladivostok" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "Yakutsk" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "Yekaterimburgo" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "Asia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "Aden" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "Almaty" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "Amman" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "Aqtobe" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "Aqtau" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "Ashgabat" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "Bagdad" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "Bahrain " -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "Baku" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "Bangkok" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "Beirut" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "Bishkek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "Brunei" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "Kolkata" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "Choibalsan" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "Chongqing" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "Colombo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "Damasco" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "Dhaka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "Dili" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "Dubai" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "Dushanbe" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "Gaza" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "Harbin" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "Hong Kong" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "Hovd" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "Yakarta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "Jayapura" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "Israel" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "Afganistán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "Karachi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "Kashgar" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "Katmandú" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "Kuala Lumpur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "Kuching" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "Kuwait" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "Macao" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "Makassar" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "Manila" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "Muscat" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "Nicosia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "Oral" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "Phnom Penh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "Pontianak" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "Pyongyang" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "Qatar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "Qyzylorda" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "Myanmar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "Ciudad Ho Chi Minh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "Samarcanda" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "Tashkent" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "Teherán" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "Timbu" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "Tokio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "Shanghai" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "Pekín" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "Taipei" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "Seúl" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "Riyadh" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "Singapur" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "Tbilisi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "Japón" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "Ulan Bator" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "Urumqi" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "Vientiane" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "Yerevan" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "Oriente Medio/Riyadh87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "Oriente Medio/Riyadh88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "Oriente Medio/Riyadh89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "Australia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "Lindeman" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "Eucla" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "Lord Howe Island" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "Territorio del norte (Darwin)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "Queensland (Brisbane)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "Australia del Sur (Adelaide)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "Nueva Gales del Sur (Sydney)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "Nueva Gales del Sur (Broken Hill)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "Tasmania (Hobart)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "Tasmania (Currie)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "Victoria (Melbourne)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "Australia Occidental (Perth)" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "África" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "Abidjan" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "Addis Ababa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "Algiers" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "Asmara" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "Accra" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "Bamako" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "Bangui" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "Banjul" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "Bissau" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "Blantyre" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "Brazzaville" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "Bujumbura" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "Cairo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "Casablanca" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "Ceuta" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "Conakry" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "Dakar" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "Dar es Salaam" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "Djibouti" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "Douala" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "El Aaiun" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "Freetown" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "Gaborone" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "Harare" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "Johannesburgo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "Kampala" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "Khartoum" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "Kinshasa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "Kigali" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "Lagos" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "Libreville" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "Lome" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "Luanda" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "Lubumbashi" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "Lusaka" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "Malabo" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "Maputo" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "Maseru" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "Mbabane" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "Mogadiscio" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "Monrovia" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "Nairobi" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "Ndjamena" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "Niamey" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "Nouakchott" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "Ouagadougou" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "Porto-Novo" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "San Tomás" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "Trípoli" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "Túnez" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "Windhoek" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "Antananarivo" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "Reunión" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "Pacífico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "Nueva Zelanda" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "Fiji" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "Guadalcanal" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "Guam" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "Midway" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "Nauru" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "Palau" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "Pitcairn" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "Tahiti" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "Samoa" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "Port_Moresby" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "Rarotonga" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "Chuuk" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "Pohnpei" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "Kosrae" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "Tarawa" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "Enderbury" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "Kiritimati" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "Majuro" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "Kwajalein" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "Saipan" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "Noumea" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "Norfolk" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "Niue" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "Chatham" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "Marquesas" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "Gambier" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "Fakaofo" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "Tongatapu" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "Funafuti" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "Johnston" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "Wake" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "Efate" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "Wallis" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "Apia" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "Atlántico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "Bermudas" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "Cabo Verde" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "Islas Feroe" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "Georgias del Sur" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "Madeira" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "Santa Elena" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "Jan Mayen" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Nuuk)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Danmarkshavn)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Scoresbysund)" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "Groenlandia (Thule)" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "Océano Índico" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "Islas Cocos" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "Isla Christmas" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "Chagos" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "Comoro" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "Mauricio" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "Maldivas" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "Mahe" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "Kerguelen" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "Mayotte" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "Global" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "Ártico/Longyearbyen" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "Antártida (Polo Sur)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "Antártida (McMurdo)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "Antártida (Rothera)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "Antártida (Palmer)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "Antártida (Mawson)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "Antártida (Davis)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "Antártida (Casey)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "Antártida (Vostok)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "Antártida (DumontDUrville)" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "Antártida (Syowa)" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "Greenwich" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "Navajo" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "Universal" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "Zulú" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "Etc." -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/tune.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,154 +14,133 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Detección de hardware: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de " -"comandos, utilice %1 en su lugar." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Detección de hardware: este módulo no admite la interfaz de línea de comandos, utilice %1 en su lugar." -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Probando el hardware..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Progreso" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Todas las entradas" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Guardar a archivo..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Información sobre el hardware" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" msgstr "" "Información sobre el hardware Este módulo muestra la información\n" -"sobre el hardware de su equipo. Pulse en cualquier nodo para ver más " -"información\n" +"sobre el hardware de su equipo. Pulse en cualquier nodo para ver más información\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." -msgstr "" -"Puede guardar información de hardware en un archivo. Haga clic en " -"Guardar a archivo y escriba el nombre de archivo." +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." +msgstr "Puede guardar información de hardware en un archivo. Haga clic en Guardar a archivo y escriba el nombre de archivo." -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "Configuración del sistema y el hardware" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "Sistema" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&istema" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detalles" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." -msgstr "" -"DetallesAquí se muestran los detalles de los componentes de " -"hardware seleccionados." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." +msgstr "DetallesAquí se muestran los detalles de los componentes de hardware seleccionados." -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "Componente '%1'" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Dispositivo desconocido" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "Clase de dispositivo desconocida" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "Clase" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "Modelo" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "Parámetros del &núcleo..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "&Detalles..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "Guardar a &archivo..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." -msgstr "" -"Hardware detectado Esta tabla contiene todos los componentes de " -"hardware detectados en su sistema." +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." +msgstr "Hardware detectado Esta tabla contiene todos los componentes de hardware detectados en su sistema." -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"Detalles Seleccione un componente y haga clic en Detalles</" -"B> para ver una descripción más detallada del componente." +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "Detalles Seleccione un componente y haga clic en Detalles para ver una descripción más detallada del componente." -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." @@ -169,1006 +148,969 @@ "Guardar a archivo Puede guardar\n" " información del hardware (salida hwinfo) en un archivo." -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "Hardware detectado" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "Guardando configuración del sistema..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "Configuración de PCI ID" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "&Controlador" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "&Fabricante" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "&Subfabricante" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "&Clase" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "Directorio Sys&FS" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "S&ubdispositivo" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "&Máscara de clase" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "Introduzca el controlador o el nombre de directorio SysFS." -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "Se requiere al menos un valor para el PCI ID." -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo PCI" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "Controlador" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "Nombre de tarjeta" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "Proveedor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositivo" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "Subfabricante" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "Subdispositivo" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "Máscara de clase" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "Dir. SysFS" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "&De la lista" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "&Manualmente" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "PCI ID Setup " msgstr "Configuración de PCI ID " -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"Es posible añadir un PCI ID a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar " -"su base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "Es posible añadir un PCI ID a un controlador de dispositivo para ampliar su base de datos interna de dispositivos compatibles." -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"Los números de identificación de PCI se introducen y muestran como " -"números hexadecimales. Dir. SysFS es el nombre del directorio en el " -"directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Si está vacío, se utilizará el nombre del " -"controlador como nombre del directorio." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "Los números de identificación de PCI se introducen y muestran como números hexadecimales. Dir. SysFS es el nombre del directorio en el directorio /sys/bus/pci/drivers. Si está vacío, se utilizará el nombre del controlador como nombre del directorio." -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"Si el controlador se compila en el kernel, deje el nombre del controlador " -"vacío e introduzca en su lugar el nombre del directorio SysFS." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "Si el controlador se compila en el kernel, deje el nombre del controlador vacío e introduzca en su lugar el nombre del directorio SysFS." -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." -msgstr "" -"Utilice los botones situados debajo de la tabla para cambiar la lista de " -"ID de PCI. Pulse %1 para activar los valores de configuración." +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." +msgstr "Utilice los botones situados debajo de la tabla para cambiar la lista de ID de PCI. Pulse %1 para activar los valores de configuración." -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"Aviso: Ésta es una configuración avanzada. Continúe sólo si sabe " -"lo que está haciendo." +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "Aviso: Ésta es una configuración avanzada. Continúe sólo si sabe lo que está haciendo." -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "Bus" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "ID bus" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "Caché" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "Tipo de tarjeta" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "Tipo de CD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nombre del dispositivo" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "Números de dispositivo" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "ID Sysfs" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "Identificador de dispositivo" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "Controladores" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "Mayor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "Menor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "Intervalo" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Interfaz" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "Recursos" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "Requiere" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "Revisión" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "ID ranura" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "Longitud" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "Anchura" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "Altura" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "Activa" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "Nombres de los dispositivos" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "Colores" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "Geometría lógica" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "Recuento" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Modo" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "Puerto E/S" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "Memoria" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "Bus Hwcfg" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "Identificador único padre" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "ID único" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia vertical" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia horizontal máxima" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia vertical máxima" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia horizontal mínima" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia vertical mínima" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "Controlador del núcleo" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "Dirección de hardware" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "ID del BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Habilitado" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "Resolución" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "Tamaño" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "Antigua clave única" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "Tipo (esp.)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "Dispositivo (spec)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "Identificador de dispositivo (espec.)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "Identificador de proveedor secundario" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "Clave única" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "Identificador de proveedor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "Vídeo de BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "Arquitectura de arranque" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "Disco de arranque" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos de bloque" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "Discos DASD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disco" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "Pantalla" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "Disquete" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "Framebuffer" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "Sistema UML" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "Datos de hardware" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "RDSI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "Teclado" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "Monitor" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "Dispositivos de red" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "Impresora" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Módem" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "Sonido" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "Medios de almacenamiento" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de TV" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "Tarjeta DVB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "Tipo de USB" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "Versión" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Tarjeta de red" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "Dispositivo Framebuffer" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "Cotrolador USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "Nodo USB" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "Controlador IEEE1394" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "Escáner" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "Ratón" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "Joystick" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "Pantalla en Braille" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "Lector de chip" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "Cámara" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "PPP sobre Ethernet" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "BogoMIPS (Millones de Instrucciones Por Segundo)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Error de coma (coma bug)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "Nivel de ID de CPU" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "Frecuencia" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "Error en división de coma flotante" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "Banderas (estado)" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "Unidad de punto flotante" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "Excepción de unidad de punto flotante" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "Halt bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "Procesador" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "Escalado" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "Familia" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "LAN inalámbrica" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "Cinta" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "ADSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red Ethernet" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "Interfaz de red de circuito cerrado" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partición" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "Controlador de disquete" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "Dispositivo PnP sin clasificar" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "Dispositivo sin clasificar" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "Memoria principal" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Controlador de host UHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Controlador de host EHCI" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "Controlador de host OHCI" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Sí" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "No" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "Módulos" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "Guardar salida de hwinfo a archivo" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "Guardando información sobre el hardware..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "No se ha podido guardar la salida al archivo '%1'" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "Valores de configuración del núcleo" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "Planificador global de &E/S" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "Sin configurar" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "Colas totalmente transparentes [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "Límite de tiempo [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Planificador global de E/S</big> \n" "Seleccione el algoritmo que ordena y envía comandos a los\n" -"dispositivos de disco. Esta es una opción global, se utilizará con todos " -"los\n" -"dispositivos de disco del sistema. Si la opción no está configurada, se " -"emplea\n" +"dispositivos de disco. Esta es una opción global, se utilizará con todos los\n" +"dispositivos de disco del sistema. Si la opción no está configurada, se emplea\n" "el planificador por defecto (normalmente, cfq). Consulte la documentación\n" -"del directorio /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) " -"para obtener información adicional.\n" +"del directorio /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block (paquete kernel-source) para obtener información adicional.\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "Habilitar teclas Pet &Sis" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>Habilitar teclas PetSis (SysRq)</big> \n" -"Si habilita las teclas PetSis (SysRq), tendrá cierto control sobre el " -"sistema aún si éste\n" -"se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo). Si la opción " -"está habilitada, la combinación de teclas\n" -"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará el comando respectivo (por ejemplo, " -"rearrancar el\n" -"equipo, volcar la información del núcleo, etc.). Si desea obtener más " -"información, consulte \n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"Si habilita las teclas PetSis (SysRq), tendrá cierto control sobre el sistema aún si éste\n" +"se bloquea (por ejemplo, durante la depuración del núcleo). Si la opción está habilitada, la combinación de teclas\n" +"Alt+PetSis+<tecla_comando> iniciará el comando respectivo (por ejemplo, rearrancar el\n" +"equipo, volcar la información del núcleo, etc.). Si desea obtener más información, consulte \n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (paquete kernel-source).\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "Leyendo la configuración" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes de ID PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "Leer los ajustes del sistema" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes de ID PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "Leyendo los ajustes del sistema..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Terminado" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Reading the Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1176,31 +1118,31 @@ "<big>Leyendo la configuración</big> \n" "Espere..." -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "Guardando la configuración" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "Guardar los ajustes de ID PCI" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "Guardar los ajustes del sistema" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "Guardando los ajustes de ID PCI..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "Guardando los ajustes del sistema..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1208,62 +1150,62 @@ "<big>Guardando la configuración</big> \n" "Espere..." -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "Procesador desconocido" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr ", " -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "Detección de hardware" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "Detectar hardware" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "Detectando el hardware..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "La detección de hardware se está realizando. Espere, por favor." -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "El archivo '%1' no existe. No es posible definir el nuevo PCI ID." -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "Controlador: %1, nuevo PCI ID: %2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/update.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Desconocido" @@ -271,19 +271,6 @@ "¿Está seguro de querer devolver la selección\n" "detallada a su estado original?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "No ha sido posible montar el sistema destino." - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Se ha detectado una instalación posiblemente incompleta." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -329,6 +316,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 en la partición raíz %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "No ha sido posible montar el sistema destino." + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -582,8 +577,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Sí, deseo continuar" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Se ha detectado una instalación posiblemente incompleta." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ "para obtener información sobre cómo resolver este problema." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Sistema Linux desconocido" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Sistema no Linux" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "o reinicie el equipo.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Comprobando la partición %1" @@ -626,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Mostrar &detalles" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Comprobando el sistema de archivos de %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Error al comprobar el sistema de archivos" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -653,24 +653,24 @@ "¿Desea seguir montando el dispositivo?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Omitir montaje" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Contraseña incorrecta. ¿Desea volver a intentarlo?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advertencia" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ "¿Desea continuar actualizando el sistema actual?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +708,27 @@ "Si desea abortar la actualización, haga clic en Cancelar.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Especificar opciones de montaje" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Opciones de montaje" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Punto de &Montaje" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Dispositivo" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ "(vacío para la detección automática)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "No ha sido posible montar la partición /var %1.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ "ID de udev: %5, \n" "Ruta de udev: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Ninguno" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "No se encuentra la partición /var automáticamente" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -775,22 +775,22 @@ "para continuar con el proceso de actualización." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Seleccionar dispositivo de partición /var" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Información de dispositivo" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "No es posible montar la partición /var con esta configuración del disco.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -816,32 +816,32 @@ "sistema antiguo y cambiar el método de montaje por algún otro para todas las particiones." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "No se ha encontrado fstab." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "La partición raíz en /etc/fstab tiene un dispositivo raíz no válido.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Está montado actualmente como %1 pero aparece en la lista como %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evaluando partición raíz. Espere un momento..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "Montando las particiones. Un momento por favor..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Buscando sistemas disponibles" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/users.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -245,6 +245,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nuevo UID del usuario" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -672,7 +684,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -712,7 +724,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Nombre completo del usuario" @@ -734,7 +746,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "Nombre de &usuario" @@ -751,7 +763,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Utilizar e&sta contraseña para el administrador del sistema" @@ -947,7 +959,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "¿Seguro que desea usar esta contraseña?" @@ -1085,7 +1097,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1263,7 +1275,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1317,7 +1329,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" @@ -2093,7 +2105,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Usuarios locales" @@ -3182,7 +3194,7 @@ "Inténtelo de nuevo." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3194,11 +3206,11 @@ "Los usuarios locales están almacenados en /etc/passwd y en /etc/shadow.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Crear nuevo usuario" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3211,7 +3223,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3223,7 +3235,7 @@ " y %{max} caracteres.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" @@ -3239,15 +3251,15 @@ "restricciones en el archivo /etc/login.defs. Lea la página Man para obtener información.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." msgstr "Marque Utilizar esta contraseña para el administrador del sistema si la contraseña especificada para el primer usuario debe usarse también para el usuario root." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3263,11 +3275,11 @@ "básica.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Omitir creación de usuarios" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3281,12 +3293,12 @@ "un usuario local.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Usuario local" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3297,7 +3309,7 @@ "Omitir creación de usuarios." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3308,34 +3320,34 @@ "Omitir creación de usuarios." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Crear nuevo usuario" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importar datos de usuario de instalación anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Seleccionar usuarios" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "&Omitir creación de usuarios" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Inicio de sesión &automático" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Ningún usuario seleccionado" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "Se importará %d usuario." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vm.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,253 +14,210 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "Instalar Hypervisor y herramientas" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "Configurando la máquina virtual..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 es la única arquitectura admitida para alojar máquinas virtuales. Su " -"arquitectura es " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 es la única arquitectura admitida para alojar máquinas virtuales. Su arquitectura es " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" msgstr "" -"La instalación de la máquina virtual no puede iniciarse dentro de la máquina " -"UML.\n" +"La instalación de la máquina virtual no puede iniciarse dentro de la máquina UML.\n" "Inicie la instalación en el sistema del host.\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verificar paquetes instalados" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Configuración del puente de red" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Se está configurando el servidor de máquina virtual (dominio 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>Configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales</big></" -"p>La configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales (dominio 0) consta " -"de dos partes." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>Configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales</big>La configuración del servidor de máquinas virtuales (dominio 0) consta de dos partes." -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"En primer lugar, se instalan los paquetes necesarios en el sistema. A " -"continuación, el cargador de arranque cambia a GRUB (si no estaba ya en uso) " -"y se añade la sección de Xen al menú del cargador de arranque, en caso de " -"que no estuviera." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "En primer lugar, se instalan los paquetes necesarios en el sistema. A continuación, el cargador de arranque cambia a GRUB (si no estaba ya en uso) y se añade la sección de Xen al menú del cargador de arranque, en caso de que no estuviera." -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." -msgstr "" -"GRUB es necesario porque admite el estándar de arranque múltiple " -"necesario para arrancar Xen y el núcleo de Linux." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +msgstr "GRUB es necesario porque admite el estándar de arranque múltiple necesario para arrancar Xen y el núcleo de Linux." -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Si la configuración termina correctamente, es posible arrancar el " -"servidor de la máquina virtual desde el menú del cargador de arranque." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Si la configuración termina correctamente, es posible arrancar el servidor de la máquina virtual desde el menú del cargador de arranque." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Se cancelará la instalación." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Elija los hipervisores que desea instalar" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" -msgstr "" -"Servidor: sistema mínimo necesario para que se pueda ejecutar un hipervisor" +msgstr "Servidor: sistema mínimo necesario para que se pueda ejecutar un hipervisor" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" -msgstr "" -"Herramientas: permite configurar, gestionar y supervisar máquinas virtuales" +msgstr "Herramientas: permite configurar, gestionar y supervisar máquinas virtuales" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "Hipervisor KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "Servidor de KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "Herramientas de KVM" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "Contenedores de LXC de libvirt" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "Daemon LXC de libvirt" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software para conectar con el servidor de virtualización" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "Herramientas del cliente de virtualización" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Hipervisor Xen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Servidor Xen" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Herramientas de Xen" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete para lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete para el patrón del cliente de SLED\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Error al instalar el paquete para los patrones de SLES\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Ejecutando en modo de texto. ¿Desea instalar componentes gráficos?" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Comprobando paquetes..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Instalando paquetes..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "No es posible instalar los paquetes requeridos." -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Actualizando archivos de configuración de grub2..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Configurando puente de red por defecto..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Puente de red" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"Para configuraciones de red normales que alojen máquinas virtuales, se " -"recomienda un puente de red.¿Desea configurar un puente de red por " -"defecto?" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "Para configuraciones de red normales que alojen máquinas virtuales, se recomienda un puente de red.¿Desea configurar un puente de red por defecto?" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Los componentes de KVM están instalados. El host está listo para instalar " -"los invitados de KVM." +msgstr "Los componentes de KVM están instalados. El host está listo para instalar los invitados de KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"Los componentes de KVM están instalados. Rearranque el equipo y seleccione " -"el núcleo nativo en el menú del cargador de arranque para instalar los " -"invitados de KVM." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "Los componentes de KVM están instalados. Rearranque el equipo y seleccione el núcleo nativo en el menú del cargador de arranque para instalar los invitados de KVM." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"Para instalar invitados de Xen, reinicie el equipo y seleccione la sección " -"Xen en el menú del cargador de arranque." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "Para instalar invitados de Xen, reinicie el equipo y seleccione la sección Xen en el menú del cargador de arranque." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "El hipervisor Xen y las herramientas están instalados." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Las herramientas del cliente de virtualización están instaladas." -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Los componentes LXC de libvirt están instalados." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/vpn.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "Clave precompartida para las puertas de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "IP de puerta de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "Clave precompartida" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "Conjunto" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "Mostrar clave" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "Par de certificado y clave para las puertas de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "Certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "Clave" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "Siguen faltando claves compartidas para las puertas de enlace siguientes:\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "Siguen faltando los certificados de las puertas de enlace siguientes:\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "(oculto)" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "Seleccione un usuario para suprimir." -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "Es obligatorio disponer de una clave precompartida. Introduzca una clave precompartida." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "Introduzca la vía del archivo de certificado y la vía del archivo de clave." -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de certificado con codificación PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "Seleccione un archivo de clave de certificado con codificación PEM" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "Clave precompartida de puerta de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "Certificado de puerta de enlace" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "Vía al archivo de certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "Seleccionar..." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Credenciales del usuario para clientes Android, iOS y MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "Usuario" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "Contraseña" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "Añadir" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "Suprimir" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "Mostrar contraseña" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Credenciales del usuario para clientes Windows 7 y Windows 8" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Clientes móviles" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "Puerta de enlace - Clientes Windows" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "Cliente - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "Cliente - Certificado" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "ipsec.conf e ipsec.secrets se han manipulado fuera de este módulo.\n" "Si sigue usando el módulo, se eliminará la personalización." -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "El nombre de la conexión ya está en uso." -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "Solo puede haber una conexión de puerta de enlace por escenario.\n" "Todos los escenarios de puerta de enlace ya están en uso." -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "El escenario ya está configurado con otra puerta de enlace .\n" "No es posible tener dos puertas de enlace en funcionamiento en un escenario." -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "El nombre de usuario ya está en uso." -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "No se encuentra ninguna conexión de cliente que coincida." -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "Puerta de enlace y cliente de VPN" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "Configuración global" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "Habilitar daemon de VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "Reducir TCP MSS" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "Todas las VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "Nueva VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "Suprimir VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "Ver estado de conexión" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "Si los clientes de VPN tienen problemas para acceder a determinados sitios de Internet, es posible que los hosts afectados impidan el descubrimiento automático de MTU (unidad de transmisión máxima) debido a una configuración errónea del cortafuegos.\n" "Si se reduce el valor de TCP-MSS se corregirá el problema; sin embargo, el ancho de banda disponible se verá reducido aproximadamente en un 10 %." -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "Suprimir conexión" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "¿Seguro que desea suprimir la conexión? " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "Complete la configuración para las conexiones siguientes:\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "Hay conexiones de VPN, pero el daemon no está habilitado.\n" "¿Desea habilitar el deamon de VPN?" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "La configuración se ha aplicado correctamente." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "Error al configurar el daemon de IPSec." -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "¿Desea ver el registro del daemon y el estado de conexión?" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "Introduzca la IP de la puerta de enlace antes de editar las credenciales." -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "Descripción" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "Haga clic en Nueva VPN para crear una puerta de enlace o un cliente." -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "Todas las redes IPv4 (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "Todas las redes IPv6 (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "CIDR limitados, separados por comas:" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "Nombre de la conexión: " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "Puerta de enlace (servidor)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "Cliente" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "El escenario está" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "Comunicación segura con una clave precompartida" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "Comunicación segura con un certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Proporciona acceso a clientes Android, iOS y MacOS X" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Proporciona acceso a clientes Windows 7 y Windows 8" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "Editar credenciales" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "Proporciona a los clientes de VPN acceso a" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "Grupo de direcciones de los clientes (por ejemplo, 192.168.100.0/24)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "La puerta de enlace requiere autenticación" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "Por una clave precompartida" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "Por un certificado" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "IP de puerta de enlace de VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "Usar el túnel de VPN para acceder" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario y la contraseña." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "No use caracteres especiales ni espacios en el nombre de usuario.\n" "Los caracteres admitidos son: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, guiones y guiones bajos." -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para la nueva conexión de VPN" -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para la conexión de VPN." -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "Los caracteres admitidos son: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, guiones y guiones bajos.\n" "El nombre debe empezar por una letra." -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "Vía al archivo de certificado:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "Vía al archivo de clave de certificado:" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "No almacene la clave en el propio archivo de certificado." -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "Introduzca el archivo de certificado y el archivo de clave." -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "Introduzca una contraseña." -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "Los registros se actualizan automáticamente cada 3 segundos." -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "Reiniciar daemon de VPN" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "Confirmar reinicio de daemon" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "Las conexiones existentes se interrumpirán.\n" "¿Desea continuar?" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "Error al reiniciar el daemon de IPSec" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "Estado no disponible: ¿se está ejecutando el daemon?" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "Error al instalar los paquetes de IPSec." -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "Error al iniciar el daemon de IPSec." -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "Error al aplicar la configuración de desvío de IP mediante sysctl:" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "El cortafuegos de SuSE está habilitado, pero no activado.\n" "Para que la VPN funcione correctamente, el cortafuegos de SuSE se activará ahora." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "Error al reiniciar el cortafuegos de SUSE." -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "El cortafuegos de SuSE no está habilitado, por lo tanto, debe ejecutar manualmente el guion de configuración cada vez que rearranque. El guion se ejecutará ahora.\n" "El guion está situado en %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "Configuración global de VPN" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "Habilitar daemon de VPN (IPSec): %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "Reducir TCP MSS: %s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "Puerta de enlace y conexiones" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "Una puerta de enlace que sirve a clientes en " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "Un cliente que se conecta a " Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/wol.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,48 +50,47 @@ "No ha sido posible instalar el paquete.\n" "Instale los paquetes que faltan e inténtelo de nuevo." -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "Dirección MAC" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "Nombre del equipo host" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "Despertar" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "Wake-On-LAN" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" "over the network." msgstr "" "<h2>Wake On LAN</h2>\n" -"WOL le permite 'despertar' a su PC simplemente mediante el envío de un " -"'paquete mágico' \n" +"WOL le permite 'despertar' a su PC simplemente mediante el envío de un 'paquete mágico' \n" "(magic packet) a través de la red." -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "¿Está seguro de que desea suprimir este elemento?" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "Despertando al equipo host remoto" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "Nombre del equipo host:" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -99,8 +98,8 @@ "Dirección MAC del\n" "cliente:" -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" @@ -108,8 +107,6 @@ "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" msgstr "" "No se ha encontrado ningún cliente ya configurado.\n" -"Sin embargo, se ha hallado una configuración DHCP en el sistema. ¿Desea " -"importar\n" -"los datos de configuración de las máquinas (direcciones MAC y nombres de los " -"equipos) de \n" +"Sin embargo, se ha hallado una configuración DHCP en el sistema. ¿Desea importar\n" +"los datos de configuración de las máquinas (direcciones MAC y nombres de los equipos) de \n" "'/etc/dhcpd.conf'?\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/xpram.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/es/po/yast2-apparmor.es.po 2016-09-15 14:55:13 UTC (rev 96926) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:39\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96925 - branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po
by keichwa＠svn2.opensuse.org 15 Sep '16

15 Sep '16

Author: keichwa Date: 2016-09-15 16:54:06 +0200 (Thu, 15 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96925 Added: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sudo.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/support.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/users.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vm.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/wol.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po Log: merged Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,434 +14,427 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the add-on-creator module +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:54 msgid "Creator for add-on products" msgstr "外接式附件的创建者" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:67 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product." msgstr "创建新的外接式附件。" -#. command line help text for 'clone' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 +#. command line help text for 'clone' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:77 msgid "Create and build a new add-on product based on an existing one." msgstr "基于现有外接式附件创建新外接式附件。" -#. command line help text for 'sign' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'sign' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:87 msgid "Sign unsigned Add-On Product" msgstr "对未签名的附件产品签名" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:97 msgid "List available add-on product configurations." msgstr "列出可用的外接式附件配置。" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:107 msgid "Build an add-on product from the selected configuration." msgstr "基于选定的配置构建外接式附件。" -#. command line help text for 'create' action -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 +#. command line help text for 'create' action +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:117 msgid "Delete the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "删除选中的外接式附件配置。" -#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 +#. command line help text for 'rpm_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:125 msgid "Path to directory with packages" msgstr "包含包的目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 +#. command line help text for 'content' option (do not translate 'content', it's a name) +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:132 msgid "Path to content file" msgstr "内容文件的路径" -#. command line help text for 'existing' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 +#. command line help text for 'existing' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:139 msgid "Path to directory with existing Add-On Product" msgstr "包含现有附件产品的目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 +#. command line help text for 'generate_descriptions' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:146 msgid "Generate new package descriptions (do not copy)" msgstr "生成新包说明（不复制）" -#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 +#. command line help text for 'package_descriptions_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:152 msgid "Path to directory with package descriptions" msgstr "包含包说明的目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 +#. command line help text for 'patterns_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:159 msgid "Path to directory with patterns definitions" msgstr "包含模式定义的目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:166 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "输出目录路径" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:173 msgid "Create the ISO image" msgstr "创建 ISO 映像" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:179 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "输出 ISO 映像的名称" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:186 msgid "Path to the output directory for ISO image" msgstr "ISO 映像的输出目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_sign' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:193 msgid "Do not sign the product" msgstr "不对产品签名" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:199 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "用于对产品签名的 GPG 密钥 ID" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:206 msgid "Passphrase to unlock GPG key" msgstr "对 GPG 密钥解除锁定的通行口令" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:213 msgid "Path to file with the passphrase for GPG key" msgstr "包含 GPG 密钥的通行口令的文件的路径" -#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 +#. command line help text for 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:220 msgid "Resign all packages with selected key." msgstr "用选定密钥为所有包重新签名。" -#. command line help text for 'workflow' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 +#. command line help text for 'workflow' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:226 msgid "Path to workflow definition file (installation.xml)" msgstr "工作流程定义文件 (installatioin.xml) 的路径" -#. command line help text for 'y2update' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 +#. command line help text for 'y2update' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:233 msgid "Path to workflow dialogs archive (y2update.tgz)" msgstr "工作流程对话档案 (y2update.tgz) 的路径" -#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 +#. command line help text for 'y2update_packages_dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:240 msgid "Path to directory with YaST packages to form the workflow" msgstr "包含用于构建工作流程的 YaST 包的目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'license' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 +#. command line help text for 'license' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:247 msgid "Path to file with license texts (license.zip or license.tar.gz)" msgstr "含有许可文本的文件的路径（license.zip 或 license.tar.gz）" -#. command line help text for 'info' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 +#. command line help text for 'info' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:254 msgid "Path to file with 'info' text (media.1/info.txt)" msgstr "包含“info”文本的文件 (media.1/info.txt) 的路径" -#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 +#. command line help text for 'extra_prov' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:261 msgid "Path to file with additional dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)" msgstr "包含附加依赖性的文件 (EXTRA_PROV) 的路径" -#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 +#. command line help text for 'addon-dir' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:268 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On Product" msgstr "包含附件产品的目录的路径" -#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 +#. command line help text for 'do_not_build' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:275 msgid "Do not build the product, only save new configuration." msgstr "不构建产品，仅保存新的配置。" -#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 +#. help text for 'number' option; do not translate 'list' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:281 msgid "Number of the selected add-on (see 'list' command for product numbers)." msgstr "选中的外接式附件编号（用“list”命令查看产品编号）。" -#. command line help text for 'changelog' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 +#. command line help text for 'changelog' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:288 msgid "Generate a Changelog file." msgstr "生成更改日志文件。" -#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 +#. command line help text for 'no_release_package' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:294 msgid "Do not generate the release package." msgstr "不生成版本包。" -#. command line help text for 'product_file' option -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 +#. command line help text for 'product_file' option +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:300 msgid "Path to file with the product description (*.prod)" msgstr "带有产品描述的文件的路径 (*.prod)" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:398 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "文件 %1 不存在。" -#. error message, %1 is path -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 +#. error message, %1 is path +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:405 msgid "Directory %1 does not exist." msgstr "目录 %1 不存在。" -#. question on command line -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 +#. question on command line +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:454 msgid "Passphrase for key %1:" msgstr "密钥 %1 的通行口令：" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:475 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "缺少到输出目录的路径。" -#. error message, missing tool -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 +#. error message, missing tool +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:609 msgid "/usr/bin/unzip does not exists" msgstr "/usr/bin/unzip 不存在" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:733 msgid "Path to directory with packages is missing." msgstr "缺少到包含包的目录的路径。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:742 msgid "Path to content file is missing." msgstr "缺少到内容文件的路径。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:756 msgid "Path to existing Add-On is missing." msgstr "缺少到现有附件的路径。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:774 msgid "Path to directory with Add-On is missing." msgstr "缺少到包含附件的目录的路径。" -#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 +#. command line summary, %1 is order, %2 product name +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:813 msgid "(%1) Product Name: %2" msgstr "(%1) 产品名：%2" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:821 msgid "\tVersion: %1" msgstr "\t版本：%1" -#. command line summary -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 +#. command line summary +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:828 msgid "\tInput directory: %1" msgstr "\t输入目录：%1" -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:834 msgid "\tOutput directory: %1" msgstr "\t输出目录：%1" -#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 +#. command line summary, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:842 msgid "\tPatterns: %1" msgstr "\t模式：%1" -#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 -msgid "" -"There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the " -"'create' or 'clone' commands." -msgstr "" -"目前还没有外接式附件的配置。您可以使用“create”或者“clone”命令创建一个。" +#. command line message, do not translate 'create', 'clone' +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:864 +msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present. Create a new one using the 'create' or 'clone' commands." +msgstr "目前还没有外接式附件的配置。您可以使用“create”或者“clone”命令创建一个。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:876 msgid "Specify the add-on product to build." msgstr "指定将要构建的外接式附件。" -#. command line message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 +#. command line message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:917 msgid "There is no add-on product configuration present." msgstr "目前还没有外接式附件的配置。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 +#. error message +#: src/clients/add-on-creator.rb:924 msgid "Specify the add-on product configuration that should be deleted." msgstr "指定需要删除的外接式附件配置。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:99 msgid "Add-on Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "附加创建程序配置概览" -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:128 msgid "Input directory: %1 " msgstr "输入目录：%1 " -#. summary item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. summary item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Output directory: %1 " msgstr "输出目录：%1 " -#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 +#. summary item, %1 is comma-separated list +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:142 msgid "Patterns: %1" msgstr "模式：%1" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 -msgid "" -"Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:156 +msgid "Start creating a new add-on product configuration with Add." msgstr "使用添加开始创建外接式附件配置。" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:160 +msgid "Use Edit to modify the selected add-on product configuration." msgstr "使用编辑修改选定外接式附件配置。" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:164 msgid "Delete the selected configuration using Delete." msgstr "要删除选定配置，请单击删除。" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with " -"Build." +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:166 +msgid "Build the new add-on product based on the selected configuration with Build." msgstr "基于已选择的配置构建新的外接式附件，请单击构建。" -#. table header item -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 +#. table header item +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:178 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2476 msgid "Product Name" msgstr "产品名称" -#. table header item -#. input field label -#. desctiption of pattern keys -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 +#. table header item +#. input field label +#. desctiption of pattern keys +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:180 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1272 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:316 msgid "Version" msgstr "版本" -#. push button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 +#. push button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:192 msgid "&Build" msgstr "构建(&B)" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:247 msgid "Really delete configuration \"%1\"?" msgstr "确实要删除配置“%1”吗？" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:296 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:450 msgid "Add-On Product Creator" msgstr "外接式附件创建程序" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:313 msgid "Create an Add-On &from the Beginning" msgstr "从头创建外接式附件(&F)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:322 msgid "Create an Add-On Based on an &Existing Add-On" msgstr "根据现有外接式附件创建外接式附件(&E)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "&Path to Directory of the Existing Add-On Product" msgstr "现有外接式附件的目录路径(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:343 msgid "&Generate Package Descriptions" msgstr "生成包说明(&G)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:460 msgid "&Add-On Product Label" msgstr "外接式附件标签(&A)" -#. textentry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 +#. textentry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:464 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:126 msgid "&Version" msgstr "版本(&V)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:468 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "必需产品" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:483 msgid "SUSE &Linux Enterprise Server 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11(&L)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:492 msgid "SUSE L&inux Enterprise Desktop 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise Desktop 11(&I)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:501 msgid "S&USE Linux Enterprise 11" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11(&U)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:510 msgid "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" msgstr "SUSE Linux Enterprise 11 SP3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:519 msgid "openSUSE 12.&3" msgstr "OpenSUSE 12.&3" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:528 msgid "openSUSE 13.1" msgstr "OpenSUSE 13.1" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:538 msgid "&Other" msgstr "其它(&O)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:556 msgid "&Path to Directory with Add-On Packages" msgstr "附加包目录的路径(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:566 msgid "Path to Directory with Re&quired Product Packages" msgstr "必需产品包目录的路径(&Q)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:639 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:647 msgid "Directory %1 is not accessible." msgstr "目录 %1 无法访问。" -#. error popup (input validation failed) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 +#. error popup (input validation failed) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:726 msgid "" "The value of NAME may contain only\n" "letters, numbers, and the characters \".~_-\"." @@ -449,126 +442,126 @@ "NAME 的值只能含有\n" "字母、数字和字符“.~_-”。" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:756 msgid "LABEL" msgstr "标签" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:758 msgid "La&nguage Code" msgstr "语言代码(&N)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:760 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1546 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:172 msgid "&Value" msgstr "值(&V)" -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#. Heading for help popup window -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#. Heading for help popup window +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:779 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1454 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:246 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. dialog caption - 'content' is file name +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Product Definition" msgstr "产品定义" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:896 msgid "Content File" msgstr "内容文件" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:902 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:941 msgid "Key" msgstr "键" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header 2/2 -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header 2/2 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:904 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:943 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1766 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:355 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. table header -#. table header -#. label for 'Des' pattern key -#. label for 'Des' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 +#. table header +#. table header +#. label for 'Des' pattern key +#. label for 'Des' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:906 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:945 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:351 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:579 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:914 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:730 msgid "Im&port" msgstr "导入(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:920 msgid "Show &Only Required Keywords" msgstr "只显示必需关键字(&O)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:930 msgid "Generate Release Package" msgstr "生成版本包" -#. label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 +#. label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:935 msgid "Product File" msgstr "产品文件" -#. push button label -#. push button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 +#. push button label +#. push button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:952 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1590 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1744 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:461 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:718 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:342 msgid "I&mport" msgstr "导入(&M)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1024 msgid "Choose the Existing Content File" msgstr "选择现有内容文件" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1071 msgid "Choose the Existing Product File" msgstr "选择现有产品文件" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1090 msgid "" "Enter the values for these items:\n" "%1" @@ -576,121 +569,121 @@ "输入以下项的值：\n" "%1" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1148 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. table item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 +#. table item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1150 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1171 msgid "Value of \"%1\"" msgstr "“%1”的值" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1262 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1282 msgid "Flag" msgstr "标志" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1285 msgid "Equal" msgstr "等于" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1287 msgid "Greater than" msgstr "高于" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1289 msgid "Lower than" msgstr "低于" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1300 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:322 msgid "Release" msgstr "发行版" -#. input field label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 +#. input field label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1310 msgid "Flavor" msgstr "风格" -#. input field label -#. table item label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 +#. input field label +#. table item label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1320 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:735 msgid "Patch level" msgstr "增补程序级别" -#. MultiSelectionBox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 +#. MultiSelectionBox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1414 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "包(&P)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1417 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "全选或全部取消选择(&A)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1611 msgid "Choose the file with the text to be imported." msgstr "选择含有要导入的文本的文件。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1633 msgid "Package Descriptions" msgstr "包说明" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1731 msgid "Description File &Language Code" msgstr "说明文件语言代码(&L)" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1704 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1741 msgid "Add Lan&guage" msgstr "添加语言(&G)" -#. table header -#. label for 'Pkg' key -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 +#. table header +#. label for 'Pkg' key +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:575 msgid "Package" msgstr "包" -#. table header 1/2 -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 +#. table header 1/2 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1764 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:353 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "特性" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1782 msgid "Location of the File with Additional &Dependencies" msgstr "包含附加依赖性的文件的位置(&D)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1896 msgid "Choose the New Package Description File" msgstr "选择新包说明文件" -#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 +#. error popup (correct name is 'packages.*') +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:1909 msgid "" "The package description file is named incorrectly.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -698,13 +691,13 @@ "包说明文件命名错误。\n" "请选择其他名称。" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2044 msgid "Choose the Path to EXTRA_PROV File" msgstr "选择 EXTRA_PROV 文件的路径" -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2054 msgid "" "The file '%1' does not exist.\n" "Choose another one." @@ -712,60 +705,60 @@ "文件“%1”不存在。\n" "请选择另一个文件。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2090 msgid "Key Type" msgstr "密钥类型" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2104 msgid "&DSA" msgstr "DSA(&D)" -#. radiobutton label (key type) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 +#. radiobutton label (key type) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2109 msgid "&RSA" msgstr "RSA(&R)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2119 msgid "Key &Size" msgstr "密钥大小(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2124 msgid "E&xpiration Date" msgstr "失效日期(&X)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2127 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名称(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2129 msgid "Commen&t" msgstr "注释(&T)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2134 msgid "E-&Mail Address" msgstr "电子邮件地址(&M)" -#. password widget label -#. password entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 +#. password widget label +#. password entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2137 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2251 msgid "&Passphrase" msgstr "通行口令(&P)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2144 msgid "New GPG Key" msgstr "新建 GPG 密钥" -#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 +#. error popup (see Name, Comment, Email Adress text entries +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2189 msgid "" "Name, comment, and e-mail address values are empty.\n" "You must enter at least one of them to provide user identification.\n" @@ -773,13 +766,13 @@ "名称、注释和电子邮件地址值为空。\n" "必须至少输入三个值中的其中一个以提供用户标识。\n" -#. feedback popup headline -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 +#. feedback popup headline +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2197 msgid "Generating Primary Key Pair" msgstr "生成主密钥对" -#. feedback message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 +#. feedback message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2199 msgid "" "If it takes too long, do some other work to give\n" "the OS a chance to collect more entropy.\n" @@ -787,103 +780,103 @@ "如果费时太长，做些其他工作，让\n" "操作系统有机会收集更多 entropy。\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2217 msgid "Signing the Add-On Product" msgstr "注册外接式附件" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2237 msgid "GPG &Key ID" msgstr "GPG 密钥标识(&K)" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2244 msgid "&Create..." msgstr "创建(&C)..." -#. password entry label (verification) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 +#. password entry label (verification) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2258 msgid "&Passphrase Verification" msgstr "通行口令验证(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2265 msgid "Re&sign all packages with selected key." msgstr "用选定密钥为所有包重新签名(&S)" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2302 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "口令不匹配。请重试。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2334 msgid "Output Settings" msgstr "输出设置" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2358 msgid "P&ath to Output Directory" msgstr "输出目录的路径(&A)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2364 msgid "Create &ISO Image" msgstr "创建 ISO 映像(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2371 msgid "Image File Name" msgstr "映象文件名" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2377 msgid "&Generate Changelog" msgstr "生成更改日志(&G)" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2382 msgid "&Configure Workflow..." msgstr "配置工作流(&C)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2384 msgid "O&ptional Files..." msgstr "可选文件(&P)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 +#. error popup +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2429 msgid "Enter the path to the directory for the add-on." msgstr "输入附加的目录路径。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2469 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2480 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "模式" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2488 msgid "Input Directory" msgstr "输入目录" -#. summary header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 +#. summary header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2495 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "输出目录" -#. summary line -#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 +#. summary line +#: src/include/add-on-creator/complex.rb:2505 msgid "Creating an ISO image in the output directory" msgstr "正在输出目录中创建 ISO 映像" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "" "A file with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -891,154 +884,154 @@ "该名称的文件已存在。\n" "请选择其他名称。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "&info.txt File" msgstr "info.txt 文件(&I)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:141 msgid "&License Files" msgstr "许可文件(&L)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "README Files" msgstr "README 文件" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&Name of the New README File" msgstr "新 README 文件的名称(&N)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "Choose the New README File" msgstr "选择新的 README 文件" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Language for the New License File" msgstr "新的许可文件的语言(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Choose the New License File" msgstr "选择新的许可文件" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 2" msgstr "专家设置，第 2 部分" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "&COPYING Files" msgstr "正在复制文件(&C)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 +#. frame label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:472 msgid "COPY&RIGHT Files" msgstr "版权文件(&R)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "&Language for the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "新的版权文件的语言(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:560 msgid "Choose the New COPYRIGHT File" msgstr "选择新的版权文件" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Language for the New COPYING File" msgstr "新的复制中文件的语言(&L)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Choose the New COPYING File" msgstr "选择新的复制中文件" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:701 msgid "Expert Settings, Part 3" msgstr "专家设置，第 3 部分" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:715 msgid "products" msgstr "产品" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "patches" msgstr "补丁" -#. button label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 +#. button label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "&Import" msgstr "导入(&I)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "media" msgstr "媒体" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "Workflow Configuration" msgstr "工作流程配置" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:792 msgid "&Location of the File with the Workflow Description" msgstr "工作流程说明文件的位置(&L)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "&No Additional YaST Modules" msgstr "无其他 YaST 模块(&N)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:815 msgid "&Path to y2update.tgz" msgstr "到 y2update.tgz 的路径(&P)" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:823 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "浏览(&B)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:830 msgid "&Import the Packages" msgstr "导入包(&I)" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "YaST Module Package" msgstr "YaST 模块包" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Choose the installation.xml File" msgstr "选择 installation.xml 文件" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Choose the Path to the y2update.tgz File" msgstr "选择 y2update.tgz 文件的路径" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Choose the YaST Module Package" msgstr "选择 YaST 模块包" -#. Build dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 +#. Build dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Creating the Add-On</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1046,8 +1039,8 @@ "<big>正在创建外接式附件</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "Writing the add-on configurations \n" "\n" @@ -1055,342 +1048,227 @@ "正在写入外接式附件配置 \n" "\n" -#. help text for start menu -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 -msgid "" -"This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." +#. help text for start menu +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:44 +msgid "This module offers guidance for the creation of an add-on product." msgstr "该模块提供创建外接式附件的指南。" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 -msgid "" -"Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the " -"beginning or base it on an existing product." -msgstr "" -"选择如何创建新的外接式附件。您可以从头创建，也可以根据现有产品创建。" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:48 +msgid "Select how to create the new add-on product. You can create it from the beginning or base it on an existing product." +msgstr "选择如何创建新的外接式附件。您可以从头创建，也可以根据现有产品创建。" -#. help text for start menu, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate " -"Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the " -"existing product." -msgstr "" -"根据现有产品创建新产品时，选中生成包说明生成现有产品中的包的新说" -"明。" +#. help text for start menu, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:52 +msgid "When basing the new product on an existing product, check Generate Package Descriptions to generate new descriptions of packages in the existing product." +msgstr "根据现有产品创建新产品时，选中生成包说明生成现有产品中的包的新说明。" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:56 msgid "Name and Version" msgstr "名称和版本" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:60 msgid "Enter the name and version of add-on product." msgstr "输入外接式附件的名称和版本。" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:62 msgid "Required Product" msgstr "必需产品" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This " -"selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." -msgstr "" -"选择新外接式附件可应用到的产品。该选择构成了 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 " -"REQUIRES 值。" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:64 +msgid "Select the product to which the new add-on product can be applied. This selection forms the REQUIRES value of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "选择新外接式附件可应用到的产品。该选择构成了 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 REQUIRES 值。" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:68 msgid "Add-On Packages" msgstr "附加包" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should " -"form your add-on product." +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:70 +msgid "Choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages that should form your add-on product." msgstr "选择包含应构成外接式附件的 RPM 包的目录路径。" -#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 +#. help text for initial data (paragraph title), cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:74 msgid "Required Product Packages" msgstr "必需产品包" -#. help text for initial data, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages " -"from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will " -"not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the " -"patterns later in the workflow." -msgstr "" -"也可从外接式附件应基于的产品中选择包含 RPM 包的目录路径。这些包将不包含在" -"外接式附件中，但稍后可以用于在工作流程中创建模式。" +#. help text for initial data, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:76 +msgid "Optionally, choose the path to the directory containing the RPM packages from the product the add-on product should be based on. These packages will not be contained in the add-on product, but could be used for creating the patterns later in the workflow." +msgstr "也可从外接式附件应基于的产品中选择包含 RPM 包的目录路径。这些包将不包含在外接式附件中，但稍后可以用于在工作流程中创建模式。" -#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 +#. help text for content file editor (<tt>content</tt> is a name of file) +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:80 msgid "Here, edit the values of the <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "在这里编辑 <tt>content</tt> 文件的值。" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect " -"Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</" -"tt> file." -msgstr "" -"输入标识外接式附件必需的信息。取消选择只显示必需口令，以便查看 " -"<tt>content</tt> 文件的所有属性。" +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:84 +msgid "Enter the information required to identify the add-on product. Deselect Show Only Required Keywords to see all attributes of the <tt>content</tt> file." +msgstr "输入标识外接式附件必需的信息。取消选择只显示必需口令，以便查看 <tt>content</tt> 文件的所有属性。" -#. help text for content file editor, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 +#. help text for content file editor, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:88 msgid "Use Import to import an existing <tt>content</tt> file." msgstr "用导入导入现有 <tt>content</tt> 文件。" -#. help text for package description files -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</" -"tt> files) here." +#. help text for package description files +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:92 +msgid "Edit the language-specific descriptions of packages (<tt>packages.lang</tt> files) here." msgstr "在此编辑包特定于语言的说明（<tt>packages.lang</tt> 文件）。" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 -msgid "" -"Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The " -"list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the " -"<tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions " -"with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." -msgstr "" -"用添加语言添加新语言的说明文件。可用语言的列表从 <tt>content</tt> " -"文件的 LINGUAS 值读取。使用导入以将包说明导入现有文件。按删" -"除以删除说明文件。" +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:96 +msgid "Use Add Language to add a description file for a new language. The list of available languages is read from the LINGUAS value of the <tt>content</tt> file. Import an existing file with package descriptions with Import. Delete the description file with Delete." +msgstr "用添加语言添加新语言的说明文件。可用语言的列表从 <tt>content</tt> 文件的 LINGUAS 值读取。使用导入以将包说明导入现有文件。按删除以删除说明文件。" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description " -"entries for the selected package." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:100 +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify description entries for the selected package." msgstr "用第二张表中的添加和编辑修改选定包的说明条目。" -#. help text for package description files, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 -msgid "" -"Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package " -"Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." +#. help text for package description files, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:104 +msgid "Optionally, choose the path for the file providing Additional Package Dependencies (EXTRA_PROV)." msgstr "可以选择提供附加包依赖性的文件的路径 (EXTRA_PROV)。" -#. help text for patterns -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 +#. help text for patterns +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:108 msgid "Create and edit the patterns for the add-on product here." msgstr "在此创建并编辑外接式附件的模式。" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an " -"existing one." +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:112 +msgid "Use New to create a new pattern or Import to import an existing one." msgstr "用新建创建新模式，或导入导入现有模式。" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern " -"attributes." +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:116 +msgid "Use Add and Edit in the second table to modify pattern attributes." msgstr "用第二张表中的添加和编辑修改模式属性。" -#. help text for patterns, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 +#. help text for patterns, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:120 msgid "" -"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required " -"for\n" -"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when " -"the installation of the add-on product is started." +"Check Required pattern to mark the selected pattern as required for\n" +"the add-on product. Such a pattern will be automatically preselected when the installation of the add-on product is started." msgstr "" "选中必需模式以将所选模式标记为外接式附件必需。\n" "这些模式将会在安装外接式附件时自动预选中。" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be " -"created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the " -"product in the output directory." -msgstr "" -"指定创建外接式附件的目录路径。选择创建 ISO 映像在输出目录中创建产品" -"的 ISO 映像。" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:124 +msgid "Specify the path to the directory in which the add-on product should be created. Select Create ISO Image to create the ISO image of the product in the output directory." +msgstr "指定创建外接式附件的目录路径。选择创建 ISO 映像在输出目录中创建产品的 ISO 映像。" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 -msgid "" -"Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all " -"changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." -msgstr "" -"使用生成更改日志以生成更改日志文件，记录最近两年内的外接式附件的所" -"有包更改。" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:128 +msgid "Use Generate Changelog to generate a changelog file containing all changes of packages on the add-on product made in the last two years." +msgstr "使用生成更改日志以生成更改日志文件，记录最近两年内的外接式附件的所有包更改。" -#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. " -"Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, " -"licenses, and other optional values." -msgstr "" -"用配置工作流程适配外接式附件的工作流程。用可选文件配置 " -"<tt>README</tt> 文件、许可和其他可选值的文本。" +#. help text for the 'various settings' dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:132 +msgid "Adapt the workflow of the add-on product with Configure Workflow. Use Optional Files to configure texts of <tt>README</tt> files, licenses, and other optional values." +msgstr "用配置工作流程适配外接式附件的工作流程。用可选文件配置 <tt>README</tt> 文件、许可和其他可选值的文本。" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on " -"product workflow." +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:136 +msgid "Here, you can enter the files necessary for customizing your add-on product workflow." msgstr "您可以在这里输入自定义您的外接式附件工作流程所必需的文件。" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file " -"is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation." -"xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." -msgstr "" -"输入工作流程说明文件的位置。该文件可代替 <tt>control.xml</tt>，在外接式附" -"件的基本目录中保存为 <tt>installation.xml</tt>。" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:140 +msgid "Enter the location of the file with the workflow description. This file is an alternative to <tt>control.xml</tt> and is saved as <tt>installation.xml</tt> in the add-on product's base directory." +msgstr "输入工作流程说明文件的位置。该文件可代替 <tt>control.xml</tt>，在外接式附件的基本目录中保存为 <tt>installation.xml</tt>。" -#. workflow help text -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 -msgid "" -"To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, " -"enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are " -"stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the " -"YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." -msgstr "" -"要在外接式附件的安装过程中使用自定义 YaST 模块，请输入到存储这些模块的 " -"<tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 存档的路径或通过在导入包中指定 YaST RPM 包来配" -"置 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 的内容。" +#. workflow help text +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:144 +msgid "To use custom YaST modules during the installation of the add-on product, enter the path to the <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> archive where these modules are stored or configure the contents of <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> by specifying the YaST RPM packages in Import the Packages." +msgstr "要在外接式附件的安装过程中使用自定义 YaST 模块，请输入到存储这些模块的 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 存档的路径或通过在导入包中指定 YaST RPM 包来配置 <tt>y2update.tgz</tt> 的内容。" -#. help text for expert dialog 1 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 -msgid "" -"The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on " -"that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." -msgstr "" -"可选的 <tt>info.txt</tt> 文件给出了有关应显示为带有确定按钮的弹出窗" -"口的附加相关信息。" +#. help text for expert dialog 1 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:148 +msgid "The optional <tt>info.txt</tt> file gives information about the add-on that should be displayed as a pop-up window with an OK button." +msgstr "可选的 <tt>info.txt</tt> 文件给出了有关应显示为带有确定按钮的弹出窗口的附加相关信息。" -#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 -msgid "" -"The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and " -"Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the " -"license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</" -"tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"安装开始前会在带有同意和不同意按钮的窗口中显示许可文本。不同" -"语言的许可文本文件压缩成了 <tt>license.zip</tt> 存档并保存在 <tt>media.1</" -"tt> 目录中。" +#. help text for expert dialog 1, cont +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:152 +msgid "The text of the license is displayed in a window with Agree and Disagree buttons before the installation starts. The files with the license texts in different languages are compressed to the <tt>license.zip</tt> archive and stored in the <tt>media.1</tt> directory." +msgstr "安装开始前会在带有同意和不同意按钮的窗口中显示许可文本。不同语言的许可文本文件压缩成了 <tt>license.zip</tt> 存档并保存在 <tt>media.1</tt> 目录中。" -#. help text for expert dialog 2 -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various " -"language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on " -"product." -msgstr "" -"<tt>版权</tt>和<tt>复制中</tt>文件可有不同语言的修订版，保存在外接式附件的" -"根目录中。" +#. help text for expert dialog 2 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:156 +msgid "The <tt>COPYRIGHT</tt> and <tt>COPYING</tt> files can have various language modifications and are stored in the root directory of the add-on product." +msgstr "<tt>版权</tt>和<tt>复制中</tt>文件可有不同语言的修订版，保存在外接式附件的根目录中。" -#. help text for signing dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key " -"from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." -msgstr "" -"在此处配置外接式附件的注册。从可用密钥列表选择密钥，或用创建创建新" -"密钥。" +#. help text for signing dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:160 +msgid "Here, configure the signing of the add-on product. Choose a secret key from the list of keys available or create a new one with Create." +msgstr "在此处配置外接式附件的注册。从可用密钥列表选择密钥，或用创建创建新密钥。" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:164 msgid "Enter the passphrase needed to unlock the secret key." msgstr "输入解锁密钥所需的通行口令。" -#. help text for signing dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with " -"the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." -msgstr "" -"确定是否要用选定的密钥对所有包签名（外接式附件）。将去除所有之前的" -"包签名。" +#. help text for signing dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:166 +msgid "Decide if you want to Sign All Packages of the add-on product with the selected key. All previous package signatures will be removed." +msgstr "确定是否要用选定的密钥对所有包签名（外接式附件）。将去除所有之前的包签名。" -#. help text for generating new key dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 -msgid "" -"Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." +#. help text for generating new key dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:170 +msgid "Enter the values necessary for generating the new primary key pair." msgstr "输入生成新的主密钥对所需的值。" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 -msgid "" -"The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 " -"and 4096 bits long." -msgstr "" -"DSA 密钥的默认大小是 1024 位。RSA 密钥长度可介于 1024 和 4096 位之间。" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:174 +msgid "The default size of a DSA key is 1024 bits. RSA keys may be between 1024 and 4096 bits long." +msgstr "DSA 密钥的默认大小是 1024 位。RSA 密钥长度可介于 1024 和 4096 位之间。" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 -msgid "" -"As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key " -"expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, " -"it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty " -"for a key that never expires." -msgstr "" -"至于到期日，请输入密钥到期前的天数。如果数字后面跟着 <tt>w</tt>、" -"<tt>m</tt> 或 <tt>y</tt>，则表示周数、月数或年数。对永不过期的密钥，保留该条" -"目为空白即可。" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:178 +msgid "As Expiration Date, enter the number of days after which the key expires. If the number is followed by <tt>w</tt>,<tt>m</tt>, or <tt>y</tt>, it indicates the number of weeks, months, or years. Leave the entry empty for a key that never expires." +msgstr "至于到期日，请输入密钥到期前的天数。如果数字后面跟着 <tt>w</tt>、<tt>m</tt> 或 <tt>y</tt>，则表示周数、月数或年数。对永不过期的密钥，保留该条目为空白即可。" -#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the " -"user identification with which the new key should be associated." -msgstr "" -"用姓名、注释和电子邮件地址提供新密钥应关联的用户标" -"识。" +#. help text for generating new key dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:182 +msgid "Use Name, Comment, and E-Mail Address to provide the user identification with which the new key should be associated." +msgstr "用姓名、注释和电子邮件地址提供新密钥应关联的用户标识。" -#. help text for overview dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." +#. help text for overview dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:186 +msgid "Here, see the overview of data for generating the add-on product." msgstr "在此处可查看生成外接式附件的数据的概览。" -#. help text for overview dialog, cont. -#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 -msgid "" -"Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." -"" +#. help text for overview dialog, cont. +#: src/include/add-on-creator/helps.rb:190 +msgid "Press Finish to create the add-on product in the output directory." msgstr "按完成在输出目录中创建外接式附件。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:113 msgid "&Name of the New Pattern" msgstr "新模式的名称(&N)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:118 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "体系结构(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:128 msgid "&Release" msgstr "版本(&R)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:150 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different name or architecture.\n" @@ -1398,25 +1276,25 @@ "此类模式已存在。\n" "请选择其他名称或体系结构。\n" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:198 msgid "&Description" msgstr "描述(&D)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:202 msgid "&Summary" msgstr "摘要(&S)" -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:203 msgid "Ca&tegory" msgstr "类别(&T)" -#. combo label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 +#. combo label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:213 msgid "&Language Code" msgstr "语言代码(&L)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:257 msgid "" "A key with this name already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -1424,33 +1302,33 @@ "同名密钥已存在。\n" "请选择其他名称。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:319 msgid "Editor for Patterns" msgstr "模式的编辑器" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:332 msgid "Name of the Pattern" msgstr "模式的名称" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:334 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "全名" -#. check box label -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 +#. check box label +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:369 msgid "R&equired Pattern" msgstr "必需模式(&E)" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:445 msgid "Existing Pattern" msgstr "现有模式" -#. error message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 +#. error message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/patterns.rb:601 msgid "" "Such a pattern already exists.\n" "Choose a different architecture.\n" @@ -1458,355 +1336,315 @@ "此类模式已存在。\n" "请选择其他体系结构。\n" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on-creator/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Importing product..." msgstr "正在导入产品..." -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:139 msgid "Content file style" msgstr "内容文件样式" -#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 +#. help text for content file CONTENTSTYLE key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:141 msgid "Must be the first tag of the content file." msgstr "必须是内容文件的首个标记。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:150 msgid "Product name" msgstr "产品名称" -#. help text for content file 'NAME' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 +#. help text for content file 'NAME' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:152 msgid "For internal usage. Same restrictions as for package names apply." msgstr "供内部使用。应用与包名称相同的限制。" -#. label of content file BASEARCHS key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 +#. label of content file BASEARCHS key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:160 msgid "Product architectures" msgstr "产品体系结构" -#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-" -"release packages architectures. " +#. help text for content file 'BASEARCHS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:164 +msgid "Space-separated list of product architectures. Matches the available product-release packages architectures. " msgstr "产品体系结构的空格分隔列表。匹配于可用的产品版本包体系结构。 " -#. label of content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 +#. label of content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:172 msgid "Product version and release" msgstr "产品版本和发行版" -#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 +#. help text for content file 'VERSION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:176 msgid "Product version and release as in RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt>." msgstr "产品版本和发行版（按 RPM <tt>major.minor-release</tt> 中所定义）。" -#. table item label -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 +#. table item label +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:185 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:720 msgid "Release number" msgstr "版本号" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:192 msgid "Distribution name" msgstr "分发名称" -#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used " -"in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, " -"version and architecture." -msgstr "" -"一个表示分发包的字符串。同一字符串很可能在 .rpms 中使用以表示分发包。通常是名" -"称、版本和体系结构的组合。" +#. help text for content file 'DISTRIBUTION' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:194 +msgid "Some string denoting the distribution. The same string is most probably used in the .rpms to denote the distribution. Usually a composition of the name, version and architecture." +msgstr "一个表示分发包的字符串。同一字符串很可能在 .rpms 中使用以表示分发包。通常是名称、版本和体系结构的组合。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:201 msgid "Package description directory" msgstr "包说明目录" -#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 +#. help text for content file 'DESCRDIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:206 msgid "Package description directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "包说明目录（相对于产品目录）。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:214 msgid "Package data directory" msgstr "包数据目录" -#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 +#. help text for content file 'DATADIR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:216 msgid "Package data directory (relative to product directory)." msgstr "包数据目录（相对于产品目录）。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:225 msgid "Label" msgstr "标签" -#. help text for content file '' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 -msgid "" -"UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no " -"default language can be determined." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 编码标签。如果 LINGUAS 省略或无默认语言可确定，将是默认标签。" +#. help text for content file '' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:227 +msgid "UTF-8 encoded label. Default label if LINGUAS is omitted or no default language can be determined." +msgstr "UTF-8 编码标签。如果 LINGUAS 省略或无默认语言可确定，将是默认标签。" -#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 +#. label of content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:234 msgid "Languages" msgstr "语言" -#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 +#. help text for content file 'LINGUAS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:236 msgid "ISO language code or language code_country code." msgstr "ISO 语言代码或语言代码_国家/地区代码。" -#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 +#. label of content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:243 msgid "Default language" msgstr "默认语言" -#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 +#. help text for content file 'LANGUAGE' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:247 msgid "Default language code." msgstr "默认语言代码。" -#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 +#. label of content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:256 msgid "Preselected patterns" msgstr "预选模式" -#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 +#. help text for content file 'PATTERNS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:260 msgid "List of patterns preselected by the product." msgstr "模式列表已由产品预选。" -#. label of content file key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 +#. label of content file key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:267 msgid "Vendor name" msgstr "供应商名称" -#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 +#. help text for content file 'VENDOR' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:269 msgid "Vendor name (free form)." msgstr "供应商名称（自由形式）。" -#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 +#. label of content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:277 msgid "Release notes URL" msgstr "发行说明 URL" -#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 +#. help text for content file 'RELNOTESURL' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:281 msgid "URL from which to fetch release notes." msgstr "可查看发行说明的 URL。" -#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 +#. label of content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:288 msgid "Update URL" msgstr "更新 URL" -#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 +#. help text for content file 'UPDATEURLS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:290 msgid "URL of the update source." msgstr "更新源的 URL。" -#. label of content file LABEL.lang key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 +#. label of content file LABEL.lang key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:300 msgid "Language-specific label" msgstr "特定于语言的标签" -#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 -msgid "" -"UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the " -"LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching " -"LABEL.lang is expected." -msgstr "" -"UTF-8 编码的标签。<tt>lang</tt> 的语法和 LINGUAS 值一样。对 " -"LINGUAS 中的每种语言，都期望有一个匹配的 LABEL.lang。" +#. help text for content file 'LABEL.lang' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:304 +msgid "UTF-8-encoded LABEL. <tt>lang</tt> has the same syntax as the LINGUAS values. For each language in LINGUAS, a matching LABEL.lang is expected." +msgstr "UTF-8 编码的标签。<tt>lang</tt> 的语法和 LINGUAS 值一样。对 LINGUAS 中的每种语言，都期望有一个匹配的 LABEL.lang。" -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:328 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "体系结构" -#. label for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 +#. label for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:338 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:589 msgid "Summary" msgstr "小结" -#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 +#. help text for 'Sum' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:340 msgid "One line label in the default language" msgstr "默认语言的单行标签" -#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 +#. help text for 'Sum.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:344 msgid "One line language-specific label." msgstr "特定于语言的单行标签。" -#. help text for 'Des' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 +#. help text for 'Des' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:354 msgid "Multiple line description in the default language" msgstr "默认语言的多行说明" -#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 +#. help text for 'Des.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:358 msgid "Multiple line description, language-specific." msgstr "特定于语言的多行说明。" -#. label for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 +#. label for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:364 msgid "Category" msgstr "类别" -#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 -msgid "" -"One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories " -"are intended for the user and can be specified freely." +#. help text for 'Cat' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:366 +msgid "One line category in the default language used to group patterns. Categories are intended for the user and can be specified freely." msgstr "用于将模式分组的默认语言单行类别。类别是为用户设计的，可自由指定。" -#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 +#. help text for 'Cat.lang' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:370 msgid "Language-specific version of the category." msgstr "特定于语言的类别版本。" -#. label for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 +#. label for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:377 msgid "Visibility" msgstr "可见性" -#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 +#. help text for 'Vis' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:379 msgid "Set whether the pattern should be visible in the user interface." msgstr "设置该模式在用户界面中是否可见。" -#. label for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 +#. label for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:388 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包" -#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 +#. help text for 'Prq' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:390 msgid "List of packages to install." msgstr "要安装的包列表。" -#. label for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 +#. label for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:398 msgid "Recommended packages" msgstr "推荐的包" -#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 -msgid "" -"These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." +#. help text for 'Prc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:400 +msgid "These packages are installed by default but can be removed without complaint." msgstr "这些包默认安装，但无需说明即可删除。" -#. label for 'Prs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 +#. label for 'Prs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:408 msgid "Suggested packages" msgstr "建议的包" -#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key -#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key -#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 -msgid "" -"These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency " -"resolution." +#. help text for 'Prs' pattern key +#. help text for 'Sug' pattern key +#. help text for 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:410 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:503 +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:712 +msgid "These are just hints for an application and not handled during dependency resolution." msgstr "这些只是应用提示，在依赖性解决方案中并非如此处理。" -#. label for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 +#. label for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:418 msgid "Icon filename" msgstr "图标文件名" -#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 +#. help text for 'Ico' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:420 msgid "" "If unspecified, the pattern name is used \n" -" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename " -"does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is " -"specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/" -"YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/" -"share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." +" instead (with blanks in the name replaced by underscores). If the filename does not include a .png or .jpg extension, .png is appended. If no path is specified, icons are searched for in the theme icon path (first /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/ then /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/). Absolute and relative paths (to the theme path /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/) are allowed." msgstr "" "如果未指定，将转而使用模式名\n" -"（名称中的空格用下划线代替）。如果文件名不包括 .png 或 .jpg 扩展名，将附加 ." -"png。如果未指定路径，将在主题图标路径（起初是 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/" -"icons/32x32/apps/，然后是 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/）" -"中搜索图标。绝对路径和相对路径（相对于主题路径 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/" -"current/）都允许。" +"（名称中的空格用下划线代替）。如果文件名不包括 .png 或 .jpg 扩展名，将附加 .png。如果未指定路径，将在主题图标路径（起初是 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/32x32/apps/，然后是 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/icons/48x48/apps/）中搜索图标。绝对路径和相对路径（相对于主题路径 /usr/share/YaST2/theme/current/）都允许。" -#. label for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 +#. label for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:429 msgid "Pattern Order" msgstr "模式顺序" -#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 -msgid "" -"This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing " -"multiple patterns in the user interface." +#. help text for 'Ord' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:431 +msgid "This three-digit integer value defines the order of the pattern when listing multiple patterns in the user interface." msgstr "该三位整数值定义了用户界面中列出多个模式时，模式显示的顺序。" -#. label for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 +#. label for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:441 msgid "Required patterns" msgstr "必需模式" -#. help text for 'Req' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 +#. help text for 'Req' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:443 msgid "Patterns that need to be installed together with this pattern." msgstr "必须和该模式一起安装的模式。" -#. label for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 +#. label for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:451 msgid "Provided patterns" msgstr "提供的模式" -#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES</" -"b> from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and " -"edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability " -"<tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." -msgstr "" -"该模式提供的功能。它们可用于匹配其他的 REQUIRES。每个组件都有默认的提" -"供者－其自身名称和版本。例如，包 bar-1.42-1提供功能 <tt>bar = " -"1.42-1</tt>。" +#. help text for 'Prv' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:453 +msgid "Capabilities this pattern provides. They can be used to match REQUIRES from others. Every resolvable has a provide by default--its own name and edition. For example, package bar-1.42-1 provides the capability <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>." +msgstr "该模式提供的功能。它们可用于匹配其他的 REQUIRES。每个组件都有默认的提供者－其自身名称和版本。例如，包 bar-1.42-1提供功能 <tt>bar = 1.42-1</tt>。" -#. label for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 +#. label for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:461 msgid "Conflicting patterns" msgstr "模式有冲突" -#. help text for 'Con' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 -msgid "" -"This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." +#. help text for 'Con' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:463 +msgid "This pattern cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." msgstr "如果指定组件和提供该功能的组件已安装，则无法安装该模式。" -#. label for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 +#. label for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:471 msgid "Patterns made obsolete" msgstr "已过时的模式" -#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 +#. help text for 'Obs' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:473 msgid "" "When this pattern is installed, it uninstalls any \n" "other patterns marked as obsolete here." @@ -1814,308 +1652,274 @@ "安装该模式时，将卸载此处标记为已过时的任何\n" "其他模式。" -#. label for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 +#. label for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:481 msgid "Recommended patterns" msgstr "推荐的模式" -#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 -msgid "" -"A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no " -"error is shown." +#. help text for 'Rec' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:483 +msgid "A weak version of REQUIRES. If recommended patterns cannot be installed, no error is shown." msgstr "REQUIRES 的较弱版本。如果无法安装推荐的模式，不会显示错误。" -#. label for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 +#. label for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:491 msgid "Supplemented patterns" msgstr "补充模式" -#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 -msgid "" -"A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability " -"is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. " -"Uninstalling it is silently accepted." -msgstr "" -"反向 Rec。如果已安装的组件提供了指定功能，将安装该模式。依赖性解析程序" -"将安装它。卸载它将被接受而无反馈。" +#. help text for 'Sup' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:493 +msgid "A reverse Rec. This pattern is installed if the specified capability is provided by an installed resolvable. The dependency resolver installs it. Uninstalling it is silently accepted." +msgstr "反向 Rec。如果已安装的组件提供了指定功能，将安装该模式。依赖性解析程序将安装它。卸载它将被接受而无反馈。" -#. label for 'Sug' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 +#. label for 'Sug' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:501 msgid "Suggested patterns" msgstr "建议的模式" -#. label for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 +#. label for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:511 msgid "Freshen" msgstr "刷新" -#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern " -"specified here is installed." +#. help text for 'Fre' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:513 +msgid "The current pattern is only considered for installation if the pattern specified here is installed." msgstr "仅当此处指定的模式已安装时，才考虑安装当前模式。" -#. label for 'Ext' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 +#. label for 'Ext' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:523 msgid "Extends" msgstr "扩展" -#. label for 'Inc' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 +#. label for 'Inc' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:529 msgid "Includes" msgstr "包含" -#. label for 'Exnh pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 +#. label for 'Exnh pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:535 msgid "Enhanced patterns" msgstr "增强模式" -#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 +#. label for 'Pcn' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:541 msgid "Conflicting packages" msgstr "有冲突的包" -#. label for 'Pob' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 +#. label for 'Pob' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:547 msgid "Obsolete packages" msgstr "过时的包" -#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 +#. label for 'Pfr' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:553 msgid "Freshened packages" msgstr "已刷新的包" -#. label for 'Psp' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 +#. label for 'Psp' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:559 msgid "Supplemented packages" msgstr "补充的包" -#. label for 'Pen' pattern key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 +#. label for 'Pen' pattern key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:565 msgid "Enhanced packages" msgstr "增强的包" -#. help text for 'Des' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 +#. help text for 'Des' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:581 msgid "Multiple line package description." msgstr "多行包说明。" -#. help text for 'Sum' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 +#. help text for 'Sum' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:591 msgid "The package summary (label), a one line description of the package." msgstr "包摘要（标签），包的单行说明。" -#. label for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 +#. label for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:599 msgid "Installation Notification" msgstr "安装通知" -#. help text for 'Ins' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a " -"test version warning or a commercial license." +#. help text for 'Ins' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:601 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected, such as a test version warning or a commercial license." msgstr "选择包时向用户显示的非正式讯息，例如测试版本警告或商业许可。" -#. label for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 +#. label for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:608 msgid "Deletion Notification" msgstr "删除通知" -#. help text for 'Del' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 -msgid "" -"An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for " -"deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." -msgstr "" -"选择要删除的包时向用户显示的非正式讯息，例如缺少了该包系统将无法使用的警告。" +#. help text for 'Del' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:610 +msgid "An informal message shown to the user if the package is selected for deletion, such as a warning that the system is unusable without the package." +msgstr "选择要删除的包时向用户显示的非正式讯息，例如缺少了该包系统将无法使用的警告。" -#. label for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 +#. label for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:617 msgid "EULA" msgstr "EULA" -#. help text for 'Eul' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 -msgid "" -"Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If " -"the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." -msgstr "" -"EULA 文本。将在安装包之前显示此文本。如果用户不接受 EULA，将不安装该包。" +#. help text for 'Eul' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:619 +msgid "Text of the EULA. This text is displayed before the package installation. If the user does not accept the EULA, the package is not installed." +msgstr "EULA 文本。将在安装包之前显示此文本。如果用户不接受 EULA，将不安装该包。" -#. label of key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 +#. label of key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:660 msgid "Products that must be installed" msgstr "必须安装的产品" -#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 -msgid "" -"Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product " -"requirements." +#. help text for 'REQUIRES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:662 +msgid "Resolvables that must be installed on the system to meet product requirements." msgstr "必须安装在系统上以满足产品需要的可解析项。" -#. label of PROVIDES key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 +#. label of PROVIDES key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:670 msgid "Provided products" msgstr "已提供的产品" -#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 -msgid "" -"Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires</" -"b> from others." +#. help text for 'PROVIDES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:672 +msgid "Capabilities this product provides. They can be used to match requires from others." msgstr "该产品提供的功能。可以使用这些功能来匹配其他产品的要求。" -#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 +#. label of 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:680 msgid "Conflicting products" msgstr "冲突的产品" -#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 -msgid "" -"This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that " -"provides the capability is installed." -msgstr "" -"如果指定的可解析对象或提供该功能的可解析对象已安装，则无法安装该可解析对象。" +#. help text for 'CONFLICTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:682 +msgid "This resolvable cannot be installed if the specified resolvable or one that provides the capability is installed." +msgstr "如果指定的可解析对象或提供该功能的可解析对象已安装，则无法安装该可解析对象。" -#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 +#. label of 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:690 msgid "Products made obsolete" msgstr "已过时的产品" -#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 -msgid "" -"When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a " -"name matching this keyword." +#. help text for 'OBSOLETES' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:692 +msgid "When this resolvable is installed, it uninstalls any other resolvable with a name matching this keyword." msgstr "安装该可解析对象时，将卸装名称和该关键字匹配的任何其他可解析对象。" -#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 +#. label of 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:700 msgid "Recommended products" msgstr "推荐产品" -#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 -msgid "" -"A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill " -"RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." -msgstr "" -"必需的稍弱版本。已尝试完成建议，但如果无匹配，它们将被忽略而无" -"反馈。" +#. help text for 'RECOMMENDS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:702 +msgid "A weak version of requires. An attempt is made to fulfill RECOMMENDS, but they are silently ignored if no match is possible." +msgstr "必需的稍弱版本。已尝试完成建议，但如果无匹配，它们将被忽略而无反馈。" -#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 +#. label of 'SUGGESTS' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:710 msgid "Suggested products" msgstr "建议产品" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:725 msgid "The URL for release notes RPM" msgstr "发行说明 RPM 的 URL" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:730 msgid "Product description" msgstr "产品描述" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:740 msgid "Product summary" msgstr "产品摘要" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:745 msgid "Product line" msgstr "产品系列" -#. help text for 'productline' key -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 -msgid "" -"A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs " -"and versions." +#. help text for 'productline' key +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:747 +msgid "A short name for the product, which does not change between service packs and versions." msgstr "产品的短名称，不会在服务包和版本间更改。。" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:754 msgid "Update repository key" msgstr "更新安装源密钥" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:759 msgid "Type of media" msgstr "媒体类型" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 -msgid "" -"Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, " -"ftp, dvd5, dvd9." +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:761 +msgid "Type of media that will be used for target product. Possible values are: cd, ftp, dvd5, dvd9." msgstr "将用于目标产品的媒体类型。可能的值为：cd、ftp、dvd5 和 dvd9。" -#. table item label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 +#. table item label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:768 msgid "Product flavor" msgstr "产品风格" -#. help text for media type -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 +#. help text for media type +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:770 msgid "Description of the flavor or variant of a product, e.g. DVD, FTP, Live" msgstr "产品风格或变体的描述，例如，DVD、FTP 和 Live" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1694 msgid "Generating Product Data" msgstr "生成产品数据" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1698 msgid "Find package directories" msgstr "查找包目录" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1702 msgid "Looking for package directories..." msgstr "正在查找包目录..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1709 msgid "Check package architectures" msgstr "检查包体系结构" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1711 msgid "Generate content file defaults" msgstr "生成内容文件默认值" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1718 msgid "Checking package architectures..." msgstr "正在检查包体系结构..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1720 msgid "Generating content file defaults..." msgstr "正在生成内容文件默认值..." -#. Progress stage -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 +#. Progress stage +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1728 src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1735 msgid "Generate package descriptions" msgstr "生成包说明" -#. help text -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 +#. help text +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:1746 msgid "Wait while generating data for add-on... \n" msgstr "正在生成外接式附件的数据，请稍侯... \n" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2730 msgid "" "Failed to install obs-productconverter package.\n" "Release package will not be generated." @@ -2123,8 +1927,8 @@ "未能安装 obs-productconverter 包。\n" "将不会生成版本包。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:2923 msgid "" "Build of release package failed with\n" "'%1'." @@ -2132,18 +1936,18 @@ "使用“%1”构建版本包\n" "失败。" -#. error label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 +#. error label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3283 msgid "Signing of the product failed." msgstr "对产品签名失败。" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3301 msgid "Try again with different passphrase" msgstr "重试另一个通行口令" -#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 +#. ask for pw now %1 is key id, %2 user name +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3857 msgid "" "Enter passphrase for GPG key %1\n" "(%2)" @@ -2151,102 +1955,102 @@ "输入 GPG 密钥 %1 的通行口令\n" "(%2)" -#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 +#. AddOnCreator Build dialog caption +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3879 msgid "Creating the Add-On" msgstr "创建外接式附件" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3883 msgid "Write the content file" msgstr "写入内容文件" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3885 msgid "Create the structure of the add-on" msgstr "创建附加结构" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3887 msgid "Write the patterns" msgstr "编写模式" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3889 msgid "Copy the packages" msgstr "复制包" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3891 msgid "Generate the release package" msgstr "生成版本包" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3893 msgid "Create MD5 sums" msgstr "创建 MD5 和" -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3895 msgid "Sign resulting product" msgstr "为最终产品签名" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3899 msgid "Writing the content file..." msgstr "正在写入内容文件..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3901 msgid "Creating the structure of the add-on..." msgstr "正在创建附加结构..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3903 msgid "Writing the patterns..." msgstr "正在写入模式..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3905 msgid "Copying the packages..." msgstr "正在复制包..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3907 msgid "Generating the release package..." msgstr "正在生成版本包..." -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3909 msgid "Creating MD5 sums..." msgstr "正在创建 MD5 和..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3911 msgid "Signing resulting product..." msgstr "正在为最终产品签名..." -#. Progress stage -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 +#. Progress stage +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3916 msgid "Create ISO image" msgstr "创建 ISO 映像" -#. Progress step -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 +#. Progress step +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3918 msgid "Creating ISO image..." msgstr "正在创建 ISO 映像..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3921 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Error message (do not translate 'content' -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 +#. Error message (do not translate 'content' +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3957 msgid "Cannot write content file." msgstr "无法写入内容文件。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AddOnCreator.rb:3978 msgid "Cannot create the output directory structure." msgstr "无法创建输出目录结构。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/add-on.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline help +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:41 msgid "" "\n" "Add-on Module Help\n" @@ -49,106 +49,102 @@ "cd://\n" "dvd://\n" -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"缺少目标文件名（“xmlfile”选项）。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 命令行选项。" +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "缺少目标文件名（“xmlfile”选项）。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 命令行选项。" -#. dialog caption -#. this is a heading -#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#. dialog caption +#. this is a heading +#. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "外接式附件" -#. busy message (dialog) -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 +#. busy message (dialog) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1874 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. help -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 +#. help +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1875 msgid "Initializing add-on products..." msgstr "正在初始化外接式附件..." -#. Create a summary -#. return string -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 +#. Create a summary +#. return string +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "<li>媒体：%1，路径：%2，产品：%3</li>\n" -#. set addon specific sig-handling -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 +#. set addon specific sig-handling +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186 msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"." msgstr "让外接式附件“%1”可通过“%2”使用。" -#. just report error -#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 +#. just report error +#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193 msgid "Failed to add add-on product." msgstr "未能添加外接式附件。" -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media -#. placeholder for unknown directory -#. place holder for unknown URL -#. placeholder for unknown path -#. placeholder for unknown URL -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media +#. placeholder for unknown directory +#. place holder for unknown URL +#. placeholder for unknown path +#. placeholder for unknown URL +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:369 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:935 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. summary string -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 +#. summary string +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:47 msgid "No add-on product selected for installation" msgstr "未选择外接式附件进行安装" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:78 msgid "Add-&on Products" msgstr "外接式附件(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:114 msgid "Installation of the Language Extension has been finished." msgstr "语言扩展已安装完成。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. main screen heading -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. main screen heading +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:907 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "外接式附件安装" -#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS:: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:219 msgid "&Select Language Extensions to Be Installed" msgstr "选择要安装的语言扩展(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "" -"Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 +msgid "Select the language extensions to be installed then click OK." msgstr "选择要安装的语言扩展并单击确定。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "确实要中止外接式附件安装吗？" -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:260 msgid "" "There are no selected languages to be installed.\n" "Are you sure you want to abort the installation?" @@ -156,32 +152,32 @@ "没有选定要安装的语言。\n" "确实要中止安装吗？" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' -#. it used only as a fallback -#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiselection box item, %1 stands for 'ar', 'mk', 'zh_TW' +#. it used only as a fallback +#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:329 msgid "Language %1" msgstr "语言 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:34 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "此模块没有可用的用户界面。" -#. VENDOR: main screen heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 +#. VENDOR: main screen heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:64 msgid "Vendor Driver CD" msgstr "供应商驱动程序 CD" -#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 +#. VENDOR: cant mount /dev/cdrom popup +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:84 msgid "Please insert the vendor CD-ROM" msgstr "请插入供应商 CD-ROM" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#. VENDOR: vendor cd contains wrong data +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:130 src/clients/vendor.rb:145 +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:202 msgid "" "Could not find driver data on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -189,8 +185,8 @@ "在 CD-ROM 上找不到驱动程序数据。\n" "将立即中止。" -#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 +#. VENDOR: vendor cd doesn't contain data for current system and linux version +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:177 msgid "" "The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n" "Aborting now.\n" @@ -198,13 +194,13 @@ "CD-ROM 上的数据与运行中的 Linux 系统不符。\n" "将立即中止。\n" -#. VENDOR: dialog heading -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 +#. VENDOR: dialog heading +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:262 msgid "Installing driver..." msgstr "正在安装驱动程序..." -#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 +#. VENDOR: popup if installation of driver failed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:273 msgid "" "The installation failed.\n" "Contact the address on the CD-ROM.\n" @@ -212,13 +208,13 @@ "安装失败。\n" "请与 CD-ROM 上的地址联系。\n" -#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 +#. VENDOR: message box with number of drivers installed +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:287 msgid "Installed %1 drivers from CD" msgstr "已从 CD 上安装 %1 驱动程序" -#. VENDOR: message box with error text -#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 +#. VENDOR: message box with error text +#: src/clients/vendor.rb:292 msgid "" "No driver data found on the CD-ROM.\n" "Aborting now." @@ -226,51 +222,51 @@ "在 CD-ROM 上找不到驱动程序数据。\n" "将立即中止。" -#. table cell -#. table cell -#. List of all selected repositories -#. -#. -#. **Structure:** -#. -#. add_on_products = [ -#. $[ -#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source -#. "product_dir" : "/", -#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", -#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", -#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", -#. ], -#. ... -#. ] -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 +#. table cell +#. table cell +#. List of all selected repositories +#. +#. +#. **Structure:** +#. +#. add_on_products = [ +#. $[ +#. "media" : 4, // ID of the source +#. "product_dir" : "/", +#. "product" : "openSUSE version XX.Y", +#. "autoyast_product" : "'PRODUCT' tag for AutoYaST Export", +#. "media_url" : "Zypp URL of the product", +#. ], +#. ... +#. ] +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:161 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:580 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1588 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1600 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "在储存库中未找到产品。" -#. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 +#. error report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:314 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "在媒体中找不到软件储存库。" -#. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 +#. busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:333 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "正在初始化新源..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL：%1，目录：%2" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:387 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "软件储存库选择" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "" "<big>Software Repository Selection</big> \n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -280,45 +276,45 @@ "在所选媒体中找到多个储存库。\n" "请选择要使用的储存库。\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:399 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "找到的储存库(&F)" -#. if (Stage::initial()) -#. { -#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) -#. break; -#. } -#. else -#. { -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 +#. if (Stage::initial()) +#. { +#. if (Popup::ConfirmAbort (`painless)) +#. break; +#. } +#. else +#. { +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:411 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:738 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "确实要中止外接式附件的安装吗？" -#. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 +#. popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:422 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "选择一个储存库。" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:627 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "无法满足外接式附件的依赖性。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:708 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "产品选择" -#. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 +#. multi selection list +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:714 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "可用产品" -#. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 +#. help text +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:720 msgid "" "<big>Product Selection</big> \n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -328,13 +324,13 @@ "在储存库中找到多个产品。请选择要\n" "安装的产品。\n" -#. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 +#. message popup +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "无法满足选定外接式附件的依赖性。" -#. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 +#. Help for add-on products +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910 msgid "" "<big>Add-On Product Installation</big> \n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -346,107 +342,103 @@ "要添加新产品，请单击添加。要去除已添加的产品，\n" "请选择它并单击删除。" -#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 +#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1，目录：%2" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:965 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" -#. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 +#. table header +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Media" msgstr "媒体" -#. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 +#. message report +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1120 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "选择要删除的产品。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1128 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "正在去除选中的外接式附件..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1255 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "已安装的外接式附件" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "外接式附件" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1264 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1278 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "运行软件管理器(&S)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "All add-on products installed on your system are displayed." msgstr "这里显示了您系统中安装的全部外接式附件。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 -msgid "" -"Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove " -"an add-on which is in use." -msgstr "" -"用添加来添加一个新的外接式附件，或删除来去除一个使用中的外接" -"式附件。" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 +msgid "Click Add to add a new add-on product, or Delete to remove an add-on which is in use." +msgstr "用添加来添加一个新的外接式附件，或删除来去除一个使用中的外接式附件。" -#. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 +#. no items +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337 msgid "Vendor: %1 " msgstr "供应商：%1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1338 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "未知供应商" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "Version: %1 " msgstr "版本：%1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "未知版本" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "Repository URL: %1 " msgstr "储存库 URL：%1 " -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1351 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "未知储存库 URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1358 msgid "Repository Alias: %1 " msgstr "储存库别名：%1 " -#. Removes the currently selected Add-On -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 +#. Removes the currently selected Add-On +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1638 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1691 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "未知产品" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1641 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "未知 URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1697 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -458,18 +450,18 @@ "\n" "确实要删除该外接式附件吗？" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1714 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "正在去除产品依赖性..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up headline +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:72 msgid "Warning: Not enough memory!" msgstr "警告：内存不足！" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question -#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question +#: src/include/add-on/misc.rb:74 msgid "" "Your system does not seem to have enough memory to use add-on products\n" "during installation. You can enable add-on products later when the\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/audit-laf.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,166 +14,166 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 +#. Command line help text for the audit-laf module +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:55 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:180 +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:228 msgid "Configuration of Linux Audit Framework (LAF)" msgstr "Linux Audit Framework (LAF) 配置" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:68 msgid "Show information about audit settings" msgstr "显示审计设置的信息" -#. translators: command line help text for set action -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 +#. translators: command line help text for set action +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:81 msgid "Set the specified option" msgstr "设置指定选项" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show logfile' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:89 msgid "Show log file settings" msgstr "显示日志文件设置" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show diskspace' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:95 msgid "Show disk space settings" msgstr "显示磁盘空间设置" -#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 +#. translators: command line help text for 'show dispatcher' +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:101 msgid "Show dispatcher settings" msgstr "显示发送程序设置" -#. translators: command line help text for log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:107 msgid "Name of the log file (full path name)" msgstr "日志文件名称（完整路径名）" -#. translators: command line help text for log_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for log_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:114 msgid "Log format" msgstr "日志格式" -#. translators: command line help text for flush option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 +#. translators: command line help text for flush option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:122 msgid "How to write data to disk" msgstr "如何写入数据到磁盘" -#. translators: command line help text for frequency option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 +#. translators: command line help text for frequency option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:130 msgid "How many records to write before a flush to disk is issued" msgstr "在发出刷新命令前写入的记录条数" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:137 msgid "Maximal size (in MByte) of the log file" msgstr "日志文件最大大小（以 MB 计）" -#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for max_log_file_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:144 msgid "Action if max_log_file is reached" msgstr "达到 max_log_file 时执行的操作" -#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for num_logs option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:152 msgid "Number of log files to keep" msgstr "要保留的日志文件数目" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:159 msgid "Computer name format" msgstr "计算机名称格式" -#. translators: command line help text for name_format option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for name_format option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:167 msgid "Computer name (used if format is set to USER)" msgstr "计算机名称（当格式设置为“用户”时使用）" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:174 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system starts to run low" msgstr "当系统空间开始过低时，日志分区上剩余的空间（以 MB 计）" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:181 msgid "Action if space_left is reached" msgstr "达到 space_left 时执行的操作" -#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 +#. translators: command line help text for space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:196 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if space_left is reached" msgstr "达到 space_left 时执行的脚本（完整路径名）" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:203 msgid "Space left on log partition (in MByte) when system is running low" msgstr "当系统空间过低时，日志分区剩余空间（以 MB 计）" -#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 +#. command line help text for admin_space_left_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:210 msgid "Action if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "达到 admin_space_left 时执行的操作" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:225 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if admin_space_left is reached" msgstr "达到 admin_space_left 时执行的脚本（完整路径名）" -#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 +#. command line help text for action_mail_acct option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:232 msgid "Mail sent to this account (if space_left_action set to EMAIL)" msgstr "邮件发送到此帐户（如果 space_left_action 设置为“电子邮件”）" -#. command line help text for disk_full_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 +#. command line help text for disk_full_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:239 msgid "Action to perform if disk is full" msgstr "磁盘已满时执行的操作" -#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for admin_space_left_script option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:247 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) if disk is full" msgstr "磁盘已满时执行的脚本（完整路径名）" -#. command line help text for disk_error_action option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 +#. command line help text for disk_error_action option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:254 msgid "Action to perform on disk error" msgstr "磁盘出错时执行的操作" -#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 +#. translators: command line help text for script on disk error option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:262 msgid "Script to execute (full path name) on disk error" msgstr "磁盘出错时执行的脚本（完整路径名）" -#. command line help text for communication control option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 +#. command line help text for communication control option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:269 msgid "How to communicate between dispatcher and the audit daemon" msgstr "发送程序和审计守护程序间的通讯方式" -#. command line help text for dispatcher option -#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 +#. command line help text for dispatcher option +#: src/clients/audit-laf.rb:277 msgid "Dispatcher program (full path name)" msgstr "发送程序（完整路径名）" -#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:82 msgid "AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf" -#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals -#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for AuditLaf in proposals +#: src/clients/audit-laf_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&AuditLaf" msgstr "AuditLaf(&A)" -#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 +#. Handle actions of log file dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:126 msgid "Select the log file" msgstr "选择日志文件" -#. Store all values in SETTINGS -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 +#. Store all values in SETTINGS +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:178 msgid "" "The 'User Defined Name' is NOT set although\n" "the 'Computer Name Format' is set to 'USER'.\n" @@ -183,37 +183,37 @@ "“计算机名称格式”设置为“USER”，但“用户定义的名称”还未设置。\n" "将格式设置为“NONE”（默认值）。" -#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 +#. Handle actions of dispatcher dialog (button 'Select file') +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:223 msgid "Select the dispatcher program" msgstr "选择发送程序" -#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 +#. Second part of an error message: the value won't be changed because of previous error +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:338 msgid "Value of '%1' remains unchanged." msgstr "“%1”的值保持不变。" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:342 msgid "%1 doesn't exist.\n" msgstr "%1 不存在。\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:348 msgid "%1 is not a regular file.\n" msgstr "" "%1 不是普通文件。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:355 msgid "%1 not owned by root.\n" msgstr "%1 不归 root 所有。\n" -#. check permissions -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 +#. check permissions +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:371 msgid "File permissions of %1 NOT set to -rwxr-x---.\n" msgstr "%1 的文件许可权限未设置为 -rwxr-x---。\n" -#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 +#. Warning - the audit configuration is locked, reset impossible +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:461 msgid "" "The rules are already locked, a reset is impossible.\n" "\n" @@ -225,18 +225,18 @@ "如果要解除锁定，请相应地设置已启用标志并\n" "完成配置。随后需要重引导。" -#. Report success -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 +#. Report success +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:488 msgid "Rules successfully restored" msgstr "已成功恢复规则" -#. Report error - error during reset -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 +#. Report error - error during reset +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:492 msgid "Cannot reset rules. Check /etc/audit/audit.rules." msgstr "无法重置规则。请检查 /etc/audit/audit.rules。" -#. Handle actions of rules dialog -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 +#. Handle actions of rules dialog +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:560 msgid "" "The rules are already locked.\n" "\n" @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ "无法测试，因为发送新\n" "规则会触发错误。\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:573 msgid "" "Lock is set in audit.rules (-e 2).\n" "\n" @@ -259,25 +259,25 @@ "继续是无意义的，因为规则将\n" "持续锁定到下一次重引导。\n" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:606 msgid "Success" msgstr "成功" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:609 msgid "Cannot create tmp file for rules." msgstr "不能为规则创建临时文件。" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:616 msgid "Select an example" msgstr "请选择示例" -#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. -#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 +#. Called if 'Abort' button is pressed in main dialog. +#. If the rules are changed by a syntax check the changes will be reseted. +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:666 msgid "Lock set" msgstr "锁定设置" -#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 +#: src/include/audit-laf/complex.rb:667 msgid "" "The audit configuration is locked (option -e 2).\n" "This means the rules are locked until next boot!\n" @@ -286,207 +286,205 @@ "To check or change the rules, go back to the rules editor.\n" msgstr "" "审计配置已锁定（选项 -e 2）。这意味着规则被锁定直到下次重引导！\n" -"如果您真的想要这么做，确保“-e 2”是规则文件的最后一条。如果不想，请启用或禁用" -"审计。\n" +"如果您真的想要这么做，确保“-e 2”是规则文件的最后一条。如果不想，请启用或禁用审计。\n" "要检查或更改规则，回到规则编辑器。\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "常规设置" -#. InputField label -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 +#. InputField label +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:117 msgid "&Log File" msgstr "日志文件(&L)" -#. PushButton label -#. PushButton label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 +#. PushButton label +#. PushButton label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:79 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "选择文件(&L)" -#. ComboBox label - select format of logging -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 +#. ComboBox label - select format of logging +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:90 msgid "&Format" msgstr "格式(&F)" -#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 +#. ComboBox label - select how to flush data on disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Fl&ush" msgstr "清理(&U)" -#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 +#. InputField label - enter how many records to write before flush data to disk +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Fre&quency (Number of Records)" msgstr "频率（记录数）(&Q)" -#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 +#. Frame label - data regarding size of log file and action to perform +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Size and Action" msgstr "大小和操作" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Ma&x File Size (MB)" msgstr "最大文件大小 (MB)(&X)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "M&aximum File Size Action" msgstr "最大文件大小操作(&A)" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Number of Log Files" msgstr "日志文件数(&N)" -#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 +#. Frame label - data regarding how to write computer names to the log file +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Computer Names" msgstr "计算机名" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "&Computer Name Format" msgstr "计算机名格式(&C)" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "User Defined Name" msgstr "用户定义的名称" -#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 +#. Frame label - settings of the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:208 msgid "Dispatcher Settings" msgstr "发送程序设置" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Dispatcher Program" msgstr "发送程序" -#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 +#. ComboBox label - communication between the audit daemon and the dispatcher program +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "C&ommunication" msgstr "通讯(&O)" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Starting to Run Low" msgstr "空间大小开始不足时的值和操作" -#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 +#. InputField label - space on disk is starting to run low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Space Left on Disk (MB)" msgstr "磁盘上剩余的空间 (MB)(&S)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "&Action" msgstr "操作(&A)" -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#. InputField label - enter the path to a script (which will be executed) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:274 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:332 src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Path to Script" msgstr "脚本路径" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Value and Action for Space Is Running Low" msgstr "空间大小不足时的值和操作" -#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 +#. InputField label - space on disk is running low if the entered value is reached +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "&Admin Space Left (MB) " msgstr "管理员剩余空间 (MB)(&A)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if space on disk is running low +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Ac&tion" msgstr "操作(&T)" -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:311 msgid "Action Mail Account" msgstr "操作邮件帐户" -#. Frame label - keep it short! -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 +#. Frame label - keep it short! +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "Action on Error or Disk Full" msgstr "出错或磁盘已满时的操作" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed if disk is full +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Disk &Full Action" msgstr "磁盘已满操作(&F)" -#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 +#. ComboBox label - select an action which is performed on error +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Disk &Error Action" msgstr "磁盘错误操作(&E)" -#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 +#. label of a combo box with the possibilitiy to enable/disable auditing or lock the rules +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "&Set Enabled Flag" msgstr "设置已启用标志(&S)" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:233 msgid "Auditing enabled" msgstr "审计已启用" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:379 src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:235 msgid "Auditing disabled" msgstr "审计已禁用" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Rules are locked (until next boot)" msgstr "规则已锁定（直至下次引导前）" -#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 +#. Label - describes what can be done in the editor +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Edit the rules for the audit subsystem here:" msgstr "在此处编辑审计子系统的规则：" -#. label of a push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 +#. label of a push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:401 msgid "&Check Syntax" msgstr "检查语法(&C)" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "&Restore 'audit.rules'" msgstr "恢复“audit.rules”(&R)" -#. label of push button (please keep it short) -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 +#. label of push button (please keep it short) +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:407 msgid "R&estore and Reset" msgstr "恢复并重设置(&E)" -#. label of a push button -#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 +#. label of a push button +#: src/include/audit-laf/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "&Load " msgstr "装载(&L)" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Initializing Configuration of Linux Audit Framework</big> \n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>正在初始化 Linux 审计框架配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -494,8 +492,8 @@ "<big>终止初始化：</big> \n" "现在按中止以安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Saving auditd Configuration and Rules</big> \n" "\n" @@ -503,8 +501,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 auditd 配置和规则</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -516,36 +514,28 @@ "会出现附加的对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Log File Configuration</big> \n" -"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is " -"responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/" -"log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" -"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications " -"which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file " -"watches)." +"The audit daemon is the component of the Linux Auditing System which is responsible for writing all relevant audit events to the log file /var/log/audit/audit.log (default).\n" +"Events may come from the apparmor kernel module, from applications which use libaudit (e.g. PAM) or incidents caused by rules (e.g. file watches)." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd 日志文件配置</big> \n" -"审计守护程序是 Linux Auditing System 的组件，负责将所有相关审计事件写入日志文" -"件 /var/log/audit/audit.log（默认）中。\n" -"事件可能来自 apparmor 内核模块或者来自使用 libaudit的应用程序" -"（例如 PAM）或由规则产生的事件（例如文件检查）。" +"审计守护程序是 Linux Auditing System 的组件，负责将所有相关审计事件写入日志文件 /var/log/audit/audit.log（默认）中。\n" +"事件可能来自 apparmor 内核模块或者来自使用 libaudit的应用程序（例如 PAM）或由规则产生的事件（例如文件检查）。" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:60 msgid "" -"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules " -"and the possibility to add rules.\n" -"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page ('man auditd.conf')." +"The Rules for auditctl dialog offers more information about rules and the possibility to add rules.\n" +"Detailed information about the log file settings can be obtained from the manual page ('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "auditctl 规则对话框可提供有关规则和添加规则的可能性的更多信息。\n" "有关日志文件设置的详细信息可从手册页（“man auditd.conf”）获取。" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "Log File: Enter the full path name to the log file\n" "(or use Select File.)" @@ -553,56 +543,45 @@ "日志文件：输入日志文件的完整路径名\n" "（或使用选择文件。）" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:68 msgid "" -"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly " -"as the kernel\n" -"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of " -"writing it on disk (does not affect\n" +"Format: set RAW to log all data (store in a format exactly as the kernel\n" +"sends it) or NOLOG to discard all audit information instead of writing it on disk (does not affect\n" "data sent to the dispatcher). " msgstr "" "格式：设置 RAW 以记录所有数据（以内核\n" -"发送它的准确格式储存）或设置 NOLOG 以丢弃所有审计信息，而不将其写入磁" -"盘\n" +"发送它的准确格式储存）或设置 NOLOG 以丢弃所有审计信息，而不将其写入磁盘\n" "（不影响发送到发送程序的数据）。 " -#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:74 msgid "" -"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to " -"INCREMENTAL the\n" -"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an " -"explicit flush to disk.\n" -"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: " -"keep data portion synced,\n" +"Flush: describes how to write the data to disk. If set to INCREMENTAL the\n" +"Frequency parameter tells how many records to write before issuing an explicit flush to disk.\n" +"NONE means: no special effort is made to flush data, DATA: keep data portion synced,\n" "SYNC: keep data and meta-data fully synced." msgstr "" -"刷新：描述了如何把数据写到磁盘。如果设置为增量，频率 " -"参数将定义\n" +"刷新：描述了如何把数据写到磁盘。如果设置为增量，频率 参数将定义\n" "在明确刷新磁盘前写入多少记录。\n" "无意味着不刷新数据，数据: 保持数据部分同步, \n" "同步：保持数据和元数据完全同步。" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:81 msgid "" -"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take " -"when this\n" +"Configure the maximum log file size (in megabytes) and the action to take when this\n" "value is reached via Size and Action.\n" msgstr "" "通过大小和操作配置最大日志文件\n" "大小（以 MB 计）和达到此大小时的操作。\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files " -"specifies the number\n" -"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a " -"warning\n" -"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records " -"to\n" +"If the action is set to ROTATE the Number of Log Files specifies the number\n" +"of files to keep. Set to SYSLOG, the audit daemon will write a warning\n" +"to /var/log/messages. With SUSPEND the daemon stops writing records to\n" "disk. IGNORE means do nothing, KEEP_LOGS is similar\n" "to ROTATE, but log files are not overwritten.\n" msgstr "" @@ -612,16 +591,13 @@ "忽略意味着什么都不做。保留日志\n" "和“轮转”类似，但日志文件不会被覆盖。\n" -#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 +#. logfile_settings dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:93 msgid "" -"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to " -"the\n" +"Computer Name Format describes how to write the computer name to the\n" "log file. If USER is set, the User Defined Name is\n" -"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses " -"the\n" -"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully " -"qualified\n" +"used. NONE means no computer name is inserted. HOSTNAME uses the\n" +"name returned by the 'gethostname' syscall. FQD uses the fully qualified\n" "domain name.\n" msgstr "" "计算机名称格式描述了如何将计算机名写入到日志文件。\n" @@ -630,66 +606,57 @@ "主机名使用“gethostname”系统调用所返回的名称。\n" "FQD 使用完全限定域名。\n" -#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 +#. dispatcher dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Dispatcher Configuration</big> \n" -"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the " -"manual page\n" +"Detailed information about the dispatcher settings can be obtained from the manual page\n" "('man auditd.conf')." msgstr "" "<big>Auditd 发送程序配置</big> \n" "有关发送程序设置的详细信息可从手册页\n" "（“man auditd.conf”）中获取。" -#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 +#. dispatcher dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:107 msgid "" -"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon " -"and\n" +"Dispatcher: The dispatcher program is started by the audit daemon and\n" "gets all audit events on stdin." msgstr "" "发送程序：发送程序由审计守护程序启动并且\n" "获取 stdin 上的所有审计事件。" -#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 +#. dispatcher dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:111 msgid "" -"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and " -"the dispatcher\n" -"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the " -"dispatcher are discarded\n" -"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want " -"a blocking/lossless\n" +"Communication: Controls the communication between the daemon and the dispatcher\n" +"program. A lossy communication means that events going to the dispatcher are discarded\n" +"when the queue (a 128kB buffer) is full. Choose lossless if you want a blocking/lossless\n" "communication." msgstr "" "通讯：控制守护程序和发送程序之间的\n" -"通讯。lossy 通讯表示当队列（一个 128kb 的缓冲区）已满时发送给发送程序" -"的事件\n" +"通讯。lossy 通讯表示当队列（一个 128kb 的缓冲区）已满时发送给发送程序的事件\n" "将被丢弃。如果需要阻塞/无损通讯，\n" "请选择 lossless。" -#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 +#. dispatcher dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "The dispatcher 'audispd' is an audit event multiplexor.\n" -"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd." -"conf')." +"For more information see the manual pages ('man audispd' and 'man audispd.conf')." msgstr "" "发送程序“audispd”是审计事件多路传送器。\n" "有关更多信息，请参见手册页（“man audispd”和“man audispd.conf”）。" -#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 +#. dispatcher dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "Note: The dispatcher program must be owned by 'root', have '0750'\n" " file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" -msgstr "" -"注意：发送程序必须为“root”所有，有“0750”文件权限和完整路径名。</" -"p>\n" +msgstr "注意：发送程序必须为“root”所有，有“0750”文件权限和完整路径名。\n" -#. disk space dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 +#. disk space dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Auditd Disk Space Configuration</big> \n" "The settings made here refer to disk space on log partition.\n" @@ -699,36 +666,30 @@ "这里的设置是日志所在分区的磁盘空间。\n" "详细信息可以从“man auditd.conf”手册页面获得。\n" -#. disk space dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 +#. disk space dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform " -"an Action because\n" +"Space Left (in megabytes) tells the audit daemon when to perform an Action because\n" "the system is starting to run low on space." msgstr "" "剩余空间（以兆字节为单位）指示审计守护程序在系统运行空间不足时\n" "执行操作的时间。" -#. disk space dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 +#. disk space dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The " -"system is running\n" -"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action</" -"b> will be performed." +"The value for Admin Space Left should be lower than above. The system is running\n" +"low on disk space if the value is reached and the specified Action will be performed." msgstr "" -"剩余 Admin 空间的值应低于以上值。如果达到此值，则系统运行磁盘空" -"间不足，\n" +"剩余 Admin 空间的值应低于以上值。如果达到此值，则系统运行磁盘空间不足，\n" "并且将执行指定的操作。" -#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 +#. disk space dialog hep 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "If an action is set to EMAIL, a warning mail will be sent to the\n" -"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means " -"the\n" -"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE " -"means\n" +"account specified in Action Mail Account. SYSLOG means the\n" +"disk space warning will be written to /var/log/messages. IGNORE means\n" "do nothing. EXEC runs the script specified in Path to\n" "Script. SUSPEND stops writing records to disk. SINGLE\n" "switches the system to single user mode. HALT shuts down the\n" @@ -742,81 +703,64 @@ "单用户将系统切换到单用户模式。\n" "关机关闭系统。\n" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:150 msgid "" -"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full " -"already) and\n" -"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while " -"writing to disk).\n" +"You can also specify a Disk Full Action (disk has become full already) and\n" +"a Disk Error Action (performed whenever an error is detected while writing to disk).\n" "Available actions are the same as above (except for EMAIL)." msgstr "" "您还可指定磁盘已满时的操作（磁盘已满）以及\n" "磁盘出错时的操作（如果写入磁盘时检测到错误则立即执行的操作）。\n" "可用操作同上（EMAIL 除外）。" -#. disk space dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 +#. disk space dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "Note: All scripts specified for EXEC must be owned\n" -"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be " -"entered.\n" -msgstr "" -"注意：所有执行代码必须为“root”所有，有“0750”文件选项，和完整" -"路径名。\n" +"by 'root', have '0750' file permissions, and the full path name has to be entered.\n" +msgstr "注意：所有执行代码必须为“root”所有，有“0750”文件选项，和完整路径名。\n" -#. rules dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 +#. rules dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<big>Rules for auditctl</big> \n" "This dialog offers the possibility to enable or to disable the syscall\n" "auditing as well as to lock the audit configuration.\n" -"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules.</" -"p>" +"The selected flag from Set Enabled Flag will be added to the rules." msgstr "" "<big>auditctl 规则</big> \n" "本对话框提供了启用或禁用 syscall 审计和锁定审计配置的可能性。\n" "从设置启用标志中的选定标志会添加进规则。" -#. rules dialog help 2/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next " -"reboot." +#. rules dialog help 2/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:167 +msgid "Note: Locking the rules means they cannot be changed until next reboot." msgstr "注意： 锁定规则意味着它们在下次重引导前不能更改。" -#. rules dialog help 3/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 +#. rules dialog help 3/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Enabling auditing without additional rules will cause the\n" -" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/" -"audit.log (default). " -msgstr "" -"不带附加规则启用审计会造成使用 libaudit 的应用程序（例如 PAM）将日" -"志记录到 /var/log/audit/audit.log（默认）。 " +" applications which use libaudit, e.g. PAM to log to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). " +msgstr "不带附加规则启用审计会造成使用 libaudit 的应用程序（例如 PAM）将日志记录到 /var/log/audit/audit.log（默认）。 " -#. rules dialog help 4/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 +#. rules dialog help 4/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:175 msgid "" -"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for " -"advanced users. \n" +"You can also edit the rules manually, which we only recommended for advanced users. \n" "For more information about all options, see 'man auditctl'.\n" msgstr "" "您也可以手动编辑规则，只推荐高级用户这么做。 \n" "关于所有选项的详细信息，请参见“man auditctl”。\n" -#. rules dialog help 5/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit " -"subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings " -"from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" -msgstr "" -"检查语法通过 auditctl 发送规则给审计子系统并检查语法。" -" 恢复会从 /etc/audit/audit.rules 恢复设置。\n" +#. rules dialog help 5/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:179 +msgid "Check Syntax sends the rules via auditctl to the audit subsystem and checks the syntax. Restore restores the settings from /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" +msgstr "检查语法通过 auditctl 发送规则给审计子系统并检查语法。 恢复会从 /etc/audit/audit.rules 恢复设置。\n" -#. rules dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 +#. rules dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/audit-laf/helps.rb:183 msgid "" "Click Restore and Reset to restore the rules and reset\n" "the changes (from previous syntax checks) by calling auditctl. \n" @@ -828,45 +772,43 @@ "单击装载来打开一个文件选择对话框，从那里您可以装载\n" "一个规则示例文件。\n" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:123 msgid "&Dispatcher" msgstr "发送程序(&D)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:129 msgid "Disk &Space" msgstr "磁盘空间(&S)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. (auditctl is a program which sends the rules to the audit subsystem) +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:136 msgid "&Rules for 'auditctl'" msgstr "“auditctl”的规则(&R)" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/audit-laf/wizards.rb:230 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 +#. Do not check UI when running in CommandLine mode +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:231 msgid "The rules for auditctl are locked." msgstr "auditctl 规则已锁定。" -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 -msgid "" -"To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 " -"must be installed." +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:318 +msgid "To continue the configuration of Linux Auditing, the package %1 must be installed." msgstr "要继续 Linux 审计配置，必须安装 %1 包。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:321 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "是否立即安装？" -#. additionally save initial settings -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 +#. additionally save initial settings +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:357 msgid "" "Cannot start the audit daemon.\n" "Please check /var/log/messages for auditd errors.\n" @@ -877,63 +819,63 @@ "请检查 /var/log/messages 中有无 auditd 错误。\n" "您可以在 YaST 控制中心的“杂项”组中使用“系统日志”模块。" -#. AuditLaf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 +#. AuditLaf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:376 msgid "Initializing Audit Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 Audit 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:391 msgid "Check for installed packages" msgstr "检查已安装的包" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:393 msgid "Read the configuration of auditd" msgstr "读取 auditd 配置" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:395 msgid "Read the rules file" msgstr "读取规则文件" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:397 msgid "Check status of auditd" msgstr "检查 auditd 状态" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:401 msgid "Checking for packages..." msgstr "正在检查包..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:403 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "正在读取配置..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:405 msgid "Reading the rules file..." msgstr "正在读取规则文件..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:407 msgid "Checking status..." msgstr "正在检查状态..." -#. Report error -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 +#. Report error +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:434 msgid "Cannot read auditd.conf." msgstr "无法读取 auditd.conf。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:444 msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "无法读取 audit.rules。" -#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 msgid "" "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" "or only start the daemon for now?" @@ -941,12 +883,12 @@ "您要启动它并启用引导时启动选项，\n" "还是暂时只启动守护程序？" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:466 msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" msgstr "守护程序“auditd”未运行。\n" -#. message about loaded kernel module -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 +#. message about loaded kernel module +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:470 msgid "" "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" @@ -956,29 +898,29 @@ "内核会使用正在运行的审计守护程序将审计事件\n" "记录到 /var/log/audit/audit.log（默认）。\n" -#. Headline of a popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:477 msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" msgstr "审计守护程序启动" -#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "启动并启用(&E)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Start" msgstr "启动(&S)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:479 msgid "&Do not start" msgstr "不启动(&D)" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:488 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "无法启动审计守护程序。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -988,37 +930,37 @@ "规则可能被锁定。\n" "请继续检查规则。您可以更改“已启用标志”，但稍后需要重引导才能激活更改。\n" -#. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 +#. Auditd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:545 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Audit 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:561 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:563 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "写入规则" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:567 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:569 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "正在写入规则..." -#. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 +#. check first whether rules are already locked +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:585 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "规则已经锁定。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -1028,27 +970,27 @@ "如果是，新规则将会写入到 /etc/audit/audit.rules。\n" "之后重引导系统以让更改生效。\n" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:611 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "重启动 audit 守护程序失败。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:618 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "无法将设置写入 auditd.conf。" -#. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 +#. Error message, rules cannot be set +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:649 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "请再次启动 yast2-audit-laf 并检查规则。" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:655 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "无法将设置写入 auditd.rules。" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:704 msgid "Log file" msgstr "日志文件" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,194 +14,179 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 +#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Realm name" msgstr "领域名称" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "将域名映射到领域 (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "将通配符域名映射到领域 (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)" msgstr "管理服务器的主机名（可选）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)" msgstr "主密钥分发服务器的主机名（可选）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 +msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "密钥分发中心（如果启用了通过 DNS 自动发现功能，则此为可选项）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "主体名称到用户名的自定义映射" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Principal Name" msgstr "主体名称" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69 msgid "User Name" msgstr "用户名" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74 msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names" msgstr "用于将主体名称映射到用户名的自定义规则" -#. Add a KDC -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 +#. Add a KDC +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:" msgstr "请键入密钥分发中心的主机名：" -#. Add an auth_to_local -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 +#. Add an auth_to_local +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:" msgstr "请键入 auth_to_local 规则：" -#. Add an auth_to_local_names -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 -msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " -"\"princ_name = user_name\":" +#. Add an auth_to_local_names +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 +msgid "Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name = user_name\":" msgstr "请以“princ_name = user_name”格式键入主体名称和用户名：" -#. Save realm settings -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 +#. Save realm settings +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135 msgid "Please enter realm name." msgstr "请输入领域名称。" -#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 +#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48 msgid "Default Location of Keytab File" msgstr "Keytab 文件的默认位置" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)" msgstr "TGS 的加密类型（以空格分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)" msgstr "票据的加密类型（以空格分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)" msgstr "会话的加密类型（以空格分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)" msgstr "其他要包含在票据中的地址（以逗号分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Reset" msgstr "重设置" -#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 +#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53 msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:" msgstr "如果连接中断：" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly" msgstr "不断重试该操作" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation" msgstr "不重试并视为操作失败" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds" msgstr "绑定操作的超时（以秒为单位）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds" msgstr "搜索操作的超时（以秒为单位）" -#. the last saved tab -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 +#. the last saved tab +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)" msgstr "使用目录作为身份提供者 (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Authentication via Kerberos" msgstr "通过 Kerberos 进行身份验证" -#. LDAP tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 +#. LDAP tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " -"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是使用 SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证的。\n" "从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 后，您才可使用旧式 LDAP 身份验证 (pam_ldap)。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取用户数据库的。\n" -"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 用户数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP 用户数据库 " -"(nss_ldap)。" +"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 用户数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP 用户数据库 (nss_ldap)。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取组数据库的。\n" "从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 组数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP 组数据库 (nss_ldap)。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取 sudoers 数据库的。\n" -"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD sudo 数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP sudoers 数据库 " -"(nss_ldap)。" +"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD sudo 数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP sudoers 数据库 (nss_ldap)。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 SSSD 身份提供者读取 automount 数据库的。\n" -"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD automount 数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP automount 数" -"据库 (nss_ldap)。" +"从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD automount 数据库后，您才可使用 LDAP automount 数据库 (nss_ldap)。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 msgid "Please enter server URI." msgstr "请输入服务器 URI。" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Please enter DN of search base." msgstr "请输入搜索基础的 DN。" -#. Test URI input -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 +#. Test URI input +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!" msgstr "已成功与 URI %s 上的 LDAP 服务器连接！" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n" "\n" @@ -211,12 +196,12 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 +#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one. +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154 msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s" msgstr "已成功与主机 %s 上的 LDAP 服务器连接" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156 msgid "" "Connection check has failed on host %s.\n" "\n" @@ -226,12 +211,10 @@ "\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " -"provider,\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " -"compatible with the cache.\n" +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" @@ -240,489 +223,464 @@ "\n" "是否仍要启用该超速缓存？" -#. Kerberos tab events -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 +#. Kerberos tab events +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是使用 SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证的。\n" "从“用户登录管理”中禁用 SSSD 后，您才可使用 Kerberos 身份验证 (pam_krb5)。" -#. Save Kerberos -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 +#. Save Kerberos +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432 msgid "(not specified)" msgstr "（未指定）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202 msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?" msgstr "确实要删除领域 %s 吗？" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334 msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)" msgstr "允许 LDAP 用户进行身份验证 (pam_ldap)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335 msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)" msgstr "超速缓存 LDAP 项以加快响应速度 (nscd)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory" msgstr "自动创建主目录" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338 msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:" msgstr "从 LDAP 数据源读取以下项目：" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Users" msgstr "用户" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Groups" msgstr "组" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82 msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)" msgstr "超级用户命令 (sudo)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)" msgstr "网络磁盘位置 (automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:" msgstr "采用以下任一格式输入 LDAP 服务器位置（以空格分隔）：" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345 msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)" msgstr "- 主机名或 IP 和端口号（IP:端口）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346 msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)" msgstr "- URI（ldap://服务器:端口、ldaps://服务器:端口）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348 msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)" msgstr "搜索基本的 DN（例如 dc=example,dc=com）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352 msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "绑定用户的 DN（对匿名绑定请保留空白）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354 msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)" msgstr "绑定用户的口令（对匿名绑定请保留空白）" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357 msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)" msgstr "根据 DN 识别组成员 (RFC2307bis)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359 msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests" msgstr "对连续请求将 LDAP 连接保持为打开状态" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362 msgid "Secure LDAP communication" msgstr "安全 LDAP 通讯" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363 msgid "Do Not Use Security" msgstr "不使用安全性" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364 msgid "Secure Communication via TLS" msgstr "通过 TLS 确保通讯安全" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS" msgstr "通过 StartTLS 确保通讯安全" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Test Connection" msgstr "测试连接" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186 msgid "Extended Options" msgstr "扩展选项" -#. If not specified, append the default port number -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 +#. If not specified, append the default port number +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)" msgstr "允许 Kerberos 用户进行身份验证 (pam_krb5)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407 msgid "Default Realm For User Login:" msgstr "用户登录的默认领域：" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "All Authentication Realms" msgstr "所有身份验证领域" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Add Realm" msgstr "添加领域" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Edit Realm" msgstr "编辑领域" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411 msgid "Delete Realm" msgstr "删除领域" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms" msgstr "使用 DNS TXT 记录发现领域" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers" msgstr "使用 DNS SVC 记录发现 KDC 服务器" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419 msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)" msgstr "允许不安全加密 (Windows NT)" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets" msgstr "允许其他网络上的 KDC 发出身份验证票据" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User" msgstr "允许支持 Kerberos 的服务显示为用户身份" -#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT" msgstr "对位于 NAT 之后的计算机发出无地址票据" -#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto -#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 +#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto +#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46 msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client" msgstr "LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48 msgid "User Logon Management" msgstr "用户登录管理" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63 msgid "Change Settings" msgstr "更改设置" -#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "User Logon Configuration" msgstr "用户登录配置" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "LDAP/Kerberos 配置" -#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain. +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Computer Name" msgstr "计算机名" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Full Computer Name" msgstr "计算机完整名称" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "(Name is not resolvable)" msgstr "（名称无法解析）" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Network Domain" msgstr "网络域" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95 msgid "Identity Domains" msgstr "身份域" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65 msgid "Extended options" msgstr "扩展选项" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Name filter:" msgstr "名称过滤器：" -#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 +#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74 msgid "None." msgstr "无。" -#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 +#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Mandatory Parameters" msgstr "必填参数" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Optional Parameters" msgstr "可选参数" -#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 +#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "请填写以下所有必填参数：\n" -#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "全局选项" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40 msgid "Name switch" msgstr "名称切换" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "身份验证" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Sudo" msgstr "Sudo" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Auto-Mount" msgstr "自动装载" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "SSH Public Keys" msgstr "SSH 公共密钥" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)" msgstr "特权帐户证书 (MS-PAC)" -#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 +#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67 msgid "Manage Domain User Logon" msgstr "管理域用户登录" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Daemon Status: " msgstr "守护程序状态： " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Running" msgstr "正在运行" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Stopped" msgstr "已停止" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Allow Domain User Logon" msgstr "允许域用户登录" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Create Home Directory" msgstr "创建主目录" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Enable domain data source:" msgstr "启用域数据源：" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)" msgstr "映射网络驱动器 (automount)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Join Domain" msgstr "加入域" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Leave Domain" msgstr "退出域" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Clear Domain Cache" msgstr "清除域超速缓存" -#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. -#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#. Render overview of all config sections in tree. +#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Service Options" msgstr "服务选项" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150 msgid "Domain Options" msgstr "域选项" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise." msgstr "选择要进行自定义的全局选项（服务或域）。" -#. Additional widgets for a domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 +#. Additional widgets for a domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157 msgid "Use this domain" msgstr "使用此域" -#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 +#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162 msgid "Enroll to Active Directory" msgstr "注册到 Active Directory" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. -#. %s is the name of the section being customised. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters. +#. %s is the name of the section being customised. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Options - %s" msgstr "选项 - %s" -#. Delete the chosen domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 +#. Delete the chosen domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Please select a domain among the list." msgstr "请选择列表中的一个域。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220 msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?" msgstr "确实要删除域 %s 的配置吗？" -#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 +#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " -"authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " -"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是使用旧式 LDAP 或 Kerberos 方法来对用户进行身份验证的。\n" -"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 和 Kerberos 身份验证后，您才可使用 " -"SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证。" +"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 和 Kerberos 身份验证后，您才可使用 SSSD 来对用户进行身份验证。" -#. Enable/disable NSS password database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 +#. Enable/disable NSS password database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取用户数据库的。\n" -"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 用户数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD 用户数据" -"库。" +"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 用户数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD 用户数据库。" -#. Enable/disable NSS group database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 +#. Enable/disable NSS group database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " -"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取组数据库的。\n" "从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP 组数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD 组数据库。" -#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 +#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取 sudoers 数据库的。\n" -"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP sudoers 数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD " -"sudoers 数据库。" +"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP sudoers 数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD sudoers 数据库。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" "已全局启用 sudo 数据源。\n" -"请注意，在提供 sudo 数据的各个域的“扩展选项”中，也需要自定义“sudo_provider”参" -"数。" +"请注意，在提供 sudo 数据的各个域的“扩展选项”中，也需要自定义“sudo_provider”参数。" -#. Enable/disable NSS automount database -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 +#. Enable/disable NSS automount database +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " -"provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " -"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" "此计算机当前是从 LDAP 身份提供者读取 automount 数据库的。\n" -"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP automount 数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD " -"automount 数据库。" +"从“LDAP 和 Kerberos 客户端”中禁用 LDAP automount 数据库后，您才可使用 SSSD automount 数据库。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " -"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" "已全局启用 automount 数据源。\n" -"请注意，在提供 automount 数据的各个域的“扩展选项”中，也需要自定" -"义“autofs_provider”参数。" +"请注意，在提供 automount 数据的各个域的“扩展选项”中，也需要自定义“autofs_provider”参数。" -#. Enable/disable PAC responder -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 +#. Enable/disable PAC responder +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " -"Directory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " -"which case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" "已全局启用 MS-PAC 数据源。\n" "此可选功能依赖于 Microsoft Active Directory 域的功能。\n" -"如果系统不支持 Active Directory 域，SSSD 可能会无法启动，在此情况下，请关闭此" -"功能。" +"如果系统不支持 Active Directory 域，SSSD 可能会无法启动，在此情况下，请关闭此功能。" -#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 +#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409 msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted." msgstr "这是一个必填参数，不可删除。" -#. Warn against removal of important parameters -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 +#. Warn against removal of important parameters +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Confirm parameter removal: " msgstr "确认去除参数： " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " -"failure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" @@ -730,15 +688,14 @@ "在继续之前，请查阅 SSSD 手册页。\n" "仍要去除该参数吗？" -#. Save settings - validate -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 +#. Save settings - validate +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "No domain" msgstr "无域" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " -"domain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" @@ -746,92 +703,85 @@ "SSSD 将无法启动，本地身份验证将是唯一可用的身份验证。\n" "仍要继续吗？" -#. Remove all SSSD cache files -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 +#. Remove all SSSD cache files +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455 msgid "All cached data have been erased." msgstr "已删除所有超速缓存的数据。" -#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified -#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 -msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " -"computer:" +#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified +#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 +msgid "Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this computer:" msgstr "输入 AD 用户身份凭证（如 Administrator）以注册或重新注册此计算机：" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Username" msgstr "用户名" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\"" msgstr "可选组织单位，例如“Headquarter/HR/BuildingA”" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD" msgstr "覆盖要与此 AD 搭配使用的 Samba 配置" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86 msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)" msgstr "（AutoYast 编辑器中不适用）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78 msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)" msgstr " （已通过 DNS 自动发现）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82 msgid "(DNS error)" msgstr "（DNS 错误）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " -"requirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " -"resolver." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolver." msgstr "" "此计算机上的名称解析服务不满足 AD 注册要求。\n" "请将网络环境配置为使用 AD 服务器作为名称解析程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89 msgid "Already enrolled" msgstr "已注册" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91 msgid "Not yet enrolled" msgstr "尚未注册" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114 msgid "Active Directory enrollment" msgstr "Active Directory 注册" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Current status" msgstr "当前状态" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116 msgid "Gathering status..." msgstr "正在收集状态..." -#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 +#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "请输入用户名和口令。" -#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " -"AD user password is saved in plain text." -msgstr "" -"已为 AutoYast 保存 AD 注册细节。请注意，AD 用户口令是以纯文本格式保存的。" +#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that AD user password is saved in plain text." +msgstr "已为 AutoYast 保存 AD 注册细节。请注意，AD 用户口令是以纯文本格式保存的。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150 msgid "" "Enrollment has completed successfully!\n" "\n" @@ -841,8 +791,8 @@ "\n" "命令输出：\n" -#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 +#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158 msgid "" "The enrollment process failed.\n" "\n" @@ -852,1339 +802,959 @@ "\n" "命令输出：\n" -#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 +#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)" msgstr "委派到第三方软件库 (proxy_lib_name)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Local SSSD file database" msgstr "本地 SSSD 文件数据库" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Microsoft Active Directory" msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48 msgid "FreeIPA" msgstr "FreeIPA" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)" msgstr "通用目录服务 (LDAP)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Generic Kerberos service" msgstr "通用 Kerberos 服务" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52 msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service" msgstr "该域不提供身份验证服务" -#. New domain and provider types -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 +#. New domain and provider types +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Domain name (such as example.com)" msgstr "域名（例如 example.com）：" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " -"memberships?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships?" msgstr "哪个服务提供身份数据（例如用户名和组成员资格）？" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 msgid "Which service handles user authentication?" msgstr "哪个服务处理用户身份验证？" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86 msgid "Enable the domain" msgstr "启用该域" -#. Create new domain -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 +#. Create new domain +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Please enter the domain name." msgstr "请输入域名。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 -msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " -"name." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 +msgid "The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different name." msgstr "该域名与某个保留关键字相冲突。请选择一个不同的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is already in-use." msgstr "该域名已被使用。" -#. Define Global Parameters -#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 +#. Define Global Parameters +#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110 msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)" msgstr "配置文件语法版本（1 或 2）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 -msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " -"Provider crash or restart before they give up" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 +msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "当数据提供程序崩溃或重启动时，服务在放弃之前应该尝试重新连接的次数" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components" msgstr "正则表达式将用户名和域名分析成多个元素" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 -msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" -"domain tuple into FQDN" -msgstr "" -"与 printf(3) 兼容的默认格式，用于描述将 name/domain 元组转换成 FQDN 的过程" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 +msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/domain tuple into FQDN" +msgstr "与 printf(3) 兼容的默认格式，用于描述将 name/domain 元组转换成 FQDN 的过程" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " -"internal DNS resolver" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 +msgid "Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update internal DNS resolver" msgstr "是否使用 inotify 机制监视 resolv.conf，以更新内部 DNS 解析程序" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 -msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " -"files" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 +msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files" msgstr "文件系统上的目录，SSSD 应在其中储存 Kerberos 重放超速缓存文件" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component" msgstr "所有不含域名元素的名称的默认域名" -#. Define Global Services Parameters -#. NSS configuration options -#. PAM configuration options -#. SUDO configuration options -#. AUTOFS configuration options -#. SSH configuration options -#. DOMAIN SECTIONS -#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 -msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " -"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" -msgstr "" -"日志记录的细节级别。可以是数字 (0-9) 或大掩码，例如 0x0010（最低级别）或 " -"0xFFF（最高级别）" +#. Define Global Services Parameters +#. NSS configuration options +#. PAM configuration options +#. SUDO configuration options +#. AUTOFS configuration options +#. SSH configuration options +#. DOMAIN SECTIONS +#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]” +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 +msgid "Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +msgstr "日志记录的细节级别。可以是数字 (0-9) 或大掩码，例如 0x0010（最低级别）或 0xFFF（最高级别）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages" msgstr "在调试讯息中添加时间戳" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156 msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages" msgstr "在调试讯息内的时间戳中添加微秒" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161 msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service" msgstr "此服务两次检测信号相隔的时间超时（以秒为单位）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " -"service process" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 +msgid "Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD service process" msgstr "SSSD 服务进程一次可以打开的最大文件描述符数" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " -"without any communication" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 +msgid "Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without any communication" msgstr "SSSD 进程的客户端不通讯时可以在文件描述符上保留的秒数" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 -msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " -"ping check failure" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 +msgid "The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive ping check failure" msgstr "当 ping 检查连续失败时间超出此指定秒数后，该服务将收到 SIGTERM" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 -msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " -"all users)?" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 +msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?" msgstr "nss_sss 应该超速缓存枚举（请求有关所有用户的信息）的秒数？" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 -msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " -"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " -"for the domain." -msgstr "" -"项超速缓存可以设置为，如果请求项目的时间长短超出了域的 entry_cache_timeout 值" -"的某个百分比，则自动在后台更新这些项目。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 +msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain." +msgstr "项超速缓存可以设置为，如果请求项目的时间长短超出了域的 entry_cache_timeout 值的某个百分比，则自动在后台更新这些项目。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " -"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " -"before asking the back end again." -msgstr "" -"指定在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该超速缓存负面超速缓存命中（即，对无效的数" -"据库项（例如，不存在的项）的查询）的秒数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again." +msgstr "指定在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该超速缓存负面超速缓存命中（即，对无效的数据库项（例如，不存在的项）的查询）的秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "将特定用户排除在 SSS 后端的提取范围之外" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215 msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend" msgstr "将特定组排除在 SSS 后端的提取范围之外" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "" -"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 +msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "如果您希望过滤的用户仍是组成员，请将此选项设置为 false。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 -msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " -"or a template." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 +msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template." msgstr "覆盖用户的主目录。您可以提供绝对值或模板。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 -msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " -"explicitly by the domain's data provider." -msgstr "" -"如果域的数据提供程序未显式指定用户主目录的默认模板，则设置一个默认模板。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 +msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider." +msgstr "如果域的数据提供程序未显式指定用户主目录的默认模板，则设置一个默认模板。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 msgid "Override the login shell for all users." msgstr "覆盖所有用户的登录外壳。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236 msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values." msgstr "将用户外壳限制为列出的值之一。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240 msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback" msgstr "将这些外壳的任一实例替换为 shell_fallback" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 +msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "计算机上未安装允许的外壳时要使用的默认外壳。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "" -"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 +msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "提供程序在查找期间未返回外壳时要使用的默认外壳。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " -"considered valid." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid." msgstr "指定将子域列表视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " -"valid." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 +msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid." msgstr "指定记录保留在内存内超速缓存中的有效时限，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 -msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " -"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." -msgstr "" -"当身份验证提供者脱机时，允许超速缓存登录的时间（自上次在联机状态下成功登录以" -"来的天数）。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 +msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)." +msgstr "当身份验证提供者脱机时，允许超速缓存登录的时间（自上次在联机状态下成功登录以来的天数）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 -msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " -"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." -msgstr "" -"在达到 offline_failed_login_attempts 后可以进行新的登录尝试之前必须经过的时" -"间，以分钟为单位。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 +msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +msgstr "在达到 offline_failed_login_attempts 后可以进行新的登录尝试之前必须经过的时间，以分钟为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "" -"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 +msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "控制在身份验证期间向用户显示的讯息类型。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 -msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " -"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " -"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." -msgstr "" -"对于 SSSD 联机时的任何 PAM 请求，SSSD 将尝试立即更新用户的超速缓存身份信息，" -"以确保使用最新的信息进行身份验证。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 +msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." +msgstr "对于 SSSD 联机时的任何 PAM 请求，SSSD 将尝试立即更新用户的超速缓存身份信息，以确保使用最新的信息进行身份验证。" -#. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#. The kerberos domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "在口令失效之前显示警告 N 天。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " -"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." -msgstr "" -"是否评估用于实施与时间相关的 sudoers 项的 sudoNotBefore 和 sudoNotAfter 属" -"性。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 +msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +msgstr "是否评估用于实施与时间相关的 sudoers 项的 sudoNotBefore 和 sudoNotAfter 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " -"hits before asking the back end again." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 +msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "指定在再次询问后端之前，autofs 响应程序应超速缓存负面命中的秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 -msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " -"file." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 +msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file." msgstr "是否在受管理 known_hosts 文件中对主机名和地址进行哈希处理。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 -msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " -"host keys were requested." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 +msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested." msgstr "请求某个主机的主机密钥后在受管理 known_hosts 文件中保留该主机的秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 -msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " -"outside these limits, it is ignored." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 +msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "域的 UID 和 GID 限制。如果域包含超出这些限制的项，将忽略该项。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)" msgstr "读取后端数据库中的所有实体（会增加服务器负载）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 -msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " -"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." -msgstr "" -"如果服务在“force_timeout”秒后未终止，监视程序将通过发送 SIGKILL 信号将它强行" -"关闭。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 +msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +msgstr "如果服务在“force_timeout”秒后未终止，监视程序将通过发送 SIGKILL 信号将它强行关闭。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将项目视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将用户项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将用户项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将组项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " -"asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将网络组项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将网络组项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 -msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." -msgstr "" -"在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将服务项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，nss_sss 应该将服务项视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 -msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " -"again." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 +msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，sudo 应该将规则视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 -msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " -"before asking the backend again." -msgstr "" -"在再次询问后端之前，autofs 服务应该将自动装载器映射视为有效的一段时间，以秒为" -"单位。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 +msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again." +msgstr "在再次询问后端之前，autofs 服务应该将自动装载器映射视为有效的一段时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 msgid "Cache credentials for offline use" msgstr "超速缓存身份凭证供脱机使用" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 -msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " -"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." -msgstr "" -"自上次成功登录后到在超速缓存清理期间被去除之前，各个项在超速缓存中保留的天" -"数。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 +msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache." +msgstr "自上次成功登录后到在超速缓存清理期间被去除之前，各个项在超速缓存中保留的天数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 msgid "The identification provider used for the domain." msgstr "用于域的标识提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 -msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " -"as the user's login name reported to NSS." -msgstr "" -"使用全名和域（格式由域的 full_name_format 设置）作为报告给 NSS 的用户登录名。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 +msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS." +msgstr "使用全名和域（格式由域的 full_name_format 设置）作为报告给 NSS 的用户登录名。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain" msgstr "用于域的身份验证提供程序" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442 msgid "The access control provider used for the domain." msgstr "用于域的访问控制提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "" -"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 +msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "应该负责处理域的更改口令操作的提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain." msgstr "用于域的 SUDO 提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459 msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings." msgstr "应该负责处理 selinux 设置的装载的提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465 msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains." msgstr "应该负责处理子域的提取的提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471 msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain." msgstr "用于域的 autofs 提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477 msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information." msgstr "用于检索主机身份信息的提供程序。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 -msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " -"containing user name and domain into these components." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 +msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "此域的正则表达式，用于描述如何将包含用户名和域的字符串分析成这些元素。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 -msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " -"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." -msgstr "" -"与 printf(3) 兼容的格式，用于描述如何将此域的 (name, domain) 元组转换成完全限" -"定的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 +msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +msgstr "与 printf(3) 兼容的格式，用于描述如何将此域的 (name, domain) 元组转换成完全限定的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 -msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " -"performing DNS lookups." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 +msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups." msgstr "提供用于选择执行 DNS 查找时要使用的首选地址族的功能。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 -msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " -"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." -msgstr "" -"定义在等待 DNS 解析程序提供答复多长时间（以秒为单位）以后，认为 DNS 解析程序" -"不可访问。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 +msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." +msgstr "定义在等待 DNS 解析程序提供答复多长时间（以秒为单位）以后，认为 DNS 解析程序不可访问。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 -msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " -"the service discovery DNS query." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 +msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "如果在后端使用了服务发现，此项用于指定服务发现 DNS 查询的域部分。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified." msgstr "用指定的值覆盖主 GID 值。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:516 msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive." msgstr "将用户名和组名视为区分大小写。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 -msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " -"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " -"name was an alias." -msgstr "" -"在代理提供程序中按名称查找用户或组时，如果请求的名称是别名，则按 ID 执行另一" -"次查找，以“规范化”名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 +msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias." +msgstr "在代理提供程序中按名称查找用户或组时，如果请求的名称是别名，则按 ID 执行另一次查找，以“规范化”名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "" -"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 +msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "使用此 homedir 作为此域中所有子域的默认值。" -#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 +#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:532 msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in." msgstr "允许登录的用户的列表（以逗号分隔）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " -"to groups within this SSSD domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "允许登录的组的列表（以逗号分隔）。这只适用于此 SSSD 域中的组。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 -msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " -"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 +msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "显式拒绝其访问的组的列表（以逗号分隔）。这只适用于此 SSSD 域中的组。" -#. The local domain section -#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 -msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " -"directory." +#. The local domain section +#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 +msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory." msgstr "这些工具会在 base_directory 后追加登录名，并将该目录用作主目录。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "指示默认是否应为新用户创建主目录。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "" -"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 +msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "指示默认是否应去除已删除用户的主目录。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 -msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " -"home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 +msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory." msgstr "sss_useradd(8) 使用它来指定新建主目录的默认权限。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 -msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " -"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd" -"(8)" -msgstr "" -"主干目录，包含要复制到用户主目录中的文件和目录（如果主目录是由 sss_useradd" -"(8) 创建的）" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 +msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +msgstr "主干目录，包含要复制到用户主目录中的文件和目录（如果主目录是由 sss_useradd(8) 创建的）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 msgid "The mail spool directory." msgstr "邮件假脱机目录。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:580 msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed." msgstr "去除用户后运行的命令。" -#. The ldap domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 +#. The ldap domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:589 msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available" msgstr "（特定于 Active Directory）使用 token-groups 属性（如可用）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "LDAP 服务器的 URI (ldap://)（以逗号分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " -"is ldap_search_base." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "用于限制 LDAP sudo-rule 搜索的可选基础 DN。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "指定 SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 LDAP 服务器 URI 的逗号分隔列表。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " -"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." -msgstr "" -"指定 SSSD 为更改用户口令而应按优先顺序连接到的 LDAP 服务器 URI 的逗号分隔列" -"表。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +msgstr "指定 SSSD 为更改用户口令而应按优先顺序连接到的 LDAP 服务器 URI 的逗号分隔列表。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "LDAP 搜索的基本 DN" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP 纲要类型" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "用于执行 LDAP 操作的默认绑定 DN。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "默认绑定 DN 的身份验证令牌类型。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "默认绑定 DN 的身份验证令牌。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 中用户项的对象类。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "对应于用户登录名的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "对应于用户 ID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "对应于用户主组 ID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "对应于用户 gecos 字段的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr " 包含用户主目录名称的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "包含用户默认外壳路径的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "包含 LDAP 用户对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "包含 LDAP 用户对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr "包含父对象上次修改时间戳的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " -"password change)." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（上次更改" -"口令的日期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（上次更改口令的日期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（最短口令" -"有效期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（最短口令有效期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " -"age)." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（最长口令" -"有效期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（最长口令有效期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " -"period)." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（口令警告" -"期限）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（口令警告期限）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " -"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " -"inactivity period)." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（口令非活" -"动期限）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（口令非活动期限）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " -"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow" -"(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 或 ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow，此参数" -"将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（帐户失效日期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=shadow 或 ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow，此参数将包含与其 shadow(5) 对等项（帐户失效日期）对应的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " -"kerberos." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos，此参数将包含在 kerberos 中储存口令上次" -"更改日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos，此参数将包含在 kerberos 中储存口令上次更改日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos，此参数将包含储存当前口令失效日期和时间" -"的 LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 +msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos，此参数将包含储存当前口令失效日期和时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad，此参数将包含储存帐户失效时间的 LDAP " -"属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad，此参数将包含储存帐户失效时间的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " -"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad，此参数将包含储存用户帐户控制位字段的 " -"LDAP 属性的名称。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=ad，此参数将包含储存用户帐户控制位字段的 LDAP 属性的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " -"determines if access is allowed or not." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 或对等项，此参数将规定是否允许访问。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds 或对等项，此参数将规定是否允许访问。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " -"access is allowed or not." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds，此属性将规定是否允许访问。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " -"which date access is granted." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds，此属性将规定授予的访问权限的截止日" -"期。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds，此属性将规定授予的访问权限的截止日期。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 -msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " -"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds，此属性将规定在某个星期日期的哪几个小" -"时授予访问权限。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 +msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted." +msgstr "如果使用 ldap_account_expire_policy=nds，此属性将规定在某个星期日期的哪几个小时授予访问权限。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " -"(UPN)." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)." msgstr "包含用户的 Kerberos 用户主体名称 (UPN) 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "包含用户 SSH 公共密钥的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 -msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " -"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " -"fail." -msgstr "" -"某些目录服务器（例如 Active Directory）可能以小写提供 UPN 的领域部分，这可能" -"会导致身份验证失败。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 +msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +msgstr "某些目录服务器（例如 Active Directory）可能以小写提供 UPN 的领域部分，这可能会导致身份验证失败。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "如果您要使用大写领域，请将此选项设置为 true。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 -msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " -"enumerated records." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records." msgstr "指定刷新 SSSD 的枚举记录超速缓存之前，SSSD 必须等待的秒数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 -msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " -"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " -"space." -msgstr "" -"规定在超速缓存中检查非活动项（例如，没有成员的组以及从未登录过的用户）并去除" -"这些项以节省空间的频率。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 +msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space." +msgstr "规定在超速缓存中检查非活动项（例如，没有成员的组以及从未登录过的用户）并去除这些项以节省空间的频率。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "对应于用户全名的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "列出用户组成员资格的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " -"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " -"to determine access privilege." -msgstr "" -"如果 access_provider=ldap 并且 ldap_access_order=authorized_service，SSSD 将" -"使用用户 LDAP 项中 authorizedService 属性包含的值来确定访问特权。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "如果 access_provider=ldap 并且 ldap_access_order=authorized_service，SSSD 将使用用户 LDAP 项中 authorizedService 属性包含的值来确定访问特权。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 -msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " -"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " -"privilege." -msgstr "" -"如果 access_provider=ldap 并且 ldap_access_order=host，SSSD 将使用用户 LDAP " -"项中 host 属性包含的值来确定访问特权。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 +msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +msgstr "如果 access_provider=ldap 并且 ldap_access_order=host，SSSD 将使用用户 LDAP 项中 host 属性包含的值来确定访问特权。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 中组项的对象类。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "对应于组名的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "对应于组 ID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "包含组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "包含 LDAP 组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "包含 LDAP 组对象的 objectSID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 -msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " -"parent object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 +msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object." msgstr " 包含父对象上次修改时间戳的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 -msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " -"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " -"follow." -msgstr "" -"如果 ldap_schema 设置为支持嵌套组（例如 RFC2307bis）的纲要格式，则此选项将控" -"制后接多少个嵌套 SSSD 级别。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow." +msgstr "如果 ldap_schema 设置为支持嵌套组（例如 RFC2307bis）的纲要格式，则此选项将控制后接多少个嵌套 SSSD 级别。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " -"complex or deep nested groups." -msgstr "" -"此选项指示 SSSD 利用特定于 Active Directory 的功能，以在包含复杂组或深度嵌套" -"组的部署中加速组查找操作。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups." +msgstr "此选项指示 SSSD 利用特定于 Active Directory 的功能，以在包含复杂组或深度嵌套组的部署中加速组查找操作。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " -"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " -"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." -msgstr "" -"此选项指示 SSSD 利用特定于 Active Directory 的功能，以加速 initgroups 操作" -"（在处理复杂组或深度嵌套组时，效果最明显）。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." +msgstr "此选项指示 SSSD 利用特定于 Active Directory 的功能，以加速 initgroups 操作（在处理复杂组或深度嵌套组时，效果最明显）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " LDAP 中网络组项的对象类。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "对应于网络组名的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "包含网络组成员名称的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "包含 (host, user, domain) 网络组三位元组的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "包含 LDAP 网络组对象的 UUID/GUID 的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 中服务项的对象类。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " -"aliases." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases." msgstr "包含服务属性的名称及其别名的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "包含此服务管理的端口的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 +msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "包含此服务识别的协议的 LDAP 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 服务搜" -"索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 服务搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 -msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " -"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " -"is entered)." -msgstr "" -" 指定在取消 LDAP 搜索并返回超速缓存的结果（并进入脱机模式）之前，允许这些搜索" -"运行的时间，即超时（以秒为单位）。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 +msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr " 指定在取消 LDAP 搜索并返回超速缓存的结果（并进入脱机模式）之前，允许这些搜索运行的时间，即超时（以秒为单位）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " -"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " -"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." -msgstr "" -"指定在取消针对用户和组枚举执行的 LDAP 搜索并返回超速缓存的结果（并进入脱机模" -"式）之前，允许这些搜索运行的时间，即超时（以秒为单位）。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)." +msgstr "指定在取消针对用户和组枚举执行的 LDAP 搜索并返回超速缓存的结果（并进入脱机模式）之前，允许这些搜索运行的时间，即超时（以秒为单位）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 -msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " -"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." -msgstr "" -"指定超时（以秒为单位），经过此超时时间后，如果没有活动，在 connect(2) 后执行" -"的 poll(2)/select(2) 会返回。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 +msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +msgstr "指定超时（以秒为单位），经过此超时时间后，如果没有活动，在 connect(2) 后执行的 poll(2)/select(2) 会返回。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " -"will abort if no response is received." -msgstr "" -"指定超时（以秒为单位），经过此超时时间后，如果未收到响应，对同步 LDAP API 的" -"调用将会中止。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received." +msgstr "指定超时（以秒为单位），经过此超时时间后，如果未收到响应，对同步 LDAP API 的调用将会中止。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 -msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " -"maintained." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 +msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained." msgstr "指定与 LDAP 服务器保持连接的超时（以秒为单位）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " -"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." -msgstr "" -"指定在单个请求中要从 LDAP 检索的记录数。某些 LDAP 服务器会对每个请求强制实施" -"最大限制。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 +msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +msgstr "指定在单个请求中要从 LDAP 检索的记录数。某些 LDAP 服务器会对每个请求强制实施最大限制。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "禁用 LDAP 分页控制。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 -msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " -"security level necessary to establish the connection." -msgstr "" -"如果是使用 SASL 与 LDAP 服务器通讯，指定建立连接需要达到的最低安全级别。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 +msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection." +msgstr "如果是使用 SASL 与 LDAP 服务器通讯，指定建立连接需要达到的最低安全级别。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " -"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 +msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "指定内部超速缓存中必须缺少多少个组成员才能触发取消参照查找。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "在 LDAP TLS 会话中验证服务器认证" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 -msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " -"Authorities that sssd will recognize." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 +msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "指定包含 sssd 将要识别的所有证书颁发机构所颁发证书的文件。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 -msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " -"certificates in separate individual files." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 +msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "指定在单独的每个文件中包含证书颁发机构证书的目录的路径。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "指定包含客户端密钥的证书的文件。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "指定包含客户端密钥的文件。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "指定可接受的加密套件。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 -msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " -"channel." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 +msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel." msgstr "指定 id_provider 连接还必须使用 tls 来保护通道。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 -msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " -"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " -"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." -msgstr "" -"指定 SSSD 应尝试从 ldap_user_objectsid 和 ldap_group_objectsid 属性映射用户和" -"组 ID，而不是依赖于 ldap_user_uid_number 和 ldap_group_gid_number。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 +msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +msgstr "指定 SSSD 应尝试从 ldap_user_objectsid 和 ldap_group_objectsid 属性映射用户和组 ID，而不是依赖于 ldap_user_uid_number 和 ldap_group_gid_number。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "指定要使用的 SASL 机制。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "指定要使用的 SASL 授权 ID。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "指定要使用的 SASL 领域。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 -msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " -"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." -msgstr "" -"如果设置为 true，在 SASL 绑定期间，LDAP 库将执行反向查找以规范化主机名。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 +msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." +msgstr "如果设置为 true，在 SASL 绑定期间，LDAP 库将执行反向查找以规范化主机名。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "指定使用 SASL/GSSAPI 时要使用的 keytab。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "指定 id_provider 应初始化 Kerberos 身份凭证 (TGT)。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "指定使用 GSSAPI 时 TGT 的有效期，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "" -"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 +msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "选择用于在客户端上评估口令是否失效的策略。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "指定是否应启用自动循环参照。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "指定启用服务发现时要使用的服务名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 -msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " -"password changes when service discovery is enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 +msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "指定启用服务发现时，用于查找允许口令更改的 LDAP 服务器的服务名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " -"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." -msgstr "" -"指定在执行口令更改操作后，是否使用自纪元以来的天数更新 " -"ldap_user_shadow_last_change 属性。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 +msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation." +msgstr "指定在执行口令更改操作后，是否使用自纪元以来的天数更新 ldap_user_shadow_last_change 属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " -"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " -"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." -msgstr "" -"如果使用 access_provider = ldap 和 ldap_access_order = filter（默认值），则必" -"须指定此选项。它指定要向用户授予此主机的访问权限所必须满足的 LDAP 搜索过滤准" -"则。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 +msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." +msgstr "如果使用 access_provider = ldap 和 ldap_access_order = filter（默认值），则必须指定此选项。它指定要向用户授予此主机的访问权限所必须满足的 LDAP 搜索过滤准则。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 -msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " -"be enabled." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 +msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled." msgstr " 使用此选项可以支持在客户端评估访问控制属性。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "访问控制选项的列表（以逗号分隔）。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "指定执行搜索时如何执行别名取消参照。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 -msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " -"use the RFC2307 schema." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 +msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "允许将本地用户保留为使用 RFC2307 纲要的服务器的 LDAP 组成员。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP " -"autofs 搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP autofs 搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 组搜" -"索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 组搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 网络组" -"搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 网络组搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 -msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " -"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." -msgstr "" -"可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 用户搜" -"索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "可选的基础 DN、搜索范围和 LDAP 过滤器，用于限制对此属性类型执行的 LDAP 用户搜索。默认值为 ldap_search_base。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 中 automount 映射项的对象类。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 中 automount 映射项的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 -msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " -"mount point." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a mount point." msgstr "LDAP 中 automount 映射项的键。该项通常对应一个安装点。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "Kerberos 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名（以逗号分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 -msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " -"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." -msgstr "" -"指定 SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 Kerberos 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名的逗号分隔列" -"表。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 +msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +msgstr "指定 SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 Kerberos 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名的逗号分隔列表。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos 领域（例如 EXAMPLE.COM）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 -msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " -"servers can be defined here." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here." msgstr "如果更改口令服务未在 KDC 上运行，则可以在此处定义备用服务器。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "用于储存身份凭证超速缓存的目录。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "用户身份凭证超速缓存的位置。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 -msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " -"password request is aborted." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 +msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted." msgstr " 中止联机身份验证请求或更改口令请求后的超时，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 -msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " -"spoofed." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 +msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed." msgstr "借助 krb5_keytab 校验获取的 TGT 是否未受欺骗。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 -msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " -"KDCs." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 +msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs." msgstr "验证从 KDC 获取的身份凭证时要使用的 keytab 的位置。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 -msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " -"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." -msgstr "" -"在提供程序脱机时储存用户的口令，当提供程序再次联机时，使用该口令请求 TGT。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again." +msgstr "在提供程序脱机时储存用户的口令，当提供程序再次联机时，使用该口令请求 TGT。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 -msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " -"immediately followed by a time unit." -msgstr "" -"请求具有完整有效期的可续订票据，该有效期以一个整数加一个时间单位来指定。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 +msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." +msgstr "请求具有完整有效期的可续订票据，该有效期以一个整数加一个时间单位来指定。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 -msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " -"followed by a time unit." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 +msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "请求具有有效期的票据，该有效期以一个整数加一个时间单位来指定。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "应续订 TGT 时两次检查相隔的时间，以秒为单位。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 -msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" -"authentication." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 +msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication." msgstr "启用灵活身份验证安全隧道 (FAST) 进行 Kerberos 预身份验证。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "指定用于 FAST 的服务器主体。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "指定是否应规范化主机和用户主体。" -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "指定 Active Directory 域的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "AD 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名（以逗号分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 -msgid "" -"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " -"which SSSD should connect in order of preference." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 +msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference." msgstr "SSSD 应按优先顺序连接到的 AD 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名的逗号分隔列表。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 -msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by AD to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"AD 主机名（可选）- 如果 hostname(5) 未反映 AD 用于识别此主机的 FQDN，则可以设" -"置该项。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 +msgid "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by AD to identify this host." +msgstr "AD 主机名（可选）- 如果 hostname(5) 未反映 AD 用于识别此主机的 FQDN，则可以设置该项。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "覆盖用户的主目录。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 -msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 +msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr " 指定用于映射 Active Directory 用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的下限。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 -msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " -"Active Directory user and group SIDs." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 +msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "指定用于映射 Active Directory 用户和组 SID 的 POSIX ID 范围的上限。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "指定每个切片可用的 ID 数。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "指定默认域的域 SID。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "指定默认域的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 -msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " -"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 +msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "更改 ID 映射算法的行为，使其更类似于 winbind 的“idmap_autorid”算法。" -#. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 +#. The Active Directory domain section +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "指定 IPA 域的名称。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IPA 服务器的 IP 地址或主机名（以逗号分隔）" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 -msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " -"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." -msgstr "" -"IPA 主机名（可选）- 如果 hostname(5) 未反映 IPA 用于识别此主机的 FQDN，则可以" -"设置该项。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 +msgid "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." +msgstr "IPA 主机名（可选）- 如果 hostname(5) 未反映 IPA 用于识别此主机的 FQDN，则可以设置该项。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "此 IPA 客户端将要使用的自动装载器位置。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 -msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " -"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." -msgstr "" -"此选项指示 SSSD 使用此客户端 IP 地址自动更新 FreeIPA v2 中内置的 DNS 服务器。" +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 +msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." +msgstr "此选项指示 SSSD 使用此客户端 IP 地址自动更新 FreeIPA v2 中内置的 DNS 服务器。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "更新客户端 DNS 记录时要应用的 TTL。" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "" -"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 +msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "选择应该用于动态 DNS 更新的 IP 地址对应的接口。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/auth-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: auth-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -493,6 +493,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "提供程序主机名" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "端口" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "使用 StartTLS" @@ -2781,10 +2786,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "提供程序名称" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "端口" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "复制类型" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/autoinst.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -611,67 +611,67 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "消息" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "显示消息(&W)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "记录消息(&G)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "超时(以秒为单位)(&T)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "显示警告(&O)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "记录警告(&R)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "超时(以秒为单位)(&E)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "错误" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "显示错误(&S)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "记录错误(&L)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "超时(以秒为单位)(&U)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" "Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "根据您的经验，可以跳过、记录和显示(设置了超时)安装消息。 \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "建议显示设置了超时的所有消息。在某些情况下可以跳过警告，但不应忽略它们。\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "消息和日志记录" @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -986,11 +986,11 @@ "基于规则或基于主机名的控制文件，\n" "则重启动安装过程并确保控制文件是可访问的。\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "系统配置文件位置" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "配置文件位置(&P)：" @@ -998,11 +998,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "选择硬盘" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "未找到任何磁盘。" @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1023,13 +1023,13 @@ "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "硬盘选择" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "请选择其中一个选项，然后继续。" @@ -2246,45 +2246,61 @@ #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "选择配置文件" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "生成的 autoyast 配置文件位于 %s 中。" + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "正在使用 AutoYaST 配置文件 %1" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "正在软盘中获取控制文件。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "正在从 TFTP 服务器中获取控制文件(%1)：%2。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "正在从 NFS 服务器中获取控制文件(%1)：%2。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "正在从 HTTP 服务器中获取控制文件(%1)：%2。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "正在从 FTP 服务器中获取控制文件(%1)：%2。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "正在从文件中复制控制文件：%1。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "正在从设备中复制控制文件：/dev/%1。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "正在从默认位置复制控制文件。" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "源未知。" @@ -2294,7 +2310,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2303,7 +2319,7 @@ "<h3>AutoYaST 配置管理系统</h3>\n" "使用配置管理系统几乎可以配置控制文件的所有资源。\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" "Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" "through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" @@ -2316,7 +2332,7 @@ "而该文件可用于通过 AutoYaST 安装另一个系统。\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" "new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" @@ -2443,7 +2459,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "卷组“%1”必须有至少一个物理卷。请提供一个。" @@ -2453,66 +2469,66 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "驱动器" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s 驱动器总计" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "尚未克隆。" #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "安装前脚本" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "安装后脚本" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "Chroot 脚本" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init 脚本" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "分区后脚本" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "安装前" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "安装后" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "分区后" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/base.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question -#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. -#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 +#. Translators: a warning message in a continue-cancel question +#. Opscode Chef is a different way to configure the system. +#: library/commandline/src/clients/other_tools_warning.rb:43 msgid "" "Chef Client is running. The changes that you make\n" "may be overridden by Chef later.\n" @@ -27,130 +27,130 @@ "您所做的更改。\n" "是否继续使用 YaST 配置？" -#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 +#. translators: help for 'help' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:54 msgid "Print the help for this module" msgstr "打印此模块的帮助" -#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 +#. translators: help for 'longhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:60 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module" msgstr "打印此模块较长版本的帮助" -#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 +#. translators: help for 'xmlhelp' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:66 msgid "Print a long version of help for this module in XML format" msgstr "以 XML 格式打印此模块的详细版本的帮助" -#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 +#. translators: help for 'interactive' option on command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:72 msgid "Start interactive shell to control the module" msgstr "启动交互外壳来控制模块" -#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 +#. translators: help for 'exit' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:78 msgid "Exit interactive mode and save the changes" msgstr "退出交互模式并保存更改" -#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 +#. translators: help for 'abort' command line interactive mode +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:84 msgid "Abort interactive mode without saving the changes" msgstr "中止交互模式且不保存更改" -#. translators: command line "help" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 +#. translators: command line "help" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:92 msgid "Print the help for this command" msgstr "打印此命令的帮助" -#. translators: command line "verbose" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 +#. translators: command line "verbose" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:98 msgid "Show progress information" msgstr "显示进度信息" -#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 +#. translators: command line "xmlfile" option +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:104 msgid "Where to store the XML output" msgstr "何处存储 XML 输出" -#. string: command line interface is not supported -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 +#. string: command line interface is not supported +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." msgstr "此 YaST2 模块不支持命令行界面。" -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 msgid "Use 'help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "使用“help”来查看可用命令的完整列表。" -#. translators: default error message for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 +#. translators: default error message for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." msgstr "使用“yast2 %1 help”来查看可用命令的完整列表。" -#. translators: error message in command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 +#. translators: error message in command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 msgid "Unknown Command: %1" msgstr "未知命令：%1" -#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 +#. translators: error message - user did not provide a value for option %1 on the command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:403 msgid "Option '%1' is missing value." msgstr "选项“%1”缺少值。" -#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 +#. translators: error message, %1 is a command, %2 is the wrong option given by the user +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:438 msgid "Unknown option for command '%1': %2" msgstr "命令“%1”的选项未知：%2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#. translators: error message, %2 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:459 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:471 +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:481 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1': %2" msgstr "选项“%1”的值无效：%2" -#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 +#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:495 msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3" msgstr "选项“%1”的值无效 -- 应该是\"%2\"，但输入的是 %3" -#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 +#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:515 msgid "Option '%1' cannot have a value. Given value: %2" msgstr "不能为选项“%1”指定值。指定的值：%2" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:533 msgid "Use '%1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "使用“%1 %2 help”来查看可用选项的完整列表。" -#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode -#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 +#. translators: error message, how to get command line help for non-interactive mode +#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." msgstr "使用“yast2 %1 %2 help”来查看可用选项的完整列表。" -#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 +#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 msgid "YaST Configuration Module %1\n" msgstr "YaST 配置模块 %1\n" -#. translators: the command does not provide any help -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 +#. translators: the command does not provide any help +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:585 msgid "No help available" msgstr "没有可用帮助" -#. Process <command> "help" -#. translators: %1 is the command name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 +#. Process <command> "help" +#. translators: %1 is the command name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:589 msgid "Command '%1'" msgstr "命令“%1”" -#. translators: command line options -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 +#. translators: command line options +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:609 msgid "" "\n" " Options:" @@ -158,8 +158,8 @@ "\n" " 选项：" -#. additional help for using command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 +#. additional help for using command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:698 msgid "" "\n" " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ "\n" " [string] 类型的选项必须以“选项=值”的格式写入。" -#. translators: example title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 +#. translators: example title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 msgid "" "\n" " Example:" @@ -176,190 +176,184 @@ "\n" " 示例：" -#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 +#. translators: default module description if none is provided by the module itself +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:735 msgid "This is a YaST module." msgstr "这是一个 YaST 模块。" -#. translators: short help title for command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 +#. translators: short help title for command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:740 msgid "Basic Syntax:" msgstr "基本语法：" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:755 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> [verbose] [options]" msgstr " yast2 %1 <命令> [动词] [选项]" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:782 msgid " yast2 %1 <command> help" msgstr " yast2 %1 <命令> help" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> and [options] only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> and [options] only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:789 msgid " <command> [options]" msgstr " <命令> [选项]" -#. translators: module command line help -#. translate <command> only! -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 +#. translators: module command line help +#. translate <command> only! +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:792 msgid " <command> help" msgstr " <命令> 帮助" -#. translators: command line title: list of available commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 +#. translators: command line title: list of available commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:804 msgid "Commands:" msgstr "命令：" -#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 +#. translators: error message: module does not provide any help messages +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:820 msgid "No help available." msgstr "没有可用帮助。" -#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 +#. fallback message - invalid help has been provided by the yast module +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:856 msgid "<Error: invalid help>" msgstr "<错误：无效的帮助>" -#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 +#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." msgstr "运行“yast2 %1 <命令> help”来查看可用选项的列表。" -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " -"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "" -"缺少目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 命令行选项。" +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "缺少目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 命令行选项。" -#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." -msgstr "" -"目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)未填。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 命令行选项。" +#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 +msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "目标文件名(“xmlfile”选项)未填。使用 xmlfile=<target_XML_file> 命令行选项。" -#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 +#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 msgid "unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 +#. translators: the last command %1 in a list of unique commands +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1437 msgid "or '%1'" msgstr "或“%1”" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1445 msgid "Specify the command '%1'." msgstr "指定命令“%1”。" -#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 +#. translators: error message - missing unique command for command line execution +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1452 msgid "Specify one of the commands: %1." msgstr "指定命令之一：%1。" -#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 +#. size( unique_options ) == 1 here does not make sense +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1462 msgid "Specify only one of the commands: %1." msgstr "仅指定命令之一：%1。" -#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 +#. translators: error message - the module does not provide command line interface +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1507 msgid "There is no user interface available for this module." msgstr "此模块没有可用的用户界面。" -#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 +#. translators: progress message - command line interface ready +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1536 msgid "Ready" msgstr "就绪" -#. non-GUI handling -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 +#. non-GUI handling +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1550 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "初始化" -#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 +#. translators: Progress message - the command line interface is about to finish +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1584 msgid "Finishing" msgstr "完成" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1591 msgid "Done" msgstr "完毕" -#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 +#. translators: The command line interface is finished without writing the changes +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1594 msgid "Quitting (without changes)" msgstr "退出(不更改)" -#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode -#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 +#. prompt message displayed in the commandline mode +#. when user is asked to replay "yes" or "no" (localized) +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1608 msgid "yes or no?" msgstr "是否确定？" -#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 +#. yes - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1613 msgid "yes" msgstr "是" -#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation -#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 +#. no - used in the command line mode as input text for yes/no confirmation +#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1616 msgid "no" msgstr "否" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: modules/InstError.ycp -#. Package: Installation -#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors -#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. This module provides unified interface for reporting -#. installation errors. -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: modules/InstError.ycp +#. Package: Installation +#. Summary: Module for reporting installation errors +#. Authors: Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. This module provides unified interface for reporting +#. installation errors. +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:72 msgid "Save y2logs to..." msgstr "将 y2logs 保存到..." -#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 +#. Busy message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:79 msgid "Saving YaST logs to %1..." msgstr "正在将 YaST 日志保存到 %1..." -#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename -#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 +#. Error message, %1 is replaced with a filename +#. %2 with am error reason (there is a newline between %1 and %2) +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:98 msgid "" "Unable to save YaST logs to %1\n" "%2" @@ -367,17 +361,17 @@ "无法将 YaST 日志保存到 %1\n" "%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. // %1 - logfile, possibly with errors +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:139 msgid "More information can be found near the end of the '%1' file." msgstr "可在接近“%1”文件的末端找到更多信息。" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message -#. %1 - link to our bugzilla -#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored -#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message +#. %1 - link to our bugzilla +#. %2 - directory where YaST logs are stored +#. %3 - link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO Web page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:157 msgid "" "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" "Please, attach also all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -387,86 +381,86 @@ "请同时附上存放在“%2”目录中的全部 YaST 日志。\n" "关于 YaST 日志的更多信息，请参见 %3。" -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO -#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, -#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO +#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists, +#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167 +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1435 msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" msgstr "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:178 msgid "&Save YaST Logs..." msgstr "保存 YaST 日志(&S)..." -#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically -#. from YaST logs. -#. -#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") -#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 +#. Function is similar to ShowErrorPopUp but the error details are grabbed automatically +#. from YaST logs. +#. +#. @param [String] error_text (e.g., "Client inst_abc returned invalid data.") +#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:222 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "安装错误" -#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its -#. unloading after end of block. -#. @param [String] package to load -#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield -#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed -#. -#. @example -#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do -#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") -#. end -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 +#. Load a rpm package from the media into the inst-sys and ensure its +#. unloading after end of block. +#. @param [String] package to load +#. @param [Proc] Block to be yield +#. @raises [RuntimeError] when package loading failed +#. +#. @example +#. InstExtensionImage.with_extension("snapper") do +#. WFM.Execute(path(".local.bash"), "snapper magic") +#. end +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:352 msgid "Loading to memory package '%s'" msgstr "正在装载到内存包“%s”" -#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 +#: library/control/src/modules/InstExtensionImage.rb:358 msgid "Removing from memory package '%s'" msgstr "正在从内存包“%s”中去除" -#. error report -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 +#. error report +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1244 msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode." msgstr "没有为此安装模式定义工作流程。" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:180 msgid "Do you want to continue or abort the installation?" msgstr "是继续还是中止安装？" -#. button label -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 +#. button label +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737 msgid "&Continue Installation" msgstr "继续安装(&C)" -#. button label -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 +#. button label +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735 msgid "&Abort Installation" msgstr "中止安装(&A)" -#. last part of the question (variable) -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 +#. last part of the question (variable) +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:190 msgid "Do you want to add new product anyway?" msgstr "确定要添加新产品？" -#. popup dialog caption -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 +#. popup dialog caption +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:197 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:256 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" -#. popup message, %1 is list of problems -#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 +#. popup message, %1 is list of problems +#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:200 msgid "" "The profile does not allow you to run the products on this system.\n" "Proceeding to run this installation will leave you in an unsupported state\n" @@ -488,28 +482,28 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once -#. bugzilla #332436 -#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 +#. make sure that every workflow is merged only once +#. bugzilla #332436 +#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." msgstr "集成附加工作流程时发生内部错误。" -#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 +#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691 msgid "The value of %1 is invalid." msgstr "%1 的值无效。" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:67 msgid "Unavailable" msgstr "不可用" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1 and %2 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1 and %2 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -519,13 +513,13 @@ "要在每次引导计算机时启动该服务，请设置\n" "%1。否则，请设置 %2。" -#. help text for service auto start widget -#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels -#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" -#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" -#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 +#. help text for service auto start widget +#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels +#. %1 is eg. "On -- Start Service when Booting" +#. %2 is eg. "Off -- Start Service Manually" +#. %3 is eg. "Start Service via xinetd" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:241 msgid "" "<big>Service Start</big> \n" "To start the service every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -537,55 +531,55 @@ "%1。要通过 xinetd 守护程序启动服务，请设置 %3。\n" "否则，请设置 %2。" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:255 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:267 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:314 msgid "During Boot" msgstr "引导期间" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:257 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:269 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:321 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:271 msgid "Via xinetd" msgstr "通过 xinetd" -#. radio button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 +#. radio button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:328 msgid "Via &xinetd" msgstr "通过 xinetd(&X)" -#. frame -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 +#. frame +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:373 msgid "Service Start" msgstr "启动服务" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:464 msgid "Service is running" msgstr "服务正在运行" -#. service status - label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 +#. service status - label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:470 msgid "Service is not running" msgstr "服务未运行" -#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 -#. %1 and %2 are push button labels -#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" -#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" -#. (both without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 +#. help text for service status displaying and switching widget 1/2 +#. %1 and %2 are push button labels +#. %1 is eg. "Start the Service Now" +#. %2 is eg. "Stop the Service Now" +#. (both without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:503 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the service immediately, use \n" @@ -595,11 +589,11 @@ "要立即启动或停止服务，请使用\n" "%1 或 %2。" -#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional -#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" -#. (without quotes) -#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 +#. help text for service start widget 2/2, optional +#. %3 is push button label, eg. "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" +#. (without quotes) +#. note: %3 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:515 msgid "" "To save all changes and restart the\n" "service immediately, use %3.\n" @@ -607,49 +601,49 @@ "要立即保存所有更改并重启动\n" "服务，请使用 %3。\n" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:530 msgid "Start the Service Now" msgstr "立即启动服务" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:532 msgid "Stop the Service Now" msgstr "立即停止服务" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:534 msgid "Save Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "立即保存更改并重启动服务" -#. push button for immediate service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 +#. push button for immediate service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:575 msgid "&Start the Service Now" msgstr "立即启动服务(&S)" -#. push button for immediate service stopping -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 +#. push button for immediate service stopping +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:582 msgid "S&top the Service Now" msgstr "立即停止服务(&T)" -#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 +#. push button for immediate saving of the settings and service starting +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:589 msgid "S&ave Changes and Restart Service Now" msgstr "立即保存更改并重启动服务(&A)" -#. Frame label (stoping starting service) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 +#. Frame label (stoping starting service) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:612 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "打开和关闭" -#. Current status -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 +#. Current status +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:618 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "当前状态：" -#. help text for LDAP enablement widget -#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 +#. help text for LDAP enablement widget +#. %1 is button label, eg. "LDAP Support Active" (without quotes) +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:728 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the settings in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -659,39 +653,39 @@ "要将设置储存在 LDAP 而非本机配置文件中，\n" "请设置 %1。" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:741 msgid "LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 支持处于活动状态" -#. check box -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 +#. check box +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMServiceStart.rb:769 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 支持处于活动状态(&L)" -#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 +#. Fallback label for a tab if no is defined +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTab.rb:48 msgid "Tab" msgstr "选项卡" -#. push button -#. push button -#. Button label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 +#. push button +#. push button +#. Button label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:372 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:940 +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:166 msgid "&Up" msgstr "向上(&U)" -#. push button -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 +#. push button +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTable.rb:374 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:942 msgid "&Down" msgstr "向下(&D)" -#. popup message -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 +#. popup message +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:302 msgid "" "The selected TSIG key cannot be deleted,\n" "because it is in use.\n" @@ -701,38 +695,38 @@ "原因是它正在使用中。\n" "请先在配置中停止使用该密钥。" -#. popup title -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 +#. popup title +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:308 msgid "Cannot delete TSIG key." msgstr "无法删除 TSIG 密钥。" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:318 msgid "Select File with the Authentication Key" msgstr "选择含有身份验证密钥的文件" -#. popup headline -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 +#. popup headline +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:333 msgid "Select File for the Authentication Key" msgstr "选择身份验证密钥的文件" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:353 msgid "Specified filename is an existing directory." msgstr "指定的文件名是一个现有的目录。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:358 msgid "Specified file exists. Rewrite it?" msgstr "指定的文件已存在。是否重写？" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:366 msgid "The TSIG key ID was not specified." msgstr "未指定 TSIG 密钥 ID。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:373 msgid "" "The key with the specified ID exists and is used.\n" "Remove it?" @@ -740,8 +734,8 @@ "具有指定 ID 的密钥存在并已被使用。\n" "是否去除？" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:393 msgid "" "A key with the specified ID was found\n" "on your disk. Remove it?" @@ -749,28 +743,28 @@ "磁盘上存在具有指定 ID 的\n" "密钥。是否去除？" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:418 msgid "The key will be created now. Continue?" msgstr "将立即创建密钥。是否继续？" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:434 msgid "Creating the TSIG key failed." msgstr "创建 TSIG 密钥失败。" -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:444 msgid "The specified file does not exist." msgstr "指定的文件不存在。" -#. message popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 +#. message popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:450 msgid "The specified file does not contain any TSIG key." msgstr "指定的文件不包含任何 TSIG 密钥。" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:460 msgid "" "The specified file contains a TSIG key with the same\n" "identifier as some of already present keys.\n" @@ -780,8 +774,8 @@ "与某些已存在密钥的标识符相同。\n" "旧的密钥将被去除。是否继续？" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:563 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the TSIG keys.\n" @@ -789,8 +783,8 @@ "<big>TSIG 密钥管理</big> \n" "使用此对话框可以管理 TSIG 密钥。\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 2/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:567 msgid "" "<big>Adding an Existing TSIG Key</big> \n" "To add an already created TSIG key, select a Filename of the file\n" @@ -800,8 +794,8 @@ "要添加已创建的 TSIG 密钥，请选择包含此密钥的文件的文件名，\n" "然后单击添加。\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 msgid "" "<big>Creating a New TSIG Key</big> \n" "To create a new TSIG key, set the Filename of the file in which to\n" @@ -813,8 +807,8 @@ "用以标识密钥的密钥 ID，然后单击\n" "生成。\n" -#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 +#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 msgid "" "<big>Removing a TSIG Key</big> \n" "To remove a configured TSIG key, select it and click Delete.\n" @@ -830,83 +824,83 @@ "则无法删除此密钥。服务器必须先在配置中停止使用\n" "此密钥。\n" -#. Frame label - adding a created server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 +#. Frame label - adding a created server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:592 msgid "Add an Existing TSIG Key" msgstr "添加现有的 TSIG 密钥" -#. Frame label - creating a new server key -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 +#. Frame label - creating a new server key +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:641 msgid "Create a New TSIG Key" msgstr "创建新的 TSIG 密钥" -#. text entry -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 +#. text entry +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:653 msgid "&Key ID" msgstr "密钥 ID(&K)" -#. push button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 +#. push button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:685 msgid "&Generate" msgstr "生成(&G)" -#. Table header - in fact label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 +#. Table header - in fact label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:697 msgid "Current TSIG Keys" msgstr "当前 TSIG 密钥" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. table header - GPG key ID -#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. table header - GPG key ID +#. GnuPG key ID used as "Key ID: 1144AAAA444" +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:705 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:192 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:224 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:57 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "密钥 ID" -#. Table header item - DNS key listing -#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 +#. Table header item - DNS key listing +#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:707 msgid "Filename" msgstr "文件名" -#. combobox header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 +#. combobox header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:484 msgid "&Selected Option" msgstr "所选选项(&S)" -#. heading / label -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 +#. heading / label +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:533 msgid "Current Option: " msgstr "当前选项：" -#. error report -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 +#. error report +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:717 msgid "The selected option is already present." msgstr "选定选项已存在。" -#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 +#. table header, shortcut for changed, keep very short +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:882 msgid "Ch." msgstr "已更改" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:884 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:891 msgid "Option" msgstr "选项" -#. table header -#. table header -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 +#. table header +#. table header +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:886 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:893 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. help 1/4 -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 +#. help 1/4 +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:899 msgid "" "<big>Editing the Settings</big> \n" "To edit the settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -916,8 +910,8 @@ "要编辑设置，请从表中选择适当的\n" "项，然后单击编辑。" -#. help 2/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 +#. help 2/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:908 msgid "" "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." @@ -925,8 +919,8 @@ "要添加新选项，请单击添加。要去除某选项，\n" "请先选择该选项，然后单击删除。" -#. help 3/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 +#. help 3/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:918 msgid "" "The Ch. column of the table shows \n" "whether the option was changed." @@ -934,8 +928,8 @@ "表的已更改列显示\n" "此选项是否已更改。" -#. help 4/4, optional -#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 +#. help 4/4, optional +#: library/cwm/src/modules/TablePopup.rb:928 msgid "" "To reorder the options, select an option\n" "and use Up and Down to move it up or down\n" @@ -945,39 +939,39 @@ "然后使用向上或向下按钮，令其在列表中\n" "上下移动。" -#. menu button -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 +#. menu button +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:204 msgid "&Other" msgstr "其它(&O)" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:504 msgid "The device is not configured" msgstr "未配置此设备" -#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured -#. device -#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 +#. translators: message for hardware configuration without any configured +#. device +#: library/cwm/src/modules/WizardHW.rb:507 msgid "Press Edit to configure" msgstr "请按编辑进行配置" -#. Message shown while loading modules information -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 +#. Message shown while loading modules information +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:197 msgid "Loading modules, please wait ..." msgstr "正在装载模块，请稍候..." -#. Heading for NCurses Control Center -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 +#. Heading for NCurses Control Center +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:224 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST 控制中心" -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:262 msgid "Run" msgstr "运行" -#. show popup when running as non-root -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 +#. show popup when running as non-root +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:273 msgid "" "YaST2 Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You can only see modules that do not require root privileges." @@ -985,13 +979,13 @@ "没有以根用户身份运行 YaST2 控制中心。\n" "您只能看到不需要根特权的模块。" -#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 +#. NCurses (textmode) Control Center headline +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:320 msgid "Controlling YaST ncurses with the Keyboard" msgstr "使用键盘控制 YaST ncurses" -#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 +#. NCurses Control Center help 1/ +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:323 msgid "" "1) General \n" "Navigate through the dialog elements with [TAB] to go to\n" @@ -1005,20 +999,13 @@ "使用 [SPACE] 或 [ENTER] 可选择或激活要素。\n" "某些要素需要使用箭头键(例如在列表中滚动)。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "" -"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " -"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " -"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " -"on the right." -msgstr "" -"使用方向键也可以在树中导航。要打开或关闭一个分支，请使用 [SPACE] 键。如果" -"模块的左侧显示的是一个配置项目树（可能类似于一个列表），可以使用 [ENTER] 键在" -"右侧显示相应的对话框。" +#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 +msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." +msgstr "使用方向键也可以在树中导航。要打开或关闭一个分支，请使用 [SPACE] 键。如果模块的左侧显示的是一个配置项目树（可能类似于一个列表），可以使用 [ENTER] 键在右侧显示相应的对话框。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 +#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 msgid "" "Buttons are equipped with shortcut keys (the highlighted\n" "letter). Use [ALT] and the letter to activate the button." @@ -1026,8 +1013,8 @@ "各按钮都配有快捷键(高亮显示的\n" "字母)。同时按下 [ALT] 和该字母可激活相应的按钮。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 +#. NCurses Control Center help 4/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:342 msgid "" "Press [ESC] to close selection pop-ups (e.g., from\n" "menu buttons) without choosing anything.\n" @@ -1035,8 +1022,8 @@ "按 [ESC] 键，可以在不选择任何内容的情况下关闭选择弹出列表(例如，\n" "菜单按钮)。\n" -#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 +#. NCurses Control Center help 5/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:346 msgid "" "2) Substitution of Keystrokes \n" "Because the environment can affect the use of the keyboard,\n" @@ -1050,8 +1037,8 @@ "如果 [TAB] 和 [SHIFT](或 [ALT])+ [TAB] 无效，\n" "则可使用 [CTRL] + [F] 使焦点前移，使用 [CTRL] + [B] 使焦点后移。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 +#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:354 msgid "" "If [ALT] + [letter] does not work,\n" "try [ESC] + [letter]. Example: [ESC] + [H] for [ALT] + [H].\n" @@ -1061,23 +1048,22 @@ "可尝试使用 [ESC] + [字母]。例如：[ESC] + [H] 可替代 [ALT] + [H]。\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] 也可替代 [ALT] + [TAB]。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 +#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " -"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) 功能键 \n" "使用功能键可快速访问各种主要功能。当前对话框的功能键组合显示在底部。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 +#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 msgid "The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:" msgstr "各个功能键通常与特定操作相联系。" -#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 +#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369 msgid "" "F1 = Help \n" "F2 = Info or Description \n" @@ -1101,8 +1087,8 @@ "F9 = 中止或取消 \n" "F10 = 确定、下一步、完成或接受 " -#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 -#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 +#. NCurses Control Center help 10/10 +#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:382 msgid "" "In some environments, all or some\n" "F keys are not available." @@ -1110,90 +1096,81 @@ "在某些环境中，部分或全部\n" "F 键不可用。" -#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: -#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? -#. For systemd compliant services, just do -#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") -#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but -#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) -#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is -#. written. -#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. -#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service -#. is not running, despite the real value. -#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. -#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. -#. :restart means the service will be restarted. -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 +#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods: +#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running? +#. For systemd compliant services, just do +#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service") +#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but +#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling) +#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is +#. written. +#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox. +#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service +#. is not running, despite the real value. +#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox. +#. :reload means the service will be reloaded. +#. :restart means the service will be restarted. +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59 msgid "Restart After Saving Settings" msgstr "保存设置后重启动" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61 msgid "Reload After Saving Settings" msgstr "保存设置后重新装载" -#. @return [YaST::Term] -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 +#. @return [YaST::Term] +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68 msgid "Service Status" msgstr "服务状态" -#. Content for the help -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 +#. Content for the help +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " -"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " -"during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " -"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " -"dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " -"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " -"in the already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>当前状态</big> \n" -"显示服务的当前状态。无论“引导期间启动服务”设置为何值，在保存这些设置后，该状" -"态都将保持不变。\n" +"显示服务的当前状态。无论“引导期间启动服务”设置为何值，在保存这些设置后，该状态都将保持不变。\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"仅当服务当前正在运行时才适用。确保运行中的服务在新配置保存（通过完成该对话框" -"或按“应用”按钮）后重新装载该配置。\n" +"仅当服务当前正在运行时才适用。确保运行中的服务在新配置保存（通过完成该对话框或按“应用”按钮）后重新装载该配置。\n" "<big>系统引导期间启动</big> \n" -"选中此字段可在系统引导时启用服务。取消选中此字段会禁用服务。这不会影响已运行" -"系统中服务的当前状态。\n" +"选中此字段可在系统引导时启用服务。取消选中此字段会禁用服务。这不会影响已运行系统中服务的当前状态。\n" -#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 +#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "当前状态：" -#. Widget to configure the status on boot -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 +#. Widget to configure the status on boot +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:168 msgid "Start During System Boot" msgstr "引导期间启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:192 msgid "running" msgstr "正在运行" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:194 msgid "Stop now" msgstr "立即停止" -#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 +#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:199 msgid "stopped" msgstr "已停止" -#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 +#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:201 msgid "Start now" msgstr "立即启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the filesystem path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the filesystem path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:287 msgid "" "Although the path %1 exists, it is not a directory.\n" "Continue or cancel the operation?\n" @@ -1201,9 +1178,9 @@ "尽管路径 %1 存在，但它不是一个目录。\n" "继续还是取消操作？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path -#. for a share, %1 is entered path -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: question popup (with yes / no buttons). A user entered non-existent path +#. for a share, %1 is entered path +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:300 msgid "" "The path %1 does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -1211,9 +1188,9 @@ "路径 %1 不存在。\n" "是否现在创建？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) -#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory -#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons) +#. %1 is the name (path) of the directory +#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:319 msgid "" "Failed to create the directory %1.\n" "Continue or cancel the current operation?\n" @@ -1221,225 +1198,225 @@ "未能创建目录 %1。\n" "继续还是取消当前操作？\n" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:46 msgid "&Add" msgstr "添加(&A)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:52 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "取消(&C)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:58 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "继续(&O)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:64 msgid "&Yes" msgstr "是(&Y)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:70 msgid "&No" msgstr "否(&N)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:76 msgid "&Finish" msgstr "完成(&F)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:82 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "编辑(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:88 msgid "&OK" msgstr "确定(&O)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:94 msgid "Abo&rt" msgstr "中止(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:100 msgid "Abo&rt Installation" msgstr "中止安装(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:106 msgid "&Ignore" msgstr "忽略(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:112 msgid "&Next" msgstr "下一步(&N)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:118 msgid "Ne&w" msgstr "新建(&W)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:124 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "删除(&T)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:130 msgid "&Back" msgstr "后退(&B)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:136 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "接受(&A)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:142 msgid "&Do Not Accept" msgstr "不接受(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:148 msgid "&Quit" msgstr "退出(&Q)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:154 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "重试(&Y)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:160 msgid "&Replace" msgstr "替换(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:172 msgid "Do&wn" msgstr "向下(&W)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:178 msgid "Sele&ct" msgstr "选择(&C)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:184 msgid "Remo&ve" msgstr "去除(&V)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:190 msgid "&Refresh" msgstr "刷新(&R)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:196 msgid "&Help" msgstr "帮助(&H)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:202 msgid "&Install" msgstr "安装(&I)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:208 msgid "&Do Not Install" msgstr "不安装(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:214 msgid "&Download" msgstr "下载(&D)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:220 msgid "&Save" msgstr "保存(&S)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:226 msgid "&Stop" msgstr "停止(&S)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:232 msgid "C&lose" msgstr "关闭(&L)" -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:238 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "浏览(&W)..." -#. Button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 +#. Button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:244 msgid "Crea&te" msgstr "创建(&T)" -#. Button label -#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip -#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed -#. PushButton label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 +#. Button label +#. push button label during media change popup, user can skip +#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed +#. PushButton label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "跳过(&S)" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:262 msgid "Error" msgstr "错误" -#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 +#. this string is usually used as headline of a popup +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:268 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "请稍候..." -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:313 msgid "&Filename" msgstr "文件名(&F)" -#. TextEntry Label -#. textentry label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 +#. TextEntry Label +#. textentry label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2221 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:325 msgid "C&onfirm Password" msgstr "确认口令(&O)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:331 msgid "&Port" msgstr "端口(&P)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:337 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "主机名(&H)" -#. TextEntry Label -#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 +#. TextEntry Label +#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:343 msgid "&Options" msgstr "选项(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:46 msgid "" "YaST cannot continue the configuration\n" "without installing the required packages." @@ -1447,34 +1424,34 @@ "如果未安装必需的包，则 YaST 无法\n" "继续配置。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:56 msgid "Cannot start '%1' service" msgstr "无法启动\"%1\"服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:64 msgid "Cannot restart '%1' service" msgstr "无法重启动“%1”服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:72 msgid "Cannot stop '%1' service" msgstr "无法停止“%1”服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:83 msgid "Cannot write settings to '%1'" msgstr "无法将设置写入“%1”" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is file or service name like "/tmp/out" or "LDAP", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:96 msgid "" "Cannot write settings to '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1484,19 +1461,19 @@ "\n" "原因：%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:114 msgid "Error writing file '%1'" msgstr "写入文件“%1”时出错" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a file name like "/tmp/out", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:127 msgid "" "Error writing file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1506,19 +1483,19 @@ "\n" "原因：%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in" +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:141 msgid "Cannot open file '%1'" msgstr "无法打开文件“%1”" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the name of file like "/tmp/in", %2 is the reason of error +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English filename +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:153 msgid "" "Cannot open file '%1'.\n" "\n" @@ -1528,18 +1505,18 @@ "\n" "原因：%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:160 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress stage text +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:167 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "检查环境" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is the description of error +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:175 msgid "" "Unknown Error.\n" "\n" @@ -1549,16 +1526,16 @@ "\n" "描述：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:182 msgid "This item must be completed." msgstr "此项必须完成。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:193 msgid "" "The directory '%1' does not exist.\n" "Create it?" @@ -1566,8 +1543,8 @@ "目录“%1”不存在。\n" "是否创建？" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:203 msgid "" "The domain has changed.\n" "You must reboot for the changes to take effect." @@ -1575,85 +1552,85 @@ "域名已更改。\n" "要让更该生效，您必须重启动。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox / Button +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:212 msgid "Do Not Show This Message &Again" msgstr "不再显示此信息(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a service name like "smbd" +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:220 msgid "Cannot adjust '%1' service." msgstr "无法调整“%1”服务。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a missing-parameter name +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:228 msgid "Missing parameter '%1'." msgstr "缺少参数“%1”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name -#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so -#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory -#. (see BNC #584466 for details) -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message, %1 is a directory name +#. For Right-To-Left languages, you want to put %1 into its own empty line so +#. the text renderer doesn't get trip with the English directory +#. (see BNC #584466 for details) +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:239 msgid "Cannot create directory '%1'." msgstr "无法创建目录“%1”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:246 msgid "Cannot read current settings." msgstr "不能读取当前设置." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:253 msgid "SuSEconfig script failed." msgstr "SuSEconfig 脚本执行失败." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:260 msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "不能够安装所有必需的软件包" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 msgid "Updating system configuration..." msgstr "正在更新系统配置..." -#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "这或许需要一段时间。" -#. Get information about the OS release -#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file -#. is missing. -#. -#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) -#. @return [String] the release information -#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:62 msgid "Release file %{file} not found" msgstr "找不到版本文件 %{file}" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733 msgid "Really abort the installation?" msgstr "是否确实要中止安装？" -#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 +#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742 msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?" msgstr "是否确实要中止 YaST 系统修复？" -#. Button that will really abort the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 +#. Button that will really abort the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744 msgid "Abort System Repair" msgstr "中止系统修复" -#. Button that will continue with the repair -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 +#. Button that will continue with the repair +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746 msgid "&Continue System Repair" msgstr "继续系统修复(&C)" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will not be installed.\n" @@ -1663,10 +1640,10 @@ "则不会安装 Linux。\n" "您的硬盘将保持原样不变。" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. -#. disks formatted / some packages already installed -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g. +#. disks formatted / some packages already installed +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, you will\n" "have an incomplete Linux system\n" @@ -1678,9 +1655,9 @@ "该系统不一定能够正常使用。\n" "您可能需要重安装。\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting) +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "Linux will be unusable.\n" @@ -1690,221 +1667,221 @@ "则 Linux 将不可用。\n" "您将需要重安装。" -#. Confirm aborting the program -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 +#. Confirm aborting the program +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "是否确实要中止？" -#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 +#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830 msgid "All changes will be lost!" msgstr "所有更改都将丢失！" -#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later -#. button label -#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 +#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later +#. button label +#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "细节(&D)..." -#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 +#. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "讯息" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "显示讯息：%1" -#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file -#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed -#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file -#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#. translators: summary if the messages should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the messages should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the warnings should be written to log file +#. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed +#. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file +#. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 +#. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "超时讯息：%1" -#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 +#. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "记录讯息：%1" -#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 +#. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "警告" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "显示警告：%1" -#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 +#. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "超时警告：%1" -#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 +#. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "记录警告：%1" -#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 +#. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "错误" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "显示错误：%1" -#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? -#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 +#. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? +#. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "超时错误：%1" -#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? -#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? +#. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "记录错误：%1" -#. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 +#. translators: warnings summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "警告：" -#. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 +#. translators: errors summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "错误：" -#. translators: message summary header -#. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 +#. translators: message summary header +#. translators: message summary header +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "消息：" -#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 +#. translators: summary if the module has not been used yet in AutoYaST profile +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:68 msgid "Not configured yet." msgstr "尚未配置。" -#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected -#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 +#. translators: summary if no hardware was detected +#: library/general/src/modules/Summary.rb:82 msgid "Not detected." msgstr "未检测到。" -#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. -#. -#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header -#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table -#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another -#. button). -#. -#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. -#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. -#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to -#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually -#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. -#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. -#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() -#. UI elements ids:<table> -#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> -#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> -#. </table> -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 +#. Create an edit table with basic buttons. +#. +#. It contains table and buttons Add, Edit, Delete. User may specify table header +#. and content, content that will be placed above table, between table +#. and buttons, below buttons and rights from buttons (usually another +#. button). +#. +#. @param [Yast::Term] table_header Table header as defined in UI. +#. @param [Array] table_contents Table items. +#. @param [Yast::Term] above_table Content to place above table. There is no need to +#. place caption here, because the dialog has its caption. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_table Contents to place between table and buttons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] below_buttons Content to place below bottons. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @param [Yast::Term] buttons Content to place rights from buttons. Usually +#. an additional button, e.g. Set as default. +#. Set it to nil if you do not want to place anything here. +#. @return Content for the SetWizardContent[Buttons]() +#. UI elements ids:<table> +#. <tr><td>Table</td><td>`table</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button add</td><td>`add_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button edit</td><td>`edit_button</td></tr> +#. <tr><td>Button delete</td><td>`delete_button</td></tr> +#. </table> +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:82 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "添加(&D)" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:83 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "编辑(&E)" -#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 +#: library/general/src/modules/UIHelper.rb:84 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "删除(&L)" -#. translators: Tree header -#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 +#. translators: Tree header +#: library/general/src/modules/ValueBrowser.rb:152 msgid "&Variable" msgstr "变量(&V)" -#. FIXME: do it -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 +#. FIXME: do it +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234 msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package." msgstr "缺少 xterm，请安装 xterm 包。" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:187 msgid "GPG Private Keys" msgstr "GPG 私用密钥" -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#. table header - GPG key user ID -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#. table header - GPG key user ID +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:194 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:226 msgid "User ID" msgstr "用户 ID" -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. table header - GPG key fingerprint -#. lazy -#. Standard text strings -#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. table header - GPG key fingerprint +#. lazy +#. Standard text strings +#. GnuPG fingerprint used as "Fingerprint: AAA BBB CCC" +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:196 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:228 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Fingerprint" msgstr "指纹" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:207 msgid "" "<big>GPG Private Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the private GPG keys." @@ -1912,14 +1889,14 @@ "<big>GPG 私用密钥</big> \n" "该表含有私用 GPG 密钥的列表。" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:219 msgid "GPG Public Keys" msgstr "GPG 公共密钥" -#. fill up the widget in init handler -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 +#. fill up the widget in init handler +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:239 msgid "" "<big>GPG Public Key</big> \n" "The table contains list of the public GPG keys." @@ -1927,17 +1904,16 @@ "<big>GPG 公共密钥</big> \n" "该表包含公共 GPG 密钥的列表。" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:282 msgid "&Create a new GPG key..." msgstr "创建新的 GPG 密钥(&C)..." -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " -"information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1946,13 +1922,13 @@ "按 Ctrl+C 取消该操作。\n" " " -#. text entry -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 +#. text entry +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:325 msgid "&Passphrase for GPG Key %1" msgstr "GPG 密钥 %1 的通行口令(&P)" -#. help text -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 +#. help text +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:333 msgid "" "<big>Passphrase</big> \n" "Enter passphrase to unlock the GPG key." @@ -1960,25 +1936,25 @@ "<big>通行口令</big> \n" "请输入通行口令，以解除 GPG 密钥的锁定。" -#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. -#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 +#. Create a popup window term with the passphrase widget. +#. @return [Yast::Term] definition of the popup +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:350 msgid "Enter Passphrase" msgstr "输入通行口令" -#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode -#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 +#. ask for the passphrase in the commandline (interactive) mode +#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:382 msgid "Enter Passphrase to Unlock GPG Key %1: " msgstr "输入通行口令，以解除 GPG 密钥 %1 的锁定：" -#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes -#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} -#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 +#. Prompt the user for a message to describe the changes +#. that she did using YaST, logs it using {#Note} +#: library/log/src/modules/ALog.rb:105 msgid "Enter a log message that describes the changes you made." msgstr "请输入一条日志讯息描述您所做的更改。" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 1 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Displayed Log</big> \n" "Use Log to select the log to display. It will be displayed in\n" @@ -1988,8 +1964,8 @@ "使用日志以选择要显示的日志。它将在下面的\n" "字段中显示出来。\n" -#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 +#. help for the log widget, part 1, alt. 2 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>The Log</big> \n" "This screen displays the log." @@ -1997,8 +1973,8 @@ "<big>日志</big> \n" "此屏幕显示日志。" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 1, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:130 msgid "" "\n" "To process advanced actions or save the log into a file, click %1\n" @@ -2008,8 +1984,8 @@ "要处理高级操作或将日志保存到文件中，请单击 %1\n" "并选择要处理的操作。" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:145 msgid "" "\n" "To process advanced actions, click %1\n" @@ -2019,8 +1995,8 @@ "要处理高级操作，请单击 %1\n" "并选择要处理的操作。" -#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 +#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 3 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:158 msgid "" "\n" "To save the log into a file, click Save Log and select the file\n" @@ -2030,58 +2006,58 @@ "要将日志保存到文件中，请单击保存日志并选择\n" "要保存日志的文件。\n" -#. menu button -#. Get the buttons below the box with the log -#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) -#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget -#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs -#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 +#. menu button +#. Get the buttons below the box with the log +#. @param [Boolean] popup boolean true if running in popup (and Close is needed) +#. @param [Hash{String => Object}] glob_param a map of global parameters of the log widget +#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] log_maps a list of maps describing all the logs +#. @return [Yast::Term] the widget with buttons +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:177 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:277 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:308 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "高级(&V)" -#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case -#. of error in the YaST code) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 +#. combo box entry (only used as fallback in case +#. of error in the YaST code) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:231 msgid "Log" msgstr "日志" -#. logview caption -#. logview caption -#. menubutton -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 +#. logview caption +#. logview caption +#. menubutton +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:238 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:349 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:468 +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:545 msgid "&Log" msgstr "日志(&L)" -#. menubutton entry -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 +#. menubutton entry +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:255 msgid "&Save Log" msgstr "保存日志(&S)" -#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) -#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 +#. popup caption, save into home directory by default (bnc#653601) +#: library/log/src/modules/LogView.rb:390 msgid "Save Log as..." msgstr "将日志另存为..." -#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running -#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 +#. flag indicating if background process is (or should be) running +#: library/log/src/modules/LogViewCore.rb:67 msgid "Error occurred while reading the log." msgstr "读取日志时出错。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:514 msgid "Unknown Zone" msgstr "未知区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:946 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall.rb:1022 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n" "Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n" @@ -2089,46 +2065,46 @@ "未将接口“%1”指派到任何防火墙区域。\n" "运行 YaST2 防火墙并指派它。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:119 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:100 msgid "External Zone" msgstr "外部区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:123 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:106 msgid "Internal Zone" msgstr "内部区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:127 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:94 msgid "Demilitarized Zone" msgstr "隔离区域" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:250 msgid "TCP" msgstr "TCP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:252 msgid "UDP" msgstr "UDP" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:254 msgid "RPC" msgstr "RPC" -#. protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 +#. protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:256 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0) +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1066 msgid "" "Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n" "Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n" @@ -2142,210 +2118,210 @@ "建议保留配置并\n" "在文件\"/etc/sysconfig/SuSEFirewall\"中手动修复它。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1543 msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "初始化防火墙配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1551 msgid "Check for network devices" msgstr "检查网络设备" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1553 msgid "Read current configuration" msgstr "读取当前配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1555 msgid "Check possibly conflicting services" msgstr "检查可能的冲突服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1559 msgid "Checking for network devices..." msgstr "正在检查网络设备..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1561 msgid "Reading current configuration..." msgstr "正在读取当前配置..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1563 msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..." msgstr "正在检查可能的冲突服务..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 +#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1702 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration" msgstr "写入防火墙配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1710 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "写入防火墙设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1712 msgid "Adjust firewall service" msgstr "调整防火墙服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1716 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1718 msgid "Adjusting firewall service..." msgstr "正在调整防火墙服务..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:1737 msgid "Writing settings failed" msgstr "写入设置失败" -#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 +#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2.rb:2392 msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)" msgstr "未知协议 (%1)" -#. Returns service definition. -#. See @services for the format. -#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception -#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. -#. -#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) -#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil -#. when service is not found (default false) -#. @api private -#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the -#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function -#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). -#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} -#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service -#. defined by package. -#. -#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") -#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition -#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) -#. -#. @see #IsKnownService -#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage -#. -#. @example -#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( -#. "service:something", -#. { -#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], -#. "udp_ports" => [ ], -#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], -#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], -#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], -#. } -#. ) -#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service -#. information just yet. Lets do it now -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 +#. Returns service definition. +#. See @services for the format. +#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception +#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk. +#. +#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix) +#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil +#. when service is not found (default false) +#. @api private +#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the +#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function +#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices). +#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} +#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service +#. defined by package. +#. +#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh") +#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition +#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake) +#. +#. @see #IsKnownService +#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage +#. +#. @example +#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols ( +#. "service:something", +#. { +#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ], +#. "udp_ports" => [ ], +#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ], +#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ], +#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ], +#. } +#. ) +#. If service description is the default one then we know that we haven't read the service +#. information just yet. Lets do it now +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:340 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:497 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:127 msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist" msgstr "名称为“%{service_name}”的服务不存在" -#. Fallback for presented service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 +#. Fallback for presented service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewall2services.rb:411 msgid "Service: %{filename}" msgstr "服务：%{filename}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:91 msgid "Block Zone" msgstr "阻止区域" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:97 msgid "Drop Zone" msgstr "丢弃区域" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:103 msgid "Home Zone" msgstr "家庭区域" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:109 msgid "Public Zone" msgstr "公共区域" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:112 msgid "Trusted Zone" msgstr "可信区域" -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalld.rb:115 msgid "Work Zone" msgstr "工作区域" -#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to -#. determine if the service has been populated or not. -#. -#. @param service_name [String] The service name -#. @return [String] Default description for service -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 +#. A good default description for all services. We will use that to +#. determine if the service has been populated or not. +#. +#. @param service_name [String] The service name +#. @return [String] Default description for service +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewalldservices.rb:149 msgid "The %{service_name} Service" msgstr "%{service_name} 服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server -#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nfs-server +#: library/network/src/lib/network/susefirewallservices.rb:73 msgid "Unknown service '%1'" msgstr "未知服务“%1”" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." msgstr "不能在安装第一阶段调整防火墙。" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 msgid "Firewall package is not installed." msgstr "未安装防火墙包。" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:118 msgid "Firewall is disabled" msgstr "防火墙已禁用" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:121 msgid "Firewall port is closed" msgstr "防火墙端口已关闭" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:124 msgid "Firewall port is open on all interfaces" msgstr "已在所有的接口上打开防火墙端口" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:127 msgid "Firewall port is open on selected interfaces" msgstr "已在所选的接口上打开防火墙端口" -#. label -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 +#. label +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:130 msgid "No network interfaces are configured" msgstr "没有配置网络接口" -#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 +#. BNC #483455: Interface zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:155 msgid "Interface is not assigned to any zone" msgstr "未将接口指派到任何区域" -#. transaltors: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 +#. transaltors: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:407 msgid "&Network Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "网络接口中有打开的防火墙端口(&N)" -#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default -#. See bnc #382686 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 +#. Check the INT zone, it's not protected by default +#. See bnc #382686 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:494 msgid "" "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" @@ -2353,8 +2329,8 @@ "无法取消选择这些指派到内部网络的网络接口：\n" "%1\n" -#. question popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 +#. question popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:515 msgid "" "No interface is selected. Service will not\n" "be available for other computers.\n" @@ -2366,8 +2342,8 @@ "\n" "是否继续？" -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:545 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces will additionally be open:\n" @@ -2381,10 +2357,10 @@ "\n" "是否继续？" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:564 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:619 msgid "" "Because of SuSE Firewall settings, the port\n" "on the following interfaces cannot be opened:\n" @@ -2398,23 +2374,23 @@ "\n" "是否继续？" -#. translators: selection box title -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 +#. translators: selection box title +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:701 msgid "Network &Interfaces with Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "网络接口中有打开的防火墙端口(&I)" -#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 +#. push button to select all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:713 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "选择全部(&A)" -#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 +#. push button to deselect all network intefaces for firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:721 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "不选择(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:816 msgid "" "Error checking service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2422,8 +2398,8 @@ "检查服务状态时出错：\n" "%{details}" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, do not translate %{details} +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:850 msgid "" "Error setting service status:\n" "%{details}" @@ -2431,9 +2407,9 @@ "设置服务状态时出错：\n" "%{details}" -#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, -#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 1/3, +#. %1 is check box label, eg. "Open Port in Firewall" (without quotes) +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:983 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from remote computers,\n" @@ -2443,10 +2419,10 @@ "要打开防火墙，以便访问远程计算机中的服务，\n" "请设置 %1。 " -#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional -#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) -#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 +#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional +#. %1 is push button label, eg. "Firewall &Details" (without quotes) +#. note: %2 is correct, do not replace with %1!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:994 msgid "" "To select interfaces on which to open the port,\n" "click %2. " @@ -2454,8 +2430,8 @@ "要选择将在其上打开端口的接口，\n" "请单击 %2。 " -#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 +#. help text for firewall settings widget 3/3, +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1002 msgid "" "This option is available only if the firewall\n" "is enabled." @@ -2463,467 +2439,467 @@ "此选项仅当启用了防火墙时\n" "才可用。" -#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 +#. part of help text - check box label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1014 msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "打开防火墙中的端口" -#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 +#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1016 msgid "Firewall Details" msgstr "防火墙细节" -#. check box -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 +#. check box +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1047 msgid "Open Port in &Firewall" msgstr "打开防火墙中的端口(&F)" -#. push button -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 +#. push button +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1054 msgid "Firewall &Details..." msgstr "防火墙细节(&D)..." -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1082 msgid "Firewall Settings for %{firewall}" msgstr "%{firewall} 的防火墙设置" -#. label text -#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 +#. label text +#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:1089 msgid "Firewall is open" msgstr "防火墙已打开" -#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "调制解调器" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "网卡" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:432 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:480 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:753 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:754 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:989 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:990 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. Device type label -#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). -#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface -#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. -#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" -#. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#. Device type label +#. This is what used to be Virtual Interface (eth0:1). +#. In our data model, additional addresses for an interface +#. are represented as its sub-interfaces. +#. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" +#. :-( +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "附加地址" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet 网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "异步传送模式 (ATM)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "蓝牙" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "蓝牙连接" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond" msgstr "绑定" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "绑定网络" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "公共链路访问工作站 (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN 卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "通道到通道接口 (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL 连接" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "虚设" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "虚设网络设备" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "企业系统连接器 (ESCON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "以太网" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "以太网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI 网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "光纤通道系统连接器 (FICON)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "高性能并行接口 (HIPPI)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "HiperSockets 接口 (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN 连接" -#. Device type label -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#. Device type label +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "红外网络设备" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "红外设备" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "用户间通讯载体 (IUCV)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS 网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "回写" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "回写设备" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet 网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "并行线路" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "并行线路连接" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-Express 或 QDIO 设备 (QETH)" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 封装设备" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "串行线路" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "串行线路连接" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "令牌环" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "令牌环网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB 网络设备" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare 网络设备" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "无线" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "无线网卡" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP 网络" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "虚拟 LAN" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "桥接" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "网桥" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "网络 TUNnel" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "网络 TAP" -#. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 +#. Device type label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand 设备" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:71 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "未知设备" -#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Informs that the IP address is assigned via DHCP +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:80 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 地址" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, informing that device has no IP address +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:87 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "未指派 IP 地址" -#. translators: table header - details about the network device -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 +#. translators: table header - details about the network device +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:109 msgid "Device Type" msgstr "设备类型" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:110 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:112 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "设备 ID" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:113 msgid "Connected" msgstr "已连接" -#. label message -#. label message -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 +#. label message +#. label message +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:226 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "正在扫描此 LAN 上的主机..." -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:214 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFS 服务器(&N)" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:238 msgid "Re&mote Hosts" msgstr "远程主机(&M)" -#. selection box label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 +#. selection box label +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:258 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "导出的目录(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2934,10 +2910,10 @@ "但是要配置的服务可能无法与之很好地协作。\n" "是否确实要继续？" -#. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false -#. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 +#. If there is network running, return true. +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false +#. @return true if network running +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:346 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" @@ -2947,7 +2923,7 @@ "重启动安装并在 Linuxrc 中配置网络，\n" "或在无网络的情况下继续。" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:352 msgid "" "No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" @@ -2959,8 +2935,8 @@ "然后再次启动此模块\n" "或在无网络的情况下继续。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names -#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names +#: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" "A port name may consist of the characters 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', and '*+._-'.\n" "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -2970,150 +2946,125 @@ "端口号可以是一个从 0 到 65535 的数字。\n" "不允许使用空格。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" msgstr "找到新的网络设备“%1”；已作为内部防火墙接口添加了此设备" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" msgstr "找到新的网络设备“%1”；已作为外部防火墙接口添加了此设备" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." msgstr "未安装 SuSEfirewall2 包。防火墙将禁用。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"防火墙已启用（<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">禁用</a>）" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 +msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "防火墙已启用（<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">禁用</a>）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "" -"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" -"\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "" -"防火墙已禁用（<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">启用</a>）" +#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 +msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "防火墙已禁用（<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">启用</a>）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 端口已打开（<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">关闭</a>）" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 +msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 端口已打开（<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">关闭</a>）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "" -"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"SSH 端口已阻止（<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">打开</a>）" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 +msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH 端口已阻止（<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">打开</a>）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " -"but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" "SSH 端口已打开（<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">关闭</a>）, \n" "但尚未配置网络接口" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " -"on the firewall." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 +msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." msgstr "您正在通过 SSH 安装系统，但您还没有打开防火墙上的 SSH 端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" -"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "" -"远程管理 (VNC) 端口已打开（<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">关闭" -"</a>）" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已打开（<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">关闭</a>）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around -#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "" -"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" -"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "" -"远程管理 (VNC) 端口已阻止（<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">打开" -"</a>）" +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around +#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 +msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "远程管理 (VNC) 端口已阻止（<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">打开</a>）" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " -"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 +msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." msgstr "您正在通过远程管理 (VNC) 安装系统，但您还没有打开防火墙上的 VNC 端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are open" msgstr "iSCSI 目标端口已打开" -#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 +#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:728 msgid "iSCSI Target ports are blocked" msgstr "iSCSI 目标端口已被阻止" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall -#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "" -"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " -"needed ports on the firewall." +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall +#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 +msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." msgstr "您正在通过 iSCSI 目标安装系统，但您尚未在防火墙上打开需要的端口。" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:106 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:135 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "需要安装这些包：" -#. the message is followed by list of required packages -#. Popup Text -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 +#. the message is followed by list of required packages +#. Popup Text +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:109 +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:137 msgid "These packages need to be removed:" msgstr "需要删除这些包：" -#. labels changed for bug #215195 -#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 +#. labels changed for bug #215195 +#. Label::ContinueButton (), Label::CancelButton (), +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/include/packages/common.rb:158 msgid "&Uninstall" msgstr "卸装(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:78 msgid "Checking file conflicts..." msgstr "正在检查文件冲突..." -#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:89 msgid "Detecting the file conflicts is in progress." msgstr "正在检测文件冲突。" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:134 msgid "" "File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n" "\n" @@ -3123,8 +3074,8 @@ "\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:171 msgid "" "File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n" "files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n" @@ -3134,65 +3085,65 @@ "会发生文件冲突。如果您继续，冲突的文件将会被替换，\n" "之前的内容会因此丢失。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 msgid "A File Conflict Detected" msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected" msgstr[0] "检测到文件冲突" -#. Convert one message to richtext -#. -#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext -#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 +#. Convert one message to richtext +#. +#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext +#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35 msgid "This message will be available at %s" msgstr "在 %s 处将可以获取此讯息" -#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. defaults -#. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 +#. -------------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. defaults +#. at start of file providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "正在下载包 %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "正在下载包" -#. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 +#. error message, %1 is a package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "包 %1 已损坏，未通过完整性检查。" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "是否重试安装包？" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "是否中止安装？" -#. otherwise return Ignore (default) -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#. error message, %1 is code of the error, -#. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 +#. otherwise return Ignore (default) +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#. error message, %1 is code of the error, +#. detail string is appended to the end +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2136 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "错误：%1：" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3200,52 +3151,49 @@ "忽略失败的下载可能导致系统损坏。\n" "请稍后运行软件管理模块校验系统。\n" -#. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 +#. At start of package install. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "正在卸装包 %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "正在安装包 %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "正在卸装包" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "正在安装包" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "删除包 %1 失败。" -#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 +#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "安装包 %1 失败。" -#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox -#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 +#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox +#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " -"module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." msgstr "" "忽略包失败可能会导致系统的损坏。\n" "之后应通过运行软件管理模块来校验系统。" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " -"changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " -"from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "指定 URL 上的储存库现在提供了其他媒体 ID。\n" @@ -3253,30 +3201,30 @@ "要继续使用此储存库，请从 YaST 控制中心启动\n" "储存库并刷新储存库。\n" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media -#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" -#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media +#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" +#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591 msgid "Side A" msgstr "A 面" -#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 +#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594 msgid "Side B" msgstr "B 面" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1（光盘 %2）" -#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 +#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1（媒体 %2）" -#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 +#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3284,8 +3232,8 @@ "插入\n" "“%1”" -#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 +#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3297,8 +3245,8 @@ "%2。\n" "请检查能否访问该目录。" -#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 +#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3310,178 +3258,178 @@ "%2。\n" "请检查能否访问服务器。" -#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 +#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1835 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "跳过自动刷新" -#. menu button label - used for more then one device -#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 +#. menu button label - used for more then one device +#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "弹出(&E)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "自动弹出 CD 或 DVD 媒体(&U)" -#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 +#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "是否重试安装？" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "是否跳过媒体？" -#. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 +#. otherwise ignore the medium +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "正在忽略错误的媒体..." -#. TextEntry label -#. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#. TextEntry label +#. TextEntry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "正在创建储存库 %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "创建储存库时出错。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "无法获取远程储存库说明。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "检索新的元数据时出错。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "该储存库无效。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "此储存库的元数据无效。" -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried -#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried +#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2090 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "重试吗？" -#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 +#. popup label (%1 is repository URL) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "正在探测储存库 %1" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "探测储存库时出错。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "储存库探测细节。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "此储存库的元数据无效。" -#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 +#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "储存库 %1" -#. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 +#. at start of delta providal +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM 包 %1 (%2)..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM 包" -#. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 +#. at start of delta application +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM 包 %1..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM 包" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "包：" -#. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 +#. close popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "正在启动脚本 %1（增补程序 %2）..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "正在运行脚本" -#. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 +#. label, patch name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "增补程序：" -#. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 +#. label, script name follows +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517 msgid "Script: " msgstr "脚本：" -#. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 +#. label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "脚本输出" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3489,8 +3437,8 @@ "增补程序：%1\n" "\n" -#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 +#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3504,37 +3452,37 @@ "注意：如果跳过刷新，一些包\n" "可能会丢失或过期。" -#. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 +#. push button label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "跳过刷新(&S)" -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "正在下载" -#. message in a progress popup -#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 +#. message in a progress popup +#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1770 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "正在下载：%1" -#. heading of popup -#. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 +#. heading of popup +#. heading of popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1872 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1938 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "正在检查包数据库" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "正在重构建包数据库。此过程将需要一些时间。" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3542,17 +3490,17 @@ "重构建包数据库失败：\n" "%1" -#. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 +#. message in a progress popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "正在转换包数据库。此过程将需要一些时间。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 +#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1978 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3560,44 +3508,44 @@ "转换包数据库失败：\n" "%1" -#. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 +#. progress message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2014 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "正在读取 RPM 数据库..." -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2023 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "正在读取已安装包" -#. progress bar label -#. TODO: allow Abort -#. , -#. `VBox( -#. `Label(""), -#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) -#. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 +#. progress bar label +#. TODO: allow Abort +#. , +#. `VBox( +#. `Label(""), +#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) +#. ) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2029 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "正在扫描 RPM 数据库..." -#. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 +#. error message, could not read RPM database +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2079 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "目标初始化失败。" -#. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 +#. status message (command line mode) +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2171 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "已读取 RPM 数据库" -#. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 +#. heading in a popup window +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2203 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "用户身份验证" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3607,26 +3555,26 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 +#. textentry label +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 +#. check box +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "显示细节(&D)" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "大小：" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "自动重试前剩余时间：%1" -#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 +#. ask to send quit signal to PackageKit +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:58 msgid "" "PackageKit is still running (probably busy).\n" "Ask PackageKit to quit again?" @@ -3634,7 +3582,7 @@ "PackageKit 仍在运行（可能正忙）。\n" "再次请求退出 PackageKit？" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:62 msgid "" "PackageKit is blocking software management.\n" "This happens when the updater applet or another software management\n" @@ -3647,17 +3595,17 @@ "\n" "请求退出 PackageKit 吗？" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:108 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:159 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:183 msgid "Accessing the Software Management Failed" msgstr "访问软件管理失败" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:112 msgid "" "Would you like to continue without having access\n" "to the software management or retry to access it?\n" @@ -3665,41 +3613,40 @@ "您愿意在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续，\n" "还是重新尝试访问软件管理？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:163 msgid "" "Would you like to retry accessing the software manager,\n" "continue without having access to the software management,\n" "or abort?\n" -msgstr "" -"您愿意重新尝试访问软件管理器、在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续，还是中止？\n" +msgstr "您愿意重新尝试访问软件管理器、在无法访问软件管理的情况下继续，还是中止？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error message with question +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageLock.rb:187 msgid "Would you like to abort or try again?\n" msgstr "是中止还是重试？\n" -#. print the question -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 +#. print the question +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:188 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:194 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "是否接受此许可协议？" -#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 +#. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:224 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." msgstr "有未解决的依赖性，需要在软件管理器中手动解决。" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:418 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "安装必需的包失败。" -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:422 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3709,13 +3656,13 @@ "必需的包而继续，\n" "YaST 可能无法正常工作。\n" -#. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 +#. error report +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "如果未安装必需的包，则无法继续。" -#. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 +#. continue/cancel popup +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3723,29 +3670,28 @@ "如果未安装\n" "必需的包而继续，YaST 可能无法正常工作。\n" -#. dialog heading, %1 is package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 +#. dialog heading, %1 is package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156 msgid "Confirm Package License: %1" msgstr "确认包许可证：%1" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163 msgid "I &Agree" msgstr "我同意(&A)" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165 msgid "I &Disagree" msgstr "我不同意(&D)" -#. help text -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 +#. help text +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177 msgid "" "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " -"installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3758,14 +3704,12 @@ "要接受包许可，请单击我同意。\n" "要拒绝包许可，请单击我不同意。" -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " -"to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " -"the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" @@ -3775,7 +3719,7 @@ "\t\t 要查看一个项目的描述，请在列表中选择它。\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n" @@ -3789,7 +3733,7 @@ "\t\t 使用该上下文菜单，还可以更改所有项目的状态。\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t Details opens the detailed software package selection\n" @@ -3801,11 +3745,10 @@ "\t\t 在其中可以查看和选择单个软件包。\n" "\t\t " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " -"disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3820,128 +3763,126 @@ "\t\t系统的正常运行需要一些可用磁盘空间。\n" "\t\t " -#. Dialog title -#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 +#. Dialog title +#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems" +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388 msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks" msgstr "软件选择和系统任务" -#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have -#. been scared of the gory details. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 +#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have +#. been scared of the gory details. +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429 msgid "(more)" msgstr "（更多）" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445 msgid "Installation Successfully Finished" msgstr "安装已成功完成" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447 msgid "Package Installation Failed" msgstr "包安装失败" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459 msgid "Error Message: %1" msgstr "错误讯息：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476 msgid "Failed Packages: %1" msgstr "失败的包：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495 msgid "Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "已安装的包：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514 msgid "Updated Packages: %1" msgstr "已更新的包：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533 msgid "Removed Packages: %1" msgstr "已去除的包：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555 msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1" msgstr "未安装的包：%1" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包" -#. reset the items list -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 +#. reset the items list +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582 msgid "Elapsed Time: %1" msgstr "耗时：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592 msgid "Total Installed Size: %1" msgstr "总安装大小：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602 msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1" msgstr "总下载大小：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611 msgid "Statistics" msgstr "统计" -#. display installation log -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 +#. display installation log +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:713 msgid "Installation log" msgstr "安装日志" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631 msgid "Details" msgstr "细节" -#. open a new wizard dialog if needed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 +#. open a new wizard dialog if needed +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679 msgid "After Installing Packages" msgstr "安装包之后" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681 msgid "Show This Report" msgstr "显示此报告" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完成" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:683 msgid "Continue in the Software Manager" msgstr "在软件管理器中继续" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "" -"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " -"or removed packages." +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 +msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." msgstr "<BIG>安装报告</BIG> 以下是已安装或已去除的包摘要。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" msgstr "安装报告" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:718 msgid "Installed Packages" msgstr "已安装的包" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:723 msgid "Updated Packages" msgstr "已更新的包" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:728 msgid "Removed Packages" msgstr "已去除的包" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:733 msgid "Remaining Packages" msgstr "其余包" -#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 +#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:754 msgid "" "If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n" "\n" @@ -3955,10 +3896,10 @@ "\n" "编辑“System”>“Yast2”>“GUI”>“PKGMGR_ACTION_AT_EXIT”值。" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:456 msgid "" "The package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3976,10 +3917,10 @@ "\n" "是否仍要安装？" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#. %2 is a repository name -#. %3 is URL of the repository -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#. %2 is a repository name +#. %3 is URL of the repository +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:469 msgid "" "The file %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -3997,17 +3938,17 @@ "\n" "无论如何都使用该文件吗？\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:493 msgid "Unsigned Package" msgstr "未签名的包" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:495 msgid "Unsigned File" msgstr "未签名的文件" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:544 msgid "" "No checksum for package %1 was found in the repository.\n" "While the package is part of the signed repository, it is not contained \n" @@ -4023,13 +3964,12 @@ "\n" "无论如何都安装该包吗？\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:554 msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " -"Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -4041,63 +3981,63 @@ "\n" "无论如何都使用该文件吗？" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:572 msgid "No Checksum Found" msgstr "找不到校验和" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key ID +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:615 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:826 msgid "ID: %1" msgstr "ID：%1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key fingerprint +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:624 msgid "Fingerprint: %1" msgstr "指纹：%1" -#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 +#. Part of the GnuPG key description in popup, %1 is a GnuPG key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:630 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "名称：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:636 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "已创建：%1" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:648 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "失效：%1" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:664 msgid "ID: " msgstr "ID：" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:670 msgid "Name: " msgstr "名称：" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:683 msgid "Fingerprint: " msgstr "指纹：" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:694 msgid "Created: " msgstr "创建日期：" -#. GPG key property -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 +#. GPG key property +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:705 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "失效日期：" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "Package %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4114,13 +4054,12 @@ "中的包 %1 用以下 GnuPG 密钥签名，但完整性检查失败：%4\n" "\n" "这意味着在该储存库创建者签名该包之后，\n" -"该包已被无意更改或已被攻击者更改。安装该包对于您的系统完整性和安全性是一个巨" -"大的风险。\n" +"该包已被无意更改或已被攻击者更改。安装该包对于您的系统完整性和安全性是一个巨大的风险。\n" "\n" "无论如何都安装该包吗？\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complete description of the GnuPG key (multiline) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:740 msgid "" "File %1 from repository %2\n" "%3\n" @@ -4142,13 +4081,13 @@ "\n" "无论如何都使用该文件吗？\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:764 msgid "Validation Check Failed" msgstr "验证检查失败" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4168,8 +4107,8 @@ "\n" "是否要安装此包？" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the complex multiline description of the GnuPG key +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:806 msgid "" "The file %1\n" "is digitally signed with the following unknown GnuPG key: %2.\n" @@ -4189,13 +4128,13 @@ "\n" "是否要使用此文件？" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:836 msgid "Unknown GnuPG Key" msgstr "未知 GnuPG 密钥" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the package name, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "The package %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4216,8 +4155,8 @@ "使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n" "最保险的方法是跳过该包。\n" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 for the key ID, %3 for the key name +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:900 msgid "" "The file %1 is digitally signed\n" "with key '%2 (%3)'.\n" @@ -4238,18 +4177,18 @@ "使您的系统完整性面临风险。\n" "最保险的方法是跳过该文件。\n" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:923 msgid "Signed with Untrusted Public Key" msgstr "使用不可信公共密钥签名" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:932 msgid "&Trust and Import the Key" msgstr "信任并导入密钥(&T)" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 1/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The owner of the key may distribute updates,\n" "packages, and package repositories that your system will trust and offer\n" @@ -4263,19 +4202,18 @@ "导入可信密钥的密钥环将允许密钥拥有者\n" "对您的系统上的软件加以某种程度的控制。" -#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 +#. additional Richtext (HTML) warning text (kind of help), 2/2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:974 msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " -"used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." msgstr "" "每个未经可信（导入的）密钥签名的包都会触发一个警告对话框。\n" "如果您不信任该密钥，将不会使用由该密钥的拥有者创建的包或储存库。" -#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 +#. popup message - label, part 1, %1 stands for repository name, %2 for its URL +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:984 msgid "" "The following GnuPG key has been found in repository\n" "%1\n" @@ -4285,8 +4223,8 @@ "%1\n" "(%2)：" -#. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 +#. popup message - label, part 2 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4298,24 +4236,24 @@ "导入前应确保您可以信任该拥有者，\n" "并且该密钥确实属于该拥有者。" -#. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 +#. warning label - the key to import is expired +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1006 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "警告：该密钥已失效！" -#. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 +#. popup heading +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1034 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "导入不可信 GnuPG 密钥" -#. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 +#. push button +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "信任(&T)" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum -#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum +#. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1126 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4337,21 +4275,20 @@ "\n" "无论如何都使用该文件吗？\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1143 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "错误摘要" -#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " -"risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4364,92 +4301,86 @@ "\n" "无论如何都使用该文件吗？\n" -#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 +#. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "未知摘要" -#. we need to remember the values for tab switching -#. these are the initial values -#. Return the description for the current stage. -#. @return [String] localized string description -#. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 +#. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values +#. Return the description for the current stage. +#. @return [String] localized string description +#. translators: default global progress bar label +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "正在安装..." -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530 msgid "Media" msgstr "媒体" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532 msgid "Remaining" msgstr "剩余" -#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 +#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536 msgid "Time" msgstr "时间" -#. Construct widgets for the "details" page -#. -#. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 +#. Construct widgets for the "details" page +#. +#. @return A term describing the widgets +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "执行的操作：" -#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 +#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634 msgid "Packages are being installed." msgstr "正在安装包。" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "" -"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " -"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " -"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " -"installed." -msgstr "" -"中止安装可用中止按钮中止安装包。然而，之后系统可能处于不连贯" -"或不稳定的状态，如果未安装基本系统组件，它可能无法引导。" +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 +msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." +msgstr "中止安装可用中止按钮中止安装包。然而，之后系统可能处于不连贯或不稳定的状态，如果未安装基本系统组件，它可能无法引导。" -#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 +#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "%s 发行说明" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#. tab +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "幻灯片演示(&W)" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708 msgid "Performing Upgrade" msgstr "执行升级" -#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:711 msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "执行安装" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 +#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:746 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "包安装" -#. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 +#. popup yes-no +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:818 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4457,606 +4388,606 @@ "确实要\n" "退出安装吗？" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:830 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "已中止" -#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) -#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 +#. remove remaining ASCII control characters (ASCII 0-31 and 127 (DEL)) +#. except new line (LF = 0xa) and carriage return (CR = 0xd) +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:196 msgid "File not found." msgstr "找不到文件。" -#. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 +#. Fill the LogView with file content +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:202 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "系统日志 (%1)" -#. Class names collected -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 +#. Class names collected +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:45 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:46 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:182 msgid "Unclassified device" msgstr "未分类的设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:47 msgid "VGA compatible unclassified device" msgstr "VGA 兼容的未分类设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:50 msgid "Mass storage controller" msgstr "大容量储存控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:51 msgid "SCSI storage controller" msgstr "SCSI 储存控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:52 msgid "IDE interface" msgstr "IDE 接口" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:53 msgid "Floppy disk controller" msgstr "软盘控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:54 msgid "IPI bus controller" msgstr "IPI 总线控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:55 msgid "RAID bus controller" msgstr "RAID 总线控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:56 msgid "Unknown mass storage controller" msgstr "未知的大容量储存控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:59 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:65 msgid "Network controller" msgstr "网络控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:60 msgid "Ethernet controller" msgstr "以太网控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:61 msgid "Token ring network controller" msgstr "令牌环网络控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:62 msgid "FDDI network controller" msgstr "FDDI 网络控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:63 msgid "ATM network controller" msgstr "ATM 网络控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:64 msgid "ISDN controller" msgstr "ISDN 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:66 msgid "Myrinet controller" msgstr "Myrinet 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:69 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:73 msgid "Display controller" msgstr "显示控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:70 msgid "VGA-compatible controller" msgstr "VGA 兼容的控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:71 msgid "XGA-compatible controller" msgstr "XGA 兼容的控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:72 msgid "3D controller" msgstr "3D 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:76 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:80 msgid "Multimedia controller" msgstr "多媒体控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:77 msgid "Multimedia video controller" msgstr "多媒体视频控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:78 msgid "Multimedia audio controller" msgstr "多媒体音频控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:79 msgid "Computer telephony device" msgstr "计算机电话设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:83 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:86 msgid "Memory controller" msgstr "内存控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:84 msgid "RAM memory" msgstr "RAM 内存" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:85 msgid "FLASH memory" msgstr "FLASH 内存" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:90 msgid "Host bridge" msgstr "主桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:91 msgid "ISA bridge" msgstr "ISA 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:92 msgid "EISA bridge" msgstr "EISA 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:93 msgid "MicroChannel bridge" msgstr "微通道桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:94 msgid "PCI bridge" msgstr "PCI 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:95 msgid "PCMCIA bridge" msgstr "PCMCIA 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:96 msgid "NuBus bridge" msgstr "NuBus 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:97 msgid "CardBus bridge" msgstr "CardBus 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:98 msgid "RACEway bridge" msgstr "RACEway 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:99 msgid "Semitransparent PCI-to-PCI bridge" msgstr "半透明 PCI 到 PCI 桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:100 msgid "InfiniBand to PCI host bridge" msgstr "InfiniBand 到 PCI 主桥" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:104 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:109 msgid "Communication controller" msgstr "通讯控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:105 msgid "Serial controller" msgstr "串行控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:106 msgid "Parallel controller" msgstr "并行控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:107 msgid "Multiport serial controller" msgstr "多端口串行控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:112 msgid "Generic system peripheral" msgstr "通用系统外设" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:113 msgid "PIC" msgstr "PIC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:114 msgid "DMA controller" msgstr "DMA 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:115 msgid "Timer" msgstr "计时器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:116 msgid "RTC" msgstr "RTC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:117 msgid "PCI hotplug controller" msgstr "PCI 热插拔控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:118 msgid "System peripheral" msgstr "系统外设" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:121 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:127 msgid "Input device controller" msgstr "输入设备控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:122 msgid "Keyboard controller" msgstr "键盘控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:123 msgid "Digitizer pen" msgstr "数字手写笔" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:124 msgid "Mouse controller" msgstr "鼠标控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:125 msgid "Scanner controller" msgstr "扫描仪控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:126 msgid "Gameport controller" msgstr "游戏端口控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:130 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:132 msgid "Docking station" msgstr "靠接站" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:131 msgid "Generic docking station" msgstr "通用靠接站" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:135 msgid "Processor" msgstr "处理器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:136 msgid "386" msgstr "386" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:137 msgid "486" msgstr "486" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:138 msgid "Pentium" msgstr "Pentium" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:139 msgid "Alpha" msgstr "Alpha" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:140 msgid "Power PC" msgstr "Power PC" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:141 msgid "MIPS" msgstr "MIPS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:142 msgid "Coprocessor" msgstr "协处理器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:145 msgid "Serial bus controller" msgstr "串行总线控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:146 msgid "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" msgstr "FireWire (IEEE 1394)" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:147 msgid "ACCESS bus" msgstr "存取总线" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:148 msgid "SSA" msgstr "SSA" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:149 msgid "USB controller" msgstr "USB 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:150 msgid "Fiber channel" msgstr "光纤通道" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:151 msgid "SMBus" msgstr "SMBus" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:155 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:159 msgid "Wireless controller" msgstr "无线控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:156 msgid "IRDA controller" msgstr "IRDA 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:157 msgid "Consumer IR controller" msgstr "消费电子产品红外控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:158 msgid "RF controller" msgstr "RF 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "Intelligent controller" msgstr "智能控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:161 msgid "I2O" msgstr "I2O" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:163 msgid "Satellite communications controller" msgstr "卫星通信控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:164 msgid "Satellite TV controller" msgstr "卫星电视控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:165 msgid "Satellite audio communication controller" msgstr "卫星音频通信控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:166 msgid "Satellite voice communication controller" msgstr "卫星语音通信控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:167 msgid "Satellite data communication controller" msgstr "卫星数据通信控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:170 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:173 msgid "Encryption controller" msgstr "加密控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:171 msgid "Network and computing encryption device" msgstr "网络和计算加密设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:172 msgid "Entertainment encryption device" msgstr "娱乐加密设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:176 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:180 msgid "Signal processing controller" msgstr "信号处理控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:177 msgid "DPIO module" msgstr "DPIO 模块" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:178 msgid "Performance counters" msgstr "性能计数器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:179 msgid "Communication synchronizer" msgstr "通信同步程序" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:184 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "显示器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:185 msgid "CRT monitor" msgstr "CRT 显示器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:186 msgid "LCD monitor" msgstr "LCD 显示器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:189 msgid "Internally used class" msgstr "内部使用的类" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:190 msgid "ISA PnP interface" msgstr "ISA PnP 接口" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:191 msgid "Main memory" msgstr "主内存" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:192 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:193 msgid "FPU" msgstr "FPU" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:194 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:195 msgid "PROM" msgstr "PROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:196 msgid "System" msgstr "系统" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Win modem" msgstr "Win 调制解调器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:199 msgid "ISDN adapter" msgstr "ISDN 适配器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:200 msgid "PS/2 controller" msgstr "PS/2 控制器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:202 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:207 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "鼠标" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:203 msgid "PS/2 mouse" msgstr "PS/2 鼠标" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:204 msgid "Serial mouse" msgstr "串行鼠标" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:205 msgid "Bus mouse" msgstr "总线鼠标" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:206 msgid "USB mouse" msgstr "USB 鼠标" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:210 msgid "Mass storage device" msgstr "大容量储存设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:211 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁盘" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:212 msgid "Tape" msgstr "磁带" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:213 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:214 msgid "Floppy disk" msgstr "软盘" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:215 msgid "Storage device" msgstr "储存设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:218 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:229 msgid "Network interface" msgstr "网络界面" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:221 msgid "Token ring" msgstr "令牌环" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:225 msgid "HSI" msgstr "HSI" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:232 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:233 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "键盘" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:234 msgid "Console" msgstr "控制台" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:236 msgid "Printer" msgstr "打印机" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "Hub" msgstr "集线器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:237 msgid "USB hub" msgstr "USB 集线器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:238 msgid "Braille display" msgstr "点字显示器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:239 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "扫描仪" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "游戏杆" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:240 msgid "Gamepad" msgstr "游戏板" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:241 msgid "Chipcard reader" msgstr "芯片卡读卡器" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:243 msgid "Camera" msgstr "照相机" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:244 msgid "Webcam" msgstr "网络摄像机" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:245 msgid "Digital camera" msgstr "数码相机" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "帧缓冲设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:247 msgid "VESA framebuffer" msgstr "VESA 帧缓冲设备" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:249 msgid "DVB card" msgstr "DVB 卡" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:250 msgid "DVB-C card" msgstr "DVB-C 卡" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:251 msgid "DVB-S card" msgstr "DVB-S 卡" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:252 msgid "DVB-T card" msgstr "DVB-T 卡" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:254 msgid "TV card" msgstr "电视卡" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:255 msgid "Partition" msgstr "分区" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:256 msgid "DSL card" msgstr "DSL 卡" -#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 +#: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:257 msgid "Bluetooth device" msgstr "蓝牙设备" -#. Runs arguments without changed root. -#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs -#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed -#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 +#. Runs arguments without changed root. +#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs +#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed +#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67 msgid "" "Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n" "Exit code: %{exitcode}\n" @@ -5066,8 +4997,8 @@ "退出代码：%{exitcode}\n" "错误输出：%{stderr}" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a coma separated list of file names +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:178 msgid "" "Files %1 have been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes" @@ -5075,8 +5006,8 @@ "文件 %1 已手动更改过。\n" "YaST 可能会丢失一些更改" -#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 +#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:180 msgid "" "File %1 has been changed manually.\n" "YaST might lose some of the changes.\n" @@ -5084,13 +5015,13 @@ "文件 %1 已被手动更改。\n" "YaST 可能会丢失一些更改。\n" -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:192 msgid "Do not show this message anymore" msgstr "不再显示此消息" -#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or -#. a comma separated list of file names. -#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: Continue/Cancel question, %s is a single file name or +#. a comma separated list of file names. +#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:229 msgid "" "File %s has been created manually.\n" "YaST might lose this file." @@ -5101,13 +5032,13 @@ "文件 %s 是手动创建的。\n" "YaST 可能会丢失此文件。" -#. error report -#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 +#. error report +#: library/system/src/modules/Initrd.rb:415 msgid "An error occurred during initrd creation." msgstr "initrd 创建过程中出错。" -#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 +#. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:657 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5115,25 +5046,25 @@ "重引导您的系统，\n" "以激活新内核。\n" -#. bnc #421002 -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 +#. bnc #421002 +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:177 msgid "Confirm driver activation" msgstr "确认驱动程序激活" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. vendor and device information strings as stored -#. in the hardware-probing database. -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. vendor and device information strings as stored +#. in the hardware-probing database. +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:184 msgid "YaST2 detected the following device" msgstr "YaST2 检测到以下设备" -#. Caption for Textentry with module information -#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 +#. Caption for Textentry with module information +#: library/system/src/modules/ModuleLoading.rb:193 msgid "&Driver/Module to load" msgstr "要装载的驱动程序/模块(&D)" -#. describe valid MAC address -#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 +#. describe valid MAC address +#: library/types/src/modules/Address.rb:80 msgid "" "A valid MAC address consists of six pairs of hexadecimal\n" "digits separated by colons." @@ -5141,8 +5072,8 @@ "有效的 MAC 地址包括六对\n" "十六进制数字，使用冒号分隔。" -#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n" "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" @@ -5152,8 +5083,8 @@ "每个部分又包含字母、数字和连字符。连字符不能\n" "出现在各部分的开头或末尾，最后一部分不能以数字开头。" -#. Translators: hyphen: "-" -#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 +#. Translators: hyphen: "-" +#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 msgid "" "A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n" "A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n" @@ -5161,15 +5092,15 @@ "有效主机名由字母、数字和连字符组成。\n" "主机名不能以连字符开始或结束。\n" -#. Translators: dot: "." -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 +#. Translators: dot: "." +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:56 msgid "" "A valid IPv4 address consists of four integers\n" "in the range 0-255 separated by dots." msgstr "有效 IPv4 地址由范围在 0-255 的 4 个整数组成，数字间由英文句号分隔。" -#. Translators: colon: ":" -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 +#. Translators: colon: ":" +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:74 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of up to eight\n" "hexadecimal numbers in the range 0 - FFFF separated by colons.\n" @@ -5179,8 +5110,8 @@ "介于 0-FFFF 的十六进制数组成，\n" "数字之间用冒号分隔。至多可包含一个双冒号。" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition -#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition +#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128 msgid "" "A valid network definition can contain the IP,\n" "IP/Netmask, IP/Netmask_Bits, or 0/0 for all networks.\n" @@ -5198,73 +5129,73 @@ "IP/网络掩码：192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 或 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" "IP/网络掩码位：192.168.0.0/24 或 192.168.0.1/32 或 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" -#. Byte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 +#. Byte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 msgid "B" msgstr "B" -#. KiloByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 +#. KiloByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:129 msgid "KiB" msgstr "KiB" -#. MegaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 +#. MegaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:131 msgid "MiB" msgstr "MiB" -#. GigaByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 +#. GigaByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:133 msgid "GiB" msgstr "GiB" -#. TeraByte abbreviated -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 +#. TeraByte abbreviated +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:135 msgid "TiB" msgstr "TiB" -#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") -#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") -#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 +#. format download rate message: %1 = the current download rate (e.g. "242.6kB/s") +#. %2 is the average download rate (e.g. "228.3kB/s") +#. to translators: keep translation of "on average" as short as possible +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:201 msgid "%1 (on average %2)" msgstr "%1（平均 %2）" -#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter -#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 +#. ellipsis - used to replace part of text to make it shorter +#. example: "/really/very/long/file/name", "/.../file/name") +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:730 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. covert a number to download rate string -#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB -#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 +#. covert a number to download rate string +#. %1 is string - size in bytes, B, KiB, MiB, GiB or TiB +#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:846 msgid "%1/s" msgstr "%1/s" -#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. -#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when -#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules -#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation -#. about every module. -#. The popup box informs the user about the detected -#. hardware and suggests a module to load. -#. The user can confirm the module or change -#. the suggested load command -#. -#. This is the heading of the popup box -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 +#. Popup-Box for manual hardware detection. +#. If the user selects 'manual installation' when +#. booting from CD, YaST2 does not load any modules +#. automatically, but asks the user for confirmation +#. about every module. +#. The popup box informs the user about the detected +#. hardware and suggests a module to load. +#. The user can confirm the module or change +#. the suggested load command +#. +#. This is the heading of the popup box +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:102 msgid "Confirm Hardware Detection" msgstr "确认硬件检测" -#. This is in information message. Next come the -#. hardware class name (network cards). -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 +#. This is in information message. Next come the +#. hardware class name (network cards). +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:107 msgid "YaST will detect the following hardware:" msgstr "YaST 将检测以下硬件：" -#. Message in a continue/cancel popup -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 +#. Message in a continue/cancel popup +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:182 msgid "" "This module must be run as root.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -5276,36 +5207,36 @@ "例如，可能以不适当的方式读取了某些设置，\n" "但不可能写入这些设置。\n" -#. Popup headline -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 +#. Popup headline +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:190 msgid "Root Privileges Needed" msgstr "需要 Root 权限" -#. Popup question -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 +#. Popup question +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:207 msgid "Really delete selected entry?" msgstr "确实要删除所选项吗？" -#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 +#. Popup question, %1 is an item to delete (or filename, etc.) +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:221 msgid "Really delete '%1'?" msgstr "确实要删除“%1”吗？" -#. button text -#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" -#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 +#. button text +#. Open a dialog with "Accept", "Cancel" +#. and set the keyboard focus to "Accept". +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:259 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:508 msgid "&Apply" msgstr "应用(&A)" -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:286 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 +#. translators: dialog title to appear before any content is initialized +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:339 msgid "" "YaST\n" "Initializing ...\n" @@ -5313,631 +5244,631 @@ "YaST\n" "正在初始化...\n" -#. Heading for help popup window -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 +#. Heading for help popup window +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:375 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#. fallback name for the dialog title -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 -#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#. fallback name for the dialog title +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1134 +#: library/wizard/src/modules/Wizard.rb:1188 msgid "Module" msgstr "模块" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:33 msgid "United Arab Emirates" msgstr "阿拉伯联合酋长国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:33 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:144 msgid "Albania" msgstr "阿尔巴尼亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:81 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "阿根廷" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:60 msgid "Austria" msgstr "奥地利" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:66 msgid "Australia" msgstr "澳大利亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:55 msgid "Bosnia and Herzegowina" msgstr "波斯尼亚和黑塞哥维那" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:130 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "比利时" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:52 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "保加利亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:34 msgid "Bahrein" msgstr "巴林" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:53 msgid "Bangladesh" msgstr "孟加拉国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:82 msgid "Bolivia" msgstr "玻利维亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:136 msgid "Brasil" msgstr "巴西" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:67 msgid "Botswana" msgstr "博茨瓦纳" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:51 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "白俄罗斯" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:106 msgid "Canada" msgstr "加拿大" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:118 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:83 msgid "Chile" msgstr "智利" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:158 msgid "Peoples Republic of China" msgstr "中华人民共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:84 msgid "Colombia" msgstr "哥伦比亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:51 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:85 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "哥斯达黎加" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:52 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:57 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "捷克共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:53 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:63 msgid "Germany" msgstr "德国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:70 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "丹麦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:55 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:86 msgid "Dominican Republic" msgstr "多米尼加共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:35 msgid "Algeria" msgstr "阿尔及利亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:57 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:87 msgid "Ecuador" msgstr "厄瓜多尔" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:101 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "爱沙尼亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:59 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:36 msgid "Egypt" msgstr "埃及" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:60 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:56 msgid "Catalonia" msgstr "加泰罗尼亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:61 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:111 msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:62 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:146 msgid "Finland" msgstr "芬兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:63 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:104 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "法罗群岛" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:54 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:134 msgid "France" msgstr "法国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:58 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:123 msgid "Great Britain" msgstr "英国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:66 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:121 msgid "Georgia" msgstr "格鲁吉亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:67 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:122 msgid "Greenland" msgstr "格陵兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:68 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:65 msgid "Greece" msgstr "希腊" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:69 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:89 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "危地马拉" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:70 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:159 msgid "Hong Kong" msgstr "中国香港特别行政区" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:71 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:90 msgid "Honduras" msgstr "洪都拉斯" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:72 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:114 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "克罗地亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:115 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "匈牙利" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:116 msgid "Indonesia" msgstr "印度尼西亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:73 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:110 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "爱尔兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:120 msgid "Israel" msgstr "以色列" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:37 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:74 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:148 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:149 msgid "India" msgstr "印度" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:38 msgid "Iraq" msgstr "伊拉克" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:117 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "冰岛" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:119 msgid "Italy" msgstr "意大利" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:81 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:39 msgid "Jordan" msgstr "约旦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:82 msgid "Japan" msgstr "日本" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:83 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:40 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "科威特" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:84 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:41 msgid "Lebanon" msgstr "黎巴嫩" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:85 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "列支敦士登" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:86 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:124 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "立陶宛" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:87 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:64 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:109 msgid "Luxemburg" msgstr "卢森堡" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:88 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:125 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "拉脱维亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:89 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:42 msgid "Libyan Arab Jamahiriya" msgstr "利比亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:90 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:43 msgid "Morocco" msgstr "摩洛哥" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:127 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "马其顿" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:129 msgid "Malta" msgstr "马耳他" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:91 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:128 msgid "Malaysia" msgstr "马来群岛" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:92 msgid "Nicaragua" msgstr "尼加拉瓜" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:131 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "荷兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:133 msgid "Norway" msgstr "挪威" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:75 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:126 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "新西兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:44 msgid "Oman" msgstr "阿曼" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:93 msgid "Panama" msgstr "巴拿马" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:101 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:94 msgid "Peru" msgstr "秘鲁" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:102 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:76 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:152 msgid "Philippines" msgstr "菲律宾共和国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:103 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:155 msgid "Pakistan" msgstr "巴基斯坦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:104 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:135 msgid "Poland" msgstr "波兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:105 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:95 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "波多黎各" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:106 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:137 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "葡萄牙" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:107 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:96 msgid "Paraguay" msgstr "巴拉圭" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:108 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:45 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "卡塔尔" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:109 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:138 msgid "Romania" msgstr "罗马尼亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:110 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:139 msgid "Russia" msgstr "俄罗斯" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:111 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:46 msgid "Saudi Arabia" msgstr "沙特阿拉伯" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:112 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:47 msgid "Sudan" msgstr "苏丹" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:113 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:147 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "瑞典" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:114 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:77 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "新加坡" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:115 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:143 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:116 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:142 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "斯洛伐克" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:117 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "圣马力诺" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:118 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:97 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "萨尔瓦多" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:119 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:48 msgid "Syrian Arab Republic" msgstr "叙利亚" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:120 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:151 msgid "Thailand" msgstr "泰国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:121 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:150 msgid "Tajikistan" msgstr "塔吉克斯坦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:122 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:49 msgid "Tunisia" msgstr "突尼斯" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:123 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:153 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "土耳其" -#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 +#. "TW" : _("Taiwan"), +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:125 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:140 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:154 msgid "Ukraine" msgstr "乌克兰" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:126 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:78 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:98 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:157 msgid "USA" msgstr "美国" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:127 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:99 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "乌拉圭" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:128 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:156 msgid "Uzbekistan" msgstr "乌兹别克斯坦" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:129 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:100 msgid "Venezuela" msgstr "委内瑞拉" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:130 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:50 msgid "Yemen" msgstr "也门" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:131 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:141 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:145 msgid "Yugoslavia" msgstr "南斯拉夫" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:132 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:32 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:79 msgid "South Africa" msgstr "南非" -#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 +#: library/general/src/data/country.ycp:133 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:80 msgid "Zimbabwe" msgstr "津巴布韦" -#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 +#: library/general/src/data/country_long.ycp:160 msgid "Taiwan" msgstr "中国台湾" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, -#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message during parameters validation, +#. %1 is a string that should be IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:129 msgid "%1 is not a valid IPv4 address." msgstr "%1 不是有效的 Ipv4 地址。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone name defined +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:142 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1431 msgid "The zone name must be defined." msgstr "必须定义区域名。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get information from zone which doesn't exist, +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:153 msgid "DNS zone %1 does not exist." msgstr "DNS 区域 %1 不存在。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type -#. only 'master' zone records can be managed -#. %1 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying manage records in zone which is not 'master' type +#. only 'master' zone records can be managed +#. %1 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:187 msgid "DNS zone %1 is not type master." msgstr "DNS 区域 %1 不是主类型。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs DNS zone type defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:197 msgid "The zone type must be defined." msgstr "必须定义区域类型。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, -#. %1 is the zone type -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unsupported DNZ zone type, +#. %1 is the zone type +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:204 msgid "Zone type %1 is not supported." msgstr "不支持区域类型 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function which needs ACL name defined +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:217 msgid "The ACL name must be defined." msgstr "必须定义 ACL 名称。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, -#. %1 is the ACL's name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with unknown ACL, +#. %1 is the ACL's name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:228 msgid "An ACL named %1 does not exist." msgstr "不存在名为 %1 的 ACL。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Calling function with undefined parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:238 msgid "The hostname must be defined." msgstr "必须定义主机名。" -#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 +#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." msgstr "主机名必须使用完全限定的域名格式。" -#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 +#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 msgid "The fully qualified hostname must end with a dot." msgstr "完全限定的主机名必须以一个点结束。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described -#. two lines below using a pre-defined text -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, wrong hostname, allowed syntax is described +#. two lines below using a pre-defined text +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:266 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "主机名无效。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, MX priority is a needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:278 msgid "The mail exchange priority must be defined." msgstr "必须定义邮件交换优先级。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking parameters, wrong format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:284 msgid "" "The mail exchange priority is invalid.\n" "It must be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" @@ -5945,9 +5876,9 @@ "邮件交换优先级无效。\n" "它必须是一个 0 到 65535 之间的数字。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, -#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong hostname which should be part of the zone, +#. %1 is the hostname, %2 is the zone name +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:305 msgid "" "The hostname %1 is not part of the zone %2.\n" "\n" @@ -5960,16 +5891,15 @@ "主机名必须相对于区域或必须以区域名后跟一个英文句号结束，\n" "例如，区域“example.org”中的主机名应为“dhcp1”或“dhcp1.example.org”。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, -#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4, +#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:341 msgid "" "The reverse IPv4 address %1 is invalid.\n" "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " -"'192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "该反向 IPv4 地址 %1 无效。\n" "\n" @@ -5977,9 +5907,9 @@ "之间的整数，再后跟字符串“.in-addr.arpa.”。\n" "例如，IPv4 地址“192.168.32.1”的反向地址是“1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.”。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make -#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make +#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa') +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:363 msgid "" "The relative hostname %1 cannot be used with zone %2.\n" "Use a fully qualified hostname finished with a dot instead,\n" @@ -5989,8 +5919,8 @@ "请使用以点结束的完全限定的主机名，\n" "比如“host.example.org.”。\n" -#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 +#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:432 msgid "" "Invalid MX record.\n" "Use the format 'priority server-name'.\n" @@ -5998,10 +5928,10 @@ "MX 记录无效。\n" "请使用格式“priority server-name”。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), -#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking time value for specific SOA section (key), +#. %1 is the section name, %2 is the minimal value, %3 si the maximal value of the section +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:543 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:554 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be from %2 to %3 seconds.\n" @@ -6009,10 +5939,10 @@ "无效 SOA 记录。\n" "%1 必须在 %2 到 %3 秒之间。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers -#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name -#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking special BIND time format consisting of numbers +#. and defined suffies, also only number (as seconds) is allowed, %1 is a section name +#. like 'ttl' or 'refresh' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:583 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a BIND time type.\n" @@ -6026,9 +5956,9 @@ "后缀 W、D、H、M 和 S 组成。以秒为单位的时间允许不带后缀。\n" "请输入类似的值：12H15m、86400 或 1W30M。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, -#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, +#. %1 is a part of SOA, %2 is typically 0, %3 is some huge number +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:614 msgid "" "Invalid SOA record.\n" "%1 must be a number from %2 to %3.\n" @@ -6036,13 +5966,13 @@ "无效 SOA 记录。\n" "%1 必须是 %2 到 %3 之间的一个数字。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." msgstr "要记录到文件，必须定义文件名。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 msgid "" "Invalid file size.\n" "\n" @@ -6056,18 +5986,18 @@ "\n" "可以使用后缀 k、K、m、M、g 和 G。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set number of versions +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1041 msgid "The count of file versions must be a number." msgstr "文件版本的计数必须是一个数字。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, -#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to get 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. 'master' servers haven't any 'masterservers', they ARE masterservers +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to set 'master server' for zone which is not 'slave' type, +#. %1 is name of the zone, %2 is type of the zone +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1334 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1381 msgid "" "Only slave zones have a master server defined.\n" "Zone %1 is type %2.\n" @@ -6075,25 +6005,25 @@ "只有从属区域有一个已定义的主服务器。\n" "区域 %1 的类型是 %2。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Trying to add new zone which already exists +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1440 msgid "Zone name %1 already exists." msgstr "区域名 %1 已存在。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Adding new 'slave' zone without defined needed option 'masterserver' +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1449 msgid "Option masterserver is needed for slave zones." msgstr "masterserver 选项对于从属区域是必需的。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2531 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2581 msgid "Host's IP cannot be empty." msgstr "主机 IP 不能为空。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, -#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 -#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, No reverse zone for %1 record found, +#. %2 is the hostname, %1 is the IPv4 +#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:2539 msgid "" "There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n" "Hostname %2 cannot be added." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/bootloader.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,55 +14,55 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for Bootloader module -#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 +#. command line help text for Bootloader module +#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:32 msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "引导加载程序配置模块" -#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) -#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) +#. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "引导分区的类型为 NFS。无法安装引导加载程序。" -#. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#. F#300779: end +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "引导加载程序设置" -#. Represents dialog for modification of device map -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 +#. Represents dialog for modification of device map +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:56 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "设备映射必须至少包含一个设备" -#. we just go back to original dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 +#. we just go back to original dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "磁盘顺序设置" -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:113 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "磁盘(&I)" -#. textentry header -#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 +#. textentry header +#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:157 msgid "&Device" msgstr "设备(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:29 msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "选定的引导加载程序分区 %s 不再可用。" -#. Finish client for bootloader configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 +#. Finish client for bootloader configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." msgstr "正在保存引导加载程序配置..." -#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message -#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message +#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "Your system will now shut down.%1\n" @@ -74,38 +74,38 @@ "有关细节，请阅读文档中的\n" "相关章节。\n" -#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed -#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system -#. Message that will be displayed along with information -#. how the boot loader was installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 +#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed +#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system +#. Message that will be displayed along with information +#. how the boot loader was installed +#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:115 msgid "The system will reboot now..." msgstr "系统将立即重引导..." -#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 +#. Widget to switch between all supported bootloaders +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:20 msgid "&Boot Loader" msgstr "引导加载程序(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:39 msgid "GRUB2" msgstr "GRUB2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:40 msgid "GRUB2 for EFI" msgstr "GRUB2 for EFI" -#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 +#. Translators: option in combo box when bootloader is not managed by yast2 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:42 msgid "Not Managed" msgstr "不受管" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:43 msgid "Default" msgstr "默认" -#. popup - Continue/Cancel -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 +#. popup - Continue/Cancel +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "\n" "If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n" @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ " \n" " 是否继续？\n" -#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 +#: src/lib/bootloader/generic_widgets.rb:75 msgid "" "Boot Loader Type \n" "To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n" @@ -129,121 +129,104 @@ "要选择是否安装引导加载程序以及安装哪个引导加载程序，\n" "请使用引导加载程序。" -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#. Display bootloader summary -#. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#. Display bootloader summary +#. @return a list of summary lines +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "引导加载程序类型：%1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "启用可信引导：%1" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 msgid "no" msgstr "否" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "状态位置：%1" -#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "硬盘的顺序：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "（扩展分区）" -#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific -#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 +msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "将引导代码装入 MBR（<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">不安装</a>）" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "不将引导代码装入 MBR（<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">安装</a>）" -#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " -"install</a>)" +#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "将引导代码装入 /boot 分区（<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">不安装</a>）" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" -"\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" msgstr "不将引导代码装入 /boot 分区（<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">安装</a>）" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " -"install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "将引导代码装入“/”分区（<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">不安装</a>）" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" -"\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" msgstr "不将引导代码安装到“/”分区（<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">安装</a>）" -#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " -"are doing please select above location." -msgstr "" -"警告：未选择引导加载程序 stage1 的位置。除非您了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择" -"以上位置。" +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "警告：未选择引导加载程序 stage1 的位置。除非您了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择以上位置。" -#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "更改位置：%s" -#. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#. Represents bootloader timeout value +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "超时(&T)（以秒计）" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " -"loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" msgstr "" "超时（以秒为单位） \n" "指定引导加载程序等待直到装载默认内核的时间。\n" -#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "在分区表中设置活动标志以引导分区(&A)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " -"code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " -"even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "在分区表中设置活动标志以引导分区 \n" @@ -252,101 +235,88 @@ "较旧的 BIOS 要求有一个活动分区，\n" "即使引导加载程序安装在 MBR 中也是如此。" -#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "将通用引导代码写入 MBR(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " -"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." -msgstr "" -"将通用引导代码写入 MBR 将使用通用代码（用于引导活动分区的独立于操作" -"系统的代码）替换您磁盘的主引导记录。" +msgstr "将通用引导代码写入 MBR 将使用通用代码（用于引导活动分区的独立于操作系统的代码）替换您磁盘的主引导记录。" -#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "引导时隐藏菜单(&H)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." msgstr "选择引导时隐藏菜单将隐藏引导菜单。" -#. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#. Represents if os prober should be run +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "探测外来操作系统(&B)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " -"foreign distribution " -msgstr "" -"可通过 os-prober 探测外来操作系统以与其他外来发行套件多重引导" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " +msgstr "可通过 os-prober 探测外来操作系统以与其他外来发行套件多重引导" -#. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#. represents kernel command line +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "可选内核命令行参数(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 -msgid "" -"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " -"parameters to pass to the kernel." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." msgstr "使用可选内核命令行参数可以定义要传递到内核的其他参数。" -#. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#. Represents Protective MBR action +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "保护性 MBR 标志(&P)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 -msgid "" -"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " -"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " -"touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"保护性 MBR 标志是一些仅面向专家的设置，只有外来硬件才需要使用该标" -"志。有关细节，请参见 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。如果不确定，则不要触摸。" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "保护性 MBR 标志是一些仅面向专家的设置，只有外来硬件才需要使用该标志。有关细节，请参见 GPT 磁盘中的保护性 MBR。如果不确定，则不要触摸。" -#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "删除" -#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk -#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal -#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will -#. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal +#. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will +#. not be partially based on old data now any more +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "不更改" -#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "启用安全引导支持(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "选中会启用 UEFI 安全引导\n" -#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "启用可信引导支持(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 msgid "" "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.\n" @@ -364,10 +334,10 @@ "您需要先确保 BIOS 设置中启用了\n" "可信引导（例如，该设置可能名为“安全芯片）。\n" -#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 -#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot -#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -377,31 +347,31 @@ "请确保 BIOS 中启用了该模块。\n" "否则，系统将不会引导。" -#. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#. Represents grub password protection widget +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "使用口令保护引导加载程序(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "仅实施项修改防护(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "GRUB2 用户 root 的口令(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#. text entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "再次键入口令(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "口令不能为空。" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -409,60 +379,50 @@ "“口令”和“重输口令”\n" "不匹配。请重键入口令。" -#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " -"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " -"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " -"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " -"in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " -"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " -"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "使用口令保护引导加载程序 \n" -"在引导时，修改甚至引导任何项都需要提供口令。如果选中仅实施项修改防护，" -"引导任何项都将不受限制，但修改项需要提供口令（这是 GRUB 1 的行为方式）。 " -"仅当您在重键入口令中重复键入了口令时，YaST 才接受该口令。该口令适用于 " -"GRUB2 用户“root”（与 Linux 用户“root”不同）。YaST 目前不支持其他 GRUB2 用户。" -"如果您需要用到它们，请使用单独的 GRUB2 脚本。" +"在引导时，修改甚至引导任何项都需要提供口令。如果选中仅实施项修改防护，引导任何项都将不受限制，但修改项需要提供口令（这是 GRUB 1 的行为方式）。 仅当您在重键入口令中重复键入了口令时，YaST 才接受该口令。该口令适用于 GRUB2 用户“root”（与 Linux 用户“root”不同）。YaST 目前不支持其他 GRUB2 用户。如果您需要用到它们，请使用单独的 GRUB2 脚本。" -#. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#. there's mode specified, use it +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "选择新图形主题文件" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "使用图形控制台(&G)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "控制台分辨率(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "控制台主题(&C)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "由 grub2 自动检测" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "使用串行控制台(&S)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "控制台参数(&C)" -#. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#. represent choosing default section to boot +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "默认引导部分(&D)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -478,41 +438,41 @@ "内核或操作系统。使用向上和向下按钮可以更改引导加载程序\n" "菜单中各部分的顺序。\n" -#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#. Represents stage1 location for bootloader +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "引导加载程序位置" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "如果选中，则必须指定自定义引导设备" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "从引导分区引导(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "从根分区引导(&T)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "从主引导记录引导(&M)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "从扩展分区引导(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "自定义引导分区(&U)" -#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "编辑磁盘引导顺序(&E)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -526,61 +486,57 @@ "要添加磁盘，请按添加。\n" "要去除磁盘，请按去除。" -#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#. represents Tab with kernel related configuration +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "内核参数(&K)" -#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "引导代码选项(&D)" -#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "引导加载程序选项(&L)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "启用安全引导：%1" -#. TODO: not much helpful for customers -#. error report -#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +#. TODO: not much helpful for customers +#. error report +#: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "由于分区原因，无法正确安装引导加载程序。" -#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself -#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "不要安装任何引导加载程序" -#. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#. proposal part - bootloader label +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 msgid "Booting" msgstr "引导" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "引导(&B)" -#. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " -"bootable." +#. warning text in the summary richtext +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "未选择任何要安装的引导加载程序。您的系统可能无法引导。" -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "" -"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 +msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "由于分区，引导加载程序无法正确安装" -#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read -#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 +#. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read +#: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 msgid "" "<BIG>Boot Loader Configuration Tool</BIG> \n" "Reading current configuration..." @@ -588,9 +544,9 @@ "<BIG>引导加载程序配置工具</BIG> \n" "正在读取当前配置..." -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise +#: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving Boot Loader Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -598,112 +554,97 @@ "<BIG>正在保存引导加载程序配置</BIG> \n" "请稍候... " -#. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 +#. grub2 is sooo cool... +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:94 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "硬件平台 %1 和引导加载程序 %2 的组合不受支持" -#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " -"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " -"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " -"stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "" -"若没有 bios_grub 分区，从 MBR 引导无法与 btrfs 系统和 GPT 磁盘标签一起正常运" -"行。要修复此问题，请创建 bios_grub 分区或使用引导分区的任何扩展文件系统或不" -"将 stage 1 安装到 MBR。" +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "若没有 bios_grub 分区，从 MBR 引导无法与 btrfs 系统和 GPT 磁盘标签一起正常运行。要修复此问题，请创建 bios_grub 分区或使用引导分区的任何扩展文件系统或不将 stage 1 安装到 MBR。" -#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage -#. check if boot device is on raid0 -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 +#. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "引导设备在 raid 类型 %1 上，系统将不会引导。" -#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " -"Master Boot Record" +#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 +msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "引导设备正在运行软件 RAID1。请选择其他引导加载程序位置，例如主引导记录" -#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "缺少用于引导的 ext 分区，无法安装引导代码。" -#. activate set or there is already activate flag -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " -"could refuse to boot." +#. activate set or there is already activate flag +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 +msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." msgstr "安装程序未设置激活标志。如果完全未设置，则某些 BIOS 会拒绝引导。" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " -"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "" -"安装程序将不会修改磁盘的 MBR。除非其已包含引导代码，否则 BIOS 将无法从此磁盘" -"引导。" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 +msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "安装程序将不会修改磁盘的 MBR。除非其已包含引导代码，否则 BIOS 将无法从此磁盘引导。" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "检查引导加载程序" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "读取分区设置" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "装入引导加载程序设置" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "正在检查引导加载程序..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "正在读取分区..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "正在装入引导加载程序设置..." -#. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#. dialog header +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化引导加载程序配置" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "创建 initrd" -#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#. progress stage, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "保存引导加载程序配置" -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "正在创建 initrd..." -#. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#. progress step, text in dialog (short) +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "正在保存引导加载程序配置..." -#. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#. progress line +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "保存引导加载程序配置" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ca-management.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,107 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line definition -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 +#. Command line definition +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:48 msgid "Managing CA and certificates" msgstr "管理 CA 和证书" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:51 msgid "Create a root CA" msgstr "创建根 CA" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:52 msgid "Create a certificate of a CA" msgstr "创建 CA 的证书" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:53 msgid "Create a CRL of a CA" msgstr "创建 CA 的 CRL" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:54 msgid "Export a CA to a file" msgstr "将 CA 导出到文件" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:56 msgid "Export a certificate to a file" msgstr "将证书导出到文件" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:58 msgid "Export a CRL to a file" msgstr "将 CRL 导出到文件" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:65 msgid "E-mail address" msgstr "电子邮件地址" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:70 msgid "Organizational unit" msgstr "组织单元" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "组织" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "位置" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "状态" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "国家/地区" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:77 msgid "Valid days" msgstr "有效天数" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:79 msgid "Key length" msgstr "密钥长度" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84 msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "口令(安全性：这应当由环境变量指定)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93 msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "CA 口令(安全性：这应当由环境变量指定)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 -msgid "" -"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100 +msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)" msgstr "CA 口令(安全性：这应当由环境变量指定)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112 msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL" msgstr "已导出 CA、证书或 CRL 的路径" -#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 +#. Autoyast configuration of ca-management +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:170 msgid "CA Configuration" msgstr "CA 配置" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and " -"certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" -"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and " -"certificate from a file.\n" +"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -123,399 +120,386 @@ " 在此处更改此 CA 和证书的设置或从文件中导入 CA 和证书。\n" " \n" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:193 msgid "Import Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "导入普通 CA 和证书" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:209 msgid "&Path of Certificate" msgstr "证书的路径(&P)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211 msgid "&Password:" msgstr "口令(&P)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:245 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:372 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:476 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "确认口令(&N)" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:256 msgid "Generate Common CA and Certificate" msgstr "生成普通 CA 和证书" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:272 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:211 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1585 msgid "&CA Name:" msgstr "CA 名称(&C)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:285 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:408 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:216 msgid "&Common Name:" msgstr "常用名(&C)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:299 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:482 msgid "E-Mail" msgstr "电子邮件" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:309 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:262 msgid "C&ountry:" msgstr "国家/地区(&O)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:319 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:438 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:227 msgid "O&rganization:" msgstr "组织(&R)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:328 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:447 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:236 msgid "Or&ganizational Unit:" msgstr "组织单元(&G)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:342 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:247 msgid "Loca&lity:" msgstr "位置(&L)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:351 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:250 msgid "&State:" msgstr "省/州(&S)：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:381 msgid "Take Local Server Name" msgstr "采用逻辑服务器名称" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:394 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:418 msgid "&Server Name:" msgstr "服务器名称(&S)：" -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. Get the user input. -#. -#. checking password -#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given -#. export to file -#. export to file -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. Get the user input. +#. +#. checking password +#. p12Passwd is required is keyPasswd has been given +#. export to file +#. export to file +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121 msgid "New passwords do not match." msgstr "新口令不匹配。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:482 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:540 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:540 msgid "Password length should be greater than three characters." msgstr "口令长度应该超过 3 个字符。" -#. finding entry in list -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 +#. finding entry in list +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:495 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:398 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1665 msgid "CA name required." msgstr "要求 CA 名称。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:506 src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:403 msgid "Common name required." msgstr "要求常用名。" -#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; -#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the -#. "add" button -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 +#. CaMgm::prop_selection = `def; +#. Checking if there is an EMAIL entry without using the +#. "add" button +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:514 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:589 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:347 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:428 msgid "Invalid e-mail format." msgstr "电子邮件的格式无效。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:527 msgid "Server name required." msgstr "需要服务器名称。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:561 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5949 msgid "Cannot read the certificate." msgstr "无法读取证书。" -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:831 msgid "Import Certificate from File" msgstr "从文件中导入证书。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:837 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "服务器名" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:839 msgid "[local server name]" msgstr "[逻辑服务器名称]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:846 msgid "CA Name" msgstr "CA 名称" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "常用名" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:857 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:863 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:868 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:873 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:881 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:887 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:892 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:902 msgid "[not set]" msgstr "[未设置]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:860 msgid "Email" msgstr "电子邮件" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "组织单元" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:895 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:904 msgid "[set]" msgstr "[设置]" -#. Write all ca-management settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 +#. Write all ca-management settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:916 msgid "Generating Common Server Certificate" msgstr "生成普通服务器证书" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:930 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:936 msgid "Read server information" msgstr "读取服务器信息" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:932 msgid "Create the default CA and server certificate" msgstr "创建默认 CA 和服务器证书" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:938 msgid "Creating the default CA and server certificate..." msgstr "正在创建默认 CA 和服务器证书..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 +#. Progress finished +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:940 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Error message -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 +#. Error message +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:1064 msgid "Cannot create certificates." msgstr "无法创建证书。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: -#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp -#. -#. Package: -#. Configuration of CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Proposal function dispatcher. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 -msgid "" -"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server " -"Name and E-Mail." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: +#. clients/ca_mgm_proposal.ycp +#. +#. Package: +#. Configuration of CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Proposal function dispatcher. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107 +msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail." msgstr "无法评估逻辑机器的名称。更改服务器名称和电子邮件的值。" -#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) -#. NO FORCE RESET -#. richtext label -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 +#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754) +#. NO FORCE RESET +#. richtext label +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:159 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:213 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:440 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:466 msgid "CA Management" msgstr "CA 管理" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:160 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:441 msgid "Settings have already been written." msgstr "设置已写入。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:161 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:215 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:442 msgid "Delete the old settings?" msgstr "是否删除旧设置？" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 -msgid "" -"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338 +msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue." msgstr "无法检索到系统根口令。请设置一个 CA 口令再继续。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325 msgid "" "The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n" -"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "口令太短，不适合用于证书。\n" "请为证书输入一个有效的口令或禁用证书创建。\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351 msgid "Current default CA and certificate." msgstr "当前默认的 CA 和证书。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:356 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:364 msgid "Creating default CA and certificate." msgstr "正在创建默认的 CA 和证书。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:357 msgid "With higher security requirements, you should change the password." msgstr "由于需要更高的安全性，应更改该口令。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:369 msgid "[manually set]" msgstr "[手动设置]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:370 msgid "[root password]" msgstr "[根口令]" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:390 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:158 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA 名称：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "常用名：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:392 msgid "Server Name: " msgstr "服务器名：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:393 msgid "Country: " msgstr "国家/地区：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:394 msgid "Password: " msgstr "口令：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:395 msgid "E-Mail: " msgstr "电子邮件：" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:396 msgid "Alternative Names: " msgstr "备用名称： " -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406 msgid "" -"The root password is too short for use as the password for the " -"certificates.\n" -" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate " -"creation.\n" +"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n" +" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n" msgstr "" "根口令太短，不适合用于证书。\n" "请为证书输入一个有效的口令或禁用证书创建。\n" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413 msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate." msgstr "未创建 CA 和证书。" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:415 msgid "Importing a CA and certificate from file" msgstr "从文件导入 CA 和证书" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 -msgid "" -"Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is " -"only valid if the hostname is correct." -msgstr "" -"默认主机名 linux 是否确实唯一？证书只有在主机名正确时才有效。" +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427 +msgid "Is the default hostname linux really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct." +msgstr "默认主机名 linux 是否确实唯一？证书只有在主机名正确时才有效。" -#. menu title -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 +#. menu title +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468 msgid "&CA Management" msgstr "CA 管理(&C)" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. MAIN module -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. MAIN module +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:61 msgid "Managing CAs and Certificates" msgstr "管理 CA 和证书" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:64 msgid "Selection" msgstr "选择" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:72 msgid "Create &Default CA and Certificate" msgstr "创建默认的 CA 和证书(&D)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Edit Default &Settings" msgstr "编辑默认设置(&S)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:89 msgid "Do &Not Create CA and Certificate" msgstr "不创建 CA 和证书(&N)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:96 msgid "Import CA and Certificate from D&isk" msgstr "从磁盘导入 CA 和证书(&I)" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" -"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and " -"certificates\n" +"In this frame, select the desired installation method for CAs and certificates\n" "while completing the installation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -524,11 +508,10 @@ "同时完成安装。\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" -"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in " -"the installed system \n" +"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n" "if you do not want to create or import it now.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -537,100 +520,98 @@ " 和证书。\n" " \n" -#. Creates Country items -#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table -#. saved default settings -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 +#. Creates Country items +#. @return a list country items formated for a UI table +#. saved default settings +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:209 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:172 msgid "&Name:" msgstr "名称(&N)：" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:215 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:258 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:330 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:425 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:489 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:610 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:628 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:680 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:705 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:730 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:755 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:780 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:805 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:830 msgid "critical" msgstr "关键" -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:238 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:218 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:535 msgid "Kind" msgstr "类型" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:219 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:279 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:536 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#. restoring table -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#. restoring table +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:302 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:557 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:949 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:991 msgid "No item has been selected." msgstr "未选中任何项目。" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#. we need to fake a certificate name -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#. we need to fake a certificate name +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:107 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:366 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:525 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:960 msgid "Really delete this entry?" msgstr "确实要删除此项吗？" -#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries -#. @return `next,`back,`abort -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 +#. editDefaultEntries() - changing Entries +#. @return `next,`back,`abort +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388 msgid "" "\n" -"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA " -"and certificate\n" +"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n" "is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n" "Here, change these default settings.\n" "\n" @@ -641,85 +622,66 @@ "在此，更改这些默认设置。\n" "\n" -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:484 msgid "&Edit Alternative Names" msgstr "编辑备用名称(&E)" -#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog -#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 +#. Screen title for the first interactive dialog +#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:490 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:96 msgid "Edit Default Settings" msgstr "编辑默认设置" -#. The main () -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 +#. The main () +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "普通服务器证书" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 -msgid "" -"A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted " -"network connections." +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77 +msgid "A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections." msgstr "服务器证书被服务用来提供 SSL/TLS 加密网络连接。" -#. help text 2/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 -msgid "" -"The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a " -"certificate for several services running on this host. " -msgstr "" -"通用服务器证书的用途是为此主机上运行的多种服务提供一个证书。 " +#. help text 2/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84 +msgid "The purpose of the Common Server Certificate is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. " +msgstr "通用服务器证书的用途是为此主机上运行的多种服务提供一个证书。 " -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during " -"configuration of such a service." +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92 +msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service." msgstr "一些 YaST 模块提供了在配置这样的服务时使用此证书的功能。" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 -msgid "" -"With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server " -"certificate or replace the current one." -msgstr "" -"使用导入/替换按钮，您可以添加一个新服务器证书或替换当前证书。" +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100 +msgid "With the Import/Replace button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one." +msgstr "使用导入/替换按钮，您可以添加一个新服务器证书或替换当前证书。" -#. help text 5/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 -msgid "" -"You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But " -"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." -msgstr "" -"您可以单击去除按钮去除证书。但请确保它不再被其他服务使用。" +#. help text 5/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108 +msgid "You can remove the Certificates by clicking the Remove button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services." +msgstr "您可以单击去除按钮去除证书。但请确保它不再被其他服务使用。" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 -msgid "" -"Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in " -"section Certificate in the CA Management module." -msgstr "" -"可以使用 CA 管理模块中证书部分中的导出到文件将证书写" -"到文件中。" +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116 +msgid "Certificates can be written to a file using Export to File in section Certificate in the CA Management module." +msgstr "可以使用 CA 管理模块中证书部分中的导出到文件将证书写到文件中。" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 -msgid "" -"Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 " -"format with CA chain." +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124 +msgid "Certificates to import from disk must have been written in PKCS12 format with CA chain." msgstr "从磁盘导入的证书必须是以含 CA 链的 PKCS12 格式写入的。" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132 msgid "For more information, please read the manual." msgstr "有关详细信息，请阅读手册。" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 msgid "" "<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" "You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" @@ -727,34 +689,34 @@ "<pre>找不到通用服务器证书。\n" "您可以从磁盘导入一个证书</pre>" -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#. popup window header +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "去除(&R)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "导入/替换(&I)" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "证书尚未失效。\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -762,32 +724,29 @@ "请确保此证书不再被任何服务使用。\n" "\n" -#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 +#. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "您确定您想要去除该证书吗？" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:66 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CA." msgstr "在此可查看该 CA 最重要的值。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates</" -"b>, CRL, and Advanced." -msgstr "" -"当前 CA 的特殊信息是由证书、CRL 和高级提供的。" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70 +msgid "Special information about the current CA is provided by Certificates, CRL, and Advanced." +msgstr "当前 CA 的特殊信息是由证书、CRL 和高级提供的。" -#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CA description -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 +#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CA description +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:164 msgid " Description for %1 " msgstr " %1 的描述 " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:177 msgid "" "\n" "CA not found" @@ -795,13 +754,13 @@ "\n" "找不到 CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:183 msgid "Issued For:" msgstr "发出原因：" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -809,9 +768,9 @@ "\n" "常用名： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -819,9 +778,9 @@ "\n" "组织： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -829,9 +788,9 @@ "\n" "位置： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -839,9 +798,9 @@ "\n" "省/州： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -849,9 +808,9 @@ "\n" "国家/地区： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -859,11 +818,11 @@ "\n" "电子邮件： " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "Issued By:" msgstr "发出方：" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -871,7 +830,7 @@ "\n" "有效起始时间：" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -879,266 +838,245 @@ "\n" "有效截止时间：" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "高级(&A)..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "查看(&V)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "更改 CA 口令(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "创建子 CA(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "导出到文件(&F)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "导出到 LDAP(&L)" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "编辑默认值(&E)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 -msgid "" -"When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some " -"default values." +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51 +msgid "When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "当创建新的子 CA 或证书时，系统会推荐一些默认值。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57 msgid "With this workflow, change these default settings." msgstr "使用此工作流程，更改这些默认设置。" -#. help text 3/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 -msgid "" -"However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only.</" -"p>" +#. help text 3/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153 +msgid "However, the modified settings will be used for new entries only." msgstr "不过，修改后的设置仅用于新项。" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 -msgid "" -"You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client " -"certificates, and server certificates." -msgstr "" -"您可以编辑子 CA、客户端证书和服务器证书的默认设置。</" -"p>" +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69 +msgid "You can edit the default settings for subCAs, client certificates, and server certificates." +msgstr "您可以编辑子 CA、客户端证书和服务器证书的默认设置。" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79 msgid "Default Settings for:" msgstr "以下项的默认设置：" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:83 msgid "&Sub CA" msgstr "子 CA(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:85 msgid "&Client Certificate" msgstr "客户身份验证(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:88 msgid "S&erver Certificate" msgstr "服务器证书(&E)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are " -"saved." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved." msgstr "在保存所有默认的设置前，此框架将它们一一列出。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142 msgid "Click Save to finish the input." msgstr "单击保存，完成输入。" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "Summary" msgstr "摘要" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:169 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:339 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:454 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:505 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:514 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:523 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:532 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:544 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:553 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:562 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:580 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:844 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1138 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1199 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1208 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1217 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1238 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr "(关键)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:156 msgid "Path Length: " msgstr "路径长度：" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:177 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(关键)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "从 CA 复制主题替换名称" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(关键)\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment： " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType： " -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "复制标准的电子邮件地址" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:591 msgid "Save Settings (step 3/3)" msgstr "保存设置(步骤 3/3)" -#. creating new certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 +#. creating new certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:609 msgid "Default has been saved." msgstr "默认值已保存。" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the " -"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." -msgstr "" -"首先，请查看列表视图，其中列出了可从此 CA 处获得的所有证书。视图中的列有证" -"书的 DN，包括电子邮件地址和证书的状态(例如有效或已撤消)。" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46 +msgid "First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked)." +msgstr "首先，请查看列表视图，其中列出了可从此 CA 处获得的所有证书。视图中的列有证书的 DN，包括电子邮件地址和证书的状态(例如有效或已撤消)。" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52 msgid "Select one of the certificates and execute some actions." msgstr "选择其中一个证书并执行某些操作。" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"certificate." +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57 +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate." msgstr "查看用于打开一个窗口，其中有完整证书的文字叙述。" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a " -"certificate." +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64 +msgid "Furthermore, you can Revoke, Delete, or Export a certificate." msgstr "此外，还可以撤消、删除或导出证书。" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71 msgid "With Add, generate a new server or client certificate." msgstr "使用添加，生成新的服务器或客户端证书。" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected " -"certificate." +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78 +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate." msgstr "在下列区域中，查看所选证书的最重要的值。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:142 msgid "Revoke Certificate" msgstr "撤消证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145 msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created." msgstr "您只是取消该证书。将不创建新的 CRL。" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150 msgid "Reasons" msgstr "原因" -#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate -#. @param map of description -#. @return a string with the certification description -#. getRequestDescription - description of a request -#. @param map of description, onlySubject -#. @return a string with the request description -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 +#. getCertDescription - description of a certificate +#. @param map of description +#. @return a string with the certification description +#. getRequestDescription - description of a request +#. @param map of description, onlySubject +#. @return a string with the request description +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:288 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:55 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:291 msgid "" "\n" "Certificate not found" @@ -1146,10 +1084,10 @@ "\n" "找不到证书" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "Common Name: " @@ -1157,10 +1095,10 @@ "\n" "常用名： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 msgid "" "\n" "Organization: " @@ -1168,10 +1106,10 @@ "\n" "组织： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 msgid "" "\n" "Location: " @@ -1179,10 +1117,10 @@ "\n" "位置： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 msgid "" "\n" "State: " @@ -1190,10 +1128,10 @@ "\n" "省/州： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 msgid "" "\n" "Country: " @@ -1201,10 +1139,10 @@ "\n" "国家/地区： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 msgid "" "\n" "EMAIL: " @@ -1212,10 +1150,10 @@ "\n" "电子邮件： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 msgid "" "\n" "Is CA: " @@ -1223,10 +1161,10 @@ "\n" "是否属于 CA： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 msgid "" "\n" "Key Size: " @@ -1234,8 +1172,8 @@ "\n" "密钥大小： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "Serialnumber: " @@ -1243,10 +1181,10 @@ "\n" "序列号： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 msgid "" "\n" "Version: " @@ -1254,8 +1192,8 @@ "\n" "版本： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -1263,8 +1201,8 @@ "\n" "有效起始时间：" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -1272,10 +1210,10 @@ "\n" "有效截止时间：" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of pub. Key : " @@ -1283,10 +1221,10 @@ "\n" "公共密钥的算法： " -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "algo. of signature: " @@ -1294,130 +1232,130 @@ "\n" "签名算法： " -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#. Initialize the tab of the dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "有效" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "已撤消" -#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 +#. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "已失效" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "电子邮件地址" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "添加服务器证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "添加客户端证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "更改口令(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "撤消(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 +#. Fate (#2613) +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "导出" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "导出到文件" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "导出到 LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "导出为普通服务器证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "是否删除当前证书？" -#. Create a certificate via command line -#. @param option map -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 +#. Create a certificate via command line +#. @param option map +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/commandline.rb:106 msgid "Wrong kind of certificate." msgstr "证书类型错误。" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:55 msgid "Here, see the most important values of the CRL." msgstr "在此可查看该 CRL 最重要的值。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:59 msgid "With Generate CRL, a new CRL will be generated." msgstr "使用生成 CRL，将生成一个新的 CRL。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:64 msgid "View shows a complete description." msgstr "查看显示完整的描述。" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69 msgid "You can Export the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory." msgstr "您可以将 CRL 导出到一个文件或 LDAP 目录中。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95 msgid "Generate New CRL" msgstr "生成新的 CRL" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:99 msgid "&Valid to (days):" msgstr "有效期(天)(&V)：" -#. getDescription - CRL description -#. @param CA name -#. @return a string with the CRL description -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 +#. getDescription - CRL description +#. @param CA name +#. @return a string with the CRL description +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:210 msgid "Certificate Revocation List (CRL):" msgstr "撤销证书列表 (CRL)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1427,7 +1365,7 @@ "\n" "上次更新时间：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:229 msgid "" "\n" "Next Update: " @@ -1435,7 +1373,7 @@ "\n" "下次更新时间：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:234 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -1445,633 +1383,548 @@ "\n" "已撤消的证书：" -#. Dialog Tab - CRL - -#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 +#. Dialog Tab - CRL - +#. @return [Yast::Term] for the CRL of a selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:260 msgid "&Generate CRL" msgstr "生成 CRL(&G)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 +#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:262 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:129 msgid "&Default" msgstr "默认值(&D)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 -msgid "" -"When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142 +msgid "When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values." msgstr "创建新 CRL 时，系统会建议一些默认值。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148 msgid "With this frame, change these default settings." msgstr "使用此框架更改这些默认设置。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "有效期(天)(&V)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:179 msgid "&Critical" msgstr "紧急(&C)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:200 msgid "C&ritical" msgstr "紧急(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:207 msgid "C&opy Subject Alternative Name from CA" msgstr "从 CA 复制主题备用名(&O)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:254 msgid "Default CRL Settings" msgstr "默认 CRL 设置" -#. Translators: window caption -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 +#. Translators: window caption +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:108 msgid "Security Information" msgstr "安全性信息" -#. Translators: long help text - security information -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 -msgid "" -"Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write " -"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored " -"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be " -"readable for the root user." -msgstr "" -"警告！ 激活 CRL 的自动创建和导出会将 CA 口令写入到磁盘上的配置文件中。口令" -"将以纯文本的形式存储在配置文件中，因为创建 CRL 需要该口令。仅 root 用户可读取" -"该文件。" +#. Translators: long help text - security information +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111 +msgid "Warning! Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user." +msgstr "警告！ 激活 CRL 的自动创建和导出会将 CA 口令写入到磁盘上的配置文件中。口令将以纯文本的形式存储在配置文件中，因为创建 CRL 需要该口令。仅 root 用户可读取该文件。" -#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA -#. @param selected CA -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 +#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA +#. @param selected CA +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:372 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:522 msgid "Export CRL" msgstr "导出 CRL" -#. this default can only be set inside this function -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 +#. this default can only be set inside this function +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381 msgid "Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting Export once." msgstr "导出一次此 CA 的 CRL，方法是选择导出一次。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 -msgid "" -"To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation " -"and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in " -"Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can " -"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and " -"understand the Security Information." -msgstr "" -"要设置重复重建 CRL，请选择反复再创建并导出。在此例中，在定时间隔" -"中为重建设置间隔。如果将间隔设为 24 小时，您可以额外地选择导出的小时。请" -"确保您阅读和理解了安全信息。" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384 +msgid "To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select Repeated recreation and export. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in Periodic interval. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the Security Information." +msgstr "要设置重复重建 CRL，请选择反复再创建并导出。在此例中，在定时间隔中为重建设置间隔。如果将间隔设为 24 小时，您可以额外地选择导出的小时。请确保您阅读和理解了安全信息。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 -msgid "" -"You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP " -"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file</" -"b> and Export to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"您可以将 CRL 导出到本地文件和/或 LDAP 服务器。在导出到本地文件和" -"导出到 LDAP 中分别设置参数。" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387 +msgid "You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in Export to local file and Export to LDAP." +msgstr "您可以将 CRL 导出到本地文件和/或 LDAP 服务器。在导出到本地文件和导出到 LDAP 中分别设置参数。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401 msgid "Export once" msgstr "导出一次" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:407 msgid "Repeated recreation and export" msgstr "反复再创建并导出" -#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 +#. fix space issue (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:419 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:496 msgid "&Host Name:" msgstr "主机名(&H)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:420 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:497 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "端口(&P)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:421 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:498 msgid "&DN:" msgstr "DN(&D)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:426 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:499 msgid "&Bind DN:" msgstr "联结 DN(&B)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:427 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "口令(&W)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:435 msgid "Save &as" msgstr "另存为(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:628 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:853 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:965 msgid "Export Format" msgstr "导出格式" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:443 msgid "PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 格式" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:444 msgid "DER Format" msgstr "DER 格式" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:453 msgid "Periodic interval" msgstr "定期间隔" -#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 +#. `HSquash( `IntField( `id(`interval_days), "&days", 0, 100, 30 )), +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:457 msgid "every" msgstr "每" -#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 +#. Translators: this is used to express a setting of "every XX hour(s)" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:463 msgid "&hour(s)" msgstr "小时(&H)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 +#. (bnc#446137) +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:472 msgid "at" msgstr "在" -#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 +#. Translators: in case "every XX hour(s)" is set to 24, the user can set "at XX o'clock" +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:474 msgid "&o'clock" msgstr "时钟(&O)" -#. (bnc#446137) -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 +#. (bnc#446137) +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:479 msgid "&Security Information" msgstr "安全性信息(&S)" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:497 msgid "Export to file" msgstr "导出到文件" -#. gray out or ungray UI elements -#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 +#. gray out or ungray UI elements +#. Popup::Error(_("Currently not supported.")); +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:543 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:455 msgid "Save as" msgstr "另存为" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:647 msgid "Export to file failed." msgstr "导出到文件失败。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:648 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:673 msgid "Do you want to retry?" msgstr "是否要重试？" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:653 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:468 msgid "Saved to file successfully." msgstr "成功保存到文件。" -#. Checking error -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 +#. Checking error +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:669 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:603 msgid "Saved to LDAP successfully." msgstr "已成功保存到 LDAP。" -#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 +#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:672 msgid "Export to LDAP failed." msgstr "导出到 LDAP 失败。" -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:86 msgid "Software error - Unknown Tab" msgstr "软件错误 - 未知的选项卡" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:141 msgid "Certificate Authority (CA)" msgstr "证书权限(CA)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:147 msgid "&Description" msgstr "描述(&D)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:149 msgid "C&ertificates" msgstr "证书(&E)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:151 msgid "CR&L" msgstr "CR&L(&L)" -#. Menu Item - CA - Tab -#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 +#. Menu Item - CA - Tab +#: src/include/ca-management/dialog-ca.rb:153 msgid "&Requests" msgstr "请求(&R)" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89 msgid "To generate a new CA, some entries are needed." msgstr "要生成新的 CA，需要某些项。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91 msgid "To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed." msgstr "要生成新的证书，需要某些项。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96 msgid "To generate a new request, some entries are needed." msgstr "要生成新请求，需要一些条目。" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106 msgid "It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file." msgstr "具体取决于配置文件中定义的策略。" -#. help text 4/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 +#. help text 4/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111 msgid "Only US ASCII characters are allowed." msgstr "仅允许 US ASCII 字符。" -#. help text 5/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 -msgid "" -"CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, " -"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." -msgstr "" -"CA 名称是 CA 证书的名称。仅允许使用字符、“a-z”、“A-Z”、“-”和“_”。</" -"p>" +#. help text 5/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117 +msgid "CA Name is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\"." +msgstr "CA 名称是 CA 证书的名称。仅允许使用字符、“a-z”、“A-Z”、“-”和“_”。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123 msgid "Common Name is the name of the CA." msgstr "常用名是 CA 的名称。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the " -"certificate." +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129 +msgid "Common Name is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate." msgstr "常用名是指要给其创建该证书的用户的名称。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136 +msgid "Common Name is the fully qualified domain name of the server." msgstr "常用名是服务器的完全限定的域名。" -#. help text 6/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 -msgid "" -"E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server " -"administrator." +#. help text 6/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145 +msgid "E-Mail Addresses are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator." msgstr "电子邮件地址是用户或服务器管理员的有效电子邮件地址。" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 -msgid "" -"Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and " -"State are often optional." -msgstr "" -"组织、组织单元、位置和状态经常是可选的。" +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152 +msgid "Organization, Organizational Unit, Locality, and State are often optional." +msgstr "组织、组织单元、位置和状态经常是可选的。" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173 msgid "D&efault" msgstr "默认值(&E)" -#. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 +#. To translators: table headers +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:194 msgid "E-Mail Addresses" msgstr "电子邮件地址" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:195 msgid "default" msgstr "默认值" -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid "Create New " msgstr "新建" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:272 msgid " (step 1/3)" msgstr "(步骤 1/3)" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 -msgid "" -"The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length " -"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"CA 的私用密钥要求口令的长度最少为 5 个字符。为了校验，请在下一个字" -"段中重新输入它。" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469 +msgid "The private key of the CA needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "CA 的私用密钥要求口令的长度最少为 5 个字符。为了校验，请在下一个字段中重新输入它。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"每个 CA 都有它自己的密钥长度。一些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥" -"长度。" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476 +msgid "Each CA has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "每个 CA 都有它自己的密钥长度。一些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 -msgid "" -"The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the " -"time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"CA 只有在特定时间段(有效期)内才有效。输入时间段(以天为单位)。" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484 +msgid "The CA is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "CA 只有在特定时间段(有效期)内才有效。输入时间段(以天为单位)。" -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 4/4 -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 -msgid "" -"Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these " -"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work " -"correctly." -msgstr "" -"高级选项是一些非常特殊的选项。如果更改这些选项，SUSE 将无法保证生成" -"的证书能够正常发挥作用。" +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 4/4 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543 +msgid "Advanced Options are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly." +msgstr "高级选项是一些非常特殊的选项。如果更改这些选项，SUSE 将无法保证生成的证书能够正常发挥作用。" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 -msgid "" -"The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"证书的私用密钥必须是至少五个字符的口令。为了校验，请在下一个字段中" -"再次输入它。" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498 +msgid "The private key of the certificate needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "证书的私用密钥必须是至少五个字符的口令。为了校验，请在下一个字段中再次输入它。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 -msgid "" -"Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that " -"use certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"每个证书都有其自己的密钥长度。某些使用证书的应用程序要求特殊的密钥" -"长度。" +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505 +msgid "Each certificate has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "每个证书都有其自己的密钥长度。某些使用证书的应用程序要求特殊的密钥长度。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 -msgid "" -"The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). " -"Enter the time frame in days." -msgstr "" -"该证书仅在特定的期间(有效期)有效。输入时间范围(以天为单位)。" +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513 +msgid "The certificate is valid for only specific period (Valid Period). Enter the time frame in days." +msgstr "该证书仅在特定的期间(有效期)有效。输入时间范围(以天为单位)。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 -msgid "" -"The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum " -"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next " -"field." -msgstr "" -"请求的私用密钥要求口令的长度最少为 5 个字符。为了校验，请在下一个字" -"段中重新输入它。" +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528 +msgid "The private key of the request needs a Password with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field." +msgstr "请求的私用密钥要求口令的长度最少为 5 个字符。为了校验，请在下一个字段中重新输入它。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 -msgid "" -"Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use " -"certificates need special key lengths." -msgstr "" -"每个请求都有它自己的密钥长度。一些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥" -"长度。" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535 +msgid "Each request has its own Key Length. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths." +msgstr "每个请求都有它自己的密钥长度。一些使用证书的应用程序需要特殊的密钥长度。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561 msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password" msgstr "使用 CA 口令作为证书口令(&U)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:582 msgid "V&erify Password:" msgstr "校验口令(&E)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:590 msgid "&Key Length (bit):" msgstr "密钥长度(位)(&K)：" -#. tree widget label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 +#. tree widget label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:611 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:108 msgid "&Advanced Options" msgstr "高级选项(&A)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:616 msgid " (step 2/3)" msgstr "(步骤 2/3)" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:661 msgid "Passwords are different." msgstr "口令不相同。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:667 msgid "Password required." msgstr "要求口令。" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be " -"created." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created." msgstr "此框架概述了将要创建的 CA 的所有设置。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706 msgid "Click Create to generate the CA." msgstr "单击创建生成 CA。" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that " -"will be created." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created." msgstr "此框架一一列出了将创建的证书的所有设置。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716 msgid "Click Create to generate the certificate." msgstr "单击创建，生成该证书。" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"created." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created." msgstr "此框架概述了将要创建的请求的所有设置。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727 msgid "Click Create to generate the request." msgstr "单击创建生成请求。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:736 msgid "CA Name: " msgstr "CA 名称：" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:743 msgid "Common Name: " msgstr "常用名：" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:752 msgid "Organization: " msgstr "组织： " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:761 msgid "Organizational Unit: " msgstr "组织单元：" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:769 msgid "E-Mail Addresses: " msgstr "电子邮件地址：" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:793 msgid "Locality: " msgstr "位置： " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:801 msgid "State: " msgstr "省/州： " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:807 msgid "Country: " msgstr "国家/地区：" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:812 msgid "Key Length: " msgstr "密钥长度： " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:817 msgid "Valid Period: " msgstr "有效期： " -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:820 msgid " days\n" msgstr "天\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "路径长度" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1285 msgid " (step 3/3)" msgstr "(步骤 3/3)" -#. label widget -#. header label -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 +#. label widget +#. header label +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:122 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:241 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "当前选择：" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_advanced.rb:189 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. File: -#. new_cert_item.ycp -#. -#. Module: -#. CA Management -#. -#. Summary: -#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating -#. new certificate ) -#. -#. Authors: -#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Creating a new CA/Certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 -msgid "" -"This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that " -"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the " -"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"此框架显示更多属性和可设置的 OpenSSL X509v3 扩展。如果您不熟悉这些扩展，请" -"参考文件 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt（包 openssl-doc " -"中）。" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2004 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. File: +#. new_cert_item.ycp +#. +#. Module: +#. CA Management +#. +#. Summary: +#. Items definition for advanced setting ( creating +#. new certificate ) +#. +#. Authors: +#. Stefan Schubert <schubi(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Creating a new CA/Certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55 +msgid "This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc)." +msgstr "此框架显示更多属性和可设置的 OpenSSL X509v3 扩展。如果您不熟悉这些扩展，请参考文件 /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt（包 openssl-doc 中）。" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61 msgid "Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable." msgstr "错误项会导致证书不能用。" -#. items for CA and Certificates -#. items for Requests -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 +#. items for CA and Certificates +#. items for Requests +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:68 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:121 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:155 msgid "Advanced Settings" msgstr "高级设置" -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:92 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:143 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:598 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#. Creating default CA/Certificate -#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 +#. Creating default CA/Certificate +#. @return [Boolean] ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891 msgid "Creating certificate..." msgstr "正在创建证书..." -#. Creating server certificate -#. Exporting to common server certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 -#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 +#. Creating server certificate +#. Exporting to common server certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933 +#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014 msgid "" "The default certificate can also be created in\n" "the CA Management module.\n" @@ -2079,117 +1932,106 @@ "默认证书也可以在 \n" "CA 管理模块中创建。\n" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完成" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "是否确实要保存配置？" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66 msgid "Exit" msgstr "退出" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "是否确实退出配置而不保存？" -#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) -#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 +#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328) +#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91 msgid "Details" msgstr "细节" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 -msgid "" -"First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The " -"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." -msgstr "" -"首先，请查看此CA 的所有可用请求的列表视图。列是包含电子邮件地址的请求的 " -"DN。" +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47 +msgid "First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address." +msgstr "首先，请查看此CA 的所有可用请求的列表视图。列是包含电子邮件地址的请求的 DN。" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53 msgid "Select one of the requests and execute some actions." msgstr "选择某个请求并执行一些操作。" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 -msgid "" -"View opens a window with a text representation of the complete " -"request." +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58 +msgid "View opens a window with a text representation of the complete request." msgstr "查看将打开一个窗口，在该窗口中用文本表示了整个请求。" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 -msgid "" -"You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65 +msgid "You can also Sign, Delete, or Export a request." msgstr "还可以签署、删除或导出请求。" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 -msgid "" -"With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new " -"request." +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72 +msgid "With Import, read a new request. With Add, generate a new request." msgstr "使用导入，读取新请求。使用添加，生成新请求。" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 -msgid "" -"In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." -"" +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79 +msgid "In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request." msgstr "在下面的区域中，可以看到选定请求的最重要的值。" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326 msgid "Generate Time" msgstr "生成时间" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:335 msgid "&Import" msgstr "导入(&I)" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:340 msgid "Add Sub-CA Request" msgstr "添加子 CA 请求" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:341 msgid "Add Server Request" msgstr "添加服务器请求" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:342 msgid "Add Client Request" msgstr "添加客户端请求" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:348 msgid "&Request" msgstr "请求(&R)" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:354 msgid "Sign" msgstr "签署" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:356 msgid "As Client Certificate" msgstr "充当客户端证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:357 msgid "As Server Certificate" msgstr "充当服务器证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:358 msgid "As CA Certificate" msgstr "充当 CA 证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 +#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:430 msgid "Delete current request?" msgstr "是否删除当前请求？" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "Request not found.\n" @@ -2197,8 +2039,8 @@ "\n" "未发现请求。\n" -#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 msgid "" "\n" "generation Time: " @@ -2206,175 +2048,168 @@ "\n" "生成时间： " -#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. The user has decide that given request extention -#. will be used. --> setting for signation -#. @param request extention -#. @return [void] -#. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 +#. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. The user has decide that given request extention +#. will be used. --> setting for signation +#. @param request extention +#. @return [void] +#. Filling up reqeust extentions +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "找不到扩展名“%1”。" -#. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 +#. IS CA ? +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "这是 CA 请求。是否将它签署为“%1”？" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "这不是 CA 请求。是否将它签署为 CA 请求？" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "This frame shows the signing request." msgstr "此框架显示了签名请求。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 -msgid "" -"The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 +msgid "The request has special request extensions, which you can accept." msgstr "此请求具有您可以接受的特殊请求扩展名。" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 -msgid "" -"If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 +msgid "If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead." msgstr "如果拒绝这些扩展名，则将使用默认值替代。" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "请求的扩展名" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "将请求作为“%1”(步骤 1/2)签署" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 -msgid "" -"This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be " -"signed." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 +msgid "This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed." msgstr "此框架概述了将要签署的请求的所有设置。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "Click Sign Request to go on." msgstr "单击签署请求继续。" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " 天" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)" msgstr "(紧急)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "编辑请求(&E)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "将请求作为“%1”(步骤 2/2)签署" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "签署请求" -#. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 +#. signing request +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "请求已被签署。" -#. Deleting current CA -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 +#. Deleting current CA +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:105 msgid "Really delete CA %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 CA %1？" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:118 msgid "Force Delete" msgstr "强行删除" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:119 msgid "This CA is still in use. Delete it?" msgstr "此 CA 仍在使用。是否删除它？" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:145 msgid "Select one CA and press Enter CA." msgstr "选择一个 CA 并按 输入 CA。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 -msgid "" -"Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149 +msgid "Create Root CA generates a new root certificate authority." msgstr "创建根 CA 将生成新的根证书权限。" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 -msgid "" -"For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156 +msgid "For more information about CA Management, please read the manual." msgstr "关于 CA 管理的更多信息，请阅读手册。" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:167 msgid "&Enter CA" msgstr "输入 CA(&E)" -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:171 msgid "&Delete CA" msgstr "删除 CA(&D)" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:180 msgid "&Create Root CA" msgstr "创建根 CA(&C)" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:187 msgid "&Import CA" msgstr "导入 CA(&I)" -#. To translators: tree headers -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 +#. To translators: tree headers +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:199 msgid "CA Tree" msgstr "CA 树" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:208 msgid "CA Selection" msgstr "CA 选择" -#. Change password Dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 +#. Change password Dialog +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:173 msgid "Change Certificate Password" msgstr "更改证书口令" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:174 msgid "Change CA Password" msgstr "更改 CA 口令" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:186 msgid "&Old Password:" msgstr "旧口令(&O)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:188 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:380 msgid "&New Password:" msgstr "新口令(&N)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:189 msgid "&Verify Password:" msgstr "校验口令(&V)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:220 msgid "" "The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n" "Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n" @@ -2382,45 +2217,44 @@ "新口令太多，不适合用于证书。\n" "请为证书输入一个有效的口令。\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245 msgid "CA Password changed." msgstr "CA 口令已更改。" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:247 msgid "Certificate Password changed." msgstr "证书口令已更改。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:275 msgid "Enter CA Password" msgstr "输入 CA 口令" -#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP -#. -#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" -#. @return true ( success ) -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 +#. Dialog for exporting CA/Certificate/CRL to LDAP +#. +#. @param "CA" "CRL" "CERT" "subjectAltName" +#. @return true ( success ) +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:349 msgid "LDAP P&assword:" msgstr "LDAP 口令(&A)：" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388 msgid "Certificate &Password:" msgstr "证书口令(&P)：" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:381 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:697 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1039 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "校验口令(&V)" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:421 msgid "LDAP Initialization" msgstr "LDAP 初始化" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:423 msgid "" "LDAP must initialize for the CA management.\n" "Enter the required LDAP password.\n" @@ -2428,135 +2262,125 @@ "LDAP 必须初始化，以进行 CA 管理。\n" "输入所需的 LDAP 口令。\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:428 msgid "P&assword:" msgstr "口令(&A)：" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:625 msgid "Export CA to File" msgstr "将 CA 导出到文件" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:636 msgid "O&nly the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "仅 PEM 格式的证书(&N)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:644 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:981 msgid "Only the Key &Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "仅以 PEM 格式解密的密钥(&U)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:651 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:988 msgid "Only the &Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "仅以 PEM 格式加密的密钥(&K)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:658 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:995 msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 格式的证书和未加密的密钥(&R)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002 msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 格式的证书和已加密的密钥(&E)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009 msgid "&Certificate in DER Format" msgstr "DER 格式的证书(&C)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016 msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format" msgstr "PKCS12 格式的证书和密钥(&T)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023 msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain" msgstr "类似 PKCS12 并包括 CA 链(&L)" #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035 msgid "&New Password" msgstr "新口令(&N)" -#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 +#. importCertificateFromDisk() - Importing certificate from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:701 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:865 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1043 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1204 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1485 msgid "&File Name:" msgstr "文件名(&F)：" -#. export to file -#. reading certificate from disk -#. reading certificate from disk -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 +#. export to file +#. reading certificate from disk +#. reading certificate from disk +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:783 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:913 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1127 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1261 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1523 msgid "File name required." msgstr "要求文件名。" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:829 msgid "CA saved to file." msgstr "CA 已保存到文件。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:850 msgid "Export CRL to File" msgstr "将 CRL 导出到文件" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:858 msgid "&PEM Format" msgstr "PEM 格式(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:860 msgid "&DER Format" msgstr "DER 格式(&D)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:941 msgid "CRL saved to file." msgstr "CRL 已保存到文件。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:962 msgid "Export Certificate to File" msgstr "将证书导出到文件" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:973 msgid "&Only the Certificate in PEM Format" msgstr "仅 PEM 格式的证书(&O)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1184 msgid "Certificate saved to file." msgstr "证书已保存到文件。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216 msgid "" "<big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n" -" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue." -"\n" +" from Disk:</big> Select one file name and press Next to continue.\n" msgstr "" "<big>正从磁盘导入普通服务器证书(PKCS12 + CA 链格式)\n" "：</big>选择一个文件名，然后按下一步继续。\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 -msgid "" -"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place " -"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." -msgstr "" -"导入一个服务器证书和相关的 CA，并将它们复制到其他 YaST 模块查找这样的通用证书" -"的位置。" +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222 +msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate." +msgstr "导入一个服务器证书和相关的 CA，并将它们复制到其他 YaST 模块查找这样的通用证书的位置。" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230 msgid "" "Password: \n" "Certificate password\n" @@ -2564,25 +2388,25 @@ "口令： \n" "证书口令\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1236 msgid "Importing Common Certificate from Disk" msgstr "正在从磁盘导入普通证书" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1267 msgid "Importing certificate..." msgstr "正在导入证书..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1281 msgid "Certificate has been imported." msgstr "证书已导入。" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1315 msgid "This is not a server certificate. Continue?" msgstr "这不是服务器证书。是否继续？" -#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 +#. check if hostname is in Subject Alt Name +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1361 msgid "" "The common name of the certificate (%1) is not the name of·\n" "the server (%2).\n" @@ -2591,751 +2415,676 @@ "证书通用名 (%1) 不是服务器名称 (%2)。\n" "此证书作为通用服务器证书可能是不现实的。\n" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369 msgid "" "The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n" -"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in " -"subject alternative names." -msgstr "" -"此服务器的主机名（命令：hostname --long）需匹配证书的通用名 (CN) 或主体别名的" -"值。" +"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names." +msgstr "此服务器的主机名（命令：hostname --long）需匹配证书的通用名 (CN) 或主体别名的值。" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383 msgid "Exporting as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "正在导出为普通服务器证书" -#. export to common certificate -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 +#. export to common certificate +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1409 msgid "Exporting certificate..." msgstr "正在导出证书..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1456 msgid "Certificate has been written as common server certificate." msgstr "证书已作为普通服务器证书写入。" -#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk -#. @param [String] CaName -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 +#. importRequestFromDisk() - Importing request from disk +#. @param [String] CaName +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1482 msgid "Import Request from Disk" msgstr "从磁盘导入请求" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1537 msgid "File format not valid. Use PEM or DER files." msgstr "文件格式无效。使用 PEM 或 DER 文件。" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1541 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1671 msgid "Importing request..." msgstr "正在导入请求..." -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1560 msgid "Request has been imported." msgstr "请求已被导入。" -#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk -#. @return success -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 +#. importCAFromDisk() - Importing CA from disk +#. @return success +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1584 msgid "Import CA from Disk" msgstr "从磁盘导入 CA" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1587 msgid "&Path of CA Certificate" msgstr "CA 证书的路径(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1597 msgid "&Path of Key" msgstr "密钥的路径(&P)" -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1606 msgid "&Key Password" msgstr "密钥口令(&K)" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1649 msgid "Path to certificate file required." msgstr "需要证书文件的路径。" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1653 msgid "Path of the private key required." msgstr "需要私用密钥的路径。" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658 msgid "" "Key Password is required. \n" -"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not " -"encrypted key." +"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key." msgstr "" "密钥口令是必需的。\n" "必须是加密密钥的口令或新口令（如果是不加密的密钥）。" -#. Error popup -#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 +#. Error popup +#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693 msgid "CA has been imported." msgstr "CA 已导入。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:499 msgid "Cannot read CA list." msgstr "无法读取 CA 列表。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:560 msgid "Cannot read CA tree." msgstr "无法读取 CA 树。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:676 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1849 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2978 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4429 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7306 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7429 msgid "Missing value 'caName'." msgstr "缺少值“caName”。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:683 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd' or password is too short." msgstr "缺少值“keyPasswd”或口令太短。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:688 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1861 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4451 msgid "Missing value 'commonName'." msgstr "缺少值“commonName”。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:694 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4457 msgid "According to 'basicConstraints', this is not a CA." msgstr "根据“basicConstraints”，这不是 CA。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:781 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1604 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2004 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4604 msgid "Modifying RequestGenerationData failed." msgstr "未能修改 RequestGenerationData。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:921 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1532 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2306 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4735 msgid "Modifying CertificateIssueData failed." msgstr "未能修改 CertificateIssueData。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:945 msgid "Creating Root CA failed." msgstr "未能创建根 CA。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1055 msgid "Missing parameter 'certType'." msgstr "缺少参数“certType”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1260 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7244 msgid "Getting defaults failed." msgstr "未能获取默认值。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1364 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2140 msgid "Missing value 'certType'." msgstr "缺少值“certType”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1385 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2166 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3007 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3322 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3614 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3788 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4122 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4487 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6813 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7327 msgid "Initializing the CA failed." msgstr "未能初始化 CA。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1635 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7370 msgid "Writing the defaults failed." msgstr "未能写入默认值。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1696 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2760 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3115 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3267 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3559 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3720 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4070 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4251 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4822 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5078 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5867 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6098 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6529 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6895 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6983 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7194 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caName'." msgstr "参数“caName”的值无效。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1704 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2768 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3123 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5465 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6537 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'type'." msgstr "参数“type”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1750 msgid "Parsing the CA failed." msgstr "未能语法分析 CA。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:1856 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4441 msgid "Missing value 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "缺少值“keyPasswd”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2018 msgid "Creating request failed." msgstr "未能创建请求。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2129 msgid "Missing value 'request'" msgstr "缺少值“request”" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2135 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2887 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2984 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4446 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7007 msgid "Missing value 'caPasswd'." msgstr "缺少值“caPasswd”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2320 msgid "Signing certificate failed." msgstr "证书签名失败。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2547 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2652 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6664 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6770 msgid "Missing parameter 'caName'." msgstr "缺少参数“caName”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2553 msgid "Missing parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "缺少参数“caPasswd”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2601 msgid "Getting the certificate list failed." msgstr "未能获取证书列表。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2658 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3566 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4077 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7096 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caPasswd'." msgstr "参数“caPasswd”的值无效。" -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2685 msgid "Invalid password." msgstr "口令无效。" -#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 +#. error message; displayed in an popup dialog +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2692 msgid "UpdateDB failed." msgstr "UpdateDB 失败。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2775 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3733 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4258 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5874 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6105 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'certificate'." msgstr "参数“certificate”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2821 msgid "Parsing the certificate failed." msgstr "未能语法分析证书。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2892 msgid "Missing value 'certificate'." msgstr "缺少值“certificate”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2923 msgid "Revoking the certificate failed." msgstr "未能撤销证书。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:2988 msgid "Missing value 'days'." msgstr "缺少值“days”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3041 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7359 msgid "Modifying CRLGenerationData failed." msgstr "未能修改 CRLGenerationData。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3053 msgid "Creating the CRL failed." msgstr "未能创建 CRL。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3173 msgid "No CRL available." msgstr "无可用 CRL。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3177 msgid "Parsing the CRL failed." msgstr "未能语法分析 CRL。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3277 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3586 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3742 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4093 #, perl-format msgid "Cannot parse destinationFile %s." msgstr "无法分析目标文件 %s。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3284 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3593 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3749 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4100 msgid "Directory does not exist." msgstr "目录不存在。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3296 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4084 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4175 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'exportFormat'." msgstr "参数“exportFormat”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3345 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3367 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3389 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3416 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3442 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3464 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3492 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3522 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3811 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3859 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3889 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3918 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3940 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4146 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4168 msgid "Export failed." msgstr "未能导出。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3472 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3501 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3949 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3979 msgid "Parameter 'P12Password' missing." msgstr "缺少参数“P12Password”。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3572 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6544 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'request'." msgstr "参数“request”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3625 msgid "Request not found in" msgstr "请求未发现于" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3628 msgid "Copy Request failed" msgstr "复制请求失败" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:3768 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'keyPasswd'." msgstr "参数“keyPasswd”的值无效。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4289 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'purpose'." msgstr "参数“purpose”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4303 msgid "Verification failed." msgstr "校验失败。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4435 msgid "Missing value 'newCaName'." msgstr "缺少值“newCaName”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4750 msgid "Creating the SubCA failed." msgstr "未能创建 SubCA。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4833 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5089 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5890 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapHostname'." msgstr "参数“ldapHostname”的值无效。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4845 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5101 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5902 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPort'." msgstr "参数“ldapPort”的值无效。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4854 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4860 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5110 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5909 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'destinationDN'." msgstr "参数“destinationDN”的值无效。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4880 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5135 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5916 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'BindDN'." msgstr "参数“BindDN”的值无效。" -#. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 +#. parameter check failed +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4887 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5142 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5923 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'ldapPasswd'." msgstr "参数“ldapPasswd”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4893 msgid "CA certificate does not exist." msgstr "CA 证书不存在。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4904 msgid "Cannot read the CA." msgstr "无法读取 CA。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4912 msgid "Cannot parse the CA certificate." msgstr "无法分析 CA 证书。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4933 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5521 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5685 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5977 msgid "LDAP initialization failed." msgstr "LDAP 初始化失败。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4940 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5195 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5528 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5694 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5984 msgid "LDAP bind failed." msgstr "LDAP 联结失败。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4953 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5208 #, perl-format msgid "Container %s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 目录中找不到树枝 %s。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4971 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5227 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5244 msgid "Error while searching in LDAP." msgstr "在 LDAP 中搜索时出错。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:4990 msgid "Cannot add CA certificate to the LDAP directory." msgstr "无法将 CA 证书添加到 LDAP 目录。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5002 msgid "Cannot modify CA certificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 CA 证书。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5148 msgid "CRL does not exist." msgstr "CRL 不存在。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5159 msgid "Cannot read the CRL." msgstr "无法读取 CRL。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5167 msgid "Cannot parse the CRL." msgstr "无法分析 CRL。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5265 msgid "Cannot add the CRL to the LDAP directory." msgstr "无法将 CRL 添加到 LDAP 目录。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5278 msgid "Cannot modify the CRL in the LDAP directory." msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 CRL。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5381 msgid "Checking for new CRL Distribution Point failed." msgstr "未能检查新的 CRL 分布点。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5474 msgid "Missing parameter 'commonName'." msgstr "缺少参数“commonName”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5506 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5677 msgid "No LDAP server configured." msgstr "未配置 LDAP 服务器。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5546 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5609 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5723 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5739 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5772 msgid "LDAP search failed." msgstr "LDAP 搜索失败。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5574 msgid "No configuration available in LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 中没有配置。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5663 msgid "LDAP password required." msgstr "要求 LDAP 口令。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5717 msgid "Cannot add base configuration entry." msgstr "无法添加基本配置条目。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5767 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5789 msgid "Cannot add CA configuration entry." msgstr "无法添加 CA 配置条目。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5929 msgid "Certificate does not exist." msgstr "证书不存在。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5956 msgid "Cannot parse the certificate." msgstr "无法对证书进行语法分析。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:5997 #, perl-format msgid "%s is not available in the LDAP directory." msgstr "LDAP 目录中找不到 %s。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6008 msgid "Cannot modify userCertificate in the LDAP directory." msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 userCertificate。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6026 msgid "Exporting the certificate failed." msgstr "未能导出证书。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6037 msgid "Cannot modify userPKCS12 in LDAP directory." msgstr "无法修改 LDAP 目录中的 userPKCS12。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6139 msgid "Deleting the certificate failed." msgstr "未能删除证书。" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6207 msgid "Path to certificate file is needed." msgstr "需要提供证书文件的路径。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6214 msgid "Certificate not found in" msgstr "在以下位置找不到证书：" -#. parameter check -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 +#. parameter check +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6220 msgid "Password is required." msgstr "要求口令。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6232 msgid "Importing the certificate failed." msgstr "未能导入证书。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6321 msgid "Missing parameter 'inFile'." msgstr "缺少参数“inFile”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6326 msgid "File not found." msgstr "找不到文件。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6332 msgid "Missing parameter 'type'." msgstr "缺少参数“type”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6336 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' in 'type'." msgstr "“type”中的值“%s”无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6343 msgid "Missing parameter 'datatype'." msgstr "缺少参数“datatype”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6347 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'datatype'." msgstr "“datatype”中的值“%s”未知。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6353 msgid "Missing parameter 'inForm'." msgstr "缺少参数“inForm”。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6357 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in 'inForm'." msgstr "“inForm”中的值“%s”未知。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6462 msgid "Parsing failed." msgstr "语法分析失败。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6590 msgid "Parsing the request failed." msgstr "未能语法分析请求。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6704 msgid "Getting the request list failed." msgstr "未能获取请求列表。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6779 #, perl-format msgid "Request not found in %s." msgstr "未在 %s 中发现请求。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6786 msgid "Cannot read the request." msgstr "无法读取请求。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6792 msgid "No request data found." msgstr "找不到请求数据。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6835 msgid "Importing the request failed." msgstr "未能导入请求。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6926 msgid "Deleting the request failed." msgstr "未能删除请求。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6989 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caCertificate'." msgstr "参数“caCertificate”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:6994 msgid "Invalid value for parameter 'caKey'." msgstr "参数“caKey”的值无效。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7001 #, perl-format msgid "CA key not available in %s." msgstr "CA 密钥在 %s 中不可用。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7030 msgid "Importing the CA failed." msgstr "未能导入 CA。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7127 msgid "Deleting the CA failed." msgstr "未能删除 CA。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7467 src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7483 msgid "Keyfile does not exist." msgstr "密钥文件不存在。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 +#: src/modules/YaPI/CaManagement.pm:7502 msgid "Password change failed." msgstr "口令更改失败。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:235 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid type for StringExtension '%s'." msgstr "StringExtension“%s”的类型无效。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1881 msgid "Missing 'data' map." msgstr "缺少“data”映射。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1890 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1894 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1900 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1906 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1912 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1925 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1932 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1941 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1950 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1956 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1979 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2000 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2005 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2022 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2027 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2041 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2045 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2060 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2064 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2082 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2089 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2096 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2103 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2110 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2117 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2124 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2130 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2152 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2164 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2182 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2187 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2206 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2213 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2220 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2227 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2234 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2240 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2246 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2252 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2267 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2273 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2279 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid value '%s' for parameter '%s'." msgstr "值“%s”（参数“'%s”）无效。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1918 #, perl-format msgid "Password (%s) is too simple." msgstr "口令 (%s) 过于简单。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1965 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1986 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1993 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2012 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2034 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2052 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2071 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2146 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2160 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2171 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2195 src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:2259 #, perl-format msgid "Wrong use of 'critical' in '%s'." msgstr "“%s”中的“critical”使用错误。" -#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 +#: src/modules/YaST/caUtils.pm:1974 #, perl-format msgid "Unknown value '%s' in '%s'." msgstr "未知值 '%s'('%s' 中)。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cio.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,84 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" msgstr "可用输入/输出通道" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 msgid "Used" msgstr "已用" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "no" msgstr "否" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 msgid "yes" msgstr "是" -#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 msgid "Filter channels" msgstr "光纤通道" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "全选(&S)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Clear selection" msgstr "清除选择(&C)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" msgstr "将选定通道加入黑名单(&B)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 msgid "&Unban Channels" msgstr "取消禁止通道(&U)" -#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "退出(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" msgstr "指定的范围无效。错误值位于片段“%s”中" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" msgstr "取消禁止输入/输出通道" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " -"specified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" "列出要取消禁止的通道范围，以逗号分隔。\n" "范围可以是通道，也可以是通道的一部分，将使用零或以破折号指定的范围填充。\n" "值举例：0.0.0001、AA00、0.1.0100-200" -#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Ranges to Unban." msgstr "要取消禁止的范围。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,187 +14,184 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module -#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xcluster module +#: src/clients/cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of cluster" msgstr "群集配置" -#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Cluster" msgstr "群集" -#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals -#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Cluster in proposals +#: src/clients/cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Cluster" msgstr "群集(&C)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:47 msgid "Communication Channels" msgstr "通讯通道" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:48 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:49 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:50 msgid "Configure Csync2" msgstr "配置 Csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 +#: src/include/cluster/common.rb:51 msgid "Configure conntrackd" msgstr "配置 conntrackd" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:87 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "OK" msgstr "确定" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "冗余 IP 地址" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:117 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Node ID" msgstr "节点 ID" -#. Set need to require 'set' -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 +#. Set need to require 'set' +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Node ID has to be fulfilled with a positive integer" msgstr "必须使用正整数填写节点 ID" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Node ID must be unique" msgstr "节点 ID 必须唯一" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:193 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:247 msgid "The Bind Network Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "必须填写绑定网络地址" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "The cluster name has to be fulfilled" msgstr "必须填写群集名称" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "The Member Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "必须填写成员地址" -#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 -msgid "" -"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" +#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222 +msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured" msgstr "当配置了多路广播传输时，必须填写预期投票数" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429 msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled" msgstr "必须填写多路广播地址" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:266 msgid "The Multicast port must be a positive integer" msgstr "多路广播端口必须是正整数" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to " -"passive." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive." msgstr "仅当使用多个接口时，才可以选择被动或主动。请设置为被动。" -#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 +#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "传输：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Channel" msgstr "通道" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:454 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "绑定网络地址：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "多路广播地址：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "多路广播端口：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "冗余通道" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "群集名称：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "预期投票数：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "rrp 模式：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "自动生成节点 ID" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "成员地址：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "Redundant IP" msgstr "冗余 IP" -#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 +#. BNC#879596, check the corosync.conf format +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "" " NOTICE: Detected old corosync configuration.\n" " Please reconfigure the member list and confirm all other settings." @@ -202,128 +199,124 @@ " 注意：检测到旧的 corosync 配置。\n" "请重配置成员列表并确认所有其他设置。" -#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "启用安全身份验证" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 -msgid "" -"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/" -"authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "对新建的群集按下面的按钮可生成 /etc/corosync/authkey。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 -msgid "" -"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other " -"nodes manually." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726 +msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "要加入一个已有群集，请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/corosync/authkey。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752 msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey" msgstr "无法创建 /etc/corosync/authkey" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded" msgstr "创建 /etc/corosync/authkey 成功" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Running" msgstr "正在运行" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817 msgid "Not running" msgstr "未运行" -#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 +#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "Booting" msgstr "正在引导" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot" msgstr "开 -- 引导期间启动 Pacemaker" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually" msgstr "关 -- 手动启动 Pacemaker" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "打开和关闭" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "当前状态：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "立即启动 pacemaker" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "立即停止 pacemaker" -#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 +#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "同步主机" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009 msgid "Del" msgstr "删除" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "同步文件" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "添加建议的文件" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "生成预共享密钥" -#. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 +#. remove duplicated elements +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "Csync2 状态未知" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "开启 csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "关闭 csync2" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "请输入一个主机名" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "编辑主机名" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "请输入要同步的文件名" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "编辑文件名" -#. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#. key file exist +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" @@ -331,13 +324,13 @@ "密钥文件 %1 已存在。\n" "您想要覆盖它吗？" -#. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 +#. remove exist key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "未能删除密钥文件 %1。" -#. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 +#. generate key file +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." @@ -345,15 +338,14 @@ "已生成密钥文件 %1。\n" "单击“添加建议的文件”按钮将它添加到同步列表。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "未能生成密钥。" -#. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 +#. SaveCsync2(); +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" -"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between " -"cluster nodes.\n" +"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" @@ -361,145 +353,60 @@ "YaST 可以帮助配置 conntrackd 的某些基本设置。\n" "您需要使用 ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd 将它启动。" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "专用接口：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363 msgid "IP:" msgstr "IP：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "组编号：" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "生成 /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer" msgstr "组编号必须是正整数" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35 msgid "" -"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address " -"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in " -"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set " -"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which " -"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be " -"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface " -"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the " -"nodeid field must be specified. \n" -"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used " -"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but " -"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address " -"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address." -" This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 " -"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must " -"be specified.\n" -"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is " -"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais " -"services configured for different UDP ports. \n" -"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in " -"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu" -"(Unicast). \n" -"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional " -"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value " -"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. " -"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from " -"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring " -"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should " -"not be used. \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, " -"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers " -"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network " -"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly " -"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become " -"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network " -"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one " -"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple " -"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen." -" \n" -"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting " -"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is " -"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast " -"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should " -"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in " -"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated." -" \n" -"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using " -"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" +"<big>Bind Network Address</big> This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0. This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified. \n" +"<big>Multicast Address</big> This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address. This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.\n" +"<big>Port</big> This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports. \n" +"<big>Member Address</big> This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). \n" +"<big>Node ID</big> This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used. \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen. \n" +"<big>Expected votes</big> Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated. \n" +"<big>Auto Generate Node ID</big> Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically. \n" msgstr "" -"<big>绑定网络地址</big> 指定 openais 可执行文件应该绑定的地址。" -"此地址应始终以 0 结尾。如果应该通过 192.168.5.92 路由 totem 流量，请将绑定网" -"络地址设置为 192.168.5.0。 这也可以是 IPV6 地址，在此情况下，将使用 IPV6 " -"网络。若如此，必须指定完整地址，系统不会像使用 IPv4 时一样自动选择特定子网中" -"的网络接口。如果使用 IPv6 网络，必须指定“节点 ID”字段。 \n" -"<big>多路广播地址</big> 这是 openais 可执行文件使用的多路广播地" -"址。默认值适用于大多数网络，但您应该咨询网络管理员要使用哪个多路广播地址。请" -"勿指定 224.x.x.x，因为这是一个“config”多路广播地址。 这也可以是 IPV6 多路" -"广播地址，在此情况下，将使用 IPV6 网络。如果使用 IPv6 网络，必须指定 nodeid " -"字段。\n" -"<big>端口</big> 指定 UDP 端口号。在将 openais 服务配置为使用不" -"同 UDP 端口的网络上，可以使用同一多路广播地址。 \n" -"<big>成员地址</big> 此列表按 IP 地址指定群集中的所有节点。使用 " -"udpu(Unicast) 时可以配置此值。 \n" -"<big>节点 ID</big> 使用 IPv4 时，此配置选项是可选的，而使用 " -"IPv6 时则为必填项。这是一个 32 位值，指定传递给群集成员资格服务的节点标识符。" -"如果使用 IPv4 时未指定此选项，则节点 ID 将基于系统通过环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 " -"位 IP 地址来确定。节点标识符值 0 是保留值，不应使用。 \n" -"<big>rrp_mode</big> 指定冗余环的模式，可以是“无”、“主动”或“被" -"动”。主动复制可使故障网络环境中从传输到递送的延迟时间略微降低，但性能有所下" -"降。被动复制可使 totem 协议的速度增加近一倍，前提是该协议不受限于 CPU。最后一" -"个选项为“无”，在此情况下，将仅使用一个网络接口运行 totem 协议。如果仅指定了一" -"条接口指令，则自动选择“无”。如果指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择“主动”或“被" -"动”。 \n" -"<big>预期投票数</big> 投票仲裁的预期投票数。当 corosync.conf 中" -"存在 nodelist {} 部分时将自动计算该值（使用单路广播传输时将会生成该列表），您" -"也可以在 quorum {} 部分中指定该值（“预期投票数”应使用群集的总节点数）。如果单" -"路广播传输中存在预期投票数，该值将覆盖自动计算的值。 \n" -"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 使用 IPv6 时必须指定节点 ID。启用自动" -"节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。 \n" +"<big>绑定网络地址</big> 指定 openais 可执行文件应该绑定的地址。此地址应始终以 0 结尾。如果应该通过 192.168.5.92 路由 totem 流量，请将绑定网络地址设置为 192.168.5.0。 这也可以是 IPV6 地址，在此情况下，将使用 IPV6 网络。若如此，必须指定完整地址，系统不会像使用 IPv4 时一样自动选择特定子网中的网络接口。如果使用 IPv6 网络，必须指定“节点 ID”字段。 \n" +"<big>多路广播地址</big> 这是 openais 可执行文件使用的多路广播地址。默认值适用于大多数网络，但您应该咨询网络管理员要使用哪个多路广播地址。请勿指定 224.x.x.x，因为这是一个“config”多路广播地址。 这也可以是 IPV6 多路广播地址，在此情况下，将使用 IPV6 网络。如果使用 IPv6 网络，必须指定 nodeid 字段。\n" +"<big>端口</big> 指定 UDP 端口号。在将 openais 服务配置为使用不同 UDP 端口的网络上，可以使用同一多路广播地址。 \n" +"<big>成员地址</big> 此列表按 IP 地址指定群集中的所有节点。使用 udpu(Unicast) 时可以配置此值。 \n" +"<big>节点 ID</big> 使用 IPv4 时，此配置选项是可选的，而使用 IPv6 时则为必填项。这是一个 32 位值，指定传递给群集成员资格服务的节点标识符。如果使用 IPv4 时未指定此选项，则节点 ID 将基于系统通过环标识符 0 绑定到的 32 位 IP 地址来确定。节点标识符值 0 是保留值，不应使用。 \n" +"<big>rrp_mode</big> 指定冗余环的模式，可以是“无”、“主动”或“被动”。主动复制可使故障网络环境中从传输到递送的延迟时间略微降低，但性能有所下降。被动复制可使 totem 协议的速度增加近一倍，前提是该协议不受限于 CPU。最后一个选项为“无”，在此情况下，将仅使用一个网络接口运行 totem 协议。如果仅指定了一条接口指令，则自动选择“无”。如果指定了多个接口指令，则只能选择“主动”或“被动”。 \n" +"<big>预期投票数</big> 投票仲裁的预期投票数。当 corosync.conf 中存在 nodelist {} 部分时将自动计算该值（使用单路广播传输时将会生成该列表），您也可以在 quorum {} 部分中指定该值（“预期投票数”应使用群集的总节点数）。如果单路广播传输中存在预期投票数，该值将覆盖自动计算的值。 \n" +"<big>自动生成节点 ID</big> 使用 IPv6 时必须指定节点 ID。启用自动节点 ID 将自动生成节点 ID。 \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 " -"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further " -"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 " -"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this " -"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces " -"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles " -"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks " -"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible " -"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A " -"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option " -"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame " -"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is " -"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this " -"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" +"<big>Enable Security Auth</big> This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. \n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>启用安全身份验证</big> 指定应使用 HMAC/SHA1 身份验证来对所" -"有讯息进行身份验证。它还进一步指定应使用 sober128 加密算法对所有数据进行加" -"密，以防止数据被窃听。启用此选项会对 totem 发送的每条讯息添加一个 36 字节的报" -"头，因而会降低总吞吐量。gprof 的测量结果表明，启用加密和身份验证的情况下，会" -"在 aisexec 中消耗 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于具有 1500 MTU 帧传送的 100 兆位网络：" -"当在 3GHz CPU 上启用此选项时，在 CPU 利用率为 100% 的情况下，可达到 9 MB/秒的" -"吞吐量。当在 3GHz CPU 上禁用此选项时，在 CPU 利用率为 20% 的情况下，可达到 " -"10 MB/秒的吞吐量。对于具有较大帧传送的 gig-e 网络：当在 3 GHZ CPU 上启用此选" -"项时，可达到 20 MB/秒的吞吐量。当在 3GHz CPU 上禁用此选项时，可达到 60 MB/秒" -"的吞吐量。默认值为打开。 \n" +"<big>启用安全身份验证</big> 指定应使用 HMAC/SHA1 身份验证来对所有讯息进行身份验证。它还进一步指定应使用 sober128 加密算法对所有数据进行加密，以防止数据被窃听。启用此选项会对 totem 发送的每条讯息添加一个 36 字节的报头，因而会降低总吞吐量。gprof 的测量结果表明，启用加密和身份验证的情况下，会在 aisexec 中消耗 75% 的 CPU 周期。对于具有 1500 MTU 帧传送的 100 兆位网络：当在 3GHz CPU 上启用此选项时，在 CPU 利用率为 100% 的情况下，可达到 9 MB/秒的吞吐量。当在 3GHz CPU 上禁用此选项时，在 CPU 利用率为 20% 的情况下，可达到 10 MB/秒的吞吐量。对于具有较大帧传送的 gig-e 网络：当在 3 GHZ CPU 上启用此选项时，可达到 20 MB/秒的吞吐量。当在 3GHz CPU 上禁用此选项时，可达到 60 MB/秒的吞吐量。默认值为打开。 \n" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot " -"or not\n" -"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when " -"Firewall is enabled\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Booting</big> Starting corosync service during boot or not\n" +"\t\t\t<big>Firewall Settings</big> Enable the port when Firewall is enabled\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -507,55 +414,38 @@ "\t\t\t<big>防火墙设置</big> 当启用了防火墙时启用该端口\n" "\t\t\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the " -"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the " -"same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" -"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be " -"synced.\n" -"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed " -"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is " -"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup " -"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</" -"p>\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync Host</big> The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.\n" +"\t\t<big>Sync File</big> The full absolute filename to be synced.\n" +"\t\t<big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big> Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>同步主机</big> 这里使用的主机名必须是群集节点的本地主机" -"名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname 命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。\n" +"\t\t<big>同步主机</big> 这里使用的主机名必须是群集节点的本地主机名。这意味着您必须输入与 hostname 命令的打印输出完全相同的内容。\n" "\t\t<big>同步文件</big> 要同步的完整绝对文件名。\n" -"\t\t<big>预共享密钥</big> 在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进" -"行身份验证。可使用 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应" -"将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有群集成员中。\n" +"\t\t<big>预共享密钥</big> 在 Csync2 中使用 IP 地址和预共享密钥进行身份验证。可使用 csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup 生成密钥文件。创建之后应将 key_hagroup 文件手动复制到所有群集成员中。\n" "\t" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network " -"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for " -"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated " -"network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" -"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be " -"used for syncing.\n" -"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for " -"syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Dedicated Interface</big> A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. \n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.\n" +"\t\t<big>Multicast Address</big> The multicast address to be used for syncing.\n" +"\t\t<big>Group Number</big> A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t<big>专用接口</big> 用于同步的专用网络接口。该接口必须支持多" -"路广播，并且已启动以供使用。您可能需要预先对它进行配置。\n" -"\t\t<big>IP</big> 指派给专用网络接口的 IPv4 地址。系统将自动检测" -"此地址。\n" +"\t\t<big>专用接口</big> 用于同步的专用网络接口。该接口必须支持多路广播，并且已启动以供使用。您可能需要预先对它进行配置。\n" +"\t\t<big>IP</big> 指派给专用网络接口的 IPv4 地址。系统将自动检测此地址。\n" "\t\t<big>多路广播地址</big> 用于同步的多路广播地址。\n" "\t\t<big>组编号</big> 一个数字 ID，指出用于同步的组。\n" "\t" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -563,8 +453,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化群集配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -572,8 +462,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "请立即按中止，以便安全中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Saving cluster Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -581,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>正在保存群集配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -594,107 +484,107 @@ "一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:172 msgid "Cluster Configuration" msgstr "群集配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/cluster/wizards.rb:174 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化群集配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "读取数据库" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "读取以前的设置" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "读取 SuSEFirewall 设置" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "正在读取数据库..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "正在读取 SuSEFirewall 设置..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "无法安装所需的包" -#. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "无法装载现有配置" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "无法读取数据库 1。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "无法读取数据库 2。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "无法检测到设备。" -#. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 +#. Cluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在保存群集配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "将更改保存到 SuSEFirewall" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "正在将更改保存到 SuSEFirewall..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control-center.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,25 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: src/main_window.cpp:150 src/main_window.cpp:150 +#: src/main_window.cpp:150 msgid "&Search" msgstr "搜索(&S)" -#: src/main_window.cpp:191 src/main_window.cpp:191 +#: src/main_window.cpp:191 msgid "Ready" msgstr "就绪" -#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... -#: src/main_window.cpp:321 src/main_window.cpp:321 +#. Translators: module name comes here (%1) e.g. HTTP server, Scanner,... +#: src/main_window.cpp:321 msgid "Starting configuration module \"%1\"..." msgstr "正在启动配置模块“%1”..." -#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 src/main_window.cpp:341 -#: src/main_window.cpp:406 +#: src/main_window.cpp:341 src/main_window.cpp:406 msgid "YaST Control Center" msgstr "YaST 控制中心" -#: src/main_window.cpp:342 src/main_window.cpp:342 +#: src/main_window.cpp:342 msgid "" "YaST Control Center is not running as root.\n" "You will only see modules which do not require root privileges." @@ -40,25 +39,25 @@ "YaST 控制中心当前不是以 root 用户身份。\n" "您将只能看到不需要 root 权限的模块。" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:73 msgid "Log files written successfully." msgstr "已成功写入日志文件。" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:77 msgid "Couldn't save y2logs." msgstr "无法保存 y2logs。" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:136 msgid "Writing log files ..." msgstr "正在写入日志文件..." -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite an existing file +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:180 msgid "%1 exists! Really overwrite?" msgstr "%1 已存在！确实要重写吗？" -#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 +#. Confirm if the user wishes to overwrite a write-protected file %1 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:185 msgid "" "%1 exists and is write-protected!\n" "Really overwrite?" @@ -66,15 +65,15 @@ "%1 已存在并且是写保护的！\n" "确实要重写吗？" -#. Window title for confirmation dialog -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 +#. Window title for confirmation dialog +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:190 msgid "Confirm" msgstr "确认" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:192 msgid "C&ontinue" msgstr "继续(&O)" -#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 +#: src/yqsavelogs.cpp:193 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "取消(&C)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/control.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -38,417 +38,417 @@ "\n" " " -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM 服务器" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "安装设置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "专家" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "在线安装设置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "更新设置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "网络配置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "硬件配置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "准备" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "装载 linuxrc 网络配置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "网络自动设置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "安装程序更新" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "欢迎" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "网络激活" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "磁盘激活" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "系统分析" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "外接式附件" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁盘" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "时区" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "用户设置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "安装概述" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "执行安装" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "安装程序清理" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Installation" msgstr "安装" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "更新系统" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "更新" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "更新摘要" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:127 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:129 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "执行更新" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "基本安装" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST 设置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "系统配置" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ "\n" " " -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 msgid "System Role" msgstr "系统角色" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "" "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." @@ -486,8 +486,8 @@ "系统角色是预定义的用例，这些用例会调整系统以便适用于\n" "选定的方案。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "" "The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" "to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" @@ -499,12 +499,12 @@ "如果需要，可在后续步骤中覆盖角色所定义的设置。\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Default System" msgstr "默认系统" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "" "• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" "• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" @@ -512,12 +512,12 @@ "• GNOME 环境，包含 Btrfs 根 (/) 分区\n" "• 大于 20GB 的磁盘的单独 /home 分区 (XFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" msgstr "KVM 虚拟化主机" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "" "• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -525,12 +525,12 @@ "• 基于内核的超级管理程序和工具\n" "• 无单独的 /home 分区" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" msgstr "Xen 虚拟化主机" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 msgid "" "• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" "• No separate /home partition" @@ -538,21 +538,21 @@ "• 裸机超级管理程序和工具\n" "• 无单独的 /home 分区" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Network Services Configuration" msgstr "网络服务配置" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "装载 Linuxrc 网络配置" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "安装摘要" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "Congratulations!\n" @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ "祝您使用愉快！ openSUSE 开发团队\n" " " -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10 msgid "" "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" @@ -596,39 +596,39 @@ "环境都有不同的样式，因此您可以根据个人品味来\n" "选择最适合自己的桌面。" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "GNOME Desktop" msgstr "GNOME 桌面" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22 msgid "KDE Plasma Desktop" msgstr "KDE Plasma 桌面" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23 msgid "Server (Text Mode)" msgstr "服务器（文本模式）" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24 msgid "Xfce Desktop" msgstr "Xfce 桌面" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "LXDE Desktop" msgstr "LXDE 桌面" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26 msgid "Minimal X Window" msgstr "最小化的 X Window" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27 msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Enlightenment 桌面" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "联机储存库" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "桌面选择" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/country.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,59 +14,58 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Securoty module +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:59 msgid "Keyboard configuration." msgstr "键盘配置。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Keyboard configuration summary." msgstr "键盘配置摘要。" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:79 msgid "Set new values for keyboard configuration." msgstr "为键盘配置设置新值。" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:86 msgid "List all available keyboard layouts." msgstr "列出所有可用的键盘布局。" -#. command line help text for 'set layout' option -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set layout' option +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:94 msgid "New keyboard layout" msgstr "新键盘布局" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "当前键盘布局：%1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." msgstr "键盘布局\"%1\"无效。使用\"list\"命令查看可能的值。" -#. summary item -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 +#. summary item +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 msgid "Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局" -#. menue label text -#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' -#. menu button label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 +#. menue label text +#. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. menu button label +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" -#. help text for keyboard expert screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 +#. help text for keyboard expert screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine tune various settings of the keyboard module.\n" @@ -80,80 +79,76 @@ " 如果不确定，则使用已选定的默认值。\n" " " -#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "" -"此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。" -"\n" +#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "此处所作的设置仅适用于控制台键盘。请使用其他工具来配置图形用户界面的键盘。\n" -#. heading text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 +#. heading text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expert Keyboard Settings" msgstr "专家键盘设置" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Repeat &Rate" msgstr "重复率(&R)" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "De&lay before Repetition Starts" msgstr "重复延迟(&L)" -#. frame label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Start-Up States" msgstr "启动状态" -#. combobox label -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 +#. combobox label +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "&Num Lock On" msgstr "Num Lock 打开(&N)" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:108 msgid "BIOS Settings" msgstr "BIOS 设置" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:110 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:644 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:112 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:645 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. combobox item -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 +#. combobox item +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:114 msgid "<Untouched>" msgstr "<保留不动>" -#. label text -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 +#. label text +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "D&isable Caps Lock" msgstr "禁用 Caps Lock(&I)" -#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting -#. (no more than about 25 characters!) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 +#. title for input field to test the keyboard setting +#. (no more than about 25 characters!) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "&Test" msgstr "测试(&T)" -#. push button -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 +#. push button +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgstr "专家设置(&X)..." -#. help text for keyboard screen (header) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 +#. help text for keyboard screen (header) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Keyboard Configuration</big>" @@ -161,15 +156,14 @@ "\n" "<big>键盘配置</big>" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -179,8 +173,8 @@ " 对于高级选项(如重复率和延迟)，选择专家设置。\n" " \n" -#. general help trailer -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 +#. general help trailer +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "" "\n" "If unsure, use the default values already selected.\n" @@ -190,32 +184,30 @@ "如果不能确定，请使用已经选定的默认值。\n" "" -#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 +#. help text for keyboard screen (installation) +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " -"Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "选择系统中使用的键盘布局。\n" "如想设置高级选项（如重复率和延迟），请选择专家设置。\n" " 使用桌面环境的键盘布局工具，可找到更多的选项和键盘布局。\n" -#. Screen title for keyboard screen -#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 +#. Screen title for keyboard screen +#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "系统键盘配置" -#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system -#. or continue with the one defined by his language. -#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. -#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, -#. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system +#. or continue with the one defined by his language. +#. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. +#. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, +#. it is not saved to the system. +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -225,181 +217,179 @@ "不同的键盘布局进行更新。\n" " 选择在更新期间使用的布局：" -#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting -#. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting +#. any error to the user +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "无法将 X11 键盘设置为“%s”" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:45 msgid "<%1>Keyboard Layout<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>键盘布局<%2>：%3" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:56 msgid "<%1>Language<%2>: %3" msgstr "<%1>语言<%2>：%3" -#. rich text label -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 +#. rich text label +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:73 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "地区设置" -#. menu button label -#. menue label text -#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 +#. menu button label +#. menue label text +#: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:76 +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:133 msgid "&Language" msgstr "语言(&L)" -#. translators: command line help text for language module -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 +#. translators: command line help text for language module +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:56 msgid "Language configuration" msgstr "语言配置" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:69 msgid "Language configuration summary" msgstr "语言配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:76 msgid "Set new values for language" msgstr "为语言设置新值" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:83 msgid "List all available languages." msgstr "列出所有可用的语言。" -#. command line help text for 'set lang' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'set lang' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:91 msgid "New language value" msgstr "新语言值" -#. command line help text for 'set languages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'set languages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:98 msgid "List of secondary languages (separated by commas)" msgstr "第二语言列表(用逗号分隔)" -#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 +#. command line help text for 'set no_packages' option +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:105 msgid "Do not install language specific packages" msgstr "不要安装语言包" -#. progress title -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 +#. progress title +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:134 msgid "Saving Language Configuration" msgstr "保存语言配置" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:139 msgid "Save language and console settings" msgstr "保存语言和控制台设置" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:141 msgid "Install and uninstall affected packages" msgstr "安装和卸载受影响的包" -#. progress stage -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 +#. progress stage +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:143 msgid "Update translations in boot loader menu" msgstr "更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译" -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:147 msgid "Saving language and console settings..." msgstr "正在保存语言和控制台设置..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:149 msgid "Installing and uninstalling affected packages..." msgstr "正在安装和卸载受影响的包..." -#. progress step -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 +#. progress step +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:151 msgid "Updating translations in boot loader menu..." msgstr "正在更新引导加载程序菜单中的翻译..." -#. help for write dialog -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 +#. help for write dialog +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." msgstr "正在保存配置 请稍候..." -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 msgid "Current Language: %1 (%2)" msgstr "当前语言：%1 (%2)" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "其它语言：%1" -#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." msgstr "%1 不是有效的语言。请使用 list 命令来查看可能的值。" -#. label text -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 +#. label text +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/language_proposal.rb:131 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:119 msgid "Language" msgstr "语言" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:115 msgid "Languages" msgstr "语言" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:123 msgid "Welcome to System Repair" msgstr "欢迎使用系统修复" -#. button label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 +#. button label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:165 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. multiselection box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 +#. multiselection box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:178 msgid "&Secondary Languages" msgstr "次要语言(&S)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:189 msgid "Primary &Language" msgstr "主要语言(&L)" -#. frame label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 +#. frame label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:199 msgid "Primary Language Settings" msgstr "主要语言设置" -#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 +#. help text (language dependent packages) - at the end of help +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "系统将安装支持所选主要语言和次要语言的其它包。同时删除不再需要的包。\n" "" -#. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 +#. help text for initial (first time) language screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:239 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language to use during installation and for\n" @@ -411,8 +401,8 @@ "使用的语言。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:249 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -422,8 +412,8 @@ "单击下一步继续到下一个对话框。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:259 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -435,8 +425,8 @@ "才会对计算机执行操作。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 +#. help text, continued +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:270 msgid "" "\n" "You can select Abort at any time to abort the\n" @@ -448,9 +438,9 @@ "安装过程。\n" "\n" -#. different help text when called after installation -#. in an installed system -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 +#. different help text when called after installation +#. in an installed system +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Language for your system.\n" @@ -460,8 +450,8 @@ "为您的系统选择新的语言。\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 1/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new Primary Language for your system.\n" @@ -471,25 +461,21 @@ "为您的系统选择新的主要语言。\n" "\n" -#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 +#. help text for 'adapt keyboard checkbox' +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " -"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " -"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "选中适应键盘布局可将键盘布局更改为主要语言。\n" -"选中适应时区可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语" -"言设置，则禁用各自选项。\n" +"选中适应时区可根据主要语言更改当前时区。如果键盘布局或时区已适应默认语言设置，则禁用各自选项。\n" "\n" -#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 +#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:312 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Languages \n" @@ -501,13 +487,13 @@ "在选择框中，指定要在系统中使用的其它语言。\n" "\n" -#. error message - package solver failed -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 +#. error message - package solver failed +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:533 msgid "There are unresolved package dependencies." msgstr "有未解决的包依赖性。" -#. error message -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 +#. error message +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:550 msgid "" "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." @@ -515,8 +501,8 @@ "磁盘空间不足，不能安装所有的附加包。\n" "请从选择内容中删除某些语言。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:572 msgid "" "\n" "Here, fine-tune settings for the language handling.\n" @@ -530,8 +516,8 @@ "如果不确定，请使用已选中的默认值。\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:585 msgid "" "\n" "Locale Settings for User root\n" @@ -541,75 +527,68 @@ "用户 root 的语言环境设置\n" "确定如何为 root 用户设置语言环境变量 (LC_*)。" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"仅 ctype：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的 LC_CTYPE。其它值未设置。" -" \n" +"仅 ctype：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的 LC_CTYPE。其它值未设置。 \n" "是：root 用户与一般用户拥有相同的语言环境设置。 \n" "否：root 用户的所有语言环境变量均未设置。\n" "\n" -#. help text for langauge expert screen -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "" -"使用详细语言环境设置来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环" -"境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。" +#. help text for langauge expert screen +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 +msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "使用详细语言环境设置来设置主对话框的列表中未提供的主要语言的语言环境。对于一些选定的语言环境，翻译可能不可用。" -#. heading text -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 +#. heading text +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 msgid "Language Details" msgstr "语言细节" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:640 msgid "Locale Settings for User &root" msgstr "用户 root 的语言环境设置(&R)" -#. do not translate "ctype" -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 +#. do not translate "ctype" +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:643 msgid "ctype Only" msgstr "仅 ctype" -#. checkbox label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 +#. checkbox label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:654 msgid "Use &UTF-8 Encoding" msgstr "使用 UTF-8 编码(&U)" -#. combo box label -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 +#. combo box label +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:663 msgid "&Detailed Locale Setting" msgstr "详细语言环境设置(&D)" -#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 +#. check box label (%1 is keyboard layout name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:723 msgid "Adapt &Keyboard Layout to %1" msgstr "将键盘布局更改为 %1(&K)" -#. check box label (%1 is country name) -#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 +#. check box label (%1 is country name) +#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:730 msgid "Adapt &Time Zone to %1" msgstr "将时区更改为 %1(&T)" -#. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 +#. busy message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "正在下载安装系统语言扩展..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced -#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -621,21 +600,21 @@ "\n" "将使用备用语言 %{fallback}。" -#. summary label -#. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#. summary label +#. summary label +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "主要语言：%1" -#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager -#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); -#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager +#. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); +#. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "正在安装包..." -#. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#. continue/cancel message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -643,20 +622,19 @@ "未完成对主要语言的翻译。\n" "某些文本可能显示为英文。\n" -#. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#. popup message +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "该媒体上仅包含对所选语言的最少支持。\n" "请将语言附加 CD 添加为另一个储存库，\n" "以获得对此语言的相应支持。\n" -#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -664,67 +642,67 @@ "该选定的语言无法在文本模式中使用。使用英文安装，\n" "但是新系统将使用选定的语言。" -#. translators: command line help text for timezone module -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 +#. translators: command line help text for timezone module +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 msgid "Time zone configuration" msgstr "时区配置" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:65 msgid "Time zone configuration summary" msgstr "时区配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:72 msgid "Set new values for time zone configuration" msgstr "为时区配置设置新值" -#. command line help text for 'list' action -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'list' action +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:79 msgid "List all available time zones" msgstr "列出所有可用时区" -#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 +#. command line help text for 'set timezone' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:87 msgid "New time zone" msgstr "新时区" -#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'set hwclock' option +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:94 msgid "New value for hardware clock. Can be 'local', 'utc' or 'UTC'." msgstr "硬件时钟的新值。可以为“本地”、“utc”或“UTC”。" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:174 msgid "Current Time Zone:\t%1" msgstr "当前时区：\t%1" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:181 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To:\t%1" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为：\t%1" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#. label text (Clock setting) -#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. -#. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#. label text (Clock setting) +#. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. +#. @return summary string (html) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#. summary text (Clock setting) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 +#. summary text (Clock setting) +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:186 msgid "Local time" msgstr "本地时间" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:193 msgid "Current Time and Date:\t%1" msgstr "当前时间和日期：\t%1" -#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 +#. error text, %1 is output of 'date' command +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:39 msgid "" "Time %1 is in the past.\n" "Set a correct time before starting installation." @@ -732,30 +710,27 @@ "时间 %1 是过去的时间。\n" "请在开始安装前设置正确的时间。" -#. summary item -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 +#. summary item +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:85 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "时区" -#. menue label text -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 +#. menue label text +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "时区(&T)" -#. help for time calculation basis: -#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 +#. help for time calculation basis: +#. hardware clock references local time or UTC? +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " -"Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " -"Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -769,8 +744,8 @@ "和夏令时之间来回切换。\n" "\n" -#. help text: extra note about localtime -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text: extra note about localtime +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "Note: The internal system clock as used by the Linux kernel must\n" @@ -786,18 +761,15 @@ "最好从用户手册中了解这方面的背景知识以及这么做的副作用。\n" "" -#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 +#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -815,62 +787,58 @@ "\n" "要使用现在的选择（本地时间）并继续吗？" -#. help text for set time dialog -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "" -"现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手动将它们更改为正确的值，或者使" -"用网络时间协议 (NTP)。" +#. help text for set time dialog +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 +msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "现在显示的是当前系统时间和日期。如有必要，手动将它们更改为正确的值，或者使用网络时间协议 (NTP)。" -#. help text, cont. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 +#. help text, cont. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Press Accept to save your changes." msgstr "按接受保存更改。" -#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 +#. label text, do not change "DD-MM-YYYY" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Current Date in DD-MM-YYYY Format" msgstr "采用 DD-MM-YYYY 格式的当前日期" -#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 +#. label text, do not change "HH:MM:SS" +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:278 msgid "Current Time in HH:MM:SS Format" msgstr "采用 HH:MM:SS 格式的当前时间" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Current Date" msgstr "当前日期" -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Current Time" msgstr "当前时间" -#. radio button label (= how to setup time) -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 +#. radio button label (= how to setup time) +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Change the Time Now" msgstr "立即更改时间" -#. radio button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 +#. radio button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Synchronize with NTP Server" msgstr "与 NTP 服务器同步" -#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 +#. TODO replace help text after ntp_installed, is. +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Change Date and Time" msgstr "更改日期和时间" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Invalid time (HH:MM:SS) %1.\n" "Enter the correct time.\n" @@ -878,8 +846,8 @@ "无效时间 (HH:MM:SS)%1。\n" "请输入正确的时间。\n" -#. popup text, %1 is entered value -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 +#. popup text, %1 is entered value +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "" "Invalid date (DD-MM-YYYY) %1.\n" "Enter the correct date.\n" @@ -887,49 +855,49 @@ "无效日期 (DD-MM-YYYY)%1。\n" "请输入正确的日期。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "其他设置(&S)..." -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)" msgstr "日期和时间（NTP 已配置）" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Date and Time" msgstr "日期和时间" -#. check box label -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 +#. check box label +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为 UTC(&H)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "&Region" msgstr "区域(&R)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Time &Zone" msgstr "时区(&Z)" -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "日期和时间：" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big>" @@ -937,12 +905,11 @@ "\n" "<big>时区和时钟设置</big>" -#. help for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 +#. help for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" -"b>.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" @@ -953,8 +920,8 @@ "时区、国家或地区或者区域。\n" "\n" -#. general help trailer -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 +#. general help trailer +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "" "\n" "If the current time is not correct, use Change to adjust it.\n" @@ -964,279 +931,279 @@ "如果当前时间不正确，请使用更改调整。\n" "" -#. Screen title for timezone screen -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 +#. Screen title for timezone screen +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826 msgid "Clock and Time Zone" msgstr "时钟和时区" -#. popup text -#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 +#. popup text +#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951 msgid "Select a valid time zone." msgstr "选择有效的时区。" -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "本地时间" -#. label text -#. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#. label text +#. label text +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "硬件时钟设置为" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "NTP 已配置" -#. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#. summary label +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "当前时区：%1" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英语(美国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英语(英国)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 msgid "German" msgstr "德语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "德语(带 deadkey)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "德语（瑞士）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 msgid "French" msgstr "法语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "法语(瑞士)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "法语（加拿大）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "加拿大语（多语）" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "西班牙语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "西班牙语(拉丁美洲)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "西班牙语 (CP 850)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" msgstr "西班牙语(阿斯图里亚变体)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Italian" msgstr "意大利语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "葡萄牙语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西 -- 美国口音)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 msgid "Greek" msgstr "希腊语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "荷兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 msgid "Danish" msgstr "丹麦语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "挪威语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "瑞典语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "芬兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 msgid "Czech" msgstr "捷克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "捷克语 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "斯洛伐克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "斯洛伐克语 (qwerty)" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "匈牙利语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Polish" msgstr "波兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 msgid "Russian" msgstr "俄语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "塞尔维亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "爱沙尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "立陶宛语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "土耳其语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "克罗地亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "比利时语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "Dvorak" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "冰岛语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "乌克兰语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "高棉语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韩语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "阿拉伯语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "塔吉克语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体中文" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "简体中文" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "罗马尼亚语" -#. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 msgid "US International" msgstr "美国国际" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dhcp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,682 +14,681 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. command line help text for DHCP server module -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 +#. command line help text for DHCP server module +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:25 msgid "DHCP server configuration module" msgstr "DHCP 服务器配置模块" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:35 msgid "Print the status of the DHCP server" msgstr "输出 DHCP 服务器的状态" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:42 msgid "Enable the DHCP server" msgstr "启用 DHCP 服务器" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:49 msgid "Disable the DHCP server" msgstr "禁用 DHCP 服务器" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:56 msgid "Manage individual host settings" msgstr "管理单个主机设置" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:63 msgid "Select the network interface to listen to" msgstr "选择要监听的网络接口" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:70 msgid "Manage global DHCP options" msgstr "管理全局 DHCP 选项" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:77 msgid "Manage DHCP subnet options" msgstr "管理 DHCP 子网选项" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85 msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address" msgstr "列出所有具有固定地址的已定义的主机" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:91 msgid "Add a new host with a fixed address" msgstr "添加具有固定地址的新主机" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:97 msgid "Edit a host with a fixed address" msgstr "编辑具有固定地址的主机" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:103 msgid "Delete a host with a fixed address" msgstr "删除具有固定地址的主机" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:109 msgid "The name of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "具有固定地址的主机的名称" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:116 msgid "The hardware address of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "具有固定地址的主机的硬件地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:123 msgid "The hardware type of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "具有固定地址的主机的硬件类型" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:131 msgid "The IP address (or hostname) of the host with a fixed address" msgstr "具有固定地址的主机的 IP 地址(或主机名)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138 msgid "Select the network interface to use" msgstr "选择要使用的网络接口" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145 msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces" msgstr "输出当前使用的接口并列出其它可用的接口" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151 msgid "Print current options" msgstr "输出当前选项" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157 msgid "Set a global option" msgstr "设置全局选项" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163 msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)" msgstr "选项键(例如，ntp-servers)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170 msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)" msgstr "选项键(例如，IP 地址)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177 msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "动态地址指派范围中最低的 IP 地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184 msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range" msgstr "动态地址指派范围中最高的 IP 地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191 msgid "Default lease time in seconds" msgstr "默认租用时间(以秒为单位)" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198 msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds" msgstr "最长租用时间(以秒为单位)" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239 msgid "DHCP server is enabled" msgstr "DHCP 服务器已启用" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241 msgid "DHCP server is disabled" msgstr "DHCP 服务器已禁用" -#. command-line text output, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 +#. command-line text output, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294 msgid "Host: %1" msgstr "主机：%1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address -#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 +#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address +#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66") +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300 msgid "Hardware: %1" msgstr "硬件：%1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 +#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306 msgid "IP Address: %1" msgstr "IP 地址：%1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321 msgid "Hostname not specified." msgstr "未指定主机名。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331 msgid "Specified host does not exist." msgstr "指定的主机不存在。" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" -#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 +#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1" +#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1" +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396 msgid "None" msgstr "无" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400 msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1" msgstr "所选的接口：%1" -#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 +#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403 msgid "Other Interfaces: %1" msgstr "其它接口：%1" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411 msgid "Specified interface does not exist." msgstr "指定的接口不存在。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420 msgid "Operation with the interface not specified." msgstr "未指定对接口的操作。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446 msgid "Option key must be set." msgstr "必须设置选项键。" -#. command-line error report -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 +#. command-line error report +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451 msgid "Value must be set." msgstr "必须设置值。" -#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 +#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495 msgid "Address Range: %1-%2" msgstr "地址范围：%1-%2" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504 msgid "Default Lease Time: %1" msgstr "默认租用时间：%1" -#. command-line output text, %1 is integer -#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 +#. command-line output text, %1 is integer +#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512 msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1" msgstr "最长租用时间：%1" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "保存配置失败。是否更改设置？" -#. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#. Restart only if it's already running +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "保存配置失败" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "DHCP 服务器配置" -#. dialog caption -#. Initialize the widget -#. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 +#. dialog caption +#. Initialize the widget +#. @param [String] id any widget id +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "全局选项" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "子网配置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "具有固定地址的主机" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "共享网络" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "地址池" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "特定于组的选项" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Class" msgstr "类" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "子网(&S)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "&Host" msgstr "主机(&H)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "共享网络(&N)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "&Group" msgstr "组(&G)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "地址池(&P)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "&Class" msgstr "类(&C)" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "声明类型" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "声明类型" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "接口配置" -#. dialog caption -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#. dialog caption +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "TSIG 密钥管理" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:47 msgid "Days" msgstr "天" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:49 msgid "Hours" msgstr "小时" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:51 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分钟" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:53 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94 msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：启动" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "启动" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116 msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：卡选择" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120 msgid "Card Selection" msgstr "卡选择" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130 msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：全局设置" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "全局设置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142 msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：动态 DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 +#. dialog caption +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146 msgid "Dynamic DHCP" msgstr "动态 DHCP" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152 msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：主机管理" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156 msgid "Host Management" msgstr "主机管理" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161 msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：专家设置" -#. tree item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 +#. tree item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "引导时(&B)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 +#. radio button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 +#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334 msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments" msgstr "DHCP 服务器启动自变量" -#. Table - listing available network cards -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 +#. Table - listing available network cards +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404 msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server" msgstr "DHCP 服务器的网卡" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410 msgid "Selected" msgstr "已选择" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412 msgid "Interface Name" msgstr "接口名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. Table header item - IP of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. Table header item - IP of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423 msgid "&Select" msgstr "选择(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425 msgid "&Deselect" msgstr "取消选择(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP 地址" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, -#. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, +#. currently no one is selected +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "至少必须选择一个网络接口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have -#. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have +#. at least minimal configuration +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577 msgid "" -"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP " -"address \n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" "and netmask)." msgstr "" "一或多个选定的网络接口尚未配置（没有分配 IP 地址\n" "和网络掩码）。" -#. configuration will be saved in ldap? -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#. configuration will be saved in ldap? +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP 支持" -#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 +#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "D&HCP 服务器名称（可选）" -#. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 +#. Textentry with name of the domain +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "域名(&D)" -#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 +#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "主名称服务器 I&P" -#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 +#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "二级名称服务器 IP(&S)" -#. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 +#. Textentry with IP address of default router +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "默认网关(路由器)(&G) " -#. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 +#. Textentry with IP address of time server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP 时间服务器(&T)" -#. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 +#. Textentry with IP address of print server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "打印服务器(&P)" -#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 +#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "WINS 服务器(&W)" -#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 +#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "默认租用时间(&L)" -#. Units for defaultleasetime -#. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 +#. Units for defaultleasetime +#. Combobox - type of units for lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097 msgid "&Units" msgstr "单位(&U)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定的值不是有效的主机名或 IP 地址。" -#. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 +#. frame +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "子网信息" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "当前网络(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "当前网络掩码(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "掩码位(&T)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "最小 IP 地址(&I)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "最大 IP 地址(&X)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP 地址范围" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915 msgid "&First IP Address" msgstr "第一个 IP 地址(&F)" -#. text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 +#. text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 msgid "&Last IP Address" msgstr "最后一个 IP 地址(&L)" -#. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 +#. checkbox +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "允许动态 BOOTP(&B)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "租用时间" -#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 +#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088 msgid "&Default" msgstr "默认值(&D)" -#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 +#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "最大值(&M)" -#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 +#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "单位(&T)" -#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server -#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 +#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server +#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "从头创建新的 DNS 区域" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "编辑当前 DNS 区域" -#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 +#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "获取当前区域信息" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "同步 DNS 服务器(&S)..." -#. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#. Show DNS Zone Information +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -697,149 +696,148 @@ "DNS 区域 %1 不是主区域。\n" "因此，您无法在此处更改它。\n" -#. A popup error text -#. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 +#. A popup error text +#. A popup error text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "请输入 IP 地址范围两端的值。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569 msgid "" -"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP " -"server.\n" +"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." msgstr "" "动态 DHCP 地址范围必须与 DHCP 服务器在同一网络。\n" "IP %1 与网络 %2/%3 不匹配。" -#. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#. Label of the registered hosts table +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "已注册的主机" -#. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 +#. Table header item - Name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 +#. MAC address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "硬件地址" -#. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 +#. Network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 +#. Frame label - configuration of particular host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "列表设置" -#. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 +#. Textentry label - name of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名称(&N)" -#. Textentry label - IP address of the host -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 +#. Textentry label - IP address of the host +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址(&I)" -#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 +#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "硬件地址(&H)" -#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 +#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "以太网(&E)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "令牌环(&T)" -#. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 +#. Pushbutton label - change host in list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "在列表中更改(&H)" -#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 +#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "从列表中删除(&T)" -#. now, fill the dialog -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 +#. now, fill the dialog +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "以太网" -#. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 +#. combo box entry, networking technology name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "令牌环" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "硬件地址无效。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "硬件地址必须是唯一的。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "主机名不能为空。" -#. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 +#. error popup, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "名为 %1 的主机已存在。" -#. error popup -#. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#. error popup +#. FIXME: text? +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "请输入主机 IP 地址。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 +#. error popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "硬件地址必须定义。" -#. error popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 +#. error popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "先选择一台主机。" -#. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 +#. checking new MAC +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "必须定义输入值。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -857,21 +855,20 @@ "\n" "是否继续？" -#. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 +#. remove leading '-' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "“-%1”不是有效的 DHCP 服务器命令行选项" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "DHCP 服务器命令行选项“-%1”需要自变量" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" -"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and " -"write\n" +"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n" "/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n" "changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n" " \n" @@ -885,22 +882,21 @@ " \n" "确实要继续？\n" -#. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 +#. dialog caption, %1 is step number +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "DHCP 服务器向导 (第 %1 步/共 4 步)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) -#. and -#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#. DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 4) +#. and +#. DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "First IP Address defines\n" "the starting address of the range and Last IP Address defines\n" -"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how " -"hostnames\n" +"the last one. Hostname Base is a string that determines how hostnames\n" "are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n" "<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n" "If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n" @@ -919,8 +915,8 @@ "开始定义用于第一个主机名的\n" "第一个编号。主机名是以增量方式创建的。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33 msgid "" "<big>DNS Wizard</big> \n" "In this wizard, create a new DNS zone\n" @@ -936,18 +932,17 @@ "的 IP 地址。您还可以创建一个反向区域，\n" "用来将 IP 地址转换为名称。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42 msgid "" "New Zone Name or Reverse Zone Name\n" -"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be " -"changed.\n" +"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.\n" msgstr "" "新区域名称或反向区域名称，\n" "取自当前的 DHCP 服务器和网络设置，所以不能更改。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Select Also Create Reverse Zone to create a zone \n" "to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.\n" @@ -955,8 +950,8 @@ "选择同时创建反向区域以创建一个区域，\n" "来包含主 DNS 区域的反向项。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Name Servers</big> \n" "Name servers are needed for proper DNS server functionality.\n" @@ -966,8 +961,8 @@ "要使 DNS 服务器正常运行，必须配备名称服务器。\n" "它们负责管理所有 DNS 区域记录。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>DNS Queries</big> \n" "Every DNS query (for example searching an IP address for a\n" @@ -979,20 +974,18 @@ "the zone name servers.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS 查询</big> \n" -"每个 DNS 查询（例如在一个 DNS 区域查询一个主机名的 IP 地址）先询问当前区域名" -"称服务器的父区域\n" +"每个 DNS 查询（例如在一个 DNS 区域查询一个主机名的 IP 地址）先询问当前区域名称服务器的父区域\n" "（对于 <tt>example.com</tt> 为 <tt>com</tt>），\n" "然后向这些名称服务器发送一个 DNS 查询，\n" "以请求获取所需 IP 地址。 \n" "这就是为什么应将当前 DNS 服务器主机名\n" "指定为一个区域名称服务器的原因。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To add a New Name Server, click Add, complete the form,\n" -"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the " -"current\n" +"then click Ok. If the new name server name is included in the current\n" "DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n" "during the zone creation.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1001,10 +994,10 @@ "名称服务器名称，请同时输入其 IP 地址。这是必需的，\n" "因为要在创建区域期间使用。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 4) +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 5) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:102 msgid "" "To edit or delete an entry, select it and click\n" "Edit or Delete.\n" @@ -1012,14 +1005,13 @@ "要编辑或删除一个项，\n" "请选择它并单击编辑或删除。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>DNS Records</big> \n" "Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n" "all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n" -"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to " -"use\n" +"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n" "and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DNS 记录</big> \n" @@ -1028,8 +1020,8 @@ "即可。这些规则定义要使用的 IP 地址的范围，\n" "以及用于生成一个范围的主机名的字符串。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<big>Range of DNS Records</big> \n" "For example, create a set of hostnames from <tt>dhcp-133-a</tt>\n" @@ -1041,8 +1033,8 @@ "到 <tt>dhcp-233-a</tt> 的主机名，其 IP 地址从 <tt>192.168.5.88</tt>\n" "到 <tt>192.168.5.188</tt>。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 3 (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:95 msgid "" "To add a new range of DNS records, click Add,\n" "complete the form, then click Ok.\n" @@ -1050,8 +1042,8 @@ "要添加新的 DNS 记录范围，请单击添加，\n" "填写表单，然后单击确定。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:107 msgid "" "This is a summary of all data\n" "entered in the configuration wizard so far.\n" @@ -1059,8 +1051,8 @@ "这是至今为止在配置向导中\n" "输入的所有数据的摘要。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Click Accept to save the settings for\n" "the DNS server and return to the DHCP server configuration.\n" @@ -1072,8 +1064,8 @@ "这些设置不会永久保存，除非完成\n" "DHCP 服务器配置。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 1) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>DNS Synchronization</big> \n" "This is an advanced tool for editing DNS server settings to match your\n" @@ -1085,8 +1077,8 @@ "DHCP 设置。此处仅保留“A”记录（即将主机名转换为 IP 地址\n" "的 DNS 记录）。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:126 msgid "" "Current Subnet and Netmask show the current network settings.\n" "Domain is taken from the current DHCP configuration.\n" @@ -1098,8 +1090,8 @@ "第一个 IP 地址和第二个 IP 地址与当前\n" "动态 DHCP 范围匹配。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 3) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "To create a DNS zone from scratch, use Run Wizard\n" @@ -1109,19 +1101,16 @@ "要从头创建一个 DNS 区域，请使用特殊任务\n" "中的运行向导。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 +#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139 msgid "" "\n" " To create or remove a single DNS record,\n" "click Add or Delete.\n" -"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the " -"corresponding\n" +"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n" "reverse zone, select Synchronize with Reverse Zone.\n" "Use Remove DNS Records Matching Range \n" -"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range " -"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, " -"select\n" +"from Special Tasks to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n" "Add New Range of DNS Records from Special Tasks.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1130,38 +1119,37 @@ "要将 DNS 项与相应反向区域中的\n" "反向形式同步，请选择与反向区域同步。\n" "使用特殊任务中的\n" -"去除 DNS 记录匹配范围可从该 DNS 服务器删除任何与此 IP 地址范围相关的信" -"息。要创建新的 DNS 记录范围，请从特殊任务中\n" +"去除 DNS 记录匹配范围可从该 DNS 服务器删除任何与此 IP 地址范围相关的信息。要创建新的 DNS 记录范围，请从特殊任务中\n" "选择添加新的 DNS 记录范围。\n" -#. old_range: $[ -#. "base" : "dhcp-%", -#. "start" : 0, -#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", -#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" -#. ] -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 +#. old_range: $[ +#. "base" : "dhcp-%", +#. "start" : 0, +#. "from" : "192.168.10.1", +#. "to" : "192.168.10.100" +#. ] +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Add New DNS Record Range" msgstr "添加新的 DNS 记录范围" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Edit DNS Record Range" msgstr "编辑 DNS 记录范围" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "&Hostname Base" msgstr "主机名基础(&H)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Start" msgstr "启动(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:154 msgid "" "Internal error.\n" "Cannot create IP range from %1 and %2." @@ -1169,11 +1157,11 @@ "内部错误。\n" "无法创建从 %1 到 %2 的 IP 范围。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask -#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is a network, %3 is a netmask +#. network bits must be the same in both IP and Network +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:179 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:195 msgid "" "IP address %1 does not match\n" "the current network %2/%3.\n" @@ -1181,19 +1169,19 @@ "IP 地址 %1 和\n" "当前网络 %2/%3 不匹配。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454 msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one." msgstr "最后一个 IP 地址必须高于第一个。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "" "The IP address %1 is\n" "outside the current\n" @@ -1203,37 +1191,37 @@ "当前动态 DHCP 范围\n" " %2 - %3。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error '%i' is a special string, do not translate it, please +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:422 msgid "There can be only one '%i' in the hostname base string." msgstr "主机名基础字符串中只能有一个“%i”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "主机名无效。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: poupu error, followed by a newlone and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "无效的 IP 地址。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address -#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is an IP address +#. %2 is the first IP address of the range, %3 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:475 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:503 msgid "" "IP address %1 is not in the range of allowed\n" "IP addresses (%2-%3) defined in the DHCP server.\n" @@ -1241,45 +1229,45 @@ "IP 地址 %1 不在 DHCP 服务器中定义的\n" "允许的 IP 地址范围 (%2-%3) 之内。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156 msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..." msgstr "正在重新生成 DNS 区域条目..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223 msgid "Adding a New DNS Record" msgstr "添加新 DNS 记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148 msgid "&Hostname" msgstr "主机名(&H)" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316 msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..." msgstr "正在向 DNS 服务器添加 DHCP 范围 %1 - %2..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953 msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range" msgstr "正在去除 DNS 记录匹配范围" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464 msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..." msgstr "正在从 DNS 服务器去除范围 %1 - %2 中的记录..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name -#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name +#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555 msgid "" "Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n" "The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n" @@ -1287,8 +1275,8 @@ "区域 %1 不是主区域类型。\n" "DNS 服务器无法向其写入任何记录。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569 msgid "" "Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n" "Create it?\n" @@ -1296,20 +1284,20 @@ "当前 DNS 服务器配置中尚不存在区域 %1。\n" "是否创建？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107 msgid "Cannot create zone %1." msgstr "无法创建区域 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813 msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..." msgstr "正在同步 DNS 反向记录..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858 msgid "" "If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n" "Really cancel this operation?\n" @@ -1317,73 +1305,73 @@ "如果取消，在 DNS 服务器中所做的所有更改都将丢失。\n" "确实取消此操作？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "域(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909 msgid "&Network" msgstr "网络(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "网络掩码(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921 msgid "DNS Zone Records" msgstr "DNS 区域记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "主机名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928 msgid "Assigned IP" msgstr "分配的 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "添加(&A)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943 msgid "&Special Tasks" msgstr "特殊任务(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951 msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records" msgstr "添加新的 DNS 记录范围" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957 msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "运行向导，从头重写 DNS 区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029 msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1" msgstr "与反向区域 %1 同步" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：DNS 服务器同步" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:56 msgid "Aborting the Wizard" msgstr "正在中止向导" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:58 msgid "" "All changes made in the wizard will be lost.\n" "Really abort?\n" @@ -1391,27 +1379,26 @@ "在向导中所做的所有更改都将丢失。\n" "确实中止？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:121 msgid "Add a New Name Server" msgstr "添加新名称服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialgo frame label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:128 msgid "Edit Name Server" msgstr "编辑名称服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:150 msgid "Server &IP" msgstr "服务器 IP(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234 msgid "" "No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n" -"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server " -"defined. \n" +"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n" "Really use the current settings?\n" msgstr "" "当前 DNS 区域中未提供名称服务器的 IP 地址。\n" @@ -1419,15 +1406,15 @@ "其名称服务器的名称和\n" "IP。确实使用当前设置？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 si a server name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:255 msgid "Name server %1 already exists in the configuration." msgstr "名称服务器 %1 在配置中已存在。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' -#. %2 is the last one -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#. %1 the first IP address og 'another range' +#. %2 is the last one +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:319 msgid "" "This new range of DNS entries is already covered by\n" "another one (%1-%2).\n" @@ -1437,204 +1424,204 @@ "另一个范围 (%1 - %2) 涵盖。\n" "确实使用新范围？\n" -#. Adding new range definition -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 +#. Adding new range definition +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:428 msgid "At least one name server must be defined." msgstr "至少必须定义一个名称服务器。" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:444 msgid "DHCP Server: New DNS Zone--Step 1 of 3" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：新建 DNS 区域－第 1 步（共 3 步）" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:455 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:505 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:562 msgid "New &Zone Name" msgstr "新区域名称(&Z)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:460 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:510 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:567 msgid "&Current Network" msgstr "当前网络(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:468 msgid "&Also Create Reverse Zone" msgstr "同时创建反向区域(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:494 msgid "DHCP Server: Zone Name Servers--Step 2 of 3" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：区域名称服务器－第 2 步（共 3 步）" -#. TRANSLATORS: table label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 +#. TRANSLATORS: table label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:518 msgid "Current Name Servers" msgstr "当前名称服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:523 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "服务器名" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:525 msgid "IP (Optional)" msgstr "IP(可选)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:531 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:592 msgid "A&dd..." msgstr "添加(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:533 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:594 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "编辑(&E)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:551 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Step 3 of 3" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：DNS 记录－第 3 步（共 3 步）" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header label +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:575 msgid "DNS Records for DHCP Clients" msgstr "DHCP 客户端的 DNS 记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:580 msgid "Hostname Base" msgstr "主机名基础" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:582 msgid "Number to Start With" msgstr "开始编号" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:584 msgid "From IP" msgstr "源 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:586 msgid "To IP" msgstr "目标 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 +#. TRANSLATORS: a dialog caption +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:612 msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Records--Summary" msgstr "DHCP 服务器：DNS 记录－摘要" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:641 msgid "Re&verse Zone Name" msgstr "反向区域名称(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:835 msgid "Zone Name: %1" msgstr "区域名称： %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary note +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:844 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:867 msgid "(Replacing the current zone with the new one)" msgstr "（使用新区域替换当前区域）" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:856 msgid "Reverse Zone Name: %1" msgstr "反向区域名称： %1" -#. name servers -#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 +#. name servers +#. TRANSLATORS: html summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:877 msgid "Zone Name Servers:" msgstr "区域名称服务器：" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item, %1 is a hostname, %2 is an IP address +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:886 msgid "Hostname: %1, IP: %2" msgstr "主机名：%1，IP：%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 +#. TRANSLATORS: IP address for the HTML summary item is not defined +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:889 msgid "Not defined" msgstr "未定义" -#. dhcp ranges -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 +#. dhcp ranges +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary header +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:900 msgid "Ranges of DNS Hosts:" msgstr "DNS 主机范围：" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item -#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one -#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') -#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML summary item +#. %1 is the first IP of the range, %2 is the last one +#. %3 defines the hostname base (e.g., 'dhcp-%i') +#. %4 is a number 'start' used incremental replacement for '%i' +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:912 msgid "Range: %1-%2 Hostname Base: %3, Starting With: %4" msgstr "范围：%1 - %2 主机名基础：%3，开始自：%4" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1011 msgid "At least one DNS record must be set." msgstr "必须至少设置一条 DNS 记录。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1197 msgid "Cannot remove zone %1." msgstr "无法去除区域 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1151 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1246 msgid "Cannot add name servers to zone %1." msgstr "无法向区域 %1 添加名称服务器。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1172 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1268 msgid "Cannot add zone DNS records." msgstr "无法添加区域 DNS 记录。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a reverse zone name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1218 msgid "Cannot create reverse zone %1." msgstr "无法创建反向区域 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1279 msgid "Creating DNS zone..." msgstr "正在创建 DNS 区域..." -#. restore previous settings -#. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 +#. restore previous settings +#. TRANSLATORS: busy message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1296 msgid "Restoring previous DNS settings..." msgstr "正在还原以前的 DNS 设置..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a list of errors +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1307 msgid "" "Errors occurred during DNS zone creation:\n" "\n" @@ -1646,13 +1633,13 @@ "%1\n" "是否返回向导？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1326 msgid "The DNS zone was created successfully." msgstr "DNS 区域已成功创建。" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:16 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1660,8 +1647,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 DHCP 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<big>Saving DHCP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1669,8 +1656,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 DHCP 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候..." -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Network Interfaces</big> \n" "Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n" @@ -1680,8 +1667,8 @@ "从可用接口中选择 DHCP 服务器应监听\n" "的网络接口。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<big>Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To open the firewall to allow access to the service from \n" @@ -1697,8 +1684,8 @@ "此选项仅当启用了防火墙\n" "时才可用。" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "\n" "To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1710,8 +1697,8 @@ "在 Chroot Jail 中运行 DHCP 服务器。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程序\n" "会更安全，强烈建议采用此方法。" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n" @@ -1721,8 +1708,8 @@ "要将 DHCP 配置存储在 LDAP 中，\n" "请启用 LDAP 支持。" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "Configured Declarations shows the configuration options in use.\n" "To modify an existing declaration, select it and click Edit.\n" @@ -1736,8 +1723,8 @@ "然后单击添加。\n" "要删除声明，请选择该声明，然后单击删除。" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "Use Advanced to display the log of the DHCP server,\n" @@ -1750,8 +1737,8 @@ "更改 DHCP 服务器监听的网络接口，\n" "或者管理用于认证动态 DNS 更新的 TSIG 密钥。" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Configuration</big> \n" "Set the Network Address and Network Mask of the subnet." @@ -1759,8 +1746,8 @@ "<big>子网配置</big> \n" "设置子网的网络地址和网络掩码。" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Host with Fixed Address</big> \n" "Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n" @@ -1770,8 +1757,8 @@ "在主机名中设置您想设定其固定地址的主机的名称或\n" "其它特殊选项。" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>Group-Specific Options</big> \n" "Set the name of the group of declarations in Group Name. \n" @@ -1783,8 +1770,8 @@ "该名称仅用于标识。\n" "不影响 DHCP 服务器的行为。" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<big>Pool of Addresses</big> \n" "Set the name of the pool of addresses in Pool Name. \n" @@ -1796,8 +1783,8 @@ "该名称仅用于标识。\n" "不影响 DHCP 服务器的行为。" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 5 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<big>Shared Network</big> \n" "Set the name for the shared network in Shared Network Name. \n" @@ -1809,8 +1796,8 @@ "该名称仅用于标识。\n" "不影响 DHCP 服务器的行为。" -#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help text 1/3, alt. 6 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Class</big> \n" "Set the name of the class of hosts in Class Name." @@ -1818,8 +1805,8 @@ "<big>类</big> \n" "在类名称中设置主机类的名称。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1833,8 +1820,8 @@ "要添加新选项，请使用添加。要删除某选项，\n" "请先选择该选项，然后单击删除。" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use Dynamic DNS." @@ -1842,8 +1829,8 @@ "\n" "要调整此子网中主机的动态 DNS，请使用动态 DNS。" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big> \n" "To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n" @@ -1853,8 +1840,8 @@ "要对此子网启用动态 DNS 更新，请设置\n" "对此子网启用动态 DNS。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key</big> \n" "To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n" @@ -1864,13 +1851,12 @@ msgstr "" "<big>TSIG 密钥</big> \n" "要进行动态 DNS 更新，必须设置身份验证密钥。使用\n" -"TSIG 密钥可选择用于身份验证的密钥。DHCP 服务器和 DNS 服务器的密钥必" -"须\n" +"TSIG 密钥可选择用于身份验证的密钥。DHCP 服务器和 DNS 服务器的密钥必须\n" "相同。指定正向区域和反向区域\n" "的密钥。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big> \n" "Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n" @@ -1882,13 +1868,12 @@ "DNS 正常工作。要自动进行更新，请设置\n" "更新全局动态 DNS 设置。" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<big>Zones to Update</big> \n" "Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n" -"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the " -"DHCP\n" +"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n" "server, you can leave the fields empty." msgstr "" "<big>要更新的区域</big> \n" @@ -1896,14 +1881,12 @@ "指定主名称服务器。如果名称服务器与 DHCP 服务器在同一主机上运行，\n" "则可以不填写这些字段。" -#. help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 +#. help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big> \n" -"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started " -"with \n" -"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible " -"options,\n" +"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n" +"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n" "consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used." msgstr "" "<big>DHCP 服务器启动自变量</big> \n" @@ -1911,18 +1894,17 @@ "（例如，对于要侦听的非标准端口，指定“-p 1234”）。有关所有可能的选项，\n" "请参考 dhcpd 手册页。如果保留为空，将使用默认值。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "<big>Network Card Selection</big> \n" -"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</" -"p>\n" +"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.\n" msgstr "" "<big>网卡选择</big> \n" "从列出的网卡中选择一张或多张，以用于 DHCP 服务器。\n" -#. Optional field - used with LDAP support -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 +#. Optional field - used with LDAP support +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "Optionally, you can also specify DHCP Server Name\n" "(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n" @@ -1930,8 +1912,8 @@ "您也可以指定 DHCP 服务器名称\n" "（dhcpServer LDAP 对象的名称），如果它与主机名不一致。\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Global Settings</big> \n" "Here, make several DHCP settings." @@ -1939,9 +1921,9 @@ "<big>全局设置</big> \n" "在此可进行若干个 DHCP 设置。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Domain Name sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n" "leases IPs to clients." @@ -1949,8 +1931,8 @@ "域名设置 DHCP 服务器\n" "向客户端租用的 IP 所对应的域。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "Primary Name Server IP and Secondary Name Server IP \n" "offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n" @@ -1960,8 +1942,8 @@ "向 DHCP 客户端提供这些名称服务器。\n" "这些值必须是 IP 地址。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "Default Gateway inserts this\n" "value as the default route in the routing table of clients." @@ -1969,8 +1951,8 @@ "默认网关将此值作为默认路由，\n" "插入客户端的路由表。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Time Server tells clients to use this server\n" "for time synchronization." @@ -1978,14 +1960,13 @@ "时间服务器指示客户端使用该服务器\n" "进行时间同步。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 -msgid "" -"Print Server offers this server as the default print server." +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183 +msgid "Print Server offers this server as the default print server." msgstr "打印服务器提供此服务器作为默认打印服务器。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "WINS Server offers this server as the WINS server\n" "(Windows Internet Naming Service)." @@ -1993,18 +1974,17 @@ "WINS 服务器将此服务器作为 WINS 服务器\n" "(Windows 因特网命名服务)提供。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP " -"expires\n" +"Default Lease Time sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n" "and the client must ask for an IP again." msgstr "" "默认租用时间用于设置租用的 IP 在多长时间后失效，\n" "在此之后客户端必须再申请一个 IP。" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Subnet Information</big>\n" "View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n" @@ -2016,13 +1996,12 @@ "客户端的最小和最大 IP 地址。\n" "\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>IP Address Range</big> \n" "Set the First IP Address and the Last IP Address\n" -"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the " -"same netmask.\n" +"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n" "For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the \n" "Allow Dynamic BOOTP flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n" "assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients.\n" @@ -2034,8 +2013,8 @@ "如果指定的范围除了适用于 DHCP 客户端，也可能会自动\n" "指派给 BOOTP 客户端，请选中允许动态 BOOTP标志。\n" -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<big>Lease Time</big> \n" "Set the Default lease time for the current IP address range,\n" @@ -2045,8 +2024,8 @@ "设置当前 IP 地址范围的默认租用时间，\n" "它用来设置最佳的客户端 IP 地址刷新时间。 " -#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 +#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "Maximum (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n" "for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server." @@ -2054,8 +2033,8 @@ "最长时间(可选值)设置 DHCP 服务器上针对客户端阻塞此 IP\n" "的最长时间。" -#. Help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<big>Expert Configuration</big> \n" "To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n" @@ -2065,8 +2044,8 @@ "要输入 DHCP 服务器的完整配置，请单击\n" "输入 DHCP 服务器专家配置。" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Host Management</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding." @@ -2074,8 +2053,8 @@ "<big>主机管理</big> \n" "使用此对话框可编辑有静态地址联结的主机。" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "To add a new new host, set its Name,\n" "Hardware Address, and IP Address\n" @@ -2089,18 +2068,18 @@ "要修改已配置好的主机，请在表中选择该主机，\n" "更改所有值，然后单击在列表中更改。" -#. host management help 1/3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 +#. host management help 1/3 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "To remove a host, select it and click Delete from List." msgstr "要删除某主机，请先选择该主机，然后单击从列表中删除。" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "Select the type of declaration to add." msgstr "选择要添加的声明的类型。" -#. help text 2/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 +#. help text 2/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "To add a network declaration,\n" "select Subnet." @@ -2108,8 +2087,8 @@ "要添加网络声明，\n" "请选择子网。" -#. help text 3/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 3/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "To add a host that needs special parameters\n" "(usually a fixed address), select Host." @@ -2117,8 +2096,8 @@ "要添加需要特殊参数的主机\n" "(通常为固定地址)，请选择主机。" -#. help text 4/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 +#. help text 4/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273 msgid "" "To add a shared network (physical network with\n" "multiple logical networks), select Shared Network." @@ -2126,8 +2105,8 @@ "要添加共享网络(具有多个逻辑网络的物理网络)\n" "，请选择共享网络。" -#. help text 5/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 +#. help text 5/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282 msgid "" "To add a group of other declarations (usually\n" "if they should share some settings), select Group." @@ -2135,8 +2114,8 @@ "要添加一组其它声明(这些声明通常共享某些设置)，\n" "请选择组。" -#. help text 6/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 +#. help text 6/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291 msgid "" "To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n" "differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n" @@ -2146,8 +2125,8 @@ "但处理这个地址池的方式与处理其它地址池的方式不同，\n" "请选择地址池。" -#. help text 7/7, optional -#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 +#. help text 7/7, optional +#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "To create a condition class that can be used for\n" "handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n" @@ -2157,123 +2136,123 @@ "而对客户端进行不同处理的条件类，\n" "请选择类。" -#. selection box -#. selection box -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 +#. selection box +#. selection box +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856 msgid "A&ddresses" msgstr "地址(&D)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469 msgid "The entered address is not valid." msgstr "输入的地址无效。" -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542 msgid "At least one address must be specified." msgstr "必须至少指定一个地址。" -#. selection box -#. Handle the event on the popup -#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id -#. @param [String] key string option key -#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled -#. selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 +#. selection box +#. Handle the event on the popup +#. @param [Object] opt_id any option id +#. @param [String] key string option key +#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled +#. selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818 msgid "&Values" msgstr "值(&V)" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562 msgid "The entered addresses are not valid." msgstr "输入的地址无效。" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582 msgid "At least one address pair must be specified." msgstr "必须至少指定一个地址对。" -#. table item, means switched on -#. table item, means switched on -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 +#. table item, means switched on +#. table item, means switched on +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660 msgid "On" msgstr "开" -#. table item, means switched off -#. table item, means switched off -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 +#. table item, means switched off +#. table item, means switched off +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663 msgid "Off" msgstr "关" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693 msgid "A value must be specified." msgstr "必须指定一个值。" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785 msgid "&New Address" msgstr "新建地址(&N)" -#. int field -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 +#. int field +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823 msgid "&New Value" msgstr "新建值(&N)" -#. label (in role of help text) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 +#. label (in role of help text) +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860 msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces." msgstr "使用空格分隔多个地址。" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863 msgid "&Add Address Pair" msgstr "添加地址对(&A)" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007 msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one." msgstr "最低地址必须低于最高地址。" -#. label -- help text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 +#. label -- help text +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023 msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration." msgstr "如果对此进行更改，还应更新系统日志配置。" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035 msgid "&Hardware Type" msgstr "硬件类型(&H)" -#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, -#. translation would decrease the understandability -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 +#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated, +#. translation would decrease the understandability +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045 msgid "&MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 地址(&M)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088 msgid "&Lowest IP Address" msgstr "最低 IP 地址(&L)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090 msgid "&Highest IP Address" msgstr "最高 IP 地址(&H)" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191 msgid "" "If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n" "all changes will be lost. Really leave?" @@ -2281,8 +2260,8 @@ "如果退出 DHCP 服务器配置而不保存，\n" "所有更改都将丢失。确实要退出吗？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311 msgid "" "The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n" "will not be able to serve your network.\n" @@ -2292,8 +2271,8 @@ "将无法为您的网络提供服务。\n" "是否继续？" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "" "The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "%1\n" @@ -2303,8 +2282,8 @@ "%1\n" "请运行 YaST 防火墙配置，将它们指定给某个区域。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354 msgid "" "Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n" "Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone." @@ -2312,10 +2291,10 @@ "网络接口 %1 未在任何防火墙区域中提及。\n" "请运行 YaST 防火墙配置，将它指派给某个区域。" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation." @@ -2323,188 +2302,188 @@ "此功能在准备自动\n" "安装期间不可用。" -#. tree widget -#. tree widget -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#. tree widget +#. tree widget +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "已配置的声明(&C)" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572 msgid "&Dynamic DNS" msgstr "动态 DNS(&D)" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "正向区域 TSIG 密钥(&K)" -#. combo box -#. combo box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#. combo box +#. combo box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "反向区域 TSIG 密钥(&K)" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "选择含有身份验证密钥的文件" -#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "应用更改" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "在 Chroot Jail 中运行 DHCP 服务器(&R)" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "高级(&V)" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "显示日志(&L)" -#. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#. item of a menu button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "接口配置(&I)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "网络地址(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "网路掩码(&M)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "组名(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "池名称(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "共享网络名称(&N)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "类名称(&N)" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "可用接口" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "针对所选接口打开防火墙(&F)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "对此子网启用动态 DNS(&E)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#. check box +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "更新全局动态 DNS 设置(&U)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "区域(&Z)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "主 DNS 服务器(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "反向区域(&V)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "主 DNS 服务器(&I)" -#. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#. push button +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DHCP 服务器专家配置(&E)..." -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401 msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "初始化 DHCP 服务器配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "检查环境" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "读取防火墙设置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409 msgid "Read DHCP server settings" msgstr "读取 DHCP 服务器设置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411 msgid "Read DNS server settings" msgstr "读取 DNS 服务器设置" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "正在检查环境..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419 msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..." msgstr "正在读取 DHCP 服务器设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421 msgid "Reading DNS server settings..." msgstr "正在读取 DNS 服务器设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453 msgid "" "This server needs at least one\n" "configured network device (besides loopback) to\n" @@ -2520,8 +2499,8 @@ " \n" "现在正在中止。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488 msgid "" "Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n" "DHCP server will not be available." @@ -2529,118 +2508,118 @@ "无法确定主机名。DHCP 服务器基于\n" "LDAP 的配置将不可用。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556 msgid "" "The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n" "configured yet. Create a new configuration?" msgstr "DHCP 服务器似乎尚未配置。是否创建新配置？" -#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 +#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */ +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629 msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 DHCP 服务器配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634 msgid "Write DHCP server settings" msgstr "写入 DHCP 服务器设置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "写入防火墙设置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638 msgid "Restart DHCP server" msgstr "重启动 DHCP 服务器" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640 msgid "Write DNS server settings" msgstr "写入 DNS 服务器设置" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643 msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..." msgstr "正在写入 DHCP 服务器设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647 msgid "Restarting DHCP server..." msgstr "正在重启动 DHCP 服务器..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649 msgid "Writing DNS server settings..." msgstr "正在写入 DNS 服务器设置..." -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762 msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon." msgstr "重启动 DHCP 守护程序时出错。" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901 msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time" msgstr "在引导时启动 DHCP 服务器" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906 msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time" msgstr "在引导时不启动 DHCP 服务器" -#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 +#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914 msgid "Listen On: %1" msgstr "监听：%1" -#. summary string, %1 is IP address range -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 +#. summary string, %1 is IP address range +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933 msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1" msgstr "动态地址范围：%1" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 配置无效。无法使用 LDAP。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609 msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented." msgstr "没有实施对多 dhcpServiceDN 的支持。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 +#. error report +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574 msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined." msgstr "未定义 DHCP 服务 DN。" -#. %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#. Error report -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 +#. %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#. Error report +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723 +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "创建 %1 时出错。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "更新 %1 时出错。" -#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 +#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1." msgstr "创建 cn=%2、ou=DHCP 的 %1 时出错。" -#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename -#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 +#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename +#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922 msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf." msgstr "写入 /etc/dhcpd.conf 时出错。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/dns-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,682 +14,671 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline general name of the module in help +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:24 msgid "DNS server configuration" msgstr "DNS 服务器配置" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:32 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "启动设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:38 msgid "DNS forwarders" msgstr "DNS 转发器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:50 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "日志记录设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:63 msgid "DNS zones" msgstr "DNS 区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:79 msgid "Access control lists" msgstr "访问控制列表" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Zone transport rules" msgstr "区域传输规则" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:102 msgid "Zone name servers" msgstr "区域名称服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:119 msgid "Zone mail servers" msgstr "区域邮件服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:133 msgid "Start of authority (SOA)" msgstr "授权起始记录(SOA)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:148 msgid "Zone resource records, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "区域资源记录，例如 A、CNAME、NS、MX 或 PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, base cmdline command, A is record type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:166 msgid "Handles A and corresponding PTR record at once" msgstr "立即处理 A 和相应的 PTR 记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:180 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "显示当前设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:186 msgid "Start DNS server in the boot process" msgstr "在引导进程中启动 DNS 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:192 msgid "Start DNS server manually" msgstr "手动启动 DNS 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:198 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "添加新记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:204 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "删除记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:211 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4 地址" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:218 msgid "Logging destination (syslog|file)" msgstr "日志记录目标 (syslog|file)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:224 msgid "Set option" msgstr "设置选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:231 msgid "Filename for logging (full path)" msgstr "用于日志记录的文件名(完整路径)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:238 msgid "Maximum log size [0-9]+(KMG)*" msgstr "最大日志大小 [0-9]+(KMG)*" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Maximum number of versions for rotation, '0' means no rotation" msgstr "旋转的最大版本数，\"0\"表示没有旋转" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:252 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:273 msgid "Zone name" msgstr "区域名" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:259 msgid "Zone type, master or slave" msgstr "区域类型(主或从属)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:266 msgid "DNS zone master server" msgstr "DNS 区域主服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:280 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "启用选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:287 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "禁用选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 -msgid "" -"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294 +msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "名称服务器(使用以一个点结尾的完全限定格式或相对名称)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 -msgid "" -"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301 +msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)" msgstr "邮件服务器(使用以一个点结尾的完全限定格式或相对名称)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308 msgid "Mail server priority (number from 0 to 65535)" msgstr "邮件服务器优先级(从 0 到 65535 的数字)" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:315 msgid "Serial number of zone update" msgstr "区域更新的序列号" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:322 msgid "General time to live of records in zone" msgstr "记录在区域中的一般存活时间" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:329 msgid "An interval before the zone records should be refreshed" msgstr "刷新区域记录的时间间隔" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:336 msgid "Interval between retries of failed refresh" msgstr "刷新失败后重试的间隔" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:343 msgid "Interval after which zone records are no longer authoritative" msgstr "区域记录不再权威的间隔" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, TTL is DNS-Specific (Time to Live), shouldn't be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:350 msgid "Minimum TTL that should be exported with records in this zone" msgstr "应通过本区域中的记录导出的最小 TTL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, Types are DNS-Specific, cannot be translated +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:357 msgid "DNS resource record type, such as A, CNAME, NS, MX, or PTR" msgstr "DNS 资源记录类型，例如 A、CNAME、NS、MX 或 PTR" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, DNS query is a question for value when we have a /key/ and type, ('A' record for 'example.org'? -> 192.0.34.166) +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:364 msgid "DNS query, such as example.org for A record" msgstr "DNS 查询，诸如 example.org 的 A 记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 -msgid "" -"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371 +msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record" msgstr "DNS 资源记录值，诸如表示 example.org 的 A 记录的 192.0.34.166" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378 msgid "Hostname for the DNS record" msgstr "DNS 主机名记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:386 msgid "Log named queries %1" msgstr "记录命名查询 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:394 msgid "Log zone updates %1" msgstr "记录区域更新 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command, %1 are possible untranlatable parameters "(yes|no)" +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:402 msgid "Log zone transfers %1" msgstr "记录区域传送 %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:409 msgid "Comma-separated list of zone forwarders" msgstr "用逗号分隔的区域转发器列表" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a missing required parameter +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:494 msgid "Parameter %1 is required." msgstr "参数 %1 是必需的。" -#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 +#. TRANSLATORS: command line error message, %1 is a parameter name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:507 msgid "Unknown value for parameter %1." msgstr "参数 %1 的值未知。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:521 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:528 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:538 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:555 msgid "Start-Up Settings:" msgstr "启动设置：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:523 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "只允许一个参数。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:530 msgid "Enabling DNS server in the boot process..." msgstr "正在引导进程中启用 DNS 服务器..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline progress information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:540 msgid "Removing DNS server from the boot process..." msgstr "正在从引导进程删除 DNS 服务器..." -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:549 msgid "DNS server is enabled in the boot process." msgstr "在引导进程中启用了 DNS 服务器。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline DNS service status information +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:552 msgid "DNS server needs manual starting." msgstr "DNS 服务器需要手动启动。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:573 msgid "Forwarding:" msgstr "转发：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:575 msgid "Forwarder IP" msgstr "转发器 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message -#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message +#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 msgid "Only one action parameter is allowed." msgstr "只允许一个操作参数。" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:651 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:661 msgid "Logging destination" msgstr "日志记录目标" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:653 msgid "System log" msgstr "系统日志" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:663 msgid "File" msgstr "文件" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:671 msgid "Filename" msgstr "文件名" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:679 msgid "Maximum size" msgstr "最大大小" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:687 msgid "Maximum versions" msgstr "最大版本数" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item, do not translate named +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:700 msgid "Log named queries" msgstr "记录命名查询" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:708 msgid "Log zone updates" msgstr "记录区域更新" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:716 msgid "Log zone transfers" msgstr "记录区域传输" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:723 msgid "Logging Settings:" msgstr "日志记录设置：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:729 msgid "Setting" msgstr "设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:741 msgid "Logging Rule" msgstr "日志记录规则" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header, +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:835 msgid "DNS Zones:" msgstr "DNS 区域：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Textentry - DNS adding zone - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:840 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:940 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1593 msgid "Name" msgstr "名字" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:842 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:942 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1599 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1641 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1407 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:844 msgid "Master Server" msgstr "主服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1993 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1996 msgid "Forwarders" msgstr "转发器" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:925 msgid "Predefined" msgstr "预定义" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item - ACL type +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:927 msgid "Custom" msgstr "自定义" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:935 msgid "ACLs:" msgstr "ACL：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:975 msgid "Zone Transport:" msgstr "区域传输：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - DNS listing zones +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - DNS listing zones #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1639 msgid "Zone" msgstr "区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:982 msgid "Enabled ACL" msgstr "已启用的 ACL" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1027 msgid "Name Servers:" msgstr "名称服务器：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1034 msgid "Name Server" msgstr "名称服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1215 msgid "Mail Servers:" msgstr "邮件服务器：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:729 msgid "Mail Server" msgstr "邮件服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#. Table header item - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#. Table header item - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1093 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:731 msgid "Priority" msgstr "优先级" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1150 msgid "Start of Authority (SOA):" msgstr "授权起始记录(SOA)：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1155 msgid "Key" msgstr "密钥" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1222 msgid "Record Query" msgstr "记录查询" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1224 msgid "Record Type" msgstr "记录类型" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1226 msgid "Record Value" msgstr "记录值" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline section header +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1279 msgid "Hostname Record:" msgstr "主机名记录：" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1286 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "主机名" -#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 +#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1288 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#. Dialog caption (before a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#. Dialog caption (before a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:29 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:77 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:136 msgid "DNS Server Installation" msgstr "DNS 服务器安装" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:31 msgid "Forwarder Settings" msgstr "转发器设置" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2067 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2070 msgid "DNS Zones" msgstr "DNS 区域" -#. Dialog caption (after a colon) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 +#. Dialog caption (after a colon) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:138 msgid "Finish Wizard" msgstr "完成向导" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:152 msgid "<li>Forwarders: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>转发器：%1</li>" -#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 +#. Rich Text Item - Installation overview +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:155 msgid "<li>Domains: %1</li>" msgstr "<li>域：%1</li>" -#. check box -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 +#. check box +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2108 msgid "&LDAP Support Active" msgstr "LDAP 支持处于活动状态(&L)" -#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 +#. Label for Radiobuttons - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:188 msgid "Start-up Behavior" msgstr "启动行为" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:196 msgid "O&n: Start Now and When Booting" msgstr "打开(&N)：立即启动和在引导时" -#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 +#. Radiobutton label - DNS starting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:199 msgid "O&ff: Only Start Manually" msgstr "关闭(&F)：仅手动启动" -#. Push Button - start expert configuration -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 +#. Push Button - start expert configuration +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:208 msgid "DNS Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "DNS 服务器专家配置(&E)..." -#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 +#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:256 msgid "DNS Server" msgstr "DNS 服务器" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:297 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Policy" msgstr "本地 DNS 解析策略(&P)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:300 msgid "Merging forwarders is disabled" msgstr "已禁用合并转发器" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:302 msgid "Automatic merging" msgstr "自动合并" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:304 msgid "Merging forwarders is enabled" msgstr "已启用合并转发器" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:306 msgid "Custom configuration" msgstr "自定义配置" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:310 msgid "Custom policy" msgstr "自定义策略" -#. T: ComboBox label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 +#. T: ComboBox label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:317 msgid "Local DNS Resolution &Forwarder" msgstr "本地 DNS 解析转发器(&F)" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:320 msgid "Using system name servers" msgstr "使用系统名称服务器" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:322 msgid "This name server (bind)" msgstr "此名称服务器（绑定）" -#. T: ComboBox item -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 +#. T: ComboBox item +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:324 msgid "Local dnsmasq server" msgstr "本地 dnsmasq 服务器" -#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 +#. Frame label for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:334 msgid "Add IP Address" msgstr "添加 IP 地址" -#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 +#. Textentry for DNS-Forwarders adding IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:343 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 A&ddress" msgstr "IPv4 或 IPv6 地址(&D)" -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#. Selectionbox for listing current DNS-Forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:372 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:403 msgid "Forwarder &List" msgstr "转发器列表(&L)" -#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 +#. Store settings of a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:547 msgid "Cannot set local forwarder to %{forwarder}" msgstr "无法将本地转发器设置为 %{forwarder}" -#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 +#. An error message, %1 is replaced with a variable IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:611 msgid "Cannot find local equivalent for IP %1." msgstr "找不到 IP %1 的本地同等对象。" -#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 +#. TRANSLATORS: A warning message, %1 is replaced with the input IP, %2 with the output IP +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:617 msgid "" "Forwarding DNS queries to itself would create an infinite loop.\n" "IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n" @@ -699,58 +688,58 @@ "此服务器当前正在使用 IP 地址 %1，\n" "因此已将它更改为它的本地等效值 %2。" -#. both IPv4 and IPv6 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 +#. both IPv4 and IPv6 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:645 msgid "Invalid IPv4 or IPv6 address." msgstr "无效的 IPv4 或 IPv6 地址。" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:648 msgid "" "A valid IPv6 address consists of letters a-f, numbers,\n" "and colons." msgstr "有效的 IPv6 地址由字母 a-f、数字和半角冒号组成。" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:664 msgid "The specified forwarder is already present." msgstr "指定的转发器已存在。" -#. Frame label for Basic-Options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 +#. Frame label for Basic-Options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:693 msgid "Add or Change Option" msgstr "添加或更改选项" -#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 +#. Combobox for choosing the basic-option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:707 msgid "O&ption" msgstr "选项(&P)" -#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 +#. Textentry for setting the basic-option value +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:717 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1322 msgid "&Value" msgstr "值(&V)" -#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option -#. Pushbutton - Change Record -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 +#. Pushbutton for changing the basic-option +#. Pushbutton - Change Record +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:741 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1377 msgid "C&hange" msgstr "更改(&H)" -#. Table label for basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 +#. Table label for basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:755 msgid "Current Options" msgstr "当前选项" -#. Table header item - basic-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 +#. Table header item - basic-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:764 msgid "Option" msgstr "选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:895 msgid "" "Really set this\n" "option without any value?\n" @@ -758,8 +747,8 @@ "是否确实要设置此\n" "选项而不带任何值？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. Please, do not translate 'yes' and 'no' strings. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:907 msgid "" "Option %1 can only have a yes or no value set.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -767,8 +756,8 @@ "选项 %1 的值只能设置为 yes 或 no。\n" "确实要将它设置为 %2 吗？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is a name of the option, %2 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:924 msgid "" "Option %1 can only be a number.\n" "Really set it to %2?\n" @@ -776,8 +765,8 @@ "选项 %1 的值只能是数字。\n" "确实要将它设置为 %2 吗？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:936 msgid "" "Quotes are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -785,8 +774,8 @@ "此选项中的引号使用不正确。\n" "确实将它设置为 %1 吗？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup question. %1 is the value of the option. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:948 msgid "" "Brackets are not used correctly in this option.\n" "Really set it to %1?\n" @@ -794,8 +783,8 @@ "此选项中的方括号使用不正确。\n" "确实将它设置为 %1 吗？\n" -#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 +#. Popup question, %1 is the name of the option +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:992 msgid "" "Option %1 should be set only once.\n" "Really add another one?\n" @@ -803,78 +792,78 @@ "选项 %1 只能设置一次。\n" "确实还要添加一个吗？\n" -#. Table header - logging options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 +#. Table header - logging options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032 msgid "Log Type" msgstr "日志类型" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1044 msgid "&System Log" msgstr "系统日志(&S)" -#. Radiobutton - log type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 +#. Radiobutton - log type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1053 msgid "&File" msgstr "文件(&F)" -#. IntField - max. log size -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 +#. IntField - max. log size +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1086 msgid "Maximum &Size (MB)" msgstr "最大大小 (&MB)" -#. IntField - max. log age -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 +#. IntField - max. log age +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1097 msgid "Maximum &Versions" msgstr "最大版本数(&V)" -#. Frame label - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 +#. Frame label - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1115 msgid "Additional Logging" msgstr "附加日志记录" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1120 msgid "Log All DNS &Queries" msgstr "日志记录所有 DNS 查询(&Q)" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1123 msgid "Log Zone &Updates" msgstr "记录区域更新(&U)" -#. Checkbox - additional-logging -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 +#. Checkbox - additional-logging +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1126 msgid "Log Zone &Transfers" msgstr "记录区域传送(&T)" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1283 msgid "Select File for Log" msgstr "选择日志的文件" -#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 +#. Frame label - adding ACL-optiopn +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1300 msgid "Option Setup" msgstr "选项设置" -#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 +#. Textentry - adding ACL-optiopn - name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1313 msgid "&Name" msgstr "名称(&N)" -#. Table header - ACL-options listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 +#. Table header - ACL-options listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1349 msgid "Current ACL List" msgstr "当前 ACL 列表" -#. Table header item - ACL-options -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 +#. Table header item - ACL-options +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1357 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 +#. A popup question, %1 is number of zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1477 msgid "" "This ACL is used by %1 zones.\n" "Really remove it?\n" @@ -882,71 +871,71 @@ "此 ACL 被 %1 区域使用。\n" "是否确实要删除它？\n" -#. An error popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 +#. An error popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1564 msgid "The specified ACL entry already exists." msgstr "指定的 ACL 项已存在。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1581 msgid "Add New Zone " msgstr "添加新区域 " -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Master +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1602 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1692 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1667 msgid "Master" msgstr "主" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1604 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1695 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1698 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1669 msgid "Slave" msgstr "从" -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave -#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type -#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Combobox - DNS adding zone - Type Slave +#. TRANSLATORS: Table item - Server type +#. #-#-#-#-# dns-server.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1606 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1701 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1675 msgid "Forward" msgstr "转发" -#. Table header - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 +#. Table header - DNS listing zones +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1629 msgid "Configured DNS Zones" msgstr "已配置的 DNS 区域" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1838 msgid "A zone with the specified name is already configured." msgstr "指定名称的区域已配置。" -#. Write settings dialog -#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 +#. Write settings dialog +#. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1887 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "保存配置失败。是否更改设置？" -#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 +#. Writes settings and restores the dialog without exiting +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1903 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "保存配置失败" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1916 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really leave the DNS server configuration without saving?" @@ -954,83 +943,83 @@ "所有更改都将丢失。\n" "是否确实要放弃对 DNS 服务器配置的保存？" -#. FIXME: new startup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 +#. FIXME: new startup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1969 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "应用更改" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1975 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1978 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "启动" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2006 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2009 msgid "Basic Options" msgstr "基本选项" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2019 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2021 msgid "Logging" msgstr "日志记录" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#. multi selection box -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#. multi selection box +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2032 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2035 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:156 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2694 msgid "ACLs" msgstr "ACL" -#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings -#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 +#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings +#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2049 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:2052 msgid "TSIG Keys" msgstr "TSIG 密钥" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:93 msgid "A&llow Dynamic Updates" msgstr "允许动态更新(&L)" -#. combo box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 +#. combo box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:103 msgid "TSIG &Key" msgstr "TSIG 密钥(&K)" -#. check box -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 +#. check box +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:151 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2690 msgid "Enable &Zone Transport" msgstr "启用区域传输(&Z)" -#. check box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 +#. check box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:171 msgid "A&utomatically Generate Records From" msgstr "自动生成记录的位置(&U)" -#. multi selection box -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 +#. multi selection box +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:180 msgid "Zon&e" msgstr "区域(&E)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 +#. frame label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:192 msgid "Connected Reverse Zones" msgstr "已连接的反向区域" -#. popup message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 +#. popup message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:455 msgid "" "This function is not available during\n" "preparation for autoinstallation.\n" @@ -1038,152 +1027,152 @@ "此功能在准备自动\n" "安装期间不可用。\n" -#. error report -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 +#. error report +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:466 msgid "No TSIG key is defined." msgstr "未定义 TSIG 密钥。" -#. Textentry - adding nameserver -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 +#. Textentry - adding nameserver +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:496 msgid "&Name Server to Add" msgstr "要添加的名称服务器(&N)" -#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers -#. selection box label -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 +#. Selectionbox - listing current nameservers +#. selection box label +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:519 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:545 msgid "Na&me Server List" msgstr "名称服务器列表(&M)" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:643 msgid "The specified name server already exists." msgstr "指定的名称服务器已存在。" -#. Frame label - adding mail server -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 +#. Frame label - adding mail server +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:689 msgid "Mail Server to Add" msgstr "要添加的邮件服务器" -#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 +#. Textentry - addind mail server - Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:699 msgid "&Address" msgstr "地址(&A)" -#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. int field -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 +#. IntField - adding mail server - Priority +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. int field +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:702 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1227 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:435 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "优先级(&P)" -#. Table label - listing mail servers -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 +#. Table label - listing mail servers +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:724 msgid "Mail Relay List" msgstr "邮件中继列表" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:861 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "指定的值不是有效的主机名或 IP 地址。" -#. error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 +#. error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:883 msgid "The specified mail server already exists." msgstr "指定的邮件服务器已存在。" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:930 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:932 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分钟" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:934 msgid "Hours" msgstr "小时" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:936 msgid "Days" msgstr "天" -#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 +#. DNS Settings time units (combobox item) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:938 msgid "Weeks" msgstr "周" -#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 +#. Textentry - setting Serial for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:950 msgid "Seri&al" msgstr "序列(&A)" -#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 +#. Textentry - setting TTL for zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:959 msgid "TT&L" msgstr "TTL(&L)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Retry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:964 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1001 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "单元(&U)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Refresh - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:978 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "刷新(&F)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Refresh - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:986 msgid "Un&it" msgstr "单元(&I)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Retry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:995 msgid "Retr&y" msgstr "重试(&Y)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Expiry - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1008 msgid "Ex&piration" msgstr "失效时间(&P)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Expiry - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1016 msgid "U&nit" msgstr "单元(&N)" -#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 +#. IntField - Setting DNS Minimum - Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1025 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小值(&M)" -#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 +#. Combobox - Setting DNS Minimum - Unit +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1033 msgid "Uni&t" msgstr "单元(&T)" -#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 +#. Handle events in a tab of a dialog +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1156 msgid "The serial number of the zone must be specified." msgstr "必须指定区域的序列号。" -#. error report, %1 is an integer -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 +#. error report, %1 is an integer +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1164 msgid "The serial number must be no more than %1 digits long." msgstr "序列号的长度不能超过 %1 个数字。" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup with question, current setting could produce errors +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1185 msgid "" "The expiration time-out is higher than the time period\n" "of zone refreshes. The zone will not be reachable\n" @@ -1195,107 +1184,107 @@ "从属名称服务器访问该区域。\n" "是否继续？" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1209 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1244 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1301 msgid "&Record Key" msgstr "记录键(&R)" -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#. Combobox - zone settings - Record Type +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1217 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1309 msgid "T&ype" msgstr "类型(&Y)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1235 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1282 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1314 msgid "Val&ue" msgstr "值(&U)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1251 msgid "&Service" msgstr "服务(&S)" -#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 +#. Textentry - zone settings - Record Name +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1265 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "协议(&P)" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1287 msgid "&Weight" msgstr "权重(&W)" -#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 +#. IntField - zone settings - Record Value +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1289 msgid "&Port" msgstr "端口(&P)" -#. reverse zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 +#. reverse zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1334 msgid "A: IPv4 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A：IPv4 域名转换" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1335 msgid "AAAA: IPv6 Domain Name Translation" msgstr "AAAA：IPv6 域名转换" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1336 msgid "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME：域名的别名" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1337 msgid "NS: Name Server" msgstr "NS：名称服务器" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1338 msgid "MX: Mail Relay" msgstr "MX：邮件中继" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1339 msgid "PTR: Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR：反向转换" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1340 msgid "SRV: Services Record" msgstr "SRV：服务记录" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1341 msgid "TXT: Text Record" msgstr "TXT：文本记录" -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1342 msgid "SPF: Sender Policy Framework" msgstr "SPF：发件人策略框架" -#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 +#. Frame label - Adding/Changing IP/CNAME/Type... zone settings +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1359 msgid "Record Settings" msgstr "记录设置" -#. Table label - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 +#. Table label - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1395 msgid "Configured Resource Records" msgstr "已配置的资源记录" -#. Table menu item - Records listing -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 +#. Table menu item - Records listing +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1405 msgid "Record Key" msgstr "记录键" -#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 +#. Pop-up error message, %1 is replaced with an example +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1835 msgid "" "Invalid IPv6 reverse IP.\n" "\n" @@ -1307,27 +1296,24 @@ "支持完整形式 (%1)\n" "或相对于当前区域的形式的 IPv6 反向记录。" -#. (hostname or FQ) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 +#. (hostname or FQ) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1873 msgid "Invalid IPv6 address." msgstr "无效的 IPv6 地址。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1906 msgid "" -"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII " -"characters excluding '='\n" +"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n" "and must be at least one character long." -msgstr "" -"无效的 %{type} 记录键。它应由可打印的 US-ASCII 字符（除“=”外）组成并且必须至" -"少有一个字符的长度。" +msgstr "无效的 %{type} 记录键。它应由可打印的 US-ASCII 字符（除“=”外）组成并且必须至少有一个字符的长度。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) -#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length -#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#. %{type} - replaced with record type (TXT or SPF) +#. %{max} - replaced with the maximal length +#. %{current} - replaced with the current length of a new TXT record. +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1924 msgid "" "Maximal length of a %{type} record is %{max} characters.\n" "This message is %{current} characters long." @@ -1335,95 +1321,94 @@ "%{type} 记录的最大长度是 %{max} 个字符。\n" "该讯息的长度为 %{current} 个字符。" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message, CNAME (link) points to itself +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1955 msgid "CNAME cannot point to itself." msgstr "CNAME 不能指向自身。" -#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 +#. When no dialog defined for this tab (software error) +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2331 msgid "An internal error has occurred." msgstr "出现内部错误。" -#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 +#. Dialog Caption - Expert Settings - Zone Editor +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2403 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2699 msgid "Zone Editor" msgstr "区域编辑器" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2424 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2436 msgid "&Basics" msgstr "基础" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2426 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2438 msgid "NS Recor&ds" msgstr "NS 记录" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2428 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2442 msgid "&SOA" msgstr "SOA" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2430 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2444 msgid "R&ecords" msgstr "记录" -#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 +#. Menu Item - Zone Editor - Tab +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2440 msgid "M&X Records" msgstr "MX 记录" -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#. Label - connected with Textentry which shows current edited zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2455 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2668 +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2871 msgid "Settings for Zone" msgstr "区域设置" -#. at least one NS server must be set -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 +#. at least one NS server must be set +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2532 msgid "At least one NS server must be set." msgstr "必须至少设置一个 NS 服务器。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name -#. -#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate -#. DNS records manually from selected zone -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced with a zone name +#. +#. Automatically Generate Records From is a feature that makes YaST to generate +#. DNS records manually from selected zone +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2594 msgid "" "Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n" -"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From " -"feature." +"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature." msgstr "" "当前区域记录自动从 %1 区域生成。\n" "要手动更改记录，请禁用“自动生成记录的位置”功能。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2682 msgid "&Master DNS Server IP" msgstr "主 DNS 服务器 IP(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error headline +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2746 msgid "Missing Master Server" msgstr "缺少主服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error text +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2748 msgid "" "Every slave zone must have its master server IP defined.\n" "Configuration of a DNS server without a master server would fail.\n" @@ -1433,33 +1418,33 @@ "没有主服务器的 DNS 服务器配置将失败。\n" "如果您继续，当前区域将被删除。" -#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 +#. TRANSLATORS: A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2768 msgid "No master DNS server defined." msgstr "未定义任何主 DNS 服务器。" -#. A popup error message -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 +#. A popup error message +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2780 msgid "The specified master name server is not a valid IP address." msgstr "指定的主名称服务器不是有效的 IP 地址。" -#. Textentry - adding forwarder -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 +#. Textentry - adding forwarder +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2891 msgid "New &Forwarder IP Address" msgstr "新转发器 IP 地址(&F)" -#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 +#. Selectionbox - listing current forwarders +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2916 msgid "Current &Zone Forwarders" msgstr "当前区域转发器(&Z)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2938 msgid "Forward Zone Editor" msgstr "转发区域编辑器" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2974 msgid "" "This forward zone has no forwarders defined, which means\n" "that all DNS queries for this zone are denied.\n" @@ -1469,8 +1454,8 @@ "对此区域的所有 DNS 查询都将被拒绝。\n" "确实拒绝这些查询？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "" "All changes will be lost.\n" "Really exit?" @@ -1478,13 +1463,13 @@ "所有更改都将丢失。\n" "是否确实要退出？" -#. message popup -#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 +#. message popup +#: src/include/dns-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "A zone of this type cannot be edited with this tool." msgstr "此类型的区域不能用此工具编辑。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:20 msgid "" "<big>Initializing DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -1492,8 +1477,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 DNS 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -1501,8 +1486,8 @@ "<big>正在中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<big>Saving DNS Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -1510,8 +1495,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 DNS 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1521,9 +1506,9 @@ "按中止，中止该保存过程。\n" "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。" -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 +#. main dialog +#. help 1/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Start DNS Server</big> \n" "To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" @@ -1533,8 +1518,8 @@ "要在每次启动计算机时运行 DNS 服务器，请设置\n" "启动DNS 服务器。" -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 +#. help 2/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -1546,8 +1531,8 @@ "在 Chroot Jail 中运行 DNS 服务器。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程序\n" "会更安全，强烈建议采用此方法。" -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 +#. help 3/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<big>Editing DNS Zones</big> \n" "To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1561,8 +1546,8 @@ "要添加新的 DNS 区域，请使用添加。要删除\n" "已配置的 DNS 区域，请选择此区域，然后单击删除。" -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 +#. help 4/4 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Advanced Functions</big> \n" "To edit global options,\n" @@ -1578,9 +1563,9 @@ "或显示 DNS 服务器的日志，请\n" "使用高级。" -#. zone dialog -#. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#. zone dialog +#. help 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Zone Name</big> \n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in Zone Name." @@ -1588,8 +1573,8 @@ "<big>区域名</big> \n" "在区域名中输入区域(域)的名称。" -#. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#. help 2/5, alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big> \n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1605,8 +1590,8 @@ "。DHCP 服务器和 DNS 服务器的\n" "密钥必须相同。" -#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<big>Editing a DNS Zone</big> \n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1616,8 +1601,8 @@ "要编辑区域设置，请在表中选择\n" "适当的项，然后单击编辑。" -#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "To add a new record to the zone, click Add. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click Delete." @@ -1625,8 +1610,8 @@ "要将新记录添加到区域中，请单击添加。要删除\n" "某选项，请先选择该选项，然后单击删除。" -#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<big>SOA Record</big> \n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1636,14 +1621,12 @@ "要编辑区域的 SOA(起始授权机构)记录，请单击\n" "编辑 SOA。" -#. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#. help 2/5 alt. 2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Master Servers</big> \n" -"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add</" -"b>\n" -"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click " -"Delete\n" +"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use Add\n" +"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click Delete\n" "to remove an existing one." msgstr "" "<big>主服务器</big> \n" @@ -1651,13 +1634,12 @@ "可添加新的主名称服务器。选择一个现有的主名称服务器，然后单击删除\n" "可删除现有的主名称服务器。" -#. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "" "<big>Zone Type</big> \n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" -"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave</" -"b>\n" +"select Master. To make it the secondary name server, select Slave\n" "or Stub, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n" "server." msgstr "" @@ -1667,24 +1649,22 @@ "或只存储，则区域数据将从主服务器镜像\n" "而来。" -#. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#. help 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Zone Direction</big> \n" -"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " -"back.\n" +"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n" "Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n" "addresses (Forward) or from IP addresses to domain names\n" "(Reverse).\n" msgstr "" "<big>区域方向</big> \n" "DNS 用于将域名转译为 IP 地址以及将 IP 地址转译为域名。\n" -"选择此区域将用于将域名转译为 IP 地址（正向）还是将 IP 地址转译为域名" -"（反向）。\n" +"选择此区域将用于将域名转译为 IP 地址（正向）还是将 IP 地址转译为域名（反向）。\n" -#. firewall dialog -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#. firewall dialog +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<big>Interface Classes</big> \n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1693,8 +1673,8 @@ "<big>接口类</big> \n" "选择哪些接口类应可访问 DNS 服务器。接口类在防火墙配置组件中定义。\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big> \n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1702,13 +1682,12 @@ "Adapt Firewall Settings.\n" msgstr "" "<big>调整防火墙设置</big> \n" -"要调整防火墙设置，以便 DNS 服务器可被全部其侦听的网络接口访问，请选中调整" -"防火墙设置。\n" +"要调整防火墙设置，以便 DNS 服务器可被全部其侦听的网络接口访问，请选中调整防火墙设置。\n" -#. soa dialog -#. help text 1/9 -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#. soa dialog +#. help text 1/9 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 msgid "" "<big>SOA Record Configuration</big> \n" "Set the entries of the SOA record." @@ -1716,8 +1695,8 @@ "<big>SOA 记录配置</big> \n" "设置 SOA 记录的项。" -#. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#. help text 2/9 - TTL +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "$TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL." @@ -1725,8 +1704,8 @@ "$TTL 指定区域中所有没有显式 TTL 的记录\n" "的存活时间。" -#. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#. help text 3/9 - Primary source +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "Primary Source must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server." @@ -1734,28 +1713,27 @@ "主要源必须包含主名称服务器的\n" "完全限定的域名。" -#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Administrator's Mail must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.\n" msgstr "管理员邮件必须包含负责该区域的管理员的电子邮件地址。\n" -#. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#. help text 5/9 - Serial +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "Serial number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" -"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "序列号用于确定该区域在主服务器上是否有所更改\n" "（因此从属服务器不必总是同步整个\n" "区域）。\n" -#. help text 6/9 - Refresh -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#. help text 6/9 - Refresh +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "Refresh sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers." @@ -1763,9 +1741,9 @@ "刷新设置该区域在主名称服务器和从属名称\n" "服务器之间同步的频率。" -#. help text 7/9 - Retry -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#. help text 7/9 - Retry +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "Retry sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails." @@ -1773,8 +1751,8 @@ "重试设置在同步失败时，从属服务器尝试与\n" "主服务器同步该区域的频率。" -#. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#. help text 8/9 - Expiry +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "Expiry means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -1784,9 +1762,9 @@ "超过该时间后，从属服务器将停止对该区域的应答，直到被同步为止。\n" "" -#. help text 9/9 - Minimum -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#. help text 9/9 - Minimum +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 msgid "" "Minimum sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed)." @@ -1794,17 +1772,15 @@ "最小值设置从属服务器应缓存\n" "否定应答(名称解析失败)的时间。" -#. ddns keys dialog -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#. ddns keys dialog +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Key Management</big> \n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" "To add a new TSIG key, use the \n" -"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add</" -"b>.\n" -"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"File Name text field or the Browse button then click Add.\n" +"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click Delete.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>TSIG 密钥管理</big> \n" @@ -1814,8 +1790,8 @@ "要删除现有的 TSIG 密钥，请在列表中选择该密钥，然后单击删除。\n" "" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 msgid "" "<big>Booting</big> \n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1825,8 +1801,8 @@ "要在每次引导计算机时启动 DNS 服务器，请设置为\n" "开。否则，设置为关。 " -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Support</big> \n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1836,8 +1812,8 @@ "要在 LDAP 而不是本机配置文件中存储 DNS 区域，\n" "请设置 LDAP 支持处于活动状态。" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Switch On or Off</big> \n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1849,8 +1825,8 @@ "立即启动 DNS 服务器或\n" "立即停止 DNS 服务器。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Forwarders</big> \n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1860,14 +1836,14 @@ "转发器是指您的 DSN 服务器应将查询发送到的 DNS 服务器\n" "它无法应答。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 -#. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full -#. DNS lookup, set Forward First. To ask forwarders only, set -#. Forwarders Only. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any -#. of these check boxes. -#. ") + -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 2/3 +#. _("To ask forwarders during name resolution and in case of fail do full +#. DNS lookup, set Forward First. To ask forwarders only, set +#. Forwarders Only. To do full DNS lookup always, do not check any +#. of these check boxes. +#. ") + +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "To add a new forwarder, set its IP Address and click Add.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click Delete." @@ -1875,8 +1851,8 @@ "要添加新的转发器，请设置其 IP 地址，然后单击添加。\n" "要删除已配置的转发器，请先选择该转发器，然后单击删除。" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Edit DNS Server Options</big> \n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server." @@ -1884,8 +1860,8 @@ "<big>编辑 DNS 服务器选项</big> \n" "使用此对话框可以编辑 DNS 服务器的选项。" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "" "To add new options, select the Option,\n" "enter its Value, and click Add.\n" @@ -1897,13 +1873,13 @@ "要修改已配置的选项，请在表中选择该选项，\n" "更改值，然后单击更改。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 msgid "To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "要删除某选项，请先选择该选项，然后单击删除。" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<big>Logging</big> \n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging." @@ -1911,31 +1887,27 @@ "<big>日志记录</big> \n" "使用此对话框可以定义 DNS 服务器日志记录的各种选项。" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the " -"system log. \n" +"Select Log to System Log to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n" "To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n" -"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log " -"and \n" +"Log to File and set the Filename to which to save the log and \n" "the Maximum Size of the log file.\n" -"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions</" -"b>\n" +"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use Maximum Versions\n" "to specify how many log files should be saved.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "选择记录到系统日志可将 DNS 服务器日志消息保存至系统日志。\n" "要将 DNS 服务器日志消息另保存至一个文件，请选择\n" -"记录到文件并将文件名设置为保存日志的文件名，然后设置日志文件" -"的\n" +"记录到文件并将文件名设置为保存日志的文件名，然后设置日志文件的\n" "最大大小。\n" "DNS 服务器将自动循环使用这些日志文件。使用最大版本数\n" "可指定日志文件可保存的次数。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "In Additional Logging,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1953,8 +1925,8 @@ "名称服务器的时间。\n" "\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 msgid "" "<big>ACLs</big> \n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1964,19 +1936,18 @@ "在此对话框中，定义访问控制列表来控制\n" "对区域的访问。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's Name\n" "and Value then click Add. To remove an \n" "ACL entry, select it and click Delete.\n" msgstr "" -"要添加新的访问控制列表项，只需输入选项的名称和值，然后单击" -"添加。\n" +"要添加新的访问控制列表项，只需输入选项的名称和值，然后单击添加。\n" "要去除一个访问控制列表项，请选择它并单击删除。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<big>TSIG Keys</big> \n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1988,22 +1959,21 @@ "更改 DNS 服务器的配置时进行身份验证。\n" "动态更新 DNS 区域 (DDNS) 时，需要使用该密钥。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 msgid "" "To add an already created key, set the Filename\n" "(or use the Browse button to select it) and click Add.\n" "To generate a new key, enter the Filename and the Key ID\n" -"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.</" -"p>\n" +"then click Generate. The new key will be generated and also added.\n" msgstr "" "要添加已创建的密钥，请设置文件名\n" "(或使用浏览按钮来选择文件名)并单击添加。\n" " 要生成新的密钥，请输入文件名和密钥标识\n" "，然后单击生成。这样，将生成并添加新的密钥。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click Delete." @@ -2011,8 +1981,8 @@ "要删除现有的密钥，请选择该密钥，\n" "然后单击删除。" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 msgid "" "<big>DNS Zones</big> \n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.\n" @@ -2020,40 +1990,34 @@ "<big>DNS 区域</big> \n" "使用此对话框可以管理 DNS 区域。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 msgid "" -"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type</" -"b>,\n" +"To add a new zone, enter its Zone Name, select the Zone Type,\n" "and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "要添加一个新区域，请输入其区域名称，选择区域类型，\n" "然后单击添加。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " -"followed by\n" +"To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n" "<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its Zone Name (for example, zone name\n" -"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), " -"select\n" +"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n" "the Zone Type, and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "要添加新的 IPv4 反向区域，请在\n" -"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> 后面输入反向 IPv4 地址的一部分作为其区域名称" -"（例如，网络 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 的区域名称\n" +"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> 后面输入反向 IPv4 地址的一部分作为其区域名称（例如，网络 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 的区域名称\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt>），选择\n" "区域类型，然后单击添加。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 -#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 +#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" -"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " -"followed by\n" -"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone " -"name are\n" +"To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n" +"<tt>%1</tt> as its Zone Name. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n" "supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n" "Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n" "Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n" @@ -2066,8 +2030,8 @@ "不带子网掩码位的转发形式：<tt>%4</tt>\n" "（默认情况下使用 <tt>64</tt> 子网掩码位）。\n" -#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click Edit.\n" @@ -2077,20 +2041,19 @@ "请选择它，并单击编辑。\n" "要去除一个已配置的区域，请选择它并单击删除。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big> \n" -"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " -"access\n" +"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n" "to the zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>DDNS 和区域传输</big> \n" "使用此对话框可以更改区域的动态 DNS 设置，\n" "控制对区域的访问。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set Allow Dynamic Updates\n" @@ -2102,8 +2065,8 @@ "，并选择 TSIG 密钥。必须至少先定义一个 TSIG 密钥，\n" "然后才能动态更新区域。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" @@ -2117,8 +2080,8 @@ "需要检查的 ACL。必须至少先定义一个 ACL，\n" "才能进行区域传输。" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 msgid "" "\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -2129,8 +2092,8 @@ "反向区域记录可以从另一个主区域生成。\n" "选择自动生成记录的位置复选框并选择要自其生成记录的区域。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#. Zone Editor - Help +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 msgid "" "\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" @@ -2140,12 +2103,11 @@ "如果这不是反向区域，您可以在已连接\n" "反向区域字段中查看从当前区域生成的区域。" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 msgid "" "<big>NS Records</big> \n" -"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add</" -"b>.\n" +"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click Add.\n" "To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n" "Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2154,8 +2116,8 @@ "要删除列出的名称服务器之一，请选择该名称服务器，然后单击\n" "删除。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<big>MX Records</big> \n" "To add a new mail server, enter the Address and Priority\n" @@ -2169,20 +2131,19 @@ "要删除所列的邮件服务器之一，请选择该邮件服务器，然后单击\n" "删除。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 msgid "" "Serial is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" -"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize " -"the\n" +"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n" "entire zone).\n" msgstr "" "序列号是用于确定该区域在主服务器上是否有所更改的数字\n" "（因此从属服务器不必总是同步整个区域）。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 msgid "" "TTL specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL." @@ -2190,8 +2151,8 @@ "TTL 指定区域中所有没有显式 TTL 的记录\n" "的存活时间。" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "Expiration means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -2201,8 +2162,8 @@ "超过该时间后，从属服务器将停止应答该区域，直到被同步为止。\n" "" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "" "<big>Records</big> \n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -2214,8 +2175,8 @@ "请设置记录键、类型和值，\n" "然后单击添加。" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 msgid "" "To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click Change. To delete a record, select it and click\n" @@ -2225,8 +2186,8 @@ "然后单击更改。要删除记录，请选择它然后单击\n" "删除。" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 msgid "" "\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.\n" @@ -2234,8 +2195,8 @@ "\n" "RFC 中定义了每种类型记录的语法。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 msgid "" "A: Domain Name Translation:\n" "Record Key is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -2247,8 +2208,8 @@ "或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。\n" "值是一个 IP 地址。" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "" "CNAME: Alias for Domain Name:\n" "Record Key is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2264,13 +2225,12 @@ "或是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录\n" "表示。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "" "NS: Name Server:\n" -"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " -"absolute\n" +"Record Key is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n" "domain name followed by a dot.\n" "Value is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n" "hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.\n" @@ -2278,11 +2238,10 @@ "NS：名称服务器：\n" "记录键是相对于当前区域的区域名\n" "或是绝对域名后跟一个点。\n" -"值是相对于当前区域的主机名或完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录" -"表示。\n" +"值是相对于当前区域的主机名或完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录表示。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "MX: Mail Relay:\n" "Record Key is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2296,14 +2255,13 @@ "值是相对于当前区域的主机名\n" "或完全限定主机名后跟一个点。它必须用 A 记录表示。\n" -#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 msgid "" "PTR: Reverse Translation:\n" "Record Key is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" "followed by a dot\n" -"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</" -"tt>)\n" +"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n" " or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n" "(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n" "<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n" @@ -2311,15 +2269,14 @@ msgstr "" "PTR：反向转换：\n" "记录键是完整反向区域名(派生自 IP 地址)\n" -"后跟一个点(例如，IP 地址为 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>，则记录键为 </tt>1.0.168.192." -"in-addr.arpa.<tt>)，\n" +"后跟一个点(例如，IP 地址为 <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>，则记录键为 </tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.<tt>)，\n" "或者是相对于当前区域的反向区域名的一部分\n" "(例如，区域 <tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> 中的 IP 地址 \n" "<tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 的记录键为 <tt>1</tt>)。\n" "值是完全限定主机名后跟一个点。\n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "<big>Finishing the Configuration</big>\n" "Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration. \n" @@ -2327,8 +2284,8 @@ "<big>完成配置</big>\n" "完成配置之前请检查输入的设置。 \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "" "Select Open Port in Firewall to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server." @@ -2336,8 +2293,8 @@ "选择打开防火墙中的端口以改变\n" "SuSEfirewall2 设置，使得所有连接都可连接到 DNS 服务器。" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 msgid "" "\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2347,8 +2304,8 @@ "要在每次引导计算机时启动 DNS 服务器，\n" "请将启动行为设为开启。否则设为关闭。 \n" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2358,8 +2315,8 @@ "要在 LDAP 而不是本机配置文件中存储 DNS 区域，\n" "请设置 LDAP 支持处于活动状态。" -#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 msgid "" "\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2369,8 +2326,8 @@ "要进入 DNS 服务器配置的专家模式，请单击 \n" "DNS 服务器专家配置。" -#. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#. slave zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "" "<big>Slave DNS Zone</big> \n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2380,8 +2337,8 @@ "必须为每个从属区域定义主名称服务器。使用\n" "主 DNS 服务器 IP 可以定义主名称服务器。" -#. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#. slave zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 msgid "" "<big>Zone Transport</big> \n" "To allow transports of the zone, set Enable Zone Transport\n" @@ -2395,8 +2352,8 @@ "需要检查的 ACL。必须至少先定义一个 ACL，\n" "才能进行区域传输。" -#. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#. forward zone help text 1/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 msgid "" "<big>Forward DNS Zone</big> \n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2406,8 +2363,8 @@ "这类 DNS 区域只向其中定义的\n" "转发器转发 DNS 查询。" -#. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#. forward zone help text 2/2 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "" "If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" @@ -2417,152 +2374,152 @@ "所有 DNS 查询，因为没有查询应转发到的 DNS \n" "服务器。" -#. %1 is usually an IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 +#. %1 is usually an IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:159 msgid "Unknown Record Type: %1" msgstr "未知的记录类型：%1" -#. table entry, %1 is IP address -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 +#. table entry, %1 is IP address +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:180 msgid "Host %1" msgstr "主机 %1" -#. combo box item, A is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 +#. combo box item, A is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:188 msgid "A -- Domain Name Translation" msgstr "A -- 域名转换" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:201 msgid "&IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 地址(&I)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:218 msgid "Alias for %1" msgstr "%1 的别名" -#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 +#. combo box item, CNAME is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:226 msgid "CNAME -- Alias for Domain Name" msgstr "CNAME -- 域名的别名" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "别名(&A)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:240 msgid "&Base Host Name" msgstr "基本主机名(&B)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:257 msgid "Pointer to %1" msgstr "指向 %1 的指针" -#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 +#. combo box item, PTR is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:265 msgid "PTR -- Reverse Translation" msgstr "PTR -- 反向转换" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:276 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址(&I)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 +#. table entry, %1 is host name +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:295 msgid "Name Server %1" msgstr "名称服务器 %1" -#. combo box item, NS is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 +#. combo box item, NS is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:303 msgid "NS -- Name Server" msgstr "NS -- 名称服务器" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:314 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "域(&D)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:317 msgid "&Name Server" msgstr "名称服务器(&N)" -#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 +#. table entry, %1 is host name, %2 is integer +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:337 msgid "Mail Relay %1, Priority %2" msgstr "邮件中继 %1，优先级 %2" -#. combo box item, MX is more technical description -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 +#. combo box item, MX is more technical description +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:416 msgid "MX -- Mail Relay" msgstr "MX -- 邮件中继" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:429 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "域名(&D)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 +#. text entry +#: src/include/dns-server/options.rb:432 msgid "&Mail Relay" msgstr "邮件中继(&M)" -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:969 msgid "Initializing DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 DNS 服务器配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:973 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "检查环境" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:975 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1346 msgid "Flush caches of the DNS daemon" msgstr "清理 DNS 守护程序的缓存" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:977 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "读取防火墙设置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:979 msgid "Read the settings" msgstr "读取设置" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:983 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "正在检查环境..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:985 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1362 msgid "Flushing caches of the DNS daemon..." msgstr "正在清理 DNS 守护程序的缓存..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:987 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:989 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "正在读取设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:991 src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1376 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1275 msgid "" "Error occurred while calling netconfig.\n" "Error: " @@ -2570,73 +2527,73 @@ "调用 netconfig 时出错。\n" "错误： " -#. DNS server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 +#. DNS server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1342 msgid "Saving DNS Server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 DNS 服务器配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1348 msgid "Save configuration files" msgstr "保存配置文件" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1350 msgid "Restart the DNS daemon" msgstr "重启动 DNS 守护程序" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1352 msgid "Update zone files" msgstr "更新区域文件" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1354 msgid "Adjust the DNS service" msgstr "调整 DNS 服务" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1356 msgid "Call netconfig" msgstr "调用 netconfig" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1358 msgid "Write the firewall settings" msgstr "写入防火墙设置" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1364 msgid "Saving configuration files..." msgstr "正在保存配置文件..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1366 msgid "Restarting the DNS daemon..." msgstr "正在重启动 DNS 守护程序..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1368 msgid "Updating zone files..." msgstr "正在更新区域文件..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1370 msgid "Adjusting the DNS service..." msgstr "正在调整 DNS 服务..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1372 msgid "Calling netconfig..." msgstr "正在调用 netconfig..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1374 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..." -#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 +#. Cannot start service 'named', because of error that follows Error:. Do not translate named. +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1547 msgid "" "Error occurred while starting service named.\n" "\n" @@ -2644,44 +2601,44 @@ "启动指定的服务时出错。\n" "\n" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1671 msgid "Stub" msgstr "只存储" -#. type of zone to be used in summary -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 +#. type of zone to be used in summary +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1673 msgid "Hint" msgstr "提示" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1682 msgid "The DNS server starts when booting the system." msgstr "在引导系统时启动 DNS 服务器。" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1688 msgid "The DNS server does not start when booting the system." msgstr "在引导系统时不启动 DNS 服务器。" -#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 +#. summary string, %s is list of DNS zones (their names), coma separated +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1716 #, perl-format msgid "Configured Zones: %s" msgstr "已配置的区域：%s" -#. error message -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 +#. error message +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1730 msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP." msgstr "LDAP 配置无效。无法使用 LDAP。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1811 msgid "Enable LDAP support?" msgstr "是否启用 LDAP 支持？" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1899 msgid "" "Installation of required packages failed.\n" "LDAP support will not be active." @@ -2689,27 +2646,27 @@ "安装必需的包失败。\n" "LDAP 支持将不处于活动状态。" -#. BNC #679960 -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 +#. BNC #679960 +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1958 msgid "Unknown LDAP initialization error." msgstr "未知的 LDAP 初始化错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, %1 is an LDAP object whose creation failed +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:1994 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1." msgstr "创建 %1 时出错。" -#. error report, %1 is ldap object -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 +#. error report, %1 is ldap object +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2030 msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "创建 cn=defaultDNS 的 %1 时出错。未使用 LDAP。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2056 msgid "Error occurred while updating %1." msgstr "更新 %1 时出错。" -#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN -#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 +#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN +#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2091 msgid "Error occurred while creating %1. Not using LDAP." msgstr "创建 %1 时出错。未使用 LDAP。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/docker.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,269 +14,264 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Changes in Container" msgstr "容器中的更改" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" msgstr "路径" -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#. TODO translation -#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 +#. TODO translation +#: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:110 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:304 msgid "&Exit" msgstr "退出(&E)" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Commit Container" msgstr "提交容器" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" msgstr "储存库" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" msgstr "标记" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" msgstr "作者" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" msgstr "消息" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" msgstr "确定(&O)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "取消(&C)" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Inject Shell" msgstr "插入外壳" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" msgstr "目标外壳" -#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 +#: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" msgstr "无法运行终端。错误：%{error}" -#. Only root can start process -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." -msgstr "" -"Docker 服务未运行。YaST 是否应启动 Docker？如果不启动 Docker，YaST 会退出。" +#. Only root can start process +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Should YaST start docker? Otherwise YaST quits." +msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。YaST 是否应启动 Docker？如果不启动 Docker，YaST 会退出。" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service " -"manually." -msgstr "" -"Docker 服务未运行。请以 root 身份运行此模块，或者手动启动 Docker 服务。" +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:78 +msgid "Docker service does not run. Run this module as root or start docker service manually." +msgstr "Docker 服务未运行。请以 root 身份运行此模块，或者手动启动 Docker 服务。" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:141 msgid "Communication with docker failed with error: %s. Please try again." msgstr "与 Docker 通讯失败，返回错误：%s。请重试。" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Do you really want to stop the running container?" msgstr "确实要停止正在运行的容器吗？" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:154 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "Do you want to remove the container?" msgstr "是否要去除该容器？" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:161 msgid "Do you really want to kill the running container?" msgstr "确实要终止正在运行的容器吗？" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:173 msgid "&Images" msgstr "映像(&I)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "&Containers" msgstr "容器(&C)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Docker Images" msgstr "Docker 映像" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:194 msgid "Running Docker Containers" msgstr "正在运行的 Docker 容器" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:219 msgid "Image ID" msgstr "映像 ID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:220 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:234 msgid "Created" msgstr "已创建" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:221 msgid "Virtual Size" msgstr "虚拟大小" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:231 msgid "Container ID" msgstr "容器 ID" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:232 msgid "Image" msgstr "映像" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:233 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Command" msgstr "命令" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:236 src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:123 msgid "Ports" msgstr "端口" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:283 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:293 msgid "Re&fresh" msgstr "刷新(&F)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:284 msgid "R&un" msgstr "运行(&U)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:294 msgid "S&how Changes" msgstr "显示更改(&H)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:295 msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgstr "插入终端(&T)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:296 msgid "&Stop Container" msgstr "停止容器(&S)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:297 msgid "&Kill Container" msgstr "终止容器(&K)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:298 msgid "&Commit" msgstr "提交(&C)" -#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 +#: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:315 msgid "Do you really want to delete image \"%s\"?" msgstr "确实要删除映像“%s”吗？" -#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 msgid "Run Container" msgstr "运行容器" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" msgstr "主机" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 msgid "Container" msgstr "容器" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" msgstr "删除" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" msgstr "卷" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" msgstr "选择要共享的目录" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" msgstr "选择目标目录" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" msgstr "选择外部端口" -#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 +#: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" msgstr "选择内部端口" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/drbd.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -310,12 +310,26 @@ msgstr "<big>LVM 配置</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +#| "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +#| "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" @@ -473,40 +487,36 @@ "按下一步继续。\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "DRBD 的 LVM 过滤器配置" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "自动修改 LVM 设备过滤器" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "设备过滤器" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "写入 LVM 超速缓存" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "启用 LVM 超速缓存" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." msgstr "警告！应禁用 LVM 超速缓存以使用 drbd。" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "对 LVM 使用 lvmetad" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "使用 LVM metad" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "警告！不应对群集使用 lvmetad。" @@ -536,61 +546,61 @@ msgstr "保存" #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "协议" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "确定" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "节点名称不能为空。" #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "IPv6 地址必须用括号括住。" #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP/端口应采用“地址:端口”组合。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "请输入有效的 IP 地址。" #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "请输入有效的端口号。" #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." msgstr "节点名称不能包含“.”，请使用本地主机名。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "请填写所有字段。" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "请至少配置两个节点。" #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "输入节点名称：" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "节点名称必须不同。" @@ -697,70 +707,70 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "无法合并分隔的 DRBD conf 文件\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "无法写入 drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 DRBD 配置" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "读取全局设置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "读取资源" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "读取 LVM 配置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "读取守护程序状态" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "读取 SuSEFirewall 设置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "正在读取全局设置..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "正在读取资源..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "正在读取 LVM 配置..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "正在读取守护程序状态..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "无法备份 drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "无法清理 drbdadm 测试的 drbd.conf" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -768,12 +778,12 @@ "资源 %1 的配置无效\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "无法恢复 drbd.conf" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "正在写入 DRBD 配置" @@ -781,46 +791,49 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "写入全局设置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "写入资源" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "写入 LVM 配置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "设置守护程序状态" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "写入 SuSEfirewall 设置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "正在写入全局设置..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "正在写入资源..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "正在写入 LVM 配置..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "正在设置守护程序状态..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "正在写入 SuSEFirewall 设置" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "无法创建目录 /etc/drbd.d" + +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "自动修改 LVM 设备过滤器" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/fcoe-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,38 +14,38 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module -#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xfcoe-client module +#: src/clients/fcoe-client.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of fcoe-client" msgstr "fcoe 客户端的配置" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving fcoe configuration..." msgstr "正在保存 fcoe 配置..." -#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 +#. Rich text title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:82 msgid "FcoeClient" msgstr "FcoeClient" -#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals -#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 +#. Menu title for FcoeClient in proposals +#: src/clients/fcoe-client_proposal.rb:86 msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "FcoeClient(&F)" -#. setting of config value is 'yes' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 msgid "yes" msgstr "是" -#. setting of config value is 'no' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 msgid "no" msgstr "否" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -53,38 +53,38 @@ "无法去除 FCoE 接口。\n" "命令 %1 失败。" -#. FCoE is not available on the interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 msgid "not available" msgstr "不可用" -#. the interface is not configured for FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 msgid "not configured" msgstr "未配置" -#. the flag is 'true' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 msgid "true" msgstr "True" -#. the flag is 'false' -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 msgid "false" msgstr "False" -#. the flag is not set at all -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 msgid "not set" msgstr "未设置" -#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 +#. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "位于 %2 上的 VLAN 接口 %1 的配置" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ "无法在 VLAN 接口 %1 上启动 FCoE，\n" "因为 FCoE 已在网络接口 %2 自身上配置过。" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -103,13 +103,13 @@ "无法在网络接口 %1 自身上启动 FCoE，\n" "因为 FCoE 已在 VLAN 接口 %2 上配置过。" -#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "正在检测到的 VLAN 设备上创建并启动 FCoE" -#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 +#. question to the user: really create and start FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -118,17 +118,17 @@ "确定要在 %2 上为发现的 VLAN 接口 %1\n" "创建一个 FCoE 网络接口并启动 FCoE 发起端吗？" -#. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 +#. text of an error popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "无法在 %1 上创建并启动 FCoE。" -#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 +#. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "命令“%1”在 %2 上失败。" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -136,13 +136,13 @@ "创建 FCoE 接口失败。\n" "仍将继续，因为正运行在测试模式下" -#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 +#. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "确定要去除以 FCoE 接口 %1 吗？" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ "请确保该接口不是一个已用设备必需的接口。\n" "去除这样的接口或许会导致系统无法使用。" -#. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 +#. popup text continues +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -161,24 +161,24 @@ "如果接口和一个已激活的多路径\n" "设备相关，则不要去除该接口。" -#. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 +#. replace values in table +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "去除接口 %1 失败。" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "删除接口 %1 失败。" -#. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 +#. text of a warning popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." msgstr "“需要 DCB”设为“是”，但接口不支持数据中心桥接。" -#. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 +#. text of an information (notify) popup +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -186,148 +186,146 @@ "服务“fcoe”需要启用“lldpad”服务。\n" "正在启用引导时启动“lldpad”服务设置。" -#. radio button: start service on boot -#. radio button: start service on boot -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button: start service on boot +#. radio button: start service on boot +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:48 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#. radio button: start service manually -#. radio button: start service manually -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 +#. radio button: start service manually +#. radio button: start service manually +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:56 src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 +#. combo box label: enable FCoE (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "&FCoE Enable" msgstr "启用 FCoE(&F)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:125 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:230 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 +#. combo box label: require DCB (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:117 msgid "&DCB Required" msgstr "需要 DCB(&D)" -#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 +#. combo box label: AUTO_VLAN setting (yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&AUTO_VLAN" msgstr "AUTO_VLAN(&A)" -#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#. frame containing radio buttons for fcoe service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "FCoE Service Start" msgstr "FCoE 服务启动" -#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#. frame containing radio buttons for lldpad service start +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Lldpad Service Start" msgstr "Lldpad 服务启动" -#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 +#. column headers of table of network interfaces (keep them short) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 地址" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "Model" msgstr "型号" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "FCoE VLAN Interface" msgstr "FCoE VLAN 接口" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "FCoE Enable" msgstr "启用 FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "DCB Required" msgstr "需要 DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "AUTO VLAN" msgstr "自动 VLAN" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "DCB capable" msgstr "支持 DCB" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Driver" msgstr "驱动程序" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Flag FCoE" msgstr "标志 FCoE" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Flag iSCSI" msgstr "标志 iSCSI" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "Storage Only" msgstr "仅限储存" -#. button labels -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 +#. button labels +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Retry &Detection" msgstr "重新检测(&D)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:199 msgid "Change &Settings" msgstr "更改设置(&S)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Create &FCoE Interface" msgstr "创建 FCoE 接口(&F)" -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Remove Interface" msgstr "删除接口(&R)" -#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. frame label - configuration settings of FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Configuration Settings" msgstr "配置设置" -#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 +#. combo box label (debug setting yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "&Debug" msgstr "调试(&D)" -#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. combo box label (use syslog yes/no) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "&Use syslog" msgstr "使用系统日志(&U)" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Initializing fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -335,8 +333,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 fcoe 客户端配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -344,8 +342,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "现在按中止以安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<big>Saving fcoe-client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -353,8 +351,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 fcoe 客户端配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -366,8 +364,8 @@ "将出现另一个对话框，告知您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>FcoeClient Configuration</big> \n" "Configure fcoe-client here. \n" @@ -375,8 +373,8 @@ "<big>FcoeClient 配置</big> \n" "在此处配置 fcoe 客户端。 \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Adding a fcoe-client:</big> \n" "Choose a fcoe-client from the list of detected fcoe-clients.\n" @@ -388,8 +386,8 @@ "如果未检测到您的 FCoE 客户端，请使用其他（未检测到）。\n" "然后按配置。\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -399,220 +397,159 @@ "如果按编辑，将打开另一个对话框，\n" "您可在此对话框中更改配置。\n" -#. Services dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start " -"of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." -msgstr "" -"<big>启动服务</big> 启用或禁用在引导时启动服务 fcoe " -"和 lldpad 的功能。" +#. Services dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:71 +msgid "<big>Starting of services</big> Enable or disable the start of the services fcoe and lldpad at boot time." +msgstr "<big>启动服务</big> 启用或禁用在引导时启动服务 fcoe 和 lldpad 的功能。" -#. Services dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 -msgid "" -"Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over " -"Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE " -"interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." -msgstr "" -"启动服务 fcoe 意味着启动以太网光纤通道服务守护程序 " -"fcoemon，该守护程序控制 FCoE 接口并建立与守护程序 lldpad 的连" -"接。" +#. Services dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:76 +msgid "Starting the service fcoe means starting the Fibre Channel over Ethernet service daemon fcoemon which controls the FCoE interfaces and establishes a connection with the daemon lldpad." +msgstr "启动服务 fcoe 意味着启动以太网光纤通道服务守护程序 fcoemon，该守护程序控制 FCoE 接口并建立与守护程序 lldpad 的连接。" -#. Services dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 -msgid "" -"The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol</" -"i> agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data " -"Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." -msgstr "" -"lldpad 服务提供链接层发现协议代理守护程序 lldpad，它" -"会将数据中心桥接 (DCB) 功能和接口配置知会给 fcoemon。" +#. Services dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:82 +msgid "The lldpad service provides the Link Layer Discovery Protocol agent daemon lldpad, which informs fcoemon about DCB (Data Center Bridging) features and configuration of the interfaces." +msgstr "lldpad 服务提供链接层发现协议代理守护程序 lldpad，它会将数据中心桥接 (DCB) 功能和接口配置知会给 fcoemon。" -#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 +#. Interfaces dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "<big>Network interface overview</big>" msgstr "<big>网络接口概览</big>" -#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 -msgid "" -"The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of " -"VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is " -"configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), " -"this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." -msgstr "" -"接口对话框中会显示检测到的所有网卡，包括 VLAN 和 FCoE 配置的状态。 如果" -"在交换机上为 FCoE 配置了 VLAN 接口，则可以使用 FCoE。 对于每个网卡（网络接" -"口），此信息将显示在 FCoE VLAN 接口列中。" +#. Interfaces dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:92 +msgid "The interfaces dialog shows all detected netcards including the status of VLAN and FCoE configuration. FCoE is possible if a VLAN interface is configured for FCoE on the switch. For every netcard (network interface), this is shown in column FCoE VLAN Interface." +msgstr "接口对话框中会显示检测到的所有网卡，包括 VLAN 和 FCoE 配置的状态。 如果在交换机上为 FCoE 配置了 VLAN 接口，则可以使用 FCoE。 对于每个网卡（网络接口），此信息将显示在 FCoE VLAN 接口列中。" -#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 -msgid "" -"It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry " -"Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." -"" -msgstr "" -"可以使用重试检测对 FCoE 服务重新进行检查（对于需要花费一段时间才能" -"启动的接口，可能需要这样做）。" +#. Interfaces dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:99 +msgid "It's possible to retry the check for FCoE services by using Retry Detection(might be required for interfaces needing some time to get up)." +msgstr "可以使用重试检测对 FCoE 服务重新进行检查（对于需要花费一段时间才能启动的接口，可能需要这样做）。" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 -msgid "" -"The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available</" -"b>: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the " -"switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet " -"activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the " -"FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the " -"column, e.g. eth3.200." -msgstr "" -"FCoE VLAN 接口值的详细说明： 不可用：无法使用以太网光纤通" -"道（必须先在交换机上启用）。 未配置：FCoE 可用，但尚未激活。 按" -"创建 FCoE VLAN 接口即可激活。 如果已创建 FCoE VLAN 接口，则该列中将" -"显示其名称，例如 eth3.200。" +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:103 +msgid "The values for FCoE VLAN Interface in detail: not available: Fibre Channel over Ethernet is not possible (must be enabled on the switch first). not configured: FCoE is possible but not yet activated. Press Create FCoE VLAN Interface to activate. If the FCoE VLAN interface has already been created, the name is shown in the column, e.g. eth3.200." +msgstr "FCoE VLAN 接口值的详细说明： 不可用：无法使用以太网光纤通道（必须先在交换机上启用）。 未配置：FCoE 可用，但尚未激活。 按创建 FCoE VLAN 接口即可激活。 如果已创建 FCoE VLAN 接口，则该列中将显示其名称，例如 eth3.200。" -#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 -msgid "" -"To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change " -"Settings." +#. Interfaces dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:113 +msgid "To change the configuration of a FCoE VLAN interface, click on Change Settings." msgstr "要更改 FCoE VLAN 接口的配置，请单击更改设置。" -#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<big>General Configuration of FCoE</big>" msgstr "<big>FCoE 一般配置</big>" -#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 -msgid "" -"Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings " -"are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." +#. Configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:121 +msgid "Configure the general settings for the FCoE system service. The settings are written to '/etc/fcoe/config'." msgstr "配置 FCoE 系统服务的一般设置。设置会写入“/etc/fcoe/config”。" -#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 +#. Configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "The values are: \n" -"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable " -"debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon." -" Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the " -"system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." +"Debug: yes or no This is used to enable or disable debugging messages from the fcoe service script and fcoemon. Use syslog: yes or no Messages are sent to the system log if set to yes (data are logged to /var/log/messages)." msgstr "" "值为： \n" -"调试：是或否 用于启用或禁用来自 fcoe 服务脚本和 " -"fcoemon 的调试讯息。 使用系统日志：是或否 " -"如果设置为是，讯息将发送到系统日志（数据记录到 /var/log/messages " -"中）。" +"调试：是或否 用于启用或禁用来自 fcoe 服务脚本和 fcoemon 的调试讯息。 使用系统日志：是或否 如果设置为是，讯息将发送到系统日志（数据记录到 /var/log/messages 中）。" -#. edit dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 +#. edit dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "Edit Settings in /etc/fcoe/ethx" msgstr "编辑 /etc/fcoe/ethx 中的设置" -#. Edit dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on " -"initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values " -"indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." -msgstr "" -"守护程序 fcoemon 在初始化时会读取这些配置文件。 每个接口都有一个" -"文件，其中的值指示是否应创建 FCoE 实例，以及是否需要 DCB。" +#. Edit dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:137 +msgid "The daemon fcoemon reads these configuration files on initialization. There is a file for every interface and the values indicate whether FCoE instances should be created and if DCB is required." +msgstr "守护程序 fcoemon 在初始化时会读取这些配置文件。 每个接口都有一个文件，其中的值指示是否应创建 FCoE 实例，以及是否需要 DCB。" -#. Edit dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable " -"or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes</" -"i> or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required." -" AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes " -"'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." +#. Edit dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/helps.rb:143 +msgid "The values are: FCoE Enable: yes or no Enable or disable the creation of FCoE instances. DCB Required: yes or no The default is yes, DCB is usually required. AUTO VLAN: yes or no If set to yes 'fcoemon' will create the VLAN interfaces automatically." msgstr "" -"值为： 启用 FCoE：是或否 启用或禁用 FCoE 实例的" -"创建功能。 需要 DCB：是或否 默认值为是，通" -"常都需要 DCB。 自动 VLAN：是或否 \n" +"值为： 启用 FCoE：是或否 启用或禁用 FCoE 实例的创建功能。 需要 DCB：是或否 默认值为是，通常都需要 DCB。 自动 VLAN：是或否 \n" "如果设置为是，“fcoemon”将会自动创建 VLAN 接口。" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:110 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:133 msgid "&Interfaces" msgstr "接口(&I)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:116 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:139 msgid "&Configuration" msgstr "配置(&C)" -#. Header of tab in tab widget -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 +#. Header of tab in tab widget +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:127 msgid "&Services" msgstr "服务(&S)" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:184 msgid "Fibre Channel over Ethernet Configuration" msgstr "以太网光纤通道配置" -#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 +#. TODO: rename icon to yast-fcoe (yast2-theme package) +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:209 msgid "Change FCoE Settings" msgstr "更改 FCoE 设置" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:315 msgid "FcoeClient Configuration" msgstr "FcoeClient 配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/fcoe-client/wizards.rb:317 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client -#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 -msgid "" -"To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be " -"installed." +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -> comment from iscsi-client +#. skip it during initial and second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:413 +msgid "To continue the FCoE configuration, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "要继续 FCoE 配置，必须安装 %1 包。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:416 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "是否立即安装？" -#. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 +#. start service lldpad first +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:859 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "无法启动服务“lldpad”" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "无法启动服务“fcoe”" -#. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 +#. first start lldpad +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:888 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "无法启动 lldpad systemd 套接字" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:901 msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." msgstr "无法启动 lldpad 服务。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:913 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "无法启动 fcoemon systemd 套接字。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:926 msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." msgstr "无法启动 fcoe 服务。" -#. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 +#. warning if no valid configuration found +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1092 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -622,113 +559,113 @@ "您或许可以编辑设置并重新创建 FCoE\n" "VLAN 接口以获得一个有效的配置。" -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 fcoe 客户端配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1472 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "检查已安装的包" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1474 msgid "Check services" msgstr "检查服务" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1476 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "检测网卡" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1478 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "读取 /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1482 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "正在检查已安装的包..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1484 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "正在检查服务..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1486 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "正在检测网卡..." -#. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 +#. Progress step 4/4 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1488 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "正在读取 /etc/fcoe/config" -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1490 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1584 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1516 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "启动服务失败。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1529 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "无法检测设备。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1539 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "无法读取 /etc/fcoe/config。" -#. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#. FcoeClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 fcoe 客户端配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1570 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1572 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "重启动 FCoE 服务" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1574 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "调整服务的启动" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1578 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1580 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "正在重启动 FCoE 服务..." -#. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 +#. Progress sstep 3/3 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1582 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "正在调整服务的启动..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1602 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "无法将设置写入 /etc/fcoe/config。" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1608 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -736,43 +673,43 @@ "无法写入 FCoE 接口设置。\n" "细节请参见 /var/log/YaST2/y2log。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1620 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "重启动服务 fcoe 失败。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1627 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "无法写入 /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg- 文件。" -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1684 msgid "General FCoE configuration" msgstr "常规 FCoE 配置" -#. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 +#. options from config file, not meant for translation +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1698 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "接口" -#. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 +#. network card, e.g. eth0 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1706 msgid "Netcard:" msgstr "网卡：" -#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for -#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 +#. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for +#. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1716 msgid "Starting of services" msgstr "启动服务" -#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 +#. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1724 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 msgid "enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1735 msgid "disabled" msgstr "已禁用" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall-services.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,251 +14,246 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:37 msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS" msgstr "Zeroconf/Bonjour 多路广播 DNS" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: avahi, RPM: avahi), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:40 +msgid "Zeroconf/Bonjour Multicast DNS (mDNS) ports for Service Discovery (DNS-SD)" msgstr "适用于服务发现 (DNS-SD) 的 Zeroconf/Bonjour 多路广播 DNS (mDNS) 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:45 msgid "cyrus-imapd Server" msgstr "cyrus-imapd 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: cyrus-imapd, RPM: cyrus-imapd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:48 msgid "Open ports for the cyrus-imapd Server." msgstr "为 cyrus-imapd 服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:51 msgid "DHCPv4 Server" msgstr "DHCPv4 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dhcp-server, RPM: dhcp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:54 msgid "Open ports for ISC DHCPv4 4.x server." msgstr "为 ISC DHCPv4 4.x 服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:57 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:63 msgid "dnsmasq" msgstr "dnsmasq" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dhcp, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: dnsmasq-dns, RPM: dnsmasq), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:60 +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:66 msgid "Open ports for the dnsmasq DNS/DHCP server." msgstr "为 dnsmasq DNS/DHCP 服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:69 msgid "mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIP 的 mDNS/Bonjour 支持" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: hplip, RPM: hplip), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:72 msgid "Firewall Configuration file for mDNS/Bonjour support for HPLIP" msgstr "HPLIP 的 mDNS/Bonjour 支持的防火墙配置文件" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:77 msgid "icecream daemon" msgstr "icecream 守护程序" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: iceccd, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:80 msgid "opens socket for the icecream compilation daemon" msgstr "为 icecream 编译守护程序打开套接字" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:83 msgid "icecream scheduler" msgstr "icecream 调度程序" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: icecream-scheduler, RPM: icecream), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:86 msgid "Opens ports for the icecream scheduler" msgstr "为 Icecream 调度程序打开端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:89 msgid "iSNS Daemon" msgstr "iSNS 守护程序" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: isns, RPM: isns), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:92 msgid "Open ports for iSNS daemon with broadcast allowed." msgstr "为 iSNS 守护程序打开端口并允许广播。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:95 msgid "Netbios Server" msgstr "Netbios 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: netbios-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:98 msgid "Open ports for Samba Netbios server with broadcast allowed." msgstr "为 Samba Netbios 服务器打开端口并允许广播。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:103 msgid "NFS Client" msgstr "NFS 客户端" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow " -"connection to an NFS server." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-client, RPM: nfs-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:106 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS client. Open ports for NFS client to allow connection to an NFS server." msgstr "NFS 客户端的防火墙配置。为 NFS 客户端打开端口以便连接到 NFS 服务器。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:111 msgid "NFS Server Service" msgstr "NFS 服务器服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow " -"other hosts to connect." +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: nfs-kernel-server, RPM: nfs-kernel-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:114 +msgid "Firewall configuration for NFS kernel server. Open ports for NFS to allow other hosts to connect." msgstr "NFS 内核服务器的防火墙配置。为 NFS 打开端口以便允许其他主机连接。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:119 msgid "xntp Server" msgstr "xntp 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ntp, RPM: ntp), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:122 msgid "Open ports for xntp." msgstr "为 xntp 服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:125 msgid "OpenLDAP Server" msgstr "OpenLDAP 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openldap, RPM: openldap2), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:128 msgid "Open ports for the OpenLDAP server (slapd)." msgstr "为 OpenLDAP 服务器 (slapd) 打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:131 msgid "OpenSLP Server (SLP)" msgstr "OpenLDAP 服务器 (SLP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: openslp, RPM: openslp-server), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:134 msgid "Enable OpenSLP server to advertise services." msgstr "允许 OpenSLP 服务器广播服务。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:137 msgid "Rsync server" msgstr "Rsync 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: rsync-server, RPM: rsync), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:140 msgid "Opens port for rsync server in order to allow remote synchronization" msgstr "为 rsync 打开端口以便远程同步" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:145 msgid "Samba Client" msgstr "Samba 客户端" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-client, RPM: samba-client), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:148 msgid "Enable browsing of SMB shares." msgstr "启用 SMB 共享的浏览。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:151 msgid "Samba Server" msgstr "Samba 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: samba-server, RPM: samba), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:154 msgid "Open ports for Samba server." msgstr "为 Samba 服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:157 msgid "SMTP with sendmail" msgstr "使用 Sendmail 的 SMTP" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sendmail, RPM: sendmail), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:160 msgid "Firewall configuration file for sendmail" msgstr "sendmail 防火墙配置文件" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:163 msgid "Secure Shell Server" msgstr "Secure Shell 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: sshd, RPM: openssh), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:166 msgid "Open ports for the Secure Shell server." msgstr "为安全外壳服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:169 msgid "svnserve" msgstr "svnserve" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: svnserve, RPM: subversion), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:172 msgid "Open ports for svnserve" msgstr "为 svnserve 打开端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:175 msgid "VNC mini-HTTP server" msgstr "VNC mini-HTTP 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-httpd, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:178 msgid "Opens the VNC HTTP ports so that browsers can connect." msgstr "打开 VNC HTTP 端口，以便能够连接浏览器。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:181 msgid "VNC" msgstr "VNC" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vnc-server, RPM: tightvnc), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:184 msgid "Open VNC server ports so that viewers can connect." msgstr "打开 VNC 服务器端口以便查看器能连接。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:187 msgid "vsftpd Server" msgstr "vsftpd 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: vsftpd, RPM: vsftpd), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:190 msgid "Open ports for vsftpd server." msgstr "为 vsftpd 服务器打开端口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Name of Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), can be used as check box, item in multiple selection box... +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:193 msgid "NIS Client" msgstr "NIS 客户端" -#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table -#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 +#. TRANSLATORS: Description of a Service (File name: ypbind, RPM: ypbind), used as a common label or an item in table +#: library/network/src/yast2-services-translations.rb:196 msgid "The ypbind daemon binds NIS clients to an NIS domain." msgstr "ypbind 守护程序可将 NIS 客户端绑定到某个 NIS 域。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firewall.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config -#. is installed -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 +#. We can't do ncurces. Lets see if the firewalld-config +#. is installed +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:70 msgid "Your display can't support the 'firewall-config' UI.\n" msgstr "您的显示器无法支持“firewall-config”UI。\n" -#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 +#: src/clients/firewall.rb:71 msgid "Either use the Yast2 command line or the 'firewall-cmd' utility." msgstr "使用 Yast2 命令行或“firewall-cmd”实用程序。" -#. TRANSLATORS: message popup -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: message popup +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:113 msgid "" "Firewall configuration cannot be changed.\n" "The SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed." @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ "无法更改防火墙配置。\n" "SuSEfirewall2 包未安装。" -#. RichText label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 +#. RichText label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:233 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "防火墙" -#. Menu label -#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 +#. Menu label +#: src/clients/firewall_proposal.rb:235 msgid "&Firewall" msgstr "防火墙(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:66 msgid "Another Firewall Active" msgstr "另一个防火墙处于活动状态" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup text +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:68 msgid "" "Another kind of firewall is active in your system.\n" "If you continue, SuSEfirewall2 may produce undefined errors.\n" @@ -62,13 +62,13 @@ "建议删除其它防火墙，然后再配置 SuSEfirewall2。\n" "继续配置吗？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:108 msgid "Aborting Firewall Configuration" msgstr "中止防火墙配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/complex.rb:110 msgid "" "All changes would be lost.\n" "Really abort configuration?\n" @@ -76,137 +76,137 @@ "所有更改都将丢失。\n" "是否确实要中止配置？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h1 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "启用防火墙自动启动(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: Radio selection, See #h2 +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "禁用防火墙自动启动(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describind #h1, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Enable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "启用防火墙自动启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text describing #h2, Do not use any shortcut +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Disable Firewall Automatic Starting" msgstr "禁用防火墙自动启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Firewall is running" msgstr "防火墙正在运行" -#. TRANSLATORS: status information -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: status information +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Firewall is not running" msgstr "防火墙未在运行" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:93 msgid "&Start Firewall Now" msgstr "立即启动防火墙(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "S&top Firewall Now" msgstr "立即停止防火墙(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动防火墙(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Start Firewall Now" msgstr "立即启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Stop Firewall Now" msgstr "立即停止防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Firewall Now" msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: Part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "防火墙设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:286 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:289 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:302 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:305 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:151 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:153 msgid "Interfaces" msgstr "接口" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:313 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Allowed Services" msgstr "允许的服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Network Masquerading" msgstr "网络掩蔽" -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:334 src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:210 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "掩蔽" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:351 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "广播" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:379 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:382 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:840 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:740 msgid "Logging Level" msgstr "日志记录级别" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item -#. Example: -#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 -#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] -#. -#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". -#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: tree menu item +#. Example: +#. All requests from network 80.44.11.0/24 to UDP port 53 originating on port 53 +#. $[ "network" : "80.44.11.0/24", "protocol" : "udp", "dport" : "53", "sport" : "53" ] +#. +#. Possible keys for parameters are "network", "protocol", "dport" and "sport". +#. Mandatory are "network" and "protocol". +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:390 src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:464 msgid "Custom Rules" msgstr "自定义规则" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption -#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of dialog caption +#: src/include/firewall/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Summary" msgstr "小结" -#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 +#. TRANSLATORS: Read dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Reading Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." @@ -214,8 +214,8 @@ "<big>正在读取防火墙配置</big>\n" " 请稍候..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 +#. TRANSLATORS: Write dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Saving Firewall Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait..." @@ -223,8 +223,8 @@ "<big>正在保存防火墙配置</big>\n" " 请稍候..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 +#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall interfaces dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Interfaces</big>\n" " Here, assign your network devices into firewall zones\n" @@ -242,25 +242,24 @@ "将您的网络设备指定给防火墙区域。\n" "\n" "请使用\n" -"自定义来输入特殊字符串，诸如 <tt>any</tt>。您还可以在此处输入尚未配置" -"的接口。如果需要掩蔽，字符串 <tt>any</tt> 是不受支持的。\n" +"自定义来输入特殊字符串，诸如 <tt>any</tt>。您还可以在此处输入尚未配置的接口。如果需要掩蔽，字符串 <tt>any</tt> 是不受支持的。\n" "\n" "所有网络设备均应指定给某个防火墙区域。\n" "通过任何未指定接口的网络流量均将被阻塞。\n" -#. Network Manager -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces -#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool -#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) -#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) -#. sformat(_("You are currently using NetworkManager to control your -#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using -#. Custom. Otherwise your configuration might not work. -#. "), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" -#. ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 +#. Network Manager +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: Optional help text for Firewall interfaces +#. // Used only when the network interfaces are handled by the Network Manager tool +#. // %1 is a string 'any' (by default) +#. // %2 is a zone name 'External Zone' (by default) +#. sformat(_("You are currently using NetworkManager to control your +#. network interfaces. You should insert a string '%1' into the zone '%2' using +#. Custom. Otherwise your configuration might not work. +#. "), SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_string, SuSEFirewall::GetZoneFullName(SuSEFirewall::special_all_interface_zone)):"" +#. ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Allowed Services</big>\n" " Specify services or ports that should be accessible from the network.\n" @@ -268,38 +267,32 @@ "\n" "To allow a service, select the Zone and the\n" "Service to Allow then press Add.\n" -"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed " -"Service then press Delete.\n" +"To remove an allowed service, select the Zone and the Allowed Service then press Delete.\n" "\n" "By deselecting Protect Firewall from Internal Zone, you remove\n" -"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network " -"will\n" +"protection from the zone. All services and ports in your internal network will\n" "be unprotected.\n" msgstr "" "<big>允许的服务</big>\n" " 指定应可从网络访问的服务或端口。\n" "网络分为如果干个防火墙区域。\n" "\n" -"要允许访问某个服务，请依次选择区域和要允许的服务，然后按" -"添加。\n" -"要去除允许的服务，请依次选择区域和允许的服务，然后按删除" -"。\n" +"要允许访问某个服务，请依次选择区域和要允许的服务，然后按添加。\n" +"要去除允许的服务，请依次选择区域和允许的服务，然后按删除。\n" "\n" "取消选择从内部区域保护防火墙，\n" "您将去除对该区域的保护。\n" "您内部网络的全部服务和端口将不再受到保护。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: Allowed services dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "Additional settings can be configured using Advanced.\n" -"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC " -"ports and\n" +"Entries must be separated by a space. There you can allow TCP, UDP, and RPC ports and\n" "IP protocols.\n" "TCP and UDP ports can be entered as port names (<tt>ftp-data</tt>),\n" "port numbers (<tt>3128</tt>), and port ranges (<tt>8000:8520</tt>).\n" -"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or " -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" +"RPC ports must be entered as service names (<tt>portmap</tt> or <tt>nlockmgr</tt>).\n" "Enter IP protocols as the protocol name (<tt>esp</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -312,14 +305,12 @@ " 将 IP 协议输入为协议名称 (<tt>esp</tt>)。\n" " \n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base masquerade dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:100 msgid "" "<big>Masquerading</big>\n" -" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your " -"firewall and allows\n" -"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, " -"transparently. Requests\n" +" Masquerading is a function that hides your internal network behind your firewall and allows\n" +"your internal network to access the external network, such as the Internet, transparently. Requests\n" "from the external network to the internal one are blocked.\n" "Select Masquerade Networks to masquerade your networks\n" "to the external network.\n" @@ -331,19 +322,15 @@ "选择掩蔽网络可对外部网络掩蔽\n" "您的网络。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 +#. TRANSLATORS: Redirect-masquerade table dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal " -"network, it is possible to\n" -"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal " -"IP. \n" -"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form." -"\n" +"Although requests from the external network cannot reach your internal network, it is possible to\n" +"transparently redirect any requested ports on your firewall to any internal IP. \n" +"To add a new redirect rule, press Add and complete the redirect form.\n" "\n" -"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete</" -"b>.\n" +"To removed any redirect rule, select it in the table and press Delete.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "尽管来自外部网络的请求无法访问您的内部网络，\n" @@ -352,26 +339,20 @@ "\n" "要去除任何重定向规则，请在表中选择它，然后按下删除。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: Simple broadcast configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Configuration</big>\n" -" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to " -"find \n" +" Broadcast packets are special UDP packets sent to the whole network to find \n" "neighboring computers or send information to each computer in the network.\n" -"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues " -"using broadcast packets.\n" +"For example, CUPS servers provide information about their printing queues using broadcast packets.\n" "\n" -"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add " -"needed broadcast\n" -"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated " -"ports for\n" +"SuSEfirewall2 services selected in allowed interfaces automatically add needed broadcast\n" +"ports here. To remove any or add any others, edit lists of space-separated ports for\n" "particular zones.\n" "\n" -"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of " -"packets in wider networks.\n" -"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast " -"Packets\n" +"Other dropped broadcast packets are logged. It could be quite a lot of packets in wider networks.\n" +"To suppress logging of these packets, deselect Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets\n" "for the desired zones.\n" msgstr "" "<big>广播配置</big>\n" @@ -387,65 +368,51 @@ "为了限制对这些包的记录，\n" "请对所需区域取消选择记录未接受的广播包。\n" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Broadcast Reply</big> \n" -"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their " -"reply\n" -"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP " -"browsing.\n" +"Firewall usually drops packets that are sent by another machines as their reply\n" +"to broadcast packets sent by your system, e.g., Samba browsing or SLP browsing.\n" "\n" -"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the " -"firewall. Use Add\n" -"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also " -"choose from\n" +"Here you can configure which packets are allowed to pass through the firewall. Use Add\n" +"button to add a new rule. You will have to choose the firewall zone and also choose from\n" "some already defined services or set your rule completely manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>广播答复</big> \n" "防火墙通常会丢弃其他计算机为答复您系统所发送的广播包而发送的包，\n" "例如，Samba 浏览或 SLP 浏览。\n" "\n" -"在此，您可以配置哪些包允许穿越防火墙。使用添加按钮可添加一条新规" -"则。\n" -"您将需要选择防火墙区域，并从一些已定义的服务中选择服务，或完全手动设置您的规" -"则。\n" +"在此，您可以配置哪些包允许穿越防火墙。使用添加按钮可添加一条新规则。\n" +"您将需要选择防火墙区域，并从一些已定义的服务中选择服务，或完全手动设置您的规则。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base IPsec configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:142 msgid "" "<big>IPsec Support</big>\n" -" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks " -"through untrusted networks, such as\n" +" IPsec is an encrypted communication between trusted hosts or networks through untrusted networks, such as\n" "the Internet. This dialog opens IPsec for an external zone using\n" "Enabled.\n" "\n" "Details configures how to handle successfully decrypted\n" -"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the " -"internal zone.\n" +"IPsec packets. For example, they could be handled as if they were from the internal zone.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPsec 支持</big>\n" -" Ipsec 是可信主机或网络之间在通过不可信网络诸如因特网时采用的一种加密通信" -"方式。此对话框将为\n" +" Ipsec 是可信主机或网络之间在通过不可信网络诸如因特网时采用的一种加密通信方式。此对话框将为\n" "已启用该功能的外部区域打开 Ipsec。\n" "\n" "细节配置如何处理已成功解密的\n" " Ipsec 包。例如，它们可能象是来自内部区域一样被处理。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Logging configuration dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Logging Level</big>\n" -" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. " -"Here,\n" -"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not " -"logged at all.\n" +" This is a base configuration dialog for IP packet logging settings. Here,\n" +"configure logging for incoming connection packets. Outgoing ones are not logged at all.\n" "\n" -"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and " -"Not Accepted Packets.\n" -"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All " -"for logging every\n" -"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do " -"Not Log Any\n" +"There are two groups of logged IP packets: Accepted Packets and Not Accepted Packets.\n" +"You can choose from three levels of logging for each group: Log All for logging every\n" +"packet, Log Only Critical for logging only interesting ones, or Do Not Log Any\n" "for no logging. You should log at least critical accepted packets.\n" msgstr "" "<big>日志记录级别</big>\n" @@ -453,33 +420,27 @@ "请配置传入连接包的日志记录级别。传出包完全不记录。\n" " \n" " 被记录的 IP 包分为两组：接受的包和未接受的包。\n" -" 您可以从以下三种日志记录级别中为每个组选择一个级别：全部记录表示记录" -"所有\n" +" 您可以从以下三种日志记录级别中为每个组选择一个级别：全部记录表示记录所有\n" "包，只记录关键信息表示仅记录感兴趣的包，不记录任何信息\n" "表示不作记录。您应至少记录关键的已接受的包。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Base Summary dialog help +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<big>Summary</big>\n" " Here, find a summary of your configuration settings.\n" -"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each " -"firewall zone.\n" +"This summary is divided into general configuration and parts for each firewall zone.\n" "Every existing zone is summarized here.\n" "\n" "Firewall Starting shows whether the firewall is started in the\n" "boot process or only manually.\n" "\n" -"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the " -"following items in the summary:\n" +"Firewall zones must have a network interface assigned to list the following items in the summary:\n" "\n" -"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration " -"name and device name.\n" +"Interfaces: All interfaces are listed using their configuration name and device name.\n" "\n" -"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed " -"network services, additional\n" -"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC " -"(Remote Procedure Call)\n" +"Open Services, Ports, and Protocols: This lists all allowed network services, additional\n" +"TCP (Transmission Control Protocol), UDP (User Datagram Protocol), and RPC (Remote Procedure Call)\n" "ports, and IP (Internet Protocol) protocols.\n" msgstr "" "<big>摘要</big>\n" @@ -498,8 +459,8 @@ "TCP(传送控制协议)端口、UDP(用户数据报文协议)端口和 RPC(远程过程调用)\n" "端口以及 IP(因特网协议)协议。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 1/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Here, enter additional\n" "ports or protocols to enable in the firewall zone." @@ -507,9 +468,9 @@ "在此处，可以输入要在\n" "防火墙区域中启用的其它端口或协议。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 2/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "TCP Ports and UDP Ports can be entered as\n" "a list of port numbers, port names, or port ranges separated by spaces,\n" @@ -519,20 +480,19 @@ "使用空格隔开的端口号、端口名称或端口范围的列表，\n" "例如 <tt>22</tt>、<tt>http</tt> 或 <tt>137:139</tt>。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 3/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "RPC Ports is a list of RPC services, such as\n" -"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." -"" +"<tt>nlockmgr</tt>, <tt>ypbind</tt>, or <tt>portmap</tt>, separated by spaces." msgstr "" "RPC 端口是 RPC 服务的列表（例如\n" "<tt>nlockmgr</tt>、<tt>ypbind</tt> 或 <tt>portmap</tt>），使用空格隔开。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 4/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "IP Protocols is a list of protocols, such as\n" "<tt>esp</tt>, <tt>smp</tt>, or <tt>chaos</tt>, separated by spaces.\n" @@ -544,12 +504,11 @@ "请在以下地址查找当前协议列表\n" "http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 -#. please, do not modify examples -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 5/6 +#. please, do not modify examples +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:206 msgid "" -"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that " -"represent\n" +"The Port Range consists of two colon-separated numbers that represent\n" "all numbers inside the range including the numbers themselves.\n" "The first port number must be lower than the second one,\n" "for example, <tt>200:215</tt>." @@ -559,8 +518,8 @@ "第一个端口号必须小于第二个端口号，\n" "例如，<tt>200:215</tt>。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 +#. TRANSLATORS: Additional Services dialog help 6/6 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "The Port Name is a name assigned to a port number by the IANA\n" "organization. One port number can have multiple port names assigned. Find\n" @@ -570,18 +529,17 @@ "名称。一个端口号可以指派多个端口名称。请在\n" "<tt>/etc/services</tt> 文件中查找当前指派的名称。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Installation Proposal Dialog +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Firewall</big> \n" -"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" +"A firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" msgstr "" "<big>防火墙</big> \n" "防火墙是保护您的计算机免受网络攻击的防护机制。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 1/5 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:223 msgid "" "<big>Custom Rules</big> \n" "Set special firewall rules that allow new connections\n" @@ -590,9 +548,9 @@ "<big>自定义规则</big> \n" "设置特殊防火墙规则，只允许与这些规则匹配的新连接通过。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 2/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 1/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:229 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "Source Network \n" "Network or IP address where the connection comes from,\n" @@ -604,9 +562,9 @@ "<tt>192.168.0.1</tt> 或 <tt>192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0</tt>\n" "或 <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> 或 <tt>0/0</tt>（表示<tt>全部</tt>）。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 3/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 2/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:236 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "Protocol \n" "Protocol used by that packet. Special protocol <tt>RPC</tt> is used for\n" @@ -616,9 +574,9 @@ "数据包所用的协议。特殊协议 <tt>RPC</tt> 用于\n" "RPC 服务。" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 4/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 3/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:242 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "Destination Port \n" "Port name, port number or range of ports that are allowed to be\n" @@ -632,9 +590,9 @@ "如果是 <tt>RPC</tt> 协议，使用 RPC 服务名。\n" "此项是可选的。" -#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 -#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 +#. TRANSLATORS: general help for Custom Rules 5/5 +#. TRANSLATORS: help for Custom Rules - Adding new rule 4/4 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:250 src/include/firewall/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Source Port \n" "Port name, port number or range of ports where the packet\n" @@ -644,651 +602,646 @@ "包所源自的端口名称、端口号或端口范围。\n" "此项是可选的。" -#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 +#: src/include/firewall/helps.rb:289 msgid "FIXME: Help for '%1' is missing!" msgstr "FIXME：缺少“%1”的帮助！" -#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 +#. TRANSLATORS: Frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:87 msgid "Firewall Interfaces" msgstr "防火墙接口" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:95 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:97 msgid "Interface or String" msgstr "接口或字符串" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:99 msgid "Configured In" msgstr "配置位置" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:108 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "更改(&C)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:114 msgid "C&ustom..." msgstr "自定义(&U)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:128 msgid "Zone for Network Interface" msgstr "网络接口区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Interface Zone" msgstr "接口区域(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:182 msgid "Additional Interface Settings for Zones" msgstr "区域的附加接口设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:224 msgid "&Masquerade Networks" msgstr "掩蔽网络(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:267 msgid "All&owed Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "所选区域允许的服务(&O)" -#. items handled by replacepoint -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 +#. items handled by replacepoint +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:865 msgid "&Service to Allow" msgstr "要允许的服务(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:288 msgid "Allowed Service" msgstr "允许的服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:290 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:300 msgid "&Protect Firewall from Internal Zone" msgstr "从内部区域保护防火墙(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:322 msgid "A&dvanced..." msgstr "高级(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:339 msgid "Expert Rules Services for Selected Zone" msgstr "选定区域的专家规则服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:349 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1056 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1418 msgid "Source Network" msgstr "源网络" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:511 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1144 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1420 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:353 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1058 msgid "Destination Port" msgstr "目标端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:355 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Source Port" msgstr "源端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:386 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports" msgstr "允许的其它端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 +#. TRANSLATORS: label, %1 is a zone name like "External Zone" +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:392 msgid "Settings for Zone: %1" msgstr "区域的设置：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:395 msgid "&TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP 端口(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:397 msgid "&UDP Ports" msgstr "UDP 端口(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:399 msgid "&RPC Ports" msgstr "RPC 端口(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:404 msgid "&IP Protocols" msgstr "IP 协议(&I)" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:503 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "将请求重定向到掩蔽的 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:513 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1422 msgid "Req. IP" msgstr "请求的 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Req. == Requested +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Req.=Requested +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:515 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1424 msgid "Req. Port" msgstr "请求的端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:518 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1426 msgid "Redir. to IP" msgstr "重定向到 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 +#. TRANSLATORS: table header item, Redir. == Redirect +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item, Redir.=Redirect +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1428 msgid "Redir. to Port" msgstr "重定向到端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:546 msgid "Add Masqueraded Redirect Rule" msgstr "添加掩蔽重定向规则" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:550 msgid "Redirect Matching Rule:" msgstr "重定向匹配规则：" -#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 +#. TRANSLATORS: editable select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:557 msgid "&Source Network" msgstr "源网络(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:564 msgid "Re&quested IP (Optional)" msgstr "请求的 IP(&Q)（可选）" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1092 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1980 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "协议(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:580 msgid "R&equested Port" msgstr "请求的端口(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 +#. TRANSLATORS: section title in popup window +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:586 msgid "Redirection:" msgstr "重定向：" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:592 msgid "Re&direct to Masqueraded IP" msgstr "重定向到已掩蔽的 IP(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:599 msgid "&Redirect to Port (Optional)" msgstr "重定向到端口(&R)（可选）" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:831 msgid "Log All" msgstr "全部记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:833 msgid "Log Only Critical" msgstr "只记录关键信息" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:835 msgid "Do Not Log Any" msgstr "不记录任何信息" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:846 msgid "&Logging Accepted Packets" msgstr "记录接受的包(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:854 msgid "L&ogging Not Accepted Packets" msgstr "记录未接受的包(&O)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), -#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight( 4, -#. `Empty() -#. ), -#. `HWeight( 50, -#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), -#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), -#. GetZonesListedItems() -#. ) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `Left ( -#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term BroadcastConfigurationExpert () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Broadcast Configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `RadioButtonGroup (`id("broadcast_configuration"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `RadioButton (`id("drop_incoming"), _("Drop Incoming Broadcast")) ), +#. `Left( `RadioButton (`id("allow_incoming"), _("Allow Incoming Broadcast")) ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight( 4, +#. `Empty() +#. ), +#. `HWeight( 50, +#. `MultiSelectionBox (`id("accept_broadcast_packets"), +#. _("Firewall Zones Allowing Broadcast Packets"), +#. GetZonesListedItems() +#. ) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `Left ( +#. `CheckBox (`id("dropped_packets"), _("Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:899 msgid "Broadcast Configuration" msgstr "广播配置" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:908 msgid "Accepting the Broadcast Reply" msgstr "正在接受广播答复" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:614 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1142 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1189 msgid "Zone" msgstr "区域" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:911 msgid "Accepted from Network" msgstr "已从网络接受" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:916 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "添加(&A)..." -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:917 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight ( 3, -#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ -#. // FIXME: fake items -#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), -#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") -#. ]) -#. ), -#. `HWeight ( 1, -#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), -#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) -#. ])), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), -#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term HierarchicalTokenBucket () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Hierarchical Token Bucket"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left ( `Label (_("Adjust upstream limit for selected interface")) ), +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight ( 3, +#. `ComboBox (`id("htb_interface"), _("Interface"), [ +#. // FIXME: fake items +#. `item(`id(1), "RTL-8139 / eth-aa-bb-cc-dd-ee"), +#. `item(`id(1), "Askey 815C / modem0") +#. ]) +#. ), +#. `HWeight ( 1, +#. `InputField (`id("htb_unit"), `opt(`hsquash), _("kbit/sec.")) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term AdvancedSecuritySettings () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("Advanced Security Settings"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Left( `ComboBox (`id("disallowed_packets"), _("Disallowed Packets"), [ +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Drop")), +#. `item(`id("drop"), _("Reject")) +#. ])), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("block_new_connections"), _("Block New Connections from This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_ping"), _("Allow to Ping This Host")) ), +#. `Left ( `CheckBox (`id("allow_traceroute"), _("Allow Traceroute through This Host")) ) +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:971 msgid "IPsec Support" msgstr "IPsec 支持" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:974 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "已启用(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:977 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "细节(&D)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box item, trust IPsec packet the same as the origin of the packet +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:990 msgid "Same Zone as Original Source Network" msgstr "与原始源网络相同的区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:996 msgid "IPsec Zone" msgstr "IPsec 区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: select box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 +#. TRANSLATORS: select box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1003 msgid "&Trust IPsec As" msgstr "信任 IPsec 为(&T)" -#. Only for Expert configuration -#. -#. term IPv6Support () { -#. term dialog = `Frame ( -#. _("IPv6 Support"), -#. `VBox ( -#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") -#. ) -#. ); -#. -#. return dialog; -#. } -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 +#. Only for Expert configuration +#. +#. term IPv6Support () { +#. term dialog = `Frame ( +#. _("IPv6 Support"), +#. `VBox ( +#. `Label ("H I C S U N T L E O N E S") +#. ) +#. ); +#. +#. return dialog; +#. } +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Custom Allowed Rules" msgstr "自定义允许规则" -#. TRANSLATORS: combo box -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 +#. TRANSLATORS: combo box +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Firewall &Zone" msgstr "防火墙区域(&Z)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1060 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1082 msgid "Add New Allowing Rule" msgstr "添加新的允许规则" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1087 msgid "Source &Network" msgstr "源网络(&N)" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1106 msgid "&Destination Port (Optional)" msgstr "目标端口(&D)（可选）" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1111 msgid "&Source Port (Optional)" msgstr "源端口(&S)（可选）" -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1116 msgid "Additional &Options (Optional)" msgstr "附加选项（可选）(&O)" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label in dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1144 msgid "Creating summary..." msgstr "正在创建摘要..." -#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog -#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box in summary dialog +#: src/include/firewall/subdialogs.rb:1147 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "显示细节(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:53 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:55 msgid "UDP Ports" msgstr "UDP 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:57 msgid "RPC Services" msgstr "RPC 服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:59 msgid "IP Protocols" msgstr "IP 协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary item label +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:61 msgid "Broadcast Ports" msgstr "广播端口" -#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? -#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") -#. : -#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 +#. (NetworkService::IsManaged() ? +#. // TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#. _("All network interfaces handled by NetworkManager and all other unassigned interfaces will be assigned to this zone.") +#. : +#. TRANSLATORS: an informative text, text presented in HTML - newlines are not needed +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:107 msgid "Any unassigned interface will be assigned to this zone." msgstr "任何未指派的接口都将被指派到此区域。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:114 msgid "Currently supported only in external zone." msgstr "当前仅在外部区域中支持。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:121 msgid "Unknown network interface." msgstr "未知网络接口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:198 msgid "No interfaces assigned to this zone." msgstr "未向该区域指派任何接口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:349 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:351 msgid "Open Services, Ports, and Protocols" msgstr "打开的服务、端口和协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:362 msgid "Internal zone is unprotected. All ports are open." msgstr "内部区域未受保护。所有端口都是打开的。" -#. TRANSLATORS: informative text -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: informative text +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:431 msgid "Zone has no open ports." msgstr "区域没有打开的端口。" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:473 msgid "%1 custom rules are defined" msgstr "定义了 %1 个自定义规则" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 -msgid "" -"Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source " -"port: %4, Options: %5" -msgstr "" -"网络：%1，协议：%2，目标端口：%3，源端口：%4，选" -"项：%5" +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:486 +msgid "Network: %1, Protocol: %2, Destination port: %3, Source port: %4, Options: %5" +msgstr "网络：%1，协议：%2，目标端口：%3，源端口：%4，选项：%5" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:489 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:492 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:499 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:504 msgid "All" msgstr "全部" -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:507 msgid "None" msgstr "无" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header -#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine Summary header +#. TRANSLATORS: UI Summary header +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:547 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:549 msgid "Firewall Starting" msgstr "防火墙启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:563 msgid "Enable firewall automatic starting" msgstr "启用防火墙自动启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:575 msgid "Disable firewall automatic starting" msgstr "禁用防火墙自动启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:592 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "配置写入后启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:605 msgid "Firewall starts after the configuration has been written" msgstr "配置写入后启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 -msgid "" -"Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:622 +msgid "Firewall will be stopped after the configuration has been written" msgstr "配置写入后将停止防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:637 msgid "Firewall will not start after the configuration has been written" msgstr "配置写入后不启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary text item +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:659 src/include/firewall/summary.rb:661 msgid "Unassigned Interfaces" msgstr "未指派的接口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary -#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning plain text in summary +#: src/include/firewall/summary.rb:690 msgid "No network traffic is permitted through these interfaces." msgstr "不允许通过这些接口进行任何网络交通。" -#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be started after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 +#. Function starts Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be started after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:136 msgid "Starting firewall..." msgstr "正在启动防火墙..." -#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall -#. to be stopped after exiting YaST -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 +#. Function stops Firewall services and sets firewall +#. to be stopped after exiting YaST +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:147 msgid "Stopping firewall..." msgstr "正在关闭防火墙..." -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:184 msgid "No zone assigned" msgstr "未指派任何区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 +#. TRANSLATORS: table item, "User defined string" instead of Device_name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:224 msgid "Custom string" msgstr "自定义字符串" -#. interface could be unassigned -#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 +#. interface could be unassigned +#. TRANSLATORAS: selection box item, connected with firewall zone of interface +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:288 msgid "No Zone Assigned" msgstr "未指派任何区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:487 msgid "Port number %1 is invalid." msgstr "端口号 %1 无效。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, -#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 stands for the port number, +#. %2 stands for, e.g., port range, where the wrong port definition %1 was found +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:492 msgid "Port number %1 in definition %2 is invalid." msgstr "定义 %2 中的端口号 %1 无效。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:500 msgid "Invalid Port Definition" msgstr "端口定义无效" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number -#. that is possible to use in port-range -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the maximal port number +#. that is possible to use in port-range +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:506 msgid "The port number must be in the interval from 1 to %1 (inclusive)." msgstr "该端口号必须在从 1 到 %1（含）的间隔之间。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:584 msgid "Invalid Port Range Definition" msgstr "无效的端口范围定义" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-range defined by user +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:587 msgid "" "Port range %1 is invalid.\n" "It must be defined as the min_port_number:max_port_number and\n" @@ -1298,13 +1251,13 @@ "端口范围必须定义为最小端口号：最大端口号，\n" "且最大端口号必须大于最小端口号。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:604 msgid "Unknown Port Name" msgstr "未知端口名" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 is a port-name +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:607 msgid "" "Port name %1 is unknown in your current system.\n" "It probably would not work.\n" @@ -1314,13 +1267,13 @@ "它可能不起作用。\n" "确实要使用该端口吗？\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup headline +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:636 msgid "Invalid Additional Service Definition" msgstr "附加服务定义无效" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, %1 stands for the wrong settings (might be quite long) +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:639 msgid "" "It appears that the additional service settings\n" "%1\n" @@ -1334,28 +1287,27 @@ "不允许使用逗号。\n" "是否确实使用当前设置？" -#. : -#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) -#. ) -#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? -#. TRANSLATORS: informative label -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 -msgid "" -"Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." +#. : +#. `Left(`Label("FIXME: missing functionality for expert configuration")) +#. ) +#. (!IsThisExpertConfiguration() ? +#. TRANSLATORS: informative label +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1035 +msgid "Masquerading needs at least one external interface and one other interface." msgstr "掩蔽至少需要一个外部接口和另一个接口。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1056 msgid "This entry must be completed." msgstr "必须完成此项。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right port definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1080 msgid "Wrong port definition." msgstr "端口定义错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1107 msgid "" "Wrong port definition.\n" "No port number found for this port name.\n" @@ -1365,18 +1317,18 @@ "未找到与此端口名对应的端口号。\n" "请使用端口号而不是端口名。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup message, right definition is two lines below this message +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1136 msgid "Invalid IP definition." msgstr "无效的 IP 定义。" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1463 msgid "&Log Not Accepted Broadcast Packets" msgstr "记录未接受的广播包(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1524 msgid "" "Firewall automatic starting has been disabled\n" "but firewall is currently running.\n" @@ -1388,655 +1340,655 @@ "\n" "在写入新配置后停止防火墙吗？\n" -#. network is mandatory -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 +#. network is mandatory +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1703 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1910 msgid "Invalid network definition '%1'" msgstr "网络定义“%1”无效" -#. destination port is optional -#. source port is optional -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 +#. destination port is optional +#. source port is optional +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1721 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1752 msgid "Invalid port range '%1'" msgstr "端口范围“%1”无效" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1733 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1764 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1924 msgid "Invalid port name or number '%1'" msgstr "端口名称或端口号“%1”无效" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1827 msgid "All services using UDP" msgstr "使用 UDP 的所有服务" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1829 msgid "All services using TCP" msgstr "使用 TCP 的所有服务" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1831 msgid "Samba browsing" msgstr "Samba 浏览" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1833 msgid "SLP browsing" msgstr "SLP 浏览" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1845 msgid "All networks" msgstr "所有网络" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1847 msgid "Subnet: %1" msgstr "子网：%1" -#. hard-coded default -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 +#. hard-coded default +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1952 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "区域(&Z)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1956 msgid "&Network" msgstr "网络(&N)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1963 msgid "&Service" msgstr "服务(&S)" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1969 msgid "User-defined service" msgstr "用户定义的服务" -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:1994 msgid "Po&rt" msgstr "端口(&R)" -#. redraw table -#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 +#. redraw table +#: src/include/firewall/uifunctions.rb:2089 msgid "Select an item to delete." msgstr "选择要删除的项目。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:56 msgid "Firewall configuration" msgstr "防火墙设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:65 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "启动设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:71 msgid "Known firewall zones" msgstr "已知防火墙区域" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:79 msgid "Network interfaces configuration" msgstr "网络接口配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:90 msgid "Allowed services, ports, and protocols" msgstr "允许的服务、端口和协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:103 msgid "Broadcast packet settings" msgstr "广播包设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:111 msgid "Masquerading settings" msgstr "掩蔽设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:117 msgid "Redirect requests to masqueraded IP" msgstr "将请求重定向到掩蔽的 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:125 msgid "Logging settings" msgstr "日志记录设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:134 msgid "Firewall configuration summary" msgstr "防火墙配置摘要" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:142 msgid "Enables firewall" msgstr "启用防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:148 msgid "Disables firewall" msgstr "禁用防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:155 msgid "Show current settings" msgstr "显示当前设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:159 msgid "Start firewall in the boot process" msgstr "在引导进程中启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:165 msgid "Start firewall manually" msgstr "手动启动防火墙" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:171 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "列出已经配置的条目" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:178 msgid "Zone short name" msgstr "区域简称" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:182 msgid "Add a new record" msgstr "添加新记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:186 msgid "Remove a record" msgstr "删除记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:191 msgid "Network interface configuration name" msgstr "网络接口配置名称" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:198 msgid "Logging accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "记录接受的包 (all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:205 msgid "Logging not accepted packets (all|crit|none)" msgstr "记录未接受的包 (all|crit|none)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:212 msgid "Logging broadcast packets (yes|no)" msgstr "记录广播包 (yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:218 msgid "Set value" msgstr "设置值" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:223 msgid "Port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "端口名或端口号；逗号分隔的多个端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:230 msgid "Known firewall service; comma-separate multiple services" msgstr "已知防火墙服务；逗号分隔的多个服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:237 msgid "TCP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "TCP 端口名或端口号；逗号分隔的多个端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:244 msgid "UDP port name or number; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "UDP 端口名或端口号；逗号分隔的多个端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:251 msgid "RPC port name; comma-separate multiple ports" msgstr "RPC 端口名；逗号分隔的多个端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:258 msgid "IP protocol name; comma-separate multiple protocols" msgstr "IP 协议名；逗号分隔的多个协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:265 msgid "Set zone protection (yes|no)" msgstr "设置区域保护 (yes|no)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:271 msgid "Detailed information" msgstr "详细信息" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:275 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "启用选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:279 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "禁用选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:284 msgid "Source network, such as 0/0 or 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" msgstr "源网络，例如 0/0 或 145.12.35.0/255.255.255.0" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:291 msgid "Protocol (tcp|udp)" msgstr "协议 (tcp|udp)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:296 msgid "Requested external IP (optional)" msgstr "请求的外部 IP(可选)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:303 msgid "Requested port name or number" msgstr "请求的端口名或端口号" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:310 msgid "Redirect to internal IP" msgstr "重定向到内部 IP" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:317 msgid "Redirect to port on internal IP (optional)" msgstr "重定向到内部 IP 上的端口(可选)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:324 msgid "Record number" msgstr "记录号" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:328 msgid "Use port names instead of port numbers" msgstr "使用端口名而不是端口号" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is a firewall zone shortcut +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is zone +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:405 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1556 msgid "Unknown zone %1." msgstr "未知区域 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error, %1 is needed parameter name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:418 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:629 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:636 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:668 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:675 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:940 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1455 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1530 msgid "Parameter %1 must be set." msgstr "必须设置参数 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:429 msgid "Listing Known Firewall Zones:" msgstr "正在列出已知防火墙区域：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:444 msgid "Shortcut" msgstr "快捷方式" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:446 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:788 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:908 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "区域名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:491 msgid "Summary:" msgstr "摘要：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:516 msgid "Only one parameter is allowed." msgstr "只允许一个参数。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:538 msgid "Start-Up:" msgstr "启动：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:523 msgid "Enabling firewall in the boot process..." msgstr "正在引导进程中启用防火墙..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:532 msgid "Removing firewall from the boot process..." msgstr "正在从引导进程中删除防火墙..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:542 msgid "Firewall is enabled in the boot process" msgstr "引导进程中防火墙已启用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:545 msgid "Firewall needs manual starting" msgstr "防火墙需要手动启动" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:578 msgid "Network Interfaces in Firewall Zones:" msgstr "防火墙区域中的网络接口：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (unknown/special string/interface) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:596 msgid "Special firewall string" msgstr "特殊防火墙字符串" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:616 msgid "Interface" msgstr "接口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:618 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:645 msgid "Adding special string %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "正在将特殊字符串 %1 添加到区域 %2 中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:655 msgid "Adding interface %1 into zone %2..." msgstr "正在将接口 %1 添加到区域 %2 中..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the special string, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:684 msgid "Removing special string %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "正在将特殊字符串 %1 从区域 %2 中删除..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine progress information, %1 is the network interface name, %2 is the zone name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:694 msgid "Removing interface %1 from zone %2..." msgstr "正在将接口 %1 从区域 %2 中删除..." -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:715 msgid "Log all" msgstr "全部记录" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:717 msgid "Log only critical" msgstr "只记录关键信息" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:719 msgid "Do not log any" msgstr "不记录任何信息" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:729 msgid "Global Logging Settings:" msgstr "全局日志记录设置：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:737 msgid "Rule Type" msgstr "规则类型" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:739 msgid "Value" msgstr "数值" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:745 msgid "Accepted" msgstr "已接受" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:751 msgid "Not accepted" msgstr "不可接受" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:763 msgid "Logging Broadcast Packets:" msgstr "日志记录广播包：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:776 msgid "Logging enabled" msgstr "日志记录已启用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:778 msgid "Logging disabled" msgstr "日志记录已禁用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:786 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:906 msgid "Short" msgstr "短" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:790 msgid "Logging Status" msgstr "日志记录状态" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is an option value, %2 is an option name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:807 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:822 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:851 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1275 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1481 msgid "Value %1 is not allowed for option %2." msgstr "选项 %2 不允许值 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:891 msgid "Allowed Broadcast Ports:" msgstr "允许的广播端口：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:910 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1146 msgid "Port" msgstr "端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:921 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1317 msgid "Only one action command is allowed here." msgstr "这里只允许一个操作命令。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:987 msgid "Defined Firewall Services:" msgstr "已定义的防火墙服务：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:998 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1416 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1000 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1101 msgid "Service Name" msgstr "服务名称" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1022 msgid "TCP port" msgstr "TCP 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1024 msgid "UDP port" msgstr "UDP 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1026 msgid "RPC port" msgstr "RPC 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1028 msgid "IP protocol" msgstr "IP 协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1034 msgid "Allowed Services in Zones:" msgstr "区域中允许的服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all firewall services are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1047 msgid "All services" msgstr "所有服务" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (this zone is not protected at all) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1050 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1127 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1176 msgid "Entire zone unprotected" msgstr "整个区域不受保护" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1099 msgid "Service ID" msgstr "服务 ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1111 msgid "Additional Allowed Ports:" msgstr "允许的其它端口：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all ports are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1124 msgid "All ports" msgstr "所有端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1158 msgid "Allowed Additional IP Protocols in Zones:" msgstr "区域中允许的其它 IP 协议：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table item (all protocols are allowed in this zone) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1173 msgid "All IP protocols" msgstr "所有 IP 协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine table header item +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1191 msgid "IP Protocol" msgstr "IP 协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a service id +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1212 msgid "Unknown service %1." msgstr "未知服务 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1285 msgid "Protection can only be set for internal zones." msgstr "只能为内部区域设置保护。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible entries (without translation) +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1346 msgid "At least one of %1 must be set." msgstr "至少必须设置一个 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a list of possible action commands +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1361 msgid "At least one action command from %1 must be set." msgstr "至少必须设置 %1 中的一个操作命令。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1378 msgid "Redirect Requests to Masqueraded IP:" msgstr "将请求重定向到掩蔽的 IP：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message, %1 is a port name +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1504 msgid "Unknown port name %1." msgstr "未知端口名 %1。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine header +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1570 msgid "Masquerading Settings:" msgstr "掩蔽设置：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or -#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, either "everywhere" or +#. "in the %1 zone" where %1 is zone name. +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1576 msgid "everywhere" msgstr "所有位置" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1577 msgid "in the %1 zone" msgstr "在 %1 区域中" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" -#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine informative text, %1 is "enabled" or "disabled" +#. %2 is previously mentioned zone_msg +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1583 msgid "Masquerading is %1 %2" msgstr "掩蔽为 %1 %2" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1586 msgid "enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine masquerade status +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewallCMDLine.rb:1588 msgid "disabled" msgstr "已禁用" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/firstboot.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,14 +14,14 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:65 msgid "Firstboot Configuration" msgstr "首次引导配置" -#. text label, describing the check box meaning -#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 +#. text label, describing the check box meaning +#. keep in 2 lines with roughly the same length +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:71 msgid "" "Check Enable Firstboot Sequence here to start YaST\n" "firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" @@ -29,109 +29,106 @@ "在此选中“启用首次引导顺序”以在配置完毕首次引导时启动 YaST\n" "首次引导实用工具。\n" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:79 msgid "Enable Firstboot Sequence" msgstr "启用首次引导顺序" -#. help text -#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 +#. help text +#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on " -"the first boot after configuration.\n" -"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." -"\n" +"Check Enable Firstboot Sequence to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.\n" +"Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.\n" msgstr "" -"选中启用首次启动顺序以在配置完毕后首次引导时启动 YaST 首次引导实用" -"工具。\n" +"选中启用首次启动顺序以在配置完毕后首次引导时启动 YaST 首次引导实用工具。\n" "其他信息，请参见 yast2-firstboot 模块的文档。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. -#. ** -#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of Firstboot +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Main file for firstboot configuration. Uses all other files. +#. ** +#. <h3>Configuration of firstboot</h3> +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:48 msgid "Empty" msgstr "空" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:49 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:50 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:54 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:57 msgid "First Boot Configuration" msgstr "首次启动配置" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:59 msgid "&Up" msgstr "上移(&U)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:60 msgid "D&own" msgstr "下移(&O)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:61 msgid "Enab&le or Disable" msgstr "启用或禁用(&L)" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Step" msgstr "步骤" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Label" msgstr "标签" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 +#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68 msgid "Module Name" msgstr "模块名" -#. translators: dialog text -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 +#. translators: dialog text +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90 msgid "" "Select the desktop environment \n" "to use from the list below.\n" msgstr "从以下列表中选择要使用的桌面环境。\n" -#. help text fro desktop dialog -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 +#. help text fro desktop dialog +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:105 msgid "" "<h3>Desktop Selections</h3>\n" "This system has more than one desktop environment installed. Select\n" @@ -141,31 +138,31 @@ "此系统安装了多个桌面环境。请选择\n" "要启用为默认桌面的桌面。" -#. translators: dialog title -#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 +#. translators: dialog title +#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:113 msgid "Select Your Default Desktop" msgstr "选择您的默认桌面" -#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically -#. be started after this part of the installation is done? -#. Translators: About 40 characters max, -#. use newlines for longer translations. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 +#. Check box: Should the YaST2 control center automatically +#. be started after this part of the installation is done? +#. Translators: About 40 characters max, +#. use newlines for longer translations. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:64 msgid "&Start YaST Control Center" msgstr "启动 YaST 控制中心(&S)" -#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 +#. caption for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:70 msgid "Configuration Completed" msgstr "配置完成" -#. congratulation text 1/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 +#. congratulation text 1/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:73 msgid "Congratulations!" msgstr "恭喜！" -#. congratulation text 2/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 +#. congratulation text 2/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:75 msgid "" "The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" @@ -173,32 +170,32 @@ "已在您的计算机上完成 &product; 的安装。\n" "单击完成后，就可以登录该系统了。\n" -#. congratulation text 3/4 -#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language -#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 +#. congratulation text 3/4 +#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language +#. change the address accordingly. If in doubt leave the original. +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:81 msgid "Visit us at www.suse.com." msgstr "请访问我们的网站 www.suse.com。" -#. congratulation text 4/4 -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 +#. congratulation text 4/4 +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:83 msgid "Have a lot of fun! Your SuSE Development Team" msgstr "祝您使用愉快！ 您的 SUSE 开发团队" -#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 +#. help 1/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:112 msgid "Your system is ready for use." msgstr "您的系统可以使用了。" -#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 +#. help 2/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:114 msgid "" "Finish will close the YaST installation and continue\n" "to the login screen.\n" msgstr "完成将关闭 YaST 安装并进入登录屏幕。\n" -#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 +#. help 3/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:118 msgid "" "If you choose the default graphical desktop KDE, you can\n" "adjust some KDE settings to your hardware. Also notice\n" @@ -208,22 +205,20 @@ "针对硬件调整一些 KDE 设置。还请注意\n" "我们的 SUSE 欢迎对话框。\n" -#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" -#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 +#. help 4/4 for dialog "Congratulation Dialog" +#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will " -"start\n" -"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " -"to\n" +"modules at this time. Check Start YaST Control Center and it will start\n" +"after Finish. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" "return to this installation sequence.\n" msgstr "" "如果需要，专家可以在此时使用各种 SuSE 配置模块。选中启动 YaST 控制中\n" "心，它将在您单击完成后启动。注意：控制中心没有可返回到此安装过程\n" "的后退按钮。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123 msgid "" "Your language setting has been changed.\n" "\n" @@ -235,26 +230,26 @@ "如果需要，您可能要根据新语言来调整键盘设置。\n" "请在登录后使用键盘布局配置工具来调整。" -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. Build dialog -#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- -#. heading text -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. Build dialog +#. ---------------------------------------------------------------------- +#. heading text +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:72 msgid "Language and Keyboard Layout" msgstr "语言和键盘布局" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:78 msgid "&Language" msgstr "语言(&L)" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:86 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" -#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 +#. help text for firstboot language + keyboard screen +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard Layout to be used during\n" @@ -266,8 +261,8 @@ "使用的语言和键盘布局。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -277,8 +272,8 @@ "单击下一步继续到下一个对话框。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -290,33 +285,33 @@ "安装过程。\n" "\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 +#. error message +#: src/clients/firstboot_language_keyboard.rb:265 msgid "There is not enough space to install all additional packages." msgstr "没有足够的空间可用于安装所有附加包。" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:45 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "更新配置" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:47 msgid "Prepare system for first login" msgstr "准备系统以进行第一次登录" -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:52 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "正在更新配置..." -#. progress stages -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 +#. progress stages +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:54 msgid "Preparing system for first login..." msgstr "正在准备系统以进行第一次登录..." -#. Help text for last dialog of base installation -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 +#. Help text for last dialog of base installation +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:59 msgid "" "\n" "Please wait while the system is being configured.\n" @@ -326,49 +321,49 @@ "系统正在配置中，请稍候。\n" "" -#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow -#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 +#. Headline for last dialog of first boot workflow +#: src/clients/firstboot_write.rb:70 msgid "Completing the System Configuration" msgstr "完成系统配置" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of firstboot -#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions -#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. -#. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Firstboot.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of firstboot +#. Summary: Firstboot settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of firstboot. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:51 msgid "No Text Available" msgstr "无文本" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:172 msgid "Firstboot configuration disabled" msgstr "已禁用首次引导配置" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Firstboot.rb:175 msgid "Firstboot configuration enabled" msgstr "已启用首次引导配置" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/geo-cluster.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,478 +14,471 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module -#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xgeo-cluster module +#: src/clients/geo-cluster.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of geo-cluster" msgstr "geo-cluster 配置" -#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:83 msgid "GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster" -#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals -#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for GeoCluster in proposals +#: src/clients/geo-cluster_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&GeoCluster" msgstr "GeoCluster(&G)" -#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption -#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. Initialization dialog caption +#. GeoCluster summary dialog caption +#. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:480 #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:829 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141 msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "地域群集配置" -#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 +#. GeoCluster overview dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:143 msgid "Geo Cluster Overview" msgstr "地域群集概览" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang <dmzhang(a)suse.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 msgid "configuration file" msgstr "配置文件" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:58 msgid "transport" msgstr "传输" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "port" msgstr "端口" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "arbitrator" msgstr "仲裁方" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:820 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:821 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "site" msgstr "站点" #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "ticket" msgstr "票据" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "身份验证" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Ca&ncel" msgstr "取消(&N)" -#. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 +#. return `cancel or a string +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "OK" msgstr "确定" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:122 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "启用安全性身份验证" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128 msgid "Authentication file" msgstr "身份验证文件" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth." msgstr "文件将写入 /etc/booth。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path." msgstr "要将其写入另一个目录，请输入一个绝对路径。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 -msgid "" -"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/" -"booth/<key>." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>." msgstr "对新建的地域群集按下面的按钮可生成 /etc/booth/<密钥>。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 -msgid "" -"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other " -"nodes manually." +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147 +msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other nodes manually." msgstr "要加入现有地域群集，请从其他节点手动复制 /etc/booth/<key>。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Generate Authentication Key File" msgstr "生成身份验证密钥文件" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Basic" msgstr "基本" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "Please enter a valid ip address" msgstr "请输入有效的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "输入票据和超时" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244 msgid "timeout" msgstr "超时" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "retries" msgstr "retries" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248 msgid "weights" msgstr "weights" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "expire" msgstr "expire" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252 msgid "acquire-after" msgstr "acquire-after" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254 msgid "before-acquire-handler" msgstr "before-acquire-handler" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291 msgid "timeout is invalid" msgstr "超时无效" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "expire is invalid" msgstr "失效时间无效" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "acquireafter is invalid" msgstr "获取前等待时间无效" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "retries is invalid" msgstr "重试次数无效" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" msgstr "小于 3 的 retries 是非法值" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "weights is invalid" msgstr "权重无效" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "ticket can not be empty" msgstr "票据不能为空" -#. fill confs with global_files +#. fill confs with global_files #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:422 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48 msgid "Firewall Configuration" msgstr "防火墙配置" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:569 msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "输入仲裁方的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator" msgstr "编辑仲裁方的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "输入站点的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:607 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "编辑站点的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:629 msgid "Ticket name already exist!" msgstr "票据名称已存在！" -#. Validation check before switch to authentication -#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 +#. Validation check before switch to authentication +#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:661 msgid "Configuration name can not be empty." msgstr "配置名称不能为空。" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:664 msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." msgstr "配置名称不能重复。" -#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 +#. "5405d4" will show like "5405" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:672 msgid "port is invalid!" msgstr "端口无效！" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "transport have to be filled!" msgstr "必须填写传输！" -#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!" msgstr "必须填写仲裁方！" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "site have to be filled!" msgstr "必须填写站点！" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "ticket have to be filled!" msgstr "必须填写票据！" -#. Validation check before switch to basic -#. Still fall to :basic or :ok -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 +#. Validation check before switch to basic +#. Still fall to :basic or :ok +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "Failed to create authentication file " msgstr "无法创建身份验证文件 " -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid "Authentication file " msgstr "身份验证文件" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:751 msgid " created successfully." msgstr " 已成功创建。" -#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" msgstr "GeoCluster 配置选择" -#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", -#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:816 msgid "Choose configuration file:" msgstr "选择配置文件：" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 msgid "Authentication Configuration" msgstr "身份验证配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:143 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") -#. Convert relative path to absolute path -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 +#. SCR won't write authfile when empty("") +#. Convert relative path to absolute path +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:235 msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." msgstr "无法写入全局配置设置。" -#. List like site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write global settings." msgstr "无法写入全局设置。" -#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth -#. Create a ticket item -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:277 msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." msgstr "无法写入全局票据设置。" -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:284 msgid "Initializing Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化地域群集配置" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. TODO FIXME Names of real stages +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "读取以前的设置" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:297 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:300 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "读取 SuSEFirewall 设置" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:299 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:301 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:369 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. GeoCluster write dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:343 msgid "Saving Geo Cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在保存地域群集配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:359 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:361 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "写入 SuSEfirewall 设置" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:365 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:367 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "正在写入 SuSEFirewall 设置" -#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. Error message +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:390 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:451 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "配置摘要..." -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 geo-cluster 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:141 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "读取数据库" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:145 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "检测设备" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:148 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "正在读取数据库..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:152 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "正在检测设备..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:164 msgid "Cannot read the database1." msgstr "无法读取数据库1。" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:173 msgid "Cannot read the database2." msgstr "无法读取数据库 2。" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:191 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "无法检测设备。" -#. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#. GeoCluster read dialog caption +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 geo-cluster 配置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:225 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:230 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..." -#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:295 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "配置摘要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/http-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,121 +14,121 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 +#. translators: command line help for HTTP server module +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:36 msgid "Configuration of HTTP server (Apache2)" msgstr "HTTP 服务器 (Apache2) 的配置" -#. translators: help text for configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 +#. translators: help text for configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:45 msgid "Configure host settings" msgstr "配置主机设置" -#. translators: help text for modules command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 +#. translators: help text for modules command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:55 msgid "Configure the Apache2 server modules" msgstr "配置 Apache2 服务器模块" -#. translators: help text for listen command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 +#. translators: help text for listen command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:65 msgid "Set up the ports and network addresses where the server should listen." msgstr "设置服务器应监听的端口和网络地址。" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:74 msgid "Configure virtual hosts" msgstr "配置虚拟主机" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:81 msgid "Enable or disable wizard mode." msgstr "启用或禁用向导模式。" -#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 +#. translators: help text for servername option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:92 msgid "Server name, for example, www.example.com" msgstr "服务器名，例如 www.example.com" -#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 +#. translators: help text for serveradmin option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:99 msgid "E-mail address of the server administrator" msgstr "服务器管理员的电子邮件地址" -#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 +#. translators: help text for documentroot option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:106 msgid "Directory where the documents of the server are stored" msgstr "存储服务器文档的目录" -#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 +#. translators: help text for host option (configure command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:113 msgid "Name of the host to configure." msgstr "要配置的主机的名称。" -#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 +#. translators: help text for add subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:121 msgid "Add a new listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "添加新监听项([地址:]端口)" -#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 +#. translators: help text for delete subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:129 msgid "Delete an existing listen entry ([address:]port)" msgstr "删除现有的监听项([地址:]端口)" -#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 +#. translators: help text for list subcommand (listen command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:135 msgid "List configured entries" msgstr "列出已配置的项" -#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 +#. translators: help text for enable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:143 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to enable" msgstr "逗号分隔的要启用模块的列表" -#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 +#. translators: help text for disable subcommand (modules command line action) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:151 msgid "Comma-separated list of modules to disable" msgstr "逗号分隔的要禁用模块的列表" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:155 msgid "Create new virtual host" msgstr "创建新的虚拟主机" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:158 msgid "Delete existing virtual host" msgstr "删除现有虚拟主机" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:162 msgid "Set selected virtual host as default host" msgstr "将选中的虚拟主机设置为默认主机" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:166 msgid "Set wizard mode \"on\" or \"off\"." msgstr "将向导模式设置为“开启”或“关闭”。" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:238 msgid "Configured host not specified" msgstr "没有指定已配置的主机" -#. translators: error message in configure command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 +#. translators: error message in configure command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:242 msgid "Only existing hosts can be specified as the host to configure" msgstr "只能将现有主机指定为要配置的主机" -#. translators: popup error message when validate servername -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 +#. translators: popup error message when validate servername +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:275 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:885 msgid "Invalid server name." msgstr "无效的服务器名。" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:288 msgid "Invalid server admin." msgstr "无效的服务器管理。" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:311 src/clients/http-server.rb:500 msgid "Validate error " msgstr "验证错误" -#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 +#. translators: heading for the "modules list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:339 msgid "" "Status \tModule\n" "==================" @@ -136,190 +136,183 @@ "状态 \t模块\n" "==================" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); -#. translators: server module status -#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); -#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. if ((mod["default"]:"0" == "1") && (!contains(modules, name))) YaST::HTTPDData::ModifyModuleList ([name], true); +#. translators: server module status +#. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); +#. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#. translators: server module status -#. translators: service status radio button label -#. translators: server module status -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#. translators: server module status +#. translators: service status radio button label +#. translators: server module status +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); -#. create list of all standard modules -#. create temporary list of maps from modules -#. translators: list of known and unknown modules -#. translators: server module status unknown -#. list of all installed modules -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#. y2milestone("Ruby support %1", enable_ruby); +#. create list of all standard modules +#. create temporary list of maps from modules +#. translators: list of known and unknown modules +#. translators: server module status unknown +#. list of all installed modules +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 msgid "unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output -#. please, try to align the texts if possible. -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 +#. translators: heading for the "listen list" command line action output +#. please, try to align the texts if possible. +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:376 msgid "Listen Statements:" msgstr "监听语句：" -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:382 msgid "All interfaces" msgstr "所有接口" -#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 +#. FIXME: check, if new address and port are correct values (if address is from machine's interfaces) +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:416 msgid "Can use only existing interfaces" msgstr "只能使用现有接口" -#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 +#. translators: error message in "listen add" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:423 msgid "The listen statement '%1' is already configured." msgstr "监听语句\"%1\"已配置。" -#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 +#. translators: error message in "listen delete" command line action +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:438 msgid "Can remove only existing listeners" msgstr "只能删除现有监听器" -#. check the command to be present exactly once -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 +#. check the command to be present exactly once +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:460 msgid "Hosts list:" msgstr "主机列表：" -#. create -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 +#. create +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:471 msgid "Some parameter missing" msgstr "缺少某些参数" -#. remove and setdefault -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 +#. remove and setdefault +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:520 msgid "Argument can be only existing host" msgstr "自变量只能为现有主机" -#. popup - it is already the default host -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 +#. popup - it is already the default host +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:526 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1324 msgid "The host is already default." msgstr "该主机已是默认主机。" -#. remove the old non-default host -#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted -#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 +#. remove the old non-default host +#. translators: popup error message - default host cannot be deleted +#: src/clients/http-server.rb:559 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1242 msgid "Cannot delete the default host." msgstr "无法删除默认主机。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of http-server -#. Summary: Wizards definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: include/http-server/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of http-server +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <visnov(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:32 msgid "Listen Ports and Addresses" msgstr "监听端口和地址" -#. `HSpacing (1), -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. `HSpacing (1), +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Server Modules" msgstr "服务器模块" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "主要主机" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "主机" -#. Run server overview dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 +#. Run server overview dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:200 msgid "HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "HTTP 服务器配置" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Host '%1' Configuration" msgstr "主机\"%1\"配置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:212 msgid "Configured Hosts" msgstr "已配置的主机" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "New Host Information" msgstr "新主机信息" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:269 msgid "Virtual Host Details" msgstr "虚拟主机细节" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "SSL Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "\"%1\"的 SSL 配置" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#. translators: human-readable "default host" +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "默认主机" -#. translators: pop up menu -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#. translators: pop up menu +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:324 msgid "Certificates" msgstr "证书" -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Import Server Certificate..." msgstr "导入服务器证书(&I)..." -#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 +#. translators: Certificates pop-up menu item +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "&Use Common Server Certificate" msgstr "使用普通服务器证书(&U)" -#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 +#. translators: dialog caption, %1 is the host name +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:354 msgid "Dir Configuration for '%1'" msgstr "\"%1\"的目录配置" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing HTTP Server Configuration</big>\n" " \n" @@ -329,8 +322,8 @@ " \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:24 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -338,8 +331,8 @@ "<big>正在中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置使用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:28 msgid "" "<big>Saving HTTP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -347,8 +340,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 HTTP 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:32 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -358,55 +351,43 @@ "按中止中止保存过程。\n" " 另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 -msgid "" -"The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The " -"default is 80." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:38 +msgid "The Port value defines the port on which Apache2 listens. The default is 80." msgstr "端口值定义了 Apache2 监听的端口。默认值是 80。" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses " -"configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 " -"listens. If you are unsure, check all." -msgstr "" -"监听接口包含为此主机配置的所有 IP 地址的列表。Apache2 将监听被选中" -"的 IP 地址。如果不能确定，可将其全部选中。" +#. translators: Wizard dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:42 +msgid "Listen on Interfaces contains the list of all IP addresses configured for this host. Checked IP addresses are those on which Apache2 listens. If you are unsure, check all." +msgstr "监听接口包含为此主机配置的所有 IP 地址的列表。Apache2 将监听被选中的 IP 地址。如果不能确定，可将其全部选中。" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "Here, enable the script languages the Apache2 server should support." msgstr "在此启用 Apache2 服务器应支持的脚本语言。" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 " -"configuration when you press Finish." +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "The summary displays the settings that will be written to the Apache2 configuration when you press Finish." msgstr "摘要将显示按完成时将被写入到 Apache2 配置的设置。" -#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 +#. translators: Wizard dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Press HTTP Server Expert Configuration \n" -"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." -"" +"\t\tto create a more detailed configuration before writing the configuration." msgstr "" "按 HTTP 服务器专家配置\n" "\t\t在写入配置前创建更详细的配置。" -#. module dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 +#. module dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Editing HTTP Server Modules</big> \n" "The table contains a list of all available Apache2 modules.\n" "The first column contains the name of the module. \n" "The second column shows whether the module should be\n" -"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column " -"displays a short description\n" +"loaded by the server. Enabled modules will be loaded. The last column displays a short description\n" "of the module." msgstr "" "<big>编辑 HTTP 服务器模块</big> \n" @@ -416,18 +397,17 @@ "装载模块。将装载已启用的模块。最后一列显示模块的\n" "简短描述。" -#. module dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 +#. module dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "To change the status of a module, \n" -"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.</" -"p>\n" +"choose the appropriate entry of the table and click Toggle Status.\n" msgstr "" "要更改模块的状态，\n" "请在表中选择适当的项，然后单击转换状态。\n" -#. module dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 +#. module dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "If you need to add a module not listed in the table, \n" "use Add Module.\n" @@ -435,20 +415,19 @@ "如果需要添加表中未列出的模块，\n" "请使用添加模块。\n" -#. apache service enabling help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 +#. apache service enabling help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>HTTP Server Settings</big> \n" -"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, " -"choose\n" +"Activate the HTTP server by choosing Enabled. To deactivate it, choose\n" "Disabled.\n" msgstr "" "<big>HTTP 服务器设置</big> \n" "通过选择已启用激活 HTTP 服务器。要停用它，请选择\n" "已禁用。\n" -#. firewall adapting help 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 +#. firewall adapting help 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "By enabling Open Firewall on Selected Ports, \n" "adapt the firewall according the ports on which Apache2 listens. \n" @@ -460,8 +439,8 @@ "防火墙的接口不会被添加或删除。\n" " 此选项仅当启用了防火墙时才可用。\n" -#. server configuration overview help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 +#. server configuration overview help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "The list of options presents\n" "several parts of the server configuration. Listen On\n" @@ -487,25 +466,22 @@ "文档根的路径。\n" " 主机包含为服务器配置的主机列表。\n" -#. server configuration overview help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to " -"change settings." +#. server configuration overview help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:102 +msgid "Choose an appropriate entry from the table and click Edit to change settings." msgstr "从表中选择适当的项，然后单击编辑更改设置。" -#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 +#. help of menu button for server configuration 1/1 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:106 msgid "Log Files displays server log files." msgstr "日志文件显示服务器日志文件。" -#. hosts list help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 +#. hosts list help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Configured Hosts</big> \n" "This is a list of already configured hosts. One of the hosts is \n" -"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is " -"used if no other host\n" +"marked as default (the asterisk next to the server name). A default host is used if no other host\n" "matches for an incoming request. To set a host as default,\n" "press Set as Default.\n" msgstr "" @@ -515,73 +491,61 @@ "则使用默认主机。要将某个主机设置为默认主机，\n" "请按设置为默认值。\n" -#. hosts list help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 +#. hosts list help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:116 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the host.\n" -"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click " -"Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the host.\n" +"To add a host, click Add. To remove a host, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "在表中选择适当的项，然后单击编辑更改主机。\n" -"要添加主机，请单击添加。要删除某主机，请选择该主机，然后单击删除</" -"b>。" +"要添加主机，请单击添加。要删除某主机，请选择该主机，然后单击删除。" -#. host editing help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 +#. host editing help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:120 msgid "" "<big>Host Configuration</big> \n" -"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then " -"click Edit.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"To edit the host settings, choose the appropriate entry of the table then click Edit.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>主机配置</big> \n" "要编辑主机设置，请在表中选择适当的项，然后单击编辑。\n" -"要添加新选项，请单击添加。要删除某选项，请先选择该选项，然后单击删" -"除。" +"要添加新选项，请单击添加。要删除某选项，请先选择该选项，然后单击删除。" -#. host editing help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 +#. host editing help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "The Server Resolution options set the resolution when using\n" -"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers</" -"b>,\n" +"\tvirtual hosts. However, when you choose Resolution via HTTP Headers,\n" "\tthe default server will never be served requests to the IP address of\n" -"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use " -"Resolution via IP address" +"\ta name-based virtual host. If you plan to configure a SSL based vhost, use Resolution via IP address" msgstr "" "服务器解析选项在使用\n" "\t虚拟主机时设置解析。但是，如果选择通过 HTTP 报头解析，\n" "\t默认服务器将永远不会为针对基于名称的虚拟主机 IP 地址的请求提供服务。\n" "\t如果您计划配置基于 SSL 的虚拟主机，请使用通过 IP 地址解析" -#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 +#. listen dialog editor help 1/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<big>Listen Settings for a Host</big> \n" -"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network " -"interfaces\n" +"The Listen directive allows selection of ports and network interfaces\n" "where the HTTP server should listen for incoming requests.\n" msgstr "" "<big>监听主机的设置</big> \n" "监听指令允许选择 HTTP 服务器应监听进来请求\n" "的端口和网络接口。\n" -#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 +#. listen dialog editor help 2/2 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change " -"the entry.\n" -"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate entry of the table and click Edit to change the entry.\n" +"To add a new entry, click Add. To remove an entry, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "在表中选择适当的项，然后单击编辑更改此项。\n" -"要添加新项，请单击添加。要删除某个项，请选择该项，然后单击删除</" -"b>。" +"要添加新项，请单击添加。要删除某个项，请选择该项，然后单击删除。" -#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 +#. ssl options dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<big>SSL Configuration</big> \n" "This is a list of options related to the SSL (Secure Socket Layer) settings\n" @@ -593,12 +557,11 @@ "相关的选项的列表。SSL 允许通过加密通信安全地\n" "与主机进行通信。\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 +#. ssl options dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:150 msgid "" "General behavior is determined by the SSL option. The host can\n" -"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access " -"(<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" +"not support SSL at all (<tt>No SSL</tt>), allow both non-SSL and SSL access (<tt>Allowed</tt>),\n" "or accept only connections encrypted via SSL (<tt>Required</tt>).\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -607,20 +570,17 @@ "或只接受通过 SSL 加密的连接 (<tt>必需</tt>)。\n" " \n" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change " -"the option.\n" -"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and " -"click Delete." +"Choose an appropriate option of the table and click Edit to change the option.\n" +"To add a new option, click Add. To remove an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "在表中选择适当的选项，然后单击编辑更改选项。\n" -"要添加新选项，请单击添加。要删除某选项，请先选择该选项，然后单击删" -"除。" +"要添加新选项，请单击添加。要删除某选项，请先选择该选项，然后单击删除。" -#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 +#. ssl options dialog help 3/4 (empty in simple mode) +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "The Certificates menu allows \n" "importing server certificates. Import Server Certificate \n" @@ -634,32 +594,29 @@ "使用普通证书配置为此主机颁发的\n" "普通证书的使用。\n" -#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 +#. ssl options dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "Note: If you enable use of SSL for a host, the <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "module should be loaded by the server.\n" msgstr "" -"注意：如果您对某主机启用了 SSL，则应由服务器装载 <tt>mod_ssl</" -"tt> \n" +"注意：如果您对某主机启用了 SSL，则应由服务器装载 <tt>mod_ssl</tt> \n" "模块。\n" -#. new host dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 +#. new host dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:175 msgid "" "<big>New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." -"" +"This dialog allows you to enter a basic information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>新主机</big> \n" "此对话框允许您输入有关新虚拟主机的基本信息。" -#. new host dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 +#. new host dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "Server Identification specifies the content and\n" -"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS " -"name returned as a part\n" +"the presentation of the the new virtual host. Server Name is the DNS name returned as a part\n" "of the HTTP headers of the server response. Server Contents Root\n" "is an absolute path to a directory containing all documents provided by\n" "this virtual host. Administrator E-Mail allows setup of an e-mail\n" @@ -672,19 +629,17 @@ "提供的所有文档。管理员电子邮件允许您设置用于对此主机\n" "进行反馈的电子邮件地址。\n" -#. new host dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 +#. new host dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<big>Server Resolution</big> \n" "Apache2 must be able to determine which virtual host\n" "settings it should use to create a response for an HTTP request. \n" "There are two basic approaches. If using HTTP headers\n" "from the incoming request, the server looks up the host name specified by\n" -"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual " -"host\n" +"the HTTP request headers. The other possibility is to determine the virtual host\n" "by the IP address used by the client when connecting to the server.\n" -"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address</" -"b>\n" +"If you plan to configure SSL-based vhost, use Resolution via IP address\n" "Consult the Apache2 manual for further details.\n" msgstr "" "<big>服务器解析</big> \n" @@ -696,28 +651,26 @@ "如果您计划配置基于 SSL 的虚拟主机，请使用通过 IP 地址解析\n" "有关进一步的细节，请查询 Apache2 手册。\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 +#. advanced new host dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>Details for New Host</big> \n" -"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual " -"host." +"This dialog allows you to specify additional information about a new virtual host." msgstr "" "<big>新主机的细节</big> \n" "此对话框允许您指定有关新虚拟主机的其它信息。" -#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 +#. advanced new host dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Select Enable CGI Support\n" -"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias " -"<tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." +"to run CGI scripts in the path in CGI Directory Path using the alias <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt>." msgstr "" "选择启用 CGI 支持\n" "以使用别名 <tt>/cgi-bin/</tt> 运行 CGI 目录路径中的 CGI 脚本。" -#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 +#. advanced new host dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "For HTTPS access to this virtual host, select Enable SSL Support.\n" "\n" @@ -729,19 +682,13 @@ "然后在证书文件路径中输入证书文件的路径。\n" "此选项只适用于基于 IP 的虚拟主机。\n" -#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 -msgid "" -"In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that " -"Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends " -"in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." -msgstr "" -"在目录索引中，输入 Apache 应查找的以空格隔开的文件列表，并在请求目" -"录的(以 <tt>/</tt> 结尾的目录)的 URL 时提供该列表。将提供找到的首个匹配文件。" -"" +#. advanced new host dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:215 +msgid "In Directory Index, enter a space-separated list of files that Apache should look for and provide when a URL for a directory (one that ends in <tt>/</tt>) is requested. The first matching file found is provided." +msgstr "在目录索引中，输入 Apache 应查找的以空格隔开的文件列表，并在请求目录的(以 <tt>/</tt> 结尾的目录)的 URL 时提供该列表。将提供找到的首个匹配文件。" -#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 -#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 +#. advanced new host dialog 5/5 +#: src/include/http-server/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "Public HTML\n" "\n" @@ -751,135 +698,130 @@ "\n" " 使您能够访问所有用户的 <tt>.public_html</tt> 目录。" -#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. -#. -#. @param [String] arg the Listen string -#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item -#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. Convert a Listen string to an item for table. Splits by the colon. +#. +#. @param [String] arg the Listen string +#. @param [Fixnum] id the id of this item +#. @return [Yast::Term] term for the table +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: Listen type for all addresses; +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type +#. translators: all network addresses Listen type #: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "全部地址" -#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled -#. whether to open firewall on this port. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 +#. Sequention used for determining on which ip adresses and port apache2 will listen and if firewall is enebled +#. whether to open firewall on this port. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:24 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (1/5)--Network Device Selection" msgstr "HTTP 服务器向导 (1/5)--网络设备选择" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:41 msgid "Network Device Selection" msgstr "网络设备选择" -#. Sequence to choose some script language modules -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 +#. Sequence to choose some script language modules +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:125 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (2/5)--Modules" msgstr "HTTP 服务器向导 (2/5)--模块" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:130 msgid "Modules" msgstr "模块" -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:168 msgid "0" msgstr "0" -#. Sequence to configure default host parameters -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 +#. Sequence to configure default host parameters +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:186 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (3/5)--Default Host" msgstr "HTTP 服务器向导 (3/5)--默认主机" -#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 +#. Sequence to cunfigure virtual hosts (add, remove, edit) and to change default host status +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:260 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (4/5)--Virtual Hosts" msgstr "HTTP 服务器向导 (4/5)--虚拟主机" -#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible -#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. -#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) -#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 +#. Sequence to configure whether apache2 starts on boot or not (manually). Here is possible +#. save all settings and exit or start expert configuration. +#. @return [Symbol] (`back, `abort, `next) +#: src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:291 msgid "HTTP Server Wizard (5/5)--Summary" msgstr "HTTP 服务器向导 (5/5)--摘要" -#. translators: initialization dialog message -#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 +#. translators: initialization dialog message +#: src/include/http-server/wizards.rb:202 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 HTTP 服务器配置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "检查环境" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "读取 Apache2 配置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "读取网络配置" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "正在检查环境..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "正在读取 Apache2 配置..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "正在读取网络配置..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. on(); -#. translators: progress step -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#. translators: progress finished +#. on(); +#. translators: progress step +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 -msgid "" -"To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed.</" -"p>" +#. notification about package needed 1/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +msgid "To configure the HTTP server, the %1 packages must be installed." msgstr "要配置该 HTTP 服务器，必须安装 %1 包。" -#. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#. notification about package needed 2/2 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "是否要立即安装？" -#. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#. translators: error popup before aborting the module +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -893,54 +835,54 @@ " \n" "的情况下继续。" -#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "配置文件\"%1\"不存在。" -#. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#. off(); +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "没有 DNS 服务器在此机器上运行。" -#. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#. HttpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 HTTP 服务器配置" -#. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#. translators: progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "写入 Apache2 设置" -#. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#. translators: progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "启用 Apache2 服务" -#. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#. translators: progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "禁用 Apache2 服务" -#. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#. translators: progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#. translators: progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "正在启用 Apache2 服务..." -#. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#. translators: progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "正在禁用 Apache2 服务..." -#. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#. install required RPMs for modules +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -952,18 +894,18 @@ "%1\n" "是否立即安装？\n" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "模块描述没有指定名称，可以将其忽略。" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "在自动安装中模块出现未知的更改：%1" -#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." @@ -971,251 +913,251 @@ "模块 %1 的默认值不匹配。\n" "这可能导致不一致的模块配置。" -#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "找到无端口的监听语句。" -#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "<h3>监听</h3>" -#. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#. "Default host" information +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "<h3>默认主机</h3>" -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#. translators: assiciation server name with document root +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 msgid " in " msgstr " 位置 " -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled -#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled +#. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid "disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "<h3>虚拟主机</h3>" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:63 msgid "&Log Files" msgstr "日志文件(&L)" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:66 msgid "Show &Access Log" msgstr "显示访问日志(&A)" -#. menu button item -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 +#. menu button item +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:68 msgid "Show &Error Log" msgstr "显示错误日志(&E)" -#. table cell description -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 +#. table cell description +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:121 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:127 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "服务器名" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:134 msgid "Document Root" msgstr "文档根" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:143 msgid "Server Administrator E-Mail" msgstr "服务器管理员电子邮件地址" -#. table cell description -#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 +#. table cell description +#. translators: frame title for method of incoming request resolution +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:154 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:664 msgid "Server Resolution" msgstr "服务器解析" -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for name-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:162 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:679 msgid "Determine Request Server by HTTP &Headers" msgstr "通过 HTTP 报头确定请求服务器(&H)" -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#. translators: radio button for IP-based virtual hosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:164 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:688 msgid "Determine Request Server by Server IP &Address" msgstr "通过服务器 I&P 地址确定请求服务器" -#. table cell description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 +#. table cell description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:171 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址" -#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 +#. translator: server enable/disable radio button group +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:350 msgid "HTTP &Service" msgstr "HTTP 服务" -#. translators: radio button group label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 +#. translators: radio button group label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:387 msgid "Listen on Ports:" msgstr "监听端口：" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:392 msgid "Network Address" msgstr "网络地址" -#. table header -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 +#. table header +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:394 msgid "Port" msgstr "端口" -#. table header: module name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 +#. table header: module name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:422 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. table header: module status -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 +#. table header: module status +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:424 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#. table header: module description -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 +#. table header: module description +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:426 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. translators: toggle button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 +#. translators: toggle button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:434 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "转换状态(&T)" -#. translators: add user-defined module button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 +#. translators: add user-defined module button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:440 msgid "&Add Module" msgstr "添加模块(&A)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:552 msgid "Directory" msgstr "目录" -#. translators: text entry -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 +#. translators: text entry +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:558 msgid "&Port:" msgstr "端口(&P)：" -#. translators: multi selection box -#. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#. translators: multi selection box +#. translators: multi selection box +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "监听接口(&L)" -#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 +#. translators: radiobutton - to start Apache2 service automatically +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:596 msgid "Start Apache2 Server When Booting" msgstr "在引导时启动 Apache2 服务器" -#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 +#. translators: radiobutton - to don't start Apache2 service +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:600 msgid "Start Apache2 Server Manually" msgstr "手动启动 Apache2 服务器" -#. translators: button to enter expert configuration -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 +#. translators: button to enter expert configuration +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:608 msgid "&HTTP Server Expert Configuration..." msgstr "HTTP 服务器专家配置(&H)..." -#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 +#. translators: frame title for new hsot identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:631 msgid "Server Identification" msgstr "服务器标识" -#. translators: textentry, new host server name -#. translators: textentry to set the host name -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 +#. translators: textentry, new host server name +#. translators: textentry to set the host name +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:634 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1180 msgid "Server &Name:" msgstr "服务器名(&N)：" -#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 +#. translators: textentry, document root for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:637 msgid "Server &Contents Root:" msgstr "服务器内容根(&C)：" -#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 +#. translators: textentry, administrator's e-mail for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:641 msgid "&Administrator E-Mail:" msgstr "管理员电子邮件地址(&A)：" -#. translators: IP address for the new host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 +#. translators: IP address for the new host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:668 msgid "VirtualHost" msgstr "虚拟主机" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:669 msgid "Change VirtualHost ID" msgstr "更改虚拟主机 ID" -#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 +#. translators: frame title for virtual host identification details +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:716 msgid "CGI Options" msgstr "CGI 选项" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:722 msgid "Enable &CGI for This Virtual Host" msgstr "为此虚拟主机启用 &CGI" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:727 msgid "CGI &Directory Path" msgstr "CGI 目录路径(&D)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:737 msgid "SSL Support" msgstr "SSL 支持" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:743 msgid "Enable &SSL Support for This Virtual Host" msgstr "为此虚拟主机启用 SSL 支持(&S)" -#. translators: textentry, certificate file path -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 +#. translators: textentry, certificate file path +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:750 msgid "&Certificate File Path" msgstr "证书文件路径(&C)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:755 msgid "&Certificate Key File Path" msgstr "证书密钥文件路径(&C)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:763 msgid "Directory Options" msgstr "目录选项" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:764 msgid "&Directory Index" msgstr "目录索引(&D)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:768 msgid "Public HTML" msgstr "公用 HTML" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:769 msgid "Enable &Public HTML" msgstr "启用公用 HTML(&P)" -#. these are for future use: -#. error message - the entered ip address is not found -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 +#. these are for future use: +#. error message - the entered ip address is not found +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:803 msgid "" "The IP address is not configured\n" "on this machine." @@ -1223,61 +1165,59 @@ "没有配置此计算机的\n" "IP 地址。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server ip +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:923 msgid "Invalid IP address." msgstr "无效的 IP 地址。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:943 msgid "The default host cannot be configured with SSL support." msgstr "无法为默认主机配置 SSL 支持。" -#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 +#. for apache2.2 ServerName is not forced (if not - hostname will be used) +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:966 msgid "When no Server name is defined, hostname will be used instead." msgstr "如果没有定义服务器名称，将使用主机名。" -#. translators: popup error message when validate server -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 +#. translators: popup error message when validate server +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:971 msgid "Server name cannot be empty." msgstr "服务器名不能为空。" -#. error message - the entered server name is already configured -#. in another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 +#. error message - the entered server name is already configured +#. in another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:991 msgid "The server name entered is already configured on another virtual host." msgstr "输入的服务器名称已配置在另一台虚拟主机上。" -#. error message - the entered ip address is already -#. configured for another virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 +#. error message - the entered ip address is already +#. configured for another virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1010 msgid "The IP address is already configured on another virtual host" msgstr "另一个虚拟主机上已配置此 IP 地址" -#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 +#. translators: popup error message when validate ServerAdmin +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1026 msgid "Administrator E-Mail is invalid." msgstr "管理员电子邮件地址无效。" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1073 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1117 msgid "&Reload HTTP Server" msgstr "重装载 HTTP 服务器(&R)" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1078 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1122 msgid "Save Settings and Re&start HTTP Server" msgstr "保存设置并重启动 HTTP 服务器(&S)" -#. translators: popup description on changing the default host -#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may -#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 +#. translators: popup description on changing the default host +#. the old default host is changed to a virtual one, but it may +#. miss some needed information. the popup asks to set them. +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1166 msgid "" "The current default host will be replaced by \n" "the new host and will become a virtual host.\n" @@ -1301,49 +1241,49 @@ "主机切换。否则，单击\"取消\"\n" "不更改默认主机。\n" -#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 +#. translators: textentry to set the host IP address +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1183 msgid "Server &IP Address:" msgstr "服务器 IP 地址(&I)：" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1246 msgid "Delete selected host?" msgstr "是否删除选定的主机？" -#. menu button label -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 +#. menu button label +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1380 msgid "Set as De&fault" msgstr "设置为默认值(&F)" -#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 +#. options = add(options, $["VALUE":newlist]); +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1639 msgid "Choose Document Root" msgstr "选择文档根" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1662 msgid "Administrator E-Mail cannot be empty." msgstr "管理员电子邮件地址不能为空。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1709 msgid "All addresses (*)" msgstr "全部地址 (*)" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1714 msgid "IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1716 msgid "ServerName" msgstr "服务器名称" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1803 msgid "Name for VirtualHost ID cannot be empty." msgstr "虚拟主机 ID 的名称不能为空。" -#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 +#. regexp matches '*' and '*:80' +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1818 msgid "" "To use name-based virtual hosting,\n" "you must designate the IP address on the server\n" @@ -1355,63 +1295,61 @@ "指定 IP 地址。\n" "同时 * 代表所有地址，可以接受 *:port。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1854 msgid "Master Zone %1" msgstr "主区域 %1" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1872 msgid "Record %1 already exists in zone %2." msgstr "记录 %1 已存在于区域 %2 中。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1880 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1925 msgid "DNS Settings" msgstr "DNS 设置" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1884 msgid "Add to Zone" msgstr "添加到区域" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1929 msgid "Zone Name" msgstr "区域名" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1930 msgid "Create New Zone" msgstr "创建新的区域" -#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 +#. disable using SSL for name-based virtual host +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2021 msgid "CGI Directory" msgstr "CGI 目录" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2028 msgid "Choose Certificate File" msgstr "选择证书文件" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2039 msgid "Enter the certificate file." msgstr "输入证书文件。" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2045 msgid "Choose Certificate Key File" msgstr "选择证书密钥文件" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2057 msgid "Enter the key file." msgstr "输入密钥文件。" -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "选择证书" -#. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#. translators: error message un failed certificate import +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" @@ -1419,63 +1357,62 @@ "无法导入证书\n" "%1" -#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "网络地址(&A)：" -#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement -#. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#. translators: error message when validating Listen statement +#. translators: popup error +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "无效的端口号。" -#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "通过 HTTP 报头解析" -#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "通过使用的 IP 地址解析" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "模块依赖性问题" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 msgid "requires" msgstr "需要" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "启用所需模块或禁用第一个模块。" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "新模块名(&N)" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "要添加的模块必须有名称。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "模块已在列表中。" -#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting -#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting +#. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "项\"%1\"已存在。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." @@ -1483,339 +1420,321 @@ "服务器应监听的端口列表\n" "不能为空。" -#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "至少必须选择一个接口。" -#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#. translators: checkbox - support for php script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "启用 PHP5 脚本编制(&P)" -#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "启用 Perl 脚本(&E)" -#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#. translators: checkbox - support for python script language +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "启用 Python 脚本(&Y)" -#. illegal keys in vhost -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 +#. illegal keys in vhost +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:670 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:753 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal key in virtual host '%s'." msgstr "虚拟主机“%s”中的密钥非法。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:739 #, perl-format msgid "Internal Error: Data must be an array ref and not %s." msgstr "内部错误：数据必须是 array ref 而不能是 %s。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:764 msgid "Illegal host ID." msgstr "非法主机 ID。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:786 msgid "hostid already exists" msgstr "主机 ID 已存在" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:825 msgid "can not delete default host" msgstr "无法删除默认主机" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:846 msgid "hostid not found" msgstr "未找到主机 ID" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1261 msgid "illegal port" msgstr "非法端口" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1278 msgid "writing the firewall rules failed" msgstr "写入防火墙规则失败" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1325 msgid "listen value to delete not found" msgstr "未找到要删除的监听值" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1578 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1671 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1754 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1798 msgid "Unable to fetch a host with the specified ID." msgstr "无法提取具有指定 ID 的主机。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1587 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1634 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1681 msgid "Corrupt PEM data." msgstr "PEM 数据已损坏。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1761 msgid "No certificate key file configured for this host ID." msgstr "没有为此主机 ID 配置任何证书密钥文件。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1770 msgid "Parsing the key file failed." msgstr "对密钥文件的语法分析失败。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPD.pm:1803 msgid "No CA certificate file configured for this host ID." msgstr "没有为此主机 ID 配置任何 CA 证书文件。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:13 msgid "Provides access control based on client host name, IP address, etc." msgstr "根据客户端主机名、IP 地址等提供访问控制。" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:21 msgid "Executing CGI scripts based on media type or request method" msgstr "根据媒体类型或请求方法执行 CGI 脚本" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 -msgid "" -"Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for " -"URL redirection" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:30 +msgid "Mapping different parts of the host file system in the document tree and for URL redirection" msgstr "映射文档树中主机文件系统的不同部分和 URL 重定向" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:45 msgid "Basic authentication" msgstr "基本身份验证" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:54 msgid "User authentication using text files" msgstr "使用文本文件的用户身份验证" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:62 msgid "User Authorization" msgstr "用户授权" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:70 msgid "Group authorization using plaintext files" msgstr "使用纯文本文件的组授权" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:79 msgid "User authentication using DBM files" msgstr "使用 DBM 文件的用户身份验证" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 -msgid "" -"Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:94 +msgid "Generates directory indices, automatically, similar to the Unix ls command" msgstr "自动生成目录索引（与 Unix ls 命令类似）" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:115 msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "执行 CGI 脚本" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" msgstr "提供用于尾部斜线重定向和目录索引文件服务" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "修改传递给 CGI 脚本和 SSI 页的环境" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "根据用户指定的准则生成 HTTP 报头的失效信息" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "服务器分析的 HTML 文档（服务器端的包含文档）" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "对服务器做出的请求进行日志记录" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 -msgid "" -"Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " -"content" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +msgid "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and content" msgstr "将所请求文件名的扩展名与文件的行为和内容相关联" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "提供用于内容协商" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 -msgid "" -"Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " -"request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +msgid "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the request" msgstr "允许根据请求的特征设置环境变量" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "提供有关服务器活动和性能的信息" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "允许以指定用户和组的身份运行 CGI 脚本" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "特定于用户的目录" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "发送包含自己的 HTTP 报头的文件" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "允许“匿名”用户访问已经过身份验证的区域" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "使用 MD5 文摘身份验证的用户身份验证" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 -msgid "" -"Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " -"authentication" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +msgid "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic authentication" msgstr "允许使用 LDAP 目录存储 HTTP 基本身份验证的数据库" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "用 URI 索引的内容超速缓存" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "指定字符集转换或重编码" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "分布式创作和版本控制 (WebDAV) 功能" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "mod_dav 的文件系统提供程序" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "在将内容提供给客户端前压缩内容" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "用 URI 索引的内容超速缓存存储管理器" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "用于说明协议模块的简单回应服务器" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 -msgid "" -"Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " -"client" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +msgid "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the client" msgstr "在提供给客户端前，通过外部程序传递响应正文" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "在内存中超速缓存文件的静态列表" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "自定义 HTTP 请求和响应报头" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "服务器端映像映射处理" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "提供服务器配置的全面概述" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 -msgid "" -"LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " -"modules" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +msgid "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP modules" msgstr "用于其他 LDAP 模块的 LDAP 连接池和结果超速缓存服务" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "对每个请求的输入和输出字节数进行日志记录" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 -msgid "" -"Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +msgid "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "通过查看文件内容的几个字节来确定其 MIME 类型" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "HTTP/1.1 代理/网关服务器" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy 的 AJP 支持模块" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "CONNECT 请求处理的 mod_proxy 扩展" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy 的 FTP 支持模块" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "mod_proxy 的 HTTP 支持模块" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 -msgid "" -"Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +msgid "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "提供一个基于规则的重写引擎来动态重写请求的 URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "尝试更正用户可能输入的错误 URL" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 -msgid "" -"Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " -"Security (TLS) protocols" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +msgid "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "使用安全套接字层 (SSL) 和传输层安全 (TLS) 协议的强加密" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 -msgid "" -"Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +msgid "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "为每个请求提供一个有唯一标识符的环境变量" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "对站点上用户活动的点击流进行日志记录" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "提供对动态配置的大批量虚拟主机的支持" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "提供对 PHP5 动态生成页面的支持" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "提供对 Perl 动态生成页面的支持" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "提供对 Python 动态生成页面的支持" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "提供在 apache 内限制 AppArmor 子进程的支持" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "提供子版本支持" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:22 msgid "Host not found" msgstr "未找到主机" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:58 #, perl-format msgid "Illegal '%s' parameter" msgstr "非法 '%s' 参数" -#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 +#: src/modules/YaST/httpdUtils.pm:62 msgid "ssl together with \"virtual by name\" is not possible" msgstr "不能对“基于名称的虚拟接口”使用 ssl" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/inetd.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,273 +14,273 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. is this proposal or not? -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 +#. is this proposal or not? +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:63 msgid "Configuration of Network Services (xinetd)" msgstr "网络服务配置 (xinetd)" -#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 +#. translators: command line help text for "summary" action +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:87 msgid "Show the status of current system services" msgstr "显示当前系统服务的状态" -#. translators: command line help text for "id" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for "id" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:99 msgid "Unique identifier" msgstr "唯一标识符" -#. translators: command line help text for "service" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 +#. translators: command line help text for "service" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:106 msgid "Service name" msgstr "服务名称" -#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for "disable" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:113 msgid "Disable service" msgstr "禁用服务" -#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 +#. translators: command line help text for "rpc_version" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:121 msgid "RPC version of RPC service" msgstr "RPC 服务的 RPC 版本" -#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 +#. translators: command line help text for "socket_type" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:128 msgid "Socket type" msgstr "套接字类型" -#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 +#. translators: command line help text for "protocol" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:136 msgid "Internet (IP) protocols" msgstr "因特网协议 (IP)" -#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 +#. translators: command line help text for "wait" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:144 msgid "Wait attribute" msgstr "等待特性" -#. translators: command line help text for "user" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for "user" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:152 msgid "Determines the uid for the server process" msgstr "确定服务器进程的 uid" -#. translators: command line help text for "group" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 +#. translators: command line help text for "group" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:159 msgid "Determines the gid for the server process" msgstr "确定服务器进程的 gid" -#. translators: command line help text for "server" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 +#. translators: command line help text for "server" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:166 msgid "Path name of program to execute" msgstr "要执行的程序的路径名" -#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for "server_args" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:173 msgid "Parameters for server" msgstr "服务器的参数" -#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for "comment" option +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:180 msgid "User comment" msgstr "用户注释" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:345 msgid "You must specify a service ID." msgstr "必须指定服务 ID。" -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:356 msgid "Specify the service using a 'service' option." msgstr "使用\"service\"选项指定服务。" -#. translators: error message for command line -#. translators: error message for command line -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 +#. translators: error message for command line +#. translators: error message for command line +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:371 src/clients/inetd.rb:391 msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options." msgstr "\"ID\"选项不能与其它选项结合使用。" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:404 msgid "Prot." msgstr "协议" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360 msgid "Wait" msgstr "等待" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361 msgid "User" msgstr "用户" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Server" msgstr "服务器" -#. id, -#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 +#. id, +#. Translators: Service status: On = running, --- = stopped +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:437 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:191 msgid "On" msgstr "开" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:438 msgid "Off" msgstr "关" -#. determine wait mode (convert to string) -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 +#. determine wait mode (convert to string) +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 +#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. create titles -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 +#. create titles +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd" -#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/inetd_proposal.rb:82 msgid "&Xinetd" msgstr "Xinetd(&X)" -#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: -#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 +#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode: +#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process." msgstr "在写入过程中将安装包 %1。" -#. if (true) { // for debugging -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. if (true) { // for debugging +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message. +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited." msgstr "未安装包 %1。无法编辑该服务。" -#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 +#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed." msgstr "已成功安装包 %1。" -#. This is main inetd module dialog. -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 +#. This is main inetd module dialog. +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "&Activate All Services" msgstr "激活所有服务(&A)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "&Deactivate All Services" msgstr "停用所有服务(&D)" -#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 +#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "D&isable" msgstr "禁用(&I)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340 msgid "Enab&le" msgstr "启用(&L)" -#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf -#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 +#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf +#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Currently Available Services" msgstr "当前可用的服务" -#. `opt(`notify), -#. `opt(`keepSorting), -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 +#. `opt(`notify), +#. `opt(`keepSorting), +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355 msgid "Ch" msgstr "已更改" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Type " msgstr "类型" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "协议" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Server / Args" msgstr "服务器/自变量" -#. Translators: Add service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 +#. Translators: Add service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Add" msgstr "添加(&A)" -#. Translators: Edit service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 +#. Translators: Edit service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "编辑(&E)" -#. Translators: Delete service -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 +#. Translators: Delete service +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#. Translators: Change service status -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 +#. Translators: Change service status +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387 msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)" msgstr "转换状态(开或关)(&T)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Status for All &Services" msgstr "所有服务的状态(&S)" -#. Inetd configure dialog caption -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 +#. Inetd configure dialog caption +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)" msgstr "网络服务配置 (xinetd)" -#. execute dialog -#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 +#. execute dialog +#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Add a New Service Entry" msgstr "添加一个新的服务项" -#. Translators: Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 +#. Translators: Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534 msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed." msgstr "无法删除服务。没有安装该服务。" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558 msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "要删除服务，请在主对话框中选择一个服务。" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog." msgstr "要激活或停用服务，请在主对话框中选择一个服务。" -#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); -#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 +#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line); +#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg() +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Edit a service entry" msgstr "编辑服务项" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog" msgstr "要编辑服务，请在主对话框中选择一个服务。" -#. Translators: Popup::Warning -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 +#. Translators: Popup::Warning +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n" "Internet super-server will be disabled." @@ -288,76 +288,76 @@ "所有服务都被标记为禁用(锁定)。\n" "将禁用因特网超级服务器。" -#. service name -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 +#. service name +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "&Service" msgstr "服务(&S)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813 msgid "RPC Versio&n" msgstr "RPC 版本(&N)" -#. service status (running or stopped) -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 +#. service status (running or stopped) +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819 msgid "Service is acti&ve." msgstr "服务处于活动状态。(&V)" -#. service socket type -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 +#. service socket type +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Socket T&ype" msgstr "套接字类型(&Y)" -#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 +#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "协议(&P)" -#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 +#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854 msgid "&Wait" msgstr "等待(&W)" -#. user and group ComboBoxes -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 +#. user and group ComboBoxes +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "&User" msgstr "用户(&U)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "&Group" msgstr "组(&G)" -#. Server arguments -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Server arguments +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "S&erver" msgstr "服务器(&E)" -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Server Argumen&ts" msgstr "服务器自变量(&T)" -#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 +#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Co&mment" msgstr "注释(&M)" -#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. -#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" -#. Read user names from passwd. -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] users -#. Read group names from group -#. It does not get the NIS entries. -#. "+" is filtered out. -#. @return [Array] groups -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 +#. Translators: Please BE CAREFUL! This text is often used in code! This Translation must be the same. +#. do not add a "flags" field, it's currently in "unparsed" +#. Read user names from passwd. +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] users +#. Read group names from group +#. It does not get the NIS entries. +#. "+" is filtered out. +#. @return [Array] groups +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956 +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353 msgid "--default--" msgstr "--默认值--" -#. Translators: Popup::Message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 +#. Translators: Popup::Message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "" "Service is empty.\n" "Enter valid values.\n" @@ -365,28 +365,28 @@ "服务为空。\n" "请输入有效的值。\n" -#. Error message -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 +#. Error message +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"." msgstr "服务名称包含不允许使用的字符“/”。" -#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings -#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 +#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings +#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960 msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only." msgstr "用户 %1 只能用于内部服务器进程。" -#. Popup::Error -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 +#. Popup::Error +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38 msgid "No packages selected. Configuration aborted." msgstr "没有选择任何包。配置已中止。" -#. Not used! -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 +#. Not used! +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:42 msgid "Selected packages will be installed." msgstr "将安装选定的包。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Initializing xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -394,8 +394,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 xinetd 配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization Process:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -403,8 +403,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化进程：</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Saving xinetd Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -412,8 +412,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 xinetd 配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Save Process:</big> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -425,18 +425,17 @@ "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Network Service Configuration</big> \n" "Click Enable to enable network services managed by a super-server\n" "configuration. To stop the super-server, click Disable.\n" msgstr "" "<big>网络服务配置</big> \n" -"单击“启用”以启用由超级服务器配置管理的网络服务。要停止超级服务器，请单击禁" -"用。\n" +"单击“启用”以启用由超级服务器配置管理的网络服务。要停止超级服务器，请单击禁用。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Service Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with X in column Ch were edited\n" @@ -446,29 +445,27 @@ "列已更改中用 X 标记的所有服务都被编辑过，\n" "并将在系统配置中进行更改。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Services Status:</big> \n" "All services marked with --- are inactive (locked).\n" "All services marked with On are active (unlocked).\n" -"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be " -"configured." +"All services marked with NI are not installed and cannot be configured." msgstr "" "<big>服务状态：</big> \n" "用 --- 标记的所有服务都处于非活动状态(锁定)。\n" "用开标记的所有服务都处于活动状态(未锁定)。\n" "用 NI 标记的所有服务都未安装，因而无法配置。" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Changing Service Status:</big> \n" -"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or " -"Off).\n" +"Select the service to enable or disable and press Toggle Status (On or Off).\n" msgstr "" "<big>更改服务状态：</big> \n" "选择要启用或禁用的服务，然后按转换状态(开或关)。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Editing Services:</big> \n" "Select the service to edit and press Edit.\n" @@ -476,7 +473,7 @@ "<big>编辑服务：</big> \n" "选择要编辑的服务，然后按编辑。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Deleting Services:</big> \n" "Select the service to delete and press Delete.\n" @@ -484,7 +481,7 @@ "<big>删除服务：</big> \n" "选择要删除的服务，然后按删除。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Adding a New Entry:</big>\n" "Click Create and complete the form.\n" @@ -492,20 +489,19 @@ "<big>添加新项：</big>\n" "单击创建并完成表格。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<big>Canceling Configuration:</big>\n" "Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the Cancel button.\n" -"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration " -"will remain.\n" +"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.\n" msgstr "" "<big>取消配置：</big>\n" "按取消按钮取消配置。\n" "如果这样做，则所有更改都将丢失，最初的配置将保持不变。\n" -#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. -#. @return The help text. -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 +#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog. +#. @return The help text. +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "To create a valid entry (service) for the super-server,\n" @@ -515,7 +511,7 @@ "要为超级服务器创建有效项(服务)，\n" "请输入\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<ul>\n" "<li>service name\n" @@ -541,13 +537,11 @@ "<li>服务器程序自变量\n" "</ul>" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 -msgid "" -"This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.</" -"p>\n" +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122 +msgid "This is a short description. For details, see info xinetd.conf.\n" msgstr "这是简短描述。有关细节，请参见 info xinetd.conf。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Enter a valid service name into the service field.\n" "\n" @@ -555,7 +549,7 @@ "将有效服务名称输入服务字段中。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "The socket type should be stream, dgram, raw, or seqpacket,\n" "depending on whether the service is stream-based, is datagram-based,\n" @@ -567,10 +561,9 @@ "要求直接访问 IP 还是要求可靠的有序数据报文\n" "传送。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134 msgid "" -"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/" -"protocols.\n" +"The protocol must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n" "Examples include tcp,udp,rpc/tcp, and rpc/udp.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -578,7 +571,7 @@ "例如，tcp、udp、rpc/tcp 和 rpc/udp。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "The wait/nowait entry determines if the service is\n" "single-threaded or multithreaded and whether xinetd accepts the\n" @@ -606,7 +599,7 @@ "因为 udp 不是面向连接的。tcp/stream 服务器\n" "则通常需要该值为 否。\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "The server will be run with the permissions of the user selected in\n" "User. This is useful to make services run with permissions\n" @@ -618,7 +611,7 @@ "低的权限运行。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 +#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:159 msgid "" "In Server, enter the path name of the program to\n" "be executed by the super-server when a request reaches its socket.\n" @@ -632,81 +625,81 @@ "\n" "\n" -#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 +#. Translators: This string you can leave unchanged +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:194 msgid "---" msgstr "---" -#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". -#. Please, make the -#. translation as short as possible. -#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 +#. Translators: This is used for status "Not Installed". +#. Please, make the +#. translation as short as possible. +#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:206 msgid "NI" msgstr "NI" -#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 +#. Whole configuration of inetd but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Xinetd Configuration" msgstr "Xinetd 配置" -#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 +#: src/include/inetd/wizards.rb:88 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188 msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 inetd 配置" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196 msgid "Read the Configuration" msgstr "读取配置" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 msgid "Reading the configuration..." msgstr "正在读取配置..." -#. read database -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 +#. read database +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Inetd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 +#. Inetd read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269 msgid "Saving inetd Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 inetd 配置" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. in future: catch errors -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 +#. in future: catch errors +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303 msgid "Cannot write settings!" msgstr "无法写入设置！" -#. "enabled" defaults to true -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 +#. "enabled" defaults to true +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598 msgid "<ul>All services are marked as stopped.</ul>" msgstr "<ul>所有服务都被标记为停止。</ul>" -#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 +#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609 msgid "Network services" msgstr "网络服务" -#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 +#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613 msgid "Network services are managed via %1" msgstr "网络服务通过 %1 进行管理" -#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616 msgid "These services will be enabled" msgstr "这些服务将被启用" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/installation.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "%1 %2 更新" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "未知产品" @@ -504,14 +504,14 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "发行说明(&L)..." #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -575,49 +575,49 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "许可协议" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "语言(&L)" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "我接受许可证条款(&A)。" #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" msgstr "您必须接受许可证后才能安装此产品" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "EULA 在安装的系统中的位置：%s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "键盘测试(&E)" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "许可证转换(&T)..." @@ -798,33 +798,33 @@ msgstr "用于部署映像的硬盘" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "正在检测可用的控制器" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "磁盘激活" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "配置 DASD 磁盘(&D)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "配置 ZFCP 磁盘(&Z)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "配置 FCoE 接口(&F)" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "配置iSCSI 磁盘(&I)" #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "网络配置(&W)..." @@ -855,17 +855,17 @@ msgstr "正在初始化安装程序..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" msgstr "在这些额外的储存库中找到了包更新：" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "是否启动软件管理器以检查和安装这些更新？" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "显示包更新(&P)" @@ -1184,88 +1184,88 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "正在分析计算机" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "侦测 USB 设备" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "正在侦测 USB 设备..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "侦测 FireWire 设备..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "正在检测 FireWire 设备..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "检测软盘设备" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "正在检测软盘设备..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "侦测硬盘控制器" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "正在侦测硬盘控制器..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "为硬盘控制器装载内核模块" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "正在为硬盘控制器装载内核模块..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "侦测硬盘" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "正在侦测硬盘..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "搜索系统文件" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "正在搜索系统文件..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "初始化软件管理器" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "正在初始化软件管理器..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "系统侦测" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST 现在正在探测计算机硬件和已安装的系统。" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1274,7 +1274,7 @@ "如果您需要安装特数硬件驱动程序，请查看“drivers.suse.com”。" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1284,7 +1284,7 @@ "请检查您的硬件！\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@ "(尤其是在 S/390 或 iSCSI 系统上）\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1316,8 +1316,38 @@ "未能初始化软件储存库。\n" "正在中止安装。" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +#| "or the default SUSE registration server." +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" +"从列表中选择检测到的注册服务器，\n" +"或选择默认的 SUSE 注册服务器。" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1328,7 +1358,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1343,9 +1373,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1358,7 +1389,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1380,6 +1411,57 @@ "如果您需要代理服务器以访问更新储存库，\n" "请使用“proxy”引导参数。\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Update Repository" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "更新储存库" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "保留下载的包" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Copy the packages" +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "复制包" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "重启动" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select an AutoYast Profile" +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "选择 AutoYast 配置文件" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Updating the sound volume..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "正在更新音量..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Error reading control file." +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "读取控制文件时出错。" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1433,8 +1515,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "更改(&C)..." @@ -1727,8 +1809,11 @@ msgstr "将这些设置写入系统是无意义的。" #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "导入 SSH 主机密钥和配置" @@ -1805,26 +1890,26 @@ msgstr "正在将日志文件复制到已安装的系统..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "我要从先前的安装导入 SSH 密钥" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." msgstr "每一个 SSH 服务器都通过一个或多个公共主机密钥来识别。选择现有的 Linux 安装会重用其 SSH 服务器的主机密钥并因而重用其身份。/etc/ssh 中的密钥文件（每个主机密钥对应一对文件）将会复制到正在安装的新系统中。如果选中导入 SSH 配置，则除了密钥以外还会复制 /etc/ssh 中的其他文件。" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "设备(&D)" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{device} 上的 %{system_name}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "导入 SSH 配置" @@ -1849,7 +1934,7 @@ msgstr "根据用户请求跳过配置" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1858,25 +1943,25 @@ "才能继续。\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "正在调整当前设置的建议..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "正在分析您的系统..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "错误：无建议" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1889,36 +1974,36 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "跳过配置(&S)" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "使用以下配置(&U)" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "单击任一标题或使用下面的“更改...”菜单进行更改。" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "单击标题可进行更改。" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "重设置为默认值(&R)" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "更新(&U)" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "安装(&I)" @@ -1953,7 +2038,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" "Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1966,7 +2051,7 @@ #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1978,7 +2063,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -1990,7 +2075,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2002,7 +2087,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2013,12 +2098,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML 安装建议" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2029,7 +2114,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2047,7 +2132,7 @@ msgstr "正在启用远程管理..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "更改系统角色可能会撤消您所做的调整。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/instserver.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iplb.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,159 +14,159 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module -#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xiplb module +#: src/clients/iplb.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLB 配置" -#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 +#. Rich text title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:81 msgid "Iplb" msgstr "Iplb" -#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals -#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 +#. Menu title for Iplb in proposals +#: src/clients/iplb_proposal.rb:83 msgid "&Iplb" msgstr "IPLB(&I)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/iplb.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of iplb -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#. -#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/iplb.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iplb +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Cong Meng <cmeng(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: iplb.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Main file for iplb configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:44 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "全局配置" -#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 +#: src/include/iplb/common.rb:45 msgid "Virtual Servers Configuration" msgstr "虚拟服务器配置" -#. Iplb summary dialog caption -#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption -#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 +#. Iplb summary dialog caption +#. Iplb configure1 dialog caption +#. Iplb configure2 dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:83 src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:46 +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:140 msgid "IPLB Configuration" msgstr "IPLB 配置" -#. Iplb overview dialog caption -#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 +#. Iplb overview dialog caption +#: src/include/iplb/complex.rb:142 msgid "IPLB Overview" msgstr "IPLB 概述" -#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 +#. Iplb configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "First part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLB 配置的第一部分" -#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 +#. Iplb configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Second part of configuration of IPLB" msgstr "IPLB 配置的第二部分" -#. ids of widget of global dialog -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 msgid "no" msgstr "否" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 msgid "&Global Configuration" msgstr "全局配置(&G)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" msgstr "虚拟服务器配置(&V)" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "检查间隔" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:76 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:205 msgid "Check Timeout" msgstr "检查超时" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:78 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:214 msgid "Failure Count" msgstr "故障计数" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:79 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:208 msgid "Negotiate Timeout" msgstr "协商超时" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:85 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:167 msgid "Fallback" msgstr "回退" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:86 msgid "Callback" msgstr "回拨" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:87 msgid "Execute" msgstr "执行" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:91 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:186 msgid "Email Alert" msgstr "电子邮件警报" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:92 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:187 msgid "Email Alert Freq" msgstr "电子邮件警报频率" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:93 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:190 msgid "Email Alert Status" msgstr "电子邮件警报状态" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:100 msgid "Auto Reload" msgstr "自动重新装载" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:101 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:216 msgid "Quiescent" msgstr "静止" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:102 msgid "Fork" msgstr "派生" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:103 msgid "Supervised" msgstr "监控" -#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:106 msgid "Log File" msgstr "日志文件" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "\n" "<big>check interval</big> = n\n" @@ -174,151 +174,88 @@ "Default: 10 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the " -"logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/" -"man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"An alternative logfile might be specified with this directive. If the logfile does not have a leading '/', it is assumed to be a <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) facility name.\n" "Default: log directly to the file /var/log/ldirectord.log.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls " -"the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has " -"changed on\n" -"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on " -"the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name " -"of the\n" +"If this directive is defined, ldirectord automatically calls the executable /path/to/callback after the configuration file has changed on\n" +"disk. This is useful to update the configuration file through scp on the other heartbeated host. The first argument to the callback is the name of the\n" "configuration.\n" -"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord " -"automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if " -"autoreload is\n" +"This directive might also be used to restart ldirectord automatically after the configuration file changed on disk. However, if autoreload is\n" "set to yes, the configuration is reloaded anyway.\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" -"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named " -"configuration.\n" +"Use this directive to start an instance of ldirectord for the named configuration.\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the " -"configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the " -"configuration file changed\n" -"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous " -"version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" +"Defines if <ldirectord> should continuously check the configuration file for modification. If this is set to 'yes' and the configuration file changed\n" +"on disk and its modification time (mtime) is newer than the previous version, the configuration is automatically reloaded.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every " -"virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will " -"increase\n" -"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many " -"virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate " -"instances\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord will spawn a child proccess for every virtual server, and run checks against the real servers from them. This will increase\n" +"response times to changes in real server status in configurations with many virtual servers. This may also use less memory then running many seperate instances\n" "of ldirectord. Child processes will be automaticly restarted if they die.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All " -"log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful " -"to run\n" -"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://" -"untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</" -"a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/" -"daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" +"If yes, then ldirectord does not go into background mode. All log-messages are redirected to stdout instead of a logfile. This is useful to run\n" +"ldirectord supervised from daemontools. See <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> or <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a> for details.\n" "Default: no\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -328,205 +265,130 @@ "默认值：10 秒\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"连接、外部检查和 ping 检查的超时时间（以秒为单位）。如果超过超时时间，" -"则将真实服务器声明为死亡。\n" +"连接、外部检查和 ping 检查的超时时间（以秒为单位）。如果超过超时时间，则将真实服务器声明为死亡。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" -"如果未定义该值，则使用 negotiatetimeout 的值。Negotiatetimeout 也是个" -"全局值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" +"如果未定义该值，则使用 negotiatetimeout 的值。Negotiatetimeout 也是个全局值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" "如果 checktimeout 和 negotiatetimeout 都未设置，则使用默认值。\n" "默认值：5 秒\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"在将真实服务器视为有故障前，检查必须连续报告真实服务器发生故障的次数。" -"如果指定 1，则第一次发生故障时，就将真实服务器视为有故障。成功执行检查之后，" -"会将故障计数器重设置为 0。\n" +"在将真实服务器视为有故障前，检查必须连续报告真实服务器发生故障的次数。如果指定 1，则第一次发生故障时，就将真实服务器视为有故障。成功执行检查之后，会将故障计数器重设置为 0。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：1\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "协商检查的超时时间（以秒为单位）。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" -"如果未定义该值，则使用 connecttimeout 的值。Connecttimeout 也是个全局" -"值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" +"如果未定义该值，则使用 connecttimeout 的值。Connecttimeout 也是个全局值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" "如果 negotiatetimeout 和 connecttimeout 都未设置，则使用默认值。\n" "默认值：30 秒\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"当所有真实服务器都停机时将 Web 服务重定向到的服务器。通常，这是地址为 " -"127.0.0.1 的一个紧急页面。\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"当所有真实服务器都停机时将 Web 服务重定向到的服务器。通常，这是地址为 127.0.0.1 的一个紧急页面。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "\n" -"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|" -"syslog_facility\n" -"可以使用此指令指定一个备用的日志文件。如果该日志文件没有前置的“/”，则" -"假定它是 <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) 功能名称。\n" +"<big>log file</big> = \"/path/to/logfile\"|syslog_facility\n" +"可以使用此指令指定一个备用的日志文件。如果该日志文件没有前置的“/”，则假定它是 <a href=\"/man/3/syslog\">syslog</a>(3) 功能名称。\n" "默认值：直接记录到文件 /var/log/ldirectord.log 中。\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"一个有效的电子邮件地址，用于将有关连接状态已更改的警报发送到虚拟服务中" -"定义的任何真实服务器。此选项要求安装 perl\n" -"module MailTools。它会自动尝试使用任一内置方法发送电子邮件。有关各种方法的更" -"多信息，请参见“perldoc Mail::Mailer”。\n" +"一个有效的电子邮件地址，用于将有关连接状态已更改的警报发送到虚拟服务中定义的任何真实服务器。此选项要求安装 perl\n" +"module MailTools。它会自动尝试使用任一内置方法发送电子邮件。有关各种方法的更多信息，请参见“perldoc Mail::Mailer”。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"当虚拟服务中的任一给定真实服务器持续不可访问时，两次重复发送电子邮件警" -"报之间的延缓时间（以秒为单位）。设置为零秒会\n" -"禁止重复警报。此设置的电子邮件计时准确性取决于 checkinterval 配置选项中定义" -"的\n" +"当虚拟服务中的任一给定真实服务器持续不可访问时，两次重复发送电子邮件警报之间的延缓时间（以秒为单位）。设置为零秒会\n" +"禁止重复警报。此设置的电子邮件计时准确性取决于 checkinterval 配置选项中定义的\n" "秒数。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"服务器状态的逗号分隔列表，服务器处于该状态时，应发送电子邮件警报。" -"all 是\n" -"“starting,running,stopping,reloading”的简写。如果" -"指定 none，则不能指定其他选项，否则，将由其他选项决定\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"服务器状态的逗号分隔列表，服务器处于该状态时，应发送电子邮件警报。all 是\n" +"“starting,running,stopping,reloading”的简写。如果指定 none，则不能指定其他选项，否则，将由其他选项决定\n" "是否发送电子邮件警报。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：all\n" "\n" "<big>callback</big> = \"/path/to/callback\"\n" -"如果定义此指令，则磁盘上的配置文件发生更改后，ldirectord 将自动" -"调用可执行程序 /path/to/callback\n" -"。在另一台接收到检测信号的主机上通过 scp 更新配置文件时可使用该选项。" -"callback 的第一个自变量是配置的\n" +"如果定义此指令，则磁盘上的配置文件发生更改后，ldirectord 将自动调用可执行程序 /path/to/callback\n" +"。在另一台接收到检测信号的主机上通过 scp 更新配置文件时可使用该选项。callback 的第一个自变量是配置的\n" "名称。\n" -"当磁盘上的配置文件发生更改后，也可以使用此指令来自动重启动 " -"ldirectord。但是，如果 autoreload 设置\n" +"当磁盘上的配置文件发生更改后，也可以使用此指令来自动重启动 ldirectord。但是，如果 autoreload 设置\n" "为 yes，则仍会重新装载配置。\n" "\n" "<big>execute</big> = \"configuration\"\n" "使用此指令可以启动指定配置 的 ldirectord 实例。\n" "\n" "<big>auto reload</big> = yes|no\n" -"定义 <ldirectord> 是否应持续检查配置文件有无修改。如果将它设置" -"为“yes”，并且磁盘上的配置文件发生\n" +"定义 <ldirectord> 是否应持续检查配置文件有无修改。如果将它设置为“yes”，并且磁盘上的配置文件发生\n" "更改，而其修改时间 (mtime) 晚于前一版本，将自动重新装载该配置。\n" "默认值：no\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"如果为 yes，则确定真实服务器或故障回复服务器已停机时，不会真正" -"将它们从内核的 LVS 表中去除。\n" +"如果为 yes，则确定真实服务器或故障回复服务器已停机时，不会真正将它们从内核的 LVS 表中去除。\n" "而是将它们的权重设置为零，也就是说，不接受任何新的连接。\n" -"这会造成负面影响：因为如果真实服务器具有永久连接，则来自任何现有客户端" -"的新连接将继续路由到\n" +"这会造成负面影响：因为如果真实服务器具有永久连接，则来自任何现有客户端的新连接将继续路由到\n" "真实服务器，直到永久超时失效。有关永久连接的更多信息，请参见“ipvsadm”。\n" "可通过运行以下命令避免这种负面影响：\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"如果 proc 文件不存在，则可能意味着内核不提供 lvs 支持、未装载 " -"LVS 支持，或者内核太旧，\n" -"不包含 proc 文件。在可能的情况下，以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应该可以将 " -"LVS 载入内核。\n" -"如果为 no，则会从内核的 LVS 表中去除真实服务器或" -"故障回复服务器。默认值为 yes。\n" +"如果 proc 文件不存在，则可能意味着内核不提供 lvs 支持、未装载 LVS 支持，或者内核太旧，\n" +"不包含 proc 文件。在可能的情况下，以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应该可以将 LVS 载入内核。\n" +"如果为 no，则会从内核的 LVS 表中去除真实服务器或故障回复服务器。默认值为 yes。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：yes\n" "\n" "<big>fork</big> = yes|no\n" -"如果为 yes，则 ldirectord 将衍生每个虚拟服务器的子进程，并从这" -"些子进程对真实服务器进行检查。这会增加\n" -"含有许多虚拟服务器的配置中真实服务器状态更改的响应时间。与运行 ldirectord 的" -"许多独立实例相比，这也可以减少内存的\n" +"如果为 yes，则 ldirectord 将衍生每个虚拟服务器的子进程，并从这些子进程对真实服务器进行检查。这会增加\n" +"含有许多虚拟服务器的配置中真实服务器状态更改的响应时间。与运行 ldirectord 的许多独立实例相比，这也可以减少内存的\n" "使用。子进程在死亡时将自动重启动。\n" "默认值：no\n" "\n" "<big>supervised</big> = yes|no\n" -"如果为 yes，则 ldirectord 不进入后台模式。所有日志讯息将重定向" -"到 stdout 而不是日志文件中。这可用于从守护程序工具运行受监控的\n" -"ldirectord。有关细节，请参见 <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/" -"daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> 或 <a href=" -"\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>。\n" +"如果为 yes，则 ldirectord 不进入后台模式。所有日志讯息将重定向到 stdout 而不是日志文件中。这可用于从守护程序工具运行受监控的\n" +"ldirectord。有关细节，请参见 <a href=\"http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/\">http://untroubled.org/rpms/daemontools/</a> 或 <a href=\"http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html\">http://cr.yp.to/daemontools.html</a>。\n" "默认值：no\n" "\n" -#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/iplb/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than " -"zero. The\n" -"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> " -"option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual " -"service\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"Defines a virtual service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename) or firewall-mark. A firewall-mark is an integer greater than zero. The\n" +"configuration of marking packets is controled using the <tt>\"-m\"</tt> option to ipchains(8). All real services and flags for a virtual service\n" "must follow this line immediately and be indented.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or " -"servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended " -"primarily for\n" -"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a " -"range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in " -"which case\n" -"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server " -"using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, " -"must be\n" -"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and " -"defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will " -"be\n" -"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-" -"receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the " -"request-receive\n" -"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the " -"request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" -"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server " -"is used.\n" -"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual " -"services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP " -"address of a\n" -"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running " -"ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its " -"virtual\n" -"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is " -"another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way " -"that the\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"Defines a real service by IP-address (or hostname) and port (or servicename). If the port is omitted then a 0 will be used, this is intended primarily for\n" +"fwmark services where the port for real servers is ignored. Optionally a range of IP addresses (or two hostnames) may be given, in which case\n" +"each IP address in the range will be treated as a real server using the given port. The second argument defines the forwarding method, must be\n" +"gate, ipip or masq. The thrid argument is optional and defines the weight for that real server. If omitted then a weight of 1 will be\n" +"used. The last two arguments are also optional. They define a request-receive pair to be used to check if a server is alive. They override the request-receive\n" +"pair in the virtual server section. These two strings must be quoted. If the request string starts with http://... the IP-address and port of the real\n" +"server is overridden, otherwise the IP-address and port of the real server is used.\n" +"For TCP and UDP (non fwmark) virtual services, unless the forwarding method is masq and the IP address of a\n" +"real server is non-local (not present on a interface on the host running ldirectord) then the port of the real server will be set to that of its virtual\n" +"service. That is, port-mapping is only available to if the real server is another machine and the forwarding method is masq. This is due to the way that the\n" "underlying LVS code in the kernel functions.\n" -"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The " -"checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, " -"emailalertfreq and\n" -"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in " -"which case the global setting is overridden.\n" +"More than one of these entries may be inside a virtual section. The checktimeout, negotiatetimeout, failurecount, fallback, emailalert, emailalertfreq and\n" +"quiescent options listed above may also appear inside a virtual section, in which case the global setting is overridden.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a " -"receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP " -"connection, thus the\n" -"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then " -"negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one " -"negotiate\n" -"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and " -"in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" -"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real " -"servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP " -"services. Off\n" -"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be " -"activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always " -"be\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"Type of check to perform. Negotiate sends a request and matches a receive string. Connect only attemts to make a TCP/IP connection, thus the\n" +"request and receive strings may be omitted. If checktype is a number then negotiate and connect is combined so that after each N connect attempts one negotiate\n" +"attempt is performed. This is useful to check often if a service answers and in much longer intervalls a negotiating check is done. Ping means that\n" +"ICMP ping will be used to test the availability of real servers. Ping is also used as the connect check for UDP services. Off\n" +"means no checking will take place and no real or fallback servers will be activated. On means no checking will take place and real servers will always be\n" "activated. Default is negotiate.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" -"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None " -"denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" -"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it " -"against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the " -"server\n" -"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive</" -"b> sections for protocol specific information.\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"The type of service to monitor when using checktype=negotiate. None denotes a service that will not be monitored.\n" +"simpletcp sends the request string to the server and tests it against the receive regexp. The other types of checks connect to the server\n" +"using the specified protocol. Please see the request and receive sections for protocol specific information.\n" "Default:\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* Virtual server port is 21: ftp\n" @@ -549,9 +411,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"path to script\"\n" -"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be " -"run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if " -"everything\n" +"This setting is used if checktype is external and is the command to be run to check the status of a real server. It should exit with status 0 if everything\n" "is ok, or non-zero otherwise.\n" "Four parameters are passed to the script:\n" "</dt><dt>* virtual server ip/firewall mark\n" @@ -562,105 +422,68 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>check port</big> = n\n" -"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service " -"port.\n" +"Number of port to monitor. Sometimes check port differs from service port.\n" "Default: port specified for each real server\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"</" -"b>\n" -"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real " -"server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be " -"overridden by\n" +"<big>request</big> = \"uri to requested object\"\n" +"This object will be requested each checkinterval seconds on each real server. The string must be inside quotes. Note that this string may be overridden by\n" "an optional per real-server based request-string.\n" -"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, " -"or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" -"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL</" -"small> query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one " -"or more\n" +"For a DNS check this should the name of an A record, or the address of a PTR record to look up.\n" +"For a MySQL, Oracle or PostgeSQL check, this should be an SQL query. The data returned is not checked, only that the answer is one or more\n" "rows. This is a required setting.\n" -"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any " -"occurances of \n" +"For a simpletcp check, this string is sent verbatim except any occurances of \n" " are replaced with a new line character.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"regexp to compare\"\n" -"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the " -"real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in " -"mind that\n" -"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special " -"characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be " -"overridden by an\n" +"If the requested result contains this regexp to compare, the real server is declared alive. The regexp must be inside quotes. Keep in mind that\n" +"regexps are not plain strings and that you need to escape the special characters if they should as literals. Note that this regexp may be overridden by an\n" "optional per real-server based receive regexp.\n" -"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's " -"addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" +"For a DNS check this should be any one the A record's addresses or any one of the PTR record's names.\n" "For a MySQL check, the receive setting is not used.\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the " -"URI specified in the request-string. GET is " -"the\n" -"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD " -"is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"Sets the HTTP method which should be used to fetch the URI specified in the request-string. GET is the\n" +"method used by default if the parameter is not set. If HEAD is used, the receive-string should be unset.\n" "Default: GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or " -"HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP " -"request. In the\n" -"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name " -"of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will " -"be\n" -"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last " -"resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" +"Used when using a negotiate check with HTTP or HTTPS . Sets the host header used in the HTTP request. In the\n" +"case of HTTPS this generally needs to match the common name of the SSL certificate. If not set then the host header will be\n" +"derived from the request url for the real server if present. As a last resort the IP address of the real server will be used.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log " -"in.\n" +"For FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP and PostgreSQL, the username used to log in.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Name.\n" -"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from " -"address for an OPTIONS query.\n" +"For SIP , the username is used as both the to and from address for an OPTIONS query.\n" "Default:\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP: Anonymous\n" -"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the " -"configuration\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is " -"derived as per the passwd option below.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication " -"will not be attempted.\n" +"</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle, and PostgreSQL: Must be specified in the configuration\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP: ldirectord@<hostname>, hostname is derived as per the passwd option below.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string, which denotes that case authentication will not be attempted.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , " -"LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" +"Password to use to login to FTP , IMAP , LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, POP , PostgreSQL and\n" "SIP servers.\n" "For Radius the passwd is used for the attribute User-Password.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where " -"hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at " -"run time, or sourced\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP: ldirectord@<hostname>, where hostname is the environment variable HOSTNAME evaluated at run time, or sourced\n" "from uname if unset.\n" -"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , " -"MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be " -"performed.\n" +"</dt><dt>* Otherwise: empty string. In the case of LDAP , MySQL, Oracle, and PostgreSQL this means that authentication will not be performed.\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the " -"database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed " -"against. This\n" +"Database to use for MySQL, Oracle and PostgreSQL servers, this is the database that the query (set by receive above) will be performed against. This\n" "is a required setting.\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform " -"an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd " -"(set by\n" +"Secret to use for Radius servers, this is the secret used to perform an Access-Request with the username (set by login above) and passwd (set by\n" "passwd above).\n" "Default: empty string\n" "\n" @@ -674,188 +497,115 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an " -"information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm" -"\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" +"Scheduler to be used by LVS for loadbalancing. For an information on the available sehedulers please see the <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) man page.\n" "Default: \"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP</" -"small> address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall " -"mark then the\n" +"Protocol to be used. If the virtual is specified as an IP address and port then it must be one of tcp or udp. If a firewall mark then the\n" "protocol must be fwm.\n" "Default:\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the " -"port is not 53: tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is " -"53: udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is not 53: tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* Virtual is an IP address and port, and the port is 53: udp\n" "</dt><dt>* Virtual is a firewall mark: fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the " -"timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. " -"negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-" -"virtual setting.\n" -"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"Timeout in seconds for connect, external and ping checks. If the timeout is exceeded then the real server is declared dead.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of negotiatetimeout is used. negotiatetimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both checktimeout and negotiatetimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 5 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "Timeout in seconds for negotiate checks.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" -"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout " -"is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" -"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is " -"used.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" +"If undefined then the value of connecttimeout is used. connecttimeout is also a global value that may be overriden by a per-virtual setting.\n" +"If both negotiatetimeout and connecttimeout are unset, the default is used.\n" "Default: 30 seconds\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by " -"a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 " -"will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A " -"successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"The number of consecutive times a failure will have to be reported by a check before the realserver is considered to have failed. A value of 1 will have the realserver considered failed on the first failure. A successful check will reset the failure counter to 0.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection " -"status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option " -"requires perl\n" -"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using " -"any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on " -"methods.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"A valid email address for sending alerts about the changed connection status to any real server defined in the virtual service. This option requires perl\n" +"module MailTools to be installed. Automatically tries to send email using any of the built-in methods. See perldoc Mail::Mailer for more info on methods.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real " -"server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero " -"seconds will\n" -"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is " -"dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval " -"configuration\n" +"Delay in seconds between repeating email alerts while any given real server in the virtual service remains inaccessible. A setting of zero seconds will\n" +"inhibit the repeating alerts. The email timing accuracy of this setting is dependent on the number of seconds defined in the checkinterval configuration\n" "option.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: 0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be " -"sent. all is a short-hand for\n" -"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If " -"none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise " -"options are ORed\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. all is a short-hand for\n" +"\"starting,running,stopping,reloading\". If none is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers " -"are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"the server onto which a webservice is redirected if all real servers are down. Typically this would be 127.0.0.1 with an emergency page.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to " -"be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS " -"table.\n" -"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will " -"be accepted.\n" -"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent " -"connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be " -"routed to the\n" -"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more " -"information on persistant connections.\n" +"If yes, then when real or failback servers are determined to be down, they are not actually removed from the kernel's LVS table.\n" +"Rather, their weight is set to zero which means that no new connections will be accepted.\n" +"This has the side effect, that if the real server has persistent connections, new connections from any existing clients will continue to be routed to the\n" +"real server, until the persistant timeout can expire. See ipvsadm for more information on persistant connections.\n" "This side-effect can be avoided by running the following:\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel " -"doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the " -"kernel is too\n" -"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS</" -"small> into the kernel if it is possible.\n" -"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from " -"the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" -"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is " -"overridden.\n" +"If the proc file isn't present this probably means that the kernel doesn't have lvs support, LVS support isn't loaded, or the kernel is too\n" +"old to have the proc file. Running ipvsadm as root should load LVS into the kernel if it is possible.\n" +"If no, then the real or failback servers will be removed from the kernel's LVS table. The default is yes.\n" +"If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "Default: yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|" -"servicename)|firewall-mark\n" -"按 IP 地址（或主机名）和端口（或服务名称）或防火墙标记定义虚拟服务。防" -"火墙标记是大于零的整数。使用\n" -"ipchains(8) 的 <tt>\"-m\"</tt> 选项控制标记包的配置。虚拟服务的所有真" -"实服务和标志\n" +"<big>virtual server</big> = (ip_address|hostname:portnumber|servicename)|firewall-mark\n" +"按 IP 地址（或主机名）和端口（或服务名称）或防火墙标记定义虚拟服务。防火墙标记是大于零的整数。使用\n" +"ipchains(8) 的 <tt>\"-m\"</tt> 选项控制标记包的配置。虚拟服务的所有真实服务和标志\n" "必须紧跟在此行之后，并且必须缩排。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->" -"ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" -"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request</" -"i>\", \"receive\"]\n" -"按 IP 地址（或主机名）和端口（或服务名称）定义真实服务。如果省略端口，" -"将使用 0，该值主要用于\n" -"其中忽略了真实服务器端口的防火墙标记服务。或者，也可以指定 IP " -"地址范围（或两个主机名），在此情况下，\n" -"该范围中的每个 IP 地址都会被视为使用给定端口的一个真实服务器。" -"第二个自变量定义转发方法，它必须是\n" -"gate、ipip 或 masq。第三个自变量是可选的，用于定义该真实" -"服务器的权重。如果省略该自变量，将使用权重\n" -"1。最后两个自变量也是可选的。它们定义请求接收对，该对用于检查服务器是否处于活" -"动状态。它们将会覆盖虚拟服务器部分中的\n" -"请求接收对。这两个字符串必须括在引号中。如果请求字符串以 http://... 开头，真" -"实服务器的\n" +"<big>real servers</big> = ip_address|hostname[->ip_address|hostname][:portnumber|servicename]\n" +"gate|masq|ipip [weight] [\"request\", \"receive\"]\n" +"按 IP 地址（或主机名）和端口（或服务名称）定义真实服务。如果省略端口，将使用 0，该值主要用于\n" +"其中忽略了真实服务器端口的防火墙标记服务。或者，也可以指定 IP 地址范围（或两个主机名），在此情况下，\n" +"该范围中的每个 IP 地址都会被视为使用给定端口的一个真实服务器。第二个自变量定义转发方法，它必须是\n" +"gate、ipip 或 masq。第三个自变量是可选的，用于定义该真实服务器的权重。如果省略该自变量，将使用权重\n" +"1。最后两个自变量也是可选的。它们定义请求接收对，该对用于检查服务器是否处于活动状态。它们将会覆盖虚拟服务器部分中的\n" +"请求接收对。这两个字符串必须括在引号中。如果请求字符串以 http://... 开头，真实服务器的\n" "IP 地址和端口将会被覆盖，否则，将使用真实服务器的 IP 地址和端口。\n" -"对于 TCP 和 UDP（非防火墙标记）虚拟服" -"务，除非转发方法为 masq 并且真实服务器的 IP 地址\n" -"不在本地（不在运行 ldirectord 的主机中的某个接口上），否则真实服务器的端口会" -"设置为其虚拟服务的\n" -"端口。也就是说，仅当真实服务器是其他计算机并且转发方法是 masq 时，端口映射才" -"可用。具体原因在于内核功能中\n" +"对于 TCP 和 UDP（非防火墙标记）虚拟服务，除非转发方法为 masq 并且真实服务器的 IP 地址\n" +"不在本地（不在运行 ldirectord 的主机中的某个接口上），否则真实服务器的端口会设置为其虚拟服务的\n" +"端口。也就是说，仅当真实服务器是其他计算机并且转发方法是 masq 时，端口映射才可用。具体原因在于内核功能中\n" "底层 LVS 代码的运行方式。\n" -"这些项中的多个项可能位于虚拟部分中。上面列出的 checktimeout、" -"negotiatetimeout、failurecount、fallback、emailalert、emailalertfreq 和\n" +"这些项中的多个项可能位于虚拟部分中。上面列出的 checktimeout、negotiatetimeout、failurecount、fallback、emailalert、emailalertfreq 和\n" "quiescent 选项也可能在虚拟部分中，在此情况下，全局设置将会被覆盖。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate</" -"b>|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" -"要执行的检查类型。如果指定 negotiate，则会发送请求并匹配接收字符串。如" -"果指定 connect，则只尝试建立 TCP/IP 连接，因此，可以省略\n" -"请求和接收字符串。如果 checktype 是数字，则 negotiate 和 connect 结合起来指定" -"在每经过 N 次连接尝试后，执行\n" -"一次协商尝试。通常，这可用于检查某个服务是否做出应答，执行协商检查的间隔要长" -"得多。Ping 表示要使用\n" -"ICMP ping 来测试真实服务器的可用性。Ping 也用来检查 " -"UDP 服务的连接性。Off\n" -"表示不进行检查，并且不激活任何真实服务器或回复服务器。On 表示不进行检查，并且" -"始终激活真实\n" +"<big>check type</big> = connect|external|negotiate|off|on|ping|checktimeoutN\n" +"要执行的检查类型。如果指定 negotiate，则会发送请求并匹配接收字符串。如果指定 connect，则只尝试建立 TCP/IP 连接，因此，可以省略\n" +"请求和接收字符串。如果 checktype 是数字，则 negotiate 和 connect 结合起来指定在每经过 N 次连接尝试后，执行\n" +"一次协商尝试。通常，这可用于检查某个服务是否做出应答，执行协商检查的间隔要长得多。Ping 表示要使用\n" +"ICMP ping 来测试真实服务器的可用性。Ping 也用来检查 UDP 服务的连接性。Off\n" +"表示不进行检查，并且不激活任何真实服务器或回复服务器。On 表示不进行检查，并且始终激活真实\n" "服务器。默认值为 negotiate。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|" -"imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|" -"oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|" -"simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" +"<big>service</big> = dns|ftp|http|https|imap|imaps|ldap|mysql|nntp|none|oracle|pgsql|pop|pops|radius|simpletcp|sip|smtp\n" "使用 checktype=negotiate 时要监视的服务类型。None 表示不监视服务。\n" -"如果指定 simpletcp，则将 request 字符串发送到服务器，并根据 " -"receive regexp 测试该服务器。其他类型的检查将使用指定的协议连接到\n" -"服务器。有关特定于协议的信息，请参见 request 和 receive 部" -"分。\n" +"如果指定 simpletcp，则将 request 字符串发送到服务器，并根据 receive regexp 测试该服务器。其他类型的检查将使用指定的协议连接到\n" +"服务器。有关特定于协议的信息，请参见 request 和 receive 部分。\n" "默认值：\n" "<dl compact=\"compact\">\n" "<dt>* 如果虚拟服务器端口是 21，则为：ftp\n" @@ -878,8 +628,7 @@ "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>check command</big> = \"脚本的路径\"\n" -"如果 checktype 为 external，并且运行命令的目的是为了检查真实服务器状态，则" -"使用此设置。如果一切正常，则此命令退出时应返回\n" +"如果 checktype 为 external，并且运行命令的目的是为了检查真实服务器状态，则使用此设置。如果一切正常，则此命令退出时应返回\n" "状态 0，否则返回非零值。\n" "有四个参数会传递给脚本：\n" "</dt><dt>* 虚拟服务器 IP/防火墙标记\n" @@ -895,84 +644,63 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>request</big> = \"所请求对象的 URI\"\n" -"将在每个真实服务器上每隔 checkinterval 参数指定的秒数请求此对象一次。" -"字符串必须括在引号中。请注意，此字符串可能会被可选的基于每个真实服务器的\n" +"将在每个真实服务器上每隔 checkinterval 参数指定的秒数请求此对象一次。字符串必须括在引号中。请注意，此字符串可能会被可选的基于每个真实服务器的\n" "请求字符串覆盖。\n" -"对于 DNS 检查，这应该是 A 记录的名称，或者要查找的 " -"PTR 记录的地址。\n" -"对于 MySQL、Oracle 或 PostgeSQL 检查，这应该是 SQL 查" -"询。系统不会检查返回的数据，应答为一行或\n" +"对于 DNS 检查，这应该是 A 记录的名称，或者要查找的 PTR 记录的地址。\n" +"对于 MySQL、Oracle 或 PostgeSQL 检查，这应该是 SQL 查询。系统不会检查返回的数据，应答为一行或\n" "多行。这是必需的设置。\n" "对于 simpletcp 检查，将按原义发送此字符串，不过，出现的所有 \n" " 都将替换为换行符。\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>receive</big> = \"要比较的 regexp\"\n" -"如果请求的结果包含这个要比较的 regexp，则将真实服务器声明为活" -"动。该 regexp 必须括在引号中。请记住，\n" -"regexps 不是纯文本字符串，如果特殊字符应该以字面出现，则您需要转义这些字符。" -"请注意，此 regexp 可能会被可选的基于每个真实服务器的\n" +"如果请求的结果包含这个要比较的 regexp，则将真实服务器声明为活动。该 regexp 必须括在引号中。请记住，\n" +"regexps 不是纯文本字符串，如果特殊字符应该以字面出现，则您需要转义这些字符。请注意，此 regexp 可能会被可选的基于每个真实服务器的\n" "接收 regexp 覆盖。\n" -"对于 DNS 检查，这应该是 A 记录的任一地址，或 " -"PTR 记录的任一名称。\n" +"对于 DNS 检查，这应该是 A 记录的任一地址，或 PTR 记录的任一名称。\n" "对于 MySQL 检查，不使用 receive 设置。\n" "\n" "\n" -"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD</" -"small>\n" -"设置要用于提取 request 字符串中指定的 URI 的 " -"HTTP 方法。如果不设置该参数，默认\n" -"将使用 GET 方法。如果使用 HEAD，应取消设置接收" -"字符串。\n" +"<big>http method</big> = GET | HEAD\n" +"设置要用于提取 request 字符串中指定的 URI 的 HTTP 方法。如果不设置该参数，默认\n" +"将使用 GET 方法。如果使用 HEAD，应取消设置接收字符串。\n" "默认值：GET\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>virtual host</big> = \"hostname\"\n" -"将 negotiate check 与 HTTP 或 HTTPS 结合" -"使用时使用。设置 HTTP 请求中使用的主机报头。对于\n" -"HTTPS，这通常需要与 SSL 证书的常用名匹配。如果" -"不设置此参数，则从真实服务器\n" -"的请求 URL（如果存在）派生主机报头。最后的办法是使用真实服务器的 IP</" -"small> 地址。\n" +"将 negotiate check 与 HTTP 或 HTTPS 结合使用时使用。设置 HTTP 请求中使用的主机报头。对于\n" +"HTTPS，这通常需要与 SSL 证书的常用名匹配。如果不设置此参数，则从真实服务器\n" +"的请求 URL（如果存在）派生主机报头。最后的办法是使用真实服务器的 IP 地址。\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>login</big> = \"username\"\n" -"对于 FTP、IMAP、LDAP、" -"MySQL、Oracle、POP 和 PostgreSQL，此为用于登录的用户名。\n" +"对于 FTP、IMAP、LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、POP 和 PostgreSQL，此为用于登录的用户名。\n" "对于 Radius，此为用于属性 User-Password 的 passwd。\n" -"对于 SIP，此为用作 OPTIONS 查询的目标地" -"址和来源地址的用户名。\n" +"对于 SIP，此为用作 OPTIONS 查询的目标地址和来源地址的用户名。\n" "默认值：\n" "</dt><dt>* FTP：Anonymous\n" "</dt><dt>* MySQL Oracle 和 PostgreSQL：必须在配置中指定\n" -"</dt><dt>* SIP：ldirectord@<hostname>，hostname 根据下面" -"的 passwd 选项派生。\n" +"</dt><dt>* SIP：ldirectord@<hostname>，hostname 根据下面的 passwd 选项派生。\n" "</dt><dt>* 其他：空字符串，表示不尝试大小写身份验证。\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>password</big> = \"password\"\n" -"用于登录 FTP、IMAP、LDAP、" -"MySQL、Oracle、POP、PostgreSQL 和\n" +"用于登录 FTP、IMAP、LDAP、MySQL、Oracle、POP、PostgreSQL 和\n" "SIP 服务器的口令。\n" "对于 Radius，此为用于属性 User-Password 的 passwd。\n" "默认值：\n" -"</dt><dt>* FTP：ldirectord@<hostname>，其中，" -"hostname 是运行时求值的环境变量 HOSTNAME，如果未设置该变量，则" -"根据\n" +"</dt><dt>* FTP：ldirectord@<hostname>，其中，hostname 是运行时求值的环境变量 HOSTNAME，如果未设置该变量，则根据\n" " uname 派生。\n" -"</dt><dt>* 其他：空字符串。对于 LDAP、MySQL、Oracle 和 " -"PostgreSQL 而言，这表示不执行身份验证。\n" +"</dt><dt>* 其他：空字符串。对于 LDAP、MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 而言，这表示不执行身份验证。\n" "\n" "\n" "</dt><dt><big>database name</big> = \"databasename\"\n" -"用于 MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 服务器的数据库，这是要针对其执行查询（由" -"上面的 receive 设置）的数据库。这是\n" +"用于 MySQL、Oracle 和 PostgreSQL 服务器的数据库，这是要针对其执行查询（由上面的 receive 设置）的数据库。这是\n" "必需的设置。\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>radius secret</big> = \"radiussecret\"\n" -"用于 Radius 服务器的机密，这是用于结合 username（由上面的 login</" -"b> 设置）和 passwd（由上面的\n" +"用于 Radius 服务器的机密，这是用于结合 username（由上面的 login 设置）和 passwd（由上面的\n" "passwd 设置）执行访问请求的机密。\n" "默认值：空字符串\n" "\n" @@ -986,214 +714,191 @@ "\n" "\n" "<big>scheduler</big> = scheduler_name\n" -"LVS 用来进行负载平衡的调度程序。有关可用调度程序的信" -"息，请参见 <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) 手册页。\n" +"LVS 用来进行负载平衡的调度程序。有关可用调度程序的信息，请参见 <a href=\"ipvsadm\">ipvsadm</a>(8) 手册页。\n" "默认值：\"wrr\"\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>protocol</big> = tcp|udp|fwm\n" -"要使用的协议。如果将 virtual 指定为 IP 地址和端口，则该" -"值必须是 tcp 或 udp。如果指定防火墙标记，则\n" +"要使用的协议。如果将 virtual 指定为 IP 地址和端口，则该值必须是 tcp 或 udp。如果指定防火墙标记，则\n" "protocol 必须是 fwm。\n" "默认值：\n" -"</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是 IP 地址和端口，并且端口不是 " -"53，则默认值为：tcp\n" -"</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是 IP 地址和端口，并且端口是 53，则默" -"认值为：udp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是 IP 地址和端口，并且端口不是 53，则默认值为：tcp\n" +"</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是 IP 地址和端口，并且端口是 53，则默认值为：udp\n" "</dt><dt>* 如果 Virtual 是防火墙标记，则默认值为：fwm\n" "</dt></dl>\n" "\n" "\n" "<big>check timeout</big> = n\n" -"连接、外部检查和 ping 检查的超时时间（以秒为单位）。如果超过超时时间，" -"则将真实服务器声明为死亡。\n" +"连接、外部检查和 ping 检查的超时时间（以秒为单位）。如果超过超时时间，则将真实服务器声明为死亡。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" -"如果未定义该值，则使用 negotiatetimeout 的值。Negotiatetimeout 也是个" -"全局值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" +"如果未定义该值，则使用 negotiatetimeout 的值。Negotiatetimeout 也是个全局值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" "如果 checktimeout 和 negotiatetimeout 都未设置，则使用默认值。\n" "默认值：5 秒\n" "\n" "<big>negotiate timeout</big> = n\n" "协商检查的超时时间（以秒为单位）。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" -"如果未定义该值，则使用 connecttimeout 的值。Connecttimeout 也是个全局" -"值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" +"如果未定义该值，则使用 connecttimeout 的值。Connecttimeout 也是个全局值，可能会被虚拟服务器级别的设置覆盖。\n" "如果 negotiatetimeout 和 connecttimeout 都未设置，则使用默认值。\n" "默认值：30 秒\n" "\n" "<big>failure count</big> = n\n" -"在将真实服务器视为有故障前，检查必须连续报告真实服务器发生故障的次数。" -"如果指定值 1，则第一次发生故障时，就将真实服务器视为有故障。成功执行检查之" -"后，会将故障计数器重设置为 0。\n" +"在将真实服务器视为有故障前，检查必须连续报告真实服务器发生故障的次数。如果指定值 1，则第一次发生故障时，就将真实服务器视为有故障。成功执行检查之后，会将故障计数器重设置为 0。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：1\n" "\n" "<big>email alert</big> = \"emailaddress\"\n" -"一个有效的电子邮件地址，用于将有关连接状态已更改的警报发送到虚拟服务中" -"定义的任何真实服务器。此选项要求安装 perl\n" -"module MailTools。它会自动尝试使用任一内置方法发送电子邮件。有关各种方法的更" -"多信息，请参见“perldoc Mail::Mailer”。\n" +"一个有效的电子邮件地址，用于将有关连接状态已更改的警报发送到虚拟服务中定义的任何真实服务器。此选项要求安装 perl\n" +"module MailTools。它会自动尝试使用任一内置方法发送电子邮件。有关各种方法的更多信息，请参见“perldoc Mail::Mailer”。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "\n" "<big>email alert freq</big> = n\n" -"当虚拟服务中的任一给定真实服务器持续不可访问时，两次重复发送电子邮件警" -"报之间的延缓时间（以秒为单位）。设置为零秒会\n" -"禁止重复警报。此设置的电子邮件计时准确性取决于 checkinterval 配置选项中定义" -"的\n" +"当虚拟服务中的任一给定真实服务器持续不可访问时，两次重复发送电子邮件警报之间的延缓时间（以秒为单位）。设置为零秒会\n" +"禁止重复警报。此设置的电子邮件计时准确性取决于 checkinterval 配置选项中定义的\n" "秒数。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：0\n" "\n" -"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting</" -"b>|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" -"服务器状态的逗号分隔列表，服务器处于该状态时，应发送电子邮件警报。" -"all 是\n" -"“starting,running,stopping,reloading”的简写。如果" -"指定 none，则不能指定其他选项，否则，这些选项将会\n" +"<big>email alert status</big> = all|none|starting|running|stopping|reloading,...\n" +"服务器状态的逗号分隔列表，服务器处于该状态时，应发送电子邮件警报。all 是\n" +"“starting,running,stopping,reloading”的简写。如果指定 none，则不能指定其他选项，否则，这些选项将会\n" "相互冲突。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：all\n" "\n" -"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|" -"sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" -"当所有真实服务器都停机时将 Web 服务重定向到的服务器。通常，这是地址为 " -"127.0.0.1 的一个紧急页面。\n" +"<big>fallback</big> = ip_address|hostname[:portnumber|sercvicename] [gate|masq|ipip]\n" +"当所有真实服务器都停机时将 Web 服务重定向到的服务器。通常，这是地址为 127.0.0.1 的一个紧急页面。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "\n" "<big>quiescent</big> = yes|no\n" -"如果为 yes，则确定真实服务器或故障回复服务器已停机时，不会真正" -"将它们从内核的 LVS 表中去除。\n" +"如果为 yes，则确定真实服务器或故障回复服务器已停机时，不会真正将它们从内核的 LVS 表中去除。\n" "而是将它们的权重设置为零，也就是说，不接受任何新的连接。\n" -"这会造成负面影响：因为如果真实服务器具有永久连接，则来自任何现有客户端" -"的新连接将继续路由到\n" +"这会造成负面影响：因为如果真实服务器具有永久连接，则来自任何现有客户端的新连接将继续路由到\n" "真实服务器，直到永久超时失效。有关永久连接的更多信息，请参见“ipvsadm”。\n" "可通过运行以下命令避免这种负面影响：\n" "echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/vs/expire_quiescent_template\n" -"如果 proc 文件不存在，则可能意味着内核不提供 lvs 支持、未装载 " -"LVS 支持，或者内核太旧，\n" -"不包含 proc 文件。在可能的情况下，以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应该可以将 " -"LVS 载入内核。\n" -"如果为 no，则会从内核的 LVS 表中去除真实服务器或" -"故障回复服务器。默认值为 yes。\n" +"如果 proc 文件不存在，则可能意味着内核不提供 lvs 支持、未装载 LVS 支持，或者内核太旧，\n" +"不包含 proc 文件。在可能的情况下，以 root 身份运行 ipvsadm 应该可以将 LVS 载入内核。\n" +"如果为 no，则会从内核的 LVS 表中去除真实服务器或故障回复服务器。默认值为 yes。\n" "如果在虚拟服务器部分中定义该值，则会覆盖全局值。\n" "默认值：yes\n" "\n" "\n" "\n" -#. overwrite global value part -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 +#. overwrite global value part +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:146 msgid "Check Type" msgstr "检查类型" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:150 msgid "Check Port" msgstr "检查端口" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:151 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:152 msgid "Check Command" msgstr "检查命令" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:157 msgid "Http Method" msgstr "HTTP 方法" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:160 msgid "Request" msgstr "请求" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:162 msgid "Receive" msgstr "接收" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:165 msgid "Virtual Host" msgstr "虚拟主机" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:177 msgid "Login" msgstr "登录" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:178 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:180 msgid "Database Name" msgstr "数据库名称" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:181 msgid "Radius Secret" msgstr "Radius 机密" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:199 msgid "Persistent" msgstr "永久" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:200 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "网络掩码" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:202 msgid "Scheduler" msgstr "调度程序" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:211 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "协议" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:231 msgid "Virtual Servers" msgstr "虚拟服务器" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:234 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:301 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:235 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:303 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:236 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:302 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 +#. disable the delete & edit button if vserver box is empty +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:296 msgid "Virtual Server" msgstr "虚拟服务器" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:298 msgid "Real Servers" msgstr "真实服务器" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:310 msgid "Check type" msgstr "检查类型" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:311 msgid "Auth type" msgstr "身份验证类型" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:312 msgid "Others" msgstr "其他" -#. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 +#. return `cacel or a string +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:342 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:427 msgid "OK" msgstr "确定" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:343 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:428 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#. split the real server ip value; -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +#. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 msgid "" "If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" @@ -1201,98 +906,98 @@ "如果使用的是 IPv6，格式应该是：\n" "[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "真实服务器的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:419 msgid "Forward Method" msgstr "转发方法" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:422 msgid "weight" msgstr "权重" -#. find next ] -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 msgid "IP address is not Valid" msgstr "IP 地址无效" -#. tab switch events end -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 msgid "Add a new real server:" msgstr "添加新的真实服务器：" -#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 msgid "Edit the real server:" msgstr "编辑真实服务器：" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Read all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 +#. Read all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:214 msgid "Initializing IPLB Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 IPLB 配置" -#. Names of real stages -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#. Names of real stages +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the global settings" msgstr "读取全局设置" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:221 msgid "Read the virtual host settings" msgstr "读取虚拟主机设置" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:223 msgid "Reading the global settings..." msgstr "正在读取全局设置..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:224 msgid "Reading the virtual host settings..." msgstr "正在读取虚拟主机设置..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:225 src/modules/Iplb.rb:330 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Write all iplb settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 +#. Write all iplb settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:320 msgid "Saving IPLB Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 IPLB 配置" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:326 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig" -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:328 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:329 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..." -#. write global conf -#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" -#. string key's format -#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 -#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string -#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 +#. write global conf +#. check for ipv6 address to decide whether to add "6=" or "=" +#. string key's format +#. 192.168.6.241:89 or [2001:db8::5]:119 +#. only extract the 2001:db8::5 part from the key string +#. to check whether it is an ipv6 address; +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:355 src/modules/Iplb.rb:392 src/modules/Iplb.rb:405 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Iplb.rb:441 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "配置摘要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,226 +14,225 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module -#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xiscsi-client module +#: src/clients/iscsi-client.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端的配置" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "正在保存 iSCSI 配置..." -#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端" -#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiClient in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-client_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端(&I)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "引导时(&B)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "iSNS Address" msgstr "iSNS 地址" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS 端口" -#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "发起端名称(&I)" -#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well -#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware -#. shifting load from processor to card) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "加速卡(&D)" -#. table of connected targets -#. table of discovered targets -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 +#. table of connected targets +#. table of discovered targets +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "接口" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "门户网站地址" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "目标名称" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "启动" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Disconnect" msgstr "断开" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "已连接" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "发现" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "连接" -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "无身份验证" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "传入身份验证" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "用户名" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "传出身份验证" -#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "启动" -#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 +#. iSCSI target has to be connected manually +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:304 msgid "manual" msgstr "手动" -#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 +#. iSCSI target available at boot (respected by 'dracut') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:306 msgid "onboot" msgstr "引导时" -#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#. iSCSI target enabled automatically (by 'systemd') +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 msgid "automatic" msgstr "自动" -#. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 +#. widget for portal address +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:315 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:316 msgid "Port" msgstr "端口" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Key" msgstr "密钥" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 +#. service status dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:342 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 +#. list og connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "已连接目标" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "已发现目标" -#. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 +#. main tabbed dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:392 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端概述" -#. discovery new target -#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#. discovery new target +#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 发起端</h1>" -#. authentication dialog for add new target -#. list of connected targets -#. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 +#. authentication dialog for add new target +#. list of connected targets +#. authentication for connect to portal +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端发现" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -241,8 +240,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 iSCSI 发起端配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -250,8 +249,8 @@ "<big>正在中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置使用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -259,8 +258,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 iSCSI 发起端配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -272,8 +271,8 @@ " 另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" " \n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here. \n" @@ -281,8 +280,8 @@ "<big>iSCSI 发起端配置</big> \n" "在此处配置 iSCSI 发起端。 \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -294,8 +293,8 @@ " 如果没有检测到 iSCSI 发起端，请使用其它(未检测到)。\n" " 然后按配置。\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -305,8 +304,8 @@ "如果按下编辑，则将会打开另外一个对话框，可以在其中更改 \n" " 配置。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -316,8 +315,8 @@ "获取已安装的 iSCSI 发起端的概述。此外，\n" "对它们的配置进行编辑。 \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI initiator.\n" @@ -325,8 +324,8 @@ "<big>添加 iSCSI 发起端</big> \n" "按添加以配置一个 iSCSI 发起端。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -336,194 +335,136 @@ "选择一个要更改或删除的 iSCSI 发起端。\n" " 然后根据需要按编辑或删除。\n" -#. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 -msgid "" -"List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get " -"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " -"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use " -"Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " -"from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." -msgstr "" -"当前会话的列表。使用添加按钮可获取其他目标。系统会启动发现过" -"程来检测新目标，已连接目标的启动模式将保持不变。 使用断开可以取消连" -"接，同时会从列表中去除目标。 要更改启动状态，请按编辑。" +#. table of connected targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +msgid "List of current sessions.Use the Add button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged. Use Disconnect to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list. To change the start-up status, press Edit." +msgstr "当前会话的列表。使用添加按钮可获取其他目标。系统会启动发现过程来检测新目标，已连接目标的启动模式将保持不变。 使用断开可以取消连接，同时会从列表中去除目标。 要更改启动状态，请按编辑。" -#. Warning -#. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#. Warning +#. Warning +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 -msgid "" -"When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that " -"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " -"corruption.\n" -msgstr "" -"当访问 iSCSI 设备 READ/WRITE 时，确保此访问是排它的。否则会" -"有潜在的数据损坏风险。\n" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +msgid "When accessing an iSCSI device READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.\n" +msgstr "当访问 iSCSI 设备 READ/WRITE 时，确保此访问是排它的。否则会有潜在的数据损坏风险。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 msgid "" -"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" -"tt>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " -"able to change it in the BIOS setup." +"Initiator Name is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup." msgstr "" "发起端名称是 <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt> 中的一个值。\n" -"如果您使用 iBFT，此处添加的将是 iBFT 中的值，并且您只能在 BIOS 设置中更改它。" -"" +"如果您使用 iBFT，此处添加的将是 iBFT 中的值，并且您只能在 BIOS 设置中更改它。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for " -"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " -"be 3205.\n" +"If you want to use iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -"如果要使用 iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) 来发现目标，而不使用默" -"认的 SendTargets 方法，\n" +"如果要使用 iSNS (Internet Storage Name Service) 来发现目标，而不使用默认的 SendTargets 方法，\n" "请填写 iSNS 服务器的 IP 地址和端口。默认端口是 3205。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Enter the IP Address of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username " -"and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"Only change Port if needed. For authentication, use Username and Password. If you do not need authentication,\n" "select No Authentication.\n" msgstr "" "输入 iSCSI 目标服务器的 IP 地址。\n" -"请仅在需要时更改端口。对于身份验证，请使用用户名和口令。" -"如果不需要身份验证，\n" +"请仅在需要时更改端口。对于身份验证，请使用用户名和口令。如果不需要身份验证，\n" "请选择无身份验证。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 -msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " -"Connect. " +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click Connect. " msgstr "iSCSI 目标提供的节点的列表。选择一项，然后单击连接。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>启动</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "manual is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually\n" -"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " -"when\n" +"onboot is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.\n" -"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " -"service\n" +"automatic is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n" "starts up.\n" msgstr "" "手动用于默认不连接的 iSCSI 目标，用户需要手动连接它们\n" -"引导时用于在引导时连接的 iSCSI 目标，例如，当根分区在 iSCSI 上" -"时。\n" +"引导时用于在引导时连接的 iSCSI 目标，例如，当根分区在 iSCSI 上时。\n" "因为这样 initrd 就需要评估位于 iSCSI 上的根分区了。\n" "自动用于当 iSCSI 服务启动时自动连接的 iSCSI 目标。\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "<h1>身份验证</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 -msgid "" -"The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the " -"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter " -"Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing " -"Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming " -"Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target " -"server side and the other way round." -msgstr "" -"此处的默认设置为无身份验证。如果出于安全原因而需要身份验证，请取消" -"选中该复选框。请针对“传入身份验证”和/或“传出身份验证”输入用户名和口" -"令。请注意： 此处的“传入身份验证”与 iSCSI 目标服务器端" -"的“传出身份验证”相关联，反之亦然。" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +msgid "The default setting here is No Authentication. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter Username and Password for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.Please note: 'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round." +msgstr "此处的默认设置为无身份验证。如果出于安全原因而需要身份验证，请取消选中该复选框。请针对“传入身份验证”和/或“传出身份验证”输入用户名和口令。请注意： 此处的“传入身份验证”与 iSCSI 目标服务器端的“传出身份验证”相关联，反之亦然。" -#. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 -msgid "" -"This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the " -"Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " -"specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the " -"connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status " -"'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen." -" To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: " -"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " -"Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note:</" -"b> Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets " -"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " -"(to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the " -"Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" -"up mode." -msgstr "" -"此屏幕显示已发现目标的列表。使用发现按钮可获取从 IP 地址所指" -"定的服务器上可用的 iSCSI 目标。 对某个目标使用连接可建立连接。如果" -"登录成功，列已连接将显示状态“True”，并且目标会出现在已连接目标" -"屏幕上。 要去除某个目标，请使用删除按钮。 提示：只能去除" -"未连接的目标。如果需要，请先在已连接目标屏幕上使用断开。</" -"p>请注意：再次启动发现会对目标重新执行发现过程，而这可能会更" -"改现已连接的目标的启动模式（更改为默认模式“手动”）。如果您想添加新目标而不更" -"改启动模式，请切换到已连接目标屏幕并使用添加按钮。" +#. list of discovered targets +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +msgid "This screen shows the list of discovered targets.Use the Discovery button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address. Connect to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column Connected shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the Connected Targets screen. To remove a target use the Delete button. Hint: Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, Disconnect at Connected Targets first.Please note: Starting the Discovery again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to Connected Targets screen and use the Add button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode." +msgstr "此屏幕显示已发现目标的列表。使用发现按钮可获取从 IP 地址所指定的服务器上可用的 iSCSI 目标。 对某个目标使用连接可建立连接。如果登录成功，列已连接将显示状态“True”，并且目标会出现在已连接目标屏幕上。 要去除某个目标，请使用删除按钮。 提示：只能去除未连接的目标。如果需要，请先在已连接目标屏幕上使用断开。请注意：再次启动发现会对目标重新执行发现过程，而这可能会更改现已连接的目标的启动模式（更改为默认模式“手动”）。如果您想添加新目标而不更改启动模式，请切换到已连接目标屏幕并使用添加按钮。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>" -#. string initiatorname=""; -#. function for run command in background -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 +#. string initiatorname=""; +#. function for run command in background +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:65 msgid "Command timed out" msgstr "命令已超时" -#. validation for authentication dialog entry -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 +#. validation for authentication dialog entry +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Insert the username." msgstr "插入用户名。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Insert the password." msgstr "插入口令。" -#. init table of connected sessions -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 +#. init table of connected sessions +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:152 msgid "Error While Connecting iscsid" msgstr "连接 iscsid 时出错" -#. delete (logout from) connected target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 +#. delete (logout from) connected target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:214 msgid "Really log out from the selected target?" msgstr "确实要从所选目标注销吗？" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218 msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target." msgstr "从所选目标注销时出错。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228 msgid "No record found." msgstr "找不到记录" -#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 +#. if nothing selected - disable some buttons, otherwise enable them +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:270 msgid "No valid IP address" msgstr "没有有效的 IP 地址" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:275 msgid "Port field cannot be empty" msgstr "端口字段不能为空" -#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 +#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se" +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:393 msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name" msgstr "错误的发起端名称" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:394 msgid "" "\n" "The correct syntax is\n" @@ -545,149 +486,144 @@ "\n" "要使用该名称吗？\n" -#. validate ip -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 +#. validate ip +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:572 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "插入 IP 地址。" -#. check for valid host name -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 +#. check for valid host name +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "请检查对应主机名的 IP 地址。\n" -#. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 +#. validate port number +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:596 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "插入端口。" -#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); -#. ******************* target table ************************* -#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 +#. string record = deletechars(row_in_string[0]:"", "[]"); +#. ******************* target table ************************* +#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) +#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:850 msgid "True" msgstr "True" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:717 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:822 msgid "False" msgstr "False" -#. check if not already connected -#. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 -msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " -"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." -msgstr "" -"已连接名称为此 TargetName 的目标。请确保启用了 Multipathing 以防止数据损坏。" +#. check if not already connected +#. check if not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 +msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +msgstr "已连接名称为此 TargetName 的目标。请确保启用了 Multipathing 以防止数据损坏。" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:878 msgid "Continue" msgstr "继续" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:759 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:879 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 +#. check if is not already connected +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:869 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "目标已连接。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:121 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-client/wizards.rb:123 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) -#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 -msgid "" -"To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." -"" +#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300) +#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 +msgid "To configure the iSCSI initiator, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "要配置 iSCSI 发起端，必须安装 %1 包。" -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "是否立即安装？" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:152 msgid "Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 iSCSI 发起端配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:168 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "读取数据库" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:170 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "读取以前的设置" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:172 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "检测设备" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:176 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "正在读取数据库..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:178 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:180 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "正在检测设备..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:182 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. IscsiClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 +#. IscsiClient read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:237 msgid "Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 iSCSI 发起端配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:246 msgid "Write AutoYaST settings" msgstr "写入 AutoYaST 设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:248 msgid "Set up service status" msgstr "设置服务状态" -#. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#. interface type for hardware offloading +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "默认（软件）" -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 msgid "all" msgstr "所有" -#. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 +#. } +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:730 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -699,13 +635,13 @@ "并且系统会创建一个备份。您如果想要使用不同的\n" "发起端名称，请在 BIOS 中更改它。\n" -#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons -#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 +#. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons +#. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "目标连接失败。\n" -#. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 +#. do discovery first +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1208 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "配置摘要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/iscsi-lio-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,244 +14,244 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the iscsi-lio-server module +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of an iSCSI target via LIO" msgstr "通过 LIO 配置 iSCSI 目标" -#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 +#. Rich text title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:85 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标" -#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals -#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 +#. Menu title for IscsiLioServer in proposals +#: src/clients/iscsi-lio-server_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&iSCSI LIO Target" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标(&I)" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#. second tab - global authentication +#. second tab - global authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "全局" -#. third tab - targets / luns -#. targets dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 +#. third tab - targets / luns +#. targets dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443 msgid "Targets" msgstr "目标" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Target" msgstr "目标" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "标识符" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Portal group" msgstr "门户组" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Ip address" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "Port number" msgstr "端口号" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Bind all IP addresses" msgstr "绑定所有 IP 地址" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Use Authentication" msgstr "使用身份验证" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Path" msgstr "路径" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Initiator" msgstr "发起端" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "LUN Mapping" msgstr "LUN 映射" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "Auth" msgstr "身份验证" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "Edit LUN" msgstr "编辑 LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "Edit Auth" msgstr "编辑身份验证" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203 msgid "Copy" msgstr "复制" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 +#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "无身份验证" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "传入身份验证" -#. dialog to add/modify user and password -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#. dialog to add/modify user and password +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 msgid "Username" msgstr "用户名" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "传出身份验证" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "引导时(&B)" -#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 +#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&") +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "TPG Status" msgstr "TPG 状态" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Key" msgstr "键" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标概述" -#. expert dialog -#. LUN details -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#. expert dialog +#. LUN details +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 目标</h1>" -#. dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 +#. dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Add iSCSI Target" msgstr "添加 iSCSI 目标" -#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target -#. (includes authentication) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 +#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target +#. (includes authentication) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" msgstr "修改 iSCSI 目标发起端设置" -#. edit target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 +#. edit target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup" msgstr "修改 iSCSI 目标 Lun 设置" -#. expert target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 +#. expert target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576 msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "iSCSI 目标专家设置" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 iSCSI LIO 目标配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -268,8 +268,8 @@ "<big>正在中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 iSCSI 目标配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ "将另外显示一个对话框，说明执行此操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "Save button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file." @@ -298,8 +298,8 @@ "保存按钮会将目标的一些相关信息导出到\n" "选定文件中。" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSCSI target here. \n" @@ -307,8 +307,8 @@ "<big>iSCSI 目标配置</big> \n" "在此处配置 iSCSI 目标。 \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -320,8 +320,8 @@ "如果没有检测到您的目标，请使用其他（未检测到）。\n" "然后按配置。\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -331,8 +331,8 @@ "如果按编辑，则将打开另一个对话框，您可在其中更改\n" "配置。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ "获取已安装的 iSCSI 目标的概述。此外，\n" "对它们的配置进行编辑。 \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an iSCSI target." @@ -351,8 +351,8 @@ "<big>添加 iSCSI 目标</big> \n" "按添加以配置一个 iSCSI 目标。" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -362,8 +362,8 @@ "选择一个要更改或删除的 iSCSI 目标。\n" "然后根据需要按编辑或删除。\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -373,10 +373,10 @@ "按下一步继续。\n" " " -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -386,8 +386,8 @@ "暂不可用，必须先对其进行编码。:-)\n" "" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -397,80 +397,55 @@ "按下一步继续。\n" " \n" -#. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of " -"Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert " -"User and Password." -msgstr "" -"选择身份验证类型。使用无身份验证或传入和传出两者之一（也" -"可使用这两者）。然后插入用户和口令。" +#. discovery authentication +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use No Authentication or one of Incoming and Outgoing (can be both together). Then insert User and Password." +msgstr "选择身份验证类型。使用无身份验证或传入和传出两者之一（也可使用这两者）。然后插入用户和口令。" -#. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#. target client setup. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" -"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " -"imported from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " -"InitiatorName\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete " -"will remove the initiator access to the LUN." +"Use Add to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use InitiatorName\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). Delete will remove the initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "" -"使用添加可向某个发起端（iSCSI 客户端）授予访问从目标门户组导入的 " -"LUN 的权限。\n" -"请指定允许哪个发起端连接它（使用 iSCSI 发起端上“/etc/iscsi/initiatorname." -"iscsi”中的 InitiatorName）。\n" +"使用添加可向某个发起端（iSCSI 客户端）授予访问从目标门户组导入的 LUN 的权限。\n" +"请指定允许哪个发起端连接它（使用 iSCSI 发起端上“/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi”中的 InitiatorName）。\n" "单击删除将会去除发起端对该 LUN 的访问权限。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " -"target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the " -"type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both " -"together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to " -"set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth</" -"b> is disabled here." +"With Edit LUN one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique. After pressing Edit Auth, select the type of authentication. Use Incoming, Outgoing or both together. Then insert User and Password. Please make sure to set different passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" +" If Use Authentication is disabled in previous dialog, Edit Auth is disabled here." msgstr "" -"使用编辑 LUN 可以修改 LUN 映射。请注意，LUN 目标编号必须唯一。 " -"按编辑身份验证后，请选择身份验证类型。请使用传入、传出或" -"同时使用这两项。然后插入用户和口令。请务必为传入和传出身份验证" -"设置不同的口令。\n" -"如果在上个对话框中禁用了使用身份验证，则此处的编辑身份验证将被" -"禁用。" +"使用编辑 LUN 可以修改 LUN 映射。请注意，LUN 目标编号必须唯一。 按编辑身份验证后，请选择身份验证类型。请使用传入、传出或同时使用这两项。然后插入用户和口令。请务必为传入和传出身份验证设置不同的口令。\n" +"如果在上个对话框中禁用了使用身份验证，则此处的编辑身份验证将被禁用。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 -msgid "" -"Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " -"to the LUN." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +msgid "Copy offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access to the LUN." msgstr "使用复制可向一个额外的发起端授予对该 LUN 的访问权限。" -#. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#. target dialog +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " -"clicking Add.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete</" -"b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking Add.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press Edit or Delete." msgstr "" "提供的目标和目标门户组的列表。单击添加可创建新目标。\n" "要删除或修改某个项目，请选择该项目并按编辑或删除。" -#. edit target -#. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#. edit target +#. add target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "<h1>iSCSI 目标 IP/端口和 LUN 设置</h1>" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"LUN.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a LUN.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -480,11 +455,10 @@ "该名称在目标门户组中必须唯一。如果用户\n" "未提供 LUN 的名称，则系统会自动生成一个。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which " -"address\n" +"Under Ip Address and Port Number you specify under which address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" @@ -492,17 +466,15 @@ "和端口。默认端口号为 3260。\n" "只能使用指派给其中一个网卡的 IP 地址。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "创建新目标。使用正确的值替换模板值。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " -"lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" "You have to provide path to either block devices or file. \n" -"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN</" -"b>. \n" +"The LUN name is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the LUN. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" @@ -512,189 +484,184 @@ "该名称在目标门户组中必须是唯一的。如果用户\n" "未提供 LUN 的名称，则系统会自动生成一个。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional " -"configuration options." +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +msgid "It is possible to add, edit or delete all additional configuration options." msgstr "可以添加、编辑或删除所有其他配置选项。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing " -"purposes).\n" -"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and " -"Sectors are optional." +"Edit LUN number if needed, set Type (nullio is for testing purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set Path to disk device or file.SCSI ID and Sectors are optional." msgstr "" "编辑 LUN 编号（如果需要），设置 Type（nullio 用于测试）。\n" -"如果 Type = fileio，则请设置磁盘设备或文件的 Path。SCSI ID 和 " -"Sectors 为可选项。" +"如果 Type = fileio，则请设置磁盘设备或文件的 Path。SCSI ID 和 Sectors 为可选项。" -#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 +#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:156 msgid "Problem changing authentication" msgstr "更改身份验证时出现问题" -#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#. validate functions checks the secret for incoming and outgoing cannot be same +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Username" msgstr "无效用户名" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:172 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:182 msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "口令无效。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "选定的 LUN 已在使用中！" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "所选名称已在使用！" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "选定的路径必须为块设备或一般文件的路径！" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "选定的路径已在使用！" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 msgid "Path:" msgstr "路径：" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 msgid "Browse" msgstr "浏览" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "选择文件或设备" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "发起端 LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "目标 LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 msgid "Change:" msgstr "更改：" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "目标 LUN %1 已使用多次！" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "需要至少启用一项身份验证！" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "发起端名称：" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "从 TPG 中导入 LUN" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "发起端名称不能为空！" -#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing -#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. -#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing +#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. +#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "发起端名称已存在！" -#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN -#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN +#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "新发起端名称：" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 msgid "OK" msgstr "确定" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#. create items from targets +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#. remove a item -#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** -#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#. remove a item +#. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** +#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "确定要删除所选的项目吗？" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "使用 tpg %2 创建目标 %1 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "将网络门户设置为 %1 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "删除 LUN %1 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "将 LUN %1（名称：%2）设置为路径 %3 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "将 %1:%2 上的身份验证设置为 %3 时出现问题" -#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "目标不能为空。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "目标门户组不能为空。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "目标已存在。" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "接收" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "传出" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 msgid "None" msgstr "无" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -708,98 +675,98 @@ "（请参见发起端上的 /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi）。\n" "确实要继续而不提供发起端访问信息吗？" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "去除 %1:%2 中发起端 %3 的 LUN %4 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "为 %1:%2 中的发起端 %3 添加 LUN %4:%5 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "从 %1:%2 中去除发起端 %3 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "为 %1:%2 创建发起端 %3 时出现问题" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "更改 %1:%2 中发起端 %3 的身份验证时出现问题" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:110 msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "iSCSI LIO 目标配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/wizards.rb:112 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#. scope link IPv6 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "无法保存 lio 设置" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "无法保存 tcm 设置" -#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 +#. test if required package ("lio-utils") is installed +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:136 msgid "Can't continue without installing lio-utils package" msgstr "如果未安装 lio-utils 包，则无法继续" -#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 +#. to translator: %1 is replaced by pathname e.g. /etc/init.d/target +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:177 msgid "Could not start service \"%1\"" msgstr "无法启动服务“%1”" -#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 +#. IscsiLioServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:190 msgid "Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 iSCSI LIO 目标配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:206 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "读取数据库" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:208 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "读取以前的设置" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:210 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "检测设备" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:214 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "正在读取数据库..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:216 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:218 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "正在检测设备..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:220 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:306 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 +#. read configuration (/etc/ietd.conf) +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:245 msgid "" "You have currently no active LIO targets but there seems \n" "to be a valid config in /etc/ietd.conf. Should the module \n" @@ -809,37 +776,37 @@ "有一个有效的配置。模块\n" "应该尝试将设置从 /etc/ietd.conf 导入到 LIO 中吗？" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:254 msgid "Errors during import. Check LIO state!" msgstr "导入时发生错误。请检查 LIO 状态！" -#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 +#. IscsiLioServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:281 msgid "Saving iSCSI LIO Target Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 iSCSI LIO 目标配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:296 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "写入防火墙设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:298 msgid "Write lio configuration" msgstr "写入 lio 配置" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:302 msgid "Writing the firewall settings..." msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:304 msgid "Writing lio configuration..." msgstr "正在写入 lio 配置..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:425 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "配置摘要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/isns.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,109 +14,109 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xisns module -#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xisns module +#: src/clients/isns.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an isns service" msgstr "isns 服务的配置" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/isns_finish.rb:44 msgid "Saving iSCSI configuration..." msgstr "正在保存 iSCSI 配置..." -#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 +#. Rich text title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:65 msgid "iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端" -#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals -#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 +#. Menu title for IsnsServer in proposals +#: src/clients/isns_proposal.rb:69 msgid "&iSCSI Initiator" msgstr "iSCSI 发起端(&I)" -#. first tab - service status and firewall -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 +#. first tab - service status and firewall +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:34 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 +#. second tab - iSCSI Nodes +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:55 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "iSCSI Nodes" msgstr "ISCSI 节点" -#. third tab - Discovery Domains -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 +#. third tab - Discovery Domains +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:65 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "Discovery Domains" msgstr "发现域" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:87 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "引导时(&B)" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:66 msgid "iSCSI Node Name" msgstr "iSCSI 节点名称" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:105 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Node Type" msgstr "节点类型" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:108 src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:126 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:29 msgid "Discovery Domain Name" msgstr "发现域名" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Create Discovery Domain" msgstr "创建发现域" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Discovery Domain Members" msgstr "发现域成员" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "Add Existing iSCSI Node" msgstr "添加现有的 iSCSI 节点" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "Create iSCSI Node Member" msgstr "创建 iSCSI 节点成员" -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Remove" msgstr "删除" -#. Summary dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. Main dialog - tabbed -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 +#. Summary dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. Main dialog - tabbed +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "iSNS Service" msgstr "isns 服务" -#. curr_target = ""; -#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 +#. curr_target = ""; +#: src/include/isns/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "<h1>iSNS Service</h1>" msgstr "<h1>isns 服务</h1>" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing iSNS daemon configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -124,8 +124,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 iSNS 守护程序配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "<big>正在中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置使用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<big>Saving iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -142,8 +142,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 iSNS 配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ "一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>iSNS Configuration</big> \n" "Configure an iSNS server. \n" @@ -164,136 +164,96 @@ "<big>iSNS 配置</big> \n" "配置一个 iSNS 服务器。 \n" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service " -"are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI " -"targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node " -"removes it from the iSNS database." -msgstr "" -"显示了向 iSNS 服务注册的所有可用 iSCSI 节点的列表。 由 iSCSI 发起端" -"和 iSCSI 目标注册的节点。 仅能将其删除。删除某个节点会将其从 " -"iSNS 数据库中去除。" +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:39 +msgid "The list of all available iSCSI nodes registered with the iSNS service are displayed. Nodes are registered by iSCSI initiators and iSCSI targets. It is only possible to delete them. Deleting a node removes it from the iSNS database." +msgstr "显示了向 iSNS 服务注册的所有可用 iSCSI 节点的列表。 由 iSCSI 发起端和 iSCSI 目标注册的节点。 仅能将其删除。删除某个节点会将其从 iSNS 数据库中去除。" -#. discovery domains -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 -msgid "" -"A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create</" -"b> a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the " -"members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." -msgstr "" -"显示了全部发现域列表。可以创建或删除一个发现域。删除一个发现" -"域将从此域去除成员，但不会删除 iSCSI 节点成员本身。" +#. discovery domains +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:43 +msgid "A list of all discovery domains is displayed. It is possible to Create a discovery domain or Delete one. Deleting a domain removes the members from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node members." +msgstr "显示了全部发现域列表。可以创建或删除一个发现域。删除一个发现域将从此域去除成员，但不会删除 iSCSI 节点成员本身。" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting " -"another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery " -"domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or " -"Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but " -"does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not " -"yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When " -"the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this " -"domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS " -"service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same " -"Discovery Domains. " -msgstr "" -"发现域显示了全部 iSCSI 节点列表。选择另一个发现域将刷新列表，显示该发现域的成" -"员。可以将一个 iSCSI 节点添加到一个发现域，或从一个发现域删除节" -"点。删除节点会将其从发现域中去除创建一个 iSCSI 节点允许将一个尚未注" -"册的节点添加为发现域的成员。当发起端或目标注册了此节点时，此节点就变成了此域" -"的一部分 当一个 iSCSI 发起端发出域发现请求时，iSNS 服务将返回属于该发" -"现域的全部 iSCSI 节点目标。 " +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:46 +msgid "A list of all iSCSI nodes are displayed by discovery domain. Selecting another discovery domain refreshes the list with members from that discovery domain. It is possible to Add an iSCSI node to a discovery domain or Delete the node. Deleting a node removes it from the domain but does not delete the iSCSI node Creating an iSCSI node allows a not yet registered node to be added as a member of the discovery domain. When the initiator or target registers this node then it becomes part of this domain When an iSCSI initiator does a discovery request, the iSNS service returns all iSCSI node targets that are members of the same Discovery Domains. " +msgstr "发现域显示了全部 iSCSI 节点列表。选择另一个发现域将刷新列表，显示该发现域的成员。可以将一个 iSCSI 节点添加到一个发现域，或从一个发现域删除节点。删除节点会将其从发现域中去除创建一个 iSCSI 节点允许将一个尚未注册的节点添加为发现域的成员。当发起端或目标注册了此节点时，此节点就变成了此域的一部分 当一个 iSCSI 发起端发出域发现请求时，iSNS 服务将返回属于该发现域的全部 iSCSI 节点目标。 " -#. dds table dialog -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery " -"Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a " -"member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS " -"database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery " -"Domains contain iSCSI Node members." -msgstr "" -"列表顶部会显示全部发现域集。发现域属于发现域集。一个发现域必须是一个发现域" -"集的成员才能处于活动状态。在 iSNS 数据库中，一个发现域集包含多个发现" -"域，而一个发现域包含多个 iSCSI 节点成员。" +#. dds table dialog +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:50 +msgid "At the top a list of all Discovery Domain Sets are displayed. Discovery Domains belong to Discovery Domain Sets. A Discovery Domain must be a member of a Discovery Domain Set in order to be active. In an iSNS database, a Discovery Domain Set contains Discovery Domains and Discovery Domains contain iSCSI Node members." +msgstr "列表顶部会显示全部发现域集。发现域属于发现域集。一个发现域必须是一个发现域集的成员才能处于活动状态。在 iSNS 数据库中，一个发现域集包含多个发现域，而一个发现域包含多个 iSCSI 节点成员。" -#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 -msgid "" -"The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different " -"discovery domain set is selected." +#: src/include/isns/helps.rb:53 +msgid "The discovery domain set members list is refreshed whenever a different discovery domain set is selected." msgstr "每当您选择不同的发现域集时，发现域集成员列表便会刷新。" -#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 +#. **************** global funcions and variables ***** +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:25 msgid "Create New Discovery Domain" msgstr "创建新的发现域" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Add iSCSI node to discovery domain" msgstr "将 iSCSI 节点添加到发现域" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:105 msgid "Available Nodes to Add" msgstr "要添加的可用节点" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:108 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:112 msgid "Add Node" msgstr "添加节点" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:113 msgid "Done" msgstr "完毕" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:145 src/include/isns/widgets.rb:168 msgid "Target or Initiator" msgstr "目标或发起端" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "确实要删除所选的项吗？" -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:270 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "确实要删除此域吗？" -#. boolean display = true; -#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); -#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 +#. boolean display = true; +#. Report::DisplayErrors(display,10); +#: src/include/isns/widgets.rb:351 msgid "Unable to connect to iSNS server. Check if iSNS server is running." msgstr "无法连接到 iSNS 服务器。请检查 iSNS 服务器是否正在运行。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:70 msgid "isns Daemon Configuration" msgstr "iSNS 守护程序配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/isns/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 -msgid "" -"To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed.</" -"p>" +#. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:149 +msgid "To configure the isns service, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "要配置 ISNS 服务，必须安装 %1 包。" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:152 msgid "Install it now?" msgstr "是否立即安装？" -#. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 +#. IsnsServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:277 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 isns 守护程序配置" -#. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 +#. IsnsServer write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:300 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 isns 配置" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journal.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,118 +14,118 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:43 msgid "Journal entries" msgstr "日记项" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" msgstr "显示包含以下文本的项" -#. Return the result as an array of Items -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 +#. Return the result as an array of Items +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:117 msgid "Change filter..." msgstr "更改过滤器..." -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/entries_dialog.rb:119 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "刷新" -#. Header -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 +#. Header +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Entries to display" msgstr "要显示的项" -#. Interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 +#. Interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Time interval" msgstr "时间间隔" -#. Filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 +#. Filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Filters" msgstr "过滤器" -#. User readable description of the current filters -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:65 msgid "With no additional conditions" msgstr "没有附加条件" -#. User readable description of the time interval -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 +#. User readable description of the time interval +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:82 msgid "Since system's boot" msgstr "自系统引导以来" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:84 msgid "From previous boot" msgstr "从上次引导" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:90 msgid "Between %{since} and %{until}" msgstr "从 %{since} 到 %{until}" -#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys -#. :value and :label -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 +#. Possible intervals for a QueryPresenter object to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each interval is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:102 msgid "Between these dates" msgstr "在这些日期之间" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:104 msgid "Since system's boot (%s)" msgstr "自系统引导以来 (%s)" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:108 msgid "From previous boot (%s)" msgstr "从上次引导 (%s)" -#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys -#. -#. * :name name of the filter -#. * :label short label for the filter -#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter -#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value -#. * :values optional list of valid values -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 +#. Possible filters for a QueryPresenter object +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 4 possible keys +#. +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label short label for the filter +#. * :form_label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :multiple boolean indicating if an array is a valid value +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:128 msgid "Units" msgstr "单员" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:129 msgid "For these systemd units" msgstr "对于这些 systemd 单元" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:134 msgid "Files" msgstr "文件" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:135 msgid "For these files (executable or device)" msgstr "对于这些文件（可执行文件或设备）" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:140 msgid "Priority" msgstr "优先级" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:141 msgid "With at least this priority" msgstr "至少具有此优先级" -#. Fields to display for listing the entries -#. -#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:164 msgid "Time" msgstr "时间" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:165 msgid "Source" msgstr "源" -#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 +#: src/lib/systemd_journal/query_presenter.rb:166 msgid "Message" msgstr "讯息" Added: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po (rev 0) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/journalctl.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +# Chinese message file for YaST2 (@memory@) +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-04-02 10:52+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: 裴寒牧 <phm(a)a2e.de>\n" +"Language-Team: 中华 <nls-zh(a)suse.de>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries." +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "无条目。" + +#. Filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Displaying entries with the following text" +msgstr "" + +#. Footer buttons +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Matching the filter:" +msgid "Change filter..." +msgstr "匹配过滤器：" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "刷新" + +#. Header +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Braille display" +msgid "Entries to display" +msgstr "点字显示器" + +#. Boot selector +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No entries found" +msgid "Log entries for" +msgstr "未找到项" + +#. Filter checkboxes +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Filters:" +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "过滤：" + +#. User readable description of the current filters +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60 +msgid "from previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62 +msgid "since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66 +msgid "unit (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67 +msgid "file (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Priority" +msgid "priority (%s)" +msgstr "优先级" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "No additional information" +msgid "with no additional conditions" +msgstr "无附加信息" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registering %s ..." +msgid "filtering by %s" +msgstr "正在注册 %s..." + +#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys +#. :value and :label +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93 +msgid "Since system's boot" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94 +msgid "From previous boot" +msgstr "" + +#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys +#. * :name name of the filter +#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter +#. * :values optional list of valid values +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108 +msgid "For this systemd unit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112 +msgid "For this file (executable or device)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116 +msgid "With at least this priority" +msgstr "" + +#. Fields to display for listing the entries +#. +#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128 +msgid "Time" +msgstr "时间" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "源" + +#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130 +msgid "Message" +msgstr "消息" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/kdump.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,362 +14,344 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the kdump module -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 +#. Command line help text for the kdump module +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:59 msgid "Configuration of kdump" msgstr "Kdump 的配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:69 msgid "Display settings" msgstr "显示设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:75 msgid "Start-up settings" msgstr "启动设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:81 msgid "Dump Level number 0-31" msgstr "转储级别号 0-31" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:89 msgid "Dump format for dump image none/ELF/compressed/lzo" msgstr "转储映像的转储格式 - none/ELF/compressed/lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102 msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images" msgstr "转储目标包含用于保存转储映像的目标" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " -"\"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"命名模式为：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] 请仅输入“kernel_string”。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 +msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "命名模式为：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] 请仅输入“kernel_string”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " -"kdump kernel." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 +msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel." msgstr "Kdump 命令行是需要对 Kdump 内核传递的命令行。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 -msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " -"line string." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 +msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string." msgstr "仅当希望将 _append_ 值设置为默认的命令行字符串时设置此变量。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150 msgid "Immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump kernel." msgstr "将核心保存到 Kdump 内核之后立即重引导。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:158 msgid "Copy kernel into dump directory." msgstr "将内核复制到转储目录中。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166 msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all." msgstr "指定保留的旧转储数。0 表示全部保留。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174 msgid "SMTP server for sending notification messages." msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的 SMTP 服务器。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:182 msgid "SMTP username for sending notification messages." msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的 SMTP 用户名。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 -msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " -"password (plain text file)." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 +msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)." msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的 SMTP 口令。口令所在文件（普通文本文件）的路径。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198 msgid "Email address for sending notification messages" msgstr "用于发送通知讯息的电子邮件地址。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:209 msgid "Email address for sending copy of notification messages" msgstr "用于发送通知讯息副本的电子邮件地址" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:221 msgid "Enable option" msgstr "启用选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:225 msgid "Disable option" msgstr "禁用选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:229 msgid "Shows current option status" msgstr "显示当前选项状态" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:234 msgid "Size of allocated memory MB" msgstr "分配的内存大小 (MB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:241 msgid "Number for dump level includes pages for saving" msgstr "用于保存的转储级别包含页面数" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:248 msgid "Dump format can be none, ELF, compressed or lzo" msgstr "转储格式可以为 none、ELF、compressed 或 lzo" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 -msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " -"sftp, nfs, cifs" -msgstr "" -"转储目标包括以下来源的目标类型：文件（本地文件系统）、ftp、ssh、sftp、nfs、" -"cifs" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 +msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs" +msgstr "转储目标包括以下来源的目标类型：文件（本地文件系统）、ftp、ssh、sftp、nfs、cifs" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262 msgid "Name of server" msgstr "服务器名称" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:267 msgid "Port for connection" msgstr "用于连接的端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:272 msgid "Directory for saving dump images" msgstr "用于保存转储映像的目录" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:279 msgid "Exported share" msgstr "导出的共享" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:284 msgid "User name" msgstr "用户名" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:289 msgid "Path of file which includes password (plain text file)" msgstr "包含口令的文件（纯文本文件）的路径" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:296 msgid "udev_id of raw partition" msgstr "原始分区的 udev_id " -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 -msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " -"only \"kernel_string\"." -msgstr "" -"命名模式为：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] 内核仅表示“kernel_string”。" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 +msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"." +msgstr "命名模式为：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] 内核仅表示“kernel_string”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310 msgid "Include command line options." msgstr "包含命令行选项。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 -msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " -"or s are allowed" +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 +msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed" msgstr "选项表示引导 Kdump 内核的运行级别。仅允许使用 1、2、3、5 或 s 之类的值" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324 msgid "Number of dumps. 0 means keep all." msgstr "转储数。0 表示全部保留。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:331 msgid "Email address" msgstr "电子邮件地址" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:365 msgid "Handles usage of firmware-assisted dump" msgstr "处理固件辅助转储的使用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:415 msgid "Display Settings:" msgstr "显示设置：" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:420 msgid "Kdump is enabled (boot option \"crashkernel\" is added)" msgstr "Kdump 将启用（添加引导选项“crashkernel”）" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:425 msgid "Allocate memory (MB) for kdump is: %1" msgstr "为 Kdump 分配的内存 (MB) 为：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:431 msgid "Kdump is disabled" msgstr "Kdump 已禁用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:437 msgid "Dump Level: %1" msgstr "转储级别：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:445 msgid "Dump Format: %1" msgstr "转储格式：%1" -#. parsing target info -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 +#. parsing target info +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:452 msgid "Dump Target Settings" msgstr "转储目标设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:457 msgid "target: %1" msgstr "目标：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:467 src/clients/kdump.rb:494 src/clients/kdump.rb:537 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:565 src/clients/kdump.rb:582 msgid "file directory: %1" msgstr "文件目录：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:477 src/clients/kdump.rb:518 src/clients/kdump.rb:558 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:575 msgid "server name: %1" msgstr "服务器名称：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:486 src/clients/kdump.rb:528 msgid "port: %1" msgstr "端口：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:502 src/clients/kdump.rb:597 msgid "user name: anonymous connection is allowed" msgstr "用户名：允许匿名连接" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:507 src/clients/kdump.rb:547 src/clients/kdump.rb:602 msgid "user name: %1" msgstr "用户名：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:589 msgid "share: %1" msgstr "共享：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:610 msgid "EMPTY" msgstr "空" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:618 msgid "Custom kdump kernel: %1" msgstr "自定义 Kdump 内核：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:629 msgid "Kdump command line: %1" msgstr "Kdump 命令行：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:640 msgid "Kdump command line append: %1" msgstr "Kdump 命令行追加：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:650 msgid "Kdump immediate reboots: %1" msgstr "Kdump 立即重引导：%1" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:652 src/clients/kdump.rb:1262 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:653 src/clients/kdump.rb:1263 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps" msgstr "旧转储数：保存所有转储而不删除旧转储" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670 msgid "Numbers of old dumps: %1" msgstr "旧转储数：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:681 msgid "Kdump SMTP Server: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP 服务器：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:692 msgid "Kdump SMTP User: %1" msgstr "Kdump SMTP 用户：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:701 msgid "Kdump SMTP Password: ********" msgstr "Kdump SMTP 口令：********" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:709 msgid "Kdump Sending Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump 正在将通知发送到：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:720 msgid "Kdump Sending Copy of Notification To: %1" msgstr "Kdump 正在将通知副本发送到：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:747 msgid "" "Kernel option \"crashkernel\" includes ranges and/or redundant values.\n" "It will be rewritten." @@ -377,390 +359,388 @@ "内核选项“crashkernel”包含范围和/或冗余值。\n" "将会重写。" -#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "要应用更改，需要重引导。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:764 src/clients/kdump.rb:790 src/clients/kdump.rb:819 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1051 src/clients/kdump.rb:1068 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1085 src/clients/kdump.rb:1102 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1117 src/clients/kdump.rb:1133 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1156 src/clients/kdump.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1196 src/clients/kdump.rb:1210 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1233 src/clients/kdump.rb:1253 msgid "Wrong options were used." msgstr "使用了错误的选项。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:781 msgid "Dump level was set." msgstr "设置了转储级别。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:785 src/clients/kdump.rb:810 msgid "Wrong value of option." msgstr "选项值错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:806 msgid "Dump format was set." msgstr "设置了转储格式。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "" -"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 +msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "选项只能包含“none”、“ELF”、“compressed”或“lzo”值。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "文件 %1 不存在。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:855 src/clients/kdump.rb:889 src/clients/kdump.rb:938 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:972 src/clients/kdump.rb:1019 msgid "Value for \"dir\" missing." msgstr "缺少“目录”的值。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:869 src/clients/kdump.rb:919 src/clients/kdump.rb:960 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:986 msgid "Value for \"server\" missing." msgstr "缺少“服务器”的值。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:998 msgid "Value for \"share\" missing." msgstr "缺少“共享”的值。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1040 msgid "Wrong value for target." msgstr "目标的值错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1151 msgid "Wrong value of options \"no\"." msgstr "选项“否”的值错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1171 msgid "Wrong value for option \"server\"." msgstr "错误的选项值“服务器”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1191 msgid "Wrong value for option \"user\"." msgstr "错误的选项值“用户”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1228 src/clients/kdump.rb:1248 msgid "Wrong value for option \"email\"." msgstr "错误的选项值“电子邮件”。" -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1260 msgid "Firmware-assisted dump: %{status}" msgstr "固件辅助转储：%{status}" -#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:1278 msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "未定义任何选项。" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." msgstr "正在保存 Kdump 配置..." -#. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#. proposal part - kdump label +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "Kdump" -#. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#. menubutton entry +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "Kdump(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" msgstr "启用/禁用 Kdump" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Enable Kd&ump" msgstr "启用内核转储(&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Disable Kdump" msgstr "禁用Kdump(&D)" -#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 +#. ---------============ Dump Filtering screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Include in Dumping" msgstr "加入转储" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "&Pages Filled with Zero" msgstr "以零填充的页面(&P)" -#. `VStretch () -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 +#. `VStretch () +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Cach&e Pages" msgstr "超速缓存页面(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Cache Priva&te Pages" msgstr "超速缓存专用页面(&T)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:139 msgid "&User Data Pages" msgstr "用户数据页面(&U)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:140 msgid "&Free Pages" msgstr "可用页面(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:168 msgid "&Dump Format" msgstr "转储格式(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&No Dump" msgstr "无转储(&N)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&ELF Format" msgstr "ELF 格式(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "C&ompressed Format" msgstr "压缩格式(&O)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:174 msgid "&LZO Compressed Format" msgstr "LZO 压缩格式(&L)" -#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 +#. ---------============ Dump Target screen=============------------ +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Select Target" msgstr "选择目标(&S)" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "本地目录" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:199 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:106 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:200 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "SFTP" msgstr "SFTP" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:202 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:173 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:203 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:188 msgid "CIFS (SMB)" msgstr "CIFS (SMB)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:228 msgid "&SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP 服务器(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. text entry -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. text entry +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:240 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:130 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:160 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:212 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#. password entry -#. password entry -#. password entry -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#. password entry +#. password entry +#. password entry +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:252 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:133 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:163 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:215 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:264 msgid "Notification &To" msgstr "通知收件人(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:280 msgid "Notifica&tion CC" msgstr "通知副本(&T)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Custom Kdump &Kernel" msgstr "自定义 Kdump 内核(&K)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Kdump Co&mmand Line" msgstr "Kdump 命令行(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 +#. TRANSLATORS: TextEntry Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Kdump Command &Line Append" msgstr "Kdump 命令行追加(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:338 msgid "&Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core" msgstr "启用保存核心后立即重引导(&E)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory" msgstr "启用将内核复制到转储目录中(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 +#. TRANSLATORS: CheckBox Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:366 msgid "Enable &Delete Old Dump Images" msgstr "启用删除旧转储映像(&D)" -#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 +#. TRANSLATORS: IntField Label +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "N&umber of Old Dumps" msgstr "旧转储数(&U)" -#. "handle" : -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 +#. "handle" : +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:408 msgid "Kdump Memory" msgstr "Kdump 内存" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Kdump Start-Up" msgstr "Kdump 启动" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "启动" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "Kdump - Dump Filtering" msgstr "Kdump - 转储过滤" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Dump Filtering" msgstr "转储过滤" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Saving Target for Kdump Image" msgstr "正在保存 Kdump 映像的目标" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:443 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Dump Target" msgstr "转储目标" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "SMTP Server" msgstr "SMTP 服务器" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "Notification Email Addresses" msgstr "通知电子邮件地址" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Email Notification" msgstr "电子邮件通知" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "Custom Kernel for Kdump" msgstr "Kdump 的自定义内核" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Command Line" msgstr "命令行" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Dump Settings" msgstr "转储设置" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Kdump Expert Settings" msgstr "Kdump 专家设置" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:529 msgid "Kdump &Low Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 内存不足(&L) [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Kdump Memor&y [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 内存(&y) [MiB]" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:537 msgid "Total System Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "系统内存总量 [MiB]：" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Usable Memory [MiB]:" msgstr "可用内存 [MiB]：" -#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 +#: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:567 msgid "Kdump &High Memory [MiB]" msgstr "Kdump 内存较大(&H) [MiB]" -#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 +#. Enable/Disable Kdump - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "Enable/Disable Kdump \n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" -"removed. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary. \n" msgstr "" "启用/禁用 Kdump \n" " 启用或禁用 kdump。添加/去删除引导选项 crashkernel 参数。\n" " 需要重引导才能应用更改。 \n" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "Kdump Memory \n" " Allocation of memory for kdump kernel. \n" @@ -768,25 +748,18 @@ "Kdump 内存 \n" " Kdump 内核的内存分配。 \n" -#. T: help text for a combo box -#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 +#. T: help text for a combo box +#. description taken from http://lparbox.com/how-to/aix/19 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "Firmware-Assisted Dump \n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " -"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" -"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " -"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " -"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " -"more than 1.5 GB of memory." +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory." msgstr "" "固件辅助转储 \n" -"在重新初始化分区之前不生成转储，但重启动分区时进行转储。执行固件辅助转储时，" -"将会冻结系统内存并重引导分区，这样，操作系统的新实例便可以转储上一次内核崩溃" -"时的数据。仅当系统具有 1.5 GB 以上的内存时，才适合使用此功能。" +"在重新初始化分区之前不生成转储，但重启动分区时进行转储。执行固件辅助转储时，将会冻结系统内存并重引导分区，这样，操作系统的新实例便可以转储上一次内核崩溃时的数据。仅当系统具有 1.5 GB 以上的内存时，才适合使用此功能。" -#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 +#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "Dump Level \n" " Specify the type of necessary page for analysis.\n" @@ -798,16 +771,14 @@ " 指定类型的页面已复制到转储文件。\n" " 包含下表中标记的页面类型。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "Dump Format \n" " No Dump - Only save the kernel log. \n" " ELF Format - Create dump file in the ELF format. \n" -" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." -" \n" -" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster." -" \n" +" Compressed Format - Compress dump data by each page with gzip. \n" +" LZO Compressed Format - Slightly bigger files but much faster. \n" "" msgstr "" "转储格式 \n" @@ -817,23 +788,21 @@ " LZO 压缩格式 - 文件稍大一些，但速度会快很多。 \n" "" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "Saving Target for Kdump Image \n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " -"dumps. " +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps. " msgstr "" "正在保存 Kdump 映像的目标 \n" " 保存 Kdump 映像的目标。选择保存转储的目标类型。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Local Filestem - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " Directory for Saving Dumps - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " -"Browse\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing Browse\n" " " msgstr "" "本地文件系统 - 将 Kdump 映像保存在本地文件系统中。\n" @@ -841,27 +810,25 @@ " 通过按浏览，使用对话框选择用于保存 Kdump 映像的目录。\n" " " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "FTP - Save kdump image via FTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of ftp server.\n" " Port - The port number for connection.\n" " Directory on Server - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " Enable Anonymous FTP enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection." -" " +" User Name for ftp connection. Password for ftp connection. " msgstr "" "FTP - 通过 FTP 保存 Kdump 映像。\n" " 服务器名称 - FTP 服务器的名称。\n" " 端口 - 用于连接的端口号。\n" " 服务器上的目录 - 用于保存 Kdump 映像的路径。\n" " 启用匿名 FTP 可以启用到服务器的匿名连接。\n" -" 用户名是用于 FTP 连接的用户名。口令是用于 FTP 连接的口令。" -" " +" 用户名是用于 FTP 连接的用户名。口令是用于 FTP 连接的口令。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "SSH - Save kdump image via SSH and 'dd' on target machine.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -877,8 +844,8 @@ " 用户名用于建立 SSH 连接。\n" " 口令用于建立 SSH 连接 \n" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 5/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "SFTP - Save kdump image via SFTP.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -894,7 +861,7 @@ " 用户名用于建立 SSH 连接。\n" " 口令用于建立 SSH 连接 \n" -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "The choice between SSH and SFTP depends\n" "on details of server configuration. SLE servers support both\n" @@ -904,8 +871,8 @@ "服务器配置的细节。SLE 服务器默认支持\n" "这两种方式。" -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 6/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "NFS - Save kdump image on NFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of nfs server.\n" @@ -915,8 +882,8 @@ " 服务器名称 - NFS 服务器的名称。\n" " 服务器上的目录 - 用于保存 Kdump 映像的路径。 " -#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 +#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121 msgid "" "CIFS - Save kdump image via CIFS.\n" " Server Name - The name of server.\n" @@ -932,8 +899,8 @@ " 使用身份验证启用到服务器的已通过验证的连接。\n" " 用户名是用于连接的用户名。口令是用于连接的口令。 " -#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 +#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130 msgid "" "Custom Kdump Kernel The user can enter the custom kernel.\n" " The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" @@ -943,8 +910,8 @@ " 命名模式为：/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]\n" " 请仅输入 kernel_string。 " -#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 +#. Kdump Command Line - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line\n" " Additional arguments passed to kexec. " @@ -952,8 +919,8 @@ "Kdump 命令行\n" " 传递到 kexec 的其他自变量。 " -#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 +#. Kdump Command Line Append - TextEntry 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Kdump Command Line Append\n" " Set this option to _append_ values to the default command line string. \n" @@ -964,8 +931,8 @@ " 设置此选项可在默认命令行字符串中附加值。\n" " 只有设置了 Kdump 命令行，才能在该字符串中附加值。 \n" -#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 +#. Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Enable Immediate Reboot After Saving the Core - \n" " Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump. " @@ -973,20 +940,19 @@ "启用保存核心后立即重引导 - \n" " 启用在 Kdump 中保存核心之后立即重引导。 " -#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 +#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Enable Delete Old Dump Images - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." -" " +" Number of Old Dumps exceeds this number, older dumps are removed. " msgstr "" "启用删除旧转储映像 - \n" " 启用删除旧转储映像。如果旧转储数中的转储文件数量\n" " 超过了该数字，将去除较旧的转储。 " -#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 +#. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "Enable Copy Kernel into the Dump Directory - \n" " If this option is selected, the kernel and the\n" @@ -1000,66 +966,52 @@ "默认设为“关闭”。\n" "备份所有文件有助于调试。 \n" -#. SMTP Server -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "" -"SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." +#. SMTP Server +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 +msgid "SMTP Server used for sending a notification email after a dump." msgstr "SMTP 服务器用来在转储后发送通知电子邮件。" -#. SMTP User Name -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 +#. SMTP User Name +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "User Name for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " -"plain SMTP will be used.\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" -"当设置了 SMTP 服务器后用于 SMTP 身份验证的用户名。可选项" -"目。\n" +"当设置了 SMTP 服务器后用于 SMTP 身份验证的用户名。可选项目。\n" "如果您不指定用户名和口令，将使用普通 SMTP。\n" -#. SMTP Password -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 +#. SMTP Password +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. " -"This\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " -"will be used.\n" +"Password for SMTP authetication when SMTP Server is set. This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.\n" msgstr "" "当设置了 SMTP 服务器后用于 SMTP 身份验证的口令。可选项目。\n" "如果您不指定用户名和口令，将使用普通 SMTP。\n" -#. Notification To (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 -msgid "" -"Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification " -"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" -msgstr "" -"通知收件人指定在保存转储后将通知电子邮件发送到哪个电子邮件地址。</" -"p>\n" +#. Notification To (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 +msgid "Notification To Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "通知收件人指定在保存转储后将通知电子邮件发送到哪个电子邮件地址。\n" -#. Notification CC (email addresses) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 +#. Notification CC (email addresses) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " -"to\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" -"p>\n" -msgstr "" -"通知副本指定在保存转储后，发送通知电子邮件时抄送给其的电子邮件地址" -"列表（以空格分隔）。\n" +"Notification CC Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.\n" +msgstr "通知副本指定在保存转储后，发送通知电子邮件时抄送给其的电子邮件地址列表（以空格分隔）。\n" -#. Number of Old Dumps (number) -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 +#. Number of Old Dumps (number) +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " -"number of dump files \n" +"Number of Old Dumps specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." msgstr "" "旧转储数指定保留的旧转储数。如果转储文件数\n" "超过该数字，将删除旧的转储。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1067,8 +1019,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 Kdump 配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -1076,8 +1028,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "请现在按中止，以便安全中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "<big>Saving Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -1085,8 +1037,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 Kdump 配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:201 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1098,8 +1050,8 @@ "将另外显示一个对话框，说明执行此操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration</big> \n" "Configure kdump here. \n" @@ -1107,8 +1059,8 @@ "<big>Kdump 配置</big> \n" "请在此处配置 Kdump。 \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:212 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Choose an kdump from the list of detected kdumps.\n" @@ -1120,8 +1072,8 @@ "如果未检测到 Kdump，请选择其他（未检测到的）。\n" "然后按配置。\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -1131,8 +1083,8 @@ "如果按编辑，将另外打开一个对话框，\n" "可以在其中更改配置。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:225 msgid "" "<big>Kdump Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed kdumps. Additionally\n" @@ -1142,8 +1094,8 @@ "获取已安装 Kdump 的概述。进一步\n" "编辑其配置。 \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Kdump:</big> \n" "Press Add to configure a kdump." @@ -1151,8 +1103,8 @@ "<big>添加 Kdump：</big> \n" "按添加可配置 Kdump。" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a kdump to change or remove.\n" @@ -1162,102 +1114,102 @@ "选择要更改或去除的 Kdump。\n" "然后根据需要按编辑或删除。\n" -#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target -#. -#. terms -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 +#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target +#. +#. terms +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:85 msgid "Local Filesystem" msgstr "本地文件系统" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:91 msgid "&Directory for Saving Dumps" msgstr "用于保存转储的目录(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:94 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "浏览(&R)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:112 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:149 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:177 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:192 msgid "Server Nam&e" msgstr "服务器名称(&E)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:114 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:151 msgid "P&ort" msgstr "端口(&O)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:119 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:155 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:179 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:198 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "服务器上的目录(&D)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:124 msgid "Enable Anon&ymous FTP" msgstr "启用匿名 FTP(&Y)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:143 msgid "SSH / SFTP" msgstr "SSH/SFTP" -#. text entries -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 +#. text entries +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:196 msgid "Exported Sha&re" msgstr "导出的共享(&R)" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:205 msgid "Use Aut&hentication" msgstr "使用身份验证(&H)" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Saving Target for Kdump Image" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:661 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory for Saving Dumps\"" msgstr "需指定“用于保存转储的目录”" -#. install cifs-mount package -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 +#. install cifs-mount package +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:669 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:695 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:729 msgid "You need to specify \"Server Name\"" msgstr "需指定“服务器名称”" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:676 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:702 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:736 msgid "You need to specify \"Directory on Server\"" msgstr "需指定“服务器上的目录”" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:686 src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:753 msgid "You need to specify \"User Name\"" msgstr "需指定“用户名”" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:743 msgid "You need to specify \"Exported Share\"" msgstr "需指定“导出的共享”" -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; -#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["user_name"]=""; +#. KDUMP_SAVE_TARGET["password"]=""; +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:794 msgid "Select directory for saving dump images" msgstr "选择用于保存转储映像的目录" -#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes -#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting -#. -#. "KdumpMemory" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 +#. Function validates if crashkernel option includes +#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting +#. +#. "KdumpMemory" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454 msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?" msgstr "内核选项包含若干范围或冗余值，是否将其重写？" -#. T: Checkbox label -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 +#. T: Checkbox label +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487 msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump" msgstr "使用固件辅助转储(&F)" -#. Function validates options in -#. "Dump Format" -#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 +#. Function validates options in +#. "Dump Format" +#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed" +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849 msgid "" "Kdump is not supported on this system.\n" "If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n" @@ -1269,14 +1221,14 @@ "例如，将无法正确读取某些设置，\n" "并且产生的配置可能无用。\n" -#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 +#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855 msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "不支持 Kdump" -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. See FATE#315780 +#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 +#. FIXME what about dracut? +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1284,133 +1236,130 @@ "调用“%{cmd}”时，更新 initrd 出错。\n" "有关细节，请参见 %{log}。" -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 Kdump 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "正在读取配置文件..." -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "正在读取内核引导选项..." -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "正在计算内存限制..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "正在读取磁盘分区..." -#. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#. Progress finished 3/4 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "正在读取可用内存以及校准用量..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "无法读取配置文件 /etc/sysconfig/kdump" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "无法读取内核引导选项。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "无法读取可用内存。" -#. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#. Kdump read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Kdump 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "更新引导选项" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "正在更新引导选项..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "正在将 crashkernel 参数添加到引导加载程序默认值中。" -#. Create a textual summary -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#. Create a textual summary +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump 状态：%1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "crashkernel 选项的值：%1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "转储格式：%1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "转储的目标：%1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "转储数：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, -#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 -msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " -"only %{available} are available." -msgstr "" -"警告！可用的空间可能不足。需要 %{required}，但可用空间只有 %{available}。" +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, +#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available." +msgstr "警告！可用的空间可能不足。需要 %{required}，但可用空间只有 %{available}。" -#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/languages_db.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,292 +14,292 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_af_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "南非荷兰语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ar_EG.ycp:37 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "阿拉伯语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ast_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Asturian" msgstr "阿斯图里亚斯语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bg_BG.ycp:36 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "保加利亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bn_BD.ycp:36 msgid "Bengali" msgstr "孟加拉语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_bs_BA.ycp:36 msgid "Bosnian" msgstr "波斯尼亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ca_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "加泰罗尼亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cs_CZ.ycp:36 msgid "Czech" msgstr "捷克语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_cy_GB.ycp:36 msgid "Welsh" msgstr "威尔士语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_da_DK.ycp:36 msgid "Danish" msgstr "丹麦语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_de_DE.ycp:36 msgid "German" msgstr "德语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_el_GR.ycp:36 msgid "Greek" msgstr "希腊" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_GB.ycp:36 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "英语（英国）" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_en_US.ycp:36 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "英语（美国）" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_es_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "西班牙语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_et_EE.ycp:36 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "爱沙尼亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fi_FI.ycp:36 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "芬兰语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_fr_FR.ycp:36 msgid "French" msgstr "法语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gl_ES.ycp:36 msgid "Galician" msgstr "加利西亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_gu_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Gujarati" msgstr "古哈拉地语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_he_IL.ycp:36 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "希伯来语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hi_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Hindi" msgstr "北印度语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hr_HR.ycp:36 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "克罗地亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_hu_HU.ycp:36 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "匈亚利语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_id_ID.ycp:36 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "印度尼西亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_it_IT.ycp:36 msgid "Italian" msgstr "意大利语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ja_JP.ycp:36 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日本语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ka_GE.ycp:35 msgid "Georgian" msgstr "格鲁吉亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_km_KH.ycp:36 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "高棉语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ko_KR.ycp:36 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韩语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_lt_LT.ycp:36 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "立陶宛语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mk_MK.ycp:36 msgid "Macedonian" msgstr "斯拉夫语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_mr_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Marathi" msgstr "马拉地语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nb_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "挪威语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nl_NL.ycp:36 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "荷兰" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_nn_NO.ycp:36 msgid "Nynorsk" msgstr "尼诺斯克语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pa_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Punjabi" msgstr "旁遮普语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pl_PL.ycp:36 msgid "Polish" msgstr "波兰语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_BR.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese (Brazilian)" msgstr "葡萄牙语(巴西葡萄牙语)" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_pt_PT.ycp:36 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "葡萄牙语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ro_RO.ycp:36 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "罗马尼亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ru_RU.ycp:36 msgid "Russian" msgstr "俄罗斯语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_si_LK.ycp:36 msgid "Sinhala" msgstr "僧伽罗语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sk_SK.ycp:36 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "斯洛伐克" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sl_SI.ycp:36 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sr_RS.ycp:36 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "塞尔维亚语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_sv_SE.ycp:36 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "瑞士语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_ta_IN.ycp:36 msgid "Tamil" msgstr "泰米尔语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tg_TJ.ycp:36 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "塔吉克语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_th_TH.ycp:36 msgid "Thai" msgstr "泰语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_tr_TR.ycp:36 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "土耳其语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_uk_UA.ycp:36 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "乌克兰语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_vi_VN.ycp:36 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "越南语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_wa_BE.ycp:35 msgid "Walloon" msgstr "瓦龙语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_xh_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Xhosa" msgstr "科萨语" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_CN.ycp:36 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "简体中文" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zh_TW.ycp:36 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体中文" -#. language name -#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 +#. language name +#: language/src/data/languages/language_zu_ZA.ycp:36 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "祖鲁" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ldap.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,23 +14,22 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:252 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:252 msgid "Verify that the LDAP Server is running and reachable." msgstr "校验 LDAP 服务器是否正在运行且可到达。" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:256 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:256 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" -"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server " -"Certificate is valid." +"Verify that the correct CA Certificate is installed and the Server Certificate is valid." msgstr "" "无法建立 TLS 加密。\n" "请校验是否安装了正确的 CA 证书，以及服务器证书是否有效。" -#. hint to error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:260 +#. hint to error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:260 msgid "" "Failed to establish TLS encryption.\n" "Verify that the Server has StartTLS support enabled." @@ -38,8 +37,8 @@ "无法建立 TLS 加密。\n" "请校验服务器是否启用了 StartTLS 支持。" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:530 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "The server could be down or unreachable.\n" @@ -47,8 +46,8 @@ "\n" "服务器可能已关机或无法连接。\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:534 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:534 msgid "" "\n" "The value of DN is missing or invalid.\n" @@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ "\n" "缺少 DN 值或该值无效。\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:538 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:538 msgid "" "\n" "Attribute type not found.\n" @@ -65,8 +64,8 @@ "\n" "未找到特性类型。\n" -#. error message: -#: src/Ldap.rb:540 +#. error message: +#: src/Ldap.rb:540 msgid "" "\n" "Object class not found.\n" @@ -74,69 +73,69 @@ "\n" "未找到对象类。\n" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:545 src/Ldap.rb:782 src/Ldap.rb:848 msgid "Connection to the LDAP server cannot be established." msgstr "无法建立与 LDAP 服务器的连接。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:549 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:549 msgid "A problem occurred while connecting to the LDAP server." msgstr "连接到 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:553 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:553 msgid "A problem occurred while reading data from the LDAP server." msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取数据时出现问题。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:557 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:557 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP users." msgstr "写入 LDAP 用户时出现问题。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:561 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:561 msgid "A problem occurred while writing LDAP groups." msgstr "写入 LDAP 组时出现问题。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:565 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:565 msgid "A problem occurred while writing data to the LDAP server." msgstr "将数据写入到 LDAP 服务器时出现问题。" -#. error message, more specific description follows -#: src/Ldap.rb:569 +#. error message, more specific description follows +#: src/Ldap.rb:569 msgid "A problem occurred while reading schema from the LDAP server." msgstr "从 LDAP 服务器读取纲要时出现问题。" -#. default error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:594 +#. default error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:594 msgid "An unknown LDAP error occurred." msgstr "发生了未知的 LDAP 错误。" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/Ldap.rb:604 src/Ldap.rb:791 src/Ldap.rb:857 msgid "&Show Details" msgstr "显示细节(&S)" -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:722 src/Ldap.rb:742 src/Ldap.rb:912 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps 'yast2-ldap' is not available." msgstr "未知的错误。可能\"yast2-ldap\"不可用。" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:800 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:800 msgid "Really keep this configuration?" msgstr "确定要保留该配置？" -#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) -#: src/Ldap.rb:865 +#. question following error message (yes/no buttons follow) +#: src/Ldap.rb:865 msgid "" "A possible reason for the failed connection may be that your client is\n" "configured for TLS/SSL but the server does not support it.\n" @@ -148,31 +147,31 @@ "\n" "不使用 TLS/SSL 并重试？\n" -#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server -#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed -#. @return password -#: src/Ldap.rb:973 +#. Asks user for bind_dn and password to LDAP server +#. @param anonymous if anonymous access could be allowed +#. @return password +#: src/Ldap.rb:973 msgid "BindDN" msgstr "绑定 DN" -#. password entering label -#. password entering label -#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 +#. password entering label +#. password entering label +#: src/Ldap.rb:975 src/ldap_browser.rb:155 msgid "&LDAP Server Password" msgstr "LDAP 服务器口令(&L)" -#. label -#: src/Ldap.rb:979 +#. label +#: src/Ldap.rb:979 msgid "Server: %1:%2" msgstr "服务器：%1:%2" -#. button label -#: src/Ldap.rb:988 +#. button label +#: src/Ldap.rb:988 msgid "&Anonymous Access" msgstr "匿名访问(&A)" -#. error message, %1 is DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 +#. error message, %1 is DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1330 msgid "" "A direct parent for DN '%1' \n" "does not exist in the LDAP directory.\n" @@ -182,8 +181,8 @@ "直接父项。\n" "无法创建具有选定 DN 的对象。\n" -#. error message -#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 +#. error message +#: src/Ldap.rb:1431 msgid "" "An object with the selected DN exists, but it is not a template object.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -191,8 +190,8 @@ "已存在具有选定 DN 的对象，但它不是模板对象。\n" "请选择另一个对象。\n" -#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN -#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 +#. yes/no popup, %1 is value of DN +#: src/Ldap.rb:1717 msgid "" "No entry with DN '%1'\n" "exists on the LDAP server. Create it now?\n" @@ -200,19 +199,19 @@ "LDAP 服务器中不存在\n" "具有 DN\"%1\"的项。是否立即创建？\n" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:75 src/ldap_browser.rb:547 msgid "&Open" msgstr "打开(&O)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:262 msgid "Set the new value for the current attribute." msgstr "为当前特性设置新值。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:264 msgid "" "If the attribute can have more values, add new entries\n" "with Add Value. Sometimes the button contains the list of\n" @@ -228,44 +227,44 @@ "则可使用浏览从 LDAP 树选择该值。\n" " \n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. -#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note -#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? -#. Example: -#. "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" -#. or: -#. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is attribute name, description follows. +#. The description will be not translated: maybe add a note +#. "available only in english" to the sentence for other languages? +#. Example: +#. "The description of attribute \"%1\" (available only in english):" +#. or: +#. "The description (only in english) of attribute \"%1\": " +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:287 msgid "The description of attribute \"%1\": " msgstr "特性\"%1\"的描述： " -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:311 msgid "&Value of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "\"%1\"特性的值(&V)" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:322 msgid "&Values of \"%1\" Attribute" msgstr "\"%1\"特性的值(&V)" -#. button label -#. button label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 +#. button label +#. button label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:346 src/LdapPopup.rb:356 msgid "&Add Value" msgstr "添加值(&A)" -#. menubutton item (default value) -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 +#. menubutton item (default value) +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:350 msgid "&Empty Entry" msgstr "清除项(&E)" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:351 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "浏览(&W)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -273,28 +272,28 @@ "值\"%1\"已存在。\n" "请选择另一个值。" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "用户管理工具的配置" -#. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 +#. description of configuration object +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "组管理工具的配置" -#. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 +#. label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "新模块的对象类" -#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 +#. textentry label, do not translate "cn" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "新模块的名称（“cn”值）(&N)" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" @@ -302,34 +301,32 @@ "输入的值已存在。\n" "请选择另一个值。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 +#. error popup +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "请输入模块名。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" -"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults " -"when\n" +"to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" "the new object is created.\n" msgstr "" "在此，使用当前模板设置属于某个\n" "对象的特性的值。这些值在\n" "创建新对象时用作默认值。\n" -#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" -#. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the -#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" -#. entry of the current template. -#. ") + -#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 +#. // help text 2/3 do not translate "defaultObjectClass" +#. _("The list of attributes provided in Attribute Name is the +#. list of allowed attributes for objects described in the \"defaultObjectClass\" +#. entry of the current template. +#. ") + +#. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" -"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be " -"replaced\n" +"values from existing ones. The expression %attr_name will be replaced\n" "with the value of attribute \"attr_name\" (for example, use \"/home/%uid\"\n" "as a value of \"homeDirectory\").\n" msgstr "" @@ -338,33 +335,28 @@ "特性\"attr_name\"的值替换(例如，将\"/home/%uid\"\n" "用作\"homeDirectory\"的值)。\n" -#. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 +#. combobox label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "特性名(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 +#. textentry label +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "特性值(&V)" -#. general help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 +#. general help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:62 msgid "Browse the LDAP tree in the left part of the dialog." msgstr "在对话框的左侧部分浏览 LDAP 树。" -#. help text for LDAP browser -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object " -"data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use " -"Save to save your changes to LDAP." -msgstr "" -"在树中选择 LDAP 对象后，该表显示对象数据。使用编辑可更改所选属性的" -"值。使用保存可将更改保存到 LDAP。" +#. help text for LDAP browser +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:64 +msgid "Once the LDAP object is selected in the tree, the table shows the object data. Use Edit to change the value of the selected attribute. Use Save to save your changes to LDAP." +msgstr "在树中选择 LDAP 对象后，该表显示对象数据。使用编辑可更改所选属性的值。使用保存可将更改保存到 LDAP。" -#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 +#. popup question (Continue/Cancel follows) +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:69 msgid "" "There are unsaved changes in the current entry.\n" "Discard these changes?\n" @@ -372,49 +364,49 @@ "当前项中存在未保存的更改。\n" "要放弃这些更改吗？\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 +#. dialog caption +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:85 msgid "LDAP Browser" msgstr "LDAP 浏览器" -#. combobox item -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 +#. combobox item +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:101 msgid "Current LDAP Client settings" msgstr "当前 LDAP 客户端设置" -#. combo box label -#. combo box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 +#. combo box label +#. combo box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:135 src/ldap_browser.rb:747 msgid "LDAP Connections" msgstr "LDAP 连接" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:146 msgid "LDAP Server" msgstr "LDAP 服务器" -#. textentry label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 +#. textentry label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:152 msgid "Administrator DN" msgstr "管理员 DN" -#. check box label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 +#. check box label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:162 msgid "L&DAP TLS" msgstr "LDAP TLS(&D)" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:168 msgid "A&nonymous Access" msgstr "匿名访问(&N)" -#. InputField label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 +#. InputField label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:230 msgid "Enter the name of the new LDAP connection" msgstr "输入新 LDAP 配置的名称" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:452 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -422,17 +414,17 @@ "\"%1\"特性是必备的。\n" "请输入值。" -#. button label -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 +#. button label +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:550 msgid "&Reload" msgstr "重新装载(&R)" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:691 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "特性" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/ldap_browser.rb:693 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/linux-user-mgmt.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/mail.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the mail module -#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 +#. Command line help text for the mail module +#: src/clients/mail.rb:60 msgid "Configuration of mail" msgstr "邮件的配置" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/mail.rb:73 msgid "Mail configuration summary" msgstr "邮件配置摘要" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:30 msgid "" "<BIG>Initializing mail</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ "请稍候...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 +#. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting the initialization:</BIG> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\n" @@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ "立即安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" "\n" -#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 +#. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving mail configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ "请稍候...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 +#. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting saving:</BIG> \n" "Abort saving by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 +#. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Select the mail system (Mail Transfer Agent, MTA)\n" "to install." @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ "请选择要安装的邮件系统\n" "(邮件传输代理，MTA)。" -#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 +#. Translators: connection type dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "How are you connected to the Internet? With a dial-up connection,\n" @@ -97,17 +97,16 @@ "则邮件将不会被立即发出，而是在调用 \n" "sendmail -q 之后发出。\n" -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "If choosing No Connection, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.\n" msgstr "" "如果选择无连接，邮件服务器会启动，\n" "但仅支持本地邮件传输。MTA 会侦听 localhost。\n" -#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 +#. Translators: masquerading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "Specify the rewriting of the sender's address here for each user.\n" @@ -115,13 +114,12 @@ "\n" "在此为每个用户指定重写的寄件人地址。\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "\n" "Some servers require authentication for sending mails. Here you can\n" -"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use " -"authentication,\n" +"enter information for this option. If you do not want to use authentication,\n" "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -129,30 +127,28 @@ "该选项的信息。如果您不想使用身份验证，\n" "则不用填写这些字段。\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider." -"com.\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as smtp.provider.com.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "传出邮件服务器一般可使用拨号连接。\n" "请输入因特网服务提供商的 SMTP 服务器，例如 smtp.provider.com。\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.\n" +"In the User Name field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "在用户名字段中，输入提供商指派的用户名。\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "\n" "Enter your password in the Password field.\n" @@ -160,8 +156,8 @@ "\n" "在口令字段中输入口令。\n" -#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 +#. Translators: authentication dialog help, 5/4 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "\n" "Note: For simplicity, only one server is displayed in this dialog,\n" @@ -173,8 +169,8 @@ "但为简单起见，此对话框只显示一个服务器。\n" "这些服务器不会丢失。\n" -#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 +#. Translators: downloading dialog help, part 1 of 1 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "These are parameters for downloading mail from\n" @@ -184,22 +180,21 @@ "这些是使用 fetchmail 下载来自 POP 或 IMAP 服务器\n" "的邮件使用的参数。\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "\n" "This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses." -"\n" +"especially for root), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "此表重定向本地传递的邮件。\n" "将邮件重定向到另一个本地用户(对系统帐户，\n" "特别是 root 用户很有用)、远程地址或地址列表。\n" -#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 +#. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "See the aliases(5) manual page\n" @@ -209,8 +204,8 @@ "有关高级功能的描述，\n" "请参见别名 (5) 手册页。\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "This table redirects incoming mail. Unlike the alias table,\n" @@ -222,8 +217,8 @@ "该表还将域作为\n" "地址的一部分。\n" -#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 +#. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/mail/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "\n" "It allows hosting multiple \"virtual domains\"\n" @@ -233,9 +228,9 @@ "它允许一台计算机拥有多个\n" "\"虚拟域名\"。\n" -#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog -#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 +#. Translators: continue/cancel dialog +#. %1 is a sysconfig variable name +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:120 msgid "" "The setting %1 is turned off. You have\n" "probably modified the configuration files directly.\n" @@ -247,14 +242,14 @@ "如果您继续，将开启该设置，并且 Config Postfix\n" "将覆盖手动更改的内容。\n" -#. After text freeze, but -#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know -#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to -#. ba) never see this message anyway -#. bb) read English -#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 +#. After text freeze, but +#. a) either something is very broken -> user must know +#. b) user installed a different MTA -> knowledgeable enough to +#. ba) never see this message anyway +#. bb) read English +#. TODO: look at exim and mention it in the popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:140 msgid "" "YaST can only configure Postfix and Sendmail,\n" "but neither of them is installed." @@ -262,130 +257,129 @@ "YaST 只能配置 Postfix 和 Sendmail，\n" "但这两者都没有安装。" -#. not to be displayed, #37554. -#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 +#. not to be displayed, #37554. +#. but ProbePackages still has to be called. +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:157 msgid "The configuration will be written now.\n" msgstr "将立即写入配置。\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#. Translators: frame label -#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#. Translators: frame label +#. Mailer: Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:204 src/include/mail/ui.rb:208 msgid "Mail transfer agent" msgstr "邮件传输代理" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:279 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "一般设置" -#. Translators: frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 +#. Translators: frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:282 msgid "Connection type" msgstr "连接类型" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:290 msgid "&Permanent" msgstr "永久(&P)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:294 msgid "&Dial-up" msgstr "拨号(&D)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:299 msgid "No &connection" msgstr "无连接(&C)" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:306 msgid "Do not start Postfix as Daemon" msgstr "无法将 Postfix 作为守护程序启动" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. frame label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. frame label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:394 src/include/mail/ui.rb:421 msgid "Outgoing Mail" msgstr "传出邮件" -#. OUTGOING NOMX -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 +#. OUTGOING NOMX +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." msgstr "不为传出邮件服务器执行 MX 查找。" -#. TLS -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 +#. TLS +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 msgid "TLS encryption" msgstr "TLS 加密" #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:406 src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 - src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:407 msgid "Use" msgstr "使用" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:408 msgid "Enforce" msgstr "强制使用" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:412 msgid "&Masquerading" msgstr "掩蔽(&M)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:413 msgid "&Authentication" msgstr "身份验证(&A)" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:479 msgid "Incoming Mail" msgstr "传入邮件" -#. pushbutton -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 +#. pushbutton +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:519 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "细节(&D)..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:525 msgid "Start &fetchmail" msgstr "启动 fetchmail(&F)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "manual" msgstr "手动" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:526 msgid "daemon" msgstr "守护程序" -#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 +#. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" msgstr "下载(&D)" -#. menu button: details of incoming mail -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 +#. menu button: details of incoming mail +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 msgid "&Aliases..." msgstr "别名(&A)..." -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:552 msgid "&Virtual domains..." msgstr "虚拟域(&V)..." -#. popup text -#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) -#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) -#. %3: value (about 50 characters) -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 +#. popup text +#. %1: variable name (eg. POSTFIX_LOCALDOMAINS) +#. %2: file name (eg. /etc/sysconfig/postfix) +#. %3: value (about 50 characters) +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:632 msgid "" "To be able to deliver mail to your local MTA,\n" "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" @@ -395,11 +389,11 @@ "%2 中 %1 的值将被设置为\n" "\"%3\"。" -#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is -#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only -#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 +#. There is a check whether the information from the UI is +#. correct and complete. The login name may contain only +#. certain characters and must begin with a letter. +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:673 msgid "" "The user login may contain only\n" "lower case letters, digits, \"-\" and \"_\"\n" @@ -411,213 +405,213 @@ "而且必须以字母或\"_\"开头。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:712 msgid "Sender address rewriting" msgstr "寄件人地址重写" -#. Translators: text entry label -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 +#. Translators: text entry label +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:715 src/include/mail/ui.rb:720 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:269 msgid "&Local user" msgstr "本地用户(&L)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:725 msgid "&Display as" msgstr "显示为(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:757 msgid "The address for this user is already defined." msgstr "已定义此用户的地址。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 +#. error popup +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:763 msgid "The mail address format is incorrect." msgstr "邮件地址格式不正确。" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:788 msgid "Masquerading" msgstr "掩蔽" -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:803 msgid "Masquerade &local domains" msgstr "掩蔽本地域(&L)" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HSpacing (2), -#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) -#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) -#. ), -#. Translators: radio button label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HSpacing (2), +#. `TextEntry (`id (`masqdomains), `opt (`disabled), _("That is"), ld) +#. // `Left (`Label (`opt (`outputField, `hstretch), ld)) +#. ), +#. Translators: radio button label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:816 msgid "Ma&squerade other domains" msgstr "掩蔽其它域(&S)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:826 msgid "Do&mains to masquerade" msgstr "要掩蔽的域(&M)" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:838 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1156 msgid "Local user" msgstr "本地用户" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:840 msgid "Display as" msgstr "显示为" -#. `HBox ( -#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), -#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), -#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) -#. ), -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 +#. `HBox ( +#. `HWeight (1, `ComboBox (`id (`user), `opt (`editable), _("Local user"), +#. ["holly", "jane", "tarzan"])), +#. `HWeight (2, `TextEntry (`id (`address), _("Display as"), "holly(a)red.dwarf")) +#. ), +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:850 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1161 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1317 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1400 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "添加(&D)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:851 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1162 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1318 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1401 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "编辑(&E)" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:852 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "删除(&T)" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Already in Translation Memory -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Already in Translation Memory +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:919 msgid "The domain name is incorrect" msgstr "域名不正确" -#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); -#. list<string> lmod = []; -#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 +#. string mod = listToString (Mail::masquerade_other_domains); +#. list<string> lmod = []; +#. list<map> mu = Mail::masquerade_users; +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:955 msgid "Outgoing Server Authentication" msgstr "传出服务器身份验证" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:963 msgid "Outgoing &Server" msgstr "传出服务器(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 +#. text entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:965 msgid "&User name" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. password entry -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 +#. password entry +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:967 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1071 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1122 msgid "Mail downloading" msgstr "邮件下载" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1150 msgid "Server" msgstr "服务器" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1152 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "协议" -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1154 msgid "User" msgstr "用户" -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1163 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1319 +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1402 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "删除(&L)" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1235 msgid "Incoming mail redirection" msgstr "传入邮件重定向" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1237 msgid "&Alias" msgstr "别名(&A)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1239 msgid "&Destinations" msgstr "目标(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1272 msgid "The alias format is incorrect." msgstr "别名格式不正确。" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1277 msgid "The destinations for this alias are already defined." msgstr "已定义此别名的目标。" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#. summary item -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#. summary item +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1301 src/modules/Mail.rb:1348 msgid "Aliases" msgstr "别名" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1309 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1392 msgid "Alias" msgstr "别名" -#. Translators: table column headings -#. Translators: table column headings -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 +#. Translators: table column headings +#. Translators: table column headings +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1311 src/include/mail/ui.rb:1394 msgid "Destinations" msgstr "目标" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1384 msgid "Virtual domains" msgstr "虚拟域" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1502 msgid "Mail configuration" msgstr "邮件配置" -#. label -#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 +#. label +#: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. just a template, do not translate -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 +#. just a template, do not translate +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 msgid "." msgstr "." -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:79 msgid "&Outgoing mail server" msgstr "传出邮件服务器(&O)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" @@ -629,13 +623,13 @@ "请输入因特网服务提供商的 SMTP 服务器，例如 \n" "smtp.provider.com。\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:102 msgid "Do&main for the 'From' header" msgstr "\"寄件人\"标头的域(&M)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:106 msgid "" "\n" "You may want the mail you sent to appear as if it originated from\n" @@ -647,13 +641,13 @@ "company.com 发出的，而不是从 pc-042.company.com 发出的，\n" "请使用提供的文本框或细节对话框。\n" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:122 msgid "&Domains for locally delivered mail" msgstr "用于本地传递的邮件的域(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:126 msgid "" "\n" "Here, specify the domains for which the mail\n" @@ -665,13 +659,13 @@ "邮件的域。如果不输入任何内容，\n" "则使用本地主机名。\n" -#. check box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 +#. check box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:142 msgid "Accept remote &SMTP connections" msgstr "接受远程 SMTP 连接(&S)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "Mail can be received directly via the SMTP protocol\n" @@ -683,25 +677,24 @@ "也可以使用 fetchmail 从\n" "POP 服务器或 IMAP 服务器下载。" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:156 msgid "&Enable virus scanning (AMaViS)" msgstr "启用病毒扫描 (AMaViS)(&E)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" "\n" -"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing " -"mail\n" +"Enabling virus scanning (AMaViS) checks incoming and outgoing mail\n" "with AMaViS.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "启用病毒扫描 (AMaViS) 将使用 AMaViS 检查\n" "传入和传出邮件。\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:168 msgid "" "Enabling AMaViS will also enable the following modules: \n" "Spamassassin SPAM scanner\n" @@ -713,8 +706,8 @@ "DKIM 检查域密钥签名的传入邮件\n" "Clamav 开放源病毒扫描程序引擎" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "If AMaViS is not installed and you want to use it, it will be installed\n" @@ -724,13 +717,13 @@ "如果没有安装 AMaVis，而您又需要使用它，\n" "那么将自动安装 AMaVis。\n" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:186 msgid "&Enable DKIM signing for outgoing mails." msgstr "启用传出邮件的 DKIM 签名(&E)。" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM signig for outgoing mails.\n" @@ -738,18 +731,15 @@ "\n" "启用传出邮件的 DKIM 签名。\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:194 msgid "" "\n" "Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" -"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new " -"service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" -"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed " -"with\n" +"authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -760,16 +750,15 @@ "发送启用了 SASL 身份验证的电子邮件。\n" "只有这个新服务发送的电子邮件才会用域密钥签名。\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" "The public key of the domain key needs to be offered by a Domain Name\n" "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in /var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.\n" msgstr "" @@ -782,39 +771,38 @@ "那么公共密钥将自动添加为该域区域的 TXT 记录。\n" "\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." msgstr "如果启用 DKIM 支持，病毒扫描 (AMaViS) 同时也会启用。" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Server" msgstr "服务器(&S)" -#. Translators: combo box label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 +#. Translators: combo box label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "协议(&P)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:243 msgid "&Remote user name" msgstr "远程用户名(&R)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:255 msgid "P&assword" msgstr "口令(&A)" -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:282 msgid "&Forward root's mail to" msgstr "将 root 用户的邮件转发到(&F)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:286 msgid "" "It is recommended to have a regular user account\n" "for the system administrator and redirect root's mail to this account." @@ -822,86 +810,82 @@ "建议为系统管理员建立一个普通用户帐户，\n" "并将 root 用户的邮件重定向到此帐户。" -#. Translators: combo box label -#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 +#. Translators: combo box label +#. /etc/sysconfig/postfix: POSTFIX_MDA +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:301 msgid "&Delivery Mode" msgstr "递送模式(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." -msgstr "" -"递送模式通常是直接，除非不转发 root 用户的邮件或想要通过 " -"IMAP 来访问邮件。" +#. help text +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 +msgid "The delivery mode is usually Directly, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP." +msgstr "递送模式通常是直接，除非不转发 root 用户的邮件或想要通过 IMAP 来访问邮件。" -#. LogView label. take a string from users? -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 +#. LogView label. take a string from users? +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" msgstr "正在读取用户列表(&U)" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 msgid "Local users" msgstr "本地用户" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:377 msgid "LDAP users" msgstr "LDAP 用户" -#. LogView progress line -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 +#. LogView progress line +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:398 msgid "NIS users" msgstr "NIS 用户" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:461 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:653 msgid "The host name is incorrect" msgstr "主机名不正确" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#. Translators: error popup -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#. Translators: error popup +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:701 src/include/mail/widgets.rb:749 +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:779 msgid "The user name format is incorrect." msgstr "用户名格式不正确。" -#. Translators: error popup -#. Validation -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 +#. Translators: error popup +#. Validation +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:839 msgid "Cannot use procmail when root's mail is not forwarded." msgstr "如果没有转发 root 的邮件，则不能使用 procmail。" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail normally -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail normally +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:863 msgid "Directly" msgstr "直接" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail through procmail -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail through procmail +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:866 msgid "Through procmail" msgstr "通过 procmail" -#. combo box choice: -#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP -#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 +#. combo box choice: +#. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP +#: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "到 IMAP 服务器" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:216 msgid "AMaViS, a virus scanner, will be installed.\n" msgstr "将安装 AMaViS，它是一种病毒扫描程序。\n" -#. error popup. -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 +#. error popup. +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:230 msgid "" "AMaViS needs a virus scanner such as ClamAV\n" "to do the actual scanning, but ClamAV was not found.\n" @@ -911,57 +895,57 @@ "来执行实际的扫描，但未找到 ClamAV。\n" "请手动配置一个扫描程序。" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" msgstr "将安装 Fetchmail，它是一种邮件下载实用程序。\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "将安装 Dovecot IMAP 服务器。\n" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" msgstr "正在初始化邮件配置" -#. Translators: progress label -#. do not translate MTA -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 +#. Translators: progress label +#. do not translate MTA +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" msgstr "正在确定邮件传输代理 (MTA)" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" msgstr "正在读取一般设置" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" msgstr "正在读取掩蔽设置" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" msgstr "正在读取下载设置" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" msgstr "正在读取别名表" -#. Translators: progress label -#. smtp-auth -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 +#. Translators: progress label +#. smtp-auth +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." msgstr "正在读取身份验证设置..." -#. Translators: error message, -#. %1 is a file name, -#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 +#. Translators: error message, +#. %1 is a file name, +#. %2 is a long file name - leave it on a separate line +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:496 msgid "" "Error reading file %1. The file must have\n" "a fixed format to be readable by YaST. For details, see\n" @@ -971,161 +955,161 @@ "固定格式才可由 YaST 读取。有关细节，请参见\n" "%2" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 msgid "Error writing the fetchmail configuration." msgstr "写入 fetchmail 配置时出错。" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:915 src/modules/Mail.rb:924 msgid "Error writing file %1" msgstr "写入文件 %1 时出错" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:945 msgid "Error running config.postfix" msgstr "运行 config.postfix 时出错" -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#. Translators: error message -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#. Translators: error message +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:960 src/modules/Mail.rb:978 src/modules/Mail.rb:995 msgid "Error starting service %1." msgstr "启动服务 %1 时出错。" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" msgstr "正在写入一般设置" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" msgstr "正在写入掩蔽设置" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" msgstr "正在写入别名表" -#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to -#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 +#. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to +#. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" msgstr "正在写入下载设置" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." msgstr "正在写入身份验证设置..." -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" msgstr "正在完成写入配置文件" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 msgid "Running Config Postfix" msgstr "正在运行 Config Postfix" -#. Translators: progress label -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 +#. Translators: progress label +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" msgstr "正在重启动服务" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" msgstr "正在保存邮件配置" -#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 +#. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282 msgid "Other" msgstr "其它" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1289 msgid "Permanent" msgstr "永久" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1292 msgid "Dial-up" msgstr "拨号" -#. summary: connection type -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 +#. summary: connection type +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1295 msgid "None" msgstr "无" -#. summary header; mail transfer agent -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 +#. summary header; mail transfer agent +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1301 msgid "MTA" msgstr "MTA" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1304 msgid "Connection Type" msgstr "连接类型" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1308 msgid "Outgoing Mail Server" msgstr "传出邮件服务器" -#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 +#. summary header; the "From: foo(a)bar.com" mail header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1315 msgid "From Header" msgstr "寄件人标头" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1321 msgid "Local Domains" msgstr "本地域" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1326 msgid "Masquerade Other Domains" msgstr "掩蔽其它域" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1331 msgid "Masquerade Users" msgstr "掩蔽用户" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1334 msgid "Accept remote SMTP connections" msgstr "接受远程 SMTP 连接" -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1335 src/modules/Mail.rb:1338 src/modules/Mail.rb:1341 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1337 msgid "Use AMaViS" msgstr "使用 AMaViS" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1340 msgid "Use DKIM" msgstr "使用 DKIM" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1343 msgid "Fetchmail" msgstr "Fetchmail" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1356 msgid "Virtual Users" msgstr "虚拟用户" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Mail.rb:1361 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "身份验证" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/migration.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: migration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/multipath.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,191 +14,181 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module -#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 +#. Command line help text for the Xmultipath module +#: src/clients/multipath.rb:53 msgid "Configuration of multipath" msgstr "多路径的配置" -#. Multipath summary dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#. Multipath summary dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "多路径配置" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 msgid "Do &not use Multipath" msgstr "不使用多路径(&N)" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "使用多路径(&U)" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "黑名单" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Item" msgstr "项目" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "黑名单例外" -#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "默认值" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 msgid "Devices" msgstr "设备" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "vendor" msgstr "供应商" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 msgid "product" msgstr "产品" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "多路径" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 msgid "alias" msgstr "别名" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 msgid "wwid" msgstr "wwid" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "配置默认值" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "配置设备" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "配置黑名单" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "配置黑名单例外" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 +#. Disable configure tab during installation +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:531 msgid "Configure" msgstr "配置" -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "非法参数：\n" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "重复配置。" -#. used for store undecided input -#. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#. used for store undecided input +#. used for store undecided input +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "显示细节" -#. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#. do not do with number id +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "非法参数：" -#. devices section -#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#. devices section +#. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "非法参数：" -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#. do not handle, `ok will do with the value +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 msgid "item" msgstr "项目" -#. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#. duplicated configuraton checking +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "配置重复" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "找不到 /sbin/multipath" -#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "使用多路径失败：" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "* 无法启用 multipathd。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "* 无法启动 multipathd。" -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "不使用多路径失败：" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "* 无法停止多路径。" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "* 无法禁用 multipathd。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -206,8 +196,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化多路径配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Saving Multipath Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -215,64 +205,49 @@ "<big>正在保存多路径配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. dialog help for Status help -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 +#. dialog help for Status help +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Multipath Status</big> \n" "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not " -"use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " -"stopped. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Use Multipath\" to start multipathd. Click \"Do not use Multipath\" to stop multipathd. \n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped. \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>Configure Multipath</big> \n" -"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. </" -"p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick Configure Tab to make the multipath configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>多路径状态</big> \n" "\t\t\t启动或停止 multipathd，检查多路径信息。 \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>停止/启动 Multipathd</big> \n" -"\t\t\t单击“使用多路径”可启动 multipathd。单击“不使用多路径”可停" -"止 multipathd。 \n" +"\t\t\t单击“使用多路径”可启动 multipathd。单击“不使用多路径”可停止 multipathd。 \n" "\t\t\t当 multipathd 已停止时，多路径状态信息仍可显示。 \n" "\n" "\t\t\t<big>配置多路径</big> \n" "\t\t\t单击配置选项卡可进行多路径配置。 \n" -#. dialog help for Configure tab -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 +#. dialog help for Configure tab +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " -"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, " -"blacklist_exception, devices. \n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths, defaults, blacklist, blacklist_exception, devices. \n" "\t\t\tMultipaths: list of multipaths finest-grained settings. \n" "\t\t\tDefaults: multipath-tools default settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath " -"candidates. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure " -"blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" -"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " -"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices " -"settings. \n" -"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations." -" \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Defaults\" button to configure defaults settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist: list of device names to be discard as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist\" button to configure blacklist settings. \n" +"\t\t\tBlacklist Exceptions: list of device names to be excluded from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\" button to configure blacklist_exceptions settings. \n" +"\t\t\tDevices: list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default settings, overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Configure devices\" button to configure devices settings. \n" +"\t\t\tClick \"Finish\" button to save and update the configurations. \n" msgstr "" "<big>配置</big> \n" "\t\t\t在此可以配置 /etc/multipath.conf 中的全部内容。配置文件有四个部分：\n" -"\t\t\tmultipaths、defaults、blacklist、" -"blacklist_exception、devices。 \n" +"\t\t\tmultipaths、defaults、blacklist、blacklist_exception、devices。 \n" "\t\t\t多路径s：最精密的多路径设置列表。 \n" "\t\t\t默认值：多路径工具的默认设置。 \n" "\t\t\t单击配置默认值按钮可配置默认设置。 \n" @@ -280,258 +255,221 @@ "\t\t\t单击配置黑名单按钮可配置黑名单设置。 \n" "\t\t\t黑名单例外：从黑名单中排除的设备名称列表。 \n" "\t\t\t单击配置黑名单例外按钮可配置黑名单例外设置。 \n" -"\t\t\t设备：每个储存的控制器设置列表。会覆盖默认设置，也可被每个多路径" -"设置覆盖。 \n" +"\t\t\t设备：每个储存的控制器设置列表。会覆盖默认设置，也可被每个多路径设置覆盖。 \n" "\t\t\t单击 配置设备按钮可配置设备设置。 \n" "\t\t\t单击完成按钮可保存和更新配置。 \n" -#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 +#. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<big>Defaults Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here. \n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " -"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " -"value as default setting. \n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it. \n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as default setting. \n" msgstr "" "<big>默认值配置</big> \n" "\t\t\t可在此配置和清除全局默认设置。 \n" -"\t\t\t此处的任意默认设置都将在所有多路径配置中生效，除非对应的局部设置重写" -"它。 \n" +"\t\t\t此处的任意默认设置都将在所有多路径配置中生效，除非对应的局部设置重写它。 \n" "\t\t\t如果此处的默认设置已清除，多路径将取其自身值作为默认设置。 \n" -#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 +#. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." -" \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." -" \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " -"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>黑名单配置</big> \n" "\t\t\t可丢弃此处所列的设备名，不将其作为多路径候选。 \n" -"\t\t\t标识设备名的方法有三种：wwid、devnode 和 device。" -" \n" +"\t\t\t标识设备名的方法有三种：wwid、devnode 和 device。 \n" "\t\t\twwid：标识黑名单中的设备的全球 ID。 \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode：可在此用于标识 udev_dir（目录 /dev 中的默认值）中的设备" -"名的正则表达式。常用设备名为 cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw 和 " -"loop。 \n" -"\t\t\tdevice：用于标识黑名单中的特定储存控制器。设备可由供应商和产品名" -"来指定。 \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode：可在此用于标识 udev_dir（目录 /dev 中的默认值）中的设备名的正则表达式。常用设备名为 cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw 和 loop。 \n" +"\t\t\tdevice：用于标识黑名单中的特定储存控制器。设备可由供应商和产品名来指定。 \n" "" -#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 +#. dialog help for blacklist_exception section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big> \n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, " -"devnode, device. \n" -"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " -"blacklist. \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " -"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " -"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" -"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " -"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: wwid, devnode, device. \n" +"\t\t\twwid: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blacklist. \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode: Regular expression can be used here to identify device names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop. \n" +"\t\t\tdevice: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name. \n" "" msgstr "" "<big>黑名单例外配置</big> \n" "\t\t\t此处所列的设备名会从黑名单中排除。 \n" -"\t\t\t标识设备名的方法有三种：wwid、devnode 和 device。" -" \n" +"\t\t\t标识设备名的方法有三种：wwid、devnode 和 device。 \n" "\t\t\twwid：标识排除在黑名单之外的设备的全球 ID。 \n" -"\t\t\tdevnode：可在此用于标识 udev_dir（目录 /dev 中的默认值）中的设备" -"名的正则表达式。常用设备名为 cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw 和 " -"loop。 \n" -"\t\t\tdevice：用于标识排除在黑名单之外的特定储存控制器。设备可由供应商" -"和产品名指定。 \n" +"\t\t\tdevnode：可在此用于标识 udev_dir（目录 /dev 中的默认值）中的设备名的正则表达式。常用设备名为 cciss、fd、hd、md、dm、sr、scd、st、ram、raw 和 loop。 \n" +"\t\t\tdevice：用于标识排除在黑名单之外的特定储存控制器。设备可由供应商和产品名指定。 \n" "" -#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 -#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 +#. dialog help for devcies section configure tab 1/3 +#: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<big>Devices Configuration</big> \n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " -"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name." -" \n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings. \n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by vendor and product name. \n" msgstr "" "<big>设备配置</big> \n" -"\t\t\t每个储存的控制器设置都列在此处，它们会覆盖默认设置，也可被单个多路径设" -"置覆盖。 \n" +"\t\t\t每个储存的控制器设置都列在此处，它们会覆盖默认设置，也可被单个多路径设置覆盖。 \n" "\t\t\t每个设备都通过供应商和产品名称识别。 \n" -#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. -#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. -#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. -#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 +#. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. +#. if the value has quotes pair, do not touch it. +#. if more than 1 quote at the head or end, only keep one. +#. if there are quote inside the value, ignore. +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:832 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1662 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1726 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1939 msgid "should be a decimal integer" msgstr "应为十进制整数" -#. replacewidget_notify = true; -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 +#. replacewidget_notify = true; +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:840 src/include/multipath/options.rb:857 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:911 src/include/multipath/options.rb:994 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1079 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1156 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1271 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1375 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1437 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1538 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1668 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1681 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1744 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1805 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1944 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1950 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2017 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2171 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2335 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2396 msgid "illegal value" msgstr "值非法" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:847 src/include/multipath/options.rb:1674 msgid "should be greater than 0" msgstr "应大于 0" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:1737 msgid "invalid decimal integer" msgstr "十进制整数无效" -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 -#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2063 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2118 +#: src/include/multipath/options.rb:2223 src/include/multipath/options.rb:2278 msgid "should not be empty" msgstr "不应为空" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:72 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. prepare for loading built-in configurations -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 +#. prepare for loading built-in configurations +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:98 msgid "Cannot read multipath section in multipath configuration." msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 multipath 部分。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:106 msgid "Cannot read defaults section in multipath configuration." msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 defaults 部分。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:114 msgid "Cannot read blacklist section in multipath configuration." msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 blacklist 部分。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:122 msgid "Cannot read blacklist_exceptions section in multipath configuration." msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 blacklist_exceptions 部分。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:132 msgid "Cannot read devices section in multipath configuration." msgstr "无法读取多路径配置中的 devices 部分。" -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:145 msgid "Initializing Multipath Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化多路径配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:159 msgid "Read configurations" msgstr "读取配置" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:161 msgid "Read service status" msgstr "读取服务状态" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:163 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "检测设备" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:167 msgid "Reading the configurations..." msgstr "正在读取配置..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:169 msgid "Reading the service status..." msgstr "正在读取服务状态..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:171 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "正在检测设备..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:173 src/modules/Multipath.rb:274 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. BNC #418703 -#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 +#. BNC #418703 +#. Checking and Installing packages only if needed (possible) +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:186 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "无法安装所需的包。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:233 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "无法检测设备。" -#. Multipath read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 +#. Multipath read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:248 msgid "Saving Multipath Configuration" msgstr "正在保存多路径配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:264 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:266 msgid "Restart multipathd" msgstr "重启动 multipathd" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:270 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:272 msgid "Restarting multipathd..." msgstr "正在重启动 multipathd..." -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:284 msgid "Can not write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" -#. restart multipathd -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 +#. restart multipathd +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:299 msgid "Restarting multipathd failed." msgstr "重启动 multipathd 失败。" -#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Multipath.rb:423 src/modules/Multipath.rb:432 msgid "Ignore your modification?" msgstr "是否忽略您的修改？" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/network.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" @@ -739,13 +739,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "警告：未使用加密。" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 msgid "Change." msgstr "更改。" @@ -1116,14 +1116,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "设备类型(&D)" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "配置名称(&C)" @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr "隧道组" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "桥接的设备" @@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址(&I)" @@ -1304,62 +1304,61 @@ "检测到重复的 IP 地址。\n" "是否确实要继续？\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "常规(&G)" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "设备激活" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "防火墙区域" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "最大传输单元 (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "在此配置详细网卡设置。" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "地址(&A)" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "配置您的 IP 地址。" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "硬件(&H)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "绑定从属(&B)" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "无线(&W)" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Ifplugd 优先级" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" @@ -1374,12 +1373,12 @@ "因此需要设置每个接口的优先级。\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "网卡设置" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1768,7 +1767,7 @@ msgstr "通过 DHCP 更改默认路由" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1778,13 +1777,13 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "设备类型。根据您的需要从多种可用设备类型中选择一个。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" @@ -1794,7 +1793,7 @@ "它允许把网络设备的 MAC 地址或 BusID 与其名称（例如，eth1、wlan0）相关联，\n" "并可保证重引导后设备名称的一致。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" "Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" @@ -1805,7 +1804,7 @@ "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" @@ -1816,7 +1815,7 @@ "您的设备的驱动程序。如有需要，请从该列表中选择一个驱动程序，但通常默认值即可。\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" @@ -1826,12 +1825,12 @@ "选项=值。每项之间以空格分隔，例如 io=0x300 irq=5。\n" "注意：如果用同一个模块名称配置了两块网卡，保存时将合并这些选项。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" msgstr "如果您通过 Ethtool 选项指定了选项，ifup 将使用这些选项调用 ethtool。\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1841,7 +1840,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1850,7 +1849,7 @@ "写入 /etc/modprobe.conf 或 /etc/chandev.conf。\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1859,62 +1858,62 @@ "所指定的格式进行编写。" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "PCMCIA(&P)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "USB(&U)" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "内核模块(&K)" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "模块名(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev 规则" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名称" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "更改" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "显示可见端口标识" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "闪烁" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool 选项" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "手动网卡选择" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -1924,27 +1923,43 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "网卡(&N)" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "搜索(&S)" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "配置名称 %1 已存在。\n" "请选择其他名称。" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"配置名称 %1 已存在。\n" +"请选择其他名称。" + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 网卡配置" @@ -1952,131 +1967,131 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 设备设置" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "端口名(&P)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "端口号" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "启用 IPA 接管(&E)" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "启用第 2 层支持(&L)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "第 2 层 MAC 地址(&M)" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "读通道" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "写通道" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "控制通道" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "输入此接口的端口名(区分大小写)。" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." msgstr "输入此接口的任何附加选项(它们之间用空格分隔)。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." msgstr "如果应为此接口启用 IP 地址接管，请选择启用 IPA 接管。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "如果此卡已配置了第 2 层支持，请选择启用第 2 层支持。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." msgstr "如果此卡已配置了第 2 层支持，请输入第 2 层 MAC 地址。" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "端口号(&P)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "LANCMD 超时(&L)" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "选择此接口的端口号。" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "为此接口指定 LANCMD 超时。" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "兼容性模式" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "扩展模式" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "基于 CTC 的 tty(Linux 到 Linux 的连接)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "与 OS/390 和 z/OS 的兼容性模式" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "协议(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "选择此接口的协议。" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "同级名(&P)" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2084,7 +2099,7 @@ "输入 IUCV 同级的名称，\n" "例如要连接的 z/VM 用户名(区分大小写)。\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2094,7 +2109,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "硬件对话框" @@ -2743,29 +2758,29 @@ "的文件\"wireless\"。" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 地址标签(&A)" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "网络掩码(&M)" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "标签太长。" #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "IP 地址无效。" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "子网掩码无效。" @@ -3402,7 +3417,7 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:829 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." @@ -3411,26 +3426,26 @@ "或者已完全禁用。YaST 无法配置部分选项。" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "网卡" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 msgid "Modems" msgstr "调制解调器" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN 卡" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL 设备" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:906 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "所有网络设备" @@ -4370,79 +4385,79 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "引导时自动启动" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "连接电缆时自动启动" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "由 NetworkManager 管理" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "不会启动" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "手动启动" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "使用以下方式指派 IP 地址" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP 地址：%s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP 地址：%s，子网掩码：%s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "未配置" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "设备名：%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "绑定从属" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "从属于 %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "绑定主体" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "未连接" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "无 hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "由于内核设备（eth0、wlan0）不存在，无法配置网卡。这主要是因为缺少固件（对于 WLAN 设备）而导致的。有关细节，请参见 dmesg 输出。" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4450,11 +4465,11 @@ "未配置该设备。请按编辑\n" "进行配置。\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "需要的固件" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 msgid "unknown" msgstr "未知" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,107 +14,107 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs module -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 +#. Command line help text for the nfs module +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:29 msgid "Configuration of NFS client" msgstr "NFS 客户端的配置" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:43 msgid "List configured NFS mounts" msgstr "列出已配置的 NFS 装入" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:50 msgid "Add an NFS mount" msgstr "添加 NFS 装入" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:55 msgid "Edit an NFS mount" msgstr "编辑 NFS 装入" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:60 msgid "Delete an NFS mount" msgstr "删除 NFS 装入" -#. host:path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_spec -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 +#. host:path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_spec +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:70 msgid "Remote file system (in the form 'host:path')" msgstr "远程文件系统(采用\"host:path\"形式)" -#. path -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_file -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 +#. path +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_file +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:79 msgid "Local mount point" msgstr "本地安装点" -#. a list? -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_mntops -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 +#. a list? +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_mntops +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:89 msgid "Mount options" msgstr "装入选项" -#. nfs or nfs4 -#. command line option help -#. fstab(5): fs_type -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 +#. nfs or nfs4 +#. command line option help +#. fstab(5): fs_type +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:98 msgid "File system ID, supported nfs and nfs4. Default value is nfs." msgstr "文件系统 ID，支持 nfs 和 nfs4。默认值为 nfs。" -#. CLI action handler. -#. Print summary in command line -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 +#. CLI action handler. +#. Print summary in command line +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return false so that Write is not called in non-interactive mode +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:159 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:481 msgid "Server" msgstr "服务器" -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:160 msgid "Remote File System" msgstr "远程文件系统" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:161 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:484 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "安装点" -#. table header -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 +#. table header +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:162 src/include/nfs/ui.rb:488 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:205 src/clients/nfs.rb:236 msgid "Unknown value for option \"type\"." msgstr "选项“类型”的值未知。" -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:230 src/clients/nfs.rb:334 msgid "No NFS mount specified." msgstr "未指定任何 NFS 装入。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:253 msgid "No NFS mount matching the criteria found." msgstr "未找到符合条件的 NFS 装入。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs.rb:271 msgid "Multiple NFS mounts match the criteria:" msgstr "多个 NFS 装入符合条件：" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:83 msgid "" "The hostname entered is invalid. It must be\n" "shorter than 50 characters and only use\n" @@ -130,8 +130,8 @@ "有效的 IPv6 地址：%2\n" "有效的域名：%3" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:115 msgid "" "fstab already contains an entry\n" "with mount point '%1'." @@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ "fstab 已经包含一个带有\n" "安装点“%1”的项。" -#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) -#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 +#. error popup message (spaces are now allowed) +#: src/include/nfs/routines.rb:137 msgid "" "The path entered is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters\n" @@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ "它必须少于 70 个字符且\n" "必须以斜线 (/) 开头。" -#. Help, part 1 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 +#. Help, part 1 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:41 msgid "" "The table contains all directories \n" "exported from remote servers and mounted locally via NFS (NFS shares)." @@ -159,13 +159,12 @@ "该表包含从远程服务器导出\n" "并已通过 NFS（NFS 共享）在本地装入的所有目录。" -#. Help, part 2 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 +#. Help, part 2 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:46 msgid "" "Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt>" msgstr "" "每个 NFS 共享由远程 NFS 服务器地址与\n" @@ -173,11 +172,10 @@ "NFS 类型（纯文本 nfs 或 nfsv4）以及装入选项来标识。\n" "有关装入 NFS 和装入选项的进一步信息，请参见 <tt>man nfs</tt>。" -#. Help, part 3 of 3 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 +#. Help, part 3 of 3 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:53 msgid "" -"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"To mount a new NFS share, click Add. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click Edit. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with Delete.\n" msgstr "" @@ -185,13 +183,11 @@ "要更改当前装入的共享的配置，请单击编辑。\n" "也可用删除来去除和卸载所选共享。\n" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:60 msgid "" "If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the Enable NFSv4 option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a NFSv4 Domain Name required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.\n" msgstr "" "如果您需要访问 NFSv4 共享（NFSv4 是较新版本的 NFS 协议），\n" @@ -199,81 +195,81 @@ "在此情况下，您可能需要提供一个特定的 NFSv4 域名\n" "以正确设置文件/目录访问权限。\n" -#. selection box label -#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows -#. NFS servers only -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 +#. selection box label +#. changed from "Remote hosts" because now it shows +#. NFS servers only +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:164 msgid "&NFS Servers" msgstr "NFS 服务器(&N)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:176 msgid "&Exported Directories" msgstr "导出的目录(&E)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:249 msgid "&NFS Server Hostname" msgstr "服务器主机名(&N)" -#. pushbutton label -#. choose a host from a list -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 +#. pushbutton label +#. choose a host from a list +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:255 msgid "Choo&se" msgstr "选择(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:263 msgid "&Remote Directory" msgstr "远程目录(&R)" -#. pushbutton label, -#. select from a list of remote filesystems -#. make it short -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 +#. pushbutton label, +#. select from a list of remote filesystems +#. make it short +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:270 msgid "&Select" msgstr "选择(&S)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:275 msgid "NFS&v4 Share" msgstr "NFSv4 共享(&V)" -#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 +#. parallel NFS, protocol version 4.1 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:278 msgid "pNFS (v4.1)" msgstr "pNFS（4.1 版)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:287 msgid "&Mount Point (local)" msgstr "安装点(本地)(&M)" -#. button label -#. browse directories to select a mount point -#. appears in help text too -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 +#. button label +#. browse directories to select a mount point +#. appears in help text too +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:293 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "浏览(&B)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:298 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "选项(&P)" -#. label message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 +#. label message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:319 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "正在扫描此 LAN 上的主机..." -#. Translators: 1st part of error message -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 +#. Translators: 1st part of error message +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:325 msgid "No NFS server has been found on your network." msgstr "在您的网络中没有找到 NTP 服务器。" -#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 +#. Translators: 2nd part of error message (1st one is 'No nfs servers have been found ...) +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:331 msgid "" "\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -283,19 +279,19 @@ "这可能是由正在运行的 SuSEfirewall2 造成，\n" "SuSEfirewall2 可能会阻止网络扫描。" -#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 +#. Popup dialog, %1 is a host name +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:356 msgid "Getting directory list for \"%1\"..." msgstr "正在获取\"%1\"的目录列表..." -#. heading for a directory selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 +#. heading for a directory selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:371 msgid "Select the Mount Point" msgstr "选择安装点" -#. help text 1/4 -#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 +#. help text 1/4 +#. change: locally defined -> servers on LAN +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:420 msgid "" "Enter the NFS Server Hostname. With\n" "Choose, browse through a list of\n" @@ -305,9 +301,9 @@ "选择，可以浏览本地网络中\n" "NFS 服务器的列表。\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#. added "Select" button -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 +#. help text 2/4 +#. added "Select" button +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:429 msgid "" "In Remote File System,\n" "enter the path to the directory on the NFS server. Use\n" @@ -319,12 +315,11 @@ " 选择来从那些服务器已导出的目录路径中选择。\n" " " -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:439 msgid "" "\t\t\n" -"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For Mount Point, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "Browse, select your mount point\n" "interactively." msgstr "" @@ -333,8 +328,8 @@ "浏览，可以通过交互模式\n" "选择安装点。" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:450 msgid "" "For a list of Options,\n" "read the man page mount(8)." @@ -342,58 +337,58 @@ "有关选项的列表，\n" "请阅读 manpage mount(8)。" -#. popup heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 +#. popup heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:482 msgid "Remote Directory" msgstr "远程目录" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:486 msgid "NFS Type" msgstr "NFS 类型" -#. #211570 -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 +#. #211570 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:507 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "启用 NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:508 msgid "NFSv4 Domain Name" msgstr "NFSv4 域名" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:513 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "启用 GSS 安全(&G)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:527 msgid "&NFS Shares" msgstr "NFS 共享(&N)" -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:528 msgid "NFS &Settings" msgstr "NFS 设置(&S)" -#. Default values -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 +#. Default values +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:640 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1 吗？" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:681 msgid "NFS Client Configuration" msgstr "NFS 客户端配置" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:385 msgid "Unable to create directory '%1'." msgstr "无法创建目录\"%1\"。" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:403 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/fstab.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -403,77 +398,77 @@ "将不对 NFS 客户端配置\n" "进行任何更改。\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:446 msgid "Writing NFS Configuration" msgstr "正在写入 NFS 配置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:451 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "停止服务" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:453 msgid "Start services" msgstr "启动服务" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:457 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "正在停止服务..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:459 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "正在启动服务..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:461 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:467 msgid "Writing NFS client settings. Please wait..." msgstr "正在写入 NFS 客户端设置。请稍候..." -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:487 msgid "Unable to mount the NFS entries from /etc/fstab." msgstr "无法在 /etc/fstab 中装入 NFS 项。" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:506 msgid "NFS Entries" msgstr "NFS 项" -#. summary item, %1 is a number -#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 +#. summary item, %1 is a number +#: src/modules/Nfs.rb:510 msgid "%1 entries configured" msgstr "已配置 %1 项" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:140 msgid "Empty option strings are not allowed." msgstr "选项字符串不允许为空。" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:151 msgid "Unexpected value '%{value}' for option '%{key}'" msgstr "对选项“%{key}”使用了意外值“%{value}”" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:155 msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "未知选项：“%{key}”" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:159 msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "无效选项：“%{opt}”" -#. To translators: error popup -#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 +#. To translators: error popup +#: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:163 msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "选项“%{key}”的值为空" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nfs_server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,85 +14,83 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 +#. Command line help text for the nfs-server module +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:46 msgid "Configuration of NFS server" msgstr "NFS 服务器的配置" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:59 msgid "NFS server configuration summary" msgstr "NFS 服务器配置摘要" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:68 msgid "Start NFS server" msgstr "启动 NFS 服务器" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:72 msgid "Stop NFS server" msgstr "停止 NFS 服务器" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:76 msgid "Add a directory to export" msgstr "将目录添加到导出中" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:83 msgid "Delete a directory from export" msgstr "从导出中删除目录" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:90 msgid "Set the parameters for domain, security and enablev4." msgstr "设置域、安全性和 enablev4 的参数。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:98 msgid "Directory to export" msgstr "要导出的目录" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:102 msgid "Host wild card for setting the access to directory" msgstr "用于设置对目录的访问的主机通配符" -#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 +#. command line option help (do not transl. 'man exports') +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:107 msgid "Export options (see 'man exports')" msgstr "导出选项(请参见\"man exports\")" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc." -"com' etc." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." msgstr "NFSv4 ID 映射的域名规格，如“localdomain”或者“abc.com”等。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." msgstr "是/否选项表示启用/禁用 NFSv4 支持。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:125 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling secure NFS." msgstr "是/否选项表示启用/禁用安全 NFS。" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS 服务器已启用" -#. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 +#. summary text +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS 服务器已禁用" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "未安装必需的包 (%1)。" -#. error -#. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 +#. error +#. error +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "未指定任何安装点。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -100,37 +98,32 @@ "exports 表已\n" "包含此目录。" -#. CLI action handler. -#. @param [Hash] options command options -#. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +#. CLI action handler. +#. @param [Hash] options command options +#. @return whether successful +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." msgstr "未启用 NFSv4 不能设置域。请使用“set enablev4”命令。" -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"命令“set”必须以“set 选项=值”格式使用。请使用“set help”获得可用选项信息。" +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "命令“set”必须以“set 选项=值”格式使用。请使用“set help”获得可用选项信息。" -#. Then no need to check for conflict. -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 +#. Then no need to check for conflict. +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:215 msgid "" "%3 and %4 are both exported with the option fsid=0\n" "for the same client '%1' (contained in '%2')" -msgstr "" -"对于同一台客户端“%1”（包含在“%2”中），%3 和 %4 均使用选项 fsid=0 导出。" +msgstr "对于同一台客户端“%1”（包含在“%2”中），%3 和 %4 均使用选项 fsid=0 导出。" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:313 msgid "Dire&ctories" msgstr "目录(&C)" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:331 msgid "" "The wild card or options string is invalid.\n" "It must be shorter than 70 characters and it\n" @@ -140,8 +133,8 @@ "它必须少于 70 个字符且\n" "不能包含空格。\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:353 msgid "" "Invalid option.\n" "Only letters, digits, and the characters =/.:,_- are allowed." @@ -149,18 +142,18 @@ "无效选项。\n" "只允许使用字母、数字以及 =/.:,_- 这些字符。" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:401 msgid "Unknown option: '%1'" msgstr "未知的选项：\"%1\"" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:406 msgid "Invalid option: '%1'" msgstr "无效选项：\"%1\"" -#. %1 is a list of exported paths -#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 +#. %1 is a list of exported paths +#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:438 msgid "" "There are unbalanced parentheses in export options\n" "for %1.\n" @@ -170,49 +163,49 @@ "配置文件中也可能有伪空格。\n" "\n" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "要导出的目录(&D)" -#. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 +#. button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "浏览(&B)..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "请输入非空导出路径。如：/exports" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "导出表已包含此目录。" -#. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 +#. the dir does not exist +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "该目录不存在。是否创建？" -#. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 +#. title in the file selection dialog +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "选择要导出的目录" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "主机通配符(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "选项(&P)" -#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue -#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). -#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 +#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue +#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). +#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -220,8 +213,8 @@ "NFSv4 启用（见前页）后\n" "“fsid=0”才是有效的选项。\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -229,16 +222,14 @@ "已设置此通配符\n" "的选项。" -#. Opening NFS server dialog -#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for " -"the domain to 'localdomain'." +#. Opening NFS server dialog +#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." msgstr "无法读取 /etc/idmapd.conf 文件。正在将域默认设置为“localdomain”。" -#. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 +#. Help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others." @@ -246,8 +237,8 @@ "在此可以选择是否要启动计算机上的 NFS 服务器，\n" "并且将某些目录导出到其它目录中。" -#. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 +#. Help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "If you choose Start NFS Server, clicking Next opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export." @@ -255,69 +246,64 @@ "如果选择启动 NFS 服务器，请单击下一步，将打开一个\n" "配置对话框，在此可以指定要导出的目录。" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check Enable NFSv4\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.\n" msgstr "" "如果服务器需要处理 NFSv4 客户端，请选中启用 NFSv4，\n" "并填写供 ID 映射守护程序使用的 NFSv4 域名。如果不确定要填的域名，请保留为\n" "“localdomain”或参考 idmapd 和 idmapd.conf 的手册页。\n" -#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 +#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" +"Enable GSS Security box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.\n" msgstr "" -"如果服务器和客户端必须使用 GSS 库进行身份验证，请选中启用 GSS 安全</" -"B>\n" -"复选框。要使用 GSS API，当前系统上必须安装 Kerberos 和 gssapi (nfs-utils > " -"1.0.7)。\n" +"如果服务器和客户端必须使用 GSS 库进行身份验证，请选中启用 GSS 安全\n" +"复选框。要使用 GSS API，当前系统上必须安装 Kerberos 和 gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7)。\n" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 服务器" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "启动(&S)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "不启动(&N)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 +#. frame label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "启用 NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "启用 NFSv4(&V)" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "输入 NFSv4 域名(&M)：" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "启用 GSS 安全(&G)" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "NFS 服务器配置" -#. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 +#. Help, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -327,11 +313,10 @@ "如果选择一个目录，则下面的框将显示\n" "允许装入此目录的主机。\n" -#. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 +#. Help, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" -"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected " -"directory.\n" +"Host Wild Card sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.\n" msgstr "" @@ -339,64 +324,63 @@ "它可以是单个主机、组、通配符或\n" "IP 网络。\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 -msgid "" -"Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts." msgstr "输入星号 (<tt>*</tt>) 而不是某个名称可指定所有主机。" -#. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 +#. Help, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.\n" msgstr "请参见 <tt>man exports</tt>，获取更多信息。\n" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "添加目录(&D)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "编辑(&E)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "删除(&L)" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "主机通配符" -#. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 +#. table header +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "添加主机(&H)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "编辑(&I)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 +#. push button label +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "删除(&T)" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "要导出的目录" -#. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 +#. not fatal - write other dirs. +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -404,8 +388,8 @@ "无法创建缺少的目录：\n" "%1" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -415,63 +399,61 @@ "将不对导出的目录进行\n" "任何更改。\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "正在写入 NFS 服务器配置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "保存 /etc/exports" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "重启动服务" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "正在保存 /etc/exports..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "正在重启动服务..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 +#. help text +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "正在写入 NFS 服务器设置。请稍候..." -#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "无法写到 idmapd.conf。" -#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup " -"is correct." +#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." msgstr "无法启动 svcgssd。请确保 kerberos 和 gssapi (nfs-utils) 设置正确。" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "无法重启动“svcgssd”服务。" -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "“svcgssd”正在运行。无法停止它。" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -479,12 +461,12 @@ "无法重启动 NFS 服务器。\n" "您进行的更改将在重引导后生效。\n" -#. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 +#. summary header; directories exported by NFS +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS 导出" -#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 +#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "idmapping 的 NFSv4 域名是 %1 。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,80 +14,80 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module -#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 +#. translators: command line help text for Ldap client module +#: src/clients/nis.rb:74 msgid "NIS client configuration module." msgstr "NIS 客户端配置模块。" -#. command line help text for 'enable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 +#. command line help text for 'enable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:84 msgid "Enable your machine as NIS client" msgstr "启用计算机作为 NIS 客户端" -#. command line help text for 'disable' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 +#. command line help text for 'disable' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:91 msgid "Disable the NIS client" msgstr "禁用 NIS 客户端" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:98 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS client" msgstr "NIS 客户端的配置摘要" -#. command line help text for 'configure' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 +#. command line help text for 'configure' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:109 msgid "Change the global settings of NIS client" msgstr "更改 NIS 客户端的全局设置" -#. command line help text for 'find' action -#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 +#. command line help text for 'find' action +#: src/clients/nis.rb:116 msgid "Show available NIS servers for given domain" msgstr "显示给定域的可用 NIS 服务器" -#. command line help text for the 'server' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 +#. command line help text for the 'server' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:124 msgid "NIS server name or address" msgstr "NIS 服务器名或地址" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:131 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS 域" -#. help text for the 'automounter' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 +#. help text for the 'automounter' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:138 msgid "Start or stop automounter" msgstr "启动或停止自动装载器" -#. help text for the 'broadcast' option -#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 +#. help text for the 'broadcast' option +#: src/clients/nis.rb:146 msgid "Set or unset broadcast search" msgstr "设置广播搜索或取消对广播搜索的设置" -#. Print summary of basic options -#. @return [Boolean] false -#. summary header -#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 +#. Print summary of basic options +#. @return [Boolean] false +#. summary header +#: src/clients/nis.rb:260 src/modules/Nis.rb:862 msgid "Automounter enabled" msgstr "已启用自动装载器" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:831 src/modules/Nis.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:853 src/modules/Nis.rb:857 src/modules/Nis.rb:864 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#: src/clients/nis.rb:261 src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Translators: network broadcast address -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 +#. Translators: network broadcast address +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:62 msgid "" "The Broadcast option enables searching\n" "in the local network to find a server after the specified servers\n" @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "响应失败后，在本地网络中\n" "进行搜索来查找服务器。这存在安全风险。\n" -#. Translators: short for Expert settings -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 +#. Translators: short for Expert settings +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:71 msgid "" "Expert gives access to some\n" "less frequently used settings.\n" @@ -106,37 +106,36 @@ "专家选项允许访问某些\n" "不常使用的设置。\n" -#. pushbutton label -#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 +#. pushbutton label +#. Select all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:135 msgid "Select &All" msgstr "全选(&A)" -#. pushbutton label -#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 +#. pushbutton label +#. Deselect all items (in this case NIS servers) of a list +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:138 msgid "Select &None" msgstr "全部不选(&N)" -#. popup window -#. LAN: local area network -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 +#. popup window +#. LAN: local area network +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:190 msgid "Scanning for NIS servers in domain %1 on this LAN..." msgstr "正在此 LAN 的域 %1 中扫描 NIS 服务器..." -#. selection box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:209 msgid "&NIS Servers in Domain %1" msgstr "域 %1 中的 NIS 服务器(&N)" -#. firewall opening help -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 +#. firewall opening help +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:228 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "防火墙设置 \n" @@ -145,8 +144,8 @@ "要选择将在其上打开端口的接口，请单击防火墙细节。\n" "此选项只有在启用了防火墙后才可用。\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Enter your NIS domain, such as example.com,\n" " and the NIS server's address, such as nis.example.com or 10.20.1.1.\n" @@ -154,22 +153,18 @@ "输入您的 NIS 域(例如 example.com)\n" "和 NIS 服务器的地址(例如 nis.example.com 或 10.20.1.1)。\n" -#. help text for netconfig part -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 +#. help text for netconfig part +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " -"is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " -"here\n" +"Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " -"modify\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " -"see\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see\n" "the netconfig manual page.\n" msgstr "" "选择更改 NIS 配置的方式。通常，\n" @@ -183,8 +178,8 @@ "可包括通配符以及以及 STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK 预定义特殊值。\n" "有关更多信息，请参见 netconfig 手册页。\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:260 msgid "" "Specify multiple servers\n" "by separating their addresses with spaces.\n" @@ -192,8 +187,8 @@ "指定多台服务器，\n" "服务器的地址之间用空格分隔。\n" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:271 msgid "" "Automounter is a daemon that mounts directories automatically,\n" "such as users' home directories.\n" @@ -205,131 +200,126 @@ "它假定在本地或 NIS 中已存在其配置\n" "文件 (auto.*)。" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 -msgid "" -"NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " -"NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"影响自动装入器运行方式的 NFS 设置可在 NFS 客户端中设置，可用 NFS 配置</" -"b>按钮配置。" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 +msgid "NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS Client, which can be configured using NFS Configuration button." +msgstr "影响自动装入器运行方式的 NFS 设置可在 NFS 客户端中设置，可用 NFS 配置按钮配置。" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:333 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (Via NetworkManager and DHCP)" msgstr "自动设置（通过 NetworkManager 和 DHCP）(&T) " -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:335 msgid "Au&tomatic Setup (via DHCP)" msgstr "自动设置(通过 DHCP)(&T)" -#. frame label -#. frame label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 +#. frame label +#. frame label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:342 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1028 msgid "NIS client" msgstr "NIS 客户端" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:352 msgid "Netconfig NIS &Policy" msgstr "Netconfig NIS 策略(&P)" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:355 msgid "Only Manual Changes" msgstr "仅手动更改" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:357 msgid "Default Policy" msgstr "默认策略" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:359 msgid "Custom Policy" msgstr "自定义策略" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:367 msgid "C&ustom Policy" msgstr "自定义策略(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:377 src/include/nis/ui.rb:393 msgid "N&IS Domain" msgstr "NIS 域(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:384 src/include/nis/ui.rb:401 msgid "&Addresses of NIS servers" msgstr "NIS 服务器的地址(&A)" -#. check box label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 +#. check box label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:411 src/include/nis/ui.rb:853 msgid "&Broadcast" msgstr "广播(&B)" -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#. pushbutton label, find nis servers -#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#. pushbutton label, find nis servers +#. Shortcut must not conflict with Finish and Next (#29960) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:417 src/include/nis/ui.rb:864 msgid "Fin&d" msgstr "查找(&D)" -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:421 msgid "Additional NIS Domains" msgstr "附加 NIS 域" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:435 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "编辑(&E)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:459 msgid "Do &not use NIS" msgstr "不使用 NIS(&N)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:468 msgid "&Use NIS" msgstr "使用 NIS(&U)" -#. button label (short for Expert settings) -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 +#. button label (short for Expert settings) +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:489 msgid "E&xpert..." msgstr "专家(&X)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:495 msgid "NFS Configuration..." msgstr "NFS 配置..." -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:499 msgid "Start Auto&mounter" msgstr "启动自动装载器(&M)" -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:508 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1036 msgid "Configuration of NIS client" msgstr "NIS 客户端的配置" -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers -#. but the domain is unknown. -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#. Message popup. The user wants to Find servers +#. but the domain is unknown. +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:575 src/include/nis/ui.rb:904 msgid "Finding servers works only when the domain is known." msgstr "查找服务器仅在域名已知的情况下才能进行。" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:593 msgid "" "When you configure your machine as a NIS client,\n" "you cannot retrieve the user data from LDAP.\n" @@ -339,87 +329,77 @@ "则无法从 LDAP 获取用户数据。\n" "是否确定？" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 -msgid "" -"Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " -"using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local " -"host." -msgstr "" -"通常，任何主机都可以查询客户程序正在使用哪个服务器。禁用回答远程主机</" -"b>限制只有本地主机才能使用此功能。" +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 +msgid "Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is using. Disabling Answer Remote Hosts restricts this only to the local host." +msgstr "通常，任何主机都可以查询客户程序正在使用哪个服务器。禁用回答远程主机限制只有本地主机才能使用此功能。" -#. help text 2/4 -#. Check, ie. turn on a check box -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 -msgid "" -"Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an " -"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " -"to replace such a server." -msgstr "" -"如果应接受运行在非特权端口上的服务器的回答，请选中错误的服务器。这" -"存在安全风险，最好替换这种服务器。" +#. help text 2/4 +#. Check, ie. turn on a check box +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 +msgid "Check Broken server if answers from servers running on an unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace such a server." +msgstr "如果应接受运行在非特权端口上的服务器的回答，请选中错误的服务器。这存在安全风险，最好替换这种服务器。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:692 msgid "See man ypbind for details on other options." msgstr "有关其它选项的细节，请参见 man ypbind。" -#. frame label -#. dialog title -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 +#. frame label +#. dialog title +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:703 src/include/nis/ui.rb:731 msgid "Expert settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:708 msgid "Ans&wer Remote Hosts" msgstr "回答远程主机(&W)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:712 msgid "Br&oken server" msgstr "错误的服务器(&O)" -#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 +#. text entry label (do not translate 'ypbind') +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:719 msgid "Other &ypbind options" msgstr "其它 ypbind 选项(&Y)" -#. Translators: multilineedit label -#. comma: "," -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 +#. Translators: multilineedit label +#. comma: "," +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:846 msgid "&Servers (separated by spaces or commas)" msgstr "服务器(用空格或逗号分隔)(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:859 msgid "&SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. Translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 +#. Translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:874 msgid "Domain Settings" msgstr "域设置" -#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... -#. Translators: text entry label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 +#. Add a domain, Adding a domain? Edit... +#. Translators: text entry label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:877 msgid "&Domain name" msgstr "域名(&D)" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:932 msgid "This domain is already defined." msgstr "已定义了此域。" -#. Translators: error message -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 +#. Translators: error message +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:937 msgid "The format of server address '%1' is not correct." msgstr "服务器地址\"%1\"的格式不正确。" -#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 +#. error message, 'Broadcast' and 'SLP' are checkboxes +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:946 msgid "" "Enabling both Broadcast and SLP options\n" "does not make any sense. Select just one option." @@ -427,64 +407,62 @@ "同时启用广播和 SLP 选项\n" "没有意义。请只选择一个选项。" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:979 msgid "Specify the servers for additional domains." msgstr "为附加域指定服务器。" -#. help text -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 -msgid "" -"The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." -"" +#. help text +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 +msgid "The Service Location Protocol (SLP) can be used to find NIS server." msgstr "服务定位协议 (SLP) 可用于查找 NIS 服务器。" -#. dialog label -#. dialog subtitle -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 +#. dialog label +#. dialog subtitle +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:999 src/include/nis/ui.rb:1038 msgid "Additional Domains" msgstr "附加域" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1005 src/modules/Nis.rb:889 msgid "Domain" msgstr "域" -#. table header -#. summary header -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 +#. table header +#. summary header +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1007 src/modules/Nis.rb:842 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "广播" -#. table header - Service Location Protocol -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 +#. table header - Service Location Protocol +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1009 msgid "SLP" msgstr "SLP" -#. table header -#. summary item -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 +#. table header +#. summary item +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1011 src/modules/Nis.rb:887 msgid "Servers" msgstr "服务器" -#. button label -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 +#. button label +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1017 msgid "A&dd" msgstr "添加(&D)" -#. Translators: a yes-no popup -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 +#. Translators: a yes-no popup +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1123 msgid "Really delete this domain?" msgstr "是否确实要删除此域？" -#. popup text FIXME better... -#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 +#. popup text FIXME better... +#: src/include/nis/ui.rb:1253 msgid "NIS is now enabled." msgstr "现在已启用了 NIS。" -#. Translators: do not translate (none)! -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 +#. Translators: do not translate (none)! +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:580 msgid "" "A NIS domain name must not be empty,\n" "it must not be \"(none)\",\n" @@ -494,8 +472,8 @@ "它不能是“（无）”，\n" "并且不能超过 64 个字符。\n" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:600 msgid "" "Only an IP address can be used\n" "because host names are resolved using NIS.\n" @@ -505,100 +483,100 @@ "所以只能使用 IP 地址。\n" "\n" -#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 +#. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "将安装自动装载器包。\n" -#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the -#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. -#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the -#. actual settings. -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 +#. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the +#. Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. +#. Will be placed after NIS Domain/NIS Servers instead of the +#. actual settings. +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:826 msgid "by DHCP" msgstr "使用 DHCP" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:829 msgid "NIS Client enabled" msgstr "已启用 NIS 客户端" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:833 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS 域" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:836 msgid "NIS Servers" msgstr "NIS 服务器" -#. TODO: a full list -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 +#. TODO: a full list +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:848 msgid "Other domains" msgstr "其它域" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:851 msgid "Answer to local host only" msgstr "只回答本地主机" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:855 msgid "Broken server" msgstr "错误的服务器" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:859 msgid "ypbind options" msgstr "ypbind 选项" -#. summary item (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 +#. summary item (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:892 msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "已启用客户端" -#. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#. dialog label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "正在写入 NIS 配置..." -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "停止服务" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 msgid "Start services" msgstr "启动服务" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "正在停止服务..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "正在启动服务..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#. help text +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "正在写入 NIS 客户端设置" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "运行 ypclient 时出错。" -#. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#. error popup message +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "未找到 NIS 服务器。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/nis_server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,104 +14,104 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for nis server module -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 +#. translators: command line help text for nis server module +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:58 msgid "NIS server configuration module." msgstr "NIS 服务器配置模块。" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:73 msgid "Configuration summary of NIS server" msgstr "NIS 服务器的配置摘要" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:83 msgid "Stop NIS server" msgstr "停止 NIS 服务器" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:91 msgid "Configure NIS master server" msgstr "配置 NIS 主服务器" -#. command line action help -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 +#. command line action help +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:101 msgid "Configure NIS slave server" msgstr "配置 NIS 从属服务器" -#. command line help text for the 'domain' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 +#. command line help text for the 'domain' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:109 msgid "NIS domain" msgstr "NIS 域" -#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 +#. command line help text for the 'master_ip' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:116 msgid "IP address of master NIS server" msgstr "主 NIS 服务器的 IP 地址" -#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 +#. command line help text for the 'yppasswd' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:123 msgid "Start or stop yppasswd service" msgstr "启动或停止 yppasswd 服务" -#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 +#. command line help text for the 'ypdir' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:131 msgid "YP source directory" msgstr "YP 源目录" -#. command line help text for the 'maps' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 +#. command line help text for the 'maps' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:138 msgid "Maps distributed by server" msgstr "服务器分发的映射" -#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 +#. command line help text for the 'hosts' option +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:145 msgid "Hosts allowed to query server ('netmask:network')" msgstr "允许查询服务器的主机(\"netmask:network\")" -#. summary label -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 +#. summary label +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:180 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:86 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:142 msgid "No NIS Server is configured." msgstr "没有配置 NIS 服务器。" -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:186 msgid "A NIS master server is configured." msgstr "已配置 NIS 主服务器。" -#. summary label -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 +#. summary label +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:189 msgid "A NIS slave server is configured." msgstr "已配置 NIS 从属服务器。" -#. summary label -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 +#. summary label +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @param split split configured and unconfigured? +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:196 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1290 msgid "NIS Domain" msgstr "NIS 域" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:204 msgid "YP Source Directory: " msgstr "YP 源目录：" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:209 msgid "Available Maps: " msgstr "可用的映射：" -#. summary label: -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 +#. summary label: +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:217 msgid "NIS Master Server: " msgstr "NIS 主服务器：" -#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 +#. summary label (netmask:network shows output format) +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:235 msgid "" "Hosts Allowed to Query Server (netmask:network):\n" "%1" @@ -119,23 +119,23 @@ "允许查询服务器的主机 (netmask:network)：\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:258 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "未安装必需的包 (%1)。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:282 msgid "Invalid netmask: %1.\n" msgstr "无效网络掩码：%1。\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:289 msgid "Invalid network: %1.\n" msgstr "无效网络：%1。\n" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:356 msgid "" "These maps are not supported:\n" "%1" @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ "不支持这些映射：\n" "%1" -#. error message -#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 +#. error message +#: src/clients/nis_server.rb:405 msgid "NIS master server IP was not specified." msgstr "未指定 NIS 主服务器 IP。" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:66 msgid "" "You can change NIS server source directory (usually\n" "'/etc')." @@ -157,77 +157,74 @@ "您可以更改 NIS 服务器源目录(通常是\n" "\"/etc\")。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:73 msgid "" -"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow</" -"i>\n" +"Select if your passwd file should be merged with the shadow\n" "file (only possible if the shadow file exists).\n" msgstr "" "在以下情况选择此选项：passwd 文件应该与 shadow 文件合并\n" "（只有当 shadow 文件存在时才有可能）。\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:81 msgid "You can also adjust the minimum user and group id." msgstr "您还可以调整最小用户和组 ID。" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:86 msgid "Minimum &UID" msgstr "最小 &UID" -#. To translators: intfield label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 +#. To translators: intfield label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:89 msgid "Minimum &GID" msgstr "最小 &GID" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:98 msgid "&YP Source directory" msgstr "YP 源目录(&Y)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 +#. check box label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:103 msgid "Merge pa&sswords" msgstr "合并口令" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/details.rb:111 msgid "NIS Master Server Details Setup" msgstr "NIS 主服务器细节设置" -#. help text 1/1 -#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's -#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that -#. were a pain to use. -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 +#. help text 1/1 +#. Translators: the text was truncated because now there's +#. a MultiSelectionBox instead of two SelectionBoxes that +#. were a pain to use. +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:61 msgid "With this dialog, adjust which maps will be available." msgstr "使用此对话框可以调整哪些映射将是可用的。" -#. multilesection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 +#. multilesection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:103 msgid "&Maps" msgstr "映射(&M)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/maps.rb:109 msgid "NIS Server Maps Setup" msgstr "NIS 服务器映射设置" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:71 msgid "" -"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this " -"machine as a server, check\n" +"Enter a NIS domain. If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check\n" "the corresponding option.\n" msgstr "" -"输入 NIS 域。如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户" -"端，\n" +"输入 NIS 域。如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户端，\n" "请选中相应的选项。\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:78 msgid "" "For slave servers to cooperate with this master, check\n" "Active Slave NIS server exists. If you check\n" @@ -239,8 +236,8 @@ "快速映射分发，则将加速将映射传送到\n" "从属服务器。\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:89 msgid "" "Allow changes to passwords lets the users change their\n" "passwords in the presence of NIS. Buttons to allow\n" @@ -252,59 +249,59 @@ "允许更改登录外壳或 GECOS(全名和相关信息)的按钮\n" "设置这些更具体的选项。\n" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:106 msgid "Allow changes to &GECOS field" msgstr "允许更改 GECOS 字段(&G)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:114 msgid "Allow changes to login &shell" msgstr "允许更改登录外壳(&S)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:130 msgid "Allow changes to &passwords" msgstr "允许更改口令(&P)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "这台主机也是一个 NIS 客户端(&C)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:164 msgid "NIS &Domain Name" msgstr "NIS 域名" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:170 msgid "Active Slave NIS server &exists" msgstr "活动的从属 NIS 服务器存在(&E)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:179 msgid "&Fast Map distribution (rpc.ypxfrd)" msgstr "快速映射分发 (rpc.ypxfrd)(&F)" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:185 msgid "Changing of passwords" msgstr "更改口令" -#. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 +#. To translators: pushbutton label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:193 msgid "&Other global settings ..." msgstr "其它全局设置(&O)..." -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:201 msgid "Master Server Setup" msgstr "主服务器设置" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:133 msgid "" "Your machine is set up to change the NIS domain name via DHCP.\n" "This may replace the domain name just entered. Check your\n" @@ -314,14 +311,13 @@ "此操作可能会替换刚输入的域名。请检查\n" "设置，并考虑不在 NIS 服务器上运行 DHCP 客户端。\n" -#. firewall openning help -#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 +#. firewall openning help +#: src/include/nis_server/routines.rb:154 msgid "" "Firewall Settings \n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the NIS server\n" "from remote computers, set Open Port in Firewall.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details</" -"b>.\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click Firewall Details.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.\n" msgstr "" "防火墙设置 \n" @@ -330,38 +326,38 @@ "要选择将在其上打开端口的接口，请单击防火墙细节。\n" "此选项只有在启用了防火墙后才可用。\n" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:117 msgid "Edit netmask and network" msgstr "编辑网络掩码和网络" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:120 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "网络掩码(&M)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:123 msgid "Net&work" msgstr "网络(&W)" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:149 msgid "Wrong netmask!\n" msgstr "错误的网络掩码！\n" -#. To translators: error message -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 +#. To translators: error message +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:154 msgid "Wrong network!\n" msgstr "错误的网络！\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:172 msgid "Please enter which hosts are allowed to query the NIS server." msgstr "请输入允许查询 NIS 服务器的主机。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:178 msgid "" "A host address will be allowed if network is equal\n" "to the bitwise AND of the host's address and the netmask." @@ -369,8 +365,8 @@ "当网络等于主机地址和网络掩码的\n" "位 AND 结果时，允许使用主机地址。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:185 msgid "" "The entry with netmask <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> and network\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> must exist to allow connections from the local host.\n" @@ -378,8 +374,8 @@ "必须存在带网络掩码 <tt>255.0.0.0</tt> 和网络\n" "<tt>127.0.0.0</tt> 的项，才能从本地主机进行连接。\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:192 msgid "" "Entering netmask <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> and\n" "network <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> gives access to all hosts." @@ -387,120 +383,109 @@ "输入网络掩码 <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> 和\n" "网络 <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> 可访问所有主机。" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:206 msgid "Netmask" msgstr "网络掩码" -#. To translators: table header -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 +#. To translators: table header +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:208 msgid "Network" msgstr "网络" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/securenets.rb:222 msgid "NIS Server Query Hosts Setup" msgstr "NIS 服务器查询主机设置" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the " -"master NIS server." +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 +msgid "Enter the NIS domain and the IP address or host name of the master NIS server." msgstr "输入主 NIS 服务器的 NIS 域和 IP 地址或者主机名。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 -msgid "" -"If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check " -"the corresponding option." -msgstr "" -"如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户端，请选中相应的选项。</" -"p>" +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 +msgid "If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option." +msgstr "如果此主机也是一个将此计算机用作服务器的 NIS 客户端，请选中相应的选项。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" msgstr "NIS 域名(&I)：" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 msgid "NIS &Master Server:" msgstr "NIS 主服务器(&M)：" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "从属服务器设置" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:71 msgid "&Remote hosts" msgstr "远程主机(&R)" -#. To translators: textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 +#. To translators: textentry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:100 msgid "&Slave's host name" msgstr "从属服务器的主机名(&S)" -#. To translators: popup dialog heading -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 +#. To translators: popup dialog heading +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:112 msgid "Edit slave" msgstr "编辑从属服务器" -#. To translators: label message -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 +#. To translators: label message +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:145 msgid "Scanning for hosts on this LAN..." msgstr "正在扫描此 LAN 上的主机..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 -msgid "" -"Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use " -"Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and " -"Delete to remove an entry." -msgstr "" -"在此输入要配置为 NIS 从属服务器的主机名。使用添加添加新项，使用" -"编辑更改现有的项，使用删除删除项。" +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:175 +msgid "Here, enter the names of hosts to configure as NIS server slaves. Use Add to add a new one, Edit to change an existing entry, and Delete to remove an entry." +msgstr "在此输入要配置为 NIS 从属服务器的主机名。使用添加添加新项，使用编辑更改现有的项，使用删除删除项。" -#. To translators: selection box label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 +#. To translators: selection box label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:195 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:234 +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:250 src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:263 msgid "&Slaves" msgstr "从属(&S)" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/slaves.rb:204 msgid "NIS Master Server Slaves Setup" msgstr "NIS 主服务器从属服务器设置" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:78 msgid "Finish" msgstr "完成" -#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 +#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:80 msgid "Really save configuration ?" msgstr "是否确实要保存配置？" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:92 msgid "Exit" msgstr "退出" -#. To translators: YesNo Popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 +#. To translators: YesNo Popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:94 msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?" msgstr "是否确实退出配置而不保存？" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:106 msgid "Error details" msgstr "错误细节" -#. To translators: popup label -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 +#. To translators: popup label +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:121 msgid "" "Error during configuration:\n" "%1" @@ -508,13 +493,13 @@ "配置过程中出错：\n" "%1" -#. To translators: Error popup -#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 +#. To translators: Error popup +#: src/include/nis_server/ui.rb:130 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:57 msgid "" "Select whether to configure the NIS server as a master or a\n" "slave or not to configure a NIS server.\n" @@ -522,8 +507,8 @@ "选择是将 NIS 服务器配置为主或\n" "从属，还是不配置 NIS 服务器。\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:73 msgid "" "The NIS server package will be installed first if you want to\n" "configure it." @@ -531,210 +516,210 @@ "如果要配置 NIS 服务器包，请先安装该服务器\n" "包。" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:81 msgid "No NIS Software is installed." msgstr "没有安装 NIS 软件。" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:90 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Master Server" msgstr "安装并设置 NIS 主服务器(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:92 msgid "Install and set up an NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "安装并设置 NIS 从属服务器(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:94 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:150 msgid "&Do nothing and leave set up" msgstr "不执行任何操作并退出设置(&D)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:100 src/include/nis_server/what.rb:137 msgid "NIS Software is installed." msgstr "已安装了 NIS 软件。" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:104 msgid "Master" msgstr "主" -#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 +#. To translators: part of the label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:106 msgid "Slave" msgstr "从属" -#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 +#. To translators: label in the dialog, %1 is Master or Slave above +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:113 msgid "A NIS %1 Server is configured." msgstr "已配置 NIS %1 服务器。" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:121 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Master Server" msgstr "重配置 NIS 主服务器(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:123 msgid "Change to NIS &Master Server" msgstr "更改为 NIS 主服务器(&M)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:125 msgid "Reconfigure NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "重配置 NIS 从属服务器(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:127 msgid "Change to NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "更改为 NIS 从属服务器(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:132 msgid "&Deactivate any NIS server configuration" msgstr "停用所有 NIS 服务器配置(&D)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:146 msgid "Create NIS &Master Server" msgstr "创建 NIS 主服务器(&M)" -#. To translators: checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 +#. To translators: checkbox label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:148 msgid "Create NIS &Slave Server" msgstr "创建 NIS 从属服务器(&S)" -#. To translators: label in the dialog -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 +#. To translators: label in the dialog +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:155 msgid "Current status:" msgstr "当前状态：" -#. To translators: frame label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 +#. To translators: frame label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:207 msgid "Select what you want to do" msgstr "选择要执行的操作" -#. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 +#. To translators: dialog label +#: src/include/nis_server/what.rb:213 msgid "Network Information Service (NIS) Server Setup" msgstr "网络信息服务 (NIS) 服务器设置" -#. Translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 +#. Translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:134 msgid "NIS Server Configuration" msgstr "NIS 服务器配置" -#. label -#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 +#. label +#: src/include/nis_server/wizards.rb:136 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:192 msgid "Please wait while reading the configuration." msgstr "读取配置时请稍候。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:194 msgid "Initializing NIS server setup" msgstr "正在初始化 NIS 服务器设置" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:220 msgid "Load '%1' file" msgstr "装载\"%1\"文件" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:224 msgid "Determine running services" msgstr "确定正在运行的服务" -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:226 msgid "Determine server type" msgstr "确定服务器类型" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:228 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "读取防火墙设置" -#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 +#. To translators: progress label %1 is filename +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:234 msgid "Loading '%1'..." msgstr "正在装载\"%1\"..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:238 msgid "Determining running services..." msgstr "正在确定正在运行的服务..." -#. Trans: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 +#. Trans: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:240 msgid "Determining server type..." msgstr "正在确定服务器类型..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:242 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..." -#. Trans: progress label -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 +#. Trans: progress label +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:244 src/modules/NisServer.rb:523 msgid "Done." msgstr "已完成。" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:495 msgid "Please wait until the configuration is saved." msgstr "在保存完配置前，请稍候。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 +#. dialog heading +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:497 msgid "Saving NIS server setup" msgstr "正在保存 NIS 服务器设置" -#. progress bar stage -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 +#. progress bar stage +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:512 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "保存防火墙设置" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:521 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "正在保存防火墙设置..." -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:574 msgid "Error while removing %1\n" msgstr "删除 %1 时出错\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:601 msgid "Directory %1 cannot be created.\n" msgstr "无法创建目录 %1。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:632 msgid "Cannot get list of maps.\n" msgstr "无法获取映射的列表。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:663 msgid "Error while retrieving %1 map from master.\n" msgstr "从主服务器获取 %1 映射时出错。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:674 msgid "Could not get list with slaves.\n" msgstr "无法获取从属服务器的列表。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog, %1 is hostname +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:707 msgid "" "Hostname of this host (%1)\n" "is not listed in the master's list.\n" @@ -742,165 +727,165 @@ "此主机 (%1) 的主机名不在\n" "主服务器列表中。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:732 src/modules/NisServer.rb:749 +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:796 src/modules/NisServer.rb:804 msgid "Error saving file %1\n" msgstr "保存文件 %1 时出错\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:762 msgid "Error setting up domain name\n" msgstr "设置域名时出错\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:787 msgid "Error setting up variable %1\n" msgstr "设置变量 %1 时出错\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:847 msgid "Error while stopping %1 daemon\n" msgstr "停止 %1 守护程序时出错\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:858 msgid "Error while starting %1 daemon\n" msgstr "启动 %1 守护程序时出错\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:905 msgid "Error while creating an empty user database.\n" msgstr "创建空的用户数据库时出错。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:927 msgid "Error while creating the ypservers map.\n" msgstr "创建 ypservers 映射时出错。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:946 msgid "Error while creating database.\n" msgstr "创建数据库时出错。\n" -#. To translators: message in the popup dialog -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 +#. To translators: message in the popup dialog +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:973 msgid "Error while configuring the client.\n" msgstr "配置客户端时出错。\n" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:996 msgid "Remove /var/yp/%1" msgstr "删除 /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1001 msgid "Removing /var/yp/%1" msgstr "正在删除 /var/yp/%1" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1019 msgid "Stop running daemons." msgstr "停止正在运行的守护程序。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1021 msgid "Stopping running daemons." msgstr "正在停止正在运行的守护程序。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1038 msgid "Get maps from master." msgstr "从主服务器获取映射。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1040 msgid "Getting maps from master." msgstr "正在从主服务器获取映射。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1047 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1087 msgid "Save hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "保存允许查询服务器的主机。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1049 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1089 msgid "Saving hosts allowed to query server." msgstr "正在保存允许查询服务器的主机。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1056 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1118 msgid "Set config variables." msgstr "设置配置变量。" -#. To translators: progress label -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 +#. To translators: progress label +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1058 src/modules/NisServer.rb:1120 msgid "Setting config variables." msgstr "正在设置配置变量。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1068 msgid "Start daemon." msgstr "启动守护程序。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1070 msgid "Starting daemon." msgstr "正在启动守护程序。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1103 msgid "Save slaves." msgstr "保存从属服务器。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1105 msgid "Saving slaves." msgstr "正在保存从属服务器。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1130 msgid "Start daemons." msgstr "启动守护程序。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1132 msgid "Starting daemons." msgstr "正在启动守护程序。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1142 msgid "Create initial database." msgstr "创建初始数据库。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1144 msgid "Creating database." msgstr "正在创建数据库。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1161 msgid "Start NIS client." msgstr "启动 NIS 客户端。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1163 msgid "Starting NIS client." msgstr "正在启动 NIS 客户端。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1176 msgid "Stop NIS client." msgstr "停止 NIS 客户端。" -#. To translators: progress label -#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 +#. To translators: progress label +#: src/modules/NisServer.rb:1178 msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "正在停止 NIS 客户端。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/ntp-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,79 +14,63 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 msgid "Writing NTP Configuration..." msgstr "正在写入 NTP 配置..." -#. help text -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using " -"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " -"the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "" -"按立即同步可使用所选的 NTP 服务器正确设置您的系统时间。如果您希望永" -"久使用 NTP，请启用保存 NTP 配置选项" +#. help text +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 +msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" +msgstr "按立即同步可使用所选的 NTP 服务器正确设置您的系统时间。如果您希望永久使用 NTP，请启用保存 NTP 配置选项" -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started " -"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " -"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " -"yast2 ntp-client module." -msgstr "" -"如果启用了将 NTP 作为守护程序运行选项，NTP 服务将作为守护程序启动。" -"否则将定时同步系统时间。默认同步间隔为 15 分钟。您可在安装完成后通过 " -"yast2 ntp-client 模块更改同步间隔。" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 +msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." +msgstr "如果启用了将 NTP 作为守护程序运行选项，NTP 服务将作为守护程序启动。否则将定时同步系统时间。默认同步间隔为 15 分钟。您可在安装完成后通过 yast2 ntp-client 模块更改同步间隔。" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" -"p>" +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 +msgid "Using the Configure button, open the advanced NTP configuration." msgstr "用配置按钮可打开高级 NTP 配置。" -#. help text, cont. -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 -msgid "" -"Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " -"configured." +#. help text, cont. +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 +msgid "Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured." msgstr "只有在网络已配置好的情况下，才能与 NTP 服务器同步。" -#. translators: error popup -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 +#. translators: error popup +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Invalid NTP server hostname %1" msgstr "NTP 服务器主机名 %1 无效" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:243 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "NTP 服务器地址(&N)" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:253 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "将 NTP 作为守护程序运行(&R)" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:262 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "保存 NTP 配置(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:272 msgid "S&ynchronize now" msgstr "立即同步(&Y)" -#. push button label -#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 +#. push button label +#. bnc#449615: only simple config for inst-sys +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:276 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "配置(&O)..." -#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -94,19 +78,19 @@ "未安装包 %1，无法\n" "与 NTP 服务器同步。" -#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "正在与 NTP 服务器同步..." -#. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "连接到选定的 NTP 服务器失败。" -#. Translators: yes-no popup, -#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#. Translators: yes-no popup, +#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -116,469 +100,467 @@ "如果服务器尚不可访问或者未配置网络，\n" "请单击“否”忽略该讯息。要重新访问 NTP 服务器配置吗？" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:17 msgid "Undisciplined Local Clock (LOCAL)" msgstr "未校准的本地时钟 (LOCAL)" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:24 msgid "Trak 8820 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Trak 8820 GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:30 msgid "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "PSTI/Traconex 1020 WWV/WWVH 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:38 msgid "Spectracom WWVB and GPS Receivers" msgstr "Spectracom WWVB 和 GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:46 msgid "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA Receivers" msgstr "TrueTime GPS/GOES/OMEGA 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:54 msgid "IRIG Audio Decoder" msgstr "IRIG 音频解码器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:59 msgid "Radio CHU Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "无线电 CHU 音频解调器/解码器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:67 msgid "Generic Reference Driver" msgstr "通用参考驱动程序" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:73 msgid "Magnavox MX4200 GPS Receiver" msgstr "Magnavox MX4200 GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:79 msgid "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS Receivers" msgstr "Austron 2200A/2201A GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:87 msgid "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS Receiver" msgstr "Arbiter 1088A/B GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:93 msgid "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG Interface" msgstr "KSI/Odetics TPRO/S IRIG 接口" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:101 msgid "Leitch CSD 5300 Master Clock Controller" msgstr "Leitch CSD 5300 主时钟控制器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:109 msgid "EES M201 MSF Receiver" msgstr "EES M201 MSF 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 +#. local clock type name +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:115 +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:175 msgid "TrueTime generic receivers" msgstr "TrueTime 通用接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:121 msgid "Bancomm GPS/IRIG Receiver" msgstr "Bancomm GPS/IRIG 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:127 msgid "Datum Precision Time System" msgstr "Datum 精确时间系统" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:133 msgid "NIST Modem Time Service" msgstr "NIST 调制解调器时间服务" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:139 msgid "Heath WWV/WWVH Receiver" msgstr "Heath WWV/WWVH 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:145 msgid "Generic NMEA GPS Receiver" msgstr "通用 NMEA GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:151 msgid "TrueTime GPS-VME Interface" msgstr "TrueTime GPS-VME 接口" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:157 msgid "PPS Clock Discipline" msgstr "PPS 时钟校准" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:163 msgid "PTB Modem Time Service" msgstr "PTB 调制解调器时间服务" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:169 msgid "USNO Modem Time Service" msgstr "USNO 调制解调器时间服务" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:181 msgid "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS Receiver" msgstr "Hewlett Packard 58503A GPS 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:189 msgid "Arcron MSF Receiver" msgstr "Arcron MSF 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:195 msgid "Shared Memory Driver" msgstr "共享内存驱动程序" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:201 msgid "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" msgstr "Trimble Navigation Palisade GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:209 msgid "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" msgstr "Motorola UT Oncore GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:215 msgid "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" msgstr "Rockwell Jupiter GPS" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:221 msgid "Chrono-log K-series WWVB receiver" msgstr "Chrono-log K-series WWVB 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:229 msgid "Dumb Clock" msgstr "伪时钟" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:235 msgid "Ultralink WWVB Receivers" msgstr "Ultralink WWVB 接收器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:241 msgid "Conrad Parallel Port Radio Clock" msgstr "Conrad 并行端口无线电时钟" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:249 msgid "Radio WWV/H Audio Demodulator/Decoder" msgstr "无线电 WWV/H 音频解调器/解码器" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:257 msgid "Forum Graphic GPS Dating station" msgstr "Forum 图形 GPS 日期工作站" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:265 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp for Serial Line" msgstr "用于串行线路的 hopf GPS/DCF77 6021/komp" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:273 msgid "hopf GPS/DCF77 6039 for PCI-Bus" msgstr "用于 PCI 总线的 hopf GPS/DCF77 6039" -#. local clock type name -#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 +#. local clock type name +#: src/include/ntp-client/clocktypes.rb:281 msgid "JJY Receivers" msgstr "JJY 接收器" -#. command line help text for NTP client module -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 +#. command line help text for NTP client module +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:22 msgid "NTP client configuration module." msgstr "NTP 客户端配置模块。" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:32 msgid "Print the status of the NTP daemon" msgstr "输出 NTP 守护程序的状态" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:39 msgid "Print all configured synchronization relationships" msgstr "输出所有已配置的同步关系" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:46 msgid "Enable the NTP daemon" msgstr "启用 NTP 守护程序" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:53 msgid "Disable the NTP daemon" msgstr "禁用 NTP 守护程序" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:60 msgid "Add new synchronization relationship" msgstr "添加新的同步关系" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:67 msgid "Edit existing synchronization relationship" msgstr "编辑现有的同步关系" -#. command line help text for an action -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 +#. command line help text for an action +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:74 msgid "Delete a synchronization relationship" msgstr "删除同步关系" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:82 msgid "The address of the server" msgstr "服务器地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:89 msgid "The address of the peer" msgstr "同级地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:96 msgid "The address to which to broadcast" msgstr "要广播的地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:103 msgid "The address from which to accept broadcasts" msgstr "要接受广播的地址" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:110 msgid "The options of the relationship" msgstr "关系选项" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:117 msgid "Options for clock driver calibration" msgstr "时钟驱动程序校准选项" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "将服务器用于初始同步" -#. command line help text for an option -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 +#. command line help text for an option +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:130 msgid "Do not use the server for initial synchronization" msgstr "不将服务器用于初始同步" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:190 msgid "The synchronization peer not specified." msgstr "未指定同步同级。" -#. error report for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 +#. error report for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:197 msgid "Specified synchronization peer not found." msgstr "未找到指定的同步同级。" -#. status information for command line -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#. status information for command line +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is enabled." msgstr "已启用 NTP 守护程序。" -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:249 msgid "NTP daemon is disabled." msgstr "已禁用 NTP 守护程序。" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:262 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:542 msgid "Server" msgstr "服务器" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:264 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Peer" msgstr "同级" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:266 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "广播" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:268 msgid "Accepting Broadcasts" msgstr "正在接受广播" -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#. table cell, %1 is integer 0-3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:281 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:564 msgid "Unit Number: %1" msgstr "单元号：%1" -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:287 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:570 msgid "Local Radio Clock" msgstr "本地无线电时钟" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/commandline.rb:335 msgid "Reading the settings failed." msgstr "读取设置失败。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "NTP Server Configuration" msgstr "NTP 服务器配置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NTP Configuration" msgstr "NTP 配置" -#. Main dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#. Main dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "General Settings" msgstr "常规设置" -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:195 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "安全性设置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "Advanced NTP Configuration" msgstr "高级 NTP 配置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "New Synchronization" msgstr "新同步" -#. Server editing dialog -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 +#. Server editing dialog +#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:276 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "服务器设置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:292 msgid "NTP Server" msgstr "NTP 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "本地 NTP 服务器" -#. TRANSLATORS: frame label +#. TRANSLATORS: frame label #: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "公共 NTP 服务器" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "NTP Peer" msgstr "NTP 同级" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Local Reference Clock" msgstr "本地参考时钟" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:475 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:546 msgid "Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "传出广播" -#. dialog caption -#. table cell, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 +#. dialog caption +#. table cell, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:500 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:550 msgid "Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "传入广播" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:524 msgid "&Reference ID" msgstr "参考ID(&R)" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Stratum" msgstr "层(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Calibration Offset 1" msgstr "校准偏移 1" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Calibration Offset 2" msgstr "校准偏移 2" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:540 msgid "Flag &1" msgstr "标志 1(&1)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:543 msgid "Flag &2" msgstr "标志 2(&2)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Flag &3" msgstr "标志 3(&3)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "Flag &4" msgstr "标志 4(&4)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:559 msgid "Clock Driver Calibration" msgstr "时钟驱动程序校准" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:18 msgid "" "<big>Initializing NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -586,8 +568,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 NTP 客户端配置</big> \n" "请稍候... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:22 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -595,8 +577,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 msgid "" "<big>Saving NTP Client Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... " @@ -604,8 +586,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 NTP 客户端配置</big> \n" "请稍候... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -615,13 +597,12 @@ "按中止，中止该保存过程。\n" "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。" -#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 +#. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be " -"activated\n" +"Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the NTP daemon will not be activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a cron script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" @@ -631,8 +612,8 @@ "系统时间将会由 cron 脚本定期设置。\n" "设置间隔可以配置，默认为 %d 分钟。" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -641,29 +622,23 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Chroot Jail</big> \n" "要在 chroot jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序，请设置\n" -"在 Chroot Jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程" -"序\n" +"在 Chroot Jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序。在 chroot jail 中启动任何守护程序\n" "会更安全，强烈建议采用此方法。" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<big>Secure NTP Configuration</big> \n" -"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote " -"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" -"tt> file and to localhost. \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " -"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" +"By selecting Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost. \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.\n" msgstr "" "<big>安全 NTP 配置</big> \n" -"选择限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器，远程主机将不能查看和修改您计算" -"机上的 NTP 设置。\n" +"选择限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器，远程主机将不能查看和修改您计算机上的 NTP 设置。\n" "NTP 服务将被限制用于 <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> 文件中的服务器及本地主机。 \n" -"访问控制标志可以在服务器概览表中优化调整。在通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 时此选项不可" -"用。\n" +"访问控制标志可以在服务器概览表中优化调整。在通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 时此选项不可用。\n" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "<big>Configuring via DHCP</big> \n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -677,13 +652,12 @@ "通过 DHCP 配置 NTP 守护程序。如果有关 NTP 服务器的信息\n" "由 DHCP 服务器提供，则询问您的网络管理员。" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured Servers</big> \n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new " -"synchronization\n" +"select the appropriate line and click Edit. To add a new synchronization\n" "peer, click Add. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" @@ -693,8 +667,8 @@ "请单击添加。要删除现有的同步同级，\n" "请选择该同级，然后单击删除。" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<big>Display Log</big>\n" "To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click Display Log.\n" @@ -702,20 +676,19 @@ "<big>显示日志</big> \n" "要查看 NTP 守护程序的日志，请单击显示日志。\n" -#. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#. help text to a button +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Advanced configuration</big> \n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " -"against\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" "a locally connected clock, use Advanced Configuration." msgstr "" "<big>高级配置</big> \n" "要配置该主机与多个远程主机或\n" "本地连接的时钟同步，请使用高级配置。" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<big>Clock Type</big> \n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure." @@ -723,8 +696,8 @@ "<big>时钟类型</big> \n" "选择要配置的时钟的驱动程序。" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<big>Unit Number</big> \n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -734,12 +707,11 @@ "如果有多个相同类型的时钟，则必须设置\n" "单元号。" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<big>Device</big> \n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " -"link to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "Create Symlink and set the Device. To browse for the device,\n" "click Browse.\n" @@ -754,8 +726,8 @@ "对于某些时钟类型，不必创建符号链接或必须手动创建符号链接。\n" " " -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "<big>Driver Calibration</big> \n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." @@ -763,8 +735,8 @@ "<big>驱动程序校准</big> \n" "要校准时钟驱动程序，请单击驱动程序校准。" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Address of the NTP Server</big> \n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the Address entry.\n" @@ -776,8 +748,8 @@ "要查找 NTP 服务器，请询问您的网络管理员或因特网服务\n" "提供商。" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Server</big> \n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -789,8 +761,8 @@ "从已知服务器列表中选择一台 NTP 服务器，请单击选择\n" "并在本地 NTP 服务器和公共 NTP 服务器之间进行选择。" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -800,8 +772,8 @@ "要测试所选的服务器是否已启动并能正确响应，\n" "请单击测试。" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:132 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -811,8 +783,8 @@ "要设置用于相互同步的主机的地址，\n" "请使用地址。" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 3 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the Address\n" @@ -822,8 +794,8 @@ "要设置要广播的地址，请使用地址\n" "文本字段。" -#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 +#. help text 1/1, alt. 4 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<big>Address</big> \n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -833,13 +805,12 @@ "要设置接受广播包的地址，请使用\n" "地址。" -#. help text 2/4, was removed -#. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 +#. help text 2/4, was removed +#. help text 3/4, optional +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " -"the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" "Options text field. For details, see\n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm.\n" msgstr "" @@ -847,12 +818,11 @@ "要优化调整同步来源，请在选项文本字段输入相关选项。\n" "细节请参见 /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm。\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:158 msgid "" "<big>Access Control Options</big> \n" "Define the access control flags (<tt>restrict</tt> directive in\n" -"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " -"remote\n" +"/etc/ntp.conf) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to notrap\n" "nomodify noquery. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only option in\n" @@ -866,8 +836,8 @@ "限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器\n" "后可用。\n" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<big>Synchronization Peer Type</big> \n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here." @@ -875,8 +845,8 @@ "<big>同步同级类型</big> \n" "选择要在此添加的同步同级的类型。" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." @@ -884,8 +854,8 @@ "要添加与其同步的 NTP 服务器，\n" "请选择服务器。" -#. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#. help text 3/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." @@ -893,8 +863,8 @@ "要添加相互同步的 NTP 同级，请选择\n" "同级。" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." @@ -902,8 +872,8 @@ "要配置直接连接到计算机的本地时钟，\n" "请选择无线电时钟。" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." @@ -911,8 +881,8 @@ "要通过网络广播时间信息，请选择\n" "传出广播。" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 msgid "" "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." @@ -920,8 +890,8 @@ "要接受网络中其它主机广播的 NTP 包\n" "并将它们用于设置本地时间，请选择传入广播。" -#. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 +#. help text 1/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 msgid "" "<big>Server Location</big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -931,8 +901,8 @@ "选择是在本地网络中查找 NTP 服务器，还是\n" "从已知的 NTP 服务器列表中选择 NTP 服务器。" -#. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 +#. help text 2/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<big>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</big> \n" @@ -946,20 +916,19 @@ "请单击查找。\n" "然后从找到的服务器的列表中选择服务器。" -#. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 +#. help text 3/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<big>Selecting a Public NTP Server</big> \n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To " -"display\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the Public NTP Servers list. To display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>选择公共 NTP 服务器</big> \n" "从公共 NTP 服务器列表中选择要使用的 NTP 服务器。要显示\n" "只适用于特定国家/地区的 NTP 服务器，请在国家/地区中进行选择。" -#. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#. help text 4/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 msgid "" "<big>Note</big> \n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -976,12 +945,11 @@ "在使用列表中的任一 NTP 服务器前，请询问您的系统管理员\n" "或因特网服务提供商是否有离您较近的 NTP 服务器，请\n" "尽量使用这个推荐的服务器而非此列表中的任何其它服务器。\n" -"要找到您附近的 NTP 服务器，还可以访问 http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/" -"ntp/servers.html\n" +"要找到您附近的 NTP 服务器，还可以访问 http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" "。" -#. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 +#. help text 5/5 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "<big>Testing Server Accessibility</big> \n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." @@ -989,16 +957,14 @@ "<big>测试服务器的可访问性</big> \n" "要测试所选的服务器是否能正确响应，请单击测试。" -#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" -#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 +#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" +#. rwalter, please, correct it ;) +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:233 msgid "" "<big>Use Random Servers</big> \n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " -"are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " -"that\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.\n" msgstr "" "<big>使用随机服务器</big> \n" @@ -1007,14 +973,12 @@ "永久的，但它们的 DNS 记录 (IP) 每小时变更一次。这意味着\n" "您的 NTP 客户端每小时与不同的服务器同步。\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<big>Clock Driver Calibration</big> \n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " -"calibration\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " -"particular\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options." msgstr "" "<big>时钟驱动程序校准</big> \n" @@ -1022,18 +986,17 @@ "校准选项。特定选项的含义取决于特定的\n" "驱动程序。某些驱动程序不使用所有选项。" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" -"i>.\n" +"ntp-doc and see /usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm.\n" msgstr "" "要了解可用选项的更多信息，请安装包 ntp-doc 并参见 \n" "/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm。\n" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1041,18 +1004,18 @@ "是否确实要退出？\n" "所有更改都将丢失。" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:66 msgid "Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "重启动 NTP 守护程序" -#. menubutton entry, try to keep short -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 +#. menubutton entry, try to keep short +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:71 msgid "Save Settings and Restart NTP Daemon" msgstr "保存设置并重启动 NTP 守护程序" -#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 +#. Do not display this warning if we use NetworkManager (#299666) +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:178 msgid "" "Warning!\n" "\n" @@ -1066,8 +1029,8 @@ "则启动 NTP 守护程序可能需要很长的时间，\n" "而且该守护程序可能无法正常运行。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:237 msgid "" "NTP server '%1' is not a valid hostname,\n" "fully qualified hostname, IPv4 address, or IPv6 address." @@ -1075,8 +1038,8 @@ "NTP 服务器\"%1\"不是有效的主机名、\n" "完全限定的主机名、Ipv4 地址或 IPv6 地址。" -#. if there is already some server defined -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 +#. if there is already some server defined +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:509 msgid "" "Enabling Random Servers from pool.ntp.org would\n" "replace the current NTP server.\n" @@ -1088,45 +1051,45 @@ " \n" "是否确定要替换当前 NTP 服务器？" -#. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#. popup header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "选择设备" -#. selection box header -#. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#. selection box header +#. selection box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "公共 NTP 服务器(&S)" -#. message report (no server selected) -#. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#. message report (no server selected) +#. report message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "选择 NTP 服务器。" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "全部国家/地区" -#. combo box header -#. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#. combo box header +#. combo box header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 msgid "&Country" msgstr "国家/地区(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#. TRANSLATORS: Busy message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "正在扫描网络中的 NTP 服务器..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -1136,304 +1099,304 @@ "可能是由于运行中的 uSEfirewall2 导致的，\n" "这可能会阻止网络扫描。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "在网络中尚未找到 NTP 服务器。" -#. combo box label -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#. combo box label +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 msgid "Address" msgstr "地址" -#. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#. popup message +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "未选择任何服务器。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "地址(&D)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "高级配置(&V)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "驱动程序校准(&D)" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "同步间隔(&I)（以分钟计）" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "启动 NTP 守护程序" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "仅手动(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "不用守护程序同步(&S)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "立即和在引导时(&B)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "在 Chroot Jail 中运行 NTP 守护程序(&J)" -#. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#. TRANSLATORS: +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "限制 NTP 服务仅用于已配置的服务器(&R)" -#. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#. combo box item FIXME usability +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Manual" msgstr "手动" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "Auto" msgstr "自动" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 msgid "Custom" msgstr "自定义" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "运行时配置策略(&R)" -#. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#. FIXME +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "自定义策略(&C)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "通过 pool.ntp.org 使用随机服务器(&U)" -#. text entry label -#. text entry -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#. text entry label +#. text entry +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 msgid "&Address" msgstr "地址(&A)" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "选择(&S)..." -#. push button -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#. push button +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 msgid "&Test" msgstr "测试(&T)" -#. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#. table header +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "同步类型" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "显示日志(&L)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "时钟类型(&T)" -#. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#. int field +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "单元号(&N)" -#. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#. check box +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "创建符号链接(&S)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#. text entry +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 msgid "&Device" msgstr "设备(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "访问控制选项" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Server" msgstr "服务器(&S)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "同级(&P)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "无线电时钟(&R)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "传出广播(&O)" -#. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#. radio button, NTP relationship type +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "传入广播(&I)" -#. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#. frame +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "本地网络(&A)" -#. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#. radio button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "公共 NTP 服务器(&P)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#. frame label +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "NTP 服务器位置" -#. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#. push button +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "查找(&L)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:179 msgid "NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "NTP 客户端配置" -#. label -#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 +#. label +#: src/include/ntp-client/wizards.rb:181 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that -#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. -#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) -#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) -#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending -#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 -#. progress step -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) +#. SuSEFirewall::Write checks on its own whether there are pending +#. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 +#. progress step +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "启动导系统时 NTP 守护程序将启动。" -#. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#. summary string +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP 守护程序不自动启动。" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "服务器：%1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "无线电时钟：%1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "同级：%1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "向外广播时间信息：%1" -#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#. summary string, %1 is list of addresses +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "接受外部广播的时间信息：%1" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "合并静态配置和 DHCP 配置。" -#. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#. summary string, FIXME +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "仅静态配置。" -#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#. summary string, FIXME: too generic! +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "自定义配置策略。" -#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers -#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server -#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, -#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result -#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#. Handle UI of NTP server test answers +#. @param [String] server string host name or IP address of the NTP server +#. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, +#. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result +#. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "正在测试 NTP 服务器..." -#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "服务器能被访问，并能正确响应。" -#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server -#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server +#. report error instead of simple message (#306018) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "服务器不可访问，或未正确响应。" -#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" @@ -1441,65 +1404,65 @@ "未安装 %1 包，无法在本地\n" "网络中搜索 NTP 服务器。\n" -#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 NTP 客户端配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "读取网络配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "读取 NTP 设置" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "正在读取网络配置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "正在读取 NTP 设置..." -#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 NTP 客户端配置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "写入 NTP 设置" -#. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#. progress stage +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "重启动 NTP 守护程序" -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#. progress step +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "正在重启动 NTP 守护程序..." -#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an -#. error if some of the call fails. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#. Writes sysconfig ntp policy and calls netconfig to update ntp. Report an +#. error if some of the call fails. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "无法更新动态配置策略。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#. error report +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "无法重启动 NTP 守护程序。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update-configuration.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,110 +14,110 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 +#. support basic command-line output (bnc#439050) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:59 msgid "Online Update Configuration Module Help" msgstr "联机更新配置模块帮助" -#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 +#. inst_source was renamed to repositories (bnc#828139) +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:256 msgid "The registration module is not available." msgstr "注册模块不可用。" -#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 +#: src/clients/online_update_configuration.rb:257 msgid "Please install yast2-registration and try again." msgstr "请安装 yast2-registration 并重试。" -#. module title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 +#. module title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:41 msgid "Online Update Configuration" msgstr "联机更新配置" -#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 +#. translators: (default), meaning: "Current Update Repository: http://xyz/ (default)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:43 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(默认)" -#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 +#. translators: (none), meaning "Current Update Repository: (none)" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:45 msgid "(none)" msgstr "（无）" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:48 msgid "Update Repository" msgstr "更新储存库" -#. frame title -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 +#. frame title +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Automatic Online Update" msgstr "自动联机更新" -#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 +#. translators: "Set Default" meaning: Set the Update Repository to the default one +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:53 msgid "Set Default" msgstr "设置默认值" -#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 +#. translators: a short button label called "Advanced" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:55 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "高级" -#. for category filter -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 +#. for category filter +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Filter by Category" msgstr "按类别过滤" -#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 +#. for category filter //translators: means: categories of patches +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:60 msgid "Patch Categories" msgstr "增补程序类别" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:62 msgid "enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:63 msgid "disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:65 msgid "Edit Software Repositories" msgstr "编辑软件储存库" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:66 msgid "Register for support and get update repository" msgstr "请注册以获得支持和更新储存库" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:67 msgid "Send hardware information to the smolt project" msgstr "将硬件信息发送到 smolt 项目" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Interval" msgstr "间隔" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:69 msgid "Skip Interactive Patches" msgstr "跳过交互式增补程序" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:70 msgid "Agree with Licenses" msgstr "接受许可" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:71 msgid "Include Recommended Packages" msgstr "包含推荐的软件包" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:72 msgid "Use delta rpms" msgstr "使用增量 rpms" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Current Update Repository:" msgstr "当前更新储存库：" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:74 msgid "" "In order to add the default update repository\n" "you have to register this product." @@ -125,87 +125,77 @@ "为了添加默认更新储存库，\n" "必须注册该产品。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:77 msgid "Do you want to perform the registration now?" msgstr "是否希望立即注册？" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:81 msgid "In %1 the current update repository is shown." msgstr "在 %1 中显示了当前更新储存库。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:85 msgid "Press %1 to use the default update repository." msgstr "按 %1 可使用默认更新储存库。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:89 msgid "Find related actions in the %1 menu." msgstr "请在 %1 菜单中查找相关操作。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:93 msgid "In %1 set up the automatic online update." msgstr "在 %1 中设置自动在线更新。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." -msgstr "" -"选择一个更新间隔，并指定是否忽略交互增补程序和是否自动同意许可。" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 +msgid "Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with." +msgstr "选择一个更新间隔，并指定是否忽略交互增补程序和是否自动同意许可。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when %1 is enabled." +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 +msgid "All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when %1 is enabled." msgstr "启用了 %1 后，将安装某个更新的软件包推荐的所有软件包。" -#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped." -msgstr "" -"增补程序类别过滤器可在 %1 部分配置。只有所列类别的增补程序才会安" -"装。其他增补程序将会跳过。" +#: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 +msgid "Category filter for patches can be configured in the section %1. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped." +msgstr "增补程序类别过滤器可在 %1 部分配置。只有所列类别的增补程序才会安装。其他增补程序将会跳过。" -#. cache the base product details -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 +#. cache the base product details +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 msgid "daily" msgstr "每日" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:74 msgid "weekly" msgstr "每周" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:75 msgid "monthly" msgstr "每月" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:82 msgid "Packagemanager and YaST" msgstr "包管理器和 YaST" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:87 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全性" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:92 msgid "Recommended" msgstr "建议" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:97 msgid "Optional" msgstr "可选" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package: Document, meaning Documentation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:102 msgid "Document" msgstr "文档" -#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 +#. translators: this name is a (technical) category for an update package +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:107 msgid "Other" msgstr "其它" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/online-update.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,18 +14,18 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. nothing to do -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 +#. nothing to do +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:80 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 +#. popup heading, with rich text widget and Yes/No buttons +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:264 msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "是否接受此许可协议？" -#. message popup -#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 +#. message popup +#: src/clients/inst_you.rb:298 msgid "" "Some application requiring restart has been updated. The system will\n" "reboot now then continue the installation.\n" @@ -33,88 +33,83 @@ "一些需要重启动的应用程序已经更新。\n" "系统现在将重引导，然后继续安装。\n" -#. command line help text -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 +#. command line help text +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:55 msgid "Online Update module" msgstr "联机更新模块" -#. command line help text for cd_update action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 +#. command line help text for cd_update action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:61 msgid "Start Patch CD Update" msgstr "启动增补程序 CD 更新" -#. command line help text for simple_mode action -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 +#. command line help text for simple_mode action +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:68 msgid "Use simple package selector" msgstr "使用简单的包选择器" -#. command line help text for cd_url option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 +#. command line help text for cd_url option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:77 msgid "URL for Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "增补程序 CD 的 URL（默认值是“%1”）" -#. command line help text for cd_directory option -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 +#. command line help text for cd_directory option +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:85 msgid "Directory for patch data on Patch CD (default value is '%1')" msgstr "增补程序 CD 上增补程序数据的目录（默认值是“%1”）" -#. help text for online-update initialization -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source " -"module." -msgstr "" -"系统正在初始化安装和更新储存库。软件储存库可以在安装源模块中进行修" -"改。" +#. help text for online-update initialization +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 +msgid "The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the Installation Source module." +msgstr "系统正在初始化安装和更新储存库。软件储存库可以在安装源模块中进行修改。" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 msgid "Initialize the target system" msgstr "初始化目标系统" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:139 msgid "Refresh software repositories" msgstr "刷新软件储存库" -#. progress stage label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 +#. progress stage label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:141 msgid "Check for available updates" msgstr "检查可用更新" -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:145 msgid "Initializing the target system..." msgstr "正在初始化目标系统..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:147 msgid "Refreshing software repositories..." msgstr "正在刷新软件储存库..." -#. progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 +#. progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:149 msgid "Checking for available updates..." msgstr "正在检查可用更新..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 +#. final progress step label +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:151 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:156 msgid "Initializing CD Update" msgstr "正在初始化 CD 更新" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:158 msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "正在初始化联机更新" -#. yes/no question -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -122,30 +117,30 @@ "尚未配置任何更新\n" "储存库。立即运行配置工作流程？" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 msgid "No update repository configured yet." msgstr "尚未配置更新储存库。" -#. progress window label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 +#. progress window label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" msgstr "进度日志" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:54 msgid "Package Progress" msgstr "包进程" -#. progress bar label -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 +#. progress bar label +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:60 +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:101 msgid "Total Progress" msgstr "总进度" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:66 msgid "" "After connecting to the update server,\n" "YaST will download all selected patches.\n" @@ -155,65 +150,61 @@ "YaST 将下载全部所选增补程序。\n" "这可能要花费点时间。下载细节将显示在日志窗口中。" -#. help text for online update -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" -msgstr "" -"如果增补程序包含可用的特殊消息，则将在安装增补程序时弹出一个额外的对话框。" -"\n" +#. help text for online update +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 +msgid "If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.\n" +msgstr "如果增补程序包含可用的特殊消息，则将在安装增补程序时弹出一个额外的对话框。\n" -#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 +#. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 msgid "Patch Download and Installation" msgstr "补丁下载和安装" -#. progress information -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 +#. progress information +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:114 msgid "Installation finished.\n" msgstr "安装已完成。\n" -#. label -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 +#. label +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:121 msgid "Patch installation finished." msgstr "增补程序安装完成。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:130 msgid "Patch processing failed." msgstr "补丁处理失败。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Package: Online update -#. Summary: Selection dialog -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Package: Online update +#. Summary: Selection dialog +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Call the PackageSelector in YOU mode. +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:49 msgid "Initializing for CD update..." msgstr "正在初始化 CD 更新..." -#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 +#. error popup: cancel/retry buttons follow +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:61 msgid "" "Initialization failed. Check that\n" "you have inserted the correct CD.\n" @@ -221,9 +212,9 @@ "初始化失败。检查您\n" "是否插入了正确的 CD。\n" -#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer -#. to delay the patch installation -#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 +#. FATE#312509: Show if patch needs a reboot and offer +#. to delay the patch installation +#: src/clients/online_update_select.rb:189 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -231,8 +222,8 @@ "只有安装了包 %1 才能\n" "配置联机更新储存库" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:46 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires restart of the session.\n" "Log out and in again as soon as possible.\n" @@ -240,8 +231,8 @@ "至少有一个已安装的更新需要重启动会话。\n" "请尽快注销，然后再重新登录。\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:51 msgid "" "Packages for package management were updated.\n" "Finishing and restarting YaST now." @@ -249,8 +240,8 @@ "用于包管理的包已更新。\n" "将立即完成并重启动 YaST。" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:62 msgid "" "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." @@ -258,8 +249,8 @@ "至少有一个已安装更新要求重引导系统，才能正常\n" "工作。请尽快重引导系统。" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:67 msgid "" "These updates require a system reboot to function properly:\n" "\n" @@ -273,11 +264,10 @@ "\n" "请尽快重引导系统。" -#. continue/cancel popup text -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 +#. continue/cancel popup text +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" @@ -291,78 +281,78 @@ "\n" "是否继续以安装您所选的增补程序？" -#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 +#. progress log item (%1 is name of package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:111 msgid "Retrieving %1..." msgstr "正在获取 %1..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:117 msgid "Package Download Progress" msgstr "包下载进程" -#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#. progress log action (what is being done with the package) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Removing" msgstr "正在去除" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:146 msgid "Installing" msgstr "正在安装" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:161 msgid "Package Installation Progress" msgstr "包安装进程" -#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 +#. progress log item (=previous action finished correctly) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:174 msgid "OK" msgstr "确定" -#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 +#. Progress log. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:230 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 " msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM %1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:236 msgid "Delta RPM Download Progress" msgstr "增量 RPM 下载进程" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:262 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "下载增量 RPM 失败：%1" -#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). -#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 +#. Progress log item (%1 is name of delta RPM). +#. Leave the space at the end, some other text may follow. +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:277 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1 " msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM：%1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:284 msgid "Delta RPM Application Progress" msgstr "增量 RPM 应用进程" -#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 +#. progress log item (previous action failed(%1 is reason) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:313 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "应用增量 RPM 失败：%1" -#. progress bar label -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 +#. progress bar label +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:354 msgid "Script Execution Progress" msgstr "脚本执行进度" -#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 +#. log entry, %1 is name of the patch which contains the script +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:360 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "正在启动脚本 %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:430 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -370,73 +360,72 @@ "增补程序 %1\n" "\n" -#. error popoup (detailed info follows) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 +#. error popoup (detailed info follows) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateCallbacks.rb:549 msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." msgstr "初始化储存库时发生错误。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Summary: YOU dialogs -#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Summary: YOU dialogs +#. Authors: Cornelius Schumacher <cschum(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:43 msgid "No details available." msgstr "无可用的细节。" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:45 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "细节(&D) <<" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "细节(&D) >>" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:50 msgid "Error" msgstr "错误" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:56 msgid "Try again" msgstr "重试" #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:57 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:318 msgid "Skip Patch" msgstr "跳过补丁" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:58 msgid "Skip All" msgstr "跳过全部" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:59 src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:65 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:73 msgid "Abort Update" msgstr "中止更新" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:68 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" -#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 +#. Warning text for aborting the update before a patch is installed +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:152 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" @@ -444,8 +433,8 @@ "如果立即中止安装，则将不安装任何补丁。\n" "您的安装将保持原样不变。\n" -#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 +#. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:157 msgid "" "Patch download and installation in progress.\n" "If you abort the installation now, the update is incomplete.\n" @@ -455,8 +444,8 @@ "如果立即中止安装，则无法完成更新。\n" "如果需要，请再次更新，包括下载。\n" -#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 +#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:164 msgid "" "If you abort the installation now,\n" "at least one patch is not installed correctly.\n" @@ -466,62 +455,62 @@ "则至少一个补丁未正确安装。\n" "您需要再次执行更新。" -#. Confirm user request to abort installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 +#. Confirm user request to abort installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:187 msgid "Really abort YaST Online Update?" msgstr "是否确实要中止 YaST 联机更新？" -#. Button that will really abort the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 +#. Button that will really abort the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&Abort Update" msgstr "中止更新(&A)" -#. Button that will continue with the installation -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 +#. Button that will continue with the installation +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&Continue Update" msgstr "继续更新(&C)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:274 msgid "Patch: %1 " msgstr "补丁：%1 " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:277 msgid "Summary: %1 " msgstr "摘要：%1 " -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:288 msgid "Packages:" msgstr "包：" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:302 msgid "Patch &Details <<" msgstr "补丁细节 <<(&D)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:303 msgid "Patch &Details >>" msgstr "补丁细节 >>(&D)" -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:317 msgid "Install Patch" msgstr "安装补丁" -#. Dialog label above a list of patches -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 +#. Dialog label above a list of patches +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:424 msgid "These patches will need rebooting after installation" msgstr "安装这些增补程序后需要重引导系统" -#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 +#. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "跳过全部(&S)" -#. Solver can't solve it automatically -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 +#. Solver can't solve it automatically +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." msgstr "联机更新无法取消选择某些需要重引导的增补程序。" -#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) -#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 +#. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) +#: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 msgid "" "These products have reached their end of general support\n" "and thus do not provide new updates anymore.\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/packager.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,62 +14,60 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. module description -#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 +#. module description +#: src/clients/checkmedia.rb:37 msgid "Check CD or DVD media integrity" msgstr "检查 CD 或 DVD 媒体完整性" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:67 msgid "Editor for 'Do Not Show Again'" msgstr "“不要再次显示”的编辑者" -#. help text -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 +#. help text +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:70 msgid "" "Remove entries by selecting them in the table and clicking the \n" "Delete button. The entries will be removed immediately from \n" "the current configuration.\n" -msgstr "" -"在表中选择项，然后单击删除按钮可立即从当前配置中去除这些项。\n" +msgstr "在表中选择项，然后单击删除按钮可立即从当前配置中去除这些项。\n" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Popup Ident." msgstr "弹出身份" -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Additional Info" msgstr "其他信息" -#. FIXME: Add filter -#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), -#. `HSpacing(2), -#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 +#. FIXME: Add filter +#. `PushButton(`id(`filter), _("&Filter...")), +#. `HSpacing(2), +#: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:86 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/inst_custom_packages.rb:36 msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "无法读取包信息。" -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 +#. explanation text for GNOME +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 msgid "" "GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" "Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" msgstr "" "GNOME 是一个强大而直观的桌面环境，\n" -"它使用 Evolution 作为邮件程序，Firefox 作为浏览器，Nautilus 作为文件管理" -"器。\n" +"它使用 Evolution 作为邮件程序，Firefox 作为浏览器，Nautilus 作为文件管理器。\n" -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 +#. explanation text for KDE +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" "KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" "environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" @@ -80,8 +78,8 @@ "它使用 Kontact 作为邮件程序，Dolphin 作为文件管理器，\n" "并同时提供 Firefox 和 Konqueror 作为 Web 浏览器。\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 msgid "" "Both KDE and GNOME are powerful and intuitive\n" "desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" @@ -93,8 +91,8 @@ "它们组成了易于使用\n" "并且吸引人的图形界面。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 msgid "" "Choosing the default GNOME or KDE desktop\n" "environment installs a broad set of the\n" @@ -106,8 +104,8 @@ "桌面应用程序。\n" "" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 msgid "" "Choose Other then select from\n" "an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" @@ -117,29 +115,29 @@ "替代系统，如仅文本系统或带有基本窗口管理器的\n" "最小图形系统。" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 msgid "&KDE" msgstr "KDE(&K)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 msgid "&GNOME" msgstr "GNOME(&G)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 msgid "&Other" msgstr "其它(&O)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "桌面选择" -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 +#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next +#. handling [Next] button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 msgid "" "No desktop was selected. Select the\n" "desktop to install." @@ -147,32 +145,32 @@ "未选择桌面。请选择要安装的\n" "桌面。" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" msgstr "最小图形系统(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 +#. radio button +#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "文本模式(&T)" -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "%1 的备份失败。有关细节，请参见 %2。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 +#. dialog heading +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" msgstr "复制安装媒体" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:51 msgid "" "The installation CDs will be copied into the system\n" "to create a repository that can be used to install\n" @@ -182,55 +180,55 @@ "以创建一个可用于安装其他系统\n" "的储存库。\n" -#. label for showing repositories -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 +#. label for showing repositories +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:57 msgid "Registered Repositories" msgstr "已注册储存库" -#. force minimum width -#. table header - name of the repo -#. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. force minimum width +#. table header - name of the repo +#. table header - name of the repo +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 msgid "Version" msgstr "版本" -#. feedback popup 1/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 +#. feedback popup 1/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:118 msgid "Copying CD contents to a local directory..." msgstr "正在将 CD 内容复制到本地目录..." -#. feedback popup 2/2 -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 +#. feedback popup 2/2 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:120 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "请稍等..." -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "正在中止联机储存库的配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "是否确实要中止配置？" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup header +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "尚未配置网络。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup question +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" @@ -240,43 +238,43 @@ "\n" "是否要配置？" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "检查网络配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "下载联机储存库列表" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "正在检查网络配置..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "正在下载联机储存库列表..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "正在初始化储存库管理器" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "正在初始化储存库管理器..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "正在读取联机储存库列表" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 msgid "" "The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.\n" @@ -284,8 +282,8 @@ "正在初始化打包程序\n" "并从网络下载服务器列表。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." @@ -293,15 +291,15 @@ "无法下载储存库列表，\n" "未配置网络。" -#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" msgstr "未定义从中下载储存库列表的产品 URL。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -309,26 +307,26 @@ "无法下载储存库列表\n" "或未定义储存库。" -#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text -#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") -#. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text +#. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") +#. see *4 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 msgid "Recommended: %1 " msgstr "推荐：%1 " -#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository -#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags -#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository -#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information -#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository -#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository -#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#. TRANSLATORS: This is a complex HTML-formatted information about selecetd external repository +#. It contains "key: value" pair, one per line, separated by tags +#. %1 is replaced with an URL of the selected repository +#. %2 is replaced with an URL from which we've got this repository information +#. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository +#. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository +#. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "URL: %1 \n" @@ -346,30 +344,29 @@ "%5\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "联机储存库列表" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "过滤器(&F)" -#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "储存库列表(&L)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "储存库说明" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 msgid "" "List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.\n" @@ -377,83 +374,79 @@ "默认联机储存库列表。\n" "单击储存库可显示细节。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" -"p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" msgstr "选择您要使用的联机储存库并单击下一步。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "" -"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" -"p>\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" msgstr "选择您要使用的联机储存库并单击完成。\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "To remove a used repository, simply deselect it." msgstr "要去除一个用过的储存库，只需取消选择它。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "正在写入联机储存库列表" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." msgstr "储存库管理器正在下载储存库细节..." -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message -#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message +#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "添加储存库 %1 失败。" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "删除取消选择的联机储存库" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "正在删除取消选择的联机储存库..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "添加所有选择的联机储存库" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "正在添加所有选择的联机储存库..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "添加储存库: %1" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, -#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress step, +#. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "正在添加储存库：%1..." -#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -477,37 +470,35 @@ "在此情况下，建议以后在安装的系统中使用\n" "联机储存库。" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 +#. continue-cancel popup +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:81 msgid "Initializing the target directory failed." msgstr "初始化目标目录失败。" -#. re-initialize package information -#. force reinitialization -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 +#. re-initialize package information +#. force reinitialization +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "正在安装包..." -#. error report, %1 is number -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 +#. error report, %1 is number +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:322 msgid "Failed to select %1 packages for installation." msgstr "未能选择 %1 个软件包供安装" -#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 +#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:358 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "无法设置模式：%1。" -#. Solve dependencies -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." +#. Solve dependencies +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." msgstr "包解析程序运行失败。请检查您的 AutoYaST 配置文件中的软件部分。" -#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area -#. %1 - an error message (details) -#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 +#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area +#. %1 - an error message (details) +#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:416 msgid "" "Installation failed.\n" "\n" @@ -523,221 +514,219 @@ "\n" "将中止包安装。\n" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 +#. intermediate popup while initializing internal packagemanagement +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:39 msgid "Reading package information..." msgstr "正在读取包信息..." -#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 +#. Proposal for system to update, part of the richtext +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:52 msgid "No Valid Installation Media" msgstr "无有效的安装媒体" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:87 msgid "Installation Media" msgstr "安装媒体" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/media_proposal.rb:89 msgid "&Media" msgstr "媒体(&M)" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 msgid "&Priority" msgstr "优先级(&P)" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" msgstr "保留下载的包" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "安装储存库－此模块不支持命令行界面，请使用“%1”代替。" -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 msgid "Default" msgstr "默认" -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 msgid "Unknown Name" msgstr "未知名称" -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL：%1" -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 msgid "Raw URL: %s" msgstr "原始 URL：%s" -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 msgid "Unknown Repository Name" msgstr "未知储存库名称" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 msgid "Category: %1" msgstr "类别：%1" -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 msgid "Service: %1" msgstr "服务：%1" -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 +#. #176013 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 msgid "All repositories" msgstr "所有储存库" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 msgid "All services" msgstr "所有服务" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 msgid "Service '%1'" msgstr "服务“%1”" -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" msgstr "仅限不是由服务提供的储存库" -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 +#. combobox label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 msgid "View" msgstr "视图" -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 msgid "Priority" msgstr "优先级" -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "激活" -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 msgid "Autorefresh" msgstr "自动刷新" -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 msgid "Service" msgstr "服务" -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 msgid "&Replace..." msgstr "替换(&R)..." -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 msgid "Re&fresh Selected" msgstr "刷新所选项(&F)" -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 msgid "Status &on or off" msgstr "开启或关闭状态(&O)" -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 msgid "Refre&sh on or off" msgstr "开启或关闭刷新(&S)" -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 msgid "Set &Name..." msgstr "设置名称(&N)..." -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 +#. label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 msgid "Properties" msgstr "属性" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 msgid "&Enabled" msgstr "已启用(&E)" -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 +#. check box +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 msgid "Automatically &Refresh" msgstr "自动刷新(&R)" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 msgid "&GPG Keys..." msgstr "GPG 密钥(&G)..." -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "Refresh" msgstr "刷新" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" msgstr "刷新所有自动刷新的项目(&E)" -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 +#. menu button label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" msgstr "刷新所有启用的项目(&E)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 msgid "Configured Software Repositories" msgstr "已配置的软件储存库" -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 +#. help +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 msgid "" "\n" "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" @@ -745,24 +734,16 @@ "\n" "管理已配置的软件储存库和服务。\n" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"服务或储存库索引服务 (RIS) 是用于进行包储存库管理的协议。服" -"务可以提供一个或多个软件储存库，这些储存库可由服务管理员动态更改。" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." +msgstr "服务或储存库索引服务 (RIS) 是用于进行包储存库管理的协议。服务可以提供一个或多个软件储存库，这些储存库可由服务管理员动态更改。" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " -"available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -771,8 +752,8 @@ "YaST 将自动检测输入的位置提供的是服务还是储存库。\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 msgid "" "\n" "To install packages from CD,\n" @@ -784,8 +765,8 @@ "请准备好 CD 集或 DVD。\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 msgid "" "\n" "The CDs can be copied to hard disk\n" @@ -805,67 +786,52 @@ "一个目录中，则只需提供基本路径。\n" "\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 +#. help, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " -"the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "修改储存库或服务的状态\n" "要更改储存库位置，请使用编辑。要去除储存库，请使用\n" -"删除。要启用或禁用储存库，或者更改初始化时的刷新状态，请在表中选择储存" -"库，并使用下面的复选框。\n" +"删除。要启用或禁用储存库，或者更改初始化时的刷新状态，请在表中选择储存库，并使用下面的复选框。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " -"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " -"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " -"used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" msgstr "" "储存库优先级 \n" -"储存库优先级是一个介于 0（最高优先级）和 200（最低优先级）之间的整数值。默认" -"优先级为 99。如果多个储存库提供了同一个包，将使用优先级最高的储存库。\n" +"储存库优先级是一个介于 0（最高优先级）和 200（最低优先级）之间的整数值。默认优先级为 99。如果多个储存库提供了同一个包，将使用优先级最高的储存库。\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services." +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 +msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." msgstr "请在储存库和服务中的导航窗口顶部选择合适的选项。" -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 +#. help text, continued +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." msgstr "" "保留下载的包 选中此选项会在本地超速缓存中保留下载的包，\n" "从而可在以后重新安装装包时重复使用它们。\n" "如果未选中，下载的包将在安装后删除。" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" -"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "" -"默认本地超速缓存位于 /var/cache/zypp/packages 目录。可在 /etc/" -"zypp/zypp.conf 文件中更改该位置。" +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 +msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "默认本地超速缓存位于 /var/cache/zypp/packages 目录。可在 /etc/zypp/zypp.conf 文件中更改该位置。" -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 msgid "" "Unable to save changes to the repository\n" "configuration." @@ -873,28 +839,28 @@ "无法将更改保存到\n" "储存库配置。" -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "细节：" -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "重试吗？" -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 +#. popup headline +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" msgstr "中止储存库配置" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 msgid "" "Abort the repository configuration?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -902,8 +868,8 @@ "是否要中止储存库配置？\n" "所有的更改都将丢失。" -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 msgid "" "There is no service at URL:\n" "%1" @@ -911,41 +877,41 @@ "以下 URL 中不存在任何服务：\n" "%1" -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 msgid "Refreshing Repositories" msgstr "正在刷新储存库..." -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 msgid "Refreshing Services" msgstr "正在刷新服务" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 msgid "Refresh Repositories" msgstr "刷新储存库" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 msgid "Refresh Services" msgstr "刷新服务" -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." msgstr "正在刷新储存库 %1..." -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." msgstr "正在刷新服务 %1..." -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" msgstr "从列表删除所选储存库吗？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 msgid "" "Delete service %1\n" "and its repositories?" @@ -953,15 +919,15 @@ "删除服务 %1\n" "及其储存库？" -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 msgid "" "For the selected repository, refresh\n" "cannot be set." msgstr "无法对所选储存库设置刷新。" -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 msgid "" "Repository %1\n" "has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" @@ -973,63 +939,60 @@ "\n" "确实要再次添加该储存库吗？" -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 +#. Error popup +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" msgstr "恢复储存库配置时出错。\n" -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "将该软件建议重设置为默认值。" -#. warning text -#. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 -#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#. warning text +#. warning text +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 +#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "不能自动解决依赖性。需手动干预。" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 +#. this is a heading +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 msgid "Software" msgstr "软件" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 msgid "&Software" msgstr "软件(&S)" -#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "软件安装－此模块不支持命令行界面，请使用“%1”代替。" -#. error message (%1 is a package file name) -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 +#. error message (%1 is a package file name) +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." msgstr "错误：无法将包 %1 复制到临时储存库。" -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." msgstr "错误：无法添加临时目录，不能安装包。" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:243 src/clients/sw_single.rb:266 msgid "Error: Cannot query package file %1." msgstr "错误：无法查询包文件 %1。" -#. Error message: -#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) -#. %2 = error message -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 +#. Error message: +#. %1 = package name (may include complete RPM file name) +#. %2 = error message +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:299 msgid "" "Package %1 could not be installed.\n" "\n" @@ -1041,17 +1004,17 @@ "细节：\n" "%2\n" -#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 +#. error popup, %1 is the name of the .rpm package +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:313 msgid "Package %1 was not found on the medium." msgstr "在媒体上未找到包 %1。" -#. start package manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 +#. start package manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." msgstr "储存库初始化时出错。" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" "No repository is defined.\n" "Only installed packages are displayed." @@ -1059,27 +1022,27 @@ "未定义储存库。\n" "仅会显示已安装的包。" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:501 msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "初始化目标系统" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:502 msgid "Load the Configured Repositories" msgstr "加载已配置的储存库" -#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 +#. %1 is path to the target system (e.g. /tmp/dirinstall +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:510 msgid "Reset the target system to %1" msgstr "将目标系统重设置为 %1" -#. a stage in the progress dialog -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 +#. a stage in the progress dialog +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:516 msgid "Starting the Software Manager" msgstr "正在启动软件管理器" -#. reset summary -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 +#. reset summary +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:580 msgid "" "During the last package installation\n" "several packages failed to install.\n" @@ -1088,14 +1051,14 @@ "上次安装包时，一些包安装失败。\n" "现在要安装它们吗？\n" -#. start the repository manager -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 +#. start the repository manager +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614 msgid "" "Cannot configure online update repository \n" "without having package %1 installed" msgstr "只有安装了包 %1 才能配置联机更新储存库" -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640 msgid "" "Cannot search packages in online repositories\n" "without having package %1 installed" @@ -1103,8 +1066,8 @@ "未安装 %1 包，将无法\n" "在联机储存库中搜索包" -#. error report, %1 is a list of packages -#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 +#. error report, %1 is a list of packages +#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668 msgid "" "The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n" "%1\n" @@ -1112,79 +1075,74 @@ "在媒体上未找到以下包：\n" "%1\n" -#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 +#. rich text message, %1 = CD identification +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:94 msgid "<BIG>%1</BIG>" msgstr "<BIG>%1</BIG>" -#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 +#. rich text message, %1 medium number, e.g. CD1,CD2... +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:99 msgid "<UL><LI>Medium: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>媒体：%1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 +#. rich text message, %1 = size of the medium +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:103 msgid "<UL><LI>Size: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>大小：%1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check -#. the check has been canceled -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 +#. rich text message, %1 = result of the check +#. the check has been canceled +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:107 src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:529 msgid "<UL><LI>Result: %1</LI></UL>" msgstr "<UL><LI>结果：%1</LI></UL>" -#. rich text - error message -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 +#. rich text - error message +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." msgstr "驱动器中没有媒体或 ISO 文件系统已损坏。" -#. result of the check - success -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 +#. result of the check - success +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 msgid "OK -- The medium has been successfully verified." msgstr "OK -- 媒体已成功校验。" -#. wrong MD5 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +#. wrong MD5 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 +msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." msgstr "错误 -- MD5 和不匹配 不应使用该媒体。" -#. the correct MD5 is unknown -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 +#. the correct MD5 is unknown +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." msgstr "未知 -- 该媒体的正确 MD5 和未知。" -#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 +#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 msgid "Insert the first installation medium." msgstr "请插入第一个安装媒体。" -#. dialog header -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 +#. dialog header +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:299 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "媒体检查" -#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 +#. help text - media check (header) 1/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:302 msgid "Media Check" msgstr "媒体检查" -#. help text - media check 2/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 +#. help text - media check 2/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" -msgstr "" -"若您在使用 CD 或 DVD 安装媒体进行安装时出现问题，应检查媒体是否损坏。</" -"P>\n" +msgstr "若您在使用 CD 或 DVD 安装媒体进行安装时出现问题，应检查媒体是否损坏。\n" -#. help text - media check 3/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 +#. help text - media check 3/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" -"B>\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " @@ -1194,19 +1152,17 @@ "根据驱动器的速度和媒体的大小，检查可能需要几分钟。\n" "此检查将校验 MD5 校验和。" -#. help text - media check 4/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 +#. help text - media check 4/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" -"P>\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" msgstr "" "如果媒体检查未通过，则不应继续安装。\n" "继续安装可能失败或导致丢失数据。您最好更换损坏的媒体。\n" -#. help text - media check 5/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 +#. help text - media check 5/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "After the check, insert the next medium and start the procedure again. \n" "The order of the media is irrelevant.\n" @@ -1214,34 +1170,26 @@ "检查后，插入下一张媒体并重复以上过程。\n" "媒体的顺序无关紧要。\n" -#. help text - media check 6/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -"" +#. help text - media check 6/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 +msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." msgstr "注意：当媒体由系统使用时，您不能更换它。" -#. help text - media check 7/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu." +#. help text - media check 7/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 +msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." msgstr "要在开始安装前检查媒体，请使用引导菜单中的媒体检查一项。" -#. help text - media check 8/8 -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 +#. help text - media check 8/8 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" -"P>\n" -msgstr "" -"如果自行刻录媒体，请使用刻录软件中的 pad 选项。它可避免在检查过程中" -"媒体末尾出现读取错误。\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +msgstr "如果自行刻录媒体，请使用刻录软件中的 pad 选项。它可避免在检查过程中媒体末尾出现读取错误。\n" -#. advice check of the media -#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 +#. advice check of the media +#. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:339 msgid "" "It is recommended to check all installation media\n" "to avoid installation problems. To skip this step press 'Next'" @@ -1249,46 +1197,46 @@ "建议检查所有安装媒体以避免出现\n" "安装问题。要跳过此步骤请按“下一步”" -#. combo box -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 +#. combo box +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:352 msgid "&CD or DVD Drive" msgstr "CD 或 DVD 驱动器(&C)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:360 msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "启动检查(&S)" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:685 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "弹出(&E)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 +#. push button label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:367 msgid "Check ISO File..." msgstr "检查 ISO 文件..." -#. widget label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 +#. widget label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:370 msgid "Status Information" msgstr "状态信息" -#. progress bar label -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 +#. progress bar label +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:374 msgid "Progress" msgstr "进度" -#. window title - open file dialog -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 +#. window title - open file dialog +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:421 msgid "Select an ISO File to Check" msgstr "选择要检查的 ISO 文件" -#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 +#. error message: the medium cannot be read or no medium in the drive; %1 = drive, e.g. /dev/hdc +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:461 msgid "Cannot read medium in drive %1." msgstr "无法读取驱动器 %1 中的媒体。" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:471 msgid "" "The medium does not contain a MD5 checksum.\n" "The content of the medium cannot be verified.\n" @@ -1300,83 +1248,83 @@ "\n" "将只检查媒体的可读性。\n" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:530 msgid "Canceled" msgstr "已取消" -#. escape <> characters in the key name -#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 +#. escape <> characters in the key name +#. translators: %1 is GPG key name (e.g. 'SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Name: %1" msgstr "名称：%1" -#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 +#. %1 is a GPG Key fingerprint (e.g. '79C179B2E1C820C1890F9994A84EDAE89C800ACA') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Finger Print: %1" msgstr "指纹：%1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key was generated (e.g. '9.10.2000') +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "Created: %1" msgstr "创建日期：%1" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expired (e.g. '10.6.2005'), display the date in red +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Expires: %1 (The key is expired.)" msgstr "失效日期：%1（该密钥已经失效。）" -#. summary string - the GPG key never expires -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 +#. summary string - the GPG key never expires +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:75 msgid "The key never expires." msgstr "密钥永不失效。" -#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 +#. %1 is the date when the GPG key expires (e.g. '21.3.2015') or "Never" +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Expires: %1" msgstr "失效日期：%1" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Key: %1" msgstr "密钥：%1" -#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 +#. Display a dialog for adding a GPG key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:164 msgid "Select a GPG Key" msgstr "选择 GPG 密钥" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Properties of the GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 密钥属性" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Key ID: " msgstr "密钥 ID：" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Name: " msgstr "名称：" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Finger Print: " msgstr "指纹：" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "Created: " msgstr "创建日期：" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Expires: " msgstr "失效日期：" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Adding a GPG Public Key" msgstr "添加 GPG 公共密钥" -#. help -#. help -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 +#. help +#. help +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:208 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:281 msgid "" "\n" "Manage known GPG public keys.\n" @@ -1384,7 +1332,7 @@ "\n" "管理已知 GPG 公共密钥。\n" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1396,22 +1344,22 @@ "要添加新的 GPG 密钥，请指定密钥文件的路径。\n" "\n" -#. header in file selection popup -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 +#. header in file selection popup +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:235 msgid "Select a GPG Key To Import" msgstr "选择要导入的 GPG 密钥" -#. validate the entered file -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 +#. validate the entered file +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:255 msgid "Enter a filename" msgstr "输入文件名" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:278 msgid "GPG Public Key Management" msgstr "GPG 公共密钥管理" -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:285 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a New GPG Key \n" @@ -1423,8 +1371,8 @@ "要添加新的 GPG 密钥，请使用添加并指定密钥文件的路径。\n" "" -#. help, continued -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 +#. help, continued +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:296 msgid "" "\n" "Modifying a GPG Key Status\n" @@ -1438,13 +1386,13 @@ "删除。\n" "\n" -#. table header -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#. table header +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 msgid "Key ID" msgstr "密钥 ID" -#. remove the key -#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 +#. remove the key +#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Really delete key '%1'\n" "'%2'?" @@ -1452,44 +1400,44 @@ "确实要删除密钥 “%1”\n" "“%2”吗？" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "添加新储存库" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "检查储存库类型" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "添加储存库" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "读取储存库许可证" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "正在检查储存库类型" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "正在添加储存库" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "正在读取储存库许可证" -#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 msgid "Repository" msgstr "储存库" -#. continue-back popup -#. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 +#. continue-back popup +#. continue-back popup +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" "If you expected to to point a product, go back and enter\n" @@ -1501,10 +1449,10 @@ "如果需要指明产品，请返回并输入正确的位置。\n" "要使位于指定位置的 rpm 包在包选择中可用，请继续。\n" -#. popup message part 1 -#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#. popup message part 1 +#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1512,8 +1460,8 @@ "无法从 URL“%1”\n" "创建储存库。" -#. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#. error message +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." @@ -1521,13 +1469,13 @@ "不能通过 FTP 或 HTTP 协议使用 ISO 映像。\n" "请更改协议或在服务器端解压 ISO 映像。" -#. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#. popup message part 2 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "要更改 URL 并重试吗？" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -1535,31 +1483,31 @@ "未安装 %1 包，无法\n" "搜索 SLP 储存库。\n" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "正在保存软件管理器配置..." -#. New add-on product might add also new agents. -#. Functions Rereads all available agents. -#. -#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 -#. error report -#. popup error -#. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 +#. New add-on product might add also new agents. +#. Functions Rereads all available agents. +#. +#. @see bugzilla #239055, #245508 +#. error report +#. popup error +#. popup error +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "准备安装系统时出错。" -#. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#. error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "在媒体上找不到控制文件 %1。" -#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration -#. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration +#. or check the content file +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1567,75 +1515,74 @@ "未安装包“%s”。\n" "无法注册该外接式附件。" -#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file -#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) -#. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file +#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) +#. no such products +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "未知产品" -#. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#. push button +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "发行说明(&L)..." -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#. TRANSLATORS: error report +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "无法使用附加产品。" -#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1，URL：%2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL：%1，路径：%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "附加产品" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "安装储存库还包含了下面列出的额外储存库。\n" "请选择您想要使用的储存库。\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "要选择的附加产品" -#. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#. push button label +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "添加所选产品(&P)" -#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "插入附加的 %1 媒体" -#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "插入 %1 %2 媒体" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "无法添加产品 %s。" -#. update the trusted flag -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 +#. update the trusted flag +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:214 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not contain a valid GPG key.\n" @@ -1643,8 +1590,8 @@ "文件“%1”\n" "未包含有效的 GPG 密钥。\n" -#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 +#. %1 is key ID (e.g. A84EDAE89C800ACA), %2 is key name (e.g. "SuSE Package Signing Key <build(a)suse.de>") +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:235 msgid "" "Key '%1'\n" "'%2'\n" @@ -1654,268 +1601,247 @@ "“%2”\n" "已知。不能重复添加。" -#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) -#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 +#. copy the key to the temporary directory (in fact the keys are imported in Write()) +#: src/modules/KeyManager.rb:279 msgid "Cannot copy the key to the temporary directory." msgstr "无法将密钥复制到临时目录。" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:54 msgid "&Show Failed Packages List" msgstr "显示失败的包列表(&S)" -#. button label -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 +#. button label +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:63 msgid "&Show Full Log" msgstr "显示完整日志(&S)" -#. dialog headline -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 +#. dialog headline +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:75 msgid "Installation of some Packages Failed" msgstr "某些包安装失败" -#. collect and set installation summary data -#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 +#. collect and set installation summary data +#: src/modules/PackageInstallation.rb:208 msgid "Installation aborted by user." msgstr "用户中止了安装。" -#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 +#. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:51 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "媒体 %1" -#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) -#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), -#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. -#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 +#. Overflow (indicated by negative value) +#. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), +#. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. +#. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:202 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:220 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:235 msgid "Done." msgstr "已完成。" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:260 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "下一个：%1 - %2" -#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used -#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) -#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 +#. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used +#. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) +#. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:277 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "下一个：%1" -#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items -#. -#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 +#. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items +#. +#. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:922 msgid "Total" msgstr "总数" -#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited -#. Update the current slide if applicable -#. -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 +#. do not show the average download rate if the space is limited +#. Update the current slide if applicable +#. +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1049 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1301 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1353 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "正在下载 %1（下载大小 %2）" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1079 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr "（剩余：%1%2 个包）" -#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode -#. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 +#. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode +#. translations: progress message (part1) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1112 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "正在下载包..." -#. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 +#. progress message (part2) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1115 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr "（已下载 %1 个包，共 %2 个）" -#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package -#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 +#. Heading for the progress bar for the current package +#. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1251 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "正在删除 %1" -#. package installation - summary text -#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 +#. package installation - summary text +#. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1258 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "正在安装 %1（已安装的大小为 %2）" -#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, -#. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 +#. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, +#. %2 is package size +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1336 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "正在应用增量 RPM：%1" -#. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" -"bit distribution." +#. warning text +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." msgstr "您的计算机是 64 位 x86-64 系统，但是您正试图安装 32 位发行套件。" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 -msgid "" -"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system." +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." msgstr "模式列表指出了系统安装后将可用的功能。" -#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) -#. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 -msgid "" -"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " -"free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "" -"该建议报告了将安装到系统的文件总大小。不过，系统将包含一些其他文件（临时文" -"件和工作文件），所以所用空间将会比建议的值稍微大一些。因此在启动安装前最好至" -"少有 25%（或大约 300 MB）的可用空间。" +#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) +#. translators: help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "该建议报告了将安装到系统的文件总大小。不过，系统将包含一些其他文件（临时文件和工作文件），所以所用空间将会比建议的值稍微大一些。因此在启动安装前最好至少有 25%（或大约 300 MB）的可用空间。" -#. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#. help text for software proposal +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " -"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "总下载大小是指将从远程（网络）储存库中下载的包的大小。\n" "如果网速慢或有数据流量限制，该数值非常重要。\n" -#. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#. help text for software proposal - header +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "软件建议" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product -#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product +#. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "产品：%1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "系统类型：%1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "模式： " -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "要安装的包大小：%1" -#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages -#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages +#. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "正从远程储存库中下载：%1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "这些外接式附件已被标记为待自动去除：%1" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." msgstr "请联系这些外接式附件的供应商，要求其为您提供新的安装媒体。" -#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " -"media." +#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." msgstr "请联系该外接式附件的供应商，要求其为您提供新的安装媒体。" -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." msgstr "错误：无法检查基本目录 %1（设备 %2）中的可用空间，无法启动安装。" -#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "警告：无法检查目录 %1（设备 %2）中的可用空间。" -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "磁盘空间不够。" -#. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#. summary warning +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "磁盘空间不足。请去除单一选择内容中的某些包。" -#. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#. add a backslash if it's missing +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " msgstr "分区 %3 上只有 %1 (%2%%) 的可用空间。 " -#. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "将安装新产品 %s" -#. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "将更新产品 %s" -#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" msgstr "产品 %{old_product} 将更新为 %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "仍将安装产品 %s" -#. Removing another product might be an issue -#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "警告：将去除产品 %s。" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "错误：将自动去除产品 %s。" -#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", -#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " -"module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " -"the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -1926,16 +1852,15 @@ "软件选择屏幕并将产品（-release 包）标记为待去除。\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" -#. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#. error in proposal, %1 is URL +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "在“%1”找不到储存库。" -#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " -"installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1943,32 +1868,32 @@ "配置期间如果能联网，您可从 SUSE Linux Web 服务器\n" "下载更新的发行说明。\n" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "正在集成引导的媒体..." -#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "未能集成服务包储存库。" -#. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#. popup - information label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "正在初始化储存库..." -#. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#. message popup, %1 is product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "插入 %1 CD 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 CD 1 没找到" -#. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#. an error message +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1976,8 +1901,8 @@ "初始化包说明时出错。\n" "有关细节，请查看日志文件 %1。" -#. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#. bnc #436925 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1985,13 +1910,13 @@ "软件选择已从外部更改。\n" "将会再次调用软件建议。" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "正在评估包选择..." -#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1999,34 +1924,30 @@ "无法选择默认产品模式 %{pattern_name}。\n" "找不到该模式。" -#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted -#. -#. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 +#. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted +#. +#. @param [String] license_ident file name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "无法读取协议许可文件 %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " -"root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"为了正确显示产品许可证，请在生成映像时将 license.tar.gz 文件放入当前媒体的 " -"root。" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "为了正确显示产品许可证，请在生成映像时将 license.tar.gz 文件放入当前媒体的 root。" -#. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 +#. combo box +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "语言(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "我接受许可证条款(&A)。" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the directory name +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2034,9 +1955,9 @@ "此 EULA 位于以下目录中：\n" "%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information -#. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 +#. TRANSLATORS: addition license information +#. %s is replaced with the filename +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2044,8 +1965,8 @@ "如果您想打印此 EULA，可以在\n" "第一个媒体的文件 %s 中找到" -#. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 +#. help text +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2055,23 +1976,23 @@ "可用选项之一。如果您不同意此许可协议，\n" "配置将中止。\n" -#. dialog title -#. #459391 -#. If a progress is running open another dialog -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 +#. dialog title +#. #459391 +#. If a progress is running open another dialog +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "许可协议" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "确实要中止外接式附件的安装吗？" -#. text changed due to bug #162499 -#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2079,19 +2000,19 @@ "拒绝此证书协议将取消外接式附件的安装。\n" "确实要拒绝该协议吗？" -#. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 +#. timed ok/cancel popup +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "系统正在关闭..." -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name -#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name +#. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s 许可协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2099,8 +2020,8 @@ "如果您要打印此 EULA，可以从下面的网站下载：\n" "%{license_url}" -#. popup yes-no -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 +#. popup yes-no +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:59 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -2108,18 +2029,18 @@ "是否确实要\n" "退出安装？" -#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 +#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:71 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "已中止" -#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 +#. message in the installation log widget, %1 is a patch name which contains the script +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:143 msgid "Starting script %1" msgstr "正在启动脚本 %1" -#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 +#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:198 msgid "" "Patch %1\n" "\n" @@ -2127,8 +2048,8 @@ "增补程序 %1\n" "\n" -#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 +#. warning popup - %1 is directory name (e.g. /boot) +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:333 msgid "" "The disk space in partition %1 is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2136,8 +2057,8 @@ "磁盘分区 %1 的空间几乎用完。\n" "是否继续安装？" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:367 msgid "" "The disk space is nearly exhausted.\n" "Continue with the installation?" @@ -2145,104 +2066,104 @@ "磁盘空间几乎用完。\n" "是否继续安装？" -#. remote -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 +#. remote +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:443 msgid "Downloading delta RPM %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "正在下载增量 RPM %1（下载大小 %2）" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:472 msgid "Failed to download delta RPM: %1" msgstr "下载增量 RPM 失败：%1" -#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description -#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 +#. error in installation log, %1 is detail error description +#: src/modules/SlideShowCallbacks.rb:481 msgid "Failed to apply delta RPM: %1" msgstr "应用增量 RPM 失败：%1" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:33 msgid "&Scan Using SLP..." msgstr "使用 SLP 扫描(&S)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:35 msgid "Commun&ity Repositories" msgstr "社区储存库(&I)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:37 msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." msgstr "注册服务器上的扩展和模块(&E)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:39 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "指定 URL(&U)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:41 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "FTP(&F)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:43 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "HTTP(&H)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:45 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTTPS(&P)..." -#. radio button -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#. radio button +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "SMB/CIFS(&M)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:49 msgid "NF&S..." msgstr "NFS(&S)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:51 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "CD(&C)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:53 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "DVD(&D)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:55 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "硬盘(&H)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:57 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB 大容量储存（USB 记忆棒、磁盘）..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:59 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "本地目录(&L)..." -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:61 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "本地 ISO 映像(&L)..." -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "下载储存库说明文件(&D)" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 msgid "" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image." @@ -2250,8 +2171,8 @@ "如果该位置是保存媒体的 ISO \n" "映像的文件，请设置 ISO 映像。" -#. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#. Help text suffix for some types of the media +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 msgid "" "If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.\n" @@ -2259,151 +2180,146 @@ "如果该储存库在多个媒体上，\n" "请设置该组第一个媒体的位置。\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "服务器名(&S)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "到目录或 ISO 映像的路径(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 映像(&I)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "NFS v4 协议(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "装入选项" -#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp -#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp +#. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 msgid "(default)" msgstr "（默认）" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "储存库的 URL" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "协议(&R)" -#. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#. input field label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "储存库 URL(&U)" -#. label / dialog caption -#. bugzilla #219759 -#. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#. label / dialog caption +#. bugzilla #219759 +#. service label can be empty (not defined) +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "储存库 URL" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS 服务器" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "CD 或 DVD 媒体" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB 记忆棒或磁盘" -#. label / dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#. label / dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "本地目录" -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "本地 ISO 映像" -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#. label / dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "服务器和目录" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "储存库名称不能为空。" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "储存库名称(&R)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." -"\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>储存库名称</big> \n" -"使用储存库名称指定储存库的名称。如果名称为空，YaST 将会使用产品名称" -"（如果有）或 URL 作为名称。\n" +"使用储存库名称指定储存库的名称。如果名称为空，YaST 将会使用产品名称（如果有）或 URL 作为名称。\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "服务名称(&S)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>服务名称</big> \n" -"使用服务名称指定服务的名称。如果名称为空，YaST 将会使用服务 URL 的一部" -"分作为名称。\n" +"使用服务名称指定服务的名称。如果名称为空，YaST 将会使用服务 URL 的一部分作为名称。\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL 不能为空。" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 msgid "&URL" msgstr "URL(&U)" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 msgid "" "<big>Repository URL</big> \n" "Use URL to specify the URL of the repository." @@ -2411,20 +2327,20 @@ "<big>储存库 URL</big> \n" "请使用 URL 指定储存库的 URL。" -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#. Get widget description map -#. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#. Get widget description map +#. @return widget description map +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "编辑部分 URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "编辑完整 URL" -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "<big>NFS Server</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2434,12 +2350,11 @@ "用服务器名称和目录或 ISO 映像的路径\n" "指定 NFS 服务器主机名称和服务器上的路径。" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " -"man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>装入选项</big> \n" @@ -2447,17 +2362,17 @@ "这是一个专家选项，推荐保持默认值。细节和支持选项的列表，\n" "请参见 man 5 nfs。" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM(&C)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "DVD-ROM(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 msgid "" "<big>CD or DVD Media</big> \n" "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." @@ -2465,13 +2380,13 @@ "<big>CD 或 DVD 媒体</big> \n" "设置 CD-ROM 或 DVD-ROM 指定媒体类型。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO 映像文件" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2479,8 +2394,8 @@ "输入的路径不是一个目录，\n" "或目录不存在。\n" -#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2488,8 +2403,8 @@ "输入的路径不是一个文件，\n" "或文件不存在。\n" -#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2499,18 +2414,18 @@ "好像不是一个 ISO 映像。\n" "还是要使用它吗？\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "目录路径(&P)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "纯 RPM 目录(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 msgid "" "<big>Local Directory</big> \n" "Use Path to Directory to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2524,21 +2439,21 @@ "（如，无产品信息），则可选中\n" "纯 RPM 目录选项。\n" -#. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#. `opt(`hstretch), +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "USB 大容量储存设备(&U)" -#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 msgid "&File System" msgstr "文件系统(&F)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "目录(&C)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "<big>USB Stick or Disk</big> \n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2556,9 +2471,9 @@ "（如，无产品信息），则可选中\n" "纯 RPM 目录选项。\n" -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "" "The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2568,12 +2483,12 @@ "使用的文件系统。如果检测失败，或您想要使用特定文件\n" "系统，则可从列表中选择。\n" -#. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#. combobox title +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "磁盘设备(&D)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 msgid "" "<big>Disk</big> \n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2591,13 +2506,13 @@ "（如，无产品信息），则可选中\n" "纯 RPM 目录选项。\n" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 映像路径(&P)" -#. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#. push button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 msgid "" "<big>Local ISO Image</big> \n" "Use Path to ISO Image to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2607,72 +2522,72 @@ "用ISO 映像路径指定 ISO 映像\n" "文件的路径。" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "服务器名(&N)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 msgid "&Port" msgstr "端口(&P)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 msgid "&Share" msgstr "共享(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#. checkbox label +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO 映像(&I)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "服务器上的目录(&D)" -#. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#. frame +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "身份验证(&T)" -#. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#. check box +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "匿名(&A)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "工作组或域(&W)" -#. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#. text entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#. password entry +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "FTP(&F)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "HTTP(&T)" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTTPS(&P)" -#. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#. help text - server dialog +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 msgid "" "<big>Server and Directory</big> \n" "Use Server Name and Path to Directory or ISO Image\n" @@ -2680,8 +2595,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2697,29 +2611,28 @@ "如果位置是包含媒体的 ISO 映像\n" "的文件，请设置 ISO 映像。\n" -#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " -"repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" "可以为一个 HTTP/HTTPS 软件储存库设置端口号。\n" "将它留空会使用默认端口。\n" -#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether defined +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "我要安装其他外接式附件(&K)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "网络配置(&W)..." -#. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#. help text +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 msgid "" "<big>Media Type</big> \n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2729,8 +2642,8 @@ "软件储存库可位于 CD、网络服务器\n" "或硬盘上。" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 msgid "" "\n" "To add CD or DVD,\n" @@ -2740,8 +2653,8 @@ "要添加 CD 或 DVD，\n" "请备好产品 CD 或 DVD。" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 msgid "" "\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2755,8 +2668,8 @@ "如果已将全部 CD 复制到了相同目录，\n" "则只需输入基本路径。\n" -#. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#. help, continued +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 msgid "" "\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2768,31 +2681,30 @@ "请指定第一张 CD 中的包所在的目录，\n" "例如 /data1/CD1。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "选择媒体类型" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "插入外接式附件 CD" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "插入外接式附件 DVD" -#. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#. ask for a medium +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "未检测到 USB 磁盘。" -#. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#. use three slashes as third slash means path +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" @@ -2802,173 +2714,173 @@ "如果不选该选项，则 YaST 将\n" "在稍后需要这些文件时自动下载它们。\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "媒体类型" -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "外接式附件" -#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration -#. -#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration +#. +#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "URL 模式“%s”无效。" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" msgstr "正在初始化可用的储存库" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:112 msgid "Read configured repositories" msgstr "读取已配置的储存库" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:114 msgid "Detect available repositories via SLP" msgstr "通过 SLP 检测可用的储存库" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:118 msgid "Reading configured repositories..." msgstr "正在读取已配置的储存库..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:120 msgid "Detecting available repositories..." msgstr "正在检测可用的储存库..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:122 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:200 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:133 msgid "Cannot read repositories." msgstr "无法读取储存库。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:141 msgid "Cannot detect available repositories." msgstr "无法检测可用的储存库。" -#. popup message header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 +#. popup message header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "无法保存对储存库的更改。\n" -#. SourceManager read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 +#. SourceManager read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:183 msgid "Saving Repository Configuration" msgstr "正在保存储存库配置" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:194 msgid "Write repository settings" msgstr "写入储存库设置" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:198 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Create a repository from an URL -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 +#. Create a repository from an URL +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:296 msgid "Adding repository..." msgstr "正在添加储存库..." -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:395 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "屏蔽" -#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 +#. translators: name of a repository if no other idenfication found +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:407 msgid "unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:430 msgid "On" msgstr "开" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:432 msgid "Off" msgstr "关" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:472 msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "已配置储存库" -#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label -#. (and add some extra space for the frame) -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:671 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "弹出驱动器(&D)" -#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 +#. translators: popup heading (progress popup) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:51 msgid "SLP Search" msgstr "SLP 搜索" -#. progress information -#. progress information -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 +#. progress information +#. progress information +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:57 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:81 msgid "Scanning network for installation services..." msgstr "正在扫描网络中安装的服务..." -#. frame label -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 +#. frame label +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:106 msgid "Filter Form" msgstr "过滤表单" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:158 msgid "Choose SLP Repository" msgstr "选择 SLP 储存库" -#. tree label (tree of available products) -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 +#. tree label (tree of available products) +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:171 msgid "Available Installation &Products" msgstr "可用安装产品(&P)" -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:176 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "细节(&D)..." -#. error popup -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 +#. error popup +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:211 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:217 msgid "No details are available." msgstr "无细节可用。" -#. min Y in UI -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 +#. min Y in UI +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:274 msgid "Repository Details" msgstr "储存库细节" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:281 msgid "Key" msgstr "密钥" -#. table header item -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 +#. table header item +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:283 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. message popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 +#. message popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:403 msgid "" "Select one of the offered options.\n" "More repositories are available for this product.\n" @@ -2976,8 +2888,8 @@ "请选择提供的选项之一。\n" "本产品有更多储存库可用。\n" -#. popup error -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 +#. popup error +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:423 msgid "" "An internal error occurred.\n" "The selected repository has no URL." @@ -2985,13 +2897,13 @@ "发生内部错误。\n" "所选的储存库没有 URL。" -#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 +#. progress information, %1 stands for number of services +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "正在收集发现的 %1 服务的信息..." -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -3001,18 +2913,18 @@ "这可能是由于运行 SuSEfirewall2 引起的，\n" "它可能阻止了网络扫描。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "您的网络上未找到 SLP 储存库。" -#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 +#. Warning message, e.g.: Partition /usr needs 35 MB more disk space +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:870 msgid "Partition \"%1\" needs %2 more disk space." msgstr "分区\"%1\"磁盘空间不足，还需要 %2。" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:890 msgid "" "Deselect packages or delete data or temporary files\n" "before updating the system.\n" @@ -3020,7 +2932,7 @@ "在更新系统前请取消选择一些\n" "包或删除一些数据或临时文件。\n" -#. popup message -#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 +#. popup message +#: src/modules/SpaceCalculation.rb:899 msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "请取消选择一些包。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pam.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/pkg-bindings.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/printer.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,77 +14,74 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the printer module -#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the printer module +#: src/clients/printer.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of printer" msgstr "打印机的配置" -#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system -#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map -#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST -#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 +#. Write the AutoYaST related printer settings to the system +#. according to the Printer::autoyast_printer_settings_import map +#. which was stored by a previous call of the Import function by AutoYaST +#. or reset to an empty map by a previous call of the Reset function. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:244 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "错误：无法写入 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:263 msgid "Error: Failed to write /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "错误：无法写入 /etc/cups/client.conf" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:301 msgid "Warning: Cannot read %1 (file may not exist)." msgstr "警告：无法读取 %1（文件可能不存在）。" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name which cannot be read. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:338 msgid "Error: Failed to read %1 (possibly empty file)." msgstr "错误：无法读取 %1（文件可能为空）。" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:383 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2save" msgstr "警告：无法将 %1 备份 %1.yast2save" -#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST -#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. -#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 +#. which is added to its "Summary" text for AutoYaST +#. where %1 is replaced by the file name. +#: src/clients/printer_auto.rb:411 msgid "Warning: Failed to backup %1 as %1.yast2orig" msgstr "警告：无法将 %1 备份为 %1.yast2orig" -#. Propose configuration for each local printer: -#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed -#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 -#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. -#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is -#. mandatory to set up local print queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." +#. Propose configuration for each local printer: +#. Check if the packages cups-client and cups are installed +#. and skip the automated queue setup if one of them is missing, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=445719#c13 +#. If cups-client is missing, it would run into an endless sequence of errors. +#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is +#. mandatory to set up local print queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92 +msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)." msgstr "无法配置打印（必需包 cups-client 未安装）。" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 -msgid "" -"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102 +msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)." msgstr "无法配置本地打印机（必需包 cups 未安装）。" -#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 -msgid "" -"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." +#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)." msgstr "没有可访问的本地打印机（使用远程 CUPS 服务器“%1”进行打印）。" -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: -#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because -#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd: +#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because +#. when a client-only config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:162 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:356 msgid "" "Started the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -92,17 +89,17 @@ "CUPS 守护程序已启动。\n" "请等待半分钟，让它准备好接受操作指令...\n" -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) -#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. -#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. -#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. -#. (Plain busy message without title.) -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#. for the very first time (e.g. on a new installed system) +#. until the cupsd is actually ready to operate. +#. E.g. because parsing of thousands of PPDs may need much time. +#. Therefore enforce waiting one minute now. +#. (Plain busy message without title.) +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:176 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:372 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon is not yet accessible.\n" "Waiting one minute so that it is ready to operate..." @@ -110,620 +107,600 @@ "尚不能访问 CUPS 守护程序。\n" "请等待一分钟，让它准备好接受操作指令..." -#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. -#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). -#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls -#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). -#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port -#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 +#. Skip automated queue setup when the cupsd is not accessible up to now. +#. A special case is when the cupsd does not listen on the official IANA IPP port (631). +#. Then Printerlib::GetAndSetCupsdStatus("") returns false because it calls +#. "lpstat -h localhost -r" which fails ("-h localhost:port" would have to be used). +#. The YaST printer module does not support when the cupsd listens on a non-official port +#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196 msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)." msgstr "无法配置本地打印机（没有可访问的本地 cupsd）。 " -#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) -#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces -#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional -#. space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 +#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here) +#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces +#. because the current YaST UI has almost no additional +#. space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:223 msgid "No local printer detected." msgstr "没有检测到本地打印机。" -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls -#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls +#. the delay when cupsd updates config files (see basicadd.ycp). +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:340 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:423 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:814 msgid "Creating New Printer Setup" msgstr "正在创建新的打印机设置" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:343 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:426 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:817 msgid "New Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "新打印机配置还未储存到系统中" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:347 msgid "This may result broken printer configurations." msgstr "这可能造成打印机配置损坏。" -#. has almost no additional space between table columns: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 +#. has almost no additional space between table columns: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Found existing configuration" msgstr "发现已有配置" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:397 msgid "Created configuration" msgstr "已创建的配置" -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:410 msgid "No local printer configured." msgstr "未配置本地打印机。" -#. Create titles: -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 +#. Create titles: +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:438 msgid "Printer" msgstr "打印机" -#. Menu title for Printer in proposals -#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 +#. Menu title for Printer in proposals +#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:440 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "打印机(&P)" -#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers -#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 +#. CheckBox to trigger an automatic configuration of local connected printers +#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49 msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now" msgstr "立即对本地连接的打印机进行自动配置(&D)" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 -msgid "" -"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61 +msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in" msgstr "指定是否在插入 USB 打印机时自动进行配置" -#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers -#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. -#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 -msgid "" -"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer " -"configuration" +#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers +#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer. +#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name. +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75 +msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration" msgstr "使用 udev-configure-printer 包自动配置 USB 打印机(&U)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101 +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639 msgid "Disable Remote CUPS Server '%1'" msgstr "禁用远程 CUPS 服务器“%1”" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of " -"printers for the local system." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system." msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与本地系统打印机自动配置冲突。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657 msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf" msgstr "未能去除 /etc/cups/client.conf 中的“ServerName”条目" -#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 +#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this leftover "abort" button must be explicitly hidden here: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:188 msgid "Failed to install udev-configure-printer." msgstr "安装 udev-configure-printer 失败。" -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:201 msgid "Failed to remove udev-configure-printer." msgstr "去除 udev-configure-printer 失败。" -#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 +#. Call the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality: +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:247 msgid "The automated printer configuration was in vain." msgstr "自动打印机配置无效。" -#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 +#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:252 msgid "Automated printer configuration results" msgstr "自动打印机配置结果" -#. BasicAddDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#. BasicModifyDialog dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 +#. BasicAddDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#. BasicModifyDialog dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:48 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:51 msgid "any model" msgstr "任意模型" -#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 +#. Caption for the "Add Printer" dialog (BasicAddDialog): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:51 msgid "Add New Printer Configuration" msgstr "添加新的打印机配置" -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically -#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#. to avoid that the full list of thousands of PPDs is shown automatically +#. because it can take a very long time until the user can proceed: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:81 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:536 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:330 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:994 msgid "Enter your printer model here." msgstr "在此处输入打印机型号。" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:87 msgid "Specify the Connection" msgstr "指定连接" -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection -#. to show more available printer connections -#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#. Label of a PushButton to restart printer autodetection +#. to show more available printer connections +#. in the Table with a list of printer connections: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:94 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:343 msgid "&Detect More" msgstr "检测更多(&D)" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" -#. to specify the printer connection individually: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Connection Wizard" +#. to specify the printer connection individually: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:100 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:349 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:195 msgid "Connection &Wizard" msgstr "连接向导(&W)" -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#. Printer model name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#. Printer model name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:116 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:456 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:893 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:545 msgid "Model" msgstr "型号" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Connection of the printer (e.g. via USB or via parallel port): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:119 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:459 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:336 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:368 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:896 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:548 msgid "Connection" msgstr "连接" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. Additional description of the printer or its particular connection: +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue description (e.g. model or driver): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:122 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:462 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89 msgid "Description" msgstr "说明" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:131 msgid "Find and Assign a Driver" msgstr "查找并指派驱动程序" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string -#. and then show the search result: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string +#. and then show the search result: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:147 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:316 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:407 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:557 msgid "&Search for" msgstr "搜索(&S)" -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#. Label of a PushButton to find and show more available printer drivers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:168 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:428 msgid "&Find More" msgstr "查找更多(&F)" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog -#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#. Label of a PushButton to go to the "Add Driver" dialog +#. to install or remove driver packages (and perhaps download it before): +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:174 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:434 msgid "Driver &Packages" msgstr "驱动程序包(&P)" -#. By default there is no UserInput() -#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox -#. (without clicking additionally a button) -#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI -#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). -#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) -#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended -#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because -#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 - src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 +#. By default there is no UserInput() +#. if only something was selected in the SelectionBox +#. (without clicking additionally a button) +#. but the notify option forces UserInput() in this case: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no driver was selected: +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#. because the first entry in a SelectionBox is always preselected in the GUI +#. (it does not help to have all items in a SelectionBox with 'false' as third argument). +#. Do not have this dummy entry preselected (i.e. no 'true' as a third argument) +#. because in the BasicModifyDialog the currently used driver is additionally prepended +#. and then the currently used driver must be preselected by default because +#. the currently used driver is then the very first entry in the SelectionBox. +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:187 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:356 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:588 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1082 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1954 src/modules/Printer.rb:1980 msgid "Select a driver." msgstr "选择驱动程序。" -#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, -#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 +#. If the currently used driver is replaced by another driver, +#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271 msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)" msgstr "默认纸张大小（如果打印机和驱动程序支持它）" -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:220 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:574 msgid "Set Arbitrary &Name" msgstr "设置任意名称(&N)" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to be the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:229 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:478 msgid "&Use as Default" msgstr "作为默认打印机(&U)" -#. to set up HP printers: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 +#. to set up HP printers: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:241 msgid "Alternative setup for HP printers:" msgstr "惠普打印机的附加设置：" -#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 +#. Label of a PushButton to run HPLIP's printer setup tool 'hp-setup'. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:249 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "运行 hp-setup(&H)" -#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 +#. printer setup tool 'hp-setup' runs in English language. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:256 msgid "hp-setup runs in English language" msgstr "以英文语境运行 hp-setup" -#. nor a driver was selected: -#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: -#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: -#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog -#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected -#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 +#. nor a driver was selected: +#. Any queue or class can be tested if it is in "ready" state: +#. The URI scheme is the first word up to the ':' character in the URI: +#. Invalidate Printer::current_device_uri so that the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog +#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected +#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "未选择任何项" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection -#. nor a driver was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when neither a connection +#. nor a driver was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:340 msgid "Select a connection and then assign a driver." msgstr "请选择连接，然后指派驱动程序。" -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function -#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table -#. so that this item can be preselected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#. exists in the connection_selection table because the Printer::ConnectionItems function +#. sets Printer::selected_connections_index != -1 only if such an item exists in the table +#. so that this item can be preselected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:346 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:496 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:936 msgid "No Connection Selected" msgstr "未选择连接" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:348 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:498 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:938 msgid "Select a connection." msgstr "选择连接。" -#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 +#. the widgets to change options for the currently used driver are recreated: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:354 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:586 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:1080 msgid "No Driver Selected" msgstr "未选择任何驱动程序" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:365 msgid "No Queue Name" msgstr "无队列名称" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:367 msgid "Enter a queue name." msgstr "输入队列名称。" -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:377 msgid "Invalid Queue Name" msgstr "无效队列名称" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 -msgid "" -"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are " -"allowed for the queue name." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379 +msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name." msgstr "队列名称中仅允许使用字母（a-z 和 A-Z），数字 (0-9) 和下划线“_”。" -#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 +#. when a queue name is changed to be valid: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389 msgid "Confirm Validated Queue Name" msgstr "确认已验证的队列名" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid -#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a queue name was automatically changed to be valid +#. where %1 will be replaced by the old invalid queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by a new valid queue name +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:395 msgid "'%1' is invalid or it exists already. Use '%2' instead?" msgstr "“%1”无效或已存在。是否改为使用“%2”？" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, " -"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"如果下一个对话框未按预期显示新打印机配置，请等待一段时间，然后单击“刷新列" -"表”按钮。" +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#. Explanation details of a Popup::ErrorDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "如果下一个对话框未按预期显示新打印机配置，请等待一段时间，然后单击“刷新列表”按钮。" -#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called -#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 +#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called +#. and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:802 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "未能运行 hp-setup。" -#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 +#. Title of the Basic Modify Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:100 msgid "Modify %1" msgstr "修改 %1" -#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog -#. to set all available options for the printer driver -#. which is currently used for a print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 +#. Label of a PushButton to go to a dialog +#. to set all available options for the printer driver +#. which is currently used for a print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:147 msgid "All &Options for the Current Driver" msgstr "当前驱动程序的所有选项(&O)" -#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. -#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) -#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 +#. DefaultPageSize is required according to the Adobe PPD specification. +#. Nevertheless we don't rely on correct PPDs (e.g. whatever "third-party" PPDs) +#. and test if it really exists in the actually used PPD: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:224 msgid "Default Paper Size of the Current Driver" msgstr "当前驱动程序的默认纸张大小" -#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. -#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection -#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list -#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) -#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). -#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe -#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept -#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). -#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the -#. table of connections via prepend(): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 +#. Usually the id in the connection items is the matching index number in the connections list. +#. Here the id of the current connection is set to -1 because the uri of the current connection +#. is derived from the queues list and this uri may be not present in the connections list +#. for example when the queue has a special non-autodetectable DeviceURI (e.g. for iPrint) +#. or when the queue is for an USB printer which is currently not connected (e.g. a laptop user). +#. Therefore -1 (which means "invalid index number in the connections list") is used to be safe +#. and additionally -1 is used to distinguish when the current connection is kept +#. or when the connection was modified (then the id would be > 0 and valid in the connections list). +#. The current_connection item is preselected because it is the first entry in the +#. table of connections via prepend(): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:298 msgid "Current Connection" msgstr "当前连接" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. -#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 -msgid "" -"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface " -"script' is used)" +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used. +#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315 +msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)" msgstr "未使用驱动程序（使用的是“原始”队列或“系统 V 样式接口脚本”）" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323 msgid "Current Driver" msgstr "当前驱动程序" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384 msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver" msgstr "调整当前驱动程序的选项或指派其他驱动程序" -#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 +#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line): +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461 msgid "Description &Text" msgstr "说明文本(&T)" -#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 +#. Label of a TextEntry for printer location string: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:469 msgid "&Location" msgstr "位置(&L)" -#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 +#. CheckBox to set a local print queue to accept print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:485 msgid "Accept Print &Jobs" msgstr "接受打印作业(&J)" -#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 +#. CheckBox to enable printing for a local print queue: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:492 msgid "&Enable Printing" msgstr "启用打印(&E)" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:759 msgid "Failed to modify %1." msgstr "未能修改 %1。" -#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 the new DirtyCleanInterval directive controls the delay when cupsd updates config files: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:816 msgid "Modifying Printer Setup" msgstr "正在修改打印机设置" -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:819 msgid "Modified Printer Configuration not yet Stored in the System" msgstr "修改的打印机配置尚未储存到系统中" -#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. -#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown -#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 -msgid "" -"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time " -"and use the 'Refresh List' button." -msgstr "" -"如果下一个对话框未按预期显示修改内容，请等待一段时间，然后单击“刷新列表”按" -"钮。" +#. Explanation details of a Popup::WarningDetails. +#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown +#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823 +msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button." +msgstr "如果下一个对话框未按预期显示修改内容，请等待一段时间，然后单击“刷新列表”按钮。" -#. Exit this dialog in any case: -#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: -#. Have the PageSize option topmost: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 +#. Exit this dialog in any case: +#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed: +#. Have the PageSize option topmost: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:853 src/modules/Printer.rb:2205 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2335 msgid "No driver options available" msgstr "无可用的驱动程序选项" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: -#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected: +#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855 msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration." msgstr "可能的原因：未作任何选择或为远程配置。" -#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 +#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416 msgid "Keep the printer model or select another &manufacturer" msgstr "保留打印机型号或选择其他制造商(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally -#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 -msgid "" -"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally +#. keep the printer model or select a printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432 +msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up" msgstr "如果不应该设置“原始队列”，则保留打印机型号或选择一个制造商(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 +#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452 msgid "Select the printer &manufacturer" msgstr "选择打印机制造商(&M)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 +#. Header for a ComboBox to optionally select the printer manufacturer. +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467 msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up." msgstr "如果不应该设置“原始队列”，则选择一个打印机制造商(&M)" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections. +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:560 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1742 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IP 地址或主机名(&I)" -#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done -#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form -#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form -#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 +#. No URIpercentDecoding/Encondin(hostname) is done +#. when it contains a '@' because a lpd URI can be of the form +#. lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. and a ipp/http URI can be of the form +#. ipp://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. http://username:password@ip-address-or-hostname/... +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=512549 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:569 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1734 msgid "&IP Address or Host Name [percent-encoded]" msgstr "IP 地址或主机名 [百分号编码](&I)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:576 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1755 msgid "Look up" msgstr "查询" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to search for remote servers +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1759 msgid "Look up for All Hosts" msgstr "查询所有主机" -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#. TRANSLATORS: InputField for optional Device URI parameters: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:593 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1774 msgid "Optional 'option=value' parameter (usually empty) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "选用的“选项=值”参数（通常为空）[百分号编码]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#. TRANSLATORS: Button to test remote printer machine +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:599 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1596 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1784 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1899 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "测试连接(&T)" -#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 +#. in the Connection Wizard but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:639 msgid "" "To access a HP device via the 'hp' backend,\n" "the RPM package hplip must be installed." @@ -731,67 +708,66 @@ "要通过“hp”后端访问 HP 设备，\n" "必须安装 RPM 包 hplip。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:644 msgid "The RPM package hplip is not installed." msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 hplip。" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a serial device node (e.g. /dev/ttyS0 or /dev/ttyS1) +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:993 msgid "&Serial device" msgstr "串行设备(&S)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the baud rate for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the baud rate for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1007 msgid "&Baud rate" msgstr "波特率(&B)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of data bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of data bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1023 msgid "&Data bits" msgstr "数据位(&D)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the parity checking for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the parity checking for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1037 msgid "&Parity checking" msgstr "奇偶校验(&P)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the flow control for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the flow control for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1053 msgid "&Flow control" msgstr "流程控制(&F)" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. the number of stop bits for a serial device -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. the number of stop bits for a serial device +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1067 msgid "S&top bits" msgstr "停止位(&T)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 -msgid "" -"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076 +msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed." msgstr "要访问蓝牙打印机，必须安装 RPM 包 bluez-cups。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1092 msgid "The RPM package bluez-cups is not installed." msgstr "RPM 包 bluez-cups 未安装。" -#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails -#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 +#. Fallback message what the user may run manually when it fails +#. to generate a valid list of bluetooth device IDs: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1098 msgid "" "It seems there are no bluetooth device IDs.\n" "Run 'hcitool scan' to get the bluetooth device IDs.\n" @@ -801,334 +777,332 @@ "请运行“hcitool scan”获取蓝牙设备 ID。\n" "输入 ID 时去掉冒号，如“1A2B3C4D5E6F”。" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1107 msgid "Retrieving bluetooth device IDs..." msgstr "正在检索蓝牙设备 ID..." -#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. -#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because -#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only grep and -#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! -#. would kill only the sub shell. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 +#. The command "hcitool scan" might need very much time or hang up. +#. To kill exactly hcitool there is the workaround via the temporary file because +#. hcitool scan | grep '...' & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only grep and +#. ( hcitool scan | grep '...' ) & sleep 10 ; kill -9 $! +#. would kill only the sub shell. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1119 msgid "Failed to get a list of bluetooth device IDs." msgstr "获取蓝牙设备 ID 列表失败。" -#. Label for an editable ComboBox where -#. a bluetooth device ID -#. can be selected or entered: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 +#. Label for an editable ComboBox where +#. a bluetooth device ID +#. can be selected or entered: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1212 msgid "&Bluetooth device ID" msgstr "蓝牙设备 ID(&B)" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1218 msgid "Currently available bluetooth device IDs" msgstr "当前可用的蓝牙设备 ID" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for the TCP port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for the TCP port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1268 msgid "Scan for Direct Socket Servers" msgstr "扫描直接套接字服务器" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1269 msgid "TCP Port Number" msgstr "TCP 端口号" -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, -#. first for network scan button, -#. second for name of printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#. TRANSLATORS: List of input field labels, +#. first for network scan button, +#. second for name of printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1326 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1653 msgid "Scan for LPD Servers" msgstr "扫描 LPD 服务器" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1327 msgid "Queue Name (see the printer's manual)" msgstr "队列名（请参见打印机手册）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 +#. TRANSLATORS: Input field label +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1393 msgid "URI (see the printer's manual) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI（参见打印机手册）[百分号编码]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 -msgid "" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402 +msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed." msgstr "要访问 SMB 打印机共享，必须安装 RPM 包 samba-client。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1418 msgid "The RPM package samba-client is not installed." msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 samba-client。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for remote server name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1526 msgid "&Server (NetBIOS Host Name)" msgstr "服务器(&S)（NetBIOS 主机名）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for printer name +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1535 msgid "&Printer (Share Name)" msgstr "打印机(&P)（共享名）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for samba domain +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1545 msgid "&Workgroup (Domain Name)" msgstr "工作组(&W)（域名）" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1552 msgid "Authentication (if needed)" msgstr "身份验证（如果需要）" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1555 msgid "Use fixed username and password" msgstr "使用固定的用户名和口令" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1565 msgid "&User" msgstr "用户(&U)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1573 msgid "Pass&word" msgstr "口令(&W)" -#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 +#. A CheckBox to support Active Directory (R): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1585 msgid "Support for &Active Directory (R)" msgstr "Active Directory (R) 支持(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for menu to search for remote servers +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for name of remote printer queue +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1654 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1765 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1872 msgid "Queue Name" msgstr "队列名" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1757 msgid "Scan for IPP Servers" msgstr "扫描 IPP 服务器" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1758 msgid "Scan for IPP Broadcasts" msgstr "扫描 IPP 广播" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792 msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed." msgstr "要访问 IPX 打印队列，必须安装 RPM 包 ncpfs。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1808 msgid "The RPM package ncpfs is not installed." msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 ncpfs。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for IP or hostname of remote server +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1864 msgid "IP Address or Host Name" msgstr "IP 地址或主机名" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1878 msgid "Authenticate as" msgstr "验证身份为" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for username (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1883 msgid "User" msgstr "用户" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for password (authentication) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1889 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1976 msgid "URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "URI（唯一资源标识符）[百分号编码]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985 msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "要通过“pipe”打印，必须安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。" -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it -#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason -#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it +#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason +#. so that we test again whether or not it is now actually installed: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2002 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2061 msgid "The RPM package cups-backends is not installed." msgstr "未安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for program name that will be called via pipe: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2034 msgid "Program (/path/to/command?option=value) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "程序 (/指令/的/路径?选项=值) [百分号编码]" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044 msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed." msgstr "要使用“beh”，必须安装 RPM 包 cups-backends。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier) +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163 msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]" msgstr "设备 URI（对其应该应用“beh”）[百分号编码]" -#. TRANSLATORS: Check box -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 +#. TRANSLATORS: Check box +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173 msgid "Never Disable the Queue" msgstr "从不禁用队列" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2181 msgid "Number of Retries ('0' means infinite retries)" msgstr "重试次数（“0”表示无限次重试）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 +#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2189 msgid "Delay in Seconds Between Two Retries" msgstr "两次重试间的延迟（以秒为单位）" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2197 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2293 msgid "Select a specific connection type." msgstr "选择特定的连接类型。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 +#. TRANSLATORS: Label for tree widget description +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2215 msgid "&Connection Type" msgstr "连接类型(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2220 msgid "Directly Connected Device" msgstr "直接连接的设备" -#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 +#. Disabled legacy "Parallel Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:parallel), _("Parallel Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2226 msgid "USB Port" msgstr "USB 端口" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2228 msgid "HP Devices (HPLIP)" msgstr "HP 设备 (HPLIP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: -#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#. Disabled legacy "Serial Port" so that it is no longer accessible in the dialog: +#. Item(Id(:serial), _("Serial Port")), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2233 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "蓝牙" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2239 msgid "Access Network Printer or Printserver Box via" msgstr "访问网络打印机或打印服务器盒的途径为" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2242 msgid "TCP Port (AppSocket/JetDirect)" msgstr "TCP 端口 (AppSocket/JetDirect)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2244 msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol" msgstr "行式打印机守护程序 (LPD) 协议" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2246 msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)" msgstr "因特网打印协议 (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2252 msgid "Print via Print Server Machine" msgstr "通过打印服务器计算机打印" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2255 msgid "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)" msgstr "Windows (R) 或 Samba (SMB/CIFS)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2257 msgid "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR/LPD)" msgstr "传统 UNIX 服务器 (LPR/LPD)" -#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 +#. `item( `id(`iprint), _("iPrint (Novell OES)") ), +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2260 msgid "CUPS Server (IPP)" msgstr "CUPS 服务器 (IPP)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2269 msgid "Special" msgstr "特殊" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2272 msgid "Specify Arbitrary Device URI" msgstr "指定任意设备 URI" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2276 msgid "Send Print Data to Other Program (pipe)" msgstr "将打印数据发送到其他程序（管道）" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2279 msgid "Daisy-chain Backend Error Handler (beh)" msgstr "菊型链 (Daisy-chain) 后端错误处理程序 (beh)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 +#. TRANSLATORS: Tree widget item +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2290 msgid "Connection Settings" msgstr "连接设置" -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog -#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. In this case the "overview" is not the actual Overview dialog but the dialog +#. from which this DriverOptionsDialog was called i.e. BasicModifyDialog. +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#. According to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. the "finish" button in a single (step) configuration dialog must now be named "OK". +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2313 msgid "Connection Wizard" msgstr "连接向导" -#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 -#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 -#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. -#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. -#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 +#. see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=580121 +#. and http://www.cups.org/str.php?L3500 +#. i.e. the scsi backend will be dropped. +#. Therefore in yast2-printer SCSI printer support is also dropped. +#. Because of the dropped scsi backend there must be a user notification: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2366 msgid "In CUPS version 1.5 SCSI printer support is dropped." msgstr "CUPS 1.5 版中移除了 SCSI 打印机支持。" -#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 +#. Popup::ErrorDetails details (for experts only): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2368 msgid "" "An untested and insecure workaround might be\n" "to set 'FileDevice Yes' in cupsd.conf\n" @@ -1138,16 +1112,16 @@ "是在 cupsd.conf 中设置“FileDevice Yes”，\n" "并使用像“file:/dev/sg...”这样的设备 URI" -#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP -#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here -#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 +#. while a Device URI to access a network printer via IPP +#. does probably not contain "/printers/" so that this is used here +#. as a best effort attempt to distinguish both cases: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2443 msgid "Select a connection" msgstr "选择一个连接" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected -#. because there is no connection available to be selected: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no connection was selected +#. because there is no connection available to be selected: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2446 msgid "" "If no connection is shown here, it is not possible\n" "to access the device via this type of connection.\n" @@ -1157,13 +1131,13 @@ "就无法使用此类连接访问设备。\n" "打印机是一直连接并开机的吗？" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2454 msgid "Select a valid connection" msgstr "选择一个有效连接" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected -#. because the current connection is no longer valid: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an invalid connection was selected +#. because the current connection is no longer valid: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2457 msgid "" "When the current connection is no longer valid,\n" "it does no longer work to access the device via this connection.\n" @@ -1173,92 +1147,91 @@ "就不再可以通过此连接访问设备。\n" "打印机依然连接并开着吗？" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2497 msgid "Serial device and baud rate could not be empty." msgstr "串行设备和波特率不能为空。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501 msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits." msgstr "“space”奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 -msgid "" -"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509 +msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit." msgstr "“mark”奇偶校验只支持 7 个数据位和一个停止位。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551 msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty." msgstr "蓝牙设备 ID 不能为空。" -#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values -#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 +#. because special URI characters like ':' or '/' in connection_uri +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because only the values +#. of the URI parts must be percent encoded but not the whole URI. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2564 msgid "URI could not be empty." msgstr "URL 不能为空。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2574 msgid "Servername and printer could not be empty." msgstr "服务器名称和打印机不能为空。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2580 msgid "Both user and password must be specified." msgstr "必须指定用户名和口令。" -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. -#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name -#. -#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in tcp_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because tcp_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. Test whether or not a "client-only" server is accessible. +#. @param [String] server_name string of the "client-only" server name +#. +#. @return false if the "client-only" server is not accessible. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2644 src/modules/Printer.rb:2348 msgid "Servername could not be empty." msgstr "服务器名称不能为空。" -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options -#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in lpd_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because lpd_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#. because special URI characters like '=' or '&' in cups_uri_options +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because cups_uri_options +#. contains all options like 'option1=value1&option2=value2'. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2682 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2721 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2748 msgid "Servername and queue name could not be empty." msgstr "服务器名称和队列名称不能为空。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775 msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty." msgstr "设备 URI、重试次数和延迟不能为空。" -#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe -#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe -#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 +#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe +#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe +#. contains all like 'path/to/command?option1=value1&option2=value2' +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2789 msgid "Could not be empty." msgstr "不能为空。" -#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term -#. when no driver is used for a print queue. -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 +#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term +#. when no driver is used for a print queue. +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2812 msgid "Select a manufacturer or 'raw queue'." msgstr "选择制造商或“原始队列”。" -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2830 msgid "Look up all hosts in the local network" msgstr "查询本地网络中的所有主机" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2832 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2859 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2874 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2889 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2904 msgid "" "Please wait...\n" "This could take more than a minute." @@ -1266,36 +1239,36 @@ "请稍候...\n" "这可能会花一分多钟的时间。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2855 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via TCP port %1" msgstr "扫描可以通过 TCP 端口 %1 访问的主机" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2872 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via Samba (SMB)" msgstr "扫描可以通过 Samba (SMB) 访问的主机" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2887 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 515 (LPD/LPR)" msgstr "扫描可以通过端口 515 (LPD/LPR) 访问的主机" -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2902 msgid "Scan for hosts which are accessible via port 631 (CUPS/IPP)" msgstr "扫描可以通过端口 631 (CUPS/IPP) 访问的主机" -#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ -#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); -#. return size (queues) > 0; -#. }); -#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case -#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 +#. hosts = (list<string>)filter (string h, hosts, ``{ +#. list queues = (list<string>)SCR::Read (.cups.remote, h); +#. return size (queues) > 0; +#. }); +#. Sleep half a second to let the user notice the Popup::ShowFeedback in any case +#. before it is removed even when the above SCR::Read finished immediately: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2929 msgid "" "Scanning in the network did not find any host.\n" "(Network issue or firewall active?)" @@ -1303,26 +1276,26 @@ "扫描网络时没有发现任何主机。\n" "（是否存在网络问题或防火墙处于活动状态？）" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the port number +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2969 msgid "Access test failed for port '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "对于主机“%2”上的端口“%1”的访问测试失败。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2996 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3022 +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3121 msgid "Access test failed for queue '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "对于主机“%2”上的队列“%1”的访问测试失败。" -#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 +#. because there is authentication via Active Directory (R) required: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3040 msgid "" "This is only a generic test which may untruly report failures\n" "if authentication via Active Directory (R) is required.\n" @@ -1334,247 +1307,243 @@ "允许通过 Active Directory (R) 打印的用户应该登录\n" "并测试自己是否可从 Gnome 或 KDE 打印。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071 msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "通用测试报告主机“%2”上的共享“%1”的错误。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name -#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name +#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3091 msgid "Access test failed for share '%1' on host '%2'." msgstr "对于主机“%2”上的共享“%1”的访问测试失败。" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3133 msgid "Test OK" msgstr "测试完成" -#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) -#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 -msgid "" -"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be " -"installed." +#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client) +#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD): +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273 +msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed." msgstr "要支持 Active Directory (R)，必须安装 RPM 包 samba-krb-printing。" -#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: -#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 +#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled: +#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313 msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues." msgstr "Active Directory (R) 支持将对所有 SMB 打印队列禁用。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: DialogTree definition -#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: DialogTree definition +#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:107 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:108 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:109 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Printer Configurations" msgstr "打印机配置" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:114 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:115 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:116 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Print via Network" msgstr "通过网络打印" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:121 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:122 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Share Printers" msgstr "共享打印机" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:128 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:129 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Policies" msgstr "策略" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:135 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Automatic Configuration" msgstr "自动配置" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:175 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:177 msgid "AutoYaST Printer Configurations" msgstr "AutoYaST 打印机配置" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:184 msgid "AutoYaST Print via Network Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST 通过网络打印的设置" -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Detected Printers" msgstr "检测到的打印机" -#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs -#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) -#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. -#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is -#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) -#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." -#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all -#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". -#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 +#. All the dialogs in "ids_order" are single (step) configuration dialogs +#. and according to the YaST Style Guide (dated Thu, 06 Nov 2008) +#. there is no longer a "abort" functionality which exits the whole module. +#. Instead this button is now named "Cancel" and its functionality is +#. to go back to the Overview dialog (i.e. what the "back" button would do) +#. because it reads "Cancel - Closes the window and returns to the overview." +#. Therefore the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all +#. and the button with the "back" functionality is named "Cancel". +#: src/include/printer/dialogs.rb:222 msgid "AutoYaST Settings for Printing with CUPS via Network" msgstr "AutoYaST 通过网络上的 CUPS 打印的设置" -#. AddDriver dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 +#. AddDriver dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:47 msgid "Driver Packages" msgstr "驱动程序包" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. add or remove printer driver packages: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. add or remove printer driver packages: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:98 msgid "Install or Remove Printer Driver Packages" msgstr "安装或删除打印机驱动程序包" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-ghostscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111 msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers" msgstr "Ghostscript 驱动程序的打印机描述文件" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:122 msgid "Printer Description Files for some PCL Printers" msgstr "一些 PCL 打印机的打印机描述文件" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. -#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript. +#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-postscript" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:133 msgid "Printer Description Files for PostScript Printers" msgstr "PostScript 的打印机描述文件" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. -#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. -#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package gutenprint. +#. There is no need to have the package name "gutenprint" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#. Do not change or translate "Gutenprint", it is a open source project name. +#. Do not change or translate "Gimp-Print", it is a open source project name. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:146 msgid "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print Driver" msgstr "Gutenprint/Gimp-Print 驱动程序" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. -#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text -#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver packages hplip and hplip-hpijs. +#. There is no need to have the package names "hplip" and "hplip-hpijs" in this text +#. because they are shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:157 msgid "Driver for HP Printers and HP All-in-One Devices" msgstr "HP 打印机和 HP 多功能一体机的驱动程序" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. -#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package manufacturer-PPDs. +#. There is no need to have the package name "manufacturer-PPDs" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:168 msgid "Manufacturer's PostScript Printer Description Files" msgstr "制造商的 PostScript 打印机描述文件" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. -#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package splix. +#. There is no need to have the package name "splix" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:179 msgid "SpliX Driver for SPL Printers without JBIG" msgstr "不带 JBIG 支持的 SPL 打印机的 SpliX 驱动程序" -#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. -#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text -#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 +#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package epson-inkjet-printer-escpr. +#. There is no need to have the package name "epson-inkjet-printer-escpr" in this text +#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text. +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:202 msgid "Epson ESC/P-R Inkjet Printer Driver" msgstr "Epson ESC/P-R 喷墨打印机驱动程序" -#. Header for a dialog section where the user can -#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available -#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 +#. Header for a dialog section where the user can +#. make a printer description file (PPD file) available +#. so that it can be used to set up a print queue with it: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:215 msgid "Make a Printer Description File Available" msgstr "使打印机描述文件可用" -#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 +#. TextEntry to specify the full path of a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:225 msgid "Printer description &file name with full path where it is located" msgstr "包含完整路径的打印机描述文件名(&F)" -#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 +#. Label of a PushButton to open a file selection box +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:235 msgid "&Browse" msgstr "浏览(&B)" -#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog -#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 +#. Header for a AskForExistingFile popup dialog +#. to browse the file system to select a PPD file: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:274 msgid "Select a printer description file" msgstr "选择一个打印机描述文件" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the file name: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:666 msgid "Cannot access '%1'" msgstr "无法访问“%1”" -#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here -#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 -msgid "" -"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." +#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here +#. and there is nothing else to be done after this: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685 +msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification." msgstr "打印机描述文件不符合规格。" -#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 +#. when a PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:700 msgid "Use the printer description file regardless of its errors?" msgstr "忽略错误而继续使用打印机描述文件吗？" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when PPD file is not in compliance: -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 -msgid "" -"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when PPD file is not in compliance: +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705 +msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures." msgstr "不兼容的打印机描述文件可能导致任何错误。" -#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 +#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722 msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available" msgstr "未能将打印机描述文件设为可用" -#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 +#. Title of the Driver Options Dialog where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. The actual queue name is a system value which cannot be translated: +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:55 msgid "Driver Options for Queue %1" msgstr "队列 %1 的驱动程序选项" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138 msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1." msgstr "未能设置队列 %1 的驱动程序选项。" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1584,8 +1553,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化打印机配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Finishing printer Configuration</big> \n" @@ -1595,21 +1564,19 @@ "<big>正在完成打印机配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 +#. Overview dialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print Queue Overview</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the " -"printer\n" +"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n" "device. \n" "It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n" "device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer.\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1621,11 +1588,10 @@ "同一个打印机设备可以有若干个\n" "不同的打印队列。\n" "例如，一个彩色设备可以有一个使用黑白驱动程序的二级队列，\n" -"或者一个 PostScript+PCL 打印机可以有一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动程" -"序的队列。\n" +"或者一个 PostScript+PCL 打印机可以有一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动程序的队列。\n" -#. Overview dialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 +#. Overview dialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Using Remote Queues:</big> \n" @@ -1645,8 +1611,8 @@ "通常它们可以被应用程序直接使用，因此不需要再为\n" "一个可通过远程队列使用的打印机设置一个本地队列。 \n" -#. Overview dialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 +#. Overview dialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Configure a printer:</big> \n" @@ -1658,8 +1624,8 @@ "按添加可为打印机设备设置新队列。\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 +#. Overview dialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Change the settings for a queue:</big> \n" @@ -1671,8 +1637,8 @@ "请选择一个本地队列并按编辑。\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 +#. Overview dialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Remove a queue:</big> \n" @@ -1684,8 +1650,8 @@ "请选择一个本地队列并按删除。\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 +#. Overview dialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Print a test page:</big> \n" @@ -1697,8 +1663,8 @@ "请选择该队列并按打印测试页。\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 +#. Overview dialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Refresh the list of queues:</big> \n" @@ -1720,8 +1686,8 @@ "一个最新的可用远程队列列表。\n" "\n" -#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 +#. AutoYaST Overview dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "\n" "<big>AutoYaST Print Queue Overview</big> \n" @@ -1735,26 +1701,21 @@ "不支持设置本地打印队列。\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 +#. BasicAddDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big> \n" "A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue. \n" "When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n" -"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device." -" \n" -"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer " -"device.\n" -"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer " -"drivers\n" +"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device. \n" +"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n" +"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n" "should be used for the same printer device.\n" "For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n" "to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n" -"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL " -"printer\n" -"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less " -"quality).\n" +"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n" +"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1767,12 +1728,11 @@ "打印机驱动程序时，就需要数个不同的打印队列。\n" "例如，彩色设备上要有一个使用黑白驱动程序的二级队列\n" "来强制进行黑白输出，\n" -"或者，PostScript+PCL 打印机要有一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动程序的" -"队列，\n" +"或者，PostScript+PCL 打印机要有一个 PostScript 队列和一个使用 PCL 驱动程序的队列，\n" "因为通过 PCL 驱动程序打印通常更快（但质量会降低）。" -#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 +#. BasicAddDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "To set up a new queue: \n" @@ -1788,12 +1748,11 @@ "设置唯一队列名。\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 +#. BasicAddDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer " -"device. \n" +"The connection determines which way data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -1801,10 +1760,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1822,15 +1779,14 @@ "就必须使用“hp:/...”连接。\n" "\n" -#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 +#. BasicAddDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "\n" "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" "with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n" "and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n" @@ -1855,8 +1811,7 @@ "and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n" "to what you know what works best for your printer. \n" "If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n" -"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the " -"model.\n" +"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n" "Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n" "is different from the autodetected model name.\n" "Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n" @@ -1923,8 +1878,8 @@ "对话框中调整所有驱动程序选项。\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 +#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "\n" "Application programs do not show the actual printer device\n" @@ -1940,8 +1895,8 @@ "数字 (0-9) 和下划线“_”。\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 +#. BasicAddDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:227 msgid "" "\n" "One of the print queues may be set to be used by default. \n" @@ -1970,8 +1925,8 @@ "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:Print_Settings_with_CUPS\n" "" -#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 +#. BasicAddDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "\n" "An alternative way to set up HP devices is to run hp-setup. \n" @@ -2003,8 +1958,8 @@ "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:How_to_set_up_a_HP_printer\n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:261 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Modify a Print Queue</big> \n" @@ -2016,12 +1971,11 @@ "要修改队列，请只选择确实要更改的队列。 \n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268 msgid "" "\n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout. \n" "If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n" @@ -2029,10 +1983,8 @@ "In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n" "and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n" "The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n" -"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything " -"else\n" -"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one " -"device)\n" +"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n" +"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n" "the 'hp:/...' connection must be used. \n" "When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n" "the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" @@ -2102,19 +2054,16 @@ "搜索所有可用驱动程序描述。\n" "\n" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:309 msgid "" "\n" "The driver determines that the right data is produced for the\n" "specific printer model. \n" "If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n" -"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all." -" \n" -"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings " -"later\n" -"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now." -" \n" +"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all. \n" +"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n" +"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now. \n" "Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n" "For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n" "must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer. \n" @@ -2123,8 +2072,7 @@ "should work for the particular driver.\n" "Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n" "with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n" -"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages." -" \n" +"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages. \n" "When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n" "you must first apply this change to the print queue\n" "so that the new driver is used for the queue\n" @@ -2132,8 +2080,7 @@ "and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n" "by using this dialog again. \n" "Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n" -"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was " -"not changed.\n" +"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n" "This results usually only one single driver which matches\n" "so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n" "to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n" @@ -2147,10 +2094,8 @@ "可以输出正确数据的决定因素。 \n" "如果指派了错误的驱动程序，错误的数据会发送到打印机，\n" "这将造成难看的、混乱的打印输出，或完全没有打印输出。 \n" -"您可以选择另一款驱动程序并稍后修改它的驱动程序选项设置，也可以保留当前使用的" -"驱动程序并立即修改它的驱动程序选项设置。 \n" -"有些驱动程序选项设置必须与您的打印机匹配。例如，驱动程序的默认纸张大小设置必" -"须与您打印机中实际装入的纸张匹配。 \n" +"您可以选择另一款驱动程序并稍后修改它的驱动程序选项设置，也可以保留当前使用的驱动程序并立即修改它的驱动程序选项设置。 \n" +"有些驱动程序选项设置必须与您的打印机匹配。例如，驱动程序的默认纸张大小设置必须与您打印机中实际装入的纸张匹配。 \n" "对于其他驱动程序选项，您可以根据自己的喜好选择。\n" "例如，任何可用打印分辨率都能够用于该驱动程序。\n" "除非您的驱动程序在高分辨率下不能打印。\n" @@ -2172,15 +2117,13 @@ "搜索所有可用驱动程序描述。\n" "" -#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 +#. BasicModifyDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:343 msgid "" "\n" "In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n" -"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and " -"location.\n" -"Application programs often show description and location in the print " -"dialog.\n" +"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for description and location.\n" +"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n" "To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n" "which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n" "it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n" @@ -2207,8 +2150,8 @@ "（例如“123 房间”或“前台”）。\n" "" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 1/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Set Driver Options</big> \n" @@ -2232,8 +2175,8 @@ "该选项必须设置为打印机实际默认使用的纸张大小。\n" "\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "\n" "Non-default settings may not work in all cases or have unexpected\n" @@ -2253,8 +2196,8 @@ "或者，高质量设置在喷墨打印机上的打印速度可能让人无法接受。\n" "\n" -#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 +#. DriverOptionsDialog help 3/3: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:385 msgid "" "\n" "In certain cases printer-specific driver settings\n" @@ -2276,8 +2219,8 @@ "否则驱动程序可能会忽略双面打印选项设置。\n" "\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 +#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:398 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Add or Remove Printer Driver Packages</big> \n" @@ -2298,8 +2241,8 @@ "在后一种情况中，请确保没有任何打印机配置需要用到该驱动程序。 \n" "\n" -#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 +#. AddDriverDialog help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:410 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Add a Printer Description File</big> \n" @@ -2357,13 +2300,12 @@ "会指向一个打印机驱动程序。 \n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 1/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:441 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Specify the Connection</big> \n" -"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device." -" \n" +"The connection determines how data is sent to the printer device. \n" "If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n" "so that there cannot be any printout.\n" "\n" @@ -2375,30 +2317,25 @@ "因此就不会有任何打印输出。\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 2/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:450 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printer Device URI</big> \n" "A connection is specified as so called device URI. \n" -"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-" -"transfer,\n" +"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n" "for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'. \n" "After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n" "which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer. \n" "Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n" "Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n" -"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)." -" \n" +"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character). \n" "The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n" -"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign " -"'='. \n" -"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark " -"'?')\n" +"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='. \n" +"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n" "of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n" "a full device URI could be for example: \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "Some examples: \n" "A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n" "with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like: \n" @@ -2427,8 +2364,7 @@ "最后，可能会有可选参数（以问号“?”分隔），\n" "形式为“选项 1=值 1&选项 2=值 2&选项 3=值 3”，所以\n" "举例来说完整的设备 URI 可能为： \n" -"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&" -"waitprinter=false \n" +"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false \n" "一些示例： \n" "由“ACME”和序列号“A1B2C3”构成的 USB 打印机型号\n" "“Fun Printer 1000+”的设备 URI 可能类似于： \n" @@ -2442,8 +2378,8 @@ "lpd://192.168.100.2/LPT1\n" "" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 3/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:481 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Percent Encoding</big> \n" @@ -2551,8 +2487,7 @@ "自动进行了百分号编码的结果“Foo%2520Bar”。 \n" "相反，当对话框中的输入字段是用来\n" "输入 URI 的一个组件的多个值时\n" -"（例如，一个用于输入类似于“option1=value1&option2=value2&" -"option3=value3”\n" +"（例如，一个用于输入类似于“option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3”\n" "的所有可选参数的输入字段\n" "或者一个用于输入整个 URI 的输入字段），\n" "您必须输入编码过的空格和保留字符，\n" @@ -2565,8 +2500,7 @@ "因此 URI 中的“选项=this&that”意思是\n" "第一个可选参数是“选项=this”，\n" "第二个可选参数只是“that”。\n" -"因此，单个可选参数“选项=this&that”必须以百分号编码格式“选项=this" -"%26that”输入。 \n" +"因此，单个可选参数“选项=this&that”必须以百分号编码格式“选项=this%26that”输入。 \n" "要求以百分号编码格式输入的输入字段\n" "通过“[percent-encoded]”提示标出。 \n" "下面是字符和它们的百分号编码的列表： \n" @@ -2594,8 +2528,8 @@ "http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n" "" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 4/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:557 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs for Directly Connected Devices</big> \n" @@ -2609,12 +2543,11 @@ "并会自动生成适当的设备 URI。\n" "例如： \n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "\n" -"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big> \n" "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n" "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n" "A network printer has such a device built-in.\n" @@ -2687,8 +2620,8 @@ "http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/network.html\n" "\n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 6/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:627 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Device URIs to Print Via a Print Server Machine</big> \n" @@ -2698,8 +2631,7 @@ "Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n" "provides in your particular network: \n" "Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS) \n" -"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be " -"installed.\n" +"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n" "The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n" "the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n" "to a SMB printer share. \n" @@ -2742,8 +2674,7 @@ "the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share: \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "For more information have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n" "of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. \n" "Traditional UNIX Server (LPR) \n" @@ -2814,8 +2745,7 @@ "设备 URI 来访问“Fun Printer 1000+”共享： \n" "smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B \n" "有关更多信息，请参见 <tt>man smbspool</tt> 和 \n" -"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)" -"_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" +"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share \n" "“Windows”和“Active Directory”是 Microsoft Corporation 在\n" "美国和/或其他国家/地区的注册商标。 \n" "传统 UNIX 服务器 (LPR) \n" @@ -2835,8 +2765,8 @@ "匹配的设备 URI 为： \n" "ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue \n" -#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 +#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 7/7: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:714 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Special Device URIs</big> \n" @@ -2869,12 +2799,10 @@ "The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before. \n" "Example: \n" "beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number \n" -"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second " -"delay\n" +"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n" "between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n" "and the print job is lost. \n" -"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/" -"beh</tt> and \n" +"For more information have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and \n" "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" msgstr "" @@ -2916,13 +2844,12 @@ "http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:755 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Printing Via Network</big> \n" -"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network." -" \n" +"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network. \n" "By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n" "to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n" @@ -2990,8 +2917,8 @@ "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:792 msgid "" "\n" "If you can access remote CUPS servers for printing\n" @@ -3018,15 +2945,13 @@ "向远程 CUPS 服务器轮询一次打印机信息。\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:807 msgid "" "\n" "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n" -"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your " -"host.\n" -"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly." -" \n" +"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n" +"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly. \n" "A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n" "for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n" "to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n" @@ -3047,8 +2972,8 @@ "条目可能会有帮助。\n" "" -#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 +#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "You have to set up an appropriate print queue on your host\n" @@ -3072,16 +2997,15 @@ "在美国和/或其他国家/地区的注册商标。\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 +#. SharingDialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:835 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Sharing Print Queues and Publish Them Via Network</big> \n" "Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n" "its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network. \n" "In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n" -"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must " -"run\n" +"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n" "which is listening for incoming information about published printers. \n" "CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n" "" @@ -3096,22 +3020,19 @@ "CUPS 浏览信息是通过 UDP 端口 631 接收的。\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 +#. SharingDialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:847 msgid "" "\n" "First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n" -"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients." -" \n" +"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients. \n" "In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n" "to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n" "and to publish printers to all those hosts. \n" "It is not required to publish printers in any case. \n" -"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS " -"Browsing.\n" +"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n" "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n" -"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server " -"directly.\n" +"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3126,8 +3047,8 @@ "让客户端直接访问服务器会更简单一些。\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 +#. SharingDialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:861 msgid "" "\n" "There are various ways which can coexist how to specify\n" @@ -3161,8 +3082,8 @@ "和/或网络的白名单。\n" "" -#. SharingDialog help 4/4: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 +#. SharingDialog help 4/4: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:879 msgid "" "\n" "Regarding firewall: \n" @@ -3229,8 +3150,8 @@ "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. Policies help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 +#. Policies help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:914 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Operation Policy</big> \n" @@ -3248,8 +3169,8 @@ "及“启用或禁用打印”。\n" "" -#. Policies help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 +#. Policies help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:924 msgid "" "\n" "<big>CUPS Error Policy</big> \n" @@ -3269,8 +3190,7 @@ " \n" "The following error policies exist: \n" "Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing. \n" -"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by " -"default). \n" +"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default). \n" "Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -3296,8 +3216,8 @@ "中止并删除作业，然后继续下一作业。\n" "" -#. Autoconfig help 1/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 +#. Autoconfig help 1/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:949 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for Local Connected Printers</big> \n" @@ -3329,8 +3249,8 @@ "并接受了预设值的配置相同。\n" "" -#. Autoconfig help 2/2: -#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 +#. Autoconfig help 2/2: +#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Automatic Configuration for USB Printers</big> \n" @@ -3368,94 +3288,93 @@ "除非用户手动更改 70-printers.rules 文件。\n" "" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of printer -#. Summary: Overview dialog definition -#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> -#. -#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/printer/overview.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of printer +#. Summary: Overview dialog definition +#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de> +#. +#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49 msgid "Show" msgstr "显示" -#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 +#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55 msgid "&Local" msgstr "本地(&L)" -#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 +#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62 msgid "&Remote" msgstr "远程(&R)" -#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 +#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Print queue name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Print queue name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Whether or not is is the default queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Whether or not is is the default queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95 msgid "Default" msgstr "默认值" -#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. -#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 +#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues. +#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled): +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 +#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110 msgid "Re&fresh List" msgstr "刷新列表(&F)" -#. PushButton label to print a test page: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 +#. PushButton label to print a test page: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115 msgid "Print &Test Page" msgstr "打印测试页(&T)" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. -#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' -#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. -#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) -#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when a local cupsd is required but it is not accessible. +#. YaST did already run 'lpstat -h localhost -r' +#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible. +#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical) +#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131 msgid "" -"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not " -"accessible.\n" +"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n" "Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n" "A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3463,13 +3382,13 @@ "请使用“lpstat -h localhost -r”检查本地的 cupsd 是否可以访问。\n" "一个不可访问的 cupsd 会导致以后出现无尽的错误。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails -#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). -#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems -#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). -#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed -#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 +#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails +#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631). +#. A rather technical text because this does not happen on normal systems +#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631). +#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed +#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143 msgid "" "The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n" "Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n" @@ -3491,9 +3410,9 @@ "如果您确实必须使用非官方端口，\n" "就不能使用 YaST 打印机模块来配置您的打印机。\n" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185 msgid "" "Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n" "(this might take some time)" @@ -3501,580 +3420,567 @@ "正在运行一些 CUPS 服务器连接性测试...\n" "（这可能会花费一些时间）" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204 msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?" msgstr "不再使用无法访问的 CUPS 服务器“%1”？" -#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 +#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210 msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used." msgstr "您应该同意不再使用“%1”才能继续进行。" -#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed -#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and -#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 -msgid "" -"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." +#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed +#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and +#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237 +msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures." msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致以后出现无尽的延迟和错误。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256 msgid "CUPS Server %1" msgstr "CUPS 服务器 %1" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280 msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..." msgstr "正在测试 CUPS 服务器是否可访问..." -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "请选择一项。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608 msgid "Cannot Delete" msgstr "无法删除" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted." msgstr "这是远程配置。只能删除本地配置。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617 msgid "Confirm Deletion" msgstr "确认删除" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 -msgid "" -"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be " -"restored." +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619 +msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored." msgstr "将立即删除所选配置，且无法恢复。" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623 msgid "Delete configuration %1" msgstr "删除配置 %1" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625 msgid "Do not delete it" msgstr "不删除它" -#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because -#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes -#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments -#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. -#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module -#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident -#. with whatever other setup tool: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 +#. because a class cannot be re-created with the YaST printer module because +#. the YaST printer module has no support to add or edit classes +#. because classes are only useful in bigger printing environments +#. which is out of the scope of the use cases of the YaST printer module. +#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module +#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident +#. with whatever other setup tool: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640 msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class" msgstr "确认删除一个类" -#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 +#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642 msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool." msgstr "此工具不能重新创建一个已被删除的类。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688 msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs" msgstr "正在拒绝打印作业" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected." msgstr "无法打印测试页，因为打印作业已被拒绝。" -#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. -#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 +#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side. +#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting". +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700 msgid "Printout Disabled" msgstr "打印输出已禁用" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702 msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled." msgstr "无法打印测试页，因为打印输出已禁用。" -#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. -#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because -#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 -msgid "" -"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is " -"printed." +#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue. +#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because +#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731 +msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed." msgstr "在打印测试页前有待发打印任务，您可以选择删除它们。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920 msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1" msgstr "为 %1 删除等待中的打印作业" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759 msgid "Delete them before printing testpage" msgstr "在打印测试页前删除它们" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762 msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs" msgstr "在其他作业完成后打印测试页" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944 msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1." msgstr "未能删除 %1 的所有待发任务。" -#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see -#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 -#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added -#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps -#. The following modifications -#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 -#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 -#. @@ -564 +564 @@ -#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered -#. @@ -570 +570 @@ -#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show -#. + (Printed with CUPS) show -#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage -#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 +#. Since CUPS 1.4 there is no longer a readymade PostScript testpage in CUPS, see +#. https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=520617 +#. Therefore a slightly modified CUPS 1.3.10 testprint.ps was added +#. to yast2-printer as /usr/share/YaST2/data/testprint.ps +#. The following modifications +#. --- cups-1.3.10/data/testprint.ps 2009-01-13 18:27:16.000000000 +0100 +#. +++ data/testprint.ps 2009-07-09 15:25:26.000000000 +0200 +#. @@ -564 +564 @@ +#. - (Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. + (CUPS Printer Test Page) CENTER % Show text centered +#. @@ -570 +570 @@ +#. - (Printed with CUPS v1.3.x) show +#. + (Printed with CUPS) show +#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage +#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802 msgid "Test printout" msgstr "测试打印输出" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804 msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing" msgstr "打印一到两页来测试双面打印" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806 msgid "Single test page" msgstr "单张测试页" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808 msgid "Two test pages" msgstr "两张测试页" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838 msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1." msgstr "无法打印 %1 的测试页。" -#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) -#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) -#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. -#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 +#. When submitting the testpage to the queue failed (also for non-local queues) +#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime) +#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side. +#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855 msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished" msgstr "等待测试页打印完成" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result -#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result +#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name. +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859 msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon." msgstr "已向 %1 发送测试页。很快就会开始打印。" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label -#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label +#. regarding a positive testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864 msgid "Testpage printout was successful" msgstr "测试页打印成功" -#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label -#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 +#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label +#. regarding a negative testpage printout result: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867 msgid "Testpage printing failed" msgstr "测试页打印失败" -#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing -#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. -#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals -#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters -#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed -#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state -#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). -#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. -#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) -#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but -#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command -#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake -#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer -#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. -#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback -#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 +#. it seems something went wrong with the testpage printing +#. so that the user can delete all pending jobs now. +#. Via the "cancel" command the cupsd sends termination signals +#. to running filter processes for the queue so that the filters +#. (in particular the printer driver) could do whatever is needed +#. to switch an actively printing printer device into a clean state +#. (e.g. exit its graphics printing mode and switch back to normal mode). +#. The backend process terminates when the filters have finished. +#. This helps in usual cases (in particular when a good driver is used) +#. if something had messed up for an actively printing job but +#. unfortunately there is no option for the "cancel" command +#. which lets the cupsd kill the backend process as emergency brake +#. when something is really wrong e.g. a wrong driver lets the printer +#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters. +#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback +#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900 msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now." msgstr "现在有可能要删除的待发打印任务。" -#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 +#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928 msgid "Delete all pending jobs" msgstr "删除所有等待中的作业" -#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup -#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 +#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup +#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931 msgid "Do not delete them" msgstr "不删除它们" -#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 +#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046 msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "完整日志，请见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 -msgid "" -"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051 +msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)" msgstr "处理 %1 的测试页的 CUPS 日志信息（仅英文）" -#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 +#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty, +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068 msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file." msgstr "CUPS 日志信息，见 /var/log/cups/error_log 文件。" -#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 -msgid "" -"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote " -"system." +#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078 +msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system." msgstr "当通过远程系统打印失败时，您可以咨询远程系统管理员。" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105 msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration." msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与添加配置冲突。" -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162 msgid "Cannot Modify" msgstr "无法修改" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: -#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 -msgid "" -"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified: +#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164 +msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified." msgstr "这是远程配置。只能修改本地配置。" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. stop the printer and keep the job for future printing: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:45 msgid "stop the printer and keep the job for future printing" msgstr "停止打印机并保留作业以供将来打印" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time -#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time +#. (the default JobRetryInterval is 30 seconds but this can be changed): +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:52 msgid "re-send the job after waiting some time" msgstr "等待一段时间后重新发送作业" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy -#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to -#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy +#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to +#. abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:58 msgid "abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job" msgstr "中止并删除作业，然后继续下一作业" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS error policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:77 msgid "Specify the &error policy" msgstr "指定错误策略(&E)" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS error policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:93 msgid "&Apply this error policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "将此错误策略应用于所有本地打印机配置(&A)" -#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 +#. Header for a ComboBox to specify the CUPS operation policy: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:101 msgid "Specify the &operation policy" msgstr "指定操作策略(&O)" -#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above -#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). -#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" -#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical -#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 +#. CheckBox to apply the CUPS operation policy which is selected in the ComboBox above +#. to all local printer configurations (i.e. to all local print queues). +#. When possible we perefer to use the wording "printer configuration" +#. instead of "print queue" because the latter may sound too technical +#. but sometimes (e.g. in the Connection Wizard) we must use the exact technical term: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:113 msgid "Apply this operation &policy to all local printer configurations" msgstr "将此操作策略应用于所有本地打印机配置(&P)" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local " -"system." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system." msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与本地系统的设置策略冲突。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331 msgid "Failed to apply the policy to '%1'" msgstr "将策略应用于“%1”失败" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default operation policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354 msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "未能设置 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中的“DefaultPolicy %1”" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. -#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value. +#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:373 msgid "Failed to set 'ErrorPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "未能设置 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中的“ErrorPolicy %1”" -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step -#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). -#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage -#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" -#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: -#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#. There is only a "Cancel" functionality (via the "back" button) which goes back one step +#. and the button with the "abort" functionality is not shown at all (see dialogs.ycp). +#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage +#. it leaves a misused "abort" button labeled "Skip Autorefresh" with WidgetID "`abort" +#. so that this case is mapped to the "Cancel" functionality: +#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:414 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1102 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:1037 msgid "Failed to apply the settings to the system." msgstr "未能将设置应用于系统。" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is not accepted from any remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:52 msgid "do not accept any printer announcement" msgstr "不接受任何打印机声明" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. all remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. all remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:56 msgid "accept all announcements from anywhere" msgstr "接受来自任何位置的所有声明" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted from -#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted from +#. remote CUPS servers in the local network: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:60 msgid "accept from all hosts in the local network" msgstr "接受本地网络中的所有主机的声明" -#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. that printer information is accepted only from -#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses -#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 +#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. that printer information is accepted only from +#. remote CUPS servers with specific addresses +#. where the specific addresses are specified in a TextEntry below: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:67 msgid "accept only from the specific addresses below" msgstr "只接受如下地址的声明" -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:74 msgid "Use CUPS to Print Via Network" msgstr "使用 CUPS 通过网络打印" -#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 +#. A CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:81 msgid "&Accept Printer Announcements from CUPS Servers" msgstr "接受来自 CUPS 服务器的打印机声明(&A)" -#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select -#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers -#. printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 +#. A header for a ComboBox from which the user can select +#. a usual general setting from which remote CUPS servers +#. printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:96 msgid "&General Setting" msgstr "一般设置(&G)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally -#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask -#. from where remote printer information is accepted: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can additionally +#. enter specific IP addresses and/or network/netmask +#. from where remote printer information is accepted: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:121 msgid "Additional IP Addresses or &Network/Netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "其他 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码(&N)（以空格分隔）" -#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 +#. A CheckBox to poll printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:134 msgid "&Request Printer Information from CUPS Servers" msgstr "向 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息(&R)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses -#. from where remote printer information is polled: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. CUPS server names and/or IP addresses +#. from where remote printer information is polled: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146 msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "轮询到的 CUPS 服务器名称或 IP 地址(&I)（以空格分隔）" -#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly -#. only via one single remote CUPS server: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 +#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly +#. only via one single remote CUPS server: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:158 msgid "&Do All Printing Directly via One Single CUPS Server" msgstr "直接通过一个单一 CUPS 服务器执行所有打印(&D)" -#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter -#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used -#. to do all his printing tasks: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 +#. A header for a TextEntry where the user can enter +#. the one single remote CUPS server which is used +#. to do all his printing tasks: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:170 msgid "&One single CUPS server name or IP Address" msgstr "单一 CUPS 服务器名称或 IP 地址(&O)" -#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server -#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 +#. A PushButton to test whether or not the one single remote CUPS server +#. which is used to do all printing tasks is accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:178 msgid "&Test Server" msgstr "测试服务器(&T)" -#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 +#. or to set up to use a network printer directly: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:189 msgid "Use Another Print Server or Use a Network Printer Directly" msgstr "使用另一台打印服务器或直接使用网络打印机" -#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" -#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 +#. Use the exact same wording "printer announcements from CUPS servers" +#. as in the matching CheckBox to accept printer information from remote CUPS servers: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:208 msgid "A firewall may reject printer announcements from CUPS servers" msgstr "防火墙可以拒绝 CUPS 服务器的打印机声明" -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#. Popup::AnyMessage message: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#. Popup::AnyMessage message: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263 msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "有关防火墙设置，请参见本对话框的帮助文本。" -#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. -#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 +#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name. +#. Such a client-only config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:364 msgid "A valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "必须输入一个有效的 CUPS 服务器名称。" -#. when a client-only server is not accessible -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 +#. when a client-only server is not accessible +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:391 msgid "Continue regardless that '%1' is not accessible?" msgstr "“%1”不可访问，是否仍要继续？" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when a client-only server is not accessible: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when a client-only server is not accessible: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396 msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures." msgstr "无法访问的服务器会导致以后出现无尽的错误。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430 msgid "Tried to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "试图在 /etc/cups/client.conf 中设置“ServerName %1”。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:441 msgid "Failed to set 'ServerName %1' in /etc/cups/client.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“ServerName %1”失败。" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467 msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled." msgstr "通过一个 CUPS 服务器执行所有打印的复选框已禁用。" -#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: -#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has -#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. -#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that -#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: -#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", -#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 +#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf: +#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has +#. changed the server name values to be effectively empty. +#. This is the same as to turn off the BrowsePoll config so that +#. the "BrowsePoll config should be disabled" case below is triggered here: +#. Having "BrowseAddress" entries requires "Browsing On", +#. otherwise browsing information would not be sent at all: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:548 +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:638 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:575 msgid "Failed to set 'Browsing On' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“Browsing On”失败。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569 msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 BrowseAllow 值“%1”失败。" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. -#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf -#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers -#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. -#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled. +#. Do not change the global "Browsing On/Off" entry in cupsd.conf +#. because "Browsing Off" disables also sharing of local printers +#. which might be needed by the "Share Printers" dialog. +#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“BrowseAllow none”失败。" -#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. -#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 +#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names. +#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:615 msgid "At least one valid CUPS server name must be entered." msgstr "必须至少输入一个有效的 CUPS 服务器名称。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659 msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 BrowsePoll 值“%1”失败" -#. but now the user has deactivated it -#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: -#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 +#. but now the user has deactivated it +#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled: +#. Set only "BrowsePoll none" in cupsd.conf: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:684 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowsePoll none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf" msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“BrowsePoll none”失败" -#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd -#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or -#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. -#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. -#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) -#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. -#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same -#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. -#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. -#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information -#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) -#. from the local cupsd's list. -#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem -#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then -#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 +#. A "accept browsing info" config with a local running cupsd +#. was switched to a "not accept browsing info" config or +#. a BrowsePoll config with a local running cupsd was disabled. +#. A cups-polld polls remote servers for a list of available printer queues. +#. Those information is then broadcast to the localhost interface (127.0.0.1) +#. on the specified browse port for reception by the local cupsd. +#. Theerfore for the cupsd BrowsePoll information is the same +#. as the usual Browsing information via BrowseAllow. +#. The default BrowseTimeout value for the local cupsd is 5 minutes. +#. Therefore it takes by default 5 minutes until printer information +#. that was previously received by Browsing is removed (via timeout) +#. from the local cupsd's list. +#. I assume most users do not like to wait 5 minutes which is no problem +#. because they can just click the [OK] button to continue but then +#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues: +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727 msgid "" -"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept " -"announcements'\n" +"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n" "or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n" "it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..." msgstr "" @@ -4082,172 +3988,167 @@ "或在“向 CUPS 服务器请求打印机信息”禁用后，\n" "一般会花费 5 分钟时间使已经接收到的信息消失..." -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:1144 msgid "The server '%1' is accessible via port 631 (IPP/CUPS)." msgstr "服务器“%1”可以通过端口 631 (IPP/CUPS) 访问。" -#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 +#. A RadioButton label to deny remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:64 msgid "&Deny Remote Access" msgstr "拒绝远程访问(&D)" -#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 +#. A RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:73 msgid "&Allow Remote Access" msgstr "允许远程访问(&A)" -#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 +#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83 msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:" msgstr "有多种方式指定允许哪些远程主机：" -#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for computers within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 +#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for computers within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:100 msgid "For computers within the &local network" msgstr "对于本地网络中的计算机(&L)" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default within the local network: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:111 msgid "&Publish printers within the local network" msgstr "在本地网络内发布打印机(&P)" -#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues -#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 +#. A caption for a table to allow remote access to local print queues +#. via network interfaces specified in the table below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:121 msgid "Via network interfaces" msgstr "通过网络接口" -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:133 msgid "Interface" msgstr "接口" -#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not -#. local print queues are published by default -#. via the network interface in the other table column: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 +#. A table column header where the column shows whether or not +#. local print queues are published by default +#. via the network interface in the other table column: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:137 msgid "Publish printers via this interface" msgstr "通过此接口发布打印机" -#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 +#. A PushButton label to add a network interface to the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:148 msgid "&Add" msgstr "添加(&A)" -#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 +#. A PushButton label to change a network interface in the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:154 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "编辑(&E)" -#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows -#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 +#. A PushButton label to delete a network interface from the table which shows +#. the network interfaces to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:160 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 +#. A caption to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks specified in two TextEntries below: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:169 msgid "For Specific IP Addresses or Networks" msgstr "针对特定 IP 地址或网络" -#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues -#. for hosts and/or networks: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" +#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues +#. for hosts and/or networks: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180 +msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)" msgstr "允许来自这些 IP 地址或网络/网络掩码的访问(&N)（以空格分隔）" -#. TextEntry to publish local print queues -#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by " -"space)" +#. TextEntry to publish local print queues +#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192 +msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)" msgstr "向这些 IP 地址或网络广播地址发布(&B)（以空格分隔）" -#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default -#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 +#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default +#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214 msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below." msgstr "默认情况下，通过以下网络接口发布打印机(&P)。" -#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 +#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221 msgid "Available Network &Interfaces:" msgstr "可用网络接口(&I)：" -#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" -#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 +#. Use the exact same wording "remote access" +#. as in the matching RadioButton label to allow remote access to local print queues: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:261 msgid "A firewall may prevent remote access" msgstr "防火墙可以阻止远程访问" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396 msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置仅侦听 localhost 失败。" -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406 msgid "Failed to remove 'Allow' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中去除“Allow”项失败。" -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594 msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中去除“BrowseAddress”项失败。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536 msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 Allow 项“%1”失败。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. -#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 +#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values. +#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560 msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置 BrowseAddress 项“%1”失败。" -#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 +#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name. +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613 msgid "Failed to set 'Listen *:631' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf." msgstr "在 /etc/cups/cupsd.conf 中设置“Listen *:631”失败。" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 -msgid "" -"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer " -"configurations." +#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643 +msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations." msgstr "远程 CUPS 服务器设置与共享本地打印机配置冲突。" -#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. -#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 +#. Only "Printing via Network" configuration of printer. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#. Whole configuration of printer but without reading and writing. +#. For use with proposal at the end of the system installation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:195 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:215 msgid "Printer Configuration" msgstr "打印机配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/printer/wizards.rb:197 src/include/printer/wizards.rb:217 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Settings: -#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: -#. Global variables: -#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 +#. Settings: +#. Define all variables needed for configuration of a printer: +#. Global variables: +#. Used by AutoYaST by calling in printer_auto.ycp the "Summary" function. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:58 msgid "" "\n" "AutoYaST settings for printing with CUPS via network. \n" @@ -4259,15 +4160,15 @@ "AutoYaST 不支持本地打印队列。\n" "" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. All what matters is if CreateDatabase() works. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:367 msgid "Retrieving printer driver information..." msgstr "正在获取打印机驱动程序信息..." -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:382 msgid "" "Retrieving printer driver information...\n" "(this could take more than a minute)" @@ -4275,263 +4176,263 @@ "正在获取打印机驱动程序信息...\n" "（这可能需要一分多钟）" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:396 msgid "Failed to create PPD database." msgstr "未能创建 PPD 数据库。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:415 src/modules/Printer.rb:541 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:621 src/modules/Printer.rb:694 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "文件 %1 不存在。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:437 src/modules/Printer.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:641 src/modules/Printer.rb:714 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "未能读取 %1。" -#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling -#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) -#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn -#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% -#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. -#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, -#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. -#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character -#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, -#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size -#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 (setting it to 0 results wrong output) by calling +#. UI::ChangeWidget( `id(`create_database_progress), `ExpectedSize, 1 ) +#. results bad looking output because the DownloadProgress widget is visible re-drawn +#. first with a small 1% initially starting progress bar which then jumps up to 100% +#. but what is intended is that the current progress bar jumps directly up to 100%. +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar. +#. Because ProgressBar has a different default width than DownloadProgress, +#. a MinWidth which is sufficient for both is set above. +#. The size is measured in units roughly equivalent to the size of a character +#. in the respective UI (1/80 of the full screen width horizontally, +#. 1/25 of the full screen width vertically) where full screen size +#. is 640x480 pixels (y2qt) or 80x25 characters (y2ncurses). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:459 msgid "Retrieved Printer Driver Information" msgstr "检索到的打印机驱动程序信息" -#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. -#. Don't care if this command is successful. -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 +#. Empty an existing progress file so that the DownloadProgress starts at the beginning. +#. Don't care if this command is successful. +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:491 src/modules/Printer.rb:508 msgid "Detecting printers..." msgstr "正在检测打印机..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no printer was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:522 msgid "Failed to detect printers automatically." msgstr "未能自动检测到打印机。" -#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). -#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar -#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 +#. ExpectedSize to 1 results bad looking output (see above). +#. Therefore DownloadProgress is not used at all but replaced by a 100% ProgressBar +#. which requires a MinWidth with sufficient size (see above). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:579 msgid "Printer detection finished" msgstr "打印机检测完成" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:607 msgid "Failed to detect print queues." msgstr "未能检测到打印队列。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678 msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1." msgstr "未能确定队列 %1 的驱动程序选项。" -#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: -#. for background information -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 +#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: +#. for background information +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:735 msgid "Initializing Printer Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化打印机配置" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:738 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "检查已安装的包" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:740 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "正在检查已安装的包..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:742 src/modules/Printer.rb:792 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see -#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: -#. for background information -#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 +#. Finish printer configuration (does actually nothing except to exit verbosely) see +#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…: +#. for background information +#. @return true in any case (because it only exits) +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:785 msgid "Finishing Printer Configuration" msgstr "正在完成打印机配置" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:788 msgid "Finish printer configuration" msgstr "完成打印机配置" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:790 msgid "Finishing printer configuration..." msgstr "正在完成打印机配置..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected -#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no queue was detected +#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098 msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)." msgstr "无法显示打印队列（未能检测到打印队列）。" -#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 +#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119 msgid "Local" msgstr "本地" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1120 msgid "Class" msgstr "类" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1121 msgid "Remote" msgstr "远程" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1122 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 +#. When the queue accepts print jobs and printing is enabled: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1124 msgid "Ready" msgstr "准备就绪" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1125 msgid "Printout disabled" msgstr "打印输出已禁用" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1128 msgid "Rejecting print jobs, printout disabled" msgstr "正在拒绝打印作业，打印输出已禁用" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1130 msgid "Rejecting print jobs" msgstr "正在拒绝打印作业" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no queues: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1167 msgid "There is no print queue." msgstr "没有打印队列。" -#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 +#. Only a simple message because before the function AutodetectPrinters +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1212 msgid "Failed to autodetect printers." msgstr "未能自动检测到打印机。" -#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 +#. Show a fallback text if there are no connections. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1474 msgid "No connections." msgstr "无连接。" -#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. -#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are -#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 +#. A hint what to do if there are no connections. +#. 'Detect More' and 'Connection Wizard' are +#. button lables and must be translated accordingly: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1478 msgid "Try 'Detect More' or use the 'Connection Wizard'." msgstr "尝试“检测更多”或使用“连接向导”。" -#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 +#. Only a simple message because before the function CreateDatabase +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496 msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database." msgstr "未能创建打印机驱动程序数据库。" -#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. -#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 +#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected. +#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525 msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here." msgstr "请选择连接，然后此处会显示匹配的驱动程序。" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1543 msgid "Determining matching printer drivers..." msgstr "正在确定匹配的打印机驱动程序..." -#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 +#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588 msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'." msgstr "未找到匹配的驱动程序。请更换搜索字符串或尝试“查找更多”。" -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613 msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..." msgstr "正在处理多个打印机驱动程序。请稍候..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2059 msgid "Failed to add queue %1." msgstr "未能添加队列 %1。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2179 msgid "Failed to delete configuration %1." msgstr "未能删除配置 %1。" -#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case -#. which should not happen at all: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 +#. Only a simple message because this is only a fallback case +#. which should not happen at all: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202 msgid "Failed to determine the driver options." msgstr "未能确定驱动程序选项。" -#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 +#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209 msgid "new value" msgstr "新值" -#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 +#. Info for a current setting which is the currently still saved value in the system: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2211 msgid "saved value" msgstr "保存的值" -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2358 msgid "The server '" msgstr "服务器“" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "DISPLAY", it is an environment variable name. +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2371 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened.\n" "This happens in particular when YaST runs in text-only mode,\n" @@ -4545,9 +4446,9 @@ "又或者在 YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示时发生。\n" "在这种情况下，您应该直接以“root”用户身份手动运行 hp-setup。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2381 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -4557,22 +4458,21 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup 不可执行\n" "或不存在。\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n" msgstr "" "hp-setup 已启动。\n" "在继续配置打印机前，您必须完成 hp-setup。\n" -#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. -#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: -#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 +#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name. +#. Translate 'Driver Packages' the same as the PushButton name to go to the "Add Driver" dialog: +#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2423 msgid "" "To run hp-setup, the RPM package hplip must be installed.\n" "Use 'Driver Packages' to install it." @@ -4580,102 +4480,99 @@ "必须安装 RPM 包 hplip 才能运行 hp-setup。\n" "请使用“驱动程序包”来安装它。" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且无储存库可用。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "必需的包 %1 未安装且不在储存库中。" -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:223 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "未能安装必需的包 %1。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:242 msgid "Remove package %1?" msgstr "是否删除包 %1？" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:278 msgid "Removing package %1 would break dependencies." msgstr "删除包 %1 将会破坏依赖性。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287 msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?" msgstr "删除 %1 而不考虑依赖性中断问题吗？" -#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 +#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292 msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere." msgstr "破坏依赖性会导致其他位置出现任何故障。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:309 msgid "Failed to remove package %1." msgstr "未能删除包 %1。" -#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started -#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 +#. Enforce user confirmation before a new service is started +#. to be on the safe side that the user knows about it: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:335 msgid "Start locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "启动本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:337 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is needed." msgstr "需要有本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:343 msgid "Failed to start the CUPS daemon" msgstr "未能启动 CUPS 守护程序" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:383 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:432 msgid "No locally running CUPS daemon is accessible." msgstr "没有可访问的本地运行中 CUPS 守护程序。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445 msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "系统引导时未能启动 CUPS 守护程序" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:400 msgid "Restart locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "重启动本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:402 msgid "A restart disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "重启动会干扰所有当前活动的打印作业。" -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:408 msgid "Failed to restart the CUPS daemon" msgstr "未能重启动 CUPS 守护程序" -#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because -#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config -#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds -#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info -#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 +#. Wait half a minute for a restarted cupsd is necessary because +#. when a "no Browsing info" config is switched to a "get Browsing info" config +#. the BrowseInterval in cupsd.conf on remote CUPS servers is by default 30 seconds +#. so that the local cupsd should listen at least 31 seconds to get Browsing info +#. before e.g. the Overview dialog can be shown with the right current queues. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:423 msgid "" "Restarted the CUPS daemon.\n" "Waiting half a minute for the CUPS daemon to get ready to operate...\n" @@ -4683,44 +4580,44 @@ "已重启动 CUPS 守护程序。\n" "请等待半分钟，让它准备好接受操作指令...\n" -#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd -#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 +#. To be on the safe side, ask the user to enable the cupsd +#. to be started during boot if it is not yet enabled: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:439 msgid "Enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot" msgstr "系统引导时可以启动 CUPS 守护程序" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441 msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot." msgstr "当前，CUPS 守护程序在系统引导时未启动。" -#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment -#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 +#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment +#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:461 msgid "Stop locally running CUPS daemon" msgstr "停止本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序" -#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 +#. PopupYesNoHeadline body: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:463 msgid "A stop disrupts all currently active print jobs." msgstr "停止会干扰所有当前活动的打印作业。" -#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 +#. Wait one second to make sure that cupsd has really finished (it may do some cleanup): +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:479 msgid "A locally running CUPS daemon is still accessible." msgstr "本地正在运行的 CUPS 守护程序仍可以访问。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name. +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:516 msgid "The CUPS server '%1' is not accessible." msgstr "CUPS 服务器“%1”不可访问。" -#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 +#. Label for a ProgressBar while waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:649 msgid "Updating configuration files..." msgstr "正在更新配置文件..." -#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: -#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 +#. Label for a PushButton to skip waiting for updated config files: +#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:657 msgid "&Skip waiting" msgstr "跳过等待(&S)" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/product-creator.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,223 +14,223 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 +#. transltors: command line help text for the Xproduct-creator module +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of Image Creator" msgstr "映像创建器配置" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. /bin/objcopy - binutils -#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo -#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 -#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. /bin/objcopy - binutils +#. /bin/mkzimage - lilo +#: src/clients/image-creator.rb:73 src/clients/kiwi.rb:99 +#: src/include/product-creator/wizards.rb:255 msgid "" "Installation of required packages\n" "failed." msgstr "安装所需包失败。" -#. command line help text for the kiwi module -#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 +#. command line help text for the kiwi module +#: src/clients/kiwi.rb:48 msgid "Configuration of Kiwi" msgstr "Kiwi 配置" -#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 +#. transltors: command line help text for the product-creator module +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of Product Creator" msgstr "产品创建器配置" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:64 msgid "Print existing configurations" msgstr "打印现有配置" -#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 +#. translators: command line help text for create-iso action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:71 msgid "Create installation ISO image" msgstr "创建安装 ISO 映像" -#. translators: command line help text for create-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 +#. translators: command line help text for create-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:78 msgid "Create new product configuration" msgstr "新建产品配置" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:85 msgid "Delete existing configuration" msgstr "删除现有配置" -#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 +#. translators: command line help text for delete-config action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:92 msgid "Edit existing configuration" msgstr "编辑现有配置" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:99 msgid "Show the summary of selected configuration" msgstr "显示所选配置的摘要" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:107 msgid "Name of the configuration" msgstr "配置名称" -#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 +#. translators: command line help text for the 'passphrase' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:114 msgid "GPG passphrase required for signing the source." msgstr "对源进行签名所需的 GPG 通行口令。" -#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 +#. command line help text for the 'passhrase_file' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:121 msgid "File with GPG passphrase required for signing the source" msgstr "具有用于对源进行签名所需的 GPG 通行口令的文件" -#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 +#. cmd line help text for the 'configfile' option, %1 is a file name +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:129 msgid "Path to the configuration file (default is %1)" msgstr "配置文件路径（默认值为 %1）" -#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'output_dir' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:136 msgid "Path to the output directory" msgstr "输出目录路径" -#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 +#. command line help text for 'create_iso' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:144 msgid "Output should be an ISO image instead of directory tree" msgstr "输出应为 ISO 映像，不应为目录树" -#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 +#. command line help text for 'iso_name' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:150 msgid "Name of the output ISO image" msgstr "输出 ISO 映像的名称" -#. command line help text for 'savespace' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 +#. command line help text for 'savespace' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:157 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space" msgstr "仅复制所需文件以节省空间" -#. command line help text for 'profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 +#. command line help text for 'profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:163 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" msgstr "AutoYaST 配置文件路径" -#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 +#. command line help text for 'copy_profile' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:170 msgid "Copy AutoYaST profile to CD image" msgstr "将 AutoYaST 配置文件复制到 CD 映像" -#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 +#. command line help text for 'isolinux_path' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:176 msgid "Path to isolinux.cfg file" msgstr "到 isolinux.cfg 文件的路径" -#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 +#. command line help text for 'gpg_key' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:183 msgid "GPG key ID used to sign a product" msgstr "用于对产品签名的 GPG 密钥 ID" -#. command line help text for 'repositories' option -#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 +#. command line help text for 'repositories' option +#: src/clients/product-creator.rb:190 msgid "List of package repositories (separated by commas)" msgstr "包储存库列表（用逗号分隔）" -#. command line error message -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 +#. command line error message +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:79 +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:328 msgid "Configuration name is missing." msgstr "缺少配置名称。" -#. command line error message, %1 is a name -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 +#. command line error message, %1 is a name +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:86 msgid "There is no configuration %1." msgstr "没有配置 %1。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:104 msgid "Path to output directory is missing." msgstr "缺少到输出目录的路径。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:116 msgid "List of package repositories is empty." msgstr "包储存库列表为空。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:124 msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile is missing." msgstr "缺少到 AutoYaST 配置文件的路径。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:164 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "文件 %1 不存在。" -#. Command line handler for Create ISO action -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 +#. Command line handler for Create ISO action +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:233 msgid "Loading configuration %1..." msgstr "正在装载配置 %1..." -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:240 msgid "Cannot load configuration %1." msgstr "无法装载配置 %1。" -#. command line error message (%1 is path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 +#. command line error message (%1 is path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:290 msgid "Cannot create ISO image %1." msgstr "无法创建 ISO 映像 %1。" -#. command line info message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 +#. command line info message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:296 msgid "ISO image %1 has been written." msgstr "已写入 ISO 映像 %1。" -#. command line error message -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 +#. command line error message +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:303 msgid "Configuration name cannot be empty." msgstr "配置名称不得为空。" -#. summary caption -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#. summary caption +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "包源" -#. summary line (%1 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 +#. summary line (%1 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:369 msgid "Using AutoYaST profile %1" msgstr "正在使用 AutoYaST 配置文件 %1" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "正在创建 ISO 映像 %1/%2" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:389 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2" msgstr "正在 %1/%2 中创建目录树" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:412 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥 %1%2 对媒体进行数字签名" -#. summary text -#. summary text -#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#. summary text +#. summary text +#: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "媒体将不会进行数字签名" -#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 +#. error message: %1 and %2 are architecture names like i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:100 msgid "" "Target architecture of the current configuration (%1)\n" "does not match the system architecture (%2).\n" @@ -242,83 +242,83 @@ "\n" "Kiwi 无法为不同的体系结构创建映像。" -#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 +#. ProductCreator overview dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:133 msgid "Product Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "产品创建者配置概述" -#. Table header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#. Table header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "Image" msgstr "映像" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 msgid "GPG Key" msgstr "GPG 密钥" -#. push button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 +#. push button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:156 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3004 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3024 msgid "Xen Image" msgstr "Xen 映像" -#. push button label -#. button label -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 +#. push button label +#. button label +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:158 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2915 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3006 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3026 msgid "Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "虚拟磁盘映像" -#. push box item -#. combo box item -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 +#. push box item +#. combo box item +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:165 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3014 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3022 msgid "Live ISO Image" msgstr "在线 ISO 映像" -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:175 msgid "&Create Product..." msgstr "创建产品(&C)..." -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:178 msgid "ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 映像" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:180 msgid "Directory Tree" msgstr "目录树 " -#. menu button label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 +#. menu button label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:186 msgid "Cre&ate Image with KIWI..." msgstr "用 KIWI 创建映像(&A)..." -#. TreeDialog -#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. -#. @return [Symbol] -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 +#. TreeDialog +#. Dialog for creating the skeleton and copying common data. +#. @return [Symbol] +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:327 msgid "" "Creating the directory structure for the new ISO image.\n" " \n" @@ -326,108 +326,108 @@ "正在为新 ISO 映像创建目录结构。\n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:332 msgid "Press Next to start creating the ISO file." msgstr "按下一步开始创建 ISO 文件。" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:338 msgid "Create skeleton with common files" msgstr "使用通用文件创建主干" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:339 msgid "Copy additional and customized files" msgstr "复制附加和自定义文件" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:340 msgid "Copy selected packages" msgstr "复制所选包" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:344 msgid "Creating skeleton with essential files" msgstr "正在使用关键文件创建主干" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:345 msgid "Copying additional and customized files to directory tree..." msgstr "正在将附加文件和自定义文件复制到目录树..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:346 msgid "Copying selected packages" msgstr "正在复制所选包" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:354 msgid "Sign the source with a GPG key" msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥对源进行签名" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:359 msgid "Signing the source with a GPG key..." msgstr "正在使用 GPG 密钥对源进行签名..." -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:365 msgid "Disable signature checks in linuxrc" msgstr "禁用 linuxrc 中的签名检查" -#. progressbar label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 +#. progressbar label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:370 msgid "Disabling signature checks in linuxrc..." msgstr "正在禁用 linuxrc 中的签名检查..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:375 msgid "Creating ISO image directory..." msgstr "正在创建 ISO 映像目录..." -#. redirect the download callbacks -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 +#. redirect the download callbacks +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:404 msgid "Error while creating skeleton." msgstr "创建主干时出错。" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:449 msgid "ISO image directory ready" msgstr "ISO 映像目录已就绪" -#. if (!Mode::commandline()) -#. { -#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); -#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); -#. } -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 +#. if (!Mode::commandline()) +#. { +#. Wizard::EnableNextButton(); +#. Wizard::RestoreNextButton(); +#. } +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:495 msgid "Creating CD Image..." msgstr "正在创建 CD 映像..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:496 msgid "This may take a while." msgstr "这或许需要一段时间。" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:530 msgid "ISO Summary" msgstr "ISO 摘要" -#. frame label -#. summary caption -#. richtext header -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#. summary caption +#. richtext header +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" msgstr "包" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:548 msgid "Missing Packages" msgstr "缺少包" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:552 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:129 msgid "None" msgstr "无" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:557 msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary box then\n" "press Finish to return to main dialog.\n" @@ -435,12 +435,12 @@ "请校验摘要框中的数据，\n" "然后按“完成”返回主对话框。\n" -#. caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 +#. caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:583 msgid "Custom CDs" msgstr "自定义 CD" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:585 msgid "" "Verifying data and packages...\n" " \n" @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ " \n" " \n" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:592 msgid "" "If there is something missing, the process will be aborted.\n" "Fix the problem and try again.\n" @@ -460,162 +460,158 @@ "请解决问题，然后重试。\n" " " -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:600 msgid "Set up Package Source" msgstr "设置包源" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:601 msgid "Create Package List" msgstr "创建包列表" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:602 msgid "Verify Package Availability" msgstr "校验包可用性" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:603 msgid "Check Destination" msgstr "检查目标" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:607 msgid "Configuring package source..." msgstr "正在配置包源..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:608 msgid "Creating package list..." msgstr "正在创建包列表..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:609 msgid "Verifying package availability..." msgstr "正在校验包可用性..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:610 msgid "Checking destination..." msgstr "正在检查目标..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:614 msgid "Verification of Data for ISO Image" msgstr "ISO 映像的数据校验" -#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); -#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 +#. SCR::Execute(.target.mkdir, tmp + "/tmproot"); +#. Pkg::TargetInit( tmp + "/tmproot" , true); +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:636 msgid "Enabling sources..." msgstr "正在启用源..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:645 msgid "Selecting packages..." msgstr "正在选择包..." -#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 +#. the solver has failed, let the user resolve the dependencies +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:667 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "正在检查包..." -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:675 msgid "Verifying the destination directory..." msgstr "正在校验目标目录..." -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:785 msgid "Start creating a new image configuration with Add." msgstr "使用添加开始创建一个新映像配置。" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 -msgid "" -"Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the " -"image." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 +msgid "Use Edit to change selected image configuration or create the image." msgstr "使用编辑更改所选的映像配置或创建映像。" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 -msgid "" -"Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " -"Delete." +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 +msgid "Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting Delete." msgstr "选择删除可删除所选配置所在目录。" -#. help text, %1 is directory -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 +#. help text, %1 is directory +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:796 msgid "All image configurations are saved in <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "所有映像配置都保存在 <tt>%1</tt> 目录中。" -#. main dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 +#. main dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:804 msgid "Image Creator Configuration Overview" msgstr "映像创建程序配置概述" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Version" msgstr "版本" -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:881 msgid "Delete configuration %1 (%2) now?" msgstr "是否立即删除配置 %1 (%2)？" -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#. corresponds to the "Enable/Disable" button +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:94 msgid "On" msgstr "开" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Off" msgstr "关" -#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption -#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#. ProductCreator configure1 dialog caption +#. ProductCreator configure2 dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "产品创建者配置" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:202 msgid "Profile Loca&tion:" msgstr "配置文件位置(&T)：" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:209 msgid "Select Fi&le" msgstr "选择文件(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Copy Profile to CD I&mage" msgstr "将配置文件复制到 CD 映像(&M)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Pac&kage Manager" msgstr "包管理器(&K)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "&AutoYaST Control File" msgstr "AutoYaST 控制文件(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "&Configuration Name:" msgstr "配置名称(&C)：" -#. set architecture if configured -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 +#. set architecture if configured +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:313 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3512 msgid "Enter the name of the configuration." msgstr "输入配置的名称。" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "" "A configuration with this name already exists.\n" " Select a new name.\n" @@ -623,88 +619,88 @@ "已存在一个具有此名称的配置。\n" " 请选择其它名称。\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "The file '%1' does not exist. Choose a correct one." msgstr "" "文件“%1”不存在。\n" "请选择正确的文件。" -#. abort? -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#. abort? +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "Select File" msgstr "选择文件" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Output:" msgstr "输出：" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:423 msgid "&Path to Generated Directory Tree:" msgstr "指向生成的目录树的路径(&P)：" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "&Select Directory" msgstr "选择目录(&S)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:443 msgid "&Generate ISO Image File" msgstr "生成 ISO 映像文件(&G)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:459 msgid "&ISO Image File:" msgstr "ISO 映像文件(&I)：" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Create Directory &Tree Only" msgstr "仅创建目录树(&T)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "Other Options" msgstr "其它选项" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Copy only needed files to save space." msgstr "仅复制所需文件以节省空间。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "CD Publisher:" msgstr "CD 发行人：" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "CD Preparer:" msgstr "CD 制作人：" -#. ask for directory widget label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 +#. ask for directory widget label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "选择目录" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:562 msgid "Path to generated directory tree missing." msgstr "缺少指向生成的目录树的路径。" -#. preselect the first item -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 +#. preselect the first item +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Target Architecture" msgstr "目标体系结构" -#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it -#. %1 is URL of the repository -#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 +#. the architecture is different, ask to switch it +#. %1 is URL of the repository +#. %2 is name of the architecture (like i386, x86_64, ppc...) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "" "Source %1\n" "does not support the current target architecture (%2).\n" @@ -714,56 +710,56 @@ "不支持当前的目标体系结构 (%2)。\n" "是否更改目标体系结构？\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "源选择" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Selected" msgstr "已选择" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" -#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "目标体系结构：%1" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "新建(&E)..." -#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) -#. enable the source -#. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#. remove not found sources (with id = -1) +#. enable the source +#. disable the source +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed -#. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed +#. change the architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "目标体系结构：%1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "选择至少一个源。" -#. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#. error message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -777,62 +773,61 @@ "请选择一个不同的储存库，\n" "或更改目标体系结构。\n" -#. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#. ask for the target architecture +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "请选择新的目标体系结构。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "基础源选择" -#. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#. convert the URL to Id +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "选择基础源" -#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: Manage files for other archs +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "文件内容：%1" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Load File" msgstr "装载文件" -#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); -#. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#. Pkg::TargetFinish (); +#. busy message +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "正在读取包数据库中的数据..." -#. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#. popup +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "请稍候..." -#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#. Open empty dialog for instant feedback +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "正在读取包数据库..." -#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations -#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations +#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -841,15 +836,15 @@ "更多的外接式附件选择和包。\n" "" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "软件选择" -#. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#. error message, %1 = details +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -859,79 +854,74 @@ "\n" "%1\n" -#. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#. refresh table and pushbutton state +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "在媒体上对产品进行数字签名(&D)" -#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? -#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? +#. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 msgid "" "<big>Sign</big> \n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " -"key. \n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository." msgstr "" "<big>签名</big> \n" "要允许用户校验您的产品，请用 GPG 密钥对产品进行签名。\n" "当将产品作为储存库添加时，将检查此密钥。" -#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language -#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language +#. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 msgid "" -"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " -"'Insecure:\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " -"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " -"for more information." +"If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for more information." msgstr "" "如果未签名产品，YaST 将自动在 linuxrc 配置文件中添加“Insecure:\n" -"1”选项，否则，linuxrc 将拒绝在引导时装载未签名的安装系统。详情见 http://en." -"opensuse.org/Linuxrc。" +"1”选项，否则，linuxrc 将拒绝在引导时装载未签名的安装系统。详情见 http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc。" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "正在媒体上对产品进行签名" -#. Configuration Summary -#. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#. Configuration Summary +#. @return [void] +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "配置摘要" -#. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#. summary line +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "选择的 %1 包" -#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "体系结构" -#. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#. summary caption +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "输出目录" -#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 msgid "Creating directory tree in %1/%2 " msgstr "正在 %1/%2 中创建目录树" -#. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#. header in the summary dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 msgid "Signing" msgstr "正在签名" -#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key %1%2" msgstr "使用 GPG 密钥 %1%2 对媒体进行数字签名" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 msgid "" "Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "\n" @@ -939,8 +929,8 @@ "请校验摘要中的数据，然后按“下一步”继续。\n" "\n" -#. All helps are here -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Boot Options</big> \n" "Add additional boot menu entries with boot options.\n" @@ -950,24 +940,23 @@ "添加额外引导菜单项和引导选项。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " -"original is used.\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the original is used.\n" msgstr "" "例如，\n" "配置 CD 进行自动安装，并指定安装\n" "源位置。如果您不能确定，则保留文件不动，并使用原始文件。\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 msgid "<big>Initializing Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>正在初始化配置</big>\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -975,13 +964,13 @@ "<big>终止初始化:</big> \n" "请您现在点击终止, 以便安全中断配置公用程序.\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 msgid "<big>Saving Configuration</big>\n" msgstr "<big>正在保存配置</big>\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -993,8 +982,8 @@ "另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<big>Product Creator Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of available configurations. Additionally\n" @@ -1004,8 +993,8 @@ "获取可用配置的概述。还可以编辑\n" "这些配置。 \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Adding a Configuration:</big> \n" "Press Add to create a new configuration." @@ -1013,8 +1002,8 @@ "<big>添加配置：</big> \n" "按添加创建新配置。" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "Choose a configuration to change or remove.\n" @@ -1024,8 +1013,8 @@ "请选择要更改或去除的配置。\n" "然后分别按编辑或删除。\n" -#. overview dialog help part 4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 +#. overview dialog help part 4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "Use Create Product to create the ISO image or installation\n" "repository directory with the selected product." @@ -1033,19 +1022,17 @@ "使用创建产品创建所选产品\n" "的 ISO 映像或安装储存库目录。" -#. overview dialog help part 5 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 +#. overview dialog help part 5 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of " -"various\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " -"system." +"Press Create Image with KIWI for additional configuration of various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." msgstr "" "按用 KIWI 创建映像可使用 KIWI 映像系统为各种\n" "映像添加配置，如在线媒体或 Xen 映像。" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Name and Packages</big> \n" "Choose a configuration name and the method with which to select \n" @@ -1055,8 +1042,8 @@ "选择配置名称和选择包的方法，将所选的包添加到 ISO 映像\n" "中。 \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "AutoYaST Profile\n" "Select an AutoYaST profile with the software configuration.\n" @@ -1066,8 +1053,8 @@ "选择一个包含软件配置的 AutoYaST 配置文件。\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Software Manager\n" "Use the software manager without any preselected packages. All\n" @@ -1083,8 +1070,8 @@ "和体系结构手动选择。\n" "\n" -#. Source selection help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 +#. Source selection help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<big>Select Package Sources</big> \n" "Select at least one package source. \n" @@ -1092,18 +1079,15 @@ "<big>选择包源</big> \n" "至少选择一个包源。 \n" -#. Source selection help 2/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 +#. Source selection help 2/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<big>Target Architecture</big> \n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " -"of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture. \n" -"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " -"change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " -"configuration.\n" +"Note: KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configuration.\n" msgstr "" "<big>目标体系结构</big> \n" "您可以创建一个适用于与您当前所使用计算机\n" @@ -1112,8 +1096,8 @@ "注意：KIWI 尚不支持其他体系结构，如果您意图用\n" "当前配置创建出一个 KIWI 映像，就不要更改体系结构。\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<big>ISO Directory and Image</big> \n" "Enter the location in which to create the skeleton directory. All needed\n" @@ -1127,8 +1111,8 @@ "的位置。\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "Create an ISO image or a directory that is suitable for \n" "creating an ISO image at a later time.\n" @@ -1138,8 +1122,8 @@ "适合于稍后创建 ISO 映像的目录。\n" "\n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "To save space, select the check box to copy only needed files \n" "to the skeleton. \n" @@ -1148,36 +1132,31 @@ "为了节省空间，请对此复选框进行相应选择，以便仅将需要的文件复制到主干。\n" "\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 1/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:143 msgid "The Base Product" msgstr "基础产品" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " -"base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " -"also\n" +"One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is also\n" "bootable.\n" msgstr "" "所用的储存库之一必须标记为基础产品。该基础\n" "产品储存库应可以引导，以便确保新创建的产品也\n" "可以引导。\n" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "" -"The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" -"p>" +#. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 +msgid "The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository." msgstr "其他储存库将用作基础储存库的附加项。" -#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 -#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 +#. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 +#: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " -"proposes\n" +"The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1185,43 +1164,43 @@ "如果提议的值不正确，请从列表中\n" "选择正确的基础储存库。\n" -#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 +#. what are we configuring now ("iso"/"xen"/...) +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:610 msgid "Packages for Image" msgstr "映像包" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:621 msgid "Bootstrap" msgstr "引导 (BOOTP)" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:624 msgid "Xen Specific Packages" msgstr "Xen 特定包" -#. richtext header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 +#. richtext header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "Patterns" msgstr "模式" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2419 msgid "&Ignored Software" msgstr "已忽略的软件(&I)" -#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 +#. Popup for modifying the list of 'bootinclude' packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "Packages to be included in Boot Image" msgstr "要包含在引导映像中的包" -#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 +#. separate bootinclude packages from normal ones +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:575 msgid "" "Some of the packages that are selected for installation\n" "are also included in the list for deletion.\n" @@ -1231,73 +1210,73 @@ "也包含在删除列表中。\n" "是否仍继续？" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:613 msgid "Packages to Delete" msgstr "要删除的包" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:627 msgid "Testing" msgstr "测试" -#. combo box label, %1 is profile name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 +#. combo box label, %1 is profile name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:634 msgid "Image, Profile %1" msgstr "映像，配置文件 %1" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:644 msgid "Include in Boot Image" msgstr "在引导映像中包含" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1086 msgid "Add New User" msgstr "添加新用户" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1088 msgid "Login &Name" msgstr "登录名(&N)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1090 msgid "&Full Name" msgstr "全名(&F)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1094 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "用户主目录(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1096 msgid "&UID" msgstr "UID(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1099 msgid "G&roup Name" msgstr "组名(&R)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1101 msgid "&GID" msgstr "GID(&G)" -#. popup label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 +#. popup label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1138 msgid "Edit User" msgstr "编辑用户" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Enter the user name." msgstr "输入用户名。" -#. popup message -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 +#. popup message +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1156 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -1305,69 +1284,65 @@ "口令不匹配。\n" "请重试。" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1299 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3377 msgid "Directory to Import" msgstr "要导入的目录" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1347 msgid "Script to Import" msgstr "要导入的底稿" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('root' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1392 msgid "Path to root Directory" msgstr "根目录路径" -#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 +#. popup for file selection dialog ('config' is a name, do not translate) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Path to config Directory" msgstr "config 目录路径" -#. removing 'import_' button id prefix -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 +#. removing 'import_' button id prefix +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1423 msgid "Path to %1 File" msgstr "%1 文件路径" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1443 msgid "Path to images.sh File" msgstr "images.sh 文件路径" -#. generic popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. generic popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "Feature not implemented yet." msgstr "尚未实现的功能。" -#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after -#. deleting some repository) -#. return true if there was no conflict -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 +#. Check if selected packages are available (some of them may not after +#. deleting some repository) +#. return true if there was no conflict +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1476 msgid "Checking packages availability..." msgstr "正在检查包可用性..." -#. do not check bootinclude packages -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 +#. do not check bootinclude packages +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1508 msgid "Missing packages" msgstr "缺少包" -#. popup text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 +#. popup text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" -"p>\n" +"Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:\n" "%2.\n" "\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " -"selection or ignore the situation.\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package selection or ignore the situation.\n" "\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " -"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " -"section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "所选储存库中没有“%1”部分指定的包：\n" @@ -1378,42 +1353,42 @@ "转至详细包选择屏幕并不做更改地接受视图将导致从该部分中去除有问题的包。\n" "\n" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1528 msgid "Remove Packages" msgstr "去除包" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1530 msgid "Check Package Selection" msgstr "检查包选择" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "忽略" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1534 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "取消" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1651 msgid "Create ISO image now?" msgstr "是否立即创建 ISO 映像？" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1653 msgid "Create Xen image now?" msgstr "是否立即创建 Xen 映像？" -#. popup question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 +#. popup question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1655 msgid "Create virtual disk image now?" msgstr "是否立即创建虚拟磁盘映像？" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1660 msgid "" "ISO image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1423,8 +1398,8 @@ "%1\n" "目录中成功创建 ISO 映像。" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "" "Xen image files successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1434,8 +1409,8 @@ "%1\n" "目录中成功创建 Xen 映像文件。\n" -#. popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 +#. popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1672 msgid "" "Virtual disk image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1445,15 +1420,15 @@ "%1\n" "目录中成功创建虚拟磁盘映像。" -#. popup label -#. default question -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 +#. popup label +#. default question +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1710 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1748 msgid "Create image now?" msgstr "是否立即创建映像？" -#. default popup message, %1 is a dir -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 +#. default popup message, %1 is a dir +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1778 msgid "" "Image successfully created in\n" "%1\n" @@ -1463,552 +1438,484 @@ "%1\n" "目录中成功创建映像。" -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1821 msgid "Reading current image configuration..." msgstr "正在读当前的映像配置..." -#. tab header -#. default dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 +#. tab header +#. default dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2934 msgid "Image Configuration" msgstr "映像配置" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2178 msgid "Installed Software" msgstr "已安装的软件" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2204 msgid "Description" msgstr "说明" -#. frame label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 +#. frame label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Locale settings" msgstr "区域设置" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2235 msgid "Users" msgstr "用户" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2259 msgid "Scripts" msgstr "底稿" -#. informative label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 -msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " -"Studio." +#. informative label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 +msgid "Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio." msgstr "已禁止编辑下列文件以处理从工作室导入的配置。" -#. tab header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 +#. tab header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2305 msgid "Directories" msgstr "目录" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2365 msgid "Co&mpression" msgstr "压缩(&M)" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "Select the value for image Compression. This will modify the\n" -"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " -"explanation of available values." +"flags value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation of available values." msgstr "" "请选择映像压缩的值。这将修改映像类型的标志值。\n" "有关可用值的解释，请参考 kiwi 手册。" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2384 msgid "So&ftware Selection" msgstr "软件选择(&F)" -#. pusbutton label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 +#. pusbutton label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2407 msgid "Ch&ange..." msgstr "更改(&A)..." -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2408 msgid "Adapt the software selection with Change." msgstr "用更改调整软件选择。" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 -msgid "" -"For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " -"new line." +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 +msgid "For ignored software, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new line." msgstr "每行只能输入一个已忽略软件项（如“smtp_daemon”）。" -#. label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 +#. label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2431 msgid "Packages to &Delete" msgstr "要删除的包(&D)" -#. help text for "&Ignored software" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 -msgid "" -"Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be " -"uninstalled from the target image." +#. help text for "&Ignored software" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 +msgid "Each entry of Packages to Delete is one package name to be uninstalled from the target image." msgstr "要删除的包中的每一项都是要从目标映像卸装的一个包名称。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2443 msgid "&Version" msgstr "版本(&V)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2444 msgid "Enter the Version of your image configuration." msgstr "输入映像配置的版本。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2459 msgid "&Size" msgstr "大小(&S)" -#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 +#. help text for "Size" field and "Additive" checkbox +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "Set the image Size in the specified Unit.\n" -"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it " -"is the minimal free space available on the image." +"If Additive is checked, the meaning of Size is different: it is the minimal free space available on the image." msgstr "" "在单元中指定映像大小。\n" -"如果选中加性，则大小的含义将有所不同：它是映像上的最小可用空" -"间。" +"如果选中加性，则大小的含义将有所不同：它是映像上的最小可用空间。" -#. combo box label (MB/GB values) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 +#. combo box label (MB/GB values) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2473 msgid "&Unit" msgstr "单位(&U)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2480 msgid "Additive" msgstr "加性" -#. check box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 +#. check box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2487 msgid "Encrypt Image with LUKS" msgstr "使用 LUKS 加密映像" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 -msgid "" -"To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS " -"and enter the password." -msgstr "" -"要创建一个加密文件系统，请选中使用 LUKS 加密映像并输入口令。" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 +msgid "To create an encrypted file system, check Encrypt Image with LUKS and enter the password." +msgstr "要创建一个加密文件系统，请选中使用 LUKS 加密映像并输入口令。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2500 msgid "Encrypted Image LUKS Password" msgstr "加密映像 LUKS 口令" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2513 msgid "Edit the configuration scripts used to build your image." msgstr "编辑用于构建您的映像的配置脚本。" -#. general help for directory structure tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 +#. general help for directory structure tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2520 msgid "Point to the configuration directories for building your image." msgstr "指向您构建映像的配置目录。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2527 msgid "Directory with System Configur&ation" msgstr "系统配置目录(&A)" -#. help text -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 -msgid "" -"Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the " -"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " -"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"定义到系统配置目录（<tt>根</tt>目录）的路径。将使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> " -"把整个目录复制到映像树的根中。" +#. help text +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 +msgid "Define the path to the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "定义到系统配置目录（<tt>根</tt>目录）的路径。将使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 把整个目录复制到映像树的根中。" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2551 msgid "Directory with System Configuration" msgstr "系统配置目录" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2556 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "目录路径" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</" -"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " -"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." -msgstr "" -"配置系统配置目录（<tt>根</ tt>目录）。使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 将整个目" -"录复制到映像树的根中。" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 +msgid "Configure the Directory with System Configuration (the <tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>." +msgstr "配置系统配置目录（<tt>根</ tt>目录）。使用 <tt>cp -a</tt> 将整个目录复制到映像树的根中。" -#. label (above table) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 +#. label (above table) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2588 msgid "Directory with Scripts" msgstr "底稿目录" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Path to File" msgstr "文件路径" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 -msgid "" -"Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> " -"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " -"the image packages." -msgstr "" -"配置底稿目录（<tt>config</tt> 目录）。它包含在安装所有映像包后运行" -"的底稿。" +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 +msgid "Configure the Directory with Scripts (the <tt>config</tt> directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "配置底稿目录（<tt>config</tt> 目录）。它包含在安装所有映像包后运行的底稿。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2627 msgid "Studio Custom Build Script" msgstr "工作室自定义编译脚本" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2656 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "导入(&I)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2645 msgid "I&mage Configuration Script" msgstr "映像配置底稿(&M)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 -msgid "" -"Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " -"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " -"scripts have run." -msgstr "" -"编辑名为 <tt>config.sh</tt> 的映像配置底稿。此底稿将在安装结束时运" -"行包底稿前运行。" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 +msgid "Edit your Image Configuration Script, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts have run." +msgstr "编辑名为 <tt>config.sh</tt> 的映像配置底稿。此底稿将在安装结束时运行包底稿前运行。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2666 msgid "Pa&th to Directory with Scripts" msgstr "底稿目录路径(&T)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 -msgid "" -"The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) " -"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " -"packages." -msgstr "" -"可选的底稿目录（<tt>config</tt> 目录）包含在安装所有映像包后运行的" -"底稿。" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 +msgid "The optional Directory with Scripts (<tt>config</tt> directory) contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages." +msgstr "可选的底稿目录（<tt>config</tt> 目录）包含在安装所有映像包后运行的底稿。" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2677 msgid "Br&owse..." msgstr "浏览(&O)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2687 msgid "C&leanup Script" msgstr "清理底稿(&L)" -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 -msgid "" -"Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " -"at the beginning of the image creation process." -msgstr "" -"编辑清理底稿 (<tt>images.sh</tt>)。此底稿在映像创建处理开始时运行。" -"" +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 +msgid "Edit your Cleanup Script (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at the beginning of the image creation process." +msgstr "编辑清理底稿 (<tt>images.sh</tt>)。此底稿在映像创建处理开始时运行。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2698 msgid "Im&port..." msgstr "导入(&P)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2709 msgid "&Author" msgstr "作者(&A)" -#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 -msgid "" -"Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information</" -"b>, and the image Specification." +#. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 +msgid "Set the values for Author of the image, Contact Information, and the image Specification." msgstr "为映像的作者、联系人信息和映像规范设置值。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2724 msgid "C&ontact" msgstr "联系人(&O)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2736 msgid "&Specification" msgstr "规范(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2750 msgid "&Locale" msgstr "区域设置(&L)" -#. help text for locale (heading) -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 +#. help text for locale (heading) +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2758 msgid "Locale Settings" msgstr "区域设置" -#. help text for locale -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 -msgid "" -"The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " -"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." -msgstr "" -"区域设置的值（例如 <tt>en_US</tt>）定义 <t>/etc/sysconfig/" -"language</tt> 中 RC_LANG 变量的内容。" +#. help text for locale +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 +msgid "The value of Locale (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>." +msgstr "区域设置的值（例如 <tt>en_US</tt>）定义 <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt> 中 RC_LANG 变量的内容。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2770 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "键盘布局(&K)" -#. help text for keytable -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 -msgid "" -"Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " -"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." -msgstr "" -"键盘布局指定要使用的控制台键映射名称。其值与 <tt>/usr/share/kbd/" -"keymaps</tt> 中的映射文件对应。" +#. help text for keytable +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 +msgid "Keyboard Layout specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>." +msgstr "键盘布局指定要使用的控制台键映射名称。其值与 <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt> 中的映射文件对应。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2787 msgid "&Time Zone" msgstr "时区(&T)" -#. help text for timezone -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 -msgid "" -"It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones " -"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." -msgstr "" -"可以设置一个特定时区。可用时区位于 <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> 目" -"录。" +#. help text for timezone +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 +msgid "It is possible to set a specific Time zone. Available time zones are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory." +msgstr "可以设置一个特定时区。可用时区位于 <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> 目录。" -#. general help for users tab -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 +#. general help for users tab +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2803 msgid "Create users that should be available on the target system." msgstr "创建应存在于目标系统中的用户。" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2814 msgid "Login Name" msgstr "登录用户名" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2816 msgid "Full Name" msgstr "全名" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2818 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2820 msgid "Home Directory" msgstr "用户主目录" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2822 msgid "Group" msgstr "组" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2824 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. help for table with users -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 +#. help for table with users +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home " -"Directory and group\n" +"For each user, specify the Name, Password, Home Directory and group\n" "to which the users belongs.\n" msgstr "" "为每个用户指定名称、口令、用户主目录以及\n" "用户所属的组。\n" "\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2911 msgid "Live CD Configuration" msgstr "在线 CD 配置" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2913 msgid "Xen Image Configuration" msgstr "Xen 映像配置" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2919 msgid "&Create ISO" msgstr "创建 ISO(&C)" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2921 msgid "&Create Xen Image" msgstr "创建 Xen 映像(&C)" -#. button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 +#. button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2923 msgid "&Create Virtual Disk Image" msgstr "创建虚拟磁盘映像(&C)" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 -msgid "" -"Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " -"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"输入映像配置的名称。使新配置基于列表中的模板或基于现有配置的目录。" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 +msgid "Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration." +msgstr "输入映像配置的名称。使新配置基于列表中的模板或基于现有配置的目录。" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "" -"Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 +msgid "Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory." msgstr "将自定义配置模板放在 <tt>%1</tt> 目录下。" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2988 msgid "Choose the Image Type which should be created." msgstr "选择应创建的映像类型。" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2991 msgid "Select Output Directory for the created image." msgstr "为创建的映像选择输出目录。" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 -msgid "" -"Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for " -"creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current " -"system repositories." -msgstr "" -"修改将用于创建映像的包储存库列表。使用从系统添加</b可添加一个当" -"前系统储存库。" +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 +msgid "Modify the list of Package Repositories that will be used for creating the image. Use Add From System to add one of the current system repositories." +msgstr "修改将用于创建映像的包储存库列表。使用从系统添加</b可添加一个当前系统储存库。" -#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 +#. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2999 msgid "Click Next to continue with the configuration." msgstr "单击下一步继续配置。" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3020 msgid "Network Boot Image" msgstr "网络引导映像" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3028 msgid "OEM Image" msgstr "OEM 映像" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "" -"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " -"configuration." +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 +msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." msgstr "所选目录未包含有效的系统配置描述。" -#. busy popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 +#. busy popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 msgid "Importing repositories..." msgstr "正在导入储存库..." -#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 +#. combo box item, %1 is name, %2 version +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3182 msgid "%1, version %2" msgstr "%1，版本 %2" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3197 msgid "&32bit Architecture Image" msgstr "32 位体系结构映像(&3)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3209 msgid "Target is i586 only" msgstr "目标仅限于 i586" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3222 msgid "&Kiwi Configuration" msgstr "Kiwi 配置(&K)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3236 msgid "Create from Scratch" msgstr "从头开始创建" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3247 msgid "Base on Template" msgstr "基于模板" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3266 msgid "Base on Existing Configuration" msgstr "基于现有配置" -#. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 +#. push button label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3273 msgid "&Choose..." msgstr "选择(&C)..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3284 msgid "I&mage Type" msgstr "映像类型(&M)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3292 msgid "&Output Directory" msgstr "输出目录(&O)" -#. table header -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 +#. table header +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3304 msgid "Package Repository" msgstr "包储存库" -#. menu butto label -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 +#. menu butto label +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3310 msgid "A&dd from System" msgstr "从系统添加(&A)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3318 msgid "Image preparation" msgstr "映像准备" -#. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 +#. popup error message, %1 is the package name +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3414 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" @@ -2016,13 +1923,13 @@ "未安装 %1 包，\n" "无法搜索 SLP 储存库。\n" -#. popup for file selection dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 +#. popup for file selection dialog +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3500 msgid "Path to the Output Directory" msgstr "输出目录路径" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3521 msgid "" "Configuration with name \"%1\" already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2030,18 +1937,18 @@ "已存在名为“%1”的配置。\n" "请选择其他配置。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3533 msgid "Enter the path to the output directory." msgstr "输入输出目录路径。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 +#. error popup +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3539 msgid "Specify at least one package repository." msgstr "至少指定一个包储存库。" -#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list -#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 +#. continue/cancel popup %1 is a \n separated list +#: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3640 msgid "" "Failed to add these repositories:\n" "\n" @@ -2055,22 +1962,22 @@ "\n" "是否仍继续？" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:693 msgid "Path to directory to store the log files" msgstr "储存日志文件的目录路径" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:702 msgid "Standard output file name" msgstr "标准输出文件名" -#. text box label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 +#. text box label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:709 msgid "Error output file name" msgstr "输出文件名错误" -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:751 src/modules/Kiwi.rb:760 msgid "" "File %1 already exists.\n" "Rewrite?" @@ -2078,106 +1985,106 @@ "文件 %1 已存在。\n" "是否重写它？" -#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image -#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result -#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part -#. of command line option) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 +#. run kiwi to finally create the selected image +#. @param [String] out_dir output directory for the result +#. @param [String] selected_profiles which profiles should be build (prepared part +#. of command line option) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:825 msgid "Removing old chroot directory failed." msgstr "删除旧的 chroot 目录失败。" -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:848 msgid "Preparing for Image Creation" msgstr "正在准备映像创建" -#. button label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:866 msgid "Save logs" msgstr "保存日志" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:940 msgid "Image creation failed." msgstr "映像创建失败。" -#. label -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 +#. label +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:965 msgid "Creating Image" msgstr "正在创建映像" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:976 msgid "Image creation succeeded." msgstr "映像创建成功。" -#. label (command result) -#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 +#. label (command result) +#: src/modules/Kiwi.rb:995 msgid "Image creation canceled." msgstr "映像创建已取消。" -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化产品创建配置" -#. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#. translators: progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "读取配置" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "正在读取数据库..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: progress finished +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "无法读取配置。" -#. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#. ProductCreator read dialog caption +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "正在保存产品创建配置" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#. translators: progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "写入设置时出错。" -#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "配置摘要 ..." -#. Create an overview table with all configured cards -#. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#. Create an overview table with all configured cards +#. @return table items +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 msgid "No Files" msgstr "没有文件" -#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2185,14 +2092,14 @@ "无法从源 %2\n" "读取目录 %1。" -#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key -#. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key +#. check if the metadata are gzipped +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "读取控制文件时出错。" -#. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#. workaround for bnc#498464 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" @@ -2200,8 +2107,8 @@ "无法将 GPG 密钥 %1 添加到 initrd\n" "%2。\n" -#. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#. yes/no popup: error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" @@ -2209,8 +2116,8 @@ "错误：无法对源进行数字签名。\n" "是否要重试？\n" -#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" @@ -2218,18 +2125,18 @@ "找不到这些源：\n" "%1" -#. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#. popup question, %1 is directory name +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "去除目标目录 %1 吗？" -#. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#. remove the destination +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "已存在目标 %1。" -#. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#. TODO ask in interactive mode +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2237,25 +2144,25 @@ "目标目录存在或是一个文件。\n" "是否删除目录 %1？" -#. Check if selected packages are available -#. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#. Check if selected packages are available +#. @return [String] error message +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "正在检查包可用性..." -#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "%1 个软件包不可用。" -#. change the label -#. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#. change the label +#. copy the packages +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "正在复制 %1" -#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" @@ -2263,7 +2170,7 @@ "无法从源 %2\n" "下载包 %1。\n" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/proxy.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,31 +14,31 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Informative label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 +#. Informative label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "No details available." msgstr "无可用的细节。" -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "&Details <<" msgstr "细节 <<(&D)" -#. avoid confusing Emacs -#. A push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 +#. avoid confusing Emacs +#. A push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "&Details >>" msgstr "细节 >>(&D)" -#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 +#. The default error code, replaced with the current error code got from proxy if any code found +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Unknown Error Code" msgstr "未知的错误代码" -#. Error message, -#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 +#. Error message, +#. %1 is a string "HTTP", "HTTPS" or "FTP" +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:191 msgid "" "An error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ "在 %1 代理测试时出现错误。\n" "代理返回代码：%2.\n" -#. Unknown return code, -#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, -#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 +#. Unknown return code, +#. %1 is the string HTTP, "HTTPS" or FTP, +#. %2 is an error string such as "HTTP/1.0 403 Forbidden" +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" "Proxy return code: %2.\n" @@ -57,45 +57,43 @@ "在 %1 代理测试时出现未知错误。\n" "代理返回代码：%2.\n" -#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 +#. An informative popup label diring the proxy testings +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:227 msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." msgstr "正在测试当前代理设置..." -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:237 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." msgstr "在 HTTP 代理测试时出现错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." msgstr "在 HTTPS 代理测试时出现错误。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." msgstr "在 FTP 代理测试时出现错误。" -#. Popup message -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 +#. Popup message +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." msgstr "代理设置正确运行。" -#. Proxy dialog caption -#. Commandline help title -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 +#. Proxy dialog caption +#. Commandline help title +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:399 src/lib/proxy/client.rb:27 msgid "Proxy Configuration" msgstr "代理配置" -#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Proxy dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "" "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to " -"take effect, \n" -"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. " -"Please check \n" +"Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" +"however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " msgstr "" "在此配置您的因特网代理（超速缓存）设置。\n" @@ -103,8 +101,8 @@ "但某些情况下，应用程序也可以立即适配新设置。请检查\n" "您的应用程序（Web 浏览器、FTP 客户端、...）的支持情况。" -#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 +#. Proxy dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "" "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" @@ -112,23 +110,22 @@ "HTTP 代理 URL 是您访问\n" "万维网 (WWW) 的代理服务器的名称。\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Proxy dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "" -"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured " -"access\n" +"HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" msgstr "" "HTTP 代理 URL 是代理服务器的名称，\n" "您可以通过该代理服务器安全访问万维网 (WWW)。\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 +#. Proxy dialog help 3.5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:420 msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" msgstr "示例：http://proxy.example.com:3128/" -#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 +#. Proxy dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "" "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" "to the file transfer services (FTP)." @@ -136,8 +133,8 @@ "FTP 代理 URL 是代理服务器的名称，\n" "您可以通过该代理服务器访问文件传送服务 (FTP)。" -#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 +#. Proxy dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "" "If you check Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols, it is\n" "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" @@ -147,8 +144,8 @@ "填写 HTTP 代理 URL 就足够了。该 URL 将用于所有协议\n" "（HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP）。\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 +#. Proxy dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:433 msgid "" "No Proxy Domains is a comma-separated list of domains\n" "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" @@ -158,20 +155,19 @@ "列表中各域用逗号分隔，例如\n" " %1。\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 +#. Proxy dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "" "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</" -"p>\n" +"consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" msgstr "" "如果您使用了需要身份验证的代理服务器，请输入\n" "代理用户名和代理口令。有效用户名\n" "仅由可打印的 ASCII 字符组成（引号除外）。\n" -#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 +#. Proxy dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "" "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" @@ -179,61 +175,61 @@ "按测试代理设置，以测试\n" "HTTP、HTTPS 和 FTP 代理的当前配置。 \n" -#. CheckBox entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 +#. CheckBox entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "&Enable Proxy" msgstr "启用代理(&E)" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:473 msgid "Proxy Settings" msgstr "代理设置" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:479 msgid "&HTTP Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL(&H)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "HTTP&S Proxy URL" msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL(&S)" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:484 msgid "F&TP Proxy URL" msgstr "FTP 代理 URL(&T)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Us&e the Same Proxy for All Protocols" msgstr "对所有协议使用同一代理(&E)" -#. Text entry label -#. domains without proxying -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 +#. Text entry label +#. domains without proxying +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "No Proxy &Domains" msgstr "无代理域(&D)" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "Proxy Authentication" msgstr "代理身份验证" -#. Text entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Text entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "Proxy &User Name" msgstr "代理用户名(&U)" -#. Password entry label -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 +#. Password entry label +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:521 msgid "Proxy &Password" msgstr "代理口令(&P)" -#. Test Proxy Settings - push button -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 +#. Test Proxy Settings - push button +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Test Pr&oxy Settings" msgstr "测试代理设置(&O)" -#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 +#. Popup error text - http, https and ftp proxy URLs are blank +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "" "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" "Really use these settings?" @@ -241,7 +237,7 @@ "代理已启用，但未指定代理 URL。\n" "确实要使用这些设置吗？" -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:628 msgid "" "Security warning:\n" "Username and password will be stored unencrypted\n" @@ -252,43 +248,43 @@ "用户名和口令将不加密地储存到一个全民可读的纯文本文件中。\n" "确实要使用这些设置吗？" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:643 msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." msgstr "不能只输入口令而将用户名留空。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:651 msgid "HTTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL 无效。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:659 msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTP 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:668 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL 无效。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:676 msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "HTTPS 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:687 msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." msgstr "FTP 代理 URL 无效。" -#. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 +#. Popup::Error text +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:695 msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." msgstr "FTP 代理 URL 必须包含模式指定 (http)。" -#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy -#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 +#. Translators: no proxy domain is a domain that can be accessed without proxy +#: src/include/proxy/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "" "One or more no proxy domains are invalid. \n" "Check if all domains match one of the following:\n" @@ -304,140 +300,140 @@ "* 完全限定的主机名\n" "* 前缀为“.”的域名" -#. Return a modification status -#. @return true if data was modified -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 +#. Return a modification status +#. @return true if data was modified +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:104 msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" msgstr "代理配置状态" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:105 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:107 msgid "HTTP" msgstr "HTTP" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:111 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 +#: src/lib/proxy/auto_client.rb:115 msgid "FTP" msgstr "FTP" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:35 msgid "Enable proxy settings" msgstr "启用代理设置" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:43 msgid "Disable proxy settings" msgstr "禁用代理设置" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:51 msgid "Change the current proxy settings" msgstr "更改当前代理设置" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:61 msgid "Set the authentication for proxy" msgstr "设置代理身份验证" -#. command-line help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 +#. command-line help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:71 msgid "Show the summary of the current settings" msgstr "显示当前设置的摘要" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:83 msgid "Set HTTP proxy" msgstr "设置 HTTP 代理" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:88 msgid "Set HTTPS proxy" msgstr "设置 HTTPS 代理" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:93 msgid "Set FTP proxy" msgstr "设置 FTP 代理" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:98 msgid "Clear all options listed" msgstr "清除所有列出的选项" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:102 msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" msgstr "设置域以便不使用代理设置" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:109 msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "将用于代理身份验证的用户名" -#. command-line option help -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 +#. command-line option help +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:116 msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" msgstr "将用于代理身份验证的口令" -#. ask the user -#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password -#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 +#. ask the user +#. translators: command line prompt for entering a password +#: src/lib/proxy/client.rb:233 msgid "Password:" msgstr "口令：" -#. Popup headline -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 +#. Popup headline +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:38 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "已成功保存代理配置" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:39 msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." msgstr "建议重新登录以使新代理设置生效。" -#. Write proxy settings and apply changes -#. @return true if success -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 +#. Write proxy settings and apply changes +#. @return true if success +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:174 msgid "Update proxy configuration" msgstr "更新代理配置" -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:176 msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" msgstr "正在保存代理配置" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#. but only when Progress is visible -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 +#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards +#. but only when Progress is visible +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:184 msgid "Updating proxy configuration..." msgstr "正在更新代理配置..." -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:418 msgid "Proxy is disabled." msgstr "已禁用代理。" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:423 msgid "Proxy is enabled." msgstr "已启用代理。" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:432 msgid "HTTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTP 代理：%1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:440 msgid "HTTPS Proxy: %1" msgstr "HTTPS 代理：%1" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Proxy.rb:447 msgid "FTP Proxy: %1" msgstr "FTP 代理：%1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rear.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: rear\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/registration.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -15,205 +15,205 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:54 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:49 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:40 msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "正在连接注册服务器" -#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#. dialog title -#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after -#. pressing "Next" -#. dialog title -#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration -#. @return [Symbol] user input -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 +#. check the base product at start to avoid problems later +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#. dialog title +#. just set an empty Wizard dialog to replace the current one after +#. pressing "Next" +#. dialog title +#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration +#. @return [Symbol] user input +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Registration" msgstr "注册" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "使用“%s”而不是此 YaST 模块。" -#. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 +#. popup message: registration finished properly +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "注册成功。" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232 msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "SLP 发现失败，未找到服务器" -#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system -#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 +#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system +#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250 msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" msgstr "正在下载 SSL 证书" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254 msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" msgstr "正在导入 SSL 证书" -#. %s is name of given product -#. then register the product(s) -#. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 +#. %s is name of given product +#. then register the product(s) +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:286 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:319 msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "正在注册 %s..." -#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click -#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:55 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "产品注册" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "自动安装期间运行注册" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" msgstr "自动安装期间跳过注册" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Registration Settings" msgstr "注册设置" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "电子邮件地址：%s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "注册代码已配置" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "安装可用更新" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 msgid "Registration Server" msgstr "注册服务器" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Server URL: %s" msgstr "服务器 URL：%s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "使用 SLP 发现" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "SSL 服务器证书 URL：%s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" msgstr "SSL 证书指纹：%s" -#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 msgid "Extensions and Modules" msgstr "扩展和模块" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "安全连接错误" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 msgid "Details:" msgstr "细节：" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 msgid "Failed Certificate Details" msgstr "证书细节失败" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Issued To" msgstr "颁发给" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:60 msgid "Common Name (CN): " msgstr "常用名 (CN)： " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:62 msgid "Organization (O): " msgstr "组织 (O)： " -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:64 msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " msgstr "组织单位 (OU)： " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "Issued By" msgstr "颁发者" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 msgid "Validity" msgstr "有效性" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 msgid "Issued On: " msgstr "发行日期： " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" msgstr "警告：此证书尚无效！" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 msgid "Expires On: " msgstr "失效日期： " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" msgstr "警告：证书已失效！" -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 msgid "Serial Number: " msgstr "序列号： " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA1 指纹： " -#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:37 msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " msgstr "SHA256 指纹： " -#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed -#. later after SP2: time -> timed -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 +#. FIXME: to not break existing translation, this typo should be fixed +#. later after SP2: time -> timed +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "连接超时。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:81 msgid "" "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." @@ -221,13 +221,13 @@ "请确保注册服务器可访问且\n" "连接可靠。" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." msgstr "检查此系统对于注册服务器是否为已知系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:97 msgid "" "If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" "knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" @@ -247,24 +247,24 @@ "登录之后请等待几分钟时间，\n" "然后再重新尝试进行升级。" -#. add the hint to the error details -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#. Error popup -#. update the message when an old SMT server is found -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 +#. add the hint to the error details +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#. Error popup +#. update the message when an old SMT server is found +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 msgid "Connection to registration server failed." msgstr "连接到注册服务器失败。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "注册客户端错误。" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." @@ -272,20 +272,20 @@ "注册服务器错误。\n" "请稍后重试该操作。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "收到的 SSL 证书与预期证书不匹配。" -#. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 +#. %s are error details +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "细节：%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been -#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, -#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 +#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been +#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely, +#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:227 msgid "" "A certificate has been already imported\n" "but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n" @@ -299,23 +299,23 @@ "请手动修复证书问题，确保该服务器\n" "可实现安全连接，并再次启动 YaST 模块。" -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239 msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" msgstr "正在导入 SSL 证书" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:240 msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "正在导入“%s”证书..." -#. workaround after string freeze -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "来源连接错误：%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, -#. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, +#. e.g. https://smt.example.com +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -327,15 +327,15 @@ "请确保服务器上安装了支持新注册\n" "协议的最新产品。" -#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze -#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 +#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid. +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "URL 无效。" -#. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" @@ -343,17 +343,17 @@ "未配置网络，无法连接注册服务器。\n" "是否要立即配置网络？" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "网络错误，请检查网络配置。" -#. progress step title -#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35 msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." msgstr "正在储存注册配置..." -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:234 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." @@ -361,8 +361,8 @@ "未找到基础产品，\n" "请检查您的系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:238 msgid "" "The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" "Report a bug at %s." @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ "安装媒体或安装程序本身严重损坏。\n" "请在 %s 上报告 bug。" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 +#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:241 msgid "" "Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." @@ -378,56 +378,56 @@ "确保产品已安装且 /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" "是指向基础产品 .prod 文件的 symlink。" -#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze -#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 +#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze +#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:272 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "正在注册系统..." -#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name -#. updating product registration, %s is a product name -#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name -#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating product registration, %s is a product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:149 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:357 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304 msgid "Updating to %s ..." msgstr "正在更新为 %s..." -#. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:166 msgid "Synchronizing Products..." msgstr "正在同步产品..." -#. load available addons from SCC server -#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the -#. installation workflow -#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons -#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install -#. @return [Symbol] the user input -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 +#. load available addons from SCC server +#. the result is cached to avoid reloading when going back and forth in the +#. installation workflow +#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons +#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install +#. @return [Symbol] the user input +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:180 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106 msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." msgstr "正在装载可用扩展和模块..." -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:195 msgid "Loading Migration Products..." msgstr "正在装载迁移产品..." -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:213 msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "注册扩展和模块" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:217 msgid "Extensions and Modules are being registered." msgstr "正在注册扩展和模块。" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:242 msgid "" "The registration server offers update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ "注册服务器提供了更新储存库。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:246 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -444,9 +444,9 @@ "是否要在安装期间启用这些储存库\n" "以接收最新更新？" -#. Yast::Mode.update -#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line -#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 +#. Yast::Mode.update +#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line +#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:250 msgid "" "Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n" "in order to receive the latest updates?" @@ -454,15 +454,15 @@ "是否要在升级期间启用这些储存库\n" "以接收最新更新？" -#. indent size used in summary text -#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:34 msgid "Certificate:" msgstr "证书：" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed -#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] -#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, %s is a repository name, the popup is displayed +#. when a migration repository cannot be accessed, there are [Skip] +#. and [Abort] buttons displayed below the question +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:99 msgid "" "Repository '%s'\n" "cannot be loaded.\n" @@ -473,42 +473,42 @@ "储存库“%s”。\n" "是跳过该储存库还是中止？" -#. create UI label for a base product -#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) -#. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 +#. create UI label for a base product +#. @param base_product [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) +#. @return [String] UI Label +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:175 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "未知产品" -#. error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 +#. error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:202 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:275 msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "保存储存库配置失败。" -#. # error message -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 +#. # error message +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:238 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:249 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "更新服务“%s”失败。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:244 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "添加服务“%s”失败。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:256 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "保存服务“%s”失败。" -#. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:262 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "刷新服务“%s”失败。" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:474 msgid "" "Cannot find remote product %s.\n" "The product cannot be registered." @@ -516,30 +516,30 @@ "找不到远程产品 %s。\n" "无法注册该产品。" -#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control -#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior -#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 +#. Use .AnyQuestion instead of .YesNo or .ReallyAbort to have full control +#. on :focus_no and be consistent with the .ConfirmAbort behavior +#: src/lib/registration/ui/abort_confirmation.rb:35 msgid "Really abort?" msgstr "确实要中止吗？" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:43 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "许可协议" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:44 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "正在下载许可证..." -#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir -#. @param [Addon] addon the addon -#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 +#. download the addon EULAs to a temp dir +#. @param [Addon] addon the addon +#. @param [String] tmpdir target where to download the files +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:75 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "正在下载许可协议..." -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:88 msgid "" "Downloading the license for\n" "%s\n" @@ -549,308 +549,287 @@ "%s\n" "的许可证失败。" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:102 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%s 许可协议" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "扩展和模块注册代码" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " -"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " -"extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." msgstr "" "输入所请求的扩展或模块的注册代码。\n" -"要成功注册，需要提供注册代码。如果您无法提供注册代码，请后退并取消选择相应" -"的扩展或模块。" +"要成功注册，需要提供注册代码。如果您无法提供注册代码，请后退并取消选择相应的扩展或模块。" -#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog -#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 +#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog +#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." msgstr[0] "您选择的扩展需要单独的注册代码。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." msgstr[0] "请在下面的字段中输入注册代码。" -#. create the main dialog definition -#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#. create the main dialog definition +#. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "滤除 Beta 版本(&F)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "细节" -#. addon description widget -#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#. addon description widget +#. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "在此处选择扩展或模块以显示细节" -#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension -#. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s（不可用）" -#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "YaST 最多允许选择 %s 个扩展或模块。" -#. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "" -"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " -"registration code." +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." msgstr "请注意，有些扩展或模块可能需要特定注册代码。" -#. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " -"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "" -"如果要去除任何扩展或模块，您需要登录 SUSE Customer Center，在那里手动去除" -"它们。" +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "如果要去除任何扩展或模块，您需要登录 SUSE Customer Center，在那里手动去除它们。" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 msgid "Extension and Module Selection" msgstr "扩展和模块选择" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "" -"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 +msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." msgstr "您可以在此处选择可用于您系统的扩展和模块。" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" msgstr "可用的扩展和模块" -#. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:37 msgid "Extension and Module Re-registration" msgstr "扩展和模块重新注册" -#. help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "" -"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -"" +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 +msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." msgstr "您可以在此处选择要重新注册的扩展和模块。" -#. @return [String] the main dialog label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 +#. @return [String] the main dialog label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Registered Extensions and Modules" msgstr "已注册扩展和模块" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "" -"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " -"together with the base product." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 +msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." msgstr "您可以在此处选择将随基础产品一起注册的扩展或模块。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" msgstr "注册可选扩展或模块" -#. create the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 +#. create the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:57 msgid "Identifier" msgstr "标识符" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Version" msgstr "版本" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "体系结构" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:60 msgid "Release Type" msgstr "发布类型" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:61 msgid "Registration Code" msgstr "注册代码" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Download Available Extensions..." msgstr "下载可用扩展..." -#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 +#. remove the selected addon after user confirms the removal +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Really delete '%s'?" msgstr "确实要删除“%s”吗？" -#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon -#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 +#. dialog definition for adding/editing an addon +#. @return [Yast::Term] popup definition +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:184 msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" msgstr "扩展或模块标识符(&I)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:185 msgid "&Version" msgstr "版本(&V)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:186 msgid "&Architecture" msgstr "体系结构(&A)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:187 msgid "&Release Type" msgstr "发布类型(&R)" -#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:190 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:266 msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "注册代码(&C)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " -"database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " -"Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." msgstr "" "产品注册过程会将您的产品包含在 SUSE Customer Center 数据库中，\n" "使您能够获取联机更新和技术支持。\n" "要在自动安装期间注册，请选择运行产品注册。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " -"of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " -"Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" "如果您的网络部署了自定义注册服务器，\n" -"请在 SMT 服务器设置中正确设置服务器的 URL 以及 SMT 证书的位置。如需更" -"多帮助，请参考\n" +"请在 SMT 服务器设置中正确设置服务器的 URL 以及 SMT 证书的位置。如需更多帮助，请参考\n" "SMT 手册。" -#. the UI defition for the global registration status -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 +#. the UI defition for the global registration status +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Register the Product" msgstr "注册产品" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:263 msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "电子邮件地址(&E)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" msgstr "从更新储存库安装可用更新" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "服务器设置" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:131 msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" msgstr "使用 SLP 发现查找注册服务器" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:136 msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" msgstr "使用特定的服务器 URL 而不是默认值" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:143 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" msgstr "可选 SSL 服务器证书 URL" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "可选 SSL 服务器证书指纹" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:154 msgid "none" msgstr "无" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:165 msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" msgstr "SSL 证书指纹" -#. the UI defition for the main dialog -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 +#. the UI defition for the main dialog +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:187 msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." msgstr "注册扩展或模块..." -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 msgid "Register System via %s" msgstr "通过 %s 注册系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" msgstr "通过本地 SMT 服务器注册系统" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" msgstr "本地注册服务器 URL(&L)" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:322 msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "跳过注册(&S)" -#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 +#. display the addon re-registration button only in registered installed system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:334 msgid "&Register Extensions or Modules Again" msgstr "重新注册扩展或模块(&R)" -#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#. the main dialog content -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 +#. part of the main dialog definition - the base product details +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#. the main dialog content +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:342 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:67 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "系统已经注册。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." msgstr "请选择您首选的注册方法。" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " -"updates and extensions." +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "在此处输入 SUSE Customer Center 身份凭证注册系统，以便获取更新和扩展。" -#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 +#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -864,81 +843,66 @@ "您可以在安装后注册，或者访问我们的\n" "Customer Center 进行联机注册。" -#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) -#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 +#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) +#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term +#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:381 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "网络配置(&W)..." -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:23 msgid "Certificate has expired" msgstr "证书已失效" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "自我签名证书" -#. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "证书链中的自我签名证书" -#. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 +#. push button +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:74 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "信任并导入(&T)" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " -"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "" -"安全连接（如 HTTPS）使用 SSL 证书来校验服务器的真实性及加密传输的数据。</" -"p>" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 +msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "安全连接（如 HTTPS）使用 SSL 证书来校验服务器的真实性及加密传输的数据。" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "" -"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " -"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " -"issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "" -"您可以选择将证书导入到已知证书颁发机构 (CA) 列表中，表明您信任该未知证书的" -"主体和颁发者。" +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 +msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "您可以选择将证书导入到已知证书颁发机构 (CA) 列表中，表明您信任该未知证书的主体和颁发者。" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " -"certificate." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." msgstr "导入证书将允许使用诸如自我签名证书。" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "" -"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of " -"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 +msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." msgstr "重要说明：您应始终校验所导入证书的指纹以确保其真实性。" -#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "" -"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " -"security risk." +#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 +msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." msgstr "不校验即导入未知证书会带来严重的安全隐患。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 -#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/wizard_client.rb:57 msgid "Internal error: %s" msgstr "内部错误：%s" -#. register the base system if not already registered -#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 +#. register the base system if not already registered +#: src/lib/registration/ui/media_addon_workflow.rb:132 msgid "" "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" @@ -946,45 +910,40 @@ "只有注册了基础系统才能注册“%s”外接式附件。\n" "要跳过基础系统和外接式附件注册吗？" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:47 msgid "Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "用于迁移的储存库" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "" -"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " -"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " -"in the selected repositories." -msgstr "" -"在此对话框中，可以手动选择要用于联机迁移的储存库。包将升级到选定储存库中的" -"最高版本。" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." +msgstr "在此对话框中，可以手动选择要用于联机迁移的储存库。包将升级到选定储存库中的最高版本。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 +#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" msgstr "选择用于迁移的储存库" -#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: Push button label, starts the repository management module +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:88 msgid "Manage Repositories..." msgstr "管理储存库..." -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository URL +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:113 msgid "URL: %s" msgstr "URL：%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary text, %s is a repository priority (1-99) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:115 msgid "Priority: %s" msgstr "优先级：%s" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, -#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts -#. the online migration -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message with [Continue] [Cancel] buttons, +#. pressing [Continue] starts the registration module, [Cancel] aborts +#. the online migration +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:145 msgid "" "The system is not registered,\n" "to run the online migration you need\n" @@ -994,113 +953,103 @@ "要运行联机迁移，您需要\n" "先注册该系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:183 msgid "No installed product found." msgstr "找不到安装的产品。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:212 msgid "No migration product found." msgstr "找不到迁移产品。" -#. TRANSLATORS: progress message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: progress message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:289 msgid "Preparing Migration Repositories..." msgstr "正在准备迁移储存库…" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:62 msgid "Select the Migration Target" msgstr "选择迁移目标" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "" -"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " -"may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "" -"您可以在此处选择迁移目标产品。注册服务器可提供多种可能的途径用于迁移到新产" -"品。" +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "您可以在此处选择迁移目标产品。注册服务器可提供多种可能的途径用于迁移到新产品。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." msgstr "只能从列表中选择一个迁移目标。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " -"later." +#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 +msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." msgstr "以后可以使用 %s 复选框手动选择迁移储存库。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" msgstr "手动选择迁移储存库" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup, no target migration is selected +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:97 msgid "Select the target migration." msgstr "选择目标迁移。" -#. TRANSLATORS: check button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 +#. TRANSLATORS: check button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:137 msgid "Manually Adjust the Repositories for Migration" msgstr "手动调整用于迁移的储存库" -#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 +#. TRANSLATORS: selection box label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:152 msgid "Possible Migration Targets" msgstr "可能的迁移目标" -#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 +#. TRANSLATORS: RichText header (details for the selected item) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:189 msgid "Migration Summary" msgstr "迁移摘要" -#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. -#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used -#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow -#. using the selected migration. -#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) -#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "" -"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " -"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "" -"错误：注册服务器 (%{url}) 上没有产品 %{product}。请提供该产品以允许使" -"用此迁移。" +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message displayed in the migration details. +#. The product has not been mirrored to the SMT server and cannot be used +#. for migration. The SMT admin has to mirror the product to allow +#. using the selected migration. +#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) +#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "错误：注册服务器 (%{url}) 上没有产品 %{product}。请提供该产品以允许使用此迁移。" -#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 +#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:224 msgid "%s will be installed." msgstr "%s 将会安装。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %s is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:241 msgid "%s stays unchanged." msgstr "%s 将保持不变。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" -#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" +#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} 将升级到 %{new_product}。" -#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format -#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 +#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format +#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." msgstr "%{old_product} 将降级到 %{new_product}。" -#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 +#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 msgid "" "The selected migration contains a product\n" "which is not available at the registration server.\n" @@ -1114,46 +1063,39 @@ "请选择其他迁移目标或在\n" "注册服务器上提供缺少的产品。" -#. help text -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:40 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "该系统已注册。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "" -"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " -"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "" -"您可以重新注册系统，也可以注册其他扩展或模块以增强该系统的功能。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "您可以重新注册系统，也可以注册其他扩展或模块以增强该系统的功能。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "" -"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " -"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "" -"如果要取消注册系统，您需要登录 SUSE Customer Center，在那里手动去除此系" -"统。" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "如果要取消注册系统，您需要登录 SUSE Customer Center，在那里手动去除此系统。" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "选择扩展" -#. button label -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Register Again" msgstr "重新注册" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." msgstr "正在更新注册..." -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." msgstr "正在更新以前的注册。" -#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch -#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" "You can manually register the system from scratch." @@ -1161,18 +1103,18 @@ "自动注册升级失败。\n" "您可以从头开始手动注册系统。" -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. -#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text -#. will be used if it's not specified. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service] List of services to show. +#. @param heading [String] Text to be shown as dialog heading. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#. @param description [String] Text to be shown as description. A default text +#. will be used if it's not specified. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "本地注册服务器" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:65 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "or the default SUSE registration server." @@ -1180,45 +1122,45 @@ "从列表中选择检测到的注册服务器，\n" "或选择默认的 SUSE 注册服务器。" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 msgid "No registration server selected" msgstr "未选择注册服务器" -#. Default registration server -#. -#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. -#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 +#. Default registration server +#. +#. return [String] Returns a string representing the default SCC service. +#: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:102 msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" msgstr "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" -#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#. @return [Array<Yast::SlpServiceClass::Service>] +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "正在搜索..." -#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:220 msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." msgstr "正在查找本地注册服务器..." -#. Constructor -#. -#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show -#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default -#. heading will be used). -#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected -#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. -#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil -#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 +#. Constructor +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] list of services to show +#. @param heading [String] Dialog's heading. If nil (or not specified), a default +#. heading will be used). +#. @param description [String] Dialog's description (to be shown on top of the list). +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param no_selected_msg [String] Message to be shown when no service was selected +#. If nil (or not specified) a default description will be used. +#. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil +#. (or not specified) the first service will be used. +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 msgid "Service selection" msgstr "服务选择" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." msgstr "从列表中选择检测到的服务。" -#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 +#: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 msgid "No service was selected." msgstr "未选择服务。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/relocation-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module -#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 +#. Command line help text for the relocation-server module +#: src/clients/relocation-server.rb:58 msgid "Configuration of relocation-server" msgstr "转移服务器的配置" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:48 msgid "" "Really exit?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -28,160 +28,160 @@ "是否确实要退出？\n" "所有更改都将丢失。" -#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 +#. RelocationServer::SetAbortFunction(PollAbort); +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:166 msgid "Select SSL Key File" msgstr "选择 SSL 密钥文件" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:175 msgid "Select SSL Cert File" msgstr "选择 SSL 证书文件" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:303 msgid "Add New Port" msgstr "添加新端口" -#. A popup dialog caption -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 +#. A popup dialog caption +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:305 msgid "Edit Current Port" msgstr "编辑当前端口" -#. A text entry -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 +#. A text entry +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:309 msgid "&Port" msgstr "端口(&P)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:336 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "端口号不能为空。" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:343 msgid "Port number out of range." msgstr "端口号不在范围内。" -#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 +#: src/include/relocation-server/complex.rb:350 msgid "Port number already exists." msgstr "端口号已存在。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang(a)novell.com> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/relocation-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of relocation-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Li Dongyang <lidongyang(a)novell.com> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:43 msgid "Global Settings" msgstr "全局设置" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Relocation Address:" msgstr "转移地址：" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Allowed Hosts:" msgstr "允许的主机：" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "Use SSL as Default" msgstr "将 SSL 用作默认值" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "non-SSL Server" msgstr "非 SSL 服务器" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:85 msgid "Port:" msgstr "端口：" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "Enable" msgstr "启用" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "SSL Server" msgstr "SSL 服务器" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "SSL Key File:" msgstr "SSL 密钥文件：" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "SSL Cert File:" msgstr "SSL 证书文件：" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:130 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Firewall" msgstr "防火墙" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Tunneled migration" msgstr "隧道式迁移" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Make sure tunneled migration works" msgstr "确保隧道式迁移有效" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:149 msgid "Plain migration" msgstr "纯文本式迁移" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Make sure plain migration works" msgstr "确保纯文本式迁移有效" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "TCP Ports" msgstr "TCP 端口" -#. A table header -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 +#. A table header +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:165 msgid "Port" msgstr "端口" -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Add..." msgstr "添加(&A)..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "&Edit..." msgstr "编辑(&E)..." -#. a push button -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 +#. a push button +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/relocation-server/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "Include default port range" msgstr "包括默认端口范围" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -189,8 +189,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化转移服务器的配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "现在按中止可以安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving relocation-server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ "<big>正在保存转移服务器的配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -220,179 +220,167 @@ "将出现一个附加对话框，告诉您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Relocation Address \n" "Address xend should listen on for relocation-socket connections\n" "Allowed Hosts \n" -"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all " -"connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated " -"sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name " -"or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be " -"accepted.\n" +"The hosts allowed to talk to the relocation port. If this is empty, then all connections are allowed. Otherwise, this should be a space-separated sequence of regular expressions. Any host with a fully-qualified domain name or an IP address that matches one of these regular expressions will be accepted.\n" "SSL Key File/SSL Cert File \n" "SSL key and certificate to use for the ssl relocation interface" msgstr "" "转移地址 \n" "地址 Xend 应在转移套接字连接上侦听\n" "允许的主机 \n" -"允许与转移端口进行通信的主机。如果为空，则允许所有连接。否则，应为以空格分隔" -"的正则表达式序列。将接受带全限定域名的任何主机或与其中一个正则表达式匹配的 " -"IP 地址。\n" +"允许与转移端口进行通信的主机。如果为空，则允许所有连接。否则，应为以空格分隔的正则表达式序列。将接受带全限定域名的任何主机或与其中一个正则表达式匹配的 IP 地址。\n" "SSL 密钥文件/SSL 证书文件 \n" "用于 SSL 转移界面的 SSL 密钥和证书" -#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 +#: src/include/relocation-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Tunneled migration</big> \n" -"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host " -"libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting " -"the data stream.\n" +"The source host libvirtd opens a direct connection to the destination host libvirtd for sending migration data. This allows the option of encrypting the data stream.\n" "<big>Plain migration</big> \n" -"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the " -"destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually " -"specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." +"The source host VM opens a direct unencrypted TCP connection to the destination host for sending the migration data. Unless a port is manually specified, libvirt will choose a migration port in the default range." msgstr "" "<big>隧道式迁移</big> \n" -"源主机 libvirtd 会打开与目标主机 libvirtd 的直接连接，以发送迁移数据。您可以" -"选择是否对数据流加密。\n" +"源主机 libvirtd 会打开与目标主机 libvirtd 的直接连接，以发送迁移数据。您可以选择是否对数据流加密。\n" "<big>纯文本式迁移</big> \n" -"源主机 VM 会打开与目标主机的未加密 TCP 直接连接，以发送迁移数据。除非手动指定" -"端口，否则 libvirt 将选择默认范围内的迁移端口。" +"源主机 VM 会打开与目标主机的未加密 TCP 直接连接，以发送迁移数据。除非手动指定端口，否则 libvirt 将选择默认范围内的迁移端口。" -#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration -#. @return sequence result -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 +#. Main workflow of the relocation-server configuration +#. @return sequence result +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:104 msgid "&Xend" msgstr "Xend(&X)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:109 msgid "&KVM" msgstr "KVM(&K)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:114 msgid "&Xen Libxl" msgstr "Xen Libxl(&X)" -#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 +#: src/include/relocation-server/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Relocation Server Configuration" msgstr "转移服务器的配置" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:307 msgid "Initializing relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化转移服务器的配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:317 msgid "Read the current xend configuration" msgstr "读取当前的 Xend 配置" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:319 msgid "Read the current xend state" msgstr "读取当前的 Xend 状态" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:321 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:337 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "读取防火墙设置" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:326 msgid "Reading the current xend configuration..." msgstr "正在读取当前的 Xend 配置..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:328 msgid "Reading the current xend state..." msgstr "正在读取当前的 Xend 状态..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:330 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:344 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..." -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:339 msgid "Read the current libvirtd/sshd state" msgstr "读取当前的 libvirtd/SSHD 状态" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:346 msgid "Reading the current libvirtd/sshd state..." msgstr "正在读取当前的 libvirtd/SSHD 状态..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:368 msgid "Cannot read the current Xend state." msgstr "无法读取当前的 Xend 状态。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:377 msgid "Cannot read firewall settings." msgstr "无法读取防火墙设置。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:386 msgid "Cannot read the current libvirtd/sshd state." msgstr "无法读取当前的 libvirtd/SSHD 状态。" -#. RelocationServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 +#. RelocationServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:407 msgid "Saving relocation-server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存转移服务器的配置" -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:417 msgid "Write the Xend settings" msgstr "写入 Xend 设置" -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:419 msgid "Adjust the Xend service" msgstr "调整 Xend 服务" -#. Progress stage 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 +#. Progress stage 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:421 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:438 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "写入防火墙设置" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:426 msgid "Writing the Xend settings..." msgstr "正在写入 Xend 设置..." -#. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 +#. Progress step 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:428 msgid "Adjusting the Xend service..." msgstr "正在调整 Xend 服务..." -#. Progress step 3 -#. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 +#. Progress step 3 +#. Progress stage 2 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:430 src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:445 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..." -#. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 +#. Progress stage 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:436 msgid "Adjust the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "调整 libvirtd/SSHD 服务" -#. Progress step 1 -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 +#. Progress step 1 +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:443 msgid "Adjusting the libvirtd/sshd service" msgstr "正在调整 libvirtd/SSHD 服务" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:460 msgid "Cannot write the xend settings." msgstr "无法写入 Xend 设置。" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/RelocationServer.rb:481 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "无法写入防火墙设置。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/rpm-groups.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" +"Language: \n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/s390.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,171 +14,170 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dasd.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of DASD" msgstr "DASD 的配置" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No DASD disk detected" msgstr "未检测到 DASD 磁盘" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:71 msgid "DASD" msgstr "DASD" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/dasd_proposal.rb:73 src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:110 msgid "&DASD" msgstr "DASD(&D)" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/dump.rb:50 msgid "Creation of S/390 dump devices" msgstr "创建 S/390 转储设备" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal-server.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal server" msgstr "IUCV 终端服务器配置" -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/iucvterminal.rb:45 msgid "Configuration of IUCV terminal settings" msgstr "IUCV 终端设置配置" -#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module -#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 +#. Command line help text for the OnPanic module +#: src/clients/onpanic.rb:52 msgid "Configuration of OnPanic" msgstr "OnPanic 的配置" -#. popup label -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 +#. popup label +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:49 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "正在检测可用的控制器" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:72 msgid "S/390 Disk Controller Configuration" msgstr "S/390 磁盘控制器配置" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:84 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "配置 DASD 磁盘(&D)" -#. push button -#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 +#. push button +#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:94 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "配置 ZFCP 磁盘(&Z)" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents +#. Initialization dialog contents #: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 - src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module -#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 +#. Command line help text for the Xcontroller module +#: src/clients/zfcp.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of ZFCP" msgstr "zFCP 配置" -#. text for installation summary -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 +#. text for installation summary +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:46 msgid "No zFCP device configured" msgstr "未配置 zFCP 设备" -#. section name in proposal dialog -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 +#. section name in proposal dialog +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:71 msgid "zFCP" msgstr "zFCP" -#. section name in proposal - menu item -#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 +#. section name in proposal - menu item +#: src/clients/zfcp_proposal.rb:73 msgid "&zFCP" msgstr "zFCP(&Z)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:170 msgid "&Activate" msgstr "激活(&A)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "&Deactivate" msgstr "关闭(&D)" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:174 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Set DIAG O&n" msgstr "打开 DIAG(&N)" -#. menu button id -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 +#. menu button id +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:176 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:185 msgid "Set DIAG O&ff" msgstr "关闭 DIAG(&F)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "&Format" msgstr "格式化(&F)" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:187 msgid "Set Format On" msgstr "开启格式化" -#. menu button id -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 +#. menu button id +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Set Format Off" msgstr "关闭格式化" -#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 +#. integer field (count of disks formatted parallel) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:201 msgid "&Parallel Formatted Disks" msgstr "并行格式的磁盘(&P)" -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#. error popup message -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#. error popup message +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "没有选择磁盘。" -#. 8 means disk is not formatted -#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 +#. 8 means disk is not formatted +#. unformtted disk, manual (not AutoYaST) +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:254 src/modules/DASDController.rb:160 msgid "Device %1 is not formatted. Format device now?" msgstr "未格式化设备 %1。是否立即格式化设备？" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:256 src/modules/DASDController.rb:162 msgid "There are %1 unformatted devices. Format them now?" msgstr "有 %1 个设备未格式化。是否立即格式化？" -#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 +#. for autoinst, format unformatted disks later +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:267 msgid "Couldn't find device for channel %1." msgstr "找不到通道 %1 的设备。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "Disk %1 is not active." msgstr "磁盘 %1 没有激活。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "Disk %1 is not accessible for writing." msgstr "磁盘 %1 不可写入。" -#. popup question -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 +#. popup question +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "Formatting these disks destroys all data on them. \n" "Really format the following disks? \n" @@ -188,120 +187,120 @@ "确实要格式化以下磁盘吗？ \n" " %1" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:416 msgid "DASD Disk Management" msgstr "DASD 磁盘管理" -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:423 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:120 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:129 msgid "Channel ID" msgstr "通道 ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Format" msgstr "格式化" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:427 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Use DIAG" msgstr "使用 DIAG" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:434 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:436 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:242 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:438 msgid "Access Type" msgstr "存取类型" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Formatted" msgstr "已格式化" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Partition Information" msgstr "分区信息" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Mi&nimum Channel ID" msgstr "最小通道 ID(&N)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:462 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Ma&ximum Channel ID" msgstr "最大通道 ID(&X)" -#. push button -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 +#. push button +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:468 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "过滤器(&F)" -#. menu button -#. menu button -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 +#. menu button +#. menu button +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:478 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Perform &Action" msgstr "执行动作(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Select All" msgstr "全选(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "&Deselect All" msgstr "全部不选(&D)" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs." msgstr "过滤器通道 ID 无效。" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:597 msgid "Add New DASD Disk" msgstr "增加新 DASD 磁盘" -#. text entry -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 +#. text entry +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "&Channel ID" msgstr "通道 ID(&C)" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "Format the Disk" msgstr "格式化磁盘" -#. check box -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 +#. check box +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Use &DIAG" msgstr "使用 DIAG(&D)" -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:637 msgid "" "Really leave the DASD disk configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -309,23 +308,23 @@ "确实要离开 DASD 磁盘配置而不保存吗？\n" "全部更改都将丢失。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404 msgid "Not a valid channel ID." msgstr "不是一个有效的通道 ID。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Device already exists." msgstr "设备已存在。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -333,9 +332,9 @@ "<big>正在初始化控制器配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:40 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -343,8 +342,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Controller Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -352,9 +351,9 @@ "<big>正在保存控制器配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:48 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -364,9 +363,9 @@ "按中止可中止保存过程。\n" "另一个对话框将告知您这样做是否安全。\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:54 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<big>Configured DASD Disks</big> \n" "In this dialog, manage DASD disks on your system." @@ -374,9 +373,9 @@ "<BIG>已配置的 DASD 磁盘</BIG> \n" "在此对话窗中管理您系统上的 DASD 磁盘." -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:58 src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "To filter the displayed disks, set the Minimum Channel ID and \n" "the Maximum Channel ID and click Filter.\n" @@ -384,13 +383,13 @@ "要过滤显示的磁盘，请设置最小通道 ID\n" "和最大通道 ID，然后单击过滤。\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:62 msgid "To configure a new DASD disk, click Add." msgstr "要配置一个新的 DASD 磁盘, 请点击增加." -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "To remove a configured DASD disk, select it and click\n" "Delete." @@ -398,19 +397,17 @@ "要删除一个已经配置的 DASD 磁盘, 请选中它然后点击\n" "删除." -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select " -"all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" +"To perform actions on multiple disks at once, mark these disks. To select all displayed disk (possibly after applying a filter), click\n" "Select All or Deselect All.\n" msgstr "" -"要一次性对多个磁盘执行操作，请标记这些磁盘。要选择显示的所有磁盘（可能在应" -"用过滤器之后），请单击\n" +"要一次性对多个磁盘执行操作，请标记这些磁盘。要选择显示的所有磁盘（可能在应用过滤器之后），请单击\n" "全选或全部不选。\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 +#. Disk selection dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "To perform an action on the selected disks, use Perform Action.\n" "The action will be performed immediately!" @@ -418,8 +415,8 @@ "要在选中的磁盘上执行一个动作, 请使用执行动作.\n" "动作将被立即执行!" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Add New DASD Disk</big> \n" "To add a disk, enter the Channel ID of the DASD disk as\n" @@ -429,8 +426,8 @@ "要添加磁盘, 请输入 DASD 磁盘的\n" "通道 ID 作为标识符。" -#. Disk add help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 +#. Disk add help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "If the disk should be formatted,\n" "use Format the Disk.\n" @@ -438,63 +435,53 @@ "如果应格式化磁盘，\n" "请使用格式化磁盘。\n" -#. Disk add help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 +#. Disk add help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/dasd/helps.rb:94 msgid "To use DIAG mode, select Use DIAG.\n" msgstr "要使用 DIAG 模式，请选择使用 DIAG。\n" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96 msgid "Controller Configuration" msgstr "控制器配置" -#. Run the dialog for Dump -#. @param what symbol a -#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 +#. Run the dialog for Dump +#. @param what symbol a +#. @return [Symbol] EditDumpDialog that was edited +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:47 msgid "Create Dump Device" msgstr "创建转储设备" -#. Dump dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 +#. Dump dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:50 msgid "Prepare one or more volumes for use as S/390 dump device." msgstr "准备一个或多个卷以用作 S/390 转储设备。" -#. Dump dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 -msgid "" -"Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are " -"limited to DASD. " +#. Dump dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:54 +msgid "Supported devices are ECKD DASD and ZFCP disks, while multi-volumes are limited to DASD. " msgstr "受支持的设备为 ECKD DASD 和 ZFCP 磁盘，而多卷则限于 DASD。 " -#. Dump dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 +#. Dump dialog help 3/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:58 msgid "" "Only whole disks can be used, no partitions. If the device is incompatibly\n" -"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk</" -"b>." -msgstr "" -"只可以使用整个磁盘，没有分区。如果设备使用不兼容的格式格式化或分区过，请激活" -"复选框强制重写磁盘。" +"formatted or partitioned, activate the checkbox Force overwrite of disk." +msgstr "只可以使用整个磁盘，没有分区。如果设备使用不兼容的格式格式化或分区过，请激活复选框强制重写磁盘。" -#. Dump dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 -msgid "" -"To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or " -"ZFCP dialog. " -msgstr "" -"要使用 DASD 和 ZFCP 设备，请在相应的 YaST DASD 或 zFCP 对话框中激活它们。" -" " +#. Dump dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:62 +msgid "To use DASD and ZFCP devices activate them in the respective YaST DASD or ZFCP dialog. " +msgstr "要使用 DASD 和 ZFCP 设备，请在相应的 YaST DASD 或 zFCP 对话框中激活它们。 " -#. Dump dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 -msgid "" -"Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." +#. Dump dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:66 +msgid "Devices which are in use or have mounted partitions will not be shown." msgstr "将不显示正在使用或装入了分区的设备。" -#. Dump dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 +#. Dump dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:70 msgid "" "dumpdevice after a disk indicates that it is a usable dump\n" "device. Multi-volume dump devices are indicated by a list of DASD IDs." @@ -502,48 +489,46 @@ "磁盘后的 dumpdevice 指示它是一个可用的转储设备。\n" "多卷转储设备用 DASD ID 列表指出。" -#. Dump dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 +#. Dump dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:74 msgid "ZFCP columns: Device, Size, ID, WWPN, LUN, Dump " msgstr "ZFCP 列：设备、大小、ID、WWPN、LUN、转储 " -#. Dump dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 +#. Dump dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:76 msgid "DASD columns: Device, Size, ID, Dump" msgstr "DASD 列：设备、大小、ID、转储" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:95 msgid "&ZFCP" msgstr "ZFCP(&Z)" -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:121 msgid "&Force overwrite of disk" msgstr "强制重写磁盘(&F)" -#. prevent leading space -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 +#. prevent leading space +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:185 msgid "You haven't selected any device." msgstr "未选择任何设备。" -#. warn only in case of force -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 -msgid "" -"The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will " -"be lost! Continue?" +#. warn only in case of force +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:193 +msgid "The disk %1 will be formatted as a dump device. All data on this device will be lost! Continue?" msgstr "磁盘 %1 将格式化为转储设备。此设备上的所有数据都将丢失！是否继续？" -#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() -#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 +#. don't quit in case of failures, error messages are reported by FormatDisk() +#: src/include/s390/dump/ui.rb:203 msgid "Operation successful. Initialize another dump device?" msgstr "操作成功。初始化另一个转储设备？" -#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 +#. z/VM IDs dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "<big>z/VM IDs</big>" msgstr "<big>z/VM ID</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "To configure the IUCV terminal server, specify the z/VM IDs to be used.\n" " They are separated by line breaks.\n" @@ -551,31 +536,22 @@ "要配置 IUCV 终端服务器，请指定要使用的 z/VM ID。\n" " 它们由换行符分隔。\n" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "<big>TS-Shell</big>" msgstr "<big>TS-Shell</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user " -"and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." -msgstr "" -"TS-Shell 允许为每个 TS-Shell 用户和组指定身份验证。用户组的权限会由" -"其成员继承。" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:46 +msgid "TS-Shell allows to specify Authorization for every TS-Shell user and group. The rights of a group are inherited by its members." +msgstr "TS-Shell 允许为每个 TS-Shell 用户和组指定身份验证。用户组的权限会由其成员继承。" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 -msgid "" -"Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, " -"defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all " -"allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." -msgstr "" -"每个允许的 z/VM ID 都可在选择下手动选择，由正则表达式定义，" -"或从包含允许的 z/VM ID（以换行符分隔）的文件中装载。" +#. TS-Shell dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:50 +msgid "Each allowed z/VM ID can be selected manually under Selection, defined by a Regex or loaded from a File which contains all allowed z/VM IDs separated by line breaks." +msgstr "每个允许的 z/VM ID 都可在选择下手动选择，由正则表达式定义，或从包含允许的 z/VM ID（以换行符分隔）的文件中装载。" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "Click on New User to create new TS-Shell users or Delete\n" "User to remove users." @@ -583,48 +559,40 @@ "单击新用户可创建新 TS-Shell 用户，\n" "单击删除用户可去除用户。" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 +#. TS-Shell dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" -"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to " -"change\n" +"To add or remove groups from the TS-Shell authorization table or to change\n" "the membership of users, go to Manage Groups." msgstr "" "要向 TS-Shell 身份验证表添加或去除组，\n" "或更改用户的成员资格，请转至管理组。" -#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts " -"should be gathered." +#. TS-Shell dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:62 +msgid "With Audited IDs specify the z/VM IDs from which transcripts should be gathered." msgstr "使用审计的 ID指定应从中收集副本的 z/VM ID。" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:66 msgid "<big>New TS-Shell User</big>" msgstr "<big>新建 TS-Shell 用户</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory " -"and Password has to be provided.\n" -"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting " -"them on the right." +"To create new TS-Shell user the Username, Home Directory and Password has to be provided.\n" +"\t It is also possible to specify Additional Groups by selecting them on the right." msgstr "" -"要创建新 TS-Shell 用户，必须提供用户名、用户主目录和口令" -"。\n" +"要创建新 TS-Shell 用户，必须提供用户名、用户主目录和口令。\n" "\t 还可通过在右侧进行选择来指定附加的组。" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 -msgid "" -"To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, " -"activate Force Password Change." +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:73 +msgid "To ensure that the user changes his password after the first login, activate Force Password Change." msgstr "要确保用户在首次登录后更改其口令，请激活强制更改口令。" -#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 +#. TS-Shell User creation dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:77 msgid "" "You can specify the same home directory for every TS-Shell user since no\n" "data will be stored there." @@ -632,12 +600,12 @@ "您可以为每个 TS-Shell 用户指定相同的主目录，\n" "因为没有数据会储存到那里。" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:81 msgid "<big>Manage Groups for TS-Authorization</big>" msgstr "<big>管理 TS-Authorization 的组</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Define TS-Shell authorizations per group if you want every TS-Shell \n" "member of this groups to inherit the same rights." @@ -645,19 +613,17 @@ "如果您想让一个组的每个 TS-Shell 成员都继承相同权限，\n" "请为每个组定义 TS-Shell 身份认证。" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "Existing groups can be added to or removed from the TS-Shell\n" -"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or " -"Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." +"authorization. Select the groups in the table and click on Select or Deselect. The current status is shown in the column TS-Auth." msgstr "" "已有的组可以添加到 TS-Shell 身份验证或从 TS-Shell 身份验证中去除。\n" -"请选择表中的组并单击选择或全部取消选择。当前状态显示在 TS-Auth " -"列中。" +"请选择表中的组并单击选择或全部取消选择。当前状态显示在 TS-Auth 列中。" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "Change TS-Shell members of a selected group in the TS-Members\n" "selection." @@ -665,629 +631,565 @@ "在 TS-Members 部分\n" "更改所选组的 TS-Shell 成员。" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:96 msgid "" -"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group " -"input field and confirming with Create.\n" -"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has " -"to be used." +"New groups could be created by entering the name in the New Group input field and confirming with Create.\n" +"\t To delete previously created groups the YaST users dialog has to be used." msgstr "" "可通过在新建组输入字段中输入名称并用创建确认来创建新组。\n" "\t 要删除以前创建的组，必须使用 YaST 用户对话框。" -#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 +#. TS-Shell Managing Groups dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "Undo changes in this dialog by clicking the Back button." msgstr "单击后退按钮可撤销此对话框中的更改。" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "<big>IUCVConn on Login</big>" msgstr "<big>登录时启用 IUCVConn</big>" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 -msgid "" -"IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users " -"a password and home directory has to be provided." -msgstr "" -"“登录时 IUCVConn”对每个 z/VM ID 都需要一个用户。要创建这些用户，必须提供" -"口令和用户主目录。" +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:107 +msgid "IUCVConn on Login needs one user for every z/VM ID. To create these users a password and home directory has to be provided." +msgstr "“登录时 IUCVConn”对每个 z/VM ID 都需要一个用户。要创建这些用户，必须提供口令和用户主目录。" -#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 -msgid "" -"It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or " -"just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is " -"enabled. " -msgstr "" -"可以通过单击同步或仅在启用登录时 IUCVConn 时单击确定" -"确认更改，执行手动用户同步。" +#. IUCVConn on Login dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/helps.rb:111 +msgid "It is possible to sync the users manually by clicking on Sync or just confirming the changes with Ok while IUCVConn on Login is enabled. " +msgstr "可以通过单击同步或仅在启用登录时 IUCVConn 时单击确定确认更改，执行手动用户同步。" -#. Text approval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 +#. Text approval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:54 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. Text disapproval -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 +#. Text disapproval +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:57 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Text for category user -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 +#. Text for category user +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:60 msgid "user" msgstr "用户" -#. Text for category group -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 +#. Text for category group +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:63 msgid "group" msgstr "组" -#. filter non ts users -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 +#. filter non ts users +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:200 msgid "z/&VM IDs (auto-sorted)" msgstr "z/VM ID(&V)（自动排序）" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:219 msgid "&Enable TS-Shell" msgstr "启用 TS-Shell(&E)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:229 msgid "Authorization" msgstr "授权" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:545 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:246 msgid "UID/GID" msgstr "UID/GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:248 msgid "Groups/Members" msgstr "组/成员" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:253 msgid "&New User" msgstr "新建用户(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:255 msgid "&Delete User" msgstr "删除用户(&D)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:259 msgid "&Manage Groups" msgstr "管理组(&M)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:270 msgid "Allowed z/VM IDs" msgstr "允许的 z/VM ID" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:285 msgid "&Selection" msgstr "选择(&S)" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Regex" msgstr "Regex(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:323 msgid "&File" msgstr "文件(&F)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:339 msgid "Bro&wse" msgstr "浏览(&W)" -#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 +#. force min size to make it easier readable in terminals +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:366 msgid "&Audited IDs" msgstr "审计的 ID(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:388 msgid "&Enable IUCVConn on Login" msgstr "登录时启用 IUCVConn(&E)" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:401 msgid "Login" msgstr "登录" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:403 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:405 msgid "Home" msgstr "Home" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:407 msgid "Shell" msgstr "外壳" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:415 msgid "Settings for new Users" msgstr "新用户设置" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:421 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:496 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:430 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:502 msgid "Co&nfirm Password" msgstr "确认口令(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:445 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:487 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "用户主目录(&H)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:448 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:491 msgid "B&rowse" msgstr "浏览(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:452 msgid "&Sync" msgstr "同步(&S)" -#. initialize list with additional groups -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 +#. initialize list with additional groups +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:479 msgid "&Username" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:509 msgid "&Force Password Change" msgstr "强制更改口令(&F)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:522 msgid "&Additonal Groups" msgstr "附加的组(&A)" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:547 msgid "TS-Auth" msgstr "TS-Auth" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:549 msgid "GID" msgstr "GID" -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:551 msgid "TS-Members" msgstr "TS-Members" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:556 msgid "&Select or Deselect" msgstr "选择或取消选择(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:558 msgid "C&reate" msgstr "创建(&R)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:560 msgid "&New Group" msgstr "新建组(&N)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:570 msgid "TS-&Members" msgstr "TS-Members(&M)" -#. draw active tab -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 +#. draw active tab +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:595 msgid "&z/VM IDs" msgstr "z/VM ID(&Z)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:596 msgid "&TS-Shell" msgstr "TS-Shell(&T)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:597 msgid "&IUCVConn" msgstr "IUCVConn(&I)" -#. check and commit password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 +#. check and commit password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:711 msgid "The passwords do not match or are invalid." msgstr "口令不匹配或无效。" -#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 +#. check if the user specifcation is valid and if the name does already exist +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:717 msgid "The username is not valid!" msgstr "用户名无效！" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:721 msgid "A home directory has to be specified!" msgstr "必须指定用户主目录！" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:757 msgid "Adding the user has failed." msgstr "添加用户失败。" -#. delete group entry if disabled -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 +#. delete group entry if disabled +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:861 msgid "Configure IUCV Terminal Server Settings" msgstr "配置 IUCV 终端服务器设置" -#. update screen -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 +#. update screen +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:881 msgid "New TS-Shell User" msgstr "新建 TS-Shell 用户" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:894 msgid "Manage Groups for TS-Authorization" msgstr "管理 TS-Authorization 的组" -#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 +#. since alnum allows umlauts too the id is checked against the user name specification +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1020 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, only letters and numbers are allowed." msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误，仅允许使用字母和数字。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1032 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, numbers at the beginning are not allowed." msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误，不允许在开头使用数字。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 -msgid "" -"Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1044 +msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, more than eight characters are not allowed." msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误，长度不允许超过八个字符。" -#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 +#. only the last entry is allowed to be empty +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1057 msgid "Wrong z/VM ID \"%1\" in line %2, at least one letter is required." msgstr "第 %2 行的 z/VM ID“%1”错误，至少必须有一个字母。" -#. check password -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 +#. check password +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1081 msgid "A correctly entered password to sync IUCVConn users is required." msgstr "必须正确输入口令才能同步 IUCVConn 用户。" -#. check home directory -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 +#. check home directory +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1087 msgid "The specified IUCVConn home directory is invalid." msgstr "指定的 IUCVConn 用户主目录无效。" -#. update ts member selection -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 +#. update ts member selection +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1437 msgid "The group name is not valid!" msgstr "该组名无效！" -#. change tab selection back -#. check for z/VM ID entries -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 +#. change tab selection back +#. check for z/VM ID entries +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1497 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal-server/ui.rb:1598 msgid "Cannot configure the terminal server without valid z/VM IDs." msgstr "没有有效的 z/VM ID，无法配置终端服务器。" -#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. -#. @return true for valid inputs -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 -msgid "" -"Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are " -"allowed." +#. Check the "Allowed Terminal Server list" field for validity. +#. @return true for valid inputs +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:55 +msgid "Wrong input, only lower case letters, numbers and for separation commas are allowed." msgstr "输入错误，仅允许使用小写字母、数字和分隔逗号。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:60 msgid "Comma is only a separator." msgstr "逗号只是分隔符。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:62 msgid "z/VM IDs do not allow more than eight characters." msgstr "z/VM ID 不允许多于八个字符。" -#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 +#. Terminal id counting starts with 0 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:79 msgid "Wrong IUCV ID, only lower case letters are allowed." msgstr "IUCV ID 错误，仅允许使用小写字母。" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:83 msgid "IUCV IDs cannot be longer than %1 chars." msgstr "IUCV ID 不能多于 %1 个字符。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 1/10 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:121 msgid "<h2>Configure Local Terminal System Settings</h2>" msgstr "<h2>配置本地终端系统设置</h2>" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:123 msgid "IUCVtty" msgstr "IUCVtty" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 -msgid "" -"Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal " -"devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a " -"combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance." -" " -msgstr "" -"可运行多个 IUCVtty 实例来提供多个终端设备。各实例通过终端 ID 来区" -"分，终端 ID 是终端 ID 前缀和实例编号的组合。 " +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:125 +msgid "Several IUCVtty instances can run to provide multiple terminal devices. The instances are distinguished by a terminal ID, which is a combination of the Terminal ID Prefix and the number of the instance. " +msgstr "可运行多个 IUCVtty 实例来提供多个终端设备。各实例通过终端 ID 来区分，终端 ID 是终端 ID 前缀和实例编号的组合。 " -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 -msgid "" -"For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm</" -"i>", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are " -"available." -msgstr "" -"例如，若您使用前缀 lxterm 定义了十个实例，则可用终端 ID 为从 " -"lxterm1 到 lxterm9。" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:129 +msgid "For example, if you define ten instances with the prefix "lxterm", the terminal IDs from lxterm0 to lxterm9 are available." +msgstr "例如，若您使用前缀 lxterm 定义了十个实例，则可用终端 ID 为从 lxterm1 到 lxterm9。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:133 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 -msgid "" -"The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes " -"to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and " -"login programs." -msgstr "" -"z/VM IUCV HVC 设备驱动程序是一个内核模块，使用设备节点来启用最多八个 HVC " -"终端设备来与 getty 和登录程序通讯。" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:135 +msgid "The z/VM IUCV HVC device driver is a kernel module and uses device nodes to enable up to eight HVC terminal devices to communicate with getty and login programs." +msgstr "z/VM IUCV HVC 设备驱动程序是一个内核模块，使用设备节点来启用最多八个 HVC 终端设备来与 getty 和登录程序通讯。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 -msgid "" -"With restrict access, allow only connections from certain " -"terminal servers." +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:139 +msgid "With restrict access, allow only connections from certain terminal servers." msgstr "使用限制访问，只允许来自特定终端服务器的连接。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." -"" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:143 +msgid "Define the emulation for all instances at once or for each one separately." msgstr "一次为全部实例定义模拟或分别为每个实例定义模拟。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:147 msgid "" -"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages " -"to\n" +"Activate route kernel messages to hvc0 to route kernel messages to\n" "the hvc0 device instead of ttyS0. " msgstr "" "激活将内核消息路由到 hvc0 可将内核讯息\n" "路由到 hvc0 设备而不是 ttyS0。 " -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 -msgid "" -"Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add " -"console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the " -"YaST bootloader module." -msgstr "" -"如果内核讯息仍应显示在 ttyS0，请在 YaST 引导加载程序模块中将 " -"console=ttyS0 手动添加到当前引导选区的内核参数中。" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:151 +msgid "Should kernel messages still be shown on ttyS0, manually add console=ttyS0 to the current boot selection kernel parameter in the YaST bootloader module." +msgstr "如果内核讯息仍应显示在 ttyS0，请在 YaST 引导加载程序模块中将 console=ttyS0 手动添加到当前引导选区的内核参数中。" -#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 -msgid "" -"<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through " -"the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" -msgstr "" -"<h3>警告：HVC 终端仍保持登录状态，没有通过快捷方式 ctrl _ d 手动注销</h3>" +#. IUCVTerminal dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:155 +msgid "<h3>Warning: HVC Terminals stay logged on without a manual logout through the shortcut: ctrl _ d</h3>" +msgstr "<h3>警告：HVC 终端仍保持登录状态，没有通过快捷方式 ctrl _ d 手动注销</h3>" -#. Dialog content -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 +#. Dialog content +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:168 msgid "&IUCVtty" msgstr "IUCVtty(&I)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:176 msgid "Terminal ID &Prefix" msgstr "终端 ID 前缀(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:182 msgid "I&UCVtty instances" msgstr "IUCVtty 实例(&U)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:196 msgid "HVC" msgstr "HVC" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:206 msgid "H&VC instances" msgstr "HVC 实例(&V)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:217 msgid "Restrict &access to" msgstr "限制访问(&A)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:223 msgid "Allowed Terminal &Servers" msgstr "允许的终端服务器(&S)" -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:231 msgid "route &kernel messages to hvc0" msgstr "将内核消息路由到 hvc0(&K)" -#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 +#. if settings were changed don't exit without asking +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:324 msgid "Really leave without saving?" msgstr "确实要不保存并退出吗？" -#. check iucv id -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 +#. check iucv id +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:333 msgid "The IUCV ID is not valid." msgstr "该 IUCV ID 无效。" -#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 +#. check restrict_hvc_to_srvs and make sure they doesn't end with a comma +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:343 msgid "The Terminal Servers are not valid." msgstr "终端服务器无效。" -#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted -#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 +#. check if the bootloader settings need to be adjusted +#: src/include/s390/iucvterminal/ui.rb:366 msgid "The system has to be rebooted for some changes to take effect." msgstr "必须重引导系统以使某些更改生效。" -#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 +#. only five lines are allowed, remove every additional line +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:63 msgid "Only %1 lines are allowed for VMCMD." msgstr "VMCMD 只允许 %1 行。" -#. For translators: Caption of the dialog -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 +#. For translators: Caption of the dialog +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:109 msgid "On Panic Configuration" msgstr "OnPanic 配置" -#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" +#. OnPanic dialog help 1/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:112 +msgid "Configure the actions to be taken if a kernel panic occurs" msgstr "配置发生内核恐慌时采取的操作" -#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 -msgid "" -"The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior " -"during kernel panics." -msgstr "" -"需要启用 Dumpconf 守护程序才能影响发生内核恐慌期间的行为。" +#. OnPanic dialog help 2/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:116 +msgid "The Dumpconf daemon needs to be enabled to influence the behavior during kernel panics." +msgstr "需要启用 Dumpconf 守护程序才能影响发生内核恐慌期间的行为。" -#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 +#. OnPanic dialog help 3/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:120 msgid "The following Panic Actions are possible: " msgstr "可执行以下恐慌操作： " -#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 +#. OnPanic dialog help 4/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:122 msgid "stop Stop Linux (default). " msgstr "停止 停止 Linux（默认值）。 " -#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 +#. OnPanic dialog help 5/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:124 msgid "dump Dump Linux and stop system. " msgstr "转储 转储 Linux 并停止系统。 " -#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 +#. OnPanic dialog help 6/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:126 msgid "reipl Reboot Linux. " msgstr "reipl 重引导 Linux。 " -#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 +#. OnPanic dialog help 7/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:128 msgid "" -"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only " -"available\n" +"dump_reipl Dump Linux and reboot system. This option is only available\n" "on LPAR with z9(r) machines and later and on z/VMversion 5.3 and later. " msgstr "" "dump_reipl 转储 Linux 并重引导系统。此选项只在配有 z9(r)\n" "的 LPAR 计算机及其后续型号和 z/VMversion 5.3 及其后续型号上可用。 " -#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 +#. OnPanic dialog help 8/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:132 msgid "vmcmd Execute specified CP commands and stop system." msgstr "vmcmd 执行指定的 CP 命令并停止系统。" -#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 -msgid "" -"The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified " -"panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system " -"crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"延时分钟数中指定的时间会延迟对新启动的系统激活指定的恐慌操作，以防" -"止循环。如果系统在该时间结束前崩溃，将执行默认操作（停止）。" +#. OnPanic dialog help 9/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:134 +msgid "The time defined in Delay Minutes defers activating the specified panic action for a newly started system to prevent loops. If the system crashes before the time has elapsed the default action (stop) is performed." +msgstr "延时分钟数中指定的时间会延迟对新启动的系统激活指定的恐慌操作，以防止循环。如果系统在该时间结束前崩溃，将执行默认操作（停止）。" -#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 -msgid "" -"The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If " -"no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices " -"dialog." -msgstr "" -"用于转储内存的设备可通过转储设备设置。如果未显示任何设备，则必须用 " -"YaST 转储设备对话框创建一个。" +#. OnPanic dialog help 10/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:138 +msgid "The device for dumping the memory can be set with Dump Device. If no device is shown you have to create one with the YaST Dump Devices dialog." +msgstr "用于转储内存的设备可通过转储设备设置。如果未显示任何设备，则必须用 YaST 转储设备对话框创建一个。" -#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 -msgid "" -"With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux " -"system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." -msgstr "" -"使用 VMCMD 指定要在 Linux 系统停止前执行的 CP 命令。只允许 %1 行和" -"总计 %2 个字符。" +#. OnPanic dialog help 11/11 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:143 +msgid "With VMCMD specify CP commands to be executed before the Linux system is stopped. Only %1 lines and a total of %2 chars are allowed." +msgstr "使用 VMCMD 指定要在 Linux 系统停止前执行的 CP 命令。只允许 %1 行和总计 %2 个字符。" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:166 msgid "Do No&t Start Dumpconf" msgstr "不启动 Dumpconf(&T)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:175 msgid "&Start Dumpconf" msgstr "启动 Dumpconf(&S)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:189 msgid "&Panic Action" msgstr "恐慌操作(&P)" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:192 msgid "Delay &Minutes" msgstr "延时分钟数(&M)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:202 msgid "&Dump Device" msgstr "转储设备(&D)" -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:206 msgid "&VMCMD" msgstr "VMCMD(&V)" -#. don't allow dumps if no device is available -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 +#. don't allow dumps if no device is available +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:267 msgid "It is not possible to enable the dump process without a dump device." msgstr "没有转储设备，无法启用转储过程。" -#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command -#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 +#. don't allow vmcmd without at least one command +#: src/include/s390/onpanic/ui.rb:281 msgid "It is not possible to use vmcmd without defining at least one command." msgstr "未定义至少一个命令，无法使用 vmcmd。" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "已配置的 ZFCP 设备" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:122 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "WWPN" msgstr "WWPN" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "LUN" msgstr "LUN" -#. yes-no popup -#. yes-no popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 +#. yes-no popup +#. yes-no popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391 msgid "" "Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n" "All changes will be lost." @@ -1295,50 +1197,48 @@ "确定要退出 ZFCP 设备配置而不进行保存？\n" "所有更改都将丢失。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Add New ZFCP Device" msgstr "添加新的 ZFCP 设备" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Get WWPNs" msgstr "获取 WWPN" -#. combo box -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 +#. combo box +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "&WWPN" msgstr "WWPN(&W)" -#. push button -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 +#. push button +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Get LUNs" msgstr "获取 LUN" -#. combobox -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 +#. combobox +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322 msgid "&LUN" msgstr "LUN(&L)" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 -msgid "" -"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325 +msgid "If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." msgstr "如果尚未定义 WWPN 和 LUN，系统将尝试使用 allow_lun_scan。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid." msgstr "输入的 WWPN 无效。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 +#. error popup +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "The entered LUN is invalid." msgstr "输入的 LUN 无效。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1346,8 +1246,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 ZFCP 设备配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving ZFCP Device Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -1355,8 +1255,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 ZFCP 设备配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 +#. Disk selection dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:54 msgid "" "<big>Configured ZFCP Devices</big> \n" "Manage ZFCP devices on your system.\n" @@ -1364,13 +1264,13 @@ "<BIG>已配置的 ZFCP 设备</BIG> \n" "管理您系统上的 ZFCP 设备。\n" -#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 +#. Disk selection dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:58 msgid "To configure a new ZFCP device, click Add." msgstr "要配置一个新的 ZFCP 设备, 请单击添加。" -#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 +#. Disk selection dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:60 msgid "" "To remove a configured ZFCP device, select it and click\n" "Delete." @@ -1378,13 +1278,13 @@ "要删除已配置的 ZFCP 设备, 请选择它然后单击\n" "删除。" -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#. Disk selection dialog Warning -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#. Disk selection dialog Warning +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "<h1>警告</h1>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "When accessing a ZFCP device\n" "READ/WRITE, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n" @@ -1394,8 +1294,8 @@ "READ/\n" "WRITE 时，确保此访问是排它的。否则会有潜在的数据损坏风险。" -#. Disk add help 1/2 -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 +#. Disk add help 1/2 +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<big>Add New ZFCP Device</big> \n" "Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n" @@ -1407,218 +1307,208 @@ "通道 ID、全球端口号(WWPN) 和\n" "LUN 编号。\n" -#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" -#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 +#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>" +#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs " -"conforming\n" +"The Channel ID must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs conforming\n" "format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.\n" -"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, " -"such as\n" +"The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as\n" "<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.\n" -"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value " -"with\n" -"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN " -"and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use " -"allow_lun_scan." +"The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with\n" +"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan." msgstr "" -"输入的通道 ID 必须为小写字母，且采用符合 sysfs 的格式 0.0.<" -"devno>，\n" +"输入的通道 ID 必须为小写字母，且采用符合 sysfs 的格式 0.0.<devno>，\n" "例如 <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>。\n" "输入的 WWPN 必须为小写字母且采用 16 位十六进制值格式，\n" "例如 <tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>。\n" -"输入的 LUN 必须为小写字母，并且采用 16 位十六进制值格式且结尾全部补上" -"零，\n" -"例如 <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>。如果尚未定义 WWPN 和 LUN，系" -"统将尝试使用 allow_lun_scan。" +"输入的 LUN 必须为小写字母，并且采用 16 位十六进制值格式且结尾全部补上零，\n" +"例如 <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>。如果尚未定义 WWPN 和 LUN，系统将尝试使用 allow_lun_scan。" -#. popup label -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 +#. popup label +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163 msgid "Running mkinitrd." msgstr "正在运行 mkinitrd。" -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:333 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Format: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "通道 ID：%1，格式：%2，DIAG：%3" -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:346 msgid "Channel ID: %1, Device: %2, DIAG: %3" msgstr "通道 ID：%1，设备：%2，DIAG：%3" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:381 msgid "Reading Configured DASD Disks" msgstr "正在读取已配置的 DASD 磁盘" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540 msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted." msgstr "%1: 没有加载 sysfs." -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548 msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>." msgstr "%1：无效的 <online> 状态。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462 msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>." msgstr "%1：未找到 <ccwid> 设备。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:496 msgid "%1: Could not change state of the device." msgstr "%1：无法更改设备状态。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:505 msgid "%1: Device is not a DASD." msgstr "%1：设备不是 DASD。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:514 msgid "%1: Could not load module." msgstr "%1：无法装载模块。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:523 msgid "%1: Failed to activate DASD." msgstr "%1：无法激活 DASD。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:532 msgid "%1: DASD is not formatted." msgstr "%1：DASD 未格式化。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596 msgid "%1: Unknown error %2." msgstr "%1：未知的错误 %2。" -#. progress bar -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 +#. progress bar +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:653 msgid "Formatting %1:" msgstr "正在格式化 %1：" -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#. error report, %1 is exit code of the command (integer) +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:682 src/modules/DASDController.rb:779 msgid "Disks formatting failed. Exit code: %1." msgstr "磁盘格式化失败。退出代码：%1。" -#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 -#. integers, -#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done -#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 +#. progress bar, %1 is device name, %2 and %3 +#. integers, +#. eg. Formatting /dev/dasda: cylinder 123 of 12334 done +#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:750 msgid "Formatting %1: cylinder %2 of %3 done" msgstr "正在格式化 %1: 共有 %3 个柱面, 已完成 %2" -#. Get a List of available Disks of type -#. @return [Array<String>] of disks -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 +#. Get a List of available Disks of type +#. @return [Array<String>] of disks +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:67 msgid "Checking Disks" msgstr "正在检查磁盘" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:76 msgid "Checking DASD disks" msgstr "正在检查 DASD 磁盘" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:78 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks" msgstr "正在检查 ZFCP 磁盘" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:82 msgid "Checking DASD disks..." msgstr "正在检查 DASD 磁盘..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:84 msgid "Checking ZFCP disks..." msgstr "正在检查 ZFCP 磁盘..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 - src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:86 src/modules/Dump.rb:121 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:165 src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:246 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:334 src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:478 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:234 src/modules/OnPanic.rb:276 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Format a disk as DUMP device -#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node -#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter -#. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 +#. Format a disk as DUMP device +#. @param [String] dev string the disk device node +#. @param [Boolean] force boolean true to append the -f parameter +#. @return [Boolean] true on success +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:106 msgid "Creating Dump Device" msgstr "正在创建转储设备" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:115 msgid "Creating dump device" msgstr "正在创建转储设备" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:119 msgid "Creating dump device. This process might take some minutes." msgstr "正在创建转储设备。此过程可能需要数分钟。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:148 msgid "Invalid or unusable disk (fatal)." msgstr "磁盘无效或不可用（致命）。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:151 msgid "Incompatible formatting or partitioning, correct with Force." msgstr "不兼容格式或分区，将强行纠正。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:156 msgid "Missing support programs." msgstr "缺少支持程序。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:159 msgid "Missing or wrong parameters." msgstr "参数缺少或错误。" -#. error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 +#. error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:162 msgid "Access problem." msgstr "访问问题。" -#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 +#. error description, %1 is error code (integer) +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:165 msgid "Error code from support program: %1." msgstr "支持程序的错误代码：%1." -#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description -#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 +#. error report, %1 is device name, %2 error description +#: src/modules/Dump.rb:169 msgid "" "Cannot create dump device %1:\n" "%2" @@ -1626,195 +1516,195 @@ "无法创建转储设备 %1：\n" "%2" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:142 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "正在装载 IUCV 终端配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:151 msgid "Check IUCVtty entries" msgstr "检查 IUCVtty 项" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:153 msgid "Check HVC entries" msgstr "检查 HVC 项" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:155 msgid "Read kernel parameters" msgstr "读取内核参数" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:159 msgid "Checking IUCVtty entries..." msgstr "正在检查 IUCVtty 项..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:161 msgid "Checking HVC entries..." msgstr "正在检查 HVC 项..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:163 msgid "Reading kernel parameters..." msgstr "正在读取内核参数..." -#. Inittab write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 +#. Inittab write dialog caption +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:223 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 IUCV 终端配置" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:232 msgid "Write IUCVtty settings" msgstr "写入 IUCVtty 设置" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:234 msgid "Write HVC settings" msgstr "写入 HVC 设置" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:236 msgid "Write kernel parameters" msgstr "写入内核参数" -#. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 +#. Progress step 1/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:240 msgid "Writing IUCVtty settings..." msgstr "正在写入 IUCVtty 设置..." -#. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 +#. Progress step 2/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:242 msgid "Writing HVC settings..." msgstr "正在写入 HVC 设置..." -#. Progress step 3/4 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 +#. Progress step 3/4 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminal.rb:244 msgid "Writing kernel parameters..." msgstr "正在写入内核参数..." -#. Text to select all -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 +#. Text to select all +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:43 msgid "<ALL>" msgstr "<所有>" -#. Read all settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 +#. Read all settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:315 msgid "Loading IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "正在装载 IUCV 终端服务器配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:324 msgid "Read configuration files" msgstr "读取配置文件" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:326 msgid "Load user/group settings" msgstr "装载用户/组设置" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:330 msgid "Reading configuration files..." msgstr "正在读取配置文件..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:332 msgid "Loading user/group settings..." msgstr "正在装载用户/组设置..." -#. no need to write anything if unmodified -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 +#. no need to write anything if unmodified +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:459 msgid "Saving IUCV Terminal Server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 IUCV 终端服务器配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:468 msgid "Write configuration files" msgstr "写入配置文件" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:470 msgid "Update user settings" msgstr "更新用户设置" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:474 msgid "Writing configuration files..." msgstr "正在写入配置文件..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/IUCVTerminalServer.rb:476 msgid "Updating user settings..." msgstr "正在更新用户设置..." -#. Dumpconf read dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 +#. Dumpconf read dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:215 msgid "Reading Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "正在读取 Dumpconf 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:224 msgid "Checking dump devices" msgstr "正在检查转储设备" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:226 msgid "Reading settings" msgstr "正在读取设置" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:230 msgid "Checking dump devices..." msgstr "正在检查转储设备..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:232 msgid "Reading the settings..." msgstr "正在读取设置..." -#. Dumpconf write dialog caption -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 +#. Dumpconf write dialog caption +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:257 msgid "Saving Dumpconf Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Dumpconf 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:266 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:268 msgid "Restart the service" msgstr "重启动服务" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:272 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/OnPanic.rb:274 msgid "Restarting service..." msgstr "正在重启动服务..." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3" msgstr "通道 ID：%1，WWPN：%2，LUN：%3" -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313 msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4" msgstr "通道 ID：%1，WWPN：%2，LUN：%3，设备：%4" -#. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 +#. TRANSLATORS: warning message +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372 msgid "" "Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n" "You will have to set it manually." @@ -1822,62 +1712,62 @@ "无法评估 ZFCP 控制器（例如在 LPAR 中）。\n" "您将需要手动设置它。" -#. popup label -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 +#. popup label +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391 msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices" msgstr "正在读取已配置的 ZFCP 设备" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470 msgid "%1: WWPN invalid." msgstr "%1：WWPN 无效。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478 msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1." msgstr "%1：不能为适配器 %1 激活 WWPN。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486 msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device." msgstr "%1：无法激活 ZFCP 设备。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494 msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated." msgstr "%1：SCSI 磁盘不能禁用。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502 msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1：无法取消注册 LUN。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510 msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered." msgstr "%1：无法取消注册 WWPN。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556 msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist." msgstr "%1：设备 <ccwid> 不存在。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564 msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded." msgstr "%1：模块 zfcp 不能装载。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572 msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed." msgstr "%1：适配器状态不能更改。" -#. error report, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 +#. error report, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580 msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active." msgstr "%1：WWPN 端口仍是活动的。" -#. message, %1 is device identification -#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 +#. message, %1 is device identification +#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588 msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan." msgstr "%1：此主机适配器支持 allow_lun_scan。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-client.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 +#. translators: command line help text for Samba client module +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:62 msgid "" "Samba client configuration module.\n" "See Samba documentation for details." @@ -23,43 +23,43 @@ "Samba 客户端配置模块。\n" "有关细节，请参见 Samba 文档。" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:75 msgid "Enable or disable the Winbind services (winbindd)" msgstr "启用或禁用 Winbind 服务 (winbindd)" -#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 +#. translators: command line help text for isdomainmember action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:85 msgid "Check if this machine is a member of a domain" msgstr "检查此计算机是否是域的成员" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:95 msgid "Join this machine to a domain" msgstr "将此计算机加入一个域" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:105 msgid "Change the global settings of Samba" msgstr "更改 Samba 的全局设置" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind enable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:113 msgid "Enable the service" msgstr "启用服务" -#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for winbind disable option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:119 msgid "Disable the service" msgstr "禁用服务" -#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for domain to be checked/joined +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:125 msgid "The name of a domain to join" msgstr "要加入的域的名称" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain user option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:132 msgid "" "The user used for joining the domain. If omitted, YaST will\n" "try to join the domain without specifying user and password.\n" @@ -67,190 +67,186 @@ "加入域时所用的用户名。如果省略，\n" "YaST 将尝试不指定用户名和口令加入该域。\n" -#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 +#. translators: command line help text for joindomain password option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:139 msgid "The password used for the user when joining the domain" msgstr "加入域时用户使用的口令" -#. command line help text for machine optioa -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 +#. command line help text for machine optioa +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:146 msgid "The machine account" msgstr "计算机帐户" -#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 +#. translators: command line help text for the workgroup name option +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:153 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "工作组的名称" -#. user must provide the domain name to be tested -#. error message for isdomainmember command line action -#. must provide the domain name to be joined -#. error message for joindomain command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 +#. user must provide the domain name to be tested +#. error message for isdomainmember command line action +#. must provide the domain name to be joined +#. error message for joindomain command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:211 src/clients/samba-client.rb:255 msgid "Enter the name of a domain." msgstr "输入域的名称。" -#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 +#. translators: error message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:224 msgid "Cannot test domain membership." msgstr "无法测试域成员资格。" -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:231 msgid "This machine is a member of %1." msgstr "此计算机是 %1 的成员。" -#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 +#. translators: result message for isdomainmember command line action +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:236 msgid "This machine is not a member of %1." msgstr "此计算机不是 %1 的成员。" -#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 +#. translators: result message for joindomain command line action +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/clients/samba-client.rb:278 src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:280 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "成功加入域 %1。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "U&ID" msgstr "UID(&I)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Group Name" msgstr "主组名(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "&Secondary Group Name" msgstr "次要组名(&S)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "&GID" msgstr "GID(&G)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "服务器名称(&S)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Remote &Path" msgstr "远程路径(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "安装点(&M)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "选项(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 -msgid "" -"Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</" -"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." -msgstr "" -"指定 Samba 用户和组 ID 的范围（<tt>winbind uid</tt> 和 <tt>winbind " -"gid</tt> 值）。" +#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid' +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174 +msgid "Specify the Range for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values)." +msgstr "指定 Samba 用户和组 ID 的范围（<tt>winbind uid</tt> 和 <tt>winbind gid</tt> 值）。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:235 msgid "&UID Range" msgstr "UID 范围" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:238 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小值(&M)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:240 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "最大值(&X)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:246 msgid "&GID Range" msgstr "GID 范围" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "最小值(&I)" -#. int field label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 +#. int field label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "最大值(&A)" -#. require_groups -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 msgid "Allowed Group(s)" msgstr "允许的组" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" msgstr "组名或 SID" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" msgstr "Kerberos 方法(&K)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Windows Internet Name Service" msgstr "Windows Internet Name Service" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Mount Server Directories" msgstr "装入服务器目录" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "服务器名称" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "远程路径" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "本地安装点" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "User Name" msgstr "用户名" -#. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#. table header +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#. error popup: min >= max +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" @@ -258,116 +254,116 @@ "该范围内的最小值不得\n" "大于最大值。\n" -#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "Windows 域成员资格" -#. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#. busy popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "正在校验 AD 域成员资格..." -#. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#. push button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "离开(&L)" -#. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#. status label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "此域当前的成员" -#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "使用 SMB 信息进行 Linux 身份验证(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "在登录时创建主目录(&C)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "加入设置" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "计算机帐户 OU(&H)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "活动目录服务器" -#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#. button label (run YaST client for NTP) +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "NTP 配置(&T)..." -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "禁用名称服务缓存" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "启动文件变更监视器" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 msgid "Membership" msgstr "成员资格" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "域(&D)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "域或工作组(&D)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "脱机身份验证(&L)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "SSH 单点登录(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "更改主要 DNS 后缀" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "专家设置(&E)..." -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from -#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information taken from +#. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." @@ -375,13 +371,13 @@ "无法使用工作组\n" "\"%1\"进行 Linux 身份验证。" -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "输入有效的域。" -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -389,12 +385,11 @@ "输入域或\n" "禁止使用 SMB 进行 Linux 身份验证。" -#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) -#. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#. we might use it to warn user (#155716) +#. continue/cancel popup +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 msgid "" -"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " -"following\n" +"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n" "settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n" "%1" msgstr "" @@ -402,10 +397,10 @@ "设置重设置回默认值：\n" " %1" -#. 1st part of an error message: -#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host -#. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#. 1st part of an error message: +#. winbind cannot provide user information if the host +#. is not in a domain +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." @@ -413,8 +408,8 @@ "对于使用 SMB 进行的 Linux 身份验证，\n" "主机必须是域的成员。" -#. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#. translators: 2nd part of an error message +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." @@ -422,13 +417,13 @@ "加入一个域或禁止使用 SMB \n" "进行 Linux 身份验证。" -#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "现在已启用了 Samba。" -#. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#. yes/no popup text +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -438,8 +433,8 @@ "DHCP 带来的主机名更改会出现问题。\n" "是否要禁用 DHCP 带来的主机名更改？" -#. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#. message popup, part 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" @@ -449,8 +444,8 @@ "已在运行的服务。手动重启动服务或重引导\n" "计算机以为所有服务启用它。\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -458,8 +453,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 Samba 客户端配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -467,8 +462,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Samba Client Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -476,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 Samba 客户端配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -489,59 +484,55 @@ "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help title +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help title (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:55 src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:75 msgid "<big>Selecting Windows Domain Membership</big>" msgstr "<big>选择 Windows 域成员资格</big>" -#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 +#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active " -"Directory domain.\n" +"A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n" "Specify the name of the membership.\n" msgstr "" "Linux 客户端可以是一个工作组、NT 域或 Active Directory 域的成员。\n" "请指定成员资格名称。\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication allows \n" -"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if " -"joining an AD domain.\n" +"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.\n" msgstr "" "如果加入的是一个 AD 域，使用 SMB 信息进行 Linux 身份验证\n" "将允许向 NT 服务器或 Kerberos 服务器进行口令验证。</p\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 +#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67 msgid "" -"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the " -"list of name servers.\n" +"Check Change primary DNS suffix to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n" "This option is only available for static network setups." msgstr "" "选中更改主要 DNS 后缀可将您的 AD 服务器添加到名称服务器列表中。\n" "该选项只可用于静态网络设置。" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "When you press OK, the system verifies the membership and,\n" -"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the " -"domain.\n" +"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.\n" msgstr "" "当您按确定后，系统将校验成员资格，\n" "如果它是一个 NT 域或 Active Directory 域，将允许此主机加入该域。\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79 msgid "Specify the name of the NT or Active Directory domain.\n" msgstr "指定 NT 或 Active Directory 域的名称。\n" -#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 +#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 2/2 (installation) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "When you press Next, the system verifies the domain and\n" "allows this host to join the domain.\n" @@ -549,66 +540,42 @@ "按下一步后，系统校验域并\n" "允许此主机加入该域。\n" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home " -"directories created on the first login." -msgstr "" -"选中登录时创建用户主目录以便在首次登录时创建本地用户主目录。" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85 +msgid "Check Create Home Directory on Login to have local home directories created on the first login." +msgstr "选中登录时创建用户主目录以便在首次登录时创建本地用户主目录。" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 -msgid "" -"Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is " -"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must " -"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored " -"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no " -"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially " -"useful for mobile users." -msgstr "" -"脱机身份验证 使用户在未连接主控制器的情况下也可登录。要使此选项生" -"效，必须至少登录一次您的域。然后将用户的身份凭证加密存储在计算机中，并在无法" -"连接域控制器时复用于域登录。这对于移动用户特别有用。" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89 +msgid "Offline Authentication enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users." +msgstr "脱机身份验证 使用户在未连接主控制器的情况下也可登录。要使此选项生效，必须至少登录一次您的域。然后将用户的身份凭证加密存储在计算机中，并在无法连接域控制器时复用于域登录。这对于移动用户特别有用。" -#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 -msgid "" -"Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS " -"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</" -"p>" -msgstr "" -"单击专家设置可启用高级功能，例如 WINS 选项，或从 Active Directory " -"域装入服务器主目录。" +#. Samba membership dialog help (common part) +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93 +msgid "Click Expert Settings to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains." +msgstr "单击专家设置可启用高级功能，例如 WINS 选项，或从 Active Directory 域装入服务器主目录。" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "加入设置" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101 msgid "" -"Set the Username and Password that should be used for " -"joining\n" -"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be " -"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." +"Set the Username and Password that should be used for joining\n" +"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form." msgstr "" "设置应在自动安装期间用于加入所选域的用户名和口令。\n" "请注意，口令将以明文（不加密）格式保存到配置文件中。" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 -msgid "" -"Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active " -"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos " -"configuration." -msgstr "" -"指定活动目录服务器以用于加入活动目录域。这在Kerberos 配置中也用作 " -"KDC 的值。" +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105 +msgid "Specify the Active Directory Server to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration." +msgstr "指定活动目录服务器以用于加入活动目录域。这在Kerberos 配置中也用作 KDC 的值。" -#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration -#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 +#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration +#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "To synchronize your time with an NTP server, configure your computer\n" @@ -620,22 +587,22 @@ "为 NTP 客户端。通过 NTP 配置访问此配置。\n" "\n" -#. default value of Machine Account -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 +#. default value of Machine Account +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:62 msgid "(default)" msgstr "（默认）" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:73 msgid "&Machine Account OU" msgstr "计算机帐户 OU(&M)" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:78 msgid "O&btain list" msgstr "获取列表(&B)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 +#. error popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:121 msgid "" "User name and password are required\n" "for listing the machine accounts." @@ -643,36 +610,36 @@ "要列出计算机帐户，需要\n" "用户名和口令。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:139 msgid "&Machine Account" msgstr "计算机帐户(&M)" -#. translators: text for busy pop-up -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 +#. translators: text for busy pop-up +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:177 msgid "Verifying workgroup membership..." msgstr "正在校验工作组成员资格..." -#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 +#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203 msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1." msgstr "请输入用户名和口令以离开域 %1。" -#. additional information for cluster environment -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 +#. additional information for cluster environment +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231 msgid "The configuration will be propagated across cluster nodes." msgstr "该配置将会在所有集群节点中传播。" -#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 +#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242 msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1." msgstr "请输入用户名和口令以加入域 %1。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249 msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n" msgstr "要匿名加入域，请将文本字段留空。\n" -#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 +#. popup question, the domain status cannot be found out, ask user what to do +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:304 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this host\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -680,8 +647,8 @@ "无法自动确定此主机\n" "是否为域 %1 的成员。" -#. popup question, first part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 +#. popup question, first part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:308 msgid "" "This host is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -689,12 +656,12 @@ "此主机不是\n" "域 %1 的成员。" -#. last part of popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 +#. last part of popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:312 msgid "Join the domain %1?" msgstr "加入域 %1 吗？" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:316 msgid "" "Cannot automatically determine if this cluster\n" "is a member of the domain %1." @@ -702,7 +669,7 @@ "无法自动确定此集群\n" "是否为 %1 域的成员。" -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:319 msgid "" "This cluster is not a member\n" "of the domain %1." @@ -710,289 +677,251 @@ "此集群不是\n" "%1 域的成员。" -#. popup question -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 +#. popup question +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361 msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?" msgstr "用户共享已存在。保留还是删除这些共享？" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363 msgid "&Keep" msgstr "保留(&K)" -#. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 +#. button label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:365 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "删除(&D)" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:381 msgid "Other Windows sharing services are available. Stop them as well?" msgstr "其它 Windows 共享服务是可用的。是否也停止它们？" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:392 msgid "&Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "使用 WINS 进行主机名解析(&U)" -#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 -msgid "" -"If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for " -"name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." -msgstr "" -"如果您希望使用 Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) 进行名称解" -"析，请选中使用 WINS 进行主机名解析。" +#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401 +msgid "If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check Use WINS for Hostname Resolution." +msgstr "如果您希望使用 Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) 进行名称解析，请选中使用 WINS 进行主机名解析。" -#. check box label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 +#. check box label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411 msgid "Retrieve WINS server via &DHCP" msgstr "通过 DHCP 检索 WINS 服务器(&D)" -#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 -msgid "" -"Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided " -"by DHCP." -msgstr "" -"选中通过 DHCP 检索 WINS 服务器可使用 DHCP 提供的 WINS 服务器。" +#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418 +msgid "Check Retrieve WINS server via DHCP to use a WINS server provided by DHCP." +msgstr "选中通过 DHCP 检索 WINS 服务器可使用 DHCP 提供的 WINS 服务器。" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438 msgid "Sharing by Users" msgstr "用户共享" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:440 msgid "Sharing" msgstr "共享" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:453 msgid "&Allow Users to Share Their Directories" msgstr "允许用户共享目录(&A)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:463 msgid "Allow &Guest Access" msgstr "允许 Guest 访问(&G)" -#. texty entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 +#. texty entry label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:475 msgid "&Permitted Group" msgstr "允许的组(&P)" -#. infield label -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 +#. infield label +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:481 msgid "&Maximum Number of Shares" msgstr "最大共享数(&M)" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 -msgid "" -"Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the " -"group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other " -"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</" -"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system " -"permissions allow access." -msgstr "" -"允许用户共享目录使允许的组中的组成员能够与其它用户共享自己的" -"目录。例如， <tt>users</tt>(对于本地范围)或 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>(对于域范" -"围)。用户也必须确保文件系统许可权限允许访问。" +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\') +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511 +msgid "Allow Users to Share Their Directories enables members of the group in Permitted Group to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access." +msgstr "允许用户共享目录使允许的组中的组成员能够与其它用户共享自己的目录。例如， <tt>users</tt>(对于本地范围)或 <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt>(对于域范围)。用户也必须确保文件系统许可权限允许访问。" -#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 -msgid "" -"With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares " -"that may be created." +#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4) +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517 +msgid "With Maximum Number of Shares, limit the total amount of shares that may be created." msgstr "使用最大共享数限制可创建的共享总数。" -#. membership dialog help common part -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 -msgid "" -"To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow " -"Guest Access." -msgstr "" -"要允许访问无需进行身份验证的用户共享内容，请启用允许 Guest 访问。</" -"p>" +#. membership dialog help common part +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522 +msgid "To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable Allow Guest Access." +msgstr "要允许访问无需进行身份验证的用户共享内容，请启用允许 Guest 访问。" -#. help text for PAM Mount table -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 +#. help text for PAM Mount table +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531 msgid "" "In the table Mount Server Directories, you can specify server\n" -"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when " -"the\n" +"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n" "user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify User\n" -"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each " -"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." +"Name for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page." msgstr "" -"在装入服务器目录表中，您可以指定当用户登录时应装入到本地的服务器目" -"录（例如主目录）。\n" +"在装入服务器目录表中，您可以指定当用户登录时应装入到本地的服务器目录（例如主目录）。\n" "如果装入应因用户而异，请为所选规则指定用户名。\n" "否则，将为每个用户装入此处指定的目录。\n" "更多信息，请参考 pam_mount.conf 手册页。" -#. help text for PAM Mount table: example -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 -msgid "" -"For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for " -"Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount " -"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a " -"part of Options." -msgstr "" -"例如，对于远程路径可以使用 <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 值，对于" -"本地安装点可以使用 <tt>~/</tt> 值以装入用户主目录，并将值 <tt>user=" -"%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 作为选项的一部分。" +#. help text for PAM Mount table: example +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538 +msgid "For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for Remote Path, <tt>~/</tt> value for Local Mount Point to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of Options." +msgstr "例如，对于远程路径可以使用 <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 值，对于本地安装点可以使用 <tt>~/</tt> 值以装入用户主目录，并将值 <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> 作为选项的一部分。" -#. help text for kerberos method option -#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 -msgid "" -"The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are " -"verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos " -"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page " -"for details." -msgstr "" -"Kerberos 方法的值定义校验 kerberos 票据的方法。当使用 SSH 单点登" -"录时，YaST 设置的默认 Kerberos 方法是<tt>机密和 Keytab</tt>。细节请参考 " -"smb.conf 手册页。" +#. help text for kerberos method option +#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546 +msgid "The value of Kerberos Method defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When Single Sing-on for SSH is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details." +msgstr "Kerberos 方法的值定义校验 kerberos 票据的方法。当使用 SSH 单点登录时，YaST 设置的默认 Kerberos 方法是<tt>机密和 Keytab</tt>。细节请参考 smb.conf 手册页。" -#. translators: initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 +#. translators: initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74 msgid "Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "Samba 客户端配置" -#. translators: initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 +#. translators: initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:76 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:650 msgid "Saving Kerberos Client Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Kerberos 客户端配置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:655 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "写入 PAM 设置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:657 msgid "Write Kerberos client settings" msgstr "写入 Kerberos 客户端设置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:659 msgid "Write OpenSSH settings" msgstr "写入 OpenSSH 设置" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:663 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "正在写入 PAM 设置..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:665 msgid "Writing Kerberos client settings..." msgstr "正在写入 Kerberos 客户端设置..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:667 msgid "Writing OpenSSH settings..." msgstr "正在写入 OpenSSH 设置..." -#. final progress step label -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress finished -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 +#. final progress step label +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:643 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:765 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:673 msgid "Install required packages" msgstr "安装所需的软件包" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:675 msgid "Installing required packages..." msgstr "正在安装必需的包..." -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953 msgid "PAM Login" msgstr "PAM 登录" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959 msgid "Use Kerberos" msgstr "使用 Kerberos" -#. summary item -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 +#. summary item +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961 msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos" msgstr "不使用 Kerberos" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965 msgid "Default Realm" msgstr "默认领域" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972 msgid "Default Domain" msgstr "默认域" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979 msgid "KDC Server Address" msgstr "KDC 服务器地址" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983 msgid "Clock Skew" msgstr "时钟偏差" -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999 msgid "KDC Server: %1 " msgstr "KDC 服务器：%1 " -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004 msgid "Default Domain: %1 " msgstr "默认域：%1 " -#. summary text, %1 is value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 +#. summary text, %1 is value +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010 msgid "Default Realm: %1 " msgstr "默认领域：%1 " -#. summary text (yes/no follows) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 +#. summary text (yes/no follows) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016 msgid "Kerberos Authentication Enabled: %1" msgstr "已启用 Kerveros 身份验证：%1" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. summary value -#. translators: winbind status in summary -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 +#. summary value +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. summary line -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 +#. summary line +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028 msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS" msgstr "通过 DNS 获得配置" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056 msgid "" "Clock skew is invalid.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1000,8 +929,8 @@ "时钟偏差无效。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 +#. error popup (wrong format of entered value) +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059 msgid "" "Lifetime is invalid.\n" "Try again." @@ -1009,143 +938,143 @@ "有效期无效。\n" "请重试。" -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:622 msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 Samba 客户端配置" -#. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:633 msgid "Read the global Samba settings" msgstr "读取全局 Samba 设置" -#. translators: progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:635 msgid "Read the winbind status" msgstr "读取 winbind 状态" -#. translators: progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:639 msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." msgstr "正在读取全局 Samba 设置..." -#. translators: progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:641 msgid "Reading the winbind status..." msgstr "正在读取 winbind 状态..." -#. Samba-client read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Samba 客户端配置" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:749 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:752 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "禁用 Samba 服务" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "启用 Samba 服务" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:758 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "正在禁用 Samba 服务..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:763 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "正在启用 Samba 服务..." -#. write progress stage -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:773 msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" msgstr "写入 Kerberos 配置" -#. write progress step -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:775 msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." msgstr "正在写入 Kerberos 配置..." -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#. translators: error message, %1 is filename -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:833 src/modules/Samba.rb:870 src/modules/Samba.rb:887 msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." msgstr "无法将设置写入 %1。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:846 msgid "Cannot start winbind service." msgstr "无法启动 winbind 服务。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:851 msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." msgstr "不能启动 winbind 后台程序。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:857 msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." msgstr "无法停止 winbind 服务。" -#. translators: error message, do not change winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:862 msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." msgstr "不能停止 winbind 后台程序。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:878 msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." msgstr "无法写 PAM 设置。" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1052 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "全局配置" -#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1059 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "工作组或域：%1" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1068 msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "在登录时创建主目录" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" msgstr "启用了脱机鉴定" -#. autoyast summary item -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1083 msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" msgstr "最大共享数：%1" -#. summary item: configured workgroup -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" msgstr "工作组或域：%1" -#. summary item: authentication using winbind -#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1109 msgid "Authentication with SMB: %1" msgstr "使用 SMB 身份验证：%1" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322 msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" msgstr "无法继续加入：cluster 状态不一致" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,204 +14,201 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 +#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" msgstr "Samba 服务器配置模块(有关细节，请参见 Samba 文档)" -#. translators: command line help text for share action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 +#. translators: command line help text for share action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 msgid "Manipulate a single share" msgstr "操作单个共享" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:89 msgid "Show the list of available shares" msgstr "显示可用共享的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for role action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 +#. translators: command line help text for role action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:99 msgid "Set the role of the server" msgstr "设置服务器的角色" -#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 +#. translators: command line help text for backend selection action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:109 msgid "Set the back-end for storing user information" msgstr "设置用于存储用户信息的后端" -#. translators: command line help text for service activation action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 +#. translators: command line help text for service activation action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:119 msgid "Enable or disable the Samba services (smb and nmb)" msgstr "启用或禁用 Samba 服务(smb 和 nmb)" -#. translators: command line help text for configure action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 +#. translators: command line help text for configure action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:129 msgid "Change the global settings of the Samba server" msgstr "更改 Samba 服务器的全局设置" -#. translators: command line help text for enable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for enable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:137 msgid "Enable the share or a service" msgstr "启用共享或服务" -#. translators: command line help text for disable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 +#. translators: command line help text for disable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:143 msgid "Disable the share or a service" msgstr "禁用共享或服务" -#. translators: command line help text for delete share option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 +#. translators: command line help text for delete share option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:149 msgid "Remove the share from the configuration file" msgstr "将共享从配置文件中删除" -#. translators: command line help text for share name option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 +#. translators: command line help text for share name option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:155 msgid "The name of a share" msgstr "共享的名称" -#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 +#. translators: command line help text for "share add" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:162 msgid "Add a new share" msgstr "添加新共享" -#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 +#. translators: command line help text for "share options" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:168 msgid "Change options of a share" msgstr "更改共享的选项" -#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 +#. translators: command line help text for "share show" subaction +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:174 msgid "Show the options of a share" msgstr "显示共享的选项" -#. translators: command line help text for share comment option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 +#. translators: command line help text for share comment option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:180 msgid "The comment of a share" msgstr "共享的注释" -#. translators: command line help text for share path option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for share path option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:187 msgid "The path (directory) to share" msgstr "要共享的路径(目录)" -#. translators: command line help text for share printable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 +#. translators: command line help text for share printable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:194 msgid "Flag if the share should act as a printer" msgstr "如果共享应充当打印机时设置的标志" -#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 +#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权从共享读取的用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 +#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权向共享写入的用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 +#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" msgstr "如果可通过浏览 LAN 查看共享时设置的标志" -#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 +#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 msgid "Flag if the share should allow guest access" msgstr "如果共享允许来宾访问时设置的标志" -#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 +#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" msgstr "以逗号分隔的有权访问共享的用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 +#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 msgid "Server should act as a primary domain controller" msgstr "服务器应该充当主域控制器" -#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 +#. translators: command line help text for BDC role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:242 msgid "Server should act as a backup domain controller" msgstr "服务器应该充当备份域控制器" -#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 +#. translators: command line help text for Domain Member role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:248 msgid "Server should act as a domain member" msgstr "服务器应充当域成员" -#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 +#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" msgstr "服务器应提供共享，但不应允许域登录。" -#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 msgid "Use the 'smbpasswd' file to store user information" msgstr "使用\"smbpasswd\"文件存储用户信息" -#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 +#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266 msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information" msgstr "使用\"passdb.tdb\"文件存储用户信息" -#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 +#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272 msgid "Use the LDAP server to store user information" msgstr "使用 LDAP 服务器存储用户信息" -#. translators: command line help text for password option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 +#. translators: command line help text for password option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:278 msgid "Password for the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAP 服务器的口令" -#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 +#. translators: command line help text for workgroup option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:284 msgid "The name of a workgroup" msgstr "工作组的名称" -#. translators: command line help text for description option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 +#. translators: command line help text for description option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:291 msgid "The human-readable description of the Samba server" msgstr "Samba 服务器的可读的描述" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "用于操作 LDAP 服务器上用户信息的 LDAP 后缀 DN" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" msgstr "用于修改 LDAP 服务器的内容(例如更改口令)的 LDAP DN" -#. translators: error message for share command line action -#. must provide the share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 +#. translators: error message for share command line action +#. must provide the share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:374 msgid "Specify the share name." msgstr "指定共享名。" -#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 +#. translators: error message for "share add" command line action, %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:380 msgid "The share %1 does not exist." msgstr "共享 %1 不存在。" -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:394 msgid "Provide the path of a directory to share." msgstr "提供要共享的目录的路径。" -#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name -#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 +#. translators: error message for "add share" command line action, %1 is share name +#. translators: popup error message for "add share", %1 is share name +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:400 src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1071 msgid "Share %1 already exists." msgstr "共享 %1 已存在。" -#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action -#. try to keep alignment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 +#. translators: heading for "list" shares command line action +#. try to keep alignment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:450 msgid "" "Status \tType\tName\n" "==============================" @@ -219,38 +216,37 @@ "状态 \t类型\t名称\n" "==============================" -#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 +#. translators: share is a disk. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:460 msgid "%1\tDisk\t%2" msgstr "%1\t磁盘\t%2" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:463 src/clients/samba-server.rb:481 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#. translators: share status -#. translators: share status -#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 +#. translators: share status +#. translators: share status +#. check if given path has a corresponding snapper configuration +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:465 src/clients/samba-server.rb:483 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment -#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 +#. translators: share is a printer. %1 is the status, %2 comment +#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:478 msgid "%1\tPrinter\t%2" msgstr "%1\t打印机\t%2" -#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 +#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88 msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'" msgstr "" "由于用户当前连接到了此 Samba 服务器，因此该\n" @@ -258,92 +254,92 @@ "要确认所有的设置都已应用（不论是否与用户断开连接），\n" "请运行“systemctl restart smb”和“systemctl restart nmb”" -#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 +#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:146 msgid "smbpasswd file" msgstr "smbpasswd 文件" -#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM -#. Unknown passdb backend -#. // translators: passdb backend radio button -#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 +#. table entry description for LDAP-based SAM +#. Unknown passdb backend +#. // translators: passdb backend radio button +#. `Left (`RadioButton ( `id("mysql"), `opt (`notify),_("MySQL Database") ) ) +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:598 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 +#. table entry description for TDB-based SAM +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:169 msgid "TDB database" msgstr "TDB 数据库" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:261 msgid "Optional value must not begin with a space character." msgstr "可选值不得使用空格字符开头。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279 msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted." msgstr "一个后端的多个可选值必须用引号括住。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:291 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:300 msgid "The entered URL '%1' is invalid" msgstr "输入的 URL“%1”无效" -#. message popup -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 +#. message popup +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:352 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:405 msgid "Delete the selected entry?" msgstr "是否删除所选项？" -#. we are already initialized -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 +#. we are already initialized +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:481 msgid "At least one backend must be specified." msgstr "必须至少指定一个后端。" -#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) -#. { -#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend -#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. -#. -#. The back-end cannot be deleted. -#. ")); -#. return false; -#. } -#. message popup -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 +#. if (size (passdb_backends) == 1) +#. { +#. // error message if user tries to delete the last passdb backend +#. Report::Error (_("At least one back-end must be specified. +#. +#. The back-end cannot be deleted. +#. ")); +#. return false; +#. } +#. message popup +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:568 msgid "Delete the selected back-end?" msgstr "是否删除所选后端？" -#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 +#. translators: frame text when adding a passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:583 msgid "Back-End Type" msgstr "后端类型" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:592 msgid "smbpasswd File" msgstr "smbpasswd 文件" -#. translators: passdb backend radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 +#. translators: passdb backend radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:600 msgid "TDB Database" msgstr "TDB 数据库" -#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 +#. translators: textentry label to enter details for the selected passdb backend +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:605 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend -#. is selected, but no details are entered -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 +#. translators: error message, if the MySQL backend +#. is selected, but no details are entered +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:648 msgid "" "An identifier must be provided\n" "in details \n" @@ -359,117 +355,117 @@ "有关详细信息，\n" "请参见《Samba HOWTO文集》。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of samba-server -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky(a)suse.cz> -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/samba-server/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of samba-server +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Stanislav Visnovsky <stanislav.visnovsky(a)suse.cz> +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "&Primary Domain Controller (PDC)" msgstr "主域控制器 (PDC)(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:70 msgid "B&ackup Domain Controller (BDC)" msgstr "备份域控制器 (BDC)(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Not a Domain &Controller" msgstr "无域控制器(&C)" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Misc Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:76 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget -#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. translators: combo box value -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 +#. Samba LDAP Settings Security Widget +#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. translators: combo box value +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:65 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:78 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Samba Installation" msgstr "Samba 安装" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:171 msgid "Step 1 of 2" msgstr "步骤 1(共 2 步)" -#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), -#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 +#. `ComboBox ( `id( "workgroups" ), `opt( `editable ), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), workgroups ) +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#. `ComboBox(`id("workgroup_domainname"), `opt(`editable, `hstretch), _("&Workgroup or Domain Name"), +#. SambaNmbLookup::GetAvailableNeighbours(nil)), +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1188 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain Name" msgstr "工作组名或域名(&W)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:236 msgid "Step 2 of 2" msgstr "步骤 2(共 2 步)" -#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 +#. header of status-like information. followed by domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Current Domain Name:" msgstr "当前域名：" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Samba Server Type" msgstr "Samba 服务器类型" -#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 +#. appears on new line after Primary Domain Controller radio button +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Not available because a PDC is present." msgstr "由于存在 PDC，所以不可用。" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:584 msgid "Rename Share" msgstr "重命名共享" -#. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 +#. TRANSLATORS: text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:593 msgid "New Share &Name" msgstr "新建共享名(&N)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "Enter a new share name." msgstr "请输入新共享名称。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a variable share name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:631 msgid "" "Share '%1' already exists.\n" "Choose another share name.\n" @@ -477,8 +473,8 @@ "共享“%1”已存在。\n" "请输入其他共享名称。\n" -#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 +#. confirmation dialog before deleting a share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "If you delete share %1,\n" "all its settings will be lost.\n" @@ -488,27 +484,27 @@ "则其所有设置都将丢失。\n" "确实要删除吗？" -#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 +#. rwalter I couldn't make this one show up. Please make sure my deletions didn't make it too confusing. +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:757 msgid "Trusted &Domain" msgstr "可信域(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:758 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1722 msgid "&Password" msgstr "口令(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:779 msgid "Domain name cannot be empty." msgstr "域名不能为空。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:785 msgid "Cannot establish trusted domain relationship." msgstr "无法建立可信域关系。" -#. issue a warning, if not already done so -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 +#. issue a warning, if not already done so +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "" "The password for trusted domains\n" "is stored in the autoinstallation control file. The password\n" @@ -520,15 +516,15 @@ "将以明文形式存储。因此可被视为\n" "一个安全隐患。" -#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 +#. SambaTrustDom::List() might return 'nil' +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1220 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1336 msgid "&Trusted Domains" msgstr "可信域" -#. confirmation -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 +#. confirmation +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:844 msgid "" "Really abandon trust relationship\n" "to trusted domain %1?" @@ -536,233 +532,233 @@ "确实要放弃\n" "与可信域 %1 的可信关系吗？" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:864 msgid "Share %1" msgstr "共享 %1" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "Expert Global Settings Configuration" msgstr "专家全局设置配置" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:920 msgid "Identification" msgstr "标识" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:922 msgid "Share &Name" msgstr "共享名(&N)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Share &Description" msgstr "共享描述(&D)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 +#. frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:928 msgid "Share Type" msgstr "共享类型" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:933 msgid "&Printer" msgstr "打印机(&P)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:935 msgid "&Directory" msgstr "目录(&D)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Share &Path" msgstr "共享路径(&P)" -#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 +#. translators: checkbox label, setting for share +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:946 msgid "&Read-Only" msgstr "只读(&R)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:948 msgid "&Inherit ACLs" msgstr "继承 ACL(&I)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:950 msgid "Expose Snapshots" msgstr "公开快照" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:952 msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features" msgstr "使用 Btrfs 功能" -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New Share" msgstr "新建共享" -#. translators: file selection dialog title -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 +#. translators: file selection dialog title +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1007 msgid "Path for a Share" msgstr "共享的路径" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Share name cannot be empty." msgstr "共享名不能为空。" -#. translators: error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 +#. translators: error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Share path cannot be empty." msgstr "共享路径不能为空。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1089 msgid "Available Shares" msgstr "可用的共享" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1093 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "过滤器(&F)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1095 msgid "Show &All Shares" msgstr "显示所有共享(&A)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1098 msgid "Do Not Show &System Shares" msgstr "不显示系统共享(&S)" -#. translators: table header texts -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 +#. translators: table header texts +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1109 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1110 msgid "Read-Only" msgstr "只读" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1111 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Path" msgstr "路径" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1113 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1124 msgid "Guest Access" msgstr "Guest 访问" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "Comment" msgstr "注释" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1123 msgid "&Rename..." msgstr "重命名(&R)..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "转换状态(&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1143 msgid "WINS Server Support" msgstr "WINS 服务器支持" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1150 msgid "Remote WINS Server" msgstr "远程 WINS 服务器" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1155 msgid "Na&me" msgstr "名称(&M)" -#. TRANSLATORS: check box -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. TRANSLATORS: check box +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" msgstr "使用 WINS 进行主机名解析" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Not a DC" msgstr "无域控制器" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1172 msgid "Primary (PDC)" msgstr "主域控制器 (PDC)" -#. translators: combobox item -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 +#. translators: combobox item +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Backup (BDC)" msgstr "备份域控制器 (BDC)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Base Settings" msgstr "基本设置" -#. translators: combobox label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 +#. translators: combobox label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1194 msgid "Domain &Controller" msgstr "域控制器(&C)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "Advanced Settings..." msgstr "高级设置..." -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1206 msgid "&Expert Global Settings" msgstr "专家全局设置(&E)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1207 msgid "&User Authentication Sources" msgstr "用户身份验证源(&U)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "Samba Configuration" msgstr "Samba 配置" -#. tab label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 +#. tab label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1242 msgid "Start-&Up" msgstr "启动" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&Shares" msgstr "共享" -#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 +#. BNC #579993, Allow guest access +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1283 msgid "I&dentity" msgstr "标识" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1298 msgid "WINS" msgstr "WINS" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1341 msgid "&LDAP Settings" msgstr "LDAP 设置" -#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 +#. BNC #247344, BNC #541958 (comment #18) +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1464 msgid "NetBIOS &Hostname" msgstr "NetBIOS 主机名(&H)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1565 msgid "User Information Sources" msgstr "用户信息源" -#. try to create it -#. first, ask for password -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 +#. try to create it +#. first, ask for password +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1619 msgid "" "For a proper function, Samba server needs an\n" "administrative account (root).\n" @@ -772,16 +768,16 @@ "管理帐户 (root)。\n" "此帐户将会立即创建。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1625 msgid "Samba root &Password" msgstr "Samba root 口令(&P)" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Verify Password" msgstr "校验口令(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1646 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match." @@ -789,13 +785,13 @@ "两次输入的口令\n" "不相同。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is a username +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1663 msgid "Cannot create account for user %1." msgstr "无法为用户 %1 创建帐户。" -#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 +#. translators: popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1705 msgid "" "Enter the username and the password\n" "for joining the domain %1." @@ -803,7 +799,7 @@ "输入用户名和口令\n" "加入域 %1。" -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1712 msgid "" "To join the domain anonymously, leave the\n" "text entries empty." @@ -811,23 +807,23 @@ "要以匿名方式加入域，无需输入\n" "任何文本。" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1720 msgid "&Username" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 +#. translators: button label to skip joining to domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1725 msgid "Do &Not Join" msgstr "不加入(&N)" -#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain -#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 +#. Translators: Information popup, %1 is the name of the domain +#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs.rb:1761 msgid "Domain %1 joined successfully." msgstr "成功加入域 %1。" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:37 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -835,8 +831,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 Samba 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -844,8 +840,8 @@ "<big>正在中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置使用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Saving Samba Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -853,8 +849,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 Samba 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -866,44 +862,37 @@ "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 +#. Samba selecting workgroup or domain 1/1 - Installation step 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big> \n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click Next.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click Next.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>工作组或域选择</big> \n" "选择现有工作组名或域名，或输入您自己的新名称并单击下一步。\n" "\n" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT " -"style domain.\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.\n" "The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.\n" -"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases." +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" +"The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases." msgstr "" "<big>Samba 服务器类型</big>\n" "域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登录到 Windows NT 风格的域。\n" "备份控制器使用另一个域控制器来进行校验。\n" "主控制器则使用自身拥有的用户及其口令信息。\n" -"配置对话框中的可用选项取决于此选择中的设置。在将来的版本中，将会废弃 " -"Windows NT 风格的域控制器功能。" +"配置对话框中的可用选项取决于此选择中的设置。在将来的版本中，将会废弃 Windows NT 风格的域控制器功能。" -#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 +#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<big>Samba Server Type</big>\n" -"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain." -"\n" +"A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.\n" "The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection." msgstr "" @@ -912,12 +901,12 @@ " 配置对话框中的可用选项\n" "取决于此选择中的设置。" -#. Share list dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 +#. Share list dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:80 msgid "<big>Shares</big>" msgstr "<big>共享</big>" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them. " @@ -925,8 +914,8 @@ "这是一个已配置的共享的列表，\n" "(包括已启用或已禁用的共享)以及有关这些共享的一些基本信息。 " -#. Share list dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 +#. Share list dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "A share can be enabled or disabled.\n" "A disabled share is not accessible, but its\n" @@ -940,8 +929,8 @@ "以便以后可以再次启用这些共享。\n" "" -#. Share list dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 +#. Share list dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:95 msgid "" "Some of the shares are special. For example, the share\n" "Homes is a special system share for accessing home directories\n" @@ -955,8 +944,8 @@ "只需选择过滤器菜单中的不显示系统共享\n" "即可。\n" -#. Share list dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 +#. Share list dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new share, Edit to modify\n" "already existing share, and Delete to \n" @@ -966,8 +955,8 @@ "已经存在的共享，删除用于\n" "删除有关某共享的信息。\n" -#. Identity dialog help 1/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 +#. Identity dialog help 1/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<big>Identity</big> \n" "These options allow setup of the identity of the server and its\n" @@ -977,28 +966,25 @@ "这些选项用于设置服务器的标识及其\n" "在网络中的主要角色。\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain " -"Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. Backup Domain Controller and Primary Domain Controller allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "Not a DC value.\n" msgstr "" "基本设置设置域和\n" -"服务器角色。备份域控制器和主域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登录到 " -"Windows 域。备份控制器\n" +"服务器角色。备份域控制器和主域控制器允许 Windows 客户端登录到 Windows 域。备份控制器\n" "使用另一个域控制器来进行校验。主控制器\n" "使用自己存储的用户和用户口令信息。\n" "如果服务器不应作为域控制器加入，请选择值\n" "无域控制器。\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 +#. Samba role dialog help 2/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:124 msgid "" "The Base Settings set up the domain and the\n" "server role. Primary Domain Controller allows Windows clients\n" @@ -1010,8 +996,8 @@ "登录到 Windows 域。如果服务器不应作为域控制器\n" "加入，请选择无域控制器。\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 +#. Samba role dialog help 3/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:131 msgid "" "WINS is a network protocol for mapping low-level\n" "network identification of a host (for example, IP address) to\n" @@ -1027,8 +1013,8 @@ "来执行其查询。如果是后者，请选择远程 WINS 服务器\n" "并输入该 WIN 服务器的 IP 地址。\n" -#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 +#. Samba role dialog help 4/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "Optionally, set a Server NetBIOS Name. The\n" "NetBIOS name is the name the server uses in the SMB network." @@ -1036,17 +1022,16 @@ "(可选)设置服务器 NetBIOS 名称。\n" "NetBIOS 名称就是服务器在 SMB 网络中使用的名称。" -#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 +#. Samba role dialog help 5/5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "高级设置允许访问\n" "详细配置、用户身份验证源和专家全局设置。\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<big>Trusted Domains</big> \n" "NT-style trusted domains represent a possibility to assign\n" @@ -1060,7 +1045,7 @@ "您可以在此创建一个域的列表，列出\n" "Samba 服务器将向其提供访问权限的域。\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "To add a new domain into the list, press Add.\n" "Enter the name of the domain to trust\n" @@ -1076,7 +1061,7 @@ "建立可信关系。要删除某域，\n" "请在列表中选中它，然后按删除。\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "For more details about how trusted domains work,\n" "see the Samba HOWTO collection.\n" @@ -1084,8 +1069,8 @@ "有关可信域如何工作的详细信息，\n" "请参见《Samba HOWTO 文集》。\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 +#. Single share editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "<big>Edit a Share</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the options of a share.\n" @@ -1093,8 +1078,8 @@ "<big>编辑单个共享</big> \n" "在此，调整某共享的选项。\n" -#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 +#. Single share editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "an existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" @@ -1102,8 +1087,8 @@ "添加可用于添加新的配置选项，编辑可用于修改\n" "存在的选项，删除可用于删除选项。\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "<big>Expert Global Settings Configuration</big> \n" "Here, fine-tune the global options of the server.\n" @@ -1111,8 +1096,8 @@ "<big>专家全局设置配置</big> \n" "在此，调整服务器的全局选项。\n" -#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 +#. Global settings editing dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify\n" "already existing option, and Delete to delete an option.\n" @@ -1120,8 +1105,8 @@ "添加可用于添加新的配置选项，编辑可用于修改\n" "已存在的选项，删除可用于删除选项。\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Samba Server Options</big> \n" "Here, set up details about use of LDAP by the Samba\n" @@ -1131,12 +1116,11 @@ "在此，设置 Samba 服务器使用 LDAP 的\n" "细节。\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "Search Base DN (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN</" -"b> is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. Administration DN is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "Set LDAP Administration Password.\n" @@ -1147,15 +1131,13 @@ "设置写权限口令，请使用\n" "设置 LDAP 管理口令设置该口令。\n" -#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password " -"is set.\n" +#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 +msgid "Note: Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.\n" msgstr "注意： 请先保存设置，然后设置 LDAP 管理口令。\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>User Authentication Information Backends</big> \n" "Choose where the Samba server should look for the authentication\n" @@ -1167,18 +1149,17 @@ "Samba 不再支持同时使用多个后端，\n" "现在只允许设置一个后端。\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing Delete and add a new one with Add.\n" msgstr "" "如果您想要更改用户身份验证源，请先按删除去除\n" "当前用户身份验证源，然后使用添加添加一个新的。\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "smbpasswd file is the file using the same format as\n" "the previous versions of Samba. Its layout is similar to the\n" @@ -1190,8 +1171,8 @@ "passwd 文件。可能存在多个此格式的\n" "文件。\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 4 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:218 msgid "" "LDAP is a URL of an LDAP server to check for\n" "the information.\n" @@ -1199,8 +1180,8 @@ "LDAP 是用于检查信息的 LDAP 服务器\n" "的 URL。\n" -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 5 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "TDB database uses an internal Samba database binary format\n" "to store and look up the information.\n" @@ -1208,27 +1189,27 @@ "TDB 数据库使用内部 Samba 数据库二进制格式\n" "来存储和查找信息。\n" -#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ -#. _("MySQL database uses an external MySQL database to -#. to store and look up the information. -#. ") + -#. not in UI anymore -#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 -#. _("Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify -#. an existing option, and Delete to delete an option. -#. Use Up and Down to change the order -#. of the back-ends. -#. "), -#. no such button there -#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ -#. _("The LDAP button gives access to -#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows -#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently -#. selected LDAP back-end. -#. "), -#. add new share dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 +#. we don't seem to support mysql anymore +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 5/7 */ +#. _("MySQL database uses an external MySQL database to +#. to store and look up the information. +#. ") + +#. not in UI anymore +#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 6/7 +#. _("Use Add to add a new configuration option, Edit to modify +#. an existing option, and Delete to delete an option. +#. Use Up and Down to change the order +#. of the back-ends. +#. "), +#. no such button there +#. /* passdb backend configuration dialog help 7/7 */ +#. _("The LDAP button gives access to +#. details of an LDAP configuration and also allows +#. checking a connection to an LDAP server for the currently +#. selected LDAP back-end. +#. "), +#. add new share dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:248 msgid "" "<big>Add a New Share</big> \n" "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.\n" @@ -1236,8 +1217,8 @@ "<big>添加新共享</big> \n" "在此，输入要添加的共享的基本信息。\n" -#. add new share dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 +#. add new share dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "Share Name is used for accessing\n" "the share from clients. Share Description describes the\n" @@ -1247,8 +1228,8 @@ "共享。共享描述介绍\n" "共享的用途。" -#. add new share dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 +#. add new share dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:258 msgid "" "There are two types of shares. A Printer share\n" "is presented as a printer to clients. A Directory share \n" @@ -1260,8 +1241,8 @@ "显示为网络磁盘。对于目录共享，必须\n" "输入共享路径。\n" -#. add new share dialog help 4/3 -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 +#. add new share dialog help 4/3 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:265 msgid "" "If Read-Only is checked, users\n" "of a service may not create or modify files in the service's\n" @@ -1271,7 +1252,7 @@ "可能无法创建或修改该服务目录下\n" "的文件。\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:270 msgid "" "Inherit ACLS can be used to ensure\n" "that if default ACLs exist on parent directories, they are always\n" @@ -1281,59 +1262,35 @@ "如果父目录上存在默认 ACL，则当创建子目录时，总是继承\n" "这些默认 ACL。\n" -#. add new share dialog help -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions " -"must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further " -"details." -msgstr "" -"如果选择公开快照，Samba 将会公开 Snapper 创建的快照，以供 CIFS/SMB " -"客户端访问和处理。仅当 Samba 提供 Snapper 支持，并且共享路径对应于支持 Btrfs " -"的 Snapper 配置子卷时，此选项才可用。 此外还必须授予相关权限。有关更多细" -"节，请参见 Samba 的 vfs_snapper(8) 手册页。" +#. add new share dialog help +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 +msgid "With Expose Snapshots selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume. Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's vfs_snapper(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "如果选择公开快照，Samba 将会公开 Snapper 创建的快照，以供 CIFS/SMB 客户端访问和处理。仅当 Samba 提供 Snapper 支持，并且共享路径对应于支持 Btrfs 的 Snapper 配置子卷时，此选项才可用。 此外还必须授予相关权限。有关更多细节，请参见 Samba 的 vfs_snapper(8) 手册页。" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." -msgstr "" -"使用 Btrfs 功能会指示 Samba 利用特定于 Btrfs 文件系统的功能。仅当 " -"Samba 提供 Btrfs 支持，并且共享路径是 Btrfs 子卷时，此选项才可用。有关更多细" -"节，请参见 Samba 的 vfs_btrfs(8) 手册页。" +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 +msgid "Utilize Btrfs Features instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's vfs_btrfs(8) man page for further details." +msgstr "使用 Btrfs 功能会指示 Samba 利用特定于 Btrfs 文件系统的功能。仅当 Samba 提供 Btrfs 支持，并且共享路径是 Btrfs 子卷时，此选项才可用。有关更多细节，请参见 Samba 的 vfs_btrfs(8) 手册页。" -#. help for LDAP Settings dialog -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 +#. help for LDAP Settings dialog +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "" "<big>LDAP Settings</big> \n" "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "\n" "\n" -"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/" -"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting LDAP Password Back-End allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With LDAP Idmap Back-End, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "\n" -"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"Search Base DN is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings</" -"b>." +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click Test Connection. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click Advanced Settings." msgstr "" "<big>LDAP 设置</big> \n" "在此处决定用于进行身份验证的 LDAP 服务器。\n" "\n" "\n" -"设置 LDAP 口令后端将允许在通过 URL 指定的 LDAP 树中储存用户信息。使用 " -"LDAP ldmap 后端可在 LDAP 中储存 SID/uid/gid 映射表。\n" +"设置 LDAP 口令后端将允许在通过 URL 指定的 LDAP 树中储存用户信息。使用 LDAP ldmap 后端可在 LDAP 中储存 SID/uid/gid 映射表。\n" "\n" "在“身份验证”部分，为 LDAP 服务器设置身份凭证，包括完整管理员 DN。\n" "\n" @@ -1342,53 +1299,36 @@ "要测试能否连接到您的 LDAP 服务器，请单击测试连接。\n" "要设置专家 LDAP 设置或使用默认值，请单击高级设置。" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, " -"Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix " -"for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." -msgstr "" -"用户后缀指定是否将用户添加到 LDAP 树。该值将附加到搜索基本 DN</" -"b>的值的前面。类似地，组后缀指定组的位置，计算机后缀指定机器位" -"置，Idmap 后缀指定 idmap 映射的位置。" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 +msgid "User Suffix specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of Search Base DN. Similarly, Group Suffix specifies the place for groups, Machine Suffix for machines and Idmap Suffix for idmap mappings." +msgstr "用户后缀指定是否将用户添加到 LDAP 树。该值将附加到搜索基本 DN的值的前面。类似地，组后缀指定组的位置，计算机后缀指定机器位置，Idmap 后缀指定 idmap 映射的位置。" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" -"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</" -"p>" +"Replication Sleep is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.\n" +"Time-Out specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds)." msgstr "" -"复制休眠</>指定在写入 LDAP 服务器后 Samba 等待的毫秒数，以便 LDAP 副本" -"可以及时同步。\n" +"复制休眠</>指定在写入 LDAP 服务器后 Samba 等待的毫秒数，以便 LDAP 副本可以及时同步。\n" "超时指定 LDAP 操作超时的秒数。" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." -"" +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 +msgid "Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with Use SSL or TLS." msgstr "使用使用 SSL 或 TLS 定义是否对 LDAP 连接使用 SSL。" -#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 +#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" -"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details." +"Delete DN specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.\n" +"With Synchronize Passwords, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details." msgstr "" -"删除 DN 指定删除操作是删除整个 LDAP 项还是只删除特定于 Samba 的属" -"性。\n" -"同步口令定义以 NT 还是 LM 哈希加密法同步 LDAP 口令。细节请参考 " -"<tt>smb.conf</tt> 手册页。" +"删除 DN 指定删除操作是删除整个 LDAP 项还是只删除特定于 Samba 的属性。\n" +"同步口令定义以 NT 还是 LM 哈希加密法同步 LDAP 口令。细节请参考 <tt>smb.conf</tt> 手册页。" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 msgid "" "If you change the NetBIOS Hostname, Samba creates a\n" "service identifier (SID) for your server with the first client\n" @@ -1400,8 +1340,8 @@ "服务标识符 (SID)。由于新 SID 与旧标识符不同，所以客户端\n" "不再作为域成员进行身份验证。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "Consider that /tmp and /var/tmp are publicly accessible\n" "directories and a scheduled clean job might remove files after a\n" @@ -1413,8 +1353,8 @@ "文件。请查看 /etc/sysconfig/cron 的\n" " MAX_DAYS_IN_TMP 和 TMP_DIRS_TO_CLEAR。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:336 msgid "" "Exporting /var might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1422,8 +1362,8 @@ "导出 /var 可能会引发安全问题。\n" "该目录包含系统的许多机密。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "Exporting /etc might lead to security problems. The\n" "directory includes many secrets of your system.\n" @@ -1431,8 +1371,8 @@ "导出 /etc 可能会引发安全问题。\n" "该目录包含系统的许多机密。\n" -#. translators: warning text -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 +#. translators: warning text +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n" "entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n" @@ -1440,47 +1380,46 @@ "导出 / 可能会引发安全问题，因为这会\n" "使 Samba 客户端能看到您的整个文件系统。\n" -#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "Advanced Settings provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.\n" msgstr "" "高级设置允许访问详细配置，\n" "如 LDAP 设置、用户身份验证源和\n" "专家全局设置。\n" -#. translators: combo box value -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 +#. translators: combo box value +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:67 msgid "TLS" msgstr "TLS" -#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 +#. translators: combo box value (updata password? Yes/No/Only = Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:82 msgid "Only" msgstr "仅" -#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 +#. translators: popup warning message about empty text entry +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:166 msgid "Enter the server URL." msgstr "输入服务器 URL。" -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:181 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:289 msgid "Passwords do not match." msgstr "口令不匹配。" -#. translators: inform text -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 +#. translators: inform text +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:300 msgid "Passwords match." msgstr "口令匹配。" -#. Propose default values -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 +#. Propose default values +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:351 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:369 msgid "" "All current LDAP-related values will be rewritten.\n" "Continue?\n" @@ -1488,182 +1427,182 @@ "将覆盖所有当前与 LDAP 相关的值。\n" "是否继续？\n" -#. translators: popup message -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 +#. translators: popup message +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:364 msgid "Connection successful." msgstr "连接成功。" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:432 msgid "&Search Base DN" msgstr "搜索基础 DN(&S)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:435 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "验证" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:438 msgid "&Administration DN" msgstr "管理 DN(&A)" -#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword -#. translators: password enrty label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 +#. TODO: if Mode::config() => no ask for pssword +#. translators: password enrty label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:447 msgid "Administration &Password" msgstr "管理口令(&P)" -#. translators: reenter password entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 +#. translators: reenter password entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:453 msgid "Administration Password (A&gain)" msgstr "管理口令(再输一遍)(&G)" -#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 +#. translators: frame title (passdb == password database) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:464 msgid "Passdb Back-End" msgstr "Passdb 后端" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:471 msgid "Use LDAP Password &Back-End" msgstr "使用 LDAP 口令后端(&B)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:475 msgid "LDAP Server &URL" msgstr "LDAP 服务器 URL(&U)" -#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 +#. translators: frame title (idmap = user id mapping) +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:483 msgid "Idmap Back-End" msgstr "Idmap 后端" -#. translators: check box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 +#. translators: check box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:490 msgid "Use LDAP &Idmap Back-End" msgstr "使用 LDAP Idmap 后端(&I)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:494 msgid "LDAP Server U&RL" msgstr "LDAP 服务器 URL" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:517 msgid "&Test Connection" msgstr "测试连接(&T)" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:520 msgid "Advanced &Settings..." msgstr "高级设置(&S)..." -#. translators: dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 +#. translators: dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:522 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:820 msgid "Expert LDAP Settings" msgstr "专家 LDAP 设置" -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:523 msgid "Default Values" msgstr "默认值" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:587 msgid "Suffixes" msgstr "后缀" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:590 msgid "&User Suffix" msgstr "用户后缀(&U)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:592 msgid "&Group Suffix" msgstr "组后缀(&G)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:594 msgid "&Machine Suffix" msgstr "计算机后缀(&M)" -#. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 +#. translators: text entry label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:596 msgid "&Idmap Suffix" msgstr "Idmap 后缀(&I)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:641 msgid "Time-Outs" msgstr "超时" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:647 msgid "&Replication Sleep" msgstr "复制休眠(&R)" -#. translators: integer field label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 +#. translators: integer field label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:654 msgid "&Time-Out" msgstr "超时(&T)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:693 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:699 msgid "&Use SSL or TLS" msgstr "使用 SSL 或 TLS(&U)" -#. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 +#. translators: frame label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:747 msgid "Other Settings" msgstr "其它设置" -#. No such option, bug 169194 -#. translators: text entry label -#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 +#. No such option, bug 169194 +#. translators: text entry label +#. `Left(`TextEntry(`id("ldap filter"), _("Search &Filter"))), +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:757 msgid "&Delete DN" msgstr "删除 DN(&D)" -#. translators: combo box label -#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 +#. translators: combo box label +#: src/include/samba-server/ldap-widget.rb:767 msgid "&Synchronize Passwords" msgstr "同步口令(&S)" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:167 msgid "Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "Samba 服务器配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/samba-server/wizards.rb:169 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. translators: in error message, followed by server error -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 +#. translators: in error message, followed by server error +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:261 msgid "Additional Information:" msgstr "附加信息：" -#. translators: unknown error message -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 +#. translators: unknown error message +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:265 msgid "Unknown error. Perhaps yast2-ldap is not available." msgstr "未知的错误。可能 yast2-ldap 不可用。" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Unknown Class:" msgstr "未知类：" -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." msgstr "仅支持 dcObject(dc) 和 organizationalUnit(ou) 类。" -#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP -#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 +#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP +#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 #, perl-format msgid "" "It seems that there is no functional\n" @@ -1672,204 +1611,204 @@ "看起来 %s 上没有正常运行的\n" "LDAP 服务器。\n" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:50 msgid "File and Printer Sharing" msgstr "文件和打印机共享" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:52 msgid "Backup Domain Controller" msgstr "备份域控制器" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:54 msgid "Primary Domain Controller" msgstr "主域控制器" -#. translators: server role name -#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 +#. translators: server role name +#: src/modules/SambaRole.pm:56 msgid "Domain Member Server" msgstr "域成员服务器" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:138 msgid "Initializing Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 Samba 服务器配置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:143 msgid "Read global Samba settings" msgstr "读取全局 Samba 设置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:145 msgid "Read Samba secrets" msgstr "读取 Samba 机密" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:147 msgid "Read Samba service settings" msgstr "读取 Samba 服务设置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:149 msgid "Read Samba accounts" msgstr "读取 Samba 帐户" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:151 msgid "Read the back-end settings" msgstr "读取后端设置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:153 msgid "Read the firewall settings" msgstr "读取防火墙设置" -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:155 msgid "Read Samba service role settings" msgstr "读取 Samba 服务角色设置" -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:158 msgid "Reading global Samba settings..." msgstr "正在读取全局 Samba 设置..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:160 msgid "Reading Samba secrets..." msgstr "正在读取 Samba 机密..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:162 msgid "Reading Samba service settings..." msgstr "正在读取 Samba 服务设置..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:164 msgid "Reading Samba accounts..." msgstr "正在读取 Samba 帐户..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:166 msgid "Reading the back-end settings..." msgstr "正在读取后端设置..." -#. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 +#. translators: progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:168 msgid "Reading the firewall settings..." msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..." -#. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 +#. translators: progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:170 msgid "Reading Samba service role settings..." msgstr "正在读取 Samba 服务角色设置..." -#. translators: progress finished -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:172 src/modules/SambaServer.pm:285 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Samba-server read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 +#. Samba-server read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:255 msgid "Saving Samba Server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Samba 服务器配置" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:260 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "写入全局设置" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:262 msgid "Disable Samba services" msgstr "禁用 Samba 服务" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:264 msgid "Enable Samba services" msgstr "启用 Samba 服务" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:266 msgid "Write back-end settings" msgstr "写入后端设置" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:268 msgid "Write Samba accounts" msgstr "写入 Samba 帐户" -#. translators: write progress stage -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:270 msgid "Save firewall settings" msgstr "保存防火墙设置" -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:273 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "正在写入全局设置..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:275 msgid "Disabling Samba services..." msgstr "正在禁用 Samba 服务..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:277 msgid "Enabling Samba services..." msgstr "正在启用 Samba 服务..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:279 msgid "Writing back-end settings..." msgstr "正在写入后端设置..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:281 msgid "Writing Samba accounts..." msgstr "正在写入 Samba 帐户..." -#. translators: write progress step -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:283 msgid "Saving firewall settings..." msgstr "正在保存防火墙设置..." -#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 +#. /etc/samba/smb.conf is filename +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:309 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/samba/smb.conf." msgstr "无法将设置写入 /etc/samba/smb.conf。" -#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 +#. summary item: configured workgroup/domain +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:406 msgid "Global Configuration:" msgstr "全局配置：" -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:408 #, perl-format msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %s" msgstr "工作组或域：%s" -#. summary item: selected role for the samba server -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 +#. summary item: selected role for the samba server +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:412 #, perl-format msgid "Role: %s" msgstr "角色：%s" -#. summary item: status of the samba service -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 +#. summary item: status of the samba service +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:415 msgid "Samba server is disabled" msgstr "Samba 服务器已禁用" -#. summary heading: configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 +#. summary heading: configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:419 msgid "Share Configuration:" msgstr "共享配置：" -#. summary item: no configured shares -#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 +#. summary item: no configured shares +#: src/modules/SambaServer.pm:425 msgid "None" msgstr "无" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/samba-users.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,116 +14,101 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:74 msgid "Here, edit the setting of the user's samba account." msgstr "在这里编辑用户的 Samba 帐号的设置." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:77 msgid "If do not enter custom values for " msgstr "请为以下设置输入自定义的数值:" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon " -"Script " +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:78 +msgid "Home Drive, Home Path, Profile Path, and Logon Script " msgstr "主驱动器、主路径、配置文件路径和登录脚本 " -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 -msgid "" -"the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." -"" -msgstr "" -"如果不输入自定义数值, 则会使用在您本地 Samba 配置文件中定义的默认值." +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:81 +msgid "the default values as defined in your local Samba Configuration will be used." +msgstr "如果不输入自定义数值, 则会使用在您本地 Samba 配置文件中定义的默认值." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:96 msgid "Home Drive" msgstr "家驱动器" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:107 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:128 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:149 src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:173 msgid "Use Default Values" msgstr "使用默认值" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:117 msgid "Home Path" msgstr "家路径" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:138 msgid "Profile Path" msgstr "Profile 路径" -#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 +#. translators: logon is the Windows synonym for login +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:162 msgid "Logon Script" msgstr "登录脚本" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:185 msgid "Samba Account Disabled" msgstr "Samba 帐号已经被禁止." -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:187 msgid "No Password Expiration" msgstr "口令不会过期" -#. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 +#. dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba.rb:199 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:112 msgid "Edit Samba Attributes" msgstr "编辑 Samba 属性" -#. help text -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 +#. help text +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:82 msgid "" -"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for " -"Samba.\n" -"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name " -"attribute,\n" -"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All " -"other\n" -"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name</" -"b>\n" -"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group " -"will\n" +"This plugin can be used to enable an LDAP group to be available for Samba.\n" +"The only setting that you can edit here is the Samba Group Name attribute,\n" +"which is the Name of the Group as it should appear to Samba-Clients. All other\n" +"settings are computed automatically. If you leave the Samba Group Name\n" +"empty, the same name as configured in the Global Settings of this Group will\n" "be used.\n" msgstr "" "此插件可以启用一个可用于 Samba 的 LDAP 组。\n" -"您在此可以编辑的唯一设置就是 Samba 组名称属性，是应向 Samba 客户端显示" -"的组名称。\n" -"其他所有设置都是自动计算的。如果您将 Samba 组名称项留空，系统将使用与" -"此组“全局设置”中配置的名称同名的名称。\n" +"您在此可以编辑的唯一设置就是 Samba 组名称属性，是应向 Samba 客户端显示的组名称。\n" +"其他所有设置都是自动计算的。如果您将 Samba 组名称项留空，系统将使用与此组“全局设置”中配置的名称同名的名称。\n" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_samba_groups.rb:99 msgid "Samba Group Name" msgstr "Samba 组名称" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:85 src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:85 msgid "Samba Attributes" msgstr "Samba 属性" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:95 msgid "Manage samba account parameters" msgstr "管理 Samba 帐号参数" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:203 msgid "Could not update objectClass attribute." msgstr "无法更新对象类属性." -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:252 msgid "Could not initialize Samba SID. Disabling plug-in." msgstr "无法初始化 Samba SID。禁用插件。" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSamba.pm:294 msgid "Change the password to create the Samba account" msgstr "更改该口令以创建 Samba 帐户" -#. summary -#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 +#. summary +#: src/modules/UsersPluginSambaGroups.pm:95 msgid "Manage Samba attribute of LDAP groups" msgstr "管理 LDAP 组的 Samba 特性" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/scanner.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,219 +14,219 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Text for the command_line_description: -#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) -#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. -#. For use with autoinstallation. -#. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 +#. Text for the command_line_description: +#. (the same as the caption of the matching help text) +#. Whole configuration of scanner but without reading and writing. +#. For use with autoinstallation. +#. @return sequence result +#: src/clients/scanner.rb:51 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:114 msgid "Scanner Configuration" msgstr "扫描仪配置" -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "Driver" msgstr "驱动程序" -#. Header for a column of the overview table -#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 +#. Header for a column of the overview table +#. where scanners and associated drivers are listed: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "扫描仪" -#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 +#. Label of a button to restart autodetection of scanners: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:125 msgid "&Restart Detection" msgstr "重启动检测(&R)" -#. Label of a button to test a scanner: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 +#. Label of a button to test a scanner: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:130 msgid "&Test" msgstr "测试(&T)" -#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 +#. Label of a button to run hp-setup. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Run &hp-setup" msgstr "运行 hp-setup(&H)" -#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 +#. Label of a button to go to the network scanning dialog. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services): +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:145 msgid "Scanning via &Network..." msgstr "正在通过网络进行扫描(&N)..." -#. edit -#. delete -#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: -#. test -#. select a scanner -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 +#. edit +#. delete +#. Test if the active backend is the 'net' meta-backend: +#. test +#. select a scanner +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:209 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:334 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:417 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:532 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "Nothing Selected" msgstr "未选择任何项" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when nothing was selected: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:211 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:336 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:419 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:458 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:534 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Select an entry." msgstr "请选择一项。" -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'Edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "Edit Not Possible" msgstr "无法编辑" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an active driver +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:289 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "It is only possible to delete a driver without a matching scanner." msgstr "只能删除无匹配扫描仪的驱动程序。" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Edit] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when there is only the fallback entry +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'add' to the exact label of the [Add] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:305 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:374 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:513 msgid "It is only possible to add a scanner." msgstr "只能添加扫描仪。" -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. -#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button. +#. Translate 'Delete' to the exact label of the [Delete] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:355 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Delete Not Possible" msgstr "无法删除" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: -#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Delete] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an autodetected scanner +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button: +#. Translate 'edit' to the exact label of the [Edit] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:360 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:482 msgid "It is only possible to edit a detected scanner." msgstr "只能编辑检测到的扫描仪。" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Deactivate %1?" msgstr "是否停用 %1？" -#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 +#. where %1 will be replaced by the driver (backend) name. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::DeactivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:438 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2261 msgid "Failed to deactivate %1." msgstr "未能停用 %1。" -#. which is not yet configured was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. without a matching active scanner was selected -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver -#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. -#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 +#. which is not yet configured was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. without a matching active scanner was selected +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#. when there is neither a detected scanner nor an active scanner or driver +#. and then the user clicked the [Test] button. +#. Translate 'Test' to the exact label of the [Test] button. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:477 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:508 msgid "Test Not Possible" msgstr "无法测试" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::TestBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Failed to test %1." msgstr "未能测试 %1。" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::RunHpsetup +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "Failed to run hp-setup." msgstr "未能运行 hp-setup。" -#. Select model dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 +#. Select model dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "Scanner Model and Driver Selection" msgstr "扫描仪型号和驱动程序选择" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field to enter a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:662 msgid "S&earch String" msgstr "搜索字符串(&E)" -#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 +#. Label of a PushButton to search a list for a search string: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:675 msgid "&Search" msgstr "搜索(&S)" -#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 +#. Label of a PushButton to show all entries of a list: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:680 msgid "Show Complete &List" msgstr "显示完整列表(&L)" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:688 src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:724 msgid "Scanner &Models" msgstr "扫描仪型号(&M)" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with the complete list of models: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:740 msgid "All Scanner &Models" msgstr "全部扫描仪型号(&M)" -#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 +#. Compare how the ModelItems function builds the matching status_strings by using the same logic: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:773 msgid "Unsupported Model" msgstr "不支持的型号" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when an unsupported model was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "This model is not supported.\n" "Ask the manufacturer for a Linux driver." @@ -234,16 +234,16 @@ "不支持此型号。\n" "要求制造商提供 Linux 驱动程序。" -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:784 msgid "Model Not Supported by the Driver %1" msgstr "驱动程序 %1 不支持的型号" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected -#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a model was selected +#. which is listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Check if another driver supports it,\n" "select a compatible model,\n" @@ -253,44 +253,41 @@ "请选择兼容的型号\n" "或要求制造商提供 Linux 驱动程序。" -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "Unsupported Driver" msgstr "不支持的驱动程序" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected -#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 -msgid "" -"The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-" -"bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." -msgstr "" -"epkowa 驱动程序仅可用于与 i386 兼容的体系结构（32 位 i386 和 64 位 x86_64）。" +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the epkowa driver was selected +#. on a non-i386-compatible architecture (i.e. neither i386 nor x86_64). +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "i386", it is an architecture name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:837 +msgid "The epkowa driver is only available for i386-compatible architectures (32-bit i386 and also 64-bit x86_64)." +msgstr "epkowa 驱动程序仅可用于与 i386 兼容的体系结构（32 位 i386 和 64 位 x86_64）。" -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:845 msgid "Possibly Problematic Driver" msgstr "可能会出现问题的驱动程序" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. -#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the epkowa driver was selected on x86_64. +#. Do not change or translate "epkowa", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "The epkowa driver may cause problems on 64-bit x86_64 architecture." msgstr "epkowa 驱动程序可能导致在 64 位 x86_64 体系结构上出现问题。" -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Outdated Driver" msgstr "过期的驱动程序" -#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline -#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 +#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline +#. when the outdated hpoj driver was selected. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "" "The hpoj driver should work but it is no longer maintained.\n" "Try to use the up-to-date driver hpaio." @@ -298,70 +295,70 @@ "hpoj 驱动程序应该可以起作用，但它已不再进行维护。\n" "请尝试使用最新的驱动程序 hpaio。" -#. Configure backend dialog -#. @return dialog result -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 +#. Configure backend dialog +#. @return dialog result +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "Scanner and Driver Setup" msgstr "扫描仪和驱动程序设置" -#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend -#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 +#. Only a simple message because before the function Scanner::ActivateBackend +#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:940 msgid "Failed to activate %1." msgstr "未能激活 %1。" -#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 +#. Caption of the ConfigureNetworkScanningDialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "Set Up Scanning via Network" msgstr "设置通过网络进行扫描" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1008 msgid "Permitted &Clients for saned" msgstr "Saned 允许的客户端(&C)" -#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 +#. Header of a TextEntry user input field. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1012 msgid "&Servers Used for the net Metadriver" msgstr "用于 Net 元驱动程序的服务器(&S)" -#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 +#. All contenst of the scanning via network dialog: +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1023 msgid "Server Settings" msgstr "服务器设置" -#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 +#. Label of a Frame for the server settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1032 msgid "Client Settings" msgstr "客户端设置" -#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 +#. Label of a Frame for the client settings for scanning via network. +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Predefined Configurations" msgstr "预定义配置" -#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in the help text -#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 +#. Label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in the help text +#. and in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1050 msgid "&Local Host Configuration" msgstr "本地主机配置(&L)" -#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" -#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" -#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 +#. Label of a PushButton to disable scanning via network. +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" +#. (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" +#. (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/dialogs.rb:1061 msgid "&Disable Scanning via Network" msgstr "禁用通过网络扫描(&D)" -#. Read dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Initializing Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -373,8 +370,8 @@ "请稍候...\n" "" -#. Write dialog help 1/1: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/1: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Saving Scanner Configuration</big> \n" @@ -386,13 +383,12 @@ "请稍候...\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 1/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 +#. Overview dialog help 1/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Configuration</big> \n" -"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active " -"scanners.\n" +"Set up or change the scanner configuration and show the already active scanners.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -400,14 +396,13 @@ "设置或更改扫描仪配置并显示已激活的扫描仪。\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 2/8: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 +#. Overview dialog help 2/8: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "\n" "To set up a new scanner, choose the scanner from the list of\n" "detected scanners and press Edit.\n" -"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual " -"configuration.\n" +"If your scanner has not been detected, use Add for a manual configuration.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -416,13 +411,13 @@ "如果未检测到您的扫描仪，则使用添加来手动配置。\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 3/8: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. -#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 +#. Overview dialog help 3/8: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "OfficeJet", it is a model name. +#. Do not change or translate "PSC", it is a model (Printer Scanner Copier) name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#. Do not change or translate "lsusb", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "A normal USB scanner should be detected automatically.\n" @@ -439,8 +434,7 @@ "configure the scanner unit with this tool.\n" "If you have difficulties configuring your scanner,\n" "check whether it appears in the output of <tt>lsusb</tt>.\n" -"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the " -"scanner.\n" +"If it is not listed there, the USB system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -448,28 +442,25 @@ "系统默认只会显示 USB 供应商和产品 ID 已知的 USB 扫描仪。\n" "如果一款 USB 扫描仪未显示或有非预期的结果，\n" "请尝试使用其他和重新检测。\n" -"有时可能也显示某些不是扫描仪的 USB 设备。没有通用的方法可以有效地区分扫描仪和" -"其他 USB 设备，\n" +"有时可能也显示某些不是扫描仪的 USB 设备。没有通用的方法可以有效地区分扫描仪和其他 USB 设备，\n" "因为没有针对扫描仪的 USB 设备类。\n" "请尝试通过添加继续。\n" -"如果是惠普多功能一体机，您可能需要先通过其他和运行 hp-setup 选" -"项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>，\n" +"如果是惠普多功能一体机，您可能需要先通过其他和运行 hp-setup 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>，\n" "然后才能通过此工具配置扫描仪单元。\n" "如果您配置扫描仪出现了问题，请检查它是否出现在了 <tt>lsusb</tt> 的输出中。\n" "如果输出中未列出，则表示 USB 系统不能与扫描仪通讯。\n" " \n" -#. Overview dialog help 4/8: -#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 +#. Overview dialog help 4/8: +#. Do not change or translate "lsscsi", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "\n" "SCSI scanners are normally detected.\n" "If difficulties arise proceeding with Add,\n" "check whether your scanner is shown by the command <tt>lsscsi</tt>.\n" "If not, the SCSI system cannot communicate with the scanner.\n" -"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been " -"loaded.\n" +"Verify that an appropriate kernel module for the SCSI host adapter has been loaded.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -480,9 +471,9 @@ " 验证是否为 SCSI 主机适配器装载了适当的内核模块。\n" " " -#. Overview dialog help 5/8: -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 +#. Overview dialog help 5/8: +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "\n" "Parallel port scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -490,8 +481,7 @@ "Common parallel port scanners must be configured manually.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected to the parallel port,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" "before you can configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -499,19 +489,18 @@ "无法使用此工具来配置并行端口扫描仪，除非是 HP 多功能一体机。\n" "通用并行端口扫描仪必须手动配置。\n" "要设置 HP 多功能一体机中的扫描仪单元，而该单元连接到并行端口，\n" -"您可能必须先通过其他和运行 hp-setup 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</" -"tt>，\n" +"您可能必须先通过其他和运行 hp-setup 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>，\n" "再通过此工具的添加选项配置扫描仪单元。\n" " \n" -#. Overview dialog help 6/8: -#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) -#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) -#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 +#. Overview dialog help 6/8: +#. Do not confuse a "network scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is directly accessible in the network) +#. with a "network scanner" (i.e. a program which scans the network for other hosts or services) +#. or with a "remote scanner" (i.e. a scanner which is connected to another host in the network). +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "Network scanners cannot be configured with this tool\n" @@ -523,10 +512,8 @@ "connected to another host in the network.\n" "To set up the scanner unit in a HP all-in-one device,\n" "which is connected via a built-in network interface,\n" -"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup</" -"b>\n" -"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add</" -"b>.\n" +"you may have to run <tt>hp-setup</tt> via Other and Run hp-setup\n" +"before it works to configure the scanner unit with this tool using Add.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -537,27 +524,25 @@ "然而，通过网络扫描意味着访问连接到网络中\n" "其他主机的远程扫描仪。\n" "要设置 HP 多功能一体机中的扫描仪单元，而该单元通过内置网络接口连接，\n" -"您可能必须先通过其他和运行 hp-setup 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</" -"tt>，\n" +"您可能必须先通过其他和运行 hp-setup 选项运行 <tt>hp-setup</tt>，\n" "再通过此工具的添加配置扫描仪单元。\n" "\n" -#. Overview dialog help 7/8: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. -#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way -#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 +#. Overview dialog help 7/8: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#. It is not possible to modify or remove an active scanner directly. +#. It is only possible to modify or remove a driver and this way +#. all scanners which are associated with this driver are modified or removed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a command name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "\n" "The table lists the configured drivers with their associated scanners.\n" "Press Add to select model and driver and enable it.\n" "Press Edit to select and enable a driver.\n" "Press Delete to disable the driver.\n" -"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled " -"drivers,\n" +"If you press Other, you can restart the detection, test enabled drivers,\n" "set up HP all-in-one devices, or set up scanning via network.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -570,23 +555,22 @@ "设置 HP 多合一设备，或通过网络设置扫描。\n" "" -#. Overview dialog help 8/8: -#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is -#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. -#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases -#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem -#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). -#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module -#. but at least the user must be informed. -#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" -#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. -#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs -#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 +#. Overview dialog help 8/8: +#. The most often problem which is reported by users regarding scanner setup is +#. when a driver was set up but then no scanner was recognized by this driver. +#. If the driver is the right one for the scanner, then in very most cases +#. the reason is a low-level (kernel related) device communication problem +#. (i.e. a low-level USB problem or a low-level SCSI problem). +#. Those problems cannot be fixed from within the YaST scanner setup module +#. but at least the user must be informed. +#. Be careful when you change or translate "No scanner recognized by this driver" +#. because exactly this text is shown here to the user in this case. +#. In particular keep the meaning of "recognize" because the driver actually runs +#. but the running driver fails to recognize the scanner. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:166 msgid "" "\n" -"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible " -"reasons are:\n" +"If a driver is set up but no scanner is recognized by the driver, possible reasons are:\n" "The scanner is not connected or switched off,\n" "the driver is not the right one for the particular model\n" "(even small differences in model names or internal differences in\n" @@ -605,15 +589,14 @@ "底层 USB 问题或底层 SCSI 问题）。\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 +#. SelectModel dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner Model Selection</big> \n" "All known scanner models, both supported and unsupported, are listed here.\n" -"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing " -"Next.\n" +"Read all information carefully before selecting a model and pressing Next.\n" "The information is based on data of the SANE project at\n" "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt>.\n" "" @@ -626,25 +609,19 @@ "<tt>http://www.sane-project.org/</tt> 的 SANE 项目数据。\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 +#. SelectModel dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-backends", it is a package name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" -"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver " -"available.\n" -"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-" -"backends package.\n" -"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete." -" \n" -"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver " -"does not work.\n" +"A model is supported if there is at least one appropriate scanner driver available.\n" +"Most scanner drivers are from the SANE project and provided in the sane-backends package.\n" +"The support status for a particular model varies from minimal to complete. \n" +"When a driver is shown as 'unmaintained', it does not mean that the driver does not work.\n" "Even an unmaintained driver could work perfectly well.\n" -"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver " -"internals\n" -"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained " -"driver.\n" +"But it means that there is no longer someone who knows about the driver internals\n" +"so that there is usually no help if there are issues with an unmaintained driver.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -653,18 +630,15 @@ "特定型号的支持状态从精简到完整不等。 \n" "当一个驱动程序显示为“不再维护”时，并不意味着该驱动程序不能工作。\n" "即使是不再维护的驱动程序也可能工作地非常完美。\n" -"但它意味着不再有人知道驱动程序的内部结构，因此通常不维护的驱动程序出现问题" -"时，您将无法获取帮助。\n" +"但它意味着不再有人知道驱动程序的内部结构，因此通常不维护的驱动程序出现问题时，您将无法获取帮助。\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 +#. SelectModel dialog help 3/5: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "\n" -"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a " -"driver.\n" -"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an " -"unsupported scanner.\n" +"Even if a model has no driver available, the manufacturer might have a driver.\n" +"Therefore, you should ask the scanner manufacturer for a driver for an unsupported scanner.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -672,10 +646,10 @@ "因此，您应该要求制造商提供有关不支持的扫描仪的驱动程序。\n" "" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Add the following sentence to translations: -#. Such comments are only available in English. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Add the following sentence to translations: +#. Such comments are only available in English. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "When additional comments are available, they are shown in square brackets.\n" @@ -685,26 +659,20 @@ "如果提供附加的注解，它们将显示在方括号中。\n" "此类注释只有英文形式。" -#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": -#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 +#. SelectModel dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "^Epson.*", "^Epson.*perfection", "^Epson.*1200": +#. These are intentionally selected actually working examples. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "\n" "Use the Search String to find an appropriate entry quickly.\n" "To find some text anywhere in the table, enter it in the field.\n" -"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is " -"also possible.\n" -"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this " -"list,\n" -"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson." -"*</tt>.\n" -"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search " -"string.\n" -"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*perfection</tt>\n" -"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson." -"*1200</tt>.\n" +"A more complicated search using a case-insensitive regular expression is also possible.\n" +"If the scanner was detected and the manufacturer name is available in this list,\n" +"the search string is preset with the manufacturer name, such as <tt>^Epson.*</tt>.\n" +"To refine the search results, append model-specific details to the search string.\n" +"For example, append a word that is part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*perfection</tt>\n" +"or append some digits that are part of the model name as in <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -718,14 +686,13 @@ "或追加作为型号名称一部分的数字如 <tt>^Epson.*1200</tt>。\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 1/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanner and Driver Setup</big> \n" "The driver is activated and the associated scanners are probed.\n" -"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next</" -"b>.\n" +"This may take a few seconds, so you must wait until you can press Next.\n" "If you press Back, the driver is deactivated.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -736,8 +703,8 @@ "如果按上一步，则将停用驱动程序。\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 2/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:244 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Additional Packages</big> \n" @@ -753,8 +720,8 @@ "这样的包并非对所的体系结构都可用。\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 3/4: +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:253 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Firmware Upload</big> \n" @@ -768,29 +735,25 @@ "在这种情况下将显示适当的解释文本。\n" "" -#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: -#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 +#. ConfigureBackend dialog help 4/4: +#. Do not change or translate "HP", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPOJ", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-officeJet", it is a package name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a project name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. The "for all" is crucial in "either ... or ... must be used for all HP all-in-one devices". +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:269 msgid "" "\n" "<big>HP All-in-One Devices</big> \n" "HP all-in-one devices may require a special setup.\n" "In this case, an appropriate dialog is shown.\n" -"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one " -"devices:\n" -"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer " -"available),\n" -"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-" -"one devices,\n" -"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio " -"driver.\n" +"There are two software packages that provide support for HP all-in-one devices:\n" +"the outdated HPOJ software (package hp-officeJet which is no longer available),\n" +"which provides the PTAL system (with the ptal service) to access HP all-in-one devices,\n" +"and the up-to-date HPLIP software (package hplip), which provides the hpaio driver.\n" "Both software packages can be installed at the same time\n" "but the ptal service and the hpaio driver cannot run together.\n" "Therefore either the patl service or the hpaio driver\n" @@ -811,10 +774,10 @@ "使用 ptal 服务或 hpaio 驱动程序。\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: -#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) -#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 1/5: +#. Do not confuse "scanning via network" (i.e. use a remote scanner via another host in the network) +#. with "scanning the network" (i.e. scan the network for other hosts or services). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:288 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Scanning via Network</big> \n" @@ -828,21 +791,18 @@ "设置通过网络进行扫描。\n" " " -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. -#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. -#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 2/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "CIDR", it is a (sub)-network notation name. +#. Do not change or translate "192.168.1.0/24", it is an intentionally selected actually working example. +#. Do not change or translate "xinetd", it is a program (daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Server Settings</big> \n" -"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via " -"the network,\n" -"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a " -"server.\n" -"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to " -"access saned on your server.\n" +"If you have locally connected scanners and want to make them accessible via the network,\n" +"set up the saned network scanning daemon so that your host becomes a server.\n" +"In Permitted Clients, enter which client hosts are permitted to access saned on your server.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of client hosts (hostnames or IP addresses)\n" "or subnets (CIDR notation, such as 192.168.1.0/24).\n" "If no client hosts are permitted, saned is not activated.\n" @@ -860,14 +820,14 @@ "如果激活了 saned，则还会为 saned 激活并配置 xinetd。\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). -#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" -#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module -#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. -#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 3/5: +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "sane-port", it is a port name (see /etc/services). +#. Be careful when you change or translate "external", "internal", and "zone" +#. to keep the relationship to the matching terms in the YaST firewall setup module +#. where also "external zone", and "internal zone" is used. +#. Keep the information that external access is useless and insecure (see "man saned"). +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Regarding Firewall</big> \n" @@ -902,39 +862,29 @@ "\n" "<big>防火墙相关</big> \n" "防火墙用来保护您主机上运行中的服务器进程不受无谓的网络访问。\n" -"如果通过网络使用扫描仪，SANE 网络守护程序 (saned) 就是必须运行以让远程客户端" -"可以访问连接到您本地主机上的扫描仪的服务器进程。\n" -"客户端主机通过 sane 端口（TCP 端口 6566）连接 saned，但扫描数据是通过其他的随" -"机端口传输的。\n" +"如果通过网络使用扫描仪，SANE 网络守护程序 (saned) 就是必须运行以让远程客户端可以访问连接到您本地主机上的扫描仪的服务器进程。\n" +"客户端主机通过 sane 端口（TCP 端口 6566）连接 saned，但扫描数据是通过其他的随机端口传输的。\n" "因此只有端口 6566 是不足以实现通过网络扫描的。 \n" -"请不要为防火墙中的外部区域打开 sane 端口 6566 或其他任何的端口以使用扫描" -"仪。\n" -"这非常危险，因为它允许外部主机访问 saned，如此防火墙不再提供对 saned 的任何保" -"护。\n" -"允许外部网络（例如外部区域）的访问没有任何意义，因为扫描文档需要可信用户能够" -"接触到物理扫描仪。 \n" +"请不要为防火墙中的外部区域打开 sane 端口 6566 或其他任何的端口以使用扫描仪。\n" +"这非常危险，因为它允许外部主机访问 saned，如此防火墙不再提供对 saned 的任何保护。\n" +"允许外部网络（例如外部区域）的访问没有任何意义，因为扫描文档需要可信用户能够接触到物理扫描仪。 \n" "另一方面，默认防火墙设置允许任何内部（可信）网络访问。\n" -"要使得您服务器上的 saned 可从内部网络访问，请向防火墙的内部区域指派属于内部网" -"络的网络接口。\n" -"请使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来进行此网络安全和防火墙相关的基础设置，通过网络扫" -"描将不需要任何进一步的防火墙设置。 \n" -"详情请参考 openSUSE 支持数据库文章《CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设置》，网址为：" -" \n" +"要使得您服务器上的 saned 可从内部网络访问，请向防火墙的内部区域指派属于内部网络的网络接口。\n" +"请使用 YaST 防火墙设置模块来进行此网络安全和防火墙相关的基础设置，通过网络扫描将不需要任何进一步的防火墙设置。 \n" +"详情请参考 openSUSE 支持数据库文章《CUPS 和 SANE 的防火墙设置》，网址为： \n" "http://zh.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_and_SANE_Firewall_settings\n" "" -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 4/5: +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:354 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Client Settings</big> \n" -"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the " -"network,\n" -"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the " -"servers.\n" +"If you want to access scanners connected to other hosts (servers) in the network,\n" +"set up the net metadriver to access them via the daemon running on the servers.\n" "The saned and the firewall on the servers must permit the access.\n" "In Servers Used, enter which servers should be used.\n" "Enter a comma-separated list of servers (server names or IP addresses).\n" @@ -951,15 +901,15 @@ " 如果未输入服务器，则不会激活 net。\n" " " -#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: -#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" -#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel -#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. -#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. -#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 +#. ConfigureNetworkScanning dialog help 5/5: +#. Be careful when you change or translate "local host configuration" +#. because this term is used also in a message of a Popup::ContinueCancel +#. and as label of a PushButton for a predefined configuration. +#. Do not change or translate "saned", it is a program (sane daemon) name. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "localhost", it is a fixed hostname for the local host. +#: src/include/scanner/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Local Host Configuration</big> \n" @@ -981,15 +931,15 @@ "在本地主机上即使作为普通用户也能访问扫描仪。\n" "" -#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: -#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 +#. Label of the dialog for ScannerAutoSequence: +#: src/include/scanner/wizards.rb:116 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment -#. to display an error message where -#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 +#. to add a preceding "The error message is:" comment +#. to display an error message where +#. %1 will be replaced by the actual error message: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:355 msgid "" "The error message is:\n" "\n" @@ -999,23 +949,22 @@ "\n" "%1" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:377 msgid "Failed to determine the version of package %1." msgstr "未能确定包 %1 的版本。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson -#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038) -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 +#. Message of a Popup::Error for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson +#. (formerly Avasys, see https://bugzilla.novell.com/show_bug.cgi?id=746038) +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:399 msgid "" "The third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys is required.\n" -"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly " -"Avasys)\n" +"The Image Scan driver software is made and provided by Epson (formerly Avasys)\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "(formerly Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/)\n" "where RPM packages for 32-bit (i386) and 64-bit (x86_64) architecture\n" @@ -1033,223 +982,214 @@ "该图像扫描驱动程序软件由 Epson（前身为 Avasys）制作并提供\n" "http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LXEpson\n" "（前身 Avasys http://avasys.jp/eng/linux_driver/）\n" -"在此可下载 32 位 (i386) 和 64位 (x86_64) 体系结构的 RPM 包（如果您同意了 " -"Epson/Avasys 许可协议）。\n" +"在此可下载 32 位 (i386) 和 64位 (x86_64) 体系结构的 RPM 包（如果您同意了 Epson/Avasys 许可协议）。\n" "该图像扫描驱动程序包含仅含二进制代码的专有软件。\n" -"对于某些型号，它只提供 32 位 (i386) 体系结构驱动程序，如果您的系统是 64 位，" -"则它不可用。\n" +"对于某些型号，它只提供 32 位 (i386) 体系结构驱动程序，如果您的系统是 64 位，则它不可用。\n" "一些扫描仪也支持其他的（自由软件）驱动程序。\n" -"当您的扫描仪型号需要一个 DFSG 非自由（专有）模块时，您必须下载并安装来自 " -"Epson/Avasys 的两个包：\n" +"当您的扫描仪型号需要一个 DFSG 非自由（专有）模块时，您必须下载并安装来自 Epson/Avasys 的两个包：\n" "基本软件包“iscan”和额外的依赖于型号、含专有模块的“iscan-plugin”包。\n" -#. Is the package available to be installed? -#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository " -"available." +#. Is the package available to be installed? +#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:442 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available." msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且包的储存库不可用。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 -msgid "" -"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." +#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:457 +msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository." msgstr "未安装必需的包 %1 且储存库中的此包不可用。" -#. Only a simple message because: -#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, -#. or this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 +#. Only a simple message because: +#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package, +#. or this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:476 msgid "Failed to install required package %1." msgstr "未能安装必需的包 %1。" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. -#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. -#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when there is no response from the 'scanimage' command. +#. Do not change or translate "net", it is a metadriver name. +#. Do not simply use "driver" because net is no normal driver but a metadriver. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -L", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:497 msgid "" "Failed to determine the active scanners.\n" "If the net metadriver is activated while there is a problem\n" "with the network, the 'scanimage -L' command may not respond. For example,\n" "this may happen if communication with a server used by the net metadriver\n" "gets distorted because a firewall drops some network traffic.\n" -"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is " -"fixed.\n" +"In this case, disable the net metadriver until the issue in the network is fixed.\n" msgstr "" "未能确定活动的扫描仪。\n" -"如果网络有问题时激活了 net 元驱动程序，命令“scanimage -L”可能会无响应。例" -"如，\n" -"当 net 元驱动程序使用的服务器通讯由于防火墙丢弃了一些网络流量而失真时，这种情" -"况便可能发生。\n" +"如果网络有问题时激活了 net 元驱动程序，命令“scanimage -L”可能会无响应。例如，\n" +"当 net 元驱动程序使用的服务器通讯由于防火墙丢弃了一些网络流量而失真时，这种情况便可能发生。\n" "在这种情况下，请禁用 net 元驱动程序，直到网络问题得到修复。\n" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active scanner was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:519 msgid "Failed to determine the active scanners." msgstr "未能确定活动扫描仪。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:533 src/modules/Scanner.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:650 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2500 msgid "File %1 does not exist." msgstr "文件 %1 不存在。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:553 src/modules/Scanner.rb:611 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:670 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2520 msgid "Failed to read %1." msgstr "未能读取 %1。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no active driver was determined. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:577 msgid "Failed to determine the active drivers." msgstr "未能确定活动驱动程序。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanner was autodetected. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:636 msgid "Failed to detect scanners automatically." msgstr "未能自动检测到扫描仪。" -#. Global functions: -#. Read all scanner settings: -#. - Check installed packages -#. - Read or create the scanner database -#. - Determine active scanners -#. - Determine active backends -#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 +#. Global functions: +#. Read all scanner settings: +#. - Check installed packages +#. - Read or create the scanner database +#. - Determine active scanners +#. - Determine active backends +#. - Try to autodetect USB and SCSI scanners and HP all-in-one USB and NETWORK scanners +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:766 msgid "Initializing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化扫描仪配置" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:770 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "检查已安装的包" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:772 msgid "Read or create the scanner database" msgstr "读取或创建扫描仪数据库" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:774 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1988 msgid "Determine active scanners" msgstr "确定活动扫描仪" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:776 msgid "Determine active drivers" msgstr "确定活动驱动程序" -#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 +#. 5. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:778 msgid "Detect scanners" msgstr "检测扫描仪" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:781 msgid "Checking installed packages..." msgstr "正在检查已安装的包..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:783 msgid "Reading or creating the scanner database..." msgstr "正在读取或正在创建扫描仪数据库..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:785 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2001 msgid "Determining active scanners..." msgstr "正在确定活动扫描仪..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:787 msgid "Determining active drivers..." msgstr "正在确定活动驱动程序..." -#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#. Busy message: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 +#. 5. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#. Busy message: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:789 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1001 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1070 msgid "Detecting scanners..." msgstr "正在检测扫描仪..." -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#. Last progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:791 src/modules/Scanner.rb:1030 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2003 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 +#. Progress 2. stage (Read or create the scanner database): +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:859 msgid "Creating scanner database..." msgstr "正在创建扫描仪数据库..." -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:893 msgid "Aborting: Failed to create the scanner database." msgstr "中止：未能创建扫描仪数据库。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:933 msgid "Aborting: Failed to read %1." msgstr "中止：未能读取 %1。" -#. Write scanner settings: -#. - Save the actual environment -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 +#. Write scanner settings: +#. - Save the actual environment +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1023 msgid "Writing Scanner Configuration" msgstr "正在写入扫描仪配置" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1026 msgid "Save the actual environment" msgstr "保存实际环境" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1028 msgid "Saving the actual environment..." msgstr "正在保存实际环境..." -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1088 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the running ptal service could prevent\n" @@ -1265,9 +1205,9 @@ "停止 ptal 服务，更改打印机配置以使用 HPLIP，\n" "然后重启动扫描仪配置。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1099 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because no graphical display can be opened. \n" "This happens if YaST runs in text-only mode, or the user who runs YaST \n" @@ -1277,14 +1217,13 @@ "again afterwards.\n" msgstr "" "无法运行 hp-setup，因为没有可打开的图形显示。\n" -"这在 YaST 在文本模式下运行，或运行 YaST 的用户没有设置 DISPLAY 环境变量，或 " -"YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示时发生。\n" +"这在 YaST 在文本模式下运行，或运行 YaST 的用户没有设置 DISPLAY 环境变量，或 YaST 进程不允许访问图形显示时发生。\n" "在这种情况下，请中止扫描仪配置，手动运行 hp-setup，之后再次启动扫描仪配置。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo when hplip should be installed. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a package name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1111 msgid "" "It seems hplip is not installed, which is required to run hp-setup.\n" "Should the hplip package be installed?\n" @@ -1292,9 +1231,9 @@ "hplip 似乎没有安装，但运行 hp-setup 需要它。\n" "是否安装 hplip 包？\n" -#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 +#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1117 msgid "" "Cannot run hp-setup because\n" "/usr/bin/hp-setup is not executable\n" @@ -1304,178 +1243,172 @@ "/usr/bin/hp-setup 不可执行\n" "或不存在。\n" -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. -#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback. +#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1125 msgid "" "Launched hp-setup.\n" -"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner " -"configuration.\n" +"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the scanner configuration.\n" msgstr "" "已启动 hp-setup。\n" "必须完成 hp-setup 才能继续配置扫描仪。\n" -#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column -#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 +#. where autodetected scanners are listed in the second column +#. to denote those scanners which are not configured yet: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1296 msgid "Not Configured:" msgstr "未配置：" -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#. Fallback device name if the real device name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1326 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2242 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "未知设备" -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#. Fallback manufacturer name if the real manufacturer name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1332 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2230 msgid "Unknown manufacturer" msgstr "未知制造商" -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#. Fallback model name if the real model name is missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1335 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2236 msgid "Unknown model" msgstr "未知型号" -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name -#. where the scanner is connected to: -#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name -#. %2 will be replaced by the model name -#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name +#. where the scanner is connected to: +#. %1 will be replaced by the manufacturer name +#. %2 will be replaced by the model name +#. %3 will be replaced by the device name where the scanner is connected to: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1360 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2225 msgid "%1 %2 at %3" msgstr "%1 %2 的 %3" -#. A suffix for the second column of a table -#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column -#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 +#. A suffix for the second column of a table +#. where active scanner drivers are listed in the first column +#. to denote those drivers for which there is no matching active scanner: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1402 msgid "No scanner recognized by this driver" msgstr "此驱动程序未识别出扫描仪" -#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user -#. when neither a scanner was autodetected -#. nor an active scanner was found -#. nor an active driver was found: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 +#. A fallback list entry so that there is no empty list shown to the user +#. when neither a scanner was autodetected +#. nor an active scanner was found +#. nor an active driver was found: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1426 msgid "No scanner was detected and no active scanner or driver exists." msgstr "未检测到扫描仪并且不存在活动的扫描仪或驱动程序。" -#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 +#. Scanner model list firmware entry for models which require a firmware upload: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1455 msgid "Firmware upload required." msgstr "需要固件上载。" -#. Scanner model list entry for models which require -#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. -#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. -#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. -#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 +#. Scanner model list entry for models which require +#. the third-party Image Scan (IScan) driver software from Epson/Avasys. +#. Do not change or translate "Image Scan", it is a driver software name. +#. Do not change or translate "Avasys", it is a manufacturer name. +#. Do not change or translate "Epson", it is a manufacturer name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1461 msgid "Third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys required." msgstr "需要来自 Epson/Avasys 的第三方图片扫描驱动程序软件。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name -#. which provides the driver for the particular model: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 +#. %1 will be replaced by the RPM package name +#. which provides the driver for the particular model: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1527 msgid "Package %1" msgstr "包 %1" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1548 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide good functionality." msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以提供良好的功能。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1554 msgid "Driver %1 should provide good functionality." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 应该能提供良好的功能。" -#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 +#. Scanner model list status entry for "good" supported models: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1561 msgid "This scanner is not supported." msgstr "不支持该扫描仪。" -#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 +#. which are listed as "unsupported" for a particular driver: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1566 msgid "This scanner is not supported by the driver %1." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 不支持该扫描仪。" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1576 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide complete functionality." msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以提供完整的功能。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1584 msgid "Driver %1 should provide complete functionality." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 应该能提供完整的功能。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1592 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but was not tested." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 或许可以工作，但未经测试。" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1601 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide basic functionality." msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以能提供基本的功能。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1609 msgid "Driver %1 should provide basic functionality." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 应该能提供基本的功能。" -#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 +#. but where the backend (scanner driver) is unmaintained: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1619 msgid "Unmaintained driver %1 may provide minimal functionality." msgstr "不再维护的驱动程序 %1 可以能提供精简的功能。" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1627 msgid "Driver %1 should provide minimal functionality." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 应该能提供精简的功能。" -#. which are listed but without a known support status: -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 +#. which are listed but without a known support status: +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend (scanner driver) name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1635 msgid "Driver %1 may work, but the functionality is unknown." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 或许可以工作，但其功能未知。" -#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload -#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. -#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply -#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only -#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. -#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 +#. The body of a Popup::AnyMessage for scanners which require a firmware upload +#. Below this message on a seperated line a special command will be shown. +#. The "somewhere" is important because normally the firmware file is not simply +#. stored on the manufacturer's CD but often it is buried in a weird Windows-only +#. driver archive format. The text must indicate this. +#. Do not change or translate "SANE", it is a project name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1886 msgid "" -"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's " -"memory.\n" +"A firmware file contains software that must be uploaded to the scanner's memory.\n" "Without firmware, the scanner cannot work.\n" "\n" -"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot " -"distribute it.\n" +"Because firmware is licensed by the scanner manufacturer, we cannot distribute it.\n" "Usually the firmware file is stored somewhere on the manufacturer's CD.\n" -"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web " -"site.\n" -"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular " -"scanner.\n" +"Alternatively, it may be possible to download it from the manufacturer's web site.\n" +"Ask the manufacturer how to get the firmware file for your particular scanner.\n" "Find additional useful information on the SANE web site at\n" "http://www.sane-project.org/.\n" "\n" "After you get the firmware file, you must configure the driver manually.\n" -"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware " -"upload.\n" +"The man page of the driver describes how to configure it for firmware upload.\n" "The following command shows the man page for your driver:\n" msgstr "" "固件文件包含必须上载到扫描仪内存中的软件。\n" @@ -1492,10 +1425,10 @@ "驱动程序的手册页描述如何配置驱动程序以进行固件上载。\n" "以下命令将显示驱动程序的手册页：\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpaio driver. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "HPLIP", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1905 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the ptal service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the ptal service would be stopped\n" @@ -1507,29 +1440,26 @@ "并且所有使用 ptal 服务的打印队列都将停止工作。\n" "如果您继续执行操作，请更改打印机配置以使用 HPLIP。\n" -#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 +#. Message of a Popup::YesNo for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1917 msgid "" "The hpoj driver requires the PTAL system to be set up and running.\n" "In particular, the ptal service must be up and running.\n" "\n" -"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be " -"initialized.\n" +"Before the ptal service can be started, the PTAL system must be initialized.\n" "Additionally, the ptal service should be activated for start when booting.\n" "The PTAL system and the hplip service exclude each other.\n" "Therefore a running hplip service would be stopped and deactivated\n" "before the the PTAL system is initialized, activated, and started.\n" "An automated initialization of the PTAL system is only safe for USB.\n" -"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB " -"fails,\n" +"If you have a non-USB device or if the automated initialization for USB fails,\n" "set up the PTAL system manually.\n" "If you have an all-in-one device (scanner+printer), note that\n" -"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/" -"lp0),\n" +"a running ptal service monopolizes the USB device file (e.g., /dev/usb/lp0),\n" "so the printer can no longer be addressed via the USB device file.\n" "\n" "Should the PTAL system for USB be initialized, activated, and started now?\n" @@ -1551,19 +1481,18 @@ "\n" "现在是否应针对 USB 初始化、激活并启动 PTAL 系统？\n" -#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. -#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 +#. Message of a Popup::ContinueCancel for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj driver. +#. Do not change or translate "hplip", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "hpaio", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1940 msgid "" "There is at least one printer configuration that uses the hplip service.\n" "It is possible to proceed but then the hplip service would be stopped\n" "and all print queues that use the hplip service would no longer work.\n" "If the scanner is also supported by the hpaio driver, do not proceed.\n" "Instead use hpaio to set up the scanner.\n" -"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal " -"service.\n" +"Alternatively proceed and change the printer configuration to use the ptal service.\n" msgstr "" "至少有一种打印机配置使用 hplip 服务。\n" "可以继续执行操作但随之 hplip 服务将停止，\n" @@ -1572,105 +1501,105 @@ "而改为使用 hpaio 设置扫描仪。\n" "或者，继续执行操作并将打印机配置改为使用 ptal 服务。\n" -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1976 msgid "Setting Up Driver %1" msgstr "正在设置驱动程序 %1" -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1980 msgid "Check whether additional packages must be installed" msgstr "检查是否必须安装其它包" -#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 +#. 2. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1982 msgid "Check whether firmware upload is required" msgstr "检查是否需要上载固件" -#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 +#. 3. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1984 msgid "Test and set up special requirements for particular drivers" msgstr "测试并设置特定驱动程序的特殊需求" -#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 +#. 4. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1986 msgid "Activate the driver" msgstr "激活驱动程序" -#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 +#. 1. progress stage name of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1991 msgid "Checking whether additional packages must be installed..." msgstr "正在检查是否必须安装其它包..." -#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 +#. 2. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1993 msgid "Checking whether firmware upload is required..." msgstr "正在检查是否需要上载固件..." -#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 +#. 3. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1995 msgid "Testing and setting up special requirements for particular drivers..." msgstr "正在测试并设置特定驱动程序的特殊需求..." -#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 +#. 4. progress step progress bar title of a Progress::New: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:1999 msgid "Activating the driver..." msgstr "正在激活驱动程序..." -#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 +#. the third-party Image Scan driver software from Epson/Avasys: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2020 msgid "Required Package Not Installed" msgstr "未安装必需的包" -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where -#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name -#. %2 will be replaced by the package name -#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog -#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown -#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage where +#. %1 will be replaced by the backend name +#. %2 will be replaced by the package name +#. Only a simple message because before there was a dialog +#. which let the user install the package so that this message is shown +#. if the user has explicitly rejected to install it. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2028 msgid "The driver %1 requires the package %2." msgstr "驱动程序 %1 需要包 %2。" -#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. -#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. -#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. -#. Activate the backend via bash script: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 +#. The ptal service is associated with the hpoj backend. +#. It may happen that the conflicting service hplip is in use by the printing system. +#. The hplip service is associated with the hpaoi backend. +#. Activate the backend via bash script: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2034 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2075 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2119 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2133 +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2143 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "已中止" -#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. -#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been -#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. -#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. -#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified -#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database -#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. -#. Otherwise skip this section. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 +#. Some scanners require a firmware upload to become ready to operate. +#. When building the sane package ':firmware "required"' entries have been +#. added for the respective scanners to the appropriate descriptions files. +#. See the sane.spec file of the sane package. +#. This makes only sense if a database_index was specified +#. because which scanner requires firmware upload is stored in the database +#. and additionally user confirmation must be requested. +#. Otherwise skip this section. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2054 msgid "Firmware Upload Required" msgstr "需要固件上载" -#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. -#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo -#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service -#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 +#. Message of a Popup::Warning for scanners which should be set up with the hpoj backend. +#. Only a simple message because before there was a Popup::YesNo +#. which asked the user whether he wants to let YaST activate the ptal service +#. so that this message is shown if the user has explicitly rejected to do it. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2109 msgid "If the ptal service is not running, the scanner cannot work." msgstr "如果 ptal 服务没有运行，则扫描仪无法工作。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "PTAL", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2130 msgid "Failed to set up the PTAL system." msgstr "未能设置 PTAL 系统。" -#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 +#. Header message for a list of scanners which will be deactivated: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2217 msgid "" "The following scanners use the same driver.\n" "Therefore all those scanners will be deactivated:" @@ -1678,68 +1607,64 @@ "以下扫描仪使用相同的驱动程序。\n" "因此将停用所有那些扫描仪：" -#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. -#. but the user should get a notification -#. why the ptal service must be still active. -#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. -#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 -msgid "" -"The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not " -"deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." -msgstr "" -"驱动程序 hpoj 已被停用，但关联的 ptal 服务并未被停用，因为 CUPS 打印系统需要" -"该服务。" +#. Only a simple message because everything is perfectly o.k. +#. but the user should get a notification +#. why the ptal service must be still active. +#. This works only if the CUPS printing system is used. +#. Do not change or translate "hpoj", it is a driver name. +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#. Do not change or translate "CUPS", it is a subsystem name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2285 +msgid "The driver hpoj is deactivated but the associated service ptal is not deactivated because it is needed by the CUPS printing system." +msgstr "驱动程序 hpoj 已被停用，但关联的 ptal 服务并未被停用，因为 CUPS 打印系统需要该服务。" -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2300 msgid "Failed to stop the ptal service." msgstr "未能停止 ptal 服务。" -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not change or translate "ptal", it is a service name. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2311 msgid "Failed to disable the ptal service." msgstr "未能禁用 ptal 服务。" -#. If there is no active scanner for the backend -#. then show a message but exit successfully because -#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 +#. If there is no active scanner for the backend +#. then show a message but exit successfully because +#. it is no error when there is no active scanner for the backend: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2370 msgid "No Scanner for %1" msgstr "%1 没有扫描仪" -#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 +#. Header of a Popup::AnyMessage where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2372 msgid "It is not possible to test without a matching active scanner." msgstr "不能在没有匹配的活动扫描仪的情况下执行测试。" -#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 +#. Header of a SelectionBox with a list of scanners: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2387 msgid "&Scanner to Test" msgstr "要测试的扫描仪(&S)" -#. Test the device: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 +#. Test the device: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2409 msgid "Testing %1" msgstr "测试 %1" -#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: -#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 +#. Header of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the driver name: +#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback where %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2412 msgid "Testing with 'scanimage -d %1 -v'..." msgstr "正在使用“scanimage -d %1 -v”进行测试..." -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2424 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' failed.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1751,27 +1676,27 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#. Fallback message if the real results are missing: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2435 src/modules/Scanner.rb:2467 msgid "(no results available)" msgstr "(无可用的结果)" -#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. -#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, -#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow -#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed -#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. -#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 +#. If the test failed, do the whole autodetection anew. +#. Even if normally nothing should have changed because of a failed test, +#. it might have happened that for example during the test somehow +#. the scanner had fallen into coma or the USB or SCSI system had crashed +#. and then the scanner would be no longer an active scanner nor could it be autodetected. +#. To simulate such an event, simply unplug an USB scanner while it is being tested. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2450 msgid "Successfully Tested %1" msgstr "已成功测试 %1" -#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier -#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results -#. which are usually only available in English. -#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 +#. %1 will be replaced by the SANE device identifier +#. %2 will be replaced by the actual test results +#. which are usually only available in English. +#. Do not change or translate "scanimage -d %1 -v", it is a fixed command. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2456 msgid "" "Test with 'scanimage -d %1 -v' succeeded.\n" "The results are:\n" @@ -1783,38 +1708,38 @@ "\n" "%2" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network was configured. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2486 msgid "Failed to determine the configuration for scanning via network." msgstr "未能确定通过网络进行扫描的配置。" -#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system -#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). -#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. -#. The latter results no error. -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 +#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system +#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up). +#. Do not confuse this error with the case when no scanning via network is to be set up. +#. The latter results no error. +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2562 msgid "Failed to set up scanning via network." msgstr "未能设置通过网络进行扫描。" -#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling -#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" -#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. -#. One might use a more specific test via -#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" -#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets -#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here -#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. -#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message -#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. -#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 +#. Determine if any kind of firewall seems to be active by calling +#. "iptables -n -L | egrep -q 'DROP|REJECT'" +#. to find out if there are currently dropping or rejecting packet filter rules. +#. One might use a more specific test via +#. "iptables -n -L | grep -v '^LOG' | egrep -q '^DROP|^REJECT'" +#. to match only for DROP and REJECT targets and exclude LOG targets +#. but it does not cause real problems when there is a false positive result here +#. because all what happens it that then a needless firewall info popup would be shown. +#. If any kind of firewall seems to be active, show a popup message +#. regarding scanning via network and firewall. +#. @return true if any kind of firewall seems to be active +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2590 msgid "Check that your firewall allows scanning via network." msgstr "检查您的防火墙是否允许通过网络扫描。" -#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: -#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 +#. Popup::MessageDetails information regarding details: +#: src/modules/Scanner.rb:2592 msgid "For details regarding firewall see the help text of this dialog." msgstr "防火墙详情，请参考此对话框的帮助文本。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/security.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,294 +14,294 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Security module -#: src/clients/security.rb:59 +#. translators: command line help text for Security module +#: src/clients/security.rb:59 msgid "Security configuration module" msgstr "安全配置模块" -#. command line help text for 'summary' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:72 +#. command line help text for 'summary' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:72 msgid "View summary of current configuration" msgstr "查看当前配置概要" -#. command line help text for 'level' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:79 +#. command line help text for 'level' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:79 msgid "Set the security level" msgstr "设置安全性级别" -#. command line help text for 'set' action -#: src/clients/security.rb:86 +#. command line help text for 'set' action +#: src/clients/security.rb:86 msgid "Set the value of the specific option" msgstr "设置特定选项的值" -#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:94 +#. command line help text for 'level workstation' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:94 msgid "Workstation security level" msgstr "工作站安全性级别" -#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:100 +#. command line help text for 'level roaming' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:100 msgid "Roaming Device (e.g. laptop or tablet) security level" msgstr "漫游设备（例如笔记本电脑或平板）安全性级别" -#. command line help text for 'level server' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:106 +#. command line help text for 'level server' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:106 msgid "Network Server security level" msgstr "联网服务器安全性级别" -#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:112 +#. command line help text for 'set passwd' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:112 msgid "Password encryption method" msgstr "口令加密方法" -#. command line help text for 'set crack' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:120 +#. command line help text for 'set crack' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:120 msgid "Check new passwords" msgstr "检查新口令" -#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:128 +#. command line help text for 'set permissions' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:128 msgid "Set file permissions to desired type" msgstr "将文件权限设置为需要的类型" -#. command line help text for 'set remember' option -#: src/clients/security.rb:136 +#. command line help text for 'set remember' option +#: src/clients/security.rb:136 msgid "Set the number of remembered user passwords" msgstr "设置已记忆的用户口令的数目" -#. error message -#: src/clients/security.rb:250 +#. error message +#: src/clients/security.rb:250 msgid "The number of passwords to remember must be between 0 an 400." msgstr "要记忆的口令的数目必须在 0 到 400 之间。" -#. Main dialog caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 +#. Main dialog caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:58 msgid "Local Security Configuration" msgstr "本地安全性配置" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:93 msgid "&Custom Settings" msgstr "自定义设置(&C)" -#. Frame caption -#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 +#. Frame caption +#: src/include/security/complex.rb:107 msgid "Security Settings" msgstr "安全性设置" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Security configuration -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/security/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Security configuration +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67 msgid "Use magic SysRq keys" msgstr "使用魔术 SysRq 键" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68 msgid "Use secure file permissions" msgstr "使用安全文件许可权限" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "Remote access to the display manager" msgstr "对显示管理器的远程访问" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock" msgstr "将系统时间写回到硬件时钟" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77 msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts" msgstr "总是生成 cron 脚本的 syslog 消息" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot" msgstr "在 chroot 中运行 DHCP 守护程序" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user" msgstr "作为 dhcp 用户运行 DHCP 守护程序" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86 msgid "Remote root login in the display manager" msgstr "显示管理器中的远程 root 登录" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Remote access to the X server" msgstr "对 X 服务器的远程访问" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem" msgstr "远程访问电子邮件递送子系统" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Restart services on update" msgstr "更新时重启动服务" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Stop services on removal" msgstr "去除时停止服务" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Enable TCP syncookies" msgstr "启用 TCP syncookies" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104 msgid "IPv4 forwarding" msgstr "IPv4 转发" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "IPv6 forwarding" msgstr "IPv6 转发" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Enable basic system services" msgstr "启用基本系统服务" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Disable extra services" msgstr "禁用额外服务" -#. handle the special cases at first -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 +#. handle the special cases at first +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152 msgid "Configure" msgstr "配置" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "已禁用" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "Security Setting" msgstr "安全性设置" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Status" msgstr "状态" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Security Status" msgstr "安全性状态" -#. add one line for each security setting -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 +#. add one line for each security setting +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#. this is a separator between service names -#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 +#. this is a separator between service names +#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail" +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363 msgid " or " msgstr " 或" -#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 +#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "These basic system services are not enabled: %s" msgstr "未启用以下基本系统服务： %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372 msgid "All basic services are enabled." msgstr "所有的基本服务已启用。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "These extra services are enabled: %s" msgstr "已启用以下额外服务： %s" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Check the list of services and disable all unused services." msgstr "检查服务列表并禁用所有未使用的服务。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383 msgid "Only basic system services are enabled." msgstr "仅基本系统服务已启用。" -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Description" msgstr "说明" -#. Overview dialog caption -#. params: input tree, parent, label, id -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 +#. Overview dialog caption +#. params: input tree, parent, label, id +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49 msgid "Security Overview" msgstr "安全性概述" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426 msgid "Change &Status" msgstr "更改状态(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 +#. push button label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429 msgid "&Description" msgstr "说明(&D)" -#. update the current value -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 +#. update the current value +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523 msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "正在分析系统" -#. Boot dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 +#. Boot dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57 msgid "Boot Settings" msgstr "引导设置" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601 msgid "Boot Permissions" msgstr "引导权限" -#. Misc dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 +#. Misc dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60 msgid "Miscellaneous Settings" msgstr "杂项设置" -#. Password dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 +#. Password dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56 msgid "Password Settings" msgstr "口令设置" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Checks" msgstr "检查" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Password Age" msgstr "口令有效期" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852 msgid "" "The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n" "than the maximum." @@ -309,8 +309,8 @@ "最小天数不能超过\n" "最大天数。" -#. Popup text, %1 is number -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 +#. Popup text, %1 is number +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "" "The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n" "The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1." @@ -318,18 +318,18 @@ "最小口令长度不能大于最大口令长度。\n" "所选加密方法的最大口令长度是 %1。" -#. Login dialog caption -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 +#. Login dialog caption +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "登录设置" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910 msgid "Login" msgstr "登录" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -337,8 +337,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化安全配置</big>\n" " 请稍候... " -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<big>Aborting the Initialization</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." @@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49 msgid "" "<big>Saving Security Configuration</big>\n" " Please wait... " @@ -355,8 +355,8 @@ "<big>正在保存安全配置</big>\n" " 请稍候... " -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort." @@ -364,14 +364,12 @@ "<big>中止保存</big> \n" "按中止中止保存过程。" -#. Main dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 +#. Main dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<BIG>Configuring Local Security</BIG>\n" -"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " -"include\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " -"default\n" +"Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -381,8 +379,8 @@ " 可以根据需要修改设置。\n" "" -#. Main dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 +#. Main dialog help 5/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "Workstation: For a computer connected\n" "to any type of network including the Internet." @@ -390,8 +388,8 @@ "工作站：连接到任何类型的\n" "网络（包括因特网）的计算机。" -#. Main dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 +#. Main dialog help 6/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "Roaming Device: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n" "that connects to different networks." @@ -399,8 +397,8 @@ "漫游设备：连接到不同网络的笔记本电脑、\n" "平板或类似设备。" -#. Main dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 +#. Main dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "Network Server: For a computer that provides\n" "any type of service." @@ -408,13 +406,13 @@ "网络服务器：对于提供\n" "任何类型的服务的计算机。" -#. Main dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 +#. Main dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79 msgid "Custom Settings: Create your own configuration." msgstr "自定义设置：创建您自己的配置。" -#. Login dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 +#. Login dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<big>Login Security</big>\n" "These login settings\n" @@ -424,29 +422,25 @@ "这些登录设置\n" "主要存储在 /etc/login.defs 文件中。" -#. Login dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 +#. Login dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " -"prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " -"to\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" -"tt>)." +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>)." msgstr "" "不正确登录尝试后的延迟：\n" "建议在不正确的登录尝试后等待一段时间，\n" "以防止口令猜测。如果将此时间设置得足够小，那么用户在口令键入错误后\n" "无需等待即可重试。合理的值为 3 秒 (<tt>3</tt>)。" -#. Login dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 +#. Login dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Record Successful Login Attempts: Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " -"usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "记录成功登录尝试：将成功登录尝试记入日志\n" @@ -454,20 +448,19 @@ "从与平时不同的位置登录）时向您发出警告。\n" "\n" -#. Login dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 +#. Login dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "Allow Remote Graphical Login: Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " -"access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk." msgstr "" "允许远程图形登录：选中此选项允许通过网络访问此计算机的\n" "图形登录屏幕。使用显示管理器对\n" "计算机进行远程访问可能存在安全性风险。" -#. Password dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 +#. Password dialog help 1/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107 msgid "" "These password settings\n" "are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file." @@ -475,84 +468,73 @@ "这些口令设置\n" "主要存储在 /etc/login.defs 文件中。" -#. Password dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 +#. Password dialog help 2/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "Check New Passwords: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " -"word.\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules." msgstr "" "检查新口令：选择的口令最好\n" "在字典中找不到，不是名称或其它简单、常见的单词。\n" "选中此框，可以根据这些规则强制执行口令检查。" -#. Password dialog help -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 +#. Password dialog help +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "Minimum Acceptable Password Length:\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " -"new\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when Check New Passwords is set." msgstr "" "口令的最小可接受长度：\n" -"根据新口令中所用的不同字符分类（其他、大写字母、小写字母和数字）数简化的新口" -"令的最小可接受长度。\n" -"详细解释，请参见 man pam_cracklib。只有在设置了检查新口令后才能修改该" -"选项。" +"根据新口令中所用的不同字符分类（其他、大写字母、小写字母和数字）数简化的新口令的最小可接受长度。\n" +"详细解释，请参见 man pam_cracklib。只有在设置了检查新口令后才能修改该选项。" -#. Password dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 +#. Password dialog help 4/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "Passwords to Remember:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " -"reusing.\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored." msgstr "" "要记忆的口令的数目：\n" "输入用户口令的数目以将其保存，无需用户重新使用。\n" " 若不要保存口令，请输入 0。" -#. Password dialog help 5a/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 +#. Password dialog help 5a/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131 msgid "Password Encryption Method:" msgstr "口令加密方法：" -#. Password dialog help 5b/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 +#. Password dialog help 5b/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " -"need\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method." msgstr "" "DES 是 Linux 的默认方法，适用于所有网络环境，\n" "但它限制口令长度不能超过 8 个字符。\n" "如果您需要与其他系统兼容，请使用本方法。" -#. Password dialog help 5c/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 +#. Password dialog help 5c/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " -"Linux \n" +"MD5 allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software." msgstr "" "MD5 允许采用较长的口令，并且\n" "所有当前 Linux 版本都支持此方法，但其它系统或以前的软件不支持此方法。" -#. Password dialog help 5d/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 是当前的标准哈希方法，除非为满足兼容性所需，否则建议不要使" -"用其他算法。" +#. Password dialog help 5d/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose." +msgstr "SHA-512 是当前的标准哈希方法，除非为满足兼容性所需，否则建议不要使用其他算法。" -#. Password dialog help 7/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 +#. Password dialog help 7/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "Password Age: Set the minimum and\n" "maximum number of days a password may be used." @@ -560,20 +542,19 @@ "口令有效期：设置口令可以使用的最小和\n" "最大天数。" -#. Password dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 +#. Password dialog help 8/8 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "Days before Password Expires Warning: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " -"the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords." msgstr "" "口令失效前多少天发出警告：此项设置在口令失效前多少天\n" "向用户发出警告。设置的时间越长，\n" "用户猜到口令的可能性就越小。" -#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 +#. Adduser dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157 msgid "" "<big>User Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various settings used to create users." @@ -581,8 +562,8 @@ "<big>用户安全性</big>\n" "在此对话框中，更改用于创建用户的多种设置。" -#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 +#. Adduser dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161 msgid "" "User ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID." @@ -590,8 +571,8 @@ "用户 ID 限制：\n" "设置用户 ID 的最小值和最大值。" -#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 +#. Adduser dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "Group ID Limitations:\n" "Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID." @@ -599,40 +580,33 @@ "组 ID 限制：\n" "设置组 ID 的最小值和最大值。" -#. Misc dialog help 1/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 +#. Misc dialog help 1/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<big>Other Security Settings</big>\n" -"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" -"p>" +"In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security." msgstr "" "<big>其它安全性设置</big>\n" "在此对话框中，更改和本地安全性性有关的多种设置。" -#. Misc dialog help 2/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 +#. Misc dialog help 2/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "File Permissions: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." -"secure\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." -"*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " -"accidentally\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n" "or by intruders.\n" "With Easy, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " -"only\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " -"by\n" +"Using Secure, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is Paranoid. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.\n" msgstr "" -"文件权限：根据 /etc/permissions.secure 或 /etc/permissions.easy 中" -"的\n" +"文件权限：根据 /etc/permissions.secure 或 /etc/permissions.easy 中的\n" "数据，对某些系统文件的权限\n" " 进行设置。具体使用哪个文件取决于此选择。\n" "起动 SuSEconfig 将根据 /etc/permissions.* 设置这些权限。\n" @@ -646,15 +620,13 @@ "最安全的设置为非常安全。这种情况下，您必须确定\n" "哪些用户能运行 X 应用程序和 setuid 程序。\n" -#. Misc dialog help 6/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 +#. Misc dialog help 6/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "User Launching updatedb: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " -"(locatedb)\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody</" -"b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: nobody\n" " (few files) or root (all files)." msgstr "" "用户起动 updatedb：Updatedb 程序每天\n" @@ -663,13 +635,12 @@ "搜索数据库。在此，设置运行该命令的用户：没有任何用户\n" " (少数文件)或 root 用户(所有文件)。" -#. Misc dialog help 10/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 +#. Misc dialog help 10/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197 msgid "" "Current Directory in root's Path On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " -"system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" "Root 用户路径中的当前目录在 DOS 系统中，\n" @@ -677,12 +648,11 @@ "然后在当前路径变量中搜索。与此相反，类似于 UNIX 的系统\n" "只通过搜索路径(变量 PATH)搜索它们。" -#. Misc dialog help 11/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 +#. Misc dialog help 11/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " -"directory\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH)." msgstr "" @@ -691,16 +661,14 @@ "然后在当前路径变量中搜索。与此相反，类似于 UNIX 的系统\n" "只通过搜索路径(变量 PATH)搜索它们。" -#. Misc dialog help 12/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 +#. Misc dialog help 12/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " -"programs in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your " -"system,\n" +"executing Trojan Horses, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option." msgstr "" "某些系统将点(\".\")添加到搜索路径中\n" @@ -710,8 +678,8 @@ "执行特洛伊木马就相当容易，\n" "特洛伊木马将利用这个弱点来侵入您的系统。" -#. Misc dialog help 13/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 +#. Misc dialog help 13/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 msgid "" "\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n" "path of root, making it the last to be searched." @@ -719,8 +687,8 @@ "\"是\"：将点(\".\")附加到\n" "root 用户的搜索路径的末尾，使其成为最后搜索的位置。" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n" "current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\"." @@ -728,79 +696,62 @@ "\"否\"：root 用户必须始终起动当前目录中\n" "名称具有前缀\"./\"的程序。例如，\"./configure\"。" -#. Misc dialog help 14/14 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 +#. Misc dialog help 14/14 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "Enable Magic SysRq Keys If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " -"during kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" msgstr "" "启用魔术 SysRq 键 如果选中此选项，\n" "则可以对系统施加某些控制，\n" -"即使是在系统崩溃(例如在内核调试过程中)时。有关细节，请参见 /usr/src/linux/" -"Documentation/sysrq.txt" +"即使是在系统崩溃(例如在内核调试过程中)时。有关细节，请参见 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 -msgid "" -"Security Overview This overview shows the most important " -"security settings." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 +msgid "Security Overview This overview shows the most important security settings." msgstr "安全概述 此概述显示最重要的安全设置。" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "" -"To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 +msgid "To change the current value, click the link associated to the option." msgstr "单击和选项关联的链接可以更改选项的当前值。" -#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 -msgid "" -" A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current " -"value of the option is secure." +#. help text: security overview dialog 1/ +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 +msgid " A check mark in the Security Status column means that the current value of the option is secure." msgstr "安全状态列中的对勾表示选项的当前值是安全的。" -#. an error message (rich text) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 -msgid "" -"The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " -"installed or the option is missing on the system." +#. an error message (rich text) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 +msgid "The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system." msgstr "无法读取当前值。可能没有安装服务，或系统中缺少选项。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " -"the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " -"to\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " -"that\n" -"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote " -"graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n" +"are being used.If you do not need XDMCP for remote graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option." msgstr "" "显示管理器用于提供图形登录界面，\n" "可以被另一个系统上运行的 X 服务器\n" -"跨网络访问（如果做此配置）。然后，当前显示的窗口便可以跨网络传输它们的" -"数据。\n" +"跨网络访问（如果做此配置）。然后，当前显示的窗口便可以跨网络传输它们的数据。\n" "如果该网络不是完全可信的，\n" "那么网络流量可能会被攻击者窃听，\n" "获取显示的图形内容、正在使用的用户名\n" "和口令等信息。如果您不需要使用 XDMCP 进行远程图形登录，\n" "请禁用此选项。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " -"the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " -"is\n" -"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to " -"create\n" +"Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n" +"necessary.Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" "correct log messages." msgstr "" "启动时，系统时间是根据计算机硬件时钟设置的。\n" @@ -808,98 +759,47 @@ "一致的系统时间对于系统正确\n" "创建日志讯息非常关键。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 -msgid "" -"Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " -"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " -"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " -"tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog " -"messages of system events are only useful if they are present." -msgstr "" -"系统中的故障通常通过其行为的异常确定。关于定期重复发生的事件的系统日志讯息" -"对于查找问题的原因是十分重要的，单一记录的缺失比所有日志记录都缺失能透露更多" -"信息。因此，系统事件的系统日志讯息只有在显示时才有用。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 +msgid "Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present." +msgstr "系统中的故障通常通过其行为的异常确定。关于定期重复发生的事件的系统日志讯息对于查找问题的原因是十分重要的，单一记录的缺失比所有日志记录都缺失能透露更多信息。因此，系统事件的系统日志讯息只有在显示时才有用。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 -msgid "" -"Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " -"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " -"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." -msgstr "" -"Chroot 执行环境通过把进程放到单独的子目录并用该目录经过更改的根目录 " -"(chroot) 运行进程，来限制进程只可以访问需要的文件。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 +msgid "Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory." +msgstr "Chroot 执行环境通过把进程放到单独的子目录并用该目录经过更改的根目录 (chroot) 运行进程，来限制进程只可以访问需要的文件。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 -msgid "" -"The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize " -"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " -"program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with " -"the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement " -"to be effective." -msgstr "" -"应以用户 dhcpd 的身份运行 DHCP 客户端守护程序，以在发现该服务的程" -"序代码中有漏洞的情况下，将可能的威胁降到最低。注意，dhcpd 不能以 " -"root 身份或使用 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 功能运行，这样 chroot 执行限" -"制才能有效。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 +msgid "The DHCP client daemon should run as the user dhcpd to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.Note that dhcpd must never run as root or with the CAP_SYS_CHROOT capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective." +msgstr "应以用户 dhcpd 的身份运行 DHCP 客户端守护程序，以在发现该服务的程序代码中有漏洞的情况下，将可能的威胁降到最低。注意，dhcpd 不能以 root 身份或使用 CAP_SYS_CHROOT 功能运行，这样 chroot 执行限制才能有效。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 -msgid "" -"Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window " -"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does " -"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " -"able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or " -"otherwise acquire the password." -msgstr "" -"管理员永远都不应该以 root 身份登录到 X Window 会话，以尽量减少使" -"用 root 权限。该选项对于粗心的管理员没有帮助，但可以防止攻击者在猜到或" -"得到口令后以 root 身份通过显示管理器登录。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 +msgid "Administrators should never log on as root into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as root via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password." +msgstr "管理员永远都不应该以 root 身份登录到 X Window 会话，以尽量减少使用 root 权限。该选项对于粗心的管理员没有帮助，但可以防止攻击者在猜到或得到口令后以 root 身份通过显示管理器登录。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " -"connect\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " -"a\n" +"X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " -"the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " -"therefore\n" +"connections.When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display " -"X\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " -"(ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " -"through the encrypted ssh connection." -msgstr "" -"X Window 客户端（例如，在您的显示器上打开一个窗口的程序）连接到物理计算机" -"上运行的 X 服务器。程序也可以在其他系统上运行，并通过网络连接在 X 服务器上显" -"示它们的内容。如果启用了此选项，X 服务器将侦听端口 6000 及显示号。因为" -"网络流量是不加密传输的，因此易遭受网络窃听，并且 X 服务器保持打开的端口也提供" -"了攻击机会，安全的设置是关闭该选项。要跨网络显示 X Window 客户端，建议" -"您使用安全外壳 (ssh)，如此可让 X Window 客户端通过加密的 ssh 连接连" -"到 X 服务器。" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.To display X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (ssh), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection." +msgstr "X Window 客户端（例如，在您的显示器上打开一个窗口的程序）连接到物理计算机上运行的 X 服务器。程序也可以在其他系统上运行，并通过网络连接在 X 服务器上显示它们的内容。如果启用了此选项，X 服务器将侦听端口 6000 及显示号。因为网络流量是不加密传输的，因此易遭受网络窃听，并且 X 服务器保持打开的端口也提供了攻击机会，安全的设置是关闭该选项。要跨网络显示 X Window 客户端，建议您使用安全外壳 (ssh)，如此可让 X Window 客户端通过加密的 ssh 连接连到 X 服务器。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " -"expose\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " -"network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through " -"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"电子邮件发送子系统永远都会启动。但默认情况下，它不会将自己公开给外部系统，" -"因为它不侦听 SMTP 网络端口 25。如果您不通过 SMTP 协议向您的系统发送电" -"子邮件，请禁用此选项。" +"The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option." +msgstr "电子邮件发送子系统永远都会启动。但默认情况下，它不会将自己公开给外部系统，因为它不侦听 SMTP 网络端口 25。如果您不通过 SMTP 协议向您的系统发送电子邮件，请禁用此选项。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." @@ -913,96 +813,57 @@ "例如，运行中的守护程序被终止。除非有特殊原因，\n" "否则不要更改该设置。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n" "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " -"continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so." msgstr "" -"如果系统正在卸装一个包含当前正在运行的服务的包，该服务将在包文件被去除前停" -"止。鉴于许多服务需要它们的执行文件\n" +"如果系统正在卸装一个包含当前正在运行的服务的包，该服务将在包文件被去除前停止。鉴于许多服务需要它们的执行文件\n" "或配置文件在文件系统中是可访问的，\n" "这在大多数情况下都是合理的，也是安全的。\n" "如果情况并非如此，这些服务将继续运行直到被停止，\n" "例如，运行中的守护程序被终止。除非有特殊原因，\n" "否则不要更改该设置。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 -msgid "" -"A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " -"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " -"vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " -"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " -"connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause " -"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most " -"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " -"attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." -msgstr "" -"大量的连接尝试可能会让系统不堪重负，内存占满，导致出现拒绝服务 (DoS) 漏" -"洞。使用 syncookie 可以帮助改变这种状况，但在有大量合法连接尝试来自一" -"个源的配置中，已启用设置会在高负载下带来拒绝 TCP 连接问题。尽" -"管如此，在大多数环境下，syncookie 仍然是 SYN 洪水拒绝服务攻击的第一道防线，因" -"此安全的设置是已启用。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 +msgid "A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the Enabled setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is Enabled." +msgstr "大量的连接尝试可能会让系统不堪重负，内存占满，导致出现拒绝服务 (DoS) 漏洞。使用 syncookie 可以帮助改变这种状况，但在有大量合法连接尝试来自一个源的配置中，已启用设置会在高负载下带来拒绝 TCP 连接问题。尽管如此，在大多数环境下，syncookie 仍然是 SYN 洪水拒绝服务攻击的第一道防线，因此安全的设置是已启用。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 -msgid "" -"IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " -"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " -"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards " -"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " -"need that routing functionality, then disable this option." -msgstr "" -"IP 转发意味着传递已收到的但目标不是其中一个系统配置网络接口（例如网络接口" -"地址）的网络数据包。如果系统在 ISO/OSI 第 3 层上转发网络流量，则称之为" -"路由器。如果您不需要路由功能，请禁用该选项。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 +msgid "IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option." +msgstr "IP 转发意味着传递已收到的但目标不是其中一个系统配置网络接口（例如网络接口地址）的网络数据包。如果系统在 ISO/OSI 第 3 层上转发网络流量，则称之为路由器。如果您不需要路由功能，请禁用该选项。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 msgid "This setting applies to IPv4 only." msgstr "该设置仅适用于 IPv4。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323 msgid "This setting applies to IPv6 only." msgstr "该设置仅适用于 IPv6。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 -msgid "" -"Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " -"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." -msgstr "" -"魔术 SysRq 键即使在系统崩溃（如在内核调试期间）或系统不响应的情况下，也可" -"在一定程度上控制系统。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 +msgid "Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond." +msgstr "魔术 SysRq 键即使在系统崩溃（如在内核调试期间）或系统不响应的情况下，也可在一定程度上控制系统。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 -msgid "" -"There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " -"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" -"P>" -msgstr "" -"在 /etc/permissions.* 文件中有已预定义的文件许可权限。最具限制性的文件许可" -"权限定义为“安全”或“非常安全”的文件。" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 +msgid "There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file." +msgstr "在 /etc/permissions.* 文件中有已预定义的文件许可权限。最具限制性的文件许可权限定义为“安全”或“非常安全”的文件。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 -msgid "" -"Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " -"to run the security-related services." +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 +msgid "Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services." msgstr "必须启用基本系统服务以提供系统一致性及运行安全相关服务。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 -msgid "" -"Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " -"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " -"the system." -msgstr "" -"每个运行的服务都是安全攻击的潜在目标。因此，建议关闭系统不使用的所有服务。" -"" +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 +msgid "Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system." +msgstr "每个运行的服务都是安全攻击的潜在目标。因此，建议关闭系统不使用的所有服务。" -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 msgid "" "<big>Boot Security</big>\n" "In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security." @@ -1010,9 +871,9 @@ "<big>引导安全性</big>\n" "在此对话框中，更改和安全性有关的多种引导设置。" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is -#. reboot) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is +#. reboot) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348 msgid "" "Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1022,8 +883,8 @@ "有时需要忽略此事件，例如，\n" "当系统既充当工作站又充当服务器时。" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt) +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n" "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n" @@ -1033,9 +894,9 @@ "但有时需要忽略此事件，例如，\n" "当系统既充当工作站又充当服务器时。" -#. Boot dialog help 2/4 -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 +#. Boot dialog help 2/4 +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364 msgid "" "Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del:\n" "Configure what the system should do in response to\n" @@ -1047,8 +908,8 @@ "按 CTRL + ALT + DEL 组合键时，\n" "系统应作何响应。%s" -#. Boot dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 +#. Boot dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager:\n" "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.\n" @@ -1056,71 +917,69 @@ "登录管理器的关机行为：\n" "设置允许哪些用户从 %s 关闭计算机。\n" -#. Boot dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 +#. Boot dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "Hibernate System:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " -"user on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " -"authentication in all cases.\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.\n" msgstr "" "休眠系统：\n" "设置允许用户休眠系统的条件。默认情况下，活动控制台上的用户有权休眠系统。\n" "其他的选项是允许任何用户休眠系统，或在所有情况下都要求身份验证。\n" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54 msgid "Workstation" msgstr "工作站" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:56 msgid "Roaming Device" msgstr "漫游设备" -#. level name -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 +#. level name +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:58 msgid "Network Server" msgstr "网络服务器" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:63 msgid "&Workstation" msgstr "工作站(&W)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:65 msgid "&Roaming Device" msgstr "漫游设备(&R)" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 +#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/security/levels.rb:67 msgid "Network &Server" msgstr "网络服务器(&S)" -#. Adduser dialog caption -#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 +#. Adduser dialog caption +#: src/include/security/users.rb:45 src/include/security/wizards.rb:59 msgid "User Addition" msgstr "用户添加" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:55 msgid "User ID Limitations" msgstr "用户 ID 限制" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/security/users.rb:67 msgid "Group ID Limitations" msgstr "组 ID 限制" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:127 msgid "The minimum user ID cannot be larger than the maximum." msgstr "最小用户 ID 不能大于最大用户 ID。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/security/users.rb:134 msgid "" "The minimum group ID cannot be larger than the\n" "maximum." @@ -1128,310 +987,310 @@ "最小组 ID 不能大于\n" "最大组 ID。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp -#. * Module: Security configuration -#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions -#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> -#. * -#. * $Id$ -#. * -#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the -#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called -#. * WIDGETS. -#. -#. <pre> -#. -#. The WIDGETS format: -#. ------------------- -#. -#. map WIDGETS = $[ -#. "Item unique ID" : $[ -#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", -#. "Label" : "Item Label", -#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], -#. "Value" : "option2" -#. ], -#. ... -#. ]; -#. -#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". -#. -#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the -#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For -#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. -#. -#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". -#. -#. Implementation: -#. --------------- -#. -#. map2widget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map -#. - create the widget -#. -#. widget2value("ID") -#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) -#. - return its current value -#. -#. updatewidget("ID") -#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" -#. - updates the WIDGETS map -#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] -#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) -#. -#. processinput() -#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) -#. -#. </pre> -#. -#. * -#. @return [Hash] all widgets -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp +#. * Module: Security configuration +#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions +#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz> +#. * +#. * $Id$ +#. * +#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the +#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called +#. * WIDGETS. +#. +#. <pre> +#. +#. The WIDGETS format: +#. ------------------- +#. +#. map WIDGETS = $[ +#. "Item unique ID" : $[ +#. "Widget" : "ComboBox", +#. "Label" : "Item Label", +#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ], +#. "Value" : "option2" +#. ], +#. ... +#. ]; +#. +#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options". +#. +#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the +#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For +#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ]. +#. +#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry". +#. +#. Implementation: +#. --------------- +#. +#. map2widget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map +#. - create the widget +#. +#. widget2value("ID") +#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID) +#. - return its current value +#. +#. updatewidget("ID") +#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val" +#. - updates the WIDGETS map +#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK] +#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO) +#. +#. processinput() +#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...) +#. +#. </pre> +#. +#. * +#. @return [Hash] all widgets +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87 msgid "Ignore" msgstr "忽略" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88 msgid "Reboot" msgstr "重引导" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89 msgid "Halt" msgstr "暂停" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93 msgid "Only root" msgstr "仅 root 用户" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94 msgid "All Users" msgstr "所有用户" -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "没有任何用户" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117 msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del" msgstr "对 Ctrl+Alt+Del 的解释(&I)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126 msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login" msgstr "允许远程图形登录(&G)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132 msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys" msgstr "魔术 SysRq 键(&M)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135 msgid "Disable" msgstr "禁用" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137 msgid "Enable All Functions" msgstr "启用所有功能" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144 msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt" msgstr "不正确登录尝试后的延迟(&D)" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199 msgid "Maxim&um" msgstr "最大值(&U)" -#. IntField label -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 +#. IntField label +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212 msgid "M&inimum" msgstr "最小值(&I)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164 msgid "System Hybernation" msgstr "系统休眠" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167 msgid "User on the active console" msgstr "活动控制台的用户" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169 msgid "Anyone can hibernate" msgstr "任何人都可以休眠" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171 msgid "Authentication always required" msgstr "始终需要身份验证" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178 msgid "P&assword Encryption Method" msgstr "口令加密方法(&A)" -#. CheckBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 +#. CheckBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192 msgid "&Check New Passwords" msgstr "检查新口令(&C)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205 msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember" msgstr "要记忆的口令的数目(&E)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218 msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length" msgstr "口令的最小可接受长度(&M)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226 msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning" msgstr "口令失效前多少天发出警告(&D)" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234 msgid "&File Permissions" msgstr "文件权限(&F)" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237 msgid "Easy" msgstr "容易" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239 msgid "Secure" msgstr "安全" -#. ComboBox value -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 +#. ComboBox value +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241 msgid "Paranoid" msgstr "非常安全" -#. ComboBox label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 +#. ComboBox label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248 msgid "&User Launching updatedb" msgstr "用户起动 updatedb(&U)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255 msgid "Ma&ximum" msgstr "最大值(&X)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261 msgid "&Minimum" msgstr "最小值(&M)" -#. ComboBox label -#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, -#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE -#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 +#. ComboBox label +#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM, +#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE +#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277 msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:" msgstr "%s 登录管理器的关机行为(&S)：" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53 msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "预定义安全性配置" -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#. Dialog caption -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 +#. Dialog caption +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" msgstr "安全性配置" -#. Label -#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 +#. Label +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:161 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Security read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 +#. Security read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Security.rb:638 msgid "Saving Security Configuration" msgstr "正在保存安全性配置" -#. Progress stage 1/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 +#. Progress stage 1/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:647 msgid "Write security settings" msgstr "写入安全性设置" -#. Progress stage 2/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 +#. Progress stage 2/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:649 msgid "Write inittab settings" msgstr "写入 inittab 设置" -#. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 +#. Progress stage 3/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:651 msgid "Write PAM settings" msgstr "写入 PAM 设置" -#. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 +#. Progress stage 4/4 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:653 msgid "Update system settings" msgstr "更新系统设置" -#. Progress step 1/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 +#. Progress step 1/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:657 msgid "Writing security settings..." msgstr "正在写入安全性设置..." -#. Progress step 2/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 +#. Progress step 2/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:659 msgid "Writing inittab settings..." msgstr "正在写入 inittab 设置..." -#. Progress step 3/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 +#. Progress step 3/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:661 msgid "Writing PAM settings..." msgstr "正在写入 PAM 设置..." -#. Progress step 4/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 +#. Progress step 4/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:663 msgid "Updating system settings..." msgstr "正在更新系统设置..." -#. Progress step 5/5 -#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 +#. Progress step 5/5 +#: src/modules/Security.rb:665 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:754 msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings" msgstr "当前安全性级别：自定义设置" -#. Summary text -#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 +#. Summary text +#: src/modules/Security.rb:758 msgid "Current Security Level: %1" msgstr "当前安全性级别：%1" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/services-manager.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: services-manager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/slp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,141 +14,141 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module -#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 +#. Command line help text for the Xslp-server module +#: src/clients/slp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configuration of an SLP server" msgstr "SLP 服务器的配置" -#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 +#. Rich text title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:64 msgid "SLP Server" msgstr "SLP 服务器" -#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals -#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 +#. Menu title for SlpServer in proposals +#: src/clients/slp-server_proposal.rb:68 msgid "&SLP Server" msgstr "SLP 服务器(&S)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 1) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:49 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "引导时(&B)" -#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 +#. radio button (starting SLP service - option 2) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 +#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting SLP service but without "&") +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:61 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#. button for view log files -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 +#. button for view log files +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:78 msgid "Show Log" msgstr "显示日志" -#. button for expert settings (all config options) -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 +#. button for expert settings (all config options) +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#. response + scopes widget -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 +#. response + scopes widget +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "Response To" msgstr "响应对象" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Broadcast" msgstr "广播" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Multicast" msgstr "多址广播" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:102 msgid "DA Server" msgstr "DA 服务器" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Becomes DA Server" msgstr "成为 DA 服务器" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "&IP Addresses of DA Servers" msgstr "DA 服务器的 IP 地址(&I)" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "&Scopes" msgstr "范围(&S)" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "SLP Server Settings" msgstr "SLP 服务器设置" -#. description map for tabs in overview dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 +#. description map for tabs in overview dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Global SLP Configuration" msgstr "全局 SLP 配置" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "SLP 服务器配置" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:288 msgid "Server Details" msgstr "服务器细节" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Static Configuration Files" msgstr "静态配置文件" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Really delete this file?" msgstr "是否确实要删除此文件？" -#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 +#. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:690 msgid "Name of New File" msgstr "新文件的名称" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`scope), `Enabled, false); +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:866 msgid "Scope and IP address must be inserted." msgstr "必须插入范围和 IP 地址。" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Scope must be inserted." msgstr "必须插入作用域。" -#. SlpServer overview dialog caption -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 +#. SlpServer overview dialog caption +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "SLP Server Overview" msgstr "SLP 服务器概述" -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:892 msgid "<h1>SLP Server</h1>" msgstr "<h1>SLP 服务器</h1>" -#. dialog for expert settings -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 +#. dialog for expert settings +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Expert Dialog" msgstr "SLP 服务器配置－专家对话框" -#. edit reg file dialog -#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 +#. edit reg file dialog +#: src/include/slp-server/dialogs.rb:957 msgid "SLP Server Configuration--Edit .reg File" msgstr "SLP 服务器配置－编辑 .reg 文件" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 SLP 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -165,8 +165,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "可以按中止立即安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:25 msgid "" "<big>Saving SLP Server Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 SLP 服务器配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:29 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ "一个附加对话框将告诉您这样做是否安全.\n" "\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>SLP Server Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed SLP servers. Additionally\n" @@ -198,8 +198,8 @@ "获取已安装的 SLP 服务器的概述。此外，\n" "对它们的配置进行编辑。 \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Adding an SLP Server</big> \n" "Press Add to configure an SLP server.\n" @@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ "<big>添加 SLP 服务器</big> \n" "按添加以配置一个 SLP 服务器。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting</big> \n" "Choose an SLP server to change or remove.\n" @@ -218,8 +218,8 @@ "选择一个要更改或删除的 SLP 服务器。\n" "然后根据需要按编辑或删除。\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part One</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -229,9 +229,9 @@ "按下一步继续。\n" " " -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:58 src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -241,8 +241,8 @@ "这是不可能的。您必须先进行编码。:-)\n" " " -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:64 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -252,144 +252,132 @@ "按下一步继续。\n" " \n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "To show the slpd log file, use Show Log." msgstr "要显示 slpd 日志文件，请使用显示日志。" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:78 msgid "" -"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is " -"Broadcast.\n" -"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode " -"is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" -"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it " -"informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" -"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is " -"Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" +"Here, set the mode in which to run the SLP daemon. The simplest mode is Broadcast.\n" +"In it, the SLP daemon answers all requests sent by broadcast. The next mode is Multicast. In it, the daemon answers queries\n" +"sent by multicast in appropriate SCOPES. In the DA Server mode, it informs DA servers on the specified IP addresses\n" +"about statically and dynamically registered services. The last options is Becomes DA Server. This is a cache server for service\n" "answers.\n" msgstr "" "在此处设置 SLP 守护程序的运行模式。最简单的模式为广播\n" -"，在该模式下，SLP 守护程序将会应答通过广播发送的所有请求。下一个模式为多路" -"广播。在该模式下，守护程序会应答相应范围中\n" -"通过多路广播发送的查询。在 DA 服务器模式下，守护程序将会向指定 IP 地址" -"上的 DA 服务器告知\n" -"静态和动态的已注册服务。最后一个选项为成为 DA 服务器。这是用于服务应" -"答\n" +"，在该模式下，SLP 守护程序将会应答通过广播发送的所有请求。下一个模式为多路广播。在该模式下，守护程序会应答相应范围中\n" +"通过多路广播发送的查询。在 DA 服务器模式下，守护程序将会向指定 IP 地址上的 DA 服务器告知\n" +"静态和动态的已注册服务。最后一个选项为成为 DA 服务器。这是用于服务应答\n" "的超速缓冲服务器。\n" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 -msgid "" -"With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp." -"conf." +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:85 +msgid "With Expert Settings, access all options available in /etc/slp.conf." msgstr "使用导出设置，访问所有可用在 /etc/slp.conf 中的选项。" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" -"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create " -"a new empty file. With Modify,\n" -"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible " -"to delete files not owned by any package." +"Configuration files for static registration to SLP. With Add, create a new empty file. With Modify,\n" +"change the values of any existing file. With Delete, it is possible to delete files not owned by any package." msgstr "" "SLP 静态注册的配置文件。使用添加创建新的空文件。使用修改\n" "更改任何现有文件的值。使用删除可删除不属于任何包的文件。" -#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/slp-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "Help for regedit" msgstr "关于注册表编辑器的帮助" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/slp-server/wizards.rb:83 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. check for package openslp-server installed -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 -msgid "" -"To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." +#. check for package openslp-server installed +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:181 +msgid "To configure the SLP server, the %1 package must be installed." msgstr "要配置 SLP 服务器，必须安装 %1 包。" -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:184 msgid "Do you want to install it now?" msgstr "是否要立即安装？" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:199 msgid "Initializing SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 SLP 服务器配置" -#. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 +#. Progress stage 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:215 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "读取数据库" -#. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 +#. Progress stage 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:217 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "读取以前的设置" -#. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 +#. Progress stage 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:219 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "检测设备" -#. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 +#. Progress step 1/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:223 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "正在读取数据库..." -#. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 +#. Progress step 2/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:225 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "正在读取以前的设置..." -#. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 +#. Progress step 3/3 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:227 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "正在检测设备..." -#. Progress finished -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 +#. Progress finished +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:229 src/modules/SlpServer.rb:302 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. read another database -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 +#. read another database +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:253 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "无法读取数据库 2。" -#. SlpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 +#. SlpServer read dialog caption +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:276 msgid "Saving SLP Server Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 SLP 服务器配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:292 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:294 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:298 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:300 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "正在运行SuSEconfig..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:313 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "不能写入设置." -#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards -#. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 +#. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards +#. @return summary of the current configuration +#: src/modules/SlpServer.rb:378 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "配置摘要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/snapper.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,163 +14,163 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: clients/snapper.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of snapper -#. Summary: Main file -#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. -#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: clients/snapper.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of snapper +#. Summary: Main file +#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files. +#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49 msgid "Configuration of system snapshots" msgstr "系统快照的配置" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:131 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:252 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. text entry label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 +#. text entry label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "User data" msgstr "用户数据" -#. combo box label -#. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 +#. combo box label +#. text entry label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:303 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "清空算法" -#. popup label, %{num} is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 +#. popup label, %{num} is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}" msgstr "修改快照 %{num}" -#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}" msgstr "修改快照 %{pre} 和 %{post}" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%{pre})" msgstr "前快照 (%{pre})" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%{post})" msgstr "后快照 (%{post})" -#. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 +#. popup label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:250 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "创建新快照" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:263 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "单一快照" -#. radio button label -#. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 +#. radio button label +#. 0 means there's no post +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:272 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Pre" msgstr "安装前" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "后期快照，配对为：" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?" msgstr "确实要删除快照 %{num} 吗？" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?" msgstr "确实要删除快照 %{pre} 和 %{post} 吗？" -#. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 +#. summary dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:380 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "快照" -#. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 +#. generate list of snapshot table items +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:409 msgid "Single" msgstr "单一" -#. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 +#. pre canot be 0 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "前快照和后快照" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "正在读取快照列表..." -#. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "当前配置" -#. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 +#. table header +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496 msgid "ID" msgstr "ID" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:498 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "开始日期" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "End Date" msgstr "结束日期" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:501 msgid "User Data" msgstr "用户数据" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:507 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "显示更改" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:510 msgid "Modify" msgstr "修改" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:553 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -178,132 +178,132 @@ "该前期快照没有和任何后期快照配对。\n" "无法显示差异。" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "选定快照概述" -#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 +#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:670 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1：%2" -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "正在计算已更改的文件..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 +#. busy popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:699 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "正在计算文件修改..." -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "新文件已创建。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:711 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "文件已删除。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:716 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "文件内容未更改。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:722 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "文件不存在于任一快照中。" -#. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 +#. label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:728 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "文件内容已修改。" -#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 +#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "文件模式已从“%1”更改为“%2”。" -#. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 +#. text label, %1, %2 are user names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:753 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "文件用户所有权已从“%1”更改为“%2”。" -#. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#. text label, %1, %2 are group names +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "文件组所有权已从“%1”更改为“%2”。" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:786 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "从第一个快照恢复 (&e)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:788 msgid "Restore" msgstr "恢复" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:811 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "从第二个快照恢复 (&t)" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "显示快照与当前系统之间的差异" -#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 +#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:860 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "显示当前快照与选定快照之间的差异：" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:907 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "显示第一个快照与第二个快照之间的差异" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:918 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "显示第一个快照与当前系统之间的差异" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:929 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "显示第二个快照与当前系统之间的差异" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:958 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "获取快照的时间：" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:966 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "获取第一个快照的时间：" -#. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 +#. label, date string will follow at the end of line +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "获取第二个快照的时间：" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:994 msgid "&Open" msgstr "打开(&O)" -#. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 +#. button label +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "恢复选定" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1125 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ "\n" "从当前系统中删除？" -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1146 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1165 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -333,25 +333,24 @@ "\n" "从快照“%2”复制到当前系统？" -#. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 +#. popup message +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1191 msgid "No file was selected for restoring." msgstr "未选择任何文件进行恢复。" -#. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 +#. popup headline +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1201 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "正在恢复文件" -#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 +#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1204 msgid "" "These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':\n" "\n" "%2\n" "\n" -"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</" -"p>\n" +"Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.\n" "Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.Are you sure?" msgstr "" "将从快照“%1”恢复这些文件：\n" @@ -361,8 +360,8 @@ "原始快照中已有的文件将复制到当前系统。\n" "快照中不存在的文件将被删除。是否确定？" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35 msgid "" "<big>Reading the list of snapshots</big> \n" "\n" @@ -370,142 +369,122 @@ "<big>正在读取快照列表</big> \n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help: -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 +#. Summary dialog help: +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<big>Snapshots Configuration</big>\n" -"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in " -"the table.\n" -"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see " -"the\n" +"The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, single, pre and post. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.\n" +"Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click Show Changes to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照配置</big>\n" "下表显示了根文件系统快照的列表。快照分为三种类型：\n" -"单一、前快照和后快照。单一快照用于储存某段特定时间的文件" -"系统状态，\n" -"而前快照和后快照则用于定义在前者建立到后者建立之间执行的特殊操作所进行的更" -"改。前快照和后快照在表中是成对的。\n" +"单一、前快照和后快照。单一快照用于储存某段特定时间的文件系统状态，\n" +"而前快照和后快照则用于定义在前者建立到后者建立之间执行的特殊操作所进行的更改。前快照和后快照在表中是成对的。\n" "选择某个快照或某对快照并单击显示更改可以\n" "查看指定快照中新的文件系统更改。\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 +#. Show snapshot dialog help +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照概述</big>\n" "\n" -"树中会显示在创建第一个（“前快照”）快照到创建第二个（“后快照”）快照之间的时间" -"进行过修改的所有文件。在右侧可以看到在创建第一个快照时生成的描述，以及两个快" -"照的创建时间。\n" +"树中会显示在创建第一个（“前快照”）快照到创建第二个（“后快照”）快照之间的时间进行过修改的所有文件。在右侧可以看到在创建第一个快照时生成的描述，以及两个快照的创建时间。\n" "\n" "\n" -"在树中选择某个文件时，可以看到对它所做的更改。默认情况下，将显示在选定成对快" -"照的间隔所做的更改，但您可以对文件的不同版本进行比较。\n" +"在树中选择某个文件时，可以看到对它所做的更改。默认情况下，将显示在选定成对快照的间隔所做的更改，但您可以对文件的不同版本进行比较。\n" "\n" -#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots -#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 +#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots +#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<big>Snapshot Overview</big>\n" "\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "\n" "\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "<big>快照概述</big>\n" -"树中会显示所选快照中与当前系统有所不同的全部文件。在右侧，您可以看到快照描" -"述和其创建时间。\n" +"树中会显示所选快照中与当前系统有所不同的全部文件。在右侧，您可以看到快照描述和其创建时间。\n" "当选中树中的某个文件时，您可以看到快照版本和当前系统的差异。\n" "\n" -#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots -#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 +#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots +#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108 msgid "Failed to get config:\n" msgstr "无法获取配置：\n" -#. Return the path to given snapshot -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 +#. Return the path to given snapshot +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129 msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n" msgstr "无法获取快照安装点：\n" -#. Create new snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 +#. Create new snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276 msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n" msgstr "无法创建新快照：\n" -#. Modify existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 +#. Modify existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291 msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n" msgstr "无法修改快照：\n" -#. Delete existing snapshot -#. Return true on success -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 +#. Delete existing snapshot +#. Return true on success +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306 msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n" msgstr "无法删除快照：\n" -#. Snapper read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 +#. Snapper read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319 msgid "Initializing Snapper" msgstr "正在初始化 Snapper" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324 msgid "Read list of configurations" msgstr "读取配置列表" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326 msgid "Read list of snapshots" msgstr "读取快照列表" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330 msgid "Reading list of configurations" msgstr "正在读取配置列表" -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332 msgid "Reading list of snapshots" msgstr "正在读取快照列表" -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344 msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:" msgstr "查询 snapper 配置失败：" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349 msgid "" "No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n" "configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n" @@ -515,23 +494,23 @@ "配置，才能使用 yast2-snapper。可以\n" "使用 snapper 命令行工具来创建配置。" -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359 msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:" msgstr "查询 snapper 快照失败：" -#. label for log window -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 +#. label for log window +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399 msgid "Restoring Files..." msgstr "正在恢复文件..." -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428 msgid "Deleted %1\n" msgstr "" "已删除 %1\n" "\n" -#. log entry (%1 is file name) -#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 +#. log entry (%1 is file name) +#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481 msgid "%1 skipped\n" msgstr "%1 已跳过\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sound.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/squid.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,483 +14,483 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module -#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 +#. Command line help text for the Xsquid module +#: src/clients/squid.rb:57 msgid "Configuration of Squid cache proxy" msgstr "Squid 超速缓存代理配置" -#. ***************** SRC ************************ -#. ***************** SRC END ******************** -#. ***************** DST ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 +#. ***************** SRC ************************ +#. ***************** SRC END ******************** +#. ***************** DST ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:150 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:197 msgid "Invalid values." msgstr "值无效。" -#. ***************** DST END ******************** -#. ***************** MYIP ************************ -#. * Uses same functions as DST -#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 +#. ***************** DST END ******************** +#. ***************** MYIP ************************ +#. * Uses same functions as DST +#. /****************** MYIP END ******************* +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN ******************** +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:244 msgid "Domain Name must not be empty." msgstr "域名不能为空。" -#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* -#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. -#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** -#. *************** REGEXP *********************** -#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 +#. *************** SRCDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** DSTDOMAIN ********************* +#. * Uses same functions as SRCDOMAIN. +#. /**************** DSTDOMAIN END **************** +#. *************** REGEXP *********************** +#. Returns universal widget for setting a regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:63 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:104 msgid "Regular Expression" msgstr "正则表达式" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:268 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:106 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:319 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:342 msgid "Case Insensitive" msgstr "不区分大小写" -#. Universal verification function for regular expression. -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 +#. Universal verification function for regular expression. +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:305 msgid "Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "正则表达式不能为空。" -#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* -#. *************** TIME ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 +#. *************** REGEXP END ******************* +#. *************** TIME ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:369 msgid "You must select at least one day." msgstr "您必须至少选择一天。" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:372 msgid "Time is not set in correct format." msgstr "未以正确格式设置时间。" -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:375 msgid "From must be less than To." msgstr "“从”中的时间必须先于“到”中的时间。" -#. *************** TIME END ********************* -#. *************** PORT ************************* -#. *************** PORT END ********************* -#. ************* MYPORT ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 +#. *************** TIME END ********************* +#. *************** PORT ************************* +#. *************** PORT END ********************* +#. ************* MYPORT ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:432 +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:463 msgid "Invalid value." msgstr "值无效。" -#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* -#. ************** PROTO ************************* -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 +#. ************* MYPORT END ********************* +#. ************** PROTO ************************* +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:495 msgid "Protocol must not be empty." msgstr "协议不能为空。" -#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* -#. ************** HEADER ************************ -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 +#. ************** MAXCONN END ******************* +#. ************** HEADER ************************ +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:587 msgid "Header Name and Regular Expression must not be empty." msgstr "标题名和正则表达式不能为空。" -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:630 msgid "MAC Address must not be empty." msgstr "MAC 地址不能为空。" -#. error report -#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 +#. error report +#: src/include/squid/SquidACL_local_functions.rb:634 msgid "Incorrect format of MAC Address." msgstr "MAC 地址的格式不正确。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:51 msgid "Squid" msgstr "Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:64 msgid "When &Booting" msgstr "引导时(&B)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:65 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:68 msgid "When Booting" msgstr "引导时" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:69 src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "Manually" msgstr "手动" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:76 msgid "Squid is running" msgstr "Squid 正在运行" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:77 msgid "Squid is not running" msgstr "Squid 没有运行" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:78 msgid "&Start Squid Now" msgstr "立即启动 Squid(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:79 msgid "S&top Squid Now" msgstr "立即停止 Squid(&T)" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:84 msgid "Sa&ve Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动 Squid(&V)" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:92 msgid "Start Squid Now" msgstr "立即启动 Squid" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:94 msgid "Stop Squid Now" msgstr "立即停止 Squid" -#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 +#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!! +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:96 msgid "Save Settings and Restart Squid Now" msgstr "立即保存设置并重启动 Squid" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:104 msgid "Open Ports in Firewall" msgstr "在防火墙中打开端口" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:261 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "防火墙设置" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:268 src/include/squid/complex.rb:270 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "启动" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:277 msgid "HTTP Ports Setting" msgstr "HTTP 端口设置" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of squid -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/squid/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of squid +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Daniel Fiser <dfiser(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:279 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "HTTP Ports" msgstr "HTTP 端口" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:286 msgid "Refresh Patterns Setting" msgstr "刷新模式设置" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:288 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Refresh Patterns" msgstr "刷新模式" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:295 src/include/squid/complex.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:92 msgid "Cache Setting" msgstr "超速缓存设置" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:304 msgid "Cache Directory Setting" msgstr "超速缓存目录设置" -#. `HBox( -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), -#. `HBox( -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )), -#. `HSpacing(3), -#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), -#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) -#. )), -#. `VSpacing(0.4), -#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( -#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), -#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), -#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) -#. ))) -#. )) -#. ) -#. ), -#. `HSpacing(3) -#. ); -#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 +#. `HBox( +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `Frame(_("Cache Setting"), +#. `HBox( +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_mem"), _("C&ache Memory"), 1, 99999, 10), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_mem_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_max_object_size"), _("Ma&x Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_max_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_low"), _("Swap &Low-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("cache_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Cache Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )), +#. `HSpacing(3), +#. `HWeight(1,`VBox( +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox(`Empty())), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_min_object_size"), _("M&in Object Size"), 0, 99999, 0), +#. sizeUnitWidget("cache_min_object_size_units") +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `IntField(`id("cache_swap_high"), _("Swap &High-Water Mark (in percents)"), 0, 100, 0) +#. )), +#. `VSpacing(0.4), +#. `Left(`VWeight(1, `HBox( +#. `ComboBox(`id("memory_replacement_policy"), +#. _("&Memory Replacement Policy"), +#. [`item("lru"), `item("heap GDSF"), `item("heap LFUDA"), `item("heap LRU")]) +#. ))) +#. )) +#. ) +#. ), +#. `HSpacing(3) +#. ); +#. cache_swap_low <= cache_swap_high +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:306 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:224 msgid "Cache Directory" msgstr "超速缓存目录" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:317 msgid "Access Control Setting" msgstr "访问控制设置" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:319 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:290 msgid "Access Control" msgstr "访问控制" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:330 msgid "Logging and Timeouts Setting" msgstr "日志记录和超时设置" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:332 msgid "Logging and Timeouts" msgstr "日志记录和超时" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:339 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "Miscellaneous Setting" msgstr "杂项设置" -#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 +#: src/include/squid/complex.rb:341 msgid "Miscellaneous" msgstr "杂项" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Host" msgstr "主机" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "Port" msgstr "端口" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" -#. , _("Options") -#. table header, stands for minimum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 +#. , _("Options") +#. table header, stands for minimum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "Min" msgstr "最小" -#. table header -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 +#. table header +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Percent" msgstr "百分比" -#. table header, stands for maximum -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 +#. table header, stands for maximum +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Max" msgstr "最大" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:97 msgid "C&ache Memory" msgstr "超速缓存内存(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:107 msgid "Ma&x Object Size" msgstr "最大对象大小(&X)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "M&in Object Size" msgstr "最小对象大小(&I)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "Swap &Low-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "交换低位标记（百分比）(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:148 msgid "Swap &High-Water Mark (percentage)" msgstr "交换高位标记（百分比）(&H)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:162 msgid "&Cache Replacement Policy" msgstr "超速缓存替换策略(&C)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:180 msgid "&Memory Replacement Policy" msgstr "内存替换策略(&M)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:253 msgid "&Directory Name" msgstr "目录名(&D)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&Size (in MB)" msgstr "大小 (MB)(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:260 msgid "L&evel 1 Directories" msgstr "第 1 层目录(&E)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Le&vel 2 Directories" msgstr "第 2 层目录(&V)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:273 src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "ACL Groups" msgstr "ACL 组" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:335 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:277 msgid "Description" msgstr "说明" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:295 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:232 msgid "Allow/Deny" msgstr "允许/拒绝" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Logging" msgstr "日志记录" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:321 msgid "&Access Log" msgstr "访问日志(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:327 msgid "&Cache Log" msgstr "超速缓存日志(&C)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Cache &Store Log" msgstr "超速缓存储存日志(&S)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Timeouts" msgstr "超时" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:350 msgid "Connection &Timeout" msgstr "连接超时(&T)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:358 msgid "Client &Lifetime" msgstr "客户端有效期(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:371 msgid "&Language of error messages" msgstr "错误消息的语言(&L)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:373 msgid "&Administrator's email" msgstr "管理员电子邮件(&A)" -#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 +#: src/include/squid/dialogs.rb:375 msgid "&Use FTP Passive Mode" msgstr "使用 FTP 被动模式(&U)" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:294 msgid "Access Log" msgstr "访问日志" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:297 msgid "Cache Log" msgstr "缓存日志" -#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 +#: src/include/squid/handlers.rb:300 msgid "Cache Store Log" msgstr "缓存储存日志" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:38 msgid "&Units" msgstr "单位(&U)" -#. Returns a widget with setting of units -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 +#. Returns a widget with setting of units +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:56 msgid "seconds" msgstr "秒" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:57 msgid "minutes" msgstr "分钟" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:58 msgid "hours" msgstr "小时" -#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 +#: src/include/squid/helper_functions.rb:59 msgid "days" msgstr "天" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:34 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Squid Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -498,8 +498,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 Squid 配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:38 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -507,8 +507,8 @@ "<big>终止初始化：</big> \n" "现在按中止可安全中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Saving Squid Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 Squid 配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -529,8 +529,8 @@ "将显示另一个对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 +#. Summary dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "<big>Squid Configuration</big> \n" "Configure Squid here. \n" @@ -538,8 +538,8 @@ "<big>Squid 配置</big> \n" "请在此配置 Squid。 \n" -#. Ovreview dialog help -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 +#. Ovreview dialog help +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:57 msgid "" "<big>Squid Configuration Overview</big> \n" "Obtain an overview of installed squids and\n" @@ -549,8 +549,8 @@ "获取已安装的 squid 的概览，并根据需要\n" "对它们的配置进行编辑。 \n" -#. Http Ports Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 +#. Http Ports Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "Define all ports where Squid will\n" "listen for clients' http requests.\n" @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ "定义 Squid 用于侦听\n" "客户端 http 请求的所有端口。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "Host can contain a hostname or IP address\n" "or remain empty.\n" @@ -566,14 +566,12 @@ "主机可以包含主机名或 IP 地址，\n" "也可以留空。\n" -#. Cache Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache." -"\n" +#. Cache Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:70 +msgid "Refresh Patterns define how Squid treats the objects in the cache.\n" msgstr "刷新模式定义 Squid 如何处理超速缓存中的对象。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "The refresh patterns are checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" @@ -581,15 +579,13 @@ "按在此列出的顺序检查刷新模式。\n" "使用匹配的第一项。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "Min determines how long (in minutes) an object should be\n" "considered fresh if no explicit expiry time is given.\n" -msgstr "" -"最小决定未明确指定失效时间的情况下对象被视为新项目的时间（以分钟" -"计）。\n" +msgstr "最小决定未明确指定失效时间的情况下对象被视为新项目的时间（以分钟计）。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "Percent is the percentage of the object's age (time since last\n" "modification). An object without explicit expiry time will be\n" @@ -598,7 +594,7 @@ "百分比是对象寿命的百分比（自上一次修改）。\n" "一个没有明确失效时间的对象将被视为新项目。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "Max is the upper limit of how long objects without an explicit\n" "expiry time will be considered fresh.\n" @@ -606,14 +602,12 @@ "最大是没有明确失效时间的对象\n" "被视为新项目的时间上限。\n" -#. Cache 2 Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 -msgid "" -"Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for " -"objects." +#. Cache 2 Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:88 +msgid "Cache memory defines the ideal amount of memory to be used for objects." msgstr "超速缓存内存定义了要用于对象的理想内存数量。" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "Max Object Size defines the maximum size for objects to be stored\n" "on the disk. Objects larger than this size will not be saved on disk.\n" @@ -621,7 +615,7 @@ "最大对象大小定义储存在磁盘上的对象的最大大小。\n" "大于此大小的对象将不会保存在磁盘上。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "Min Object Size specifies the minimum size for objects. Smaller \n" "objects will not be saved to the disk.\n" @@ -629,7 +623,7 @@ "最小对象大小指定对象的最小大小。\n" "小于此大小的对象将不会保存到磁盘上。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "Replacement begins when the swap (disk) usage is above the\n" "Swap Low-Water Mark and attempts to maintain utilization near the\n" @@ -645,13 +639,11 @@ "如果使用量在交换低位标记附近，则每次的替换会\n" "变少。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be " -"replaced\n" +"Cache Replacement Policy determines which objects are to be replaced\n" "when disk space is needed.\n" -"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement " -"in\n" +"Memory Replacement Policy specifies the policy for object replacement in\n" "memory when space for new objects is not available.\n" "Policies could be:\n" "<table>\n" @@ -697,62 +689,51 @@ "</table>\n" "" -#. Cache Directory -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 -msgid "" -"Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap " -"files will be stored." +#. Cache Directory +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:132 +msgid "Directory Name defines a top-level directory where cache swap files will be stored." msgstr "目录名称定义了将要储存超速缓存交换文件的顶级目录。" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 -msgid "" -"Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this " -"directory." +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:135 +msgid "Size defines the amount of disk space (in MB) to use under this directory." msgstr "大小定义了该目录下要使用的磁盘空间的大小（以 MB 为单位）。" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:138 msgid "" -"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level " -"subdirectories, \n" +"Level 1 Directories defines a number of first-level subdirectories, \n" "which will be created under the Directory Name directory.\n" -msgstr "" -"一级目录定义将在目录名称目录下创建的一级子目录数。\n" +msgstr "一级目录定义将在目录名称目录下创建的一级子目录数。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:141 msgid "" -"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level " -"subdirectories,\n" +"Level 2 Directories defines a number of second-level subdirectories,\n" "which will be created under each first-level directory.\n" msgstr "二级目录定义将在每个一级目录下创建的二级子目录数。\n" -#. ACL Groups -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 -msgid "" -"Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." +#. ACL Groups +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:145 +msgid "Access to the Squid server can be controlled via ACL Groups." msgstr "可以通过 ACL 组控制对 Squid 服务器的访问。" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group " -"depends\n" +"ACL Group has various types and the description of ACL Group depends\n" "on the particular type.\n" msgstr "" "ACL 组有多种类型，\n" "ACL 组的描述取决于特定类型。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:151 msgid "" -"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to " -"ACL Groups.\n" -"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be " -"allowed\n" +"In the Access Control table, access can be denied or allowed to ACL Groups.\n" +"If there are more ACL Groups in one line, it means that access will be allowed\n" "or denied to members who belong to all ACL Groups at the same time.\n" msgstr "" "在访问控制表中，可以允许或拒绝 ACL 组的访问。\n" "如果一行里有多个 ACL 组，意味着将同时允许或拒绝\n" "所有 ACL 组的成员的访问。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "The Access Control table is checked in the order listed here.\n" "The first matching entry is used.\n" @@ -760,35 +741,30 @@ "系统按此处列出的顺序检查访问控制表。\n" "将使用第一个匹配项。\n" -#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." -"" +#. Logging and Timeouts Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:160 +msgid "Access Log defines the file in which client activities are logged." msgstr "访问日志定义记录客户端活动的文件。" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:163 msgid "" -"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about " -"your\n" +"Cache Log defines the file in which general information about your\n" "cache's behavior is logged.\n" msgstr "" "超速缓存日志定义记录您的超速缓存\n" "行为的一般信息的文件。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:166 msgid "" -"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of " -"all\n" -"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an " -"object\n" +"Cache Store Log defines the location of the transaction log of all\n" +"objects that are stored in the object store, as well as the time when an object\n" "gets deleted. This option can be left empty.\n" msgstr "" "超速缓存储存日志定义储存在对象储存区中的所有\n" "对象事务交易日志的位置，以及对象的删除时间。\n" "该选项可以留空。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:171 msgid "" "With Emulate httpd Log specify that Squid writes its\n" "Access Log in HTTPD common log file format.\n" @@ -796,7 +772,7 @@ "通过模拟 httpd 日志指定 Squid 以 HTTPD 通用\n" "日志文件格式写入它的访问日志。\n" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:174 msgid "" "Connection Timeout is an option to force Squid to close\n" "connections after a specified time." @@ -804,7 +780,7 @@ "连接超时是在指定的时间后强制 Squid 关闭\n" "连接的选项。" -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "Client Lifetime defines the maximum amount of time that a client\n" "(browser) is allowed to remain connected to the cache process." @@ -812,109 +788,107 @@ "客户端有效期定义了允许客户端\n" "（浏览器）保持与超速缓存进程连接的最长时间段。" -#. Miscellaneous Dialog -#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 +#. Miscellaneous Dialog +#: src/include/squid/helps.rb:181 msgid "" "Administrator's email is the address which will be added to any\n" "error pages that are displayed to clients. Defaults to webmaster.\n" -msgstr "" -"管理员电子邮件是添加到任何显示给客户端的错误页面的邮件地址。默认为 " -"webmaster。\n" +msgstr "管理员电子邮件是添加到任何显示给客户端的错误页面的邮件地址。默认为 webmaster。\n" -#. table cell -#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 +#. table cell +#: src/include/squid/inits.rb:73 src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:55 msgid "Transparent" msgstr "透明" -#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* -#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 +#. **************** HTTP PORT ******************* +#. returns true if something added/edited otherwise false +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Add New HTTP Port" msgstr "添加新的 HTTP 端口" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:49 msgid "Edit Current HTTP Port" msgstr "编辑当前 HTTP 端口" -#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** -#. **************** CACHE *********************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 +#. **************** HTTP PORT END *************** +#. **************** CACHE *********************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:95 msgid "Add New Refresh Pattern" msgstr "添加新的刷新模式" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Edit Current refresh Pattern" msgstr "编辑当前的刷新模式" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:110 msgid "Min (in minutes)" msgstr "最短（分钟）" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Max (in minutes)" msgstr "最长（分钟）" -#. **************** CACHE END ******************* -#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#. **************** CACHE END ******************* +#. **************** ACCESS CONTROL ************** +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Add New HTTP Access" msgstr "增加新的 HTTP 访问" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:226 msgid "Edit HTTP Access" msgstr "编辑 HTTP 访问" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Allow" msgstr "允许" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Deny" msgstr "拒绝" -#. `VSpacing(), -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 +#. `VSpacing(), +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "ACL" msgstr "ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:244 msgid "O&pposite" msgstr "相反(&P)" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Add ACL" msgstr "添加 ACL" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:254 msgid "not" msgstr "否" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Add New ACL Group" msgstr "添加新的 ACL 组" -#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 +#: src/include/squid/popup_dialogs.rb:322 msgid "Edit ACL Group" msgstr "编辑 ACL 组" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:64 msgid "Port number must not be empty." msgstr "端口号不能为空。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:74 msgid "Host must contain valid IP address or hostname." msgstr "“主机”必须包含有效 IP 地址或主机名。" -#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 +#. **************** HTTP_PORT END *************** +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS *************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:129 msgid "Regular expression must not be empty." msgstr "正则表达式不能为空。" -#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 +#. ************* REFRESH_PATTERNS END *********** +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG ******************* +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:202 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:292 msgid "" "Cache Memory + Size of Cache Directory\n" "must be higher than Max Object Size.\n" @@ -922,26 +896,26 @@ "超速缓存内存 + 超速缓存目录大小\n" "必须大于最大对象大小。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:264 msgid "Cache directory must not be empty." msgstr "超速缓存目录不能为空。" -#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** -#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 +#. ************* CACHE DIALOG END *************** +#. ************* HTTP_ACCESS ******************** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:351 msgid "ACL table must not be empty." msgstr "ACL 表不能为空。" -#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 +#. test, if exists ACL with same name but different type +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:429 msgid "ACL Group '%1' already exists with different type.\n" msgstr "ACL 组“%1”已存在但类型不同。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:433 msgid "ACL Group '%1' must have type '%2'.\n" msgstr "ACL 组“%1”必须是“%2”类型。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:438 msgid "" "If you want to change the type of this ACL Group, you must\n" "delete other ACL Groups with the same name before that.\n" @@ -949,8 +923,8 @@ "如果您想要更改此 ACL 组的类型，\n" "必须先删除同名的其他 ACL 组。\n" -#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 +#. test if changed ACL is used in http_access option. +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:453 msgid "" "You can not change the name of this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -958,34 +932,32 @@ "您不能更改这个 ACL 组的名称。\n" "因为访问控制表中已在使用它。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:456 src/include/squid/store_del.rb:517 msgid "" "If you want to change name of this ACL Group you must\n" "delete all of its occurrences in Access Control table." -msgstr "" -"如果您想要更改此 ACL 组名称，必须从访问控制表中删除出现的所有该 ACL 组。" +msgstr "如果您想要更改此 ACL 组名称，必须从访问控制表中删除出现的所有该 ACL 组。" -#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 -msgid "" -"If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" +#. test if changed ACL is used in other option (not managed by thid module) +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:467 +msgid "If you change the name of this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "如果您更改这个 ACL 组名称，这些选项可能会受到影响：\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:474 msgid "Change name anyway" msgstr "无论如何都要更改名称" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:475 msgid "Do not change name" msgstr "不更改名称" -#. test, if name is filled -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 +#. test, if name is filled +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:485 msgid "Name must not be empty." msgstr "名称不能为空。" -#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 +#. Report::Error( _("This ACL Group can't be deleted.\nIt's used in Access Control table.")); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:514 msgid "" "You must not delete this ACL Group, because \n" "it is used in the Access Control table.\n" @@ -993,640 +965,632 @@ "您不能删除这个 ACL 组，\n" "因为访问控制表已在使用它。\n" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:524 msgid "If you delete this ACL Group, these options might be affected: \n" msgstr "如果您删除这个 ACL 组，这些选项可能会受到影响：\n" -#. + -#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 +#. + +#. _("Are you sure you want to delete this ACL Group?"); +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:535 msgid "Delete anyway" msgstr "无论如何都要删除" -#. Label::YesButton(), -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 +#. Label::YesButton(), +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:536 msgid "Do not delete" msgstr "不删除" -#. ************* ACL END ************************ -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 +#. ************* ACL END ************************ +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG ********** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:578 msgid "Access Log must not be empty." msgstr "访问日志不能为空。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:588 msgid "Cache Log must not be empty." msgstr "超速缓存日志不能为空。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:599 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Access Log field." msgstr "“访问日志”字段中路径名错误。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:610 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Log field." msgstr "“超速缓存日志”字段中路径名错误。" -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:621 msgid "Incorrect pathname in Cache Store Log field." msgstr "“超速缓存储存日志”字段中路径名错误。" -#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** -#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 +#. ******* LOGGING AND TIMEOUTS DIALOG END ****** +#: src/include/squid/store_del.rb:684 msgid "Administrator's email must not contain any white spaces." msgstr "管理员电子邮件地址不能包含空格。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:85 msgid "Squid Configuration" msgstr "Squid 配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/squid/wizards.rb:87 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. Read all squid settings -#. @return true on success -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 +#. Read all squid settings +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1088 msgid "Initializing Squid Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化 Squid 配置" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1092 msgid "Read HTTP Ports from Config File." msgstr "从配置文件中读取 HTTP 端口。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1093 msgid "Read Refresh Patterns from Config File." msgstr "从配置文件中读取刷新模式。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1094 msgid "Read ACL Groups from Config File." msgstr "从配置文件中读取 ACL 组。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1095 msgid "Read Access Control Table from Config File." msgstr "从配置文件中读取访问控制表。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1096 msgid "Read Other Settings." msgstr "读取其他设置。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1097 msgid "Read Service Status." msgstr "读取服务状态。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1098 msgid "Read Firewall Settings." msgstr "读取防火墙设置。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1101 msgid "Reading HTTP Ports ..." msgstr "正在读取 HTTP 端口..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1102 msgid "Reading Refresh Patterns ..." msgstr "正在读取刷新模式..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1103 msgid "Reading ACL Groups ..." msgstr "正在读取 ACL 组..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1104 msgid "Reading Access Control Table ..." msgstr "正在读取访问控制表..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1105 msgid "Reading Other Settings ..." msgstr "正在读取其他设置..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1106 msgid "Reading Service Status ..." msgstr "正在读取服务状态..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1107 msgid "Reading Firewall Settings ..." msgstr "正在读取防火墙设置..." -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1117 msgid "Cannot read configuration file." msgstr "无法读取配置文件。" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1122 msgid "Cannot read service status." msgstr "无法读取服务状态。" -#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 +#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1465 msgid "Saving Squid Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 Squid 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1470 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1472 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "写入防火墙设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1474 msgid "Start Service" msgstr "启动服务" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1478 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1480 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "正在写入防火墙设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1482 msgid "Starting Service..." msgstr "正在启动服务..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1484 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. write settings -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 +#. write settings +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1494 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" -#. firewall -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 +#. firewall +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1500 msgid "Cannot write firewall settings." msgstr "无法写入防火墙设置。" -#. Header -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 +#. Header +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1584 msgid "Squid Cache Proxy" msgstr "Squid 超速缓存代理" -#. Start daemon -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 +#. Start daemon +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1589 msgid "Start daemon: " msgstr "启动守护程序：" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1590 msgid "When booting" msgstr "引导时" -#. Http Ports -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 +#. Http Ports +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1594 msgid "Configured ports:" msgstr "已配置的端口：" -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1611 msgid " (transparent)" msgstr "（透明）" -#. Cache directory -#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 +#. Cache directory +#: src/modules/Squid.rb:1625 msgid "Cache directory: " msgstr "超速缓存目录：" -#. ** -#. Unsupported ACLS: -#. * * * * * * * * * * * -#. ident, ident_regex, -#. src_as, dst_as, -#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, -#. snmp_community, -#. max_user_ip, -#. external, -#. urllogin, urlgroup -#. user_cert, ca_cert -#. ext_user -#. map of acl definition. format: -#. $[ -#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", -#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, -#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, -#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, -#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions -#. ] -#. ] -#. -#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) -#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() -#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 +#. ** +#. Unsupported ACLS: +#. * * * * * * * * * * * +#. ident, ident_regex, +#. src_as, dst_as, +#. proxy_auth, proxy_auth_regex, +#. snmp_community, +#. max_user_ip, +#. external, +#. urllogin, urlgroup +#. user_cert, ca_cert +#. ext_user +#. map of acl definition. format: +#. $[ +#. "type" : $[ "name" : "Name shown in dialogs", +#. "widget" : `WidgetDescribingThisType, +#. "widget_init" : FunctionWithInitsOfWidget, +#. "verification" : FunctionCalledToVerificateContentsOfWidget, +#. "options" : FunctionThatReturnsListOfOptions +#. ] +#. ] +#. +#. widget_init prototype: void FuncName(integer id_item) +#. verification prototype: boolean FuncName() +#. options prototype: list<string> FuncName() +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:68 msgid "src" msgstr "源" -#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), -#. `Label(" - "), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 +#. `TextEntry(`id("acl_addr1"), _("IP Address 1"), ""), +#. `Label(" - "), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:74 msgid "IP Address or Range of IP Addresses" msgstr "IP 地址或 IP 地址的范围" -#. `Label("/"), -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 +#. `Label("/"), +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:78 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:106 msgid "Network Mask" msgstr "网络掩码" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:84 msgid "The IP address of the requesting client." msgstr "发出请求的客户端的 IP 地址。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:89 msgid "dst" msgstr "目标" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:91 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP 地址" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:98 msgid "Destination IP Address." msgstr "目标 IP 地址。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:103 msgid "myip" msgstr "我的 IP" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:105 msgid "Local IP Address" msgstr "本地 IP 地址" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:112 msgid "The local IP address on which the client connection exists." msgstr "客户端连接所在的本地 IP 地址。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:119 msgid "srcdomain" msgstr "源域" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:120 msgid "Clients Domain Name" msgstr "客户端域名" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:131 msgid "This type matches the client's domain name." msgstr "此类型与客户端域名匹配。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:136 msgid "dstdomain" msgstr "目标域" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:137 msgid "Destination Domain" msgstr "目标域" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 -msgid "" -"This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the " -"origin server is located." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:148 +msgid "This refers to the destination domain, i.e. the source domain where the origin server is located." msgstr "这指的是目标域，即原始服务器所在的源域。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:155 msgid "Matches the client domain name." msgstr "匹配客户端域名。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:160 msgid "Provides match for destination domain." msgstr "进行目标域匹配。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:165 msgid "time" msgstr "时间" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:173 msgid "Days" msgstr "天" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:175 msgid "Monday" msgstr "星期一" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:176 msgid "Tuesday" msgstr "星期二" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:177 msgid "Wednesday" msgstr "星期三" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:178 msgid "Thursday" msgstr "星期四" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:179 msgid "Friday" msgstr "星期五" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:180 msgid "Saturday" msgstr "星期六" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:181 msgid "Sunday" msgstr "星期日" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:192 msgid "From (H:M)" msgstr "从 (H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:195 msgid "To (H:M)" msgstr "到 (H:M)" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:208 msgid "Matches using a regular expression on the complete URL." msgstr "在完整的 URL 上使用正则表达式比对。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 -msgid "" -"Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:213 +msgid "Matches the URL path minus any protocol, port, and host name information" msgstr "匹配去掉协议、端口和主机名信息的 URL 路径" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:220 msgid "port" msgstr "端口" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:221 msgid "Port Number or Range of Ports" msgstr "端口号或端口范围" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:226 msgid "Matches the destination port for the request." msgstr "匹配请求的目标端口。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:231 msgid "myport" msgstr "我的端口" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:232 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "端口号" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:237 msgid "Provides match for local TCP port number." msgstr "进行本地 TCP 端口号匹配。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:242 msgid "proto" msgstr "协议" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:243 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "协议" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:248 msgid "Matches the protocol of the request." msgstr "匹配请求的协议。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:253 msgid "method" msgstr "方式" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:256 msgid "HTTP Method" msgstr "HTTP 方式" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:271 msgid "This type matches the HTTP method in the request headers." msgstr "此类型与请求报头中的 HTTP 方法进行比对。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 -msgid "" -"A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the " -"user agent header." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:278 +msgid "A regular expression that matches the client's browser type based on the user agent header." msgstr "根据用户代理报头匹配客户端浏览器类型的正则表达式。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:288 msgid "Maximum Number of HTTP Connections" msgstr "最大 HTTP 连接数" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of " -"HTTP connections established." +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:300 +msgid "Matches when the client's IP address has more than the specified number of HTTP connections established." msgstr "当客户端 IP 地址多于建立的 HTTP 连接的指定数量时比对。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:307 msgid "Matches Referer header." msgstr "匹配参照页报头。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:314 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:337 msgid "Header Name" msgstr "标题名" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:315 src/modules/SquidACL.rb:338 msgid "Regular Expression(s)" msgstr "正则表达式" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:328 msgid "Regular expression matching any of the known request headers." msgstr "匹配任何已知请求报头的正则表达式。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:351 msgid "" -"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. " -"Can\n" +"Regular expression matching the mime type of the reply received by squid. Can\n" "be used to detect file download or some types of HTTP tunnelling requests.\n" msgstr "" "匹配 Squid 所收到 mime 类型的答复的正则表达式。\n" "可用来检测文件下载或某些类型的 HTTP 隧道请求。\n" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:358 msgid "Match the mime type of the request generated by the client." msgstr "匹配客户端生成的 mime 类型的请求。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:363 msgid "Match the mime type of the reply received by Squid." msgstr "匹配 Squid 收到的 mime 类型的答复。" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:369 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 地址" -#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 +#: src/modules/SquidACL.rb:374 msgid "Ethernet (MAC) address matching." msgstr "以太网 (MAC) 地址比对。" -#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 +#. TRANSLATORS: language name - combo box entry +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:53 msgid "Afrikaans" msgstr "南非荷兰语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:54 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "阿拉伯语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:55 msgid "Armenian" msgstr "亚美尼亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:56 msgid "Azerbaijani" msgstr "阿塞拜疆语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:57 msgid "Bulgarian" msgstr "保加利亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:58 msgid "Catalan" msgstr "加泰罗尼亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:59 msgid "Czech" msgstr "捷克语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:60 msgid "Danish" msgstr "丹麦语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:61 msgid "German" msgstr "德语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:62 msgid "Greek" msgstr "希腊语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:63 msgid "English" msgstr "英语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:64 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "西班牙语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:65 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "爱沙尼亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:66 msgid "Persian" msgstr "波斯语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:67 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "芬兰语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:68 msgid "French" msgstr "法语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:69 msgid "Hebrew" msgstr "希伯来语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:70 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "匈牙利语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:71 msgid "Indonesian" msgstr "印度尼西亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:72 msgid "Italian" msgstr "意大利语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:73 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "日语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:74 msgid "Korean" msgstr "韩语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:75 msgid "Latvian" msgstr "拉脱维亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:76 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "立陶宛语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:77 msgid "Malay" msgstr "马来语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:78 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "荷兰语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:79 msgid "Occitan" msgstr "欧西坦语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:80 msgid "Polish" msgstr "波兰语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:81 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "葡萄牙语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:82 msgid "Brazilian Portuguese" msgstr "巴西葡萄牙语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:83 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "罗马尼亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:84 msgid "Russian" msgstr "俄语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:85 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "斯洛伐克语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:86 msgid "Slovenian" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:87 msgid "Serbian Cyrillic" msgstr "塞尔维亚西里尔文" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:88 msgid "Serbian Latin" msgstr "塞尔维亚拉丁语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:89 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "瑞典语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:90 msgid "Thai" msgstr "泰国语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:91 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "土耳其语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:92 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "乌克兰语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:93 msgid "Uzbek" msgstr "乌兹别克斯坦语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:94 msgid "Vietnamese" msgstr "越南语" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:95 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "简体中文" -#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SquidErrorMessages.rb:96 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "繁体中文" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/storage.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. popup text -#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/disk.rb:50 msgid "" "Only use this program if you are familiar with partitioning hard disks.\n" "\n" @@ -35,60 +35,60 @@ "\n" "要忽略此警告继续操作，请单击“是”。\n" -#. dialog heading -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 +#. dialog heading +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/disk.rb:67 src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:68 msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgstr "专家分区程序" -#. text show during initialization -#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 +#. text show during initialization +#: src/clients/disk.rb:69 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. helptext -#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 +#. helptext +#: src/clients/disk.rb:71 msgid "Volumes are being detected." msgstr "正在检测各个卷。" -#. Commandline help title -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 +#. Commandline help title +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:49 msgid "Storage Configuration" msgstr "储存配置" -#. Commandline command help -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 +#. Commandline command help +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:57 msgid "List disks and partitions" msgstr "列出磁盘和分区" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:70 msgid "List disks" msgstr "列出磁盘" -#. Command line option help text -#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 +#. Command line option help text +#: src/clients/disk_worker.rb:74 msgid "List partitions" msgstr "列出分区" -#. Title for dialogue -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 +#. Title for dialogue +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:76 msgid "Suggested Partitioning" msgstr "建议的分区" -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "专家分区程序(&E)..." -#. Radiobutton for partition dialog -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 +#. Radiobutton for partition dialog +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Create Partition Setup..." msgstr "创建分区设置(&C)..." -#. popup text +#. popup text #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -96,17 +96,17 @@ "没有自动建议。\n" "请在\"分区工具\"对话框中手动指定安装点。" -#. TRANSLATORS: button text -#. this is the resize case -#. -#. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 +#. TRANSLATORS: button text +#. this is the resize case +#. +#. this is the normal case +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "编辑建议设置" -#. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 +#. help on suggested partitioning +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -116,9 +116,9 @@ "已检查您的硬盘。显示的分区设置\n" "是针对您的硬盘提议的。" -#. help text continued -#. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 +#. help text continued +#. %1 is replaced by button text +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ "%1 并在专家分区程序\n" "对话框中修改设置。\n" -#. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 +#. help text continued +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -151,27 +151,27 @@ "对于 RAID 和加密之类的高级配置，\n" "也需要选择此选项。\n" -#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off -#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 +#. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off +#. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "不能创建请求的建议。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." msgstr "没有足够用于为根卷建议快照的空间。" -#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "空间不足，无法请求单独的 /home。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." msgstr "未指派根文件系统。无法继续。" -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -179,22 +179,22 @@ "计算此建议将重写此前所有手动更改。\n" "是否要继续计算建议？" -#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow -#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 +#. we need to open dialog and set up slideshow +#: src/clients/inst_prepdisk.rb:66 msgid "Preparing disks..." msgstr "正在准备磁盘..." -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version -#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#. set to "true" to test non-graphical version +#. Unit for parition resizing - currently Megabytes +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:272 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:487 msgid "MB" msgstr "MB" -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:275 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:490 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Used\n" @@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ "已用\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:277 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:492 msgid "" "Windows\n" "Free\n" @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ "可用\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#. Labels for bar graph. "%1" will be replace with a numeric value. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:279 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:494 msgid "" "Linux\n" "%1 " @@ -226,25 +226,25 @@ "Linux\n" "%1 " -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:282 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:497 msgid "Windows Free (%1)" msgstr "Windows 可用 (%1)" -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#. Labels for input fields. "%1" will be replaced with the current unit (MB). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:284 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:499 msgid "Linux (%1)" msgstr "Linux (%1)" -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - -#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) -#. and non-graphical mode (text only). -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#. Help text for Windows partition resizing - +#. common part for both graphical mode (with bar graphs) +#. and non-graphical mode (text only). +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:293 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:508 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the new size for your Windows partition.\n" @@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ "为 Windows 分区选择新的大小。\n" "" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:302 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:517 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -272,9 +272,9 @@ "Windows 分区将保持不变。\n" "\n" -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#. help text (common to both modes), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#. help text (common to both modes), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:315 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:530 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -288,23 +288,23 @@ "后退。\n" "\n" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#. Headline above bar graph that displays current windows partition size +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:330 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:545 msgid "Now" msgstr "当前" -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#. Headline above bar graph that displays future windows and linux partitions +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:337 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:552 msgid "After Installation" msgstr "安装后" -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:359 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:574 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -320,9 +320,9 @@ "(在改变分区大小后)。\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:372 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -336,9 +336,9 @@ "输入一个数值以调整建议值。\n" "\n" -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#. help text (graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#. help text (graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:384 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:599 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -352,29 +352,29 @@ "分区。\n" "" -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for used part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:397 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:612 msgid "Windows Used" msgstr "Windows 已用" -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#. Label for free part of the Windows partition in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:407 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:622 msgid "Free" msgstr "可用" -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#. Edit field label for linux partition size in non-graphical mode +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:417 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:632 msgid "Linux" msgstr "Linux" -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only -#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#. help text, continued - non-graphical mode only +#. this help text will be appended to the help text common to both modes. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:437 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:652 msgid "" "\n" "Enter a value for the size of your Linux installation.\n" @@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ "自动创建分区。\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:449 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:664 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -402,9 +402,9 @@ "Windows 已用是 Windows 分区使用的空间大小。\n" "\n" -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:460 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:675 msgid "" "\n" "Free indicates the current free space (before the Linux\n" @@ -416,13 +416,13 @@ "(安装 Linux 之前)。\n" "" -#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 +#: src/clients/inst_resize_dialog.rb:472 src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:686 msgid "Resizing the Windows Partition" msgstr "改变 Windows 分区的大小" -#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount -#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 +#. The Windows partition has not enough free space for Linux. Tell the user the needed amount +#. of free space and that he should terminate the installation now. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:390 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ "包括 Windows 工作空间\n" "和 %2 的空间。\n" -#. not yet checked -#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 +#. not yet checked +#. Inform the user that his Windows partition is being checked. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:425 msgid "" "Checking the file system of your Windows partition\n" "for consistency.\n" @@ -466,8 +466,8 @@ " 使用的装入空间，这可能需要一段时间。\n" " \n" -#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 +#. The file system on the device is faulty. Tell the user he should correct those errors. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:452 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -489,14 +489,14 @@ "如果下次仍出现此问题，请通过其它方式改变\n" "Windows 分区的大小。\n" -#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 +#. now let the automatic partitioner do its work +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:774 msgid "The available space is not sufficient for an installation." msgstr "可用空间不足，无法安装。" -#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should -#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. -#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 +#. An internal error has occured. Tell the user that the installation should +#. be terminated now and that his hard disk has not been altered yet. +#: src/clients/inst_resize_ui.rb:889 msgid "" "An internal error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -516,15 +516,15 @@ "\t Windows 分区。\n" "\t " -#. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 +#. popup text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." msgstr "只能使用自定义分区选项配置您的系统。" -#. Win NT / 2000 -#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently -#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 +#. Win NT / 2000 +#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently +#. not supported and that he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:268 msgid "" "An error has occurred.\n" "\n" @@ -544,10 +544,10 @@ "请另选磁盘，或中止安装再\n" "用其它方式收缩 Windows 分区。\n" -#. local error -#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user -#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 +#. local error +#. The Windows version used could not be determined. Tell the user +#. he can go back in the installation or abort it. +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:287 msgid "" "The Windows version of your system could not be determined.\n" "\n" @@ -563,10 +563,10 @@ "请另选磁盘，或中止安装再\n" "用其它方式收缩 Windows 分区。\n" -#. OK --> No NT or 2000 -#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 +#. OK --> No NT or 2000 +#. Tell the user about the risks of resizing his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:308 msgid "" "You selected to shrink your Windows partition.\n" "In the next dialog, specify the amount of\n" @@ -594,14 +594,14 @@ "\n" "是否确实要收缩 Windows 分区？\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:329 msgid "&Shrink Windows" msgstr "收缩 Windows(&S)" -#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. -#. Ask him if he really wants to do it -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 +#. Tell the user about the consequences of deleting his windows. +#. Ask him if he really wants to do it +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:345 msgid "" "You selected to delete your Windows partition completely.\n" "\n" @@ -615,13 +615,13 @@ "\n" "是否确实要删除 Windows 分区？\n" -#. button text -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 +#. button text +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" msgstr "删除 Windows(&D)" -#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition -#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 +#. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition +#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 msgid "" "Too few partitions are marked for removal or \n" "the disk is too small. \n" @@ -633,39 +633,38 @@ "要安装 Linux，请选择删除更多分区，\n" "或选择一个较大的磁盘。" -#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection -#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) -#. anyway -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 +#. loop over targetMap and build radio buttons for selection +#. dont use foreach here since we need a counter (as a shortcut) +#. anyway +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:115 msgid "Available &Disks" msgstr "可用磁盘(&D)" -#. label text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 +#. label text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:149 msgid "&Custom Partitioning (for experts)" msgstr "自定义分区(仅限专家)(&C)" -#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. -#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as -#. installation target -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 +#. This dialog selects the target disk for the installation. +#. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as +#. installation target +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:161 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "硬盘" -#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks -#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks +#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "未找到任何磁盘。尝试使用可用的更新 CD 来安装。" -#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on -#. one hard disk - this selection is done here -#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to -#. do while the following locale is the help description -#. help part 1 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 +#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on +#. one hard disk - this selection is done here +#. "Preparing Hard Disk" is the description of the dialog what to +#. do while the following locale is the help description +#. help part 1 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:184 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -677,8 +676,8 @@ "的所有硬盘。请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n" "\n" -#. help part 2 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 +#. help part 2 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:193 msgid "" "\n" "You may select later which part of the disk is used for &product;.\n" @@ -688,8 +687,8 @@ "您可以稍后再选择要将 &product; 安装到磁盘的哪个部分。\n" "\n" -#. help part 3 of 3 -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 +#. help part 3 of 3 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:202 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -705,81 +704,81 @@ "分区安装点的指派方式进行完全控制。\n" "\n" -#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning -#. Information what to do, background information -#. Information what to do, background information -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 +#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning +#. Information what to do, background information +#. Information what to do, background information +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:215 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:244 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:302 msgid "Preparing Hard Disk" msgstr "正在准备硬盘" -#. there is a selection from which one option must be -#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 +#. there is a selection from which one option must be +#. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:271 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "请选择其中一个选项，然后继续。" -#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 +#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:297 msgid "Disk %1 is in use by %2" msgstr "磁盘 %1 正由 %2 使用" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: multipath-simple.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: multipath-simple.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Simplistic multipath activation module. +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/clients/multipath-simple.rb:34 msgid "Activate multipath?" msgstr "是否激活多路径？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> -#. -#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. -#. -#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. Module: proposal_partitions.ycp +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. Author: Klaus Kaempf <kkaempf(a)suse.de> +#. +#. Purpose: Proposal function dispatcher - partitions. +#. +#. See also file proposal-API.txt for details. +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:93 msgid "" "The /home partition will not be formatted. After installation,\n" "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." @@ -787,25 +786,25 @@ "/home 分区将不会格式化。安装后，\n" "请确保正确设置用户主目录的所有权。" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 msgid "Partitioning" msgstr "分区" -#. label text -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 +#. label text +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:220 msgid "&Partitioning" msgstr "分区(&P)" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/storage_finish.rb:69 msgid "Saving file system configuration..." msgstr "正在保存文件系统配置..." -#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that -#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and -#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 +#. There is a consistency check for the selection. Next is the message, that +#. is displayed. The reason is determined within this consistency check and +#. then the message is passed through this interface transparently +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:53 msgid "" "The current selection is invalid:\n" "%1" @@ -813,15 +812,15 @@ "当前选择无效：\n" "%1" -#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned -#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 +#. list of partition checkboxes: show partition as unassigned +#. e.g. "1: 2 GB, unassigned" +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:72 msgid "&%1: %2, unassigned" msgstr "&%1： %2，未指派" -#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button -#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 +#. and the "Use entire hard disk" button +#. - please avoid excessively long lines - rather, include a newline +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:104 msgid "" "Disk Areas to Use\n" "to Install %1\n" @@ -829,16 +828,16 @@ "用于安装 %1 的\n" "磁盘区域\n" -#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on -#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on -#. the target disk -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 +#. pushbutton to choose the entire disk, erasing all data on +#. the disk this is an easy way to select all partitions on +#. the target disk +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" msgstr "使用整个硬盘(&E)" -#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. -#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 +#. There were no prior partitions on this disk. +#. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:153 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk yet.\n" "The entire disk will be used for %1." @@ -846,8 +845,8 @@ "此磁盘上尚无分区。\n" "整个磁盘都将用于 %1。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:166 msgid "" "This disk appears to be used by Windows.\n" "There is not enough space to install Linux." @@ -855,18 +854,18 @@ "此磁盘看起来已由 Windows 使用。\n" "没有足够的空间来安装 Linux。" -#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 +#. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" msgstr "彻底删除 Windows(&D)" -#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 +#. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 msgid "&Shrink Windows Partition" msgstr "收缩 Windows 分区(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 1 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:208 msgid "" "\n" "Select where on your hard disk to install &product;.\n" @@ -876,8 +875,8 @@ "请选择要将 &product; 安装到的硬盘。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 2 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:216 msgid "" "\n" "Use either the entire hard disk or one or more of the\n" @@ -889,8 +888,8 @@ "或显示的空闲区域。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:225 msgid "" "\n" "Notice: If you select a region that is not shown as free, you\n" @@ -904,8 +903,8 @@ "其他操作系统。\n" "" -#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 +#. TRANSLATORS: helptext, part 4 of 4 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:235 msgid "" "\n" "The marked regions will be deleted. All data there will be\n" @@ -917,16 +916,16 @@ "丢失。 丢失的数据将无法恢复。\n" "\n" -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s) +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:249 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:306 msgid "Installing on:" msgstr "安装位置：" -#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning -#. part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 +#. helptext for semi-automatic partitioning +#. part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:280 msgid "" "\n" "The selected hard disk is probably used by Windows. There is not enough\n" @@ -940,8 +939,8 @@ "收缩它以获得足够的可用空间。\n" "" -#. helptext, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 +#. helptext, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:290 msgid "" "\n" "If you delete Windows, all data on this partition will be irreversibly\n" @@ -957,28 +956,28 @@ "而数据重组在个别情况下可能失败。\n" "\n" -#. Label text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 +#. Label text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "建议创建独立的主分区(&H)" -#. Label text -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 +#. Label text +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:357 msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" msgstr "创建基于 LVM 的建议(&L)" -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:368 msgid "Encrypt Volume Group" msgstr "加密卷组 " -#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 +#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:373 msgid "Proposal type" msgstr "建议类型" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -991,8 +990,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1006,8 +1005,8 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1020,8 +1019,8 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1034,9 +1033,9 @@ "\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any -#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any +#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" @@ -1052,8 +1051,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 +#. popup text, %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1073,8 +1072,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 +#. popup text, %1 is a size +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1088,8 +1087,8 @@ "\n" "确定将引导分区的大小保留不变？\n" -#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 +#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1103,10 +1102,10 @@ "大小约为 1MB。\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to -#. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#. popup text +#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to +#. boot from the hard drive! +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1124,8 +1123,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用没有 /boot 分区的设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1145,7 +1144,7 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1157,8 +1156,8 @@ "%s\n" "确实要使用此设置吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1174,8 +1173,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1199,8 +1198,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1224,20 +1223,19 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "确定要使用此设置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" -"\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -1251,8 +1249,8 @@ "\n" "确定要使用没有交换分区的设置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1264,8 +1262,8 @@ "现有分区上。YaST 不能保证顺利安装，\n" "特别是在以下情况下：\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1277,19 +1275,18 @@ "版本\n" "- 如果这个分区尚不包含文件系统\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " -"points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" "如果不确定，最好返回上一步并将此分区标记为待格式化，尤其是当它指派给\n" "一个像 /、/boot、/opt 或 /var 这样的标准安装点时。\n" -#. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 +#. continued popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1299,8 +1296,8 @@ "\n" "确定要将分区保持未格式化？\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1308,8 +1305,8 @@ "选择的设备属于 RAID (%1)。\n" "编辑该设备之前，请将其从该 RAID 中去除。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1317,8 +1314,8 @@ "选择的设备属于卷组 (%1)。\n" "编辑该设备之前，请将其从该卷组中去除。\n" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1326,8 +1323,8 @@ "选择的设备已被卷 (%1) 使用。\n" "编辑之前请去除该卷。\n" -#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 +#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1335,8 +1332,8 @@ "设备 (%2) 属于 RAID (%1)。\n" "删除该设备之前，请将其从 RAID 中去除。\n" -#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 +#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1344,12 +1341,12 @@ "设备 (%2) 已被 %1 使用。\n" "编辑之前请去除 %1。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "无法在装入时删除它。" -#. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 +#. popup text, %1 is a device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1357,14 +1354,12 @@ "无法去除设备 (%1)，因为它是一个逻辑分区，\n" "并且另一个编号更高的逻辑分区正在使用它。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选扩展分区包含当前已装入的分区：\n" @@ -1372,8 +1367,8 @@ "强烈建议先卸载这些分区，然后再删除该扩展分区。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择“取消”。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1387,8 +1382,8 @@ "分区从其对应的卷组中去除，然后\n" "再删除该扩展分区。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1402,8 +1397,8 @@ "分区从其对应的 RAID 系统中去除，然后\n" "再删除该扩展分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1415,31 +1410,31 @@ "正在使用的分区。删除扩展分区之前\n" "请去除已使用的卷。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System." msgstr "输入加密文件系统的口令。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6400 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "请不要忘记在此输入的内容！" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "允许口令为空。" -#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 +#. heading text, %1 is replaced by device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:84 msgid "Password for Encrypted File System on %1" msgstr "%1 上加密文件系统的口令" -#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory -#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 +#. translator comment: %1 is the device name, %2 is a directory +#. example: "...password for device /dev/hda6 mounted on /var" +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "Enter your encryption password for\n" "device %1 mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1447,38 +1442,38 @@ "输入已装入到 %2 上的\n" "设备 %1 的加密口令。\n" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Enter your Password for the Encrypted File System" msgstr "请输入加密文件系统的口令" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "输入您的文件系统的口令(&E)：" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "再输一遍口令以便确认(&V)：" -#. Cancel button -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 +#. Cancel button +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:159 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "跳过(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:188 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match!\n" @@ -1488,10 +1483,10 @@ "不相同！\n" "请重试。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1499,10 +1494,10 @@ "您没有输入口令。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1510,17 +1505,17 @@ "口令须至少包含 %1 个字符。\n" "请重试。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:237 msgid "No floating point number." msgstr "不能有浮点数字。" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:361 msgid "File system options:" msgstr "文件系统选项：" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:443 msgid "" "The character '/' is no longer permitted in a volume label.\n" "Change your volume label so that it does not contain this character.\n" @@ -1528,15 +1523,14 @@ "卷标中不再允许使用符号“/”。\n" "请更改您的卷标以使其不包含此字符。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:466 msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab by:\n" "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " -"disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "在 /etc/fstab 中的装入方式：\n" @@ -1546,12 +1540,11 @@ "UUID 或卷标来装入。\n" "如果禁用了某个选项，则无法这样装入。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1560,45 +1553,45 @@ "时才可行。\n" "卷标不能包含 / 字符或空格。\n" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Mount in /etc/fstab by" msgstr "装入 /etc/fstab 的方式" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:501 msgid "&Device Name" msgstr "设备名(&D)" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:508 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:544 msgid "Volume &Label" msgstr "卷标(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:515 msgid "&UUID" msgstr "UUID(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:525 msgid "Device &ID" msgstr "设备 ID(&I)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:532 msgid "Device &Path" msgstr "设备路径(&P)" -#. heading text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 +#. heading text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:672 msgid "Fstab Options:" msgstr "Fstab 选项：" -#. popup text %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 +#. popup text %1 is a number +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:846 msgid "" "\n" "Maximum volume label length for the selected file system\n" @@ -1608,63 +1601,63 @@ "选定文件系统的最大卷标长度\n" "为 %1。您的卷标已被截断到此长度。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Provide a volume label to mount by label." msgstr "提供一个卷标以通过卷标装入。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:880 msgid "This volume label is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "此卷标已在使用。请另选一个。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1046 msgid "File &System" msgstr "文件系统(&S)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1053 msgid "O&ptions..." msgstr "选项(&P)..." -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1069 msgid "&Encrypt Device" msgstr "加密设备(&E)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1144 msgid "File system &ID:" msgstr "文件系统 ID(&I)：" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Format" msgstr "格式" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "Do &not format" msgstr "不格式化(&N)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "&Format" msgstr "格式化(&F)" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1249 msgid "Fs&tab Options" msgstr "Fstab 选项(&T)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1256 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "安装点(&M)" -#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 +#. popup text %1 is a partition name, %2 a dirctory +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1268 msgid "" "\n" "The selected partition (%1) is currently mounted on %2.\n" @@ -1688,8 +1681,8 @@ "\n" "是否继续？\n" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the partition cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1699,8 +1692,8 @@ "YaST2 无法收缩分区上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4 和 reiser 才允许收缩文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the logical volume cannot be shrunk by YaST2.\n" @@ -1710,22 +1703,22 @@ "YaST2 无法收缩逻辑卷上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4 和 reiser 才允许收缩文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition." msgstr "如果收缩此分区，将会有丢失数据的风险。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." msgstr "如果收缩此逻辑卷，将会有丢失数据的风险。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "Continue?" msgstr "是否继续？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1342 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected partition cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1735,8 +1728,8 @@ "YaST2 无法扩展所选分区上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs 和 reiser 才允许扩展文件系统。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349 msgid "" "\n" "The file system on the selected logical volume cannot be extended by YaST2.\n" @@ -1746,20 +1739,20 @@ "YaST2 无法扩展所选逻辑卷上的文件系统。\n" "只有 fat、ext2、ext3、ext4、xfs 和 reiser 才允许扩展文件系统。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357 msgid "Continue resizing?" msgstr "是否继续改变大小？" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1374 msgid "You decreased a partition with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "您减小了装载有 reiser 文件系统的分区。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376 msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it." msgstr "您减小了装载有 reiser 文件系统的逻辑卷。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383 msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to shrink a reiser file system, but this feature is not\n" @@ -1773,13 +1766,12 @@ "\n" "立即收缩文件系统吗？" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1437 msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "所选设备包含当前已装入的分区：\n" @@ -1787,8 +1779,8 @@ "强烈建议先卸载这些分区再删除分区表。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请选择“取消”。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 +#. popup text, Do not translate LVM. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1802,8 +1794,8 @@ "相应的卷组中去除所有\n" "分区。\n" -#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 +#. popup text, Do not translate RAID. +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1817,8 +1809,8 @@ "删除此设备前，请先从相应的\n" "RAID 系统中取消指派该分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 msgid "" "\n" "The selected device contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1830,56 +1822,56 @@ "其他卷使用的分区。删除此设备前，请先删除\n" "使用该分区的卷。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 msgid "Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.\n" msgstr "在 Btrfs 文件系统中创建和去除子卷。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." msgstr "使用 snapper 为 Btrfs 文件系统启用自动快照。" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 msgid "Existing Subvolumes:" msgstr "现有子卷：" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1568 msgid "New Subvolume" msgstr "新子卷" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1574 msgid "Add new" msgstr "新增" -#. button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 +#. button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" msgstr "去除" -#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 +#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6253 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "启用快照" -#. heading text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 +#. heading text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:409 msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "子卷处理" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1666 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "不允许使用空的子卷名称。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." @@ -1887,16 +1879,16 @@ "目前只允许使用以“%1”开头的子卷名！\n" "正在自动给子卷名加上“%1”前缀。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "子卷名称 %1 已存在。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "本对话框中当前所做的修改将会丢失。" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Create an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1906,8 +1898,8 @@ "创建加密的文件系统。\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "Access an encrypted file system.\n" @@ -1917,8 +1909,8 @@ "访问加密的文件系统。\n" " \n" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -1932,13 +1924,12 @@ " Linux 文件系统一样。\n" " \n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" -"tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1951,14 +1942,13 @@ "将丢失这些文件系统上的所有数据。\n" " \n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1971,14 +1961,13 @@ "请输入两遍口令。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" @@ -1989,8 +1978,8 @@ "(例如，加重音或变音的字符)。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:129 msgid "" "\n" "Possible characters are\n" @@ -2004,10 +1993,10 @@ "字母 (<tt>A-Za-Z</tt>) 以及数字 <tt>0</tt> 到 <tt>9</tt>。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 +#. help text, continued +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2017,8 +2006,8 @@ "不要忘记此口令！\n" "" -#. help text for cryptofs -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 +#. help text for cryptofs +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:150 msgid "" "\n" "You will need to enter your encryption password.\n" @@ -2028,12 +2017,11 @@ "您需要输入加密口令。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 +#. help text, continued +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" @@ -2044,7 +2032,7 @@ "更新期间不访问该文件系统。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:173 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because the disk on which \n" @@ -2064,7 +2052,7 @@ "如果需要使用该磁盘进行安装，您应该在\n" "专家分区程序中删除该磁盘标签。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2078,18 +2066,18 @@ "\n" "您需要选中此磁盘上所有要去除的分区。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "您不能对 LVM 使用安装点\"%1\"。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:78 msgid "You cannot use the mount point %1 for RAID." msgstr "您不能对 RAID 使用安装点 %1。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:97 msgid "" "You have selected to not automatically mount at start-up a file system\n" "that may contain files that the system needs to work properly.\n" @@ -2105,8 +2093,8 @@ "\n" "确定要执行该操作？\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:120 msgid "" "You have assigned an encrypted file system to a partition\n" "with one of the following mount points: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" @@ -2118,8 +2106,8 @@ "或“/var”。这是不可能的。请更改安装点或使用\n" "非回送文件系统。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:158 msgid "" "You have set a file system as mountable by users. The file system\n" "may contain files that need to be executable.\n" @@ -2135,32 +2123,32 @@ "\n" "确定要执行该操作？\n" -#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap -#. @param mount mount point -#. @return [Boolean] -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 +#. Check all mount points and return true if the mount point is ok. +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] targetMap the TargetMap +#. @param mount mount point +#. @return [Boolean] +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:205 msgid "Mount point must not be empty." msgstr "安装点不得为空。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:210 msgid "Swap devices must have swap as mount point." msgstr "交换设备安装点必须为 swap。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." msgstr "仅交换设备可以使用 swap 作为安装点。" -#. && mount!="swap" ) -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 +#. && mount!="swap" ) +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:229 msgid "This mount point is already in use. Select a different one." msgstr "此安装点已在使用。请另选一个。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:239 msgid "" "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." @@ -2168,14 +2156,13 @@ "FAT 文件系统被用作系统安装点(/、/usr、/opt、/var、/home)。\n" "这是不可能的。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "安装点中的字符无效。不要在安装点中使用“`'!\"%#”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 msgid "" "You cannot use any of the following mount points:\n" "/bin, /dev, /etc, /lib, /lib64, /lost+found, /mnt, /proc, /sbin, /sys,\n" @@ -2185,13 +2172,13 @@ "/bin、/dev、/etc、/lib、/lib64、/lost+found、/mnt、/proc、/sbin、/sys、\n" "/var/adm/mnt\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:266 msgid "Your mount point must start with a \"/\" " msgstr "您的安装点必须以\"/\"开头" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:272 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign the mount point swap\n" "to a device without a swap file system." @@ -2199,9 +2186,9 @@ "不允许向没有交换文件系统\n" "的设备指派安装点交换。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#. %2 is prelaced by a size (e.g. 10 MB) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:299 msgid "" "Your partition is too small to use %1.\n" "The minimum size for this file system is %2.\n" @@ -2209,8 +2196,8 @@ "您的分区过小，无法使用 %1。\n" "此文件系统的最小大小为 %2。\n" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:369 msgid "" "It is not allowed to assign a mount point\n" "to a device with nonexistent or unknown file system." @@ -2218,8 +2205,8 @@ "不允许向装有不存在或未知文件系统的\n" "设备指派安装点。" -#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 +#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3) +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482 msgid "" "\n" "WARNING:\n" @@ -2241,14 +2228,14 @@ "\n" "确定要使用此文件系统？\n" -#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 +#. ////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. modify map new +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "文件系统当前装入到 %1 上。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2256,14 +2243,14 @@ "您可以尝试立即卸载、不卸载并继续或取消。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请单击“取消”。" -#. button text -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 +#. button text +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "卸载" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2271,75 +2258,75 @@ "您可以尝试立即卸载或取消。\n" "除非您完全了解正在执行的操作，否则请单击“取消”。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法收缩。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法扩展。" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "文件系统已装入时无法调整大小。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "重扫描设备" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:85 msgid "Import Mount Points..." msgstr "导入安装点..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "提供加密口令(&P)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "配置 &iSCSI(&I)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 msgid "Configure &FCoE..." msgstr "配置 FCoE(&F)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "配置多路径(&M)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "配置 &DASD(&D)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "配置 zFCP(&Z)..." -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "配置 XPRAM(&X)..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "配置..." -#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 +#. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "%1 上的可用储存区" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "This view shows all storage devices\n" "available." @@ -2347,8 +2334,8 @@ "该视图显示所有\n" "可用储存设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2358,8 +2345,8 @@ "导航到一个视图，该视图下可以显示设备的详细\n" "信息。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." @@ -2367,8 +2354,8 @@ "通过选择一个表项，您可以\n" "导航至带有该设备相关详细信息的视图。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2376,8 +2363,8 @@ "重扫描磁盘将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要重扫描磁盘？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2385,8 +2372,8 @@ "调用 iSCSI 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 iSCSI 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 msgid "" "Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call FCoE configuration?" @@ -2394,10 +2381,10 @@ "调用 FCoE 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "确实要调用 FCoE 配置吗？" -#. popup text -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 +#. popup text +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2405,8 +2392,8 @@ "调用多路径配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "确定要调用多路径配置？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2414,8 +2401,8 @@ "调用 DASD 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 DASD 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2423,8 +2410,8 @@ "调用 zFCP 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 zFCP 配置？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2432,50 +2419,50 @@ "调用 XPRAM 配置将取消所有当前更改。\n" "是否确实要调用 XPRAM 配置？" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Edit Btrfs %1" msgstr "编辑 Btrfs %1" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:151 msgid "Select at least one device." msgstr "选择至少一个设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:175 msgid "Change the devices that are used by the Btrfs volume." msgstr "更改 Btrfs 卷使用的设备。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Unused Devices:" msgstr "未用设备：" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:531 msgid "Selected Devices:" msgstr "所选设备：" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-dialogs.rb:291 msgid "Resize Btrfs Volume %1" msgstr "调整 Btrfs 卷 %1 的大小" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:35 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:76 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:130 msgid "No Btrfs device selected." msgstr "未选中 Btrfs 设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:47 msgid "" "The Btrfs %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -2483,178 +2470,174 @@ "Btrfs %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." msgstr "未能去除一些物理设备。" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "编辑" -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), -#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. Item(Id(:resize), _("Resize")), +#. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 - src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 msgid "Btrfs Volumes" msgstr "Btrfs 卷" -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "编辑..." -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. disabled, see bnc #832196 -#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), -#. TRANSLATORS: push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. disabled, see bnc #832196 +#. PushButton(Id(:resize), Opt(:key_F8), _("Resize...")), +#. TRANSLATORS: push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." msgstr "删除..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 msgid "This view shows all Btrfs volumes." msgstr "该视图显示所有 Btrfs 卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:213 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2662,8 +2645,8 @@ "该视图显示所选 Btrfs 卷的\n" "详细信息。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:289 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Btrfs volume.\n" @@ -2671,74 +2654,72 @@ "该视图显示所选 Btrfs 卷\n" "使用的所有设备。\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:330 msgid "Btrfs Device: %1" msgstr "Btrfs 设备：%1" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:272 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:467 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:315 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:241 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "概述(&O)" -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. tab heading -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. tab heading +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:339 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" msgstr "已用设备(&U)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 msgid "Choose the role of the device." msgstr "选择设备的角色。" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "EFI Boot Partition" msgstr "EFI 引导分区" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64 msgid "Operating System" msgstr "操作系统" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Data and ISV Applications" msgstr "数据和 ISV 应用程序" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75 msgid "Swap" msgstr "交换" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" msgstr "原始卷（未格式化）" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88 msgid "Role" msgstr "角色" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type." @@ -2746,69 +2727,66 @@ "首先，选择是否\n" "格式化分区及所需的文件系统类型。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " -"existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "如果您想加密卷上的所有数据，\n" "请选择加密设备。修改一个已有卷的加密方式\n" "会删除其中的所有数据。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137 msgid "" "Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"然后，选择是否要装入分区并输入安装点（/、/boot、/home、/var 等）。" +msgstr "然后，选择是否要装入分区并输入安装点（/、/boot、/home、/var 等）。" -#. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 +#. set globals +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "格式化选项" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "格式化分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "不格式化分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "不装入分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "装入选项" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "装入分区" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "安装点" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fstab 选项(&T)..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "crypt 文件必须进行加密。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2820,18 +2798,18 @@ "\n" "还要检查格式选项。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "crypt 文件需要安装点。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs 需要安装点。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2845,8 +2823,8 @@ "Linux 文件系统一样。\n" " " -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734 msgid "" "\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2860,21 +2838,21 @@ "就不能用于休眠（挂起到磁盘）。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "所有存储在此卷上的数据都将丢失！" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "底层设备不支持大小调整。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2884,7 +2862,7 @@ "您不能改变所选分区的大小，\n" "因为此分区上的文件系统不支持改变大小。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2892,8 +2870,8 @@ "不能在 NTFS 已装入时\n" "检查其是否可调整大小。" -#. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#. FIXME: Really? +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2901,79 +2879,79 @@ "无法调整分区 %1 的大小，\n" "因为文件系统似乎不一致。\n" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "调整分区 %1 大小" -#. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 +#. Heading for dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "调整逻辑卷 %1 大小" -#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 +#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "当前大小：%1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "当前已用：%1" -#. frame heading -#. input field label -#. combo box label -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 +#. frame heading +#. input field label +#. combo box label +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:573 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:129 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "最大大小 (%1)" -#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 +#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "最小大小 (%1)" -#. radio button text -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 +#. radio button text +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "自定义大小" -#. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 +#. help text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140 msgid "Choose new size." msgstr "选择新的大小。" -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." msgstr "输入的大小无效。请输入介于 %1 到 %2 之间的大小。" -#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only -#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases -#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this -#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 +#. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only +#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases +#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this +#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -2984,28 +2962,28 @@ "这可能很慢，需要花费几小时时间。您可以考虑卸载该文件系统，\n" "这会显著提升调整速度。" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "%1 的输出" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "正在重扫描磁盘..." -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Edit DM %1" msgstr "编辑 DM %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:35 msgid "No DM device selected." msgstr "没有选择 DM 设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm-lib.rb:46 msgid "" "The DM %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3013,13 +2991,13 @@ "DM %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:85 msgid "Device Mapper (DM)" msgstr "设备映射程序 (DM)" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:97 msgid "" "This view shows all Device Mapper devices except for those already \n" "included in some other view. Therefore multipath disks,\n" @@ -3029,8 +3007,8 @@ "但已经包含在其他视图中的不显示。因此多路径磁盘、\n" "BIOS RAID 和 LVM 逻辑卷不在这里显示。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3038,8 +3016,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选设备映射程序设备的详细信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:232 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected Device Mapper device." @@ -3047,185 +3025,185 @@ "该视图显示由\n" "所选设备映射程序设备使用的所有设备。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:265 msgid "DM Device: %1" msgstr "DM 设备：%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-graph.rb -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) [2012-2015] Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-graph.rb +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:39 msgid "Add RAID" msgstr "添加 RAID" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:44 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Add Volume Group" msgstr "添加卷组" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "设备图" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:74 msgid "Save Device Graph..." msgstr "保存设备图..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:84 msgid "This view shows a graph of devices." msgstr "该视图显示设备图。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:214 msgid "Saving graph file failed." msgstr "保存图形文件失败。" -#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for -#. a set of notes connected with edges -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#. dialog heading, graph is the mathematic term for +#. a set of notes connected with edges +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "装入图" -#. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 +#. button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:163 msgid "Save Mount Graph..." msgstr "保存装入图..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:173 msgid "This view shows a graph of mount points." msgstr "该视图显示安装点图。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Choose the partition type for the new partition." msgstr "为新分区选择分区类型。" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:63 msgid "&Primary Partition" msgstr "主分区(&P)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "&Extended Partition" msgstr "扩展分区(&E)" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:89 msgid "&Logical Partition" msgstr "逻辑分区(&L)" -#. heading for a frame in a dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:99 msgid "New Partition Type" msgstr "新分区类型" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Choose the size for the new partition." msgstr "为新分区选择大小。" -#. frame heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 +#. frame heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:232 msgid "New Partition Size" msgstr "新分区大小" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:265 msgid "Custom Region" msgstr "自定义区域" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:272 msgid "Start Cylinder" msgstr "起始柱面" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "End Cylinder" msgstr "结束柱面" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:380 msgid "The region entered is invalid." msgstr "输入的区域无效。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "在 %1 上添加分区" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "编辑分区 %1" -#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 +#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "没有空间可分配给移动的分区 %1。" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "向前移动分区 %1？" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "向后移动分区 %1？" -#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 +#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "移动分区 %1？" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 msgid "Forward" msgstr "向前" -#. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670 msgid "Backward" msgstr "向后" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "确认删除所有分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3233,35 +3211,35 @@ "磁盘“%1”包含至少一个分区。\n" "如果继续，将会删除下列分区：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "确定要删除“%1”上的所有分区？" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251 msgid "No hard disk selected." msgstr "没有选择硬盘。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD." msgstr "无法在 LDL 格式的 DASD 上创建分区表。" -#. error popup -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#. error popup +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "该磁盘正在使用中，无法进行修改。" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92 msgid "Select new partition table type for %1." msgstr "为 %1 选择新的分区表类型。" -#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 +#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117 msgid "" "Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n" "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." @@ -3269,46 +3247,46 @@ "是否确实要在 %1 上创建新的分区表？这将删除 %1 上\n" "的所有数据和 %1 上使用分区的所有 RAID 和卷组。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137 msgid "No disk selected." msgstr "未选择任何磁盘。" -#. popup text -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 +#. popup text +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 BIOS RAID %1 吗？" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" msgstr "是否确实删除已分区的 RAID %1？" -#. error ppup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 +#. error ppup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk." msgstr "此磁盘上没有要删除的分区。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235 msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1." msgstr "不能在 %1 上创建分区。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489 msgid "No partition selected." msgstr "没有选择分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3316,25 +3294,25 @@ "分区 %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351 msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited." msgstr "无法编辑扩展分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393 msgid "" "The partition %1 is already created on disk\n" "and cannot be moved." msgstr "分区 %1 已在磁盘上创建，无法移动。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404 msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved." msgstr "无法移动扩展分区。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449 msgid "" "The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3342,13 +3320,13 @@ "分区 %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "调整大小。要调整 %1 的大小，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460 msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized." msgstr "无法调整扩展分区大小。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533 msgid "" "Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n" "that will have the same partition layout as\n" @@ -3364,7 +3342,7 @@ "这些分区会被删除。\n" "\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579 msgid "" "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" @@ -3372,11 +3350,11 @@ "以下分区将删除\n" "且上面的所有数据都将丢失：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" msgstr "确实要删除这些分区吗？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" "There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n" "disk must have at least one partition.\n" @@ -3386,7 +3364,7 @@ "但可克隆磁盘至少须有一个分区。\n" "克隆磁盘前请先创建分区。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615 msgid "" "This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n" "disks that could have the same partitioning layout." @@ -3394,20 +3372,20 @@ "无法克隆该磁盘。没有可具有相同分区布局的\n" "合适磁盘。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644 msgid "Clone partition layout of %1" msgstr "克隆 %1 的分区布局" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648 msgid "Available target disks:" msgstr "可用目标磁盘：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676 msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone" msgstr "选择创建克隆的目标磁盘" -#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 +#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757 msgid "" "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" @@ -3415,8 +3393,8 @@ "运行 dasdfmt 将删除磁盘上的所有数据。\n" "确实要在磁盘 %1 上执行 dasdfmt 吗？\n" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 msgid "" "The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n" "\n" @@ -3427,83 +3405,83 @@ "\n" " 再次显示了此磁盘上当前存在的分区。\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:41 msgid "Add Partition" msgstr "添加分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:62 msgid "Move" msgstr "移动" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "调整大小" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:88 msgid "Move..." msgstr "移动..." -#. push button text -#. push button text -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 +#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:88 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:61 msgid "Resize..." msgstr "调整大小..." -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:132 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be moved." msgstr "无法移动硬盘、BIOS RAID 和多路径设备。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:143 msgid "" "Hard disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath\n" "devices cannot be resized." msgstr "无法调整硬盘、BIOS RAID 和多路径设备的大小。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "硬盘" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:220 msgid "Add Partition..." msgstr "添加分区..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:231 msgid "" "This view shows all hard disks including\n" "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" @@ -3511,18 +3489,18 @@ "该视图显示包括 iSCCI 磁盘、BIOS RAID\n" "和多路径磁盘在内的所有硬盘和它们的分区。\n" -#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 +#. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 msgid "Health Test (SMART)..." msgstr "状态测试 (SMART)..." -#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 +#. push button text (do not translate 'hdparm', it is the name of the tool) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:331 msgid "Properties (hdparm)..." msgstr "属性 (hdparm)..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected hard disk." @@ -3530,45 +3508,45 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选硬盘的详细信息。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:393 msgid "SMART is not available for this disk." msgstr "SMART 对此磁盘不可用。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:401 msgid "hdparm is not available for this disk." msgstr "hdparm 对此磁盘不可用。" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:458 msgid "Create New Partition Table" msgstr "新建分区表" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:467 msgid "Clone this Disk" msgstr "克隆此磁盘" -#. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:477 msgid "Execute dasd&fmt on the DASD Device" msgstr "在 DASD 设备上执行 dasdfmt(&F)" -#. push button text -#. push button text +#. push button text +#. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." msgstr "添加..." -#. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 +#. menu button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:501 msgid "Expert..." msgstr "专家..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:511 msgid "" "This view shows all partitions of the selected\n" "hard disk. If the hard disk is used by e.g. BIOS RAID or multipath, no\n" @@ -3578,8 +3556,8 @@ "如果硬盘被 BIOS RAID 或多路径等使用，\n" "则显示不出分区。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:596 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected hard disk. The view is only available for BIOS RAIDs, partitioned\n" @@ -3589,23 +3567,23 @@ "此视图只适用于 BIOS RAID、已分区的软件 RAID\n" "和多路径磁盘。\n" -#. tab heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 +#. tab heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:646 msgid "&Partitions" msgstr "分区(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:661 msgid "Hard Disk: %1" msgstr "硬盘：%1" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:721 msgid "Partition: %1" msgstr "分区：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:731 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected partition." @@ -3613,8 +3591,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选分区的详细信息。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:296 msgid "" "YaST has scanned your hard disks and found one or several existing \n" "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" @@ -3624,8 +3602,8 @@ "一个或多个带安装点的已有 Linux 系统。\n" "旧安装点显示在表格中。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 msgid "" "You can choose whether the existing system\n" "volumes, e.g. / and /usr, will be formatted during the\n" @@ -3635,49 +3613,49 @@ "现有系统卷（如 / 和 /usr）进行格式化。\n" "非系统卷（如 /home）不会进行格式化。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 msgid "No previous system with mount points was detected." msgstr "未检测到任何具有安装点的旧有系统。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:343 msgid "Show &Previous" msgstr "显示上一个(&P)" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:344 msgid "Show &Next" msgstr "显示下一个(&N)" -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:353 msgid "Import Mount Points from Existing System:" msgstr "从已有的系统中导入安装点：" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:368 msgid "Format System Volumes" msgstr "格式化系统卷" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:374 msgid "Import" msgstr "导入" -#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 +#. popup text %1 is replaced by a device name (e.g. /dev/hda1) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:400 msgid "/etc/fstab found on %1 contains:" msgstr "%1 上找到的 /etc/fstab 包含：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:499 msgid "Wrong Password Provided." msgstr "提供的口令错误。" -#. Must be called before removing device. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 +#. Must be called before removing device. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM" msgstr "确认删除 LVM 使用的分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112 msgid "" "The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n" @@ -3687,15 +3665,15 @@ "为了保持系统的一致性，\n" "将删除如下卷组和它的逻辑卷：\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?" msgstr "是否立即删除分区“%1”和卷组“%2”？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130 msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID" msgstr "确认删除 RAID 使用的分区" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132 msgid "" "The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n" "To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n" @@ -3705,24 +3683,24 @@ "为保持系统的一致性，\n" "将删除如下 RAID 设备：\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140 msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?" msgstr "是否立即删除分区“%1”和 RAID“%2”？" -#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 +#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1 上的所有分区吗？" -#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// -#. now delete partition!! -#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 +#. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// +#. now delete partition!! +#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" msgstr "确实要删除 %1？" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 msgid "" "\n" "Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n" @@ -3730,81 +3708,80 @@ "\n" "是否应同时去除循环文件 %1？\n" -#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. -#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 +#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment. +#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358 msgid "Unpartitioned" msgstr "未分区" -#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one -#. or the end of the disk if -#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one -#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 +#. Now there is some xtra space between the end of this partition and the start of the next one +#. or the end of the disk if +#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one +#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder) +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461 msgid "Unallocated" msgstr "未分配" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500 msgid "No changes to partitioning." msgstr "未更改分区。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502 msgid "Changes to partitioning:" msgstr "<h1>对分区的更改：</h1>" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505 msgid "No changes to storage settings." msgstr "未更改储存设置。" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507 msgid "Storage settings:" msgstr "储存设置：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516 msgid "Packages to install:" msgstr "要安装的包：" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518 msgid "No packages need to be installed." msgstr "不需要安装包。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 msgid "Log" msgstr "日志" -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 +#. label for log view +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 msgid "Contents of %1:" msgstr "%1 的内容：" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 msgid "Update" msgstr "更新" -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 +#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 msgid "This view shows the content of %1." msgstr "该视图显示 %1 的内容。" -#. TODO -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 +#. TODO +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "循环文件的路径名： 这必须是要设置的包含加密循环设备\n" "数据的文件的绝对路径。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "Create Loop File: If this is checked, the file will be created\n" @@ -3816,8 +3793,8 @@ "下一个字段中给定的大小创建。注意：如果\n" "该文件已经存在，则其中的所有数据会丢失。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "Size: This is the size of the loop file. The file system\n" @@ -3827,8 +3804,8 @@ "大小： 这是回环文件的大小。\n" "在加密回环设备中创建的文件系统将会具备该大小。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:66 msgid "" "\n" "NOTE: During installation, YaST cannot carry out consistency\n" @@ -3842,23 +3819,23 @@ "访问。安装结束时才会创建文件系统。请注意\n" "保持所提供的文件大小和路径名的一致性。\n" -#. input field label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 +#. input field label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Path Name of Loop File" msgstr "循环文件路径名" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:103 msgid "Browse..." msgstr "浏览..." -#. check box text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 +#. check box text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:111 msgid "Create Loop File" msgstr "创建循环文件" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:162 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" is invalid.\n" "Use an absolute path name.\n" @@ -3866,13 +3843,13 @@ "文件名“%1”无效。\n" "请使用绝对路径名。\n" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:188 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size of at least %1." msgstr "输入的大小无效。请输入至少为 %1 的大小。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:206 msgid "" "The file name \"%1\" does not exist\n" "and the flag for create is off. Either use an existing file or activate\n" @@ -3882,47 +3859,47 @@ "且未激活创建文件的标志。使用现有文件或激活\n" "创建标志。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282 msgid "Add Crypt File" msgstr "添加加密文件" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326 msgid "Edit Crypt File %1" msgstr "编辑加密文件 %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:66 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:107 msgid "No crypt file selected." msgstr "没有选择加密文件。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-lib.rb:77 msgid "" "The Crypt File %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -3930,30 +3907,30 @@ "加密文件 %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "加密文件" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:112 msgid "Add Crypt File..." msgstr "添加加密文件..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all crypt files." msgstr "该视图显示所有加密文件。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:172 msgid "Crypt File: %1" msgstr "加密文件：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:183 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information of the\n" "selected crypt file." @@ -3961,23 +3938,23 @@ "该视图显示\n" "所选加密文件的详细信息。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:41 msgid "Enter a name for the volume group." msgstr "输入卷组的名称。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:46 msgid "The name for the volume group is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "卷组的名称长于 128 个字符。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:52 msgid "The name for the volume group must not start with a \"-\"." msgstr "卷组的名称不得以“-”开头。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:58 msgid "" "The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -3985,13 +3962,13 @@ "卷组的名称包含非法字符。允许的字符为\n" "字母数字字符、“.”、“_”、“-”和“+”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:76 msgid "The volume group \"%1\" already exists." msgstr "卷组“%1”已存在。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:85 msgid "" "The volume group name \"%1\" conflicts\n" "with another entry in the /dev directory.\n" @@ -3999,13 +3976,13 @@ "卷组名“%1”与 /dev 目录中\n" "的另一项冲突。\n" -#. pop-up dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 +#. pop-up dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" msgstr "确认删除卷组" -#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 +#. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "The volume group \"%1\" contains at least one logical volume.\n" "If you proceed, the following volumes will be unmounted (if mounted)\n" @@ -4014,13 +3991,13 @@ "卷组“%1”包含至少一个逻辑卷。\n" "如果继续，下列卷将被卸载（如果已安装）并删除：" -#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 +#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" msgstr "确定要删除卷组“%1”以及所有相关的逻辑卷？" -#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 +#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 msgid "" "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" @@ -4028,18 +4005,18 @@ "输入的数据无效。插入的物理区域大小\n" "应大于 %1 且为 2 的乘方，例如“%2”或“%3”" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:167 msgid "Enter a name for the logical volume." msgstr "为逻辑卷输入名称。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:172 msgid "The name for the logical volume is longer than 128 characters." msgstr "逻辑卷的名称长于 128 个字符。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:178 msgid "" "The name for the logical volume contains illegal characters. Allowed\n" "are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"." @@ -4047,8 +4024,8 @@ "逻辑卷的名称包含非法字符。允许的字符为\n" "字母数字字符、“.”、“_”、“-”和“+”。" -#. error popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 +#. error popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:197 msgid "" "A logical volume named \"%1\" already exists\n" "in volume group \"%2\"." @@ -4056,57 +4033,56 @@ "名称为“%1”的逻辑卷已存在于\n" "卷组“%2”中。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." msgstr "输入新卷组的名称和物理区域大小。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." msgstr "选择该卷组应包含的物理卷。" -#. label for input field -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 +#. label for input field +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Volume Group Name" msgstr "卷组名" -#. label for combo box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 +#. label for combo box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:293 msgid "&Physical Extent Size" msgstr "物理区域大小(&P)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:413 msgid "Available Physical Volumes:" msgstr "可用物理卷：" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:310 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:414 msgid "Selected Physical Volumes:" msgstr "所选物理卷：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:378 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the volume group." msgstr "更改用于卷组的设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "输入新逻辑卷的大小，以及\n" "条带数量和大小。条带数不能\n" "大于卷组的物理卷数量。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:500 msgid "" "So called Thin Volumes can created\n" "with arbitrary volume size. The space required is taken on demand from the \n" @@ -4122,119 +4098,115 @@ "指定的瘦池还是必须能够满足该空间需求。\n" "瘦卷不能有分带计数。" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:598 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:186 msgid "Stripes" msgstr "条带" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:606 msgid "Number" msgstr "编号" -#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 +#. A dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:631 msgid "Add Logical volume %1 on %2" msgstr "在 %2 上添加逻辑卷 %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:756 msgid "Resize Volume Group %1" msgstr "调整卷组 %1 的大小" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:774 msgid "Enter the name of the new logical volume." msgstr "输入新逻辑卷的名称。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为普通卷。\n" "这是默认选项，表示像瘦配置特性存在之前的所有卷一样的普通 LVM 卷。\n" "如果不确定，这就是最可能的合适选项" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为瘦池。\n" "这意味着瘦卷将能按需从此池中分配它们所需的空间。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" -"b>." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." msgstr "" "您可以将逻辑卷声明为瘦卷。\n" "这意味着该卷将按需从瘦池中分配所需空间。" -#. heading for frame -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 +#. heading for frame +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:828 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:195 msgid "Logical Volume" msgstr "逻辑卷" -#. heading for frame -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 +#. heading for frame +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:839 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:132 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Normal Volume" msgstr "普通卷" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:851 msgid "Thin Pool" msgstr "瘦池" -#. radio button label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 +#. radio button label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:857 msgid "Thin Volume" msgstr "瘦卷" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Used Pool" msgstr "已用池" -#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 +#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "在 %1 上添加逻辑卷" -#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 +#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "编辑 %2 上的逻辑卷 %1" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:68 msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" "没有足够合适的未用设备来创建卷组。\n" @@ -4242,40 +4214,40 @@ "要使用 LVM，至少需要一个 0x8e（或 0x83）类型的未用分区或一个未用\n" "RAID 设备。请相应更改您的分区表。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:165 msgid "No volume group selected." msgstr "没有选择卷组。" -#. empty VG - simple -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 +#. empty VG - simple +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" msgstr "是否确实要删除卷组“%1”？" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." msgstr "删除卷组“%1”失败。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403 msgid "No logical volume selected." msgstr "没有选择逻辑卷。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:232 msgid "No free space left in the volume group \"%1\"." msgstr "卷组“%1”中已没有可用空间。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327 msgid "" "The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n" "It cannot be edited." @@ -4283,8 +4255,8 @@ "卷 %1 是一个瘦池。\n" "它不可编辑。" -#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 +#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338 msgid "" "The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4292,46 +4264,46 @@ "卷 %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:41 msgid "Add Logical Volume" msgstr "添加逻辑卷" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:190 msgid "Volume Group" msgstr "卷组" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#. heading +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "卷管理" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:222 msgid "" "This view shows all LVM volume groups and\n" "their logical volumes." @@ -4339,8 +4311,8 @@ "该视图显示所有 LVM 卷组和\n" "它们的逻辑卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:266 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4348,8 +4320,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选卷组的详细信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:345 msgid "" "This view shows all logical volumes of the\n" "selected volume group." @@ -4357,8 +4329,8 @@ "该视图显示\n" "所选卷组的所有逻辑卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:419 msgid "" "This view shows all physical volumes used by\n" "the selected volume group." @@ -4366,28 +4338,28 @@ "该视图显示由\n" "所选卷组使用的所有物理卷。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:460 msgid "Volume Group: %1" msgstr "卷组：%1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:469 msgid "&Logical Volumes" msgstr "逻辑卷(&L)" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:471 msgid "&Physical Volumes" msgstr "物理卷(&P)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:525 msgid "Logical Volume: %1" msgstr "逻辑卷：%1" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:535 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected logical volume." @@ -4395,56 +4367,56 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选逻辑卷的详细信息。" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "RAID" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "设备映射程序" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 msgid "NFS" msgstr "NFS" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "Btrfs" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "tmpfs" -#. tree node label -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 +#. tree node label +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "未用设备" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "安装摘要" -#. tree node label -#. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 +#. tree node label +#. dialog heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "设置" -#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -4454,36 +4426,34 @@ "如果用 %1 退出分区程序，这些更改将丢失。\n" "确定要退出？" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 msgid "Here you can see the partitioning summary." msgstr "此处您可看到分区摘要。" -#. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#. Fullscreen summary of changes +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 msgid ": Summary" msgstr "：摘要" -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#. tree node label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 msgid "System View" msgstr "系统视图" -#. fallback dialog content -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." +#. fallback dialog content +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." msgstr "NFS 配置不可用。请检查 yast2-nfs-client 包的安装。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 msgid "Network File System (NFS)" msgstr "网络文件系统 (NFS)" -#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) -#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 +#. rollback only if user does not want to save (#450060) +#. the mount might fail later if the errors are not corrected, but the user has been warned +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:171 msgid "" "Test mount of NFS share '%1' failed.\n" "Save it anyway?" @@ -4491,34 +4461,31 @@ "测试 NFS 共享“%1”的装入已失败。\n" "仍要保存它吗？" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by raid type e.g. "RAID1", %2 is replaced by integer +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:61 msgid "For %1, select at least %2 device." msgstr "对于 %1，请至少选择 %2 设备。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:82 msgid "Select the RAID type for the new RAID." msgstr "为新的 RAID 选择类型。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0：此级别可提高磁盘性能。\n" "在此方式中没有冗余。如果一个驱动程序崩溃，将无法恢复数据。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " -"on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1： 这种方式具有最佳冗余性能。用在\n" @@ -4526,22 +4493,19 @@ "镜像副本。只要有一个磁盘仍在工作，就不会丢失数据。用于\n" "这种类型 RAID 的分区的大小应该基本相同。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" "RAID 5： 这种模式既能管理数量更多的磁盘，\n" "还能保持一定的冗余程度。这种模式适用于三个或更多磁盘的情况。\n" -"如果一个磁盘出故障，所有数据仍能完好无损。如果两个磁盘同时出故障，则所有数据" -"都会丢失。\n" +"如果一个磁盘出故障，所有数据仍能完好无损。如果两个磁盘同时出故障，则所有数据都会丢失。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 msgid "" "Raid Name gives you the possibility to provide a meaningful\n" "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" @@ -4551,21 +4515,19 @@ "有意义的名称。这是可选字段。如果提供了名称，设备\n" "便可以 <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt> 的形式使用。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" -"p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" msgstr "" "向 RAID 添加分区。根据\n" "RAID 的类型，可用磁盘大小是这些分区大小之和 (RAID0)、最小分区的\n" "大小 (RAID 1)，或 (N-1)*最小分区 (RAID 5)。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 msgid "" "Generally, the partitions should be on different drives,\n" "to get the redundancy and performance you want.\n" @@ -4573,83 +4535,80 @@ "通常，这些分区应处在不同的驱动器上，\n" "以实现您希望的冗余和性能。\n" -#. heading -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 +#. heading +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:191 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:192 msgid "RAID Type" msgstr "RAID 类型" -#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 +#. Translators, 'Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:201 msgid "RAID &0 (Striping)" msgstr "RAID 0(分带)(&0)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:210 msgid "RAID &1 (Mirroring)" msgstr "RAID 1(镜像)(&1)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate -#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate +#. only if you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:219 msgid "RAID &5 (Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 5(冗余分带)(&5)" -#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 +#. Translators, 'Redundant Striping' is a technical term here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:228 msgid "RAID &6 (Dual Redundant Striping)" msgstr "RAID 6（双冗余分段）(&6)" -#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if -#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 +#. Translators, 'Mirroring' and 'Striping' are technical terms here. Translate only if +#. you are sure!! If in doubt, leave it in English. +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:237 msgid "RAID &10 (Mirroring and Striping)" msgstr "RAID 10（镜像和分段）(&1)" -#. label text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 +#. label text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Raid &Name (optional)" msgstr "Raid 名称（可选）(&N)" -#. label for selection box -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 +#. label for selection box +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:265 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Available Devices:" msgstr "可用设备：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "大块大小： 这是可以写入设备的\n" "最小“原子”数据块。RAID 5 的合理大块大小为 128KB。对于 RAID 0，\n" "以 32 KB 为起点较为合理。对于 RAID 1，大块大小对阵列没有太大影响。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" msgstr "奇偶校验算法：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "用于 RAID5/6 的奇偶校验算法。\n" "对于典型的旋转盘片磁盘来说，左对称能够提供最佳性能。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 msgid "" "For further details regarding the parity \n" "algorithm please look at the man page for mdadm (man mdadm).\n" @@ -4657,66 +4616,66 @@ "关于奇偶校验算法的细节，\n" "请见 mdadm 帮助页面 (man mdadm)。\n" -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:195 msgid "Chunk Size" msgstr "大块大小" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:427 msgid "Parity &Algorithm" msgstr "奇偶校验算法(&A)" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:436 msgid "RAID Options" msgstr "RAID 选项" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:481 msgid "Change the devices that are used for the RAID." msgstr "更改用于 RAID 的设备。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "添加 RAID %1" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "调整 RAID %1 大小" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "编辑 RAID %1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:76 msgid "" "\n" "Raid %1 cannot be modified because it is in inactive state.\n" @@ -4728,22 +4687,22 @@ "这往往表示 RAID 设备中有部分太小，导致\n" "RAID 无法使用。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99 msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID." msgstr "没有足够合适的未用设备来创建 RAID。" -#. error popup -#. error popup -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 +#. error popup +#. error popup +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:153 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:196 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:255 msgid "No RAID selected." msgstr "没有选择 RAID。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:166 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4751,8 +4710,8 @@ "RAID %1 正在使用中。无法进行\n" "编辑。要编辑 %1，请确保它未被使用。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:209 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is already created on disk. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, remove it and create it again." @@ -4760,8 +4719,8 @@ "RAID %1 已在磁盘上创建。无法再调整其大小。\n" "要调整 %1 的大小，请去除它再重新创建。" -#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 +#. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 msgid "" "The RAID %1 is in use. It cannot be\n" "resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used." @@ -4769,18 +4728,18 @@ "RAID %1 正在使用中。无法\n" "调整大小。要调整 %1 大小，请确保它未被使用。" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132 msgid "Add RAID..." msgstr "添加 RAID..." -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:141 msgid "This view shows all RAIDs except BIOS RAIDs." msgstr "该视图显示除 BIOS RAID 以外的所有 RAID。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:204 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4788,8 +4747,8 @@ "该视图显示有关\n" "所选 RAID 的详细信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:272 msgid "" "This view shows all devices used by the\n" "selected RAID." @@ -4797,130 +4756,123 @@ "该视图显示由\n" "所选 RAID 使用的所有设备。" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:308 msgid "RAID: %1" msgstr "RAID：%1" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "标签" -#. list entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#. list entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "装入方式" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "使用对象" -#. list entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#. list entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "柱面信息" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "光纤通道信息" -#. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 +#. list entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "加密" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "卷标" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "设备 ID" -#. combo box entry -#. combo box entry -#. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#. combo box entry +#. combo box entry +#. Column header +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "设备路径" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 msgid "Optimal" msgstr "最佳" -#. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 msgid "Cylinder" msgstr "柱面" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "默认装入方式" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "默认文件系统" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "新创建分区的对齐方式" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "显示储存设备的方式" -#. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 +#. multi selection box label +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "存储设备上的可见信息" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "This view shows general storage\n" "settings:" @@ -4928,16 +4880,14 @@ "该视图显示常规储存\n" "设置：" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" -"i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "默认装入方式指定新建文件系统的\n" @@ -4947,8 +4897,8 @@ "但实际上并不总是这样。UUID\n" "和卷标使用文件系统的 UUID 和卷标。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "Default File System gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.\n" @@ -4956,13 +4906,11 @@ "默认文件系统指定新建文件系统\n" "的文件系统类型。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" @@ -4971,8 +4919,8 @@ "最佳根据 Linux 内核提供的提示以最佳性能的方式对齐分区，或\n" "以力求与 Windows Vista 和 Win 7 兼容的方式对齐分区。\n" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "Show Storage Devices by controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree." @@ -4980,8 +4928,8 @@ "显示储存设备的方式控制\n" "导航树中对硬盘显示的名称。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices allows to hide information in the tables and overview." @@ -4989,23 +4937,23 @@ "储存设备上的\n" "可见信息允许在表和概述中隐藏信息。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:50 msgid "This view shows the installation summary." msgstr "该视图显示安装摘要。" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Add tmpfs Mount" msgstr "添加 tmpfs 装入" -#. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 +#. error popup +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:35 msgid "No tmpfs device selected." msgstr "没有选择任何 tmpfs 设备。" -#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 +#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-lib.rb:48 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete tmpfs mounted to %1" @@ -5013,18 +4961,18 @@ "\n" "确定要删除已装入到 %1 的 tmpfs" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:101 msgid "tmpfs Volumes" msgstr "tmpfs 卷" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:121 msgid "This view shows all tmpfs volumes." msgstr "该视图显示所有 tmpfs 卷。" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:178 msgid "" "This view shows detailed information about the\n" "selected tmpfs volume.\n" @@ -5032,18 +4980,18 @@ "该视图显示所选 tmpfs 卷的详细信息。\n" "\n" -#. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 +#. heading +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:234 msgid "tmpfs mounted at %1" msgstr "tmpfs 装入到 %1" -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 +#. push button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:96 msgid "Rescan" msgstr "重扫描" -#. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:104 msgid "" "This view shows devices that have no mount\n" "point assigned to them, disks that are unpartitioned and volume groups that\n" @@ -5053,8 +5001,8 @@ "点的设备、没有进行分区的磁盘和\n" "没有逻辑卷的卷组。" -#. popup message -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 +#. popup message +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:130 msgid "" "Rescanning unused devices cancels\n" "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" @@ -5062,30 +5010,30 @@ "重扫描未用设备将取消\n" "所有当前更改。确定要重扫描未用设备？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: ep-main.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: ep-main.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:38 msgid "" "A logical volume with the requested size could \n" "not be created.\n" @@ -5093,17 +5041,17 @@ "无法创建要求大小的\n" "逻辑卷。\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_lv_lib.rb:42 msgid "Try reducing the stripe count of the volume." msgstr "尝试减少卷中的分带数。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." msgstr "您只能去除逻辑卷。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 msgid "" "There is at least one snapshot active for this volume.\n" "Remove the snapshot first." @@ -5111,8 +5059,8 @@ "该卷至少有一个活动的快照。\n" "请先去除该快照。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:63 msgid "" "There is at least one thin volume using this pool.\n" "Remove the thin volume first." @@ -5120,100 +5068,100 @@ "至少有一个瘦卷正在使用此池。\n" "请先去除该瘦卷。" -#. Popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 +#. Popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" msgstr "是否去除逻辑卷 %1？" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 msgid "Total size: %1" msgstr "总大小：%1" -#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 +#. footer text, %1 is replaced by size +#: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Resulting size: %1" msgstr "最终大小：%1" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#. -#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. -#. button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: DualMultiSelectionBox.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#. +#. The items must have the `id() as their first element. +#. button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:89 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:312 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 msgid "Class" msgstr "类" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:99 msgid "Top" msgstr "顶部" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:101 msgid "Up" msgstr "向上" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:103 msgid "Down" msgstr "向下" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:105 msgid "Bottom" msgstr "底部" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:107 msgid "Classify" msgstr "分类" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:134 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:140 msgid "Add All" msgstr "全部添加" -#. push button text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 +#. push button text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" msgstr "全部去除" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 msgid "File %1 is not a regular file!" msgstr "文件“%1”不是正常的文件！" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:188 msgid "File %1 is too big!" msgstr "文件 %1 太大！" -#. error popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 +#. error popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:212 msgid "" "Pattern file has invalid format!\n" "\n" @@ -5225,37 +5173,33 @@ "该文件需要包含带有正则表达式和类名的行。\n" "例如：" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:237 msgid "Detected following pattern lines:" msgstr "检测到如下模式行：" -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" msgstr "确定要使用这些模式来将设备匹配到类？" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "该对话框用来为 RAID 中的 RAID 设备定义类。\n" "可用的类为 A、B、C、D 和 E，但是大多数情况下，\n" "只需要少数几个类（例如，只需要 A 和 B）。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " -"the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" "您可以通过右键单击该设备\n" @@ -5264,8 +5208,8 @@ "也可以使用标为“%1”到“%2”的按钮\n" "来将当前所选设备归入此类。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:340 msgid "" "After choosing classes for devices you can order the \n" "devices by pressing one of the buttons labeled \"%1\" or \"%2\"." @@ -5273,8 +5217,8 @@ "为设备归类之后，您可以通过\n" "按标为“%1”或“%2”的按钮来对设备排序。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:351 msgid "" "Sorted puts all devices of class A before all devices\n" "of class B and so on." @@ -5282,20 +5226,19 @@ "排序将所有 A 类的设备放置到\n" "所有 B 类的设备之前，以此类推。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:359 msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " -"follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" "交错使用 A 类的第一个设备，然后是 B 类的第一个设备，\n" "直到用光所有类下的指派设备。\n" "然后接着是 A 类的第二个设备，B 类的第二个设备，以此类推。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 msgid "" "All devices without a class are sorted to the end of devices list.\n" "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" @@ -5305,20 +5248,16 @@ "当您离开弹出窗口时，设备的当前顺序将作为\n" "创建 RAID 的顺序。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 +#. dialog help text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" -"part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "按一下按钮“%1”，可选择一个其中的行中\n" @@ -5330,24 +5269,24 @@ "如果某个设备名匹配了多个正则表达式，\n" "第一个匹配将最终决定类名。" -#. headline text -#. Column header -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 +#. headline text +#. Column header +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:428 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:126 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#. headline text -#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 +#. headline text +#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:550 msgid "Pattern File" msgstr "模式文件" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:278 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "Tmpfs 大小(&S)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5355,34 +5294,33 @@ "指定了无效的大小。请使用数字，并以 K、M、G 或 % 结尾。\n" "值必须大于 100k 或介于 1% 和 200% 之间。请重试。" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "值必须介于 1% 和 200% 之间。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Tmpfs 大小：\n" "大小的输入形式可以为数字后跟 K、M、G（分别对应 KB、MB 或 GB）\n" "，也可以为数字后跟百分比符号（表示内存百分比）。" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "交换优先级(&P)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:319 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "值须在 0 和 32767 之间。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:326 msgid "" "Swap Priority:\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" @@ -5390,30 +5328,29 @@ "交换优先级：\n" "输入交换优先级。较高的值代表较高优先级。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "只读装入(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "只读装入：\n" "禁止对文件系统进行写入。默认值为“否”。\n" "安装期间文件系统总是以读写模式装入的。" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:497 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "不更新访问时间(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:501 msgid "" "No Access Time:\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" @@ -5421,13 +5358,13 @@ "不更新访问时间：\n" "读取文件时不更新访问时间。默认为否。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 msgid "Mountable by User" msgstr "可由用户装入" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:515 msgid "" "Mountable by User:\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" @@ -5435,21 +5372,19 @@ "可由用户装入：\n" "普通用户可装入文件系统。默认为否。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "不在系统启动时装入(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:534 msgid "" "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" -"tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "不在系统启动时装入：\n" "系统启动时不会自动装入文件系统。\n" @@ -5457,13 +5392,13 @@ "系统才会在 /etc/fstab 中创建一个项目，并使用适当的选项\n" "装入文件系统（<安装点> 是文件系统的装入目录）。默认为否。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:551 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "启用定额支持(&Q)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:557 msgid "" "Enable Quota Support:\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5473,23 +5408,21 @@ "在用户定额已启用的情况下装载文件系统。\n" "默认值为 false。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:576 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "数据日记模式(&J)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:585 msgid "" "Data Journaling Mode:\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." -"\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" msgstr "" "数据日记模式：\n" "指定文件数据的日记模式。\n" @@ -5499,13 +5432,13 @@ "写入主文件系统。对性能影响一般。 \n" "<tt>回写</tt> -- 不保留数据顺序。不影响性能。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "访问控制列表 (ACL)(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 msgid "" "Access Control Lists (ACL):\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.\n" @@ -5513,13 +5446,13 @@ "访问控制列表 (ACL)：\n" "对文件系统启用访问控制列表。\n" -#. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 +#. button text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:621 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "扩展用户特性(&E)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:625 msgid "" "Extended User Attributes:\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.\n" @@ -5527,36 +5460,33 @@ "扩展用户特性：\n" "允许在文件系统中使用扩展用户特性。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:642 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "自由选项值(&V)" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." msgstr "自由选项值中有无效字符。请勿使用空格或 Tab。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" -"etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "任意选项值：\n" "在此字段中，键入 /etc/fstab 的第四个字段中允许的任何合法装入选项。\n" "多个选项用逗号隔开。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:668 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "文件名所用字符集(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 msgid "" "Charset for File Names:\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" @@ -5564,65 +5494,60 @@ "文件名所用字符集：\n" "设置在 Windows 分区中显示文件名所用的字符集。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "FAT 短名称的代码页(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" msgstr "" "FAT 短名称的代码页：\n" "使用此代码页可以转换为 FAT 文件系统上的短名称字符。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "FAT 数目(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." msgstr "" "FAT 数目：\n" "指定文件系统中的文件分配表的数目。默认值是 2。" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT 大小(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " -"for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "FAT 大小：\n" -"指定所用文件分配表使用的类型（12 位、16 位或 32 位）。如果指定自动选项，YaST " -"将为文件系统大小自动选择最适合的值。\n" +"指定所用文件分配表使用的类型（12 位、16 位或 32 位）。如果指定自动选项，YaST 将为文件系统大小自动选择最适合的值。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "根目录项(&D)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "“根目录项”的最小大小为 112。请重试。" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 msgid "" "Root Dir Entries:\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.\n" @@ -5630,66 +5555,58 @@ "根目录项：\n" "选择根目录中可用的项数。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:780 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "哈希函数(&F)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " -"in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" msgstr "" "哈希函数：\n" "此选项指定对目录中的文件名进行排序所用的哈希函数的名称。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS 版本(&R)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" msgstr "" "FS 版本：\n" -"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。“3.5”用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内" -"核。“3.6”是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。\n" +"此选项定义要使用的 reiserfs 格式版本。“3.5”用于向后兼容 2.2.x 系列的内核。“3.6”是最新的，但只能用于 2.4 或更高版本的内核。\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:816 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:980 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "块大小 (B)(&S)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "块大小：\n" -"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。" -"如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块大小。\n" +"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 512、1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，将使用 4096 这个标准块大小。\n" -#. label text -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 +#. label text +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:832 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1062 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "Inode 大小(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 +#. help text, richtext format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:838 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1068 msgid "" "Inode Size:\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" @@ -5697,32 +5614,30 @@ "Inode 大小：\n" "此选项指定文件系统的 inode 大小。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "Inode 空间百分比(&P)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Inode 空间百分比：\n" "“Inode 空间百分比”选项指定文件系统中可分配给 inode 的最大空间百分比。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode 对齐(&A)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5731,13 +5646,13 @@ "是否对齐。默认设置是对齐。对齐的 inode 访问\n" "通常比未对齐的效率高。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "日志大小 (MB)(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:929 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5745,29 +5660,28 @@ "“日志大小”值不正确。\n" "请输入大于零的值。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " -"aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "日志大小\n" "设置日志大小（以 MB 为单位）。如果选择自动选项，默认值为总大小的 40%。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "调用坏块列表实用程序(&U)" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:956 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "块中的步幅(&L)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:964 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5775,8 +5689,8 @@ "“块中的步幅”值无效。\n" "请选择大于 1 的值。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:968 msgid "" "Stride Length in Blocks:\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5788,25 +5702,22 @@ "该自变量将 RAID 分带中的块数\n" "作为自己的自变量。\n" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "块大小：\n" -"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果" -"选中自动选项，块大小将由文件系统的大小和预期使用量来决定。\n" +"以字节为单位指定块大小。有效的块大小值为每个块 1024、2048 和 4096 字节。如果选中自动选项，块大小将由文件系统的大小和预期使用量来决定。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "每 inode 的字节数(&I)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1002 msgid "" "Bytes per Inode: \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5814,13 +5725,11 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " -"reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "每 inode 的字节数：\n" -"指定字节与 inode 的比率。YaST 为磁盘上每 <每 inode 的字节数> 个字节的空" -"间\n" +"指定字节与 inode 的比率。YaST 为磁盘上每 <每 inode 的字节数> 个字节的空间\n" "创建一个 inode。该比值越大，创建的 inode 越少。\n" "通常这个值不应小于文件系统中的块大小，\n" "因为若比块小的话就会创建太多的 inode。\n" @@ -5828,13 +5737,13 @@ "因此务必为此参数输入一个合理值。\n" "\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "为 root 保留的块的百分比(&R)" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1028 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5842,25 +5751,19 @@ "“为 root 保留的块的百分比”值不正确。\n" "只允许不大于 99 的浮点数（例如 0.5）。\n" -#. xgettext: no-c-format -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "" -"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1." -msgstr "" -"为 root 保留的块的百分比：指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认" -"会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。" +#. xgettext: no-c-format +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 +msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." +msgstr "为 root 保留的块的百分比：指定为超级用户保留的块的百分比。该值默认会自动计算，通常保留 1G。默认保留的上限是 5.0, 下限是 0.1。" -#. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 +#. checkbox text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "禁用常规检查" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1050 msgid "" "Disable Regular Checks:\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.\n" @@ -5868,13 +5771,13 @@ "禁用常规检查：\n" "开机时禁用常规文件系统检查。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1077 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "目录索引功能(&D)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1084 msgid "" "Directory Index:\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" @@ -5882,30 +5785,29 @@ "目录索引：\n" "允许使用哈希 b-trees 加速在大目录中的查找。\n" -#. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 +#. label text +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "无日记(&N)" -#. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 +#. help text, richtext format +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "无日记：\n" "禁止在文件系统上使用日记。只有真正了解\n" "正在执行的操作时才能激活它。\n" -#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 +#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "不允许在磁盘 %{device} 上执行操作。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:942 msgid "" "\n" "It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n" @@ -5925,8 +5827,8 @@ "对这些分区进行格式化并为其指派安装点，但无法\n" "在此处添加或编辑分区、调整其大小或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5946,8 +5848,8 @@ "对这些分区进行格式化并为其指派安装点，但无法\n" "在此处添加或编辑分区、调整其大小或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 +#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -5967,8 +5869,8 @@ "对它进行格式化并指派安装点，但无法在此处调整分区大小\n" "或从该磁盘中去除分区。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:982 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5982,8 +5884,8 @@ "将磁盘分区表初始化为正常状态，\n" "但这会损坏此磁盘上所有分区内的所有数据。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:992 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -5995,26 +5897,26 @@ "如果您不打算在安装过程中使用这个磁盘，\n" "则可以放心地忽略此讯息。\n" -#. Returns map of free space per partition -#. -#. @param [String] device -#. @param integer testsize -#. @param [Symbol] used_fs -#. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#. Returns map of free space per partition +#. +#. @param [String] device +#. @param integer testsize +#. @param [Symbol] used_fs +#. @param [Boolean] verbose +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "无法改变大小：" -#. Sets a new size for volume -#. -#. @param [String] device name -#. @param [String] disk -#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) -#. @return [Boolean] if successful -#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap -#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map -#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#. Sets a new size for volume +#. +#. @param [String] device name +#. @param [String] disk +#. @param integer new_size (in kBytes) +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap +#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map +#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6026,8 +5928,8 @@ "\n" "提供的加密口令可能有误。\n" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6037,8 +5939,8 @@ "不匹配。\n" "请重试。" -#. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#. popup text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6048,26 +5950,26 @@ " 0 到 9、a 到 z、A 到 Z 和“@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>”中的任意字符。\n" "请重试。" -#. Label: get password for encrypted volume -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#. Label: get password for encrypted volume +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "输入加密口令(&E)：" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "提供口令" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "下列加密卷已可用。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "加密卷激活" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6079,12 +5981,12 @@ "如果在更新过程中需要这些卷，或者\n" "如果它们包含加密的 LVM 物理卷，则需要知道口令。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "是否要提供加密口令？" -#. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#. text in help field +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6094,71 +5996,70 @@ "设备的加密口令。\n" "会尝试将口令用于所有设备。" -#. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#. header text +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "输入加密口令" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "没有需要解除锁定的加密卷。" -#. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#. label text, multiple device names follow +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "提供下列任一设备的口令：" -#. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#. label text, one device name follows +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "提供如下设备的口令：" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "正在尝试解除加密卷的锁定..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "口令未解除任何卷的锁定。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE 磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI 磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁盘" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD RAID" -#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does -#. not provide anything -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does +#. not provide anything +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "安装必需的包失败。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "尽管出错还是继续？" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "无法创建分区，因为磁盘上有其他分区处于使用状态。" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6168,7 +6069,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法修改，因为它包含\n" "运行安装所需的激活的交换分区。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6178,7 +6079,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法修改，因为它包含执行安装所需的\n" "安装数据。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6188,7 +6089,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为它包含\n" "运行安装所需的激活的交换分区。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6198,7 +6099,7 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为它包含执行安装所需的\n" "安装数据。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6210,7 +6111,7 @@ "改变设备 %2，而该设备包含用于\n" "运行安装的已激活 swap。\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6220,8 +6121,8 @@ "设备 %1 无法去除，因为这样将间接改变\n" "包含执行安装所需数据的设备 %2 。\n" -#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6231,114 +6132,114 @@ "无法去除分区 %1，因为磁盘 %2 上有\n" "其他分区正在使用它。\n" -#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "未指派根文件系统！" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "安装一定会致命失败！" -#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over -#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now -#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over +#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now +#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "添加下列可解析项时失败：%1" -#. hack: assume every text change means another action -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 +#. hack: assume every text change means another action +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:139 msgid "Failure occurred during the following action:" msgstr "执行以下操作时失败：" -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:151 msgid "System error code was: %1" msgstr "系统错误代码为：%1" -#. Label: get password for device -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 +#. Label: get password for device +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageClients.rb:199 msgid "&Enter Password for Device %1:" msgstr "输入设备 %1 的口令(&E)：" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:86 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. human text for Boolean value -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 +#. human text for Boolean value +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:89 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "format" (to format a partition) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:135 msgid "F" msgstr "F" -#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 +#. Column header, , abbreviation for "encrypted" (an encrypted device) +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:138 msgid "Enc" msgstr "已加密" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Filesystem Type" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:141 msgid "FS Type" msgstr "FS 类型" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:153 msgid "Start" msgstr "起始" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:156 msgid "End" msgstr "结束 " -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:159 msgid "FS ID" msgstr "FS ID" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:177 msgid "Disk Label" msgstr "磁盘标签" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:180 msgid "Metadata" msgstr "元数据" -#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 +#. Column header, abbreviation for "Physical Extent" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:183 msgid "PE Size" msgstr "PE 大小" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:189 msgid "RAID Version" msgstr "RAID 版本" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:198 msgid "Parity Algorithm" msgstr "奇偶校验算法" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:201 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "供应商" -#. Column header -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 +#. Column header +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:204 msgid "Model" msgstr "型号" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:223 msgid "" "BIOS ID shows the BIOS ID of the hard\n" "disk. This field can be empty." @@ -6346,8 +6247,8 @@ "BIOS ID 显示硬\n" "盘的 BIOS ID。该字段可以为空。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:231 msgid "" "Bus shows how the device is connected to\n" "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." @@ -6355,8 +6256,8 @@ "总线显示该设备是如何连接到\n" "系统的。该字段可以为空（例如，对于多路径磁盘）。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 msgid "" "Chunk Size shows the chunk size for RAID\n" "devices." @@ -6364,8 +6265,8 @@ "大块大小显示 RAID\n" "设备的大块大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:245 msgid "" "Cylinder Size shows the size of the\n" "cylinders of the hard disk." @@ -6373,15 +6274,15 @@ "柱面大小显示\n" "硬盘的柱面大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:253 msgid "" "Sector Size shows the size of the\n" "sectors of the hard disk." msgstr "扇区大小显示硬盘的扇区大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:261 msgid "" "Device shows the kernel name of the\n" "device." @@ -6389,8 +6290,8 @@ "设备显示\n" "设备的内核名称。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:267 msgid "" "Disk Label shows the partition table\n" "type of the disk, e.g <tt>MSDOS</tt> or <tt>GPT</tt>." @@ -6398,8 +6299,8 @@ "磁盘标签显示磁盘的分区表\n" "类型，例如，<tt>MSDOS</tt> 或 <tt>GPT</tt>。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:275 msgid "" "Encrypted shows whether the device is\n" "encrypted." @@ -6407,8 +6308,8 @@ "已加密显示该设备是否\n" "加密。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:281 msgid "" "End Cylinder shows the end cylinder of\n" "the partition." @@ -6416,8 +6317,8 @@ "结束柱面显示\n" "分区的结束柱面。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:287 msgid "" "LUN shows the Logical Unit Number for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6425,8 +6326,8 @@ "LUN 显示\n" "光纤通道磁盘的逻辑单元号。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:295 msgid "" "Port ID shows the port id for Fibre\n" "Channel disks." @@ -6434,8 +6335,8 @@ "端口 ID 显示光纤\n" "通道磁盘的端口 ID。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:301 msgid "" "WWPN shows the World Wide Port Name for\n" "Fibre Channel disks." @@ -6443,8 +6344,8 @@ "WWPN 显示\n" "光纤通道磁盘的全球端口名称。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:309 msgid "" "File Path shows the path of the file for\n" "an encrypted loop device." @@ -6452,8 +6353,8 @@ "文件路径显示用于\n" "加密循环设备的文件路径。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:317 msgid "" "Format shows some flags: <tt>F</tt>\n" "means the device is selected to be formatted." @@ -6461,18 +6362,18 @@ "格式化显示一些标志：<tt>F</tt>\n" "表示选择此设备进行格式化。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:323 msgid "FS ID shows the file system id." msgstr "FS ID 显示文件系统 ID。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:326 msgid "FS Type shows the file system type." msgstr "FS 类型显示文件系统类型。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:331 msgid "" "Label shows the label of the file\n" "system." @@ -6480,8 +6381,8 @@ "标签显示文件\n" "系统的标签。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:337 msgid "" "Metadata shows the LVM metadata type for\n" "volume groups." @@ -6489,30 +6390,28 @@ "元数据显示用于\n" "卷组的 LVM 元数据类型。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:341 msgid "Model shows the device model." msgstr "型号显示设备型号。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " -"by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "装入方式指出文件系统的装入方式：\n" "（内核）通过内核名称，（标签）通过文件系统标签，\n" "(UUID) 通过文件系统 UUID，(ID) 通过设备 ID，（路径）通过设备路径。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " -"volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "问号 (?) 表示文件系统没有列在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中。\n" @@ -6520,8 +6419,8 @@ "当改变此卷的设置时，\n" "YaST 不会更新 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:368 msgid "" "Mount Point shows where the file system\n" "is mounted." @@ -6529,20 +6428,19 @@ "安装点显示装入文件系统\n" "的位置。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "安装点后面的星号 (*) 表示此文件系统\n" "当前未装入（例如，由于\n" "在 <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> 中设置了它的 <tt>noauto</tt> 选项）。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:385 msgid "" "Number of Cylinders shows how many\n" "cylinders the hard disk has." @@ -6550,8 +6448,8 @@ "柱面数显示\n" "该硬盘拥有的柱面数。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:393 msgid "" "Parity Algorithm shows the parity\n" "algorithm for RAID devices with RAID type 5, 6 or 10." @@ -6559,20 +6457,20 @@ "奇偶校验算法显示 RAID 类型\n" "为 5、6 或 10 的 RAID 设备的奇偶校验算法。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:401 msgid "" "PE Size shows the physical extent size\n" "for LVM volume groups." msgstr "PE 大小显示 LVM 卷组的物理区域大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:407 msgid "RAID Version shows the RAID version." msgstr "RAID 版本显示 RAID 版本。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:412 msgid "" "RAID Type shows the RAID type, also\n" "called RAID level, for RAID devices." @@ -6580,13 +6478,13 @@ "RAID 类型显示 RAID 类型，对于 RAID 设备也\n" "称为 RAID 级别。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:418 msgid "Size shows the size of the device." msgstr "大小显示该设备的大小。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:423 msgid "" "Start Cylinder shows the start cylinder\n" "of the partition." @@ -6594,8 +6492,8 @@ "起始柱面显示\n" "该分区的起始柱面。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:431 msgid "" "Stripes shows the stripe number for LVM\n" "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" @@ -6603,8 +6501,8 @@ "条带显示 LVM 逻辑卷条带数，\n" "如果大于 1 的话，还会显示以括号括起的条带大小。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 msgid "" "Type gives a general overview about the\n" "device type." @@ -6612,8 +6510,8 @@ "类型提供了有关\n" "设备类型的一般概述。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:445 msgid "" "Device ID shows the persistent device\n" "IDs. This field can be empty.\n" @@ -6621,8 +6519,8 @@ "设备 ID显示永久的设备 ID。\n" "该字段可为空。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:453 msgid "" "Device Path shows the persistent device\n" "path. This field can be empty." @@ -6630,8 +6528,8 @@ "设备路径显示永久设备\n" "路径。该字段可以为空。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:461 msgid "" "Used By shows if a device is used by\n" "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" @@ -6639,8 +6537,8 @@ "使用对象显示设备是由 LVM 还是 RAID 等对象使用。\n" "如果没有使用对象，则此列为空。\n" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 msgid "" "UUID shows the Universally Unique\n" "Identifier of the file system." @@ -6648,236 +6546,236 @@ "UUID 显示文件系统的全球唯一\n" "标识符。" -#. helptext for table column and overview entry -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 +#. helptext for table column and overview entry +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:475 msgid "Vendor shows the device vendor." msgstr "供应商显示该设备的供应商。" -#. row label, %1 is replace by device name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 +#. row label, %1 is replace by device name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:504 msgid "Device: %1" msgstr "设备：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:512 msgid "Size: %1" msgstr "大小：%1" -#. label text -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 +#. label text +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:548 msgid "DISK %1" msgstr "磁盘 %1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:570 msgid "Type: %1" msgstr "类型：%1" -#. row label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 +#. row label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:587 msgid "Format: %1" msgstr "格式：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 +#. row label, %1 is replace by "Yes" or "No" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:614 msgid "Encrypted: %1" msgstr "已加密：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system name e.g. "Ext3" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:627 msgid "File System: %1" msgstr "文件系统：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount point e.g. "/mnt" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:643 msgid "Mount Point: %1" msgstr "安装点：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 +#. row label, %1 is replace by mount by method +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:678 msgid "Mount by: %1" msgstr "装入方式：%1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:688 msgid "Used by %1: %2" msgstr "使用对象 %1：%2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system uuid +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:704 msgid "UUID: %1" msgstr "UUID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system label +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:712 msgid "Label: %1" msgstr "标签：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 +#. row label, %1 is replace by udev device path +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:720 msgid "Device Path: %1" msgstr "设备路径：%1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:730 msgid "Device ID %1: %2" msgstr "设备 ID %1：%2" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bios id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:744 msgid "BIOS ID: %1" msgstr "BIOS ID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 +#. row label, %1 is replace by disk label e.g. "MSDOS" or "GPT" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:754 msgid "Disk Label: %1" msgstr "磁盘标签：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 +#. row label, %1 is replace by vendor name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:762 msgid "Vendor: %1" msgstr "供应商：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by model string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 +#. row label, %1 is replace by model string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:770 msgid "Model: %1" msgstr "型号：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 +#. row label, %1 is replace by bus name e.g. "SCSI" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:793 msgid "Bus: %1" msgstr "总线：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 +#. row label, %1 is replace by metadata version string +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:804 msgid "Metadata: %1" msgstr "元数据：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:817 msgid "PE Size: %1" msgstr "PE 大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:838 msgid "Stripes: %1" msgstr "条带：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid version e.g. "1.00" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:846 msgid "RAID Version: %1" msgstr "RAID 版本：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 +#. row label, %1 is replace by raid type e.g. "RAID1" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:854 msgid "RAID Type: %1" msgstr "RAID 类型：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:867 msgid "Chunk Size: %1" msgstr "大块大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 +#. row label, %1 is replace by algorithm name +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:879 msgid "Parity Algorithm: %1" msgstr "奇偶校验算法：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:890 msgid "Number of Cylinders: %1" msgstr "柱面数：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:903 msgid "Cylinder Size: %1" msgstr "柱面大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:920 msgid "Start Cylinder: %1" msgstr "起始柱面：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by integer -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 +#. row label, %1 is replace by integer +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:939 msgid "End Cylinder: %1" msgstr "结束柱面：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by size -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 +#. row label, %1 is replace by size +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:952 msgid "Sector Size: %1" msgstr "扇区大小：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file system id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:964 msgid "FS ID: %1" msgstr "FS ID：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 +#. row label, %1 is replace by file path e.g. "/data/secret" +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:973 msgid "File Path: %1" msgstr "文件路径：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 +#. row label, %1 is replace by wwpn +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:997 msgid "WWPN: %1" msgstr "WWPN：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by lun -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 +#. row label, %1 is replace by lun +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1010 msgid "LUN: %1" msgstr "LUN：%1" -#. row label, %1 is replace by port id -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 +#. row label, %1 is replace by port id +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1032 msgid "Port ID: %1" msgstr "端口 ID：%1" -#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is -#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and -#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to -#. nil. -#. -#. Possible return values for predicate: -#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 +#. The predicate function determines whether the disk/partition is +#. included. The predicate function takes two arguments, disk and +#. partition. For disks predicate is called with the partitions set to +#. nil. +#. +#. Possible return values for predicate: +#. `show, `follow, `showandfollow, `ignore +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1304 msgid "The table contains:" msgstr "表包含：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1356 msgid "Device:" msgstr "设备：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1359 msgid "File System:" msgstr "文件系统：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1362 msgid "Hard Disk:" msgstr "硬盘：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1365 msgid "Fibre Channel:" msgstr "光纤通道：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1368 msgid "LVM:" msgstr "LVM：" -#. heading -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 +#. heading +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1371 msgid "RAID:" msgstr "RAID：" -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 +#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:1414 msgid "The overview contains:" msgstr "概述包含：" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:91 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by an unknown application.\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6885,8 +6783,8 @@ "储存子系统由未知应用程序锁定。\n" "在继续前，您必须先退出该应用程序。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/StorageInit.rb:105 msgid "" "The storage subsystem is locked by the application \"%1\" (%2).\n" "You must quit that application before you can continue." @@ -6894,35 +6792,33 @@ "储存子系统由应用程序“%1”(%2) 锁定。\n" "在继续前，您必须先退出该应用程序。" -#. bsc#983003 -#. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." +#. bsc#983003 +#. penalty for not having separate /home +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." msgstr "由于文件系统不一致，无法调整大小。请尝试在 Windows 下检查文件系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "根分区的文件系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 +#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6286 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "主分区的文件系统" -#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 +#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6304 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "增大交换区以用于挂起(&S)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "建议设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6329 msgid "" "Choose Partition-based Proposal if you don't want to use LVM.\n" "Choose LVM-based Proposal for plain LVM and Encrypted LVM-based\n" @@ -6932,8 +6828,8 @@ "请为普通 LVM 选择基于 LVM 的建议，\n" "如果想加密系统，请选择基于加密 LVM 的建议。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6337 msgid "" "The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -6945,8 +6841,8 @@ "启用自动快照。这也会增加根分区的\n" "大小。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6346 msgid "" "The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." @@ -6954,8 +6850,8 @@ "该建议可以创建独立的主分区。可以使用\n" "相应的组合框选择主分区的文件系统。" -#. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 +#. TRANSLATORS: help text +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "" "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." @@ -6963,74 +6859,74 @@ "可将交换分区设置得足够大，以便在大多数情况下\n" "都能将系统暂挂到磁盘。" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "请输入建议加密的口令。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 +#. Label: get password for user root +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6385 msgid "Password:" msgstr "口令：" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6396 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "再次输入口令以便确认：" -#. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 +#. Clear password fields on every round. +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6594 msgid "&Partition-based Proposal" msgstr "基于分区的建议(&P)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6596 msgid "&LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "基于 LVM 的建议(&L)" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6598 msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "基于加密 LVM 的建议(&E)" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published -#. by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or -#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for -#. more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along -#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may -#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. File: StorageSettings.ycp -#. Package: yast2-storage -#. Summary: Expert Partitioner -#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +#. under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published +#. by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or +#. FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for +#. more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along +#. with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may +#. find current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. File: StorageSettings.ycp +#. Package: yast2-storage +#. Summary: Expert Partitioner +#. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "默认装入方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "默认文件系统：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "显示储存设备的方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "分区对齐方式：" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "储存设备上的可见信息：" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sudo.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sudo.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sudo.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,37 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module -#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 +#. Command line help text for the Xsudo module +#: src/clients/sudo.rb:54 msgid "Configuration of sudo" msgstr "sudo 的配置" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/complex.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: complex.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $ +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:72 msgid "" "A valid netmask is either in dotted quad notation \n" "(4 integers in the range 128 - 255 separated by dots) \n" @@ -54,312 +54,308 @@ "（范围在 128 - 255 之间的 4 个整数，以点分隔），\n" "或范围在 0 - 32 之间的单个整数" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:95 msgid "Add New Host to the Alias" msgstr "向别名添加新主机" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:99 msgid "Hostname or Network" msgstr "主机名或网络" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:136 msgid "Add New User to the Alias" msgstr "将新用户添加到别名" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:142 msgid "Local and System Users (Groups)" msgstr "本地和系统用户（组）" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:176 msgid "File, directory or command alias '%1' does not exist." msgstr "文件、目录或命令别名“%1”不存在。" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:195 msgid "Add new command with optional parameters" msgstr "添加带有可选参数的新命令" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:202 src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Command" msgstr "命令" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:204 msgid "Browse" msgstr "浏览" -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:206 msgid "Parameters (optional)" msgstr "参数（可选）" -#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration -#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 +#. yes-no popup - an error occured when saving the configuration +#: src/include/sudo/complex.rb:291 msgid "Saving sudoer's configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "保存 sudoer 配置失败。是否要更改设置？" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:40 msgid "New Command Alias" msgstr "新建命令别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:44 msgid "Existing Command Alias" msgstr "现有命令别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:48 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:52 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:58 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:59 msgid "Alias Name (in CAPITALS)" msgstr "别名（大写）" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:49 msgid "Command Names or Directories in the Alias" msgstr "别名中的命令名或目录" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:52 src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:82 msgid "Parameters" msgstr "参数" -#. next -#. next -#. next -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 +#. next +#. next +#. next +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:101 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:102 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:108 msgid "Alias name must not be empty." msgstr "别名名称不能为空。" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:109 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:110 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:117 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:116 msgid "Alias with name %1 already exists" msgstr "名为 %1 的别名已存在" -#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 +#. Sudo::RemoveHostAlias(current_alias_name); +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-cmnd.rb:118 src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:121 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:126 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:125 msgid "Alias must have at least one member." msgstr "别名必须有至少一个成员。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:44 msgid "New Host Alias" msgstr "新建主机别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:48 msgid "Existing Host Alias" msgstr "现有主机别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:53 msgid "Hostnames or Networks in the Alias" msgstr "别名中的主机名或网络" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-host.rb:54 msgid "Hostnames/Networks" msgstr "主机名/网络" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:47 msgid "New RunAs Alias" msgstr "新建 RunAs 别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:54 msgid "Existing RunAs Alias" msgstr "现有 RunAs 别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-runas.rb:64 src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:64 msgid "Alias Members" msgstr "别名成员" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:47 msgid "New Sudo Rule" msgstr "新建 Sudo 规则" -#. Setting default values -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 +#. Setting default values +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:50 msgid "Existing Sudo Rule " msgstr "现有 Sudo 规则" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:60 msgid "User, Group or User Alias" msgstr "用户、组或用户别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:68 msgid "Host or Host Alias" msgstr "主机或主机别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:76 msgid "RunAs or RunAs Alias" msgstr "RunAs 或 RunAs 别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:80 msgid "No Password" msgstr "无口令" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:81 msgid "Commands to Run" msgstr "要运行的命令" -#. next -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 +#. next +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:152 msgid "Username must not be empty." msgstr "用户名不能为空。" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:157 msgid "Hostname must not be empty." msgstr "主机名不能为空。" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-spec.rb:166 msgid "Command list must have at least one entry." msgstr "命令列表必须至少有一个条目。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:47 msgid "New User Alias" msgstr "新建用户别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 +#: src/include/sudo/dialog-user.rb:54 msgid "Existing User Alias" msgstr "现有用户别名" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under -#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the -#. Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT -#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS -#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with -#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find -#. current contact information at www.novell.com. -#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ -#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp -#. Package: Configuration of sudo -#. Summary: Dialogs definitions -#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/sudo/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of sudo +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: Bubli <kmachalkova(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "Sudo Configuration" msgstr "Sudo 配置" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Users" msgstr "用户" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:110 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Hosts" msgstr "主机" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "RunAs" msgstr "RunAs" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "NOPASSWD" msgstr "NOPASSWD" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:113 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Commands" msgstr "命令" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Up" msgstr "上" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:119 msgid "Down" msgstr "下" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "Rules for sudo" msgstr "sudo 规则" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:146 msgid "Rules for sudo " msgstr "sudo 规则" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:224 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:259 msgid "Alias Name" msgstr "别名名称" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:154 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Members" msgstr "成员" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:179 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "User Aliases" msgstr "用户别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:214 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "RunAs Aliases" msgstr "RunAs 别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:249 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:251 msgid "Host Aliases" msgstr "主机别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:284 src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:286 msgid "Command Aliases" msgstr "命令别名" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:442 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. current_alias_name = ""; -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 +#. current_alias_name = ""; +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "" "Host alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "主机别名 %1 被用在一个 sudo 规则中。\n" "删除它可能导致 sudo 配置文件不一致。确实要删除吗？\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:549 msgid "" "User alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "用户别名 %1 被用在一个 sudo 规则中。\n" "删除它可能导致 sudo 配置文件不一致。确实要删除吗？\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:612 msgid "" "RunAs alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "RunAs 别名 %1 被用在一个 sudo 规则中。\n" "删除它可能导致 sudo 配置文件不一致。确实要删除吗？\n" -#. No alias name set so far -#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 +#. No alias name set so far +#: src/include/sudo/dialogs.rb:674 msgid "" "Command alias %1 is being used in one of the sudo rules.\n" -"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really " -"delete it?\n" +"Deleting it may result in an inconsistent sudo configuration file. Really delete it?\n" msgstr "" "命令别名 %1 被用在一个 sudo 规则中。\n" "删除它可能导致 sudo 配置文件不一致。确实要删除吗？\n" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -367,8 +363,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 sudo 配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -376,8 +372,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "现在按中止可安全中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving sudo Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -385,8 +381,8 @@ "<big>正在保存 sudo 配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -398,8 +394,8 @@ "将显示另一个对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. User Specification help 1/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 +#. User Specification help 1/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Rules for sudo</big> \n" "\tRules for sudo basically determine which commands an user may run \n" @@ -419,8 +415,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 2/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 +#. User Specification help 2/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "Users column denotes local or system user or user alias. \n" "\tHosts column determines, on which hosts, or group \n" @@ -434,14 +430,12 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 3/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 +#. User Specification help 3/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "RunAs column is an\n" -"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access " -"privileges\n" -"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining " -"whether\n" +"\toptional parameter, containing user name (or alias) whose access privileges\n" +"\twill be used to run commands. NOPASSWD is a tag, determining whether\n" "\tusers need to authorize themselves before running commands.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -453,8 +447,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 4/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 +#. User Specification help 4/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "A set of commands that user can run on specified hosts is summarized \n" "\tin Commands column. \n" @@ -466,8 +460,8 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:90 msgid "" " To add a new rule, click on Add button and fill in appropriate \n" "\tentries. User name, hostname and command list must not be empty.\n" @@ -479,12 +473,11 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Specification help 5/6 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 +#. User Specification help 5/6 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "To edit existing rule, select an entry from the table and click on \n" -"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete " -"button.\n" +"\tEdit button. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button.\n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -493,14 +486,12 @@ "\t \n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 +#. Single User Specification help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:104 msgid "" -"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), " -"group name prefixed\n" +"User Name or Alias may be specified by single username (e.g.foo), group name prefixed\n" "\twith '%' (e.g. %bar), or user alias name. If \n" -"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, " -"groups and aliases \n" +"\tkeyword 'ALL' is used, it stands for any user. Select from existing users, groups and aliases \n" "\tin drop-down menu, or enter your own value. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -512,16 +503,12 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:112 msgid "" -"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www." -"example.com) single IP \n" -"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host " -"alias. If commands may be\n" -"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched " -"against your own hostname\n" -"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file " -"between multiple machines, \n" +"Hostname or Alias entry consists of either hostname(e.g. www.example.com) single IP \n" +"\taddress (e.g. 192.168.0.1), IP address combined with netmask, or host alias. If commands may be\n" +"\trun on any host, use keyword 'ALL'. Hostname or IP address is matched against your own hostname\n" +"\tor IP address, so if you don't intend to share one /etc/sudoers file between multiple machines, \n" "\t'ALL' or 'localhost' entry will be sufficient for almost all purposes. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -529,24 +516,19 @@ "主机名或别名条目由主机名（如 www.example.com）、单一 IP\n" "\t地址（如 192.168.0.1）、IP 地址和网络掩码，或主机别名组成。如果命令可以在\n" "\t任何主机上运行，请使用关键字“ALL”。主机名或 IP 地址是与您自己的主机名\n" -"\t或 IP 地址匹配的，因此，如果您不想在多台计算机上共享一个 /etc/sudoers 文" -"件，\n" +"\t或 IP 地址匹配的，因此，如果您不想在多台计算机上共享一个 /etc/sudoers 文件，\n" "\t那么“ALL”或“localhost”条目对几乎所有应用都足够了。\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 +#. Single User Specification help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:122 msgid "" -"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an " -"user, \n" +"RunAs Username or Alias is an optional parameter specifying an user, \n" "\twhose access privileges \n" -"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is " -"the default\n" -"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or " -"run_as alias name\n" -"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter " -"your own value.\n" +"\twill be used to execute particular command. If empty, user root is the default\n" +"\tone. It can be again single username, groupname prefixed with '%' or run_as alias name\n" +"\tSelect from existing users, groups and aliases in drop-down menu, or enter your own value.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -558,13 +540,11 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 +#. Single User Specification help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:132 msgid "" -"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to " -"authenticate\n" -"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running " -"particular \n" +"No Password is an optional tag. Normally, users have to authenticate\n" +"\tthemselves (i.e. supply their own password, not root's one) before running particular \n" "\tcommand. Set No Password tag to 'Yes' if you want to\n" "\tdisable this authentication\n" "\t\n" @@ -577,32 +557,27 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Specification help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 +#. Single User Specification help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "Commands to Run table is a list of commands (optionally with\n" -"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be " -"allowed \n" -"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be " -"run. \n" +"\tparameters), directories and command aliases that particular user will be allowed \n" +"\tto run. If a directory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\tAgain, keyword 'ALL' stands for any command, so use it with care.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "要运行的命令表是允许特定用户\n" "\t运行的命令（可带有\n" -"\t参数）、目录和命令别名列表。如果使用了目录名，相应目录中的任何命令都可运" -"行。\n" +"\t参数）、目录和命令别名列表。如果使用了目录名，相应目录中的任何命令都可运行。\n" "\t再次重申，关键字“ALL”代表任何命令，因此要谨慎使用它。\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:149 msgid "" -"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with " -"optional\n" -"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate " -"entry from the table\n" +"To add a new command, click on Add button, fill in command name with optional\n" +"\tparameters and click OK. To remove command, select appropriate entry from the table\n" "\tand click on Delete button.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -611,14 +586,12 @@ "\t并单击删除按钮。\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 +#. User Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<big>User Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure user aliases. User alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -628,11 +601,10 @@ "\t \n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 +#. User Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:164 msgid "" -"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new user alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -642,11 +614,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. User Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 +#. User Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:171 msgid "" -"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing user alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -656,14 +627,12 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 +#. Host Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:178 msgid "" "<big>Host Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of " -"hosts that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure host aliases. Host alias is a set of hosts that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all hosts in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -673,11 +642,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 +#. Host Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new host alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of hosts in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -687,11 +655,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Host Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 +#. Host Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:193 msgid "" -"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing host alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -701,14 +668,12 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 +#. RunAs Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:200 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of " -"users that is given\n" -"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set " -"in sudo configuration. \n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure RunAs aliases. RunAs alias is a set of users that is given\n" +"\tan unique name. This name is later used to refer to all users in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t \n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -718,11 +683,10 @@ "\t \n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 +#. RunAs Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:208 msgid "" -"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new RunAs alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of users in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -732,11 +696,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 +#. RunAs Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:215 msgid "" -"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on " -"Edit\n" +"To edit existing RunAs alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -746,14 +709,12 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 1/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 +#. Command Aliases help 1/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:222 msgid "" "<big>Command Aliases</big> \n" -"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set " -"of commands \n" -"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is " -"then used to refer\n" +"\tIn this dialog, you can configure command aliases. Command alias is a set of commands \n" +"\t(optionally with parameters) that is given an unique name. This name is then used to refer\n" "\tto all commands in this set in sudo configuration. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -765,11 +726,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 +#. Command Aliases help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:231 msgid "" -"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in " -"appropriate entries. \n" +"To add a new command alias, click on Add button and fill in appropriate entries. \n" "\tAlias name and list of commands in the alias must not be empty. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -779,11 +739,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Command Aliases help 3/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 +#. Command Aliases help 3/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:238 msgid "" -"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click " -"on Edit\n" +"To edit existing command alias, select an entry from the table and click on Edit\n" "\tbutton. To delete selected entry, click on Delete button. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -793,35 +752,28 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 +#. Single User Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "<big>User Alias</big> \n" -"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with " -"'%') or other\n" -"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, " -"numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in " -"this alias.\n" +"\tUser alias consists of one or more users, system groups (prefixed with '%') or other\n" +"\tuser aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore\tonly), which is then used to refer to all users in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>用户别名</big> \n" "\t用户别名由一个或多个用户、系统组（前缀为“%”）或其他\n" -"\t用户别名组成。它被赋予了唯一名称（只能包含\t大写字母、数字和下划线），稍后" -"将用于指代此别名中的所有用户。\n" +"\t用户别名组成。它被赋予了唯一名称（只能包含\t大写字母、数字和下划线），稍后将用于指代此别名中的所有用户。\n" "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:253 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:306 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or " -"groups to the\n" -"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on " -"Add button.\n" -"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add users or groups to the\n" +"\talias, select user or group name from the drop-down menu and click on Add button.\n" +"\tTo remove user from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -833,39 +785,33 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 -#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 -#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 -#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 +#. Single User Alias Help 3/3 +#. Single Host Alias Help 4/4 +#. Single User Alias Help 2/3 +#. Single Command Alias Help 4/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:262 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:292 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:315 src/include/sudo/helps.rb:346 msgid "" -"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one " -"member.\n" +"Note: Alias name must not be empty. Each alias must have at least one member.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "注意：别名名称不能为空。每个别名必须至少有一个成员。\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 +#. Single Host Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:266 msgid "" "<big>Host Alias</big> \n" -"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP " -"addresses\n" -"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. " -"192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" -"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. " -"It is \n" -"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore " -"only), which \n" +"\tHost alias consists of one or more hostnames, single IP addresses, IP addresses\n" +"\tcombined with netmask id dotted quad notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0) or\n" +"\tCIDR number of bits notation (e.g. 192.168.0.0/24), or other host aliases. It is \n" +"\tgiven single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which \n" "\tis then used to refer to all hosts in this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<big>主机别名</big> \n" -"\t主机别名由一个或多个主机名、单一 IP 地址、以用点分隔的四个数字表示的 IP 地" -"址\n" +"\t主机别名由一个或多个主机名、单一 IP 地址、以用点分隔的四个数字表示的 IP 地址\n" "\t及网络掩码 ID（如 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0）或\n" "\t以位表示的 CIDR 编号（如 192.168.0.0/24）或者其他主机别名组成。它被赋予了\n" "\t单一名称（只能包含大写字母、数字和下划线），\n" @@ -873,12 +819,11 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 +#. Single Host Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:277 msgid "" "Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add hosts to the\n" -"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you " -"can enter\n" +"\talias, click on Add button. A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter\n" "\tvalid hostname or IP address and then click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -889,11 +834,10 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 +#. Single Host Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:285 msgid "" -"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and " -"click on\n" +"To remove host from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -903,16 +847,13 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 +#. Single RunAs Alias Help 1/2 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "<big>RunAs Alias</big> \n" -"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more " -"users, system groups \n" -"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must " -"contain \n" -"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to " -"refer to all users \n" +"\tRunAs alias is very similar to User Alias. It consists of one or more users, system groups \n" +"\t(prefixed with '%') or other RunAs aliases. It is given single name (must contain \n" +"\tuppercase letters, numbers and underscore only), which is then used to refer to all users \n" "\tin this alias.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -925,19 +866,15 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 +#. Single Command Alias Help 1/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<big>Command Alias</big> \n" -"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional " -"parameters), directories, or\n" -"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase " -"letters, numbers and\n" +"\tCommand Alias is a list of one or more commands (with optional parameters), directories, or\n" +"\tother command aliases. It is given single name (must contain uppercase letters, numbers and\n" "\tunderscore only), which is \n" -"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally " -"have one or more\n" -"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these " -"parameters only. If a \n" +"\tthen used to refer to all commands in this alias. A command can optionally have one or more\n" +"\tparameters specified. If so, users can run the command with these parameters only. If a \n" "\tdirectory name is used, any command in that directory can be run. \n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -952,30 +889,25 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 +#. Single Command Alias Help 2/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:331 msgid "" -"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command " -"to the alias,\n" -"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can " -"enter command name\n" -"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. " -"Additionally, you can\n" +"Enter unique name into Alias Name text entry. To add a new command to the alias,\n" +"\tclick on Add button.A pop-up window will appear, where you can enter command name\n" +"\t(or select one from file browser by clicking on Browse button. Additionally, you can\n" "\tspecify command parameters in Parameters text entry\n" "\t" msgstr "" "在别名名称文本项中输入唯一的名称。要向别名中添加新命令，\n" "\t请单击添加按钮。一个弹出窗口将会显示，您可在其中输入命令名称\n" -"\t（或单击浏览按钮从文件浏览器中选一个）。另外您还可在参数文本" -"项中\n" +"\t（或单击浏览按钮从文件浏览器中选一个）。另外您还可在参数文本项中\n" "\t指定命令参数\n" "\t" -#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 -#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 +#. Single Command Alias Help 3/4 +#: src/include/sudo/helps.rb:339 msgid "" -"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, " -"and click on\n" +"To remove command from the alias, select appropriate entry from the table, and click on\n" "\tRemove button. To finish the configuration, click OK.\n" "\t\n" "\t" @@ -985,18 +917,17 @@ "\t\n" "\t" -#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; -#. } -#. else { -#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; -#. } -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 -msgid "" -"This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" +#. if(issubstring(line[3]:"","NOPASSWD:")) { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) true; +#. } +#. else { +#. m["no_passwd"] = (boolean) false; +#. } +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:400 +msgid "This rule is a system rule necessary for correct functionality of sudo.\n" msgstr "此规则是确保 sudo 功能正常必需的系统规则。\n" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:407 msgid "" "After deleting it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really delete?" @@ -1004,7 +935,7 @@ "删除它后，某些应用程序可能不再运行。\n" "确实要删除吗？" -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:414 msgid "" "If you change it, some applications may no longer work.\n" "Really edit? " @@ -1012,33 +943,32 @@ "如果更改它，某些程序可能不再运行。\n" "确定要编辑吗？" -#. end Commands -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 -msgid "" -"All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" +#. end Commands +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:545 +msgid "All changes will be lost. Really quit sudo configuration without saving?" msgstr "所有更改都将丢失。确定要退出 sudo 配置而不保存吗？" -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:573 msgid "An error occurred while reading users and groups." msgstr "读取用户和组时出错。" -#. Sudo read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 +#. Sudo read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:605 msgid "Saving sudo Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 sudo 配置" -#. Progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 +#. Progress stage 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:620 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 +#. Progress step 1/1 +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:624 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/Sudo.rb:638 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/support.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/support.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/support.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,68 +14,68 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module -#: src/clients/support.rb:56 +#. Command line help text for the Xsupport module +#: src/clients/support.rb:56 msgid "Configuration of support" msgstr "支持配置" -#. Rich text title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 +#. Rich text title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Support" msgstr "支持" -#. Menu title for Support in proposals -#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 +#. Menu title for Support in proposals +#: src/clients/support_proposal.rb:87 msgid "&Support" msgstr "支持(&S)" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog" msgstr "Supportconfig 概述对话框" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57 msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "OpenSUSE 支持中心" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "这将启动连接到 SUSE 支持中心门户的浏览器。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "Open" msgstr "打开" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Collect Data" msgstr "收集数据" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88 msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files." msgstr "这将创建包含所收集日志文件的 tarball。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100 msgid "Create report tarball" msgstr "创建报告 tarball" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112 msgid "Upload Data" msgstr "上载数据" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116 msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL." msgstr "这会将收集的日志上载到指定的 URL。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Upload" msgstr "上载" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153 msgid "Could not find any installed browser." msgstr "找不到任何已安装的浏览器。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163 msgid "" "YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n" "running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n" @@ -87,189 +87,189 @@ "%1。\n" "是否启动 Web 浏览器？\n" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205 msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog" msgstr "Supportconfig 上载对话框" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Save as" msgstr "另存为" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233 msgid "Directory to Save" msgstr "要保存的目录" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243 msgid "Package with log files" msgstr "有日志文件的包" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257 msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL" msgstr "将日志文件 tarball 上载到 URL" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760 msgid "Upload Target" msgstr "上载目标" -#. } -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 +#. } +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Cannot write settings" msgstr "无法写入设置" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "无法写入设置。" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393 msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball" msgstr "选择要保存 Tarball 的目录" -#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 +#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir; +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405 msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File" msgstr "选择日志文件 Tarball 文件" -#. Command line parameters dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 +#. Command line parameters dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425 msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration" msgstr "Supportconfig 参数配置" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430 msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'" msgstr "创建“/”下的完整文件列表" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans" msgstr "排除详细的磁盘信息和扫描" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances" msgstr "为 eDirectory 实例搜索根文件系统" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445 msgid "Include full SLP service lists" msgstr "包括完整 SLP 服务列表" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450 msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm" msgstr "为每个安装的 rpm 执行 rpm -V" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455 msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs" msgstr "包括所有日志文件行，收集其他轮转日志" -#. Support configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 +#. Support configure1 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469 msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)" msgstr "使用默认值（忽略 /etc/supportconfig.conf）" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476 msgid "Activates all support functions" msgstr "激活所有支持功能" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483 msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info" msgstr "仅收集最少量的信息" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings" msgstr "使用自定义（专家）设置" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "专家设置" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499 msgid "Options" msgstr "选项" -#. Support overview dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 +#. Support overview dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration" msgstr "Supportconfig 专家配置" -#. FIXME table header -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 +#. FIXME table header +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618 msgid "Default Options" msgstr "默认选项" -#. Support configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 +#. Support configure2 dialog caption +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration" msgstr "Supportconfig 联系人配置" -#. Support configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 +#. Support configure2 dialog contents +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689 msgid "Contact Information" msgstr "联系人信息" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694 msgid "Company" msgstr "公司" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705 msgid "Email Address" msgstr "电子邮件地址" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719 msgid "Phone Number" msgstr "电话号码" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Store ID" msgstr "储存 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737 msgid "Terminal ID" msgstr "终端 ID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748 msgid "GPG UID" msgstr "GPG UID" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755 msgid "Upload Information" msgstr "上载信息" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774 msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "11 位服务请求编号" -#. abort? -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 +#. abort? +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851 msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits" msgstr "SR 编号必须是 11 位" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869 msgid "Collecting Data" msgstr "正在收集数据" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870 msgid "Progress" msgstr "进度" -#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 +#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939 msgid "Collected Data Review" msgstr "已收集的数据审阅" -#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix -#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 +#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix +#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents")) +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034 msgid "File Name" msgstr "文件名" -#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 +#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992 msgid "Remove from Data" msgstr "从数据中去除" -#. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 +#. Read dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<big>Initializing Support Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化支持配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 +#. Read dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Initialization:</big> \n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" @@ -286,8 +286,8 @@ "<big>中止初始化：</big> \n" "现在按中止可安全中止配置实用程序。\n" -#. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 +#. Write dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<big>Saving Support Configuration</big> \n" "\n" @@ -295,8 +295,8 @@ "<big>正在保存支持配置</big> \n" "\n" -#. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 +#. Write dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<big>Aborting Saving:</big> \n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -308,8 +308,8 @@ "将显示另一个对话框告诉您这样做是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 +#. Summary dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<big>Support Configuration</big> \n" "Configure support here. \n" @@ -317,8 +317,8 @@ "<big>支持配置</big> \n" "在此处配置支持。 \n" -#. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 +#. Summary dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<big>Adding a support:</big> \n" "Choose a support from the list of detected supports.\n" @@ -330,8 +330,8 @@ "如果未检测您的支持，请使用其他（未检测到）。\n" "然后按配置。\n" -#. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 +#. Summary dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" "If you press Edit, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -341,26 +341,23 @@ "如果按编辑，将打开一个对话框，\n" "在此对话框中可更改配置。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 +#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big> \n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use " -"Open SUSE Support Center.\n" -"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure " -"you write down\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use Open SUSE Support Center.\n" +"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<big>打开 SUSE 支持中心</big> \n" -"要启动打开 SUSE 支持中心门户的 Web 浏览器，请使用打开 SUSE 支持中心</" -"b>。\n" +"要启动打开 SUSE 支持中心门户的 Web 浏览器，请使用打开 SUSE 支持中心。\n" "然后可以建立一个请求全球技术支持的服务请求。请务必记下\n" "要包括在 supportconfig 数据上载中的服务请求编号。\n" -#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 +#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<big>Collecting Data</big> \n" "To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use Collect Data" @@ -368,8 +365,8 @@ "<big>收集数据</big> \n" "要运行 supportconfig 数据收集工具，请使用收集数据" -#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 +#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<big>Uploading Collected Data</big> \n" "To upload the data already collected to a server, use Upload Data.\n" @@ -379,20 +376,19 @@ "要将已收集的数据上载到服务器中，请使用上载数据。\n" "服务器可以是全球技术支持也可以不是。" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<big>Supportconfig Options</big> \n" -"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default " -"settings,\n" +"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n" "gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data." msgstr "" "<big>Supportconfig 选项</big> \n" "选择选项以覆盖默认值。可以使用默认设置\n" "收集大多数数据或仅收集最少量的数据。" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:96 msgid "" "<big>Expert Settings</big> \n" "Select Use Custom and click the Expert Settings button\n" @@ -402,89 +398,76 @@ "选择使用自定义并单击专家设置按钮\n" "可选择要收集的具体数据集。\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:102 msgid "" "<big>Options</big> \n" "Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n" -"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</" -"p>\n" +"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>选项</big> \n" "收集其他信息。通常不需要使用这些\n" "选项，但当环境需要更多信息时可以包含这些选项。\n" -#. Expert dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 +#. Expert dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<big>Default Options</big> \n" -"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." +"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "" "<big>默认选项</big> \n" "选择或取消选择要包含在 supportconfig tarball 内的每个数据集。" -#. Contact dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 +#. Contact dialog help 1/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112 msgid "" "<big>Contact Information</big> \n" -"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to " -"include\n" -"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment." -"txt file." +"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n" +"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file." msgstr "" "<big>联系人信息</big> \n" "填写要包括\n" -"在 supportconfig tarball 内的每个联系人信息字段。这些字段都保存在 basic-" -"environment.txt 文件中。" +"在 supportconfig tarball 内的每个联系人信息字段。这些字段都保存在 basic-environment.txt 文件中。" -#. Contact dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 +#. Contact dialog help 2/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Upload Information</big> \n" -"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported " -"upload services include\n" -"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball " -"filename in your upload target,\n" -"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual " -"tarball filename.\n" +"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n" +"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n" +"use the tarball keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n" "See man supportconfig(1) for further details." msgstr "" "<big>上载信息</big> \n" "上载目标是 supportconfig tarball 的目标 URI。支持的上载服务包括\n" -"ftp、http、https、scp。如果在上载目标中需要包括 supportconfig tarball 文件" -"名，\n" +"ftp、http、https、scp。如果在上载目标中需要包括 supportconfig tarball 文件名，\n" "请使用 tarball 关键字。将使用实际 tarball 文件名替换它。\n" "有关更多细节，请参见 man supportconfig(1)。" -#. Contact dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 +#. Contact dialog help 3/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126 msgid "" "<big>Upload Target Examples</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" msgstr "" "<big>上载目标示例</big> \n" -"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball</" -"i> \n" +"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=tarball \n" "ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming \n" "scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives" -#. Contact dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 +#. Contact dialog help 4/4 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" -"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global " -"Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open " -"service request.\n" +"Note: If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" "注意：如果您要将 supportconfig tarball 上载到全球技术支持，\n" "请务必包含您建立的服务请求中的 11 位数服务请求编号。\n" -#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 +#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137 msgid "" "<big>Collecting Data</big>> \n" "Data is being collected.\n" @@ -492,23 +475,21 @@ "<big>正在收集数据</big>> \n" "正在收集数据。\n" -#. Data review dialog help 1/1 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 +#. Data review dialog help 1/1 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141 msgid "" "<big>Collected Data Review</big> \n" -"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some " -"of the collected data,\n" +"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n" "use Remove from Data and the selected file will be removed.\n" msgstr "" "<big>已收集数据检查</big> \n" "检查 supportconfig 收集的数据。如果不想共享收集的某些数据，\n" "请使用从数据中去除，选定的文件将会被去除。\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 +#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n" "directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n" " \n" @@ -518,13 +499,12 @@ "目标目录，并确保选中此选项。\n" " \n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<big>Upload URL</big> \n" -"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be " -"uploaded\n" +"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n" "as default value.\n" "Change this value only in special cases.\n" "\n" @@ -535,9 +515,9 @@ "只有在特殊情况下才可更改该值。\n" "\n" -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL -#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3, %1 is a URL +#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<big>Privacy Policy</big> \n" "Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" @@ -547,10 +527,9 @@ "有关 SUSE 隐私策略，请访问\n" " %1。\n" -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></" -"b> \n" +"<big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big> \n" "If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n" "into the Package with log files field.\n" " \n" @@ -560,8 +539,8 @@ "写入有日志文件的包字段中。\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 +#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<big>Configuration Part Two</big> \n" "Press Next to continue.\n" @@ -571,8 +550,8 @@ "按下一步继续。\n" " \n" -#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 +#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 +#: src/include/support/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<big>Selecting Something</big> \n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -582,403 +561,350 @@ "暂不可用，必须先对其进行编码。:-)\n" " " -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2008 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:30 msgid "AppArmor information. security-apparmor.txt" msgstr "AppArmor 信息。security-apparmor.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:33 msgid "autofs information. fs-autofs.txt" msgstr "autofs 信息。fs-autofs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:36 msgid "Information related to booting and the kernel. boot.txt" msgstr "与引导和内核相关的信息。boot.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39 msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt" msgstr "当前系统服务状态。chkconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42 msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt" msgstr "与截获系统内核转储相关的信息。crash.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45 msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt" msgstr "与 cron 和 at 相关的信息。cron.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48 msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt" msgstr "磁盘、文件系统装入和分区信息。fs-diskio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51 msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt" msgstr "域名服务信息。dns.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54 msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt" msgstr "Novell eDirectory 状态检查信息。novell-edir.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 -msgid "" -"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env." -"txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57 +msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt" msgstr "系统环境信息，包括 sysctl 和 root 的环境。env.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 -msgid "" -"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files " -"in /etc. etc.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60 +msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt" msgstr "递归获取 *.conf 文件及 /etc 中的各种其他配置文件。etc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63 msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt" msgstr "企业卷管理系统相关信息。evms.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66 msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt" msgstr "检测信号/高可用性群集信息。ha.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:69 msgid "iSCSI target and initiator information. fs-iscsi.txt" msgstr "iSCSI 目标和发起端信息。fs-iscsi.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72 msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt" msgstr "LDAP 的相关信息，包括根 DSE 搜索。ldap.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX " -"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" -msgstr "" -"Novell Linux 用户管理相关信息，包括根 DSE、UNIX Config 和工作站对象搜索。" -"novell-lum.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75 +msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt" +msgstr "Novell Linux 用户管理相关信息，包括根 DSE、UNIX Config 和工作站对象搜索。novell-lum.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78 msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt" msgstr "Linux 卷管理相关信息。lvm.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:81 msgid "Memory-related information. memory.txt" msgstr "内存相关信息。memory.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:84 msgid "System kernel module information. modules.txt" msgstr "系统内核模块信息。modules.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:87 msgid "Native device mapper multipathing information. mpio.txt" msgstr "本机设备映射程序多路径信息。mpio.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:90 msgid "Novell Core Protocol-related information. novell-ncp.txt" msgstr "Novell 核心协议相关信息。novell-ncp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:93 msgid "Novell Cluster Services-related information. novell-ncs.txt" msgstr "Novell Cluster Services 相关信息。novell-ncs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96 msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt" msgstr "网络相关信息，包括防火墙规则。network.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99 msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt" msgstr "网络文件系统相关信息。nfs.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:102 msgid "Novell Storage Services-related information. novell-nss.txt" msgstr "Novell Storage Services 相关信息。novell-nss.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:105 msgid "Network Time Protocol-related information. ntp.txt" msgstr "网络时间协议相关信息。ntp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:108 msgid "OCFS2 file system-related information. ocfs2.txt" msgstr "OCFS2 文件系统相关信息。ocfs2.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:111 msgid "List of all open files using lsof. open-files.txt" msgstr "使用 lsof 的所有打开文件的列表。open-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:114 msgid "OpenWBEM-related information. openwbem.txt" msgstr "OpenWBEM 相关信息。openwbem.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 -msgid "" -"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account " -"information. pam.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117 +msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt" msgstr "可插入身份验证模块相关信息，包括用户帐户信息。pam.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120 msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt" msgstr "打印和 CUPS 相关信息。print.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:123 msgid "Includes key /proc file content. proc.txt" msgstr "包括密钥 /proc 文件内容。proc.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:126 msgid "Update daemon-related information. updates-daemon.txt" msgstr "更新守护程序相关信息。updates-daemon.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:129 msgid "Update client related information. updates.txt" msgstr "更新客户端的相关信息。updates.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 -msgid "" -"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR " -"data files. sar.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132 +msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt" msgstr "系统活动报告相关信息，包括 SAR 数据文件的副本。sar.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135 msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt" msgstr "SLES 真实时间内核相关信息。slert.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:138 msgid "Service Location Protocol related information. slp.txt" msgstr "服务位置协议的相关信息。slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141 msgid "" -"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for " -"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" -"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to " -"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" +"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n" +"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n" "works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n" msgstr "" "硬盘的自我监视、分析和报告技术相关信息。警告：某些硬盘控制器和驱动器不能\n" -"正常工作。我们已知道，探测 SMART 数据会将文件系统更改为只读模式，甚至会挂起服" -"务器。在启用此选项之前，\n" +"正常工作。我们已知道，探测 SMART 数据会将文件系统更改为只读模式，甚至会挂起服务器。在启用此选项之前，\n" "请确保探测 SMART 数据在您的环境中可正常工作。fs-smartmon.txt\n" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146 msgid "Samba and CIFS-related information. samba.txt" msgstr "Samba 和 CIFS 相关信息。samba.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:149 msgid "Software RAID-related information. fs-softraid.txt" msgstr "软件 RAID 相关信息。fs-softraid.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:152 msgid "Secure Shell server information. ssh.txt" msgstr "安全外壳服务器信息。ssh.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:155 msgid "Configuration files found in /etc/sysconfig. sysconfig.txt" msgstr "在 /etc/sysconfig 中找到的配置文件。sysconfig.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:158 msgid "UDEV device manager-related information. udev.txt" msgstr "UDEV 设备管理器相关信息。udev.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:161 msgid "X graphical system-related information. x.txt" msgstr "X 图形系统相关信息。x.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:164 msgid "XEN virtualization-related information. xen.txt" msgstr "XEN 虚拟化相关信息。xen.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 -msgid "" -"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances " -"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" -msgstr "" -"指示 supportconfig 在文件系统中搜索所有 eDirectory 实例文件。如果设置此选项，" -"则同时会自动设置 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST。-e" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167 +msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e" +msgstr "指示 supportconfig 在文件系统中搜索所有 eDirectory 实例文件。如果设置此选项，则同时会自动设置 ADD_OPTION_FSLIST。-e" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 -msgid "" -"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170 +msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt" msgstr "使用从文件系统的根目录查找的完整文件列表。-L, fs-files.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 -msgid "" -"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just " -"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if " -"available. -l" -msgstr "" -"包括整个日志文件（包括注释，而不仅仅是它的 VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT 行）。如果可" -"用，还将包括其他循环的日志。-l" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173 +msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l" +msgstr "包括整个日志文件（包括注释，而不仅仅是它的 VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT 行）。如果可用，还将包括其他循环的日志。-l" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176 msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d" msgstr "将磁盘信息和详细扫描量最小化。-d" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option " -"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." -msgstr "" -"通常情况下，将包括所有的 /var/log/YaST2/* 日志。该选项将最小化检索到的每个文" -"件的量。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179 +msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved." +msgstr "通常情况下，将包括所有的 /var/log/YaST2/* 日志。该选项将最小化检索到的每个文件的量。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 -msgid "" -"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to " -"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" -msgstr "" -"在每个已安装的 RPM 包上运行 rpm -V。完成需要一些时间。-v, rpm-verify.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182 +msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt" +msgstr "在每个已安装的 RPM 包上运行 rpm -V。完成需要一些时间。-v, rpm-verify.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 -msgid "" -"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you " -"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" -msgstr "" -"通常情况下，只列出基本 SLP 服务类型。该选项允许您逐个查询每个发现的服务类" -"型。-s, slp.txt" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185 +msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt" +msgstr "通常情况下，只列出基本 SLP 服务类型。该选项允许您逐个查询每个发现的服务类型。-s, slp.txt" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188 msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "要包括在 basic-environment.txt 中的公司名称" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191 msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "要包括在 basic-environment.txt 中的联系人电子邮件地址" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194 msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "要包括在 basic-environment.txt 中的联系人姓名" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197 msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt" msgstr "要包括在 basic-environment.txt 中的联系人电话号码" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 -msgid "" -"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200 +msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "获取日志文件时要包括的行数。零表示获取整个文件。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 -msgid "" -"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is " -"always used." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203 +msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used." msgstr "supportconfig tarball 位置。总是使用列表中第一个有效的位置。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the " -"entire file." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206 +msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file." msgstr "要获取的 /var/log/messages 的最大行数。零表示获取整个文件。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the " -"supportconfig tarball." -msgstr "" -"要包括在 supportconfig tarball 中的检测信号策略引擎日志文件的最大数量。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209 +msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +msgstr "要包括在 supportconfig tarball 中的检测信号策略引擎日志文件的最大数量。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212 +msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball." msgstr "要包括在 supportconfig tarball 中的 SAR 数据文件的最大数量。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215 msgid "" -"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if " -"you\n" -"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -" -"Q." +"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n" +"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q." msgstr "" "如果设置为 1，supportconfig 将以安静模式运行。例如，如果您计划\n" "在 cron 作业中定期运行 supportconfig，此选项将十分有用。结合 -Q 一起设置。" -#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "" -"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using " -"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports " -"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." -msgstr "" -"使用 -u srnum 启动选项时，用于指定将要上载 supportconfig tarball 的位置。您可" -"以指定任何支持匿名上载的 FTP 服务器。默认值为 SUSE 公共 ftp 服务器。" +#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." +msgstr "使用 -u srnum 启动选项时，用于指定将要上载 supportconfig tarball 的位置。您可以指定任何支持匿名上载的 FTP 服务器。默认值为 SUSE 公共 ftp 服务器。" -#. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 +#. Initialization dialog caption +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147 msgid "Support Configuration" msgstr "支持配置" -#. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 +#. Initialization dialog contents +#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:149 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. global string created_directory=""; -#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 +#. global string created_directory=""; +#: src/modules/Support.rb:143 msgid "To continue, enter root password" msgstr "要继续，请输入 root 口令" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:144 msgid "root Password" msgstr "root 口令" -#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:163 msgid "Password incorrect" msgstr "口令不正确" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:267 msgid "Initializing Support Configuration" msgstr "正在初始化支持配置" -#. Support read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 +#. Support read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Support.rb:313 msgid "Saving Support Configuration" msgstr "正在保存支持配置" -#. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 +#. Progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:329 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "写入设置" -#. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 +#. Progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:331 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "运行 SuSEconfig" -#. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 +#. Progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:335 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "正在写入设置..." -#. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 +#. Progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Support.rb:337 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "正在运行 SuSEconfig..." -#. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 +#. Progress finished +#: src/modules/Support.rb:339 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. TODO FIXME: your code here... -#. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 +#. TODO FIXME: your code here... +#. Configuration summary text for autoyast +#: src/modules/Support.rb:438 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "配置摘要..." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/sysconfig.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,85 +14,85 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. help text header - sysconfig editor -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 +#. help text header - sysconfig editor +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:34 msgid "Editor for /etc/sysconfig Files" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig 文件的编辑器" -#. help text for command 'list' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 +#. help text for command 'list' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:48 msgid "Display configuration summary" msgstr "显示配置摘要" -#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 +#. help text for command 'set' 1/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:58 msgid "Set value of the variable. Requires options 'variable' and 'value'" msgstr "设置变量的值。需要\"variable\"和\"value\"选项" -#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 +#. help text for command 'set' 2/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:64 msgid "or 'variable=value', for example, variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" msgstr "或者\"variable=value\"，例如：variable=DISPLAYMANAGER value=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 -#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. -#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 +#. help text for command 'set' 3/3 +#. Split string because of technical issues with line breaks. +#. Adjust translation with other two parts to give a clear final text. +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:70 msgid "or simply DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" msgstr "或简单地 DISPLAYMANAGER=gdm" -#. help text for command 'set' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 +#. help text for command 'set' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:80 msgid "Set empty value (\"\")" msgstr "设置空值 (\"\")" -#. help text for command 'details' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 +#. help text for command 'details' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:90 msgid "Show details about selected variable" msgstr "显示有关选定变量的细节" -#. help text for option 'all' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 +#. help text for option 'all' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:102 msgid "Display all variables" msgstr "显示所有变量" -#. help text for option 'variable' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 +#. help text for option 'variable' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:107 msgid "Selected variable" msgstr "选定的变量" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:108 msgid "If the variable is available in several files use" msgstr "如果变量在一些文件中可用，使用" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:109 msgid "<variable>$<file_name> syntax," msgstr "<变量>$<文件名> 语法，" -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:110 msgid "for example CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail." msgstr "例如 CONFIG_TYPE$/etc/sysconfig/mail。" -#. help text for option 'value' -#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 +#. help text for option 'value' +#: src/clients/sysconfig.rb:116 msgid "New value" msgstr "新值" -#. header (command line mode output) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#. header (command line mode output) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "All Variables:\n" msgstr "所有变量：\n" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:43 msgid "Modified Variables:\n" msgstr "修改的变量：\n" -#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 +#. status message - %1 is a device name (/dev/hdc), %2 is a mode name (udma2), %3 is a result (translated Success/Failed text) +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:77 msgid "" "\n" "Setting variable '%1' to '%2': %3" @@ -100,31 +100,31 @@ "\n" "将变量\"%1\"设置为\"%2\"：%3" -#. result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 +#. result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:82 msgid "Success" msgstr "成功" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:83 msgid "Failed" msgstr "已失败" -#. display a new value for modified variables -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 +#. display a new value for modified variables +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:164 msgid "New Value: " msgstr "新值：" -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:167 msgid "Value: " msgstr "值：" -#. command line output -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 +#. command line output +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:194 msgid "Variable %1 was not found." msgstr "未找到变量 %1。" -#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required -#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 +#. variable name conflict - full name (with file name) is required +#: src/include/sysconfig/cmdline.rb:217 msgid "" "\n" "Use a full variable name in the form <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" @@ -134,128 +134,128 @@ "使用采用格式 <VARIABLE_NAME>$<FILE_NAME>\n" "(例如，%1$%2)的完整变量名。\n" -#. error popup message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:65 msgid "An error occurred while saving and activating the changes." msgstr "保存并激活更改时出错。" -#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 +#. suffix added to the allowed (predefined) values +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:127 msgid "or any value" msgstr "或任意值" -#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 +#. Translation: description of possible values, regular expression string is added after the text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:135 msgid "Value Matching Regular Expression:" msgstr "匹配正则表达式的值：" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:141 msgid "Any integer value" msgstr "任意整数值" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:154 msgid "Integer value greater or equal to %1" msgstr "整数值大于或等于 %1" -#. allowed value description -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 +#. allowed value description +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:163 msgid "Integer value less or equal to %1" msgstr "整数值小于或等于 %1" -#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 +#. Translation: allowed value description, %1 is minimum value, %2 is maximum integer value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:172 msgid "Any integer value from %1 to %2" msgstr "范围在 %1 到 %2 之间的任意整数值" -#. allowed value description - any value is allowed -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 +#. allowed value description - any value is allowed +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:179 msgid "Any value" msgstr "任意值" -#. allowed value description - IP adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 +#. allowed value description - IP adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:183 msgid "IPv4 or IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv4 或 IPv6 地址" -#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 +#. allowed value description - IPv4 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:187 msgid "IPv4 address" msgstr "IPv4 地址" -#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 +#. allowed value description - IPv6 adress +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:191 msgid "IPv6 address" msgstr "IPv6 地址" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:220 msgid "File: " msgstr "文件：" -#. rich text item -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 +#. rich text item +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:236 msgid "Possible Values: " msgstr "可能的值：" -#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "empty") -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 +#. TODO: replace empty value by special text (e.g. "empty") +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:255 msgid "Default Value: " msgstr "默认值：" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:277 msgid "Original Value: " msgstr "最初的值：" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:303 msgid "Prepare Command: " msgstr "准备命令：" -#. header in the variable description text -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 +#. header in the variable description text +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:323 msgid "Configuration Script: " msgstr "配置脚本：" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:341 msgid "Service to Reload: " msgstr "要重装载的服务：" -#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 +#. header in the variable description text, service names (e.g. "apache") are appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:359 msgid "Service to Restart: " msgstr "要重启动的服务：" -#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 +#. header in the variable description text, bash command is appended +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:376 msgid "Activation Command: " msgstr "激活命令：" -#. rich text value -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 +#. rich text value +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:424 msgid "Description: " msgstr "描述：" -#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 +#. modification flag added to variable name (if it was changed) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:592 msgid "(changed)" msgstr "(已更改)" -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string -#. combo box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box widget label - variable name is appended to the string +#. combo box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:602 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:613 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:850 msgid "S&etting of: " msgstr "设置(&E)：" -#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly -#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 +#. current value has more than one line - it is displayed incorrectly +#. because combobox widget has single line entry (lines are merged) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:640 msgid "" "The currently selected value has more than one line.\n" "Joined lines are displayed in the combo box.\n" @@ -263,14 +263,14 @@ "当前选定的值有多行。\n" "在组合框中显示联接的行。\n" -#. header label -#. label widget -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 +#. header label +#. label widget +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:671 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:837 msgid "Current Selection: " msgstr "当前选择：" -#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 +#. popup question dialog: variable value does not match defined type - ask user to set value (%1 is value entered by user, %2 is allowed type - e.g. integer +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:713 msgid "" "Value '%1'\n" "does not match type '%2'.\n" @@ -282,207 +282,188 @@ "\n" "是否确实要设置此值？\n" -#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table -#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 +#. when a comment is too long to display it in the table +#. it is shortened and mark (three dot characters) is added to the end +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:764 msgid "..." msgstr "..." -#. Translation: push button label -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 +#. Translation: push button label +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:804 src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:889 msgid "&Search" msgstr "搜索(&S)" -#. tree widget label -#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); -#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 +#. tree widget label +#. term help_space_content = `Tree(`id(`tree), `opt(`notify, `vstretch), _("&Configuration Options"), Sysconfig::tree_content); +#. Wizard::OpenCustomDialog(help_space_content, button_box); +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:815 msgid "&Configuration Options" msgstr "配置选项(&C)" -#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 +#. helptext for popup - part 1/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:819 msgid "" "After you save your changes, this editor changes the variables in the\n" -"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which " -"changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" -"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig " -"takes effect.\n" +"corresponding sysconfig file. Then it starts activation commands, which changes the underlying configuration files, stops and starts daemons,\n" +"and runs low-level configuration tools so your configuration in sysconfig takes effect.\n" msgstr "" "在保存更改后，此编辑器将更改相应 sysconfig \n" -"文件中的变量。然后，它启动激活命令，这些命令更改基础配置文件，停止和启动守护" -"程序并\n" +"文件中的变量。然后，它启动激活命令，这些命令更改基础配置文件，停止和启动守护程序并\n" "运行低级别的配置工具，以使 sysconfig 中的配置生效。\n" -#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 -msgid "" -"Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file " -"manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." -msgstr "" -"重要说明：您仍可以手动编辑每个单独的配置文件。文件的名称显示在变量" -"描述中。" +#. helptext for popup - part 2/2 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:825 +msgid "Important: You still can edit each individual configuration file manually. The name of file is displayed in the variable description." +msgstr "重要说明：您仍可以手动编辑每个单独的配置文件。文件的名称显示在变量描述中。" -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:830 msgid "/etc/sysconfig Editor" msgstr "/etc/sysconfig 编辑器" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:859 msgid "&Default" msgstr "默认值(&D)" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 -msgid "" -"System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration " -"editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to " -"configure your hardware and system settings." -msgstr "" -"系统配置编辑器您可用系统配置编辑器更改某些系统设置。也可用 " -"YaST 配置硬件和系统设置。" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (1/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:866 +msgid "System Configuration EditorWith the system configuration editor, you can change some system settings. You can also use YaST to configure your hardware and system settings." +msgstr "系统配置编辑器您可用系统配置编辑器更改某些系统设置。也可用 YaST 配置硬件和系统设置。" -#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 -msgid "" -"Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read " -"directly from configuration files." -msgstr "" -"注意：不对描述进行转换，因为系统可以直接从配置文件中读取它们。" +#. help rich text displayed after module start (2/2) +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:870 +msgid "Note: Descriptions are not translated because they are read directly from configuration files." +msgstr "注意：不对描述进行转换，因为系统可以直接从配置文件中读取它们。" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:877 msgid "&Use Current Value" msgstr "使用当前值(&U)" -#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 +#. push button label - displayed only in autoinstallation config mode +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:879 msgid "&Add New Variable..." msgstr "添加新变量(&A)..." -#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 +#. popup dialog header - confirm to save the changes +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:921 msgid "Save Modified Variables" msgstr "保存修改的变量" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:927 msgid "Confirm Each Activation Command" msgstr "确认每个激活命令" -#. // popup dialog header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 +#. // popup dialog header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:949 msgid "Search Result" msgstr "搜索结果" -#. help text in popup dialog -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 -msgid "" -"The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select " -"it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." -msgstr "" -"在此显示搜索结果。如果看到所需的项，请选择此项，然后单击\"转到\"。否则，单击" -"\"取消\"关闭此对话框。" +#. help text in popup dialog +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:951 +msgid "The search results are displayed here. If you see the item you want, select it then click \"Go to\". Otherwise, click \"Cancel\" to close this dialog." +msgstr "在此显示搜索结果。如果看到所需的项，请选择此项，然后单击\"转到\"。否则，单击\"取消\"关闭此对话框。" -#. push button label -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 +#. push button label +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:956 msgid "&Go to" msgstr "转到(&G)" -#. popup message - search result message -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 +#. popup message - search result message +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:981 msgid "No entries found" msgstr "未找到项" -#. popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 +#. popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/complex.rb:992 msgid "Help" msgstr "帮助" -#. search popup window header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 +#. search popup window header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:33 msgid "Search for a Configuration Variable" msgstr "搜索配置变量" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:41 msgid "&Search for:" msgstr "搜索(&S)：" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:44 msgid "&Case Sensitive Search" msgstr "区分大小写搜索(&C)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:46 msgid "Search &Variable Name" msgstr "搜索变量名(&V)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:48 msgid "Search &description" msgstr "搜索描述(&D)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 +#. check box label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:50 msgid "Search &value" msgstr "搜索值(&V)" -#. table column header -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 +#. table column header +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:132 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:133 msgid "NEW VALUE" msgstr "新值" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "Old Value" msgstr "旧值" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:135 msgid "File" msgstr "文件" -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:136 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:179 msgid "&Variable Name" msgstr "变量名(&V)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:181 msgid "V&alue" msgstr "值(&A)" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 +#. text entry label +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "&File Name" msgstr "文件名(&F)" -#. warning popup message - variable name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 +#. warning popup message - variable name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:210 msgid "Missing variable name value." msgstr "缺少变量名值。" -#. warning popup message - file name is empty -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 +#. warning popup message - file name is empty +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:214 msgid "Missing file name value." msgstr "缺少文件名值。" -#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path -#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 +#. warning popup message - file name is required with absolute path +#: src/include/sysconfig/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Missing absolute path in file name." msgstr "文件名中缺少绝对路径。" -#. Read dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 +#. Read dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:17 msgid "" "<big>Initializing sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -490,8 +471,8 @@ "<big>正在初始化 sysconfig 配置</big> \n" "请稍候... \n" -#. Write dialog help -#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 +#. Write dialog help +#: src/include/sysconfig/helps.rb:21 msgid "" "<big>Saving sysconfig Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait... \n" @@ -501,108 +482,108 @@ "请稍候... \n" "\n" -#. Translation: Progress bar label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:162 msgid "Searching..." msgstr "正在搜索..." -#. button label -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:881 msgid "S&kip" msgstr "跳过(&K)" -#. write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:909 msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" msgstr "正在保存 sysconfig 配置" -#. progress bar item -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:923 msgid "Write the new settings" msgstr "写入新设置" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:924 msgid "Activate the changes" msgstr "激活更改" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:934 msgid "Saving changes to the files..." msgstr "正在将更改保存到文件..." -#. start generic commands -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:965 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. configuration summary headline -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1048 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "配置摘要" -#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param cmd [String] command to execute -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 +#. Executes a bash command using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param cmd [String] command to execute +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1132 msgid "Starting command: %1..." msgstr "正在启动命令 %1..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1133 msgid "Command %1 failed" msgstr "命令 %1 失败" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "A command will be executed" msgstr "将执行命令" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1134 msgid "Command: " msgstr "命令：" -#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action -#. @see #exec_action -#. @param name [String] service name -#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart -#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 +#. Restarts or reloads a service using #exec_action +#. @see #exec_action +#. @param name [String] service name +#. @param action [Symbol] :reload or :restart +#. @return [Symbol] result returned by #exec_action +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1156 msgid "Reloading service %s..." msgstr "正在重新装载服务 %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1157 msgid "Reload of the service %s failed" msgstr "重新装载服务 %s 失败" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1158 msgid "Service %s will be reloaded" msgstr "将重新装载服务 %s" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1160 msgid "Restarting service %s..." msgstr "正在重启动服务 %s..." -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1161 msgid "Restart of the service %s failed" msgstr "重启动服务 %s 失败" -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1162 msgid "Service %s will be restarted" msgstr "将重启动服务 %s" -#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) -#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil -#. -#. @param service name -#. @return [Boolean] active? -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 +#. Returns whether given service is active (info from systemd) +#. If service is not found, reports error in UI and returns nil +#. +#. @param service name +#. @return [Boolean] active? +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1187 msgid "Cannot determine service state, systemd service does not exist:" msgstr "无法确定服务状态，systemd 服务不存在：" -#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1266 msgid "Saving variable %1..." msgstr "正在保存变量 %1..." -#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) -#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1273 msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." msgstr "将变量 %1 保存到文件 %2 失败。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tftp-server.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,129 +14,123 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. description map for command line -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 +#. description map for command line +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:35 msgid "Configure a TFTP server" msgstr "配置 TFTP 服务器" -#. command line: help text for "status" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 +#. command line: help text for "status" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:39 msgid "Status of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 服务器的状态" -#. command line: help text for "directory" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 +#. command line: help text for "directory" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:49 msgid "Directory of the TFTP server" msgstr "TFTP 服务器的目录" -#. command line: help text for "enable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 +#. command line: help text for "enable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:61 msgid "Enable the TFTP service" msgstr "启用 TFTP 服务" -#. command line: help text for "disable" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 +#. command line: help text for "disable" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:67 msgid "Disable the TFTP service" msgstr "禁用 TFTP 服务" -#. command line: help text for "show" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 +#. command line: help text for "show" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:73 msgid "Show the status of the TFTP service" msgstr "显示 TFTP 服务的状态" -#. command line: help text for "path" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 +#. command line: help text for "path" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:80 msgid "Set the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "设置 TFTP 服务器的目录" -#. command line: help text for "list" command -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 +#. command line: help text for "list" command +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:86 msgid "Show the directory for the TFTP server" msgstr "显示 TFTP 服务器的目录" -#. command line: show status of tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 +#. command line: show status of tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:120 msgid "Service Status: %1" msgstr "服务状态： %1" -#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server -#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 +#. command line: show directory server by tftp-server +#: src/clients/tftp-server.rb:140 msgid "Directory Path: %1" msgstr "目录路径： %1" -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#. Tftp-server dialog caption -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#. Tftp-server dialog caption +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:67 src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:43 +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:78 msgid "TFTP Server Configuration" msgstr "TFTP 服务器配置" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:79 msgid "<big>Configuring a TFTP Server</big>" msgstr "<big>正在配置 TFTP 服务器</big>" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). " -"The server will be started using xinetd." -msgstr "" -"使用此选项可为服务器启用 TFTP（普通文件传送协议）。服务器将使用 xinetd 来" -"启动。" +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 +msgid "Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd." +msgstr "使用此选项可为服务器启用 TFTP（普通文件传送协议）。服务器将使用 xinetd 来启动。" -#. enlighten newbies, #102946 -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 +#. enlighten newbies, #102946 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:91 msgid "Note that TFTP and FTP are not the same." msgstr "注意：TFTP 和 FTP 不同。" -#. dialog help text -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 +#. dialog help text +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:96 msgid "" "Boot Image Directory:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</" -"p>\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).\n" msgstr "" "引导映像目录：\n" "指定服务文件所在的目录。\n" "值一般为 <tt>/tftpboot</tt>。如果目录不存在将自动创建。\n" " 服务器将使用该目录作为其根目录（使用 <tt>-s</tt> 选项）。\n" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "&Disable" msgstr "禁用(&D)" -#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 +#. Radio button label, disable TFTP server +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "&Enable" msgstr "启用(&E)" -#. Text entry label -#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 +#. Text entry label +#. Directory where served files (usually boot images) reside +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:134 msgid "&Boot Image Directory" msgstr "引导映像目录(&B)" -#. push button label -#. select a directory from the filesystem -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 +#. push button label +#. select a directory from the filesystem +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:137 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "浏览(&W)..." -#. push button label -#. display a log file -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 +#. push button label +#. display a log file +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:144 msgid "&View Log" msgstr "查看日志(&V)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 +#. error popup +#: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:207 msgid "" "The directory must start with a slash (/)\n" "and must not contain spaces." @@ -144,19 +138,19 @@ "目录必须以反斜线 (/) 开始\n" "而且不能包含空格。" -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:46 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. progress label -#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 +#. progress label +#: src/include/tftp-server/wizards.rb:81 msgid "Initializing ..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. error popup -#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 +#. error popup +#. %1 is a command name (or a comma (, ) separated list of them) +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:145 msgid "" "This module can only use xinetd to set up TFTP.\n" "However, another program is serving TFTP: %1.\n" @@ -166,24 +160,24 @@ "但是，另一个程序正在提供 TFTP 服务：%1。\n" "是否退出？\n" -#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it -#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. -#. If it is running, restart it. -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 +#. xinetd may be needed for other services so we never turn it +#. off. It will exit anyway if no services are configured. +#. If it is running, restart it. +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:240 msgid "Cannot reload service %{name}" msgstr "无法重新装载服务 %{name}" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:303 msgid "TFTP Server Enabled:" msgstr "TFTP 服务器已启用：" -#. summary item: an option is turned on -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 +#. summary item: an option is turned on +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:305 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#. summary header -#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 +#. summary header +#: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "引导映像目录：" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/timezone_db.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,2458 +14,2458 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:23 msgid "Europe" msgstr "欧洲" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:25 msgid "Netherlands" msgstr "荷兰" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:27 msgid "Andorra" msgstr "安道尔" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:28 msgid "Greece" msgstr "希腊" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:30 msgid "Serbia" msgstr "塞尔维亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:31 msgid "Germany" msgstr "德国" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:32 msgid "Slovakia" msgstr "斯洛伐克" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:33 msgid "Belgium" msgstr "比利时" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:34 msgid "Romania" msgstr "罗马尼亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:35 msgid "Hungary" msgstr "匈牙利" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:36 msgid "Moldova" msgstr "摩尔多瓦" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:37 msgid "Denmark" msgstr "丹麦" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:38 msgid "Ireland" msgstr "爱尔兰" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:39 msgid "Gibraltar" msgstr "直布罗陀" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:41 msgid "Guernsey" msgstr "格恩西岛" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:42 msgid "Finland" msgstr "芬兰" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:44 msgid "Isle of Man" msgstr "马恩岛" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:45 msgid "Turkey" msgstr "土耳其" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:46 msgid "Jersey" msgstr "泽西岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:48 msgid "Russia (Kaliningrad)" msgstr "俄罗斯(加里宁格勒)" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:50 msgid "Ukraine (Kiev)" msgstr "乌克兰（基辅）" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:51 msgid "Portugal" msgstr "葡萄牙" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:52 msgid "Slovenia" msgstr "斯洛文尼亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:53 msgid "United Kingdom" msgstr "英国" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:54 msgid "Luxembourg" msgstr "卢森堡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:56 msgid "Aaland Islands" msgstr "奥兰群岛" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:57 msgid "Spain" msgstr "西班牙" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:58 msgid "Malta" msgstr "马耳他" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:60 msgid "Belarus" msgstr "白俄罗斯" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:61 msgid "Monaco" msgstr "摩纳哥" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:63 msgid "Russia (Moscow)" msgstr "俄罗斯(莫斯科)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:64 msgid "Norway" msgstr "挪威" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:65 msgid "France" msgstr "法国" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:67 msgid "Montenegro" msgstr "黑山" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:68 msgid "Czech Republic" msgstr "捷克共和国" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:69 msgid "Latvia" msgstr "拉脱维亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:70 msgid "Italy" msgstr "意大利" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:72 msgid "San Marino" msgstr "圣马力诺" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:74 msgid "Russia (Samara)" msgstr "俄罗斯(萨马拉)" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:75 msgid "Bosnia & Herzegovina" msgstr "波斯尼亚和黑塞哥维那" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:77 msgid "Ukraine (Simferopol)" msgstr "乌克兰（辛菲罗波尔）" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:78 msgid "Macedonia" msgstr "马其顿" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:79 msgid "Bulgaria" msgstr "保加利亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:80 msgid "Sweden" msgstr "瑞典" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:81 msgid "Estonia" msgstr "爱沙尼亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:82 msgid "Albania" msgstr "阿尔巴尼亚" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:83 msgid "Uzhgorod" msgstr "乌日戈罗德" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:84 msgid "Liechtenstein" msgstr "列支敦士登" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:85 msgid "Vatican" msgstr "梵蒂冈" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:86 msgid "Austria" msgstr "奥地利" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:87 msgid "Lithuania" msgstr "立陶宛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:89 msgid "Russia (Volgograd)" msgstr "俄罗斯（伏尔加格勒）" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:90 msgid "Poland" msgstr "波兰" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:91 msgid "Croatia" msgstr "克罗地亚" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882 msgid "Iceland" msgstr "冰岛" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878 msgid "Azores" msgstr "亚速尔群岛" -#. time zone +#. time zone #: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880 msgid "Canary Islands" msgstr "加那利群岛" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:98 msgid "Switzerland" msgstr "瑞士" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:100 msgid "Ukraine (Zaporozhye)" msgstr "乌克兰（扎波罗日）" -#. time zone -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 +#. time zone +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:103 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:908 msgid "Miquelon" msgstr "密克隆岛" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:111 msgid "USA" msgstr "美国" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:114 msgid "Alaska (Anchorage)" msgstr "阿拉斯加（安克雷奇）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:116 msgid "Aleutian (Adak)" msgstr "阿留申（艾德克岛）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:118 msgid "Boise" msgstr "博伊西" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:120 msgid "Arizona (Phoenix)" msgstr "亚利桑那（菲尼克斯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:122 msgid "Central (Chicago)" msgstr "中部（芝加哥）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:124 msgid "Kentucky (Louisville)" msgstr "肯塔基（路易斯维尔）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:126 msgid "Kentucky (Monticello)" msgstr "肯塔基（蒙蒂塞洛）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:128 msgid "East Indiana (Indianapolis)" msgstr "东印地安纳（印第安纳波利斯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:130 msgid "Indiana Starke (Knox)" msgstr "印第安纳斯塔克（诺克斯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:132 msgid "Indiana (Vincennes)" msgstr "印第安纳（温森斯）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:134 msgid "Indiana (Winamac)" msgstr "印第安纳（威纳马克）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:136 msgid "Indiana (Marengo)" msgstr "印第安纳（马伦戈）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:138 msgid "Indiana (Vevay)" msgstr "印第安纳（瓦维）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:140 msgid "Indiana (Tell City)" msgstr "印第安纳（特尔城）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:142 msgid "Indiana (Petersburg)" msgstr "印第安纳（彼得斯堡）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:144 msgid "Juneau" msgstr "朱诺" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:146 msgid "Michigan (Detroit)" msgstr "密歇根（底特律）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:148 msgid "Mountain (Denver)" msgstr "山区（丹佛）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:150 msgid "Pacific (Los Angeles)" msgstr "太平洋沿岸（洛杉矶）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:152 msgid "Menominee" msgstr "梅诺米尼" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:154 msgid "Eastern (New York)" msgstr "东部（纽约）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:156 msgid "Nome" msgstr "诺姆" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:158 msgid "North Dakota (Center)" msgstr "北达科他（中部）" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:160 msgid "North Dakota (New Salem)" msgstr "北达科他（新塞勒姆）" -#. time zone -#. TT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 +#. time zone +#. TT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:162 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:405 msgid "Puerto Rico" msgstr "波多黎各" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:164 msgid "Shiprock" msgstr "希普罗克" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:166 msgid "Virgin Islands (St Thomas)" msgstr "维尔京群岛（圣托马斯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:168 msgid "Yakutat" msgstr "亚库塔特" -#. US -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 +#. US +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:171 msgid "Hawaii (Honolulu)" msgstr "夏威夷（檀香山）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:173 msgid "Samoa (Pago Pago)" msgstr "萨摩亚（帕果-帕果）" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:180 msgid "Canada" msgstr "加拿大" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:183 msgid "Atlantic (Halifax)" msgstr "大西洋沿岸（哈利法克斯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:185 msgid "Central (Winnipeg)" msgstr "中部（温尼伯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:187 msgid "Eastern (Toronto)" msgstr "东部（多伦多）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:189 msgid "Mountain (Edmonton)" msgstr "山脉（埃德蒙顿）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:191 msgid "Newfoundland (St Johns)" msgstr "纽芬兰（圣约翰）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:193 msgid "Pacific (Vancouver)" msgstr "太平洋（范库弗峰）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:195 msgid "Saskatchewan (Regina)" msgstr "萨斯喀彻温（里贾纳）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:197 msgid "Yukon (Whitehorse)" msgstr "育空（怀特霍斯）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:199 msgid "Glace Bay" msgstr "冰川湾" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:201 msgid "Moncton" msgstr "蒙古顿" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:203 msgid "Goose Bay" msgstr "古斯湾" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:205 msgid "Blanc-Sablon" msgstr "白朗萨布隆" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:207 msgid "Montreal" msgstr "蒙特利尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:209 msgid "Nipigon" msgstr "尼皮贡湖" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:211 msgid "Thunder Bay" msgstr "桑德贝" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:213 msgid "Iqaluit" msgstr "伊魁特" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:215 msgid "Pangnirtung" msgstr "旁涅唐" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:217 msgid "Resolute" msgstr "雷索卢特" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:219 msgid "Atikokan" msgstr "阿蒂科肯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:221 msgid "Rankin Inlet" msgstr "兰今湾" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:223 msgid "Rainy River" msgstr "雷尼河" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:225 msgid "Swift Current" msgstr "激流市" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:227 msgid "Cambridge Bay" msgstr "剑桥湾" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:229 msgid "Yellowknife" msgstr "耶洛奈夫" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:231 msgid "Inuvik" msgstr "伊努维克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:233 msgid "Dawson Creek" msgstr "道森克里克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:235 msgid "Dawson" msgstr "道森" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:243 msgid "Argentina" msgstr "阿根廷" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:246 msgid "Buenos Aires" msgstr "布宜诺斯艾利斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:248 msgid "Catamarca" msgstr "卡塔马卡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:250 msgid "Cordoba" msgstr "科尔多瓦" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:252 msgid "Jujuy" msgstr "胡胡伊省" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:254 msgid "La Rioja" msgstr "拉里奥哈" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:256 msgid "Mendoza" msgstr "门多萨" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:258 msgid "Rio Gallegos" msgstr "里奥加耶戈斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:260 msgid "San Juan" msgstr "圣胡安" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:262 msgid "San Luis" msgstr "圣路易斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:264 msgid "Tucuman" msgstr "图库曼" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:266 msgid "Ushuaia" msgstr "乌斯怀亚" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:273 msgid "Brazil" msgstr "巴西" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:276 msgid "Araguaina" msgstr "阿拉瓜伊纳" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:278 msgid "Bahia" msgstr "巴伊亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:280 msgid "Belem" msgstr "贝伦" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:282 msgid "Boa Vista" msgstr "博阿维斯塔岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:284 msgid "Campo Grande" msgstr "大坎普" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:286 msgid "Cuiaba" msgstr "库亚巴" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:288 msgid "Eirunepe" msgstr "艾鲁内佩" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:290 msgid "Fortaleza" msgstr "福塔莱萨" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:292 msgid "Maceio" msgstr "马塞约" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:294 msgid "Manaus" msgstr "马瑙斯" -#. _("Brazil West"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 +#. _("Brazil West"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:296 msgid "Fernando de Noronha" msgstr "费尔南多迪诺罗尼亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:298 msgid "Porto Velho" msgstr "波多韦柳" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:300 msgid "Recife" msgstr "累西腓" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:302 msgid "Rio Branco" msgstr "里奥布朗库" -#. _("Brazil Acre"), -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 +#. _("Brazil Acre"), +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:304 msgid "Sao Paulo" msgstr "圣保罗" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:311 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:315 msgid "Cancun" msgstr "坎昆" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:317 msgid "Chihuahua" msgstr "奇瓦瓦" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:319 msgid "Hermosillo" msgstr "埃莫西约" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:321 msgid "Mazatlan" msgstr "马萨特兰" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:323 msgid "Mexico City" msgstr "墨西哥城" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:325 msgid "Merida" msgstr "梅里达" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:327 msgid "Monterrey" msgstr "蒙特雷" -#. MX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 +#. MX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:329 msgid "Tijuana" msgstr "提华纳" -#. time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 +#. time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:336 msgid "Central and South America" msgstr "中南美洲" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:339 msgid "Antigua" msgstr "安提瓜" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:341 msgid "Anguilla" msgstr "安圭拉岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:343 msgid "Aruba" msgstr "阿鲁巴岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:345 msgid "Asuncion" msgstr "亚松森" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:347 msgid "Barbados" msgstr "巴巴多斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:349 msgid "Belize" msgstr "伯利兹城" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:351 msgid "Bogota" msgstr "波哥大" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:353 msgid "Caracas" msgstr "加拉加斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:355 msgid "Cayenne" msgstr "卡宴" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:357 msgid "Cayman Islands" msgstr "开曼群岛" -#. KY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 +#. KY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:359 msgid "Costa Rica" msgstr "哥斯达黎加" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:361 msgid "Curacao" msgstr "库拉索岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:363 msgid "Dominica" msgstr "多米尼加" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:365 msgid "El Salvador" msgstr "萨尔瓦多" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:367 msgid "Grand Turk" msgstr "大特克" -#. TC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 +#. TC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:369 msgid "Guayaquil" msgstr "瓜亚基尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:371 msgid "Grenada" msgstr "格林纳达" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:373 msgid "Guadeloupe" msgstr "瓜德罗普" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:375 msgid "Guatemala" msgstr "危地马拉" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:377 msgid "Guyana" msgstr "圭亚那" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:379 msgid "Havana" msgstr "哈瓦那" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:381 msgid "Jamaica" msgstr "牙买加" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:383 msgid "La Paz" msgstr "拉巴斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:385 msgid "Lima" msgstr "利马" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:387 msgid "Managua" msgstr "马那瓜" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:389 msgid "Martinique" msgstr "马提尼克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:391 msgid "Montserrat" msgstr "蒙特塞拉特岛" -#. MS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 +#. MS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:393 msgid "Uruguay" msgstr "乌拉圭" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:395 msgid "Nassau" msgstr "拿骚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:397 msgid "Panama" msgstr "巴拿马" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:399 msgid "Paramaribo" msgstr "帕拉马里博" -#. SR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 +#. SR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:401 msgid "Port-au-Prince" msgstr "太子港" -#. HT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 +#. HT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:403 msgid "Port of Spain" msgstr "西班牙港" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:407 msgid "Chile Continental" msgstr "智利大陆时间" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:409 msgid "Santo Domingo" msgstr "圣多明各" -#. DO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 +#. DO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:411 msgid "Saint Lucia" msgstr "圣卢西亚岛" -#. LC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 +#. LC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:413 msgid "Saint Kitts and Nevis" msgstr "圣克里斯托弗和尼维斯" -#. KN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 +#. KN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:415 msgid "St Thomas" msgstr "圣托马斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:417 msgid "St Vincent" msgstr "圣文森特" -#. VC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 +#. VC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:419 msgid "Tegucigalpa" msgstr "特古西加尔巴" -#. HN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 +#. HN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:421 msgid "Tortola" msgstr "托托拉岛" -#. VG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 +#. VG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:424 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:884 msgid "Stanley" msgstr "斯坦利" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#. WS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#. WS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:427 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:866 msgid "Easter Island" msgstr "复活节岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:429 msgid "Galapagos" msgstr "加拉帕哥斯" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:436 msgid "Russia" msgstr "俄罗斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:439 msgid "Kaliningrad" msgstr "加里宁格勒" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:441 msgid "Moscow" msgstr "莫斯科" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:443 msgid "Samara" msgstr "萨马拉" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:445 msgid "Volgograd" msgstr "伏尔加格勒" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:447 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:489 msgid "Anadyr" msgstr "阿纳德尔" -#. time zone -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 +#. time zone +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:449 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:531 msgid "Irkutsk" msgstr "伊尔库次克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:451 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:543 msgid "Kamchatka" msgstr "堪察加半岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:453 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:549 msgid "Krasnoyarsk" msgstr "克拉斯诺亚尔斯克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:455 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:559 msgid "Magadan" msgstr "马加丹" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:457 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:569 msgid "Novosibirsk" msgstr "新西伯利亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:459 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:571 msgid "Omsk" msgstr "鄂木斯克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:461 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:589 msgid "Sakhalin" msgstr "库页岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:463 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:599 msgid "Vladivostok" msgstr "符拉迪沃斯托克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:465 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:627 msgid "Yakutsk" msgstr "雅库茨克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:467 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:601 msgid "Yekaterinburg" msgstr "叶卡捷琳堡" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:474 msgid "Asia" msgstr "亚洲" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:477 msgid "Aden" msgstr "亚丁" -#. YE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 +#. YE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:479 msgid "Almaty" msgstr "阿拉木图" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:481 msgid "Amman" msgstr "安曼" -#. JO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 +#. JO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:483 msgid "Aqtobe" msgstr "阿克托别" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:485 msgid "Aqtau" msgstr "阿克套" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:487 msgid "Ashgabat" msgstr "阿什哈巴德" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:491 msgid "Baghdad" msgstr "巴格达" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:493 msgid "Bahrain" msgstr "巴林" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:495 msgid "Baku" msgstr "巴库" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:497 msgid "Bangkok" msgstr "曼谷" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:499 msgid "Beirut" msgstr "贝鲁特" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:501 msgid "Bishkek" msgstr "比什凯克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:503 msgid "Brunei" msgstr "文莱" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:505 msgid "Kolkata" msgstr "加尔各答" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:507 msgid "Choibalsan" msgstr "乔巴山" -#. MN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 +#. MN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:509 msgid "Chongqing" msgstr "重庆" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:511 msgid "Colombo" msgstr "科伦坡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:513 msgid "Damascus" msgstr "大马士革" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:515 msgid "Dhaka" msgstr "达卡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:517 msgid "Dili" msgstr "帝力" -#. TL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 +#. TL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:519 msgid "Dubai" msgstr "迪拜" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:521 msgid "Dushanbe" msgstr "杜尚别" -#. TJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 +#. TJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:523 msgid "Gaza" msgstr "加沙" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:525 msgid "Harbin" msgstr "哈尔滨" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:527 msgid "Hongkong" msgstr "中国香港特别行政区" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:529 msgid "Hovd" msgstr "科布多" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:533 msgid "Jakarta" msgstr "雅加达" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:535 msgid "Jayapura" msgstr "查亚普拉" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:537 msgid "Israel" msgstr "以色列" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:539 msgid "Afghanistan" msgstr "阿富汗" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:541 msgid "Karachi" msgstr "卡拉奇" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:545 msgid "Kashgar" msgstr "喀什葛尔" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:547 msgid "Kathmandu" msgstr "加德满都" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:551 msgid "Kuala Lumpur" msgstr "吉隆坡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:553 msgid "Kuching" msgstr "古晋" -#. MY -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 +#. MY +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:555 msgid "Kuwait" msgstr "科威特" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:557 msgid "Macao" msgstr "中国澳门特别行政区" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:561 msgid "Makassar" msgstr "望加锡" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:563 msgid "Manila" msgstr "马尼拉" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:565 msgid "Muscat" msgstr "马斯喀特" -#. OM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 +#. OM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:567 msgid "Nicosia" msgstr "尼科西亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:573 msgid "Oral" msgstr "乌拉尔" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:575 msgid "Phnom Penh" msgstr "金边" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:577 msgid "Pontianak" msgstr "坤甸" -#. ID -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 +#. ID +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:579 msgid "Pyongyang" msgstr "平壤" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:581 msgid "Qatar" msgstr "卡塔尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:583 msgid "Qyzylorda" msgstr "孜勒奥尔达州" -#. KZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 +#. KZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:585 msgid "Myanmar" msgstr "缅甸" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:587 msgid "Ho Chi Minh City" msgstr "胡志明市" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:591 msgid "Samarkand" msgstr "撒马尔罕" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:593 msgid "Tashkent" msgstr "塔什干" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:595 msgid "Tehran" msgstr "德黑兰" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:597 msgid "Thimphu" msgstr "廷布" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:603 msgid "Tokyo" msgstr "东京" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:605 msgid "Shanghai" msgstr "上海" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:607 msgid "Beijing" msgstr "北京" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:609 msgid "Taipei" msgstr "台北" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:611 msgid "Seoul" msgstr "首尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:613 msgid "Riyadh" msgstr "利雅得" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:615 msgid "Singapore" msgstr "新加坡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:617 msgid "Tbilisi" msgstr "第比利斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:619 msgid "Japan" msgstr "日本" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:621 msgid "Ulan Bator" msgstr "乌兰巴托" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:623 msgid "Urumqi" msgstr "乌鲁木齐" -#. CN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 +#. CN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:625 msgid "Vientiane" msgstr "万象" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:629 msgid "Yerevan" msgstr "埃里温" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:632 msgid "Mideast Riyadh87" msgstr "中东利雅得87" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:634 msgid "Mideast Riyadh88" msgstr "中东利雅得88" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:636 msgid "Mideast Riyadh89" msgstr "中东利雅得89" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:644 msgid "Australia" msgstr "澳大利亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:647 msgid "Lindeman" msgstr "林德曼" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:649 msgid "Eucla" msgstr "尤克拉" -#. AU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 +#. AU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:651 msgid "Lord Howe Island" msgstr "豪勋爵岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:653 msgid "Northern Territory (Darwin)" msgstr "北部地区（达尔文）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:655 msgid "Queensland (Brisbane)" msgstr "昆士兰（布里斯班）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:657 msgid "South Australia (Adelaide)" msgstr "南澳大利亚（阿德雷德）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:659 msgid "New South Wales (Sydney)" msgstr "新南威尔士（悉尼）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:661 msgid "New South Wales (Broken Hill)" msgstr "新南威尔士（布罗肯山）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:663 msgid "Tasmania (Hobart)" msgstr "塔斯马尼亚（霍巴特）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:665 msgid "Tasmania (Currie)" msgstr "塔斯马尼亚（卡里）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:667 msgid "Victoria (Melbourne)" msgstr "维多利亚（墨尔本）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:669 msgid "Western Australia (Perth)" msgstr "西澳大利亚（佩思）" -#. name of region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 +#. name of region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:677 msgid "Africa" msgstr "非洲" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:681 msgid "Abidjan" msgstr "阿比让" -#. CI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 +#. CI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:683 msgid "Addis Ababa" msgstr "亚的斯亚贝巴" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:685 msgid "Algiers" msgstr "阿尔及尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:687 msgid "Asmara" msgstr "阿斯马拉" -#. ER -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 +#. ER +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:689 msgid "Accra" msgstr "阿克拉" -#. GH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 +#. GH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:691 msgid "Bamako" msgstr "巴马科" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:693 msgid "Bangui" msgstr "班吉" -#. CF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 +#. CF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:695 msgid "Banjul" msgstr "班珠尔" -#. GM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 +#. GM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:697 msgid "Bissau" msgstr "比绍" -#. GW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 +#. GW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:699 msgid "Blantyre" msgstr "布兰太尔" -#. MW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 +#. MW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:701 msgid "Brazzaville" msgstr "布拉扎维" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:703 msgid "Bujumbura" msgstr "布琼布拉" -#. BI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 +#. BI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:705 msgid "Cairo" msgstr "开罗" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:707 msgid "Casablanca" msgstr "卡萨布兰卡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:709 msgid "Ceuta" msgstr "休达" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:711 msgid "Conakry" msgstr "科纳克里" -#. GN -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 +#. GN +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:713 msgid "Dakar" msgstr "达喀尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:715 msgid "Dar es Salaam" msgstr "达累斯萨拉姆" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:717 msgid "Djibouti" msgstr "吉布提" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:719 msgid "Douala" msgstr "杜阿拉" -#. CM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 +#. CM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:721 msgid "El Aaiun" msgstr "阿尤恩" -#. EH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 +#. EH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:723 msgid "Freetown" msgstr "弗里敦" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:725 msgid "Gaborone" msgstr "哈博罗内" -#. BW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 +#. BW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:727 msgid "Harare" msgstr "哈拉雷" -#. ZW -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 +#. ZW +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:729 msgid "Johannesburg" msgstr "约翰内斯堡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:731 msgid "Kampala" msgstr "坎帕拉" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:733 msgid "Khartoum" msgstr "喀土木" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:735 msgid "Kinshasa" msgstr "金沙萨" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:737 msgid "Kigali" msgstr "基加利" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:739 msgid "Lagos" msgstr "拉多斯" -#. NG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 +#. NG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:741 msgid "Libreville" msgstr "利伯维尔" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:743 msgid "Lome" msgstr "洛美" -#. TG -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 +#. TG +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:745 msgid "Luanda" msgstr "罗安达" -#. AO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 +#. AO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:747 msgid "Lubumbashi" msgstr "卢本巴希" -#. CD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 +#. CD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:749 msgid "Lusaka" msgstr "卢萨卡" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:751 msgid "Malabo" msgstr "马拉博" -#. GQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 +#. GQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:753 msgid "Maputo" msgstr "马普托" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:755 msgid "Maseru" msgstr "马塞卢" -#. LS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 +#. LS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:757 msgid "Mbabane" msgstr "姆巴巴纳" -#. SZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 +#. SZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:759 msgid "Mogadishu" msgstr "摩加迪沙" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:761 msgid "Monrovia" msgstr "蒙罗维亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:763 msgid "Nairobi" msgstr "内罗毕" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:765 msgid "Ndjamena" msgstr "恩贾梅纳" -#. TD -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 +#. TD +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:767 msgid "Niamey" msgstr "尼亚美" -#. NE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 +#. NE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:769 msgid "Nouakchott" msgstr "努瓦克肖特" -#. MR -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 +#. MR +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:771 msgid "Ouagadougou" msgstr "瓦加杜古" -#. BF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 +#. BF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:773 msgid "Porto-Novo" msgstr "波多诺佛" -#. BJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 +#. BJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:775 msgid "Sao Tome" msgstr "圣多美" -#. ST -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 +#. ST +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:777 msgid "Tripoli" msgstr "的黎波里" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:779 msgid "Tunis" msgstr "突尼斯" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:781 msgid "Windhoek" msgstr "温得和克" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:784 msgid "Antananarivo" msgstr "塔那那利佛" -#. Madagascar -#. time zone -#. MV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 +#. Madagascar +#. time zone +#. MV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:786 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:932 msgid "Reunion" msgstr "留尼汪岛" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:793 msgid "Pacific" msgstr "太平洋" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:796 msgid "New Zealand" msgstr "新西兰" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:798 msgid "Fiji" msgstr "斐济" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:800 msgid "Guadalcanal" msgstr "瓜达康纳尔岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:802 msgid "Guam" msgstr "关岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:804 msgid "Midway" msgstr "中途岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:806 msgid "Nauru" msgstr "瑙鲁" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:808 msgid "Palau" msgstr "帕劳" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:810 msgid "Pitcairn" msgstr "皮特克恩" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:812 msgid "Tahiti" msgstr "塔希提岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:814 msgid "Samoa" msgstr "萨摩亚" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:816 msgid "Port_Moresby" msgstr "莫尔兹比港" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:818 msgid "Rarotonga" msgstr "拉罗汤加岛" -#. CK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 +#. CK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:820 msgid "Chuuk" msgstr "楚克" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:822 msgid "Pohnpei" msgstr "波纳佩" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:824 msgid "Kosrae" msgstr "科斯瑞" -#. FM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 +#. FM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:826 msgid "Tarawa" msgstr "塔拉瓦岛" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:828 msgid "Enderbury" msgstr "恩德伯里" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:830 msgid "Kiritimati" msgstr "圣诞岛" -#. KI -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 +#. KI +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:832 msgid "Majuro" msgstr "马朱罗" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:834 msgid "Kwajalein" msgstr "瓜加林岛" -#. MH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 +#. MH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:836 msgid "Saipan" msgstr "塞班" -#. MP -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 +#. MP +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:838 msgid "Noumea" msgstr "努美阿" -#. NC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 +#. NC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:840 msgid "Norfolk" msgstr "诺福克" -#. NF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 +#. NF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:842 msgid "Niue" msgstr "纽埃岛" -#. NU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 +#. NU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:844 msgid "Chatham" msgstr "查塔姆" -#. NZ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 +#. NZ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:846 msgid "Marquesas" msgstr "马克萨斯" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:848 msgid "Gambier" msgstr "甘比尔" -#. PF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 +#. PF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:850 msgid "Fakaofo" msgstr "法考福" -#. TK -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 +#. TK +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:852 msgid "Tongatapu" msgstr "汤加塔布岛" -#. TO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 +#. TO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:854 msgid "Funafuti" msgstr "富纳富提" -#. TV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 +#. TV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:856 msgid "Johnston" msgstr "约翰斯顿" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:858 msgid "Wake" msgstr "威克岛" -#. UM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 +#. UM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:860 msgid "Efate" msgstr "埃法特岛" -#. VU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 +#. VU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:862 msgid "Wallis" msgstr "沃利斯" -#. WF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 +#. WF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:864 msgid "Apia" msgstr "阿皮亚" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:873 msgid "Atlantic" msgstr "大西洋" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:876 msgid "Bermuda" msgstr "百慕大" -#. Falklands -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 +#. Falklands +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:886 msgid "Cape Verde" msgstr "佛得角" -#. CV -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 +#. CV +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:888 msgid "Faroe Islands" msgstr "法罗群岛" -#. FO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 +#. FO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:890 msgid "South Georgia" msgstr "南乔治亚岛" -#. GS -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 +#. GS +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:892 msgid "Madeira" msgstr "马德拉" -#. PT -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 +#. PT +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:894 msgid "St Helena" msgstr "圣赫勒拿" -#. SH -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 +#. SH +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:896 msgid "Jan Mayen" msgstr "扬马延岛" -#. SJ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 +#. SJ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:899 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:951 msgid "Greenland (Nuuk)" msgstr "格陵兰（努克）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:901 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:953 msgid "Greenland (Danmarkshavn)" msgstr "格陵兰岛（格陵兰）" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:903 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:955 msgid "Greenland (Scoresbysund)" msgstr "格陵兰岛（斯科斯比松）" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:905 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:957 msgid "Greenland (Thule)" msgstr "格陵兰（图勒）" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:916 msgid "Indian Ocean" msgstr "印度洋" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:920 msgid "Cocos Islands" msgstr "可可群岛" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:922 msgid "Christmas Island" msgstr "圣诞岛" -#. CX -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 +#. CX +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:924 msgid "Chagos" msgstr "查戈斯" -#. IO -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 +#. IO +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:926 msgid "Comoro" msgstr "科摩罗群岛" -#. KM -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 +#. KM +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:928 msgid "Mauritius" msgstr "毛里求斯" -#. MU -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 +#. MU +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:930 msgid "Maldives" msgstr "马尔代夫" -#. RE -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 +#. RE +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:934 msgid "Mahe" msgstr "马埃岛" -#. SC -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 +#. SC +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:936 msgid "Kerguelen" msgstr "凯尔盖朗群岛" -#. TF -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 +#. TF +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:938 msgid "Mayotte" msgstr "马约特岛" -#. name of time zone region -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 +#. name of time zone region +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:945 msgid "Global" msgstr "全球" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:948 msgid "Arctic Longyearbyen" msgstr "北极朗依尔" -#. GL -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 +#. GL +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:960 msgid "Antarctica (South Pole)" msgstr "南极洲（南极点）" -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:962 msgid "Antarctica (McMurdo)" msgstr "南极洲（麦克默多）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:964 msgid "Antarctica (Rothera)" msgstr "南极洲（斯由瓦）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:966 msgid "Antarctica (Palmer)" msgstr "南极洲（帕默尔）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:968 msgid "Antarctica (Mawson)" msgstr "南极洲（莫森）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:970 msgid "Antarctica (Davis)" msgstr "南极洲（戴维斯）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:972 msgid "Antarctica (Casey)" msgstr "南极洲（凯西）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:974 msgid "Antarctica (Vostok)" msgstr "南极洲（沃斯托克）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:976 msgid "Antarctica (DumontDUrville)" msgstr "南极洲（迪蒙迪维尔）" -#. AQ -#. time zone -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 +#. AQ +#. time zone +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:978 msgid "Antarctica (Syowa)" msgstr "南极洲（夕欧瓦）" -#. AQ -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 +#. AQ +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:980 msgid "CET" msgstr "CET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:981 msgid "CST6CDT" msgstr "CST6CDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:982 msgid "EET" msgstr "EET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:983 msgid "EST" msgstr "EST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:984 msgid "EST5EDT" msgstr "EST5EDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:985 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1036 msgid "GMT" msgstr "GMT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:986 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1037 msgid "GMT+0" msgstr "GMT+0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:987 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1038 msgid "GMT-0" msgstr "GMT-0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:988 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1039 msgid "GMT0" msgstr "GMT0" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:989 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1040 msgid "Greenwich" msgstr "格林威治" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:990 msgid "HST" msgstr "HST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:991 msgid "MET" msgstr "MET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:992 msgid "MST" msgstr "MST" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:993 msgid "MST7MDT" msgstr "MST7MDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:994 msgid "NZ" msgstr "NZ" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:995 msgid "NZ-CHAT" msgstr "NZ-CHAT " -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:996 msgid "Navajo" msgstr "纳瓦霍" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:997 msgid "PST8PDT" msgstr "PST8PDT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:998 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1041 msgid "UCT" msgstr "UCT" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:999 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1042 msgid "UTC" msgstr "UTC" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1000 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1043 msgid "Universal" msgstr "世界时" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1001 msgid "W-SU" msgstr "W-SU " -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1002 msgid "WET" msgstr "WET" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1003 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1044 msgid "Zulu" msgstr "祖鲁" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1008 msgid "Etc" msgstr "其它" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1010 msgid "GMT+1" msgstr "GMT+1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1011 msgid "GMT+10" msgstr "GMT+10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1012 msgid "GMT+11" msgstr "GMT+11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1013 msgid "GMT+12" msgstr "GMT+12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1014 msgid "GMT+2" msgstr "GMT+2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1015 msgid "GMT+3" msgstr "GMT+3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1016 msgid "GMT+4" msgstr "GMT+4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1017 msgid "GMT+5" msgstr "GMT+5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1018 msgid "GMT+6" msgstr "GMT+6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1019 msgid "GMT+7" msgstr "GMT+7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1020 msgid "GMT+8" msgstr "GMT+8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1021 msgid "GMT+9" msgstr "GMT+9" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1022 msgid "GMT-1" msgstr "GMT-1" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1023 msgid "GMT-10" msgstr "GMT-10" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1024 msgid "GMT-11" msgstr "GMT-11" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1025 msgid "GMT-12" msgstr "GMT-12" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1026 msgid "GMT-13" msgstr "GMT-13" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1027 msgid "GMT-14" msgstr "GMT-14" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1028 msgid "GMT-2" msgstr "GMT-2" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1029 msgid "GMT-3" msgstr "GMT-3" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1030 msgid "GMT-4" msgstr "GMT-4" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1031 msgid "GMT-5" msgstr "GMT-5" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1032 msgid "GMT-6" msgstr "GMT-6" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1033 msgid "GMT-7" msgstr "GMT-7" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1034 msgid "GMT-8" msgstr "GMT-8" -#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 +#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:1035 msgid "GMT-9" msgstr "GMT-9" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/tune.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,39 +14,37 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." +#. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "硬件检测 - 此模块不支持命令行界面，请使用“%1”。" -#. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 +#. translators: popup heading +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "正在侦测硬件..." -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 +#. progress bar label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "进度" -#. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 +#. title label +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "所有项(&A)" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "保存到文件(&S)..." -#. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 +#. dialog header +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "硬件信息" -#. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 +#. help text +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "The Hardware Information module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.\n" @@ -54,104 +52,95 @@ "硬件信息模块显示计算机的\n" "硬件细节。单击任一节点了解相关详细信息。\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 -msgid "" -"You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File " -"and enter the filename." +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "You can save hardware information to a file. Click Save to File and enter the filename." msgstr "可以将硬件信息保存到文件中。单击保存到文件并输入文件名。" -#. installation proposal header -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 msgid "System and Hardware Settings" msgstr "系统与硬件设置" -#. this is a heading -#. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#. this is a heading +#. tree node string +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "系统" -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "系统(&Y)" -#. tree widget label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 +#. tree widget label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:87 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D)" -#. help text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 +msgid "DetailsThe details of the selected hardware component are displayed here." msgstr "细节在此显示所选硬件组件的细节。" -#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 +#. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 msgid "Component '%1'" msgstr "组件\"%1\"" -#. device model name fallback -#. device model is unknown -#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") -#. TODO allow setting of module args? -#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 +#. device model name fallback +#. device model is unknown +#. device name (CPU model name string has key "name" instead of "model") +#. TODO allow setting of module args? +#. vendor is empty, device name is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:143 src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:228 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:280 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:281 +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:418 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "未知设备" -#. device class is unknown -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 +#. device class is unknown +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:154 msgid "Unknown device class" msgstr "未知的设备类" -#. table header -#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 +#. table header +#. tree node string - means "class of hardware" +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:373 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:56 msgid "Class" msgstr "类" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:166 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:663 msgid "Model" msgstr "型号" -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:170 msgid "&Kernel Settings..." msgstr "内核设置(&K)..." -#. push button label -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 +#. push button label +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:173 msgid "&Details..." msgstr "细节(&D)..." -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:174 msgid "Save to &File..." msgstr "保存到文件(&F)..." -#. help text - part 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system." +#. help text - part 1/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 +msgid "Detected Hardware This table contains all hardware components detected in your system." msgstr "检测到的硬件 此表包含系统中检测到的所有硬件组件。" -#. help text - part 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"Details Select a component and press Details to see a " -"more detailed description of the component." -msgstr "" -"细节 选择一个组件并按细节可了解该组件的更详细的描述。" +#. help text - part 2/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 +msgid "Details Select a component and press Details to see a more detailed description of the component." +msgstr "细节 选择一个组件并按细节可了解该组件的更详细的描述。" -#. help text - part 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 +#. help text - part 3/3 +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 msgid "" "Save to File You can save\n" " hardware information (hwinfo output) to a file." @@ -159,931 +148,910 @@ "保存到文件 您可以将\n" "硬件信息（hwinfo 输出）保存到文件中。" -#. heading text -#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 +#. heading text +#: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:197 msgid "Detected Hardware" msgstr "检测到的硬件" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/system_settings_finish.rb:45 msgid "Saving system settings..." msgstr "正在保存系统设置..." -#. text in dialog header -#. text in dialog header -#. dialog header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 +#. text in dialog header +#. text in dialog header +#. dialog header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:95 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:262 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:439 msgid "PCI ID Setup" msgstr "PCI ID 设置" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:103 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:269 msgid "&Driver" msgstr "驱动程序(&D)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:110 msgid "&Vendor" msgstr "制造商(&V)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:117 msgid "&Subvendor" msgstr "子制造商(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:124 msgid "&Class" msgstr "类(&C)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:133 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:276 msgid "Sys&FS Directory" msgstr "SysFS 目录(&F)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:140 msgid "&Device" msgstr "设备(&D)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:147 msgid "S&ubdevice" msgstr "子设备(&U)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:154 msgid "Class &Mask" msgstr "类屏蔽(&M)" -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed -#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty. one is needed +#. error message, driver name and sysfs directory are empty +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:197 src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:314 msgid "Enter the driver or SysFS directory name." msgstr "输入驱动程序或 SysFS 目录名。" -#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 +#. error message, user didn't fill any PCI ID value +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:204 msgid "At least one PCI ID value is required." msgstr "至少需要一个 PCI ID 值。" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:286 msgid "PCI &Device" msgstr "PCI 设备(&D)" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string - means "hardware driver" +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:366 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:96 msgid "Driver" msgstr "驱动程序" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:367 msgid "Card Name" msgstr "卡名称" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:368 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:336 msgid "Vendor" msgstr "供应商" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:369 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:81 msgid "Device" msgstr "设备" -#. table header, use as short texts as possible -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 +#. table header, use as short texts as possible +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:371 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:321 msgid "Subvendor" msgstr "子制造商" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:372 msgid "Subdevice" msgstr "子设备" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:374 msgid "Class Mask" msgstr "类屏蔽" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:375 msgid "SysFS Dir." msgstr "SysFS 目录" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:383 msgid "&From List" msgstr "从列表(&F)" -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:384 msgid "&Manually" msgstr "手动(&M)" -#. help text header -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 +#. help text header +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:409 msgid "PCI ID Setup " msgstr "PCI ID 设置 " -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices." -msgstr "" -"可以将 PCI ID 添加到设备驱动程序，以扩展它的已知支持设备的内部数据库。" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 +msgid "It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices." +msgstr "可以将 PCI ID 添加到设备驱动程序，以扩展它的已知支持设备的内部数据库。" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS " -"Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." -msgstr "" -"PCI ID 号是以十六进制数输入和显示的。SysFS Dir. 是目录 /sys/bus/" -"pci/drivers 中的目录名。如果它为空，则驱动程序名称将用作目录名。" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 +msgid "PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. SysFS Dir. is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name." +msgstr "PCI ID 号是以十六进制数输入和显示的。SysFS Dir. 是目录 /sys/bus/pci/drivers 中的目录名。如果它为空，则驱动程序名称将用作目录名。" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " -"and enter the SysFS directory name instead." -msgstr "" -"如果驱动程序已被编译到内核中，则保留驱动程序名为空而输入 SysFS 目录名。</" -"P>" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 +msgid "If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead." +msgstr "如果驱动程序已被编译到内核中，则保留驱动程序名为空而输入 SysFS 目录名。" -#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press " -"%1 to activate the settings." +#. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 +msgid "Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press %1 to activate the settings." msgstr "使用表下方的按钮可更改 PCI ID 列表。按 %1 可激活设置。" -#. PCI ID help text -#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " -"know what you are doing." -msgstr "" -"警告：这是一个专家配置。只有在您了解正在执行的操作的情况下，再继" -"续。" +#. PCI ID help text +#: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 +msgid "Warning: This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing." +msgstr "警告：这是一个专家配置。只有在您了解正在执行的操作的情况下，再继续。" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "体系结构" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:31 msgid "Bus" msgstr "总线" -#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 +#. tree node string - means "hardware bus ID" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:36 msgid "Bus ID" msgstr "总线 ID" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:41 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:593 msgid "Cache" msgstr "缓存" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:46 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:51 msgid "Card Type" msgstr "卡类型" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:61 msgid "CD Type" msgstr "CD 类型" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:66 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "设备名" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:71 msgid "Device Numbers" msgstr "设备编号" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:76 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:221 msgid "Sysfs ID" msgstr "Sysfs ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:86 msgid "Device Identifier" msgstr "设备标识符" -#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 +#. tree node string - means "hardware drivers" +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:91 msgid "Drivers" msgstr "驱动程序" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:101 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:106 msgid "Major" msgstr "主" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:111 msgid "Minor" msgstr "次" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:116 msgid "Range" msgstr "范围" -#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 +#. tree node string (System Management BIOS) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:121 msgid "SMBIOS" msgstr "SMBIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:126 msgid "Interface" msgstr "接口" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:131 msgid "Resources" msgstr "资源" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:136 msgid "Requires" msgstr "需要" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:141 msgid "Revision" msgstr "修订" -#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 +#. tree node string - location of hardware in the machine +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:146 msgid "Slot ID" msgstr "槽 ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:151 msgid "Length" msgstr "长" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:156 msgid "Width" msgstr "宽" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:161 msgid "Height" msgstr "高" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:166 msgid "Active" msgstr "主动" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:171 msgid "Device Names" msgstr "设备名称" -#. tree node string (number of colors) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 +#. tree node string (number of colors) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:176 msgid "Colors" msgstr "颜色" -#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 +#. tree node string (harddisk parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:181 msgid "Logical Geometry" msgstr "逻辑几何图形" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:186 msgid "Count" msgstr "计数" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:191 msgid "Mode" msgstr "模式" -#. tree node string (interrupt request) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 +#. tree node string (interrupt request) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:196 msgid "IRQ" msgstr "IRQ" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:201 msgid "IO Port" msgstr "IO 端口" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - memory (RAM) information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:206 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:496 msgid "Memory" msgstr "内存" -#. tree node string (direct memory access) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 +#. tree node string (direct memory access) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:211 msgid "DMA" msgstr "DMA" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:216 msgid "Hwcfg Bus" msgstr "Hwcfg Bus" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:226 msgid "Parent Unique ID" msgstr "父的唯一 ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:231 msgid "UDI" msgstr "UDI" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:236 msgid "Unique ID" msgstr "唯一 ID" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:241 msgid "Vertical Frequency" msgstr "垂直扫描频率" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:246 msgid "Max. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "最大水平扫描频率" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:251 msgid "Max. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "最大垂直扫描频率" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:256 msgid "Min. Horizontal Frequency" msgstr "最小水平扫描频率" -#. tree node string (monitor parameter) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 +#. tree node string (monitor parameter) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:261 msgid "Min. Vertical Frequency" msgstr "最小垂直扫描频率" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:266 msgid "DVD" msgstr "DVD" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:271 msgid "Kernel Driver" msgstr "内核驱动程序" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:276 msgid "HW Address" msgstr "HW 地址" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:281 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS ID" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:286 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "已启用" -#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 +#. tree node string (monitor resolution e.g. 1280x1024) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:291 msgid "Resolution" msgstr "分辨率" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:296 msgid "Size" msgstr "大小" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:301 msgid "Old Unique Key" msgstr "旧的唯一键" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:306 msgid "Class (spec)" msgstr "类(规范)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:311 msgid "Device (spec)" msgstr "设备(规范)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:316 msgid "Device Identifier (spec)" msgstr "设备标识符(规范)" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:326 msgid "Subvendor Identifier" msgstr "子制造商标识符" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:331 msgid "Unique Key" msgstr "唯一键" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:341 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:653 msgid "Vendor Identifier" msgstr "制造商标识符" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:346 msgid "BIOS Video" msgstr "视频 BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:351 msgid "Boot Architecture" msgstr "引导体系结构" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:356 msgid "Boot Disk" msgstr "引导磁盘" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:361 msgid "Block Devices" msgstr "块设备" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:366 msgid "DASD Disks" msgstr "DASD 磁盘" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:371 msgid "CD-ROM" msgstr "CD-ROM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:376 msgid "CPU" msgstr "CPU" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:381 msgid "Disk" msgstr "磁盘" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:386 msgid "Display" msgstr "显示器" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:391 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:713 msgid "Floppy Disk" msgstr "软盘" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:396 msgid "Framebuffer" msgstr "帧缓冲设备" -#. tree node string (powermanagement) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 +#. tree node string (powermanagement) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:401 msgid "Has APM" msgstr "有 APM" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:406 msgid "Has PCMCIA" msgstr "有 PCMCIA" -#. tree node string (multiprocessing) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 +#. tree node string (multiprocessing) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:411 msgid "Has SMP" msgstr "有 SMP" -#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 +#. tree node string - UML = User Mode Linux +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:416 msgid "UML System" msgstr "UML 系统" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:421 msgid "Hardware Data" msgstr "硬件数据" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:426 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:431 msgid "Keyboard" msgstr "键盘" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:436 msgid "Monitor" msgstr "显示器" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:441 msgid "Network Devices" msgstr "网络设备" -#. tree node string -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 +#. tree node string +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:446 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:698 msgid "Network Interface" msgstr "网络接口" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:451 msgid "Printer" msgstr "打印机" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:456 msgid "Modem" msgstr "调制解调器" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:461 msgid "Sound" msgstr "声音" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:466 msgid "Storage Media" msgstr "存储媒体" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:476 msgid "TV Card" msgstr "TV 卡" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:481 msgid "DVB Card" msgstr "DVB 卡" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:486 msgid "USB Type" msgstr "USB 类型" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:491 msgid "Version" msgstr "版本" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:501 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "网卡" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:506 msgid "BIOS" msgstr "BIOS" -#. tree node string -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 +#. tree node string +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:511 msgid "Framebuffer Device" msgstr "帧缓冲设备" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:516 msgid "IDE" msgstr "IDE" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:521 msgid "PCI" msgstr "PCI" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:526 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#. tree node string - bus type -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 +#. tree node string - bus type +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:531 msgid "ISA PnP" msgstr "ISA PnP" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:536 msgid "USB Controller" msgstr "USB 控制器" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:541 msgid "USB Hub" msgstr "USB 集线器" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:546 msgid "IEEE1394 Controller" msgstr "IEEE1394 控制器" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:551 msgid "SCSI" msgstr "SCSI" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:556 msgid "Scanner" msgstr "扫描仪" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:560 msgid "Mouse" msgstr "鼠标" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:563 msgid "Joystick" msgstr "游戏杆" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:568 msgid "Braille Display" msgstr "点字显示器" -#. tree node -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 +#. tree node +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:573 msgid "Chipcard Reader" msgstr "Chipcard 读卡器" -#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 +#. tree node - Digital camera or WebCam +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:578 msgid "Camera" msgstr "照相机" -#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 +#. Point-to-Point Protocol Over Ethernet +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:583 msgid "PPP over Ethernet" msgstr "基于以太网的 PPP" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:588 msgid "Bogus Millions of Instructions Per Second" msgstr "每秒数百万条伪指令" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:598 msgid "Coma Bug" msgstr "Coma 错误" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:603 msgid "f00f Bug" msgstr "f00f 错误" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:608 msgid "CPU ID Level" msgstr "CPU ID 级别" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:613 msgid "Frequency" msgstr "频率" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:618 msgid "Floating point division bug" msgstr "浮点除法 bug" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:623 msgid "Flags" msgstr "标志" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:628 msgid "Floating Point Unit" msgstr "浮点运算单元" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:633 msgid "Floating Point Unit Exception" msgstr "浮点运算单元异常" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:638 msgid "Halt Bug" msgstr "暂停错误" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:643 msgid "Processor" msgstr "处理器" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:648 msgid "Stepping" msgstr "步进" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:658 msgid "Family" msgstr "系列" -#. tree node string - CPU information -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 +#. tree node string - CPU information +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:668 msgid "WP" msgstr "WP" -#. tree node string - wireless network adapters -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 +#. tree node string - wireless network adapters +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:673 msgid "Wireless LAN" msgstr "无线 LAN" -#. tree node string - tape devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 +#. tree node string - tape devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:678 msgid "Tape" msgstr "磁带" -#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 +#. tree node string - Bluetooth devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:683 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "蓝牙" -#. tree node string - DSL devices -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 +#. tree node string - DSL devices +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:688 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:693 msgid "Ethernet Network Interface" msgstr "以太网接口" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:703 msgid "Loopback Network Interface" msgstr "回送网接口" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:708 msgid "Partition" msgstr "分区" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:718 msgid "Floppy Disk Controller" msgstr "软盘控制器" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:723 msgid "PnP Unclassified Device" msgstr "PnP 未分类设备" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:728 msgid "Unclassified Device" msgstr "未分类的设备" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:733 msgid "Main Memory" msgstr "主存储器" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:738 msgid "UHCI Host Controller" msgstr "UHCI 主机控制器" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:743 msgid "EHCI Host Controller" msgstr "EHCI 主机控制器" -#. tree node string - generic device name -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 +#. tree node string - generic device name +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:748 msgid "OHCI Host Controller" msgstr "OHCI 主机控制器" -#. yes/no strings -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#. yes/no strings +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "Yes" msgstr "是" -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:879 msgid "No" msgstr "否" -#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 +#. Linux kernel modules (drivers) +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:917 msgid "Modules" msgstr "模块" -#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 +#. tree node string - %1 is device name, %2 is /dev file +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:929 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" -#. window title -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 +#. window title +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1057 msgid "Save hwinfo Output to File" msgstr "将 hwinfo 输出保存到文件" -#. progress window content -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 +#. progress window content +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1063 msgid "Saving hardware information..." msgstr "正在保存硬件信息..." -#. error popup message -#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 +#. error popup message +#: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Saving output to the file '%1' failed." msgstr "将输出保存到文件\"%1\"失败。" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: -#. system_settings.ycp -#. -#. Summary: -#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, -#. Bootloader parameters etc. -#. -#. Authors: -#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> -#. -#. $Id$ -#. -#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. File: +#. system_settings.ycp +#. +#. Summary: +#. Configuration of System Settings. PCI ID, Kernel parameters, +#. Bootloader parameters etc. +#. +#. Authors: +#. Lukas Ocilka <locilka(a)suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#. +#. explicitly set no help (otherwise CWM logs an error) +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Kernel Settings" msgstr "内核设置" -#. combo box label -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 +#. combo box label +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:93 msgid "Global &I/O Scheduler" msgstr "全局 I/O 调度程序(&I)" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:96 msgid "Not Configured" msgstr "未配置" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:98 msgid "Completely Fair Queuing [cfq]" msgstr "完全平等队列 [cfq]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:100 msgid "NOOP [noop]" msgstr "NOOP [noop]" -#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 +#. combo box item - I/O scheduler, do not translate the abbreviation in brackets +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:102 msgid "Deadline [deadline]" msgstr "最后期限 [deadline]" -#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 +#. help text for the scheduler widget, do not translate 'cfq' +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "" "<big>Global I/O Scheduler</big> \n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" -"block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.\n" msgstr "" "<big>全局 I/O 调度程序</big> \n" @@ -1091,26 +1059,22 @@ "这是一个全局选项，将用于系统中的全部磁盘设备。\n" "如果未配置此选项，则将使用默认的调度程序\n" "（通常是“cfq”）。\n" -"要获取更多信息，请参见 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block 目录下的文档（包 " -"kernel-source）。\n" +"要获取更多信息，请参见 /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block 目录下的文档（包 kernel-source）。\n" -#. .sysconfig.sysctl -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 +#. .sysconfig.sysctl +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:130 msgid "Enable &SysRq Keys" msgstr "启用 SysRq 键(&S)" -#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 +#. TRANSLATORS: Help text - over taken from /etc/sysconfig/sysctl file +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<big>Enable SysRq Keys</big> \n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" -"p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).\n" msgstr "" "<big>启用 SysRq 键</big> \n" "如果启用 SysRq 键，即使系统崩溃（如在内核调试期间），也可以在一定程度上\n" @@ -1119,34 +1083,34 @@ "计算机，转储内核信息）。有关更多信息，请参见\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt>（包 kernel-source）。\n" -#. Short sleep between reads or writes -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 +#. Short sleep between reads or writes +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:29 msgid "Reading the Configuration" msgstr "正在读取配置" -#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#. FIXME: s390: disable reading PCI IDs +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the PCI ID settings" msgstr "读取 PCI ID 设置" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:36 msgid "Read the system settings" msgstr "读取系统设置" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:38 msgid "Reading the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "正在读取 PCI ID 设置..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:39 msgid "Reading the system settings..." msgstr "正在读取系统设置..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:40 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:80 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:42 msgid "" "<big>Reading the Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1154,31 +1118,31 @@ "<big>正在读取配置</big> \n" "请稍候..." -#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here -#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module -#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) -#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 +#. I have to admit that this is very ugly but it is here +#. to avoid of the very long starting time of the yast module +#. because the Storage module (which is imported by the Bootloader (imported by the SystemSettings module)) +#. has a Read() function call in its constructor. +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:71 msgid "Saving the Configuration" msgstr "正在保存配置" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the PCI ID settings" msgstr "保存 PCI ID 设置" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:76 msgid "Save the system settings" msgstr "保存系统设置" -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:78 msgid "Saving the PCI ID settings..." msgstr "正在保存 PCI ID 设置..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:79 msgid "Saving the system settings..." msgstr "正在保存系统设置..." -#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 +#: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_ui.rb:82 msgid "" "<big>Saving the Configuration</big> \n" "Please wait..." @@ -1186,62 +1150,62 @@ "<big>正在保存配置</big> \n" "请稍候..." -#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 +#. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" msgstr "未知的处理器" -#. create processor count string -#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) -#. the second %s is processor model name -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 +#. create processor count string +#. the first %s is integer number (greater than 1) +#. the second %s is processor model name +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:67 msgid "%sx %s" msgstr "%sx %s" -#. list separator (placed between items) -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 +#. list separator (placed between items) +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:74 msgid ", " msgstr "," -#. system manufacturer is unknown -#. system product name is unknown -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 +#. system manufacturer is unknown +#. system product name is unknown +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:118 src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:120 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device -#. probe by bus -#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; -#. probe by device class -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 +#. probe devices, store model, class, uniq. ID for each device +#. probe by bus +#. list(string) paths = [ "cpu", "memory", "ide", "pci", "scsi", "isapnp", "floppy", "usb", "monitor" ]; +#. probe by device class +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:235 msgid "Hardware Detection" msgstr "硬件检测" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:238 msgid "Detect hardware" msgstr "检测硬件" -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:239 msgid "Detecting hardware..." msgstr "正在检测硬件..." -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:240 msgid "Hardware detection is in progress. Please wait." msgstr "硬件检测正在进行。请稍候。" -#. set progress bar label -#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 +#. set progress bar label +#: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:260 msgid "%1..." msgstr "%1..." -#. Error message -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 +#. Error message +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:462 msgid "File '%1' does not exist. Cannot set new PCI ID." msgstr "文件\"%1\"不存在。无法设置新的 PCI ID。" -#. test for installation proposal -#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) -#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) -#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 +#. test for installation proposal +#. %1 - name of kernel driver (e.g. e100) +#. %2 - PCI ID (hexnumbers) +#: src/modules/NewID.rb:686 msgid "Driver: %1, New PCI ID: %2" msgstr "驱动程序：%1，新的 PCI ID：%2" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/update.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" @@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" @@ -271,19 +271,6 @@ "是否确实要\n" "重设置细节选择？" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "未能装入目标系统" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "检测到可能不完整的安装。" - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -329,6 +316,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "根分区 %2 上的 %1" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "未能装入目标系统" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -582,8 +577,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "是，继续(&Y)" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "检测到可能不完整的安装。" + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -592,17 +592,17 @@ "位于 %1 的 SBD 条目。" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "未知的 Linux 系统" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "非 Linux 系统" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ "或重启动计算机。\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "检查分区 %1" @@ -626,23 +626,23 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "显示细节(&D)" #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "正在检查 %1 上的文件系统..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "文件系统检查失败" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -653,24 +653,24 @@ "是否要继续装入该设备？\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "跳过装载(&S)" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "口令不正确。重试吗？" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "警告" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ "您要继续更新当前系统吗？\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +708,27 @@ "要中止更新，请单击“取消”。\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "指定装入选项(&S)" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "装入选项" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "加载点(&M)" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "设备(&D)" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +737,12 @@ "(对于自动检测为空)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "无法装入 /var 分区 %1。\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -754,17 +754,17 @@ "udev ID：%5， \n" "udev 路径：%6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "无" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "无法自动查找 /var 分区" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -775,22 +775,22 @@ "来继续升级过程。" #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "选择 /var 分区设备(&S)" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "设备信息" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "无法装入具有此磁盘配置的 /var 分区。\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -803,7 +803,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -816,32 +816,32 @@ "其他方法并应用于所有分区。" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "未找到 fstab。" #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "/etc/fstab 中的根分区包含无效的根设备。\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "它当前被作为 %1 装入，但作为 %2 列出。\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "正在评估根分区。请稍候..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "正在装入分区。请稍候..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "正在搜索可用的系统" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/users.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/users.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/users.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -15,264 +15,260 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/groups.rb:100 msgid "Group configuration module" msgstr "组配置模块" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:113 msgid "List of available groups" msgstr "可用组的列表" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:118 src/clients/users.rb:120 msgid "User parameters that should be listed" msgstr "应列出的用户参数" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:125 msgid "Show information of selected group" msgstr "显示所选组的信息" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:135 msgid "Delete an existing group" msgstr "删除现有的组" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:145 msgid "Add new group" msgstr "添加新组" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/groups.rb:150 src/clients/groups.rb:165 msgid "Additional (LDAP) group parameters" msgstr "附加 (LDAP) 组参数" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/groups.rb:160 msgid "Edit an existing group" msgstr "编辑现有的组" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:173 msgid "List of local groups" msgstr "本地组的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:179 msgid "List of system groups" msgstr "系统组的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:185 msgid "List of LDAP groups" msgstr "LDAP 组的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:191 msgid "List of NIS groups" msgstr "NIS 组的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for show uid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 +#. translators: command line help text for show uid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:197 msgid "GID of the group" msgstr "组的 GID" -#. translators: command line help text for groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 +#. translators: command line help text for groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:204 msgid "Name of the group" msgstr "组的名称" -#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 +#. translators: command line help text for 'password' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:211 msgid "Password of the group" msgstr "组的口令" -#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"组成员(通常是用户名)列表，用逗号隔开。LDAP 用户 DN 列表必须用冒号隔开。" +#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:218 +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "组成员(通常是用户名)列表，用逗号隔开。LDAP 用户 DN 列表必须用冒号隔开。" -#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 +#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:225 msgid "New group name" msgstr "新组名" -#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 +#. translators: command line help text for new_gid option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:232 msgid "New GID of the group" msgstr "组的新 GID" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:239 msgid "Type of the group (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "组类型(local、system、nis、ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#. translators: command line help text for ldap_password option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:246 src/clients/users.rb:274 msgid "Password for LDAP server" msgstr "LDAP 服务器的口令" -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option -#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option +#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295 msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead." msgstr "不要提示缺少的数据；直接返回错误。" -#. translators: command line help text for Users module -#: src/clients/users.rb:102 +#. translators: command line help text for Users module +#: src/clients/users.rb:102 msgid "User configuration module" msgstr "用户配置模块" -#. translators: command line help text for list action -#: src/clients/users.rb:115 +#. translators: command line help text for list action +#: src/clients/users.rb:115 msgid "List of available users" msgstr "可用用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for show action -#: src/clients/users.rb:127 +#. translators: command line help text for show action +#: src/clients/users.rb:127 msgid "Show information of selected user" msgstr "显示所选用户的信息" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:137 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:137 msgid "Add new user" msgstr "添加新用户" -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#. help text for unknown parameter name -#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#. help text for unknown parameter name +#: src/clients/users.rb:142 src/clients/users.rb:157 msgid "Additional (LDAP) user parameters" msgstr "附加 (LDAP) 用户参数" -#. translators: command line help text for ad action -#: src/clients/users.rb:152 +#. translators: command line help text for ad action +#: src/clients/users.rb:152 msgid "Edit an existing user" msgstr "编辑现有的用户" -#. translators: command line help text for delete action -#: src/clients/users.rb:167 +#. translators: command line help text for delete action +#: src/clients/users.rb:167 msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)" msgstr "删除现有用户(不删除主目录)" -#. translators: command line help text for list local option -#: src/clients/users.rb:175 +#. translators: command line help text for list local option +#: src/clients/users.rb:175 msgid "List of local users" msgstr "本地用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for list system option -#: src/clients/users.rb:181 +#. translators: command line help text for list system option +#: src/clients/users.rb:181 msgid "List of system users" msgstr "系统用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option -#: src/clients/users.rb:187 +#. translators: command line help text for list ldap option +#: src/clients/users.rb:187 msgid "List of LDAP users" msgstr "LDAP 用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for list nis option -#: src/clients/users.rb:193 +#. translators: command line help text for list nis option +#: src/clients/users.rb:193 msgid "List of NIS users" msgstr "NIS 用户的列表" -#. translators: command line help text for uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:199 +#. translators: command line help text for uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:199 msgid "UID of the user" msgstr "用户的 UID" -#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:206 +#. translators: command line help text for add/gid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:206 msgid "GID of user's default group" msgstr "用户默认组的 GID" -#. translators: command line help text for username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:213 +#. translators: command line help text for username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:213 msgid "Login name of the user" msgstr "用户的登录名" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:220 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:220 msgid "Full name of the user" msgstr "用户的完整名称" -#. translators: command line help text for shell option -#: src/clients/users.rb:227 +#. translators: command line help text for shell option +#: src/clients/users.rb:227 msgid "Login shell of the user" msgstr "用户的登录外壳" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:234 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:234 msgid "Home directory of the user" msgstr "用户的主目录" -#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:241 +#. translators: command line help text for add + create_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:241 msgid "Do not create home directory for new user" msgstr "不为新用户创建主目录" -#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:247 +#. translators: command line help text for delete_home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:247 msgid "Also delete user's home directory" msgstr "同时删除用户的主目录" -#. translators: command line help text for add option -#: src/clients/users.rb:253 +#. translators: command line help text for add option +#: src/clients/users.rb:253 msgid "Password of the user" msgstr "用户的口令" -#. translators: command line help text for home option -#: src/clients/users.rb:260 +#. translators: command line help text for home option +#: src/clients/users.rb:260 msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)" msgstr "用户作为其成员的组的列表(用逗号分隔)" -#. translators: command line help text for show option -#: src/clients/users.rb:267 +#. translators: command line help text for show option +#: src/clients/users.rb:267 msgid "Type of the user (local, system, nis, ldap)" msgstr "用户类型(local、system、nis、ldap)" -#. translators: command line help text for new_username option -#: src/clients/users.rb:281 +#. translators: command line help text for new_username option +#: src/clients/users.rb:281 msgid "New login name of the user" msgstr "用户的新登录名" -#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option -#: src/clients/users.rb:288 +#. translators: command line help text for new_uid option +#: src/clients/users.rb:288 msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "用户的新 UID" -#. Checking double user entries -#. (double username or UID) -#. @param [Array] users to check -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." msgstr "在配置文件中发现名为 <username> 的用户。" -#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) -#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." msgstr "在配置文件中发现 UID 为 <uid> 的用户。" -#. helptext 1/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 +#. helptext 1/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " -"that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" "在此可以看到在上一个对话框中未设置的当前 LDAP 项的所有允许特性的表。" -#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), -#. %1 is list of values -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 +#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), +#. %1 is list of values +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:111 msgid "" "\n" "The list of attributes is given by the value of \"objectClass\"\n" @@ -286,354 +282,314 @@ " %1)提供特性的列表。\n" "\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:122 msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " -"Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "使用编辑编辑每个特性。根据在 LDAP客户端模块中\n" "用户模板的定义，某些特性可能是必需的。\n" -#. table header 1/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 +#. table header 1/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 msgid "Attribute" msgstr "特性" -#. table header 2/2 -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 +#. table header 2/2 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:237 msgid "Value" msgstr "值" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:255 msgid "Additional LDAP Settings" msgstr "附加 LDAP 设置" -#. helptext -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " -"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " -"user." -msgstr "" -"在口令策略对象的 DN 中将一个口令策略对象指派给此用户。激活重设" -"置口令重设置已修改用户的口令。" +#. helptext +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 +msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." +msgstr "在口令策略对象的 DN 中将一个口令策略对象指派给此用户。激活重设置口令重设置已修改用户的口令。" -#. check box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 +#. check box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 msgid "Use &Default Password Policy" msgstr "使用默认口令策略(&D)" -#. text entry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 +#. text entry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:115 msgid "DN of &Password Policy object" msgstr "口令策略对象的DN(&P)" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:120 msgid "&Reset Password" msgstr "重设置口令(&R)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:130 msgid "Password Policy Settings" msgstr "口令策略设置" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:118 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:803 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "未知" -#. label (date of last password change) -#. label (date of last password change) -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 +#. label (date of last password change) +#. label (date of last password change) +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:121 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:806 msgid "Never" msgstr "不启动" -#. label -#. label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 +#. label +#. label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:153 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:838 msgid "Last Password Change: %1" msgstr "上次口令更改：%1" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:162 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:856 msgid "Days &before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "口令失效前多少天发出警告(&B)" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:171 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:865 msgid "Days after Password Expires with Usable &Login" msgstr "口令失效后仍可登录的天数(&L)" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:180 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:874 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "相同口令的最大使用天数(&X)" -#. intfield label -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 +#. intfield label +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:189 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:883 msgid "&Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password" msgstr "相同口令的最小有效天数(&M)" -#. textentry label -#. textentry label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 +#. textentry label +#. textentry label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:198 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:893 msgid "Ex&piration Date" msgstr "默认失效日期(&P)" -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 +#. dialog caption +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:213 msgid "Shadow Account Settings" msgstr "阴影帐户设置" -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! -#. The date must stay in this format -#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD -#. The date must stay in this format -#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup text: Don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD!!! +#. The date must stay in this format +#. popup label - don't reorder the letters YYYY-MM-DD +#. The date must stay in this format +#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_shadowaccount.rb:235 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1676 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1665 msgid "The expiration date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD." msgstr "失效日期必须采用格式 YYYY-MM-DD。" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." msgstr "配置选定文件系统的用户定额设置。" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "通过指定用户在文件系统中可用的 1 KB 块数设置大小限制。\n" "此外，您也可以设置 inode 限制，指定用户在文件系统可用的 inode 个数。\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"您可以指定 inodes 大小和数量的软硬限制。软限制定义了一个警告级别，当快要达" -"到限制时，系统将向用户发出通知，而硬限制定义的限制一旦达到，系统将拒绝所有写" -"入请求。" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "您可以指定 inodes 大小和数量的软硬限制。软限制定义了一个警告级别，当快要达到限制时，系统将向用户发出通知，而硬限制定义的限制一旦达到，系统将拒绝所有写入请求。" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"用户达到软限制后，宽限间隔的输入字段将被激活。可在其中指定允许用户超出软限" -"制设置的时间段。宽限间隔的倒计时将立即开始。" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 +msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "用户达到软限制后，宽限间隔的输入字段将被激活。可在其中指定允许用户超出软限制设置的时间段。宽限间隔的倒计时将立即开始。" -#. helptext for quota -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 +#. helptext for quota +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." msgstr "配置选定文件系统的组定额设置。" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" -"p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" msgstr "" "通过指定组在文件系统中可用的 1 KB 块数设置大小限制。\n" "此外，您也可以设置 inode 限制，指定组在文件系统可用的 inode 个数。\n" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied." -msgstr "" -"您可以指定 inodes 大小和数量的软硬限制。软限制定义了一个警告级别，当快要达" -"到限制时，系统将向组发出通知，而硬限制定义的限制一旦达到，系统将拒绝所有写入" -"请求。" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 +msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." +msgstr "您可以指定 inodes 大小和数量的软硬限制。软限制定义了一个警告级别，当快要达到限制时，系统将向组发出通知，而硬限制定义的限制一旦达到，系统将拒绝所有写入请求。" -#. helptext for quota, cont. -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately." -msgstr "" -"组达到软限制后，宽限间隔的输入字段将被激活。可在其中指定允许组超出软限制设" -"置的时间段。宽限间隔的倒计时将立即开始。" +#. helptext for quota, cont. +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 +msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." +msgstr "组达到软限制后，宽限间隔的输入字段将被激活。可在其中指定允许组超出软限制设置的时间段。宽限间隔的倒计时将立即开始。" -#. combo box label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 +#. combo box label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 msgid "&File System" msgstr "文件系统(&F)" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:195 msgid "Size Limits" msgstr "大小限制" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:203 msgid "&Soft limit" msgstr "软限制(&S)" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:211 msgid "&Hard limit" msgstr "硬限制(&H)" -#. frame label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 +#. frame label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:231 msgid "I-nodes Limit" msgstr "I-node 限制" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:238 msgid "S&oft limit" msgstr "软限制(&O)" -#. intfield label -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 +#. intfield label +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:246 msgid "Har&d limit" msgstr "硬限制(&D)" -#. error popup -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 +#. error popup +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:306 msgid "Soft limit cannot be higher than the hard limit." msgstr "软性限制不能大于硬性限制。" -#. helper for creating widget with time settings -#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's -#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 +#. helper for creating widget with time settings +#. @param [String] id string that preceedes the subwidgets id's +#. @param [Fixnum] seconds number of seconds to be shown in the widget +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:496 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:330 msgid "Days" msgstr "天" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:497 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:331 msgid "Hours" msgstr "小时" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:498 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:332 msgid "Minutes" msgstr "分钟" -#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 +#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:499 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "秒" -#. password entering label -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 +#. password entering label +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55 msgid "LDAP Server Password:" msgstr "LDAP 服务器口令：" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2491 msgid "There is no such user." msgstr "这个用户不存在。" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:233 msgid "Full Name:" msgstr "完整名称：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:237 msgid "Login Name:" msgstr "登录名：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:241 msgid "Home Directory:" msgstr "主目录：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:245 msgid "Login Shell:" msgstr "登录外壳：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:249 msgid "UID:" msgstr "UID：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:253 msgid "Default Group:" msgstr "默认组：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:257 msgid "List of Groups:" msgstr "组的列表：" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:285 msgid "Enter a user name." msgstr "输入用户名。" -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:306 msgid "Password for New User:" msgstr "新用户的口令：" -#. question on command line -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 +#. question on command line +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:309 msgid "Confirm the password:" msgstr "确认口令：" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:314 msgid "Passwords do not match. Try again." msgstr "口令不匹配。请重试。" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:318 msgid "Passwords do not match. Exiting." msgstr "口令不匹配。正在退出。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:399 msgid "" "You can not delete this user, because the user is present.\n" "Please log off the user first." @@ -641,46 +597,46 @@ "您不能删除此用户，因为此用户是当前用户。\n" "请先注销此用户。" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#. error message -#. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#. error message +#. error message +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1995 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2158 msgid "There is no such group." msgstr "这个组不存在。" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:565 msgid "Group Name:" msgstr "组名：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:569 msgid "GID:" msgstr "GID：" -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#. label shown at command line (user attribute) -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#. label shown at command line (user attribute) +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:573 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:577 msgid "List of Members:" msgstr "成员的列表：" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:637 msgid "Enter a group name." msgstr "输入组名。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/complex.rb:89 msgid "Really abort the writing process?" msgstr "是否确实要中止写入过程？" -#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 +#. The login name contains uppercase 1/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:69 msgid "" "\n" "You have used uppercase letters in the user login entry." @@ -688,8 +644,8 @@ "\n" "您在用户登录输入中使用了大写字母。" -#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 +#. The login name contains uppercase 2/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:73 msgid "" "This could cause problems with delivering mail\n" "to this user, because mail systems generally do not\n" @@ -701,13 +657,13 @@ "不支持区分大小写的名称。 \n" "您可以通过编辑别名表来解决此问题。\n" -#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 +#. The login name contains uppercase 3/3 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:80 msgid "Really use the entered value?" msgstr "是否确实要使用输入的值？" -#. password entry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 +#. password entry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "To access the data required to modify\n" "the encryption settings for this user,\n" @@ -717,17 +673,17 @@ "此用户的加密设置所需的数据，\n" "请输入用户的当前口令。" -#. The two user password information do not match -#. error popup -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password -#. The two group password information do not match -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#. The two user password information do not match +#. error popup +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password +#. The two group password information do not match +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -735,22 +691,21 @@ "口令不匹配。\n" "请重试。" -#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 +#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344 msgid "" "Crypted directory image and key files\n" "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "发现加密目录映像及密钥文件“%1”和“%2”。对当前用户使用它们吗？\n" "\n" "这意味着将使用此映像的数据而不是当前主目录。" -#. popup label, %1 is path to directory -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 +#. popup label, %1 is path to directory +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 msgid "" "The home directory (%1) already exists.\n" "Use it anyway?" @@ -758,125 +713,125 @@ "用户主目录 (%1) 已存在。\n" "是否要使用它？" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "&Change directory owner" msgstr "更改目录拥有者(&C)" -#. text entry -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 +#. text entry +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "用户的完整名称(&F)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&First Name" msgstr "名(&F)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:414 msgid "&Last Name" msgstr "姓(&L)" -#. label text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 +#. label text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422 msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed." msgstr "对于远程用户，只能更改附加的组成员资格。" -#. input field for login name -#. input field for login name -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 +#. input field for login name +#. input field for login name +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "用户名(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446 msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail" msgstr "接收系统邮件(&Y)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456 msgid "A&utomatic Login" msgstr "自动登录(&A)" -#. checkbox label -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 +#. checkbox label +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "对系统管理员使用此口令(&S)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "D&isable User Login" msgstr "禁用用户登录(&I)" -#. push button -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 +#. push button +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:509 msgid "User &Management" msgstr "用户管理(&M)" -#. group name is not known (combobox item): -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 +#. group name is not known (combobox item): +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "(Unknown)" msgstr "(未知)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:623 msgid "De&fault Group" msgstr "默认组(&F)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:630 msgid "Login &Shell" msgstr "登录外壳(&S)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:641 msgid "Addi&tional User Information" msgstr "其它用户信息(&T)" -#. button label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 +#. button label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:650 msgid "B&rowse..." msgstr "浏览(&R)..." -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:656 msgid "&Home Directory" msgstr "主目录(&H)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:665 msgid "&Move to New Location" msgstr "移动到新位置(&M)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:678 msgid "Home Directory &Permission Mode" msgstr "主目录许可权限模式(&P)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:684 msgid "E&mpty Home" msgstr "空主目录(&M)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:698 msgid "&Use Encrypted Home Directory" msgstr "使用加密的用户主目录(&U)" -#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 +#. for max value, see bug 244631 :-) +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:707 msgid "&Directory Size in MB" msgstr "目录大小（以 MB 为单位）(&D)" -#. label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 +#. label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:721 msgid "" "For remote users, only additional \n" "group memberships can be changed." @@ -884,109 +839,109 @@ "对于远程用户，只能更改附加的\n" "组成员资格。" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:738 msgid "User &ID (uid)" msgstr "用户 ID (uid)(&I)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "Additional Gr&oups" msgstr "附加的组(&O)" -#. selection box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 +#. selection box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:766 msgid "&LDAP Groups" msgstr "LDAP 组(&L)" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:848 msgid "Force Password Change" msgstr "强制更改口令" -#. table header -#. table header -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 +#. table header +#. table header +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:935 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2217 msgid "Plug-In Description" msgstr "插件描述" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:944 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2226 msgid "Add &or Remove Plug-In" msgstr "添加或删除插件(&O)" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:947 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2229 msgid "&Launch" msgstr "起动(&L)" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:959 msgid "New Local User" msgstr "新的本地用户" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:961 msgid "New System User" msgstr "新的系统用户" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:963 msgid "New LDAP User" msgstr "新的 LDAP 用户" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:967 msgid "Existing Local User" msgstr "现有的本地用户" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:969 msgid "Existing System User" msgstr "现有的系统用户" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:971 msgid "Existing LDAP User" msgstr "现有的 LDAP 用户" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:973 msgid "Existing NIS User" msgstr "现有的 NIS 用户" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Us&er Data" msgstr "用户数据(&E)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:981 msgid "&Details" msgstr "细节(&D) " -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:988 msgid "Pass&word Settings" msgstr "口令设置(&W)" -#. tab label -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 +#. tab label +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1019 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2273 msgid "Plu&g-Ins" msgstr "插件(&G)" -#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the -#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 +#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the +#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management. +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Empty User Login" msgstr "空用户登录" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114 msgid "" "Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n" "in a network environment with an authentication server.\n" @@ -996,22 +951,22 @@ "将用户名保留为空才有意义。\n" "是否保留为空？" -#. last part of message popup -#. last part of message popup -#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 +#. last part of message popup +#. last part of message popup +#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "确实要使用这个口令吗？" -#. popup question -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 +#. popup question +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308 msgid "Change home directory to %1?" msgstr "将主目录更改为 %1？" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1430 msgid "" "The home directory for this user cannot be decrypted,\n" "because the user is currently logged in.\n" @@ -1021,13 +976,13 @@ "因为该用户当前已登录。\n" "请先将此用户注销。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1577 msgid "Enter the size for the home directory." msgstr "请输入用户主目录的大小。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1583 msgid "" "\n" "Directory cannot be encrypted." @@ -1035,90 +990,89 @@ "\n" "无法加密目录。" -#. popup message -#. popup message -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 +#. popup message +#. popup message +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1750 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2485 msgid "This plug-in cannot be removed." msgstr "无法删除此插件。" -#. popup text -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 +#. popup text +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2005 msgid "Now you have added a new user." msgstr "现在，您已添加了一位新用户。" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2071 msgid "New Local Group" msgstr "新的本地组" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2073 msgid "New System Group" msgstr "新的系统组" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2075 msgid "New LDAP Group" msgstr "新的 LDAP 组" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2079 msgid "Existing Local Group" msgstr "现有的本地组" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2081 msgid "Existing System Group" msgstr "现有的系统组" -#. dialog caption: -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 +#. dialog caption: +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2083 msgid "Existing LDAP Group" msgstr "现有的 LDAP 组" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2145 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "组名称(&N)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2154 msgid "Group &ID (gid)" msgstr "组 ID (gid)(&I)" -#. selection box label -#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes -#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 +#. selection box label +#. add items later (when there is a huge amount of them, it takes +#. long time to display, so display at least the rest of the dialog) +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2174 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2593 msgid "Group &Members" msgstr "组成员(&M)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2271 msgid "Group &Data" msgstr "组数据(&D)" -#. encryption type -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 +#. encryption type +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51 msgid "DES" msgstr "DES" -#. encryption type -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 +#. encryption type +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53 msgid "MD5" msgstr "MD5" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " -"umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1126,12 +1080,11 @@ "口令中不应包含任何重音字符或元音变音。\n" "\n" -#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 +#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" @@ -1140,8 +1093,8 @@ "在 %2 到 %3 个字符之间。\n" "" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1153,8 +1106,8 @@ "请在第 2 个字段中重复输入完全相同的口令。请不要忘记口令。\n" "\n" -#. Help text 0/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 +#. Help text 0/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103 msgid "" "\n" "Here, set default values to use when creating new local or system users.\n" @@ -1164,8 +1117,8 @@ "在新建本地用户或系统用户时，在此设置要使用的默认值。\n" "\n" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "Default Group \n" @@ -1177,8 +1130,8 @@ "新用户的主组的组名。\n" "\n" -#. Help text 1.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 +#. Help text 1.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:116 msgid "" "\n" "Secondary Groups \n" @@ -1190,22 +1143,20 @@ "用于指定新用户的其它组的名称。\n" "\n" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "默认登录外壳 \n" "新用户的登录外壳的名称。请从列表中选择一个外壳，或输入自己的外壳路径。\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -1214,18 +1165,17 @@ "该值的末尾以创建主目录的默认名称。\n" "\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "主目录的主干 \n" "此目录的内容将在添加新用户时被复制到用户的主目录。\n" -#. Help text 4.5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 +#. Help text 4.5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 msgid "" "Umask for Home Directory \n" "Umask to use for creating new home directories.\n" @@ -1233,21 +1183,20 @@ "主目录的 Umask \n" "用于创建新的主目录的 Umask。\n" -#. Help text 5/6: -#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 +#. Help text 5/6: +#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "默认失效日期 \n" "禁用用户帐户的日期。日期必须采用格式 YYYY-MM-DD。\n" "如果此帐户永远不过期，则留空。\n" -#. Help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 +#. Help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "Days after Password Expiration Login Is Usable \n" "Users can log in after expiration of passwords. Set how many days \n" @@ -1259,8 +1208,8 @@ "使用 -1 可以进行无限制的访问。\n" "\n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:162 msgid "" "<BIG>Initializing User Management</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1270,8 +1219,8 @@ "请稍候...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting the Initialization</BIG> \n" "You can safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort\n" @@ -1283,8 +1232,8 @@ "立即安全地中止配置实用程序。\n" "" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<BIG>Saving User Configuration</BIG> \n" "Please wait...\n" @@ -1294,8 +1243,8 @@ "请稍候...\n" " \n" -#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 +#. For translators: read dialog help, part 2 of 2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:186 msgid "" "<BIG>Aborting the Save Process:</BIG> \n" "Abort the save process by pressing Abort.\n" @@ -1307,8 +1256,8 @@ "另一个对话框将指示这样操作是否安全。\n" "\n" -#. help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 +#. help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:203 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the First Name, Last Name, \n" @@ -1322,9 +1271,8 @@ "口令以指定给该用户。\n" "\n" -#. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 +#. alternative help text 1/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1335,18 +1283,16 @@ "输入用户的完整名称、用户名、和口令以指定给该用户帐户。\n" "\n" -#. help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 +#. help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "\n" "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1358,17 +1304,15 @@ "重新定义这些限制。有关信息，请阅读其手册页。\n" "\n" -#. alternative help text 2/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 +#. alternative help text 2/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1379,39 +1323,32 @@ "重新定义这些限制。请参阅其手册页来了解有关信息。\n" "\n" -#. these are used only during installation time -#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 +#. these are used only during installation time +#. help text 4/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"需要使用在此处创建的用户名和口令来登录并使用 Linux 系统。如果启用自动登录" -"，则会跳过登录过程。该用户会自动登录。\n" +"需要使用在此处创建的用户名和口令来登录并使用 Linux 系统。如果启用自动登录，则会跳过登录过程。该用户会自动登录。\n" -#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 +#. help text 5/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " -"Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "通过选中接收系统邮件将 root 用户的邮件转发给该用户。\n" -#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" -"p>" +#. help text 6/7 (only during installation) +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 +msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." msgstr "按用户管理向系统添加更多用户或组。" -#. alternative help text 4/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 +#. alternative help text 4/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 msgid "" "\n" "To see more details, such as the home directory or the user ID, click\n" @@ -1423,18 +1360,17 @@ "细节。\n" "\n" -#. alternative help text 5/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 +#. alternative help text 5/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "要编辑此用户的多个口令设置(例如失效日期)，请单击口令设置。\n" -#. help text 7/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 +#. help text 7/7 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 msgid "" "To forbid this user to\n" "log in, check Disable User Login." @@ -1442,8 +1378,8 @@ "要禁止此用户\n" "登录，请选中禁用用户登录选项。" -#. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 +#. help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the group data here. \n" @@ -1453,8 +1389,8 @@ "在此输入组数据。\n" "\n" -#. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 +#. help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:318 msgid "" "\n" "Group Name:\n" @@ -1472,8 +1408,8 @@ "组名中使用的字符的列表。请参阅其手册页来了解有关信息。\n" "\n" -#. help text 3/6, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 +#. help text 3/6, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:329 msgid "" "\n" "Group ID (gid):\n" @@ -1491,13 +1427,12 @@ "将收到警告。\n" "\n" -#. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 +#. help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:342 msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1511,8 +1446,8 @@ "显示出来。此项不是必需的。\n" "\n" -#. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 +#. help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:353 msgid "" "\n" "Confirm Password:\n" @@ -1524,8 +1459,8 @@ "再次输入口令以避免键入错误。\n" "\n" -#. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 +#. help text 6/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:361 msgid "" "\n" "Group Members:\n" @@ -1537,8 +1472,8 @@ "在此选择应成为此组成员的用户。\n" "\n" -#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 +#. additional helptext for EditFroup dialog +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:373 msgid "" "The second list shows users for which this group is the default\n" " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." @@ -1546,8 +1481,8 @@ "第 2 个列表显示此组是其默认组的用户。\n" "只能通过编辑该用户来更改默认组。" -#. help text 1/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 +#. help text 1/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 msgid "" "\n" "Additional user data includes:\n" @@ -1557,8 +1492,8 @@ "其它用户数据包括：\n" "" -#. help text 2/8, %1 is number -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 +#. help text 2/8, %1 is number +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "\n" "User ID (uid):\n" @@ -1576,8 +1511,8 @@ "被系统用于特殊用途和 pseudo 登录。\n" "\n" -#. help text 3/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 +#. help text 3/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:408 msgid "" "\n" "If you change the UID of an existing user, the rights of the files\n" @@ -1591,8 +1526,8 @@ "但对于位于其它位置的文件，\n" "则不能自动完成。\n" -#. help text 4/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 +#. help text 4/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:417 msgid "" "\n" "Home Directory:\n" @@ -1608,17 +1543,13 @@ "要选择现有的目录，请单击浏览。\n" "\n" -#. help text for user's home directory mode -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " -"home directory different from the default." -msgstr "" -"或者，也可以将此用户的用户主目录的用户主目录权限模式设置为与默认值" -"不同。" +#. help text for user's home directory mode +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 +msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." +msgstr "或者，也可以将此用户的用户主目录的用户主目录权限模式设置为与默认值不同。" -#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 +#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 msgid "" "To create only an empty home directory,\n" "check Empty Home. Otherwise, the new home directory\n" @@ -1628,47 +1559,28 @@ "请选中空主目录。否则，将从默认主干 (%1) 创建\n" "新的主目录。\n" -#. help text for Move to new location checkbox -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " -"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " -"existing data." -msgstr "" -"如果更改用户主目录的位置，则将默认激活移动到新位置以移动当前目录的" -"内容。否则，将创建不含任何现有数据的新用户主目录。" +#. help text for Move to new location checkbox +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 +msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." +msgstr "如果更改用户主目录的位置，则将默认激活移动到新位置以移动当前目录的内容。否则，将创建不含任何现有数据的新用户主目录。" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " -"directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " -"shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared." -msgstr "" -"要对用户主目录进行加密，请启用使用加密的用户主目录并设置目录的大" -"小。对某个用户主目录加密并不能保护它免遭其他用户的侵入。如果此计算机由多名用" -"户共享，其中的一名用户就有可能会获取另一个用户的密钥并访问加密的数据，危及系" -"统安全。如果安全性要求很高，则系统不应物理共享。" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +msgstr "要对用户主目录进行加密，请启用使用加密的用户主目录并设置目录的大小。对某个用户主目录加密并不能保护它免遭其他用户的侵入。如果此计算机由多名用户共享，其中的一名用户就有可能会获取另一个用户的密钥并访问加密的数据，危及系统安全。如果安全性要求很高，则系统不应物理共享。" -#. help text for directory encryption -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " -"configuration first." -msgstr "" -"当使用指纹读取器设备时，主目录不能加密。要加密用户的主目录，请先禁用指纹配" -"置。" +#. help text for directory encryption +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 +msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." +msgstr "当使用指纹读取器设备时，主目录不能加密。要加密用户的主目录，请先禁用指纹配置。" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 msgid "" "\n" "The home directory of an LDAP user can be changed only on the\n" @@ -1678,8 +1590,8 @@ "LDAP 用户的主目录只能在文件\n" "服务器中更改。" -#. alternate helptext 5/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 +#. alternate helptext 5/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:497 msgid "" "Additional Information:\n" "Some additional user data could be set here. This field may contain up to\n" @@ -1693,8 +1605,8 @@ "办公室、工作电话和家庭电话。当对此用户\n" "使用 finger 命令时，将显示此信息。\n" -#. help text 6/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 +#. help text 6/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512 msgid "" "\n" "Login Shell:\n" @@ -1710,8 +1622,8 @@ "列表中选择一个外壳。\n" "" -#. help text 7/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 +#. help text 7/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "Default Group:\n" @@ -1725,8 +1637,8 @@ "所有现有组的列表中选择一个组。\n" "" -#. help text 8/8 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 +#. help text 8/8 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:531 msgid "" "\n" "Additional Groups:\n" @@ -1738,8 +1650,8 @@ "选择用户应该加入的附加的组。\n" "\n" -#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 +#. helptxt for plugin dialog 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:544 msgid "" "Here, see the list of plug-ins, the\n" "extensions of user and group configuration.\n" @@ -1747,8 +1659,8 @@ "在此可查看插件的列表，即\n" "用户和组配置的扩展。\n" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 +#. helptext for plugin dialog 2/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:548 msgid "" "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" "is currently in use." @@ -1756,15 +1668,13 @@ "表左侧部分的选中标记\n" "表示该插件当前正在使用。" -#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " -"Launch." +#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 +msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." msgstr "通过选择起动启动特定插件的详细配置。" -#. help texts 1/1 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 +#. help texts 1/1 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 msgid "" "\n" "Save the current user and group settings to the system.\n" @@ -1774,18 +1684,16 @@ "将当前用户和组设置保存到系统。\n" "" -#. Help text 1/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 +#. Help text 1/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:573 msgid "" "Activate Force Password Change to force the user to change the\n" "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." -msgstr "" -"激活强制更改口令将让用户在下一次登录的时候更改口令。如果上次口令" -"更改设为永不，系统将强制用户更改口令。" +msgstr "激活强制更改口令将让用户在下一次登录的时候更改口令。如果上次口令更改设为永不，系统将强制用户更改口令。" -#. Help text 2/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 +#. Help text 2/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:579 msgid "" "\n" "Days before Password Expiration to Issue Warning \n" @@ -1801,8 +1709,8 @@ " \n" "\n" -#. Help text 3/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 +#. Help text 3/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:588 msgid "" "Days after Password Expires with Usable Login \n" "Users can log in after their passwords have expired. Set how many days to\n" @@ -1814,29 +1722,26 @@ "使用 -1 可以进行无限制的访问。\n" "\n" -#. Help text 4/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 +#. Help text 4/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " -"a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" "相同口令的最大使用天数 设置用户\n" "在同一口令失效前可以使用的天数。\n" -#. Help text 5/6 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 +#. Help text 5/6 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " -"age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"相同口令的最小有效天数 设置口令的最小有效期，只有在这段时间过" -"后\n" +"相同口令的最小有效天数 设置口令的最小有效期，只有在这段时间过后\n" "用户才能更改口令。\n" -#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 +#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603 msgid "" "Expiration Date Set the date when this account expires. \n" "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" @@ -1846,8 +1751,8 @@ "日期必须采用格式 YYYY-MM-DD。\n" "如果此帐户永远不过期，则留空。\n" -#. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 +#. help text 1/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613 msgid "" "\n" "Configuration Overview \n" @@ -1861,13 +1766,12 @@ "或身份验证类型的数据源。\n" "\n" -#. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 +#. help text 2/2 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:621 msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -1875,248 +1779,185 @@ "可以通过运行适当的模块配置这些设置。使用配置按钮选择模块。\n" "\n" -#. help text for Password Policy Dialog -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" -"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " -"of attributes to configure." -msgstr "" -"请选择口令更改策略、口令过期策略和锁定策略选项卡，以" -"选择要配置特性的 LDAP 口令策略组。" +#. help text for Password Policy Dialog +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 +msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." +msgstr "请选择口令更改策略、口令过期策略和锁定策略选项卡，以选择要配置特性的 LDAP 口令策略组。" -#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used." -msgstr "" -"请指定历史中储存口令的最大数量，以设置应保存的以前所用口令的数量。" -"不能使用已保存的口令。" +#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." +msgstr "请指定历史中储存口令的最大数量，以设置应保存的以前所用口令的数量。不能使用已保存的口令。" -#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator." -msgstr "" -"请选中用户必须在重设置后更改口令，以强制用户在管理员重设置或更改口" -"令后更改其口令。" +#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 +msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." +msgstr "请选中用户必须在重设置后更改口令，以强制用户在管理员重设置或更改口令后更改其口令。" -#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " -"passwords." +#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." msgstr "请选中用户可以更改口令，以允许用户更改其口令。" -#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "" -"如果提供新口令的同时还必须提供现有口令，则选中更改口令时要求提供旧口令" -"。" +#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 +msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "如果提供新口令的同时还必须提供现有口令，则选中更改口令时要求提供旧口令。" -#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " -"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"请选择修改或添加口令时是否应校验口令的强度。如果根本不用检查口令，请选择" -"不检查。如果选择了接受不可检查的口令，则即使无法执行检查（例" -"如，用户提供的口令是加密的），口令也将被接受。如果选择只接受已检查的口令</" -"b>，则当口令强度测试失败或无法检查口令时，将拒绝该口令。" +#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." +msgstr "请选择修改或添加口令时是否应校验口令的强度。如果根本不用检查口令，请选择不检查。如果选择了接受不可检查的口令，则即使无法执行检查（例如，用户提供的口令是加密的），口令也将被接受。如果选择只接受已检查的口令，则当口令强度测试失败或无法检查口令时，将拒绝该口令。" -#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " -"Minimum Password Length." +#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." msgstr "在最小口令长度中设置口令必须使用的字符的最小数量。" -#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password." +#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 +msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." msgstr "最短口令有效期设置修改口令的最短时间间隔。" -#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " -"expires." +#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 +msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." msgstr "最长口令有效期用于设置口令在修改后多长时间过期。" -#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " -"should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "" -"提前多长时间发出口令失效警告设置在口令失效前多长时间向身份验证用户" -"发出失效警告讯息。" +#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 +msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "提前多长时间发出口令失效警告设置在口令失效前多长时间向身份验证用户发出失效警告讯息。" -#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " -"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "" -"在失效口令的允许使用次数中设置允许使用失效口令进行身份验证的次数。" -"" +#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 +msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "在失效口令的允许使用次数中设置允许使用失效口令进行身份验证的次数。" -#. help text for pwdLockout attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "" -"选中启用口令锁定，以禁止在指定次数的连续联结尝试失败后使用口令。</" -"p>" +#. help text for pwdLockout attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 +msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "选中启用口令锁定，以禁止在指定次数的连续联结尝试失败后使用口令。" -#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password." -msgstr "" -"在锁定口令的联结失败次数中设置在多少次连续联结尝试失败后禁止使用口" -"令进行身份验证。" +#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 +msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." +msgstr "在锁定口令的联结失败次数中设置在多少次连续联结尝试失败后禁止使用口令进行身份验证。" -#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -"" +#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 +msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." msgstr "在口令锁定持续时间中设置无法使用口令的持续时间。" -#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " -"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " -"authentication has occurred." -msgstr "" -"联结失败超速缓存持续时间设置从失败计数器清除口令失败次数的时间间隔" -"（即使未成功通过身份验证）。" +#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 +msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." +msgstr "联结失败超速缓存持续时间设置从失败计数器清除口令失败次数的时间间隔（即使未成功通过身份验证）。" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 msgid "&Password Change Policies" msgstr "口令更改策略(&P)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Pa&ssword Aging Policies" msgstr "口令过期策略(&S)" -#. tab label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 +#. tab label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:175 msgid "&Lockout Policies" msgstr "锁定策略(&L)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:211 msgid "Ma&ximum Number of Passwords Stored in History" msgstr "历史中储存口令的最大数量(&X)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:221 msgid "U&ser Must Change Password after Reset" msgstr "重设置后用户必须更改口令(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:230 msgid "&User Can Change Password" msgstr "用户可以更改口令(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:239 msgid "&Old Password Required for Password Change" msgstr "更改口令时要求提供旧口令(&O)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:248 msgid "Password Quality Checking" msgstr "口令强度检查" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:258 msgid "&No Checking" msgstr "不检查(&N)" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:266 msgid "Acc&ept Uncheckable Passwords" msgstr "接受不可检查的口令(&E)" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:274 msgid "&Only Accept Checked Passwords" msgstr "只接受已检查的口令(&O)" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:284 msgid "&Minimum Password Length" msgstr "最小口令长度(&M)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Minimum Password Age" msgstr "最短口令有效期" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:376 msgid "Maximum Password Age" msgstr "最长口令有效期" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" msgstr "提前多长时间发出口令失效警告" -#. IntField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 +#. IntField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 msgid "Allowed Uses of an Expired Password" msgstr "失效口令的允许使用次数" -#. check box label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 +#. check box label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:416 msgid "Enable Password Locking" msgstr "启用口令锁定" -#. intField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 +#. intField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" msgstr "锁定口令的联结失败次数" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 msgid "Password Lock Duration" msgstr "口令锁定持续时间" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:440 msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration" msgstr "联结失败超速缓存持续时间" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:471 msgid "Password Policy Configuration" msgstr "口令策略配置" -#. error popup, %1 is attribute name -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 +#. error popup, %1 is attribute name +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "The \"%1\" attribute is mandatory.\n" "Enter a value." @@ -2124,13 +1965,13 @@ "\"%1\"特性是必备的。\n" "请输入值。" -#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 +#. read the list of pwdpolicy objects under base_config_dn +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Home Directories" msgstr "主目录" -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:668 msgid "" "If home directories of LDAP users should be stored on this machine,\n" "check the appropriate option. Changing this value does not cause any direct\n" @@ -2142,75 +1983,70 @@ "操作。它只是有关 YaST 用户模块的信息，该模块可以管理\n" "用户主目录。\n" -#. help text caption -#. help text -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 +#. help text caption +#. help text +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "按配置，可以配置存储在\n" "LDAP 服务器上的设置。如果您尚未连接或已更改配置，\n" "则系统将提示您提供口令。\n" -#. password policy help text caption -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 +#. password policy help text caption +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:681 msgid "Password Policy" msgstr "口令策略" -#. password policy help -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 +#. password policy help +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " -"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"使用编辑可配置所选的口令策略。使用添加可添加新的口令策略。如" -"果已在 LDAP 服务器上启用了口令策略，则\n" +"使用编辑可配置所选的口令策略。使用添加可添加新的口令策略。如果已在 LDAP 服务器上启用了口令策略，则\n" "该配置才可行。" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 msgid "&Home Directories on This Machine" msgstr "本机主目录(&H)" -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:702 msgid "Configure User Management &Settings..." msgstr "配置用户管理设置(&S)..." -#. table header -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:711 msgid "Password Policy" msgstr "口令策略" -#. dialog title -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 +#. dialog title +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:727 msgid "LDAP Administration Settings" msgstr "LDAP 管理设置" -#. InputField label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 +#. InputField label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:754 msgid "Name of Password Policy Object" msgstr "口令策略对象的名称" -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#. text label,suffix will follow in next label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#. text label,suffix will follow in next label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:760 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:796 msgid "Suffix:" msgstr "后缀：" -#. pushbutton label -#. pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 +#. pushbutton label +#. pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:763 src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:799 msgid "Change Suffix" msgstr "更改后缀" -#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 +#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "The Policy '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." @@ -2218,240 +2054,240 @@ "策略“%1”已存在。\n" "请选择其他策略。" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:61 msgid "&System Users" msgstr "系统用户(&S)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:63 msgid "&Local Users" msgstr "本地用户(&L)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:65 msgid "&NIS Users" msgstr "NIS 用户(&N)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:67 msgid "L&DAP Users" msgstr "LDAP 用户(&D)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:69 msgid "Sam&ba Users" msgstr "Samba 用户(&B)" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:71 src/include/users/widgets.rb:103 msgid "&Custom" msgstr "自定义(&C)" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:77 msgid "System Users" msgstr "系统用户" -#. the type of user set -#. New user is the default option +#. the type of user set +#. New user is the default option #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "本地用户" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:81 msgid "NIS Users" msgstr "NIS 用户" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:83 msgid "LDAP Users" msgstr "LDAP 用户" -#. the type of user set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 +#. the type of user set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:85 msgid "Samba Users" msgstr "Samba 用户" -#. the type of user set -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 +#. the type of user set +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:87 src/include/users/widgets.rb:118 msgid "Custom" msgstr "自定义" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:93 msgid "&System Groups" msgstr "系统组(&S)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:95 msgid "&Local Groups" msgstr "本地组(&L)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:97 msgid "&NIS Groups" msgstr "NIS 组(&N)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:99 msgid "L&DAP Groups" msgstr "LDAP 组(&D)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:101 msgid "Sam&ba Groups" msgstr "Samba 组(&B)" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:108 msgid "System Groups" msgstr "系统组" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:110 msgid "Local Groups" msgstr "本地组" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:112 msgid "NIS Groups" msgstr "NIS 组" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:114 msgid "LDAP Groups" msgstr "LDAP 组" -#. the type of group set -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 +#. the type of group set +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:116 msgid "Samba Groups" msgstr "Samba 组" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136 msgid "NIS" msgstr "NIS" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138 msgid "SSSD" msgstr "SSSD" -#. richtext label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 +#. richtext label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:140 msgid "Samba" msgstr "Samba" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:147 msgid "&NIS" msgstr "NIS(&N)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:153 msgid "&SSSD" msgstr "SSSD(&S)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159 msgid "&Samba" msgstr "Samba(&S)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168 msgid "&Users" msgstr "用户(&U)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:178 msgid "&Groups" msgstr "组(&G)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:188 msgid "De&faults for New Users" msgstr "新用户的默认值(&F)" -#. tab header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 +#. tab header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:224 msgid "&Authentication Settings" msgstr "身份验证设置(&A)" -#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- -#. MenuButton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 +#. widgets for "users" and "groups" tabs --------------------------------- +#. MenuButton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:257 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2225 msgid "&Set Filter" msgstr "设置过滤器(&S)" -#. Menu Buton label -#. Menu Buton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 +#. Menu Buton label +#. Menu Buton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:291 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2008 msgid "E&xpert Options" msgstr "专家选项(&X)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:326 msgid "D&efault Group" msgstr "默认组(&E)" -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:333 msgid "Default &Login Shell" msgstr "默认登录外壳(&L)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:344 msgid "Se&condary Groups" msgstr "次要组(&C)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Path Prefix for &Home Directory" msgstr "主目录的路径前缀(&H)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:368 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "浏览(&B)..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:379 msgid "&Skeleton for Home Directory" msgstr "主目录的主干(&S)" -#. push button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 +#. push button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:390 msgid "Bro&wse..." msgstr "浏览(&W)..." -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:401 msgid "Default E&xpiration Date" msgstr "默认失效日期(&X)" -#. text entry -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 +#. text entry +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:413 msgid "&Umask for Home Directory" msgstr "主目录的 Umask(&U)" -#. intfield -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 +#. intfield +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:420 msgid "Days &after Password Expiration Login Is Usable" msgstr "口令过期后仍可登录的天数(&A)" -#. menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 +#. menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:445 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2407 msgid "&Configure..." msgstr "配置(&O)..." -#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 1/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:459 msgid "" "\n" "This is for experts only.\n" @@ -2461,13 +2297,12 @@ "此功能供专家用户使用。\n" "" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 2/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -2477,8 +2312,8 @@ "网络环境，但它限制口令不能超过 8 个字符。\n" "\n" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 +#. Help text for password expert dialog 3/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:480 msgid "" "\n" "MD5 allows longer passwords, so provides more security, but some\n" @@ -2490,47 +2325,43 @@ "但某些网络协议不支持此方法，并且在 NIS 中使用时可能会出现问题。\n" "" -#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " -"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"SHA-512 是当前的标准加密方法。除非为了兼容性考虑，否则不建议使用其" -"他算法。" +#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 +msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "SHA-512 是当前的标准加密方法。除非为了兼容性考虑，否则不建议使用其他算法。" -#. Label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 +#. Label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 msgid "Password Encryption" msgstr "口令加密" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:507 msgid "Encryption Type" msgstr "加密类型" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513 msgid "&DES" msgstr "DES(&D)" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515 msgid "&MD5" msgstr "MD5(&M)" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520 msgid "SHA-&256" msgstr "SHA-256(&2)" -#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 +#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528 msgid "SHA-&512" msgstr "SHA-512(&5)" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582 msgid "" "\n" "You have changed the default encryption for user passwords." @@ -2538,11 +2369,10 @@ "\n" "您已经更改了用户口令的默认加密。" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " -"environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -2552,47 +2382,44 @@ "将无法登录到 NIS 客户端。\n" "\n" -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 +#. help text 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:593 msgid "Really use the selected method?" msgstr "是否确实要使用所选方法？" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:719 msgid "AND" msgstr "AND" -#. combo box item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 +#. combo box item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:721 msgid "OR" msgstr "OR" -#. helptext 1/4 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 +#. helptext 1/4 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:728 msgid "LDAP Search Filter Changes" msgstr "LDAP 搜索过滤器更改" -#. helptext 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters." +#. helptext 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 +msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." msgstr "在此将用户和组的搜索过滤器扩展到默认搜索过滤器之外。" -#. helptext 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 +#. helptext 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "如果选择默认，将从用户和组配置模块装载默认过滤器，\n" "这些模块保存在 LDAP 服务器上(\"susesearchfilter\"特性的值)。\n" "如果您尚未连接，就会提示您输入口令。\n" -#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 +#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740 msgid "" "Example:\n" " With the user filter\n" @@ -2608,54 +2435,54 @@ " \n" "只获取用户名以\"u\"开头的用户。\n" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763 msgid "Search Filter for &Users" msgstr "搜索用户的过滤器(&U)" -#. radiobutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 +#. radiobutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:772 msgid "Search Filter for &Groups" msgstr "搜索组的过滤器(&G)" -#. frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 +#. frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:783 msgid "New Condition for Current Filter" msgstr "当前过滤器的新条件" -#. combobox label -#. combobox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 +#. combobox label +#. combobox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:795 src/include/users/widgets.rb:949 msgid "&Attribute" msgstr "特性(&A)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:803 msgid "&Value" msgstr "值(&V)" -#. pushbuttton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 +#. pushbuttton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:806 msgid "A&dd to Filter" msgstr "添加到过滤器(&D)" -#. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 +#. Pushbutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:817 msgid "De&fault" msgstr "默认值(&F)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:852 msgid "Enter the value for the attribute." msgstr "输入特性的值。" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:876 msgid "Enter the value of the user filter." msgstr "输入用户过滤器的值。" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:887 msgid "" "The new user filter does not contain the default user filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2663,13 +2490,13 @@ "新用户过滤器不包含默认用户过滤器。\n" "是否确实要使用它？\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:902 msgid "Enter the value of the group filter." msgstr "输入组过滤器的值。" -#. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 +#. yes/no popup question +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:913 msgid "" "The new group filter does not contain the default group filter.\n" "Really use it?\n" @@ -2677,73 +2504,69 @@ "新组过滤器不包含默认组过滤器。\n" "是否确实要使用它？\n" -#. helptext 0/3 - caption -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 +#. helptext 0/3 - caption +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:967 msgid "Login Settings" msgstr "登录设置" -#. helptext 1/3 - general info -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 +#. helptext 1/3 - general info +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "以下描述的功能仅当您将 KDM 或 GDM 用作登录管理器时才可用。\n" "\n" -#. helptext 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 +#. helptext 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "自动登录 \n" "通过设置自动登录可跳过登录过程。从列表中选择的用户将自动登录。\n" -#. helptext 3/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 +#. helptext 3/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "无口令登录 \n" "如果选中了此选项，则允许所有用户\n" -"无须输入口令即可登录。否则，即使设置某个用户自动登录，系统也会要求您提供口" -"令。\n" +"无须输入口令即可登录。否则，即使设置某个用户自动登录，系统也会要求您提供口令。\n" -#. dialog label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 +#. dialog label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 msgid "Display Manager Login Settings" msgstr "显示管理器登录设置" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1014 msgid "&Auto Login" msgstr "自动登录(&A)" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 +#. textentry label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1025 msgid "&User to Log In" msgstr "要登录的用户(&U)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1035 msgid "Password&less Logins" msgstr "无口令登录(&L)" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126 msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server." msgstr "无法删除用户 %1。必须在 NIS 服务器上执行删除。" -#. Continue/Cancel popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 +#. Continue/Cancel popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "" "The user seems to be currently logged in.\n" "Continue anyway?" @@ -2751,23 +2574,23 @@ "用户当前似乎已登录。\n" "是否仍要继续？" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1157 msgid "Selected User Is System User" msgstr "所选的用户是系统用户" -#. yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 +#. yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1159 msgid "Really delete this system user?" msgstr "确实要删除该系统用户吗？" -#. question popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 +#. question popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1171 msgid "Delete the user %1?" msgstr "是否删除用户 %1？" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 +#. checkbox label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1178 msgid "" "Delete &Home Directory\n" "%1\n" @@ -2775,8 +2598,8 @@ "删除主目录(&H)\n" "%1\n" -#. yes-no popup. %1 is username -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 +#. yes-no popup. %1 is username +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1201 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the user %1?\n" @@ -2784,18 +2607,18 @@ "\n" "确实要删除用户 %1 吗？\n" -#. yes-no popup headline -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 +#. yes-no popup headline +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "System Group" msgstr "系统组" -#. / yes-no popup contents -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 +#. / yes-no popup contents +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1232 msgid "Really delete this system group?" msgstr "确实要删除该系统组吗？" -#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 +#. yes-no popup, %1 si group name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1240 msgid "" "\n" "Really delete the group %1?\n" @@ -2803,8 +2626,8 @@ "\n" "确实要删除组 %1 吗？\n" -#. warning popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 +#. warning popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1250 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -2814,81 +2637,80 @@ "因为组中还有用户。\n" "请先删除组中的这些用户。\n" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1280 msgid "User List View" msgstr "用户列表视图" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 +#. Frame label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1288 msgid "Group List View" msgstr "组列表视图" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1360 msgid "Local" msgstr "本地" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365 msgid "LDAP" msgstr "LDAP" -#. type of user/group -#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 +#. type of user/group +#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add') +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370 msgid "System" msgstr "系统" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1379 msgid "User Type" msgstr "用户类型" -#. label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 +#. label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1381 msgid "Group Type" msgstr "组类型" -#. menubutton item -#. menubutton item -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 +#. menubutton item +#. menubutton item +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1448 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1460 msgid "Customi&ze Filter..." msgstr "自定义过滤器(&Z)..." -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1473 msgid "&Login Settings" msgstr "登录设置(&L)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1480 msgid "Password &Encryption" msgstr "口令加密(&E)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Write Changes Now" msgstr "立即写入更改(&W)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1500 msgid "LDAP &Search Filter" msgstr "LDAP 搜索过滤器(&S)" -#. menubutton label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 +#. menubutton label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1505 msgid "L&DAP User and Group Configuration" msgstr "LDAP 用户和组配置(&D)" -#. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 +#. help text 1/1 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " -"the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" @@ -2900,26 +2722,23 @@ "至少属于一个组。\n" "\n" -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 +#. help text 1/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " -"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"通过不同的集合对用户和组进行组织。使用设置过滤器更改表中当前显示的集" -"合。\n" +"通过不同的集合对用户和组进行组织。使用设置过滤器更改表中当前显示的集合。\n" "使用自定义过滤器自定义视图。\n" -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 +#. help text 2/3 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " -"new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2929,8 +2748,8 @@ "新用户的默认值或登录设置。使用立即写入更改可保存到目前为止\n" "所进行的所有更改，而无需退出配置模块。\n" -#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 +#. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "" "\n" "To save the modified user and group settings to your system, press\n" @@ -2942,8 +2761,8 @@ "%1。\n" "\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2957,8 +2776,8 @@ " \n" "\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1580 msgid "" "\n" "To shift to the group dialog, select Groups.\n" @@ -2968,8 +2787,8 @@ "要切换到组对话框，请选择组。\n" "\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -2981,8 +2800,8 @@ "要创建新用户，请单击添加。\n" "\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1595 msgid "" "\n" "To edit or delete an existing user, select one user from the list and\n" @@ -2994,13 +2813,12 @@ "请从列表中选择一个用户，然后单击编辑或删除。\n" "\n" -#. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 +#. help text 1/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3008,8 +2826,8 @@ "使用此对话框可获取与现有组有关的信息以及添加或修改组。\n" "\n" -#. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 +#. help text 2/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1624 msgid "" "\n" "To shift to the user dialog, select Users.\n" @@ -3019,8 +2837,8 @@ "要切换到用户对话框，请选择用户。\n" "\n" -#. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 +#. help text 3/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1631 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -3032,8 +2850,8 @@ "要创建新组，请单击添加。\n" "\n" -#. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 +#. help text 4/4 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "" "\n" "To edit or delete an existing group, select one group from the list and\n" @@ -3045,8 +2863,8 @@ "请从列表中选择一个组，然后单击编辑或删除。\n" "\n" -#. popup error label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 +#. popup error label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1679 msgid "" "The entered home directory skeleton is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3054,8 +2872,8 @@ "输入的主目录主干不是目录。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1697 msgid "" "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -3063,8 +2881,8 @@ "为主目录输入的路径前缀不是目录。\n" "请重试。\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1706 msgid "" "The selected directory does not exist.\n" "Create it now?\n" @@ -3072,8 +2890,8 @@ "所选的目录不存在。\n" "是否立即创建？\n" -#. error message -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 +#. error message +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1754 msgid "" "These groups do not exist in your system:\n" "%1\n" @@ -3083,8 +2901,8 @@ "%1\n" "请重试。\n" -#. Yes-No popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 +#. Yes-No popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1779 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" @@ -3092,48 +2910,48 @@ "如果您选择了不存在的外壳，则用户可能无法登录。\n" "是否继续？\n" -#. directory location popup label -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 +#. directory location popup label +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1933 msgid "Path to Directory" msgstr "目录路径" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1965 msgid "Login" msgstr "登录" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1967 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1969 msgid "UID" msgstr "UID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1971 msgid "Groups" msgstr "组" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1985 msgid "Group Name" msgstr "组名" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1987 msgid "Group ID" msgstr "组 ID" -#. table header -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 +#. table header +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1989 msgid "Group Members" msgstr "组成员" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2069 msgid "" "NIS groups can only be\n" "modified and deleted on the server.\n" @@ -3141,47 +2959,47 @@ "NIS 组只能在服务器上\n" "修改和删除。\n" -#. error popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 +#. error popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2088 msgid "Select an entry from the table." msgstr "从表中选择项。" -#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 +#. popup message (user wants to save but there is no modification) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2109 msgid "There are no changes to save." msgstr "没有要保存的更改。" -#. yes/no popup (data were changed) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 +#. yes/no popup (data were changed) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2151 msgid "Reread all data from LDAP server?" msgstr "是否从 LDAP 服务器重读取所有数据？" -#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 +#. label, e.g. 'Filter: Local Users', 'Filter: Custom' +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2219 msgid "Filter: %1" msgstr "过滤器：%1" -#. wait popup -#. wait popup -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 +#. wait popup +#. wait popup +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2253 src/include/users/widgets.rb:2284 msgid "Reading sets of users and groups. Please wait..." msgstr "正在读取用户和组的集合。请稍候..." -#. helper function to get information about authentication from -#. appropriate module -#. @param [String] client -#. @return -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 +#. helper function to get information about authentication from +#. appropriate module +#. @param [String] client +#. @return +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2331 msgid "yast2-auth-client module not installed" msgstr "未安装 yast2-auth-client 模块" -#. error popup, %1 is package name -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 +#. error popup, %1 is package name +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2435 msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation." msgstr "包 %1 不可用于安装。" -#. popup label (%1 is package to install) -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 +#. popup label (%1 is package to install) +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450 msgid "" "Package %1 is not installed.\n" "Install it now?\n" @@ -3189,31 +3007,31 @@ "未安装包 %1。\n" "是否立即安装？\n" -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102 msgid "User and Group Administration" msgstr "用户和组管理" -#. init dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 +#. init dialog caption +#. dialog caption +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:261 src/include/users/wizards.rb:284 msgid "User and Group Configuration" msgstr "用户和组配置" -#. label (during init dialog) -#. label (during init dialog) -#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 +#. label (during init dialog) +#. label (during init dialog) +#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:263 src/include/users/wizards.rb:287 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "正在初始化..." -#. List of errors found for a given password -#. -#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user -#. -#. @param passwd [String] password to check -#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or -#. validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 +#. List of errors found for a given password +#. +#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user +#. +#. @param passwd [String] password to check +#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or +#. validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56 msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -3221,10 +3039,10 @@ "如果您要创建证书，\n" "则口令至少应包含 %s 个字符。" -#. Localized help text about CA constraints -#. -#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled -#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 +#. Localized help text about CA constraints +#. +#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled +#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69 msgid "" "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." @@ -3232,66 +3050,62 @@ "如果您要使用此口令来创建证书，\n" "则此口令至少须包含 %s 个字符。" -#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 +#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title +#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55 msgid "Writing Users Configuration..." msgstr "正在写入用户配置..." -#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General -#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. -#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 +#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." msgstr "为本地用户和系统用户选择口令加密方法。" -#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "" -"%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " -"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "" -"%s 是当前的标准哈希方法。除非有兼容性需求，否则不建议使用其他算法。" -"" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 +msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "%s 是当前的标准哈希方法。除非有兼容性需求，否则不建议使用其他算法。" -#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget -#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 +#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget +#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72 +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63 msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "口令加密类型" -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "请不要忘记在此输入的内容。" -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 msgid "&Password for root User" msgstr "root 用户的口令(&P)" -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 msgid "Con&firm Password" msgstr "确认口令(&F)" -#. text entry label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 +#. text entry label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" msgstr "测试键盘布局(&T)" -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 msgid "" "\n" "Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" @@ -3309,13 +3123,12 @@ "才以 root 用户身份登录。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -3327,14 +3140,13 @@ "请在第 2 个字段中再次输入口令。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 msgid "" "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3343,8 +3155,8 @@ "有 5 个字符，而且通常不包含重音字符或元音变音。\n" "\n" -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" "Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" @@ -3354,15 +3166,14 @@ "请不要忘记这该\"root\"口令。\n" "" -#. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "系统管理员\"root\"的口令" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 msgid "" "No password entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -3370,8 +3181,8 @@ "未输入口令。\n" "请重试。" -#. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#. reenable suggestion +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3383,11 +3194,11 @@ "本地用户储存在 /etc/passwd 和 /etc/shadow 中。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "创建新用户" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3399,8 +3210,8 @@ "口令中不应包含任何重音字符或元音变音。\n" "\n" -#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 +#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3412,16 +3223,13 @@ "到 %{max} 个字符。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -3431,26 +3239,20 @@ "重新定义这些限制。请参阅其手册页了解相关信息。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 -msgid "" -"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "" -"如果要让 root 用户使用第一位用户输入的相同口令，请选中对系统管理员使用" -"此口令。" +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "如果要让 root 用户使用第一位用户输入的相同口令，请选中对系统管理员使用此口令。" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "从先前的安装导入用户数据" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " -"installed.\n" -"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic " -"information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" "be imported.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3461,16 +3263,15 @@ "他们的基本信息将会导入系统。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "跳过用户创建" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " -"creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" "a local user.\n" "\n" msgstr "" @@ -3480,12 +3281,12 @@ "选择此选项会继续后面的步骤而不创建本地用户。\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "本地用户" -#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 +#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3495,8 +3296,8 @@ "如果您现在不想创建用户，\n" "请选择“跳过用户创建”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 +#. TRANSLATORS: error popup +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3506,486 +3307,486 @@ "如果您现在不想创建用户，\n" "请选择“跳过用户创建”。" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "创建新用户(&C)" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "从先前的安装导入用户数据(&I)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "选择用户" -#. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 +#. TRANSLATORS: radio button +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "跳过用户创建(&S)" -#. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 +#. checkbox label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "自动登录(&A)" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "未选择任何用户" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "将导入 %d 用户" -#. selection box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 +#. selection box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58 msgid "&Select Users to Read" msgstr "选择要读取的用户(&S)" -#. check box label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 +#. check box label +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66 msgid "Select or Deselect &All" msgstr "全选或全部取消选择(&A)" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55 msgid "SHA-256" msgstr "SHA-256" -#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type -#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 +#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type +#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57 msgid "SHA-512" msgstr "SHA-512" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35 msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "加密方法：<a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 +#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82 msgid "Password &Encryption Type" msgstr "口令加密类型(&E)" -#. rich text label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 +#. rich text label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "用户设置" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78 msgid "&User" msgstr "用户(&U)" -#. menu button label -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80 msgid "&Root Password" msgstr "Root 口令(&R)" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set" msgstr "<%1>Root 口令<%2>已设置" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95 msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set" msgstr "<%1>Root 口令<%2>未设置" -#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 +#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104 msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured" msgstr "尚未配置<%1>用户<%2>" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110 msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported" msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported" msgstr[0] "将导入 <a href=%s>%d 用户</a>" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured" msgstr "<%1>用户<%2> %3 已配置" -#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, -#. %3 is full name, %4 login name -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 +#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched, +#. %3 is full name, %4 login name +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127 msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured" msgstr "<%1>用户<%2> %3 (%4) 已配置" -#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method -#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 +#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method +#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141 msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "口令加密方法：<a href=%s>%s</a>" -#. User name for user: "root" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 +#. User name for user: "root" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" msgstr "root" -#. User name for user: "bin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 +#. User name for user: "bin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:48 msgid "bin" msgstr "bin" -#. User name for user: "daemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 +#. User name for user: "daemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:52 msgid "Daemon" msgstr "守护程序" -#. User name for user: "lp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 +#. User name for user: "lp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:56 msgid "Printing Daemon" msgstr "打印守护程序" -#. User name for user: "mail" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 +#. User name for user: "mail" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:60 msgid "Mailer Daemon" msgstr "邮件守护程序" -#. User name for user: "news" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 +#. User name for user: "news" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:64 msgid "News System" msgstr "新闻系统" -#. User name for user: "uucp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 +#. User name for user: "uucp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:68 msgid "Unix-to-Unix Copy System" msgstr "Unix 到 Unix 复制系统" -#. User name for user: "games" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 +#. User name for user: "games" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:72 msgid "Games Account" msgstr "游戏帐户" -#. User name for user: "man" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 +#. User name for user: "man" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:76 msgid "Manual Page Viewer" msgstr "手册页查看器" -#. User name for user: "at" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 +#. User name for user: "at" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:80 msgid "Batch Jobs Daemon" msgstr "批处理任务守护程序" -#. User name for user: "wwwrun" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 +#. User name for user: "wwwrun" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:84 msgid "WWW Daemon Apache" msgstr "WWW 守护程序 Apache" -#. User name for user: "ftp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 +#. User name for user: "ftp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:88 msgid "FTP Account" msgstr "FTP 帐户" -#. User name for user: "named" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 +#. User name for user: "named" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:92 msgid "Name Server Daemon" msgstr "名称服务器守护程序" -#. User name for user: "gdm" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 +#. User name for user: "gdm" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:96 msgid "GNOME Display Manager Daemon" msgstr "GNOME 显示管理器守护程序" -#. User name for user: "postfix" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 +#. User name for user: "postfix" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:100 msgid "Postfix Daemon" msgstr "Postfix 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "sshd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 +#. User name for user: "sshd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:104 msgid "SSH Daemon" msgstr "SSH 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "ntp" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 +#. User name for user: "ntp" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:108 msgid "NTP Daemon" msgstr "NTP 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "ldap" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 +#. User name for user: "ldap" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:112 msgid "User for OpenLDAP" msgstr "OpenLDAP 的用户" -#. User name for user: "nobody" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 +#. User name for user: "nobody" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:116 msgid "Nobody" msgstr "没有任何用户" -#. User name for user: "amanda" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 +#. User name for user: "amanda" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:120 msgid "Amanda Admin" msgstr "Amanda 管理" -#. User name for user: "vscan" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 +#. User name for user: "vscan" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:124 msgid "Vscan Account" msgstr "Vscan 帐户" -#. User name for user: "bigsister" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 +#. User name for user: "bigsister" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:128 msgid "Big Sister" msgstr "Big Sister" -#. User name for user: "wnn" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 +#. User name for user: "wnn" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:132 msgid "Wnn System Account" msgstr "Wnn 系统帐户" -#. User name for user: "cyrus" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 +#. User name for user: "cyrus" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:136 msgid "User for cyrus-imapd" msgstr "cyrus-imapd 的用户" -#. User name for user: "dpbox" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 +#. User name for user: "dpbox" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:140 msgid "DpBox Account" msgstr "DpBox 帐户" -#. User name for user: "gnats" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 +#. User name for user: "gnats" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:144 msgid "GNATS GNU Backtracking System" msgstr "Gnats Gnu Backtracking 系统" -#. User name for user: "gnump3d" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 +#. User name for user: "gnump3d" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:148 msgid "GNUMP3 Daemon" msgstr "GNUMP3 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "hacluster" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 +#. User name for user: "hacluster" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:152 msgid "Heartbeat Processes" msgstr "Heartbeat 进程" -#. User name for user: "irc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 +#. User name for user: "irc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:156 msgid "IRC Daemon" msgstr "IRC 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "mailman" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 +#. User name for user: "mailman" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:160 msgid "GNU Mailing List Manager" msgstr "GNU 邮件列表管理器" -#. User name for user: "mdom" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 +#. User name for user: "mdom" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:164 msgid "Mailing List Agent" msgstr "邮件列表代理" -#. User name for user: "mysql" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 +#. User name for user: "mysql" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:168 msgid "MySQL Database Admin" msgstr "MySQL 数据库管理" -#. User name for user: "oracle" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 +#. User name for user: "oracle" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:172 msgid "Oracle User" msgstr "Oracle 用户" -#. User name for user: "postgres" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 +#. User name for user: "postgres" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:176 msgid "PostgreSQL Server" msgstr "PostgreSQL 服务器" -#. User name for user: "pop" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 +#. User name for user: "pop" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:180 msgid "POP Admin" msgstr "POP 管理" -#. User name for user: "sapdb" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 +#. User name for user: "sapdb" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:184 msgid "SAPDB Account" msgstr "SAPDB 帐户" -#. User name for user: "snort" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 +#. User name for user: "snort" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:188 msgid "Snort Network Monitor" msgstr "Snort 网络监视程序" -#. User name for user: "squid" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 +#. User name for user: "squid" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:192 msgid "WWW Proxy Squid" msgstr "万维网代理 squid" -#. User name for user: "stunnel" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 +#. User name for user: "stunnel" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:196 msgid "Daemon User for stunnel (Universal SSL Tunnel)" msgstr "stunnel(通用 SSL 隧道)的守护程序用户" -#. User name for user: "zope" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 +#. User name for user: "zope" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:200 msgid "Zope" msgstr "Zope" -#. User name for user: "radiusd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 +#. User name for user: "radiusd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:204 msgid "Radius Daemon" msgstr "Radius 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "otrs" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 +#. User name for user: "otrs" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:208 msgid "OTRS System User" msgstr "OTRS 系统用户" -#. User name for user: "privoxy" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 +#. User name for user: "privoxy" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:212 msgid "Daemon User for privoxy" msgstr "privoxy 的守护程序用户" -#. User name for user: "vdr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 +#. User name for user: "vdr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:216 msgid "Video Disk Recorder" msgstr "视频磁盘录像机" -#. User name for user: "icecream" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 +#. User name for user: "icecream" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:220 msgid "Icecream Daemon" msgstr "Icecream 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "bitlbee" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 +#. User name for user: "bitlbee" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:224 msgid "Bitlbee Daemon User" msgstr "Bitlbee 守护程序用户" -#. User name for user: "dhcpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 +#. User name for user: "dhcpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:228 msgid "DHCP Server Daemon" msgstr "DHCP 服务器守护程序" -#. User name for user: "distcc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 +#. User name for user: "distcc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:232 msgid "Distcc Daemon" msgstr "Distcc 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "dovecot" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 +#. User name for user: "dovecot" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:236 msgid "Dovecot IMAP Daemon" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "fax" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 +#. User name for user: "fax" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:240 msgid "Facsimile Agent" msgstr "Facsimile 代理" -#. User name for user: "partimag" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 +#. User name for user: "partimag" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:244 msgid "Partimage Daemon User" msgstr "Partimage 守护程序用户" -#. User name for user: "avahi" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 +#. User name for user: "avahi" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:248 msgid "User for Avahi" msgstr "Avahi 用户" -#. User name for user: "beagleindex" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 +#. User name for user: "beagleindex" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 msgid "User for Beagle indexing" msgstr "Beagle 索引用户" -#. User name for user: "casaauth" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 +#. User name for user: "casaauth" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 msgid "casa_atvd System User" msgstr "casa_atvd 系统用户" -#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 +#. User name for user: "dvbdaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:260 msgid "User for DVB daemon" msgstr "DVB 守护程序用户" -#. User name for user: "festival" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 +#. User name for user: "festival" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:264 msgid "Festival daemon" msgstr "Festival 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "haldaemon" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 +#. User name for user: "haldaemon" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:268 msgid "User for haldaemon" msgstr "haldaemon 用户" -#. User name for user: "icecast" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 +#. User name for user: "icecast" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:272 msgid "Icecast streaming server" msgstr "Icecast 流服务器" -#. User name for user: "lighttpd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 +#. User name for user: "lighttpd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:276 msgid "User for lighttpd" msgstr "lighttpd 用户" -#. User name for user: "nagios" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 +#. User name for user: "nagios" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:280 msgid "User for Nagios" msgstr "Nagios 用户" -#. User name for user: "pdns" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 +#. User name for user: "pdns" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:284 msgid "User for PowerDNS" msgstr "PowerDNS 用户" -#. User name for user: "polkituser" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 +#. User name for user: "polkituser" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:288 msgid "PolicyKit" msgstr "PolicyKit" -#. User name for user: "pound" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 +#. User name for user: "pound" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:292 msgid "User for Pound" msgstr "Pound 用户" -#. User name for user: "pulse" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 +#. User name for user: "pulse" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:296 msgid "PulseAudio daemon" msgstr "PulseAudio 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "quagga" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 +#. User name for user: "quagga" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:300 msgid "Quagga routing daemon" msgstr "Quagga 路由选择守护程序" -#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 +#. User name for user: "sabayon-admin" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:304 msgid "Sabayon user" msgstr "Sabayon 用户" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:308 msgid "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP Engine" msgstr "Tomcat - Apache Servlet/JSP 引擎" -#. User name for user: "tomcat" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 +#. User name for user: "tomcat" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:312 msgid "Apache Tomcat" msgstr "Apache Tomcat" -#. User name for user: "pegasus" -#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 +#. User name for user: "pegasus" +#. User name for user: "cimsrvr" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:317 msgid "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM services" msgstr "tog-pegasus OpenPegasus WBEM/CIM 服务" -#. User name for user: "ulogd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 +#. User name for user: "ulogd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:321 msgid "ulog daemon" msgstr "ulog 守护程序" -#. User name for user: "uuidd" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 +#. User name for user: "uuidd" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:325 msgid "User for uuidd" msgstr "uuidd 用户" -#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 +#. User name for user: "suse-ncc" +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:329 msgid "Novell Customer Center User" msgstr "Novell Customer Center 用户" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:343 msgid "" "You have installed a NIS master server.\n" "It is configured to use a different database\n" @@ -3999,39 +3800,39 @@ "不同的用户和组数据库。\n" "请选择要配置的数据库。\n" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 +#. radio button +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:359 msgid "&Local (/etc directory)" msgstr "本地(/etc 目录)(&L)" -#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 +#. radio button, %1 is path (eg. /etc) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:367 msgid "&NIS (%1 directory)" msgstr "NIS(%1 目录)(&N)" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:425 msgid "User Templates" msgstr "用户模板" -#. label above radiobutton box -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 +#. label above radiobutton box +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:427 msgid "Group Templates" msgstr "组模板" -#. label -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 +#. label +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." msgstr "有多个模板被定义为默认模板。请选择要读取的模板。" -#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 +#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "再次运行 YaST 用户模块之前请手动更正它们。" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:496 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:505 msgid "" "There are multiple users with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4039,8 +3840,8 @@ "文件 %1 中存在多个具有相同名称(\"%2\")的用户。\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is groupname, %3 next sentence (2/2) +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:514 msgid "" "There are multiple groups with the same name (\"%2\") in the file %1.\n" "%3" @@ -4048,9 +3849,9 @@ "文件 %1 中存在多个具有相同名称(\"%2\")的组。\n" "%3" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is line +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:523 src/modules/UsersUI.rb:534 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1:\n" "%2\n" @@ -4062,8 +3863,8 @@ "可能是冒号的数量不正确或缺少某些行输入。\n" "请手动更改文件，然后再次运行 YaST 用户模块。" -#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 +#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 msgid "" "There is a strange line in the file %1.\n" "Perhaps the number of colons is wrong or some line entry is missing.\n" @@ -4073,14 +3874,14 @@ "可能是冒号的数量不正确或缺少某些行输入。\n" "请手动更改文件，然后再次运行 YaST 用户模块。" -#. default error message -#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 +#. default error message +#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 msgid "Cannot read user or group data." msgstr "无法读取用户或组数据。" -#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), -#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 +#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), +#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), +#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -4098,186 +3899,186 @@ "这可能导致在正确装入之后，\n" "这些目录不可访问。是否继续用户配置？" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "有多个用户满足输入条件。" -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "初始化用户和组配置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "读取默认登录设置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "读取默认系统设置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "读取配置类型" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "读取用户自定义设置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "读取用户和组" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "构建缓存结构" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "正在读取默认登录设置..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "正在读取默认系统设置..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "正在读取配置类型..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "正在读取自定义设置..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "正在读取用户和组..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "正在构建缓存结构..." -#. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 +#. final progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 msgid "Finished" msgstr "已完成" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "用户不存在。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "组不存在。" -#. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 +#. progress caption +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "写入用户和组配置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "写入 LDAP 用户和组" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "写入组" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "检查删除的用户" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 msgid "Write users" msgstr "写入用户" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "写入口令" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "写入自定义设置" -#. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 +#. progress stage label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "写入默认登录设置" -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "正在写入 LDAP 用户和组..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "正在写入组..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "正在检查删除的用户..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "正在写入用户..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "正在写入口令..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "正在写入自定义设置..." -#. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 +#. progress step label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "正在写入默认登录设置..." -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "未正确读取文件 %s，因此无法写入此文件。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "在删除用户时出错。" -#. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 +#. error popup (%s is a file name) +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "未正确读取文件 %s，因此无法写入此文件。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." @@ -4285,18 +4086,18 @@ "\n" "未安装加密支持，将不加密主目录。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "设置 root 用户邮件转发时出错。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "此类型的用户没有可用的 UID。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4305,8 +4106,8 @@ "不允许使用所选用户 ID。\n" "请选择 %i 到 %i 之间的有效整数。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4314,8 +4115,8 @@ "输入的用户 ID 已在使用。\n" "是否确实要使用它？" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4326,8 +4127,8 @@ "范围 (%i-%i)。\n" "是否确实要使用它？" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4338,8 +4139,8 @@ "这是因为该 ID 大于 %i。\n" "是否确实要将用户类型更改为\"本地\"？" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4350,7 +4151,7 @@ "这是因为该 ID 小于 %i。\n" "是否确实要将用户类型更改为\"系统\"？" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" @@ -4358,8 +4159,8 @@ "\n" "现有用户名可能属于 NIS 或 LDAP 用户。\n" -#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 +#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -4369,8 +4170,8 @@ "用户名之间存在冲突。%1\n" "请尝试使用其他用户名。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." @@ -4378,8 +4179,8 @@ "\"附加用户信息\"项\n" "不能包含冒号 (:)。请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -4389,8 +4190,8 @@ "分隔的 3 部分组成。\n" "请删除多余部分。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -4400,8 +4201,8 @@ "a 到 z、A 到 Z、0 到 9 和\"_-/\"。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -4410,8 +4211,8 @@ "目录 %s 不是可写的。\n" "请为主目录选择另一个路径。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 +#. error message +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." @@ -4419,8 +4220,8 @@ "其它用户正在使用主目录。\n" "请重试。" -#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 +#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -4430,8 +4231,8 @@ "但它不是目录。\n" "确实要使用该路径吗？" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -4439,9 +4240,9 @@ "所选主目录已存在。\n" "请使用它并更改其所有者。" -#. chown is not needed (#25200) -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#. chown is not needed (#25200) +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -4452,8 +4253,8 @@ "并属于当前编辑的用户。\n" "是否使用此目录？\n" -#. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 +#. yes/no popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -4466,8 +4267,8 @@ "的用户的主目录存在。\n" "是否使用此目录？" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" @@ -4475,13 +4276,13 @@ "如果您选择了不存在的外壳，则用户可能无法登录。\n" "是否使用该外壳？" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "此类型的组没有可用的 GID。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -4490,8 +4291,8 @@ "不允许使用所选的组 ID。\n" "请选择 %i 到 %i 之间的有效整数。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" @@ -4499,8 +4300,8 @@ "输入的组 ID 已在使用。\n" "是否确实要使用它？" -#. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 +#. popup question, %i are numbers +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -4511,8 +4312,8 @@ "定义的范围 (%i-%i)。\n" "是否确实要使用它？" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -4523,8 +4324,8 @@ "这是因为该 ID 大于 %i。\n" "是否确实要将组类型更改为\"本地\"？" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -4535,8 +4336,8 @@ "这是因为该 ID 小于 %i。\n" "是否确实要将组类型更改为\"系统\"？" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4544,8 +4345,8 @@ "未输入任何组名。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4554,8 +4355,8 @@ "组名长度必须在 %i 到 %i 个字符之间。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4567,8 +4368,8 @@ "而且必须以字母开头。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" @@ -4578,13 +4379,13 @@ "组名之间存在冲突。\n" "请尝试使用其它名称。" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "用户 %s 不存在。" -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4594,8 +4395,8 @@ "因为有一些用户将此组用作\n" "其默认组。" -#. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 +#. error message: group cannot be deleted +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4605,33 +4406,33 @@ "因为组中还有用户。\n" "请先删除组中的这些用户。" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>用户</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>组</h3>" -#. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 +#. summary label +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>登录设置</h3>" -#. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 +#. summary item, %1 is user name +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "用户 %1 配置为自动登录" -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:226 msgid "No password for LDAP was entered." msgstr "没有为 LDAP 输入口令。" -#. popup question, %s is string argument -#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 +#. popup question, %s is string argument +#: src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:351 src/modules/UsersLDAP.pm:377 #, perl-format msgid "" "No entry with DN '%s'\n" @@ -4640,39 +4441,38 @@ "LDAP 服务器中不存在\n" "具有 DN\"%s\"的项。是否立即创建？" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124 msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Kerberos 配置" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135 msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups" msgstr "没有针对组的 Kerberos 管理" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138 msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials" msgstr "管理 Kerberos 主体" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262 msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local." msgstr "无法执行 kadmin.local。" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Attributes" msgstr "LDAP 特性" -#. plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 +#. plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:158 src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:162 msgid "Edit Remaining LDAP Attributes" msgstr "编辑剩余的 LDAP 特性" -#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 +#. error popup (user forgot to fill in some attributes) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:280 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The attribute '%s' is required for this object according\n" @@ -4681,28 +4481,28 @@ "根据此对象的 LDAP 配置，它必须具有特性\"%s\"，\n" "但此特性当前为空。" -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPAll.pm:378 msgid "An error occurred." msgstr "发生一个错误。" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:147 msgid "LDAP Password Policy" msgstr "LDAP 口令策略" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:156 msgid "Edit Password Policy" msgstr "编辑口令策略" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:239 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid DN syntax of \"%s\"." msgstr "“%s”的 DN 语法无效。" -#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 +#. error popup, first %s is object DN, second is additional error message +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:251 #, perl-format msgid "" "Error while searching for \"%s\":\n" @@ -4711,8 +4511,8 @@ "搜索“%s”时出错：\n" "%s" -#. error popup, %s is object DN -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 +#. error popup, %s is object DN +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:258 #, perl-format msgid "" "The object \"%s\"\n" @@ -4721,9 +4521,9 @@ "对象“%s”\n" "不是口令策略对象" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:308 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPPasswordPolicy.pm:349 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plugin for Shadow Account attributes is in use.\n" @@ -4731,19 +4531,19 @@ "“阴影帐户”属性的插件处于使用状态时\n" "无法添加此插件。\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:183 msgid "Shadow Account Configuration" msgstr "阴影帐户配置" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:192 msgid "Edit Shadow Account attributes" msgstr "编辑阴影帐户特性" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 -#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:350 +#: src/modules/UsersPluginLDAPShadowAccount.pm:396 msgid "" "It is not possible to add this plug-in when\n" "the plug-in for Password Policy is in use.\n" @@ -4751,23 +4551,23 @@ "如果具有“口令策略”属性的插件正在使用，\n" "则不能添加该插件。\n" -#. plugin name -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 +#. plugin name +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:237 msgid "Quota Configuration" msgstr "定额配置" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:248 msgid "Manage Group Quota" msgstr "管理组定额" -#. user plugin summary (table item) -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 +#. user plugin summary (table item) +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:251 msgid "Manage User Quota" msgstr "管理用户定额" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:325 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:365 msgid "" "Quota is not enabled on your system.\n" "Enable quota in the partition settings module." @@ -4775,8 +4575,8 @@ "您的系统上未启用定额。\n" "请在分区设置模块中启用定额。" -#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output -#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 +#. error popup, %1 is command, %2 command error output +#: src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:424 src/modules/UsersPluginQuota.pm:435 msgid "" "Error while calling\n" "\"%1\":\n" @@ -4786,9 +4586,9 @@ "“%1”：\n" "%2 时出错" -#. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 +#. the ']' is or-ed... +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" @@ -4798,12 +4598,11 @@ "0 到 9、a 到 z、A 到 Z 和“#* ,.;:._-+!$%^&/|?=`'{[(<>)]}”中的任意字符。\n" " 请重试。" -#. help text (default part shown in more places) -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 +#. help text (default part shown in more places) +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" @@ -4814,8 +4613,8 @@ "本地化的键盘布局的情况下登录。\n" "" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494 msgid "" "The user's full name cannot contain\n" "\":\" or \",\" characters.\n" @@ -4825,38 +4624,38 @@ "\":\"或\",\"。\n" "请重试。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521 msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password." msgstr "您使用了组名作为口令的一部分。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524 msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password." msgstr "您用了用户名作为口令的一部分。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533 msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password." msgstr "您在口令中只用了小写字母。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541 msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password." msgstr "您在口令中只用了大写字母。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548 msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password." msgstr "您在口令中使用了回文。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556 msgid "You have used only digits for the password." msgstr "您在口令中只用了数字。" -#. popup question -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 +#. popup question +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n" @@ -4865,8 +4664,8 @@ "口令对于当前的加密方法而言太长。\n" "会将其截短为 %s 个字符。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 +#. error message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665 #, perl-format msgid "" "The password is too simple:\n" @@ -4875,14 +4674,14 @@ "口令过于简单：\n" "%s。" -#. popup error, %i is number -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 +#. popup error, %i is number +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679 #, perl-format msgid "The password should have at least %i characters." msgstr "口令须至少包含 %i 个字符。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700 msgid "" "No username entered.\n" "Try again." @@ -4890,8 +4689,8 @@ "未输入任何用户名。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710 #, perl-format msgid "" "The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -4900,8 +4699,8 @@ "用户名的长度必须介于 %i 到 %i 个字符之间。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739 msgid "" "The username may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -4913,8 +4712,8 @@ "并且必须以字母或\"_\"开头。\n" "请重试。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username.\n" @@ -4924,18 +4723,18 @@ "用户名之间存在冲突。\n" "请尝试使用其它名称。" -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982 msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..." msgstr "正在检索 %1 扩展..." -#. busy popup message -#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 +#. busy popup message +#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996 msgid "Releasing %1 extension..." msgstr "正在释放 %1 扩展..." -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:533 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "user name and an existing user name.\n" @@ -4945,8 +4744,8 @@ "用户名之间存在冲突。\n" "请尝试使用其它名称。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:545 msgid "" "The home directory is used from another user.\n" "Please try again." @@ -4954,45 +4753,45 @@ "主目录已被另一个用户使用。\n" "请重试。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:741 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:858 msgid "No plug-in was defined" msgstr "未定义插件" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:795 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:912 msgid "It is not possible to edit a NIS user." msgstr "无法编辑 NIS 用户。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1025 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS user." msgstr "无法删除 NIS 用户。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1684 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1817 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1980 msgid "It is not possible to modify a NIS group." msgstr "无法修改 NIS 组。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1761 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1924 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2403 msgid "No user was specified." msgstr "未指定用户。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1858 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2021 +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2476 msgid "User was not correctly specified." msgstr "未正确指定用户。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2133 msgid "It is not possible to delete a NIS group." msgstr "无法删除 NIS 组。" -#. error message -#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 +#. error message +#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451 msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions." msgstr "有多个用户满足输入条件。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vm.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vm.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vm.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,26 +14,24 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Main -#. Definition of command line mode options -#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 +#. Main +#. Definition of command line mode options +#: src/clients/virtualization.rb:54 msgid "Install Hypervisor and Tools" msgstr "安装超级管理程序和工具" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 +#. progress step title +#: src/clients/vm_finish.rb:69 msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." msgstr "正在配置虚拟机..." -#. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " +#. check for kernel-bigsmp +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " msgstr "x86_64 是托管虚拟机的唯一受支持体系结构。您的体系结构是 " -#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -41,207 +39,185 @@ "无法在 UML 机器内启动虚拟机安装。\n" "请在主机系统中启动安装。\n" -#. progress stage 1/2 -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#. progress stage 1/2 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "校验已安装的包" -#. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#. progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "网桥配置" -#. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#. Headline for management domain installation +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "正在配置 VM 服务器(域 0)" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 -msgid "" -"<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts." -msgstr "" -"<big>VM 服务器配置</big>VM 服务器（域 0）的配置有两部分。</" -"p>" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +msgid "<big>VM Server Configuration</big>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts." +msgstr "<big>VM 服务器配置</big>VM 服务器（域 0）的配置有两部分。" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 -msgid "" -"The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " -"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." -msgstr "" -"首先把需要的包安装到系统中，然后把引导加载程序切换到 GRUB（如果尚未使" -"用），并把 Xen 部分添加到引导加载程序菜单中（如果菜单里没有）。" +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +msgid "The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing." +msgstr "首先把需要的包安装到系统中，然后把引导加载程序切换到 GRUB（如果尚未使用），并把 Xen 部分添加到引导加载程序菜单中（如果菜单里没有）。" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 -msgid "" -"GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " -"boot Xen and the Linux kernel." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +msgid "GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel." msgstr "需要 GRUB，因为它支持引导 Xen 和 Linux 内核所需的多重引导标准。" -#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 -msgid "" -"When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu." +#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +msgid "When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu." msgstr "成功完成配置后，可以从引导加载程序菜单引导 VM 服务器。" -#. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#. error popup +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "安装将被中止。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "选择要安装的超级管理程序" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "服务器：运行超级管理程序的最小系统" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "工具：配置、管理和监控虚拟机" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM 超级管理程序" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "KVM 服务器" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "KVM 工具" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC 容器" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "libvirt LXC 守护程序" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "连接虚拟化服务器的软件" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "虚拟化客户端工具" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen 超级管理程序" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "Xen 服务器" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "Xen 工具" -#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 +#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "包安装失败\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Lxc 的包安装失败\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Sled 客户端模式的包安装失败\n" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Sles 模式的包安装失败\n" -#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "以文本模式运行。确实要安装图形组件吗？" -#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "正在检查包..." -#. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#. progressbar title - install the required packages +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "正在安装包..." -#. error popup -#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#. error popup +#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "无法安装所需的包。" -#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "正在更新 grub2 配置文件..." -#. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#. Default Bridge stage +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "正在配置默认网桥..." -#. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#. Popup yes/no dialog +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "网桥。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 -msgid "" -"For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" -msgstr "" -"对于托管虚拟机的普通网络配置，建议使用网桥。是否配置默认网桥？" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +msgid "For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.Configure a default network bridge?" +msgstr "对于托管虚拟机的普通网络配置，建议使用网桥。是否配置默认网桥？" -#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV -#. Progress::NextStage(); -#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ -#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); -#. if ( success == false ) { -#. // error popup -#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); -#. return false; -#. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV +#. Progress::NextStage(); +#. Configure firewall to allow xenbr+ +#. success = success && ConfigureFirewall(); +#. if ( success == false ) { +#. // error popup +#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); +#. return false; +#. } +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "已安装 KVM 组件。您的主机已准备好安装 KVM Guest。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " -"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"已安装 KVM 组件。请重引导计算机，并在引导加载程序菜单中选择本机内核以安装 " -"KVM Guest。" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "已安装 KVM 组件。请重引导计算机，并在引导加载程序菜单中选择本机内核以安装 KVM Guest。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." msgstr "要安装 Xen Guest，请重引导计算机并在引导加载程序菜单中选择 Xen 部分。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "已安装 Xen 超级管理程序和工具。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "虚拟化客户端工具已安装。" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "Libvirt LXC 组件已安装。" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/vpn.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,43 +14,41 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. Manage VPN client secrets. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 +#. Manage VPN client secrets. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56 msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways" msgstr "网关的预共享密钥" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Gateway IP" msgstr "网关 IP" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 msgid "Pre-shared key" msgstr "预共享密钥" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63 msgid "Set" msgstr "设置" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188 msgid "Show key" msgstr "显示密钥" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61 msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways" msgstr "网关的证书/密钥对" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Certificate" msgstr "证书" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62 msgid "Key" msgstr "键" -#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 +#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121 msgid "" "Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -58,7 +56,7 @@ "仍然缺少以下网关的共享密钥：\n" "%s" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127 msgid "" "Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n" "%s" @@ -66,118 +64,116 @@ "仍然缺少以下网关的证书：\n" "%s" -#. Load PSKs -#. Reload gateway PSK text input. -#. Load XAuth -#. Load EAP -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 +#. Load PSKs +#. Reload gateway PSK text input. +#. Load XAuth +#. Load EAP +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239 msgid "(hidden)" msgstr "（已隐藏）" -#. Remove the selected EAP user. -#. Remove the selected XAuth user. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 +#. Remove the selected EAP user. +#. Remove the selected XAuth user. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141 msgid "Please select a user to delete." msgstr "请选择要删除的用户。" -#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 +#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved. +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154 msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key." msgstr "预共享密钥是必填字段。请输入预共享密钥。" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166 msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path." msgstr "请输入证书文件路径和密钥文件路径。" -#. Event handlers -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 +#. Event handlers +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file" msgstr "选择一个 PEM 编码的证书文件" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file" msgstr "选择一个 PEM 编码的证书密钥文件" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186 msgid "Gateway pre-shared key" msgstr "网关预共享密钥" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192 msgid "Gateway certificate" msgstr "网关证书" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194 msgid "Path to certificate file" msgstr "证书文件路径" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53 msgid "Pick.." msgstr "选择.." -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197 msgid "Path to certificate key file" msgstr "证书密钥文件路径" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202 msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "Android、iOS、MacOS X 客户端的用户身份凭证" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Username" msgstr "用户名" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212 msgid "Password" msgstr "口令" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214 msgid "Add" msgstr "添加" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215 msgid "Delete" msgstr "删除" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216 msgid "Show Password" msgstr "显示口令" -#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 +#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211 msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "Windows 7、Windows 8 客户端的的用户身份凭证" -#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 +#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199 msgid "Gateway - PSK" msgstr "网关 - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201 msgid "Gateway - Certificate" msgstr "网关 - 证书" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203 msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients" msgstr "网关 - 移动客户端" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205 msgid "Gateway - Windows clients" msgstr "网关 - Windows 客户端" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207 msgid "Client - PSK" msgstr "客户端 - PSK" -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209 msgid "Client - Certificate" msgstr "客户端 - 证书" -#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 +#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239 msgid "" "ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n" "Continue using the module will remove your customisation." @@ -185,13 +181,13 @@ "已在此模块之外操作 ipsec.conf 和 ipsec.secrets。\n" "继续使用此模块将会去除您的自定义设置。" -#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 +#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310 msgid "The connection name is already used." msgstr "该连接名称已被使用。" -#. Find an unused gateway scenario -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 +#. Find an unused gateway scenario +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327 msgid "" "You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n" "All of gateway scenarios are already used." @@ -199,8 +195,8 @@ "您只能对每个方案建立一个网关连接。\n" "所有网关方案均已使用。" -#. Warn against duplicated configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 +#. Warn against duplicated configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344 msgid "" "The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n" "You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario." @@ -208,53 +204,53 @@ "已为该方案配置另一个网关。\n" "在一个方案下，不能有两个同时工作的网关。" -#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 +#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442 msgid "The user name is already used." msgstr "此用户名已被使用。" -#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. -#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 +#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false. +#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506 msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection." msgstr "找不到匹配的客户端连接。" -#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "VPN 网关和客户端" -#. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#. Left side: global config & connection management +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "全局配置" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "启用 VPN 守护程序" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "降低 TCP MSS" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "所有 VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "新建 VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "删除 VPN" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "查看连接状态" -#. Event handlers -#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#. Event handlers +#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 msgid "" "If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" "Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." @@ -262,22 +258,22 @@ "如果 VPN 客户端在访问特定因特网站点时出现问题，则可能是因为防火墙配置不正确而导致受影响的主机阻止了自动 MTU（最大传送单位）发现。\n" "降低 TCP-MSS 将会修正此情况；不过，可用带宽大约将减少 10%。" -#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#. Delete the chosen VPN connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "删除连接" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "确定要删除连接吗 " -#. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 +#. Check for incomplete configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "请完成以下连接的配置：\n" -#. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#. Consider enabling the daemon +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" @@ -285,125 +281,125 @@ "存在 VPN 连接，但守护程序未启用。\n" "是否要启用 VPN 守护程序？" -#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "已成功应用设置。" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "无法配置 IPSec 守护程序。" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "是否要查看守护程序日志和连接状态？" -#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "在编辑身份凭证之前，请先输入网关 IP。" -#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 msgid "Description" msgstr "描述" -#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "单击“新建 VPN”创建网关或客户端。" -#. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#. Make widgets for connection configuration +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "所有 IPv4 网络 (0.0.0.0/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "所有 IPv6 网络 (::/0)" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "有限的 CIDR（以逗号分隔）：" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "连接名称： " -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "网关（服务器）" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Client" msgstr "客户端" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "方案为" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "使用预共享密钥的安全通讯" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "使用证书的安全通讯" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "提供 Android、iOS、MacOS X 客户端的访问权" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "提供 Windows 7、Windows 8 客户端的访问权" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "编辑身份凭证" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "提供以下项目的 VPN 客户端访问权" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "客户端的地址池（例如 192.168.100.0/24）" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "服务器需要身份验证" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "通过预共享密钥" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "通过证书" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "VPN 网关 IP" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "使用 VPN 隧道访问" -#. They are however allowed in password -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 +#. They are however allowed in password +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64 msgid "Please enter both username and password." msgstr "请输入用户名和口令。" -#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore" @@ -411,17 +407,17 @@ "请勿在用户名中使用特殊字符和空格。\n" "可接受的字符包括：A-Z、a-z、0-9、破折号、下划线" -#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 +#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46 msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection" msgstr "请输入新 VPN 连接的名称。" -#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 +#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel. +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58 msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name." msgstr "请输入 VPN 连接名称。" -#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 +#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62 msgid "" "Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n" "Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n" @@ -431,44 +427,44 @@ "可接受的字符包括：A-Z、a-z、0-9、破折号、下划线\n" "名称必须以字母开头。" -#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 +#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Path to certificate file:" msgstr "证书文件路径：" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52 msgid "Path to certificate key file:" msgstr "证书密钥文件路径：" -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54 msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself." msgstr "请勿将密钥储存在证书文件本身中。" -#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 +#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80 msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file." msgstr "请输入证书文件和密钥文件。" -#. Return password string. -#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 +#. Return password string. +#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59 msgid "Please enter a password." msgstr "请输入口令。" -#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 +#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "日志每 3 秒种自动刷新一次。" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51 msgid "Restart VPN Daemon" msgstr "重启动 VPN 守护程序" -#. Restart IPSec daemon service. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 +#. Restart IPSec daemon service. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76 msgid "Confirm daemon restart" msgstr "确认守护程序重启动" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77 msgid "" "Existing connections will be interrupted.\n" "Do you still wish to continue?" @@ -476,32 +472,32 @@ "现有连接将会中断。\n" "仍要继续吗？" -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81 msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon" msgstr "未能重启动 IPSec 守护程序" -#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. -#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 +#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?" msgstr "无法获取状态：守护程序是否正在运行？" -#. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#. Install packages +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "未能安装 IPSec 包。" -#. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#. Enable/disable daemon +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "未能启动 IPSec 守护程序。" -#. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#. Configure IP forwarding +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "无法使用 sysctl 应用 IP 转发设置：" -#. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#. Configure/deconfigure firewall +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." @@ -509,11 +505,11 @@ "SuSE 防火墙已启用，但未激活。\n" "为使 VPN 正常工作，现将激活 SuSE 防火墙。" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "未能重启动 SuSE 防火墙。" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" "SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" @@ -523,29 +519,29 @@ "SuSE 防火墙未启用，因此每次重引导时，您都必须手动运行配置脚本。现将运行该脚本。\n" "该脚本位于 %s" -#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "VPN 全局设置" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "启用 VPN (IPSec) 守护程序：%s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "降低 TCP MSS：%s" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "网关和连接" -#. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#. Gateway summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "为客户端提供连接的网关 " -#. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#. Client summary +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "连接至以下位置的客户端 " Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/wol.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/wol.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/wol.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -14,35 +14,35 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. *************************************************************************** -#. -#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. -#. All Rights Reserved. -#. -#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as -#. published by the Free Software Foundation. -#. -#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -#. GNU General Public License for more details. -#. -#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. -#. -#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, -#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com -#. -#. *************************************************************************** -#. File: clients/wol.ycp -#. Package: Boot Server -#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> -#. Summary: WOL -#. -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. *************************************************************************** +#. +#. Copyright (c) 2002 - 2012 Novell, Inc. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. +#. *************************************************************************** +#. File: clients/wol.ycp +#. Package: Boot Server +#. Author: Anas Nashif <nashif(a)suse.de> +#. Summary: WOL +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/clients/wol.rb:49 msgid "" "Package could not be installed.\n" "Install the missing packages and try again." @@ -50,24 +50,24 @@ "无法安装软件包。\n" "请安装缺少的软件包，然后重试。" -#. Table header -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#. Table header +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "MAC Address" msgstr "MAC 地址" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:64 msgid "Host Name" msgstr "主机名" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:66 msgid "Wake Up" msgstr "唤醒" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:76 msgid "Wake-On-Lan" msgstr "网络唤醒" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:77 msgid "" "<h2>Wake on LAN</h2>\n" "With WOL, you can 'wake up' your PC simply by sending a 'magic packet' \n" @@ -76,20 +76,20 @@ "<h2>网络唤醒</h2>\n" "使用网络唤醒，您可以通过网络发送特殊的数据包来唤醒您的计算机。" -#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); -#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 +#. UI::ChangeWidget(`id(`edit_button), `Enabled, false); +#: src/clients/wol.rb:127 msgid "Really delete this item?" msgstr "是否确实要删除此项？" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:146 msgid "Waking remote host" msgstr "唤醒远程主机" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:171 msgid "Host Name:" msgstr "主机名：" -#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 +#: src/clients/wol.rb:173 msgid "" "MAC Address of\n" "the Client: " @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ "客户端的\n" "MAC 地址：" -#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf -#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 +#. read mac addr. from dhcpd.conf +#: src/modules/WOL.rb:101 msgid "" "No previously configured clients found.\n" "However, a DHCP configuration was found on this system. Import the host\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/xpram.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) +++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/zh_CN/po/yast2-apparmor.zh_CN.po 2016-09-15 14:54:06 UTC (rev 96925) @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 13:41\n" "Last-Translator: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n" "Language-Team: Novell language <language(a)novell.com>\n"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96924 - trunk/yast/nl/po
by fdekruijf＠svn2.opensuse.org 15 Sep '16

15 Sep '16

Author: fdekruijf Date: 2016-09-15 16:04:11 +0200 (Thu, 15 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96924 Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po Log: update Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-13 12:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ "Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute " "waarde of een sjabloon opgeven." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "" "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " "explicitly by the domain's data provider." @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is " "geïnstalleerd op de machine." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 msgid "" "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" @@ -1213,8 +1213,8 @@ "informatie." #. The kerberos domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:815 -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:809 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires." msgstr "Toon een waarschuwing N dagen voordat het wachtwoord verloopt." @@ -1534,16 +1534,17 @@ "(Specifiek voor Active Directory) gebruik token-groups attribute indien " "beschikbaar" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:595 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:594 msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)" msgstr "URI's (ldap://) van LDAP-servers (kommagescheiden)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:601 -msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 +msgid "" +"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " +"is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" -"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:606 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " "should connect in the order of preference." @@ -1551,7 +1552,7 @@ "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD " "verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:612 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " "should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." @@ -1560,76 +1561,76 @@ "verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de " "gebruiker te veranderen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:624 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 msgid "Base DN for LDAP search" msgstr "Basis DN voor zoeken in LDAP" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:625 msgid "LDAP schema type" msgstr "LDAP schematype" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:629 msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations." msgstr "" "De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP " "bewerkingen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:635 msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "Het type authenticatie-token van de standaard bind-DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:645 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:639 msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN." msgstr "De standaard authenticatie-token van de standaard bind-DN." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:650 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:644 msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een gebruiker-item in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:655 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:649 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:660 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:654 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de id van de gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:665 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:659 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de " "gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:670 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:664 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:675 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 msgid "" " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker " "bevat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:680 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker " "bevat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:685 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:679 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:690 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:684 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:695 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:900 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " "parent object." @@ -1637,7 +1638,7 @@ "Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan " "het bovenliggend object." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:700 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " @@ -1647,7 +1648,7 @@ "een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van " "de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:705 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " @@ -1657,7 +1658,7 @@ "een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum " "leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:710 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " @@ -1667,7 +1668,7 @@ "een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum " "leeftijd van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:715 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " @@ -1677,7 +1678,7 @@ "een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger " "(waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:720 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " "LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " @@ -1687,7 +1688,7 @@ "een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode " "dat het wachtwoord inactief is)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:725 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " "parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " @@ -1698,7 +1699,7 @@ "overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account " "verloopt)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:730 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " "an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " @@ -1708,7 +1709,7 @@ "naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste " "verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:735 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "" "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " "an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." @@ -1717,7 +1718,7 @@ "naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het " "huidige wachtwoord." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:740 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " "of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." @@ -1725,7 +1726,7 @@ "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de " "naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:745 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " "of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." @@ -1734,7 +1735,7 @@ "naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het " "gebruikersaccount opslaat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:750 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " "determines if access is allowed or not." @@ -1742,7 +1743,7 @@ "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt " "deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:755 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " "access is allowed or not." @@ -1750,7 +1751,7 @@ "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " "of toegang is toegestaan of niet." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:760 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " "which date access is granted." @@ -1758,7 +1759,7 @@ "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast " "tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:765 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "" "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " "hours of a day in a week when access is granted." @@ -1766,7 +1767,7 @@ "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de " "uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " "(UPN)." @@ -1774,12 +1775,12 @@ "Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van " "de gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. " -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "" "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " "realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " @@ -1789,12 +1790,12 @@ "gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de " "authenticatie kan mislukken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:780 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm." msgstr "" "Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:785 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "" "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " "enumerated records." @@ -1802,7 +1803,7 @@ "Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde " "records wordt ververst." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:790 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "" "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " "with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " @@ -1812,18 +1813,18 @@ "leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden " "gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:795 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:800 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:794 msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de " "gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:805 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "" "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " "use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " @@ -1833,7 +1834,7 @@ "de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de " "gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:810 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "" "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " "presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " @@ -1843,31 +1844,31 @@ "van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de " "toegangsrechten vast te stellen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:820 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een groepsitem in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:825 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:819 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de groepsnaam." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:830 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:824 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het id van de groep." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:835 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:829 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de namen bevat van de groepsleden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:840 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:834 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:845 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:839 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het objectSID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid "" " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " "parent object." @@ -1875,7 +1876,7 @@ " Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van " "het bovenliggend object." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "" "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " "RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " @@ -1885,7 +1886,7 @@ "ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste " "SSSD niveaus nog volgen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " "feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " @@ -1895,7 +1896,7 @@ "specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij " "toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " "feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " @@ -1905,61 +1906,65 @@ "specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het " "omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP." msgstr " De objectklasse van een netgroup item in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:880 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:874 msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de netgroep-naam." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:885 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:879 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van netgroep-leden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:890 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten " "bevat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:895 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:905 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP." msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:910 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " "aliases." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:915 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service." msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de poort bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:920 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 msgid "" "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" "Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:926 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP " +#| "searches for this attribute type." msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches " -"for this attribute type." +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" "Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " "zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:931 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid "" " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " "before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " @@ -1969,7 +1974,7 @@ "hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache " "worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:936 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " "enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " @@ -1980,7 +1985,7 @@ "de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt " "gestart)." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:941 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "" "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " "following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." @@ -1988,7 +1993,7 @@ "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd " "door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:946 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "" "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " "will abort if no response is received." @@ -1996,7 +2001,7 @@ "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP " "API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:951 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "" "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " "maintained." @@ -2004,7 +2009,7 @@ "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de " "LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:956 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "" "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " "Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." @@ -2013,11 +2018,11 @@ "enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek " "af." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control." msgstr "Schakel de LDAP-paging-controle uit." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:965 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "" "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " "security level necessary to establish the connection." @@ -2026,7 +2031,7 @@ "verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL " "gebruikt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "" "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " "cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." @@ -2034,11 +2039,11 @@ "Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om " "een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session" msgstr "Valideer servercertificatie in LDAP TLS-session" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "" "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " "Authorities that sssd will recognize." @@ -2046,7 +2051,7 @@ "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate " "Authorities die sssd zal herkennen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "" "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " "certificates in separate individual files." @@ -2054,21 +2059,21 @@ "Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten " "bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key." msgstr "" "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de " "client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:993 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:986 msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key." msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat de sleutel van de client bevat." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:998 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:991 msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites." msgstr "Legt acceptabele cipher-suites vast." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1003 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "" "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " "channel." @@ -2076,7 +2081,7 @@ "Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal " "te beschermen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "" "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " "ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " @@ -2086,19 +2091,19 @@ "van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van " "te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1012 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use." msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL mechanisme te gebruiken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1017 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1010 msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use." msgstr "Geeft aan welke SASL autorisatie-id te gebruiken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1022 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1015 msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use." msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL gebied te gebruiken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1027 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "" "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " "canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." @@ -2106,38 +2111,38 @@ "Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-" "adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1032 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI." msgstr "Geeft de keytab voor gebruik met SASL/GSSAPI." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1037 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1030 msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)." msgstr "" "Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1042 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1035 msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used." msgstr "Geeft de levensduur in seconden van de TGT als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1047 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 msgid "" "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" "Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de " "kant van de client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1052 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled." msgstr "" "Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1050 msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is " "ingeschakeld." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1061 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "" "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " "password changes when service discovery is enabled." @@ -2145,7 +2150,7 @@ "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden " "die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1066 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "" "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " "days since the Epoch after a password change operation." @@ -2153,7 +2158,7 @@ "Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met " "het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1071 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "" "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " "this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " @@ -2164,7 +2169,7 @@ "voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang " "tot deze host te verschaffen." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1076 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid "" " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " "be enabled." @@ -2172,16 +2177,16 @@ " Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de " "client worden ingesteld." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1082 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 msgid "Comma separated list of access control options." msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst van opties voor toegangscontrole." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1087 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1080 msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search." msgstr "" "Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1092 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "" "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " "use the RFC2307 schema." @@ -2189,11 +2194,77 @@ "Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor " "servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken." +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP " +#| "searches for this attribute type." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " +"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP " +#| "searches for this attribute type." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " +"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP " +#| "searches for this attribute type." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " +"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." + #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP " +#| "searches for this attribute type." +msgid "" +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +msgstr "" +"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP " +"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The object class of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "De objectklasse van een groepsitem in LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1115 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP." +msgid "The name of an automount map entry in LDAP." +msgstr "De objectklasse van een groepsitem in LDAP." + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 +msgid "" +"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " +"mount point." +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-adressen of hostnamen van Kerberos servers (kommagescheiden)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1109 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "" "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " "Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." @@ -2202,11 +2273,11 @@ "Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde " "van voorkeur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)" msgstr "Kerberos realm (bijv. VOORBEELD.COM)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1118 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1123 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "" "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " "servers can be defined here." @@ -2214,15 +2285,15 @@ "Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, " "kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1128 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 msgid "Directory to store credential caches." msgstr "Map om caches van credentials in op te slaan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1133 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1171 msgid "Location of the user's credential cache." msgstr "Locatie van de cache met credential van de gebruiker." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1138 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid "" " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " "password request is aborted." @@ -2230,7 +2301,7 @@ " Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot " "verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "" "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " "spoofed." @@ -2238,7 +2309,7 @@ "Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is " "vervalst." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1148 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "" "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " "KDCs." @@ -2246,7 +2317,7 @@ "De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, " "verkregen van KDC's." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "" "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " "request a TGT when the provider comes online again." @@ -2254,7 +2325,7 @@ "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik " "dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "" "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " "immediately followed by a time unit." @@ -2262,7 +2333,7 @@ "Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een " "geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "" "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " "followed by a time unit." @@ -2270,12 +2341,12 @@ "Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal " "onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1165 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed." msgstr "" "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "" "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" "authentication." @@ -2283,25 +2354,25 @@ "Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-" "authenticatie van Kerberos." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1174 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST." msgstr "Specificeert de server die in principe wordt gebruikt voor FAST." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1179 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1217 msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized." msgstr "" "Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1229 msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het Active Directory domein." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1234 msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-adressen of hostnamen van AD-servers (kommagescheiden)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1200 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1238 msgid "" "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to " "which SSSD should connect in order of preference." @@ -2309,7 +2380,7 @@ "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers " "waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "" "AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " "used by AD to identify this host." @@ -2318,11 +2389,11 @@ "volledig gekwalificeerde naam (FQDN) weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt door " "Active Directory om deze host mee te identificeren." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 msgid "Override the user's home directory." msgstr "Gaat boven de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1222 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid "" " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " "Active Directory user and group SIDs." @@ -2331,7 +2402,7 @@ "voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active " "Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1227 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "" "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " "Active Directory user and group SIDs." @@ -2339,19 +2410,19 @@ "Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor " "overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice." msgstr "Specificeert het aantal ID's dat beschikbaar is voor ieder stuk." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1274 msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain." msgstr "Specificeert de SID van het standaard domein." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1240 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278 msgid "Specify the name of the default domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het standaard domein" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1245 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "" "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " "winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." @@ -2360,15 +2431,15 @@ "ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme." #. The Active Directory domain section -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1257 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1295 msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain." msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het IPA-domein." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1262 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1300 msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)" msgstr "IP-adressen of hostnamen van IPA-servers (kommagescheiden)" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1267 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "" "IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " "FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." @@ -2377,11 +2448,11 @@ "volledig gekwalificeerde naam (FQSN) weergeeft die door IPA wordt gebruikt " "om deze host mee te identificeren." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1272 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using." msgstr "De locatie van automounter die deze IPA-client zal gaan gebruiken" -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1277 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "" "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " "FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." @@ -2389,19 +2460,24 @@ "Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch " "bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it." msgstr "" "De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken " "ervan." -#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1286 +#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 msgid "" "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" "Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor " "dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS." +#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-" +#~ "regels." + #~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module" #~ msgstr "Module voor instellen van authenticatie-client" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:04+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -324,8 +324,7 @@ msgstr "In een &SLP-daemon registreren" #. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")), -#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 -#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Firewall Settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen" @@ -519,6 +518,11 @@ msgid "Provider Hostname" msgstr "Hostnaam van leverancier" +#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1150 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 +#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 +msgid "Port" +msgstr "Poort" + #: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618 msgid "Use StartTLS" msgstr "StartTLS gebruiken" @@ -2508,8 +2512,7 @@ #. Initialization dialog contents #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 -#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 +#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207 #: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300 msgid "Initializing..." @@ -3298,10 +3301,6 @@ msgid "Provider Name" msgstr "Providernaam" -#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710 -msgid "Port" -msgstr "Poort" - #: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631 msgid "Replication Type" msgstr "Type replicatie" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-07 22:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47 #: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45 msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..." -msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..." +msgstr "" +"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving " +"uitgevoerd..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -136,8 +138,11 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "" +"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende " +"systeem" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 msgid "known modules: %1" @@ -169,22 +174,30 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location." +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location." msgstr "" -"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." +"Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op " +"het geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de " +"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren." #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax userid:groupid. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions." msgstr "" -"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n" -"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:groupid in te stellen.\n" -"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" +"Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de " +"permissies van de\n" +"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis userid:" +"groupid in te stellen.\n" +"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken " +"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n" "een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft." # bedoelt men hier: @@ -263,13 +276,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared." msgstr "" -"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" -"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n" +"Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een " +"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n" +"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren " +"en u een\n" "httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid." #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332 @@ -296,14 +314,22 @@ #. Dialog title for autoyast dialog #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:72 msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings" -msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen" +msgstr "" +"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-" +"instellingen" #. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated #. list of unknown sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system: %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." -msgstr "Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kunnen op dit systeem niet verwerkt worden: %s Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software>." +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:" +" %s Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not " +"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +msgstr "" +"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kunnen op dit systeem niet verwerkt " +"worden: %s Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat " +"niet alle benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software>." #. determine name of client, if not use default name #. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]); @@ -425,7 +451,8 @@ "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.\n" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie.\n" #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:42 msgid "Probe hardware" @@ -464,8 +491,14 @@ #. list of unsupported sections of the profile #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 -msgid "These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: %s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configuration." -msgstr "Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel worden niet meer ondersteund: %s Gebruik bijvoorbeeld <scripts/> of <files/> om de configuratie te wijzigen." +msgid "" +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore: " +"%s Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change " +"the configuration." +msgstr "" +"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel worden niet meer ondersteund: " +"%s Gebruik bijvoorbeeld <scripts/> of <files/> om de " +"configuratie te wijzigen." #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:179 @@ -515,7 +548,9 @@ #. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $ #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:51 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:43 msgid "Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation." -msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie." +msgstr "" +"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische " +"installatie." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:48 msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts" @@ -661,71 +696,75 @@ #. ReportingDialog() #. @return sumbol -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:103 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:99 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Meldingen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:109 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:105 msgid "Sho&w messages" msgstr "Meldingen &tonen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:117 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:113 msgid "Lo&g messages" msgstr "Meldingen lo&ggen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:128 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:124 msgid "&Time-out (in sec.)" msgstr "&Tijdslimiet (in sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:140 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:136 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:146 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:142 msgid "Sh&ow warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen t&onen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:154 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:150 msgid "Log wa&rnings" msgstr "Waa&rschuwingen loggen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:165 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:161 msgid "Time-out (in s&ec.)" msgstr "Tijdslimiet (in s&ec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:177 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:173 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fouten" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:183 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:179 msgid "Show error&s" msgstr "Foute&n tonen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:191 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:187 msgid "&Log errors" msgstr "Fouten &loggen" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:202 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:198 msgid "Time-o&ut (in sec.)" msgstr "Tij&dslimiet (in sec.)" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages. \n" msgstr "" -"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n" +"Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, " +"loggen\n" "en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet). \n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" "It is recommended to show all messages with time-out.\n" "Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.\n" msgstr "" -"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n" -"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.\n" +"Het wordt aanbevolen alle meldingen te bekijken met een " +"tijdslimiet.\n" +"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen " +"niet genegeerd worden.\n" -#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230 +#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:226 msgid "Messages and Logging" msgstr "Meldingen en logregistratie" @@ -740,12 +779,14 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" -"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed to add\n" +"Select one of the following base selections and click Detailed " +"to add\n" "more add-on selections and packages.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd om\n" +"Kies één van de volgende basisselecties en klik op gedetailleerd</" +"i> om\n" "uitgebreide selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n" "\n" @@ -757,8 +798,10 @@ msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "" +"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -773,31 +816,41 @@ msgid "" "Mount in /etc/fstab By:\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:\n" -"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n" -"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n" -"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n" -"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n" -"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n" +"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door " +"de\n" +"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat " +"het aan\n" +"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een " +"UUID\n" +"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden " +"via een\n" +"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit " +"onmogelijk.\n" "\t" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "Volumelabel:\n" "\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n" -"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n" +"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel " +"activeert.\n" "\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n" "\t " @@ -898,7 +951,8 @@ "You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n" "system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n" msgstr "" -"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n" +"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig " +"bestandssysteem\n" "geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n" #. We don't use the return value of the check, because we @@ -967,8 +1021,11 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "" +"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap" +"\" is geselecteerd." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1026,7 +1083,7 @@ #. Shows a dialog when 'control file' can't be found #. @param [String] original Original value #. @return [String] new value -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:21 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:22 msgid "" "\n" "A profile for this machine could not be found or retrieved.\n" @@ -1039,16 +1096,19 @@ "\n" "Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n" "Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n" -"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n" +"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres " +"naar het\n" "profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n" -"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n" -"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.\n" +"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces " +"opnieuw\n" +"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk " +"zijn.\n" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:31 msgid "System Profile Location" msgstr "Locatie van systeemprofiel" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:46 msgid "&Profile Location:" msgstr "&Profiellocatie:" @@ -1056,11 +1116,11 @@ #. Below this label, all targets are listed that can be used as #. installation target #. heading text -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:117 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Choose a hard disk" msgstr "Selecteer een harde schijf" -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:124 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:125 msgid "No disks found." msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden." @@ -1069,7 +1129,7 @@ #. "Preparing Hard Disk - Step 1" is the description of the dialog what to #. do while the following locale is the help description #. help part 1 of 1 -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:132 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:133 msgid "" "\n" "All hard disks automatically detected on your system\n" @@ -1077,18 +1137,19 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n" +"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn " +"gedetecteerd.\n" "Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n" "" #. force help text width -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:154 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "Hard Disk Selection" msgstr "Selectie harde schijf" #. there is a selection from that one option has to be #. chosen - at the moment no option is chosen -#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:177 +#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:178 msgid "Select one of the options to continue." msgstr "Selecteer één van de opties om verder te gaan." @@ -1151,14 +1212,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "Use this interface to define classes of control files. \n" -msgstr "Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. \n" +msgstr "" +"Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor " +"besturingsbestanden. \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" "For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n" "a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.\n" msgstr "" -"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n" +"U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een " +"specifieke\n" "afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213 @@ -1167,7 +1231,8 @@ "and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n" +"De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en " +"wanneer\n" "het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n" "\n" @@ -1236,7 +1301,8 @@ "creating the classes.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u categorieën gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n" -"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw profiel.\n" +"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw " +"profiel.\n" "Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n" "van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n" "de categorieën.\n" @@ -1443,8 +1509,12 @@ #. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar. #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" -msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw " +"huidige systeem?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644 @@ -1458,8 +1528,12 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 -msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" -msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?" +msgid "" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" +msgstr "" +"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw " +"huidige system?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790 @@ -1495,7 +1569,8 @@ "the Repository field." msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle besturingsbestanden\n" +"Geef in het depotveld de map op, waarin u alle " +"besturingsbestanden\n" "wilt opslaan." #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71 @@ -1598,7 +1673,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n" @@ -1732,25 +1808,31 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n" -"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n" -"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n" +"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een " +"ongewenste installatie\n" +"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een " +"overzicht zien van de\n" +"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie " +"automatisch en\n" "zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" +"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie " +"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n" " na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n" " \n" @@ -1761,7 +1843,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n" +"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van " +"AutoYast.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172 @@ -1787,7 +1870,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333 msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)" -msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" +msgstr "" +"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341 msgid "Store answer in this file" @@ -1893,13 +1977,17 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" +"This tool uses xmllint to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n" -"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" -"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt xmllint om het profiel te valideren aan " +"de hand van DTD en het\n" +"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk " +"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n" +"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, " +"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22 msgid "" @@ -1919,19 +2007,25 @@ "The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n" "to add more configuration options available with SUSE.\n" msgstr "" -"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n" -"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n" +"Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het " +"configuratiebestand\n" +"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor " +"configuratiebeheer worden \n" "geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.\n" msgstr "" -"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n" -"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n" -"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.\n" +"Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit " +"systeem\n" +"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op " +"de\n" +"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties." +"\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 msgid " Partition your hard disks... " @@ -1939,10 +2033,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" +"The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n" +"In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt " +"zullen worden.\n" "\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40 @@ -1981,10 +2077,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" -"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n" +"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station " +"tevens\n" "het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n" "volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:" @@ -1993,7 +2091,8 @@ " <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n" "Sizes are calculated automatically.\n" msgstr "" -" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" +" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een " +"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n" "De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61 @@ -2001,27 +2100,41 @@ msgstr "Geavanceerde opties" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." +msgid "" +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "" +"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe " +"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 " +"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of " +"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te " +"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n" "interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n" msgstr "" -"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n" -"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n" +"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met " +"behulp van deze\n" +"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand " +"toe te voegen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n" +"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de " +"configuratie\n" "aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n" "niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n" "\n" @@ -2053,20 +2166,23 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. \n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de " +"installatie begint. \n" #. help 2/6 #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n" -"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n" +"Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat " +"de installatie is voltooid.\n" "Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n" "" @@ -2078,16 +2194,21 @@ "For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the chroot scripts options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n" -"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n" -"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n" -"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n" -"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n" +"Kies de opties voor 'chroot'-scripts om uw post-installatie-script " +"binnen de\n" +"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd " +"voorafgaand\n" +"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts " +"op het\n" +"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te " +"benaderen,\n" "moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n" "\n" @@ -2096,13 +2217,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n" -"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de " +"bootloader-\n" +"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label " +"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n" "\n" #. help 5/6 @@ -2131,13 +2255,15 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl or \n" +"Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use Perl " +"or \n" "Python for preinstallation scripts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen Perl of \n" +"Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen " +"Perl of \n" "Python als pre-installatiescripts.\n" "\n" @@ -2147,32 +2273,44 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the Network option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n" -" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n" -" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n" -" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n" -" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" -" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n" +" Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk " +"uitgeschakeld en\n" +" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te " +"maken. Een\n" +" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van " +"init-scripts, die\n" +" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden " +"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n" +" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie Netwerk ook voor het script na " +"installatie gebruiken.\n" " \n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" +"All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n" -" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" -" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" +" Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-" +"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n" +" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het " +"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n" " bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2260,12 +2398,15 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n" -"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.\n" +"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt " +"u de installatie naar behoefte\n" +"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie " +"overnemen.\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2292,8 +2433,12 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 -msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" -msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" +msgid "" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" +msgstr "" +"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-" +"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1050 @@ -2306,51 +2451,69 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n" -"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n" -"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n" +"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, " +"via netwerk\n" +"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het " +"originele besturingsbestand \n" "geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n" #. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes #. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:279 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:289 msgid "Choose Profile" msgstr "Profiel kiezen" +#. Nothing returned by SLP query +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:312 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." +msgid "No 'autoyast' provider has been found via SLP." +msgstr "Het aangemaakte autoyast-profiel is geplaatst in: %s." + +#. There is no profile defined/found anywhere +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:357 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile" +msgid "" +"Invalid AutoYaST profile URL\n" +"%{url}" +msgstr "Pad naar AutoYaSt-profiel" + #. SetProtocolMessage () #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:335 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:384 msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van diskette opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:387 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van TFTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:393 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van NFS-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:399 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van HTTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:405 msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2." msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van FTP-server %2 opgehaald." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:362 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:411 msgid "Copying control file from file: %1." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van bestand %1 gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:416 msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van apparaat /dev/%1 gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:371 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:420 msgid "Copying control file from default location." msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van de standaardlocatie gekopieerd." -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:373 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:422 msgid "Source unknown." msgstr "Bron onbekend." @@ -2360,7 +2523,7 @@ #. { #. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1); #. } -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:502 msgid "" "<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n" "Almost all resources of the control file can be\n" @@ -2370,29 +2533,37 @@ "Bijna alle bronnen van het besturingsbestand kunnen met\n" "behulp van het configuratiebeheersysteem ingesteld worden.\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:458 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" -"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n" -"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n" -"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n" -"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n" +"De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, " +"zijn identiek aan\n" +"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van " +"het instellen van\n" +"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het " +"besturingsbestand\n" +"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te " +"zetten.\n" "\n" -#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:465 +#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.\n" msgstr "" "Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n" "interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n" -"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.\n" +"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</" +"p>\n" #. Construct node name for display in tree. #. @@ -2514,9 +2685,10 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." -msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." +msgstr "" +"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven." #. PUBLIC INTERFACE #. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE @@ -2524,68 +2696,68 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:691 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Stations" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:697 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "%s station in totaal" msgstr[1] "%s stations in total" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:716 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "Nog niet gekloond." #. Return Summary #. @return [String] summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:329 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:343 msgid "Preinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Pre-installatiescripts" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:342 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:356 msgid "Postinstallation Scripts" msgstr "Post-installatiescripts" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:355 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:369 msgid "Chroot Scripts" msgstr "'Chroot'-scripts" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:368 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:382 msgid "Init Scripts" msgstr "Init-scripts" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:395 msgid "Postpartitioning Scripts" msgstr "Post-partitionereingsscripts" #. return type of script as formatted string #. @param script type #. @return [String] type as translated string -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:476 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:490 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Pre" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:478 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:492 msgid "Post" msgstr "Post" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:327 -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:480 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:494 msgid "Init" msgstr "Init" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:482 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:496 msgid "Chroot" msgstr "Chroot" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:484 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:498 msgid "Postpartitioning" msgstr "Post-partitionering" -#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:486 +#: src/modules/AutoinstScripts.rb:500 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -2606,16 +2778,24 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 -msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 -msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgid "" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" +msgstr "" +"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/" +"ay_image.log controleren" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 @@ -2627,14 +2807,18 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" "U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n" -"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen." +"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer " +"te wijzigen." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren" +msgstr "" +"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log " +"controleren" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 msgid "Image created successfully" @@ -2675,10 +2859,12 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" +"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander " +"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n" "Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2720,13 +2906,21 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 -msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" +msgid "" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "" +"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de " +"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 msgid "Total of %1 drive" @@ -2755,7 +2949,8 @@ "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n" -"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n" +"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" #. return list of available devices #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122 @@ -2810,10 +3005,14 @@ msgstr "&OK" #~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -#~ msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met " +#~ "code %2." #~ msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -#~ msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code " +#~ "%2." #~ msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" #~ msgstr "Lezen van bestand op %1/%2 is mislukt.\n" @@ -2863,18 +3062,28 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "Enter the partition information according to your\n" -#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.\n" +#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the " +#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and " +#~ "no size.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n" +#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical " +#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then " +#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with " +#~ "AutoYaST.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n" -#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" +#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u " +#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met " +#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.\n" #~ " \n" -#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n" +#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische " +#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en " +#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld " +#~ "met AutoYaST.\n" #~ " \n" #~ " Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n" #~ " \n" @@ -2933,12 +3142,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" +#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical " +#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical " +#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "\n" -#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" +#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe " +#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste " +#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n" #~ " \n" #~ msgid "&Volume Group" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 13:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ #. string: command line interface is not supported #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144 msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface." -msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." +msgstr "" +"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface." #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:322 @@ -97,7 +98,8 @@ #. translators: default error message for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:327 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's." #. translators: error message in command line interface #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:365 @@ -143,7 +145,8 @@ #. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:543 msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties." #. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:561 @@ -177,7 +180,8 @@ " Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'." msgstr "" "\n" -" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'." +" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm " +"'optie=waarde'." #. translators: example title for command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:705 @@ -240,17 +244,26 @@ #. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:866 msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options." -msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:930 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:942 -msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." -msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." +msgid "" +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " +"command line option." +msgstr "" +"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie " +"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>." #. translators: fallback name for a module at command line #: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1079 @@ -485,7 +498,8 @@ "\n" "%2" msgstr "" -"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te voeren.\n" +"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te " +"voeren.\n" "Doorgaan met deze installatie laat u achter in een niet ondersteunde status\n" "en kan van invloed zijn op vereisten voor compliance.\n" " \n" @@ -499,7 +513,9 @@ #. bugzilla #332436 #: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1306 msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow." -msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkprocedures." +msgstr "" +"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende " +"werkprocedures." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget @@ -807,8 +823,10 @@ "containing the key and click Add.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</big> \n" -"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam\n" -"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen.\n" +"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de naam</" +"b>\n" +"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op Toevoegen." +"\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:573 @@ -820,8 +838,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</big> \n" "Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de bestandsnaam van het\n" -"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID om\n" -"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren klikken.\n" +"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de sleutel-ID " +"om\n" +"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op Genereren " +"klikken.\n" #. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4 #: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:580 @@ -934,7 +954,8 @@ "To add a new option, click Add. To remove\n" "an option, select it and click Delete." msgstr "" -"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie " +"te\n" "verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op Verwijderen." #. help 3/4, optional @@ -1012,15 +1033,26 @@ "Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists)." msgstr "" "1) Algemeen \n" -"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n" -"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n" +"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de " +"dialoog.\n" +"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + " +"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n" "Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n" -"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten)." +"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven " +"schuiven in lijsten)." #. NCurses Control Center help 2/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331 -msgid "Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right." -msgstr "Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen." +msgid "" +"Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use " +"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of " +"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog " +"on the right." +msgstr "" +"Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om " +"een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan " +"er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant " +"gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen." #. NCurses Control Center help 3/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338 @@ -1050,9 +1082,11 @@ "move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B]." msgstr "" "2) Vervanging van toetsaanslagen \n" -"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n" +"Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het " +"toetsenbord,\n" "zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n" -"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n" +"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus " +"met\n" "[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen." #. NCurses Control Center help 6/10 @@ -1063,17 +1097,20 @@ "[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB]." msgstr "" "Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n" -"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n" +"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + " +"[H].\n" "[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB]." #. NCurses Control Center help 7/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360 msgid "" "3) Function Keys \n" -"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." +"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings " +"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line." msgstr "" "3) Functietoetsen \n" -"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond." +"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van " +"de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond." #. NCurses Control Center help 8/10 #: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367 @@ -1145,18 +1182,30 @@ #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:129 msgid "" "<big>Current status</big> \n" -"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.\n" +"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same " +"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service " +"during boot'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" +"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running " +"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the " +"dialog or pressing the apply button).\n" "<big>Start During System Boot</big> \n" -"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.\n" +"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to " +"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service " +"in the already running system.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Huidige status</big> \n" -"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service bij opstarten van het systeem'.\n" +"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na " +"opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service " +"bij opstarten van het systeem'.\n" "<big>%{reload_label}</big> \n" -"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of 'opslaan').\n" +"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve " +"service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of " +"'opslaan').\n" "<big>Starten bij opstarten van systeem</big> \n" -"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.\n" +"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het " +"systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen " +"invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.\n" #. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons #: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:155 @@ -1714,13 +1763,13 @@ msgstr "&Details..." #. translators: summary header for messages generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:101 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:103 msgid "Messages" msgstr "Berichten" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:109 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 msgid "Display Messages: %1" msgstr "Berichten tonen: %1" @@ -1731,23 +1780,23 @@ #. translators: summary if the errors should be displayed #. translators: summary if the errors should be written to log file #. TRANSLATORS: human text for Boolean value -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:90 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:111 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:113 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:129 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:143 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:159 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:173 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:189 #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkPopup.rb:89 #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:101 msgid "No" @@ -1755,76 +1804,76 @@ #. Report configuration - will have normal messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:118 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:120 msgid "Time-out Messages: %1" msgstr "Time-out berichten: %1" #. Report configuration - will be normal messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:125 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:127 msgid "Log Messages: %1" msgstr "Berichten loggen: %1" #. translators: summary header for warnings generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:132 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:134 msgid "Warnings" msgstr "Waarschuwingen" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:139 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:141 msgid "Display Warnings: %1" msgstr "Waarschuwingen tonen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have warning messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:148 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:150 msgid "Time-out Warnings: %1" msgstr "Time-out waarschuwingen: %1" #. Report configuration - will be warning messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:155 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:157 msgid "Log Warnings: %1" msgstr "Waarschuwingen loggen: %1" #. translators: summary header for errors generated through autoinstallation -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:162 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:164 msgid "Errors" msgstr "Fouten" #. Report configuration - will be error messages displayed? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:169 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:171 msgid "Display Errors: %1" msgstr "Fouten tonen: %1" #. Report configuration - will have error messages timeout? #. '%1' will be replaced by number of seconds -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:178 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:180 msgid "Time-out Errors: %1" msgstr "Time-out fouten: %1" #. Report configuration - will be error messages logged to file? #. '%1' will be replaced by translated string "Yes" or "No" -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:185 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:187 msgid "Log Errors: %1" msgstr "Fouten loggen: %1" #. translators: warnings summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:664 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:668 msgid "Warning:" msgstr "Waarschuwing:" #. translators: errors summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:681 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:685 msgid "Error:" msgstr "Fout:" #. translators: message summary header #. translators: message summary header -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:698 -#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:715 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:702 +#: library/general/src/modules/Report.rb:719 msgid "Message:" msgstr "Bericht:" @@ -1947,12 +1996,14 @@ #: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285 msgid "" "<big>Create a new GPG key</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more " +"information.\n" "Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n" "" msgstr "" "<big>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</big> \n" -"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n" +"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager " +"voor meer informatie.\n" " Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n" " " @@ -2015,7 +2066,8 @@ "and select the action to process." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n" +"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te " +"slaan,\n" "kik op %1 en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie." #. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label @@ -2037,7 +2089,8 @@ "to which to save the log.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en selecteer\n" +"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op Log opslaan en " +"selecteer\n" "vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.\n" #. menu button @@ -2328,7 +2381,8 @@ #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109 msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation." -msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." +msgstr "" +"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie." #. label #: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114 @@ -2377,7 +2431,8 @@ "These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n" +"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd " +"worden:\n" "%1\n" #. question popup @@ -2990,7 +3045,8 @@ "Really continue?" msgstr "" "Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n" -"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n" +"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit " +"programma.\n" "\n" "Wilt u toch doorgaan?" @@ -3026,80 +3082,119 @@ "A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n" "No spaces are allowed.\n" msgstr "" -"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n" +"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+." +"_-'.\n" "Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n" "Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface" -msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface" +msgstr "" +"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-" +"interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...) #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178 msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface" -msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface" +msgstr "" +"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-" +"interface" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547 msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled." -msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld." +msgstr "" +"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden " +"uitgeschakeld." #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565 -msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">disable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">uitschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571 -msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" +msgid "" +"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">enable</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +"\">inschakelen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606 -msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612 -msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +msgid "" +"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</" +"a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633 msgid "" -"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n" +"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), " +"but\n" "there are no network interfaces configured" msgstr "" -"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n" +"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</" +"a>), maar\n" "er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648 -msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port " +"on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort " +"niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" -msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--" +"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696 -msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" -msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" +msgid "" +"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--" +"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707 -msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have " +"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op " +"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall." #. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725 @@ -3113,8 +3208,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall #: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737 -msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall." -msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." +msgid "" +"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the " +"needed ports on the firewall." +msgstr "" +"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de " +"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend." #. the message is followed by list of required packages #. Popup Text @@ -3154,7 +3253,8 @@ "\n" "%s" msgstr "" -"Conflicterende bestanden gedetecteerd, deze conflicterende bestanden zullen worden overschreven:\n" +"Conflicterende bestanden gedetecteerd, deze conflicterende bestanden zullen " +"worden overschreven:\n" "%s" #. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed @@ -3165,8 +3265,10 @@ "the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content." msgstr "" "Bestandsconflicten treden op wanneer bestanden met dezelfde naam, maar\n" -"verschillende inhoud uit twee pakketten worden geïnstalleerd. Als u doorgaat,\n" -"worden conflicterende bestanden vervangen, waardoor u de vorige inhoud verliest." +"verschillende inhoud uit twee pakketten worden geïnstalleerd. Als u " +"doorgaat,\n" +"worden conflicterende bestanden vervangen, waardoor u de vorige inhoud " +"verliest." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading #: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:176 @@ -3232,7 +3334,8 @@ "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" msgstr "" -"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" +"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken " +"systeem.\n" "Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n" #. At start of package install. @@ -3267,21 +3370,26 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" -"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." +"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management " +"module." msgstr "" "Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n" -"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien." +"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te " +"draaien." #. error report #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576 msgid "" "The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" -"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" -"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories from \n" +"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has " +"changed. To \n" +"continue using this repository, start Installation Repositories " +"from \n" "the YaST control center and refresh the repository.\n" msgstr "" "De bron op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een ander media-ID.\n" -"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is veranderd.\n" +"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is " +"veranderd.\n" "Om deze bron te blijven gebruiken, open Installatiebronnen in \n" "YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuw de installatiebron.\n" @@ -3483,7 +3591,7 @@ #. popup heading #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3070 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3065 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pakket:" @@ -3564,7 +3672,8 @@ #. message in a progress popup #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." -msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." +msgstr "" +"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error #: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1908 @@ -3649,15 +3758,15 @@ msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3005 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3000 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "&Details tonen" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3071 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3066 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Grootte:" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3094 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3089 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Overgebleven tijd tot het automatisch herhaalpoging: %1" @@ -3784,7 +3893,8 @@ "<big>License Confirmation</big> \n" "The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n" "of acceptance of its license.\n" -"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n" +"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be " +"installed.\n" " \n" "To accept the license of the package, click I Agree.\n" "To reject the license of the package, click I Disagree." @@ -3792,7 +3902,8 @@ "<big>Licentiebevestiging</big> \n" "Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n" "nodig ten behoeve van de acceptatie van zijn licentie.\n" -"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n" +"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet " +"geïnstalleerd worden.\n" " \n" "Klik op Ik ga akkoord als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n" "Klik op Ik ga niet akkoord als u de pakketlicentie afwijst." @@ -3801,14 +3912,18 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n" -"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n" +"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software " +"to install.\n" +"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in " +"the left\n" "\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n" "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" -"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond\n" +"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke " +"software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n" +"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie " +"getoond\n" "in de linker\n" "\t\tkolom. Om een beschrijving van een item te bekijken, selecteer\n" "het item in de lijst.\n" @@ -3843,7 +3958,8 @@ #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n" +"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining " +"disk space\n" "\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n" "\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n" "\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n" @@ -3851,11 +3967,13 @@ "\t\t " msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n" +"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over " +"blijft\n" "\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n" "\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n" "\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n" -"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n" +"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen " +"werken.\n" "\t\t" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" @@ -3956,8 +4074,12 @@ msgstr "Doorgaan in softwarebeheer" #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:688 -msgid "<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed or removed packages." -msgstr "<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier is een samenvatting van de geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten." +msgid "" +"<BIG>Installation Report</BIG> Here is a summary of installed " +"or removed packages." +msgstr "" +"<BIG>Installatierapport</BIG> Hier is een samenvatting van de " +"geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten." #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696 msgid "Installation Report" @@ -4010,7 +4132,8 @@ "Het pakket %1 uit de installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" "is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n" -"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n" +"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren " +"van\n" "het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?" @@ -4067,14 +4190,16 @@ msgid "" "No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n" "This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n" -"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n" +"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. " +"Using the file\n" "may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?" msgstr "" "Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de installatiebron.\n" "Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende bron,\n" -"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n" +"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het " +"gebruiken\n" "van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?" @@ -4149,10 +4274,13 @@ msgstr "" "Pakket %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" +"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " +"is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" -"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n" +"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per " +"ongeluk of\n" +"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de " +"integriteit\n" "en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch installeren?\n" @@ -4172,9 +4300,11 @@ msgstr "" "Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n" "%3\n" -" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n" +" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole " +"is mislukt: %4\n" "\n" -"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n" +"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk " +"of\n" "door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n" "risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" "\n" @@ -4299,7 +4429,8 @@ msgstr "" "De eigenaar van de sleutel kan opwaarderingen,\n" "pakketten en pakketbronnen aanleveren die uw systeem zal vertrouwen\n" -"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere waarschuwing.\n" +"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere " +"waarschuwing.\n" "Op die manier zal het importeren van de sleutel naar uw sleutelring met\n" "vertrouwde sleutels de sleuteleigenaar toestaan om enige controle te hebben\n" "over de software op uw systeem." @@ -4309,7 +4440,8 @@ msgid "" "A warning dialog opens for every package that\n" "is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n" -"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used." +"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be " +"used." msgstr "" "Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n" "pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n" @@ -4377,7 +4509,8 @@ "\n" "Het bestand is, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller, nadat het in\n" "de installatiebron is gezet en ondertekent, gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n" -"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n" +"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met " +"zich mee.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" @@ -4394,7 +4527,8 @@ "but the expected checksum is not known.\n" "\n" "This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n" -"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n" +"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at " +"risk.\n" "\n" "Use it anyway?\n" msgstr "" @@ -4402,8 +4536,10 @@ "is %2,\n" "maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n" "\n" -"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n" -"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n" +"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan " +"worden\n" +"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw " +"systeem in gevaar.\n" "\n" "Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n" @@ -4453,8 +4589,16 @@ msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd." #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635 -msgid "Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed." -msgstr "Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Aborting Installation Package installation can be aborted using " +"the Abort button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent " +"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Afbreken van de installatie Pakketinstallatie kan worden " +"afgebroken met de Afbreken-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een " +"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen " +"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd." #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES #: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653 @@ -5196,9 +5340,12 @@ "Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n" "start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit." msgstr "" -"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n" -"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n" -"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen." +"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden " +"gescheiden.\n" +"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken " +"mag niet aan het begin\n" +"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een " +"cijfer beginnen." #. Translators: hyphen: "-" #: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67 @@ -5246,7 +5393,8 @@ "Voorbeelden:\n" "IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n" "IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n" -"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n" +"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/" +"ffff::0\n" #. Byte abbreviated #: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127 @@ -5324,7 +5472,8 @@ "and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n" msgstr "" "Deze module moet als root draaien.\n" -"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n" +"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal " +"functioneren.\n" "Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n" "worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n" @@ -5972,7 +6121,9 @@ #. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250 msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format." -msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben." +msgstr "" +"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam " +"hebben." #. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256 @@ -6023,12 +6174,14 @@ "\n" "A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n" "separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" -"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n" +"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address " +"'192.168.32.1'.\n" msgstr "" "Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n" "\n" "Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n" -"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n" +"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr." +"arpa.'.\n" "Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make @@ -6040,7 +6193,8 @@ "such as 'host.example.org.'.\n" msgstr "" "De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n" -"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n" +"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt " +"eindigt,\n" "zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n" #. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format @@ -6077,7 +6231,8 @@ "Ongeldig SOA-record.\n" "%1 moet een BIND tijdstype zijn.\n" "Een BIND tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de hoofdletterongevoelige\n" -"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n" +"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel " +"toegestaan.\n" "Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record, @@ -6093,7 +6248,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020 msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file." -msgstr "Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." +msgstr "" +"Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn." #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size #: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028 @@ -6192,7 +6348,9 @@ #~ "sommige pakketten hebben niet opgeloste afhankelijkheden." #~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -#~ msgstr "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden is noodzakelijk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden " +#~ "is noodzakelijk." #~ msgid "" #~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" @@ -6208,7 +6366,8 @@ #~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De softwarebeheerder starten en de problemen repareren\n" -#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten installeren?" +#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten " +#~ "installeren?" #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Installatiegrootte" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 13:37+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." -msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd." +msgstr "" +"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden " +"geïnstalleerd." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #. F#300779: end @@ -184,34 +186,59 @@ msgstr " (MBR)" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</" +"a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 -msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet " +"installeren</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">installeren</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 -msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet " +"installeren</a>" #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)" -msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">installeren</a>" +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" +msgstr "" +"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">installeren</a>" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 -msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." +msgid "" +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u " +"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie." #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals #: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 @@ -219,91 +246,115 @@ msgstr "Wijzig locatie: %s" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:53 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:57 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 msgid "" "Timeout in Seconds \n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.\n" msgstr "" "Wachttijd in seconden \n" -"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.\n" +"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</" +"p>\n" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:89 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "&Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:93 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 msgid "" "Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition \n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR." msgstr "" "Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie \n" -"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n" -"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n" +"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start " +"vervolgens\n" +"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, " +"zelfs\n" "als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR." #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:120 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Al&gemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:124 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 msgid "" -"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"Write generic Boot Code to MBR replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition)." msgstr "" -"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" +"Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR Vervang de MBR van uw " +"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n" "de actieve partitie opstart)." #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:149 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "Menu &verbergen bij opstarten" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:153 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 msgid "Selecting Hide Menu on Boot will hide the boot menu." -msgstr "Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te verbergen" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Menu verbergen bij opstarten om het opstartmenu te " +"verbergen" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:172 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "Vreemd OS &detecteren" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:176 -msgid "Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution " -msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie " +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +msgid "" +"Probe Foreign OS by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution " +msgstr "" +"Vreemd OS detecteren door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met " +"andere vreemde distributie " #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:200 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:204 -msgid "Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel." -msgstr "Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +msgid "" +"Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel." +msgstr "" +"Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters." #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:228 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "&Beschermende MBR-vlag" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:232 -msgid "Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure." -msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +msgid "" +"Protective MBR flag is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure." +msgstr "" +"Protective MBR-vlag is een instelling alleen voor experts, die " +"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in " +"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent." #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 msgid "set" msgstr "ingesteld" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:248 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "remove" msgstr "verwijderen" @@ -311,55 +362,72 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:250 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 msgid "do not change" msgstr "niet wijzigen" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:268 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning van &secure boot inschakelen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:272 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "Activeren om UEFI veilige boot in te schakelen\n" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:293 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "Ondersteuning van &vertrouwde boot inschakelen" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:298 -msgid "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" -msgstr "Vertrouwde boot zal TrustedGRUB2 installeren in plaats van het reguliere GRUB2.\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +msgid "" +"Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2\n" +"instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +"It means measuring the integrity of the boot process,\n" +"with the help from the hardware (a TPM, Trusted Platform Module,\n" +"chip).\n" +"First you need to make sure Trusted Boot is enabled in the BIOS\n" +"setup (the setting may be named Security Chip, for example).\n" +msgstr "" +#. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 +#. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot +#. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +msgid "" +"Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" +"Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" +"The system will not boot otherwise." +msgstr "" + #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:324 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "Bootload&er beschermen met wachtwoord" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:330 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "Alleen wijziging van item &beschermen" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:336 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor GRUB2 gebruiker 'root'" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:339 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "Wach&twoord herhalen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:350 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "Het wachtwoord mag niet leeg zijn." -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." @@ -368,50 +436,63 @@ "komen niet overeen. Voer het wachtwoord opnieuw in." #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:407 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 msgid "" "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it " +"in Retype Password. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' " +"which is distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not " +"supportother GRUB2 users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script." msgstr "" "Bootloader beveiligen met wachtwoord \n" -"Tijdens booten, wijzigen of zelfs booten zal elke item het wachtwoord vereisen. Als Alleen wijzigen van item beschermen is geactiveerd dan is het booten van elk item niet beperkt maar items wijzigen vereist het wachtwoord (wat de manier hoe GRUB 1 zich gedroeg). YaST zal alleen het wachtwoord accepteren als u het herhaalt in Wachtwoord nogmaals. Het wachtwoord is van toepassing op de GRUB2 gebruiker 'root' die apart staat van de Linux 'root'. YaST ondersteunt nu geen andere GRUB2 gebruikers. Als u ze nodig hebt, gebruik dan een separaat GRUB2 script." +"Tijdens booten, wijzigen of zelfs booten zal elke item het wachtwoord " +"vereisen. Als Alleen wijzigen van item beschermen is geactiveerd dan " +"is het booten van elk item niet beperkt maar items wijzigen vereist het " +"wachtwoord (wat de manier hoe GRUB 1 zich gedroeg). YaST zal alleen het " +"wachtwoord accepteren als u het herhaalt in Wachtwoord nogmaals. Het " +"wachtwoord is van toepassing op de GRUB2 gebruiker 'root' die apart staat " +"van de Linux 'root'. YaST ondersteunt nu geen andere GRUB2 gebruikers. Als u " +"ze nodig hebt, gebruik dan een separaat GRUB2 script." #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:485 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Nieuw grafische themabestand kiezen" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:498 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "&Grafisch console gebruiken" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "Resolutie van &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:508 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "Thema van &console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:539 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Automatisch gedetecteerde door grub2" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:547 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:554 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Console-argumenten" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88 #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:571 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Stan&daard opstartsectie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 msgid "" " By pressing Set as Default you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -420,48 +501,55 @@ "boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n" "using the Up and Down buttons.\n" msgstr "" -" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n" -"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n" -"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n" -"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n" -"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n" -"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" +" Door op Instellen als standaard te klikken markeert u de " +"geselecteerde \n" +"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een " +"opstartmenu\n" +"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een " +"ander \n" +"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets " +"wordt\n" +"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem " +"opgestart.\n" +"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden " +"gewijzigd met de toetsen Omhoog en Omlaag.\n" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:610 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "Locatie van bootloader" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:664 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" -msgstr "Aangepaste apparaat voor booten moet gespecificeerd worden indien geactiveerd" +msgstr "" +"Aangepaste apparaat voor booten moet gespecificeerd worden indien geactiveerd" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:692 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Ops&tarten van opstartpartitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:693 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "Boo&ten van hoofdpartitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:694 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord (&MBR)" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:695 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Opstart&en van uitgebreide partitie" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:706 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:719 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "Schijfvolgorde voor booten b&ewerken" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:725 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 msgid "" "<big>Disks Order</big> \n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -470,22 +558,25 @@ "To remove a disk, push Remove." msgstr "" "<big>Schijfvolgorde</big> \n" -"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n" -"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n" -"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." +"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de " +"BIOS,\n" +"gebruik de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag om de schijven op volgorde " +"te zetten.\n" +"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op Toevoegen. Om een schijf te " +"verwijderen, druk op Verwijderen." #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "&Kernelparameters" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "Bootco&de-opties" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:837 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "Boot&loader-opties" @@ -496,8 +587,10 @@ #. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report #: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd." #. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself #: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 @@ -516,12 +609,18 @@ #. warning text in the summary richtext #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 -msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." -msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +msgid "" +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien " +"niet opstartbaar." #: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" -msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +msgstr "" +"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd" #. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read #: src/lib/bootloader/read_dialog.rb:22 @@ -549,33 +648,55 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 -msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." -msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." +msgid "" +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" +"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT " +"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de " +"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-" +"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR." #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage #. check if boot device is on raid0 #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:144 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 -msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" +msgid "" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" +msgstr "" +"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie " +"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:189 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." -msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." +msgstr "" +"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren." #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 -msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot." -msgstr "Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het helemaal niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen weigeren om te booten." +msgid "" +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." +msgstr "" +"Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het " +"helemaal niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen weigeren om te booten." #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 -msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." -msgstr "Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van deze schijf te booten." +msgid "" +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +msgstr "" +"Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het " +"al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van deze schijf te booten." #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) #: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 @@ -639,6 +760,12 @@ msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Trusted Boot will install TrustedGRUB2 instead of regular GRUB2.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vertrouwde boot zal TrustedGRUB2 installeren in plaats van het " +#~ "reguliere GRUB2.\n" + #~ msgid "Configuration summary of boot loader" #~ msgstr "Overzicht van bootloaderconfiguratie" @@ -670,7 +797,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Waarde was niet gespecificeerd." #~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode" -#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve " +#~ "commandoregelmodus" #~ msgid "Section name must be specified." #~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn." @@ -695,106 +824,152 @@ #~ msgstr "<big>Opstartmenu</big> " #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the other is\n" +#~ "Boot from Boot Partition is one of the recommended options, the " +#~ "other is\n" #~ "Boot from Root Partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n" +#~ "Opstarten van opstartpartitie is een van de aanbevolen opties, " +#~ "de andere is \n" #~ "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" +#~ "Use Trusted Grub means install trusted grub and use it. Option " +#~ "Graphical Menu File will be ignored.\n" #~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt genegeerd.\n" +#~ "Gebruik de vertrouwde grub betekent installeer de vertrouwde " +#~ "grub en gebruik deze. De optie Grafisch menubestand wordt " +#~ "genegeerd.\n" #~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have another operating system\n" +#~ "Boot from Master Boot Record is not recommended if you have " +#~ "another operating system\n" #~ "installed on your computer" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n" +#~ "Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR) wordt afgeraden als " +#~ "u een ander\n" #~ "besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" -#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" -#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" +#~ "Boot from Root Partition is the recommended option whenever " +#~ "there is a suitable\n" +#~ "partition. Either select Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot " +#~ "Partition and Write generic Boot Code to MBR\n" +#~ "in Boot Loader Options to update the master boot record if that is " +#~ "needed or configure your other boot manager\n" #~ "to start this section." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n" -#~ "aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" -#~ " in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" +#~ "Opstarten van opstartpartitie is de aanbevolen optie wanneer " +#~ "een geschikte partitie\n" +#~ "aanwezig is. Selecteer Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor " +#~ "opstartpartitie en Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR\n" +#~ " in Opties voor bootloader om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig " +#~ "is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n" #~ "starten van deze sectie." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +#~ "Boot from Extended Partition should be selected if your root " +#~ "partition is on \n" #~ "logical partition and the /boot partition is missing" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n" +#~ "Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie moet geselecteerd worden als " +#~ "uw root-partitie zich op \n" #~ "een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt" -#~ msgid "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." -#~ msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Custom Boot Partition lets you choose a partition to boot from." +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Aangepaste opstartpartitie laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan " +#~ "wordt opgestart." #~ msgid "" #~ "MD array is build from 2 disks. Enable Redundancy for MD Array\n" #~ "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen\n" +#~ "MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. Redundantie voor MD-array " +#~ "inschakelen\n" #~ "inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven." #~| msgid "" #~| "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details." +#~| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info " +#~| "grub2</code>) for details." #~ msgid "" #~ "Use Serial Console lets you define the parameters to use\n" -#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details." +#~ "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</" +#~ "code>) for details." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Gebruik seriële console definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n" -#~ "voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</code>) voor details." +#~ "voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info " +#~ "grub</code>) voor details." #~| msgid "" #~| "Terminal Definition \n" -#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n" -#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e." +#~| "g. a serial console),\n" +#~| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass " +#~| "<code>console</code> to the\n" +#~| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~| "which you\n" #~| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgid "" #~ "Terminal Definition \n" -#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" -#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n" -#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n" +#~ "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. " +#~ "a serial console),\n" +#~ "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</" +#~ "code> to the\n" +#~ "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in " +#~ "which you\n" #~ "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Terminaldefinitie \n" -#~ "Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" -#~ "geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n" -#~ "toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n" +#~ "Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal " +#~ "(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n" +#~ "geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de " +#~ "opdracht \n" +#~ "toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal " +#~ "waarop u een \n" #~ "willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section numbers\n" -#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable." +#~ "Fallback Sections if default Fails contains a list of section " +#~ "numbers\n" +#~ "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" +#~ "Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt bevat een lijst " +#~ "met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n" #~ "het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart." -#~ msgid "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu." -#~ msgstr "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Graphical Menu File defines the file to use for the graphical " +#~ "boot menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Grafisch menubestand definieert het voor het grafisch " +#~ "opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand." #~ msgid "Enable Acoustic Signals turn on/off acoustic signals." #~ msgstr "Geluidssignalen schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit." #~| msgid "" #~| "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in Retype Password." +#~| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the " +#~| "password. If Protect Entry Modification Only is checked then " +#~| "booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the " +#~| "password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved). YaST will only accept the " +#~| "password if you repeat it in Retype Password." #~ msgid "" #~ "Protect Boot Loader with Password \n" -#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" +#~ "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST " +#~ "will only accept the password if you repeat\n" #~ "it in Retype Password." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord \n" -#~ "Definieer het wachtwoord dat vereist zal zijn om toegang te krijgen tot het bootmenu. YaST zal het wachtwoord alleen accepteren als u het herhaalt\n" +#~ "Definieer het wachtwoord dat vereist zal zijn om toegang te krijgen tot " +#~ "het bootmenu. YaST zal het wachtwoord alleen accepteren als u het " +#~ "herhaalt\n" #~ "in Wachtwoord herhalen." #~ msgid "Boot Loader Locations" @@ -863,14 +1038,27 @@ #~ msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." #~ msgstr "Partitie waar boot sequence is geïnstalleerd." -#~ msgid "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the console to when booting." -#~ msgstr "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de console." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Vga Mode defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the " +#~ "console to when booting." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "VGA-modus definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te " +#~ "stellen VGA-modus voor de console." -#~ msgid "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel." -#~ msgstr "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter lets you define failsafe " +#~ "parameters to pass to the kernel." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel; hiermee " +#~ "definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters." +#~ "" -#~ msgid "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. " -#~ msgstr "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Distributor specifies name of distributor of kernel used to " +#~ "create boot entry name. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Distributeur specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de " +#~ "kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. " #~ msgid "D&istributor" #~ msgstr "D&istributeur" @@ -893,8 +1081,11 @@ #~ msgid "Unspecified" #~ msgstr "Niet gespecificeerd" -#~ msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." -#~ msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig " +#~ "aan." #~ msgid "Select File" #~ msgstr "Bestand selecteren" @@ -1051,13 +1242,16 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "From Other,\n" -#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n" -#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n" +#~ "you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the " +#~ "current \n" +#~ "configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or " +#~ "reread\n" #~ "the configuration saved on your disk. %1" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Via de knop Overig\n" #~ "kunt u de configuratiebestanden van de bootloader handmatig bewerken,\n" -#~ "de huidige configuratie wissen en een nieuwe configuratie vanaf 0 beginnen,\n" +#~ "de huidige configuratie wissen en een nieuwe configuratie vanaf 0 " +#~ "beginnen,\n" #~ "of de configuratie die op uw schijf is opgeslagen opnieuw inlezen. %1" #~ msgid "" @@ -1089,12 +1283,18 @@ #~ "kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n" #~ "menu can be changed using the Up and Down buttons." #~ msgstr "" -#~ " Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n" -#~ "sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n" -#~ "opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n" -#~ "kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n" -#~ "worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n" -#~ "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n" +#~ " Door op Als standaard instellen te klikken wordt de " +#~ "geselecteerde \n" +#~ "sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de " +#~ "bootloader een \n" +#~ "opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een " +#~ "ander besturingssysteem \n" +#~ "kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of " +#~ "besturingssysteem) zal \n" +#~ "worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt " +#~ "gedrukt.\n" +#~ "De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp " +#~ "van\n" #~ "de knoppen Omhoog en Omlaag." #~ msgid "" @@ -1125,18 +1325,22 @@ #~ "- In the Boot Sector of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n" #~ "partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n" #~ "partition. Either set Activate Boot Loader Partition and\n" -#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation Details\n" +#~ "Replace MBR with Generic Code in Boot Loader Installation " +#~ "Details\n" #~ "to update the master boot record\n" #~ "if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n" #~ "to start &product;." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n" +#~ "- In de bootsector van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> " +#~ "(hoofdpartitie). \n" #~ "Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n" #~ "Selecteer Bootloaderpartitie activeren of\n" -#~ "MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details bootloaderinstallatie\n" +#~ "MBR door generieke code vervangen bij Details " +#~ "bootloaderinstallatie\n" #~ "om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n" -#~ "het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;." +#~ "het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van " +#~ "&product;." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -1163,16 +1367,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n" #~ "limit that restricts booting to\n" -#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager used,\n" +#~ "hard disk cylinders smaller than 1024. Depending on the boot manager " +#~ "used,\n" #~ "you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n" -#~ "dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n" -#~ "Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." +#~ "dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de " +#~ "1024.\n" +#~ "Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat " +#~ "om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n" +#~ "Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> " +#~ "or\n" #~ "<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" @@ -1186,7 +1394,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Details bootloaderinstallatie \n" #~ "Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n" -#~ " (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details bootloaderinstallatie." +#~ " (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op Details " +#~ "bootloaderinstallatie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Loader Options \n" @@ -1194,7 +1403,8 @@ #~ "Boot Loader Options." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opties bootloader \n" -#~ "Om de opties van de bootloader aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, klik op\n" +#~ "Om de opties van de bootloader aan te passen, zoals de wachttijd, klik " +#~ "op\n" #~ "Opties bootloader." #~ msgid "" @@ -1204,15 +1414,18 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Handmatige configuratie \n" #~ "Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.\n" -#~ "Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben." +#~ "Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong " +#~ "hebben." #~ msgid "" #~ "Section Name \n" -#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n" +#~ "Use Section Name to specify the boot loader section name. The " +#~ "section\n" #~ "name must be unique." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Sectienaam \n" -#~ "Gebruik Sectienaam om de naam van de bootloadersectie op te geven.\n" +#~ "Gebruik Sectienaam om de naam van de bootloadersectie op te " +#~ "geven.\n" #~ "De sectienaam dient uniek te zijn." #~ msgid "" @@ -1227,40 +1440,49 @@ #~ "section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n" #~ "selected section." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel geselecteerde\n" -#~ "sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n" +#~ "Selecteer Geselecteerde sectie klonen om de momenteel " +#~ "geselecteerde\n" +#~ "sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in " +#~ "de\n" #~ "geselecteerde sectie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Image Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n" #~ "to load and start." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n" +#~ "Selecteer Image-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere " +#~ "image toe te voegen\n" #~ "om te laden en te starten." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Xen Section to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n" #~ "but to start it in a Xen environment." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +#~ "Selecteer Xen-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image " +#~ "toe te voegen, \n" #~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Other System (Chainloader) to add a section that \n" -#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used " +#~ "for\n" #~ "booting other operating systems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te voegen\n" -#~ "die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +#~ "Selecteer Ander systeem (Chainloader) om een sectie toe te " +#~ "voegen\n" +#~ "die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit " +#~ "wordt gebruikt\n" #~ "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a section that \n" -#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n" +#~ "loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of " +#~ "the disk. This is used for\n" #~ "booting other operating systems." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer Menu-sectie om een sectie toe te voegen \n" -#~ "die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" +#~ "die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een " +#~ "partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n" #~ "voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen." #~ msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader" @@ -1313,7 +1535,8 @@ #~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n" -#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n" +#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de " +#~ "bootloaderinstellingen.\n" #~ msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n" #~ msgstr "%1Standaard bootloaderlocatie instellen?\n" @@ -1392,50 +1615,87 @@ #~ msgid "Image Section" #~ msgstr "Image-sectie" -#~ msgid "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via Browse." -#~ msgstr "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Kernel Image defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name " +#~ "directly or choose via Browse." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Kernel-image definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam " +#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies via Bladeren" -#~ msgid "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device." -#~ msgstr "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Root Device sets the device to pass to the kernel as root " +#~ "device." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hoofdapparaat stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet " +#~ "worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n" +#~ "Initial RAM Disk, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to " +#~ "use. Either enter the path and file name\n" #~ "directly or choose by using Browse.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" +#~ "Allereerste RAM-schijf, mits niet leeg, definieert de " +#~ "aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n" #~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te Bladeren.\n" -#~ msgid "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux." -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Chainloader Section if you want to define a section for " +#~ "booting an OS other than Linux." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Chainloader-sectie als u een sectie wilt definiëren " +#~ "voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux." -#~ msgid "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to select this section." -#~ msgstr "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Setting Use Password Protection will require a password to " +#~ "select this section." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Schakel Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken in om het selecteren " +#~ "van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen." -#~ msgid "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer." -#~ msgstr "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Other System lets you choose among the non-Linux operating " +#~ "systems found on your computer." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Met Ander systeem kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd " +#~ "niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen." -#~ msgid "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" -#~ msgstr "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Select Activate this Partition when selected for Boot if your " +#~ "BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Selecteer Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor " +#~ "opstarten als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de " +#~ "partitie te kunnen opstarten" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" -#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.\n" +#~ "Block Offset for Chainloading lets you specify the list of " +#~ "blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n" +#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see " +#~ "the grub documentation.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" -#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" +#~ "Met Blok-offset voor chainloading geeft u de lijst op te " +#~ "starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n" +#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer " +#~ "bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n" +#~ "Select Xen Section if you want to add a new Linux kernel or " +#~ "other image \n" #~ "and start it in a Xen environment.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n" +#~ "Selecteer XEN-sectie om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image " +#~ "toe te voegen, \n" #~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.\n" #~ msgid "Hypervisor specifies the Hypervisor to use." #~ msgstr "Hypervisor specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor." -#~ msgid "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." -#~ msgstr "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters lets you define additional " +#~ "parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor; hiermee definieert u " +#~ "aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters." #~ msgid "Menu Section" #~ msgstr "Menusectie" @@ -1443,17 +1703,27 @@ #~ msgid "Partition of Menu File" #~ msgstr "Partitie van menubestand" -#~ msgid "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file." -#~ msgstr "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Menu Description File specifies path on root device from which " +#~ "is loaded menu file." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu specificeert het pad op het " +#~ "root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen." -#~ msgid "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually need to be on the first disk." -#~ msgstr "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map Windows usually " +#~ "need to be on the first disk." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap " +#~ "Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: Add , \n" +#~ "Measures includes measured files with PCR. Change table is " +#~ "possible via buttons: Add , \n" #~ "Edit and Delete" #~ msgid "" @@ -1467,30 +1737,39 @@ #~ "Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only \n" #~ "Usually specified in global section" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld \n" +#~ "Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie" #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Dump Section to add a section that specifies how to\n" -#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n" +#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to " +#~ "a\n" #~ "file on a SCSI disk partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n" -#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n" +#~ "Selecteer Dumpsectie om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt " +#~ "opgegeven hoe\n" +#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of " +#~ "tapeapparaat of om een\n" #~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select Menu Section to add a new menu to the configuration.\n" #~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n" -#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd\n" +#~ "Selecteer Menusectie om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de " +#~ "configuratie.\n" +#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden " +#~ "gegroepeerd\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" +#~ "Select Enable SELinux to add the needed kernel boot parameters " +#~ "to enable the SELinux security framework. \n" #~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n" +#~ "Selecteer SELinux inschakelen om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-" +#~ "parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te " +#~ "schakelen. \n" #~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen." #~ msgid "Image Section" @@ -1622,7 +1901,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Secties: %1" #~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files" -#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken" #~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" #~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's" @@ -1630,8 +1910,14 @@ #~ msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" #~ msgstr "Onbekende bootloader: %1" -#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" -#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the " +#~ "device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot " +#~ "Loader Installation Details\"" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten " +#~ "(booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze " +#~ "zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\"" #~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" #~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1" @@ -1654,8 +1940,11 @@ #~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more." #~ msgstr "Geselecteerde bootloaderlocatie %{path} is niet meer op %{device}." -#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" -#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-" +#~ "partitietabel" #~ msgid "Linux" #~ msgstr "Linux" @@ -1703,39 +1992,64 @@ #~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier" #~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." -#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." -#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely " +#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result " +#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 " +#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 " +#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n" -#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)" +#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of " +#~ "range.\n" +#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot " +#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader " +#~ "configuration)" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n" -#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/" +#~ ">\n" +#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten " +#~ "bereik.\n" +#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de " +#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on " +#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)." #~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now." #~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund." -#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable." -#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your " +#~ "system may not be bootable." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. " +#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine " +#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing. \n" -#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition." +#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a " +#~ "PReP Boot partition." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat. \n" -#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt." +#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat." +#~ " \n" +#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-" +#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt." #~ msgid "Stay &LILO" #~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven" @@ -1743,8 +2057,12 @@ #~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB" #~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren" -#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB" -#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to " +#~ "GRUB" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van " +#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren" #~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options" #~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties" @@ -1777,53 +2095,70 @@ #~ "Set level of verbosity [0-5] Increase verbosity of ELILO\n" #~ "in case of boot problems." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n" +#~ "Uitgebreidheid [0-5] Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-" +#~ "meldingen zijn \n" #~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the default initrd file, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of default image file, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n" -#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het imagebestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het te " +#~ "gebruiken\n" +#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies " +#~ "door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu') \n" #~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu') \n" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of " +#~ "'tekstmenu') \n" #~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt." #~ msgid "" #~ "Prevent EDD30 mode \n" -#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n" +#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to " +#~ "TRUE.\n" #~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n" #~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n" #~ "avoid forcing the variable.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "EDD30-modus blokkeren \n" -#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n" -#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n" +#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te " +#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n" +#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de " +#~ "variabele\n" #~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n" #~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.\n" @@ -1834,8 +2169,10 @@ #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan \n" -#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n" -#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" +#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het " +#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n" +#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt " +#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "" @@ -1857,7 +2194,8 @@ #~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO\n" -#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"" +#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of " +#~ "\"tekstmenu\"" #~ msgid "" #~ "Display the Content of a File by Function Keys\n" @@ -1879,7 +2217,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA\n" #~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n" -#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden." +#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd " +#~ "worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)\n" @@ -1887,7 +2226,8 @@ #~ "the chooser." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)\n" -#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n" +#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund " +#~ "wordt\n" #~ "door het keuzeprogramma." #~ msgid "" @@ -1896,7 +2236,8 @@ #~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n" #~ "Default is 0" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten\n" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten\n" #~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n" #~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n" #~ "Standaard is 0" @@ -1904,8 +2245,12 @@ #~ msgid "Boot Image Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image" -#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)" -#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive " +#~ "mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Force interactive mode" #~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren" @@ -1929,7 +2274,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand" #~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')" -#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')" #~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)" #~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)" @@ -1942,13 +2288,15 @@ #~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren" #~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load" -#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen" #~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate" #~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan" #~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line" -#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel" #~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File" #~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand" @@ -1970,10 +2318,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld" #~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")" -#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu" +#~ "\")" -#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)" -#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive " +#~ "Mode)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch " +#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)" #~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys" #~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen" @@ -2028,7 +2382,8 @@ #~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n" #~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n" #~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n" -#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen." +#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar " +#~ "opgeslagen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Boot Folder Path\n" @@ -2040,30 +2395,42 @@ #~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line \n" -#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n" +#~ "Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</" +#~ "b> \n" +#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These " +#~ "are\n" #~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel \n" -#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n" -#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.\n" +#~ "Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-" +#~ "opdrachtregel \n" +#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan " +#~ "de kernel.\n" +#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the initial\n" -#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "Name of the Default Initrd File, if not empty, defines the " +#~ "initial\n" +#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n" -#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n" +#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in " +#~ "of kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Name of Default Image File, if not empty, defines the image\n" -#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n" +#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by " +#~ "using\n" #~ "Browse" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n" -#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n" +#~ "Naam van het standaard image-bestand, mits niet leeg, " +#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n" +#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of " +#~ "kies door te\n" #~ "Bladeren" #~ msgid "" @@ -2077,65 +2444,84 @@ #~ "Partition for Boot Loader Duplication\n" #~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n" #~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n" -#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system." +#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a " +#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie\n" -#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n" +#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen " +#~ "zou moeten worden.\n" #~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n" -#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." +#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een " +#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Change Boot Device in NV-RAM\n" #~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n" +#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified " +#~ "in\n" #~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM\n" #~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n" -#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" -#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar " +#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n" +#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "" #~ "Do not Use OS-chooser\n" -#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n" +#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script " +#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple " +#~ "G5 systems \n" #~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken\n" -#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" -#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n" +#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een " +#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n" +#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met " +#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n" #~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld." #~ msgid "" #~ "Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n" +#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots " +#~ "automatically \n" #~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux\n" -#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n" +#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux " +#~ "automatisch opstart \n" #~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten" #~ msgid "" #~ "Always Boot from FAT Partition\n" -#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n" -#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n" +#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition " +#~ "format\n" +#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for " +#~ "more\n" #~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n" #~ "the FAT formatted file system" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten\n" -#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n" -#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n" +#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat " +#~ "selecteren\n" +#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem " +#~ "voor meer\n" #~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n" #~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken" #~ msgid "" #~ "Install Boot Loader Even on Errors\n" #~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n" -#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup." +#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren\n" -#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n" -#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup." +#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet " +#~ "ondersteunde setup." #~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location" #~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader" @@ -2343,10 +2729,13 @@ #~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund" #~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot." -#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen " +#~ "opstarten." #~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed." -#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt." #~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader" #~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren" @@ -2403,11 +2792,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n" -#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n" +#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard " +#~ "disk.\n" #~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n" -#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n" +#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen " +#~ "booten.\n" #~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?" #~ msgid "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 13:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -68,11 +68,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installatie-instellingen" @@ -88,14 +86,13 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Live installatie-instellingen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Instellingen voor bijwerken" @@ -103,7 +100,7 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie" @@ -111,7 +108,7 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Hardwareconfiguratie" @@ -121,9 +118,9 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Voorbereiding" @@ -131,8 +128,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "linuxrc-netwerkconfiguratie laden" @@ -142,78 +139,77 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "Automatische instelling van het netwerk" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 -msgid "Welcome" -msgstr "Welkom" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 +msgid "Installer Update" +msgstr "Bijwerken van installatieprogramma" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 -msgid "Network Activation" -msgstr "Netwerk-activering" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 +msgid "Welcome" +msgstr "Welkom" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -msgid "Disk Activation" -msgstr "Schijfactivering" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 +msgid "Network Activation" +msgstr "Netwerk-activering" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 -msgid "System Analysis" -msgstr "Systeemanalyses" +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 +msgid "Disk Activation" +msgstr "Schijfactivering" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 -msgid "Installer Update" -msgstr "Bijwerken van installatieprogramma" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 +msgid "System Analysis" +msgstr "Systeemanalyses" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Addon-producten" @@ -221,8 +217,7 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Schijf" @@ -230,22 +225,19 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tijdzone" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 msgid "User Settings" msgstr "Gebruiker-instellingen" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installatie-overzicht" @@ -296,31 +288,26 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Installatie uitvoeren" @@ -332,27 +319,26 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "Opschonen van installatieprogramma" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 msgid "Installation" msgstr "Installatie" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "Systeem voor bijwerken" @@ -360,8 +346,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update" msgstr "Bijwerken" @@ -398,47 +384,47 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Bijwerken uitvoeren" #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallatie" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "AutoYaST-instellingen" @@ -446,9 +432,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" @@ -456,8 +441,8 @@ #: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie" @@ -496,7 +481,8 @@ "System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" "for the selected scenario." msgstr "" -"Systeem rollen zijn voorgedefinieerde gebruiksgevallen die het systeem aanpassen\n" +"Systeem rollen zijn voorgedefinieerde gebruiksgevallen die het systeem " +"aanpassen\n" "voor het geselecteerde scenario." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help @@ -507,10 +493,14 @@ "configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" "defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary." msgstr "" -"De aanpassingne aan de systeemrollen zijn in de reeks van pakketselectie tot \n" -"partitionering van schijven. Door een systeemrol te kiezen, zal het systeem \n" -"overeenkomstig worden geconfigureerd om overeen te komen met de rol van het gebruiksgeval. \n" -"De instellingen gedefinieerd door een rol kunnen, indien noodzakelijk, overschreven worden in de volgende stappen." +"De aanpassingne aan de systeemrollen zijn in de reeks van pakketselectie " +"tot \n" +"partitionering van schijven. Door een systeemrol te kiezen, zal het " +"systeem \n" +"overeenkomstig worden geconfigureerd om overeen te komen met de rol van het " +"gebruiksgeval. \n" +"De instellingen gedefinieerd door een rol kunnen, indien noodzakelijk, " +"overschreven worden in de volgende stappen." #. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 @@ -581,7 +571,8 @@ "\n" "Gefeliciteerd!\n" "De installatie van openSUSE op uw computer is klaar.\n" -"Nadat u op Voltooien hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het systeem.\n" +"Nadat u op Voltooien hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het " +"systeem.\n" "Bezoek ons op %1.\n" "Veel plezier! Uw openSUSE-ontwikkelteam\n" " " @@ -600,15 +591,22 @@ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" "is the most appropriate desktop for you." msgstr "" -"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch gebruikersinterface\n" -"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, webbrowsing,\n" -"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw computer.\n" +"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch " +"gebruikersinterface\n" +"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, " +"webbrowsing,\n" +"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw " +"computer.\n" "\n" -"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed gebruikte\n" -"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE Plasma, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund worden onder\n" +"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed " +"gebruikte\n" +"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE Plasma, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund " +"worden onder\n" "openSUSE. Beide bureaubladomgevingen zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken, hoog\n" -"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke bureaubladomgeving\n" -"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het meest\n" +"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke " +"bureaubladomgeving\n" +"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het " +"meest\n" "geschikte bureaublad is." #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21 @@ -639,20 +637,19 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "Bureaublad Enlightenment" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimale server keuzemogelijkheid (Tekst modus)" - -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "Online installatiebronnen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "Desktopselectie" +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimale server keuzemogelijkheid (Tekst modus)" + #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" @@ -751,7 +748,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Virtuele machine (Voor geparavirtualiseerde omgevingen zoals Xen)" #~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" #~ msgid "Server Scenario" #~ msgstr "Scenario van server" @@ -761,7 +759,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Service" #~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -#~ msgstr "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)" #~ msgid "Root Password" #~ msgstr "Root-wachtwoord" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:54+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-07 22:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -59,8 +59,11 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184 -msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +msgid "" +"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de " +"mogelijke waarden te bekijken." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -86,15 +89,22 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n" +"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule " +"verfijnen.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +"keyboard</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "" #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -msgid "Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" -msgstr "De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface heeft u een ander programma nodig.\n" +msgid "" +"Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " +"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.\n" +msgstr "" +"De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. " +"Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface " +"heeft u een ander programma nodig.\n" #. heading text #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78 @@ -176,14 +186,16 @@ "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in Test.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u wilt gebruiken\n" "voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n" "Test de indeling in Test.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " +"Geavanceerd.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -202,13 +214,17 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Keyboard Layout to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert Settings.\n" -"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select Expert " +"Settings.\n" +"Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " +"your desktop environment.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Kies de toetsenbordindeling die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n" -"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer Geavanceerd.\n" -"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.\n" +"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer " +"Geavanceerd.\n" +"Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw " +"bureaubladomgeving.\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -334,7 +350,8 @@ #. help for write dialog #: language/src/clients/language.rb:233 msgid "Saving Configuration Please wait..." -msgstr "De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " +msgstr "" +"De configuratie wordt opgeslagen Even geduld a.u.b... " #. summary label #: language/src/clients/language.rb:252 @@ -343,15 +360,18 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:793 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:827 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "Aanvullende talen: %1" #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:301 -msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken." +msgid "" +"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "" +"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke " +"waarden te bekijken." #. label text #. heading text @@ -397,11 +417,14 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " +"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" +"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en " +"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer " +"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n" "" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 @@ -485,13 +508,20 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "\n" -"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" -"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check Adapt Keyboard Layout to change the keyboard layout to the " +"primary language.\n" +"Check Adapt Time Zone to change the current time zone according to " +"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted " +"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" -"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdszone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen om de " +"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n" +"Selecteer de optie Tijdzone aanpassen om de huidige tijdszone aan te " +"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al " +"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk " +"uitgeschakeld.\n" "\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -504,7 +534,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Secundaire talen \n" -"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n" +"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt " +"gaan gebruiken.\n" "\n" #. error message - package solver failed @@ -518,7 +549,8 @@ "There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n" "Remove some languages from the selection." msgstr "" -"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n" +"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen " +"installeren.\n" "Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie." #. help text for langauge expert screen @@ -532,7 +564,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n" -"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n" +"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/" +"language</tt>.\n" "Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n" "\n" @@ -545,27 +578,38 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'\n" -"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld." +"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn " +"ingesteld." #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" +"ctype Only: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " +"values\n" "are unset. \n" "Yes: root has the same locale settings as normal user. \n" "No: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n" +"Alleen ctype: de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een " +"normale gebruiker.\n" "Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld. \n" -"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker. \n" -"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n" +"Ja: de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een " +"normale gebruiker. \n" +"Nee: de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen " +"ingesteld.\n" "\n" #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale." -msgstr "Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." +msgid "" +"Use Detailed Locale Setting to set a locale for the primary " +"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " +"not be available for the selected locale." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Gedetailleerde instellingen om een lokaliteit voor de " +"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De " +"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit." #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -607,25 +651,35 @@ msgstr "&Tijdzone aan '%1' aanpassen" #. busy message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:382 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:375 msgid "Downloading installation system language extension..." msgstr "Downloaden van extensie voor de taal van het installatiesysteem..." +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced +#. with variable content - do not translate them, please. +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +msgid "" +"Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" +"available at %{directory}.\n" +"\n" +"Fallback language %{fallback} will be used." +msgstr "" + #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:737 language/src/modules/Language.rb:809 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "Primaire taal: %1" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:982 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "Installeren van pakketten..." #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1073 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" @@ -634,24 +688,29 @@ "Sommige teksten kunnen in het Engels worden weergegeven.\n" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " +"appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" -"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n" -"Voeg de Language Add-On-CD als extra installatiebron toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n" +"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit " +"medium.\n" +"Voeg de Language Add-On-CD als extra installatiebron toe voor de " +"juiste ondersteuning\n" "voor deze taal.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1316 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" -"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n" -"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem." +"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal " +"zal worden\n" +"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het " +"nieuwe systeem." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -739,21 +798,27 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware Clock Set To.\n" -"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in Hardware " +"Clock Set To.\n" +"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as " +"Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " +"time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" -"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" +"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij " +"Hardwareklok ingesteld op.\n" +"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben " +"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n" "Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n" "ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" +"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen " +"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n" "\n" #. help text: extra note about localtime @@ -769,19 +834,24 @@ "\n" "Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n" "altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n" -"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n" -"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n" +"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, " +"kijk\n" +"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over " +"neveneffecten.\n" "" #. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769) #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " +"system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " +"year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " +"backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -789,12 +859,17 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" -"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n" +"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te " +"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n" +"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op " +"Annuleren te klikken.\n" "\n" -"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n" -"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n" -"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n" +"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per " +"jaar aanpassen\n" +"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet " +"omschakelt, kunnen\n" +"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, " +"etc.\n" "\n" "Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n" "\n" @@ -802,8 +877,12 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." -msgstr "De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgid "" +"The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " +"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP)." +msgstr "" +"De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan " +"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP)." #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -923,14 +1002,17 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799 msgid "" "\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region.\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the Region</" +"b>.\n" "In Time Zone, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst de regio.\n" -"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n" +"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst " +"de regio.\n" +"Selecteer vervolgens bij Tijdzone de juiste tijdzone, land of regio " +"uit de lijst.\n" "\n" #. general help trailer @@ -941,7 +1023,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan te passen.\n" +"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op Wijzigen om dit aan " +"te passen.\n" "" #. Screen title for timezone screen @@ -1224,11 +1307,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" +#~ "For Devices for Lock, enter a space-separated list of devices to " +#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Voor de te vergrendelen apparaten, voer een door spaties gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n" +#~ "Voor de te vergrendelen apparaten, voer een door spaties " +#~ "gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll " +#~ "Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 14:00+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -193,7 +193,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te drukken.\n" +"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken " +"te drukken.\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44 @@ -235,7 +236,8 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "Bezig met booten:\n" -"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten\n" +"\t\t\tactiveren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij " +"booten\n" "\t\t\tactiveren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig\n" "\t\tSchakel Aan en Uit:\n" "\t\t\tNu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server\n" @@ -248,80 +250,163 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource\n" +"Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" -"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" +"Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een " +"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" -"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" -"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" -"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.\n" +"\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.\n" +"\t\t\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the " +"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:" +"abcd::1]:7788\n" +"\t\t\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " +"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " +"resources.\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten\n" -"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat. Voor IPv6 moet het actuele adres dat komt na het ipv6 sleutelwoord geplaatst worden tussen rechte haakjes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" -"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n" -"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'\n" -"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.\n" -"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" -"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die door yast automatisch zal worden gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende \"node-id\" in verschillende hulpbronnen hebben.\n" +"\t\t\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam " +"(uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten\n" +"\t\t\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, " +"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-" +"apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort " +"nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-" +"apparaat. Voor IPv6 moet het actuele adres dat komt na het ipv6 sleutelwoord " +"geplaatst worden tussen rechte haakjes: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de " +"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing " +"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau " +"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door " +"zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. " +"Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n" +"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'\n" +"\t\t\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te " +"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief " +"is.\n" +"\t\t\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het " +"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.\n" +"\t\t\"Node-id\": Node-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die door yast " +"automatisch zal worden gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende \"node-id\" " +"in verschillende hulpbronnen hebben.\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89 msgid "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers\n" "\t\tsndbuf-size: The size of the TCP socket send buffer\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet\n" +"\t\ttimeout: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers\n" -"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" -"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers\n" +"\t\tko-count: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.\n" +"\t\trate: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tProtocol\n" -"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" -"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " +"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de " +"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.\n" +"\t\tProtocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het " +"zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\twfc-timeout: wacht op timeout van de verbinding\n" -"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" +"\t\tdegr-wfc-timeout: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als " +"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is\n" "\n" -"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" -"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket\n" -"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD\n" +"\t\ton-io-error: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager " +"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen\n" +"\t\tsndbuf-size: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-" +"socket\n" +"\t\tmax-buffers: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen " +"door DRBD\n" "\n" -"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" -"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" -"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket\n" +"\t\ttimeout: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet " +"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt " +"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet " +"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 " +"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.\n" +"\t\tconnect-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden " +"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet " +"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De " +"standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms\n" +"\t\tping-int: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op " +"een keep-alive-pakket\n" "\n" -"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen\n" -"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.\n" -"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" -"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" +"\t\tmax-epoch-size: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen " +"twee schrijfgrenzen\n" +"\t\tko-count: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire " +"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt " +"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie " +"uitschakelt.\n" +"\t\trate: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop " +"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door " +"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, " +"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.\n" +"\t\tal-extents: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-" +"area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. " +"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)\n" "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113 @@ -329,29 +414,95 @@ msgstr "<big>LVM-configuratie</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" +#| "\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in " +#| "the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes." +#| "\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the " +#| "file layout.\n" +#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +#| "\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from " +#| "the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, " +#| "LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, " +#| "rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t" +#| "\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM " +#| "filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, " +#| "disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" +#| "\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +#| "expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +#| "with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor " +#| "example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +#| "Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " +#| "and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning " +#| "is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " +#| "synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in " +#| "cluster environments.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "\t\t" msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.\n" +"\t\tTo use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.\t" +"\tRefer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tAutoFilter: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.\n" -"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tDevice Filter: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.\t\tLVM Filter: A " +"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.\n" +"\t\tThe filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).\t\tFor example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " +"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " +"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " +"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " +"environments.\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" "\t\tLVM-configuratiebestand /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" -"\t\tOm LVM met DRBD te gebruiken is het nodig enige opties in het LVM-configuratiebestand te wijzigen en om ongebruikte cache-items op de nodes te verwijderen.\t\tKijk in 'man lvm.conf' voor verdere informatie inclusief de indeling van het bestand.\n" +"\t\tOm LVM met DRBD te gebruiken is het nodig enige opties in het LVM-" +"configuratiebestand te wijzigen en om ongebruikte cache-items op de nodes te " +"verwijderen.\t\tKijk in 'man lvm.conf' voor verdere informatie " +"inclusief de indeling van het bestand.\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\tApparaatfilter: dit maskeert het onderliggende blokapparaat uit de lijst met apparaten gemaakt door LVM scans naar Fysieke Volume signatures. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd Fysieke Volume signatures te lezen uit DRBD-apparaten, in plaats van uit de onderliggende blokapparaten die het ondersteunen.\t\tAutoFilter: volgens de configuratie van drbd zal LVM-filter altijd automatisch worden gewijzigd. Om het handmatig te wijzigen schakelt u het keuzevakje van AutoFilter uit.\n" -"\t\tHet filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere expressies. Deze expressies kunnen omgeven worden door een teken naar eigen keuze, en een voorloopteken dat ofwel een 'a' (voor accepteren) of 'r' (voor afwijzen/reject) hebben.\t\tBijvoorbeeld het filter instellen als [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]\n" +"\t\tApparaatfilter: dit maskeert het onderliggende blokapparaat " +"uit de lijst met apparaten gemaakt door LVM scans naar Fysieke Volume " +"signatures. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd Fysieke Volume signatures " +"te lezen uit DRBD-apparaten, in plaats van uit de onderliggende " +"blokapparaten die het ondersteunen.\t\tAutoFilter: volgens de " +"configuratie van drbd zal LVM-filter altijd automatisch worden gewijzigd. Om " +"het handmatig te wijzigen schakelt u het keuzevakje van AutoFilter uit.\n" +"\t\tHet filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere expressies. Deze " +"expressies kunnen omgeven worden door een teken naar eigen keuze, en een " +"voorloopteken dat ofwel een 'a' (voor accepteren) of 'r' (voor afwijzen/" +"reject) hebben.\t\tBijvoorbeeld het filter instellen als [\"r|/dev/" +"sda.*|\"]\n" "\n" -"\t\tLVM cache: schakel in/zet aan schrijven van de LVM-cache is standaard. Zou de LVM-cache uit moeten schakelen indien drbd is gecombineerd met LVM.\n" -"\t\tLVMetad: Wanneer lvmetad is ingeschakeld, worden de metagegevens van de volumegroep en PV statusvlaggen verkregen uit het lvmetad exemplaar en wordt er geen scanning gedaan door de individuele commando's. Omdat de cache van lvmetad niet gesynchroniseerd kan worden tussen nodes, worden gebruikers geadviseerd om lvmetad in de clusteromgeving uit te schakelen.\n" +"\t\tLVM cache: schakel in/zet aan schrijven van de LVM-cache is " +"standaard. Zou de LVM-cache uit moeten schakelen indien drbd is gecombineerd " +"met LVM.\n" +"\t\tLVMetad: Wanneer lvmetad is ingeschakeld, worden de " +"metagegevens van de volumegroep en PV statusvlaggen verkregen uit het " +"lvmetad exemplaar en wordt er geen scanning gedaan door de individuele " +"commando's. Omdat de cache van lvmetad niet gesynchroniseerd kan worden " +"tussen nodes, worden gebruikers geadviseerd om lvmetad in de clusteromgeving " +"uit te schakelen.\n" "\n" "\t\t" @@ -360,24 +511,35 @@ msgstr "<big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 -msgid "Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check" -msgstr "Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen" +msgid "" +"Check \"Disable IP Verification\" to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check" +msgstr "" +"Activeer \"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\" om één van de drbdadm's " +"fitheidtests uit te schakelen" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" +"Dialog Refresh: The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. " msgstr "" -"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n" -" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n" -" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n" +"Dialoog verversen: De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden " +"die tot\n" +" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de " +"console van uw\n" +" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met " +"beperkte\n" " logcapaciteit.\n" -" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n" -" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-" +"verversing' seconden,\n" +" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. " +"" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -412,7 +574,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big> \n" "Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n" -"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet gedetecteerd).\n" +"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan Overige (niet " +"gedetecteerd).\n" "Klik daarna op Configureren.\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 @@ -455,7 +618,8 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big> \n" "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n" -"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +"p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188 @@ -491,40 +655,37 @@ "Klik op Verder om door te gaan.\n" " \n" -#. Default is always true (auto) -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44 +#. encoding: utf-8 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:42 msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "LVM-filterconfiguratie van DRBD" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52 -msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" -msgstr "LVM apparaatfilter automatisch wijzigen" - -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:50 msgid "Device Filter" msgstr "Apparaatfilter" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:60 msgid "Writing the LVM cache" msgstr "De LVM-cache wegschrijven" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:69 msgid "Enable LVM Cache" msgstr "LVM-cache inschakelen" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:74 msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd." -msgstr "Waarschuwing! Zou LVM cache moeten uitschakelen voor gebruik van drbd." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing! Zou LVM cache moeten uitschakelen voor gebruik van drbd." -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:85 msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM" msgstr "lvmetad gebruiken voor LVM" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:94 msgid "Use LVM metad" msgstr "LVM metad gebruiken" -#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111 +#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:99 msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster." msgstr "Waarschuwing! Zou lvmetad niet moeten gebruiken voor cluster." @@ -555,61 +716,62 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:336 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:331 msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protocol" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:560 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:555 msgid "OK" msgstr "OK" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:561 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:556 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annuleren" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:575 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570 msgid "Node name can not be empty." msgstr "Naam van node mag niet leeg zijn." #. eg. ipv6 [fd01:2345:6789:abcd::1]:7800 -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:623 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:618 msgid "IPv6 address must be placed inside brackets." msgstr "IPv6 adres moet geplaatst worden tussen rechte haakjes." #. IPv6 should including port -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:636 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:626 src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:631 msgid "IP/port should use 'addr:port' combination." msgstr "IP-adres/poort moet de combinatie 'adr:poort' gebruiken." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:644 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:639 msgid "Please enter a valid IP address." msgstr "Voer een geldig IP-adres in." #. Checking the port is number -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:651 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:646 msgid "Please enter a valid port number." msgstr "Voer een geldige poortnummer in." #. myHelp("basic_conf"); -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:719 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:714 msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname." -msgstr "Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam." +msgstr "" +"Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:739 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:734 msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Alle velden invullen." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:754 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:749 msgid "Please configure at least two nodes." msgstr "Configureer minstens twee nodes." #. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:789 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:784 msgid "Enter the node name:" msgstr "Naam van node invoeren:" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:795 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:790 msgid "Node name must be different." msgstr "Namen van nodes moeten verschillen." @@ -720,16 +882,16 @@ #. #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:114 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "Samenvoegen van aparte DRDB-configuratiebestanden is mislukt\n" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:136 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" msgstr "Naar drbd.conf.YaST2prepare schrijven is mislukt" #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:191 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:189 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "De DRBD-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd" @@ -738,22 +900,22 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:198 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Bronnen lezen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:199 msgid "Read LVM configurations" msgstr "De LVM-configuratie lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Daemon-status lezen" @@ -761,11 +923,11 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203 src/modules/Drbd.rb:210 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201 src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Globale instellingen worden gelezen..." @@ -773,33 +935,33 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:206 msgid "Reading LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-configuraties worden gelezen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt gelezen..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:211 src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209 src/modules/Drbd.rb:664 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. new_map = remove(new_map, key); -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:512 msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" msgstr "Maken van reservekopie van drdb.conf is mislukt " -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:521 msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" msgstr "Opschonen van drdb.conf voor drdadm-test is mislukt " -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:547 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:545 msgid "" "Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" "%2" @@ -807,12 +969,12 @@ "Ongeldige configuratie van hulpbron %1\n" "%2" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:566 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:564 msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" msgstr "Terugbrengen van drbd.conf is mislukt" #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:637 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:640 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen" @@ -821,53 +983,56 @@ #. won't change modified flag #. return true if !@modified #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:649 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Globale instellingen schrijven" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Bronnen opslaan" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654 msgid "Write LVM configurations" msgstr "LVM-configuraties wegschrijven" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:655 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Stel daemon-status in" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen wegschrijven" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:656 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Bronnen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661 msgid "Writing LVM configurations..." msgstr "LVM-configuraties worden weggeschreven..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:662 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Daemon-status wordt ingesteld..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:663 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden weggeschreven..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:671 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:674 msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" msgstr "Maken van map /etc/drbd.d is mislukt" +#~ msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically" +#~ msgstr "LVM apparaatfilter automatisch wijzigen" + #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Configuratie van drbd" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 14:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ msgstr "" "De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n" "\n" -"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale installatie) \n" +"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale " +"installatie) \n" "of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n" "\n" "De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n" @@ -187,7 +188,8 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:170 msgid "Information required for the base installation is now complete." -msgstr "De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet." +msgstr "" +"De benodigde informatie voor de basis-installatie is nu compleet." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:182 @@ -197,9 +199,12 @@ "(erasing any existing data in those partitions) according to the\n" "installation settings in the previous dialogs." msgstr "" -"Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de voorgaande dialogen\n" -"bestaande partities op uw harde schijf verwijderd of geformatteerd\n" -"worden (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren zullen gaan)." +"Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de " +"voorgaande dialogen\n" +"bestaande partities op uw harde schijf verwijderd of " +"geformatteerd\n" +"worden (waarbij de bestaande gegevens op deze partities verloren " +"zullen gaan)." #. Text for confirmation popup before the installation really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:193 @@ -233,7 +238,8 @@ #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 #: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 msgid "Information required to perform an update is now complete." -msgstr "Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." +msgstr "" +"Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed." #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 @@ -269,18 +275,25 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:87 msgid "Blacklist devices enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">uitschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:93 msgid "Blacklist devices disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Zwarte lijst van apparaten is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%s\">inschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 -msgid "Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." -msgstr "Gebruik Zwarte lijst van apparaten als u een zwarte lijst met channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen verminderen." +msgid "" +"Use Blacklist devices if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik Zwarte lijst van apparaten als u een zwarte lijst met " +"channels naar zulke apparaten die de footprint van het kernelgeheugen " +"verminderen." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:157 @@ -316,8 +329,12 @@ msgstr "Installatie vanuit images" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 -msgid "Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installation." -msgstr "Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om RPM-installatie te versnellen." +msgid "" +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u kiezen om door Novell voorgedefinieerde images te gebruiken om " +"RPM-installatie te versnellen." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 msgid "&Install from Images" @@ -328,8 +345,12 @@ msgstr "&Geen installatie vanuit images" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 -msgid "Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation source" -msgstr "Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als installatiebron" +msgid "" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" +msgstr "" +"Aangepast gebruik van images - dit vereist een te configureren URL als " +"installatiebron" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 @@ -337,12 +358,20 @@ msgstr "Hier kunt u aangepaste images aanmaken.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 -msgid "You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an image here" -msgstr "U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image kunt aanmaken" +msgid "" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" +msgstr "" +"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image " +"kunt aanmaken" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 -msgid "Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during installation)" -msgstr "Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie bij installatie)" +msgid "" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" +msgstr "" +"Maak een image-bestand aan (AutoYaST zal het ophalen uit de gegeven locatie " +"bij installatie)" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 msgid "Create Image" @@ -358,7 +387,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:213 msgid "Create ISO (image and autoinst.xml will be on the media)" -msgstr "ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)" +msgstr "" +"ISO aanmaken (image en autoinst.xml zullen zich op het medium bevinden)" #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -367,25 +397,35 @@ msgid "" "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.\n" msgstr "" -"Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n" -"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig\n" -"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden\n" +"Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te " +"versnellen.\n" +"Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem " +"overeenkomstig\n" +"uw keuze van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten " +"worden\n" "op de standaard manier uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.\n" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "Creating own Images is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already.\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-installation." +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation." msgstr "" "Aanmaken van eigen images wordt gebruikt als u\n" -"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt AutoYaST een\n" -"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd kan zijn.\n" -"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale auto-installatie." +"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt " +"AutoYaST een\n" +"image op de harde schijf wat heel wat sneller is en al voor-geconfigureerd " +"kan zijn.\n" +"Al het andere dan RPM-installatie wordt gedaan zoals tijdens een normale " +"auto-installatie." #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:349 @@ -395,11 +435,15 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages originating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created." +"Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -"Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle pakketten uit de images komen\n" -"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de image is gemaakt." +"Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle " +"pakketten uit de images komen\n" +"en niet overeenkomen met de datum van installatie maar met de datum dat de " +"image is gemaakt." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:80 @@ -441,13 +485,15 @@ #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:166 msgid "Installation from images is enabled (<a href=\"%1\">disable</a>)." -msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installatie vanaf images is ingeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen</a>)." #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:181 msgid "Installation from images is disabled (<a href=\"%1\">enable</a>)." -msgstr "Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." +msgstr "" +"Installatie vanaf images is uitgeschakeld (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen</a>)." #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 @@ -486,7 +532,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:321 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" @@ -527,15 +573,15 @@ #. 7 = Failed to connect to host. #. 28 = Operation timeout. #. push button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:319 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "&Uitgavenotities..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. help text for initial (first time) language screen -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:198 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:192 msgid "" "\n" "Choose the Language and the Keyboard layout to be used during\n" @@ -549,20 +595,22 @@ #. help text, continued #. Describes the #ICW_B1 button -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:200 msgid "" "\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available translations.\n" +"Use License Translations... to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De licentie moet geaccepteerd zijn voordat de installatie doorgaat.\n" -"Gebruik Vertalingen van licenties... om de licentie te tonen in alle beschikbare vertalingen.\n" +"Gebruik Vertalingen van licenties... om de licentie te tonen in alle " +"beschikbare vertalingen.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:207 msgid "" "\n" "Click Next to proceed to the next dialog.\n" @@ -574,7 +622,7 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:126 #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:219 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213 msgid "" "\n" "Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n" @@ -587,7 +635,7 @@ "\n" #. help text, continued -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:226 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:220 msgid "" "\n" "Select Abort to abort the\n" @@ -600,49 +648,50 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:242 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:469 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:236 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:434 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" #. combo box label #. combobox #. TRANSLATORS: Combo box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:260 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:429 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" #. combo box label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:276 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:270 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "T&oetsenbordindeling" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:290 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:284 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst." #. Report error about missing license acceptance -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:317 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:311 msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" -msgstr "U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren" +msgstr "" +"U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename. Please keep #. the translation VERY short. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:437 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:402 msgid "EULA location in the installed system: %s" msgstr "EULA locatie in het geïnstalleerde systeem: %s" #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:425 msgid "K&eyboard Test" msgstr "Test van to&etsenbord" #. TRANSLATORS: button label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:459 msgid "License &Translations..." msgstr "Ver&talingen van licenties..." @@ -683,7 +732,8 @@ "After clicking Finish, you can log in to the system.\n" msgstr "" "De installatie van &product; op uw computer is klaar.\n" -"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem aanmelden.\n" +"Nadat u op Voltooien heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem " +"aanmelden.\n" #. congratulation text 3/4 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:169 @@ -725,21 +775,30 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "Use Clone if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>." msgstr "" "Gebruik Klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n" -"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n" -"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n" -"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n" +"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie " +"uitvoeren zonder\n" +"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het " +"geïnstalleerde\n" +"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een " +"profiel van het huidige\n" "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." -msgstr "Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 geïnstalleerd zijn." +msgid "" +"To clone the current system, the %1 package must be installed." +msgstr "" +"Om het huidige systeem te kunnen klonen moet het pakket %1 " +"geïnstalleerd zijn." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 msgid "Install it now?" @@ -782,10 +841,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packages." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" "Debugging is aan gezet.\n" -"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de pakketten te controleren." +"YaST zal een softwarebeheerder voor u openen om de huidige status van de " +"pakketten te controleren." #. unknown image #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:376 @@ -819,42 +880,47 @@ msgstr "Te gebruiken schijf" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 -msgid "Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." -msgstr "Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden zoals gedefinieerd in de image." +msgid "" +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens " +"op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden " +"zoals gedefinieerd in de image." #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment" msgstr "Harde schijf waarnaar de image wordt geschreven" #. popup label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:63 msgid "Detecting Available Controllers" msgstr "Beschikbare controllers detecteren" #. dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:79 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Schijfactivering" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:89 msgid "Configure &DASD Disks" msgstr "&DASD-schijven instellen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:95 msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks" msgstr "&ZFCP-schijven instellen" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:101 msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "&FCoE-interfaces configureren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:115 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "&iSCSI-schijven instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Finish -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:176 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "Net&werkconfiguratie..." @@ -886,17 +952,19 @@ msgstr "Installatie wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:142 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:141 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" -msgstr "Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra installatiebronnen:" +msgstr "" +"Zaken voor bijwerken van pakketten zijn gevonden in deze extra " +"installatiebronnen:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:160 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:159 msgid "Start the software manager to check and install the updates?" msgstr "De softwarebeheerder opstarten voor het installeren en bijwerken?" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:501 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "Toon items voor bijwerken van &pakketten" @@ -1017,24 +1085,32 @@ "Add Online Repositories Before Installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het bijwerken\n" -"te gebruiken, selecteer Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de installatie." +"Om de aanbevolen externe softwarebronnen tijdens de installatie of het " +"bijwerken\n" +"te gebruiken, selecteer Online-softwarebronnen toevoegen vóór de " +"installatie." #. help text for installation method #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" +"Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " +"selecteer\n" "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 -msgid "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://drivers.suse.com site." -msgstr "Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." +msgid "" +"If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see http://" +"drivers.suse.com site." +msgstr "" +"Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de " +"installatie, zie dan de http://drivers.suse.comsite." #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 @@ -1090,10 +1166,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configuration.\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Een geconfigureerd netwerk is nodig voor externe installatiebronnen\n" -"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe installatiebronnen\n" +"of voor addon-producten. Als u geen gebruik maakt van externe " +"installatiebronnen\n" "dan kunt u het instellen overslaan.\n" #. error popup @@ -1108,25 +1186,35 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"At Linux choice is a top priority. openSUSE offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "GNOME and KDE." msgstr "" -"In Linux is keuze een topprioriteit. openSUSE biedt een aantal\n" -"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 belangrijkste,\n" +"In Linux is keuze een topprioriteit. openSUSE biedt een " +"aantal\n" +"verschillende bureaubladomgevingen. Hieronder is een lijst met de 2 " +"belangrijkste,\n" "GNOME en KDE." #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installation patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in the software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add additional desktop \n" +"You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the Other option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default." msgstr "" -"U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de minimale installatiepatronen)\n" -"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de Overige optie te kiezen . Later in de \n" -"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra bureaubladomgeving \n" +"U kunt een alternatieve bureaubladomgeving selecteren (of één van de " +"minimale installatiepatronen)\n" +"dat beter in uw behoeften voorziet door de Overige optie te kiezen . " +"Later in de \n" +"softwareselectie of na installatie, kunt u uw selectie wijzigen of een extra " +"bureaubladomgeving \n" "toevoegen. Dit scherm staat u toe de standaard in te stellen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 @@ -1152,7 +1240,8 @@ #. hide the RN button and set the release notes for SlideShow (bnc#871158) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:56 msgid "Cannot find base product. Release notes will not be shown." -msgstr "Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden." +msgstr "" +"Kan het basisproduct niet vinden. Uitgavenotities zullen niet getoond worden." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:62 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:102 @@ -1223,97 +1312,100 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:86 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "Computer analyseren" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:105 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "USB-apparatuur zoeken" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "USB-apparatuur wordt gezocht..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:109 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "FireWire-apparaten zoeken" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "FireWire-apparaten zoeken..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "Zoeken naar diskettestations" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:114 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "Diskettestations worden onderzocht..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "Zoeken naar harde-schijf-controllers" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "harde-schijf-controllers worden onderzocht..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "Kernel-modules voor harde-schijf-controllers laden" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "Kernel-modules voor harde schijf-controllers worden geladen..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:126 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "Zoeken naar harde schijven" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "harde schijven worden onderzocht..." #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Zoeken naar systeembestanden" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:135 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Zoeken naar systeembestanden..." -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Softwarebeheerder initialiseren" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:139 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "De softwarebeheerder wordt geïnitialiseerd..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systeem onderzoeken" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:150 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." -msgstr "YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af." +msgstr "" +"YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:257 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" "\n" -"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie." +"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's " +"nodig hebt voor de installatie." #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:271 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1323,7 +1415,7 @@ "Controleer uw hardware!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:281 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1334,7 +1426,7 @@ "(speciaal op S/390 of iSCSI systemen)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:292 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1347,7 +1439,7 @@ "%1\n" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:337 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1355,8 +1447,32 @@ "Kan de installatiebronnen niet initialiseren.\n" "De installatie wordt afgebroken." +#. TRANSLATORS: error message +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +msgid "" +"Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" +"from the registration server." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository +#. URL from control.xml +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +msgid "The default URL %s will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. Ask the user to chose a registration server +#. +#. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers +#. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; +#. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +msgid "" +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"to search for installer updates." +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:187 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1367,7 +1483,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:193 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1382,9 +1498,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. +#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:221 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1397,7 +1514,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:265 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1416,9 +1533,53 @@ "U kunt doorgaan met de installatie zonder de updates toe te passen.\n" "Echter, enige potentieel belangrijke reparaties van bugs kunnen ontbreken.\n" "\n" -"Als u een proxy-server nodig hebt om toegang te krijgen tot de installatiebron\n" +"Als u een proxy-server nodig hebt om toegang te krijgen tot de " +"installatiebron\n" "voor updates, gebruik dan de \"proxy\" bootparameter.\n" +#. TRANSLATORS: progress label +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Add disabled repositories" +msgid "Add Update Repository" +msgstr "Voeg uitgeschakelde installatiebronnen toe" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +msgid "Download the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +msgid "Apply the Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +msgid "Restart" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 +msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title +#. TRANSLATORS: progress title +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." +msgid "Updating the Installer..." +msgstr "Geïnstalleerd systeem &controleren..." + +#. Fetch the profile from the given URI +#. +#. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise +#. +#. @see Yast::Profile.current +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +msgid "" +"Error while parsing the control file.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109 msgid "Removed" @@ -1472,8 +1633,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "&Wijzigen..." @@ -1486,10 +1647,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process." +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u alle gevonden software installatiebronnen zien\n" -"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces." +"op het systeem dat u aan het opwaarderen bent. Activeer diegenen die u wilt " +"gebruiken bij het opwaardeerproces." #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:260 @@ -1504,7 +1667,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:264 msgid "To change the URL, click on the Change... button." -msgstr "Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." +msgstr "" +"Om een URL-adres te wijzigen, klik op de knop Wijzigen...." #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key @@ -1678,7 +1842,8 @@ "Next to continue. \n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen worden ondernomen.\n" +"Voordat uw systeem klaar is voor gebruik moeten er nog enkele stappen " +"worden ondernomen.\n" "YaST zal u nu door enkele basisconfiguraties heen leiden. Klik op\n" "Verder om door te gaan. \n" " \n" @@ -1779,8 +1944,11 @@ msgstr "Het heeft geen zin om deze instellingen naar het systeem te schrijven." #. proposal part - bootloader label +#. For some reason the CheckBoxFrame Label is cut if the label size +#. exceeds the CheckBoxFrame content's width. MinWidth with label length +#. is used to avoid this issue. #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_proposal.rb:21 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:91 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:98 msgid "Import SSH Host Keys and Configuration" msgstr "SSH hostsleutels en configuratie importeren" @@ -1807,7 +1975,8 @@ #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/clients/x11_finish.rb:65 msgid "Copying X Window System configuration into system..." -msgstr "Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." +msgstr "" +"Configuratie van het X Window-systeem wordt naar het systeem gekopieerd..." #. call command #: src/lib/installation/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:108 @@ -1828,7 +1997,8 @@ "\n" "Laden van de geïnstalleerde kernel door kexec te gebruiken.\n" "\n" -"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met herstarten\n" +"Bezig te proberen de geïnstalleerde kernel via kexec te laden i.p.v. met " +"herstarten\n" "Een ogenblik geduld.\n" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -1857,26 +2027,39 @@ msgstr "Kopiëren van logbestanden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem..." #. Event callback for the 'ok' button -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:69 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:65 msgid "I would like to import SSH keys from a previous installation" msgstr "Ik wil SSH sleutels uit een vorige installatie importeren" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:95 -msgid "Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." -msgstr "Iedere SSH-server is geïdentificeerd door een of meerdere publieke hostsleutels. Kies een bestaande Linux installatie om de hostsleutels opnieuw te gebruiken -en dus de identiteit- van zijn SSH-server. De sleutelbestanden gevonden in /etc/ssh (één paar bestanden per hostsleutel) zal gekopieerd worden naar het nieuwe systeem dat wordt geïnstalleerd.Activeer SSH-configuratie importeren om ook andere bestanden gevonden in /etc/ssh, naast de sleutels, te kopiëren ." +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 +msgid "" +"Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " +"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the " +"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of " +"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</" +"p>Check Import SSH Configuration to also copy other files found " +"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys." +msgstr "" +"Iedere SSH-server is geïdentificeerd door een of meerdere publieke " +"hostsleutels. Kies een bestaande Linux installatie om de hostsleutels " +"opnieuw te gebruiken -en dus de identiteit- van zijn SSH-server. De " +"sleutelbestanden gevonden in /etc/ssh (één paar bestanden per hostsleutel) " +"zal gekopieerd worden naar het nieuwe systeem dat wordt geïnstalleerd.</" +"p>Activeer SSH-configuratie importeren om ook andere bestanden " +"gevonden in /etc/ssh, naast de sleutels, te kopiëren ." #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:115 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" #. TRANSLATORS: %{system_name} is a string like "openSUSE 13.2", %{device} #. is a string like /dev/sda1 -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:136 msgid "%{system_name} at %{device}" msgstr "%{system_name} op %{device}" -#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:141 msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "SSH-configuratie importeren" @@ -1901,7 +2084,7 @@ msgstr "De configuratie wordt op verzoek van de gebruiker overgeslagen" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1910,25 +2093,26 @@ "moet worden voordat we verder kunnen gaan.\n" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." -msgstr "Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." +msgstr "" +"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1941,37 +2125,39 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie &overslaan" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "De volgende configuratie gebr&uiken" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." -msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen...\" onderin het venster." +msgstr "" +"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..." +"\" onderin het venster." -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen." #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "Standaa&rdinstellingen terugzetten" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Bijwerken" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installeren" @@ -2006,32 +2192,35 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 msgid "" "\n" -"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" +"Select Install to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe installatie uit te voeren.\n" +"Klik op Installeren om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe " +"installatie uit te voeren.\n" "\n" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 msgid "" "\n" "Select Update to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Klik op Bijwerken om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te voeren.\n" +"Klik op Bijwerken om bijwerken met de weergegeven waarden uit te " +"voeren.\n" "\n" #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 msgid "" "\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2043,7 +2232,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 msgid "" "\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2055,7 +2244,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 msgid "" "\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing Next.\n" @@ -2066,12 +2255,12 @@ "\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 msgid "UML Installation Proposal" msgstr "UML-installatievoorstel" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 msgid "" "UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system." @@ -2082,7 +2271,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 msgid "" "\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press Next.\n" @@ -2100,9 +2289,11 @@ msgstr "Beheer van afstand wordt ingeschakeld..." #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:79 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." -msgstr "Wijzigen van de rol van het systeem kan aanpassingen die u hebt gemaakt ongedaan maken." +msgstr "" +"Wijzigen van de rol van het systeem kan aanpassingen die u hebt gemaakt " +"ongedaan maken." #. Writes configuration #. @@ -2147,12 +2338,15 @@ #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code " +"%2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." +msgstr "" +"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 @@ -2239,8 +2433,10 @@ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." msgstr "" -"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te lossen.\n" -"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te lossen." +"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te " +"lossen.\n" +"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te " +"lossen." #~ msgid "" #~ "Downloading installer updates from \n" @@ -2249,7 +2445,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Would you like to check your network configuration?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Downloaden van elementen voor bijwerken voor het installatieprogramma uit \n" +#~ "Downloaden van elementen voor bijwerken voor het installatieprogramma " +#~ "uit \n" #~ "%s\n" #~ "is mislukt.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2263,25 +2460,43 @@ #~ msgstr "Bezig met generatie van AutoYaST profiel indien nodig..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user interaction. AutoYaST\n" -#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this option is\n" -#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." +#~ "Use Clone System Settings if you want to create an AutoYaST " +#~ "profile.\n" +#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\n" +#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If " +#~ "this option is\n" +#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +#~ "xml</tt>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik Systeeminstellingen klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n" -#~ "Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie uitvoeren zonder\n" -#~ "gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het geïnstalleerde\n" -#~ "systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel van het huidige\n" +#~ "Gebruik Systeeminstellingen klonen als u een Autoyast-profiel " +#~ "wilt aanmaken.\n" +#~ "Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie " +#~ "uitvoeren zonder\n" +#~ "gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe " +#~ "het geïnstalleerde\n" +#~ "systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een " +#~ "profiel van het huidige\n" #~ "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>." -#~ msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" -#~ msgstr "AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/autoinst.xmlat?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/" +#~ "autoinst.xmlat?" -#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." -#~ msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">do not write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml " +#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)." -#~ msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." -#~ msgstr "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/" +#~ "autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration" @@ -2299,8 +2514,10 @@ #~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n" -#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd worden.\n" -#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel wilt aanpassen.\n" +#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd " +#~ "worden.\n" +#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd " +#~ "voorstel wilt aanpassen.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..." #~ msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..." @@ -2416,8 +2633,11 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card" #~ msgstr "Hardware informatie over geselecteerde netwerkkaart" -#~ msgid "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." -#~ msgstr "Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt kunnen worden." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt " +#~ "kunnen worden." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you do not need a network connection now,\n" @@ -2583,7 +2803,8 @@ #~ "Go back and change it?" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Omdat de test van de internet verbinding is mislukt, zou u\n" -#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te wijzigen\n" +#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te " +#~ "wijzigen\n" #~ "Wilt u terug gaan om de configuratie te veranderen?" #~ msgid "Go Back" @@ -2637,8 +2858,12 @@ #~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..." #~ msgstr "De netwerk instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#~ msgid "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." -#~ msgstr "Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..." +#~ "" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..." +#~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n" @@ -2728,7 +2953,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " +#~ "your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -2754,21 +2980,25 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation program\n" +#~ "Select Use Automatic Configuration to let the installation " +#~ "program\n" #~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n" #~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n" #~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n" #~ "configuration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Selecteer Gebruik automatische configuratie om het installatieprogramma\n" +#~ "Selecteer Gebruik automatische configuratie om het " +#~ "installatieprogramma\n" #~ "uw netwerk automatische te laten instellen. Anders krijgt u een\n" -#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan te\n" +#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan " +#~ "te\n" #~ "passen. Onervaren gebruikers kunnen beter de automatische configuratie\n" #~ "gebruiken.\n" #~ msgid "Update mode does not support automatic configuration." -#~ msgstr "De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet." #~ msgid "" #~ "The feature Update is only\n" @@ -2823,9 +3053,6 @@ #~ msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Report_a_YaST_bug" #~ msgstr "http://nl.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Bugreport_YaST" -#~ msgid "&Checking the Installed System..." -#~ msgstr "Geïnstalleerd systeem &controleren..." - #~ msgid "" #~ "This is worth reporting a bug at %1.\n" #~ "Please, attach all YaST logs stored in the '%2' directory.\n" @@ -2895,10 +3122,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Onbekend chroot-pad. De debugger kan niet verder gaan." #~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue." -#~ msgstr "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan." -#~ msgid "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." -#~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-systeem te kunnen krijgen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To access the X11 system, the %1 package must be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het pakket %1 moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-" +#~ "systeem te kunnen krijgen." #~ msgid "Do you want to install it now?" #~ msgstr "oorbereidenet nu installeren?" @@ -2952,51 +3183,68 @@ #~ msgstr "Lettertypen worden geïnitialiseerd..." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation up. \n" -#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n" -#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n" +#~ "Installation from Images is used to speed the installation " +#~ "up. \n" +#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your " +#~ "selection \n" +#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be " +#~ "installed from \n" #~ "packages the standard way." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n" -#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig uw keuze\n" -#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden op de standaard manier\n" +#~ "Installatie vanuit images wordt gebruikt om de installatie te " +#~ "versnellen.\n" +#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem " +#~ "overeenkomstig uw keuze\n" +#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden " +#~ "op de standaard manier\n" #~ "uit pakketten geïnstalleerd." -#~ msgid "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait..." -#~ msgstr "De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische configuratie. Even geduld..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please " +#~ "wait..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische " +#~ "configuratie. Even geduld..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on your\n" +#~ "Select New Installation if there is no existing Linux system on " +#~ "your\n" #~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n" #~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Kies Nieuwe installatie in het geval er geen\n" -#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand Linux-\n" +#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand " +#~ "Linux-\n" #~ "systeem volledig wilt vervangen en geen instellingen wilt overnemen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +#~ "select\n" #~ "Include Add-On Products from Separate Media." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " +#~ "selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten." #~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..." -#~ msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n" +#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely " +#~ "abort.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n" +#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds " +#~ "veilig afbreken.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices" @@ -3023,11 +3271,14 @@ #~ msgstr "Beschadigd systeem re&pareren" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux system on\n" +#~ "Select Repair Installed System if you have a damaged Linux " +#~ "system on\n" #~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Kies Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren in het geval u een beschadigd Linux-systeem op uw\n" -#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen automatisch op te lossen.\n" +#~ "Kies Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren in het geval u een beschadigd " +#~ "Linux-systeem op uw\n" +#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen " +#~ "automatisch op te lossen.\n" #~ "" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-12 16:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:501 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten." @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." @@ -1364,126 +1364,126 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:511 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:520 src/modules/Kdump.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..." #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties van kernel lezen..." #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "Geheugen grenzen berekenen..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:530 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Partitionering wordt gelezen..." #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen en gebruik kalibreren..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:560 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:586 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:617 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:621 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801 #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:625 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gereed" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:644 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader." #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "enabled" msgstr "ingeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 msgid "disabled" msgstr "uitgeschakeld" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Waarde(n) van crashkernel-optie: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-opmaak: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:786 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:793 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:885 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 msgid "" "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " "only %{available} are available." @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ "maar slechts %{available} is beschikbaar." #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:972 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 14:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -135,18 +135,23 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Firewall en SSH</big> \n" -"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" -"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n" +"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor " +"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n" +"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt " +"met een daarvoor specifieke\n" "SSH-client" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" "Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n" @@ -154,12 +159,16 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te zetten of niet\n" -"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-service inschakelen (dwz. het\n" +"Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te " +"zetten of niet\n" +"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-" +"service inschakelen (dwz. het\n" "wordt ingeschakeld bij opstarten van de computer)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -373,8 +382,11 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest " +"kan niet worden uitgevoerd." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -383,15 +395,20 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " +"steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n" +"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van " +"de server.\n" "Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n" "\n" -"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n" -"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n" +"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om " +"de andere\n" +"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te " +"gaan\n" "naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -578,7 +595,8 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." +msgstr "" +"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden." #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:126 @@ -621,7 +639,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:71 msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination" -msgstr "Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" +msgstr "" +"Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947 #: src/clients/routing.rb:79 @@ -715,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Apparaat" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opties" @@ -760,7 +779,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." +msgstr "" +"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn." #: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -771,8 +791,12 @@ msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden." #: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, " +"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd" #: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -784,13 +808,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Waarschuwing: er wordt geen versleuteling gebruikt." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 msgid "Change." msgstr "Wijzigen." @@ -1186,14 +1210,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "&Apparaat type" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "&Configuratie naam" @@ -1206,7 +1230,7 @@ msgstr "Tunnelgroep" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Gebridgte apparaten" @@ -1241,7 +1265,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. " +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien " +"nodig. " #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1281,7 +1307,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-adres" @@ -1383,84 +1409,90 @@ "Dubbel IP-adres gevonden.\n" "Echt doorgaan?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "Al&gemeen" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Apparaatactivering" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Firewallzone" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Maximale overdrachtseenheid (MTU)" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:174 #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adres" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configureer uw IP-adres." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Hardware" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Binding-slaves" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "Draad&loos" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "Prioriteit van ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " +"Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" -" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" -" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" +" Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met Tijdens een kabelverbinding en " +"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n" +" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces " +"Tijdens een kabelverbinding heeft\n" +" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. " +"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n" " de prioriteit van elk interface in te stellen.\n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Netwerkkaart instellen" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1498,7 +1530,8 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" +msgstr "" +"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1667,8 +1700,12 @@ msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de " +"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1775,8 +1812,10 @@ "Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n" "doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n" "stuurprogramma.\n" -"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op Doorgaan\n" -"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert u\n" +"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op " +"Doorgaan\n" +"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op Annuleren en keert " +"u\n" "terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1788,8 +1827,12 @@ msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het " +"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1813,7 +1856,9 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?" +msgstr "" +"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt " +"verwijderen?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 @@ -1854,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "Wijzig de 'Standard Route' via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1864,65 +1909,84 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n" +"Type apparaat. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, " +"selecteer \n" "er een naar behoefte." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" -"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" +"Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " +"toestaan\n" "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " +"start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" -"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" +"Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen staat u toe om de nu " +"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n" +"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik Knipperen en LED's op uw NIC zullen " +"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Kernel-module. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-naam, \n" -"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" -"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" +"Kernel-module. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-" +"naam, \n" +"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u " +"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n" +"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar " +"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " +"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" " Bovendien mag u Opties specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n" "Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: optie=waarde.\n" "De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n" "bijv: io=0x300 irq=5. Opmerking: wanneer er twee kaarten met\n" -"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n" +"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het " +"opslaan\n" "samengevoegd worden.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Als u opties specificeert in Ethtool-opties, dan zal ifup ethtool " +"aanroepen met deze opties.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1932,112 +1996,131 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" "Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n" -"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.\n" +"/etc/modprobe.conf of in /etc/chandev.conf worden opgeslagen.</" +"p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" -"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n" +"De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat " +"is gespecificeerd\n" "in de handleiding IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernel module" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Module naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regels" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Apparaat naam" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Wijzigen" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Toon zichtbare poort-identificatie" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Seconden" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blink" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-opties" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Handmatige netwerkkaart selectie" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan instellen a.u.b.. U kunt naar\n" -"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld." +"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het " +"zoekveld." #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netwerkkaart" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Zoeken" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" "De configuratienaam %1 bestaat al.\n" "Kies een andere a.u.b.." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#| "Choose a different one." +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"De configuratienaam %1 bestaat al.\n" +"Kies een andere a.u.b.." + # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91 #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "S/390 netwerkkaartconfiguratie" @@ -2049,143 +2132,160 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "S/390 apparaat instellingen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Poortnaam" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Poortnummer" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:799 #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "IPA Takeover &activeren" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "&Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Layer2 &MAC adres" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Lees kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Schrijf kanaal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Controleer kanaal" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." +msgstr "" +"Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de poortnaam op." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties)." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Geef de eventuele extra opties voor deze interface op (gescheiden " +"door spaties)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " +"enabled for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer IPA Takeover activeren als de IP adres takeover voor " +"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen asl dit apparaat layer " +"2 ondersteund." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Voer het Layer 2 MAC adres in als dit apparaat layer 2 " +"ondersteuning ondersteund." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Poortnummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD time-Out" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface het poortnummer." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface de LANCMD time-out." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Uitgebreide modus" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-gebaseerde tty (Linux naar Linux verbindingen)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Compatibiliteitsmodus met OS/390 en z/OS" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112 #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Kies voor deze interface het protocol." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Peer naam" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2193,7 +2293,7 @@ "Geef de naam op van de IUCV peer, bijvoorbeeld de z/VM gebruikersnaam\n" "waarmee de verbinding tot stand wordt gebracht (hoofdlettergevoelig).\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2203,7 +2303,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardwaredialoog" @@ -2223,7 +2323,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big> \n" -"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken.\n" +"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op Afbreken te klikken." +"\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 @@ -2295,7 +2396,8 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -"Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen.\n" +"Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen." +"\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -2314,19 +2416,24 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big>\n" -"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n" +"Activeer IPv6 activeren om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te " +"schakelen.\n" "U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n" -"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n" -"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n" +"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de " +"kernelmodule\n" +"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk " +"wordt\n" "gebruikt kan de responstijd sneller zijn.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." +msgstr "" +"De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart." #. Routing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 @@ -2348,12 +2455,14 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." +"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.\n" +"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</" +"p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2361,7 +2470,8 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"IPv4-forwarding inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe netwerken\n" +"IPv4-forwarding inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe " +"netwerken\n" "naar interne) als dit systeem een router is.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 @@ -2378,20 +2488,26 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " +"is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n" +"Belangrijk: als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van " +"IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n" "U zou masquerading en/of minstens een redirect regel in de configuratie van\n" -"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor gebruiken.\n" +"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor " +"gebruiken.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " +"DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " +"desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" "Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n" @@ -2399,21 +2515,29 @@ "zien via het commando hostname) zal automatisch door de DHCP-cliënt\n" "worden ingesteld.\n" "Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw\n" -"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding\n" -"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam toewijzen." +"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u " +"verbinding\n" +"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam " +"toewijzen." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " +"even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " +"especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam met \n" -"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n" +"Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP associeert uw hostnaam " +"met \n" +"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is " +"een \n" "bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n" -"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n" +"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, " +"speciaal \n" "als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 @@ -2421,7 +2545,8 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n" +"Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van " +"hostnamen.\n" "Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.\n" #. resolver dialog help @@ -2440,7 +2565,8 @@ msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " +"domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" "Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n" @@ -2450,29 +2576,41 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " +"DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-domein\n" -"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n" -"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het hostname \n" +"Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. mijnmachine) en het DNS-" +"domein\n" +"(b.v. voorbeeld.nl) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal " +"belangrijk als deze \n" +"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met " +"het hostname \n" "commando." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " +"most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n" -"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n" -"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n" -"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie Gebruik\n" +"Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de " +"inhoud van het\n" +"bestand /etc/resolv.conf) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit " +"gedaan door\n" +"het script netconfig dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt " +"met dynamische\n" +"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de " +"optie Gebruik\n" "standaard beleid is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2486,13 +2624,18 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig niet\n" +"Door de optie Alleen handmatig te kiezen, zal netconfig " +"niet\n" "langer worden toegestaan het bestand /etc/resolv.conf te wijzigen. U\n" -"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik aangepast\n" -"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n" -"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n" +"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie Gebruik " +"aangepast\n" +"beleid kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die " +"bestaat\n" +"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, " +"met\n" "STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n" -"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n" +"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina netconfig. Opmerking: het veld " +"leeg\n" "laten is hetzelfde als Alleen handmatig beleid.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred @@ -2500,16 +2643,22 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adres instellen</big>\n" -"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n" +"Selecteer Geen adres instellen als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-" +"adres wilt verbinden.\n" "Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Activeer iBFT als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw " +"BIOS.\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 @@ -2528,15 +2677,18 @@ "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" "Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n" -"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n" +"Selecteer DHCP als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt " +"draaien.\n" "Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Om automatisch te zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch toe te\n" "wijzen, selecteer Zeroconf. Om DHCP te gebruiken met zeroconf als\n" @@ -2546,7 +2698,8 @@ #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" @@ -2557,13 +2710,19 @@ #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " +"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" -"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" -"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"Voor Statisch adres instellen, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: " +"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n" +"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van " +"het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n" +"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal " +"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2602,8 +2761,12 @@ "firewall woren uitgeschakeld." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"Vereiste interface geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding " +"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2611,7 +2774,8 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " +"recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big>\n" @@ -2625,10 +2789,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Selecteer de slave-apparaten voor het bond-apparaat.\n" -"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." +"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op Nooit</" +"b> en met Geen ingesteld netwerkadres zijn beschikbaar." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2639,27 +2805,35 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " +"each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"De DHCP cliënt identificatie label, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n" -"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n" -"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n" -"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n" +"De DHCP cliënt identificatie label, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt " +"standaard\n" +"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP " +"cliënt op\n" +"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier " +"een vrij in\n" +"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines " +"heeft die van hetzelfde\n" "netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " +"server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" +"b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" "Bij Te versturen hostnaam wordt een tekenreeks opgegeven\n" @@ -2694,18 +2868,27 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters." msgstr "" -"IPv4-adreslabel, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n" -" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en label) is\n" -" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het af na 9 tekens." +"IPv4-adreslabel, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en " +"verouderd. De totale\n" +" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en " +"label) is\n" +" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het " +"af na 9 tekens." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer foo in in plaats van eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer foo " +"in in plaats van eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2735,7 +2918,8 @@ " Hexadecimaal: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n" "Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n" "128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n" -"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n" +"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of " +"groepen\n" "van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" @@ -2756,9 +2940,11 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n" +"De operating modus is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De " +"modus kan\n" "Ad-hoc (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), Managed\n" -"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de Infrastructuur modus\n" +"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de " +"Infrastructuur modus\n" "genoemd), of Master zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n" "als een accespoint).\n" @@ -2767,17 +2953,21 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " +"authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Stel de Netwerknaam (ESSID) in die gebruikt\n" -"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n" -"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n" +"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde " +"virtuele\n" +"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde " +"ESSID nodig om\n" "met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus Managed\n" "kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan WPA, dan kunt u dit\n" -"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n" +"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN " +"kaart zich met\n" "het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 @@ -2793,26 +2983,33 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "Managed.\n" msgstr "" -"In sommige netwerken dient u een authenticatiemodus in te stellen.\n" +"In sommige netwerken dient u een authenticatiemodus in te " +"stellen.\n" "Dit is afhankelijk van de gebruikte beveiligingstechnologie WEP of WPA.\n" "WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is een systeem voor het\n" "versleutelen van draadloos netwerkverkeer met een optionele\n" "authenticatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n" "In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de WEP-Open\n" "modus (helemaal geen authenticatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n" -"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling).\n" +"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u Geen versleuteling</" +"b>).\n" "Sommige netwerken kunnen WEP-shared key-authenticatie nodig hebben.\n" -"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n" +"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële " +"aanvaller\n" "gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de Open\n" -"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te gebruiken.\n" -"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" -"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n" +"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te " +"gebruiken.\n" +"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" +"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle " +"hardware\n" "biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n" "WPA-PSK of WPA-EAP als authenticatiemodus.\n" "Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus Managed mogelijk.\n" @@ -2841,10 +3038,14 @@ "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" msgstr "" -"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" -"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n" -"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n" -"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n" +"Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared " +"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n" +"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden " +"hiermee\n" +"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, " +"maar\n" +"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te " +"raden\n" "woord als wachtwoord.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 @@ -2859,40 +3060,43 @@ msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Deze waarden zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n" -"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n" -"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n" +"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra " +"instellingen nodig heeft,\n" +"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand " +"'wireless' voor alle\n" "beschikbare opties." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4-&adreslabel" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "Net&masker" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "Label is te lang." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "Het IP-adres is onjuist." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "Het subnetmasker is onjuist." @@ -2958,7 +3162,8 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw identiteit\n" "en wachtwoord in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n" @@ -2985,13 +3190,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie van\n" -"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n" +"TLS gebruikt een clientcertificaat in plaats van de combinatie " +"van\n" +"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/" +"privé\n" "sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n" "clientkey bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n" "het client key wachtwoord voor dat bestand.\n" @@ -3049,9 +3257,12 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n" -"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n" -"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n" +"Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 " +"authenticatiemethode).\n" +"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden " +"wilt\n" +"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde " +"authenticatie-\n" "methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.\n" #. radio button group label @@ -3065,7 +3276,8 @@ "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" "Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n" -"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.\n" +"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet " +"noodzakelijk.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255 @@ -3162,7 +3374,8 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." +msgstr "" +"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3178,7 +3391,9 @@ #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:596 msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)." -msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)." +msgstr "" +"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters " +"(inclusief)." #. Error popup #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:607 @@ -3233,11 +3448,13 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" "Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n" -"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal instellen.\n" +"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken Kanaal " +"instellen.\n" "Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n" "de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.\n" @@ -3247,7 +3464,8 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n" +"In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een " +"transmissie\n" "Bit snelheid instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 @@ -3257,7 +3475,8 @@ "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" "In een omgeving met meerdere Accesspoints kunt u door het opgeven\n" -"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben." +"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen " +"hebben." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716 @@ -3266,8 +3485,10 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n" -"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n" +"Energiebeheer gebruiken activeert het energiebesparing " +"mechanisme.\n" +"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent " +"en de\n" "verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 @@ -3328,14 +3549,16 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " +"keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" "In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n" "data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n" -"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n" +"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit " +"is de\n" "standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n" "gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel." @@ -3395,10 +3618,12 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " +"connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n" +"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan " +"resulteren in\n" "onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3488,20 +3713,25 @@ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</" +"tt>).\n" "Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " +"a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>Instellingen voor remote beheer</big>\n" "Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n" "u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n" -"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n" -"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</" +"tt>),\n" +"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>https://<hostname>:" +"%2/</tt>).\n" "Zonder sessiebeheer, alleen één gebruiker tegelijk kan verbonden worden\n" "naar een sessie en die sessie wordt beëindigd wanneer de VNC client\n" -"de verbinding verbreekt.Met sessiebeheer kunnen meerdere gebruikers werkenmet een enkele\n" +"de verbinding verbreekt.Met sessiebeheer kunnen meerdere gebruikers " +"werkenmet een enkele\n" "sessie, en de sessie kan blijven bestaan zelfs als niemand is verbonden." #. Dialog frame title @@ -3706,8 +3936,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " +"it at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege " +"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 @@ -3891,15 +4125,20 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " +"expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is ingesteld, kunnen\n" -"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n" -"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" -"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n" +"Wanneer Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer is " +"ingesteld, kunnen\n" +"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen " +"zodat het met\n" +"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</" +"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n" +"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie " +"wordt het\n" "gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.\n" #. radio button group label,method of setup @@ -3962,7 +4201,8 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Handmatig: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n" -"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder)..\n" +"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' " +"hieronder)..\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 @@ -3997,8 +4237,10 @@ msgstr "" "Met Tijdens hotpluggen,\n" "zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n" -"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n" -"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n" +"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in " +"een\n" +"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig " +"is.\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149 @@ -4008,12 +4250,16 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" -"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n" +"Gebruik maken van Op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. " +"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt " +"wel.\n" "Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) @@ -4026,12 +4272,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Apparaatactivering</big>\n" -"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" +"Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. " +"Tijdens opstarten start de interface op met het systeem.\n" "Nooit start het apparaat niet op.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4176,8 +4424,12 @@ msgstr "Bevestig het opnieuw opstarten van het netwerk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen toe te passen." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de " +"instellingen toe te passen." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 @@ -4614,82 +4866,88 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1238 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1242 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij opstarten" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij kabelverbinding" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Beheerd door netwerkbeheerder" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Zal niet worden opgestart" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Handmatig gestart" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adres toegewezen met" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s/%s" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adres: %s, subnetmasker %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1303 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1325 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Apparaatnaam: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1346 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Binding-slaves" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1360 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "slave in %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Binding-master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1375 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Niet verbonden" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Geen hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) " +"niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware " +"(voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4700,11 +4958,11 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Benodigde informatie" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 msgid "unknown" msgstr "onbekend" @@ -4871,8 +5129,12 @@ #~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" #~ msgstr "De configuratie van %1 starten?" -#~ msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -#~ msgstr "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, " +#~ "Wicked will be used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet " +#~ "beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt." #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat" @@ -4901,11 +5163,13 @@ #~ msgstr "niet ingeplugd" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +#~ "startmode will never\n" #~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" #~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" +#~ "Gebruik maken van op NFSroot is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar " +#~ "interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n" #~ "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n" #~ "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n" @@ -4916,11 +5180,14 @@ #~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" #~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn instellingen \n" +#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn " +#~ "instellingen \n" #~ "kunnen niet door YaST bewerkt worden.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager connectiebewerker\n" -#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele methode met ifup.\n" +#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager " +#~ "connectiebewerker\n" +#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele " +#~ "methode met ifup.\n" #~ msgid "Device name:" #~ msgstr "Apparaatnaam:" @@ -4931,11 +5198,19 @@ #~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" #~ msgstr "Beheerd door &wicked" -#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a " +#~ "href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)" -#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden " +#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Algemene &netwerkinstellingen" @@ -4963,7 +5238,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Alias &naam" #~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network" -#~ msgstr "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -5037,8 +5313,11 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Bond-slaves" -#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken om het in te stellen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op Bewerken om het in " +#~ "te stellen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -5096,7 +5375,8 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een DSL apparaat toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat instellen." +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat " +#~ "instellen." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5104,7 +5384,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of " +#~ "verwijderen.\n" #~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen." #~ msgid "Type" @@ -5131,15 +5412,20 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " +#~ "to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " +#~ "VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies eerst uw PPP modus. Dit is of\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) of PPP over ATM (PPPoATM).\n" -#~ "CAPI voor ADSL of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Gebruik PPP over Ethernet als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw computer is verbonden.\n" -#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan gebruiken." +#~ "CAPI voor ADSL of Point to Point Tunneling Protocol " +#~ "(PPTP).\n" +#~ "Gebruik PPP over Ethernet als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw " +#~ "computer is verbonden.\n" +#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan " +#~ "gebruiken." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" @@ -5149,22 +5435,29 @@ #~ "uw ethernetkaart." #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " +#~ "up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen zijn instellingen die u nodig heeft om uw\n" -#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. VPI/VCI is alleen geschikt voor PPP over ATM\n" -#~ "verbindingen, Ethernetkaart is nodig voor PPP over Ethernet\n" +#~ "De PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen zijn instellingen die u " +#~ "nodig heeft om uw\n" +#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. VPI/VCI is alleen geschikt voor " +#~ "PPP over ATM\n" +#~ "verbindingen, Ethernetkaart is nodig voor PPP over Ethernet</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "verbindingen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld 0.38\n" -#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet." +#~ "Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld " +#~ "0.38\n" +#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n" @@ -5172,7 +5465,8 @@ #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor PPPoE moet u het apparaat van de ethernetkaart, waarmee uw DSL\n" -#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft ingesteld, kunt u dit\n" +#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft " +#~ "ingesteld, kunt u dit\n" #~ "doen door op Netwerkkaarten instellen te klikken." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5287,7 +5581,8 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Overzicht ISDN-kaarten</BIG> \n" -#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en verbindingsinstellingen.\n" +#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en " +#~ "verbindingsinstellingen.\n" #~ "Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5295,7 +5590,8 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een ISDN-kaart toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart " +#~ "instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5308,10 +5604,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Een ISDN-verbinding toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding " +#~ "instellen.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5320,7 +5618,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" #~ "Selecteer een te wijzigen of te verwijderen ISDN-kaart of verbinding.\n" -#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgid "Hardware" #~ msgstr "Hardware" @@ -5339,7 +5638,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Gedetailleerde ISDN-instellingen" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " +#~ "are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Remote telefoonnummer lijst bepaalt welke remote machines\n" @@ -5353,41 +5653,53 @@ #~ "keuzevak om toestemming te geven aan alle caller id's.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " +#~ "without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als de callback modus uit staat worden de aanroepen \n" #~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " +#~ "a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback modus als server staat ingesteld zal na een \n" +#~ "Als de callback modus als server staat ingesteld zal na " +#~ "een \n" #~ "inkomende aanroep de callback modus worden uitgevoerd.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " +#~ "initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback modus als cliënt staat ingesteld zal het lokale systeem als \n" -#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n" +#~ "Als de callback modus als cliënt staat ingesteld zal het lokale " +#~ "systeem als \n" +#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " +#~ "call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " +#~ "server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "De callback wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste aanroep en de\n" -#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de server dan op\n" +#~ "De callback wachttijd is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste " +#~ "aanroep en de\n" +#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de " +#~ "server dan op\n" #~ "de cliënt.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bij Extra ipppd opties kunt u extra opties voor ipppd instellen,\n" -#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie.\n" +#~ "Bij Extra ipppd opties kunt u extra opties voor ipppd " +#~ "instellen,\n" +#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie." +#~ "\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "&Extra ipppd opties" @@ -5426,11 +5738,13 @@ #~ msgstr "Selectie van ISDN-service" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " +#~ "DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u uw DSL\n" +#~ "Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u " +#~ "uw DSL\n" #~ "verbinding instellen met behulp van DSL CAPI interface toevoegen.\n" #~ "U kunt dit echter ook later in het DSL configuratie dialoog doen.\n" @@ -5440,16 +5754,19 @@ #~ "the default for all common Internet providers.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor ISDN-netwerkgebruik zijn er twee type interfaces:\n" -#~ "RawIP en SyncPPP. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP gebruiken:\n" +#~ "RawIP en SyncPPP. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP " +#~ "gebruiken:\n" #~ "de standaard bij de meeste internet providers.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " +#~ "providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Om te kunnen schakelen tussen verschillende internet providers is een\n" -#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van meerdere providers\n" +#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van " +#~ "meerdere providers\n" #~ "aan dezelfde interface is voldoende.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5494,17 +5811,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " +#~ "directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " +#~ "digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " +#~ "means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw telefoonnummer \n" +#~ "Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw " +#~ "telefoonnummer \n" #~ "op (zonder kengetal) wanneer uw ISDN-kaart rechtstreeks is verbonden met\n" #~ "de ISDN-aansluiting. Wanneer deze is verbonden met een PBX, geef dan het\n" -#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de laatste cijfer(s)\n" -#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit mislukt.\n" +#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de " +#~ "laatste cijfer(s)\n" +#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit " +#~ "mislukt.\n" #~ "Normaal betekent dat dan dat de standaard MSN wordt gebruikt." #~ msgid "" @@ -5517,8 +5841,10 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' aangemeld bent) met\n" -#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en stoppen:\n" +#~ "Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' " +#~ "aangemeld bent) met\n" +#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en " +#~ "stoppen:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " start: ifup ippp0\n" #~ " stop : ifdown ippp0\n" @@ -5528,27 +5854,33 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " +#~ "channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " +#~ "automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " +#~ "goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Door kanalen bundelen te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit verbinding\n" +#~ "Door kanalen bundelen te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit " +#~ "verbinding\n" #~ "worden gemaakt dat ook als Multilink PPP bekend staat.\n" -#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende commando's:\n" +#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende " +#~ "commando's:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "U kunt ook het pakket xibod installeren om dit alles automatisch te laten gebeuren.\n" +#~ "U kunt ook het pakket xibod installeren om dit alles automatisch " +#~ "te laten gebeuren.\n" #~ "Wanneer er meer bandbreedte nodig is zal het een kanaal toevoegen.\n" #~ "Als de verkeersdrukte minder wordt zal het een kanaal verwijderen.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5557,13 +5889,16 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " +#~ "established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Door\n" #~ "Externe firewall interface te selecteren zal de firewall\n" -#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n" -#~ "Herstart firewall zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding tot stand is gebracht.\n" +#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat " +#~ "ingesteld.\n" +#~ "Herstart firewall zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding " +#~ "tot stand is gebracht.\n" #~ " " #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5660,7 +5995,8 @@ #~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer de in te stellen ISDN-kaart. U kunt de kaarten \n" -#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren." +#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren." +#~ "" #~ msgid "All" #~ msgstr "Alles" @@ -5698,11 +6034,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " +#~ "salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer u een oude ISA-kaart heeft kunt u de waarden voor\n" #~ "de IO poort of het geheugenadres en de gebruikte interrupt opgeven.\n" -#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem contact op met uw leverancier.\n" +#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem " +#~ "contact op met uw leverancier.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5710,9 +6048,12 @@ #~ "rcisdn start command. Only the user root can do this.\n" #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Startmodus: Met OnBoot wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens de\n" -#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met Handmatig moet het stuurprogramma met het\n" -#~ "rcisdn start commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan dit doen.\n" +#~ "Startmodus: Met OnBoot wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens " +#~ "de\n" +#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met Handmatig moet het stuurprogramma met " +#~ "het\n" +#~ "rcisdn start commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan " +#~ "dit doen.\n" #~ "HotPlug is een speciaal geval voor PCMCIA- en USB-apparaten.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5722,8 +6063,11 @@ #~ "Er zijn meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw ISDN-kaart beschikbaar.\n" #~ "Selecteer er één uit de lijst.\n" -#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "ISDN-protocol: In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-protocol." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "ISDN-protocol: In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-" +#~ "protocol." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" @@ -5734,13 +6078,20 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " +#~ "one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Bel toegangsnummer: Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n" -#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".\n" +#~ "Bel toegangsnummer: Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft " +#~ "om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n" +#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus " +#~ "gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." -#~ msgstr "Zet Start ISDN Loggen uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt gaan loggen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " +#~ "Log." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Zet Start ISDN Loggen uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt " +#~ "gaan loggen." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175 #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" @@ -5925,7 +6276,8 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a modem.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Modem toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u op Toevoegen klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen." +#~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -5933,7 +6285,8 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of " +#~ "verwijderen.\n" #~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" @@ -5946,13 +6299,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Geef alle modem configuratie waarden op." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " +#~ "ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " +#~ "etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Modem apparaat specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is aangesloten.\n" -#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen gewoonlijk met\n" -#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB poorten." +#~ "Modem apparaat specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is " +#~ "aangesloten.\n" +#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen " +#~ "gewoonlijk met\n" +#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB " +#~ "poorten." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:280 #~ msgid "" @@ -5960,18 +6318,25 @@ #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer u op een PBX bent aangesloten moet u waarschijnlijk een\n" -#~ "Bel toegangsnummer opgegeven. Vaak is dit een 9 of een 0.\n" +#~ "Bel toegangsnummer opgegeven. Vaak is dit een 9 of een " +#~ "0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " +#~ "additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " +#~ "your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies de juiste Bel-mode voor uw telefoonaansluiting. De meeste\n" -#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken toon bellen als Bel-mode. Selecteer\n" -#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker (Luidspreker aan</l>)\n" -#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon (Kiestoon detectie</l>).\n" +#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken toon bellen als Bel-mode. " +#~ "Selecteer\n" +#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker " +#~ "(Luidspreker aan</l>)\n" +#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon " +#~ "(Kiestoon detectie</l>).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" @@ -6084,9 +6449,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " +#~ "Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " +#~ "there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Inbellen op verzoek betekent dat de internetverbinding\n" @@ -6100,7 +6468,8 @@ #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer DNS wijzigen is geactiveerd, dan wordt de naamserver\n" +#~ "Wanneer DNS wijzigen is geactiveerd, dan wordt de " +#~ "naamserver\n" #~ "bij een gemaakte internetverbinding automatisch gewijzigd." #~ msgid "" @@ -6108,28 +6477,36 @@ #~ "after connecting, disable Automatically Retrieve DNS and\n" #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding niet\n" -#~ "doorgeeft, dient Automatisch DNS opzoeken uitgeschakeld te worden en\n" +#~ "Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding " +#~ "niet\n" +#~ "doorgeeft, dient Automatisch DNS opzoeken uitgeschakeld te worden " +#~ "en\n" #~ "moet de DNS handmatig worden opgegeven." #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " +#~ "only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Naamservers zijn nodig om hostnamen (bijv: www.suse.com)\n" #~ "om te zetten in IP-adressen (bijv: 213.95.15.200). U hoeft alleen\n" -#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u Inbellen op verzoek heeft ingeschakeld of\n" +#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u Inbellen op verzoek heeft " +#~ "ingeschakeld of\n" #~ "als u DNS wijzigen tijdens de verbinding heeft uitgeschakeld.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " +#~ "dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " +#~ "this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prompts negeren schakelt de detectie van prompts van de inbelserver uit.\n" -#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, probeer\n" +#~ "Prompts negeren schakelt de detectie van prompts van de " +#~ "inbelserver uit.\n" +#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, " +#~ "probeer\n" #~ "dan deze optie.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6139,13 +6516,15 @@ #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Door Externe firewall interface te selecteren zal de firewall\n" -#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n" +#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat " +#~ "ingesteld.\n" #~ "Door deze optie te kiezen zullen de dial-up verbindingen met\n" #~ "het internet beschermd zijn tegen aanvallen van buitenaf." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "De Idle time-out is de wachttijd waarna een idle verbinding\n" #~ "wordt verbroken (0 betekent geen time-out bij de verbinding).\n" @@ -6217,8 +6596,10 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " +#~ "case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " +#~ "established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Selecteer dynamisch IP-adres wanneer\n" @@ -6228,24 +6609,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " +#~ "static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " +#~ "almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Schakel Peer-DNS gebruiken om uw\n" -#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit vervangt uw\n" -#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-servers. Vandaag de dag\n" +#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit " +#~ "vervangt uw\n" +#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-" +#~ "servers. Vandaag de dag\n" #~ "ondersteunen bijna alle providers het gebruik van peer-DNS.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " +#~ "special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Indien de callback mode uit staat worden de aanroepen \n" #~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " +#~ "callback \n" #~ "is triggered." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als server, zal na een \n" @@ -6255,12 +6642,14 @@ #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem als \n" +#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem " +#~ "als \n" #~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " +#~ "reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik op Standaard route voor het instellen van de standaard\n" @@ -6344,7 +6733,8 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Provider toevoegen:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.\n" +#~ "Klik op Toevoegen om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6353,7 +6743,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG> \n" #~ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen provider.\n" -#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen.\n" +#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: Bewerken of Verwijderen</" +#~ "B>.\n" #~ msgid "Select the appropriate provider." #~ msgstr "Selecteer de gewenste provider a.u.b.." @@ -6366,7 +6757,9 @@ #~ "kies dan één van de providers uit de lijst." #~ msgid "Use New to add a provider not in the list." -#~ msgstr "Gebruik Nieuw voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in de lijst staat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Gebruik Nieuw voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in " +#~ "de lijst staat." #~ msgid "Choose one of the available provider types." #~ msgstr "Kies één van de beschikbare provider types." @@ -6407,14 +6800,16 @@ #~ "Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n" #~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit de lijst\n" +#~ "Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit " +#~ "de lijst\n" #~ "heeft geselecteerd, dan worden deze waarden aangeleverd.\n" #~ msgid "Enter a Provider Name for the provider." #~ msgstr "Geef een providernaam voor de provider op." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef, om toegang tot uw provider te krijgen, een providernaam\n" @@ -6422,7 +6817,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " +#~ "for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Kies het type packet encapsulation a.u.b.. RawIP betekent\n" @@ -6437,19 +6833,23 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef de Lijn ID\n" #~ "(bijv: 0056780362), het T-online nummer (bijv:870008594732),\n" -#~ "de gebruikerscode (typerend 0001) en het wachtwoord op dat moet\n" -#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet)." +#~ "de gebruikerscode (typerend 0001) en het wachtwoord op dat " +#~ "moet\n" +#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u " +#~ "het niet zeker weet)." #~ msgid "" #~ "Enter the User Name and the\n" #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op dat moet\n" -#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet)." +#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u " +#~ "het niet zeker weet)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De gebruikersnaam zal worden uitgebreid\n" @@ -6457,17 +6857,21 @@ #~ "aan het eind." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " +#~ "every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Selecteer Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen om telkens om het wachtwoord te vragen.\n" +#~ "Selecteer Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen om telkens om het " +#~ "wachtwoord te vragen.\n" #~ "Uw\n" -#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde schijf opslaat.\n" -#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de harde schijf opgeslagen\n" +#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde " +#~ "schijf opslaat.\n" +#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de " +#~ "harde schijf opgeslagen\n" #~ "(alleen voor root leesbaar).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6560,14 +6964,17 @@ #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "NetworkManager kan niet naar een wachtwoord vragen.\n" -#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het systeem.\n" +#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het " +#~ "systeem.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " +#~ "field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen zijn.\n" +#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen " +#~ "zijn.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Doorgaan?" @@ -6577,40 +6984,54 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte\n" #~ "(na /) met uw Kamp aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op\n" -#~ "en klik op Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" +#~ "en klik op Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." #~ msgstr "AOL-DSL toegang." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " +#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " +#~ "need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " +#~ "enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " +#~ "request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte\n" -#~ "(voor de @) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op Verder.\n" -#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt inbellen, dan dient u uw\n" -#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan kunt u de PIN\n" -#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan de AOL hotline en\n" -#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.\n" +#~ "(voor de @) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord " +#~ "op en klik op Verder.\n" +#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt " +#~ "inbellen, dan dient u uw\n" +#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan " +#~ "kunt u de PIN\n" +#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan " +#~ "de AOL hotline en\n" +#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." #~ msgstr "Kamp 1&1 DSL toegang." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " +#~ "Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /)\n" -#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op Verder.\n" +#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /</" +#~ "b>)\n" +#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op " +#~ "Verder.\n" #~ "Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6628,11 +7049,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " +#~ "and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /)\n" -#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op\n" +#~ "Vervang in het Gebruikersnaam veld de blanco ruimte (na /</" +#~ "b>)\n" +#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en " +#~ "klik op\n" #~ "Verder. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 @@ -6642,19 +7066,24 @@ #~ msgstr "Providerconfiguratie" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" +#~ "root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " +#~ "will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Apparaataansturing</big>\n" #~ "Gewoonlijk mag alleen de systeembeheerder een netwerkinterface \n" -#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren\n" -#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit vereist dat\n" +#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-" +#~ "gebruiker via QInternet activeren\n" +#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit " +#~ "vereist dat\n" #~ "smpppd is geïnstalleerd en actief is.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -6923,11 +7352,19 @@ #~ msgid "Firewall Settings" #~ msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" -#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +#~ "\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--" +#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)" -#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +#~ "\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--" +#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Wachtwoord:" @@ -6966,7 +7403,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties" #~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -#~ msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden" #~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" #~ msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie" @@ -6999,7 +7437,9 @@ #~ msgstr "&Proxy" #~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective." -#~ msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-" +#~ "instellingen effectief te maken." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60 #~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration" @@ -7065,13 +7505,17 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.\n" -#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n" -#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n" +#~ "Note: It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings " +#~ "to take effect, \n" +#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings " +#~ "immediately. Please check \n" #~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.\n" -#~ "Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" -#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" +#~ "Opmerking: Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan " +#~ "te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n" +#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen " +#~ "onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n" #~ "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. " #~ msgid "" @@ -7082,7 +7526,8 @@ #~ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " +#~ "secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "URL van HTTPS-proxy is de naam van de proxyserver\n" @@ -7103,7 +7548,8 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Als de optie Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken is ingeschakeld,\n" +#~ "Als de optie Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken is " +#~ "ingeschakeld,\n" #~ "hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen. Dit zal dan\n" #~ "voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n" @@ -7112,25 +7558,30 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n" -#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n" +#~ "Geen proxy domeinen is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de " +#~ "verzoeken\n" +#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te " +#~ "maken,\n" #~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld: %1.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n" #~ "Proxy-gebruikersnaam en Proxy-wachtwoord in. Een geldige\n" -#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens (aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" +#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens " +#~ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Klik op Proxyinstellingen testen om\n" -#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen. \n" +#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</" +#~ "p> \n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" #~ msgstr "&Activeer proxy" @@ -7192,13 +7643,16 @@ #~ msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te " +#~ "bevatten." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL." @@ -7229,23 +7683,29 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Udev Rules are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n" -#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n" +#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for " +#~ "example,\n" #~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n" +#~ "Udev-regels zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die " +#~ "toestaan\n" #~ "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n" -#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n" +#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een " +#~ "herstart.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" +#~ "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway " +#~ "address,\n" #~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n" +#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " +#~ "routed, \n" #~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n" #~ "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n" #~ "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n" -#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.\n" +#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk " +#~ "interface.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -7258,7 +7718,8 @@ #~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Wanneer Automatisch opnieuw verbinden is geactiveerd zal de\n" -#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.\n" +#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</" +#~ "p>\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80 #~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-10 14:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -254,7 +254,8 @@ "\n" "Would you like to configure it?" msgstr "" -"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n" +"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een " +"internetverbinding nodig.\n" "\n" "Wilt u de internetverbinding confgureren?" @@ -400,13 +401,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.\n" -msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op Verder.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Next.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op Verder.</" +"p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 -msgid "Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.\n" -msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op Voltooien.\n" +msgid "" +"Select the online repositories you want to use then click Finish.</" +"p>\n" +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op " +"Voltooien.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 @@ -425,7 +434,9 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 msgid "The repository manager is downloading repository details..." -msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de installatiebron..." +msgstr "" +"Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de " +"installatiebron..." #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -522,8 +533,12 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." -msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." +msgid "" +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." +msgstr "" +"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de " +"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -583,8 +598,12 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " +"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 @@ -768,24 +787,37 @@ "Manage configured software repositories and services.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.\n" +"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</" +"p>\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator." -msgstr "A service of Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) is een protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de servicebeheerder." +msgid "" +"A service or Repository Index Service (RIS) is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" +"A service of Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) is een " +"protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software " +"installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de " +"servicebeheerder." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 msgid "" "\n" "Adding a new Repository or a Service \n" -"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use Add and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Een nieuwe bron of service toevoegen \n" -"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en specificeer de bron of service.\n" -"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is ingegeven.\n" +"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik Toevoegen en " +"specificeer de bron of service.\n" +"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is " +"ingegeven.\n" "\n" #. help, continued @@ -827,46 +859,70 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service \n" -"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, use\n" -"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use Edit. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"Delete. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "De status van een installatiebron of service wijzigen \n" -"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik Bewerken. Om een bron te verwijderen, gebruik\n" -"Verwijderen. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie aan\n" -"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n" +"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik Bewerken. Om een bron te " +"verwijderen, gebruik\n" +"Verwijderen. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen " +"tijdens de initialisatie aan\n" +"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik " +"onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 msgid "" "Priority of a Repository \n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.\n" msgstr "" "Prioriteit van een installatiebron \n" -"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.\n" +"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de " +"hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als " +"een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste " +"prioriteit gebruikt.\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services." -msgstr "Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in installatiebronnen en services." +msgid "" +"Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services." +msgstr "" +"Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in " +"installatiebronnen en services." #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 msgid "" "Keep Downloaded Packages Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation." +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation." msgstr "" -"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n" +"Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren Activeer deze optie om " +"gedownloade\n" "pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n" "kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n" -"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie." +"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na " +"installatie." #: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." -msgstr "De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf." +msgid "" +"The default local cache is located in directory /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages. Change the location in /etc/zypp/zypp.conf file." +msgstr "" +"De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map /var/cache/zypp/" +"packages, wijzig de locatie in het bestand /etc/zypp/zypp.conf.</" +"P>" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 @@ -879,7 +935,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1328 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Details:" @@ -887,7 +943,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1336 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?" @@ -975,14 +1031,17 @@ "Really add the repository again?" msgstr "" "Installatiebron %1\n" -"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n" +"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd " +"moeten worden.\n" "\n" "Deze installatiebron nog eens toevvoegen?" #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 msgid "Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.\n" -msgstr "Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie\n" +msgstr "" +"Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</" +"p>\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -995,8 +1054,11 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." -msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig" +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgstr "" +"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige " +"interventie is nodig" # workflow: "Software-Auswahl" # -ke- @@ -1012,18 +1074,25 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." +msgid "" +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" +"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de " +"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository." -msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren." +msgstr "" +"Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren." #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden." +msgstr "" +"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd " +"worden." #. error message #. error message @@ -1054,7 +1123,8 @@ #. start package manager #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362 msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron." #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369 msgid "" @@ -1144,7 +1214,8 @@ #. rich text - error message #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112 msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken." -msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." +msgstr "" +"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd." #. result of the check - success #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122 @@ -1153,13 +1224,17 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." -msgstr "Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is onbruikbaar." +msgid "" +"Error -- MD5 sum does not match This medium should not be used." +msgstr "" +"Fout -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen Het medium is " +"onbruikbaar." #. the correct MD5 is unknown #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131 msgid "Unknown -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown." -msgstr "Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." +msgstr "" +"Onbekend -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend." #. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1) #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251 @@ -1181,7 +1256,8 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.\n" msgstr "" "Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n" @@ -1191,24 +1267,31 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check\n" +"Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use Check ISO File and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum. " msgstr "" -"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op Controle starten\n" +"Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op " +"Controle starten\n" "of gebruik Controle ISO-bestand en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n" "De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n" -"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." +"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum." +"" #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.\n" +"If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n" -"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.\n" +"Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de " +"installatie.\n" +"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde " +"medium te vervangen.\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1221,21 +1304,32 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." -msgstr "Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt." +msgid "" +"Note: You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"" +msgstr "" +"Let op: U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het " +"systeem wordt gebruikt." #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu." -msgstr "Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu." +msgid "" +"To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu." +msgstr "" +"Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item " +"medium controleren in het opstartmenu." #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.\n" +"If you burn the media yourself, use the pad option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" -"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw brandsoftware.\n" +"Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie pad van uw " +"brandsoftware.\n" "Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.\n" #. advice check of the media @@ -1392,7 +1486,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n" +"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het " +"sleutelbestand op.\n" "\n" #. header in file selection popup @@ -1506,7 +1601,7 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1520,7 +1615,8 @@ "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" -"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n" +"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet " +"mogelijk.\n" "Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server." #. popup message part 2 @@ -1551,9 +1647,10 @@ #. popup error #. popup error #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:533 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:726 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." -msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." +msgstr "" +"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem." #. error report #: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 @@ -1574,8 +1671,8 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1781 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1787 src/modules/Packages.rb:471 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Onbekend product" @@ -1586,7 +1683,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Niet in staat toegevoegde producten te gebruiken." @@ -1602,42 +1699,45 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Aanvullende producten" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1382 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" "De installatiebron bevat ook de lijst met additionele bronnen.\n" "Selecteer diegene die u wilt gebruiken.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1393 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Aanvullende te selecteren producten" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1400 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Voeg geselecteerde &producten toe" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1532 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium voor add-on %1" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1537 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Plaats het medium %1 %2" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1589 -msgid "Unable to add product %1." +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Unable to add product %1." +msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "Kan product %1 niet toevoegen." #. update the trusted flag @@ -1772,156 +1872,201 @@ msgstr "Delta-RPM toepassen: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311 -msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." -msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +msgid "" +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." +msgstr "" +"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits " +"distributie te installeren." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system." -msgstr "De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +msgid "" +"The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system." +msgstr "" +"De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na " +"installatie van het systeem." #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339 -msgid "The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation." -msgstr "Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +msgid "" +"The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation." +msgstr "" +"Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die " +"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden " +"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter " +"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens " +"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie " +"te starten." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 msgid "" "The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.\n" msgstr "" "De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n" "gedownload zullen worden vanaf remote (network) installatiebronnen.\n" -"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" +"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er " +"een limiet is voor het downloaden.\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 msgid "Software Proposal" msgstr "Software voorstel" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Product: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systeemtype: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "Patterns: " msgstr "Patronen: " #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:405 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Grootte van de te installeren pakketten: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Downloaden vanaf installatiebronnen op afstand: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" -msgstr "Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" +msgstr "" +"Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504 -msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." -msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van " +"nieuwe installatiemedia." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." +msgstr "" +"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een " +"nieuw installatiemedium." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549 -msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." -msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +msgid "" +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." +msgstr "" +"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, " +"kan installatie niet starten." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." -msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." +msgstr "" +"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." -msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie." +msgstr "" +"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige " +"selectie." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3. " -msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " +msgstr "" +"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar. " #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 msgid "New product %s will be installed" msgstr "Nieuw product %s zal geïnstalleerd worden" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:714 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 msgid "Product %s will be updated" msgstr "Product %s zal bijgewerkt worden" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 msgid "Product %{old_product} will be updated to %{new_product}" -msgstr "Product %{old_product} zal bijgewerkt worden tot %{new_product}" +msgstr "" +"Product %{old_product} zal bijgewerkt worden tot %{new_product}" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 msgid "Product %s will stay installed" msgstr "Product %s zal geïnstalleerd blijven" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:733 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 msgid "Warning: Product %s will be removed." msgstr "Waarschuwing: Product %s zal verwijderd worden." -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 msgid "Error: Product %s will be automatically removed." msgstr "Fout: Product %s zal automatisch verwijderd worden." #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 msgid "" "<ul><li>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</li>\n" +"<ul><li>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</" +"b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Neem contact op met de verkoper van de verwijderde add-on om u van\n" -"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n" -"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor verwijdering.\n" +"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met " +"producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n" +"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor " +"verwijdering.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1344 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Geen bron gevonden op '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1617 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 msgid "" -"The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1931,31 +2076,31 @@ "webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1644 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Opgestart medium wordt geïntegreerd..." #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1666 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Integreren van servicepack-installatiebron is mislukt." #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Bronnen worden geïnitialiseerd..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "%1-cd 1 plaatsen" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1933 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 cd 1 niet gevonden" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2043 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1964,7 +2109,7 @@ "Kijk voor meer details in het logbestand %1." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2304 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1973,12 +2118,12 @@ "Het maken van een software voorstel zal opnieuw gestart worden." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2322 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "De pakketselectie wordt onderzocht..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2627 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1989,27 +2134,31 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:152 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:159 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:157 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:164 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:153 -msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 +msgid "" +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "" +"Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar." +"gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:297 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:302 msgid "&Language" msgstr "&Taal" #. check box label -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:347 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "Ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst." #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the directory name -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:372 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:416 msgid "" "This EULA can be found in the directory\n" "%s" @@ -2019,7 +2168,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %s is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:376 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:420 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %s" @@ -2028,7 +2177,7 @@ "u die vinden in het bestand %s op het eerste medium." #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:394 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:438 msgid "" "Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2042,28 +2191,20 @@ #. #459391 #. If a progress is running open another dialog #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:404 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1144 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:448 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1197 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1270 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1061 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Wilt u de installatie van het addon-product afbreken?" -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 +#. text changed due to bug #162499 +#. TRANSLATORS: text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1095 msgid "" -"Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" -"Really refuse the agreement?" -msgstr "" -"Het verwerpen van de licntie zal de installatie afbreken.\n" -"Wijst u de licentie toch af?" - -#. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 -msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" msgstr "" @@ -2072,18 +2213,18 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200 #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1107 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Het systeem wordt afgesloten..." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an extension name #. e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1153 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1206 msgid "%s License Agreement" msgstr "%Licentieovereenkomst van %s" #. TRANSLATORS: %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1573 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1622 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" "%{license_url}" @@ -2362,10 +2503,14 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 msgid "" "<big>Repository Name</big> \n" -"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.\n" +"Use Repository Name to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"\n" msgstr "" "<big>Bronnaam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Bronnaam om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Bronnaam om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. " +"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of " +"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" #. text entry #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 @@ -2376,10 +2521,13 @@ #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 msgid "" "<big>Service Name</big> \n" -"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" +"Use Service Name to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Service naam</big> \n" -"Gebruik Service naam om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Service naam om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als " +"dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam " +"gebruiken.\n" #. popup message #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 @@ -2427,12 +2575,15 @@ msgid "" "<big>Mount Options</big> \n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See man 5 nfs\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"man 5 nfs\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<big>Opties voor aankoppelen</big> \n" -"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n" -"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" +"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume " +"specificeren.\n" +"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is " +"aanbevolen. Zie man 5 nfs\n" "voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties." #. radio button @@ -2451,7 +2602,8 @@ "Set CD-ROM or DVD-ROM to specify the type of media." msgstr "" "<big>Cd- of dvd-media</big> \n" -"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type medium te specificeren." +"Stel CD-ROM of DVD-ROM in om het type medium te specificeren.</" +"p>" #. dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 @@ -2538,8 +2690,10 @@ msgstr "" "<big>USB-stick of -schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n" -"Gebruik Pad naar map om de map van de installatiebron te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat gebruiken.\n" +"Gebruik Pad naar map om de map van de installatiebron te " +"specificeren.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat " +"gebruiken.\n" "Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-map.\n" @@ -2574,7 +2728,8 @@ "<big>Schijf</big> \n" "Selecteer de schijf waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n" "Stel Pad naar map in om het pad naar de map te specificeren.\n" -"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf gebruiken.\n" +"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf " +"gebruiken.\n" "Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n" "(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n" "Gewone RPM-map.\n" @@ -2670,7 +2825,8 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck Anonymous and specify the\n" "User Name and the Password.\n" "\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify Share name and Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set ISO Image.\n" @@ -2689,10 +2845,12 @@ #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 msgid "" -"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"It is possible to set the Port number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.\n" msgstr "" -"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te stellen.\n" +"Het is mogelijk om het poortnummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te " +"stellen.\n" "Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. @@ -2783,15 +2941,18 @@ msgid "" "Download Files \n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check Download repository description files to download the\n" +"repository. Check Download repository description files to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. \n" msgstr "" "Bestanden downloaden \n" "Elke installatiebron heeft bestanden die de inhoud van bron beschrijven.\n" -"Selecteer Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden om de bestanden\n" +"Selecteer Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden om de " +"bestanden\n" "te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n" -"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n" +"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden " +"wanneer\n" "ze later nodig zijn.\n" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271 @@ -3028,6 +3189,13 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Deselecteer een aantal pakketten." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" +#~ "Really refuse the agreement?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het verwerpen van de licntie zal de installatie afbreken.\n" +#~ "Wijst u de licentie toch af?" + #~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)" #~ msgstr "Patch-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)" @@ -3109,18 +3277,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Package Search</big> \n" -#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" +#~ "Use the functionality of Webpin package search to search in all " +#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Pakketzoeken</big> \n" -#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van Webpin pakketzoeken om te zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.\n" +#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van Webpin pakketzoeken om te " +#~ "zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE " +#~ "installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of the\n" +#~ "<big>Security</big> The software found is often not part of " +#~ "the\n" #~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n" -#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.\n" +#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Beveiliging</big> De gevonden software is vaak geen\n" -#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron van\n" +#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron " +#~ "van\n" #~ "een pakket vertrouwt. Wij nemen geen enkele verantwoordelijk voor het\n" #~ "installeren van dit soort software.\n" @@ -3134,7 +3308,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Zoeken is mislukt" #~ msgid "No packages matching entered criteria were found." -#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria voldoen." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria " +#~ "voldoen." #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" @@ -3145,7 +3321,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel \n" -#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het sleutelbestand.\n" +#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het " +#~ "sleutelbestand.\n" #~ "Activeer het keuzevakje Vertrouwd aan als u de sleutel vertrouwd.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -3166,10 +3343,12 @@ #~ "De server op afstand gaf de foutcode %1" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n" +#~ "Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the " +#~ "Internet.\n" #~ "Click on the repository to see its details.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet zijn gedownload zien.\n" +#~ "Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet " +#~ "zijn gedownload zien.\n" #~ "Klik op een installatiebron om de details te bekijken.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -3183,21 +3362,26 @@ #~ msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen. Even geduld a.u.b..." #~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization." -#~ msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron." #~ msgid "Search &In" #~ msgstr "Zoeken &in" #~ msgid "" -#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n" -#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n" +#~ "These are the release notes made for the first initial release. " +#~ "They are\n" +#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a " +#~ "connection\n" #~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n" #~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste initiële\n" +#~ "Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste " +#~ "initiële\n" #~ "uitgave, die deel uitmaakt van de installatiemedia. Als u tijdens de\n" #~ "installatie een internetverbinding tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u\n" -#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden." +#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden." +#~ "" #~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" #~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rdp.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-10-26 13:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -69,102 +69,121 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "RDP beheer op &afstand" -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 -msgid "Remote Administration" -msgstr "Remote beheer" +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 +# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Firewall Settings" +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" -#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "Remote beheer &toestaan" +msgid "Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 -msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "Remote beheer &niet toestaan" - -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" -"<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -"If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" -"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"<big>Remote Administration via RDP</big>\n" +"Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " +"running on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able " +"to login to this computer\n" +"remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Instellingen voor beheer op afstand</big>\n" -"Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n" -"u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n" -"Gebruik een RDP-client zoals rdesktop (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:" -"%1</tt>).\n" -"Dit type beheer op afstand is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.\n" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 -msgid "Remote Administration Settings" -msgstr "Instellingen voor beheer op afstand" +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote Administration" +msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" +msgstr "Remote beheer" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Firewallinstellingen" - -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184 -# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "xrdp instellen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162 #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Services opnieuw starten" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Stop de services" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 -msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie voor beheer op afstand opslaan" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "xrdp wordt geconfigureerd..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "De service wordt gestopt..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 -msgid "Remote administration is enabled." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote administration is enabled." +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is ingeschakeld." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 -msgid "Remote administration is disabled." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Remote administration is disabled." +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." msgstr "Beheer op afstand is uitgeschakeld." + +#~ msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "Remote beheer &toestaan" + +#~ msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "Remote beheer &niet toestaan" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +#~ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#~ "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" +#~ "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" +#~ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Instellingen voor beheer op afstand</big>\n" +#~ "Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n" +#~ "u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n" +#~ "Gebruik een RDP-client zoals rdesktop (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:" +#~ "%1</tt>).\n" +#~ "Dit type beheer op afstand is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.\n" + +#~ msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor beheer op afstand" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-16 16:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -294,7 +294,8 @@ #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." -msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." +msgstr "" +"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat." #. %s are error details #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:198 @@ -328,15 +329,14 @@ msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "Bezig '%s'-certificaat te importeren..." -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:261 +#. workaround after string freeze +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:264 msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "Fout met beveiligde verbinding: %s" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL, #. e.g. https://smt.example.com -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:280 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:283 msgid "" "An old registration server was detected at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -350,21 +350,22 @@ #. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze #. error message, the entered URL is not valid. -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:295 #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:544 msgid "Invalid URL." msgstr "Ongeldige URL." #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:296 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:299 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n" +"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden " +"bereikt.\n" "Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:303 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:306 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "Netwerkfout, netwerkconfiguratie controleren." @@ -400,7 +401,8 @@ "is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" "Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" -"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct." +"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het " +"basisproduct." #. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze #. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...) @@ -586,18 +588,24 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50 msgid "" "Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.\n" -"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module." +"Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you " +"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective " +"extension or module." msgstr "" "Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.\n" -"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module." +"Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen " +"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de " +"de respectievelijke extensie of module." #. part of the UI - labels in the dialog #. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102 msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." -msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." -msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." +msgstr[0] "" +"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig." +msgstr[1] "" +"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig." #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111 msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." @@ -607,23 +615,23 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "Beta versies uit&filteren" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 msgid "Details" msgstr "Details" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "Selecteer een extensie of een module om details hier te tonen" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:116 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "%s (niet beschikbaar)" @@ -634,13 +642,21 @@ #. help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 -msgid "Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code." -msgstr "Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben." +msgid "" +"Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " +"registration code." +msgstr "" +"Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig " +"kunnen hebben." #. help text (3/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 -msgid "If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." -msgstr "Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." +msgid "" +"If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " +"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in " +"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen." #. dialog title #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31 @@ -649,8 +665,11 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34 -msgid "Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." -msgstr "U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren." +msgid "" +"Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem." +msgstr "" +"U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</" +"p>" #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:50 @@ -664,8 +683,12 @@ #. help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40 -msgid "Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." -msgstr "Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd zullen worden." +msgid "" +"Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again." +"" +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd " +"zullen worden." #. @return [String] the main dialog label #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54 @@ -674,8 +697,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38 -msgid "Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product." -msgstr "Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct." +msgid "" +"Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered " +"together with the base product." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen " +"worden samen met het basisproduct." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" @@ -740,22 +767,30 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57 msgid "" -"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center " +"database,\n" "enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product Registration." +"To register while installing automatically, select Run Product " +"Registration." msgstr "" -"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n" +"Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE " +"Customer Center,\n" "waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n" -"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." +"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, " +"selecteert u Productregistratie uitvoeren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63 msgid "" -"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. Refer\n" +"If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL " +"of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in SMT Server Settings. " +"Refer\n" "to your SMT manual for further assistance." msgstr "" -"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n" -"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." +"Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL " +"van de server\n" +"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de SMT-server-instellingen " +"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie." #. the UI defition for the global registration status #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -770,7 +805,8 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" -msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" +msgstr "" +"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken" #. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized #: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:127 @@ -851,8 +887,12 @@ #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." -msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." +msgid "" +"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get " +"updates and extensions." +msgstr "" +"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te " +"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies." #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 @@ -901,28 +941,51 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "Beveiligde verbindingen (bijv. HTTPS) gebruiken SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en versleuteling van de over te dragen gegevens." +msgid "" +"Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the " +"authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." +msgstr "" +"Beveiligde verbindingen (bijv. HTTPS) gebruiken SSL-certificaten voor " +"verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en versleuteling van de over " +"te dragen gegevens." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." +msgid "" +"You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known " +"certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the " +"issuer of the unknown certificate." +msgstr "" +"U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met " +"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de " +"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Een certificaat importeren zal, bijvoorbeeld, het gebruik toestaan van een zelf-getekend certificaat." +msgid "" +"Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed " +"certificate." +msgstr "" +"Een certificaat importeren zal, bijvoorbeeld, het gebruik toestaan van " +"een zelf-getekend certificaat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "Belangrijk: U zou altijd de vingerafdruk van de certificaten die u importeert moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat ze echt zijn." +msgid "" +"Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of " +"certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." +msgstr "" +"Belangrijk: U zou altijd de vingerafdruk van de certificaten die u " +"importeert moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat ze echt zijn." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 -msgid "Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk." -msgstr "Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico." +msgid "" +"Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big " +"security risk." +msgstr "" +"Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot " +"beveiligingsrisico." #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s are details @@ -937,7 +1000,8 @@ "The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n" "Skip the base system and the add-on registration?" msgstr "" -"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te registreren.\n" +"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te " +"registreren.\n" "Registratie van basissysteem en add-on overslaan?" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title @@ -947,13 +1011,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50 -msgid "In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories." -msgstr "In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten wordt gevonden." +msgid "" +"In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for " +"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found " +"in the selected repositories." +msgstr "" +"In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten " +"worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade " +"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten " +"wordt gevonden." #. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85 msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration" -msgstr "De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie" +msgstr "" +"De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235 # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269 @@ -1013,18 +1085,27 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65 -msgid "Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products." -msgstr "Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden." +msgid "" +"Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver " +"may offer several possible migration to new products." +msgstr "" +"Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan " +"verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3) #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Only one migration target from the list can be selected." -msgstr "Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd." +msgstr "" +"Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd." #. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70 -msgid "Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories later." -msgstr "Gebruik het selectievakje %s om de migratieopslagruimten later handmatig te selecteren." +msgid "" +"Use the %s check box to manually select the migration repositories " +"later." +msgstr "" +"Gebruik het selectievakje %s om de migratieopslagruimten later " +"handmatig te selecteren." #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71 msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories" @@ -1057,8 +1138,12 @@ #. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT) #. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:212 -msgid "ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." -msgstr "FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver (%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." +msgid "" +"ERROR: Product %{product} is not available at the registration server " +"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration." +msgstr "" +"FOUT: Product %{product} is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver " +"(%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie." #. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway.... #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format @@ -1078,13 +1163,15 @@ #. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64" #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:251 msgid "%{old_product} will be upgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "Op %{old_product} wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." +msgstr "" +"Op %{old_product} wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format #. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:256 msgid "%{old_product} will be downgraded to %{new_product}." -msgstr "Op %{old_product} wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." +msgstr "" +"Op %{old_product} wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar %{new_product}." #. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message #: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:289 @@ -1107,12 +1194,21 @@ msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41 -msgid "You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system." -msgstr "U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." +msgid "" +"You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or " +"modules to enhance the functionality of the system." +msgstr "" +"U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules " +"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43 -msgid "If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there." -msgstr "Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen." +msgid "" +"If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE " +"Customer Center and remove the system manually there." +msgstr "" +"Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich " +"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar " +"verwijderen." #. button label #: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70 @@ -1214,19 +1310,24 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -#~ "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +#~ "User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields " +#~ "below.\n" #~ "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" #~ "a registered system." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n" -#~ "gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n" -#~ "Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n" +#~ "gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de " +#~ "onderstaande velden.\n" +#~ "Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen " +#~ "mogelijk op\n" #~ "een geregistreerd systeem." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" #~ "installation has completed." -#~ msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie " +#~ "gereed is." #~ msgid "Migration Repositories" #~ msgstr "Installatiebronnen voor migratie" @@ -1335,7 +1436,8 @@ #~ "select repositories which will be used for installation." #~ msgstr "" #~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n" -#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie." +#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de " +#~ "installatie." #~ msgid "Repository State" #~ msgstr "Status installatiebron" @@ -1348,20 +1450,26 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n" +#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +#~ "select\n" #~ "Include Add-on Products from Separate Media.\n" -#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s site." +#~ "If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see %s " +#~ "site." #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n" +#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, " +#~ "selecteer\n" #~ "Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten.\n" -#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site %s." +#~ "> Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie " +#~ "de site %s." #~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" #~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren" #~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions" -#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies " +#~ "registreren invoeren" #~| msgid "Registration &Code" #~ msgid "Registration &Key" @@ -1384,8 +1492,11 @@ #~ msgid "Adding Services" #~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services" -#~ msgid "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." -#~ msgstr "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden..." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The repository manager is downloading registered repositories..." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde " +#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden..." #~ msgid "Online Update Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken" @@ -1442,7 +1553,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration." -#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie." #~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed." #~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig." @@ -1540,7 +1652,8 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Novell.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" @@ -1553,17 +1666,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the " +#~ "Novell\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1573,39 +1691,52 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code\n" +#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable Registration Code</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n" -#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n" +#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your " +#~ "product.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan Registratiecode\n" -#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n" +#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan " +#~ "Registratiecode\n" +#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-" +#~ "ondersteuning\n" #~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten " +#~ "Novell.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, " +#~ "such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1622,43 +1753,53 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of " +#~ "te wijzigen.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n" +#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with " +#~ "Open-SLX.\n" #~ "To do this now, select Configure Now. Delay the registration with\n" #~ "Configure Later.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n" -#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te doen.\n" +#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer Nu instellen om dit nu te " +#~ "doen.\n" #~ "Of stel de registratie uit met Later instellen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n" +#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your " +#~ "system\n" #~ "with Optional Information and Hardware Profile. \n" -#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n" -#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n" -#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n" +#~ "Details shows the maximum amount of information that can be " +#~ "involved\n" +#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-" +#~ "SLX\n" +#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the " +#~ "identity\n" #~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" #~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n" -#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel.\n" +#~ "systeem bijsluiten met Optionele informatie en Hardwareprofiel</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "Met Details wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n" #~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n" #~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n" @@ -1668,26 +1809,36 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n" -#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n" -#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. View\n" -#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" +#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used " +#~ "for\n" +#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver " +#~ "support\n" +#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in Details. " +#~ "View\n" +#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</" +#~ "tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n" -#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n" -#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n" -#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details.\n" +#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-" +#~ "SLX.\n" +#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen " +#~ "te\n" +#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor " +#~ "uw\n" +#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder Details</" +#~ "b>.\n" #~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n" #~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your update \n" +#~ "Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center checks that your " +#~ "update \n" #~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n" -#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n" +#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-" +#~ "SLX, such \n" #~ "as hardware information if Hardware Information is activated.\n" #~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n" #~ "" @@ -1696,7 +1847,8 @@ #~ "Met Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center wordt\n" #~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n" #~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n" -#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n" +#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX " +#~ "verzonden,\n" #~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als Hardwareprofiel geactiveerd\n" #~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n" #~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n" @@ -1704,15 +1856,18 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n" +#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local " +#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n" #~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n" #~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" +#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een " +#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n" #~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n" -#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n" +#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te " +#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "Error" @@ -1787,7 +1942,8 @@ #~ msgstr "Geavanceerd" #~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren." #~ msgid "Xen DomU detected." #~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd." @@ -1795,8 +1951,11 @@ #~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed." #~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren." -#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden " +#~ "geïnstalleerd." #~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first." #~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden." @@ -1804,8 +1963,12 @@ #~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed." #~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd." -#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation." -#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may " +#~ "miscount this installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie " +#~ "verkeerd telt." # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373 #~ msgid "Setting up online update source..." @@ -1839,19 +2002,29 @@ #~ msgid "Key is invalid." #~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig." -#~ msgid "Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." -#~ msgstr "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Get more information about the registration process with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met " +#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Other information used for registration is shown in Registration\n" -#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter the\n" -#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n" -#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n" -#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with Edit." +#~ "Data. To add a new key and value pair, press Add then enter " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with " +#~ "<tt>suse_register\n" +#~ "-a</tt>. Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove " +#~ "a\n" +#~ "key-value pair with Delete or modify an existing pair with " +#~ "Edit." #~ msgstr "" #~ "De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n" -#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n" -#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste gegevens\n" +#~ "weergegeven in Registratiegegevens. Een nieuw sleutel- en " +#~ "waardepaar\n" +#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op Toevoegen en de gewenste " +#~ "gegevens\n" #~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n" #~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n" #~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n" @@ -1968,11 +2141,30 @@ #~ msgid "See the help text for details." #~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen." -#~ msgid "To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the Advanced menu." -#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To register this installation at a local registration server, " +#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the " +#~ "Advanced menu." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren " +#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te " +#~ "configureren via het menu Geavanceerd." -#~ msgid "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://, https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The registration server URL has to start with https:// whereas " +#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format http://</" +#~ "i>, https:// or ftp://. Furthermore valid locations are /" +#~ "path/on/local/disk, floppy/path/on/floppy-disk and the " +#~ "keyword done. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling " +#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met https:// " +#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met http://" +#~ ", https:// of ftp://. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen /" +#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf, floppy/patd/op/floppy-disk en " +#~ "het sleutelwoord done. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-" +#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</" +#~ "p>" #~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?" @@ -1999,7 +2191,9 @@ #~ msgstr "Overslaan" #~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL." -#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden " +#~ "opgevat." #~ msgid "Change the URL and retry." #~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen." @@ -2037,7 +2231,8 @@ #~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n" -#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n" +#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de " +#~ "registratie.\n" #~ msgid "Issued For:" #~ msgstr "Uitgegeven voor:" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-12 16:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -1505,6 +1505,12 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Voorgedefinieerde beveiligingsconfiguraties" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Secure" +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Veilig" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-12 16:32+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -98,8 +98,7 @@ msgstr "Partitie-instellingen &aanmaken..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 -#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -1085,9 +1084,17 @@ #. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any #. other /boot partition, we should warn the user. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning:\n" +#| "Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "Please, consider creating one.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use this setup?\n" msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" @@ -1099,7 +1106,7 @@ "Deze opzet echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1120,7 +1127,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instellingen echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1135,7 +1142,7 @@ "Wilt u deze grootte van de bootpartitie handhaven?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1152,12 +1159,21 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" +#| "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" +#| "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" +#| "with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +#| "\n" +#| "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" @@ -1169,7 +1185,7 @@ "Wilt u uw opzet zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1189,7 +1205,7 @@ "\n" "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1203,7 +1219,7 @@ "Deze setup gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1220,7 +1236,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1245,7 +1261,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1270,12 +1286,12 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" @@ -1299,7 +1315,7 @@ "Wilt u deze instelling zonder wisselgeheugen gebruiken?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1312,7 +1328,7 @@ "verlopen, met name in alle volgende gevallen:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1325,7 +1341,7 @@ "- wanneer deze partitie nog geen bestandssysteem bevat\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " @@ -1337,7 +1353,7 @@ "van de standaard aankoppelpunten zoals /, /boot, /opt of /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1349,7 +1365,7 @@ "Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1358,7 +1374,7 @@ "Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1367,7 +1383,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1376,7 +1392,7 @@ "Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1385,7 +1401,7 @@ "Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1393,12 +1409,12 @@ "Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n" "Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Hij kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is aangekoppeld." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1408,7 +1424,7 @@ "is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" "The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " "mounted:\n" @@ -1426,7 +1442,7 @@ "Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1441,7 +1457,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1456,7 +1472,7 @@ "u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -2659,11 +2675,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Bewerk" @@ -2694,9 +2708,8 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2718,8 +2731,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Wijzigen..." @@ -2736,8 +2748,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -3357,7 +3368,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden." @@ -3571,8 +3582,7 @@ msgstr "Verplaats" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Grootte aanpassen" @@ -3675,8 +3685,7 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -6402,14 +6411,14 @@ msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks de fout?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 msgid "" "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf " "in gebruik zijn." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6420,7 +6429,7 @@ "wisselgeheugen bevat\n" "dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6430,7 +6439,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6441,7 +6450,7 @@ "wisselgeheugen\n" "bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6451,7 +6460,7 @@ "Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n" "bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6463,7 +6472,7 @@ "%2 zou wijzigen, welke het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) bevat dat\n" "nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6475,7 +6484,7 @@ "installatie.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6486,18 +6495,18 @@ "schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/update.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -183,9 +183,9 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 #: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1447 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1994 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:157 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1448 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2005 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Onbekend" @@ -294,19 +294,6 @@ "Wilt u uw gedetailleerde\n" "selectie echt annuleren?" -#. error report -#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount -#. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 -msgid "Failed to mount target system" -msgstr "Kon het doelsysteem niet aankoppelen" - -#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 -msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." -msgstr "Er is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden." - #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages #: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" @@ -356,6 +343,14 @@ msgid "%1 on root partition %2" msgstr "%1 op root-partitie %2" +#. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount +#. error report +#. error report +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:64 +msgid "Failed to mount target system" +msgstr "Kon het doelsysteem niet aankoppelen" + #. this is a heading #: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:149 msgid "Selected for Update" @@ -629,8 +624,13 @@ msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Ja, doorgaan" +#. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found +#: src/lib/update/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:69 +msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." +msgstr "Er is een mogelijk incomplete installatie gevonden." + #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:110 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -639,17 +639,17 @@ "over hoe dit probleem opgelost kan worden." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:148 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Onbekend Linux-systeem" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:153 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Niet-Linux-systeem" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:309 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ "'umount' of herstart uw computer.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:380 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Controleren van partitie %1" @@ -673,24 +673,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:417 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "&Details tonen" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79 #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:499 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Bestandssysteem op %1 wordt gecontroleerd..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:531 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Controle van bestandssysteem is mislukt" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:535 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -701,26 +701,26 @@ "Wilt u doorgaan met het aankoppelen van het apparaat?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:544 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "Aankoppelen &overslaan" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1065 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1066 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "" "Foutief wachtwoord opgegeven.\n" "Probeer het nog eens." #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1168 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1169 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Waarschuwing" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1173 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1174 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not " @@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ "Wilt u doorgaan met het bijwerken van het huidige systeem?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1266 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -761,27 +761,27 @@ "te herstellen. Klik op 'Annuleren' om het bijwerken af te breken.\n" #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1283 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1284 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppeloptie&s opgeven" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1300 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Aankoppelopties" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "Aankoppel&punt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1305 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1306 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Apparaat" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1311 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -790,12 +790,12 @@ "(leeglaten bij autodetectie)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1387 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1388 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "De /var-partitie %1 kon niet worden aangekoppeld.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1429 msgid "" "File system: %1, Type: %2, \n" "Label: %3, Size: %4, \n" @@ -807,17 +807,17 @@ "udev ID's: %5, \n" "udev pad: %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1443 msgid "None" msgstr "Geen" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1465 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1466 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kan de /var-partitie niet automatisch vinden" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1470 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1471 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the " "upgrade\n" @@ -833,23 +833,23 @@ # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99 #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1484 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "Selecteer het apparaat met de /var partitie" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756 #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1490 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Apparaatinformatie" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1631 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kan met deze schijfconfiguratie de /var-partitie niet aankoppelen.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1661 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1662 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1705 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1706 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This " "is\n" @@ -880,32 +880,32 @@ "een andere methode voor alle partities." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1723 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1724 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Geen fstab-bestand gevonden." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1749 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "De root-partitie in /etc/fstab heeft een ongeldig root-apparaat.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1753 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1754 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Deze is momenteel aangekoppeld als %1 maar wordt vermeld als %2.\n" #. prepare progress-bar -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2115 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2130 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Root-partitie wordt geëvalueerd. Even geduld..." #. intermediate popup while mounting partitions -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2197 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2213 msgid "Mounting partitions. One moment please..." msgstr "De partities worden aangekoppeld. Even geduld..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2212 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:2228 msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Zoeken naar beschikbare systemen" Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2016-09-15 12:05:23 UTC (rev 96923) +++ trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2016-09-15 14:04:11 UTC (rev 96924) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users.nl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-12 16:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n" @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nieuw UID van de gebruiker" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "" + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" @@ -755,7 +767,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -799,7 +811,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "&Volledige naam van gebruiker" @@ -823,7 +835,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam" @@ -840,7 +852,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de &systeembeheerder" @@ -1043,7 +1055,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Wilt u dit wachtwoord gebruiken?" @@ -1186,7 +1198,7 @@ "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1375,7 +1387,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1434,7 +1446,7 @@ #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" "The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " @@ -2387,8 +2399,7 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Lokale gebruikers" @@ -3541,7 +3552,7 @@ "Probeer het nog eens." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3555,11 +3566,11 @@ "i>.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3573,7 +3584,7 @@ "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3585,7 +3596,7 @@ "en %{max} tekens.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" "For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " @@ -3606,7 +3617,7 @@ "Lees voor meer informatie de man-pagina (login.defs).\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 msgid "" "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " "password as entered for the first user should be used for root." @@ -3615,11 +3626,11 @@ "het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet " "worden voor root." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie importeren" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" @@ -3639,11 +3650,11 @@ "geïmporteerd worden.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Aanmaken van gebruiker overslaan" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" @@ -3660,12 +3671,12 @@ "van een lokale gebruiker.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Lokale gebruiker" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3676,7 +3687,7 @@ "'Aanmaken van gebruiker overslaan'." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3687,34 +3698,34 @@ "'Aanmaken van gebruiker overslaan'." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker &aanmaken" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie &importeren" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Gebruikers kiezen" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "Aanmaken van gebruiker &overslaan" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelden" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "Geen gebruikers geselecteerd." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "%d gebruiker zal geïmporteerd worden"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96922 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 15 Sep '16

15 Sep '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-09-15 11:21:21 +0200 (Thu, 15 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96922 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po 2016-09-14 19:16:30 UTC (rev 96921) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po 2016-09-15 09:21:21 UTC (rev 96922) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 16:48+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-15 11:07+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-15 11:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.9\n" #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/dns.rb:63 @@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ "Amb el tallafoc habilitat, podeu decidir si obrir un port del tallafoc " "per a un servei SSH\n" "i permetre entrades remotes de SSH. Independentment també podeu habilitar el " -"servei SSH (per exemple,\n" -"s'iniciarà durant l'arrencada de l'ordinador)." +"servei SSH \n" +"(per exemple, s'iniciarà durant l'arrencada de l'ordinador)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:211 @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ msgid "Device" msgstr "Dispositiu" -#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/clients/routing.rb:210 src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:408 msgid "Options" msgstr "Opcions" @@ -772,13 +772,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1371 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "Avís: no s'ha emprat cap xifratge." #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1373 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 msgid "Change." msgstr "Canvia." @@ -1151,14 +1151,14 @@ #. ComboBox label #. ComboBox label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:156 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:351 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:360 msgid "&Device Type" msgstr "Tipus de &dispositiu" #. ComboBox label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:174 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:346 msgid "&Configuration Name" msgstr "Nom de la &configuració" @@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ msgstr "Grup del túnel" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1307 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "Dispositius de pont" @@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:210 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "Adreça &IP" @@ -1341,28 +1341,27 @@ "Duplica l'adreça IP detectada.\n" "Esteu segur que voleu continuar?\n" -#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types -#. @return their descriptions for CWM -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1187 +#. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 msgid "&General" msgstr "&General" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1198 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "Activació del dispositiu" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1202 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "Zona de tallafoc" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "Unitat de transmissió màxima (MTU)" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." msgstr "" "En aquesta opció podeu definir la configuració detallada de la targeta de " @@ -1370,35 +1369,35 @@ #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1284 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 msgid "&Address" msgstr "&Adreça" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1287 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 msgid "Configure your IP address." msgstr "Configuració de l'adreça IP." -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "&Maquinari" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1300 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "&Esclaus d'enllaç" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1314 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "&Sense fil" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1398 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "&Prioritat d'Ifplugd" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" " All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " @@ -1419,12 +1418,12 @@ " la prioritat de cada interfície. \n" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1486 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "Configuració de la targeta de xarxa" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1617 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1832,7 +1831,7 @@ msgstr "Canvia la ruta per defecte mitjançant el DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 msgid "" "Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.\n" @@ -1842,7 +1841,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:100 msgid "" "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." @@ -1851,7 +1850,7 @@ "disponibles, seleccioneu-ne \n" "un segons les vostres necessitats." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" "associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " @@ -1864,7 +1863,7 @@ "el vostre nom (per exemple, eth1, wlan0) i garanteix que el nom del " "dispositiu sigui persistent després de reiniciar.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" "Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " "now configured NIC. \n" @@ -1879,7 +1878,7 @@ "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" "for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " @@ -1896,7 +1895,7 @@ "Normalment, però, el valor per defecte funciona.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" "format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " @@ -1912,7 +1911,7 @@ "si configureu dues targetes amb el mateix nom de mòdul, les opcions es " "fusionaran.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " "with these options.\n" @@ -1921,7 +1920,7 @@ "ethtool amb aquestes opcions.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 msgid "" "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" @@ -1933,7 +1932,7 @@ #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:158 msgid "" "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" @@ -1943,7 +1942,7 @@ "a /etc/modprobe.conf o a /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:162 msgid "" "Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." @@ -1953,62 +1952,62 @@ "b>." #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:299 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:302 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:311 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "Mòdul del &nucli" #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:321 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "Nom del &mòdul" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:374 msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Regles Udev" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:367 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:376 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Nom del dispositiu" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:377 msgid "Change" msgstr "Canvia" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:379 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:388 msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Mostra la indentificació del port visible" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:393 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Segons" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:389 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:398 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blink" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:403 msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Opcions d'Ethtool" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:472 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:481 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Selecció manual de la targeta de xarxa" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:475 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:484 msgid "" "Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." @@ -2019,27 +2018,35 @@ #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:485 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:546 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Targeta de xarxa" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:489 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Cerca" #. bnc#767946 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:796 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:804 msgid "" -"Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +"Configuration name %s already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." msgstr "" -"Ja existeix el nom de la configuració %1.\n" -"Seleccioneu-ne un altre." +"El nom de configuració %s ja existeix.\n" +"Trieu-ne un altre." +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:810 +msgid "" +"Configuration name %s is invalid.\n" +"Choose a different one." +msgstr "" +"El nom de configuració %s no és vàlid.\n" +"Trieu-ne un altre." + #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:853 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:866 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Configuració de la targeta de xarxa S/390" @@ -2047,62 +2054,62 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:872 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:974 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:885 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:987 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1054 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1091 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Configuració del dispositiu S/390 " #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:882 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:895 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Nom del port" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:887 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:900 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Número de port" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:914 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Habilita l'adopció de l'IPA" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:908 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:921 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Habilita la compatibilitat de &capa 2" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:915 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:928 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "Adreça &MAC de capa 2" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:923 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:936 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1012 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Canal de lectura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:929 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1005 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1059 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:942 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1018 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Canal d'escriptura" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:935 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Canal de control" #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." msgstr "" "Introduïu el nom del port d'aquesta interfície (distingiu entre " "majúscules i minúscules)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "" "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " "spaces)." @@ -2110,15 +2117,15 @@ "Introduïu les opcions addicionals d'aquesta interfície (separades " "amb espais)." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "" "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " "enabled for this interface." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu l'opció Habilita l'adopció de l'IPA si cal que " -"l'adopció de l'adreça IP estigui habilitada per a aquesta interfície." +"l'adopció de l'adreça IP s'habiliti per a aquesta interfície." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "" "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " "with layer 2 support." @@ -2126,7 +2133,7 @@ "Seleccioneu Habilita la compatibilitat de la capa 2 si aquesta " "targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "" "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " "with layer 2 support." @@ -2135,62 +2142,62 @@ "configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:996 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Número de port" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:991 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1004 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&Temps d'espera del LANCMD" #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1029 msgid "Choose the Port Number for this interface." msgstr "Trieu el número de port d'aquesta interfície." -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." msgstr "" "Especifiqueu el temps d'espera del LANCMD d'aquesta interfície." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1035 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Mode de compatibilitat" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1037 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Mode ampliat" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1026 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1039 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "tty basat en CTC (connexions de Linux a Linux)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1028 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Mode de compatibilitat amb OS/390 i z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1060 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protocol" #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1070 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1083 msgid "Choose the Protocol for this interface." msgstr "Trieu el protocol d'aquesta interfície." #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1087 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1100 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Parell" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1098 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1111 msgid "" "Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" @@ -2199,7 +2206,7 @@ "per exemple, el nom d'usuari z/VM amb el qual voleu posar-vos en contacte " "(es distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules).\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1224 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2209,7 +2216,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1233 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1246 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Quadre de diàleg del maquinari" @@ -2371,7 +2378,7 @@ "l'adreça de la pasarel·la\n" "i la màscara de xarxa. Per ometre qualsevol d'aquesta valors utilitzeu un " "guionet \"-\". Seleccioneu\n" -"també el dispositiu a través del qual s'enrutarà el trànsit a la xarxa " +"també el dispositiu a través del qual s'encaminarà el trànsit a la xarxa " "definida. \"-\" és un àlies per a qualsevol interfície.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2640,12 +2647,12 @@ "a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " "to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"A l'Adreça IP estàtica introduïu l'adreça IP estàtica (p. ex. " +"A l'adreça IP estàtica introduïu l'adreça IP estàtica (p. ex., " "<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador i la màscara de xarxa\n" "(normalment, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> o només la longitud del prefix de xarxa " -"<tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalment, podeu introduir un nom d'amfitrió plenament " -"qualificat per a aquesta IP. El nom d'amfitrió s'escriurà a <tt>/etc/hosts</" -"tt>.\n" +"<tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalment, podeu introduir\n" +"un nom d'amfitrió plenament qualificat per a aquesta IP. El nom d'amfitrió " +"s'escriurà a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2742,11 +2749,13 @@ "Si no s'omple l'Identificador de client DHCP s'utilitza per " "defecte\n" "l'adreça de maquinari de la interfície de la xarxa. Cal que aquest " -"identificador sigui diferent per a cada client DHCP\n" -"d'una xarxa. Per tant, introduïu un identificador únic amb format lliure\n" -"si disposeu de diferents equips (virtuals) que utilitzin la mateixa " -"interfície de xarxa i, en\n" -"conseqüència, la mateixa adreça de maquinari." +"identificador\n" +"sigui diferent per a cada client DHCP d'una xarxa. Per tant, especifiqueu " +"un\n" +"identificador únic amb format lliure si disposeu de diferents màquines " +"(virtuals)\n" +"que usin la mateixa interfície de xarxa i, per tant, la mateixa adreça de " +"maquinari." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 @@ -2843,20 +2852,18 @@ "clau.\n" " Contrasenya: la clau es genera a partir de la frase que heu " "introduït.\n" -" ASCII: la clau està formada pels valors ASCII dels caràcters\n" -"que heu introduït. Cal introduir cinc caràcters per a les claus de 64 bits, " -"un màxim de tretze caràcters,\n" -"per a les de 128 bits, un màxim de 16 caràcters per a les claus de 156 bits " -"i\n" +" ASCII: la clau està formada pels valors ASCII dels caràcters que " +"heu\n" +"introduït. Cal introduir 5 caràcters per a les claus de 64 bits, un màxim de " +"tretze\n" +"per a les de 128 bits, un màxim de 16 caràcters per a les de 156 bits i\n" "fins a 29 caràcters per a les de 256 bits.\n" " Hexadecimal: en aquest cas els codis hexadecimals de la clau\n" -"s'introdueixen directament. Heu d'introduir deu dígits hexadecimals per a " -"les claus de 64 bits, 26 dígits per a\n" -"les de 128 bits, 32 dígits per a les claus de 156 bits i 58 per a les de 256 " -"bits.\n" -"Podeu separar els parells o els grups de dígits mitjançant guionets <tt>-</" -"tt>\n" -"(per exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" +"s'introdueixen directament. Heu d'introduir deu dígits hexadecimals per a\n" +"les claus de 64 bits, 26 dígits per a les de 128 bits, 32 dígits per a les " +"de 156 bits\n" +"i 58 per a les de 256 bits. Podeu separar els parells o els grups de dígits\n" +"amb guionets <tt>-</tt> (per exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" "\n" #. Wireless dialog help @@ -2902,8 +2909,8 @@ "escolliu el mode de funcionament Gestionat però cap mode " "d'autenticació WPA;\n" "podeu deixar el camp buit o definir-lo com a <tt>anyl</tt>. En aquest cas, " -"la targeta WLAN s'associa al punt d'accés amb la força del senyal més potent." -"\n" +"la targeta WLAN\n" +"s'associa al punt d'accés amb la força del senyal més potent.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" @@ -3005,29 +3012,29 @@ "'wireless' inclòs al mateix directori." #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:203 msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "Etiqueta de l'&adreça IPv4" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:211 msgid "Net&mask" msgstr "&Màscara de subxarxa" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:244 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:241 msgid "Label is too long." msgstr "L'etiqueta és massa llarga." #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:254 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "L'adreça IP no és vàlida." #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:263 +#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:260 msgid "The subnet mask is invalid." msgstr "La màscara de subxarxa no és vàlida." @@ -3098,7 +3105,7 @@ msgstr "" "Per al TTLS i el PEAP, introduïu la vostra identitat\n" "i la contrasenya com estan configurades al servidor.\n" -"Si teniu requisits especials per a establir el nom d'usuari com a\n" +"Si teniu requisits especials per establir el nom d'usuari com a\n" "Identitat anònima, podeu fer-ho aquí. Normalment no cal fer-ho.\n" #. text entry label @@ -3126,12 +3133,12 @@ "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"El TLS fa servir un certificat de client en lloc d'una combinació " -"de nom d'usuari i\n" -"contrasenya per a l'autenticació. Empra un parell de claus pública i " +"El TLS usa un certificat de client en lloc d'una combinació de nom " +"d'usuari\n" +"i contrasenya per a l'autenticació. Empra un parell de claus pública i " "privada\n" -"per a xifrar la comunicació de negociació; per tant, us caldrà també un " -"fitxer de\n" +"per xifrar la comunicació de negociació; per tant, us caldrà també un fitxer " +"de\n" "Clau de client que contingui la vostra clau privada i\n" "la Contrasenya de clau de client apropiada per a aquest fitxer.\n" @@ -4686,75 +4693,75 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1238 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1242 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "S'ha iniciat automàticament a l'arrencada" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1246 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "S'ha iniciat automàticament en connectar el cable" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1250 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Gestionat pel NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1254 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "No s'iniciarà de cap manera" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1294 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "S'ha iniciat manualment" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "L'adreça IP s'ha assignat mitjançant" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1310 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "Adreça IP: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1313 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "Adreça IP: %s, màscara de subxarxa: %s" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1303 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Sense configurar" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1325 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Nom del dispositiu: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1380 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1346 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Esclaus d'enllaç" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1394 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1360 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "encadenat a %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1361 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "&Amo d'enllaç" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1375 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "No connectat" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Sense info de com..." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1393 msgid "" "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " "is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " @@ -4765,7 +4772,7 @@ "microprogramari (en dispositius wlan). Consulteu els resultats del dmesg per " "obtenir-ne més informació." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press Edit\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -4773,11 +4780,11 @@ "No s'ha configurat el dispositiu. Premeu Edita\n" "per configurar-lo.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Microprogramari necessari" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406 msgid "unknown" msgstr "desconegut" @@ -4900,6 +4907,13 @@ msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Desprotegit)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" +#~ "Choose a different one." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Ja existeix el nom de la configuració %1.\n" +#~ "Seleccioneu-ne un altre." + #~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" #~ msgstr "S'ha desat correctament la configuració"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96921 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '16

14 Sep '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-09-14 21:16:30 +0200 (Wed, 14 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96921 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po 2016-09-14 19:08:55 UTC (rev 96920) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/ntp-client.ca.po 2016-09-14 19:16:30 UTC (rev 96921) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-06-18 18:30+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 21:16+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.9\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.9\n" #. progress step title #: src/clients/ntp-client_finish.rb:37 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "Press Synchronize Now, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the Save NTP Configuration option" -msgstr "Premeu Sincronitza ara, per a ajustar correctament l'hora del vostre sistema fent servir el servidor NTP seleccionat. Si voleu fer ús de l'NTP de manera permanent, habiliteu l'opció Desa la configuració de l'NTP" +msgstr "Premeu Sincronitza ara, per ajustar correctament l'hora del vostre sistema fent servir el servidor NTP seleccionat. Si voleu fer ús de l'NTP de manera permanent, habiliteu l'opció Desa la configuració de l'NTP" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 msgid "Enabling Run NTP as daemon option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the yast2 ntp-client module." @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now." msgstr "" "<big>Avortament de la inicialització</big> \n" -"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta." +"Per avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta." #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:27 @@ -597,21 +597,12 @@ "An additional dialog will inform you whether it is safe to do so." msgstr "" "<big>Avortament del desament</big> \n" -"Per a avortar el procés de desament, premeu Avorta.\n" +"Per avortar el procés de desament, premeu Avorta.\n" "Apareixerà un altre quadre de diàleg que indicarà\n" "si aquesta acció és segura." #. help text 1/5, %d is a number of minutes #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:37 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" -#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" -#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.\n" -#| "Selecting Synchronize without Daemon the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" -#| "The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" -#| " You can change this when the system was set up." msgid "" "<big>Start NTP Daemon</big> \n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" @@ -621,11 +612,9 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Inicia el dimoni NTP</big> \n" "Seleccioneu si iniciar el dimoni NTP ara o a cada arrencada del sistema. \n" -"El dimoni NTP resol el noms dels ordinadors centrals quan s'inicia. La\n" -"connexió de xarxa ha d'iniciar-se abans que s'activi el dimoni NTP.\n" -"Seleccioneu Sincronitza sense el dimoni per no activar el dimoni. \n" -"L'hora del sistema s'establirà periòdicament. L'interval és configurable. Per defecte és 15 min.\n" -"Ho podreu canviar quan el sistema estigui configurat." +"Si seleccioneu Sincronitza sense el dimoni el dimoni NTP no s'activarà\n" +"i l'hora del sistema s'establirà periòdicament a través d'un script cron.\n" +"L'interval és configurable. Per defecte és de %d min." #. help text 2/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 @@ -662,7 +651,7 @@ "the information about NTP servers is provided by the DHCP server." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració a través del DHCP</big> \n" -"Per a recuperar la informació sobre els servidors NTP a través del protocol DHCP des del\n" +"Per recuperar la informació sobre els servidors NTP a través del protocol DHCP des del\n" "servidor de la xarxa en lloc de definir-los manualment, definiu\n" "Configura el dimoni NTP a través del DHCP. Demaneu a l'administrador de la xarxa si\n" "el servidor DHCP proporciona la informació sobre els servidors NTP." @@ -677,8 +666,8 @@ "select it and click Delete." msgstr "" "<big>Servidors configurats</big> \n" -"Per a ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la difusió de l'NTP,\n" -"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per a afegir un parell de sincronització nou\n" +"Per ajustar els servidors NTP, els connectors, els rellotges locals i la difusió de l'NTP,\n" +"seleccioneu l'element que us interessi i premeu Edita. Per afegir un parell de sincronització nou\n" "feu clic a Afegeix, i si voleu suprimir un parell de sincronització que ja existeix, seleccioneu-lo\n" "i premeu Suprimeix." @@ -748,7 +737,7 @@ "To calibrate the clock driver, click Driver Calibration." msgstr "" "<big>calibratge del controlador</big> \n" -"Per a calibrar el controlador del rellotge feu clic a calibratge del controlador." +"Per calibrar el controlador del rellotge feu clic a calibratge del controlador." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 @@ -759,8 +748,9 @@ "provider." msgstr "" "<big>Adreça del servidor NTP</big> \n" -"Per a definir l'adreça del servidor NTP, utilitzeu la funció Adreça.\n" -"Si voleu trobar un servidor NTP, consulteu l'administrador de la xarxa o el proveïdor d'Internet més proper." +"Per definir l'adreça del servidor NTP, utilitzeu la funció Adreça.\n" +"Si voleu trobar un servidor NTP, consulteu l'administrador de la xarxa o\n" +"el proveïdor d'Internet més proper." #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 @@ -771,7 +761,7 @@ "choose between Local NTP Server and Public NTP Server." msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un servidor</big> \n" -"Per a seleccionar un servidor NTP dels de la xarxa local\n" +"Per seleccionar un servidor NTP dels de la xarxa local\n" "o de la llista de servidors NTP coneguts, feu clic a Selecciona i\n" "escolliu entre Servidor NTP local i Servidor NTP públic." @@ -783,7 +773,7 @@ "click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Prova d'accessibilitat del servidor</big> \n" -"Per a provar si el servidor seleccionat està connectat i respon correctament,\n" +"Per provar si el servidor seleccionat està connectat i respon correctament,\n" "feu clic a Prova." #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 @@ -864,7 +854,7 @@ "To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select Server." msgstr "" -"Per a afegir un servidor NTP al qual sincronitzar, \n" +"Per afegir un servidor NTP al qual sincronitzar, \n" "seleccioneu l'opció Servidor." #. help text 3/6 @@ -873,7 +863,7 @@ "To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "Peer." msgstr "" -"Per a afegir un parell NTP perquè se sincronitzin l'un a l'altre,\n" +"Per afegir un parell NTP perquè se sincronitzin l'un a l'altre,\n" "seleccioneu l'opció Parell." #. help text 4/6 @@ -882,7 +872,7 @@ "To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select Radio Clock." msgstr "" -"Per a configurar un rellotge local connectat directament a l'ordinador,\n" +"Per configurar un rellotge local connectat directament a l'ordinador,\n" "seleccioneu l'opció Rellotge de la ràdio." #. help text 5/6 @@ -891,7 +881,7 @@ "To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "Outgoing Broadcast." msgstr "" -"Per a difondre informació horària a través de la xarxa,\n" +"Per difondre informació horària a través de la xarxa,\n" "seleccioneu Difusió de sortida." #. help text 6/6 @@ -900,8 +890,8 @@ "To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select Incoming Broadcast." msgstr "" -"Per a acceptar paquets NTP difosos per altres ordinadors centrals de la xarxa\n" -"i utilitzar-los per a definir l'hora local, seleccioneu Difusió d'entrada." +"Per acceptar paquets NTP difosos per altres ordinadors centrals de la xarxa\n" +"i utilitzar-los per definir l'hora local, seleccioneu Difusió d'entrada." #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:196 @@ -924,7 +914,7 @@ "Then select a server from the list of found servers." msgstr "" "<big>Cerca de servidors a la xarxa local</big> \n" -"Per a cercar els servidors NTP de la xarxa local\n" +"Per cercar els servidors NTP de la xarxa local\n" "mitjançant el protocol de localització de serveis\n" "(SLP), feu clic a l'opció Cerca i\n" "seleccioneu un servidor de la llista de servidors trobats." @@ -937,7 +927,7 @@ "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in Country." msgstr "" "<big>Selecció d'un servidor NTP públic</big> \n" -"Seleccioneu el servidor NTP per fer servir de la llista Servidors NTP públics. Per a mostrar\n" +"Seleccioneu el servidor NTP per fer servir de la llista Servidors NTP públics. Per mostrar\n" "només els servidors NTP d'un país determinat, seleccioneu-lo a País." #. help text 4/5 @@ -959,7 +949,7 @@ "o al proveïdor d'Internet si hi ha un servidor NTP a prop i\n" "escolliu aquest servidor recomanat amb preferència respecte qualsevol altre de la llista.\n" "També podeu visitar http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html\n" -"per a trobar un servidor NTP proper." +"per trobar un servidor NTP proper." #. help text 5/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:227 @@ -968,7 +958,7 @@ "To test if the selected server responds properly, click Test." msgstr "" "<big>Prova d'accessibilitat del servidor</big> \n" -"Per a provar si el servidor seleccionat respon correctament, feu clic a Prova." +"Per provar si el servidor seleccionat respon correctament, feu clic a Prova." #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;)

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96920 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '16

14 Sep '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-09-14 21:08:55 +0200 (Wed, 14 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96920 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:57:51 UTC (rev 96919) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/mail.ca.po 2016-09-14 19:08:55 UTC (rev 96920) @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 10:43+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 21:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.4\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.9\n" #. Command line help text for the mail module #: src/clients/mail.rb:60 @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ "Please wait...\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>S'està inicialitzant el correu</BIG> \n" -"Espereu...\n" +"<BIG>Iniciant el correu</BIG> \n" +"Espereu, si us plau...\n" " \n" #. For translators: mail read dialog help, part 2 of 2 @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<BIG>Avortament de la inicialització</BIG> \n" -"Per a avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Avorta.\n" +"Per avortar la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu \n" +"Avorta ara.\n" "\n" #. TODO FIXME: Modify it to your needs! @@ -61,8 +62,8 @@ "Please wait...\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"<BIG>S'està desant la configuració de correu</BIG> \n" -"Espereu...\n" +"<BIG>Desant la configuració del correu</BIG> \n" +"Espereu, si us plau...\n" " \n" #. For translators: mail write dialog help, part 2 of 2 @@ -74,9 +75,9 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Avortament del desament</big> \n" -"Per a avortar el procés de desament, premeu Avorta.\n" +"Per avortar el procés de desament, premeu Avorta.\n" "Apareixerà un altre quadre de diàleg que indicarà\n" -"si aquesta acció és segura.\n" +"si l'acció és segura.\n" #. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 #. do not translate MTA @@ -127,7 +128,7 @@ "simply leave these fields empty.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Alguns servidors necessiten un procés d'autenticació per a enviar missatges.\n" +"Alguns servidors necessiten un procés d'autenticació per enviar missatges.\n" "Aquí podeu introduir informació referent a aquesta opció. Si no voleu utilitzar\n" "l'autenticació, deixeu els camps en blanc.\n" @@ -182,7 +183,7 @@ "a POP or an IMAP server using fetchmail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquests són els paràmetres per a baixar correu\n" +"Aquests són els paràmetres per baixar correu\n" "d'un servidor POP o IMAP amb el Fetchmail.\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -209,7 +210,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Consulteu la pàgina del manual sobre els àlies(5)\n" -"per a obtenir una descripció de les característiques avançades.\n" +"per obtenir una descripció de les característiques avançades.\n" #. Translators: virtual domains dialog help, part 1 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:153 @@ -317,7 +318,7 @@ #. OUTGOING NOMX #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:400 msgid "Do not make MX lookup for the outgoing mail server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "No facis que MX cerqui el servidor de correu de sortida." #. TLS #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:402 @@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ #. frame label: mail downloading (fetchmail) #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:532 msgid "&Downloading" -msgstr "&S'està baixant" +msgstr "&Baixant" #. menu button: details of incoming mail #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:551 @@ -391,8 +392,8 @@ "the value of %1 in %2 will be set to\n" "\"%3\"." msgstr "" -"Per a poder lliurar el correu a l'MTA local,\n" -"el valor de %1 a %2 ha de ser\n" +"Per poder lliurar el correu a l'MTA local,\n" +"el valor de %1 a %2 s'establirà a\n" "\"%3\"." #. There is a check whether the information from the UI is @@ -604,7 +605,7 @@ #. label #: src/include/mail/ui.rb:1504 msgid "Initializing..." -msgstr "S'està iniciant..." +msgstr "Iniciant..." #. just a template, do not translate #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:71 @@ -829,7 +830,7 @@ #. LogView label. take a string from users? #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:345 msgid "Reading the &User List" -msgstr "S'està llegint la llista &d'usuaris" +msgstr "Llegint la llista d'&usuaris" #. LogView progress line #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:361 @@ -903,7 +904,7 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:249 msgid "Fetchmail, a mail downloading utility, will be installed.\n" -msgstr "S'instal·larà el Fetchmail, una utilitat per a baixar correu.\n" +msgstr "S'instal·larà el Fetchmail, una utilitat per baixar correu.\n" #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:258 @@ -913,39 +914,39 @@ #. Translators: dialog caption #: src/modules/Mail.rb:302 msgid "Initializing mail configuration" -msgstr "S'està inicialitzant la configuració de correu" +msgstr "Iniciant la configuració del correu" #. Translators: progress label #. do not translate MTA #: src/modules/Mail.rb:311 msgid "Determining Mail Transport Agent (MTA)" -msgstr "S'està determinant l'agent de transferència de missatges (MTA)" +msgstr "Determinant l'agent de transferència de missatges (MTA)" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:313 msgid "Reading general settings" -msgstr "S'estan llegint els paràmetres generals" +msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres generals" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:315 msgid "Reading masquerading settings" -msgstr "S'estan llegint els paràmetres d'emmascarament" +msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres d'emmascarament" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:317 msgid "Reading downloading settings" -msgstr "S'estan llegint els paràmetres de baixada" +msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres de baixada" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:319 msgid "Reading alias tables" -msgstr "S'estan llegint les taules dels àlies" +msgstr "Llegint les taules dels àlies" #. Translators: progress label #. smtp-auth #: src/modules/Mail.rb:322 msgid "Reading authentication settings..." -msgstr "S'estan llegint els paràmetres de l'autenticació..." +msgstr "Llegint els paràmetres de l'autenticació..." #. Translators: error message, #. %1 is a file name, @@ -958,7 +959,7 @@ msgstr "" "S'ha produït un error en llegir el fitxer %1. El fitxer ha de tenir\n" "un format fix perquè el YaST el pugui llegir. Consulteu\n" -"%2 per a obtenir-ne més detalls." +"%2 per obtenir-ne més detalls." #. Translators: error message #: src/modules/Mail.rb:823 @@ -986,34 +987,34 @@ #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1014 msgid "Writing general settings" -msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres generals" +msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres generals" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1023 msgid "Writing masquerading settings" -msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres d'emmascarament" +msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres d'emmascarament" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1031 msgid "Writing alias tables" -msgstr "S'estan escrivint les taules dels àlies" +msgstr "Escrivint les taules dels àlies" #. Write them unconditionally, because it is now possible to #. enter them also in the Permanent mode. Bug #17417. #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1043 msgid "Writing downloading settings" -msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres de baixada" +msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres de baixada" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1053 msgid "Writing authentication settings..." -msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres de l'autenticació..." +msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres de l'autenticació..." #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1062 msgid "Finishing writing configuration files" -msgstr "S'està finalitzant l'escriptura dels fitxers de configuració." +msgstr "Acabant l'escriptura dels fitxers de configuració" #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1070 @@ -1023,12 +1024,12 @@ #. Translators: progress label #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1080 msgid "Restarting services" -msgstr "S'estan reiniciant els serveis" +msgstr "Reiniciant els serveis" #. Translators: dialog caption #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1087 msgid "Saving mail configuration" -msgstr "S'està desant la configuració de correu" +msgstr "Desant la configuració del correu" #. MTA used: other than Sendmail or Postfix #: src/modules/Mail.rb:1282

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96919 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '16

14 Sep '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-09-14 20:57:51 +0200 (Wed, 14 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96919 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/registration.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:57:51 UTC (rev 96919) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-15 17:44+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 18:37+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 20:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.9\n" #. popup message #. popup message @@ -222,6 +222,8 @@ "Make sure that the registration server is reachable and\n" "the connection is reliable." msgstr "" +"Assegureu-vos que el servidor de registre sigui accessible i\n" +"que la connexió sigui fiable." #. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:91 @@ -259,26 +261,20 @@ #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:126 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:177 #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:181 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgid "Connection to registration server failed." -msgstr "Contactant amb el servidor de registre" +msgstr "Ha fallat la connexió amb el servidor de registre." #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121 msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Error de client de registre." #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Registration server error.\n" -#| "Retry registration later." msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry the operation later." msgstr "" -"Error al servidor de registre.\n" -"Torneu a intentar el registre més tard." +"Error del servidor de registre.\n" +"Torneu a intentar l'operació més tard." #. error message #: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:165 @@ -596,7 +592,7 @@ #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:91 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Filtra les versions beta" #: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:93 msgid "Details" @@ -801,17 +797,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: radio button; %s is a host name. #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:254 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registering the System..." msgid "Register System via %s" -msgstr "Registrant el sistema..." +msgstr "Registra el sistema a través de %s" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:297 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Server" msgid "Register System via local SMT Server" -msgstr "Servidor de registre" +msgstr "Registra el sistema a través d'un servidor SMT local" #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:308 msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" @@ -837,7 +829,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:344 msgid "Please select your preferred method of registration." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si us plau, seleccioneu el mètode que preferiu per al registre." #. help text #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:360 @@ -846,15 +838,6 @@ #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration #: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:369 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" -#| "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "You can register after the installation or visit our\n" -#| "Customer Center for online registration.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "Really skip the registration now?" msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -865,10 +848,8 @@ "Si no registreu el sistema no us podrem concedir\n" "accés als repositoris d'actualització.\n" "\n" -"Us podeu registrar després de la instal·lació o visitar\n" -"el nostre Centre d'atenció al client per registrar-vos en línia.\n" -"\n" -"Voleu ometre el registre ara?" +"Podeu fer el registre després de la instal·lació o visitar\n" +"el nostre Centre d'atenció al client per fer-lo en línia." #. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed) #. @return [Yast::Term] UI term @@ -898,31 +879,23 @@ #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data." msgid "Secure connections (e.g. HTTPS) use SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and encrypting the data being transferred." -msgstr "La connexió segura (HTTPS) usa certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." +msgstr "Les connexions segures (p. e., HTTPS) usen certificats SSL per verificar l'autenticitat del servidor i per encriptar les dades transmeses." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." msgid "You can choose to import the certificate into the list of known certificate authorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate." -msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), cosa que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." +msgstr "Podeu escollir importar el certificat a la llista d'autoritats de certificat conegudes (CA), fet que significa que confieu en el tema i l'emissor del certificat desconegut." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:132 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate." msgid "Importing a certificate will, for example, allow you to use a self-signed certificate." -msgstr "Importar un certificat permetrà usar, per exemple, un ertificat autosignat." +msgstr "Importar un certificat us permetrà usar, per exemple, un certificat autosignat." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Important: You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server." msgid "Important: You should always verify the fingerprints of certificates you import to ensure they are genuine." -msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar l'empremta del certificat per assegurar-vos que importeu el certificat genuí del servidor sol·licitat." +msgstr "Important: hauríeu de verificar sempre les empremtes dels certificats que importeu per assegurar-vos que són genuïns." #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) #: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140 @@ -1123,7 +1096,7 @@ #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:42 msgid "Registration is being updated..." -msgstr "El registre s'està actualitzant..." +msgstr "El registre s'actualitza..." #: src/lib/registration/ui/registration_update_dialog.rb:43 msgid "The previous registration is being updated." @@ -1158,10 +1131,8 @@ "o el servidor de registre per defecte de SUSE." #: src/lib/registration/ui/regservice_selection_dialog.rb:67 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "No registration server selected" -msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap servidor de registre." +msgstr "Cap servidor de registre seleccionat" #. Default registration server #. @@ -1191,20 +1162,16 @@ #. @param initial [SlpServiceClass::Service] initially selected service. If nil #. (or not specified) the first service will be used. #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:78 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Server Settings" msgid "Service selection" -msgstr "Configuració del servidor" +msgstr "Selecció del servei" #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:79 msgid "Select a detected service from the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Seleccioneu un dels serveis detectats de la llista." #: src/lib/slp/dialogs/service_selection.rb:80 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No registration server selected." msgid "No service was selected." -msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap servidor de registre." +msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap servei." #~ msgid "Registration failed." #~ msgstr "Ha fallat el registre" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/reipl.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:57:51 UTC (rev 96919) @@ -9,14 +9,15 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-15 18:40+0100\n" -"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala@gmailcom>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 20:43+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.9\n" #. Command line help text for the Xreipl module #: src/clients/reipl.rb:53 @@ -27,11 +28,6 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required #: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "After shutdown, reload the system\n" -#| "with an IPL from DASD '%1'.\n" msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -39,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Després de l'aturada, recarregueu el sistema\n" -"amb un IPL de DASD '%1'.\n" +"amb un IPL des del dispositiu \"%1\".\n" #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a FCP name @@ -139,7 +135,7 @@ #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 msgid "nss parameters" -msgstr "Paràmetres nss" +msgstr "Paràmetres d'nss" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:155 msgid "&Name" @@ -293,7 +289,7 @@ #. @return summary of the current configuration #: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" -msgstr "Mètodes reipl configurats" +msgstr "Mètodes de reipl configurats" #: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96918 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '16

14 Sep '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-09-14 20:39:35 +0200 (Wed, 14 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96918 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/drbd.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 18:34+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 18:34+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrupció del desament:</big> \n" -"per a cancel·lar el desament premeu Interromp.\n" +"per cancel·lar el desament premeu Interromp.\n" "Un diàleg addicional indicarà si aquesta acció és segura o no.\n" "\n" @@ -245,7 +245,6 @@ "\t\t" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "\t\t\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " @@ -275,13 +274,15 @@ "\t\t" msgstr "" "\n" -"\t\tEl \"Nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió " +"\t\tEl \"Nom\" és obligatori i ha de coincidir amb el nom d'amfitrió del " "Linux (uname -n) d'un dels nodes. El nom d'amfitrió no hauria d'incloure \"." "\".\n" "\t\t\"Address:Port\": un recurs necessita una adreça IP per dispositiu, " "que s'utilitza per esperar que les connexions entrants des del dispositiu " "associat arribin al dispositiu. Cada recurs DRBD necessita un port TCP que " -"s'utilitza per connectar-se al dispositiu associat del node.\n" +"s'utilitza per connectar amb el dispositiu associat del node. Per a IPv6, " +"l'adreça que segueix la paraula ipv6 s'ha de col·locar entre parèntesis: " +"ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788\n" "\t\t\"Dispositiu\": el nom del node de dispositiu de bloc del recurs que " "s'està descrivint. Heu d'utilitzar aquest dispositiu amb la vostra aplicació " "(sistema de fitxers) i no s'ha d'utilitzar el dispositiu de bloc de baix " @@ -400,7 +401,6 @@ msgstr "<big>Configuració d'LVM</big>" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116 -#, fuzzy msgid "" "\n" "\t\tLVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf\n" @@ -439,11 +439,10 @@ "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\tFiltre de dispositiu: això emmascara el dispositiu de bloc " "subjacent de la llista de dispositius que l'LVM escaneja per trobar " -"signatures de volum físic. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM és instruït per llegir " -"signatures de volum físic des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des de " -"dispositius de bloc subjacents.\t\tAutoFiltre: D'acord amb la " -"configuració de drbd, el filtre LVM sempre es canviarà automàticament. Per " -"canviar-lo manualment, desmarqueu la casella d'AutoFiltre.\n" +"signatures de volum físic. D'aquesta manera, l'LVM té instruccions per " +"llegir signatures de volum físic des de dispositius DRBD, més que no pas des " +"de dispositius de bloc subjacents.\t\tFiltre LVM: un filtre " +"que diu a LVM2 que no usi només un conjunt restringit de dispositius.\n" "\t\tEl filtre consisteix en un arranjament d'expressions regulars. " "Aquestes expressions es poden delimitar pel caràcter de la vostra tria i " "prefixades o bé amb \"a\" (per accepta) o \"r\" (per rebutja).\t\tPer " @@ -455,7 +454,7 @@ "\n" "\t\tLVMetad: quan s'habilita lvmetad, les metadades del grup de " "volums i les banderes de l'estat de PV s'obtenen de la instància lvmetad i " -"cap exploració es fa mitjançant les ordres individuals. A causa que la " +"no es fa cap exploració mitjançant les ordres individuals. A causa que la " "memòria cau de lvmetad no es pot sincronitzar entre nodes, es recomana als " "usuaris inhabilitar lvmetad en entorns de clúster\n" "\n" @@ -579,7 +578,7 @@ " " msgstr "" "<big>Primera part de la configuració</big> \n" -"Premeu Següent per a continuar.\n" +"Premeu Següent per continuar.\n" " " #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 @@ -603,7 +602,7 @@ " \n" msgstr "" "<big>Segona part de la configuració</big> \n" -"Premeu Següent per a continuar.\n" +"Premeu Següent per continuar.\n" " \n" #. encoding: utf-8 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/network.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-10 18:13+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 16:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ #: src/clients/dns.rb:89 msgid "Used machine hostname" -msgstr "Aquest nom d'ordinador central ja està agafat" +msgstr "Aquest nom d'amfitrió ja s'usa" #: src/clients/dns.rb:94 msgid "IP address of first nameserver." @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ #. fail message: a string is expected #: src/clients/dns.rb:186 msgid "InvalidHostname. " -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central no vàlid." +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió no vàlid." #: src/clients/dns.rb:192 src/clients/dns.rb:200 src/clients/dns.rb:208 msgid "Invalid IP. " @@ -123,31 +123,41 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<big>Firewall and SSH</big> \n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client" msgstr "" "<big>Tallafoc i SSH</big> \n" -"El tallafoc és un mecanisme de defensa que protegeix l'ordinador d'atacs des de la xarxa.\n" -"SSH és un servei que permet entrar en aquest ordinador remotament a través d'un client\n" +"El tallafoc és un mecanisme de defensa que protegeix l'ordinador d'atacs des " +"de la xarxa.\n" +"SSH és un servei que permet entrar en aquest ordinador remotament a través " +"d'un client\n" "SSH dedicat." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled." msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu escollir si el tallafoc estarà habilitat o deshabilitat després de la\n" +"Aquí podeu escollir si el tallafoc estarà habilitat o inhabilitat després " +"de la\n" "instal·lació. És recomanable deixar-lo habilitat." #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" +"With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot)." msgstr "" -"Amb el tallafoc habilitat, podeu decidir si obrir un port del tallafoc per a un servei SSH\n" -"i permetre entrades remotes de SSH. Independentment també podeu habilitar el servei SSH (per exemple,\n" +"Amb el tallafoc habilitat, podeu decidir si obrir un port del tallafoc " +"per a un servei SSH\n" +"i permetre entrades remotes de SSH. Independentment també podeu habilitar el " +"servei SSH (per exemple,\n" "s'iniciarà durant l'arrencada de l'ordinador)." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -165,19 +175,19 @@ #. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "El tallafoc s'habilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">deshabilita</a>)" +msgstr "El tallafoc s'habilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:288 msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "El tallafoc es deshabilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "El tallafoc s'inhabilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:294 msgid "SSH service will be enabled (<a href=\"%s\">disable</a>)" -msgstr "El servei SSH s'habilitarà(<a href=\"%s\">deshabilita</a>)" +msgstr "El servei SSH s'habilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">inhabilita</a>)" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:298 msgid "SSH service will be disabled (<a href=\"%s\">enable</a>)" -msgstr "El servei SSH es deshabilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)" +msgstr "El servei SSH s'inhabilitarà (<a href=\"%s\">habilita</a>)" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:315 @@ -214,13 +224,13 @@ #. Hosts dialog caption #: src/clients/host.rb:57 src/include/network/services/host.rb:75 msgid "Host Configuration" -msgstr "Configuració de l'ordinador central" +msgstr "Configuració de l'amfitrió" #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts #: src/clients/host.rb:114 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" -msgstr "Resum de la configuració de l'ordinador central:" +msgstr "Resum de la configuració de l'amfitrió:" #. Progress step 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:107 @@ -256,14 +266,18 @@ msgid "" "The test can be aborted by pressing\n" "Abort Test.\n" -msgstr "Podeu interrompre la prova en prémer el botó Interromp la prova.\n" +msgstr "" +"Podeu interrompre la prova en prémer el botó Interromp la prova.</" +"p>\n" #. help for dialog "Running Internet Connection Test" #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:254 msgid "" "If the test fails, return to the network configuration\n" "and correct the settings.\n" -msgstr "Si aquesta prova falla, torneu a la configuració de la xarxa i corregiu els paràmetres.\n" +msgstr "" +"Si aquesta prova falla, torneu a la configuració de la xarxa i corregiu " +"els paràmetres.\n" #. Label for result of internet test #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:288 @@ -308,7 +322,7 @@ #. label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:406 msgid "Hostname Lookup" -msgstr "Consulta del nom de l'ordinador central " +msgstr "Consulta del nom de l'amfitrió " #. label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:426 @@ -347,12 +361,15 @@ "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" "No s'ha pogut connectar a Internet. Consulteu\n" -"el registre per a obtenir-ne més detalls.\n" +"el registre per obtenir-ne més detalls.\n" #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." -msgstr "No s'ha definit cap URL per a les notes de la versió. No es pot fer la prova d'Internet." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha definit cap URL per a les notes de la versió. No es pot fer la prova " +"d'Internet." #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes #. most likely due to server-side error @@ -361,15 +378,20 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " +"steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut baixar les últimes notes de la versió a causa d'un error del servidor. \n" +"No s'han pogut baixar les últimes notes de la versió a causa d'un error del " +"servidor. \n" "Això no implica que la xarxa estigui mal configurada.\n" "\n" -"Feu clic a 'Continua' per procedir al pas següent de la instal·lació. Per saltar-vos \n" -"qualsevol pas que necessiti connexió a Internet o per tornar a la vostra configuració de xarxa,\n" +"Feu clic a 'Continua' per procedir al pas següent de la instal·lació. Per " +"saltar-vos \n" +"qualsevol pas que necessiti connexió a Internet o per tornar a la vostra " +"configuració de xarxa,\n" "feu clic a 'Cancel·la'.\n" #. popup to inform user about the failure @@ -379,7 +401,7 @@ "the logs for details." msgstr "" "No s'han pogut descarregar les notes de la versió més recents. Consulteu\n" -"el registre per a obtenir-ne més detalls." +"el registre per obtenir-ne més detalls." #. label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:940 @@ -392,8 +414,8 @@ "Check for latest updates failed. View\n" "the logs for details.\n" msgstr "" -"No s'han pogut cercar les últimes actualitzacions. Consulteu\n" -"el registre per a obtenir-ne més detalls.\n" +"Ha fallat cercar les últimes actualitzacions. Consulteu\n" +"el registre per obtenir-ne més detalls.\n" #. label of combobox where the log is selected #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:975 @@ -475,7 +497,7 @@ #. Commandline option help #: src/clients/lan.rb:166 msgid "Ethernet Device for VLAN" -msgstr "Dispositiu Ethernet per a la VLAN" +msgstr "Dispositiu Ethernet per a VLAN" #. Commandline option help #: src/clients/lan.rb:171 @@ -546,7 +568,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/remote.rb:85 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota o 'no' per a no permetre-la " +msgstr "" +"Establiu \"sí\" per permetre l'administració remota o \"no\" per no permetre-" +"la " #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/remote.rb:126 @@ -559,8 +583,8 @@ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." msgstr "" -"Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota\n" -"o 'no' per a no permetre-la." +"Si us plau, establiu \"sí\" per permetre l'administració remota\n" +"o \"no\" per no permetre-la." #. RichText label #: src/clients/remote_proposal.rb:78 @@ -682,7 +706,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:240 src/clients/routing.rb:378 #: src/clients/routing.rb:422 msgid "No entry for destination '%1' in routing table" -msgstr "No hi ha cap entrada a la destinació \"%1\" de la taula d'encaminaments." +msgstr "" +"No hi ha cap entrada a la destinació \"%1\" de la taula d'encaminaments." #. translators: %s is "IPv4" or "IPv6" #: src/clients/routing.rb:262 @@ -718,7 +743,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:321 msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified." -msgstr "Heu d'especificar com a mínim les adreces IP de destinació i de pasarel·la." +msgstr "" +"Heu d'especificar com a mínim les adreces IP de destinació i de pasarel·la." #: src/clients/routing.rb:330 msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..." @@ -729,8 +755,12 @@ msgstr "Cal especificar l'adreça IP de destinació." #: src/clients/routing.rb:349 -msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified" -msgstr "Cal especificar com a mínim un dels paràmetres següents (pasarel·la, màscara de xarxa, dispositiu o opcions)." +msgid "" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" +msgstr "" +"Cal especificar com a mínim un dels paràmetres següents (pasarel·la, màscara " +"de xarxa, dispositiu o opcions)." #: src/clients/routing.rb:371 msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..." @@ -1038,7 +1068,9 @@ #. Label text #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:299 msgid "Download and install them via the YaST Online Update?" -msgstr "Voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los mitjançant l'actualització en línia del YaST?" +msgstr "" +"Voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los mitjançant l'actualització en línia " +"del YaST?" #. Heading #: src/include/network/installation/dialogs.rb:344 @@ -1145,7 +1177,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:213 msgid "Real Interface for &VLAN" -msgstr "Interfície real per a la &VLAN" +msgstr "Interfície real per a &VLAN" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:216 msgid "VLAN ID" @@ -1174,7 +1206,9 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:265 msgid "Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. " -msgstr "Seleccioneu les opcions del controlador d'enllaç i editeu-les si s'escau. " +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu les opcions del controlador d'enllaç i editeu-les si s'escau. " +"" #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else @@ -1222,7 +1256,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:336 msgid "&Hostname" -msgstr "&Nom de l'ordinador central" +msgstr "&Nom de l'amfitrió" #. Text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:367 @@ -1281,7 +1315,7 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "Invalid hostname." -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central no vàlid." +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió no vàlid." #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 @@ -1292,11 +1326,11 @@ "\n" "Really leave the hostname blank?\n" msgstr "" -"No s'ha especificat el nom de l'ordinador principal. Recomanem d'associar\n" -"un nom d'ordinador principal a una IP estàtica; si no, el nom de la màquina\n" -"no serà útil sense una connexió de xarxa activa.\n" +"No s'ha especificat el nom de l'amfitrió. Recomanem d'associar\n" +"un nom d'ordinador principal a una IP estàtica; si no, el nom de la\n" +"màquina no serà útil sense una connexió de xarxa activa.\n" "\n" -"Realment voleu deixar el nom d'ordinador central en blanc?\n" +"Realment voleu deixar el nom d'amfitrió en blanc?\n" #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 @@ -1330,7 +1364,9 @@ #. tab set but not for one tab #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1217 msgid "Configure the detailed network card settings here." -msgstr "En aquesta opció podeu definir la configuració detallada de la targeta de xarxa." +msgstr "" +"En aquesta opció podeu definir la configuració detallada de la targeta de " +"xarxa." #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts @@ -1365,15 +1401,21 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 msgid "" "<big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big> \n" -" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On Cable Connection\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n" +" All interfaces configured with On Cable Connection and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is On " +"Cable Connection\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. \n" msgstr "" "<big>PRIORITAT D'IFPLUGD</big> \n" -" Totes les interfícies configurades amb connexió per cable i amb la PRIORITAT D'IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 s'usaran\n" -" de manera mútuament exclusiva. Si més d'una d'aquestes interfícies és amb connexió per cable\n" -" es necessita una manera per decidir quina interfície utilitzar. Per això s'ha d'establir\n" +" Totes les interfícies configurades amb connexió per cable i amb " +"la PRIORITAT D'IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 s'usaran\n" +" de manera mútuament exclusiva. Si més d'una d'aquestes interfícies és amb " +"connexió per cable\n" +" es necessita una manera per decidir quina interfície utilitzar. Per això " +"s'ha d'establir\n" " la prioritat de cada interfície. \n" #. Address dialog caption @@ -1391,6 +1433,13 @@ "\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" +"Les interfícies seleccionades comparteixen el mateix port físic i enllaçar-" +"les \n" +"podria no tenir l'efecte desitjat de redundància.\n" +"\n" +"%s\n" +"\n" +"Realment voleu continuar?\n" #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) #: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 @@ -1399,7 +1448,7 @@ "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" msgstr "" "Almenys ja hi ha un dispositiu seleccionat configurat.\n" -"Adaptar la configuració per a pont?\n" +"Voleu adaptar la configuració per a pont?\n" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:55 @@ -1409,12 +1458,16 @@ #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:62 msgid "Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense fil semblants" +msgstr "" +"Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense fil " +"semblants" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69 msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards" -msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense fil semblants" +msgstr "" +"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, targetes basades en Prism II i altres targetes sense " +"fil semblants" #. Network card name (wireless) #: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76 @@ -1579,11 +1632,15 @@ #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." -msgstr "Utilitzeu l'opció \"id\" per a determinar el dispositiu." +msgstr "Utilitzeu l'opció \"id\" per determinar el dispositiu." #: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." -msgstr "El valor d'\"id\" és fora de l'abast. Utilitzeu l'opció \"list\" per a comprovar el valor màxim de l'\"id\"." +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" +"El valor d'\"id\" és fora de l'abast. Utilitzeu l'opció \"list\" per " +"comprovar el valor màxim de l'\"id\"." #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options @@ -1663,7 +1720,7 @@ "S'ha detectar un pont de xarxa Xen.\n" "Les interfícies de xarxa no s'han de configurar ni reiniciar,\n" "perquè l'script del pont les torna a anomenar.\n" -"Vegeu %1 per a obtenir més informació." +"Vegeu %1 per obtenir-ne més informació." #. Write settings dialog #. @return `abort if aborted and `next otherwise @@ -1676,7 +1733,8 @@ msgstr "" "Es necessita microprogramari. Instal·leu-lo\n" "des del CD complementari.\n" -"Per instal·lar el microprogramari, afegiu el CD complementari als dipòsits del YaST i torneu\n" +"Per instal·lar el microprogramari, afegiu el CD complementari als dipòsits " +"del YaST i torneu\n" "a aquest quadre de diàleg de configuració.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:212 @@ -1687,10 +1745,13 @@ "Continue to configure the device. Otherwise click Cancel and\n" "return to this dialog once you have installed the firmware.\n" msgstr "" -"Al dispositiu li cal un microprogramari per a funcionar correctament. Normalment es pot baixar\n" +"Al dispositiu li cal un microprogramari per funcionar correctament. " +"Normalment es pot baixar\n" "de la pàgina web del proveïdor del vostre controlador.\n" -"Si ja heu baixat el microprogramari i l'heu instal·lat, feu clic a Continua\n" -"per configurar el dispositiu. En cas contrari, feu clic a Cancel·la i\n" +"Si ja heu baixat el microprogramari i l'heu instal·lat, feu clic a " +"Continua\n" +"per configurar el dispositiu. En cas contrari, feu clic a Cancel·la " +"i\n" "torneu a aquest quadre de diàleg quan l'hàgiu instal·lat.\n" #. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-( @@ -1702,8 +1763,12 @@ msgstr "Instal·lant el microprogramari" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 -msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "Per acabar la instal·lació del microprogramari correctament, cal executar l'script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Voleu executar-lo ara?" +msgid "" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "" +"Per acabar la instal·lació del microprogramari correctament, cal executar " +"l'script 'install_bcm43xx_firmware'. Voleu executar-lo ara?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." @@ -1727,7 +1792,8 @@ #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "El dispositiu que seleccioneu té STARTMODE=nfsroot. Esborrar realement?" +msgstr "" +"El dispositiu que seleccioneu té STARTMODE=nfsroot. Esborrar realement?" #. Network setup method dialog caption #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 @@ -1759,7 +1825,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:64 msgid "&Hostname to Send" -msgstr "Nom de l'&ordinador central per a l'enviament" +msgstr "Nom de l'&amfitrió per a l'enviament" #: src/include/network/lan/dhcp.rb:71 msgid "Change Default Route via DHCP" @@ -1781,56 +1847,78 @@ "Device Type. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs." msgstr "" -"Tipus de dispositiu. Hi ha diversos tipus de dispositiu disponibles, seleccioneu-ne \n" +"Tipus de dispositiu. Hi ha diversos tipus de dispositiu " +"disponibles, seleccioneu-ne \n" "un segons les vostres necessitats." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 msgid "" "Udev Rules are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "Les regles Udev són regles per al gestor de dispositius del nucli\n" -"que associen l'adreça de maquinari (adreça MAC) o el BusID del dispositiu de xarxa amb\n" -"el vostre nom (per exemple, eth1, wlan0) i garanteix que el nom del dispositiu sigui persistent després de reiniciar.\n" +"que associen l'adreça de maquinari (adreça MAC) o el BusID del dispositiu de " +"xarxa amb\n" +"el vostre nom (per exemple, eth1, wlan0) i garanteix que el nom del " +"dispositiu sigui persistent després de reiniciar.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 msgid "" -"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" +"Show visible port identification allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click Blink and LED diodes on you NIC will " +"start blinking for selected time.\n" "" msgstr "" -"Mostra la identificació del port visible us permet d'identificar físicament el NIC configurat ara. \n" -"Establiu-ne el temps correcte, cliqueu a parpelleja i els diodes LED del vostre NIC parpellejaran durant l'estona seleccionada.\n" +"Mostra la identificació del port visible us permet d'identificar " +"físicament el NIC configurat ara. \n" +"Establiu-ne el temps correcte, cliqueu a parpelleja i els diodes LED " +"del vostre NIC parpellejaran durant l'estona seleccionada.\n" "" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 msgid "" "Kernel Module. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.\n" msgstr "" -"Mòdul del nucli. Introduïu el nom del mòdul del nucli (controlador)\n" -"del dispositiu de xarxa. Si el dispositiu ja està configurat, comproveu si hi ha més d'un controlador disponible \n" -"per al dispositiu a la llista desplegable. Si és necessari, trieu un controlador de la llista.\n" +"Mòdul del nucli. Introduïu el nom del mòdul del nucli " +"(controlador)\n" +"del dispositiu de xarxa. Si el dispositiu ja està configurat, comproveu si " +"hi ha més d'un controlador disponible \n" +"per al dispositiu a la llista desplegable. Si és necessari, trieu un " +"controlador de la llista.\n" "Normalment, però, el valor per defecte funciona.\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 msgid "" "Additionally, specify Options for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.\n" +"format: option=value. Each entry should be space-separated, " +"for example: io=0x300 irq=5. Note: If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.\n" msgstr "" -"Addicionalment, també podeu especificar les opcionsdel mòdul del nucli. Utilitzeu el\n" +"Addicionalment, també podeu especificar les opcionsdel mòdul del " +"nucli. Utilitzeu el\n" "format opció=valor. Separeu cadascuna de les entrades\n" -"amb un espai; per exemple, io=0x300 irq=5.Nota: mentre es desi,\n" -"si configureu dues targetes amb el mateix nom de mòdul, les opcions es fusionaran.\n" +"amb un espai; per exemple, io=0x300 irq=5.Nota: mentre es " +"desi,\n" +"si configureu dues targetes amb el mateix nom de mòdul, les opcions es " +"fusionaran.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool with these options.\n" -msgstr "Si especifiqueu opcions a través d'opcions Ethtool, ifup usarà ethtool amb aquestes opcions.\n" +msgid "" +"If you specify options via Ethtool options, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.\n" +msgstr "" +"Si especifiqueu opcions a través d'opcions Ethtool, ifup usarà " +"ethtool amb aquestes opcions.\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 @@ -1838,8 +1926,10 @@ "If you have a PCMCIA network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a USB network card, select USB.\n" msgstr "" -"Si disposeu d'una targeta de xarxa PCMCIA, feu clic al quadre de verificació PCMCIA,\n" -"i si disposeu d'una targeta USB, feu clic al quadre de verificació USB.\n" +"Si disposeu d'una targeta de xarxa PCMCIA, feu clic al quadre de " +"verificació PCMCIA,\n" +"i si disposeu d'una targeta USB, feu clic al quadre de verificació " +"USB.\n" #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 @@ -1848,7 +1938,8 @@ "Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to /etc/modprobe.conf or /etc/chandev.conf.\n" msgstr "" -"Des d'aquí podeu configurar el dispositiu de gestió de la xarxa. Els valors s'escriuran\n" +"Des d'aquí podeu configurar el dispositiu de gestió de la xarxa. Els " +"valors s'escriuran\n" "a /etc/modprobe.conf o a /etc/chandev.conf.\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 @@ -1858,7 +1949,8 @@ "in the IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands manual." msgstr "" "Cal que les opcions del mòdul s'escriguin segons el format especificat\n" -"al manual de controladors de dispositius IBM i d'ordres d'instal·lació." +"al manual de controladors de dispositius IBM i d'ordres d'instal·lació</" +"b>." #. CheckBox label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 @@ -1922,7 +2014,8 @@ "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu la targeta de xarxa que voleu configurar i\n" -"cerqueu una targeta de xarxa concreta mitjançant la introducció del nom a l'entrada de la cerca." +"cerqueu una targeta de xarxa concreta mitjançant la introducció del nom a " +"l'entrada de la cerca." #. Selection box label #. Selection box title @@ -2004,24 +2097,42 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:946 msgid "Enter the Port Name for this interface (case-sensitive)." -msgstr "Introduïu el nom del port d'aquesta interfície (distingiu entre majúscules i minúscules)." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu el nom del port d'aquesta interfície (distingiu entre " +"majúscules i minúscules)." #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:950 -msgid "Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by spaces)." -msgstr "Introduïu les opcions addicionals d'aquesta interfície (separades amb espais)." +msgid "" +"Enter any additional Options for this interface (separated by " +"spaces)." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu les opcions addicionals d'aquesta interfície (separades " +"amb espais)." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:953 -msgid "Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface." -msgstr "Seleccioneu l'opció Habilita l'adopció de l'IPA si cal que l'adopció de l'adreça IP estigui habilitada per a aquesta interfície." +msgid "" +"Select Enable IPA Takeover if IP address takeover should be " +"enabled for this interface." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Habilita l'adopció de l'IPA si cal que " +"l'adopció de l'adreça IP estigui habilitada per a aquesta interfície." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:956 -msgid "Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Seleccioneu Habilita la compatibilitat de la capa 2 si aquesta targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." +msgid "" +"Select Enable Layer 2 Support if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu Habilita la compatibilitat de la capa 2 si aquesta " +"targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:959 -msgid "Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured with layer 2 support." -msgstr "Introduïu l' adreça MAC de la capa 2 si aquesta targeta s'ha configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." +msgid "" +"Enter the Layer 2 MAC Address if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support." +msgstr "" +"Introduïu l' adreça MAC de la capa 2 si aquesta targeta s'ha " +"configurat amb compatibilitat per la capa 2." #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:983 @@ -2040,7 +2151,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1017 msgid "Specify the LANCMD Time-Out for this interface." -msgstr "Especifiqueu el temps d'espera del LANCMD d'aquesta interfície." +msgstr "" +"Especifiqueu el temps d'espera del LANCMD d'aquesta interfície." #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1022 @@ -2084,7 +2196,8 @@ "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).\n" msgstr "" "Introduïu el nom del parell de l'IUCV,\n" -"per exemple, el nom d'usuari z/VM amb el qual voleu posar-vos en contacte (es distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules).\n" +"per exemple, el nom d'usuari z/VM amb el qual voleu posar-vos en contacte " +"(es distingeix entre majúscules i minúscules).\n" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1211 msgid "" @@ -2116,7 +2229,8 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing Abort now.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Interrompent l'inici:</big> \n" -"Si voleu interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Interromp ara.\n" +"Si voleu interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu " +"Interromp ara.\n" #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39 @@ -2178,7 +2292,8 @@ "edit their configuration. \n" msgstr "" "<big>Resum de les targetes de xarxa</big> \n" -"En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes de xarxa que s'han instal·lat i\n" +"En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes de xarxa que " +"s'han instal·lat i\n" "editar-ne la configuració. \n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 @@ -2187,7 +2302,8 @@ "Press Add to configure a new network card manually.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Addició d'una targeta de xarxa:</big> \n" -"Si voleu configurar de forma manual la targeta de xarxa nova, premeu Afegeix.\n" +"Si voleu configurar de forma manual la targeta de xarxa nova, premeu " +"Afegeix.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74 msgid "" @@ -2206,19 +2322,26 @@ "Check Enable IPv6 to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració del protocol IPv6</big>\n" -"Activeu la casellaActiva l'IPv6 per habilitar el mòdul ipv6 al nucli.\n" -"Podeu utilitzar l'IPv6 i l'IPv4 simultàniament. Aquesta és l'opció per defecte.\n" -"Per inhabilitar l'IPv6, desactiveu aquesta opció. Això posarà el mòdul IPv6 del nucli \n" -"a la llista negra. Si a la vostra xarxa no utilitzeu el protocol IPv6, el temps\n" +"Activeu la casellaActiva l'IPv6 per habilitar el mòdul ipv6 al " +"nucli.\n" +"Podeu utilitzar l'IPv6 i l'IPv4 simultàniament. Aquesta és l'opció per " +"defecte.\n" +"Per inhabilitar l'IPv6, desactiveu aquesta opció. Això posarà el mòdul IPv6 " +"del nucli \n" +"a la llista negra. Si a la vostra xarxa no utilitzeu el protocol IPv6, el " +"temps\n" "de resposta pot ser més ràpid.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "All changes will be applied after reboot." -msgstr "S'aplicaran tots els canvis després de tornar a arrencar el dispositiu." +msgstr "" +"S'aplicaran tots els canvis després de tornar a arrencar el dispositiu.</" +"p>" #. Routing dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92 @@ -2230,8 +2353,10 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"\n" msgstr "" "Mitjançant aquest diàleg podeu configurar l'encaminament.\n" -" La Passarel·la predeterminada es correspon amb totes les destinacions possibles; no obstant això, és poc efectiva, de manera que\n" -"si hi ha cap altra entrada que coincideix amb l'adreça desitjada, es farà servir \n" +" La Passarel·la predeterminada es correspon amb totes les " +"destinacionspossibles; no obstant això, és poc efectiva, de manera que\n" +"si hi ha cap altra entrada que coincideix amb l'adreça desitjada, es farà " +"servir \n" "aquesta en lloc de la ruta per defecte. La ruta per defecte serveix perquè\n" "s'entengui que \"cal enviar tota la resta aquí\".\n" @@ -2239,11 +2364,15 @@ msgid "" "For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." +"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu, per a cada ruta, l'adreça IP de la xarxa de destinació, l'adreça de la pasarel·la\n" -"i la màscara de xarxa. Per ometre qualsevol d'aquesta valors utilitzeu un guionet \"-\". Seleccioneu\n" -"també el dispositiu a través del qual s'enrutarà el trànsit a la xarxa definida. \"-\" és un àlies per a qualsevol interfície.\n" +"Introduïu, per a cada ruta, l'adreça IP de la xarxa de destinació, " +"l'adreça de la pasarel·la\n" +"i la màscara de xarxa. Per ometre qualsevol d'aquesta valors utilitzeu un " +"guionet \"-\". Seleccioneu\n" +"també el dispositiu a través del qual s'enrutarà el trànsit a la xarxa " +"definida. \"-\" és un àlies per a qualsevol interfície.\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105 @@ -2251,8 +2380,9 @@ "Enable IPv4 Forwarding (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"Habilita el reenviament IPv4 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes externes\n" -"a la xarxa interna) si aquest sistema és un router.\n" +"Habilita el reenviament IPv4 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes " +"externes\n" +"a la xarxa interna) si aquest sistema és un encaminador.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109 msgid "" @@ -2261,48 +2391,66 @@ "Warning: IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"Habilita el reenviament IPv6 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes externes\n" -"cap a la xarxa interna) si aquest sistema és un router.\n" -"Avís: el reenviament IPv6 deshabilita l'autoconfiguració d'adreça sense estat IPv6\n" +"Habilita el reenviament IPv6 (reenviament de paquets de xarxes " +"externes\n" +"cap a la xarxa interna) si aquest sistema és un encaminador.\n" +"Avís: el reenviament IPv6 inhabilita l'autoconfiguració d'adreça " +"sense estat IPv6\n" "(SLAAC)." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" +"Important: if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " +"is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.\n" msgstr "" -"Important: si el tallafoc està habilitat, no n'hi ha prou amb permetre el reenviament.\n" -"Hauríeu d'habilitar l'emmascarament i/o establir com a mínim una regla de redirecció a la configuració\n" +"Important: si el tallafoc està habilitat, no n'hi ha prou amb " +"permetre el reenviament.\n" +"Hauríeu d'habilitar l'emmascarament i/o establir com a mínim una regla de " +"redirecció a la configuració\n" "del tallafoc. Useu el mòdul del tallafoc del YaST.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the " +"DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " +"desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " +"assign \n" "different hostnames. " msgstr "" -"Si feu servir el DHCP per obtenir una adreça IP, comproveu si obteniu\n" -"un nom d'ordinador central a través del DHCP. El client DHCP establirà el nom de l'ordinador central.\n" -"Potser voleu inhabilitar aquesta opció si us connecteu a diferents \n" -"xarxes que puguin assignar cadascuna un nom d'ordinador central diferent, ja que canviar\n" -"el nom en el moment de l'execució pot confondre l'escriptori gràfic.\n" +"Si feu servir el DHCP per obtenir una adreça IP, comproveu si també " +"obteniu\n" +"un nom d'amfitrió a través del DHCP. El client DHCP establirà el nom de " +"l'amfitrió.\n" +"Ara bé, canviar el nom de l'amfitrió durant l'execució podria confondre " +"l'escriptori gràfic. \n" +"Per tant, inhabilieu aquesta opció si us connecteu a xarxes diferents que " +"puguin assignar \n" +"cadascuna un nom d'amfitrió.\n" "" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 msgid "" "Assign Hostname to Loopback IP associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " +"even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " +"especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.\n" msgstr "" -"Assignar l'ordinador central a una IP Loopback associa l'ordinador central \n" -"amb l'adreça IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Aquesta és \n" -"una opció útil si voleu tenir un nom d'ordinador útil sempre, fins i tot \n" -"sense una xarxa activa. En la resta de casos, feu-ho servir amb compte, especialment \n" +"Assignar l'amfitrió a una IP Loopback associa el vostre nom " +"d'amfitrió \n" +"amb l'adreça IP <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Aquesta " +"és \n" +"una opció útil si voleu tenir un nom d'amfitrió útil sempre, fins i tot \n" +"sense una xarxa activa. A la resta de casos, feu-ho servir amb compte, " +"especialment \n" "si aquest ordinador proporciona serveis de xarxa.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 @@ -2310,8 +2458,9 @@ "Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu els servidors de nom i la llista de cerca de dominis per a resoldre \n" -"noms d'ordinador central. Normalment, els pot obtenir el DHCP.\n" +"Introduïu els servidors de nom i la llista de cerca de dominis per " +"resoldre \n" +"noms d'amfitrió. Normalment, els pot obtenir el DHCP.\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 @@ -2321,48 +2470,64 @@ "(for example, 192.168.0.42), not as a hostname.\n" msgstr "" "Un servidor de noms és un ordinador que converteix\n" -"els noms dels ordinadors centrals en adreces IP. Cal que introduïu aquest valor com a\n" -"adreça IP (per exemple, 192.168.0.42), no com a nom d'ordinador central.\n" +"els noms d'amfitrió en adreces IP. Cal que introduïu aquest valor com a\n" +"adreça IP (per exemple, 192.168.0.42), no com a nom d'amfitrió.\n" #. resolver dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" "Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " +"domains\n" "(such as suse.com) Separate the domains with commas or white space.\n" msgstr "" -"El domini de cerca és el nom del domini en el qual comença la \n" -"cerca del nom de l'ordinador central. El domini de cerca primari normalment coincideix\n" -"amb el nom de domini de l'ordinador central corresponent (per exemple, suse.de). És possible que existeixin \n" -"dominis de cerca addicionals (per exemple, suse.com) Separeu els dominis amb comes o espais en blanc.\n" +"El domini de cerca és el nom del domini en el qual comença la cerca del " +"nom\n" +"d'amfitrió. El domini de cerca primari normalment coincideix amb el nom\n" +"de domini del vostre ordinador (per exemple, suse.de). Hi pot haver dominis " +"de cerca\n" +"addicionals (com ara suse.com) Separeu els dominis amb comes o espais en " +"blanc.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 msgid "" -"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the DNS domain\n" -"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the hostname \n" +"Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. mymachine) and the " +"DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. example.com) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the hostname \n" "command." msgstr "" -"Introduïu el nom curt de l'ordinador (p. ex. elmeuordinador i el domini DNS\n" -"(p. ex. exemple.com al qual pertany. El domini és especialment important si l'ordinador\n" -"és un servidor de correu. Per visualitzar el nom de l'ordinador central de l'ordinador, utilitzeu\n" +"Introduïu el nom curt de l'ordinador (p. ex. elmeuordinador i el " +"domini DNS\n" +"(p. ex. exemple.com al qual pertany. El domini és especialment " +"important si l'ordinador\n" +"és un servidor de correu. Per visualitzar el nom d'amfitrió de l'ordinador, " +"utilitzeu\n" "l'ordre hostname." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of /etc/resolv.conf). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the netconfig script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. Use Default Policy is sufficient for " +"most\n" "configurations.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu de quina manera s'ha de modificar la configuració de DNS (servidors de\n" +"Seleccioneu de quina manera s'ha de modificar la configuració de DNS " +"(servidors de\n" "noms, llista de cerca, contingut del fitxer /etc/resolv.conf).\n" -"Normalment es gestiona amb l'script netconfig, que fusiona les dades estàtiques\n" -"que es defineixen aquí amb les que s'obtenen dinàmicament (p. ex. des de clients DHCP,\n" -"el NetworkManager, etc.). Aquesta és l'opció per defecte. Utilitza la política per defecte \n" +"Normalment es gestiona amb l'script netconfig, que fusiona les dades " +"estàtiques\n" +"que es defineixen aquí amb les que s'obtenen dinàmicament (p. ex. des de " +"clients DHCP,\n" +"el NetworkManager, etc.). Aquesta és l'opció per defecte. Utilitza la " +"política per defecte \n" "és suficient per a la majoria de les configuracions.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 @@ -2376,29 +2541,42 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the Only Manually\n" "policy.\n" msgstr "" -"Si trieu l'opció Només manualment, el netconfig no tindrà permís\n" -"per modificar el fitxer /etc/resolv.conf. Tanmateix, podreu editar el fitxer\n" -"manualment. Si trieu l'opció Utilitza una política personalitzada, podeu especificar\n" -"una línia de valors personalitzats que consisteix en una llista, separada per comes, de noms d'interfícies,\n" -"incloent comodins, amb els valors especials predefinits STATIC i STATIC_FALLBACK.\n" -"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la pàgina del manual del netconfig.\n" -"Nota: si deixeu aquesta línia en blanc, equival a seleccionar la política Només manualment.\n" +"Si trieu l'opció Només manualment, el netconfig no tindrà " +"permís\n" +"per modificar el fitxer /etc/resolv.conf. Tanmateix, podreu editar el " +"fitxer\n" +"manualment. Si trieu l'opció Utilitza una política personalitzada, " +"podeu especificar\n" +"una línia de valors personalitzats que consisteix en una llista, separada " +"per comes, de noms d'interfícies,\n" +"incloent comodins, amb els valors especials predefinits STATIC i " +"STATIC_FALLBACK.\n" +"Per obtenir-ne més informació, consulteu la pàgina del manual del " +"netconfig.\n" +"Nota: si deixeu aquesta línia en blanc, equival a seleccionar la política " +"Només manualment.\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 msgid "" "<big>Address Setup</big>\n" -"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" +"Select No Address Setup if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de l'adreça</big>\n" -"Seleccioneu Sense configuració d'adreça si no voleu especificar cap adreça IP per a aquest dispositiu.\n" +"Seleccioneu Sense configuració d'adreça si no voleu especificar " +"cap adreça IP per a aquest dispositiu.\n" "Aquesta opció és especialment útil en dispositius Ethernet d'enllaç.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 -msgid "Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.\n" -msgstr "Comproveu l'iBFT si voleu mantenir la xarxa configurada a la BIOS.\n" +msgid "" +"Check iBFT if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." +"\n" +msgstr "" +"Comproveu l'iBFT si voleu mantenir la xarxa configurada a la BIOS." +"\n" #. Address dialog help 2/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 @@ -2406,7 +2584,8 @@ "Select Dynamic Address if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.\n" msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu l'opció Adreça dinàmica si no disposeu d'una IP estàtica assignada\n" +"Seleccioneu l'opció Adreça dinàmica si no disposeu d'una IP " +"estàtica assignada\n" "per l'administrador o pel proveïdor d'Internet.\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 @@ -2416,41 +2595,57 @@ "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.\n" msgstr "" -"Podeu triar un dels mètodes d'assignació de l'adreça dinàmica. Seleccioneu DHCP\n" -"si disposeu d'un servidor DHCP en execució a la xarxa local. D'aquesta manera,\n" +"Podeu triar un dels mètodes d'assignació de l'adreça dinàmica. " +"Seleccioneu DHCP\n" +"si disposeu d'un servidor DHCP en execució a la xarxa local. D'aquesta " +"manera,\n" "les adreces de xarxa s'obtindran automàticament des del servidor.\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 msgid "" "To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.\n" +"Zeroconf. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +". Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned Statically.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" -"Per cercar automàticament una IP i assignar-la estàticament, seleccioneu \n" -"Zeroconf. Per utilitzar el DHCP i tornar al zeroconf, seleccioneu DHCP + Zeroconf\n" -". En cas contrari, haureu d'assignar estàticament les adreces de xarxa.\n" +"Per cercar automàticament una IP i assignar-la estàticament, " +"seleccioneu \n" +"Zeroconf. Per utilitzar el DHCP i tornar al zeroconf, seleccioneu " +"DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +". En cas contrari, haureu d'assignar estàticament les adreces de " +"xarxa.\n" #. Address dialog help 5/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 msgid "" -"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" +"Enter the IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " Remote IP Address (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu l'adreça IP (per exemple, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador \n" +"Introduïu l'adreça IP (per exemple, <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de " +"l'ordinador \n" "i l'Adreça IP remota (per exemple, <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "del parell.\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" -"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"For Static Address Setup enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " +"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"A Adreça IP estàtica introduïu l'adreça IP (p. ex. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador i la màscara\n" -"de xarxa (normalment, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> o només la longitud del prefix de xarxa <tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalment, podeu introduir un nom d'ordinador central qualificat per a aquesta IP. S'escriurà el nom de l'ordinador central a <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.\n" +"A l'Adreça IP estàtica introduïu l'adreça IP estàtica (p. ex. " +"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) de l'ordinador i la màscara de xarxa\n" +"(normalment, <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> o només la longitud del prefix de xarxa " +"<tt>/24</tt>). Opcionalment, podeu introduir un nom d'amfitrió plenament " +"qualificat per a aquesta IP. El nom d'amfitrió s'escriurà a <tt>/etc/hosts</" +"tt>.\n" #. Address dialog help 8/8 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 @@ -2458,7 +2653,8 @@ "Contact your network administrator for more information about\n" "the network configuration." msgstr "" -"Poseu-vos en contacte amb l'administrador de la xarxa si voleu més\n" +"Poseu-vos en contacte amb l'administrador de la xarxa si voleu " +"més\n" "informació sobre la configuració de la xarxa." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 @@ -2481,15 +2677,21 @@ msgstr "" "<big>Zona del tallafoc</big>\n" "Seleccioneu la zona del tallafoc on voleu introduir la interfície. Si\n" -"seleccioneu una zona, s'habilitarà el tallafoc. Si no ho feu i hi ha altres \n" +"seleccioneu una zona, s'habilitarà el tallafoc. Si no ho feu i hi ha " +"altres \n" "interfícies amb tallafoc, aquest\n" "romandrà habilitat però es blocarà tot el trànsit d'aquesta interfície.\n" "Si no seleccioneu una zona i no n'existeixen d'altres, \n" "s'inhabilitarà el tallafoc." #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 -msgid "Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." -msgstr "La interfície és obligatòria especifica si es vol que el servei de la xarxa notifiqui la fallada si la interfície no pot iniciar-se en arrencar." +msgid "" +"Mandatory Interface specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time." +msgstr "" +"La interfície és obligatòria especifica si es vol que el servei de " +"la xarxa notifiqui la fallada si la interfície no pot iniciar-se en arrencar." +"" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "" @@ -2497,23 +2699,30 @@ "Maximum transfer unit (MTU) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " +"recommended\n" "values or define another one.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Unitat màxima de transferència</big>\n" -"La unitat màxima de transferència (MTU) és la mida màxima del paquet\n" +"La unitat màxima de transferència (MTU) és la mida màxima del " +"paquet\n" "que es transfereix de cop a través de la xarxa. Normalment no cal\n" -"configurar l'MTU, però si utilitzeu valors més petits d'MTU pot ser que millori la velocitat\n" -"de la xarxa, sobretot si teniu una connexió telefònica lenta. Seleccioneu un dels valors\n" +"configurar l'MTU, però si utilitzeu valors més petits d'MTU pot ser que " +"millori la velocitat\n" +"de la xarxa, sobretot si teniu una connexió telefònica lenta. Seleccioneu un " +"dels valors\n" "recomanats o definiu-ne un altre.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 msgid "" "Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No Address Setup are available." +"Only devices with the device activation set to Never and with No " +"Address Setup are available." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu els dispositius esclaus per al dispositiu d'enllaç.\n" -"Només estan disponibles els dispositius que tenen l'opció d'activació del dispositiu establerta a Mai i que estan definits a Sense configuració d'adreça." +"Només estan disponibles els dispositius que tenen l'opció d'activació del " +"dispositiu establerta a Mai i que estan definits a Sense " +"configuració d'adreça." #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 @@ -2524,37 +2733,50 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "" "The DHCP Client Identifier, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " +"each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address." msgstr "" -"Si no s'omple l'Identificador de client DHCP s'utilitza per defecte\n" -"l'adreça de maquinari de la interfície de la xarxa. Cal que aquest identificador sigui diferent per a cada client DHCP\n" +"Si no s'omple l'Identificador de client DHCP s'utilitza per " +"defecte\n" +"l'adreça de maquinari de la interfície de la xarxa. Cal que aquest " +"identificador sigui diferent per a cada client DHCP\n" "d'una xarxa. Per tant, introduïu un identificador únic amb format lliure\n" -"si disposeu de diferents equips (virtuals) que utilitzin la mateixa interfície de xarxa i, en\n" +"si disposeu de diferents equips (virtuals) que utilitzin la mateixa " +"interfície de xarxa i, en\n" "conseqüència, la mateixa adreça de maquinari." #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 msgid "" "The Hostname to Send specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " +"server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).\n" "Some DHCP servers require the Hostname to Send option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave AUTO</" +"b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.\n" msgstr "" -"El Nom de l'ordinador central per a l'enviament especifica una cadena\n" -"que s'utilitza al camp del nom de l'ordinador central quan el client DHCP envia missatges \n" -"al servidor DHCP. Alguns servidors DHCP actualitzen les zones del servidor de noms \n" -"(reenvien i inverteixen els registres) en funció del nom de l'ordinador central (DNS dinàmic).\n" -"Cal que el camp de l'opció Nom de l'ordinador central per a l'enviament\n" -"d'alguns dels servidors DHCP inclogui una cadena específica als missatges dels clients.\n" -"Deixeu AUTO si voleu que s'enviï el nom actual de l'ordinador central (per exemple, el que està definit a <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" -"Deixeu-ho en blanc si no voleu enviar cap nom d'ordinador central.\n" +"El nom de l'amfitrió per a l'enviament especifica una cadena\n" +"que s'utilitza al camp del nom de l'amfitrió quan el client DHCP envia " +"missatges \n" +"al servidor DHCP. Alguns servidors DHCP actualitzen les zones del servidor " +"de noms \n" +"(reenvien i inverteixen els registres) en funció del nom de l'amfitrió (DNS " +"dinàmic).\n" +"Cal que el camp de l'opció Nom de l'amfitrió per a l'enviament\n" +"d'alguns dels servidors DHCP inclogui una cadena específica als missatges " +"dels clients.\n" +"Deixeu-hi AUTO si voleu que s'enviï el nom actual de l'amfitrió (per " +"exemple, el que\n" +"està definit a <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"Deixeu-ho en blanc si no voleu enviar cap nom d'amfitrió.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 @@ -2563,7 +2785,8 @@ "Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.\n" msgstr "" "<big>Adreces addicionals</big>\n" -"Podeu configurar les adreces addicionals d'una interfície en aquesta taula.\n" +"Podeu configurar les adreces addicionals d'una interfície en aquesta " +"taula.\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 @@ -2577,18 +2800,26 @@ #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" -"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" +"IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters." msgstr "" -"Etiqueta de l'adreça IPv4, anteriorment coneguda com a \"nom d'àlies\", és opcional i de llegat. La llargada total\n" +"Etiqueta de l'adreça IPv4, anteriorment coneguda com a \"nom " +"d'àlies\", és opcional i de llegat. La llargada total\n" "del nom de la interfície (incloent-hi els dos punts i l'etiqueta) té\n" -"un límit de 15 caràcters. La utilitat obsoleta ifconfig l'escapça després de 9 caràcters." +"un límit de 15 caràcters. La utilitat obsoleta ifconfig l'escapça després de " +"9 caràcters." #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 -msgid "Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -msgstr "No inclogueu el nom de la interfície a l'etiqueta. Per exemple, introduïu foo en comptes de eth0:foo." +msgid "" +"Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " +"foo instead of eth0:foo." +msgstr "" +"No inclogueu el nom de la interfície a l'etiqueta. Per exemple, introduïu " +"foo en comptes de eth0:foo." #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing @@ -2608,16 +2839,23 @@ "<tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" " \n" msgstr "" -"Podeu triar entre tres tipus d'entrada de clau per a la vostra clau.\n" -" Contrasenya: la clau es genera a partir de la frase que heu introduït.\n" +"Podeu triar entre tres tipus d'entrada de clau per a la vostra " +"clau.\n" +" Contrasenya: la clau es genera a partir de la frase que heu " +"introduït.\n" " ASCII: la clau està formada pels valors ASCII dels caràcters\n" -"que heu introduït. Cal introduir cinc caràcters per a les claus de 64 bits, un màxim de tretze caràcters,\n" -"per a les de 128 bits, un màxim de 16 caràcters per a les claus de 156 bits i\n" +"que heu introduït. Cal introduir cinc caràcters per a les claus de 64 bits, " +"un màxim de tretze caràcters,\n" +"per a les de 128 bits, un màxim de 16 caràcters per a les claus de 156 bits " +"i\n" "fins a 29 caràcters per a les de 256 bits.\n" " Hexadecimal: en aquest cas els codis hexadecimals de la clau\n" -"s'introdueixen directament. Heu d'introduir deu dígits hexadecimals per a les claus de 64 bits, 26 dígits per a\n" -"les de 128 bits, 32 dígits per a les claus de 156 bits i 58 per a les de 256 bits.\n" -"Podeu separar els parells o els grups de dígits mitjançant guionets <tt>-</tt>\n" +"s'introdueixen directament. Heu d'introduir deu dígits hexadecimals per a " +"les claus de 64 bits, 26 dígits per a\n" +"les de 128 bits, 32 dígits per a les claus de 156 bits i 58 per a les de 256 " +"bits.\n" +"Podeu separar els parells o els grups de dígits mitjançant guionets <tt>-</" +"tt>\n" "(per exemple, <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>).\n" "\n" @@ -2638,9 +2876,12 @@ "called Infrastructure Mode), or Master (the network card\n" "acts as an access point).\n" msgstr "" -"El mode de funcionament depèn de la topologia de la xarxa. El mode pot ser\n" -"Ad-Hoc (xarxa d'igual a igual sense cap punt d'accés), Gestionat \n" -"(xarxa gestionada per un punt d'accés, també anomenat mode d'infraestructura), o Mestre (la targeta de xarxa\n" +"El mode de funcionament depèn de la topologia de la xarxa. El mode " +"pot ser\n" +"Ad-Hoc (xarxa d'igual a igual sense cap punt d'accés), Gestionat</" +"b> \n" +"(xarxa gestionada per un punt d'accés, també anomenat mode " +"d'infraestructura), o Mestre (la targeta de xarxa\n" "actúa com un punt d'accés).\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 @@ -2648,16 +2889,21 @@ "Set the Network Name (ESSID) used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA authentication mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode Managed and no WPA " +"authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.\n" msgstr "" "Definiu el nom de la xarxa (ESSID) utilitzat per a identificar\n" -"les cel.les que formen part de la mateixa xarxa virtual. Totes les estacions d'una \n" +"les cel·les que formen part de la mateixa xarxa virtual. Totes les " +"estacions d'una \n" "LAN sense fil necessiten el mateix ESSID per comunicar-se entre elles. Si\n" -"escolliu el mode de funcionament Gestionat però cap mode d'autenticació WPA;\n" -"podeu deixar el camp buit o definir-lo com a <tt>anyl</tt>. En aquest cas, la targeta WLAN s'associa al punt d'accés amb la força del senyal més potent.\n" +"escolliu el mode de funcionament Gestionat però cap mode " +"d'autenticació WPA;\n" +"podeu deixar el camp buit o definir-lo com a <tt>anyl</tt>. En aquest cas, " +"la targeta WLAN s'associa al punt d'accés amb la força del senyal més potent." +"\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 msgid "" @@ -2672,7 +2918,8 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the Open\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select WPA-PSK or WPA-EAP as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" @@ -2680,18 +2927,25 @@ msgstr "" "En algunes xarxes, cal definir un Mode d'autenticació.\n" "Depèn de la tecnologia de protecció utilitzada, WEP o WPA. WEP\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) és un sistema per xifrar el trànsit de les xarxes sense fil\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) és un sistema per xifrar el trànsit de les xarxes " +"sense fil\n" "amb una autenticació opcional basada en la clau de xifratge\n" -"emprada. En molts casos en els quals es fa servir el WEP, el mode WEP-Obert (cap\n" +"emprada. En molts casos en els quals es fa servir el WEP, el mode WEP-" +"Obert (cap\n" "autenticació) és una bona opció. Això no vol dir que no pugueu\n" -"fer servir el xifratge WEP. Pot ser que algunes xarxes necessitin l'autenticació Clau compartida del WEP.\n" -"NOTA: l'autenticació de clau compartida facilita la irrupció a la vostra xarxa\n" +"fer servir el xifratge WEP. Pot ser que algunes xarxes necessitin " +"l'autenticació Clau compartida del WEP.\n" +"NOTA: l'autenticació de clau compartida facilita la irrupció a la vostra " +"xarxa\n" "d'assaltadors potencials. Si no teniu una necessitat específica per emprar\n" "l'autenticació mitjançant clau compartida, feu servir el mode Obert.\n" "Atès que s'ha detectat que la WEP no és segura, s'ha definit el WPA\n" -"(Wi-Fi Protected Access) per tancar-ne els forats de seguretat, però no tot el\n" -"maquinari l'admet. Si voleu fer servir el WPA, seleccioneu WPA-PSK o \n" -"WPA-EAP com a mode d'autenticació. Això només és possible en el mode \n" +"(Wi-Fi Protected Access) per tancar-ne els forats de seguretat, però no tot " +"el\n" +"maquinari l'admet. Si voleu fer servir el WPA, seleccioneu WPA-PSK " +"o \n" +"WPA-EAP com a mode d'autenticació. Això només és possible en el " +"mode \n" "de funcionament Gestionat.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 @@ -2702,11 +2956,12 @@ "supported by all devices. Of these keys, 24 bits\n" "are dynamically generated, so you only need to enter 40 to 232 bits.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a fer servir la WEP, introduïu la\n" +"Per fer servir la WEP, introduïu la\n" "clau de xifratge WEP que voleu utilizar. Pot tenir una llargària de clau\n" "de 64, 128, 156 o 256 bits, però no tots els dispositius\n" "admeten totes les mides. D'aquestes claus, 24 bits\n" -"es generen dinàmicament, de manera que només us caldrà introduir de 40 a 232 bits.\n" +"es generen dinàmicament, de manera que només us caldrà introduir de 40 a 232 " +"bits.\n" #. Wireless dialog help #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 @@ -2718,10 +2973,11 @@ "dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n" "easy to guess as the passphrase.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a fer servir el WPA-PSK (de vegades anomenat WPA Home),\n" +"Per fer servir el WPA-PSK (de vegades anomenat WPA Home),\n" "introduïu la clau compartida prèviament. Aquesta clau es fa servir\n" -"per a l'autenticació i les claus de xifratge es generen a partir d'ella.\n" -"Aquestes darreres no són vulnerables a atacs coneguts contra claus WEP, però\n" +"per a l'autenticació i les claus de xifratge es generen a partir d'aquesta.\n" +"Aquestes darreres no són vulnerables a atacs coneguts contra claus WEP, " +"però\n" "sí a atacs de diccionari. No empreu una paraula que sigui\n" "fàcil d'endevinar com a contrasenya.\n" @@ -2730,19 +2986,22 @@ "To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a fer servir el WPA-EAP (de vegades anomenat WPA Enterprise),\n" +"Per fer servir el WPA-EAP (de vegades anomenat WPA Enterprise),\n" "introduïu alguns paràmetres addicionals al quadre de diàleg següent.\n" #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 msgid "" "These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options." msgstr "" "Aquests valors s'escriuran al fitxer de configuració de la interfície\n" -"\"ifcfg-*\" en \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Si necessiteu opcions de configuració addicionals,\n" -"podeu afegir-les de forma manual. És possible consultar totes les opcions disponibles al fitxer\n" +"\"ifcfg-*\" en \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Si necessiteu opcions de " +"configuració addicionals,\n" +"podeu afegir-les de forma manual. És possible consultar totes les opcions " +"disponibles al fitxer\n" "'wireless' inclòs al mateix directori." #. TextEntry label @@ -2820,8 +3079,8 @@ "are different methods in EAP to connect to the server and\n" "perform the authentication, namely TLS, TTLS, and PEAP.\n" msgstr "" -"El WPA-EAP fa servir un servidor RADIUS per a autenticar usuaris. Hi ha\n" -"diferents mètodes a l'EAP per a connectar-se al servidor i\n" +"El WPA-EAP fa servir un servidor RADIUS per autenticar usuaris. Hi ha\n" +"diferents mètodes a l'EAP per connectar-se al servidor i\n" "dur a terme l'autenticació, principalment el TLS, el TTLS i el PEAP.\n" #. text entry label @@ -2834,7 +3093,8 @@ "For TTLS and PEAP, enter your Identity\n" "and Password as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.\n" +"Anonymous Identity, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Per al TTLS i el PEAP, introduïu la vostra identitat\n" "i la contrasenya com estan configurades al servidor.\n" @@ -2860,14 +3120,18 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "TLS uses a Client Certificate instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a Client Key file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate Client Key Password for that file.\n" msgstr "" -"El TLS fa servir un certificat de client en lloc d'una combinació de nom d'usuari i\n" -"contrasenya per a l'autenticació. Empra un parell de claus pública i privada\n" -"per a xifrar la comunicació de negociació; per tant, us caldrà també un fitxer de\n" +"El TLS fa servir un certificat de client en lloc d'una combinació " +"de nom d'usuari i\n" +"contrasenya per a l'autenticació. Empra un parell de claus pública i " +"privada\n" +"per a xifrar la comunicació de negociació; per tant, us caldrà també un " +"fitxer de\n" "Clau de client que contingui la vostra clau privada i\n" "la Contrasenya de clau de client apropiada per a aquest fitxer.\n" @@ -2894,9 +3158,9 @@ "a Server Certificate. It is used\n" "to validate the server's authenticity.\n" msgstr "" -"Per a augmentar la seguretat, es recomana configurar\n" +"Per augmentar la seguretat, es recomana configurar\n" "un certificat de servidor. Es fa servir\n" -"per a validar l'autenticitat del servidor.\n" +"per validar l'autenticitat del servidor.\n" #. push button label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:211 @@ -2909,7 +3173,8 @@ "any certificate or key files, contact your system administrator.\n" msgstr "" "Si no sabeu el vostre identificador ni la contrasenya o no teniu\n" -"cap fitxer de clau o certificat, poseu-vos en contacte amb el vostre administrador de sistema.\n" +"cap fitxer de clau o certificat, poseu-vos en contacte amb el vostre " +"administrador de sistema.\n" #. combo box label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:238 @@ -2923,7 +3188,8 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.\n" msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu configurar el mètode d'autenticació interna (també coneguda com a fase 2).\n" +"Aquí podeu configurar el mètode d'autenticació interna (també coneguda " +"com a fase 2).\n" "Per defecte, es permeten tots els mètodes. Si voleu restringir els\n" "mètodes permesos o en cas que tingueu problemes pel que fa a \n" "l'autenticació, escolliu el mètode d'autenticació interna.\n" @@ -2938,7 +3204,8 @@ "If you are using PEAP, you can also force the use of a specific PEAP\n" "implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.\n" msgstr "" -"Si utilitzeu el PEAP, podeu també imposar l'ús d'una implementació del PEAP\n" +"Si utilitzeu el PEAP, podeu també imposar l'ús d'una implementació del " +"PEAP\n" "concreta (versió 0 o 1). Normalment, no cal fer-ho.\n" #. radio button: any version of PEAP @@ -3030,7 +3297,9 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:558 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "El mode d'autenticació WPA només és possible en mode de funcionament gestionat." +msgstr "" +"El mode d'autenticació WPA només és possible en mode de funcionament " +"gestionat." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3097,10 +3366,12 @@ msgid "" "To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the Channel the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.\n" msgstr "" -"Si voleu fer servir la vostra targeta LAN sense fil en mode mestre o ad hoc,\n" +"Si voleu fer servir la vostra targeta LAN sense fil en mode mestre o ad " +"hoc,\n" "definiu el canal que cal que utilitzi la targeta. No cal fer-ho\n" "en el mode gestionat, ja que en aquest cas la targeta cerca punts d'accés\n" "d'un canal a l'altre.\n" @@ -3111,8 +3382,10 @@ "In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n" "Bit Rate explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible." msgstr "" -"És possible que en algun cas excepcional vulgueu definir de manera explícita la\n" -"velocitat dels bits de transmissió. L'opció predeterminada és la més ràpida." +"És possible que en algun cas excepcional vulgueu definir de manera " +"explícita la\n" +"velocitat dels bits de transmissió. L'opció predeterminada és la més " +"ràpida." #. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5 #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712 @@ -3120,7 +3393,8 @@ "In an environment with multiple Access Points, you may want to\n" "define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address." msgstr "" -"Si introduïu l'adreça MAC podeu definir l'accés al qual us voleu connectar en un entorn\n" +"Si introduïu l'adreça MAC podeu definir l'accés al qual us voleu " +"connectar en un entorn\n" "amb diferents Punts d'accés." #. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5 @@ -3130,8 +3404,10 @@ "This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n" "be disconnected from AC power.\n" msgstr "" -"Podeu activar l'opció Utilitza la gestió de l'energia per a habilitar el mecanisme d'estalvi\n" -"d'energia. Aquesta opció és especialment recomanable per als usuaris d'ordinadors portàtils que treballin\n" +"Podeu activar l'opció Utilitza la gestió de l'energia per " +"habilitar el mecanisme d'estalvi\n" +"d'energia. Aquesta opció és especialment recomanable per als usuaris " +"d'ordinadors portàtils que treballin\n" "amb bateries.\n" #. Combobox item @@ -3189,15 +3465,18 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " +"keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key." msgstr "" -"En aquest diàleg podeu definir les claus WEP que voleu fer servir per a\n" -"codificar les dades abans que es transmetin. Podeu tenir un màxim de quatre claus, encara que\n" -"només se n'utilitzarà una (la predeterminada) per a codificar les dades.\n" -"La resta de claus es poden utilitzar per a desxifrar dades. Normalment només teniu\n" +"En aquest diàleg podeu definir les claus WEP que voleu fer servir per\n" +"codificar les dades abans que es transmetin. Podeu tenir un màxim de quatre " +"claus, encara que\n" +"només se n'utilitzarà una (la predeterminada) per codificar les dades.\n" +"La resta de claus es poden utilitzar per desxifrar dades. Normalment només " +"teniu\n" "una clau." #. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3 @@ -3209,9 +3488,12 @@ "wireless LAN connection does not establish, you may need to set this\n" "value to 64." msgstr "" -"La longitud de la clau defineix la longitud en bits de les claus WEP.\n" -"Les longituds possibles són de 64 i 128 bits, tot i que de vegades també se les anomena de 40 i 104 bits.\n" -"És possible que el maquinari antic no admeti les claus de 128 bits. Per tant, si no podeu\n" +"La longitud de la clau defineix la longitud en bits de les claus " +"WEP.\n" +"Les longituds possibles són de 64 i 128 bits, tot i que de vegades també se " +"les anomena de 40 i 104 bits.\n" +"És possible que el maquinari antic no admeti les claus de 128 bits. Per " +"tant, si no podeu\n" "establir una connexió LAN sense fil, intenteu canviar aquest valor a 64." #. Frame label @@ -3254,10 +3536,12 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " +"connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"No es fa servir cap certificat Certificate Authority (CA) pot resultar en connexions insegures\n" +"No es fa servir cap certificat Certificate Authority (CA) pot resultar en " +"connexions insegures\n" "i perilloses. Continuar sense CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3325,17 +3609,13 @@ #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" -msgstr "&Permet l'administració remota" +msgstr "Permet l'&administració remota amb gestió de sessió" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" -msgstr "&Permet l'administració remota" +msgstr "Permet l'&administració remota sense gestió de sessió" #. RadioButton label #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 @@ -3345,31 +3625,32 @@ #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -#| "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -#| "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" -#| "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -#| "a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" -#| "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" msgid "" "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</" +"tt>).\n" "Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a single\n" +"disconnects.With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " +"a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected." msgstr "" "<big>Configuració de l'administració remota</big>\n" -" Si aquesta funció està habilitada, podreu administrar l'ordinador\n" -"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client VNC, com\n" -"ara el krdc (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</tt>), o un navegador web amb capacitat Java\n" -"(connecteu-vos a <tt>http://<nom_ordinador_central>:%2/</tt>). Aquest mètode\n" -"d'administració remota és menys segur que l'SSH.\n" +"Si aquesta funció està habilitada, podreu administrar aquest ordinador\n" +"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Useu un client de VNC, com ara\n" +"krdc (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_d'amfitrió>:%1</tt>), o a un navegador " +"amb\n" +"capacitat de Java (connecteu-vos a <tt>https://<nom_d'amfitrió>:%2/</" +"tt>).\n" +"Sense la gestió de sessió, només es pot connectar un usuari per \n" +"sessió i la sessió s'acaba quan el client de VNC es desconnecta.\n" +"Amb la gestió de sessió, usuaris múltiples poden interactuar amb una " +"sola\n" +"sessió i la sessió pot persistir encara que no n'hi hagi cap de connectat.</" +"p>" #. Dialog frame title #: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 @@ -3421,7 +3702,8 @@ "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" "La xarxa està gestionada actualment pel NetworkManager\n" -"o completament inhabilitada. El YaST no és capaç de configurar algunes opcions." +"o completament inhabilitada. El YaST no és capaç de configurar algunes " +"opcions." #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) #: src/include/network/routines.rb:889 @@ -3452,7 +3734,7 @@ #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 msgid "The hostname is invalid." -msgstr "El nom de l'ordinador central no és vàlid." +msgstr "El nom de l'amfitrió no és vàlid." #. textentry label #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 @@ -3466,12 +3748,12 @@ #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" -msgstr "&Canvia el nom de l'ordinador central mitjançant el DHCP" +msgstr "&Canvia el nom de l'amfitrió mitjançant el DHCP" #. checkbox label #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" -msgstr "&Assigna un nom d'ordinador central al Loopback IP" +msgstr "&Assigna un nom d'amfitrió a la IP Loopback" #. help #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 @@ -3525,7 +3807,7 @@ #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central i nom del domini" +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió i nom del domini" #. Frame label #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 @@ -3534,7 +3816,7 @@ #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 msgid "Hostname/DNS" -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central/DNS" +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió / DNS" #. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME. #. enable or disable: is DHCP available? @@ -3550,8 +3832,12 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 -msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" -msgstr "No és recomanable fer servir .local com a nom de domini a causa de Multicast DNS. Usar-ho sota la vostra responsabilitat?" +msgid "" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " +"it at your own risk?" +msgstr "" +"No és recomanable fer servir .local com a nom de domini a causa de Multicast " +"DNS. Usar-ho sota la vostra responsabilitat?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 @@ -3572,12 +3858,12 @@ #. via CWMTab #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central i configuració del servidor de noms" +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió i configuració del servidor de noms" #. Warning popup text 1/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:57 msgid "The host %1 is a system host." -msgstr "L'ordinador central %1 és un ordinador central del sistema" +msgstr "L'amfitrió %1 és un amfitrió del sistema." #. Warning popup text 2/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:61 @@ -3592,7 +3878,8 @@ #. Hosts dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:78 msgid "The hosts can be set up in this dialog." -msgstr "Mitjançant aquest diàleg podeu configurar els ordinadors centrals." +msgstr "" +"Mitjançant aquest diàleg podeu configurar els ordinadors centrals." #. Hosts dialog help 2/2 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:80 @@ -3600,8 +3887,9 @@ "Enter a host IP Address, a Hostname, and optional\n" "Host Aliases, separated by spaces.\n" msgstr "" -"Introduïu l'adreça IP, el nom de l'ordinador central i, opcionalment,\n" -"els àlies de l'ordinador central separats amb espais.\n" +"Introduïu l'adreça IP, el nom de l'amfitrió i, " +"opcionalment,\n" +"els àlies de l'amfitrió separats per espais.\n" #. Frame label #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119 @@ -3611,17 +3899,17 @@ #. Table header label #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131 msgid "Hostnames" -msgstr "Noms de l'ordinador central" +msgstr "Noms d'amfitrió" #. Table header label #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133 msgid "Host Aliases" -msgstr "Àlies de l'ordinador central" +msgstr "Àlies de l'amfitrió" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" -msgstr "Àlies de l'ordinador cen&tral" +msgstr "Àlies de l'amfi&trió" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 @@ -3649,7 +3937,7 @@ #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" -msgstr "Activa el reenviament per a I&Pv6" +msgstr "Habilita el reenviament per a I&Pv6" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:136 msgid "Routing" @@ -3726,13 +4014,16 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "When Dial Prefix Regular Expression is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " +"expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.\n" msgstr "" -"Quan es defineix l'Expressió regular de prefix de marcatge, els usuaris poden\n" -"canviar el prefix de marcatge a KInternet sempre que es correspongui amb l'expressió.\n" +"Quan es defineix l'Expressió regular de prefix de marcatge, els " +"usuaris poden\n" +"canviar el prefix de marcatge a KInternet sempre que es correspongui amb " +"l'expressió.\n" "Un valor recomanat és <tt>[09]?</tt>, que permet <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "i el prefix buit. Si l'expressió és buida, els usuaris no podran canviar\n" "el prefix.\n" @@ -3794,7 +4085,8 @@ "via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).\n" msgstr "" "Manualment: la interfície es controla manualment\n" -"a través de l''ifup' o el 'qinternet' (vegeu 'Controlat per l'usuari', a sota).\n" +"a través de l''ifup' o el 'qinternet' (vegeu 'Controlat per l'usuari', a " +"sota).\n" #. Combo box option for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125 @@ -3840,14 +4132,19 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" +"Using On NFSroot is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és semblant a l'opció <tt>Automàticament</tt>,\n" -"però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici mai no es desconnectaran mitjançant\n" +"Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és semblant a l'opció " +"<tt>Automàticament</tt>,\n" +"però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici mai no es desconnectaran " +"mitjançant\n" "l'<tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. L'<tt>ifdown <iface></tt> encara funciona.\n" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel NFS o iSCSI.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel NFS o " +"iSCSI.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:184 @@ -3859,12 +4156,14 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<big>Device Activation</big> \n" -"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time activates it during system boot, \n" +"Choose when to bring up the network interface. At Boot Time " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "Never does not start the device.\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" "<big>Activació del dispositiu</big> \n" -"Trieu quan s'hauria d'activar la interfície de la xarxa. Durant l'arrencada l'activarà en arrencar el sistema.\n" +"Trieu quan s'hauria d'activar la interfície de la xarxa. Durant " +"l'arrencada l'activarà en arrencar el sistema.\n" "Mai no l'iniciarà.\n" "%1\n" @@ -4003,8 +4302,12 @@ msgstr "Confirma el reinici de la xarxa" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 -msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." -msgstr "El YaST2 ha de reiniciar la xarxa per aplicar la configuració, ja que es tracta d'una xarxa de pont." +msgid "" +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." +msgstr "" +"El YaST2 ha de reiniciar la xarxa per aplicar la configuració, ja que es " +"tracta d'una xarxa de pont." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name #: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 @@ -4036,7 +4339,7 @@ #. Progress stage 1 #: src/modules/DNS.rb:377 msgid "Write hostname" -msgstr "Escriu el nom de l'ordinador central" +msgstr "Escriu el nom de l'amfitrió" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 @@ -4077,16 +4380,16 @@ #. Summary text #: src/modules/DNS.rb:543 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central: definit pel DHCP" +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió: definit pel DHCP" #. Summary text #: src/modules/DNS.rb:549 msgid "Hostname: %1" -msgstr "Nom de l'ordinador central: %1" +msgstr "Nom de l'amfitrió: %1" #: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" -msgstr "No s'escriurà el nom de l'ordinador central a /etc/hosts" +msgstr "No s'escriurà el nom de l'amfitrió a /etc/hosts" #. Summary text #: src/modules/DNS.rb:578 @@ -4145,7 +4448,7 @@ #. Progress stage 6/9 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" -msgstr "Llegeix el nom de l'ordinador central i la configuració del DNS " +msgstr "Llegeix el nom de l'amfitrió i la configuració del DNS " #. Progress stage 7/9 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 @@ -4266,7 +4569,7 @@ #. Progress stage 6 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" -msgstr "Escriu el nom de l'ordinador central i la configuració del DNS " +msgstr "Escriu el nom de l'amfitrió i la configuració del DNS " #. Progress stage 7 #: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 @@ -4424,7 +4727,7 @@ #. overview. Check and remove. #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1337 msgid "Not configured" -msgstr "No configurat" +msgstr "Sense configurar" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 @@ -4449,11 +4752,18 @@ #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1410 msgid "No hwinfo" -msgstr "No hi ha hwinfo" +msgstr "Sense info de com..." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 -msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "No s'ha pogut configurar la targeta de xarxa perquè no s'ha trobat el dispositiu del nucli (eth0, wlan0). Normalment això passa perquè en falta el microprogramari (en dispositius wlan). Consulteu els resultats del dmesg per obtenir-ne més informació." +msgid "" +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "" +"No s'ha pogut configurar la targeta de xarxa perquè no s'ha trobat el " +"dispositiu del nucli (eth0, wlan0). Normalment això passa perquè en falta el " +"microprogramari (en dispositius wlan). Consulteu els resultats del dmesg per " +"obtenir-ne més informació." #: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1433 msgid "" @@ -4479,7 +4789,7 @@ "firewall settings will be disabled." msgstr "" "El paquet %{package} no està instal·lat\n" -"La configuració del tallafoc es deshabilitarà." +"La configuració del tallafoc s'inhabilitarà." #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/Remote.rb:203 @@ -4509,10 +4819,8 @@ msgstr "Ha fallat l'habilitació de %{servei}" #: src/modules/Remote.rb:267 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" msgid "Disabling service %{service} has failed" -msgstr "Ha fallat l'habilitació de %{servei}" +msgstr "Ha fallat la inhabilitació del servei %{service}" #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) #: src/modules/Remote.rb:295 @@ -4542,11 +4850,11 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #: src/modules/Routing.rb:266 msgid "Write routing settings" -msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres de ruta" +msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres d'encaminament" #: src/modules/Routing.rb:269 msgid "Saving Routing Configuration" -msgstr "Desant la configuració de ruta" +msgstr "Desant la configuració d'encaminament" #. Progress stage 1/2 #: src/modules/Routing.rb:274 @@ -4560,7 +4868,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2/2 #: src/modules/Routing.rb:284 msgid "Writing routing settings..." -msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres de ruta..." +msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres d'encaminament..." #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:454 @@ -4628,8 +4936,12 @@ #~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?" #~ msgstr "Voleu executar la configuració de %1?" -#~ msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." -#~ msgstr "AutoYaST establint networking/managed: el NetworkManager no està disponible, s'usarà Wicked." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, " +#~ "Wicked will be used." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "AutoYaST establint networking/managed: el NetworkManager no està " +#~ "disponible, s'usarà Wicked." #~ msgid "Device boot protocol" #~ msgstr "Protocol d'arrencada del dispositiu " @@ -4644,16 +4956,26 @@ #~ msgstr "P&CI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" -#~ " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -#~ " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters." +#~ "IPv4 Address Label, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional " +#~ "and legacy. The total\n" +#~ " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) " +#~ "is\n" +#~ " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " +#~ "truncates it after 9 characters." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Etiqueta d'adreça IPv4, antigament coneguda com a nom d'àlies, és opcional i de llegat. El totall\n" -#~ " de la llargada del nom de la interfície (incloent els dos punts i l'etiqueta) es\n" -#~ " limita a 15 caràcters i la utilitat obsoleta ifconfig el trunca després de 9 caràcters." +#~ "Etiqueta d'adreça IPv4, antigament coneguda com a nom d'àlies, " +#~ "és opcional i de llegat. El totall\n" +#~ " de la llargada del nom de la interfície (incloent els dos " +#~ "punts i l'etiqueta) es\n" +#~ " limita a 15 caràcters i la utilitat obsoleta ifconfig el " +#~ "trunca després de 9 caràcters." -#~ msgid "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter foo instead of eth0:foo." -#~ msgstr "No inclogueu el nom de la interfície al nom de l'àlies. Per exemple, introduïu foo en lloc de eth0:foo." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, " +#~ "enter foo instead of eth0:foo." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No inclogueu el nom de la interfície al nom de l'àlies. Per exemple, " +#~ "introduïu foo en lloc de eth0:foo." #~ msgid "" #~ "To specify the Frequency instead of\n" @@ -4669,13 +4991,18 @@ #~ msgstr "no s'ha connectat" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +#~ "Using On NFSroot is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " +#~ "startmode will never\n" #~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" #~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és pràcticament el mateix que l'opció 'Automàticament', però les interfícies amb aquest mode d'inici mai no es\n" -#~ "desconnectaran mitjançant l''rcnetwork stop'. L''ifdown <iface>' encara funciona.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel nfs o iscsi.\n" +#~ "Fer servir l'opció En executar l'NFSroot és pràcticament el mateix " +#~ "que l'opció 'Automàticament', però les interfícies amb aquest mode " +#~ "d'inici mai no es\n" +#~ "desconnectaran mitjançant l''rcnetwork stop'. L''ifdown <iface>' encara " +#~ "funciona.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu aquesta opció quan tingueu un sistema de fitxers arrel nfs o " +#~ "iscsi.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" @@ -4709,8 +5036,10 @@ #~ "Actualment, la xarxa la controla el NetworkManager i el YaST no pot\n" #~ "editar-ne la configuració.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Per editar la configuració, utilitzeu l'editor de connexió del NetworkManager\n" -#~ "o commuteu el mètode de configuració de la xarxa al mètode tradicional amb ifup.\n" +#~ "Per editar la configuració, utilitzeu l'editor de connexió del " +#~ "NetworkManager\n" +#~ "o commuteu el mètode de configuració de la xarxa al mètode tradicional " +#~ "amb ifup.\n" #~| msgid "Device Name" #~ msgid "Device name:" @@ -4736,12 +5065,20 @@ #~ msgstr "&Mètode tradicional amb l'ifup" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" -#~ msgstr "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">tanca'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El port SSH està obert (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal" +#~ "\">tanca'l</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" -#~ msgstr "El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">obre'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=" +#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El port SSH està bloquejat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal" +#~ "\">obre'l</a>)" #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Configuració general de la &xarxa" @@ -4827,8 +5164,11 @@ #~ msgid "Bond slaves" #~ msgstr "Esclaus d'enllaç" -#~ msgid "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." -#~ msgstr "No s'ha configurat el dispositiu. Premeu Edita per configurar-lo." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The device is not configured. Press Edit for configuration." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "No s'ha configurat el dispositiu. Premeu Edita per configurar-" +#~ "lo." #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n" @@ -4843,7 +5183,8 @@ #~ "Abort now.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>S'està interrompent la inicialització</big> \n" -#~ "Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu Interromp.\n" +#~ "Per a interrompre la utilitat de configuració de forma segura, premeu " +#~ "Interromp.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Saving DSL Configuration</BIG> \n" @@ -4866,7 +5207,8 @@ #~ msgstr "El proveïdor que s'utilitza és %1." #~ msgid "The provider %1 is in use. Really delete it?" -#~ msgstr "El proveïdor que s'utilitza és %1. Esteu segur que voleu suprimir-lo?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El proveïdor que s'utilitza és %1. Esteu segur que voleu suprimir-lo?" #~ msgid "DSL Configuration Overview" #~ msgstr "Resum de la configuració del DSL " @@ -4877,7 +5219,8 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resum de DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels dispositius DSL que s'han instal·lat i modificar-ne\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels dispositius DSL que s'han " +#~ "instal·lat i modificar-ne\n" #~ "la configuració. " #~ msgid "" @@ -4885,7 +5228,8 @@ #~ "If you press Add, you can manually configure a DSL device." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'un dispositiu DSL</BIG> \n" -#~ "Podeu configurar manualment un dispositiu DSL amb el botó Afegeix." +#~ "Podeu configurar manualment un dispositiu DSL amb el botó Afegeix." +#~ "" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG> \n" @@ -4893,8 +5237,10 @@ #~ "Then press the appropriate button: Edit or Delete." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Edició o supressió</BIG> \n" -#~ "Trieu el dispositiu DSL de què vulgueu canviar o suprimir la configuració i,\n" -#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix." +#~ "Trieu el dispositiu DSL de què vulgueu canviar o suprimir la configuració " +#~ "i,\n" +#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix</" +#~ "B>." #~ msgid "Type" #~ msgstr "Tipus" @@ -4919,37 +5265,51 @@ #~ "First, choose your PPP mode. This is either\n" #~ "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP over ATM (PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI for ADSL or Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n" -#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n" +#~ "Use PPP over Ethernet if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet " +#~ "to your computer.\n" +#~ "Use Point to Point Tunneling Protocol if you want to connect to a " +#~ "VPN server.\n" #~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "En primer lloc, trieu el mode PPP. Els modes més\n" -#~ "adients poden ser PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP sobre ATM (PPPoATM),\n" +#~ "adients poden ser PPP sobre Ethernet (PPPoE), PPP sobre ATM " +#~ "(PPPoATM),\n" #~ "CAPI per a DSL o Protocol de túnel de punt a punt (PPTP).\n" -#~ "Feu servir PPP sobre Ethernet si el mòdem DSL està connectat a l'equip mitjançant Ethernet.\n" -#~ "Si voleu connectar-vos a un servidor VPM, utilitzeu el Protocol de túnel de punt a punt.\n" -#~ "Si no sabeu amb certesa quin mode heu de fer servir, pregunteu-ho al proveïdor." +#~ "Feu servir PPP sobre Ethernet si el mòdem DSL està connectat a " +#~ "l'equip mitjançant Ethernet.\n" +#~ "Si voleu connectar-vos a un servidor VPM, utilitzeu el Protocol de " +#~ "túnel de punt a punt.\n" +#~ "Si no sabeu amb certesa quin mode heu de fer servir, pregunteu-ho al " +#~ "proveïdor." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using PPP over Ethernet, first configure your\n" #~ "ethernet card." -#~ msgstr "Si utilitzeu PPP sobre Ethernet, en primer lloc heu de configurar la targeta Ethernet. " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si utilitzeu PPP sobre Ethernet, en primer lloc heu de " +#~ "configurar la targeta Ethernet. " #~ msgid "" -#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set up\n" -#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM\n" +#~ "The PPP Mode-Dependent Settings are settings required to set " +#~ "up\n" +#~ "your DSL connection. VPI/VCI makes sense only for PPP over ATM</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "connections, Ethernet Card is needed for PPP over Ethernet\n" #~ "connections.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Les Opcions que depenen del mode PPP són opcions de configuració\n" -#~ "necessàries per a la connexió del DSL. El VPI/VCI només és recomanable per a connexions\n" -#~ "PPP sobre ATM i la Targeta Ethernet és necessària per a connexions PPP sobre Ethernet.\n" +#~ "Les Opcions que depenen del mode PPP són opcions de " +#~ "configuració\n" +#~ "necessàries per a la connexió del DSL. El VPI/VCI només és " +#~ "recomanable per a connexions\n" +#~ "PPP sobre ATM i la Targeta Ethernet és necessària per a " +#~ "connexions PPP sobre Ethernet.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, 0.38\n" #~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Introduïu el parell VPI/VCI per a PPPoATM (per exemple, 0.38\n" +#~ "Introduïu el parell VPI/VCI per a PPPoATM (per exemple, 0.38</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "per a British Telecom). Si no n'esteu segur, consulteu el proveïdor." #~ msgid "" @@ -4957,8 +5317,10 @@ #~ "modem is connected. If you did not set up your ethernet card yet, do\n" #~ "so by pressing Configure Network Cards." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Per al mode PPPoE, introduïu el dispositiu de la targeta Ethernet al qual està connectat\n" -#~ "el mòdem DSL. Si encara no heu configurat la targeta Ethernet, configureu-la ara\n" +#~ "Per al mode PPPoE, introduïu el dispositiu de la targeta Ethernet al " +#~ "qual està connectat\n" +#~ "el mòdem DSL. Si encara no heu configurat la targeta Ethernet, configureu-" +#~ "la ara\n" #~ "amb el botó Configura les targetes de xarxa." #~ msgid "For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address." @@ -5070,7 +5432,8 @@ #~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Resum de les targetes XDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes XDSI que s'han instal·lat i les configuracions de la connexió.\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum de les targetes XDSI que s'han " +#~ "instal·lat i les configuracions de la connexió.\n" #~ "Des d'aquí també podeu editar-ne la configuració. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5078,7 +5441,8 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure an ISDN card manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Addició d'una targeta XDSI:</BIG> \n" -#~ "Podeu configurar manualment una targeta XDSI amb el botó Afegeix.\n" +#~ "Podeu configurar manualment una targeta XDSI amb el botó Afegeix.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG> \n" @@ -5086,15 +5450,18 @@ #~ "selected card.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<BIG>Prova de la configuració d'una targeta XDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "En prémer el botó Prova, el sistema intentarà carregar el controlador de la\n" +#~ "En prémer el botó Prova, el sistema intentarà carregar el " +#~ "controlador de la\n" #~ "targeta seleccionada.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG> \n" -#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.\n" +#~ "If you press Add, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</" +#~ "P>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'una connexió XDSI</BIG> \n" -#~ "Podeu configurar una connexió XDSI de marcatge directe amb el botó Afegeix.\n" +#~ "Podeu configurar una connexió XDSI de marcatge directe amb el botó " +#~ "Afegeix.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5119,52 +5486,67 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuració detallada d'XDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines are\n" +#~ "The Remote Phone Number List controls which remote machines " +#~ "are\n" #~ "allowed to connect to this interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "La llista de números de telèfon remots controla quins ordinadors remots\n" +#~ "La llista de números de telèfon remots controla quins " +#~ "ordinadors remots\n" #~ "es poden connectar a aquesta interfície.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Deselect Only Listed Numbers Allowed \n" #~ "to allow all caller IDs.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Desseleccioneu el quadre Autorització només per a números de la llista si\n" +#~ "Desseleccioneu el quadre Autorització només per a números de la " +#~ "llista si\n" #~ "voleu autoritzar tots els identificadors de trucades.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is off, calls are handled normally " +#~ "without special \n" #~ "processing.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn està desactivat, les trucades es\n" #~ "gestionen amb normalitat.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, " +#~ "a callback \n" #~ "is triggered.\n" -#~ msgstr "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, s'activarà la trucada un cop rebuda la trucada d'entrada.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, s'activarà la " +#~ "trucada un cop rebuda la trucada d'entrada.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" +#~ "If the callback mode is client, the local system does the " +#~ "initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local realitza la trucada inicial\n" +#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local " +#~ "realitza la trucada inicial\n" #~ "i espera la devolució de la trucada des de la màquina remota.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n" -#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n" +#~ "Callback Delay is the number of seconds between the initial " +#~ "call and the\n" +#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the " +#~ "server than on\n" #~ "the client.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El retard de la crida de retorn és el temps transcorregut en segons entre la trucada inicial\n" -#~ "i la crida de retorn (servidor) o el moment de penjar (client). Ha de ser més gran per al servidor que per al client.\n" +#~ "El retard de la crida de retorn és el temps transcorregut en " +#~ "segons entre la trucada inicial\n" +#~ "i la crida de retorn (servidor) o el moment de penjar (client). Ha de ser " +#~ "més gran per al servidor que per al client.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "In Additional ipppd Options, add extra options for ipppd,\n" #~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "p>A la secció Opcions ipppd addicionals podeu afegir més opcions ipppd,\n" -#~ "com ara +pap +chap per a l'autenticació del marcatge d'entrada per part del servidor.\n" +#~ "p>A la secció Opcions ipppd addicionals podeu afegir més opcions " +#~ "ipppd,\n" +#~ "com ara +pap +chap per a l'autenticació del marcatge d'entrada per part " +#~ "del servidor.\n" #~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options" #~ msgstr "Opcions ipppd &addicionals" @@ -5194,12 +5576,15 @@ #~ msgstr "Selecció del servei XDSI" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n" +#~ "If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your " +#~ "DSL\n" #~ "connection via Add DSL CAPI Interface. You can also do this later\n" #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si disposeu d'un controlador CAPI DSL i XDSI combinat, podeu configurar la connexió\n" -#~ "del DSL mitjançant Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu configurar-la més tard,\n" +#~ "Si disposeu d'un controlador CAPI DSL i XDSI combinat, podeu " +#~ "configurar la connexió\n" +#~ "del DSL mitjançant Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu " +#~ "configurar-la més tard,\n" #~ "al diàleg de configuració del DSL.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5213,18 +5598,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "To switch between various Internet providers, an\n" -#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n" +#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple " +#~ "providers to the\n" #~ "same interface.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "No cal tenir una interfície diferent per a commutar entre diferents proveïdors\n" -#~ "d'Internet. Només cal que afegiu més d'un proveïdor a la mateixa interfície.\n" +#~ "No cal tenir una interfície diferent per a commutar entre diferents " +#~ "proveïdors\n" +#~ "d'Internet. Només cal que afegiu més d'un proveïdor a la mateixa " +#~ "interfície.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To avoid adding an interface now, use\n" #~ "Skip not to enter the interface and provider dialogs." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si en aquests moments no voleu afegir cap interfície, premeu\n" -#~ "Omet per a ometre els diàlegs corresponents a la interfície i al proveïdor." +#~ "Omet per a ometre els diàlegs corresponents a la interfície i al " +#~ "proveïdor." #~ msgid "" #~ "You have a DSL CAPI controller. Configure your DSL\n" @@ -5232,7 +5621,8 @@ #~ "in the DSL configuration dialog." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si disposeu d'un controlador CAPI DSL podeu configurar la connexió\n" -#~ "DSL mitjançant el botó Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu configurar-la més tard,\n" +#~ "DSL mitjançant el botó Afegeix la interfície CAPI DSL. També podeu " +#~ "configurar-la més tard,\n" #~ "al diàleg de configuració de DSL." #~ msgid "Add &DSL CAPI Interface" @@ -5261,17 +5651,25 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n" -#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n" -#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n" -#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n" -#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n" +#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected " +#~ "directly\n" +#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in " +#~ "the\n" +#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or " +#~ "digits\n" +#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally " +#~ "means\n" #~ "the default MSN is actually used." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El meu número de telèfon: el mateix que el vostre número de telèfon (MSN).\n" -#~ "Introduïu el número de telèfon (sense prefix) si heu connectat la targeta XDSI\n" -#~ "directament al sòcol de la companyia telefònica. Si us connecteu a un PBX,\n" +#~ "El meu número de telèfon: el mateix que el vostre número de telèfon " +#~ "(MSN).\n" +#~ "Introduïu el número de telèfon (sense prefix) si heu connectat la targeta " +#~ "XDSI\n" +#~ "directament al sòcol de la companyia telefònica. Si us connecteu a un " +#~ "PBX,\n" #~ "introduïu l'MSN emmagatzemat al PBX (per exemple, l'extensió telefònica\n" -#~ "o les últimes xifres de l'extensió telefònica). Si això no funciona, proveu-ho\n" +#~ "o les últimes xifres de l'extensió telefònica). Si això no funciona, " +#~ "proveu-ho\n" #~ "amb el 0 (que en general vol dir que s'utilitza l'MSN predeterminat)." #~ msgid "" @@ -5284,7 +5682,8 @@ #~ "</tt>\n" #~ "Note: ippp0 is an example" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si seleccioneu el mode manual haureu d'iniciar i aturar el servei de forma manual,\n" +#~ "Si seleccioneu el mode manual haureu d'iniciar i aturar el servei de " +#~ "forma manual,\n" #~ "mitjançant l'execució (com a usuari primari) de les ordres següents:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " inicia: ifup ippp0\n" @@ -5295,28 +5694,35 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Selecting channel bundling sets up a 128-kBit connection\n" -#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n" +#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second " +#~ "channel,\n" #~ "use the following commands:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen automatically. If\n" -#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n" +#~ "You can also install the package xibod to have this happen " +#~ "automatically. If\n" +#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic " +#~ "goes down, it \n" #~ "removes a channel.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si seleccioneu Unió de canals es configura una connexió de 128 kb\n" -#~ "que també s'anomena Multienllaç PPP. Si voleu activar o desactivar el segon canal,\n" +#~ "Si seleccioneu Unió de canals es configura una connexió de 128 " +#~ "kb\n" +#~ "que també s'anomena Multienllaç PPP. Si voleu activar o desactivar el " +#~ "segon canal,\n" #~ "utilitzeu les ordres següents:\n" #~ "<tt>\n" #~ " isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n" #~ " isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n" #~ " \n" #~ "</tt>\n" -#~ "Podeu instal·lar el paquet xibod perquè aquest procés es produeixi de manera automàtica. Si cal\n" -#~ "més amplada de banda, s'afegirà un canal. Si per contra, el tràfic disminueix,\n" +#~ "Podeu instal·lar el paquet xibod perquè aquest procés es produeixi " +#~ "de manera automàtica. Si cal\n" +#~ "més amplada de banda, s'afegirà un canal. Si per contra, el tràfic " +#~ "disminueix,\n" #~ "se'n suprimirà un.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -5324,13 +5730,15 @@ #~ "Selecting\n" #~ "External Firewall Interface activates the firewall\n" #~ "and sets this interface as external.\n" -#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n" +#~ "Restart Firewall restarts the firewall if a connection is " +#~ "established.\n" #~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si se selecciona\n" #~ "Interfície externa protegida pel tallafoc s'activa el tallafoc\n" #~ "i s'estableix aquesta interfície com a externa.\n" -#~ "L'opció Reinicia el tallafoc reinicia el tallafoc si s'ha establert una connexió.\n" +#~ "L'opció Reinicia el tallafoc reinicia el tallafoc si s'ha " +#~ "establert una connexió.\n" #~ "" #~ msgid "D&efault Provider" @@ -5375,7 +5783,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu l'opció Adreça IP dinàmica si el proveïdor us\n" -#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" +#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no " +#~ "podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" #~ "fins al moment en què s'estableixi l'enllaç.\n" #~ "Aquest és el funcionament per defecte de molts proveïdors.\n" @@ -5384,8 +5793,10 @@ #~ "default route. Only one interface can be the default\n" #~ "route.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Activeu Ruta predeterminada si voleu fer servir aquesta interfície com a ruta\n" -#~ "predeterminada. Només una de les interfícies pot ser la ruta predeterminada.\n" +#~ "Activeu Ruta predeterminada si voleu fer servir aquesta " +#~ "interfície com a ruta\n" +#~ "predeterminada. Només una de les interfícies pot ser la ruta " +#~ "predeterminada.\n" #~ msgid "IP Address Settings" #~ msgstr "Configuració de l'adreça IP" @@ -5413,7 +5824,8 @@ #~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Seleccioneu la targeta XDSI que voleu configurar.\n" -#~ "Seleccioneu un dels fabricants perquè les targetes puguin filtrar-se segons el proveïdor." +#~ "Seleccioneu un dels fabricants perquè les targetes puguin filtrar-se " +#~ "segons el proveïdor." #~ msgid "All" #~ msgstr "Tot" @@ -5448,11 +5860,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n" #~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n" -#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.\n" +#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your " +#~ "salesman.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si teniu una targeta ISA antiga, podeu introduir valors per al\n" #~ "port d'E/S, o bé les adreces de memòria i la interrupció utilitzada.\n" -#~ "Comproveu al manual que els valors són correctes o pregunteu-ho al distribuïdor.\n" +#~ "Comproveu al manual que els valors són correctes o pregunteu-ho al " +#~ "distribuïdor.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Start Mode: With OnBoot, the driver is loaded during\n" @@ -5461,7 +5875,9 @@ #~ "HotPlug is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mode d'inici: amb l'opció OnBoot, el controlador\n" -#~ "es carrega durant l'arrencada del sistema. Per l'opció Manual, cal iniciar el controlador amb l'ordre rcisdn start, i només l'usuari primari pot fer-ho.\n" +#~ "es carrega durant l'arrencada del sistema. Per l'opció Manual, cal " +#~ "iniciar el controlador amb l'ordre rcisdn start, i només l'usuari " +#~ "primari pot fer-ho.\n" #~ "HotPlug és un cas especial per als dispositius PCMCIA i USB.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5471,25 +5887,35 @@ #~ "Existeixen diversos controladors per a la targeta XDSI.\n" #~ "Trieu-ne un de la llista.\n" -#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." -#~ msgstr "Protocol XDSI: la major part dels casos és l'Euro-XDSI." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "ISDN Protocol: In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Protocol XDSI: la major part dels casos és l'Euro-XDSI." #~ msgid "" #~ "Area Code: Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n" #~ "line here, without a leading zero and without a country prefix.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Codi de l'àrea: Introduïu el codi de l'àrea local de la línia XDSI,\n" +#~ "Codi de l'àrea: Introduïu el codi de l'àrea local de la línia " +#~ "XDSI,\n" #~ "sense el zero inicial ni el codi nacional.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial Prefix: If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n" -#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".\n" +#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common " +#~ "one is \"0\".\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Prefix de marcatge: Si necessiteu un prefix per a obtenir línia, podeu\n" -#~ "especificar-lo aquí. Només s'utilitza en un bus intern S0 i el prefix més habitual és \"0\".\n" +#~ "Prefix de marcatge: Si necessiteu un prefix per a obtenir " +#~ "línia, podeu\n" +#~ "especificar-lo aquí. Només s'utilitza en un bus intern S0 i el prefix més " +#~ "habitual és \"0\".\n" -#~ msgid "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN Log." -#~ msgstr "Si no voleu enregistrar tot el trànsit XDSI, desactiveu l'opció Inicia el registre XDSI." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck Start ISDN " +#~ "Log." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si no voleu enregistrar tot el trànsit XDSI, desactiveu l'opció " +#~ "Inicia el registre XDSI." #~ msgid "ISDN Protocol" #~ msgstr "&Protocol XDSI" @@ -5670,7 +6096,8 @@ #~ "edit their configuration. " #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resum dels mòdems</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels mòdems que s'han instal·lat i\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels mòdems que s'han " +#~ "instal·lat i\n" #~ "modificar-ne la configuració. " #~ msgid "" @@ -5687,7 +6114,8 @@ #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Edició o supressió</BIG> \n" #~ "Trieu el mòdem de què vulgueu canviar o suprimir la configuració i,\n" -#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix." +#~ "a continuació, premeu el botó corresponent: Edita o Suprimeix</" +#~ "B>." #~ msgid "Modem Devices" #~ msgstr "Dispositius del mòdem" @@ -5699,31 +6127,44 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu tots els valors per a la configuració del mòdem." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n" -#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n" +#~ "Modem Device specifies to which port your modem is connected. " +#~ "ttyS0,\n" +#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, " +#~ "etc.,\n" #~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'apartat anomenat dispositiu del mòdem especifica el port al qual està connectat\n" -#~ "el mòdem. ttyS0, ttyS1, etc., fan referència a ports en sèrie i, en general, equivalen\n" -#~ "a COM1, COM2, etc. Als sistemes DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 i ttyACM1 fan referència a ports USB." +#~ "L'apartat anomenat dispositiu del mòdem especifica el port al " +#~ "qual està connectat\n" +#~ "el mòdem. ttyS0, ttyS1, etc., fan referència a ports en sèrie i, en " +#~ "general, equivalen\n" +#~ "a COM1, COM2, etc. Als sistemes DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 i ttyACM1 fan " +#~ "referència a ports USB." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are on a PBX, you probably need to enter a Dial Prefix.\n" #~ "Often, this is 9 or 0.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si utilitzeu un PBX, segurament haureu d'especificar un prefix de marcatge.\n" +#~ "Si utilitzeu un PBX, segurament haureu d'especificar un prefix de " +#~ "marcatge.\n" #~ " Normalment aquest prefix és el 9 o el 0.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Choose Dial Mode according to your phone link. Most telephone\n" -#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the additional\n" -#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for your\n" -#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).\n" +#~ "companies use Tone Dial as the Dial Mode. Check the " +#~ "additional\n" +#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (Speaker On) or for " +#~ "your\n" +#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (Detect Dial Tone).</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Trieu el mode de marcatge més adient a la línia telefònica corresponent. La major part \n" -#~ "d'empreses telefòniques utilitzen el marcatge per tons com a mode de marcatge\n" -#~ "Observeu la resta d'opcions per a encendre l'altaveu del mòdem (Altaveu activat)\n" -#~ "si voleu que el mòdem es mantingui en espera de to (Detecta el to de marcatge).\n" +#~ "Trieu el mode de marcatge més adient a la línia telefònica " +#~ "corresponent. La major part \n" +#~ "d'empreses telefòniques utilitzen el marcatge per tons com a " +#~ "mode de marcatge\n" +#~ "Observeu la resta d'opcions per a encendre l'altaveu del mòdem " +#~ "(Altaveu activat)\n" +#~ "si voleu que el mòdem es mantingui en espera de to (Detecta el to de " +#~ "marcatge).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Details to configure the baud rate and the modem \n" @@ -5774,7 +6215,8 @@ #~ "All the relevant information about Init Strings\n" #~ "should be in your modem manual.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Podeu consultar la informació més important sobre les cadenes d'inicialització\n" +#~ "Podeu consultar la informació més important sobre les cadenes " +#~ "d'inicialització\n" #~ "al manual del mòdem.\n" #~ msgid "B&aud Rate" @@ -5818,22 +6260,30 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Dial on Demand means that the Internet\n" -#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n" -#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. Use\n" -#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n" +#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet " +#~ "is\n" +#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one name server. " +#~ "Use\n" +#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because " +#~ "there are\n" #~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Trucada sota demanda vol dir que la connexió a Internet es realitzarà\n" -#~ "automàticament quan es necessitin dades d'Internet. Si voleu fer servir aquesta funció\n" -#~ "especifiqueu com a mínim un servidor de noms. Aquesta funció només és\n" -#~ "recomanable si la connexió a Internet no resulta gaire cara, ja que hi ha programes que\n" +#~ "Trucada sota demanda vol dir que la connexió a Internet es " +#~ "realitzarà\n" +#~ "automàticament quan es necessitin dades d'Internet. Si voleu fer servir " +#~ "aquesta funció\n" +#~ "especifiqueu com a mínim un servidor de noms. Aquesta funció només " +#~ "és\n" +#~ "recomanable si la connexió a Internet no resulta gaire cara, ja que hi ha " +#~ "programes que\n" #~ "sol·liciten dades a Internet periòdicament." #~ msgid "" #~ "When Modify DNS is enabled, the name server will be\n" #~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si s'ha activat Modifica el DNS, el servidor de noms canviarà\n" +#~ "Si s'ha activat Modifica el DNS, el servidor de noms " +#~ "canviarà\n" #~ "automàticament quan es connecti a Internet." #~ msgid "" @@ -5842,28 +6292,34 @@ #~ "manually enter the DNS." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el proveïdor no transmet el servidor de noms de domini (DNS)\n" -#~ "un cop s'estableixi la connexió, desactiveu l'opció Recupera automàticament el DNS i \n" +#~ "un cop s'estableixi la connexió, desactiveu l'opció Recupera " +#~ "automàticament el DNS i \n" #~ "introduïu el servidor DNS de forma manual." #~ msgid "" #~ "Name Servers are required to convert hostnames\n" -#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n" +#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You " +#~ "only\n" #~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n" #~ "disable DNS Modification when connected.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la conversió dels noms\n" +#~ "Els servidors de noms són necessaris per a la conversió dels " +#~ "noms\n" #~ "de l'ordinador central (per exemple, www.suse.com) en adreces IP\n" #~ "(per exemple, 213.95.15.200). Només cal que especifiqueu els servidors\n" #~ "de noms si habiliteu la trucada sota demanada o que inhabiliteu\n" #~ "Modifica el DNS quan estigueu connectats.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n" -#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n" +#~ "Ignore Prompts disables the detection of any prompts from the " +#~ "dial-up\n" +#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try " +#~ "this\n" #~ "option.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "L'opció Ignora els indicadors inhabilita la detecció de\n" -#~ "qualsevol indicador del servidor de marcatge directe. Proveu aquesta opció\n" +#~ "qualsevol indicador del servidor de marcatge directe. Proveu aquesta " +#~ "opció\n" #~ "si l'establiment de la connexió és lent o si no funciona.\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -5872,17 +6328,20 @@ #~ "Choosing this option makes dial-up connections\n" #~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si seleccioneu Interfície externa protegida pel tallafoc s'activarà el tallafoc\n" +#~ "Si seleccioneu Interfície externa protegida pel tallafoc " +#~ "s'activarà el tallafoc\n" #~ "i s'establirà la interfície com externa\n" #~ "Si trieu aquesta opció, les connexions de marcatge directe\n" #~ "a l'Internet estaran més protegides d'atacs externs." #~ msgid "" #~ "The Idle Time-Out specifies the time after which an idle\n" -#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).\n" +#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El temps d'inactivitat determina el temps\n" -#~ "després del qual es tanquen totes del connexions inactives (0 es correspon amb un temps d'inactivitat infinit).\n" +#~ "després del qual es tanquen totes del connexions inactives (0 es " +#~ "correspon amb un temps d'inactivitat infinit).\n" #~ msgid "min" #~ msgstr "min" @@ -5947,52 +6406,69 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Dynamic IP Address\n" -#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n" -#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n" +#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this " +#~ "case,\n" +#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is " +#~ "established.\n" #~ "This is the default with most providers." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu l'opció Adreça IP dinàmica si el proveïdor us\n" -#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" +#~ "proporciona una adreça temporal per a cada connexió. En aquest cas, no " +#~ "podreu saber l'adreça de sortida\n" #~ "fins al moment en què s'estableixi l'enllaç.\n" #~ "Aquest és el funcionament per defecte de molts proveïdors." #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Use Peer DNS to change\n" -#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n" -#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n" +#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your " +#~ "static\n" +#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, " +#~ "almost all\n" #~ "providers support Use Peer DNS.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu l'opció Utilitza el DNS del parell si voleu canviar \n" #~ "el servidor de noms de domini un cop realitzada la connexió\n" -#~ "(d'aquesta manera se substitueix la configuració del DNS estàtica per les adreces IP dels servidors \n" -#~ "de noms que heu obtingut). Actualment la majoria de proveïdors admeten l'opció\n" +#~ "(d'aquesta manera se substitueix la configuració del DNS estàtica per les " +#~ "adreces IP dels servidors \n" +#~ "de noms que heu obtingut). Actualment la majoria de proveïdors admeten " +#~ "l'opció\n" #~ "Utilitza el DNS del parell.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n" +#~ "If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without " +#~ "special \n" #~ "processing." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn està desactivat, les trucades es\n" #~ "gestionaran amb normalitat." #~ msgid "" -#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n" +#~ "If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a " +#~ "callback \n" #~ "is triggered." -#~ msgstr "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, es tornarà la trucada un cop rebuda la trucada entrant." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és servidor, es tornarà la trucada un " +#~ "cop rebuda la trucada entrant." #~ msgid "" #~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n" #~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n" -#~ msgstr "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local realitza la trucada inicial i espera la devolució de la trucada de l'ordinador remot.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si el mode de crida de retorn és client, el sistema local realitza la " +#~ "trucada inicial i espera la devolució de la trucada de l'ordinador " +#~ "remot.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Check Default Route to set the default\n" -#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n" +#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to " +#~ "reach\n" #~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Activeu el quadre Ruta predeterminada si voleu definir la ruta\n" -#~ "per defecte d'aquest proveïdor. És molt probable que aquesta sigui l'opció correcta, si no és que\n" -#~ "voleu connectar-vos amb ordinadors aïllats o amb subxarxes mitjançant el proveïdor esmentat." +#~ "per defecte d'aquest proveïdor. És molt probable que aquesta sigui " +#~ "l'opció correcta, si no és que\n" +#~ "voleu connectar-vos amb ordinadors aïllats o amb subxarxes mitjançant el " +#~ "proveïdor esmentat." #~ msgid "Select Internet Service Provider (ISP)" #~ msgstr "Escolliu un proveïdor de serveis d'Internet (ISP)" @@ -6022,7 +6498,8 @@ #~ "<big>Initializing Provider\n" #~ "Configuration</big> Please wait... \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del proveïdor</big> \n" +#~ "<big>S'està inicialitzant la configuració del proveïdor</big></" +#~ "b> \n" #~ "Espereu... \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6063,7 +6540,8 @@ #~ "edit their configurations. \n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Resum dels proveïdors</BIG> \n" -#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels proveïdors que s'han instal·lat i\n" +#~ "En aquest apartat podeu consultar un resum dels proveïdors que s'han " +#~ "instal·lat i\n" #~ "editar-ne la configuració. \n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6071,7 +6549,8 @@ #~ "Press Add to configure a new provider manually.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Addició d'un proveïdor</big> \n" -#~ "Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix.\n" +#~ "Si voleu configurar de forma manual un proveïdor nou, premeu Afegeix</" +#~ "B>.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Editing or Deleting:</big> \n" @@ -6111,21 +6590,25 @@ #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2 or call the hot line\n" #~ "%3.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" -#~ "la pàgina web %2 o truqueu al servei d'atenció al client %3.\n" +#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge " +#~ "més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" +#~ "la pàgina web %2 o truqueu al servei d'atenció al client %3." +#~ "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, connect to the home page %2." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" +#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge " +#~ "més adient, connecteu-vos a\n" #~ "la pàgina web %2." #~ msgid "" #~ "To register for %1 and find the best\n" #~ "dialing number, call the hot line %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge més adient,\n" +#~ "Si voleu enregistrar-vos amb %1 i usar el número de marcatge " +#~ "més adient,\n" #~ "truqueu al servei d'atenció al client %2.\n" #~ msgid "Provider Parameters" @@ -6142,15 +6625,18 @@ #~ msgstr "Introduïu un nom per al proveïdor." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number\n" +#~ "Enter a Provider Name for the provider and a Phone Number</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "to access your provider." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Introduïu un nom per al proveïdor i un número de telèfon\n" +#~ "Introduïu un nom per al proveïdor i un número de telèfon</" +#~ "b>\n" #~ "per a accedir-hi." #~ msgid "" #~ "Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n" -#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands for\n" +#~ "RawIP means that MAC headers are stripped. SyncPPP stands " +#~ "for\n" #~ "Synchronous PPP." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Trieu el tipus d'encapsulació dels paquets. RawIP vol dir\n" @@ -6163,7 +6649,8 @@ #~ "to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduïu el número d'identificació de línia\n" -#~ "(per exemple, 00056780362), el número T-Online (per exemple, 870008594732),\n" +#~ "(per exemple, 00056780362), el número T-Online (per exemple, " +#~ "870008594732),\n" #~ "el codi d'usuari (normalment 0001) i la contrasenya\n" #~ "per a registrar-vos (si no n'esteu segur consulteu el proveïdor)." @@ -6172,28 +6659,35 @@ #~ "Password to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure)." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Introduïu el nom d'usuari i la\n" -#~ "contrasenya que utilitzareu quan us connecteu (si no n'esteu segur pregunteu-ho al proveïdor)." +#~ "contrasenya que utilitzareu quan us connecteu (si no n'esteu segur " +#~ "pregunteu-ho al proveïdor)." #~ msgid "" #~ "The User Name will be extended\n" -#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de\n" +#~ "with the t-online-com/ at the start and with @t-online-com.de</" +#~ "i>\n" #~ "at the end." #~ msgstr "" #~ "El nom d'usuari s'ampliarà\n" -#~ "amb el prefix t-online-com/ i amb la terminació @t-online-com.de." +#~ "amb el prefix t-online-com/ i amb la terminació @t-online-com." +#~ "de." #~ msgid "" -#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password every time.\n" +#~ "Check Always Ask for Password to be asked for the password " +#~ "every time.\n" #~ "Your\n" #~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n" #~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n" #~ "(readable by root only).\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Comproveu l'opció Demana sempre la contrasenya perquè se us demani sempre la contrasenya.\n" +#~ "Comproveu l'opció Demana sempre la contrasenya perquè se us " +#~ "demani sempre la contrasenya.\n" #~ "El\n" -#~ "vostre proveïdor de serveis d'Internet pot no permetre que es desin les contrasenyes \n" -#~ "al disc. Si introduïu la contrasenya aquí, es desarà en text clar al disc\n" +#~ "vostre proveïdor de serveis d'Internet pot no permetre que es desin les " +#~ "contrasenyes \n" +#~ "al disc. Si introduïu la contrasenya aquí, es desarà en text clar al " +#~ "disc\n" #~ "(només llegible per l'usuari primari).\n" #~ "\n" @@ -6263,20 +6757,24 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "NetworkManager does not have the ability to ask for the password.\n" -#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" +#~| "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the " +#~| "system.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "NetworkManager cannot ask for the password.\n" #~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "El NetworkManager no té la capacitat de sol·licitar una contrasenya.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu el KInternet (sense el NetworkManager) o deseu les contrasenyes al sistema.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu el KInternet (sense el NetworkManager) o deseu les contrasenyes " +#~ "al sistema.\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n" +#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone " +#~ "field.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Continue?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Heu introduït caràcters no numèrics al camp corresponent al número de telèfon.\n" +#~ "Heu introduït caràcters no numèrics al camp corresponent al número de " +#~ "telèfon.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Voleu continuar?" @@ -6286,10 +6784,12 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space\n" #~ "(after the /) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n" -#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" +#~ "and click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</" +#~ "p>\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari Kamp\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, " +#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" #~ "Següent (contacteu amb el proveïdor si teniu cap problema).\n" #~ msgid "Access AOL-DSL." @@ -6297,17 +6797,25 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (before\n" -#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" -#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n" -#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n" -#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n" +#~ "the @) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click " +#~ "Next.\n" +#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you " +#~ "need\n" +#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can " +#~ "enter\n" +#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and " +#~ "request\n" #~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari AOL\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix davant de @. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu Següent.\n" -#~ "Si sou un client nou d'AOL i voleu connectar-vos per primer cop, cal que introduïu una vegada\n" -#~ "el codi PIN d'AOL. Si disposeu del sistema Windows, podeu introduir el PIN al programari de marcatge directe\n" -#~ "d'AOL. Si no és així, truqueu al servei d'atenció al client d'AOL i demaneu que\n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix davant de @. A continuació, " +#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu Següent.\n" +#~ "Si sou un client nou d'AOL i voleu connectar-vos per primer cop, cal que " +#~ "introduïu una vegada\n" +#~ "el codi PIN d'AOL. Si disposeu del sistema Windows, podeu introduir el " +#~ "PIN al programari de marcatge directe\n" +#~ "d'AOL. Si no és així, truqueu al servei d'atenció al client d'AOL i " +#~ "demaneu que\n" #~ "us introdueixin el codi PIN.\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL." @@ -6315,11 +6823,13 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click Next.\n" +#~ "the /) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click " +#~ "Next.\n" #~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari 1&1\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu \n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, " +#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu \n" #~ "Següent (contacteu amb el proveïdor si teniu cap problema).\n" #~ msgid "Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL." @@ -6337,11 +6847,14 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "In the User Name field, replace the blank space (after\n" -#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n" +#~ "the /) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password " +#~ "and\n" #~ "click Next. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari T-Online Business\n" -#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" +#~ "Al camp Nom d'usuari, introduïu el nom d'usuari T-Online " +#~ "Business\n" +#~ "a l'espai en blanc que apareix darrere de /. A continuació, " +#~ "introduïu la contrasenya i premeu\n" #~ "Següent (contacteu amb el proveïdor si teniu cap problema).\n" #~ msgid "Provider Configuration" @@ -6350,24 +6863,32 @@ #, fuzzy #~| msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via KInternet" #~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet" -#~ msgstr "Habilita el co&ntrol del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant el KInternet" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Habilita el co&ntrol del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant " +#~ "el KInternet" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" #~| "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~| "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" -#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.\n" +#~| "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" +#~| "root User\n" +#~| "Via KInternet, any user may control the interface via KInternet.</" +#~| "p>\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "<big>Device Control</big>\n" #~ "Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n" -#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n" -#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n" +#~ "deactivate a network interface. With Enable Device Control for Non-" +#~ "root User\n" +#~ "Via QInternet, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This " +#~ "will require\n" #~ "smpppd installed and running.\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "<big>Control del dispositiu</big>\n" #~ "Normalment només es permet a l'administrador del sistema habilitar\n" -#~ "i inhabilitar una interfície de xarxa. Amb l'opció Habilita el control del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant el KInternet, un\n" +#~ "i inhabilitar una interfície de xarxa. Amb l'opció Habilita el control " +#~ "del dispositiu per a un usuari no primari mitjançant el KInternet, " +#~ "un\n" #~ "usuari qualsevol pot controlar la interfície amb el KInternet.\n" #~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration" @@ -6578,12 +7099,20 @@ #~ msgstr "Configuració del tallafoc" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiva'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal" +#~ "\">disable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El tallafocs està activat (<a href=\"firewall--" +#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">desactiva'l</a>)" #, fuzzy -#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)" -#~ msgstr "El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activa'l</a>)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal" +#~ "\">enable</a>)" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El tallafocs està desactivat (<a href=\"firewall--" +#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">activa'l</a>)" #~ msgid "Password:" #~ msgstr "Contrasenya:" @@ -6619,13 +7148,19 @@ #~ msgstr "Esborra totes les opcions de la llista " #~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings" -#~ msgstr "Defineix els dominis per a no fer servir la configuració del servidor intermediari" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Defineix els dominis per a no fer servir la configuració del servidor " +#~ "intermediari" #~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication" -#~ msgstr "El nom d'usuari que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "El nom d'usuari que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor " +#~ "intermediari" #~ msgid "The password to be used for proxy authentication" -#~ msgstr "La contrasenya que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor intermediari" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La contrasenya que s'ha d'utilitzar per a l'autenticació del servidor " +#~ "intermediari" #~ msgid "Status of Proxy Configuration" #~ msgstr "Estat de la configuració del servidor intermediari" @@ -6695,20 +7230,24 @@ #~ "An unknown error occurred during the %1 proxy test.\n" #~ "Proxy return code: %2.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut durant la prova del servidor intermediari %1.\n" +#~ "S'ha produït un error desconegut durant la prova del servidor " +#~ "intermediari %1.\n" #~ "El codi de devolució del servidor intermediari són: %2.\n" #~ msgid "Testing the current proxy settings..." #~ msgstr "S'estan provant els paràmetres del servidor intermediari actual..." #~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTP proxy test." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTP." #~ msgid "An error occurred during the HTTPS proxy test." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTPS." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari HTTPS." #~ msgid "An error occurred during the FTP proxy test." -#~ msgstr "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari FTP." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "S'ha produït un error durant la prova del servidor intermediari FTP." #~ msgid "Proxy settings work correctly." #~ msgstr "Els paràmetres del servidor intermediari funcionen correctament." @@ -6716,26 +7255,35 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "HTTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -#~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP és el nom del servidor intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP és el nom del servidor " +#~ "intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "" -#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n" +#~ "HTTPS Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your " +#~ "secured access\n" #~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).\n" -#~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS és el nom del servidor intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS és el nom del servidor " +#~ "intermediari per a accedir al web (WWW).\n" #~ msgid "Example: http://proxy.example.com:3128/" -#~ msgstr "Exemple: http://servidor_intermediari.exemple.com:3128" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Exemple: http://servidor_intermediari.exemple.com:3128" #~ msgid "" #~ "FTP Proxy URL is the name of the proxy server for your access\n" #~ "to the file transfer services (FTP)." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP és el nom del servidor intermediari\n" -#~ "que s'utilitza per a accedir al servei de transferència de fitxers (FTP)." +#~ "L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP és el nom del servidor " +#~ "intermediari\n" +#~ "que s'utilitza per a accedir al servei de transferència de fitxers (FTP)." +#~ "" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "" -#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option checked, it is\n" +#~| "If you have the Use the Same Proxy for All Protocols option " +#~| "checked, it is\n" #~| "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~| "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6743,8 +7291,10 @@ #~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n" #~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si activeu l'opció Utilitza el mateix servidor intermediari per a tots els protocols,\n" -#~ "n'hi ha prou d'introduir l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP perquè es faci servir en tots\n" +#~ "Si activeu l'opció Utilitza el mateix servidor intermediari per a " +#~ "tots els protocols,\n" +#~ "n'hi ha prou d'introduir l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP perquè es " +#~ "faci servir en tots\n" #~ "els protocols (HTTP, HTTPS i FTP).\n" #~ msgid "" @@ -6752,7 +7302,8 @@ #~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n" #~ "for example, %1.\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Els Dominis sense servidor intermediari és una llista de dominis separada per comes per a la qual cal fer les sol·licituds\n" +#~ "Els Dominis sense servidor intermediari és una llista de " +#~ "dominis separada per comes per a la qual cal fer les sol·licituds\n" #~ "directament, sense la memòria cau.\n" #~ "Per exemple, %1.\n" @@ -6760,23 +7311,30 @@ #~| msgid "" #~| "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~| "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only.\n" +#~| "consists of printable ASCII characters (except for quotation marks) only." +#~| "\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n" #~ "the Proxy User Name and Proxy Password. A valid username\n" -#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).\n" +#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)." +#~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si utilitzeu un servidor intermediari amb autorització, empleneu els camps\n" -#~ "Nom d'usuari per al servidor intermediari i Contrasenya per al servidor\n" -#~ "intermediari.Un nom d'usuari vàlid comprèn només caràcters ASCII imprimibles\n" +#~ "Si utilitzeu un servidor intermediari amb autorització, empleneu els " +#~ "camps\n" +#~ "Nom d'usuari per al servidor intermediari i Contrasenya per al " +#~ "servidor\n" +#~ "intermediari.Un nom d'usuari vàlid comprèn només caràcters ASCII " +#~ "imprimibles\n" #~ "(excepte les cometes).\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Press Test Proxy Settings to test\n" #~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy. \n" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Premeu Paràmetres de prova del servidor intermediari per a provar\n" -#~ "la configuració actual per al servidor intermediari HTTP, HTTPS i FTP. \n" +#~ "Premeu Paràmetres de prova del servidor intermediari per a " +#~ "provar\n" +#~ "la configuració actual per al servidor intermediari HTTP, HTTPS i FTP.</" +#~ "p> \n" #~ msgid "&Enable Proxy" #~ msgstr "&Activa el servidor intermediari" @@ -6815,7 +7373,8 @@ #~ "Proxy is enabled, but no proxy URL has been specified.\n" #~ "Really use these settings?" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "El servidor intermediari està habilitat, però no s'ha especificat cap URL intermediària.\n" +#~ "El servidor intermediari està habilitat, però no s'ha especificat cap URL " +#~ "intermediària.\n" #~ "Esteu segur que voleu utilitzar aquests paràmetres?" #~ msgid "You cannot enter a password and leave the user name empty." @@ -6825,19 +7384,25 @@ #~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP no és vàlid." #~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTP contingui una especificació " +#~ "de l'esquema (http)." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS no és vàlid." #~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari HTTPS contingui una especificació " +#~ "de l'esquema (http)." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid." #~ msgstr "L'URL del servidor intermediari FTP no és vàlid." #~ msgid "FTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)." -#~ msgstr "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari FTP contingui una especificació de l'esquema (http)." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Cal que l'URL del servidor intermediari FTP contingui una especificació " +#~ "de l'esquema (http)." #~ msgid "No IP Address (for Bonding Devices)" #~ msgstr "Sense adreça IP (per als dispositius d'enllaç)" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/rdp.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) @@ -8,16 +8,16 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-01 14:12+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 16:57+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.5.7\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n" #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 @@ -37,12 +37,14 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota o 'no' per a no permetre-la " +msgstr "" +"Establiu \"sí\" per permetre l'administració remota o \"no\" per no permetre-" +"la " #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 msgid "Remote Access Configuration Summary:" -msgstr "Resum de la configuració d'accés remot:" +msgstr "Resum de la configuració de l'accés remot:" #. Command line error message #: src/clients/rdp.rb:127 @@ -50,8 +52,8 @@ "Please set 'yes' to allow the remote administration\n" "or 'no' to disallow it." msgstr "" -"Definiu 'sí' per a permetre l'administració remota\n" -"o 'no' per a no permetre-la." +"Establiu \"sí\" per permetre l'administració remota\n" +"o \"no\" per no permetre-la." #. RichText label #: src/clients/rdp_proposal.rb:57 @@ -63,92 +65,110 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "Administració &remota RDP" -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 -msgid "Remote Administration" -msgstr "Administració remota" +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Paràmetres" -#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" +msgstr "Habilita el servei RDP (Protocol d'escriptori remot)" + #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Permet l'administració remota" +msgid "Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "Obre un port al tallafoc" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 -msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&No permetis l'administració remota" - -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" -"<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -"If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" -"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"<big>Remote Administration via RDP</big>\n" +"Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " +"running on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able " +"to login to this computer\n" +"remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Configuració de l'administració remota</big>\n" -"Si aquesta funció està habilitada, podreu administrar l'ordinador\n" -"de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client RDP, com\n" -"ara el rdesktop (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</tt>).\n" -"Aquest mètode d'administració remota és menys segura que utilitzar SSH.\n" +"<big>Administració remota a través d'RDP</big>\n" +"El Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) és un protocol d'administració remota " +"segur que s'executa al port TCP 3389.Si la funció està habilitada, " +"podreu entrar a aquest ordinador\n" +"remotament a través d'un client RDP com ara el Windows Remote Desktop " +"Viewer.\n" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 -msgid "Remote Administration Settings" -msgstr "Configuració de l'administració remota" +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" +msgstr "Administració remota a través d'RDP" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Configuració del tallafoc" - #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Escriu els paràmetres del tallafoc" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Configura xrdp" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Reinicia els serveis" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "Atura els serveis" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 -msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" -msgstr "S'està desant la configuració d'administració remota" +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" +msgstr "Desant la configuració d'administració remota (RDP)" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." -msgstr "S'estan escrivint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." +msgstr "Escrivint els paràmetres del tallafoc..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Configurant xrdp..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." -msgstr "S'està reiniciant el servei..." +msgstr "Reiniciant el servei..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Aturant el servei..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 -msgid "Remote administration is enabled." -msgstr "L'administració remota està activada." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." +msgstr "El servei RDP (protocol d'escriptori remot) està habilitat." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 -msgid "Remote administration is disabled." -msgstr "L'administració remota està desactivada." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." +msgstr "El servei RDP (protocol d'escriptori remot) està inhabilitat." + +#~ msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "&Permet l'administració remota" + +#~ msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "&No permetis l'administració remota" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +#~ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#~ "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" +#~ "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" +#~ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Configuració de l'administració remota</big>\n" +#~ "Si aquesta funció està habilitada, podreu administrar l'ordinador\n" +#~ "de forma remota des d'un altre ordinador. Podeu utilitzar un client RDP, " +#~ "com\n" +#~ "ara el rdesktop (connecteu-vos a <tt><nom_ordinador_central>:%1</" +#~ "tt>).\n" +#~ "Aquest mètode d'administració remota és menys segura que utilitzar SSH.</" +#~ "p>\n" + +#~ msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Configuració de l'administració remota" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/security.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-11 17:24+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -752,13 +752,13 @@ "Alguns sistemes afegeixen un punt (\".\")\n" "al camí de cerca perquè es puguin trobar i executar els fitxers del camí " "actual.\n" -" Aquesta opció és molt perillosa, ja que és possible executar programes " +"Aquesta opció és molt perillosa, ja que és possible executar programes " "desconeguts\n" "al directori actual de forma accidental en lloc d'executar els programes del " "sistema. Com a\n" -" conseqüència, aquesta opció facilita l'execució de cavalls de Troia, " +"conseqüència, aquesta opció facilita l'execució de cavalls de Troia, " "que s'aprofiten\n" -" d'aquest punt dèbil i l'utilitzen per a introduir-se al sistema." +"d'aquest punt dèbil i l'utilitzen per a introduir-se al sistema." #. Misc dialog help 13/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:220 @@ -1471,6 +1471,10 @@ msgid "Predefined Security Configurations" msgstr "Configuracions de seguretat predefinides" +#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:62 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Seguretat" + #. Dialog caption #: src/include/security/wizards.rb:159 msgid "Security Configuration" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/storage.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-11 17:48+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 17:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -31,10 +31,12 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de partició de discos durs.\n" +"Utilitzeu aquest programa només si esteu familiaritzat amb el mètode de " +"partició de discos durs.\n" "\n" "Mai no feu la partició de discos que puguin estar en ús d'alguna manera\n" -"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu fent.\n" +"(muntats, com a intercanvi, etc.), tret que sapigueu exactament el que esteu " +"fent.\n" "En cas contrari, la taula de particions no es transmetrà al\n" "nucli, la qual cosa podria ocasionar la pèrdua de dades.\n" "\n" @@ -92,7 +94,8 @@ msgstr "&Creeu una configuració de particions..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -164,7 +167,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." -msgstr "No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." +msgstr "" +"No hi ha prou espai disponible per proposar instantànies del volum d'arrel." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 @@ -173,7 +177,8 @@ #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue." -msgstr "No hi ha res assignat com a sistema de fitxers arrel. No es pot continuar." +msgstr "" +"No hi ha res assignat com a sistema de fitxers arrel. No es pot continuar." #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304 msgid "" @@ -272,7 +277,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "El canvi de mida real només es durà a terme un cop s'hagin confirmat totes\n" -"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, la \n" +"les seleccions fetes a l'última finestra de la instal·lació. Fins aleshores, " +"la \n" "partició del Windows no es modificarà.\n" "\n" @@ -320,7 +326,8 @@ "\n" "\n" "A la barra gràfica superior es mostra la situació actual.\n" -"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació (un \n" +"A la barra gràfica inferior es mostra la situació després de la instal·lació " +"(un \n" "cop dut a terme el redimensionament).\n" "\n" @@ -387,7 +394,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de Linux.\n" +"Introduïu un valor per a determinar la mida de la instal·lació de " +"Linux.\n" "Les particions del sistema &product; es crearan de forma automàtica\n" "en funció d'aquest valor.\n" "\n" @@ -403,7 +411,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "\n" -"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de Windows.\n" +"Windows usat és la mida de la part emprada en la partició de " +"Windows.\n" "\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -446,7 +455,8 @@ "la instal·lació mínima de Linux.\n" "\n" "Per instal·lar Linux, primer heu d'arrencar Windows\n" -"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o suprimir algunes dades per alliberar-ne espai.\n" +"i desinstal·lar algunes aplicacions o eliminar algunes dades per alliberar-" +"ne espai.\n" "\n" "Necessiteu com a mínim %1 MB d'espai lliure al dispositiu de\n" "Windows, comptant l'espai ocupat per l'estació de treball Windows i per a \n" @@ -487,7 +497,7 @@ "\n" "La partició de Windows presenta errors al sistema de fitxers.\n" "\n" -"Arrenqueu novament Windows i suprimiu aquests errors amb l'execució de\n" +"Arrenqueu un altre cop el Windows i eviteu aquests errors executant\n" "scandisk i defrag.\n" "\n" "Si el problema es torna a repetir, redimensioneu\n" @@ -523,7 +533,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició personalitzada." +msgstr "" +"El vostre sistema només pot configurar-se amb l'opció de partició " +"personalitzada." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -613,16 +625,17 @@ "\n" "Really delete your Windows partition?\n" msgstr "" -"Heu decidit suprimir completament la partició de Windows.\n" +"Heu decidit eliminar completament la partició de Windows.\n" "\n" -"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el procés.\n" +"Totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran durant el " +"procés.\n" "\n" -"Esteu segur que voleu suprimir la partició de Windows?\n" +"Esteu segur que voleu eliminar la partició de Windows?\n" #. button text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:356 msgid "&Delete Windows" -msgstr "&Suprimeix el Windows" +msgstr "E&limina el Windows" #. trailing free partition after (deleted) windows partition #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:423 @@ -660,8 +673,11 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la instal·lació, si està disponible." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "" +"No s'han trobat discos. Proveu d'utilitzar CD d'actualització per a la " +"instal·lació, si està disponible." #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on #. one hard disk - this selection is done here @@ -677,7 +693,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Tots els discos durs detectats automàticament al sistema\n" -"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el &product;.\n" +"es mostren aquí. Seleccioneu el disc dur al qual voleu instal·lar el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 2 of 3 @@ -688,7 +705,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el &product;.\n" +"Posteriorment podeu seleccionar el lloc del disc dur on s'instal·larà el " +"&product;.\n" "\n" #. help part 3 of 3 @@ -705,7 +723,8 @@ "\n" "Per als experts existeix l’opció Partiment personalitzat\n" "que permet tenir un control complet sobre les particions dels discos durs\n" -"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de &productes;.\n" +"i assignar les particions a punts de muntatge durant la instal·lació de " +"&productes;.\n" "\n" #. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning @@ -788,7 +807,8 @@ "ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly." msgstr "" "La partició /home no es formatarà. Després de la instal·lació,\n" -"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari estiguin ben establerts." +"assegureu-vos que els propietaris dels directoris de la carpeta de l'usuari " +"estiguin ben establerts." #. label text #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218 @@ -837,7 +857,7 @@ #. the target disk #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:118 msgid "Use &Entire Hard Disk" -msgstr "Utilitza &tot el disc" +msgstr "Usa &tot el disc" #. There were no prior partitions on this disk. #. No partitions to choose from will be displayed. @@ -861,7 +881,7 @@ #. Radio button for using an entire (Windows) partition for Linux #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:181 msgid "&Delete Windows Completely" -msgstr "&Suprimeix el Windows completament" +msgstr "E&limina el Windows completament" #. Radio button for resizing a (Windows) partition #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:189 @@ -916,7 +936,7 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Les zones marcades se suprimiran. Es perdran totes les dades que \n" +"Les zones marcades s'eliminaran. Es perdran totes les dades que \n" "continguin. No serà possible recuperar aquestes dades.\n" "\n" @@ -938,9 +958,11 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No hi ha \n" -"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot suprimir el Windows completament, o bé,\n" -"encongir la partició per a obtenir espai lliure.\n" +"És molt probable que el disc dur seleccionat s'utilitzi per al Windows. No " +"hi ha \n" +"prou espai per a &product;. Es pot eliminar el Windows completament, " +"o bé,\n" +"encongir la partició per obtenir espai lliure suficient.\n" "" #. helptext, part 2 of 2 @@ -954,7 +976,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si suprimiu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es perdran\n" +"Si elimineu el Windows, totes les dades que es trobin en aquesta partició es " +"perdran\n" "de forma irreversible durant la instal·lació. Si voleu encongir la\n" "partició del Windows, és molt recomanable fer una\n" "còpia de seguretat de les dades, ja que es farà una\n" @@ -992,7 +1015,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "No heu assignat cap partició d'arrel per a la\n" -"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a una\n" +"instal·lació. Això no funciona. Assigneu el punt de muntatge d'arrel \"/\" a " +"una\n" "partició.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1007,8 +1031,10 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició fat en un\n" -"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això probablement comportarà problemes.\n" -"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts de muntatge.\n" +"dels punts de muntatge següents: /, /usr, /home, /opt o /var. Això " +"probablement comportarà problemes.\n" +"Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers de Linux (ext3 o ext4) per a aquests punts " +"de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu utilitzar aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1022,8 +1048,9 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux\n" -"com ara ext3 o ext4 per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" +"Això probablement comportarà problemes. Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers " +"Linux\n" +"com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1037,7 +1064,8 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Heu muntat una partició amb Btrfs al punt de\n" -"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de fitxers Linux \n" +"muntatge /boot. Això probablement causarà problems. Feu servir un sistema de " +"fitxers Linux \n" "com ara ext3 o ext4 per a aquest punt de muntatge.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -1047,19 +1075,21 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298 msgid "" "Warning:\n" -"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"Your system needs a boot partition, either with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "Please, consider creating one.\n" "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís:\n" -"El sistema necessita una partició d'arrencada del tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"El sistema necessita una partició d'arrencada amb el tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP\n" +"a MS-DOS o tipus 0x00 GPT PReP Boot a GPT.\n" "Si us plau, considereu crear-ne una.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu usar aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:314 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1080,7 +1110,7 @@ "Realment ho voleu així?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:334 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1095,7 +1125,7 @@ "Voleu realment mantenir aquesta mida per a la partició /boot?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:351 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n" @@ -1112,24 +1142,26 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:371 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" "(approx. %1) is required. Consider creating one\n" -"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP on MS-DOS or type 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot on GPT.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: no hi ha cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" "Per arrencar des del disc dur, cal una petita partició /boot\n" "(aprox. %1). Considereu crear-ne una\n" -"del tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" +"amb el tipus 0x41 PReP/CHRP a MS-DOS o tipus 0x00 GPT\n" +"PReP Boot a GPT.\n" "\n" -"Realment voleu usar la configuració sense la partició /boot?\n" +"Realment voleu usar la configuració sense una partició /boot?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:391 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1141,14 +1173,16 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Atenció: en funció de la configuració, preteneu arrencar\n" -"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició acaba\n" +"la màquina des de la partició arrel (/). Malauradament, aquesta partició " +"acaba\n" "en un cilindre per sobre de %1. Sembla que la BIOS no pot arrencar\n" -"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa que la instal·lació \n" +"les particions situades per sobre del límit de %1, la qual cosa significa " +"que la instal·lació \n" "de %2 no es podrà arrencar directament.\n" "\n" "Voleu fer servir realment aquesta configuració?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:417 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1156,12 +1190,13 @@ "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" "Avís: alguns subvolums del sistema de fitxers d'arrel són tapats\n" -"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar problemes.\n" +"pels punts de muntatge d'altres sistemes de fitxers. Això podria comportar " +"problemes.\n" "%s\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:435 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1170,15 +1205,17 @@ "\n" "Really use this setup?\n" msgstr "" -"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la instal·lació de %1\n" +"Atenció: en funció de la configuració actual, és possible que la " +"instal·lació de %1\n" "no es pugui iniciar directament ja que\n" "els fitxers per sota de \"/boot\" es troben en un dispositiu RAID.\n" -"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta configuració.\n" +"En algunes ocasions, l'inici del carregador d'arrencada falla en aquesta " +"configuració.\n" "\n" "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:451 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:453 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" @@ -1203,7 +1240,7 @@ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:475 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1228,25 +1265,27 @@ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:498 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Realment voleu fer servir aquests paràmetres?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:504 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:506 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" "No s'ha assignat cap partició d'intercanvi. Encara que això no és \n" -"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició d'intercanvi.\n" +"del tot incorrecte, és molt recomanable crear i activar una partició " +"d'intercanvi.\n" "Les particions d'intercanvi creades al sistema apareixen a la finestra\n" "principal amb el tipus \"Linux Swap\".\n" "Una partició d'intercanvi activada té el punt de muntatge \"swap\".\n" @@ -1255,7 +1294,7 @@ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració sense partició d'intercanvi?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:520 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1263,12 +1302,13 @@ "particularly in any of the following cases:\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es formatarà.\n" +"Heu triat fer una instal·lació en una partició ja existent que no es " +"formatarà.\n" "El YaST2 no pot garantir una instal·lació amb èxit, especialment en\n" "els casos següents:\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:527 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:529 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1281,18 +1321,21 @@ "- si la partició encara no conté un sistema de fitxers\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu aquesta partició\n" -"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de muntatge estàndard\n" +"Si en teniu cap dubte, seria millor que tornéssiu enrere i que marquéssiu " +"aquesta partició\n" +"perquè es formati, especialment si està assignada a un dels punts de " +"muntatge estàndard\n" "com ara /, /boot, /opt o /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:542 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1303,7 +1346,7 @@ "Realment voleu mantenir aquesta partició sense formatar?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:603 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1312,7 +1355,7 @@ "Extraieu-lo del RAID abans d'editar-lo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:614 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1321,7 +1364,7 @@ "Extraieu-lo del grup de volum abans d'editar-lo.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:624 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1330,51 +1373,56 @@ "Extraieu-lo del volum abans d'editar-lo.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:657 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu (%2) pertany al RAID (%1).\n" -"Extraieu-lo del RAID abans de suprimir-lo.\n" +"Extraieu-lo del RAID abans d'esborrar-lo.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:668 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" msgstr "" "%1 utilitza el dispositiu (%2).\n" -"Suprimiu %1 abans de suprimir el dispositiu.\n" +"Extraieu %1 abans d'esborrar-lo.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:680 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." -msgstr "No es pot suprimir mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "No es pot eliminar mentre estigui muntat." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:716 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" msgstr "" -"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició lògica i \n" -"ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més gran.\n" +"El dispositiu (%1) no es pot eliminar atès que es tracta d'una partició " +"lògica i \n" +"ja s'està fent servir una altra partició lògica amb un número més alt.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest moment:\n" +"La partició ampliada seleccionada conté les particions muntades en aquest " +"moment:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans d'eliminar la " +"partició ampliada.\n" "Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:810 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1384,10 +1432,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició de LVM\n" -"assignada a un grup del volum. En primer lloc, elimineu totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"assignada a un grup del volum. Elimineu\n" +"totes les particions dels grups de volum respectius,\n" +"abans d'eliminar la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:821 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1398,10 +1448,10 @@ "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició \n" "que forma part d'un sistema RAID. Desvinculeu les particions \n" -"dels sistemes RAID respectius, abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"dels sistemes RAID respectius, abans d'eliminar la partició ampliada.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:832 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1411,7 +1461,7 @@ "\n" "La partició ampliada seleccionada conté com a mínim una partició\n" "que es troba en funcionament. Elimineu el volum utilitzat\n" -"abans de suprimir la partició ampliada.\n" +"abans d'eliminar la partició ampliada.\n" #. heading text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:70 @@ -1533,26 +1583,32 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Munta en /etc/fstab per:\n" "normalment, un sistema de fitxers que es munta es reconeix a /etc/fstab\n" -"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de fitxers que\n" -"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els sistemes de fitxers\n" -"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està inhabilitada,\n" +"pel nom de dispositiu. Aquest nom es pot canviar per trobar el sistema de " +"fitxers que\n" +"es muntarà si es cerca per UUID o per etiquetes de volum. No tots els " +"sistemes de fitxers\n" +"es poden muntar per UUID o per etiqueta de volum. Si una opció està " +"inhabilitada,\n" "això no serà possible.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "Volume Label:\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "Etiqueta del volum:\n" -"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En general, només\n" +"el nom que introduïu aquest camp s'utilitzarà com l'etiqueta del volum. En " +"general, només\n" "és recomanable quan activeu l'opció de muntar per etiqueta de volum.\n" "L'etiqueta de volum no pot contenir el caràcter / ni cap espai.\n" @@ -1675,11 +1731,13 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "La partició seleccionada (%1) actualment està muntada a %2.\n" -"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de sistema de fitxers),\n" +"Si es canvia algun paràmetre (com ara el punt de muntatge o el tipus de " +"sistema de fitxers),\n" "es pot malmetre la instal·lació de Linux.\n" "\n" "Desmunteu la partició si és possible. Si no n'esteu segur,\n" -"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu coneixements \n" +"és recomanable cancel·lar l'operació. No continueu si no teniu " +"coneixements \n" "de com funciona.\n" "\n" "Voleu continuar?\n" @@ -1693,7 +1751,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers de la partició.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304 @@ -1704,7 +1763,8 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "El YaST2 no pot reduir el sistema de fitxers del volum lògic.\n" -"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de fitxers." +"Només fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 i reiser permeten la reducció d'un sistema de " +"fitxers." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316 @@ -1764,7 +1824,8 @@ "Shrink the file system now?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció està\n" +"Tot i que és possible reduir un sistema de fitxers reiser, aquesta funció " +"està\n" "poc provada. És recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat de les dades.\n" "\n" "Voleu reduir el sistema de fitxers?" @@ -1774,14 +1835,15 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté particions muntades:\n" "%1\n" -"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans de suprimir la\n" +"És altament recomanable desmuntar aquestes particions abans d'eliminar la\n" "taula de particions.\n" -"Trieu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" +"Trieu Cancel·la si no és que sabeu què feu.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1460 @@ -1795,8 +1857,8 @@ "\n" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté almenys una partició LVM\n" "assignada a un grup de volums. Elimineu totes les particions\n" -"dels seus grups de volums respectius abans de\n" -"suprimir el dispositiu.\n" +"dels seus grups de volums respectius abans\n" +"d'eliminar el dispositiu.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1471 @@ -1810,8 +1872,8 @@ "\n" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté almenys una partició\n" "que és part d'un sistema RAID. Desassigneu les particions\n" -"dels seus sistemes RAID respectius abans de\n" -"suprimir el dispositiu.\n" +"dels seus sistemes RAID respectius abans\n" +"d'eliminar el dispositiu.\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1482 @@ -1824,8 +1886,8 @@ "\n" "El dispositiu seleccionat conté almenys una partició LVM\n" "assignada a un grup de volums. Elimineu totes les particions\n" -"dels seus grups de volums respectius abans de\n" -"suprimir el dispositiu.\n" +"dels seus grups de volums respectius abans \n" +"d'eliminar el dispositiu.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 @@ -1834,7 +1896,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 msgid "Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper." -msgstr "Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs amb Snapper." +msgstr "" +"Habilita les instantànies automàtiques per al sistema de fitxers Btrfs " +"amb Snapper." #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562 @@ -1856,7 +1920,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1580 #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:147 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "Suprimeix" +msgstr "Elimina" #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text @@ -1934,16 +1998,19 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +"Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +"ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" "Si deixeu en blanc la contrasenya d'encriptació, el sistema crearà\n" -"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes\n" +"una contrasenya aleatòria en iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu " +"totes\n" "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" "\n" @@ -1953,16 +2020,20 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de fitxers.\n" -"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de lletres\n" -"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, l'haureu\n" +"Si no recordeu la contrasenya, no podreu accedir a les dades del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" +"Trieu la contrasenya amb deteniment. Es recomana que sigui una combinació de " +"lletres\n" +"i xifres. Com a mesura per a assegurar que l'heu introduïda correctament, " +"l'haureu\n" "d'escriure dues vegades.\n" "\n" @@ -1972,13 +2043,15 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha de tenir com a\n" +"S’ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules; a més, una contrasenya ha " +"de tenir com a\n" "mínim %1 de caràcters i no pot contenir cap caràcter especial\n" "(p. ex., lletres accentuades o amb dièresi).\n" "\n" @@ -2026,14 +2099,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select Skip. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Si el sistema de fitxers xifrat no conté cap fitxer de sistema i, per tant,\n" -"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest cas,\n" +"l'actualització no és necessària, podeu seleccionar Omet. En aquest " +"cas,\n" "no s'accedeix al sistema de fitxers durant l'actualització.\n" "\n" @@ -2054,7 +2129,8 @@ "\n" "És probable que no es pugui arrencar aquesta configuració.\n" "\n" -"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu d'eliminar\n" +"Si necessiteu utilitzar aquest disc per a la instal·lació, hauríeu " +"d'eliminar\n" "l'etiqueta del disc amb el partidor en mode Expert.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 @@ -2092,7 +2168,8 @@ "Really do this?\n" msgstr "" "Heu seleccionat l’opció de no muntar automàticament un sistema de fitxers\n" -"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament correcte del sistema.\n" +"durant l’inici que podria contenir fitxers necessaris per a un funcionament " +"correcte del sistema.\n" "\n" "Aquesta opció pot comportar problemes.\n" " \n" @@ -2107,7 +2184,8 @@ "nonloopbacked file system.\n" msgstr "" "Heu assignat un sistema de fitxers xifrats a una\n" -"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot\",\n" +"partició amb un dels següents punts de muntatge: \"/\", \"/usr\", \"/boot" +"\",\n" "/var\". Això no és possible. Canvieu el punt de muntatge o utilitzeu un\n" "sistema de fitxers que no sigui de bucle de retorn.\n" @@ -2144,7 +2222,8 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:214 msgid "Only swap devices may have swap as mount point." -msgstr "Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." +msgstr "" +"Només els dispositius d'intercanvi poden tenir el punt de muntatge swap." #. && mount!="swap" ) #. error popup text @@ -2163,8 +2242,11 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un punt de muntatge." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha un caràcter no vàlid al punt de muntatge. No utilitzeu \"`'!%#\" en un " +"punt de muntatge." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257 @@ -2273,7 +2355,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." +msgstr "" +"No es pot canviar la mida del sistema de fitxers mentre estigui muntat." #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 @@ -2357,7 +2440,8 @@ "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device." msgstr "" "Si seleccioneu una entrada de taula podeu\n" -"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el dispositiu." +"navegar a la visualització que conté informació detallada sobre el " +"dispositiu." #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 @@ -2480,7 +2564,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs-lib.rb:168 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:134 msgid "Failed to remove some physical devices." -msgstr "No s'han pogut suprimir alguns dispositius físics." +msgstr "No s'han pogut eliminar alguns dispositius físics." #. TRANSLATORS: context menu entry #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -2552,9 +2636,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Edita" @@ -2585,13 +2671,14 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell(a)suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "Suprimeix" +msgstr "Esborra" #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:130 @@ -2608,7 +2695,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "Edita..." @@ -2625,11 +2713,12 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." -msgstr "Suprimeix..." +msgstr "Esborra..." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:154 @@ -2681,7 +2770,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:274 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:651 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:317 msgid "&Used Devices" -msgstr "Dispositius &utilitzats" +msgstr "Dispositius &usats" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 @@ -2731,11 +2820,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select Encrypt Device. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.\n" msgstr "" "Si voleu encriptar totes les dades del\n" -"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació d'un volum ja existent\n" +"volum, seleccioneu Encriptar el dispositiu. Canviar l'encriptació " +"d'un volum ja existent\n" "n'esborrarà totes les dades.\n" #. helptext @@ -2835,8 +2926,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu deixar buida\n" -"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi no es podrà\n" +"El sistema de fitxers que s'utilitza en aquest volum és d'intercanvi. Podeu " +"deixar buida\n" +"la contrasenya d'encriptació però, en aquest cas, el dispositiu d'intercanvi " +"no es podrà\n" "utilitzar per hibernar (suspendre al disc).\n" "\n" @@ -2947,7 +3040,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." -msgstr "La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." +msgstr "" +"La mida que heu introduït no és vàlida. Introduïu una mida entre %1 i %2." #. FIXME: To check whether the part. can be resized only #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases @@ -2962,7 +3056,8 @@ msgstr "" "Esteu ampliant un sistema de fitxers muntat amb %1 Gigabytes.\n" "Això pot ser molt lent i podria trigar fins i tot hores. Podríeu considerar\n" -"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina de\n" +"desmuntar el sistema de fitxers, la qual cosa faria molt més ràpida la feina " +"de\n" "redimensionar-lo. " #. label for log view @@ -3008,7 +3103,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" "del mapador de dispositius, llevat dels que ja apareixen en alguna altra\n" -"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" +"visualització. Per tant, no es mostren els discs multicamí, els volums " +"lògics d'LVM ni els RAID de la BIOS.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:161 @@ -3180,17 +3276,17 @@ #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" -msgstr "Moure la partició %1 endavant?" +msgstr "Voleu moure la partició %1 endavant?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" -msgstr "Moure la partició %1 enrere?" +msgstr "Voleu moure la partició %1 enrere?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666 msgid "Move partition %1?" -msgstr "Moure la partició %1?" +msgstr "Voleu moure la partició %1?" #. radio button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668 @@ -3204,7 +3300,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" -msgstr "Confirma la supressió de totes les particions" +msgstr "Confirmeu l'eliminació de totes les particions" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728 msgid "" @@ -3216,7 +3312,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir totes les particions a \"%1\"?" +msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu eliminar totes les particions de \"%1\"?" #. error popup #. error popup @@ -3232,7 +3328,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "El disc s'està utilitzant i no es pot modificar." @@ -3248,7 +3344,7 @@ "on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1." msgstr "" "Segur que voleu crear la taula de particions nova a %1? Si ho feu,\n" -"se suprimiran totes les dades de %1 i tots els RAID i grups de volums\n" +"s'eliminaran totes les dades de %1 i tots els RAID i grups de volums\n" "que utilitzin particions del disc %1." #. error popup @@ -3261,12 +3357,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202 msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el RAID de la BIOS %1?" +msgstr "Segur que voleu eliminar el RAID de BIOS %1?" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165 msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?" -msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir el partiment RAID %1?" +msgstr "Realment voleu eliminar el partit RAID %1?" #. error ppup #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182 @@ -3353,12 +3449,12 @@ "The following partitions will be deleted\n" "and all data on them will be lost:" msgstr "" -"S'eliminaran les següents particions i\n" +"S'eliminaran les particions següents i\n" "se'n perdran totes les dades:" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586 msgid "Really delete these partitions?" -msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir aquestes particions?" +msgstr "Realment voleu eliminar aquestes particions?" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602 msgid "" @@ -3396,8 +3492,8 @@ "Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n" "Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n" msgstr "" -"Si executeu dasdfmt, es suprimiran totes les dades del disc.\n" -"Esteu segur que voleu executar dasdfmt al disc %1?\n" +"Si executeu dasdfmt, s'eliminaran totes les dades del disc.\n" +"Realment voleu executar dasdfmt al disc %1?\n" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768 @@ -3407,10 +3503,10 @@ "Partitions currently present on this disk are again\n" "displayed.\n" msgstr "" -"S'ha suprimit el senyalador per executar dasdfmt al disc.\n" +"El disc ja no està marcat per a dasdfmt.\n" "\n" -"Les particions presents actualment al disc es mostraran\n" -"de nou.\n" +"Les particions presents actualment al disc es tornen\n" +"a mostrar.\n" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -3444,7 +3540,8 @@ msgstr "Mou" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "Redimensiona" @@ -3497,7 +3594,8 @@ "iSCSI disks, BIOS RAIDs and multipath disks and their partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els discs durs, inclosos\n" -"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves particions.\n" +"els discs iSCSI, els RAID de la BIOS i els discs multicamí i les seves " +"particions.\n" #. push button text (do not translate 'SMART', it is the name of the tool) #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:320 @@ -3543,7 +3641,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3574,7 +3673,8 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta visualització mostra tots els dispositius\n" -"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" +"que utilitza el disc dur seleccionat. La taula només està disponible per a " +"RAID de BIOS, RAID de programari i discs\n" "multicamí.\n" #. tab heading @@ -3608,8 +3708,10 @@ "Linux systems with mount points. The old mount points are shown in \n" "the table.\n" msgstr "" -"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes Linux\n" -"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han trobat.\n" +"El YaST2 ha escanejat els discos durs i ha trobat un o més sistemes " +"Linux\n" +"amb punts de muntatge. A la llista es mostren els punts muntatge que s'han " +"trobat.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:305 @@ -3671,7 +3773,8 @@ "and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n" msgstr "" "La partició seleccionada l'està usant el grup de volum \"%1\".\n" -"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de volums\n" +"Per mantenir el sistema en un estat consistent, els següents grups de " +"volums\n" "i els seus volums lògics s'eliminaran:\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120 @@ -3699,14 +3802,14 @@ #. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210 msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?" -msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir totes les particions a %1?" +msgstr "Realment voleu eliminar totes les particions de %1?" #. /////////////////////////////////////////////////// #. now delete partition!! #. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262 msgid "Really delete %1?" -msgstr "Esteu segur que voleu suprimir %1?" +msgstr "Realment voleu eliminar %1?" #. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276 @@ -3782,11 +3885,13 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the file\n" +"Path Name of Loop File: This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al fitxer\n" +"Nom de camí del fitxer de bucle Ha de ser un camí absolut al " +"fitxer\n" "que contingui les dades per configurar el dispositiu de bucle xifrat.\n" #. helptext @@ -3798,7 +3903,8 @@ "exists, all data in it is lost.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el fitxer es\n" +"Crea un fitxer de bucle Si aquesta opció està activada, el " +"fitxer es\n" "crearà amb la mida indicada al camp següent. NOTA: si el fitxer \n" "ja existeix, es perdran totes les dades que contingui.\n" @@ -3824,8 +3930,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "NOTA: durant la instal·lació el YaST no pot fer cap comprovació\n" -"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no es pot\n" -"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per tant,\n" +"de coherència de les mides dels fitxers ni dels noms dels camins perquè no " +"es pot\n" +"accedir al sistema de fitxers. Es crearà al final de la instal·lació. Per " +"tant,\n" "aneu amb compte a l'hora d'assignar les mides i els noms dels camins.\n" #. input field label @@ -3990,7 +4098,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog title #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "Confirm Deleting of Volume Group" -msgstr "Confirmeu la supressió dels grups de volum" +msgstr "Confirmeu l'eliminació dels grups de volum" #. pop-up dialog message part 1: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:109 @@ -4006,7 +4114,9 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics que s'hi relacionen?" +msgstr "" +"Realment voleu eliminar el grup de volums \"%1\" i tots els volums lògics " +"que s'hi relacionen?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4014,7 +4124,8 @@ "The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n" "in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\"" msgstr "" -"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física ampliada\n" +"Les dades que heu introduït no són vàlides. Introduïu una mida física " +"ampliada\n" "més gran que %1 en potències de 2, per exemple, \"%2\" o \"%3\"." #. error popup text @@ -4048,12 +4159,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group." -msgstr "Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " +msgstr "" +"Introduïu el nom i la mida física ampliada del grup de volums nou. " #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain." -msgstr "Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu els volums físics que ha de contenir el grup de volums." #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4086,7 +4199,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group." msgstr "" "Introduïu la mida així com també la quantitat i la mida\n" @@ -4104,10 +4218,13 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "Els anomenatsVolums Prims poden ser creats\n" -"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les necessitats \n" -"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida més grossa\n" +"amb una mida de volum arbitrària. L'espai necessari s'agafa segons les " +"necessitats \n" +"assignades per Thin Pool. Així podeu crear volums prims d'una mida " +"més grossa\n" "que la de Thin Pool. Evidentment, quan hi ha realment dades escrites al \n" -"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les necessitats d'espai.\n" +"volum prim, el Thin Pool assignat ha de ser capaç d'arribar a les " +"necessitats d'espai.\n" "Els Volums Prims no poden tenir Stripe Count." #. heading for frame @@ -4141,30 +4258,36 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Normal Volume.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of Thin Provisioning existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice" msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum normal.\n" -"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" +"És així per defecte i significa que els volums LVM eren com tots els volums " +"abans que la característica de Provisió Thin exisistís.\n" "Si en dubteu, aquesta és probablement l'opció bona." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Pool.\n" -"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool." +"This means Thin Volumes allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Thin Pool.\n" -"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." +"Això significa que Volums Prims situa l'espai necessari segons les " +"necessitats d'aquest 'pool'." #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "You can declare the logical volume as a Thin Volume.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool." +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a Thin Pool</" +"b>." msgstr "" "Podeu declarar el volum lògic com a Volum Prim.\n" -"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats de Thin Pool." +"Això siginifca que el volum situa l'espai necessari segons les necessitats " +"de Thin Pool." #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4218,13 +4341,17 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de volums.\n" +"Ni hi ha prou dispositius sense utilitzar adients per crear un grup de " +"volums.\n" "\n" -"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus 0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" -"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons calgui." +"Per a utilitzar LVM es necessita com a mínim una partició lliure del tipus " +"0x8e (o 0x83) o un\n" +"dispositiu RAID sense utilitzar. Modifiqueu la taula de particions segons " +"calgui." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4236,11 +4363,11 @@ #. empty VG - simple #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:181 msgid "Really delete the volume group \"%1\"?" -msgstr "Segur que voleu suprimir el grup de volums \"%1\"?" +msgstr "Realment voleu eliminar el grup de volums \"%1\"?" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:198 msgid "Deleting volume group \"%1\" failed." -msgstr "Ha fallat la supressió del grup de volum \"%1\"." +msgstr "Ha fallat l'eliminació del grup de volum \"%1\"." #. error popup #. error popup @@ -4411,7 +4538,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" -msgstr "Dispositius no utilitzats" +msgstr "Dispositius no usats" #. tree node label #. dialog heading @@ -4434,7 +4561,8 @@ "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" "Really exit?" msgstr "" -"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" +"S'han canviat les particions o els paràmetres d'emmagatzematge. Aquests " +"canvis es perdran si sortiu\n" "de l'editor de particions amb %1.\n" "Segur que voleu sortir-ne?" @@ -4455,8 +4583,12 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." -msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "" +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." +msgstr "" +"La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet " +"yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4487,21 +4619,26 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "RAID 0: This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.\n" +"There is NO redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 0: Aquest nivell incrementa el rendiment del disc.\n" -"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és possible si un dels discos falla.\n" +"NO existeix redundància en aquest mode. La recuperació de dades no és " +"possible si un dels discos falla.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "RAID 1: This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.\n" msgstr "" "RAID 1 Aquest mode presenta la millor redundància. Es pot\n" -"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades d'un disc\n" +"usar amb dos discos, o més. Aquest mode manté una còpia exacta de les dades " +"d'un disc\n" "als altres discos. Mentre funcioni almenys un disc, no es perdrà cap dada.\n" "Les particions usades haurien de ser aproximadament de la mateixa mida.\n" @@ -4509,11 +4646,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "RAID 5: This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost\n" msgstr "" -"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer servir en tres discos o més.\n" -"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" +"RAID 5 Aquest mode combina l'administració d'un gran nombre de " +"discos i, malgrat tot, manté alguna redundància. Aquest mode es pot fer " +"servir en tres discos o més.\n" +"Si un dels discos falla, totes les dades segueixen intactes; mentre que si " +"en fallen dos de forma simultània, es perdran totes les dades\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4522,7 +4664,8 @@ "name for the raid. This is optional. If name is provided, the device is\n" "available as <tt>/dev/md/<name></tt>.\n" msgstr "" -"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom significatiu\n" +"Nom del RAID us ofereix la possibilitat de donar un nom " +"significatiu\n" "al RAID. Això és òptim. Si li poseu un nom, el dispositiu serà\n" "disponible com a <tt>/dev/md/<nom></tt>.\n" @@ -4530,12 +4673,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Afegiu particions al RAID. Segons el tipus de RAID,\n" -"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID 0), la mida\n" -"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).\n" +"la mida del disc que es pot utilitzar és la suma d'aquestes particions (RAID " +"0), la mida\n" +"de la partició més petita (RAID 1) o bé (N-1)*partició més petita (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136 @@ -4598,12 +4745,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "Chunk Size: It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.\n" msgstr "" "Mida elemental: És la massa de dades \"elemental\"\n" -"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" -"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" +"més petita que es pot escriure als dispositius. Una mida elemental raonable " +"per a RAID 5 és 128 KB,\n" +"per a RAID 0, 32 KB és un bon començament. Per a RAID 1, la mida elemental " +"no afecta gaire en l'escriptura de dades.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4613,10 +4764,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Algoritme de paritat per usar amb els RAIDS/6.\n" -"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics amb plats rotatoris.\n" +"El simètric-esquerrà és el que ofereix el màxim rendiment en discos típics " +"amb plats rotatoris.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361 @@ -4729,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr "" "El RAID %1 ja està creat al disc i no\n" "se'n pot canviar la mida. Per canviar la mida de %1, \n" -"suprimiu-lo i torneu a crear-lo." +"elimineu-lo i torneu a crear-lo." #. error popup, %1 is replaced by device name e.g. /dev/md1 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:222 @@ -4897,17 +5050,23 @@ msgid "" "Default Mount by gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. Device Name uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. Device ID and Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally UUID " +"and\n" "Volume Label use the file systems UUID and label.\n" msgstr "" "Muntatge per defecte us dóna el muntatge per\n" -"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa el nom del \n" -"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i Camí del dispositiu\n" -"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria de ser\n" +"mètode per a nous sistemes de fitxers creats. Nom del dispostiu usa " +"el nom del \n" +"dispostiu del nucli, que no és persistent. ID del dispositiu i " +"Camí del dispositiu\n" +"usen noms generats per udev des de la informació del maquinari. Això hauria " +"de ser\n" "persistent però malauradament no sempre és així. Finalment UUID i\n" -"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers.\n" +"Etiqueta del volum usen l'UUID i l'etiqueta dels sistemes de fitxers." +"\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 @@ -4916,19 +5075,25 @@ "system type for newly created file systems.\n" msgstr "" "Sistema de fitxers per defecte indica\n" -"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers nous.\n" +"el tipus del sistema de fitxers que s'ha d'aplicar als sistemes de fitxers " +"nous.\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. cylinder is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. optimal " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.\n" msgstr "" "Alineació de les noves particions creades\n" -"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim alinea les \n" -"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el nucli de Linux \n" +"determina com s'alineen les particions creades. Cilindre és " +"l'alineació tradicional als límits del cilindre del disc. Òptim " +"alinea les \n" +"particions per al millor rendiment segons els indicis que proporciona el " +"nucli de Linux \n" "o prova de ser compatible amb el Windows Vista i el Win 7.\n" #. helptext @@ -5020,7 +5185,8 @@ "all current changes. Really rescan unused devices?" msgstr "" "Si es tornen a escanejar els dispositius que no s'utilitzen,\n" -"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-los?" +"es cancel·laran tots els canvis actuals. Segur que voleu tornar a escanejar-" +"los?" #. encoding: utf-8 #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -5060,7 +5226,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:48 msgid "You can only remove logical volumes." -msgstr "Només és possible suprimir volums lògics." +msgstr "Només és possible eliminar volums lògics." #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:54 @@ -5083,7 +5249,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/lvm_ui_dialogs.rb:69 msgid "Remove the logical volume %1?" -msgstr "Voleu suprimir el volum lògic %1?" +msgstr "Voleu eliminar el volum lògic %1?" #. footer text, %1 is replaced by size #: src/modules/DevicesSelectionBox.rb:92 @@ -5160,7 +5326,7 @@ #. push button text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:153 msgid "Remove All" -msgstr "Suprimeix-ho tot" +msgstr "Elimina-ho tot" #. error popup text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:183 @@ -5182,7 +5348,8 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer de patró té un format no vàlid!\n" "\n" -"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe\n" +"El fitxer ha de contenir línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de " +"classe\n" "per línia. Exemple:" #. popup text @@ -5192,32 +5359,42 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:250 msgid "Ok to match devices to classes with these patterns?" -msgstr "Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" +msgstr "" +"Esteu d'acord d'equiparar els dispositius a classes amb aquests patrons?" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). " msgstr "" "Aquest diàleg serveix per definir classes per als dispositius RAID\n" -"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a molts casos\n" +"continguts al RAID. Les classes disponibles són A, B, C, D i E però per a " +"molts casos\n" "se'n necessiten menys (per exemple, només A i B). " #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class." msgstr "" -"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret sobre\n" -"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. Prement \n" -"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una classe\n" -"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar els que \n" +"Podeu posar un dispositiu dins de la classe clicant amb el botó dret " +"sobre\n" +"el dispositiu i escollir-ne la classe apropiada amb el menú contextual. " +"Prement \n" +"Ctrl o Majúscules podeu seleccionar més d'un dispositiu i posar-los en una " +"classe\n" +"amb un sol pas. També podeu fer servir els botons \"%1\" to \"%2\" per posar " +"els que \n" "ja estan seleccionats a la classe." #. dialog help text @@ -5243,11 +5420,15 @@ msgid "" "Interleaved uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" -"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el primer de la \n" -"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. Llavors, \n" -"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així successivament." +"Intercalat fa servir el primer dispositiu de la classe A, llavors el " +"primer de la \n" +"classe B, i llavors les classes següents amb els dispositius assignats. " +"Llavors, \n" +"el segon dispositiu de classe A, el segon dispositiu de classe B i així " +"successivament." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:369 @@ -5256,29 +5437,39 @@ "When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n" "order in the RAID to be created." msgstr "" -"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de dispositius.\n" -"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a odre per al RAID \n" +"Tots els dispositius sense classe es passen al final de la llista de " +"dispositius.\n" +"Quan sortiu del menú, l'ordre vigent de dispositius es farà servir com a " +"odre per al RAID \n" "que s'ha de crear." #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"%1\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression." msgstr "" "Prement el botó \"%1\" podeu seleccionar un fitxer que contingui\n" -"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" -"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió regular es \n" +"línies amb una expressió regular i un nom de classe (per exemple: \"sda.* A" +"\"). Tots els dispositius que coincideixin\n" +"amb l'expressió regular es posaran a la classe en aquesta línia. L'expressió " +"regular es \n" "fa coincidir amb el nom del nucli (per exemple /dev/sda1), \n" -"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" +"el nom de ruta udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-" +"scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) i l'identificador\n" "de udev (per exemple /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" +"La primera coincidència determina finalment la classe si el nom del " +"dispositiu coincideix amb més d'una\n" "expressió regular." #. headline text @@ -5303,7 +5494,8 @@ "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "" -"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G o %.\n" +"S'ha especificat una mida no vàlida. Feu servir un número seguit de K, M, G " +"o %.\n" "El valor ha de ser superior a 100k o entre 1% i 200%. Torneu-ho a provar." #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290 @@ -5314,12 +5506,15 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "Tmpfs Size:\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory." msgstr "" "Mida de Tmpfs:\n" -"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o Gigabyte o bé\n" -"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el percentatge de la memòria." +"La mida es pot introduir amb un número seguit de K,M,G per a Kilo-, Mega- o " +"Gigabyte o bé\n" +"amb un número seguit d'un símbol de tant per cent que signifiqui el " +"percentatge de la memòria." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:311 @@ -5338,7 +5533,8 @@ "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.\n" msgstr "" "Prioritat d'intercanvi\n" -"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran serà la prioritat.\n" +"Introduïu la prioritat d'intercanvi. Com més alt sigui el número més gran " +"serà la prioritat.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481 @@ -5349,11 +5545,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "Mount Read-Only:\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write." msgstr "" "Munta només de lectura:\n" -"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant la instal·lació\n" +"escriure al sistema de fitxers no és possible. Per defecte és fals. Durant " +"la instal·lació\n" "el sistema de fitxers sempre es munta com a lectura-escriptura." #. button text @@ -5368,7 +5566,8 @@ "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Sense hora d'accés\n" -"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" +"L'hora de l'accés no s'actualitza quan es llegeix un fitxer. L'opció " +"predeterminada és fals.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511 @@ -5382,7 +5581,8 @@ "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "Pot ser muntat per un usuari\n" -"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és \"als\".\n" +"Un usuari normal pot muntar el sistema de fitxers. L'opció predeterminada és " +"\"als\".\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528 @@ -5395,13 +5595,17 @@ "Do Not Mount at System Start-up:\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.\n" msgstr "" "No es munta durant l'inici del sistema\n" -"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el sistema.\n" +"El sistema de fitxers no es munta de forma automàtica en iniciar-se el " +"sistema.\n" "S'ha creat una entrada a /etc/fstab i el sistema de fitxers es munta\n" -"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <punt_muntatge></tt>\n" +"amb les opcions apropiades quan s'introdueix l'ordre <tt>mount <" +"punt_muntatge></tt>\n" "(<punt_muntatge> és el directori on es munta el sistema de fitxers).\n" "L'opció predeterminada és fals.\n" @@ -5434,16 +5638,20 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"\n" msgstr "" "Mode de registre de dades:\n" "determina el mode de registre per a les dades de fitxers.\n" "<tt>journal</tt>: les dades es desen al diari abans d'escriure's\n" "al sistema de fitxers principal. Té un impacte alt en el rendiment. \n" "<tt>ordered</tt>: les dades s'envien directament al sistema de fitxers\n" -"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en el rendiment. \n" -"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el rendiment.\n" +"principal abans que les metadades es desin al diari. Té un impacte mitjà en " +"el rendiment. \n" +"<tt>writeback</tt>: no es conserva l'ordre de les dades. No té impacte en el " +"rendiment.\n" #. button text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606 @@ -5479,18 +5687,24 @@ msgstr "&Valor d'opció arbitrari" #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 -msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." -msgstr "Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgid "" +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." +msgstr "" +"Hi ha caràcters no vàlids al valor d'opció arbitrari. No utilitzeu espais ni " +"tabulacions. Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "Arbitrary Option Value:\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.\n" msgstr "" "Valor d’opció arbitrari:\n" -"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart camp de /etc/fstab.\n" +"introduïu aquí qualsevol opció de muntatge que estigui permesa en el quart " +"camp de /etc/fstab.\n" "Si hi ha més d’una opció, se separaran per comes.\n" #. label text @@ -5505,7 +5719,8 @@ "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.\n" msgstr "" "Conjunt de caràcters per als noms de fitxers\n" -"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" +"Definiu el conjunt de caràcters que s'utilitzarà per a mostrar els noms dels " +"fitxers de les particions del Windows.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700 @@ -5516,10 +5731,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "Codepage for Short FAT Names:\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.\n" msgstr "" "Pàgina de codis per a noms FAT curts\n" -"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" +"Aquesta pàgina de codis s'utilitza per a convertir a caràcters de noms curts " +"en sistemes de fitxers FAT.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720 @@ -5530,10 +5747,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "Number of FATs:\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2." +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2." msgstr "" "Nombre de FATS:\n" -"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." +"S'especifica el nombre de taules de localització de fitxers al sistema de " +"fitxers. El valor per defecte es 2." #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 @@ -5544,10 +5763,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "FAT Size:\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida de FAT\n" -"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza (12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"S'especifica el tipus de taula de localització de fitxers que s'utilitza " +"(12, 16 o 32 bit). Si s'indica Automàtic, el YaST2 selecciona automàticament " +"el valor més adequat per a la mida del sistema de fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755 @@ -5557,7 +5780,9 @@ #. popup text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." -msgstr "La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a provar." +msgstr "" +"La mida mínima per a \"Entrades del directori arrel\" és 112. Torneu-ho a " +"provar." #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767 @@ -5577,10 +5802,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "Hash Function:\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.\n" msgstr "" "Funció Hash:\n" -"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" +"especifica el nom de la funció hash que s'utilitzarà per classificar els " +"noms de fitxers dels directoris.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796 @@ -5591,10 +5818,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "FS Revision:\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.\n" msgstr "" "Revisió d'FS\n" -"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El 3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries 2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" +"Aquesta opció defineix la revisió de format reiserfs que s'utilitzarà. El " +"3.5 s'utilitza només per tenir compatibilitat amb els nuclis de les sèries " +"2.2.x. El 3.6 és més recent, però només es pot fer servir amb versions del " +"nucli iguals o superiors al 2.4.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5606,10 +5839,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida del blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"512, 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. L'opció auto fa que s'utilitzi la " +"mida de bloc predeterminada de 4096.\n" #. label text #. label text @@ -5625,7 +5862,8 @@ "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica la mida dels nodes d'identificació del sistema de " +"fitxers.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:847 @@ -5636,10 +5874,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "Percentage of Inode Space:\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.\n" msgstr "" "Percentatge de mida dels nodes d'identificació\n" -"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Aquesta opció especifica el màxim percentatge d'espai dels sistemes de " +"fitxers que es pot adjudicar als nodes d'identificació.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884 @@ -5650,13 +5890,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "Inode Aligned:\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.\n" msgstr "" "Node alineat\n" -"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" -"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes d'identificació\n" +"Aquesta opció s'utilitza per especificar si la situació de nodes " +"d'identificació està alineada o no.\n" +"Per defecte, els nodes d'identificació s'alineen. L'accés alineat als nodes " +"d'identificació\n" "normalment és més eficaç que l'accés desalineat.\n" #. label text @@ -5678,10 +5921,12 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "Log Size\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels registres\n" -"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" +"Determineu la mida dels registres (en megabytes). Si escolliu Automàtic, " +"s'establirà per defecte el 40% de la mida agregada.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942 @@ -5711,17 +5956,23 @@ "RAID stripe as its argument.\n" msgstr "" "Longitud del pas en blocs\n" -"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers. Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet\n" -"és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\", que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" +"Determineu les opcions relacionades amb RAID per al sistema de fitxers.\n" +"Actualment, l'únic argument que s'admet és \"pas\", en anglès \"stride\",\n" +"que pren com a argument el nombre de blocs en un llistat RAID.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "Block Size:\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.\n" msgstr "" "Mida dels blocs\n" -"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són 1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús que se n'espera.\n" +"Especifiqueu la mida dels blocs en bytes. Les mides dels blocs vàlides són " +"1024, 2048 i 4096 bytes per bloc. Si hi ha seleccionada l'opció automàtica, " +"es determina la mida de bloc segons la mida del sistema de fitxers i l'ús " +"que se n'espera.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996 @@ -5737,16 +5988,23 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.\n" msgstr "" "Bytes per node d'identificació\n" -"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea un node d'identificació per a cada\n" -"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" -" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de ser més petit que la mida\n" -"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" -"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" -"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor correcte per al paràmetre.\n" +"Especifiqueu el coeficient de bytes per node d'identificació. El YaST2 crea " +"un node d'identificació per a cada\n" +"<bytes-per-node-i> bytes d'espai al disc. Com més gran sigui la " +"relació bytes per node d'identificació,\n" +" es crearan menys nodes d'identificació. Generalment, aquest valor no ha de " +"ser més petit que la mida\n" +"del bloc del sistema de fitxers ja que, en cas contrari, es crearia una gran " +"quantitat de nodes d'identificació.\n" +"Tingueu en compte que no es pot modificar el número de nodes d'identificació " +"d'un sistema de fitxers un cop\n" +"aquest s'ha creat, per la qual cosa heu de comprovar que introduïu el valor " +"correcte per al paràmetre.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018 @@ -5759,14 +6017,23 @@ "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" msgstr "" -"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és incorrecte.\n" +"El valor per al \"percentatge de blocs reservats per l'arrel\" és " +"incorrecte.\n" "Es permeten valors amb coma flotant entre 0 i 99 (per exemple 0.5). \n" #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 -msgid "Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1." -msgstr "Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." +msgid "" +"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root: Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1." +msgstr "" +"Percentatge de blocs reservats per a l'usuari primari: " +"s'especifica el percentatge de blocs reservats per al superusuari. El valor " +"per defecte es calcula de manera que es reserva normalment 1 GB. El límit " +"màxim per defecte és 5.0 i el mínim, és 0.1." #. checkbox text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042 @@ -5794,7 +6061,8 @@ "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.\n" msgstr "" "Índex de directori:\n" -"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en directoris grans.\n" +"Permet utilitzar arbres B amb la funció hash per accelerar les cerques en " +"directoris grans.\n" #. label text #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1096 @@ -5805,11 +6073,13 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "No Journal:\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Sense historial:\n" -"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan estigueu segurs\n" +"Ús suprimit de l'historial al sistema de fitxers. Activeu això només quan " +"estigueu segurs\n" "del que feu.\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK @@ -5836,7 +6106,7 @@ "\n" "Es poden usar les particions del disc %{device} tal com estan o\n" "les podeu formatar i assignar-los punts de muntatge, però no podeu\n" -"afegir, editar, redimensionar ni suprimir particions del disc aquí.\n" +"afegir, editar, redimensionar ni eliminar particions del disc aquí.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:954 @@ -5857,7 +6127,7 @@ "\n" "Es poden usar les particions del disc %{device} tal com estan o\n" "les podeu formatar i assignar-los punts de muntatge, però no podeu\n" -"afegir, editar, redimensionar ni suprimir particions del disc aquí.\n" +"afegir, editar, redimensionar ni eliminar particions del disc aquí.\n" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:966 @@ -5958,7 +6228,8 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" +"del 0 al 9, la A a la Z, majúscules i minúscules, a més de qualsevol dels " +"signes \"@#* ,.;:._-+!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. Label: get password for encrypted volume @@ -6066,11 +6337,13 @@ msgstr "Voleu continuar malgrat l'error?" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." -msgstr "No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgstr "" +"No es poden crear particions ja que hi ha altres particions del disc en ús." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6080,7 +6353,7 @@ "No es pot modificar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté una partició\n" "d'intercanvi activa necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6090,7 +6363,7 @@ "No es pot modificar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté les dades\n" "necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6100,7 +6373,7 @@ "No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté una partició\n" "d'intercanvi activa necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6110,7 +6383,7 @@ "No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè conté les dades\n" "necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6122,18 +6395,19 @@ "indirecta el dispositiu %2, que conté una partició d'intercanvi activa \n" "necessària per executar la instal·lació.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" "device %2, which contains data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera indirecta\n" +"No es pot eliminar el dispositiu %1 perquè es modificaria de manera " +"indirecta\n" "el dispositiu %2, que conté les dades necessàries per fer la instal·lació.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6144,18 +6418,18 @@ "disc %2 en ús.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "No hi ha res assignat com a sistema de fitxers arrel!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Segur que la instal·lació fallarà fatalment!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Ha fallat l'addició dels següents elements: %1" @@ -6265,7 +6539,8 @@ "the system. This field can be empty, e.g. for multipath disks." msgstr "" "L'opció Bus indica de quina manera es connecta el dispositiu\n" -"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs multicamí." +"al sistema. Aquest camp pot ser buit, per exemple, en el cas de discs " +"multicamí." #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:239 @@ -6412,23 +6687,29 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "Mount by indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Muntat per indica com està muntat\n" -"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, (UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" +"el sistema de fitxers: (Kernel) per nom de nucli, (Label) per etiqueta, " +"(UUID) per UUID de sistema de fitxers, (ID) per identificador del dispositiu " +"i (Path) per camí al dispositiu.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:356 msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" "Un símbol d'interrogant (?) indica que\n" -"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està muntat\n" -"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres d'aquest volum\n" +"el sistema de fitxers no està llistat a <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. O bé està " +"muntat\n" +"manualment o per un sistema d'automuntatge. Quan es canviïn els paràmetres " +"d'aquest volum\n" "el YaST no actualitzarà el contingut de <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry @@ -6444,7 +6725,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "Un asterisc (*) després del punt de muntatge\n" @@ -6513,7 +6795,8 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Bandes mostra el nombre de bandes\n" -"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la banda entre parèntesis.\n" +"dels volums lògics LVM i, si és més gran que 1, també mostra la mida de la " +"banda entre parèntesis.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6549,7 +6832,8 @@ "e.g. RAID or LVM. If not, this column is empty.\n" msgstr "" "L'opció Usat per mostra si un dispositiu\n" -"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" +"l'utilitzen, per exemple, el RAID o l'LVM. Si no utilitzeu cap d'aquests " +"gestors, és normal que sigui buida.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:469 @@ -6809,8 +7093,12 @@ #. bsc#983003 #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 -msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." -msgstr "No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." +msgid "" +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." +msgstr "" +"No es pot redimensionar a causa d'incoherències al sistema de fitxers. " +"Comproveu el sistema de fitxers des del Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6239 @@ -6839,7 +7127,8 @@ "Proposal if you want your system to be encrypted." msgstr "" "Trieu Proposta basada en particions si no voleu usar LVM.\n" -"Trieu Proposta basada en LVM per a LVM simple i Proposta basada en LVM\n" +"Trieu Proposta basada en LVM per a LVM simple i Proposta basada en " +"LVM\n" "encriptat si voleu que el vostre sistema estigui encriptat." #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -6850,8 +7139,10 @@ "enable automatic snapshots with snapper. This will also increase the\n" "size for the root partition." msgstr "" -"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a través\n" -"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la proposta pot\n" +"El sistema de fitxers per a la partició d'arrel es pot seleccionar a " +"través\n" +"del corresponent menú desplegable. Amb el sistema de fitxers BtrFS la " +"proposta pot\n" "habilitar instantànies automàtiques amb l'snapper. Això també incrementarà\n" "la mida de la partició d'arrel." @@ -6862,7 +7153,8 @@ "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box." msgstr "" "La proposta pot crear una partició home separada. El sistema de fitxers\n" -"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú desplegable." +"per a la partició home es pot seleccionar per mitjà del corresponent menú " +"desplegable." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 @@ -6870,7 +7162,8 @@ "The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases." msgstr "" -"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en suspensió\n" +"La partició d'intercanvi es pot fer prou grossa per posar el sistema en " +"suspensió\n" "al disc en la majoria de casos." #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378 @@ -6965,12 +7258,15 @@ #~ "Really use the setup without /boot partition?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Atenció: no existeix cap partició muntada com a /boot.\n" -#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" +#~ "Si voleu fer l'arrencada des del disc dur necessitareu una petita " +#~ "partició /boot (d'aproximadament %1).\n" #~ " Tingueu en compte que se'n poden crear.\n" -#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al tipus\n" +#~ "Les particions assignades a /boot es canviaran de forma automàtica al " +#~ "tipus\n" #~ "0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició d'arrencada?\n" +#~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració de la partició " +#~ "d'arrencada?\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" @@ -6979,7 +7275,8 @@ #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Avís: No hi ha cap partició del tipus bios_grub present.\n" -#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és necessària.\n" +#~ "Per arrencar des d'un disc GPT fent servir el grub2 aquesta partició és " +#~ "necessària.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Realment voleu fer servir aquesta configuració?\n" @@ -7050,18 +7347,23 @@ #~| msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available" #~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available." -#~ msgstr "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està disponible" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La interfície de la línia d'ordres per al mòdul de partició no està " +#~ "disponible" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" #~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" -#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n" -#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n" +#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file " +#~ "system,\n" +#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /" +#~ "boot.\n" #~ "\n" #~ "Really use this setup?\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Heu intentat muntar una partició FAT sobre el punt de muntatge /boot.\n" -#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt de muntatge.\n" +#~ "Utilitzeu un sistema de fitxers Linux (ext2, ReiserFS..) per aquest punt " +#~ "de muntatge.\n" #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Export Device Graph..." @@ -7093,7 +7395,8 @@ #~ "\n" #~ "Seleccioneu Cancel·la si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" #~ "\n" -#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de suprimir-lo.\n" +#~ "Si continueu, el YaST2 intentarà desmuntar el dispositiu abans de " +#~ "suprimir-lo.\n" #~ msgid "" #~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n" @@ -7147,16 +7450,22 @@ #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" -#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n" -#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n" +#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +#~ "tmp.\n" +#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will " +#~ "create \n" +#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose " +#~ "all \n" #~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" #~ "\n" #~ msgstr "" #~ "\n" -#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" -#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us crearà \n" -#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que perdreu totes \n" +#~ "Aquest punt de muntatge correspon a un sistema de fitxers temporals, com " +#~ "ara /tmp o /var/tmp.\n" +#~ "Podeu deixar en blanc la contrasenya crypt. Si ho feu, el sistema us " +#~ "crearà \n" +#~ "una contrasenya aleatòria a l'iniciar el sistema. Això significa que " +#~ "perdreu totes \n" #~ "les dades d'aquests sistemes de fitxers en apagar el sistema.\n" #~ "\n" @@ -7217,15 +7526,20 @@ #~ "mètode de muntatge per als sistemes de fitxers nous." #~ msgid "To use these mount points, press Yes." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó Sí." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu seguir utilitzant aquests punts de muntatge premeu el " +#~ "botó Sí." #~ msgid "To ignore these mount points, press No." -#~ msgstr "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si voleu ignorar aquests punts de muntatge premeu el botó No</" +#~ "B>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n" #~ "for your new installation?" -#~ msgstr "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Voleu fer servir aquests punts de muntatge per a la instal·lació nova?" #~ msgid "" #~ "A previous system with the following mount points was detected:\n" Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/users.ca.po 2016-09-14 18:39:35 UTC (rev 96918) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-11 17:09+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:14+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 18:12+0100\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language: ca\n" @@ -98,8 +98,12 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "Llista dels membres del grup, normalment noms d'usuari, separats per comes. La llista dels DN d'usuaris LDAP ha d'estar separada per dos punts." +msgid "" +"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " +"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "" +"Llista dels membres del grup, normalment noms d'usuari, separats per comes. " +"La llista dels DN d'usuaris LDAP ha d'estar separada per dos punts." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -249,14 +253,28 @@ msgid "New UID of the user" msgstr "Nou UID de l'usuari" +#. Checking double user entries +#. (double username or UID) +#. @param [Array] users to check +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:172 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <username>." +msgstr "S'han trobat usuaris al perfil amb un <nom_d'usuari> igual." + +#. Do not check users without defined UID. (bnc#996823) +#: src/clients/users_auto.rb:178 +msgid "Found users in profile with equal <uid>." +msgstr "S'han trobat usuaris al perfil amb un <uid> igual." + #. helptext 1/3 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs." +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry " +"that were not set in previous dialogs." msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquí podeu veure la taula de tots els atributs permesos per a l'entrada LDAP actual que no han estat definits en diàlegs anteriors. " +"Aquí podeu veure la taula de tots els atributs permesos per a l'entrada LDAP " +"actual que no han estat definits en diàlegs anteriors. " #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -279,11 +297,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Edit each attribute using Edit. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client Module.\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the LDAP Client " +"Module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Editeu tots els atributs amb Edita. És possible que calguin\n" -"alguns atributs, depèn del que es defineixi a la plantilla d'usuari al Mòdul de client de l'LDAP.\n" +"alguns atributs, depèn del que es defineixi a la plantilla d'usuari al " +"Mòdul de client de l'LDAP.\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -302,8 +322,14 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified user." -msgstr "Assigneu un objecte de política de contrasenyes a aquest usuari a DN de l'objecte de la política de contrasenyes. Activeu l'opció Reinicia la contrasenya per a reiniciar la contrasenya de l'usuari modificat." +msgid "" +"Assign a password policy object to this user in DN of Password Policy " +"object. Activate Reset Password to reset the password of modified " +"user." +msgstr "" +"Assigneu un objecte de política de contrasenyes a aquest usuari a DN " +"de l'objecte de la política de contrasenyes. Activeu l'opció Reinicia " +"la contrasenya per reiniciar la contrasenya de l'usuari modificat." #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -399,50 +425,94 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems." -msgstr "Configureu els paràmetres de quota per a l'usuari als sistemes de fitxers seleccionats." +msgstr "" +"Configureu els paràmetres de quota per a l'usuari als sistemes de fitxers " +"seleccionats." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Definiu una mida de límit especificant el número de 1 kB blocks que\n" -"l'usuari pot usar en aquest sistema de fitxers. Addicionalment, podeu definir un límit d'inodes especificant el nombre d'inodes que l'usuari pot usar al sistema de fitxers.\n" +"l'usuari pot usar en aquest sistema de fitxers. Addicionalment, podeu " +"definir un límit d'inodes especificant el nombre d'inodes que l'usuari pot " +"usar al sistema de fitxers.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Podeu especificar els límits soft i hard per a la mesura i nombre d'inodes. Els límits soft defineixen un nivell d'avís en què cada usuari rep l'avís quan s'apropa al límit, mentre que els límits hard defineixen el límit en què es denega escriure demandes." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Podeu especificar els límits soft i hard per a la mesura i nombre " +"d'inodes. Els límits soft defineixen un nivell d'avís en què cada usuari rep " +"l'avís quan s'apropa al límit, mentre que els límits hard defineixen el " +"límit en què es denega escriure demandes." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Tan aviat com l'usuari hagi assolit un límit soft, els camps d'entrada per a l'interval de gràcia s'activaran. Especifiqueu el període de temps que cada usuari podrà sobrepassar els límits soft establerts abans. El compte enrere de l'interval de gràcia comença immediatament." +msgid "" +"As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Tan aviat com l'usuari hagi assolit un límit soft, els camps d'entrada " +"per a l'interval de gràcia s'activaran. Especifiqueu el període de temps que " +"cada usuari podrà sobrepassar els límits soft establerts abans. El compte " +"enrere de l'interval de gràcia comença immediatament." #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems." -msgstr "Configureu els paràmetres de quota per al grup als sistemes de fitxers seleccionats." +msgstr "" +"Configureu els paràmetres de quota per al grup als sistemes de fitxers " +"seleccionats." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " +"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" "Definiu una mida de límit especificant el número de 1 kB blocks que el\n" -"grup pot usar en aquest sistema de fitxers. Addicionalment, podeu definir un límit d'inodes especificant el nombre d'inodes que el grup pot usar al sistema de fitxers.\n" +"grup pot usar en aquest sistema de fitxers. Addicionalment, podeu definir un " +"límit d'inodes especificant el nombre d'inodes que el grup pot usar al " +"sistema de fitxers.\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied." -msgstr "Podeu especificar els límits soft i hard per a la mesura i nombre d'inodes. Els límits soft defineixen un nivell d'avís en què cada grup rep l'avís quan s'apropa al límit, mentre que els límits hard defineixen el límit en què es denega escriure demandes." +msgid "" +"You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " +"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " +"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " +"requests are denied." +msgstr "" +"Podeu especificar els límits soft i hard per a la mesura i nombre " +"d'inodes. Els límits soft defineixen un nivell d'avís en què cada grup rep " +"l'avís quan s'apropa al límit, mentre que els límits hard defineixen el " +"límit en què es denega escriure demandes." #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately." -msgstr "Tan aviat com el grup hagi assolit un límit soft, els camps d'entrada per a l'interval de gràcia s'activaran. Especifiqueu el període de temps que cada grup podrà sobrepassar els límits soft establerts abans. El compte enrere de l'interval de gràcia comença immediatament." +msgid "" +"As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " +"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " +"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " +"interval starts immediately." +msgstr "" +"Tan aviat com el grup hagi assolit un límit soft, els camps d'entrada per " +"a l'interval de gràcia s'activaran. Especifiqueu el període de temps que " +"cada grup podrà sobrepassar els límits soft establerts abans. El compte " +"enrere de l'interval de gràcia comença immediatament." #. combo box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188 @@ -508,11 +578,9 @@ msgid "LDAP Server Password:" msgstr "Contrasenya del servidor LDAP:" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. error message #. error message #. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error message #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:226 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:386 #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:431 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1044 @@ -590,11 +658,9 @@ "és present.\n" "Primerament, feu-lo sortir del sistema." -#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. error message #. error message #. error message -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error message #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:558 src/include/users/cmdline.rb:625 #: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:701 src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:1832 @@ -646,7 +712,8 @@ "You could solve this problem by editing the alias table.\n" msgstr "" "Aquesta opció podria causar problemes en el lliurament de correu a\n" -"aquest usuari, ja que els sistemes de correu no solen distingir entre majúscules\n" +"aquest usuari, ja que els sistemes de correu no solen distingir entre " +"majúscules\n" "i minúscules als noms. \n" "Per resoldre aquest problema podeu editar la taula de noms d’àlies.\n" @@ -662,7 +729,7 @@ "the encryption settings for this user,\n" "enter the user's current password." msgstr "" -"Per a accedir a les dades necessàries per a modificar\n" +"Per accedir a les dades necessàries per modificar\n" "els paràmetres de xifratge d'aquest usuari,\n" "introduïu la contrasenya actual de l'usuari." @@ -676,7 +743,7 @@ #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:471 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -691,13 +758,15 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " +"directory." msgstr "" "Imatge del directori encriptat i fitxers de claus\n" "'%1' i '%2'\n" "trobats. Usar-los per a l'usuari actual?\n" "\n" -"Això significa que les dades d'aquesta imatge es faran servir en comptes del directori home actual." +"Això significa que les dades d'aquesta imatge es faran servir en comptes del " +"directori home actual." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -716,7 +785,7 @@ #. text entry #. text entry #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:583 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:585 msgid "User's &Full Name" msgstr "Nom &complet de l'usuari" @@ -738,7 +807,7 @@ #. input field for login name #. input field for login name #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:590 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:592 msgid "&Username" msgstr "&Nom d'usuari" @@ -755,7 +824,7 @@ #. checkbox label #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:614 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:616 msgid "U&se this password for system administrator" msgstr "U&sa aquesta contrasenya per a l'administrador del sistema" @@ -951,7 +1020,7 @@ #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:483 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "Realment voleu usar aquesta contrasenya?" @@ -1067,29 +1136,33 @@ msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" -"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n" +"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or " +"umlauts. \n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "En introduir una contrasenya s'ha de distingir entre majúscules i\n" -"minúscules. Les contrasenyes no haurien de tenir caràcters especials, com ara accents.\n" +"minúscules. Les contrasenyes no haurien de tenir caràcters especials, com " +"ara accents.\n" "\n" #. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers #: src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " +"between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Amb el mètode actual de xifratge de contrasenyes (%1), la longitud de la contrasenya ha de\n" +"Amb el mètode actual de xifratge de contrasenyes (%1), la longitud de la " +"contrasenya ha de\n" "ser entre %2 i %3 caràcters.\n" "" #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:160 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164 msgid "" "\n" "To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" @@ -1109,7 +1182,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Aquí podeu definir els valors predeterminats que podeu fer servir en crear usuaris nous locals o del sistema.\n" +"Aquí podeu definir els valors predeterminats que podeu fer servir en crear " +"usuaris nous locals o del sistema.\n" "\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1142,32 +1216,39 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "Default Login Shell \n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " +"your own path to the shell.\n" msgstr "" "Intèrpret d'ordres de l'entrada predeterminat \n" -"Nom de l'intèrpret d'ordres de l'entrada d'un usuari nou. Seleccioneu-ne un de la llista o introduïu el camí propi a l'intèrpret d'ordres.\n" +"Nom de l'intèrpret d'ordres de l'entrada d'un usuari nou. Seleccioneu-ne un " +"de la llista o introduïu el camí propi a l'intèrpret d'ordres.\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "Default Home \n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " +"added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "Inici predeterminat \n" -"Es tracta del prefix del camí inicial per al directori d'inici d'un usuari nou. El nom d'usuari s'afegeix\n" -"al final d'aquest valor per a crear el nom predeterminat del directori de l'usuari.\n" +"Es tracta del prefix del camí inicial per al directori d'inici d'un usuari " +"nou. El nom d'usuari s'afegeix\n" +"al final d'aquest valor per crear el nom predeterminat del directori de " +"l'usuari.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "Skeleton Directory \n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. \n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " +"new user is added. \n" msgstr "" "Directori esquelet \n" -"El contingut d’aquest directori es copia al directori d'inici de l’usuari quan s'afegeix un usuari nou. \n" +"El contingut d’aquest directori es copia al directori d'inici de l’usuari " +"quan s'afegeix un usuari nou. \n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1183,12 +1264,14 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "Expiration Date \n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " +"format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" "Data de venciment \n" "Data en què s'inhabilita el compte d'usuari. El format de la data ha\n" -"de ser AAAA-MM-DD. Si aquest compte no té data de venciment, deixeu el camp buit.\n" +"de ser AAAA-MM-DD. Si aquest compte no té data de venciment, deixeu el camp " +"buit.\n" #. Help text 6/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:149 @@ -1199,8 +1282,10 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Entrada al sistema després del venciment de la contrasenya \n" -"Els usuaris poden entrar al sistema fins i tot després que la contrasenya hagi vençut. Especifiqueu\n" -"durant quants dies es permet l'entrada un cop hagi vençut la contrasenya. Feu servir -1 per a un accés il·limitat.\n" +"Els usuaris poden entrar al sistema fins i tot després que la contrasenya " +"hagi vençut. Especifiqueu\n" +"durant quants dies es permet l'entrada un cop hagi vençut la contrasenya. " +"Feu servir -1 per a un accés il·limitat.\n" "\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1223,7 +1308,8 @@ "" msgstr "" "<BIG>Interrupció de l'inici:</BIG> \n" -"Per interrompre la configuració de forma segura premeu el botó Interromp / Avorta.\n" +"Per interrompre la configuració de forma segura premeu el botó " +"Interromp / Avorta.\n" "/P>" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -1266,7 +1352,7 @@ "\n" #. alternative help text 1/7 -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:139 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:143 msgid "" "\n" "Enter the User's Full Name, Username, and Password to\n" @@ -1274,7 +1360,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Introduïu el Nom complet de l'usuari, Nom d'usuari i la Contrasenya que voleu\n" +"Introduïu el Nom complet de l'usuari, Nom d'usuari i la " +"Contrasenya que voleu\n" "assignar a aquest compte d'usuari.\n" "\n" @@ -1285,18 +1372,23 @@ "Create the Username from components of the full name by\n" "clicking Suggestion. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "El Nom d'usuari es pot crear a partir del nom complet\n" "en prémer el botó Suggeriment. És possible modificar-lo però \n" "heu de fer servir només lletres (sense accents), xifres i <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No feu servir majúscules en aquesta entrada si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" -"Existeixen més restriccions per als noms d'usuari que per a les contrasenyes.\n" -"Aquestes restriccions es poden redefinir en el fitxer /etc/login.defs. Llegiu la pàgina del manual per obtenir més informació.\n" +"No feu servir majúscules en aquesta entrada si no teniu coneixements de com " +"funciona.\n" +"Existeixen més restriccions per als noms d'usuari que per a les " +"contrasenyes.\n" +"Aquestes restriccions es poden redefinir en el fitxer /etc/login.defs. " +"Llegiu la pàgina del manual per obtenir més informació.\n" "\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -1305,42 +1397,58 @@ "\n" "For the Username, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Per al Nom d'usuari feu servir només\n" "lletres (sense accents), xifres i <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No feu servir majúscules en aquesta entrada si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" -"Existeixen més restriccions per als noms d'usuari que per a les contrasenyes.\n" -"Aquestes restriccions es poden redefinir en el fitxer /etc/login.defs. Llegiu la pàgina del manual per obtenir més informació.\n" +"No feu servir majúscules en aquesta entrada si no teniu coneixements de com " +"funciona.\n" +"Existeixen més restriccions per als noms d'usuari que per a les " +"contrasenyes.\n" +"Aquestes restriccions es poden redefinir en el fitxer /etc/login.defs. " +"Llegiu la pàgina del manual per obtenir més informació.\n" "\n" #. these are used only during installation time #. help text 4/7 (only during installation) -#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:180 msgid "" "\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " +"your Linux system. With Automatic Login enabled, the login procedure " +"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El nom d'usuari i la contrasenya creats aquí es necessiten per entrar i treballar en el sistema Linux. Si l'opció Entrada automàtica està habilitada, s'ometrà el procediment d'entrada. L'usuari iniciarà sessió de forma automàtica.\n" +"El nom d'usuari i la contrasenya creats aquí es necessiten per entrar i " +"treballar en el sistema Linux. Si l'opció Entrada automàtica està " +"habilitada, s'ometrà el procediment d'entrada. L'usuari iniciarà sessió de " +"forma automàtica.\n" #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System Mail.\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking Receive System " +"Mail.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El correu per a l'usuari primari es reenviarà a aquest usuari si activeu l'opció Rep correu del sistema.\n" +"El correu per a l'usuari primari es reenviarà a aquest usuari si activeu " +"l'opció Rep correu del sistema.\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system." -msgstr "Premeu Gestió d'usuaris per afegir més usuaris o grups al sistema." +msgid "" +"Press User Management to add more users or groups to your system.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" +"Premeu Gestió d'usuaris per afegir més usuaris o grups al sistema." +"" #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -1351,7 +1459,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per veure més detalls com ara el directori de l'usuari o l'identificador de l'usuari, premeu\n" +"Per veure més detalls com ara el directori de l'usuari o l'identificador de " +"l'usuari, premeu\n" "Detalls.\n" "\n" @@ -1359,10 +1468,12 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click Password Settings.\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " +"click Password Settings.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per editar diferents paràmetres de la contrasenya, com ara la data de venciment, premeu Configuració de la contrasenya.\n" +"Per editar diferents paràmetres de la contrasenya, com ara la data de " +"venciment, premeu Configuració de la contrasenya.\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -1400,7 +1511,8 @@ "Eviteu noms llargs per als grups. La llargada normal va dels \n" "dos als vuit caràcters. \n" "Podeu redefinir la llista de caràcters permesos per als noms de grup al\n" -"fitxer /etc/login.defs. Llegiu la pàgina corresponent del manual per obtenir més informació.\n" +"fitxer /etc/login.defs. Llegiu la pàgina corresponent del manual per obtenir " +"més informació.\n" "\n" #. help text 3/6, %1 is number @@ -1427,7 +1539,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Password:\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " +"when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -1436,7 +1549,8 @@ "\n" "Contrasenya:\n" "si voleu que els membres del grup s'identifiquin quan\n" -"es canviïn a aquest grup (vegeu la pagina del manual de <tt>newgrp</tt>), podeu assignar una contrasenya\n" +"es canviïn a aquest grup (vegeu la pagina del manual de <tt>newgrp</tt>), " +"podeu assignar una contrasenya\n" "a aquest grup. Per motius de seguretat, aquesta contrasenya no es mostra. \n" "L'entrada no és necessària.\n" "\n" @@ -1474,7 +1588,8 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "A la segona llista es mostren els usuaris que tenen aquest grup com a\n" -" predeterminat. El grup predeterminat només es pot modificar editant l'usuari." +" predeterminat. El grup predeterminat només es pot modificar editant " +"l'usuari." #. help text 1/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:392 @@ -1502,7 +1617,8 @@ "Identificador d’usuari (uid):\n" "el sistema reconeix a cadascun dels usuaris mitjançant un número únic,\n" "l'identificador d’usuari. Per als usuaris normals, feu servir\n" -"un identificador d'usuari superior a %1 ja que el sistema fa servir els identificadors inferiors\n" +"un identificador d'usuari superior a %1 ja que el sistema fa servir els " +"identificadors inferiors\n" "amb fins especials o per a entrades virtuals.\n" "\n" @@ -1516,7 +1632,8 @@ "located elsewhere.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Si canvieu l'UID d'un usuari existent, també heu de canviar els drets dels fitxers\n" +"Si canvieu l'UID d'un usuari existent, també heu de canviar els drets dels " +"fitxers\n" "que pertanyen a aquest usuari. Això es fa automàticament\n" "pel que fa als fitxers del directori de l'usuari, no pels fitxers ubicats\n" "a altres llocs.\n" @@ -1541,8 +1658,13 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's home directory different from the default." -msgstr "Opcionalment, definiu el Mode de permís del directori d'inici diferent del predeterminat per a aquest directori d'inici (home) de l'usuari." +msgid "" +"Optionally, set the Home Directory Permission Mode for this user's " +"home directory different from the default." +msgstr "" +"Opcionalment, definiu el Mode de permís del directori d'inici " +"diferent del predeterminat per a aquest directori d'inici (home) de l'usuari." +"" #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -1557,28 +1679,50 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data." -msgstr "Si es canvia la ubicació d'un directori d'inici d'usuari, moveu els continguts del directori actual amb Mou a una ubicació nova, activada de forma predeterminada. Si no ho feu, es crearà un nou directori d'usuari sense les dades existents." +msgid "" +"If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " +"the current directory with Move to New Location, activated by " +"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the " +"existing data." +msgstr "" +"Si es canvia la ubicació d'un directori d'inici d'usuari, moveu els " +"continguts del directori actual amb Mou a una ubicació nova, activada " +"de forma predeterminada. Si no ho feu, es crearà un nou directori d'usuari " +"sense les dades existents." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "To encrypt the user's home directory, enable Use Encrypted Home\n" -"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" -"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" +"Directory and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home " +"directory\n" +"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is " +"shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared." +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " +"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " +"shared." msgstr "" -"Per xifrar el directori d'inici de l'usuari, habiliteu Utilitza un directori d'inici xifrat\n" -"i definiu la mida del directori. El xifratge d'un directori d'inici no ofereix una gran seguretat davant\n" -"d'altres usuaris. Si aquest equip es comparteix amb diversos usuaris, un usuari pot comprometre\n" -"la seguretat del sistema, obtenir la clau d'un altre usuari i accedir a les dades xifrades. Si es requereix\n" +"Per xifrar el directori d'inici de l'usuari, habiliteu Utilitza un " +"directori d'inici xifrat\n" +"i definiu la mida del directori. El xifratge d'un directori d'inici no " +"ofereix una gran seguretat davant\n" +"d'altres usuaris. Si aquest equip es comparteix amb diversos usuaris, un " +"usuari pot comprometre\n" +"la seguretat del sistema, obtenir la clau d'un altre usuari i accedir a les " +"dades xifrades. Si es requereix\n" "una gran seguretat, el sistema no s'hauria de compartir físicament." #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first." -msgstr "No es poden encriptar els directoris home si es fa servir un dispositiu de lectura digital d'empremtes. Per encriptar-los, deshabiliteu primer la configuració d'empremtes digitals." +msgid "" +"Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " +"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint " +"configuration first." +msgstr "" +"No es poden encriptar els directoris home si es fa servir un dispositiu " +"de lectura digital d'empremtes. Per encriptar-los, deshabiliteu primer la " +"configuració d'empremtes digitals." #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -1602,8 +1746,10 @@ msgstr "" "Informació addicional:\n" "aquí es poden definir algunes dades addicionals sobre l’usuari. Aquest camp\n" -"pot contenir fins a tres parts separades per comes. Normalment s’ha d’escriure\n" -"l'oficina, el telèfon de l’oficina i el telèfon particular. Aquesta informació\n" +"pot contenir fins a tres parts separades per comes. Normalment s’ha " +"d’escriure\n" +"l'oficina, el telèfon de l’oficina i el telèfon particular</" +"i>. Aquesta informació\n" "apareixerà quan feu servir l’ordre finger per a aquest usuari.\n" #. help text 6/8 @@ -1666,13 +1812,18 @@ "The check mark in the left part of the table indicates that the plug-in\n" "is currently in use." msgstr "" -"La marca de verificació a la part esquerra de la taula indica que el connector\n" +"La marca de verificació a la part esquerra de la taula indica que el " +"connector\n" "s’està usant actualment." #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting Launch." -msgstr "Podeu iniciar la configuració detallada d’un connector determinat en prémer el botó Executa." +msgid "" +"Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting " +"Launch." +msgstr "" +"Podeu iniciar la configuració detallada d’un connector determinat en " +"prémer el botó Executa." #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -1692,8 +1843,10 @@ "password at the next login. If Last Password Change is set to\n" "Never, the user will be forced to change the password." msgstr "" -"Activeu Força el canvi de contrasenya per forçar l'usuari a canviar\n" -"la contrasenya a la propera entrada. Si elCanvi de l'última contrasenya està \n" +"Activeu Força el canvi de contrasenya per forçar l'usuari a " +"canviar\n" +"la contrasenya a la propera entrada. Si elCanvi de l'última contrasenya</" +"b> està \n" "establert a Mai, es forçarà l'usuari a canviar la contrasenya." #. Help text 2/6 @@ -1708,8 +1861,10 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Advertiment dels dies que falten pel venciment de la contrasenya \n" -"És possible advertir els usuaris amb antelació del venciment de la contrasenya. Indiqueu\n" -"amb quants dies d'antelació s'emetrà l'advertiment. Introduïu el valor -1 per inhabilitar-lo.\n" +"És possible advertir els usuaris amb antelació del venciment de la " +"contrasenya. Indiqueu\n" +"amb quants dies d'antelació s'emetrà l'advertiment. Introduïu el valor -1 " +"per inhabilitar-lo.\n" "\n" #. Help text 3/6 @@ -1721,26 +1876,32 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "Validesa de l’entrada després de vèncer la contrasenya \n" -"Els usuaris poden entrar al sistema fins i tot després que la contrasenya hagi vençut. Especifiqueu\n" -"durant quants dies es permet l'entrada un cop hagi vençut la contrasenya. Feu servir -1 per a un accés il·limitat.\n" +"Els usuaris poden entrar al sistema fins i tot després que la contrasenya " +"hagi vençut. Especifiqueu\n" +"durant quants dies es permet l'entrada un cop hagi vençut la contrasenya. " +"Feu servir -1 per a un accés il·limitat.\n" "\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days a user \n" +"Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password Set how many days " +"a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Durada màxima de la mateixa contrasenya Especifiqueu el nombre de dies que l'usuari pot fer servir\n" +"Durada màxima de la mateixa contrasenya Especifiqueu el nombre " +"de dies que l'usuari pot fer servir\n" "la mateixa contrasenya abans que venci.\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum age of \n" +"Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password Set the minimum " +"age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.\n" msgstr "" -"Durada mínima de la mateixa contrasenya Especifiqueu la durada mínima que ha de \n" +"Durada mínima de la mateixa contrasenya Especifiqueu la durada " +"mínima que ha de \n" "tenir la contrasenya abans que l'usuari pugui canviar-la.\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -1750,7 +1911,8 @@ "The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n" "Leave it empty if this account never expires.\n" msgstr "" -"Data de venciment Especifiqueu la data en què venç aquest compte. \n" +"Data de venciment Especifiqueu la data en què venç aquest " +"compte. \n" "El format de la data ha de ser AAAA-MM-DD. \n" "Si aquest compte no té data de venciment, deixeu el camp buit.\n" @@ -1774,88 +1936,176 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Changing the Values \n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with Configure.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " +"module with Configure.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "Canvi dels valors \n" -"Per configurar aquestes opcions executeu els mòduls adequats. Seleccioneu el mòdul amb el botó Configura.\n" +"Per configurar aquestes opcions executeu els mòduls adequats. Seleccioneu el " +"mòdul amb el botó Configura.\n" "\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure." -msgstr "Seleccioneu les pestanyes Polítiques de canvi de contrasenya, Polítiques de venciment de contrasenya i Polítiques de bloqueig per a escollir grups de polítiques de contrasenya LDAP dels atributs per configurar." +msgid "" +"Select the Password Change Policies, Password Aging Policies</" +"b>, and Lockout Policies tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups " +"of attributes to configure." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu les pestanyes Polítiques de canvi de contrasenya, " +"Polítiques de venciment de contrasenya i Polítiques de bloqueig</" +"b> per escollir grups de polítiques de contrasenya LDAP dels atributs per " +"configurar." #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used." -msgstr "Especifiqueu el nombre màxim de contrasenyes emmagatzemades a l'historial per definir quantes contrasenyes emprades prèviament es desaran. Les contrasenyes desades no es poden emprar." +msgid "" +"Specify the Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History to set " +"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " +"be used." +msgstr "" +"Especifiqueu el nombre màxim de contrasenyes emmagatzemades a " +"l'historial per definir quantes contrasenyes emprades prèviament es " +"desaran. Les contrasenyes desades no es poden emprar." #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator." -msgstr "Seleccioneu L'usuari ha de canviar la contrasenya després del reinici per obligar els usuaris a canviar la contrasenya després que un administrador l'hagi reiniciada o canviada." +msgid "" +"Check User Must Change Password after Reset to force users to " +"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " +"administrator." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu L'usuari ha de canviar la contrasenya després del reinici</" +"b> per obligar els usuaris a canviar la contrasenya després que un " +"administrador l'hagi reiniciada o canviada." #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their passwords." -msgstr "Seleccioneu L'usuari pot canviar la contrasenya per permetre als usuaris que canviïn la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Check User Can Change Password to allow users to change their " +"passwords." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu L'usuari pot canviar la contrasenya per permetre als " +"usuaris que canviïn la contrasenya." #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check Old Password Required for Password Change." -msgstr "Si s'ha de proporcionar la contrasenya existent juntament amb la nova, seleccioneu Es necessita la contrasenya antiga per canviar de contrasenya." +msgid "" +"If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " +"check Old Password Required for Password Change." +msgstr "" +"Si s'ha de proporcionar la contrasenya existent juntament amb la nova, " +"seleccioneu Es necessita la contrasenya antiga per canviar de " +"contrasenya." #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked." -msgstr "Seleccioneu si la qualitat de la contrasenya s'ha de verificar a l'hora de modificar o afegir contrasenyes. Seleccioneu Sense comprovació si no s'han de comprovar les contrasenyes. Amb Accepta contrasenyes no comprovables, s'acceptaran les contrasenyes fins i tot si no es pot fer la comprovació, per exemple, si l'usuari ha proporcionat una contrasenya xifrada. Amb Accepta només contrasenyes comprovades es rebutgen les contrasenyes si falla la prova de qualitat o no es pot comprovar la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords " +"are modified or added. Select No Checking if passwords should not be " +"checked at all. With Accept Uncheckable Passwords, passwords are " +"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " +"provided an encrypted password. With Only Accept Checked Passwords " +"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " +"checked." +msgstr "" +"Seleccioneu si la qualitat de la contrasenya s'ha de verificar a l'hora " +"de modificar o afegir contrasenyes. Seleccioneu Sense comprovació si " +"no s'han de comprovar les contrasenyes. Amb Accepta contrasenyes no " +"comprovables, s'acceptaran les contrasenyes fins i tot si no es pot fer " +"la comprovació, per exemple, si l'usuari ha proporcionat una contrasenya " +"xifrada. Amb Accepta només contrasenyes comprovades es rebutgen les " +"contrasenyes si falla la prova de qualitat o no es pot comprovar la " +"contrasenya." #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in Minimum Password Length." -msgstr "Establiu el nombre mínim de caràcters que cal fer servir en una contrasenya a Llargària mínima de la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in " +"Minimum Password Length." +msgstr "" +"Establiu el nombre mínim de caràcters que cal fer servir en una contrasenya " +"a Llargària mínima de la contrasenya." #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password." -msgstr "Durada mínima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps ha de passar entre les modificacions de la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Minimum Password Age sets how much time must pass between " +"modifications to the password." +msgstr "" +"Durada mínima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps ha de " +"passar entre les modificacions de la contrasenya." #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password expires." -msgstr "Durada màxima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps dura la contrasenya després d'haver sigut modificada." +msgid "" +"Maximum Password Age sets how long after modification a password " +"expires." +msgstr "" +"Durada màxima de la contrasenya estableix quant de temps dura la " +"contrasenya després d'haver sigut modificada." #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user." -msgstr "L'opció Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la contrasenya estableix amb quina antel·lació l'usuari d'autenticació ha de rebre els missatges d'avís de venciment de la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"In Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning set how long " +"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages " +"should be given to an authenticating user." +msgstr "" +"L'opció Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la " +"contrasenya estableix amb quina antel·lació l'usuari d'autenticació ha " +"de rebre els missatges d'avís de venciment de la contrasenya." #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." -msgstr "Estableix el nombre de vegades que es pot emprar una contrasenya vençuda per autenticar a Usos permesos d'una contrasenya vençuda." +msgid "" +"Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate " +"in Allowed Uses of an Expired Password." +msgstr "" +"Estableix el nombre de vegades que es pot emprar una contrasenya vençuda " +"per autenticar a Usos permesos d'una contrasenya vençuda." #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." -msgstr "Feu servir l'opció Habilita el bloqueig de la contrasenya per a prohibir l'ús d'una contrasenya després d'un nombre determinat d'intents consecutius de vinculació fallits." +msgid "" +"Check Enable Password Locking to forbid use of a password after a " +"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts." +msgstr "" +"Feu servir l'opció Habilita el bloqueig de la contrasenya per " +"prohibir l'ús d'una contrasenya després d'un nombre determinat d'intents " +"consecutius de vinculació fallits." #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the Password." -msgstr "Estableix el nombre d'intents consecutius de vinculació fallits després del qual la contrasenya no es pot emprar per autenticar a Errors de vinculació per a bloquejar la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " +"password may not be used to authenticate in Bind Failures to Lock the " +"Password." +msgstr "" +"Estableix el nombre d'intents consecutius de vinculació fallits després " +"del qual la contrasenya no es pot emprar per autenticar a Errors de " +"vinculació per bloquejar la contrasenya." #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." -msgstr "Estableix durant quant de temps no es pot emprar la contrasenya a Durada del bloqueig de la contrasenya." +msgid "" +"Set how long the password cannot be used in Password Lock Duration." +"" +msgstr "" +"Estableix durant quant de temps no es pot emprar la contrasenya a " +"Durada del bloqueig de la contrasenya." #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred." -msgstr "Durada dels errors de vinculació a la memòria cau estableix amb quina antel·lació es buiden els errors de contrasenya del comptador d'errors fins i tot quan no s'ha produït cap autenticació correcta." +msgid "" +"Bind Failures Cache Duration sets how long before password " +"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful " +"authentication has occurred." +msgstr "" +"Durada dels errors de vinculació a la memòria cau estableix amb " +"quina antel·lació es buiden els errors de contrasenya del comptador d'errors " +"fins i tot quan no s'ha produït cap autenticació correcta." #. tab label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171 @@ -1927,7 +2177,8 @@ #. frame label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:381 msgid "Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning" -msgstr "Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la contrasenya" +msgstr "" +"Temps d'antel·lació amb que s'adverteix del venciment de la contrasenya" #. IntField label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:387 @@ -1942,7 +2193,7 @@ #. intField label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:424 msgid "Bind Failures to Lock the Password" -msgstr "Errors de vinculació per a bloquejar la contrasenya" +msgstr "Errors de vinculació per bloquejar la contrasenya" #. frame label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:434 @@ -1982,8 +2233,10 @@ "user home directories.\n" msgstr "" "Si els directoris locals dels usuaris s'han desat en aquest equip,\n" -"seleccioneu aquesta opció. Si es canvia aquest valor no es produirà cap acció directa.\n" -"Només es tracta d'informació per al mòdul d'usuaris del YaST, el qual pot gestionar\n" +"seleccioneu aquesta opció. Si es canvia aquest valor no es produirà cap " +"acció directa.\n" +"Només es tracta d'informació per al mòdul d'usuaris del YaST, el qual pot " +"gestionar\n" "els directoris locals de l'usuari.\n" #. help text caption @@ -1991,7 +2244,8 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "Press Configure to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " +"or\n" "have changed your configuration.\n" msgstr "" "Premeu Configura si voleu configurar els valors desats al\n" @@ -2006,11 +2260,15 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"Configure the selected password policy with Edit. Use Add " +"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server." msgstr "" -"Configureu la política de contrasenyes amb Edita. Feu servir Afegeix per a afegir una política de contrasenyes nova. La configuració només és possible \n" -" si les polítiques de contrasenyes ja han estat prèviament habilitades al servidor LDAP." +"Configureu la política de contrasenyes amb Edita. Feu servir " +"Afegeix per afegir una política de contrasenyes nova. La configuració " +"només és possible \n" +" si les polítiques de contrasenyes ja han estat prèviament habilitades al " +"servidor LDAP." #. checkbox label #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693 @@ -2095,7 +2353,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "Usuaris locals" @@ -2304,13 +2563,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" +"DES, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " +"it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Trieu un mètode de xifratge de contrasenyes per als usuaris locals i del sistema.\n" -"El DES, mètode estàndard del Linux, funciona en tots els tipus d'entorns de la xarxa,\n" +"Trieu un mètode de xifratge de contrasenyes per als usuaris locals i del " +"sistema.\n" +"El DES, mètode estàndard del Linux, funciona en tots els tipus " +"d'entorns de la xarxa,\n" "però limita la longitud màxima de la contrasenya a 8 caràcters.\n" "\n" @@ -2323,15 +2585,22 @@ "" msgstr "" "\n" -"L'MD5 permet contrasenyes més llargues, la qual cosa proporciona més seguretat.\n" -"El problema principal és que alguns protocols de xarxa no l'admeten i pot ocasionar\n" +"L'MD5 permet contrasenyes més llargues, la qual cosa proporciona més " +"seguretat.\n" +"El problema principal és que alguns protocols de xarxa no l'admeten i pot " +"ocasionar\n" "problemes amb els NIS.\n" "" #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "El SHA-512 és el mètode hash estàndard actual. Usar altres algoritmes no és recomanat si no és necessari per motius de compatibilitat." +msgid "" +"SHA-512 is the current standard hash method. Using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"El SHA-512 és el mètode hash estàndard actual. Usar altres " +"algoritmes no és recomanat si no és necessari per motius de compatibilitat.</" +"p>" #. Label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499 @@ -2375,7 +2644,8 @@ #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586 msgid "" -"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n" +"It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network " +"environments,\n" "you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n" "encrypted with a method other than DES.\n" "\n" @@ -2407,18 +2677,24 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters." -msgstr "Aquí podeu ampliar els filtres de cerca per a usuaris i grups més enllà dels filtres de cerca predeterminats." +msgid "" +"Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " +"search filters." +msgstr "" +"Aquí podeu ampliar els filtres de cerca per a usuaris i grups més enllà " +"dels filtres de cerca predeterminats." #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "With Default, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " +"attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.\n" msgstr "" "Amb Predeterminat, carregueu el filtre predeterminat dels mòduls\n" -"de configuració de l'usuari i del grup desats al servidor LDAP (valors dels atributs 'susesearchfilter').\n" +"de configuració de l'usuari i del grup desats al servidor LDAP (valors dels " +"atributs 'susesearchfilter').\n" "Si encara no esteu connectat, se us preguntarà la contrasenya.\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -2516,32 +2792,40 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " +"as the login manager.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Les funcions descrites més avall només estan disponibles si feu servir el KDM o GDM com a gestor d'entrades.\n" +"Les funcions descrites més avall només estan disponibles si feu servir el " +"KDM o GDM com a gestor d'entrades.\n" "\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "Auto Login \n" -"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.\n" +"By setting Auto Login, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " +"the list is logged in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Entrada automàtica \n" -"Podeu ometre el procés d'entrada mitjançant Entrada automàtica. En aquest cas, l'usuari seleccionat de la llista entrarà al sistema automàticament.\n" +"Podeu ometre el procés d'entrada mitjançant Entrada automàtica. En " +"aquest cas, l'usuari seleccionat de la llista entrarà al sistema " +"automàticament.\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "Passwordless Logins \n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " +"to log in automatically.\n" msgstr "" "Entrades sense contrasenya \n" -"En activar aquesta opció es permet a tots els usuaris entrar al sistema sense introduir\n" -"la contrasenya. Si no s’activa, se us demanarà la contrasenya fins i tot si heu configurat l’entrada automàtica per a un usuari.\n" +"En activar aquesta opció es permet a tots els usuaris entrar al sistema " +"sense introduir\n" +"la contrasenya. Si no s’activa, se us demanarà la contrasenya fins i tot si " +"heu configurat l’entrada automàtica per a un usuari.\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -2713,13 +2997,15 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518 msgid "" "\n" -"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n" +"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to " +"the\n" "system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n" "a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"El Linux és un sistema multiusuari. Poden entrar al sistema diversos usuaris \n" +"El Linux és un sistema multiusuari. Poden entrar al sistema diversos " +"usuaris \n" "al mateix temps. Per evitar confusions, cada usuari ha de \n" "tenir una identitat única. A més, cada usuari pertany \n" "com a mínim a un grup.\n" @@ -2729,26 +3015,35 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently " +"shown in the table with Set Filter.\n" "Customize your view with Customize Filter.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Els grups i usuaris estan distribuïts en diversos conjunts. És possible canviar el conjunt mostrat actualment a la taula amb el botó Defineix el filtre.\n" -"També es pot personalitzar la visualització amb Personalitza el filtre.\n" +"Els grups i usuaris estan distribuïts en diversos conjunts. És possible " +"canviar el conjunt mostrat actualment a la taula amb el botó Defineix el " +"filtre.\n" +"També es pot personalitzar la visualització amb Personalitza el filtre</" +"b>.\n" #. help text 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541 msgid "" "\n" "Click Expert Options to edit various expert settings, such as\n" -"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n" +"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for " +"new\n" "users, or login settings. With Write Changes Now, save\n" "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Premeu Opcions avançades per editar diverses configuracions avançades:\n" -"tipus de xifratge de la contrasenya, mètode d'autenticació d'usuaris, valors\n" -"predeterminats per a usuaris nous o paràmetres de l'entrada. Amb Escriu els canvis podeu desar tots els canvis fets fins ara sense sortir del mòdul de configuració.\n" +"Premeu Opcions avançades per editar diverses configuracions " +"avançades:\n" +"tipus de xifratge de la contrasenya, mètode d'autenticació d'usuaris, " +"valors\n" +"predeterminats per a usuaris nous o paràmetres de l'entrada. Amb Escriu " +"els canvis podeu desar tots els canvis fets fins ara sense sortir del " +"mòdul de configuració.\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -2820,7 +3115,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " +"groups.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2881,7 +3177,8 @@ "The entered path prefix for home is not a directory.\n" "Try again.\n" msgstr "" -"El prefix de camí introduït per al directori de l'usuari no és un directori.\n" +"El prefix de camí introduït per al directori de l'usuari no és un " +"directori.\n" "Torneu-ho a provar.\n" #. yes/no popup @@ -2910,7 +3207,8 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user\n" "may be unable to log in. Continue?\n" msgstr "" -"Si seleccioneu un intèrpret d'ordres que no existeix, es possible que l'usuari\n" +"Si seleccioneu un intèrpret d'ordres que no existeix, es possible que " +"l'usuari\n" "no pugui entrar al sistema. Voleu continuar?\n" #. directory location popup label @@ -3050,7 +3348,8 @@ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long." msgstr "" -"Si teniu la intenció d'utilitzar aquesta contrasenya per crear certificats,\n" +"Si teniu la intenció d'utilitzar aquesta contrasenya per crear " +"certificats,\n" "ha de tenir una longitud mínima de %1 caràcters." #. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title @@ -3073,12 +3372,18 @@ #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39 msgid "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users." -msgstr "Escolliu un mètode de xifratge de contrasenya per a usuaris locals i de sistema." +msgstr "" +"Escolliu un mètode de xifratge de contrasenya per a usuaris locals i de " +"sistema." #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method #: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41 -msgid "%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." -msgstr "%s és el mètode \"hash\" estàndard actual. Usar altres algoritmes no és recomanat si no és necessari per motius de compatibilitat." +msgid "" +"%s is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is " +"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes." +msgstr "" +"%s és el mètode \"hash\" estàndard actual. Usar altres algoritmes " +"no és recomanat si no és necessari per motius de compatibilitat." #. Let's add some vertical space after each widget #. TRANSLATORS: rich text label @@ -3119,7 +3424,8 @@ "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A diferència dels usuaris normals del sistema, que poden escriure textos, crear gràfics o navegar per Internet,\n" +"A diferència dels usuaris normals del sistema, que poden escriure textos, " +"crear gràfics o navegar per Internet,\n" "cada sistema té un usuari \"primari\" \n" "que s'encarrega de fer qualsevol tasca d'administració\n" "del sistema. Entreu al sistema com a usuari \"primari\"\n" @@ -3131,7 +3437,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "\n" @@ -3150,13 +3457,16 @@ "\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Totes les regles per a les contrasenyes d'usuari s'apliquen a la contrasenya \"root\":\n" +"Totes les regles per a les contrasenyes d'usuari s'apliquen a la contrasenya " +"\"root\":\n" "ha de distingir entre majúscules i minúscules, tenir una longitud de\n" -"5 caràcters com a mínim i no contenir caràcters especials, com ara dièresi o accents.\n" +"5 caràcters com a mínim i no contenir caràcters especials, com ara dièresi o " +"accents.\n" "\n" #. help text, continued 4 @@ -3175,7 +3485,6 @@ msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "Contrasenya per a l’administrador del sistema \"usuari primari\"" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. error popup #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 msgid "" @@ -3186,7 +3495,7 @@ "Torneu-ho a provar." #. reenable suggestion -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:134 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" "\n" "Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n" @@ -3198,11 +3507,11 @@ "Els usuaris locals estan desats a /etc/passwd i /etc/shadow.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 msgid "Create new user" msgstr "Crea un usuari nou" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:142 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:146 msgid "" "\n" "When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n" @@ -3211,11 +3520,12 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "En introduir una contrasenya s'ha de distingir entre majúscules i\n" -"minúscules. Les contrasenyes no haurien de tenir caràcters especials, com ara accents.\n" +"minúscules. Les contrasenyes no haurien de tenir caràcters especials, com " +"ara accents.\n" "\n" #. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:149 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:153 msgid "" "\n" "The password length should be between %{min}\n" @@ -3227,70 +3537,89 @@ "ser d'entre %{min} i %{max} caràcters.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:165 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:169 msgid "" "\n" -"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" +"For the Username use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " +"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " +"doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " +"information.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per al Nom d'usuari feu servir només lletres (sense accents), xifres i <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"No feu servir majúscules en aquesta entrada si no teniu coneixements de com funciona.\n" -"Existeixen més restriccions per als noms d'usuari que per a les contrasenyes.\n" -"Aquestes restriccions es poden redefinir al fitxer /etc/login.defs. Llegiu la pàgina del manual per a més informació.\n" +"Per al Nom d'usuari feu servir només lletres (sense accents), xifres " +"i <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"No feu servir majúscules en aquesta entrada si no teniu coneixements de com " +"funciona.\n" +"Existeixen més restriccions per als noms d'usuari que per a les " +"contrasenyes.\n" +"Aquestes restriccions es poden redefinir al fitxer /etc/login.defs. Llegiu " +"la pàgina del manual per a més informació.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:172 -msgid "Check Use this password for system administrator if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root." -msgstr "Comproveu Useu aquesta contrasenya per a l'administrador del sistema si la mateixa contrasenya introduïda per al primer usuari s'ha d'utilitzar per a root." +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:176 +msgid "" +"Check Use this password for system administrator if the same " +"password as entered for the first user should be used for root." +msgstr "" +"Comproveu Useu aquesta contrasenya per a l'administrador del sistema</" +"b> si la mateixa contrasenya introduïda per al primer usuari s'ha " +"d'utilitzar per a root." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:187 msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importa dades d'usuari d'una instal·lació anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:184 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:188 msgid "" "\n" "A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n" -"The information there can be used to create users in the system being installed.\n" -"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic information will\n" +"The information there can be used to create users in the system being " +"installed.\n" +"Use the Choose Users button to select some users. Their basic " +"information will\n" "be imported.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" "S'ha detectat una instal·lació prèvia de Linux amb usuaris locals.\n" -"La informació que hi ha es pot usar per crear usuaris al sistema que s'està instal·lant.\n" -"Useu el botó Trieu els usuaris per seleccionar-ne alguns. Se n'importarà\n" +"La informació que hi ha es pot usar per crear usuaris al sistema que s'està " +"instal·lant.\n" +"Useu el botó Trieu els usuaris per seleccionar-ne alguns. Se " +"n'importarà\n" "la informació bàsica.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:196 msgid "Skip User Creation" msgstr "Omet la creació d'usuari" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:193 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:197 msgid "" "\n" "Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n" -"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without creating\n" +"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without " +"creating\n" "a local user.\n" "\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"A vegades l'únic usuari local necessari és root, com ara en entorns de xarxa\n" -"amb un servidor d'autenticació. Seleccioneu aquesta opció per continuar sense\n" +"A vegades l'únic usuari local necessari és root, com ara en entorns de " +"xarxa\n" +"amb un servidor d'autenticació. Seleccioneu aquesta opció per continuar " +"sense\n" "crear un usuari local.\n" "\n" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:275 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local User" msgstr "Usuari local" #. TRANSLATORS: Error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:330 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:332 msgid "" "The new username cannot be blank.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3301,7 +3630,7 @@ "\"Omet la creació d'usuari\"." #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:387 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:389 msgid "" "No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n" "If you don't want to create a user now, select\n" @@ -3312,34 +3641,34 @@ "\"Omet la creació d'usuari\"." #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:514 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:516 msgid "&Create New User" msgstr "&Crea un usuari nou" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:537 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:539 msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation" msgstr "&Importa dades d'usuari d'una instal·lació anterior" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:547 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:549 msgid "Choose Users" msgstr "Trieu els usuaris" #. TRANSLATORS: radio button -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:563 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:565 msgid "&Skip User Creation" msgstr "O&met la creació d'usuari" #. checkbox label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:619 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:621 msgid "&Automatic Login" msgstr "Entrada &automàtica" -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:626 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 msgid "No users selected" msgstr "No s'ha seleccionat cap usuari." -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:628 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:630 msgid "%d user will be imported" msgid_plural "%d users will be imported" msgstr[0] "S'importarà %d usuari." @@ -3693,7 +4022,7 @@ #. User name for user: "beagleindex" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:252 msgid "User for Beagle indexing" -msgstr "Usuari per a indexació Beagle" +msgstr "Usuari per a indexació de Beagle" #. User name for user: "casaauth" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:256 @@ -3829,12 +4158,16 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "Existeixen diverses plantilles definides com a predeterminades. Seleccioneu-ne una per a llegir-la." +msgstr "" +"Existeixen diverses plantilles definides com a predeterminades. Seleccioneu-" +"ne una per llegir-la." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again." -msgstr "Corregiu-los manualment abans de tornar a executar el mòdul d'usuaris del YaST." +msgstr "" +"Corregiu-los manualment abans de tornar a executar el mòdul d'usuaris del " +"YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2) @@ -3866,8 +4199,10 @@ msgstr "" "El fitxer %1 conté una línia estranya:\n" "%2\n" -"És possible que s'hagi introduït un nombre incorrecte de signes de dos punts (:) o falti alguna entrada.\n" -"Corregiu el fitxer manualment abans de tornar a executar el mòdul d'usuaris del YaST." +"És possible que s'hagi introduït un nombre incorrecte de signes de dos punts " +"(:) o falti alguna entrada.\n" +"Corregiu el fitxer manualment abans de tornar a executar el mòdul d'usuaris " +"del YaST." #. error message 1/2: %1 is file name #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545 @@ -3877,8 +4212,10 @@ "Correct the file manually before running the YaST users module again." msgstr "" "El fitxer %1 conté una línia estranya:\n" -"És possible que s'hagi introduït un nombre incorrecte de signes de dos punts (:) o falti alguna entrada.\n" -"Corregiu el fitxer manualment abans de tornar a executar el mòdul d'usuaris del YaST." +"És possible que s'hagi introduït un nombre incorrecte de signes de dos punts " +"(:) o falti alguna entrada.\n" +"Corregiu el fitxer manualment abans de tornar a executar el mòdul d'usuaris " +"del YaST." #. default error message #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555 @@ -3903,7 +4240,8 @@ "Si afegiu usuaris nous amb els valors predeterminats,\n" "els seus directoris d'inici es crearan al %2 actual.\n" "Això pot suposar que no es pugui accedir a aquests directoris\n" -"després de muntar-los correctament. Voleu continuar amb la configuració de l’usuari?" +"després de muntar-los correctament. Voleu continuar amb la configuració de " +"l’usuari?" #. error message #: src/modules/Users.pm:970 @@ -4090,12 +4428,15 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"No hi ha instal·lat el suport de xifratge. Els directoris de home NO s'encriptaran." +"No hi ha instal·lat el suport de xifratge. Els directoris de home NO " +"s'encriptaran." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "S’ha produït un error en configurar el reenviament del correu de l’usuari primari." +msgstr "" +"S’ha produït un error en configurar el reenviament del correu de l’usuari " +"primari." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 @@ -4204,7 +4545,8 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "El directori d'inici només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"de la \"a\" a la \"z\", de la \"A\" a la \"Z\", del \"0\" al \"9\" i \"_-/\"\n" +"de la \"a\" a la \"z\", de la \"A\" a la \"Z\", del \"0\" al \"9\" i \"_-/" +"\"\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. error popup @@ -4279,7 +4621,8 @@ "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" -"Si seleccioneu un intèrpret d’ordres que no existeix, és possible que l’usuari\n" +"Si seleccioneu un intèrpret d’ordres que no existeix, és possible que " +"l’usuari\n" "no pugui entrar al sistema. Voleu utilitzar-lo?" #. error popup @@ -4593,7 +4936,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -4601,22 +4944,26 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" "La contrasenya només pot contenir els caràcters següents:\n" -"del \"0\" al \"9\", de la \"a\" a la \"z\", de la \"A\" a la \"Z\", a més dels símbols \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" +"del \"0\" al \"9\", de la \"a\" a la \"z\", de la \"A\" a la \"Z\", a més " +"dels símbols \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. help text (default part shown in more places) #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414 msgid "" "\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " +"keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "" msgstr "" "\n" -"Per a la contrasenya utilitzeu només caràcters que es puguin trobar en el format d'un\n" -"teclat del país. En el cas que es produeixi un error del sistema, és possible que sigui necessari entrar sense un\n" -"format de teclat localitzat.\n" +"Per a la contrasenya utilitzeu només caràcters que es puguin trobar en el " +"format d'un\n" +"teclat en anglès. En cas que es produeixi un error del sistema, és possible " +"que calgui \n" +"entrar sense una disposició de teclat localitzat.\n" "" #. error popup @@ -4757,7 +5104,7 @@ "The home directory is used from another user.\n" "Please try again." msgstr "" -"El directori de l'usuari s'està utilitzant per a un altre usuari.\n" +"El directori de l'usuari és usat per un altre usuari.\n" "Torneu-ho a provar." #. error message @@ -4817,8 +5164,18 @@ #~ "Aquí podeu triar el mètode d'autenticació d'usuaris al sistema.\n" #~ "" -#~ msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -#~ msgstr "Si disposeu d'una instal·lació anterior o d'un sistema alternatiu, és possible crear usuaris basats en aquesta font. Per fer-ho, seleccioneu Llegeix les dades d'usuari de la instal·lació anterior. Aquesta opció utilitza un directori d'inici existent o en crea un de nou a la ubicació especificada per a aquesta instal·lació." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible " +#~ "to create users based on this source. To do so, select Read User Data " +#~ "from a Previous Installation. This option uses an existing or creates " +#~ "a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this " +#~ "installation." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Si disposeu d'una instal·lació anterior o d'un sistema alternatiu, és " +#~ "possible crear usuaris basats en aquesta font. Per fer-ho, seleccioneu " +#~ "Llegeix les dades d'usuari de la instal·lació anterior. Aquesta " +#~ "opció utilitza un directori d'inici existent o en crea un de nou a la " +#~ "ubicació especificada per a aquesta instal·lació." #~ msgid "&LDAP" #~ msgstr "&LDAP" @@ -4836,39 +5193,54 @@ #~ msgstr "LDAP de l’eDirectory" #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " +#~ "want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +#~ "Then\n" #~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l'usuari a un servidor NIS o LDAP\n" -#~ "o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el valor adequat. Després\n" +#~ "o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el " +#~ "valor adequat. Després\n" #~ "premeu Següent per a continuar amb la configuració del client." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration " +#~ "of your client." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l’usuari a un servidor NIS o LDAP, trieu el\n" -#~ "valor adequat. Després premeu Següent per a continuar amb la configuració del client." +#~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l’usuari a un servidor NIS o LDAP, " +#~ "trieu el\n" +#~ "valor adequat. Després premeu Següent per a continuar amb la " +#~ "configuració del client." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n" -#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" +#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " +#~ "Then\n" #~ "press Next to continue with configuration of your client." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l'usuari a un servidor LDAP\n" -#~ " o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el valor adequat. Després\n" +#~ " o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el " +#~ "valor adequat. Després\n" #~ "premeu Següent per a continuar amb la configuració del client." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration of your client." +#~ "appropriate value. Then press Next to continue with configuration " +#~ "of your client." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l'usuari a un servidor LDAP, trieu el\n" -#~ "valor adequat. Després premeu Següent per a continuar amb la configuració del client." +#~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l'usuari a un servidor LDAP, trieu " +#~ "el\n" +#~ "valor adequat. Després premeu Següent per a continuar amb la " +#~ "configuració del client." -#~ msgid "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source." -#~ msgstr "Activeu Configura l'autenticació amb Kerberos per a configurar Kerberos després de configurar la font de dades de l'usuari." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Check Set Up Kerberos Authentication to configure Kerberos " +#~ "after configuring the user data source." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Activeu Configura l'autenticació amb Kerberos per a configurar " +#~ "Kerberos després de configurar la font de dades de l'usuari." #~ msgid "&Choose" #~ msgstr "&Tria" @@ -4886,11 +5258,16 @@ #~ "If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" #~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Si teniu la intenció d'utilitzar aquesta contrasenya per a crear certificats,\n" +#~ "Si teniu la intenció d'utilitzar aquesta contrasenya per a crear " +#~ "certificats,\n" #~ "ha de tenir una longitud mínima de %1 caràcters." -#~ msgid "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." -#~ msgstr "Per comprovar si la disposició del teclat és correcta, escolliu introduir text al camp Proveu la disposició del teclat." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " +#~ "text into the Test Keyboard Layout field." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Per comprovar si la disposició del teclat és correcta, escolliu " +#~ "introduir text al camp Proveu la disposició del teclat." #~ msgid "" #~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n" @@ -4961,11 +5338,14 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "" -#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." +#~ "If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you " +#~ "want\n" +#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value." +#~ "" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Si esteu emmagatzemant les dades de l'usuari a un servidor NIS o LDAP\n" -#~ "o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el valor adequat. Després\n" +#~ "o si voleu autenticar els usuaris mitjançant un servidor NT, trieu el " +#~ "valor adequat. Després\n" #~ "premeu Següent per a continuar amb la configuració del client." #, fuzzy @@ -4974,7 +5354,9 @@ #, fuzzy #~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation." -#~ msgstr "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del paquet yast2-nfs-client." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "La configuració NFS no està disponible. Comproveu la instal·lació del " +#~ "paquet yast2-nfs-client." #, fuzzy #~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported."

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96917 - trunk/yast/uk/po
by andriykopanytsia＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '16

14 Sep '16

Author: andriykopanytsia Date: 2016-09-14 12:57:59 +0200 (Wed, 14 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96917 Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po Log: Updated Ukrainian translation Modified: trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po 2016-09-14 09:21:56 UTC (rev 96916) +++ trunk/yast/uk/po/rdp.uk.po 2016-09-14 10:57:59 UTC (rev 96917) @@ -3,21 +3,22 @@ # Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. # # xxx, 2005. -# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014. +# Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>, 2014, 2016. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-01 22:06+0300\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-12 09:13+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 17:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Andriy Bandura <andriykopanytsia(a)gmail.com>\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian <www-uk-translations(a)gnu.org>\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian <>\n" "Language: uk\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" -"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<" +"=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n" +"X-Generator: Lokalize 2.0\n" #. Commandline help title #: src/clients/rdp.rb:33 @@ -37,7 +38,9 @@ #. Commandline command help #: src/clients/rdp.rb:64 msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration" -msgstr "Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене адміністрування" +msgstr "" +"Встановіть \"так\", щоб дозволити або \"ні\", щоб заборонити віддалене " +"адміністрування" #. Command line output Headline #: src/clients/rdp.rb:107 @@ -63,92 +66,109 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "&Віддалене адміністрування RDP" -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 -msgid "Remote Administration" -msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування" +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Параметри" -#. RadioButton label +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" +msgstr "Увімкнути службу RDP (протокол віддаленої стільниці)" + #: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування" +msgid "Open Port in Firewall" +msgstr "Відкрити порт у мережному екрані" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 -msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" -msgstr "&Не дозволяти віддалене адміністрування" - -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" -"<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" -"If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" -"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +"<big>Remote Administration via RDP</big>\n" +"Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol " +"running on TCP port 3389.If the feature is enabled, you will be able " +"to login to this computer\n" +"remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" -"<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" -"Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" -"адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом RDP,\n" -"таким як rdesktop (з'єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1).\n" -"Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша, ніж використання SSH.\n" +"<big>Віддалене адміністрування через RDP</big>\n" +"Протокол віддаленої стільниці (RDP — Remote Desktop Protocol) — це" +" безпечний " +"протокол віддаленого адміністрування, запущений на " +"TCP порті 3389.Якщо він увімкнений, то ви зможете увійти на цей" +" комп'ютер\n" +"віддалено через клієнт RDP на кшталт Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 -msgid "Remote Administration Settings" -msgstr "Параметри віддаленого адміністрування" +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" +msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування через RDP" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "Параметри фаєрволу" - #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Записати параметри фаєрволу" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "Налаштувати xrdp" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Перезапуск служб" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr " Зупинити служби" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 -msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" -msgstr "Збереження конфігурації віддаленого адміністрування" +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" +msgstr "Збереження конфігурації віддаленого адміністрування (RDP)" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Запис параметрів фаєрволу..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "Налаштовується xrdp..." #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Перезапуск служби..." -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "Зупиняється служба..." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 -msgid "Remote administration is enabled." -msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування увімкнено." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." +msgstr "Служба RDP (протоколу віддаленої стільниці) увімкнена." #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 -msgid "Remote administration is disabled." -msgstr "Віддалене адміністрування вимкнено." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." +msgstr "Служба RDP (протоколу віддаленої стільниці) вимкнена." + +#~ msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "&Дозволити віддалене адміністрування" + +#~ msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +#~ msgstr "&Не дозволяти віддалене адміністрування" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<big>Remote Administration Settings</big>\n" +#~ "If this feature is enabled, you can\n" +#~ "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" +#~ "client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" +#~ "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<big>Параметри віддаленого адміністрування</big>\n" +#~ "Якщо увімкнено цю можливість, ви можете\n" +#~ "адмініструвати цей комп'ютер з іншого комп'ютера. Скористайтеся клієнтом " +#~ "RDP,\n" +#~ "таким як rdesktop (з'єднаним з <назвою вузла>:%1).\n" +#~ "Ця форма адміністрування небезпечніша, ніж використання SSH.\n" + +#~ msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +#~ msgstr "Параметри віддаленого адміністрування"

1 0

[opensuse-translation-commit] r96916 - trunk/yast/ca/po
by dmedina＠svn2.opensuse.org 14 Sep '16

14 Sep '16

Author: dmedina Date: 2016-09-14 11:21:56 +0200 (Wed, 14 Sep 2016) New Revision: 96916 Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/docker.ca.po Log: Modified: trunk/yast/ca/po/docker.ca.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/ca/po/docker.ca.po 2016-09-14 09:14:27 UTC (rev 96915) +++ trunk/yast/ca/po/docker.ca.po 2016-09-14 09:21:56 UTC (rev 96916) @@ -8,14 +8,14 @@ "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-07 12:08+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-14 11:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n" "Language: ca\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.10\n" +"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.9\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. @@ -32,14 +32,12 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Kill Container" msgid "Changes in Container" -msgstr "&Mata el contenidor" +msgstr "Canvis al contenidor" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Path" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Camí" #: src/lib/ydocker/changes_dialog.rb:80 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:235 msgid "Status" @@ -64,10 +62,8 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:81 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Stop Container" msgid "Commit Container" -msgstr "Atu&ra el contenidor" +msgstr "Assigna el contenidor" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:90 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:217 msgid "Repository" @@ -75,7 +71,7 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:96 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nom" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:102 src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:218 msgid "Tag" @@ -83,23 +79,23 @@ #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:105 msgid "Author" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Autor" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:106 msgid "Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Missatge" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:112 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:92 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:162 msgid "&Ok" -msgstr "" +msgstr "D'ac&ord" #: src/lib/ydocker/commit_dialog.rb:113 #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:93 #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:163 msgid "&Cancel" -msgstr "" +msgstr "&Cancel·la" #. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. #. All Rights Reserved. @@ -115,18 +111,16 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:75 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Inject &Terminal" msgid "Inject Shell" -msgstr "Injecta-hi un &terminal" +msgstr "Injecta-hi un intèrpret d’ordres" #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:84 msgid "Target Shell" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intèrpret d’ordres de destinació" #: src/lib/ydocker/inject_shell_dialog.rb:110 msgid "Failed to run terminal. Error: %{error}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ha fallat executar el terminal. Error: %{error}" #. Only root can start process #: src/lib/ydocker/main_dialog.rb:74 @@ -247,45 +241,41 @@ #. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, #. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:90 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Containers" msgid "Run Container" -msgstr "&Contenidors" +msgstr "Executa el contenidor" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:100 msgid "Host" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amfitrió" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:101 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "&Containers" msgid "Container" -msgstr "&Contenidors" +msgstr "Contenidor" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:108 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afegeix" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:112 msgid "Remove" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elimina" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:122 msgid "Volumes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Volums" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:168 msgid "Choose directory to share" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trieu un directori per compartir" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:173 msgid "Choose target directory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trieu un directori de destinació" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:200 msgid "Choose external port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trieu un port extern" #: src/lib/ydocker/run_image_dialog.rb:201 msgid "Choose internal port" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Trieu un port intern"

1 0

← Newer
1
...
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
...
48
Older →

Jump to page: